101971 Catalog
47661-Attachment 47661-Attachment 47661-Attachment 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content
429875-Brochure 429875-Brochure 429875-Brochure 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content
2014-07-05
: Pdf 101971-Catalog 101971-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 980
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
2012 Digest 176 Have questions? Need technical support or on-site service? Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. 1-888-778-2733 $12 2012 Digest 176 Global Specialist in Energy Management Power Management Process & Machines Management Customer Care Center The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. IT/Server Room Management Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Building Management Schneider Electric Services www.schneider-electric.us Schneider Electric USA, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 Tel: 847-397-2600 Fax: 847-925-7500 www.schneider-electric.us Document Number 0100PL1201 This document has been printed on recycled paper © 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_A Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. Security Management The only good watt is a negawatt. Mining Generation 100 energy units Transmission 35 energy units Point of use 33 energy units Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use require 100 units of primary energy. What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use. Energy saved is money saved. Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow. 30% 30% 30% Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™. EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today. Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy se t 0 hile c tting c it l nd er ti n l c sts. End- se e icienc is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2 emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key – the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy generation methods combined.* As energy prices continue to climb, every unit of energy you save matters. One unit saved at the point of use means three units of primary energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure Active Energy Management architecture can deliver up to 30% energy savings across your buildings, industrial plants, and data centers. You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™! Get smarter about energy Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE. Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier, S 0 2 95506 R eil l is n ede r nce • 998- 259_US *Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD How to Use Digest 176 Welcome to the first full color version of the Schneider Electric Digest! Digest 176 is organized into 29 product sections listed at the right, with color-coded tabs to help you quickly find major product categories. We’ve added two new sections: Section 28 Universal Enclosures, and Section 29 Advanced Products, with new product offerings that include: Electric Vehicle Charging Stations, Efficient Homes, and Residential Solar Power Solutions. To aid navigation, a detailed Table of Contents is provided for each section, as well as two indexes in the back of the book: an alphabetical listing and an alphanumeric listing. Access a mobilefriendly version of our website, from the web browser on your mobile device. We have developed a specially formatted version of our most popular web content, including the Digest, for mobile devices. A mobile version of Schneider Electric’s MYSE for distributors is also available The first 32 pages of this Digest highlight a winning lineup of Schneider Electric products, services, and solutions, followed by a two page listing of What’s New in each product section. mobile.schneider-electric.us For the most up-to-date Product Information, visit: Energy Efficiency www.schneider-electric.us Customer Services Enfeficrgieyncy E 1-800-392-8781 Customer Training Schneider Electric offers performance-based training for Square D™ and Telemecanique™ products. Whether you have purchased equipment to modernize an operation, or are equipping a new site with the most advanced automation solutions, distribution and power equipment, we have the training to meet your needs. For more information, select Customer Training from the Support and Resources area: www.schneider-electric.us 1-866-507-0894 Have questions? Need technical support or onsite service? Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. 1-888-778-2733 The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. Section Listing 1 Load Centers 2 Metering Equipment 3 Safety Switches 4 Power Monitoring and Control 5 Lighting Control and Integrated Home Systems 6 Surge Protective Devices 7 Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers 8 Operator Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches 9 Panelboards 10 Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS) Equipment 11 Switchboards and Switchgear Leading the way in Energy Efficiency: 12 Busway Schneider Electric provides integrated solutions for residential market, buildings, industry and infrastructure, and data centers. Now, you can build a long lasting energy strategy for a growing performance while preserving the environment. 13 Wire Management 14 Transformers 15 Medical Products SolutionOne 16 NEMA Contactors and Starters 17 Motor Control Centers 18 IEC Contactors and Starters 19 Push Buttons and Operator Interface 20 Electronic Sensors and Machine Cabling 21 Limit Switches 22 Pressure, Vacuum, and Float Switches 23 Relays and Timers 24 Terminal Blocks 25 Machine Safeguarding Products 26 AC Drives and Soft Starts 27 Automation Products 28 Enclosures 29 Advanced Products Customer Literature Center To obtain literature for product or application needs, contact the Schneider Electric Customer Literature Center. When requesting additional technical catalog information, refer to the catalog section listed at the top of the Digest pages. Product Index Schneider Mobile An internet based tool that will allow communications with multiple product configurators within Schneider Electric North America to create a “Customer Solution” project bill of material. Questions? Send an email to: SolutionOne@SchneiderElectric.com Seismic Qualification and Capabilities Seismic Equipment Ratings Schneider Electric self certifies seismic equipment ratings to meet the most stringent requirements. Please contact your local field sales engineer for assistance. Selective Coordination NEC Requirements for Selective Coordination Schneider Electric is providing our customers with valuable selective coordination solutions. Contact your local sales office to learn more. Product Locator Index Schneider Electric brands that deliver the solutions you demand. Square D power solutions – ready for the future. Stamped steel version of the enclosed safety switch with the Detroit Fuse and Manufacturing Company’s new trademark – the capital “D” in a square (circa 1915). Taking lighting technology to a new level. Square D™ by Schneider Electric brand NEMA power and control solutions have been trusted over 100 years for performance, reliability, and energy saving design. From residential load centers and metering products to commercial panelboards, energy conserving transformers and safety switches, Square D brand products provide you with quality solutions for distributing and monitoring electrical power. It’s more than an electrical system. It’s the backbone of today’s energy demanding homes and businesses. Juno™ Schneider Electric is le ding n ct rer energ efficient commercial and residential lighting solutions and advanced system controls. Since 1976, we have been serving customers throughout North America, including electrical distributors, lighting showrooms, contractors, architects, engineers, lighting designers, nd c erci l est lish ents ering the highlit inn v tive r d cts designed nd engineered in the United St tes. The Juno Lighting Group product family includes over 50,000 items for commercial and residential construction, and includes a rapidly e nding line ec - riendl E t res r td r recessed track, decorative, and under cabinet applications. TM Delivering the best image quality in video security. Committed to data center critical power and cooling. Pelco™ by Schneider Electric is a world leader in the design, development, and manufacture of video and security systems ideal for any industry. From megapixel cameras to video management and recording to display, Pelco solutions deliver the best image quality in video security. APC by Schneider Electric™ is a global leader in critical power and cooling, providing industry leading hardware, software, and services designed to ensure availability and higher energy efficiency across the residential, business network, data center, and manufacturing environments. The position of APC on the cutting edge of Data Center thought leadership for over two decades has changed the way the world designs, installs, operates, and maintains data centers. APC has unparalleled commitment to innovation and the world’s leading R&D investment (more than $90 million annually) dedicated to critical power and cooling issues. www.pelco.com TM TM ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, Square D, Juno, Pelco, and APC are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. PowerPact with Micrologic molded case circuit breakers Direct access to energy management PowerPact™ with Micrologic 15-3000 A New-generation circuit breakers with industry leading performance and protection. Smart – A meter in every breaker Safe – Combines safety and performance with Micrologic™ reliability Simple – Easy to select, install, and use Increased energy availability Safety and protection Energy measurement and control TM ©2011 Schneider Electric. Schneider Electric, PowerPact, Micrologic, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. TeSys Motor starters and IEC contactors TeSys™ U self-protected combination motor starters Used in single c in ti n t er lic ti ns r 0.15 A thr gh 2 A 1 ses nd ve se r te c ntr l h t 20 h t 80 d les c ver ll t r c ntr l • NEMA® rated for motor control • U 508 e E certi ed • 65 A S R r ting t 80 • Incredible energy savings! » 75 percent less than traditional NEMA motor starters » 50 percent less then traditional IEC TeSys D IEC contactors he est-selling line c nt ct rs nd st rters in the rld ering high reli electric l li e. Av il le in 11 c nt ct r r tings r 9A t 150 ll-l d to 200 A resistive loads. • v il nent high- lt sh rt circ it c rrent r tings le id-2012 » 9 A to 32 A: 65 kA » 40 A to 150 A: 100 kA • Energy efficient » 50 percent less than traditional NEMA motor starters • l nting ti ns nel nd -r il • ilit ith l ng ech nic l nd s r ind ctive l ds nd 20 nger-s e scre c nnecti ns ter in ls • Wiring connection flexibility, including spring, ring t ng e sli - n nd scre cl ter in ls • Everlink® termination technology n 0-65 A r d cts • E s -t -inst ll ccess ries re c for entire line ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and TeSys are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. n Engineering Services Schneider Electric Engineering Services offers power system design and upgrade, as well as studies and assessments to promote safety and to help ensure reliable and continuous power. With over 40 years of experience and over 100 professional engineers strategically located throughout the U.S. the Engineering Services te h s the n ledge nd e erience t get the d ne. Power system design and upgrade projects Power system studies and assessments • Turnkey Solutions, including Solar and r n eld r ects • Power System Assessments and Code Audits • Electric l esign • Circuit Loading Study r Rel U gr des • Design for Generator and Synchronous Motor Exciter Packages • Grounding System Evaluation and Design • Arc Flash Analysis • Harmonics Assessment • Power Factor Analysis • Power Quality Analysis • Short Circuit Study • i e-c rrent rdin ti n St d Industrial Repair Services Schneider Electric Industrial Repair Services is the leader in industrial electronic repair management, repairing over 120,000 different products from more than 2,500 manufacturers. ith ver 0 e rs ind str e Services te r vides de end erience nd ver 0 highl -tr ined technici ns the nd stri l Re le c st-e ective re irs. ir Testing and repair services • PLCs • I/O Modules And more! • AC and DC Drives • Stepper Drives • Servo Motors and Amplifiers • HMI/Operator Interfaces • Clutch Controls • Certified, Remanufactured Electronics for sale or exchange • Engineered Replacement Boards • Integrated Manufacturing Service Solutions (IMSS) • Schneider Electric™ A t • Power Supplies ti n r d ct U gr des • Counters and Timers • chine-s eci c ntr ls For more information on Schneider Electric Services, visit: www.schneider-electric.us/go/services .schneider-electric.c 5 Digest 176 Electrical Distribution Services Schneider Electric offers a broad range of electrical distribution services to support the life cycle of any manufacturer’s equipment. Whether you are concerned with providing a safe workplace, increasing electrical reliability, boosting productivity, or reducing operating costs, you can count on our nationwide network of professional engineers and qualified service representatives to address your specific requirements. Our full-range of electrical distribution services include: Engineering Services Modernization and Upgrade The power system engineering team from Schneider Electric™ has the knowledge and experience to help facilities manage their energy and solve complex power system issues that may involve equipment, automation, the electrical system, or the utility. Our engineering services include: Modernization solutions from Schneider Electric Services will upgrade your existing switchgear or motor control centers to current technology. These engineered solutions are available for st r r nds nd re designed t ini i e downtime, improve reliability, and extend the life of your equipment. • Power System Assessment and Design Services Our modernization and upgrade solutions include: • Power Quality Correction • Direct Replacement and Retrofill Solutions for nd S itchge r • Power System Analysis including Arc Flash Studies (NFPA 70E Compliance) Reduce risk and help ensure reliable installation and equipment performance. Our new equipment services include: nd irect Re l ce ent Units Control Centers r t r • Circuit Breaker Reconditioning New Installation Services • St rt- • Want to extend the life of your existing switchgear? Register to download our FREE white paper to discover the right solution for your application! Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. issi ning • Turnkey Solutions • Extended Warranty • Customer Training emergency services 6 .schneider-electric.c hours a day days a week Maintenance and Testing If your power system isn’t performing, your facility isn’t performing. To help ensure the reliable operation of your electrical equipment, periodic maintenance, cleaning, and lubrication is needed. Failure to do so could result in costly downtime. Our maintenance and testing services include: • Preventive Maintenance • Maintenance Record Services • Service Agreements Is your maintenance program meeting your expectations? Additional Schneider Electric service teams include: Register to download our FREE White Paper “Understanding Maintenance Contracts and Requirements for Low Voltage Power Distribution Equipment.” Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. Substation Solutions Schneider Electric sets the standard in quality for the electric ind str nd serves tilities ith highl reliable products and services. Our substation solutions include: • esign nd • PowerSub ™ nstr cti n Services t c S 65 st ti n re ers • Substation Service & Repair Automation and Control Services Our services support the latest innovations in industrial automation. In addition, they ensure our legacy products function at modern performance levels. Building Lifecycle and Energy Services r c sed r ch integr tes lti le s ste s t chieve enter risewide facilities management that uses less energy, tightens security, speeds response times, and maintains optimal occupant comfort while reducing overall operating costs. Critical Power & Cooling Services Whether you are planning, building, or operating a data center, we have the expertise and services to support you through the many phases of the d t center li ec cle nd ee r issi n-critic l lic ti ns er ting at optimum performance. Energy Sustainability Consultation Services Custom Solutions Do you have unique product requirements or complex power issues? Regardless of the application or location, our engineering, manufacturing, field service nd r ect n ge ent te s c n ev l te r sit ti n nd r se c st-e ective s l ti n th t ini i es d nti e r le d-ti es. Our custom solutions include: • Special Application Switchgear • Solar Power Systems • Turnkey Installations r energ e erts r n-site ith n ledge le l nt ers nnel t devel l ng-ter Energ Acti n l n th t serves s the l e rint r ongoing energy savings. Power Monitoring Services Our power monitoring services increase the reliability and efficiency of your installation by providing detailed reporting, testing, and analysis capabilities for your systems and related components. Projects and Engineering Center r r ects nd Engineering enter r vides ll-service c ntr ct nd r ect n ge ent c ilities t ssist ith c le r high-ris r ects res lting in stre lined reli le r ect s l ti n. For more information call 1-888-778-2733 or visit www.schneider-electric.us/go/services .schneider-electric.c 7 Energy and Sustainability Consultation Energy Monitoring Gain visibility to analysis of your facility’s energy performance — even hen re -site. Our experts develop your blueprint for energy savings. Energy Savings Projects Realize energy savings and reduce utility bills by up to 30%. Your building’s energy: See it, manage it, and save it with our life cycle services. Why spend tomorrow what you can save today? How much did you spend on your building’s energy today? Schneider Electric is your ideal energy manager, energy expert, and green partner with specialized services for these facilities and more: Healthcare As regulations tighten and rates rise, businesses are learning that wasted energy is wasted money. Fortunately, the right partner will show you how much energy your building consumes, and more importantly, where energy — and money — can be saved. Provide superior patient care while controlling costs, eliminating waste, and doing more with less. Our energy services deliver immediate value to your business. Hotels Efficiency improvements reduce the total cost of energy per square foot over the life cycle of your facility. And only we provide the expertise of a Certified Energy Architect, scalable EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™ architecture, and much more that can deliver energy savings of up to 30%, starting today. 30% energy savings is just the beginning. As The Global Specialist in Energy Management , we are the only provider of comprehensive services and open system architecture that guarantee compatibility among the energy management domains of Power, IT Room, Process & Machine, Building, and Security, allowing businesses to scale up the savings and efficiency from the building to the enterprise level. ™ It is no wonder that about 75% of Fortune 500 companies choose Schneider Electric™ t eet their energ needs. ith s vings rt nit li e this t re-re d c nies n th t e icienc initi tives the c ldn t rd t i le ent in the st re r ects they can’t afford to put off another day. Maximize guest delight while reducing OpEx, improving your carbon footprint, and offering a safe hotel stay. Retail Reduce costs and keep customers safe and comfortable while complying with environmental efforts and regulations. Office Buildings Provide a flexible and productive atmosphere while ret ining l ng-ter inc e nd sset v l e nder tightening environmental regulations. Education Make buildings and campuses safe and efficient while providing a greener, more productive learning environment. Life Sciences Create a sustainable business while meeting regulations, reducing time to market, and enhancing the security of employees and assets. Reducing the Impact of Energy Costs on Business Download this FREE white paper today for insight on improving facility performance and finding permanent savings Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, The global specialist in energy management, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS r its ili ted c nies. • 998- 881 • Schneider Electric USA 1650 est r s R d rrillt n 5006 USA 9 2 2 -1111 30%* off your building’s energy bill is just the beginning. Imagine what we could do for the rest of your enterprise. Managing complex building environments while meeting your energy efficiency targets is no small task. Our EcoStruxure™ energy management architecture achieves this elegantly through intelligent integration of building systems on a single IP platform. The savings go far beyond buildings. Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™ Today, only EcoStruxure energy management architecture by Schneider Electric™ delivers up t 0 energ s vings niting energ -intensive s ste s li e A ccess c ntr l vide security management, and lighting control across your entire enterprise. Saving up to 30% of a building’s energy is a great beginning, and thanks to EcoStruxure energy management architecture, the savings don’t have to end there. Data centers From the rack to the row to the room to the building, energy use and availability of these interconnected environments are closely nit red nd d sted in re l ti e. Industrial plants en st nd rd r t c ls ll r s ste - ide management of automated processes with minimized downtime, increased throughput, and maximized energy efficiency. Learn about saving energy from the experts! Download this white paper, a $200 value, for FREE! Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v Call 800-274-5551 Buildings Intelligent integration of security, power, lighting, electric l distri ti n ire s et A nd telecommunications across the enterprise allows for reduced training, operating, maintenance, and energy costs. 30% ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug re tr de r s ned Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c nies. 1 2 irgr nds R d est ingst n R 02892 USA • 998-2 58_US *EcoStruxure architecture reduces energy consumption by up to 30%. Digest 176 There’s more than the “tip of the iceberg” Typically, we think of them as huge peaks rising above the water. In reality, the majority of an iceberg is actually under the water, out of view. Utility savings at most facilities can be thought of in much the same way. Look below the surface for energy savings with energy solutions by Schneider Electric Think of your utility bills as being the peak, easy to see every month. By simply installing different light bulbs or a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, you c n re li e 1 ercent s vings t th t s st the ti the ice erg in terms of your potential savings. he rit s vings sing Schneider Electric™ energy solutions, can be derived by looking beyond a utility bill — or below the surface. An additional 2 – 5 percent can be saved through better equipment utilization and energy monitoring tools. Another 10 percent can be found by improving power system reliability, and the savings that derive can be utilized towards the capital purchase with a performance contract. At Schneider Electric, we pride ourselves on reliable Square D™ by Schneider Electric products, innovative solutions, expert engineering services, nd r ilit t r vide single-s rce er n ge ent s l ti ns. t s n t st c nce t t s it s leg c nd r ise. e re the Energ Management specialists, striving to help you Make the Most of Your EnergySM. r re in r ti n c nt ct r re resent tive r g t .schneiderelectric.com. Medical complexes • Experience outstanding quality and reliability • eri tilit ills nd eli in te err rs S re er gic s ste s er end-t -end dv nced s l ti ns for a high return on investment in achieved energy savings. • Improve power system uptime Commercial/retail centers • Reduce expenses • Attr ct high- lit l ng-ter ten nts • Implement in a nationwide chain or one site • Allocate costs according to actual energy used Education campuses • Provide environmental leadership • Gain insights into how to reduce energy use in common areas Upgrade payback Aver ge techn l g c eri d nd R r ects Technology .schneider-electric.c Average Payback Period Average ROI Meters and Monitors .5 200% Lighting 2.2 45% Controls 2.3 43% Motors and Drives 2.4 42% 3.6 28 Onsite Power 4.3 23% Building Automation 5.9 17% A 10 single- Three dimensions of energy and power management savings Reduce energy costs • Access automatic meter reading from revenue, piped utility pulses, nd s - etering • eri nd rec ec ncile tilit ills t c tch err rs • Reveal energy inefficiencies and waste • All c te r s - ill energ c sts • Optimize procurement ement through forecasting, load aggregation, and rate analysis • le ent er ct r c rrecti n lighting c ntr l reduction strategies nd ct- sed • Reduce demand through load scheduling, load control, or generator control • Respond to utility curtailment signals • Make smart energy efficiency decisions by combining your experience with ours otal Energy Control strategies that result in an actionable energy plan with for Total quick payback Optimize equipment utilization • Maximize use of existing equipment capacity to defer capital expenses • Benchmark, profile, and compare e the performance of facilities or processes • Document emergency power system testing results • Prolong equipment life by identifying transformer and other equipment stresses • Balance loads on substations, panelboards, and other power equipment • Perform proactive equipment maintenance and equipment monitoring of transformers, MCCs, switchgear,, switchboards, circuit breaker status, protective e i ent c cit rs gener t rs nel rds U U S nd ther i ed tilities Improve reliability and uptime • Get early warning and remote alarm notification of impending problems • s l te r le s rces ic l sing re l-ti e hist ric l nd event d t • Pinpoint root cause with precise GPS time and event sequence recording • eri reli le e i ent er ti n nd identi v lner ilities • Diagnose transients, disturbances, power quality, and harmonics • Determine appropriate corrective measures based on accurate data • Automate power system throw over and load preservation schemes • Leverage Energy Solutions’ Engineering Services as your single source energy and power management solution provider — product, implementation, consulting, assessment, and support services .schneider-electric.c 11 Our energy expertise will help sustain America’s bright future. Laboratories Data Centers Defense Installations Federal Buildings Hospitals Together, we will meet your facility’s energy management challenges of today and tomorrow. Your energy expert and green partner The global specialist in energy management™ Our experience with government facilities and campuses allows you to realize customized, integrated solutions with up to 30% energy savings, starting today. Schneider Electric has a proven, 100-year long record of supporting government facilities and helps make them more secure, productive, and sustainable. We take the lessons of the past century to help you meet your responsibilities to mandates, missions, and taxpayers throughout the next one. Schneider Electric™ specializes in these critical domains of government facilities: > Power Management: Experience efficient power use, reliable power supply, low equipment failure rates, and minimized downtime with our proven solutions. > IT Room Management: Optimize data center availability and efficiency through monitoring, automation, planning, and implementation. We combine the expertise of brands you know and trust to make your energy safe, reliable, efficient, productive, and green. > Building Management: Leverage existing investments to achieve reduced energy costs, improved comfort, and increased productivity with our integrated building systems. TM > Process and Machine Management: Eliminate downtime and optimize your systems’ performance with our specialized solutions. > Security Management: Reduce risks with our integrated security solutions that create the most secure environment possible. TM EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™ EcoStruxure architecture, our approach to integration, saves CapEx and OpEx over your facility’s li e c cle r stre lined r c re ent thr gh l ng-ter inten nce nd s rt. his innovation optimizes energy measurement, management, reliability, efficiency, and security across your entire enterprise. Make the most of your energy Enacting an Energy Management Lifecycle Approach in Federal Facilities by Ellen Kotzbauer, BEP Government Segment Manager and Cassandra Quaintance, MAS, CEM, LEED AP Energy Market Segment Manager Schneider Electric USA, Inc. Make the most of your energy SM Cycle Visit our NEW Government Knowledge Portal for FREE white papers, like this one: “Enacting a Life Cycle Approach in Federal Facilities.” Go to www.SEreply.com • Key Code b653v • Call 866-822-4636 ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, The global specialist in energy management, Pelco, Juno Lighting Group, Make the most of your energy, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric. • 998- 52_US SM SoMachine © Sc hn ei de rE le ct Software r ic In du str V2.0 ies SA S201 0 Flexible Machine Control: 100 percent flexibility of your machines with a single software suite, SoMachine, plus multiple hardware control platforms. Tested, Validated Architectures and Functions: Predefined and dedicated to your specific needs for optimum results. Co-Engineering Services: Design optimal machine solutions with innovative help from our experts. cuts time to market by up to 50 percent. TM New integrated machine building solution features single software, proven architectures, and design experts. Machines today need to be faster, more flexible, and must be able to solve more complex automation functions than ever before. As a machine builder you must c nst ntl l t inn v tive st ild re energ -e icient chines red ce development costs, and get your machines to market much faster. Our new MachineStruxureTM solution is designed to answer these challenges and to help you take complexity out of the business through use of: Flexible Machine Control: SoMachineTM is a single software suite that runs on multiple hardware control platforms to achieve 100 percent machine flexibility: HMI, motion, drive, and logic controllers. With SoMachine, you need only one software, one cable, and one download to design, commission, and service your machines from a single point. Tested, Validated Architectures and Functions: Build a strong automation l t r thr gh the se r re d -t - se r ven nd ll tr ns rent automation architectures and application function libraries implemented with FDT/DTM technology. Our architectures are predefined and dedicated to your specific needs for optimum results. Co-engineering Services: Design the optimal solutions for your customers with innovative help from our experts! We implement the latest technological ev l ti ns nd r vide ni e h nds- n ind str lic ti n n ledge th t helps you stay ahead of the competition. “SoMachine offers optimal flexibility when implemented on a standard machine, and it has huge potential in terms of system implementation.” Fabrizio Ghiro, software designer and machine developer at Costa Levigatrici in Italy Make the most of your energy Download our “On the road to green machines” White Paper today — it’s FREE and available right now! Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code h903v ©2011 Schneider Electric Industries SAS, All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, MachineStruxure, SoMachine, and Make the most of your energy are owned by Schneider Electric, r its ili ted c nies in the United St tes nd ther c ntries. • 35 rue Joseph Monier, CS 30323, 95506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex (France) • 998-2 05 SM Digest 176 A lighting control solution for every need… Powerlink intelligent panelboards, Relay Panels, C-Bus network lighting control, and Occupancy Sensors from Schneider Electric create one of the most comprehensive energy-saving offers in the industry. They combine automated and web-enabled control with occupancy-based solutions and dimming capabilities. Powerlink Intelligent Lighting Panel Powerlink C-Bus t t es re th n st energ -e cient lighting t significantly reduce your energy costs. Powerlink™ lighting control systems reduce energy costs as much as 30 percent by automatically turning off lighting during unoccupied periods. Retrofit is also easy with Powerlink lighting control systems, with payback periods often less than two years. Compared with other energy savings technologies, a Powerlink control system can provide both a lower initial capital outlay and greater energy savings. - s™ Network Lighting and Whole Home Controls provide a vast array of capabilities, scalable for virt ll n si e r single r t n entire network. Eliminate wall clutter with programmable lti- ncti n t ch screens nd e ds. i lights c ntr l lighting scenes A nd di while integrating with third party devices using the same touch screen or keypad. • Eliminate unnecessary energy consumption by s itching lights d ring n n- cc ied eri ds • Reduce demand by shedding lights during peak demand periods • Improve productivity by controlling and monitoring panels from remote locations • Reduce potential lost time and liability by receiving instant alerts to important occurrences with remote email alarming • Gain important insights into lighting system performance with integral metering Relay Panels Relay panel The Lighting Control Relay Panel family offers both standalone and integrated customized solutions that combines ease of use, versatility, and durability. Each system offers an energy saving solution as unique as your needs. C-Bus Lighting Control • LPS Standalone panel • LPB panel with BACnet capabilities • n r s c ns le- er ted nel Three solutions that adapt to your particular configuration needs. Occupancy Sensors 14 .schneider-electric.c Occupancy sensors Occupancy sensors help building owners achieve energy savings and energy code compliance with sensors that are easy to select, install, and commission. Automatically turn lights on/off based n cc nc . Use sens rs r light rvesting t d st light levels sed n n t r l lighting in re s ith l rge ind s r s lights. Use either ssive in r red R ltr s nic r d l-techn l g models for ultimate detection capability. Service and support Reliable lighting control systems deserve reliable support to match. With Schneider Electric™ lighting controls, you can always count on our Schneider Electric eld s les engineers nd ct r trained experts for help when you need it — before, during, or after installation. Whether that means local s rt tr lesh ting r n-site c issi ning. From smaller residential lighting control installations, to entire facility-wide control, Schneider Electric Lighting and Whole Home Controls has the precise solution to meet your needs. For more information visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. Diversify your offer with the EcoXpert certification program. Developed specifically for electrical contractors to grow their business and incre se reven e. he Schneider Electric Ec ert™ program helps you to advise, sell, and install r d r nge re-engineered energ s l ti ns cr ss c erci l ind stri l nd high-end residenti l lic ti ns. Program benefits: • Accreditation: gain knowledge and skills to improve your professional recognition and marketability • Specialized training: access to ongoing technical, installation, and best practices curriculum courses • Marketing collateral: enhance your ability to market your business with customizable materials • Communication strategies: includes: how to sell, who to speak to, key questions to ask, and much more • Technical expertise: 24/7 access to tools that help facilitate site assessments and ROI estimates • Pre-engineered solutions: ability to sell a broad range of energy efficient and renewable energy solutions Certification Paths: Energy Efficiency Lighting and Lighting Controls Power Distribution Renewable Energy Secure Power HVAC Controls Energy Monitoring Electric Vehicle Charging Solar Get started! Become our energy partner today, visit: www.SEreply.com and enter key code e595v. .schneider-electric.c 15 Digest 176 Driving energy efficient solutions from Power Plant to Plug™. Schneider Electric™ is committed to developing energy efficient solutions that s rt s st in le devel ent nd r electric vehicle E ch rgers re n e ce ti n. E lin ™ charging solutions promote a greener, more economical transportation option while helping to reduce the world’s global footprint. Schneider Electric ers ide r nge E lin ch rging st ti ns th t ll users to recharge where they live, work, and play. The total package from one provider • Compatibility: U listed nd SAE 1 2 c li nce ens res c ith n l g-in h rid r electric vehicle entering the r et. ti ilit • Support: nst ll ti n nd inten nce r vided certi ed Ec ert c ntr ct rs h h ve een tr ined t inst ll E lin s l ti ns nd re le t offer an extended warranty option. • Efficiency: S rt-grid c nnectivit ll s r i energ management capabilities, assisting with energy control and efficiency. • User friendly: Status indicator lights identify when the charger is ready to charge, if the vehicle is charging, or if the charger requires attention. • Safety: An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5mA provides protection if a fault is detected from a power outage or lost connectivity. Automatic recovery and restart functionality ensures charging will resume following a power loss or ground fault detection. 16 .schneider-electric.c Learn more about the global impact of EVs Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. Exclusive for US electrical contractors Empower your operations with the Schneider Electric Advantage. Get FREE business, marketing, training, and product resources developed exclusively for electrical contractors. t re th n ever need re l- rld s l ti ns t gr r siness nd eet c st er needs. need int r et-le ding siness r eting nd electric l ind str e ertise t enh nce r er ti ns. rtner h c n hel The Schneider Electric Advantage gives you access to: Marketing tools Market your business and improve customer relations with new tools including radio scripts, customizable collateral, and promotional items. Training and education Get ahead with a broad range of educational courses designed s eci c ll r electric l c ntr ct rs thr gh e - sed c rric l nd instr ct r-led tr ining. Access our FREE online training when you register for The Schneider Electric Advantage isit advantage.schneider-electric.us/ Product information Find the latest product, service, and solution information for Schneider Electric™ brands including troubleshooting, technical documents, and online tools. Make the most of your energy © 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated c nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s SM Digest 176 Building a smarter grid with reliable, efficient energy How Schneider Electric smart grid-ready products and solutions help balance your grid equation he electricit r et is ch nging. And ever d end- sers e ect ti ns increase in terms of reliability and quality, and they gain greater awareness of energy’s environmental impact. It’s an evolution. But as our reliance on electricity grows globally, the ways in which we produce, distribute, and use energy must also evolve. The solution will not only involve smarter demand, but also smarter supply — and as such, a smarter grid is at the heart of the issue. As The Global Specialist in Energy Management,™ Schneider Electric™ is smart grid-ready, enabling the products and solutions that support and connect the five key domains of a smarter grid: • Flexible distribution • Smart generation • e nd-side n ge ent • Efficient Home™ (including electric vehicles) • Efficient Enterprise™ (buildings, industrial facilities, and data centers) r visi n isn t st t c nnect r c st ers t the s rt grid t ls t connect them with each other, facilitating smarter interactions and leading to increased energy management capabilities. Our smart grid solutions include: • HV/MV Substations » Substation automation and protection systems c li nt ith E 61850 » s-ins l ted s itchge r » St ti n re ers r 15 t 8 » Capacitor banks and control » Power quality and grid revenue metering » Phasor measurement units • Feeder Automation » lt r n ge ent » Automated load break switches » Reclosers and sectionalizers » Communicating faulted circuit indicators » Private license and public mesh network radios • Renewable Energy Connectivity » Switchgear » Protection and control » Power quality and revenue metering » Harmonic filtering » rid-tie s st ti ns » rn e r ect design nd n ge ent » Smart solar inverters for residential through utility sc le r ects » re- ric ted inverter nd tr ns r er st ti ns » Remote SCADA software • Electric vehicle load management » Smart charging stations for residential and commercial applications » Charging station infrastructure management software and services » Communications and integration with other systems • Demand Response Consulting • Energy Management Services » Power system assessments » Equipment upgrades and retrofits » Maintenance and testing » Asset management » Design services » r ect n ge ent 18 .schneider-electric.c One-way energy grid Two-way energy and data smart grid Backup storage Renewable • Energy efficiency • Carbon trading • Micro network management MV/LV HV/MV 888kWh kWh Residential Electric vehicles and energy storage Intelligent meters Commercial Industrial Energy producers Intelligent transmission Flexible distribution Active consumers Communication and software at all levels of the smart grid HV/MV substations lete grid-c nnecti n t rn e r ect management including design, engineering, installation, and maintenance to increase service c ntin it thr gh tr le- ree nd reli le er ti ns. Demand response programs Energy auditing services and consultation to assess the best load reduction strategy, including estimating the financial opportunity of Demand Response activities. Comprehensive offer including energy meters and software tools for control, metering, and data management. Renewable energy connectivity Solar and Wind solutions compliant with local regulations enabling uninterrupted connectivity of inter ittent s rces thr gh end-t -end electric l er ti n c nversi n tr ns r ers net r grid connection, control, supervision, monitoring, and security). Packaged solutions allow for maximum return on investment, driving the cost of renewable energy to grid parity. SCADA distribution management systems Efficient solutions for underground and overhead network management through status updates, complex switching assistance, multitasking control, monitoring functions, and network evolution planning. Feeder automation Flexible, scalable, and simple solutions to reduce outage duration and operate distribution networks more efficiently. Energy management services reventi n- nd redicti n- c sed sset productivity management based on maintenance and retrofitting solutions, system assessments, and uptime audits as well as network planning and demand response consulting. .schneider-electric.c 19 Welcome to the 2020 home. It might have been built in 1925, but it’s the most contemporary home in the neighborhood. Thanks to the Wiser™ energy management system from Schneider Electric™ n h e c n e r ght int the ent - irst ent r . The addition of a Wiser energy management system not only improves a home’s energy efficiency, but adds up to significant savings on utility bills that can even offset the cost of other remodeling upgrades. The Wiser system hel s h es se less er nd l er tilit ills e l ing ser- riendl technology that’s easy for homeowners to understand, manage, and control, even remotely, anytime from anywhere. The Wiser systems’ smart thermostat, in-h e dis l nd energ d sh rd r vide re l-ti e energ in r ti n to homeowners, alerting them when a home’s energy usage is high, so d st ents c n e de cc rdingl s ving the r ing higher r tes during peak demand times. The great news is that any home, no matter its age or architectural style, can be retrofitted and benefit from the Wiser energy management system. Just knowing a home is environmentally friendly and energy efficient is not only a r ttr cti n t t d s h e ners t dds gre t e it in h e. The Wiser energy management system enables innovative energy conservation that helps homeowners use less power while significantly lowering utility bills. Green: Low (least expensive) Blue: Medium Orange: High Red: Warning, extremely high (most expensive) ind t st h simple and cost effective installing the Wiser energy management system can be, and how it will continue to significantly impact energy bills in the years ahead. Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j566v for more information. © 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, and Wiser are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated c nies. 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s ntr l r A s ste - sed n the pricing you program into Wiser EMS’ smart thermostat. The backlit feature visibly dis l s re l-ti e energy output and costs incurred, then alerts you with unique c l r-c ded rning screens when energy output is high and needs t e d sted. A home is more than rooms of a house. It is a refuge, a place of comfort designed to provide an environment where memories can be made, relationships built, lives nurtured, and dreams realized. Additionally, a home is an investment vehicle where the returns are counted as appreciation in value, but also in the monthly energy savings you generate. At Schneider Electric™ we help you create quality, efficient, and productive homes with smart, next generation residential energy technology that takes a home to an unprecedented level. Adding energy efficient solutions through installing Juno™ by Schneider Electric LED fixtures, reliable Square D™ by Schneider Electric power distribution products, advanced APC by Schneider Electric™ power protection devices, st te- -the rt s l r inverters r electric vehicle ch rging st ti ns c ldn t e easier and comes without sacrificing comfort or convenience. Our active energy monitoring technology empowers you to minimize wasted energy and take control of your home’s energy usage and output without sacrificing comfort or convenience. From the home office to the bedroom, from the kitchen to the home theater and garage, Schneider Electric transforms every room of a house into the type of efficient, model environment homeowners seek today. Looking to upgrade a residential service while saving time and effort? Make your life easier with the Square D Service Upgrade Load Centers. Its inventive design makes challenging flush-mount service upgrade jobs faster, easier, and cleaner. The uniquely designed load center endplate features four removable end plates with four feed-through points, which allow the enclosure to be positioned in the wall in as little as five minutes. The lengthier cover and door eliminate any need for drywall repairs. Thanks Schneider Electric! The Square D Service Upgrade Load Center is a fantastic product! It makes my life easier and reduces installation time! – Mike Fletcher, Residential Wireman West Side Electric, rtl nd reg n e er E c l 8 Learn about the complete residential solutions of Schneider Electric, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j562v for more information. ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, Juno, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s How can Schneider Electric help your designs meet today’s demands? Smart intelligent designs Make your designs smart from the very beginning of conception, to the final design. Design solutions The task of designing has never been more difficult — new codes, standards, and evolving technology, such as Building Information Management (BIM), all impact a building’s design, speed, and efficiency. With teams n-st r essi n l engineers and regulatory experts, Schneider Electric™ provides the support you need t cc lish r r ects n-ti e ith intelligence incl ded. Energy management solutions New web site As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™, Schneider Electric focuses heavily on solutions and strategies around sustainable design and energy management. Codes and standards such as NEC® 2011 and ASHRAE 90.1 are under continuous maintenance, as well as the constant evolution of federal nd st te energ reg l ti ns. r energ e erts c n hel st -t -d te. d r ect designs re ire re c s n energ e cienc . Schneider Electric can provide the insight to help your next design exceed its energy goals. Schneider Electric is committed to providing consulting engineers access to comprehensive engineering information that can help you throughout your design process. The consulting engineer website of Schneider Electric is built for you. Safety solutions Safety is a critical component of any design, and safety regulations must be kept in order to maintain maximum protection against dangerous hazards. Our experts can provide the design information and recommendations you need to understand the dangers of arc flash and how to mitigate risks while complying with current guidelines. Your designs need to be safe and reliable in order to protect and save lives for years to come. Get Schneider Electric involved early in the design r cess t ins re ng ing s et is ilt-in. Easy access to: • Design/application guides • Product specifications • Technical white papers • Codes and standards • Product data bulletins • Calculators and online tools Make the most of your energy SM 7400DB1001 04/2010 Nashville, TN USA Data Bulletin Low Voltage Transformer Through-Fault Protection: A System Approach Introduction Power system modeling and analysis software packages plot ANSI/IEEE through-fault curves for low voltage, dry-type transformers. The use of this plotting feature has led to application issues when evaluating the ability of circuit breakers to protect transformers, specifically the ability of certain thermal-magnetic trip, primary circuit breakers to provide the apparent required through-fault protection. This paper discusses the protection criteria for low voltage transformers and describes a system approach to evaluating ANSI through-fault protection curves and low voltage circuit breakers. Low Voltage Transformer Protection Criteria Discussion of low voltage, dry-type transformer overcurrent protection begins with the published standards and guides: • NEC® Article 450, Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including Secondary Ties), (NFPA 70®, 2008 Edition) contains installation requirements for overload protection of low voltage transformers • NEMA ST 20-1992 (R1997), Dry Type Transformers for General Applications, contains short-circuit withstand and testing requirements for low voltage transformer designs ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-2005, IEEE Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992 refers for prototype short-circuit withstand requirements • • • NEC Article 450 Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including Secondary Ties) ANSI/IEEE C57.12.91-2001, IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992 refers for prototype testing requirements ANSI/IEEE C57.12.59-2001, IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer Through-Fault Current Duration Section 450.4, Autotransformers 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less, of NEC Article 450 provides primary and, when necessary, secondary overcurrent protective device trip levels. It defines transformer overload protection requirements in percentages of the transformer's rated currents and applies the requirements in terms of protective device continuous current ratings. The “Primary only protection” limits in NEC Table 450.3(B) (reproduced below) are not typically used since the equipment fed by the transformer, such as secondary conductors, may require overcurrent protection. NEC Table 450.3(B) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers 600 Volts and Less (as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current) Secondary Protection 2 Primary Protection Protection Method Currents Less Than 2 Amperes Currents of 9 Amperes or More Currents Less Than 9 Amperes Primary only protection 125% 1 167% 300% Not required Not required Primary and secondary protection 250% 3 250% 3 250% 3 125% 2 167% 1 2 Currents of 9 Amperes or More Currents Less Than 9 Amperes Where 125 percent of this current does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustable circuit breaker, a higher rating that does not exceed the next higher standard rating shall be permitted. Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permitted to consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets of fuses grouped in one location. Where multiple overcurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of a single overcurrent device. 3 A transformer equipped with coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer and arranged to interrupt the primary current shall be permitted to have primary overcurrent protection rated or set at a current value that is not more than six times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having not more than 6% impedance and not more than four times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having more than 6 percent but not more than 10% impedance. © 2010 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Evaluating system through-fault protection designs? Register to download our “LV Transformer Throughfault Protection” White Paper. Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, The global specialist in energy management, and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c nies. All ther tr de r s re r ert their res ective ners. • 998- 560_US 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s Square D Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS) Innovative solutions that save space, labor and time For over 30 years, Square D by Schneider Electric™ IPaCS™ business has been providing integrated electrical solutions for retail construction, commercial, and ind stri l r ects. Solutions available from Square D IPaCS Modular Panel System (MPS) The Square D IPaCS family combines electrical distribution equipment, ilding c ntr ls nd t ti n int single ct r - sse led nd rewired enclosure. These innovative solutions save valuable floor space, shorten construction cycle times, and reduce installation and material handling costs. Tailored to customer specifications and typically includes panels, lighting control, and equipment spaces. Why specify solutions from Square D IPaCS? For more complex applications, including A c ntr ls lighting c ntr ls er quality and power conditioning products, SS ilding n ge ent s ste s nd power metering/monitoring solutions, as well as electrical distribution equipment. Minimize space requirements. Electric l nels nd tr ns r ers re st c ed in valuable floor and wall space. d l r line- hich s ves Reduce contractor labor risks. Because the contractor is swapping a variable cost (labor) for a fixed cost r d ct their ris n the ver ll r ect is red ced. Reduce material handling. c e er ite s t receive invent r nd ve r nd the site ec se nents re ct r -inst lled nd re- ired int single line r encl s re. Save design time. For designs with multiple locations, standardized designs can be created to provide consistency between sites. Shorten construction cycle times. re- sse led c nstr cti n e ns less ti e re the overall construction cycle. ired n-site t inst ll red cing Integrated Power Center (IPC™) Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) Features include those found in the IPC and re r vided in ree-st nding encl s re that can be front and rear aligned when transformers are included. IPC2 is seismically qualified. Enclosure options include NEMA® 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R. Standby Power Connection Solutions (SPQ) Provides the ability to quickly connect to a portable standby power generator. S it le r - R td r inst ll ti ns. Single point of responsibility. hird- rt c ntr ls c nents c n e inst lled ired nd tested in S integrated equipment at the factory to assure it works like it’s supposed to when it gets t the site. MPS IPC2 IPC2 transformer combo SPQ Integrated power center ith third- rt c ntr ls .schneider-electric.c 23 Are you overlooking an enormous market? With the demand for energy skyrocketing, customers will require more sustainable energy solutions. Schneider Electric™ E lin ™ charging stations were developed with this key factor in mind, providing a greener, more economical tr ns rt ti n ti n hile hel ing t red ce the rld s gl l t rint. E lin electric vehicle E ch rging s l ti ns re designed t eet the needs n customer, while providing the safety you demand from a partner you trust. • All ch rging st ti ns re designed nd Schneider Electric • U listed nd SAE 1 2 c E entering the r et t d n ct red in-h li nt t ens re c ti ilit se ith n E s re n rt ever d transportation. Download a FREE E ct sheet to learn how you can get involved t d . isit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v. Make the most of your energy SM • An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5 mA provides superior protection to users if a fault is detected © 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric e the r its ili ted c nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 • el 8 Learn more! st r energ nd E lin re tr de r s ned Schneider Electric nd stries SAS - 9 -2600 • 8 -925- 500 • .schneider-electric. s Schneider Electric makes the connections. > Power > Cooling > Rack Systems > Physical Security > Services > Management Maximum efficiency and availability from rack to row to room to building Making the connection between IT and facilities With today’s technology challenges, Schneider Electric™ understands that data centers must be viewed as interconnected environments — from rack to row to room to building. We call this integration the data center physical infrastructure or DCPI. The only clear path to the highest availability and maximum efficiency, DCPI comprises power, cooling, physical security, and rack systems and is monitored and managed via software solutions and professional services. Making the connection between efficiency and availability Today, maximized energy efficiency and guaranteed availability must work hand in hand. So Schneider Electric offers integrated cooling strategies across the DCPI. This hybrid approach delivers true energy savings — but never at the expense of availability. And we further optimize availability and efficiency with an integrated software platform that en les end-t -end nit ring nd n ge ent ll d ins. his h listic solution provides visibility and interoperability across the DCPI. Making the connection with key industry partners Data centers can’t be built without constant communication and coordination with vendors and other key players. Only Schneider Electric has the consulting and services net r ers n l rel ti nshi s nd re l- rld e erience t give the single int contact you need to take your integrated data center from envisioned to online. Implementing Energy Efficient Data Centers Integrated architectures for Active Energy Management™ > Power The power domain connects it all – from gener t rs t U Ss t Us r cr ss-vend r interoperability. > Cooling Our highly efficient integrated solutions combine chillers, perimeter cooling, hot aisle c nt in ent nd r - sed ti ns t i i e efficiency and guarantee availability. > Physical Security r single- ne vie incl des access control and surveillance across one or multiple facilities. > Rack Systems nterc nnected n - vend rcompatible rack enclosures, accessories, and air containment solutions support HD processing needs. > Services The professional services of Schneider Electric provide provide one point of contact for data center planning, building, and operation. > Management Our exclusive integrated software rchitect re re ves n ge ent sil s r greater energy awareness and efficiency and higher availability across the entire DCPI. Download the FREE White Paper, “Tackling Today’s Data Center Energy Efficiency Challenges.” Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j754v Call 888-778-2733 ©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. e il es rt c.c Schneider Electric rth A eric n er ting ivisi n 1 15 S. R selle R d l tine 6006 8 - 9 -2600 .schneider-electric. s t- s r nds 998-2598_ A Digest 176 Seeing is believing Visit Schneider Electric Center of Excellence Want to know more? Be our guest at one of Schneider Electric Centers of Excellence located on the East Coast, West Coast, and in the Midwest. For more information, contact your local Schneider Electric representative or Square D™ by Schneider Electric distributor and ask to schedule a visit. 26 When you’re trying to solve a business or engineering challenge, you need a team of industry experts with extensive knowledge of your industry, as well as the willingness to go anywhere, work with any supplier, to find the most cost-effective, complete solution for you. As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™ and sustainable manufacturing, we’re always coming up with new ways to help businesses work better, faster, more efficiently, and profitably. That’s why we have developed the Schneider Electric™ Centers of Excellence and Innovation Centers. To simplify your understanding of the broadest range of power, control, automation, safety, security, and energy management solutions, and how they can benefit your business. .schneider-electric.c These facilities give you the ability to see and touch live demonstrations of the innovative solutions for both OEM manufacturers and industrial facilities. You ls get ccess t the lti-disci lined te s th t can configure and customize your solutions to meet your specific needs and further minimize your future ris . hese e erts h ve ccess t ll -e i ed laboratories, numerous technical experts and the resources of the global Schneider Electric organization all with the sole purpose of demonstrating to you the c it ent Schneider Electric t delivering estin-cl ss s l ti ns t r siness ch llenges. MachineStruxure solutions Automation solutions for industrial machines that can save you up to 50% of design and implementation time. MachineStruxure™ hel s design integr ted energ -e cient nd c st-e ective chines hile i i ing er r nce nd red cing design ti e nd ti e t r et. sed n ested lid ted nd c ented Architect res A chineStr re inc r r tes e i le and scalable hardware platforms with SoMachine,™ a comprehensive single software suite with application function block libraries. Plus, our hardware control platforms optimize control through embedded intelligence in drives, HMI, motion, and logic controllers. Stay one step ahead. Services and support Tested, Validated, and Documented Architectures and function blocks However complex your machine, you can rely on our team of dedicated experts and our international presence to assist you and achieve excellence at every stage of the machine’s lifecycle. Save up to 50% of design and implementation time. Flexible machine control system Use the s lid se ested lid ted nd c ented Architect res and function blocks to quickly build your automation solutions. Optimized cost, footprint, and performance — all you need to do is adapt them to your applications. 100% flexibility and optimization of your machines. Our different machine control platforms include embedded intelligence. Now you can integrate control that is perfectly suited for your machine requirements. By utilizing SoMachine software, you can move from one application to another capitalizing on your developments. Power Management White Space Management Process and Machine Management MachineStruxure, one of the mainstays of EcoStruxure EcoStruxure™ is a system based on Active Energy Management™ architectures, from an electrical power plant to a single electrical socket. EcoStruxure enables you to benefit from intelligent and simplified energy management systems, to reduce your investment and operational costs, and reduce waste resulting in energy savings up to 30%. Building Comfort Management Security Management Learn more about MachineStruxure, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j546v. .schneider-electric.c 27 Digest 176 Plantstruxture solutions As the foundation of the Schneider Electric™ EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™ architecture for industrial customers, the PlantStruxure™ collaborative automation solution enables the achievement of both energy and productivity objectives. This scalable solution delivers a single environment to measure energy use, process data, asset utilization, and machine performance by: What makes PlantStruxure unique? • Reducing engineering, operations, and maintenance costs From tens of I/O to hundreds of thousands, the scalability of our system means that you can start out small and grow as your requirements change. • Maximizing plant and production efficiency Flexible because your process is unique • Improving production quality Scalable for changing times Our system supports the architectures that you need for your application. Single site, multiple sites, distributed control, local control, discrete, process, safety, and batch all within one system. • Protecting people, plant assets, and the environment • Supporting production and business decisions Integrated to reduce risk The entire system, from the manufacturing execution system (MES) to component devices to functionality, are designed to work together with your chosen technology partners. Collaborative to increase efficiency Our system is open to exchange information with other plant and business software, and fosters an environment of collaboration by delivering the process information you need in the way that you like to see it. ERP System SoCollaborative Software Historian & Reporting SoCollaborative Software MES SoCollaborative Software Batch SoCollaborative Engineering Software Control Unity Pro SoCollaborative Software SoCollaborative Software SoCollaborative Software Operating & Monitoring Visualization VijeoTM Citect servers Vijeo Citect Web services Web Designer System Design SoCollaborative Software Engineering UAG/sg2 Communication OPC Factory Server Ethernet Infrastructure SoMachine Software Logic Controller Motion Controller Machine HMI HMI Controller Drives Controller Machine HMI CANopen M258 Modicon™M258 Logic Controller Preventa Safety Controller Preventa™ Safety Controller Lexium Servo Drive Altivar™Variable Variable Speed Drive Lexium™ Integrated Servo Drive SERCOS III Integrated Safety TeSys™TT Tesys Motor Starter Modicon TM Distributed IO CANopen Profibus HMI Magelis™HMI Plant Floor Lexium Multiaxes Servo Drive Modicon Hot-Standby Controller Modicon QuantumTMSIL3 SIL3 Safety Controller Remote IO Remote IO Modicon STB Distributed IO Modicon STB Distributed IO Altivar Variable Speed Drive Lexium Servo Drive TesysTMT T TeSys Motor Starter Process .schneider-electric.c Process Safety Remote IO Modicon TM Distributed IO Lexium Integrated Servo Drive High Availability PacDrive Altivar Variable Speed Drive Machine 28 Modicon Controller TeSyS U Motor Protection Remote Site MotorSys™IPMCC IPMCC PowerLogicTM PM800 Power Meter Smart instrumentation Smart instrumentation Modicon Simplify your machine designs with Schneider Electric 2-D and 3-D CAD library. Schneider Electric™ has simplified the design and development of your chines nd lic ti ns lishing gr ing list 2- nd A files for your use. With a broad line of power, control and automation products, Schneider Electric i r r is the er ect l ce t nd det iled r d ct models and specifications. ilt ith c ti ilit t r design t ls in ind the 2- nd A li r r allows you to simply pick your format, download the file, and insert it into your design. he c t l g delivers dv nced 2- nd - vie ing techn l g th t enables users to pan, zoom, and rotate. Learn more about 2D and 3D CAD library, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j564v. .schneider-electric.c 29 Digest 176 Automation & Control Excellence (ACE) Need help developing a solution and improving the performance of your facility? Your Local Schneider Electric™ ACE Distributor is there to provide the answers and deliver the solutions you need. This exclusive group of Schneider Electric distributors has distinguished themselves as Schneider Electric best source of service and support for the unique challenges of the automation and control markets. They specialize in offering: The right inventory – when and where you need it ACE distributors have a wider array of available automation and control inventory on their shelves in your local market. They are your fastest and best source for Schneider Electric products to meet your automation and control needs. Unparalleled technical capability ACE distributors set the standard for Automation & Control Excellence. he er dec des e erience r ing ith le ding-edge t ti n nd control solutions. Become an ACE distributor The ACE program provides its members ith n er e cl sive int r et development activities, including local trade shows, sales support tools and resources, marketing programs, and advertising campaigns to help you reach out to customers and prospects in your local market. Becoming an automation and control expert requires a significant investment in training and resources by knowledgeable personnel. The Automation & Control Excellence program not only promotes development of these capabilities, but also provides a number of resources to make it simple. For more information on becoming an Automation & Control Excellence Distributor, visit www.schneider-electric.us/go/ACE or email se-ace@schneider-electric.com. A thorough understanding of your business You can count on our ACE distributors to keep pulse of advancing technology and best practices. ACE distributors have access to Schneider Electric vast array of product, segment, and solution specialists who assist them in understanding which products and solutions are tailored to your business. Register to win a free trip to the Innovation Center in Raleigh, NC. Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j565v. 30 .schneider-electric.c Tested, validated, documented architectures Improving your machine and business performance. Our new MachineStruxure™ s l ti n is designed t hel chieve ster l er ris nd re energ e cient nd c st-e ective designs nd inst ll ti ns thr gh the se r ven nd inn v tive tested validated, documented architectures that shorten time to market. MachineStruxure incorporates flexible and scalable hardware platforms and a comprehensive software suite with application function libraries. Increase machine performance and innovation • Speed up machine concept to design and adapt the t r needs sing r est-in-cl ss product offer, predefined machine architectures and application function blocks. Reduce total cost of ownership • Using r intern ti n l ers e erience presence, and international post sales support. Shorten time to market • Save up to 50 percent in control system design and installation time with tested, validated, and d c ented rchitect res re d -t - se ncti n blocks, predefined CAD panel designs and wiring di gr s ll -d c ented s ste ser g ides. Compact/Hardwired/Logic Controller/Modicon™ M258 Circuit breaker PowerPact™ Display unit Magelis XBTGT/GK/GH Switch mode power supply Phaseo™ ABL 8 Tower light Harmony™ XVM Modular circuit breaker Compact Multi 9™ Push buttons and switches Harmony XB4/5 Motion controller Modicon LMC058 Emergency stop Harmony XALK Servo drive Lexium 32 Servo motor BSH Stepper drive Lexium SD328 Stepper motor BRS 3 Machine safety Preventa™ XPS Sensors OsiSense™ XC/XS/XU/XM/XX Variable speed drive Altivar 32 Integrated drive Lexium ILE Variable speed drive Altivar 71 Integrated drive Lexium ILA Motor starter TeSys U Enclosure Himel™ • Select the control solution to meet your machine requirements with our flexible and scalable machine control platform. 2 1 4 3 12 11 • Choose the appropriate controller with embedded intelligence in drives, HMI displays, motion and logic control products. 13 • Simplify and speed up control system programming nd c issi ning ith n e s -t - se single software suite, providing one tool, one connection, ne r ect le nd ne d nl d ith c lete openness and transparency. Performance automation tested, validated, documented architecture An excellent solution using simple controls architecture dedicated to machines requiring performance and robustness. This architecture combines the new Modicon™ 258 l gic c ntr ller SoMachine™ software, Altivar™ 312 variable speed drive, TeSys™ U t r st rters e i ™ 32 servo drive, and a Magelis™ dis l nit with traditional hardwired cabling. 8 20 7 6 5 14 10 9 15 16 19 18 17 .schneider-electric.c 31 Digest 176 OEM Technology and Solutions Center Complete Development and Support Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle OEM Technology and Solutions Center Complete Development and Support Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle Machines today are characterized by a growing need to perform faster and have greater flexibility to solve more complex automation challenges than ever before. In addition, engineering costs have an increasingly important impact across the lifecycle of the machine, from concept and design to installation, maintenance, and service. The ability to reduce the time to market and the total cost of the machine, while achieving innovation and increased performance, is a machine builder’s continuous challenge. Make the most of your energy What’s more, we take it one step further with our OEM Technology and Solutions Center — removing the c le it chine ilding ering st rt-t - nish r ect li ec cle e ertise incl ding r ect n ge ent electric l nel design lic ti n c -design int r eting testing tr ining nd services resources. SM OEM Technology and Solutions Center At Schneider Electric, we are more than a component supplier. We are your partner for a full range of technical and support solutions. OEM Knowledge Base – Dedicated support for your success r viding e ert r ect n ge ent s ills t nd rc n is ne the E echn l g nd Solutions Center’s greatest values. We’re totally committed to our mission of giving you a leg up over the c etiti n nd s ving ti e nd dget tili ing r c rehensive r ect n ge ent services t ens re r r ect s s ccess l e ec ti n. e re r s l ti ns rtners thr gh t the entire r ect lifecycle, providing a single point of contact, while developing and managing customized solutions, and r viding cle r c nic ti n nd r ect re rting. hether it s rec ending r d ctivit sting efficient designs and innovative solutions, or assisting with conversions or codes and standards issues, our lti-disci lined te s re re red t eet r s eci c needs. Dedicated support for your success Engineered Panel Solutions Expand your engineering services without the additional cost through the OEM Technology and Solutions Center. This includes Schneider Electric Engineered Panel Solutions business line that provides original e i ent nel design nd n ct ring r cess services r lic ti n- sed s l ti ns. e serve s n extension of your engineering arm without the overhead costs, thereby freeing up your engineering resources nd ll ing t c s n r r et ering. e er lic ti n c ns lting t rn- e engineered s l ti ns s eci li ed encl s re n ct ring nd t rn- e t r c ntr l chine s l ti ns. Solutions Testing and Training Center Learn how to simply and easily build and commission flexible machines that reduce costs and time to r et ll the ti e c lete tr ining. e er sic nd dv nced tr ining cl sses h nds- n testing nd de nstr ti n ered thr gh the E echn l g nd S l ti ns enter. e ls er ndemand training, schedule at your request and customized to your specific machine and application needs. Learn more about the OEM Technology and Solutions Center, visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j554v. 32 .schneider-electric.c OEM Solutions Testing and Training Center New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176 Section 1: Load Centers Main Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Meter Mains, 100–200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Enclosed Solar Ready CSED Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Section 2: Metering Equipment 1 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 3 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Micrologic Electronic Trip Units for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories for Powerpact H-, J-, and L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 Section 8: Operator Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches Special Application Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 MD Motor Disconnect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 30–60 A Compact LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . 8-8 100–400 A LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 GS Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 3 in. Handle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 PowerPact D&L, MG and NSJ cable mechs (bottom half of the table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Section 4: Power Monitoring and Control Section 9: Panelboards Section 3: Safety Switches Power Monitoring Software Remote Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 PowerLogic™ Metering DM6200 Panel Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System Vamp 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26, 4-27 Section 5: Lighting Control and Home Integrated Systems Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color Touch Screen (Desktop Model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories Spectrum Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Wiser™ Home Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Occupancy Sensors Fluorescent High Bay Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 UL 924 Emergency Control Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Section 6: Surge Protective Devices EMA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) (25 new catalog numbers and new options) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Options for L-L Enhanced SPDs and EBA SPDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Replacement Modules for EMA SPDs (15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Type 1 SPD option for I-Line Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Surgelogic™ OEM / Assembler Kits (15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . 6-6 SDSA3650 600 V 3-phase, 3-wire, Delta SPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 HWA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) (9 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 SDSA1175T Surge Protective Device (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Flush Mount Kit for XR and HWA Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 XR Nipple Mounted Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Whole House SPDs (NEMA 1 Basic, NEMA 3R Basic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 HEPD80 Home Electronics Protective Device and Replacement Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Section 7: Circuit Breakers PowerPact™ H-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23 PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23 New R Interrupting for PowerPact H and J-Frame rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4, 7-22, 7-23 400 A PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 7-25 PowerPact L-Frame Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 Masterpact™ NW DC Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 Accessories for L-frame (mixed in with other accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 thru 7-44 NQ 14-inch-wide Merchandised Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Section 10: IPaCS Equipment Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Submetering Integrated Power Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Section 11: Switchboards & Switchgear DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power-Zone™ Model III Package Unit Substations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types EOX and VOX Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . Automatic Circuit Recloser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVC Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 11-17 11-19 11-20 11-20 11-20 Section 12: Busway PowerPact H-, J-, and M-Frame Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12 PowerPact P-Frame Plug-in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13 Section 14: Transformers NEMA Premium Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3, 14-7 Transformer Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9 1201–15,000 V Indoor Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20 Section 15: Medical Products Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Line Isolation Monitor—UL Recognized. . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IG2000P Remote Alarm Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IGR and IGRD Nurses’ Station Indicators/Alarm Annunciators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IGT Dual Clock/Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iso-Gard IGT1550 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4 15-4 15-5 15-5 15-5 Section 16: NEMA Contactors & Starters TeSys™ T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18, 16-46, 16-87 Section 17: Motor Control Centers Intelligent Motor Control Center—Model 6 iMCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Section 18: IEC Contactors and Starters TeSys™ F1700, F2100 Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5 Mechanical Interlock and Power Connection Kit for TeSys D Reversing Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-14 TeSys D Overload Relay Mounting Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-16 Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-33 Section 19: Push Buttons and Operator Interface 22 mm Push Buttons XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-63 thru 19-64 XB5S Biometric Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-65 thru 19-66 Double and Triple-Headed Push Buttons XB4 Two Button/Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176 (cont’d) ZB4 Two Head/Three Head Operators, Momentary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27 thru 19-28 ZB4 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-33 XB5 Two Button/Three Button, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-42 ZB5 Two Head/Three Head Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-47 ZB5 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-54 30 mm Push Buttons Momentary Action, Metal Mushroom Head Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-67 thru 19-68 Two-Position, Push-Pull Action Metal Mushroom Head Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-68 Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . 19-68 Non-Illuminated Multifunction Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-78 Control Stations and Enclosures Guarded Enclosures (Empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-105 Assembled Guarded Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-106 Tower Lights and Beacons Rotating Mirror Beacons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-107 XVC Pre-Assembled and Pre-Wired Tower Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-108 thru 19-109 XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-116 Section 20: Electronic Sensors & Machine Cabling XU•M Metal Body Photoelectric Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2 XUVR / XUVA Optical Fork Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3 XS Inductive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 thru 20-9 XT Capacitive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9 Section 21: Limit Switches Osisense™ XCKM and XCKL limit switches, classic, metal, variable composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20 thru 21-21 Osisense™ XCKJ limit switches, standard, industrial format, EN 50041, metal, fixed or plug-in body . . . . . . 21-24 thru 21-25 9007C limit switches, heavy duty industrial, plug-in body, metal, adaptable subassemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-30 thru 21-31 Section 22: Pressure, Vacuum, Temp, and Float Switches XMLK Pressure Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6 thru 22-7 Section 26: AC Drives & Soft Starts Altivar™ 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6 S-Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Section 27: Automation Products HMI Magelis™ STO/STU Small HMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3 Magelis XBT GH Handheld HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3 Magelis Smart+ iPC Industrial PC (without moving parts) . . . . . . . 27-4 Distributed I/O Modicon™ TM5 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O . . . . . . . . 27-5 Modicon TM7 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O. . . . . . . . . . 27-5 OEM Controller/Machine Solutions Modicon M168 Programmable Logic Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Modicon 238 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Modicon 258 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8 Modicon LMC058 Motion Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 Altivar IMC Integrated Controller Card (for Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drives). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9 SoMachine Software Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10 Section 28: Enclosures All new section featuring: Spacial.pro Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3 ProClima Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3 Spacial.ref and Thalassa.ref Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3 Spacial™ Steel Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-4 Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-7 ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-8 Section 29: Advanced Products All new section featuring: EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (Overview) Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3 Outdoor Charging Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-4 Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions (Overview). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-6 In-Home Display (IHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6 Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT). . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6 Smart Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7 Load Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7 Large Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7 Ethernet Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-8 Conext™ Series Grid Tie Solar Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-9 Table of Contents Section 1 QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers 1-2 Accessories 1-4 QO Load Centers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Page 1-2 HOM 1P, Page 1-14 1-5 Indoor, 1Ø Main Circuit Breaker 1-6 Rainproof 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker 1-7 3Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker 1-8 1-9 Special Applications 1-10 QO Load Center Accessories 1-11 Homeline™ Circuit Breakers 1-14 Homeline Load Centers 1-15 Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker 1-15 Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breakers 1-16 QO and Homeline Load Centers 1-17 Load Center Value Packs 1-11 Load Center Mounted Surge Protection Devices 1-12 QO and Homeline Accessories 1-12 Indoor Load Centers, Dimensions, Knockouts 1-17 Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts, Bolt-on Hubs 1-18 Combination Service Entrance Devices (CSED) Homeline Load Center, Page 1-15 1-5 Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer Accessories QO Load Center, Page 1-5 1-2 1-19 Meter Mains, 100—200 A 1-19 All-In-Ones, 100—225 A 1-20 Meter Mains and All-In-Ones, 300—400 A 1-21 Circuit Breakers, Accessories, Hubs 1-22 Dimensions 1-23 Solar Ready CSED 1-24 Enclosed Devices 1-25 Servicepak™ Power Outlet Panels 1-26 QO™ Load Centers 1-27 QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Centers 1-27 Combination Service Entrance Devices, Page 1-19 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1-1 1 QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers LOAD CENTERS Load Centers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us 1 Square D brand QO miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD and NQ panelboards, NQOD and NQ OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD and NQ panelboards or interiors.a The Square D exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers. Table 1.1: Amperes Rating b LOAD CENTERS QO 1P 1 Space Required QOT 1P Tandem 1 Space Required Plug-On Circuit Breakers Table 1.2: 1P—120/240 Vac 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip Cat. No. Cat. No. 10 k AIR 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A QO110 QO115 de QO120 de QO125 d QO130 d 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A QO135 d QO140 d QO145 d QO150 d QO160 d QO170 d — — — — — 150 A — $ Price 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 67.00 — — — — — — 175 A — — 200 A — — Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac 2P—240 Vac c Common Trip $ Price QO210 QO215d QO220 d QO225d QO230d QO235d QO240 d QO245d QO250d QO260d QO270d QO280d QO290d QO2100d QO2110d QO2125d Cat. No. 67.00 — 67.00 QO215H 67.00 QO220H 67.00 QO225H 67.00 QO230H 67.00 — 67.00 QO240H 67.00 — 67.00 QO250H 67.00 QO260H 134.00 QO270H 189.00 QO280H 189.00 QO290H 189.00 QO2100H 428.00 — 428.00 — 3P—240 Vac Common Trip $ Price Cat. No. $ Price — 200.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 — 200.00 — 200.00 200.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 — — QO310 QO315d QO320d QO325d QO330d QO335d QO340d QO345d QO350d QO360d QO370d QO380d QO390d QO3100d — — 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 315.00 366.00 366.00 366.00 — — QO2150dfk 491.00 — — — — QO2175 dfk QO2200dfk 491.00 491.00 — — — — — — — — QO200 70.00 — — — — QO2000i 200.00 QO2200 2P 200 A 4 Spaces Required QO 3P 3 Spaces Required Ampere Rating Poles Suffix 10–30 A 35–60 A 35–50 A 70–110 A 60–100 A 1, 2, 3 1,2 3 2 3 5237 Table 1.3: 5238 5273 Wire Sizesb Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Type 10–30 A QO 10–30 A 1P 35–70 A 10–30 A 10–30 A QO 35–70 A 2P 80–125 A 150–200 A QO 3P 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A QO300 248.00 QOB-VH 110–150 A 4–300 Al/Cu 366.00 QOT 15–20 A 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 15–30 A 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 40, 50, 60 A 10–60 A 12–4 Al 14–6 Cu 12–2 Al 14–2 Cu 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A QO115VH e QO120VH e QO125VH QO130VH 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 QO215VHg QO220VHg QO225VHg QO230VHg 146.00 146.00 146.00 146.00 — — — — — — — — QO315VHg QO320VHg QO325VHg QO330VHg 371.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 40 A QO140VH 73.00 QO240VHg 146.00 — — QO340VHg 371.00 50 A QO150VH 73.00 QO250VHg 146.00 — — QO350VHg 371.00 g QO260VH 146.00 — — g QO360VH 371.00 — — — — — — QO370VHg QO380VHg QO390VHg 477.00 530.00 530.00 QO-AFI, QO-GFI or QO-EPD QO-PL Table 1.4: Ampere Ratingb QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers Cat. No.d QO160VH 73.00 70 A 80 A 90 A QO170VH — — 112.00 — — QO270VHg QO280VHg QO290VHg 224.00 315.00 315.00 100 A — — QO2100VHgh 315.00 — — 110 A 125 A — — — — QO2110VHgh 1034.00 QO2125VHgh 1034.00 — — — — — — — — 150 A — — QO2150VHfgk 1061.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — Table 1.5: For use in Old Style Non-Class CTL QO Load Centers—10 k AIR Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d QO2175VHf k 1061.00 QO2200VHfgk 1061.00 QO3100VH g 530.00 175 A 200 A 42 k AIRd 40 A 45 A 50 A — — — — — — — — — — QOH240 i QOH245 i QOH250i 317.00 317.00 317.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A — — — — — — — — — — — — QOH260 i QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 i 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 125 A — — QOH2125 1389.00 — — — — d $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac 60 A g Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu QO3000i 22 k AIRd QO 2P 2 Spaces Required QO/QOB Ring Terminal (20% $ Price Adder)—Factory-installed only 15 A and 15 A QOT1515 15 A and 20 A QOT1520 20 A and 20 A QOT2020 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip 58.00 58.00 58.00 Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. Replacement Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required 15 A and 15 A QO1515 73.00 15 A and 20 A QO1520 73.00 20 A and 20 A QO2020 73.00 20 A and 30 A QO2030 73.00 30 A and 20 A QO3020 73.00 Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required 65 k AIR 15 A and 15 A 15 A QH115e 117.00 QH215 293.00 — — QH315d 507.00 15 A and 20 A 20 A QH120e 117.00 QH220 293.00 — — QH320 507.00 20 A and 20 A 117.00 QH225 i 293.00 — — QH325i 507.00 20 A and 30 A 25 A QH125i 30 A QH130 117.00 QH230 293.00 — — QH330 507.00 30 A and 20 A a See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors. QOT Tandem b 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. c UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems. d UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. e UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. f Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. g UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QOT, QO-AFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level. h 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite. i Order only. Contact your local Field Office. Pan Rail Slot j Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT. k Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT — QO20303020j — Mounting Cam Rail Bead — 134.00 — Current limiting QOT tandem circuit breakers have a mounting cam as shown. Installation into a QO load center can only be made in those positions having a mounting pan rail slot. Meets Paragraph 408.15 of the NEC®. UL Listed as Class CTL Interupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 1-2 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801 QO Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker QO-SWN QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with UL1699. Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC® 514.11 1P QO-CAFI 1P QO-DF QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa One- Pole 1P 120 Vac 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating 1 Space Required 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Combination Arc-fault 15 QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00 Interrupter 20 QO120CAFI 282.00 QO120VHCAFI 534.00 (Pigtail Neutral) Plug-On Neutral 15 QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00 Combination Arc-fault 20 QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00 Interrupter Two- Pole 2P 120/240 Vac 2P 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating 2 Space Required 2 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Combination Arc-fault 15 QO215CAFI 636.00 QO215VHCAFI 1068.00 Interrupter 20 QO220CAFI 636.00 QO220VHCAFI 1068.00 (Pigtail Neutral) QO Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (Dual Function) provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and UL943. Table 1.7: QO-Dual Function Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating Two-wire QO-SWN Combination Arc-fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (Pigtail Neutral) Plug-On Neutral Combination Arc-fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price 1P 120 Vac 22 k AIR 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price 15 QO115DF 326.00 QO115VHDF 578.00 20 QO120DF 326.00 QO120VHDF 578.00 15 QO115PDF 326.00 QO115VHPDF 578.00 20 QO120PDF 326.00 QO120VHPDF 578.00 QO-GFI Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping. 2P QO-GFI Table 1.8: QO-GFI Circuit Breakers Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip 1P 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 3 Spaces 1 Space Required 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required Required $ $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO315GFI 791. 20 QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO320GFI 791. 25 QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413. — — 30 QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. QO330GFI 791. 40 — — — — QO240GFI 413. QO340GFI 791. 50 — — — — QO250GFI 413. QO350GFI 791. 60 — — — — QO260GFId 413. — — Ampere Ratingc 1P QO-GFI QO-EPD/EPE QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection. They are designed to provide ground fault protection of equipment at a 30 mA level (EPD) or 100 mA level (EPE). They are not designed to protect people from electrical shock. Ampere Ratingc Table 1.9: QO 1P With Shunt Trip © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 1 Space Required QO-EPD Circuit Breakers 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 QO115EPD 410. QO215EPD 660. QO315EPDe 1077. 20 QO120EPD 410. QO220EPD 660. QO320EPDe 1077. 25 QO125EPD 410. QO225EPD 660. — — 30 QO130EPD 410. QO230EPD 660. QO330EPDe 1077. 40 — — QO240EPD 660. QO340EPDe 1077. 50 — — QO250EPD 660. QO350EPDe 1077. 60 — — QO260EPDd 660. — — DE2A QO-SWN Circuit Breakers 2 Wire 120 Vac 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price QO210SWN 95.00 QO215SWN 95.00 QO220SWN 95.00 QO225SWN 95.00 QO230SWN 95.00 QO240SWN 95.00 QO250SWN 95.00 Ampere Ratingc 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 3 Wire 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price QO310SWN 143.00 QO315SWN 143.00 QO320SWN 143.00 QO325SWN 143.00 QO330SWN 143.00 QO340SWN 143.00 QO350SWN 143.00 QO-HID HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit breakers. Table 1.11: QO-HID Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac QO-Dual Function Circuit Breaker Three-wire QO-SWN Table 1.10: Ampere Ratingc 15 20 25 30 40 50 10 k AIR 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price 38.10 QO115HIDb QO120HIDb 38.10 QO125HID 38.10 QO130HID 38.10 QO140HID 38.10 QO150HID 38.10 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price QO215HID 87.00 QO220HID 87.00 QO225HID 87.00 QO230HID 87.00 QO240HID 87.00 QO250HID 87.00 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price QO315HID 300.00 QO320HID 300.00 QO325HID 300.00 QO330HID 300.00 — — — — NOTE: QO-K Circuit Breakers are on page 1-27. QO-HM High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. Table 1.12: QO-HM Circuit Breakers 120 Vac—10 k AIR Ampere Ratingc 15 A 20 A 1P Cat. No QO115HMab QO120HMab $ Price 30.60 30.60 Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when the handle is switched to the OFF position. Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that have an available fault current greater than the values listed in the table. Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are CSA certified. Table 1.13: QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA 2P 3P Ampere Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 60 QO200 70.00 QO300 248.00 100 QO2000 200.00 QO3000 366.00 a UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. b UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. c 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. d Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection. e See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix. Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 $ Price QO315EPEe 1077. QO320EPEe 1077. — — QO330EPEe 1077. QO340EPEe 1077. QO350EPEe 1077. — — Cat. No. Discount Schedule 1-3 LOAD CENTERS Table 1.6: 1 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Accessories Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 1 Table 1.14: www.schneider-electric.us Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Description Handle Attachments Handle Tie Handle Clamp LOAD CENTERS Handle Padlock Attachment for Padlocking in ON or OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment for Padlocking in OFF position Cat. No. Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position Clamp for holding QO or Q1 either 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position For padlocking 2P QO-GFI circuit breakers in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment. For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position. Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI, QO-DF and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Ring Terminal Sub-feed Lugs Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option. 60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu) 125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) 225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu) 125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted Mechanical Interlock Attachment side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU) QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed With Retaining Kit circuit breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. a Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. $ Price Schedule QO1HT QOTHT QO1LO HLO1 3.80 3.80 3.80 9.90 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOHPL QO1PA QOTHPA GFI2PA 9.90 10.70 11.10 9.20 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2A QO1HPL QO1PL QO1PAF QO2PAF 10.70 10.70 43.50 25.80 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOGFI1PAF 51.00 DE2E QOGFI2PAF 38.40 DE2E +20% Price Adder 47.10 137.00 308.00 137.00 DE2A DE2A DE2A DE2A DE3 QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E See page 7-10 QO60SL QO2125SL QO2225SLa QO3125SL QO1HT QO1PA HLO1 QO1PL QO1PAF QO1LO QOGFI2PAF QO2DTI QOTHPA QO1HPL QOHPL QO2PAF Factory-Installed Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI or QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers. Table 1.15: Accessory Factory-Installed Accessories Description Rated Voltage Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate 12 Vac/Vdc circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated 24 Vac/Vdc voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% or more of rated voltage. Coil Cat. No. Burden Suffix $ Price Adder Accessory Description Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. 60 VA 168 VA -1042 189.00 Auxiliary Switches Application • • Shunt Trip Application • For use with momentary or maintained push button. • Not available on QO-GFI, QO-EPD. • Shunt trip terminals accept (2) 0.14– 0.12 AWG Cu. 120 Vac 208 Vac 240 Vax 72 VA 228 VA 288 VA -1021 189.00 Alarm Switches DE2 DE2A DE2E Auxiliary switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Leads (EH): Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’, Striped common 18 AWG Cu. Used with control circuits and is actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard construction includes a normally-open contact. 1A 1B 120 Vac 120 Vac 5A 5A -1200 -1201 132.00 132.00 1A 120 Vac 5A -2100 132.00 Application • 1-4 Contact Max. Max. Cat. No. $ Price Comb. Voltage Load Suffix Adder DE3 Leads: Alarm switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Cat. No. $ Price Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb 30 A 2 2 0 41.70 QO2L30Scd 70 A 2 4 2 69.00 QO24L70F/Sef 6 12 6 87.00 QO612L100F/Seg 6 12 6 90.00 QO612L100DF/Seg 8 16 8 131.00 QO816L100F/Seg 100 A 8 16 8 143.00 QO816L100DF/Seg 6 12 6 111.00 QO612L100DFCU/SCUegh 8 16 8 174.00 QO816L100DFCU/SCUegh 125 A 4 8 4 93.00 QO148L125GF/Sei I N D O O R Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Load Center Box and Interior Flush Cat. No. 41.70 69.00 87.00 90.00 131.00 143.00 111.00 174.00 93.00 Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar Box No. AWG/kcmil Kit (Order Separately) See Page 1-17 $ Price Al Cu Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat. No. Cover Included—Without Door Cover Included—Without Door Cover Included—Without Door Cover Included—With Door Cover Included—Without Door Cover Included—With Door Cover Included—With Door Cover Included—With Door Cover Included—Without Door 12–10 14–10 12–3 14–4 8–1 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK3GTA1 PK4GTA PK7GTA PK7GTA 11.40 10.80 11.70 11.70 1 2 4 4 PK7GTA 11.70 4 PK7GTA 11.70 PK7GTA 11.70 PK7GTAl 4 4 21 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj 12 12 0 196.70 QO112L125G 159.00 QOC16UF QOC16US 37.70 PK9GTAl 12 24 12 235.70 QO11224L125G 198.00 QOC16UF QOC16US 37.70 PK15GTAl 16 16 0 255.70 QO116L125G 218.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK12GTAl 16 24 8 300.70 QO11624L125G 263.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl 125 A 6–2/0 20 20 0 271.70 QO120L125G 234.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl 20 24 4 370.70 QO12024L125G 333.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl 24 24 0 381.70 QO124L125G 344.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 PK15GTAl 32 32 0 434.60 QO132L125G 395.00 QOC32UF Use Flush 39.60 PK23GTA, LK100ANl Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Convertible To Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj 20 30 10 419.00 QO12030L150G 332.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 150 A 24 24 0 431.00 QO124L150G 344.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 6–250 PK15GTAl 30 30 0 437.00 QO130L150G 350.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 12 12 0 353.00 QO112L200G 266.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK15GTAl 24 36 12 819.00 QO12436L200TFTk 732.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 30 30 0 494.00 QO130L200G 407.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 200 A 30 40 10 554.00 QO13040L200G 467.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 6–250 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 40 40 0 746.00 QO140L200G 659.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 PK23GTA, LK100ANl 40 60 20 944.00 QO14060L200G 857.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 (2) PK15GTAl 42 52 10 921.00 QO14252L200G 810.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 (2) PK15GTAl 225 A 42 42 0 828.00 QO142L225G 717.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 6–300 PK23GTA, LK100ANl Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingbj QONQ30LS400 (Int) 1080.00 30 30 0 1641.00 NC50NQVF NC50NQVS 486.00 PK27GTAn 33.80 MH50 (box)o 75.00 (1) 1/0–750 400 A or or (2) 1/0–300 PK15GTA6 QONQ42LS400 (Int)m 1185.00 53.00 42 42 0 1746.00 NC50NQVF NC50NQVS 486.00 MH50 (box) 75.00 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. c Will not accept QO-EPD or Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breakers. d Mains rated 25 A when Al wire is used. e Order F for flush device or S for surface device. f Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers. g 70 A Max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker. h CU indicates copper bus. i Copper bus. j UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. k Supplied with feed-thru lugs. l Factory-included. m Interior only, order box separately. n PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu lug. QO816L100F or S o PE1A Discount Schedule. QO120L125G 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 9 9 9 9 10 9 9 10 10 11 11 15 15 without cover 1Ø, Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker Kits Table 1.17: Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only QOM1 Frame Size QOM1 Frame Size 50–125 Amperes p q r QOM2 Frame Size 100–225 Amperes © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved s QOM2 Frame Sizes 22 k AIRq Lug Wire Sizer Lug Wire Sizer Main Circuit Main Circuit AWG/kcmil AWG/kcmil $ Price $ Price Breaker Breaker 50 A 100–125 QOM50VH 140.00 100 A 150–225 QOM2100VH 468.00 60 A 100–125 QOM60VH 140.00 125 A 150–225 QOM2125VH 468.00 70 A 100–125 QOM70VH 140.00 150 A 150–225 QOM2150VH 468.00 4–300 Al or Cu 80 A 100–125 QOM80VH 201.00 175 A 200–225 QOM2175VH 468.00 12–2/0 Al or Cu 90 A 100–125 QOM90VH 201.00 200 A 200–225 QOM2200VH 468.00 100 A 100–125 QOM100VH 201.00 225 A 225 QOM2225VH 468.00 110 A 125 QOM110VH 468.00 — — — — — 125 A 125 QOM125VH 468.00 — — — — — Do not exceed the load center mains rating. 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. Wire range listed for QOM circuit breaker kits is the wire range of that circuit breaker. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size. Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt trip. Main Circuit Breaker Ratingp Convertible Load Center Mains Rating 22 k AIRq DE3A PE1A Main Circuit Breaker Ratingp Discount Schedule LOAD CENTERS Mains Max. 1P Rating Spaces Circuitsa 1 Table 1.16: Convertible Load Center Mains Rating 1-5 QO™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Circuit Breaker Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Table 1.18: Mains Rating Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. $ Price Flush Cat. No. LOAD CENTERS Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating, Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),b QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 12 12 0 339.70 QO112M100 302.00 QOC12UF 16 16 0 379.70 QO116M100 342.00 QOC20U100F 100 A 20 20 0 433.70 QO120M100 396.00 QOC20U100F 24 24 0 553.70 QO124M100 516.00 QOC24UF 32 32 0 726.70 QO132M100 689.00 QOC32UF 24 24 0 819.70 QO124M125 782.00 QOC24UF 125 A 32 32 0 1041.60 QO132M125 1002.00 QOC32UF I N D O O R Surface Cat. No. $ Price QOC12US QOC20U100S QOC20U100S QOC24US Use Flush QOC24US Use Flush 37.70 37.70 37.70 37.70 37.70 37.70 39.60 QOC30US QOC30US QOC30US QOC40US QOC30US QOC30US 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 Convertible Mains —Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) b QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 20 30 10 821.00 QO12030M150 734.00 QOC30UF 24 24 0 849.00 QO124M150 762.00 QOC30UF 150 A 30 30 0 854.00 QO130M150 767.00 QOC30UF 32 32 0 969.00 QO132M150 882.00 QOC40UF 20 40 20 821.00 QO12040M200 734.00 QOC30UF 24 24 0 866.00 QO124M200 779.00 QOC30UF 24 Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al or Cu Cat. No. PK9GTA PK12GTA PK15GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA 13.40 15.80 17.10 17.10 18.80 17.10 18.80 5 6 6 7 8 7 8 PK18GTA PK15GTA PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA and LK100ANg PK18GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA 18.80 17.10 18.80 18.80 21.30 17.10 9 9 9 10 9 9 6–1 6–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 $ Price Box No. See Page 1-17 36 12 1287.00 QO12436M200TFTh 1200.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 10 4–250 30 30 0 879.00 QO130M200 792.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 18.80 9 200 A 30 40 10 957.00 QO13040M200 870.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 21.30 9 87.00 21.30 10 40 40 0 1121.00 QO140M200 1034.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 40 60 20 1431.00 QO14060M200 1344.00 QOC40UF QOC40US 87.00 21.30 10 42 42 0 1220.00 QO142M200 1109.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 42 52 10 1382.00 QO14252M200 1271.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 4–300 40 40 0 1196.00 QO140M225 1085.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 225 A 42 42 0 1253.00 QO142M225 1142.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 21.30 11 Fixed Mains—Factory-installed LAL Main Circuit Breaker, 42 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingc QONQ42MS300 4243.00 (1) 4–500 (int)d 300 A 42 42 0 4909.00 NC62NQVF NC62NQVS 591.00 16 PK27GTAe 33.80 MH62 (box)f 75.00 or (2) 4–3/0 or QONQ42MS400 PK15GTA6 53.00 4243.00 (1) 4–500 (int)d 400 A 42 42 0 4909.00 NC62NQVF NC62NQVS 591.00 16 MH62 (box)f 75.00 or (2) 4–250 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. c UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed. Also, UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. d Interior only, order box separately. e PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 Al/Cu lug. f PE1A Discount Schedule. g Factory included. h Supplied with feed-thru lugs. 1Ø, Field-Installed Main Lugs Kits Table 1.19: Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only Use on Lug Wire Sizej Convertible Load Center Cat. No. $ Price AWG/kcmil with Mains Rating Al or Cu 125 A 100–125 A QOL125k 44.10 6–2/0 225 A 150–225 A QOL225k 104.00 6–300 i Do not exceed the load center mains rating. j Wire range listed for QOL lug kits is the wire range of that lug. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under main wire size. k If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from page 1-13. Main Lugs Ratingi QOL125 QOL225 QO140M200 1-6 DE3A PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Mains Rating Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. $ Price Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Al Cu Cat. No. $ Price 102.00 14–4 14–4 Factory-installed 113.00 131.00 143.00 158.00 231.00 174.00 279.00 152.00 12–6 12–3 14–6 14–4 PK3GTA1 PK4GTA PK7GTA Factory-installed PK7GTA PK7GTA PK7GTA PK7GTA Factory-included Box No. See Page 1-18 Non-Metallic Enclosure Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 60 A 2 4 2 102.00 QO24L60NRNM — 1NM R A I N P R O O F Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 40 A 2 2 0 113.00 QO2L40RBb 70 A 2 4 2 131.00 QO24L70RBb 6 12 6 143.00 QO612L100RBc 6 12 6 158.00 QO612L100TRBc 100 A 8 16 8 231.00 QO816L100RBc 6 12 6 174.00 QO612L100RBCUcd 8 16 8 279.00 QO816L100RBCUcd 125 A 4 8 4 152.00 QO148L125GRBd Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus 12 12 0 285.00 QO112L125GRB 12 24 12 365.00 QO11224L125GRB 125 A 16 24 8 435.00 QO11624L125GRB 24 24 0 522.00 QO124L125GRB Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus 150 A 30 30 0 587.00 QO130L150GRB 12 12 0 480.00 QO112L200GRB 30 30 0 666.00 QO130L200GRB 30 40 10 714.00 QO13040L200GRB 200 A 40 40 0 971.00 QO140L200GRB 40 60 20 1262.00 QO14060L200GRB 42 52 10 1194.00 QO14252L200GRB 225 A 42 42 0 1310.00 QO142L225GRB Table 1.21: Mains Rating R A I N P R O O F 285.00 365.00 435.00 522.00 587.00 480.00 666.00 714.00 971.00 1262.00 1194.00 1310.00 8–1 12–2/0 14–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 4–300 11.40 10.80 11.70 — 11.70 11.70 11.70 1R 1R 2R 2R 2R 2R 2R 15R — — — — 3R 3R 4R 4R PK9GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included PK9GTA Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included (2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included (2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included 1 Metallic Enclosure 6R 5R 6R 6R 7R 7R 8R 8R Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuits a Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 12 12 0 461.00 QO112M100RB 100 A 16 16 0 504.00 QO116M100RB 20 20 0 552.00 QO120M100RB 125 A 24 24 0 954.00 QO124M125RB Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 20 30 10 953.00 QO12030M150RB 150 A 30 30 0 1122.00 QO130M150RB 20 40 20 954.00 QO12040M200RB 30 30 0 1154.00 QO130M200RB 30 40 10 1179.00 QO13040M200GRB 200 A 40 40 0 1397.00 QO140M200RB 40 60 20 1815.00 QO14060M200RB 42 42 0 1469.00 QO142M200RB 42 52 10 1718.00 QO14252M200RB 225 A 42 42 0 1631.00 QO142M225RB Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5) hg h QOM1 or QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus 125 A 6 12 6 620.00 QO1612M125FTRBi 150 A 8 16 8 863.00 QO1816M150FTRBi 200 A 8 16 8 863.00 QO1816M200FTRB i $ Price 461.00 504.00 552.00 954.00 953.00 1122.00 954.00 1154.00 1179.00 1397.00 1815.00 1469.00 1718.00 1631.00 620.00 863.00 863.00 Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al or Cu Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Page 1-18 PK9GTA PK12GTA PK15GTA PK15GTA 13.40 15.80 17.10 17.10 3R 4R 4R 4R 4–300 PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA 18.80 18.80 21.30 18.80 21.30 21.30 17.10 21.30 17.10 21.30 5R 6R 5R 6R 6R 7R 7R 8R 8R 8R 4–2/0 4–250 4–250 PK12GTA PK15GTA-L PK15GTA-L 15.80 35.00 35.00 3R 6R 6R 6–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for AFI and GFI circuit breaker. c 70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker. d Copper bus. e UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed. f UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. g Side hinge door device; allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open. h 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QOPL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems up to 22 kA available fault current. i QO1612M125FTRB provided with QOM1 frame main circuit breaker. QO1816M150FTRB and QO1816M200FTRB provided with QOM2 frame main circuit breaker. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE3A Discount Schedule LOAD CENTERS Table 1.20: 1-7 QO™ Load Centers 3Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 3Ø4W—208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W—240/120 Vac Delta and 3Ø3W—240 Vac Delta—UL Listed Table 1.22: Mains Rating LOAD CENTERS I N D O O R R A I N P R O O F Main Lugs and Main Breakers (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Max. Number of 1P QO circuit breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. Flush Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating a 60 A 3 107.00 QO403L60NF/S 107.00 Cover Included With Load Center (No Door) 12 369.70 QO312L125Gh 332.00 QOC16UF QOC16US 37.70 i 125 A 20 508.70 QO320L125Gh 471.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 i 24 577.70 QO324L125Gh 540.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 i 18 530.00 QO318L200Gh 443.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 i 200 A 30 707.00 QO330L200Gh 620.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 i 225 A 42 953.00 QO342L225Gh 842.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 i Box No. See Pages 1-17, 1-18 $ Pricej Al Cu Cat. No. — 10–6 6–2/0 6–2/0 PK4GTA Factory-incl.g Factory-incl.g Factory-incl.g Factory-incl.f Factory-incl.f Factory-incl.f 7.20 — — — — — — 13 6 7 7 9 9 11 PK15GTA PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA 17.10 18.80 18.80 21.30 18.80 21.30 21.30 9 12 12 12 12 12 12 PK4GTA Factory Incl.g Factory Incl.g Factory Incl.f Factory Incl.f Factory Incl.f 10.80 — — — — — 10R 3R 4R 6R 6R 8R 6–250 6–250 6–300 6–300 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Rating b 100 A 27 1058.00 QO327M100c 971.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 i 4–2/0 125 A 30 1931.00 QO330MQ125dh 1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 4–300 30 1931.00 QO330MQ150dh 1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 150 A 4–300 42 2119.00 QO342MQ150dh 2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 30 1931.00 QO330MQ200dh 1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 200 A 4–300 42 2119.00 QO342MQ200dh 2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 225 A 42 2119.00 QO342MQ225dh 2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS 92.00 4–300 Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingae 60 A 3 177.00 QO403L60NRB 177.00 12 485.00 QO312L125GRB 485.00 125 A 20 629.00 QO320L125GRB 629.00 Cover Included 18 618.00 QO318L200GRB 618.00 200 A 30 839.00 QO330L200GRB 839.00 225 A 42 1494.00 QO342L225GRB 1494.00 Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) 4–2/0 4–300 4–300 4–300 4–300 — 10–6 6–2/0 6–2/0 6–250 6–250 6–300 6–300 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb e 100 A 27 1185.00 QO327M100RBc 1185.00 4–2/0 4–2/0 PK15GTA 17.10 6R 125 A 30 2147.00 QO330MQ125RBd 2147.00 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 18.80 14R 150 A 30 2147.00 QO330MQ150RBd 2147.00 4–300 4–300 PK18GTA 18.80 14R Cover Included 30 2147.00 QO330MQ200RBd 2147.00 PK18GTA 18.80 14R 200 A 4–300 4–300 42 2333.00 QO342MQ200RBd 2333.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R 225 A 42 2333.00 QO342MQ225RBd 2333.00 4–300 4–300 PK23GTA 21.30 14R Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2. a UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. b 25 kA short circuit current rating SSCR maximum with Square D Type QDL main circuit breaker, or 22 kA SCCR maximum with back-fed Type QO-VH main circuit breaker, feeding QO 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers. c Includes factory-installed back fed QO3100VH main circuit breaker. d 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating maximum with field-installed Square D type QGL 65 k AIR minimum main circuit breaker feeding QO and Q1 10 k AIR minimum branch circuit breakers. e Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open. f PK23GTA and LK100AN. g PK15GTA. h For Certification to IEC 60439-1 contact the local Square D sales office; otherwise panels are NOT CE marked. (For use on 415Y/240 Vac 3-phase 4-wire, 3,000 Short Circuit Current Rating when QODX...branch circuit breakers are used and 10,000 Short Circuit Current Rating when QO...VS branch circuit breakers are used). i DE3A Discount Schedule j DE2 Discount Schedule Table 1.23: 3Ø, Main Circuit Breakers Field-installed alternate main circuit breakers for QO 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers rated 70–225 A. Do not exceed the load center main rating. k Amperage 25 k AIR 65 k AIR 100 k AIRk 70 A QDL32070 QGL32070 QJL32070 80 A QDL32080 QGL32080 QJL32080 90 A QDL32090 QGL32090 QJL32090 100 A QDL32100 QGL32100 QJL32100 110 A QDL32110 QGL32110 QJL32110 125 A QDL32125 QGL32125 QJL32125 150 A QDL32150 QGL32150 QJL32150 175 A QDL32175 QGL32175 QJL32175 200 A QDL32200 QGL32200 QJL32200 225 A QDL32225 QGL32225 QJL32225 $ Price (DE2) 1784.00 2442.00 2796.00 When these 3P circuit breakers are used as the main circuit breaker of a 3Ø load center, the maximum AIR rating is 65 kA at 240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac. Table 1.24: 3Ø, Main Lugs Kits Field-installed main lugs for convertible 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers. QO342MQ200 1-8 QO312L125G Main Lugs Amperage Rating 125 A 225 A DE3 DE3A DE2 Cat. No. QOL3125 QOL3225 Discount Schedule $ Price 67.00 158.00 Lug Wire Size AWG/kcmil 6–2/0 Cu/Al 6–300 Cu/Al © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Backup Power Solutions (Accept Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Mains Max. Single Rating Spaces Pole (A) Circuits a R A I N P R O O F Load Center Box, Interior and Cover Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Generator Panels—Manual Transfer for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor) Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 30 4 8 4 QO48M30DSGP 563.00 60 4 8 4 563.00 QO48M60DSGP Al Cu Box No. See Page 1-17, 1-18 14–8 14–8 4 8–2 8–2 4 Equipment Grounding Bar Kit (Order Separately) PK7GTA 11.70 Generator Panels—Manual Transfer with Generator Power Inlet Plug for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 3R (Outdoor) Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 4 8 4 QO1DM10020TRBR 848.00 4 8 4 QO1DM10030TRBR 848.00 Factory-Installed 100 4 8 4 QO1DM10050TRBR 1148.00 — — 2R 2R 8–2 — 2R 1 I N D O O R Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers LOAD CENTERS Table 1.25: 1Ø, Backup Power Solutions Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 Generator Panel—Automatic Transfer Switch (Contact your local Square D Field Sales office for more information.) b Factory- or Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 150 38 42 42 QO13842MX150 1349.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 4–250 12 200 38 42 42 QO13842MX200 1499.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 4–250 12 38 42 42 QO13842MX225 1649.00 4–250 4–250 12 PK23GTA 225 21.30 38 42 42 QO13842UX225 c 1199.00 4–250 4–250 12 QOC38MXUF (Cover) 149.00 — 150 14 28 28 QO11428MX150FTRBde 1349.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 4–250 7R 3R 14 28 28 QO11428MX200FTRBde 1499.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 4–250 7R 200 14 28 28 QO11428UX200FTRBcde 1199.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 4–250 7R QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories Cat. No. $ Price Schedule For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual 63.00 DE2E power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. QO2DTIM two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4LA Manual Transfer Equipment Kit Secures 102.00 DE3A up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4HA 102.00 DE3A up power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up PK4DTIM4LAL 102.00 DE3A power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P QOCRBGK1 105.00 DE3A main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. Generator Circuit Breaker For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main QOCGK2 105.00 DE3A circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. Interlock Kit For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) QORBGK2 105.00 DE3A with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b One main circuit breaker is included with panel. NEMA 1 indoor device requires cover ordered separately. Alternate source main circuit breaker (QO 125 A max.) ordered separately. Automatic Transfer Switch and Generator for secondary power source are ordered through a Kohler authorized dealer or contractor. c Universal mains – No factory-installed main circuit breaker or main lugs. QOM2 frame size, field-install 22 k AIR. Main circuit breaker or main lugs (see pages 1-5 or 1-6). d Supplied with feed-thru lugs. e Device is rated NEMA 3R and can be used for indoor or outdoor applications. I N D O O R QO2DTI Installed QO2DTI ON OFF ON OFF 1 3 5 ON OFF © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ON OFF PK4DTIM4HA QOCGK2 Installed DE3A Discount Schedule 1-9 QO™ Load Centers 1Ø, Special Applications Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 1Ø2W—120Vac—1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Table 1.26: QO Special Application (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Short Circuit Current Rating Mains Rating Max. 1P Circuits a Spaces Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center b Box, Interior, and Cover Cat. No. Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) $ Price Cat. No. $ Price LOAD CENTERS Manufactured Housing: 1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified 30 Ac 10 kA 2 0 QO2L30TTSd 51.00 2 Factory-installed 4 50 A 10 kA 2 2 QO24L50TTSe 78.00 1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Circuit Breaker—CSA Certified 30 A 10 kA 3 5 2 QO35FM30TTF/S 83.00 Factory-installed 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified 70 A 10 kA 2 4 2 QO24L70TSe 78.00 6 12 6 QO612L100TF/Sg 86.00 Factory 6 12 6 QO612L100DTF/Sg 101.00 Installed 100 A 10 kA 8 16 8 QO816L100TF/Sg 137.00 8 16 8 QO816L100DTF/Sg 159.00 Load Center with Cover: 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—UL Listed Complete QO Load Center—Box, Interior and Combination Cover in One Package Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al Cu Box No. See Page 1-17 12–10 — 14–10 14–6 1 2 f 3 12–3 14–4 2 4 4 4 4 4–1 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus 65 kA 12 0 QO112L125GC 188.00 PK12GTA Incl. 6–2/0 6 12 I 125 A 65 kA 12 24 12 QO11224L125GC 249.00 PK15GTA Incl. 6–2/0 6 N 20 65 kA 20 0 QO120L125GC 284.00 PK15GTA Incl. 6–2/0 7 D O Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus O 150 A 65 kA 30 30 0 QO130L150TC 452.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Installed 6–250 9 R 200 A 65 kA 30 40 10 QO13040L200GC 575.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Incl. 6–250 9 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker— QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j 22 kA 12 12 0 QO112M100C 351.00 PK9GTA 13.40 4–1/0 5 22 kA 12 20 8 QO11220M100C 413.00 PK15GTA 17.10 4–1/0 5 100 A 22 kA 16 16 0 QO116M100C 395.00 PK12GTA 15.80 4–1/0 6 22 kA 20 20 0 QO120M100C 446.00 PK15GTA 17.10 4–1/0 6 125 A 22 kA 32 32 0 QO132M125C 1041.00 PK18GTA 18.80 6–2/0 8 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker— QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j 22 kA 20 30 10 QO12030M150C 843.00 PK18GTA 18.80 4–250 9 150 A 22 kA 30 30 0 QO130M150C 870.00 PK18GTA 18.80 4–250 9 22 kA 20 40 20 QO12040M200C 843.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 9 22 kA 30 30 0 QO130M200C 896.00 PK18GTA 18.80 4–250 9 200 A 22 kA 30 40 10 QO13040M200C 974.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 9 22 kA 40 40 0 QO140M200C 1137.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 10 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. b Order F for flush device or S for surface device. c Mains rating 25 A when Al wire is used. d Will not accept Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breaker. e Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers. f Main circuit breaker is a field-installed standard QO single pole circuit breaker. Order separately from page 1-2. g 70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker. h UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. i UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. j 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22,000 A available fault current. Table 1.27: Service Upgrade Load Centers: 1Ø3W 120/240Vac—UL Listed Load Center with Removable End Walls Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Breaker—22KA QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)j I N D O O R k l m Mains Rating Spaces Max. 1P Circuitsa Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price (Interior, Box and Cover) Load Center Box and Interior Extra Long Cover with Door (Order Separately) Flush Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 959.00 HOM3040M200CEPk 959.00 HOMC30UFL 1,137.00 QO140M200EPm 1137.00 QOC40UFL 30 40 10 200 A 40 40 0 Ships with standard length cover Blank Endwall Plates (4) Available Order: EWPLATE $36.00 Copper Bus, order cover separately QOC40UF/S or QOC40UFL Table 1.28: Surface Cat. No. — — Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar AWG / kcmil Kit (Order Separately) $ Price 111.00 111.00 Al Cu 4-250 Cat. No PK23GTA PK23GTA $ Price Box No. See Page 1–17 21.30 21.30 10 10 Auxiliary Gutter UL Listed for use with standard 1Ø and 3Ø load centers for riser applicationsn. For auxiliary gutter-load center compatibility, see catalog number 1100CT0501 n o Cat. No. $ Price SDAG26 338.00 One tap kit required for each riser wire. When used with B300 bolt-on hubs. Table 1.29: Cover Flush Width 13.50 Height 26.12 Depth 3.75 Tap Kits 120/240 Vac—UL Listed for use with Auxiliary Gutter SDAG26 Cat. N0. $ Price Use with Auxiliary Gutter Cat. No. SDGT30020 SDGT300300 81.00 120.00 SDAG26 SDAG26 SDGT300C10C 49.70 SDAG26 SDGT300C300C 70.00 SDAG26 QOGL20 Grounding Terminals 40.70 SDAG26 1-10 Conduit Riser Size 1-3/4, 2, 2-1/2 or o3 Riser Wire Lug Type Mechanical (Included) Mechanical (Included) Anderson VCEL030516H1 (Not included) Anderson VCEL030516H1 (Not included) Mechanical (Included) DE3A Discount Schedule Tap Off Wire Al/Cu Wire Size (2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil (2) 6–2/0 AWG Lug Type Mechanical (Included) Mechanical (Included) Anderson VCEL02114S1 (Not Included) Anderson VCEL030516H1 (Not included) — Al/Cu Wire Size (1) 6–2/0 AWG (1) 6 AWG–300 kcmil (1) 8–1/0 AWG (1) 4 AWG–300 kcmil — © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers and Circuit Breakers 1Ø, Value Packs and Riser Panels Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed R A I N P R O O F Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Load Center Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers Cat. No. Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers $ Price Cat. No. QO (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) QO—Copper Bus Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or QOM Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) 100 A 32 32 0 QOVP2 (1) QO132M100C, (5) QO120 839.00 PK18GTA 30 40 10 QOVP1 (1) QO13040M200C, (5) QO120 1103.00 PK23GTA 200 A 30 40 10 QOVP10 (1) QO13040M200C, (10) QO120 1328.00 PK23GTA Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to appropriate QOM 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 125 A 12 24 12 HOMVPL2 (1) HOM1224L125TC, (5) HOM120 353.00 Included 200 A 30 40 10 HOMVPL1 (1) HOM3040L200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 962.00 Included Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 20 20 0 HOMVP4 (1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM115 528.00 100 A 20 20 0 HOMVP5 (1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM120 528.00 150 A 30 30 0 HOMVP12 (1) HOM30M150C, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230 983.00 20 40 20 HOMVP16 (1) HOM2040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230 965.00 30 40 10 HOMVP1 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230 1083.00 30 40 10 HOMVP2 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM115, (1) HOM230 1083.00 200 A 30 40 10 HOMVP9 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 1328.00 30 40 10 HOMVP14 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (12) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 1328.00 40 40 0 HOMVP15 (1) HOM40M200C, (10) HOM120 1346.00 Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 200 A 20 40 20 HOMVPRB1 (1) HOM2040M200RB, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250 1253.00 Main Box No. Wire Size See AWG/kcmil Pages Al/Cu 1-17, 1-18 $ Price 18.80 21.30 21.30 — — 4–2/0 4–250 6–2/0 4–250 8 9 9 6 10 1 I N D O O R Max. Max. Tandem 1P Circuit Circuitsc Breakers PK15GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA Included Included Included Included Included PK23GTA 17.10 17.10 21.30 — — — — — 21.30 PK23GTA 21.30 4–2/0 4–250 4–250 4–250 7 7 10 9 10 10 10 10 12 6R QO Riser Panels Table 1.31: Mains Rating Offset Interior for Wide Gutter—30 A Maximum Branch Circuit Breaker on left side of interiorab (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuitsc Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center Box and Interior Cat. No. $ Price Load Center Cover Cat. No. $ Price Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. $ Price Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil Al Cu Box No. See Page 1-17 Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs, 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM1 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus 12 24 12 QO11224L125WG 338.00 QOC20UFWG 53.00 PK15GTA 17.10 14 125 A 6–2/0 I 20 30 10 QO12030L125WG 465.00 QOC20UFWG 53.00 PK15GTA 17.10 14 N D Convertible Mains-Factory—Installed Main Lugs, O 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM2 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus O 200 A 30 40 10 QO13040L200WG 701.00 QOC30UFWG 102.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 23 R Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus 200 A 24 24 0 QO124M200WG125d 683.00 QOC30UFWG 102.00 PK23GTA 21.30 4–250 23 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. b UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only. c Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers. d Comes with 125 A main circuit breaker factory installed. Panelboard-style Covers for Riser Panels Mono-Flat™ Front available for riser panels as an alternative to standard load center cover listed above. Provides a low-profile, aesthetically pleasing solution for high-traffic areas in upscale multi-family applications. Deadfront included. Lock kit not provided. Cover NQC30FWG CANNOT be used when panel has been converted to a main circuit breaker panel. e e Mains Rating of Load Center Cat. No. 125 A NQC20FWG 200 A NQC30FWG Order catalog number PK4FL for field-installed lock kit. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price 117.00 180.00 DE3A Discount Schedule LOAD CENTERS Mains Rating Value Packs Contains Complete Load Center (Box, Interior and Cover) with Selected Branch Circuit Breaker Spaces Table 1.30: 1-11 Load Center Accessories QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories / Surge Protection Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 1 Table 1.32: www.schneider-electric.us QO Load Center Accessories LOAD CENTERS Cover Sealing Strap Description Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main. For QO612L100F/S, RB, QO612L100DF/S, QO816L100F/S, RB, QO816L100DF/S and QO148L125GF/S, GRB load centers Secures 3P circuit breaker without accessories to left side of interior when used as a back-fed main. For 3Ø load centers Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main for 2P QO 150–200 A circuit breakers Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02 Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02 Provides means of sealing trim mounting screws on QO load center covers Replacement Cover Directory Label 1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers LSDL 0.54 DE5 Circuit Identification Stickers Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits PSDS 0.75 DE5 Retaining Kit for Breakers Used as Back-fed Mains Cat. No. $ Price Schedule PK2MB 7.20 DE3A PK3MB PK5RK 14.70 14.70 DE3A DE3A PK4MB2LA 14.70 DE3A PK4MB2HA 14.70 DE3A QO1SE 3.60 DE3A QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories Manual Transfer Equipment Kit Generator Circuit Breaker Interlock Kit Table 1.33: For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02. For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit. For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time. QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E PK4DTIM4LA 102.00 DE3A PK4DTIM4HA 102.00 DE3A PK4DTIM4LAL 102.00 DE3A QOCRBGK1 105.00 DE3A QOCGK2 105.00 DE3A QORBGK2 105.00 DE3A QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E 92.00 248.00 159.00 159.00 DE1B DE1B DE1B DE1B 11.40 DE3A Load Center and CSED Surge Protection Devices Surge Arresters Surge Arrester Mounting Kit For use on 1Ø3W, 150 Vac maximum SDSA1175 For use on 3Ø4W, 650 Vac maximum SDSA3650 QO Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum QO2175SB HOM2175SB Homeline Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum UL Listed for mounting SDSA1175 surge arrester into ground bar mounting holes on 1Ø convertible main circuit breaker QOSAMK load centers PK2MB QOSAMK PK3MB 1-12 DE1B DE2E DE3A DE5 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Load Center Accessories QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories Class 1130, 6610 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us Filler Plates Door Lock Kits Neutral / Ground Lugs Ground Bar Kits Handle Padlock Attachment a Description Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers100–125 A Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers150–225 A Fills main circuit breaker opening in 3Ø load center covers (S01 and S02 Series) Fills main circuit breaker opening in “Q” style 3Ø load center covers (S03 Series) Use with QO612L100DF/S, QO612L100DFCU/SCU, QO612L100DTF/S, QO816L100DF/S, QO816L100DFCU/SCU, QO816L100DTF/S, QO48M30DSGP, or QO48M60DSGP Use with convertible mains, 1Ø and 3Ø 100–225 A, and fixed mains, 3Ø 125–225 A indoor load centers Use with 300 and 400 ampere indoor load centers Field-installed for 12– 2 Al or 14–4 Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 6–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 14–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 2–3/0 Al/Cu AWG wire Field-installed for 4 AWG to 300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S, 150–225 A QO or HOM load center Standard PK15GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug Standard PK18GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug Standard PK23GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug Insulator Kit for PK7GTA through PK27GTA Cat. No. QOFP QOM1FP QOM2FP KFP Q2FP 50–125 A 100–225 A For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load centers OFF $ Price Schedule 3.60 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A PK8FLa 98.00 DE3A PK6FL 93.00 DE3A PK4FL LK70AN LK100AN LK125AN LK150AN 90.00 10.10 10.80 22.10 32.40 PE1A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A LK225AN 33.20 DE3A PK15GTAL PK18GTAL PK23GTAL PKGTAB QOM1PA QOM2PA 35.00 37.80 40.70 43.80 11.00 11.00 DE3A DE3A DE3A DE3A DE2E DE2E QO403L60NF/S does not have provisions for a field-installed lock. QOFP PKGTAB PK4FL PK6FL and PK8FL Table 1.35: Homeline Load Center Accessories Description Handle Padlock Attachment 50–125 A 100–225 A For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load center, “OFF” Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error Filler Plates Neutral Lugs Retaining Kit for Breakers Used as Back-fed Mains 100–125 A 150–225 A Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load centers Field-installed for 14–2 AWG Al or 14–4 AWG Cu wire Field-installed for 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire Field-installed for 14–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire Field-installed for 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S, 150–225 A QO or HOM load center Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main. For HOM612L100F/S, RB and HOM48L125GC, GRB load centers Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 100–125 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02 Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main For 150–225 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02 Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main For 2P 150–200 A circuit breakers Cat. No. QOM1PA QOM2PA HOMFP QOM1FP QOM2FP LK70AN LK100AN LK125AN LK225AN $ Price Schedule 11.00 DE2E 11.00 DE2E 3.20 DE3C 20.30 DE3A 20.30 DE3A 10.10 DE3B 10.80 DE3B 22.10 DE3B 33.20 DE3A HOM1RK 6.50 DE3C HOM4RK2LA 14.70 DE3C HOM4RK2HA 14.70 DE3C HOM5RK 14.70 DE3C Door Lock Kit Use with convertible indoor load center covers (Series S-1) PK6FL 93.00 DE3A Replacement Cover Directory Label 1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers LSDL 0.54 DE5 Circuit Identification Stickers Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker For use on “S2” and “S3” Series NEMA 3R QOM2 load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker PSDS 0.75 Generator Circuit Breaker Interlock Kit © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2E DE3A DE3B DE3C DE3D DE3E DE5 PE1A Discount Schedule DE5 HOMCRBGK1 105.00 DE3D HOMCGK2 105.00 DE3D HOMRBGK2 105.00 DE3D 1-13 LOAD CENTERS QO Load Center Accessories 1 Table 1.34: Homeline™ Circuit Breakers Plug-On Circuit Breakers Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 1 The Square D Homeline circuit breakers are in a 1 in. wide format for 1-pole circuit breakers. They are designed to plug into Homeline load centers. Table 1.42: HOMT Tandem Circuit Breakers Ampere Ratingd Table 1.36: LOAD CENTERS HOM 1P 1 Space Required HOM 2P 2 Spaces Required HOMT 1P 1 Space Required Ampere Rating AIR 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA Table 1.37: HOM 1P—120/240 Vac Cat. No. HOM115 ab HOM120 ab HOM125 b HOM130 b — HOM140 b — HOM150 b — — — — — — — — — — 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip $ Price 26.30 26.30 26.30 26.30 — 26.30 — 26.30 — — — — — — — — — — Cat. No. HOM215 b HOM220 b HOM225 b HOM230 b HOM235 b HOM240 b HOM245 b HOM250 b HOM260 b HOM270 b HOM280 b HOM290 b HOM2100 b HOM2110 b HOM2125 b HOM2150BB bc HOM2175BB bc HOM2200BB bc $ Price 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 123.00 168.00 168.00 168.00 369.00 369.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 HOM-HM High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush current may occur. 1P—120/240 Vac Amperes Cat. No. HOM115HMb HOM120HMb 15 A 20 A HOM2200BB Branch Circuit Breaker 4 Spaces Required Table 1.38: HOM-CAFI One-Pole Combination Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter with Pigtail Neutral Plug-On Neutral Combination Arc-Fault Interrupter Two-Pole Combination Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter with Pigtail Neutral Table 1.39: HOM 1P CAFI Ampere Rating Poles 120 Vac Cat. No. 15 A 1 HOM115CAFIb 267.00 20 A 1 HOM120CAFIb 267.00 15 A 1 HOM115PCAFIb 267.00 20 A 1 HOM120PCAFIb 267.00 15 A 2 HOM215CAFIb 595.00 20 A 2 HOM220CAFIb 595.00 Table 1.40: Ampere Poles Cat. No. $ Price Rating 120 Vac 15 A 1 HOM115DFb 312.00 20 A 1 15 A 1 HOM115PDFb 312.00 20 A 1 HOM120PDFb 312.00 HOM-GFI 1P—120 Vac 1-14 312.00 HOM-GFI circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 milliamperes or more. Ampere Rating HOM 2P GFI (With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter) 2 Spaces Required HOM120DFb 15 A 20 A 30 A 40 A 50 A AIR 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA Table 1.41: 1 Space Required Cat. No. HOM115GFI HOM120GFI — — — $ Price 212.00 212.00 — — — 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. HOM215GFI HOM220GFI HOM230GFI HOM240GFI HOM250GFI $ Price 413.00 413.00 413.00 413.00 413.00 HOM-EPD—10 k AIR Homeline Equipment Protection Device—Circuit Breakers with 30 mA Equipment Ground Fault Protection (UL Listed) 2P—120/240 Vac 1P—120 Vac Common Trip Amperes Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 15 A HOM115EPD 374.00 HOM215EPD 660.00 20 A HOM120EPD 374.00 HOM220EPD 660.00 25 A — — HOM225EPD 660.00 30 A — — HOM230EPD 660.00 40 A — — HOM240EPD 660.00 50 A — — HOM250EPD 660.00 DE3D DE3C DE2E Discount Schedule AIR 1P Tandem—120/240 Vac (One Space Required) Cat. No. $ Price 15 and 15 A 10 kA HOMT1515 b 52.00 15 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT1520 b 52.00 20 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT2020 b 52.00 30 and 15 A 10 kA HOMT3015 b 52.00 30 and 20 A 10 kA HOMT3020 b 52.00 a UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. b UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. Table 1.43: HOMT Quad Tandem Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating d AIR 2P Tandem—120/240 Vac (Two Spaces Required) 1P 2P Cat. No. $ Price (2) 15 A 15 A 10 kA HOMT1515215 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT1515220 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT1515225 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT1515230 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT1515240 b 120.00 (2) 15 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT1515250 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 20 A 10 kA HOMT2020220 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 25 A 10 kA HOMT2020225 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 30 A 10 kA HOMT2020230 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 40 A 10 kA HOMT2020240 b 120.00 (2) 20 A 50 A 10 kA HOMT2020250 b 120.00 Note: Typical catalog number (e.g. HOMT 1515230) represents two 1P, outer poles (two 15 A 1P CBs) and one 2P inner circuit breaker with common trip (one 30 A 2P CB). Table 1.44: Circuit Breaker Wire Sizese Breaker Type Ampere Rating HOM 1P 15–30 A 40–50 A 15–30 A HOM 2P HOMT and Quad Quad Only HOM-GFI - 1P HOM-GFI - 2P Table 1.45: Homeline Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (Dual Function)—Provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in a single device in accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and UL943. Combination Arc-Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter with Pigtail Neutral Plug-On Neutral Combination Arc-Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HOM 1P GFI (With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter) 1 Space Required $ Price HOM-DF Circuit Breaker Type HOM 1P DF — — — Homeline Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—Provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc fault protection in accordance with the NEC and UL1699. Circuit Breaker Type HOMT Quad Circuit Breaker 2 Spaces Required 2Ps $ Price 27.60 27.60 www.schneider-electric.us 35–70 A 80–125 A 150–200 A 15–30 A 40–50 A 15–20 A 15–50 A Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) Aluminum Copper 14–8 AWG or 14–8 AWG (2) 14–10 AWG 8–2 AWG 8–2 AWG 14–8 AWG or 14–8 AWG (2) 14–10 AWG 8–2 AWG 8–2 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil 14–8 AWG 14–8 AWG 6–12 AWG 6–14 AWG 14–10 AWG 14–10 AWG 12–4 AWG 14–6 AWG Accessories Description Cat. No. $ Price Handle Attachments Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac HOM1HTg 3.50 single HOM circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side HOMT circuit breakers to HOMTHTg 3.80 independent trip 2P Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding HOM 1P handle in QO1LOh 3.80 the ON or OFF position Handle Blocking Device: Attaches to standard HOM 2P circuit breakers for holding the handle in the OFF HOM2HBDg 10.70 position Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P HOM1PAg 9.90 Standard HOM breakers in the ON or OFF position 15–70 A HOM2PALAg 9.90 Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 2P Standard HOM circuit 80–125 A HOM2PAHAg 9.90 breakers in ON or OFF position 150–200 A HOM2PAVHAg 50.00 Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P CAFI, DF, GFI, and EPD HOM breakers in ON or OFF HOMELEC1PA 9.90 position Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 2P CAFI, HOMELEC2PALA 9.90 GFI, and EPD HOM breakers in ON or OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking center HOMQPA 9.90 poles of Homeline Quad breakers in the OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment: For 50–125 A QOM1PAfh 11.00 padlocking main circuit breakers in 11.00 convertible load center in OFF position 100–225 A QOM2PAfh Sub-Feed Lugs 125 A 2P plug-on—2 spaces required HOML2125 47.60 225 A 2P plug-on—4 spaces required HOML2225c 296.00 c Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. d 15–20 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 25–50 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors only. e 15–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 40–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. f 50–125 A QOM1 frame size; 100–225 A QOM2 frame size. g DE3C Discount Schedule h DE2E Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Homeline™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuits a Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center Box, Interior and Cover b Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price (DE3C) Cat. No. Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Order HOM Circuit Breakers (See page 1-14) Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs 70 A 2 4 2 HOM24L70F/Sdc 59.00 78.00 100 A 6 12 6 HOM612L100F/Sce 125 A 4 8 4 HOM48L125GC 86.00 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 8 16 8 HOM816L125C 8 16 8 HOM816L125TC 12 12 0 HOM12L125C 12 24 12 HOM1224L125TC 125 A 16 24 8 HOM1624L125C 20 20 0 HOM20L125C 20 24 4 HOM2024L125TC 24 24 0 HOM24L125TC Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 30 30 0 HOM30L150C 150 A 30 30 0 HOM30L150TC 16 32 16 HOM1632L200TC 200 A 16 32 16 HOM1632L200TCFTf 20 40 20 HOM2040L200TC 30 30 0 HOM30L200C 30 30 0 HOM30L200TC 30 40 10 HOM3040L200TC 200 A 40 40 0 HOM40L200C 40 40 0 HOM40L200TC 40 60 20 HOM4060L200TC 42 52 10 HOM4252L200TC 225 A 42 42 0 HOM42L225C I N D O O R Al Cu 12–3 14–4 8–1 12–2/0 132.00 150.00 174.00 204.00 260.00 237.00 288.00 344.00 375.00 396.00 357.00 575.00 417.00 420.00 464.00 479.00 618.00 671.00 839.00 804.00 732.00 14–2/0 6–2/0 Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. $ Price (DE3A) PK3GTA1 11.40 PK7GTA 11.70 PK7GTA Factory-included PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA PK15GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed 17.10 — 17.10 — 17.10 17.10 — — 4–250 4–250 PK23GTA Factory-installed — 4–250 Factory-installed — 4–250 6–250 PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA 21.30 21.30 — — 21.30 — — — 21.30 Box No. See Page 1-17 2 4 21 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 9 10 9 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 8 16 8 HOM816M100C 315.00 8 16 8 HOM816M100TC 333.00 12 12 0 HOM12M100C 294.00 100 A 12 24 12 HOM1224M100TC 384.00 20 20 0 HOM20M100C 396.00 24 24 0 HOM24M100C 513.00 30 30 0 HOM30M100C 672.00 12 24 12 HOM1224M125C 606.00 12 24 12 HOM1224M125TC 620.00 125 A 24 24 0 HOM24M125C 710.00 30 30 0 HOM30M125C 812.00 Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16) 16 32 16 HOM1632M150TC 636.00 150 A 20 30 10 HOM2030M150TC 750.00 30 30 0 HOM30M150C 776.00 12 24 12 HOM1224M200TC 572.00 16 32 16 HOM1632M200TC 675.00 20 40 20 HOM2040M200C 711.00 20 40 20 HOM2040M200TC 764.00 30 30 0 HOM30M200C 798.00 200 A 30 40 10 HOM3040M200TC 891.00 40 40 0 HOM40M200C 1019.00 40 60 20 HOM4060M200C 1367.00 42 42 0 HOM42M200C 1094.00 42 52 10 HOM4252M200C 1313.00 225 A 42 42 0 HOM42M225C 1116.00 6–1 6–1 6–2/0 6–2/0 6–1 6–2/0 6–2/0 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 4–250 Universal Mains—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See page 1-16) 16 32 16 HOM1632U200TC 293.00 200 A 20 40 20 HOM2040U200TC 357.00 4–250 30 40 10 HOM3040U200TC 530.00 Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers. b C at end of catalog number indicates combination flush/surface cover included with device. c F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device. The cover does not have a door. d HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire. e 70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker. f Supplied with feed-thru lugs. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE3A DE3C Discount Schedule PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA PK15GTA PK23GTA PK15GTA Factory-installed PK15GTA PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed PK23GTA Factory-installed PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA PK23GTA Factory-installed Factory-installed Factory-installed 17.10 — 17.10 — 17.10 17.10 21.30 17.10 — 17.10 21.30 — — 21.30 — — 21.30 — 21.30 — 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 21.30 — — — LOAD CENTERS Mains Rating Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) 1 Table 1.46: 5 5 6 6 7 8 10 6 6 8 10 9 9 10 9 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 9 9 10 1-15 Homeline™ Load Centers Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breakers Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed Table 1.47: Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.) Mains Rating Spaces Max. Single Pole Circuits a Max. Tandem Circuit Breakers Load Center Box, Interior and Cover Cat. No. (DE3C) Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price Al Cu Equipment Ground Bar Kit (Order Separately) Cat. No. (DE3A) $ Price Box No. See Page 1-18 Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating LOAD CENTERS R A I N P R O O F Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 70 A 2 4 2 HOM24L70RBb 111.00 12–3 14–4 PK4GTA 10.80 1R 100 A 6 12 6 HOM612L100RBf 129.00 8–1 PK7GTA 11.70 2R 125 A 4 8 4 HOM48L125GRB 137.00 12–2/0 14–2/0 PK7GTA Factory-included 15R Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) 8 16 8 HOM816L125RB 248.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 12 12 0 HOM12L125RB 234.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 125 A 6–2/0 12 24 12 HOM1224L125RB 278.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 20 20 0 HOM20L125RB 383.00 PK15GTA 17.10 4R Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) 12 12 0 HOM12L200RB 423.00 PK23GTA 21.30 5R 20 40 20 HOM2040L200RB 560.00 PK23GTA 21.30 6R 30 30 0 HOM30L200RB 587.00 PK23GTA 21.30 7R 200 A 30 40 10 HOM3040L200RB 759.00 4–250 — — — 40 40 0 HOM40L200RB 911.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R 40 60 20 HOM4060L200RB 1139.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R 42 52 10 HOM4252L200RB 1092.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible Mains with Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) d 8 16 8 HOM816M100RB 429.00 6–1 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 12 12 0 HOM12M100RB 416.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 100 A 20 20 0 HOM20M100RB 531.00 6–2/0 PK15GTA 17.10 4R 24 24 0 HOM24M100RB 606.00 PK15GTA 17.10 6R 8 16 8 HOM816M125RB 716.00 PK15GTA 17.10 3R 125 A 6–2/0 24 24 0 HOM24M125RB 858.00 PK15GTA 17.10 6R Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) 150 A 30 30 0 HOM30M150RB 978.00 4–250 PK23GTA 21.30 7R R 20 40 20 HOM2040M200RB 872.00 PK23GTA 21.30 6R A 30 30 0 HOM30M200RB 1004.00 PK23GTA 21.30 7R I 30 40 10 HOM3040M200RB 1152.00 PK23GTA 21.30 7R N 200 A 4–250 P 40 40 0 HOM40M200RB 1277.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R R 40 60 20 HOM4060M200RB 1596.00 PK23GTA 14.20 14R O 42 52 10 HOM4252M200RB 1532.00 PK23GTA 14.20 14R O F 16 24 8 HOM1624M225RB 1182.00 PK15GTA 17.10 7R 225 A 4–250 42 42 0 HOM42M225RB 1323.00 PK23GTA 21.30 14R Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker with Feed-thru Lugs, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) c 150 A 8 16 8 HOM816M150FTRB 785.00 4–250 PK15GTAL 35.00 6R 200 A e 8 16 8 HOM816M200FTRB 785.00 4–250 PK15GTAL 35.00 6R Universal Main with Feed-thru Lugs—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs c QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See Kits Below) 200 A 8 16 8 HOM816U200FTRB 446.00 4–250 PK15GTAL 35.00 6R Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2. a Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers. b HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire. c Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open. d 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. e Rated 200 A when using copper wire. Reference NEC® Table 310.15(B)(6) when using Al wire. f 70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker. 1Ø, Field-Installed Mains Kits Table 1.48: Main Lug Kit QOL125 QOL225 1-16 For Convertible Load Centers Only Main g Use on Convertible Load $ Price Lug Wire Size j Cat. No. Ampere Rating Center with Mains Rating (DE3A) AWG/kcmil 125 A 100–125 A QOL125 44.10 6–2/0 Al or Cu Main Lugs h — 225 A 150–225 A QOL225 104.00 6–300 Al or Cu 50 A 100–125 A QOM50VH 140.00 60 A 100–125 A QOM60VH 140.00 70 A 100–125 A QOM70VH 140.00 80 A 100–125 A QOM80VH 201.00 QOM1 12–2/0 Al or Cu 90 A 100–125 A QOM90VH 201.00 100 A 100–125 A QOM100VH 201.00 110 A 125 A QOM110VH 468.00 Main Circuit Breaker i 125 A 125 A QOM125VH 468.00 100 A 150–225 A QOM2100VH 468.00 125 A 150–225 A QOM2125VH 468.00 150 A 150–225 A QOM2150VH 468.00 QOM2k 4–300 Al or Cu 175 A 200–225 A QOM2175VH 468.00 200 A 200–225 A QOM2200VH 468.00 225 A 225 A QOM2225VH 468.00 g Do not exceed the load center mains rating. h If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from page 1-13. i 22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current. j Wire range listed for main device kits is the wire range of that device. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size. k Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208, 240 Vac shunt trip. Field-Installed Main Type Frame Size DE3A DE3C Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers Indoor, Dimensions and Knockouts Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us Indoor Knockout Information and Enclosure Dimensions A,B,C,D A,B,C A,B,C A Table 1.49: A,B,C A A,B,C Enclosure Dimensions Dimensions A A,B A B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F,G A A,B B,C,D,E C,D,E,F B,C,D,E A,B A A B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A,B,C,D B,C,D,E B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F,G mm 97 122 122 226 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 362 Table 1.50: C,D,E,F,G mm 171 236 236 319 379 455 531 661 758 858 965 1000 in. 3.00 3.19 3.19 3.80 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 W Box No. mm 76 81 81 97 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 in. 5.88 14.25 20.00 20.00 20.00 5.88 7.56 9.62 8.88 8.55 14.25 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 H mm 149 362 508 508 508 149 192 244 226 217 362 in. 13.12 20.92 50.00 62.00 53.00 16.12 23.12 26.12 14.80 23.92 29.86 D mm 333 531 1270 1727 1346 409 587 663 376 608 758 in. 3.38 3.75 5.75 5.75 5.75 3.38 4.25 4.75 3.80 3.95 3.75 mm 86 95 146 146 146 86 108 121 97 100 95 Knockout Information Knockouts Symbol A B C Conduit Size 1/2 3/4 1 B,C,D,E A A,B B,C,D,E C,D,E,F A A,B D in. 6.72 9.30 9.30 12.57 14.92 17.92 20.92 26.04 29.86 33.78 37.98 39.37 Box 5 Box 4 Dimensions H in. 3.81 4.81 4.81 8.88 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Box 3 Box 1 B,C,D,E A A,B W Box No. 1 A C,D,E,F,G D E 1-1/4 1-1/2 F G H I 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 C,D,E,F,G B,C,D,E C,D,E,F A A,B D,E,F,G C,D,E,F B,C,D,E C,D,E,F A A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C C,D,E,F,G D,E,F,G A A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C A,B B,C,D,E C,D,E,F A,B A,B A A,B A A A A,B,C,D A,B,C,D B,C,D,E A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B,C,D B,C,D,E C,D,E,F C,D,E,F,G D,E,F,G A A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F,G D,E,F,G B,C A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G Box 9 Box 7 Box 10 A A,B C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B D,E,F,G,H D,E,F,G,H,I C,D,E,F B,C A A,B A,B,C D,E,F,G A,B B,C,D,E A,B C,D,E,F C,D,E,F A,B,C,D A A,B A A A,B,C,D C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B,C,D B,C,D,E A,B,C,D B,C,D,E C,D,E,F Box 14 Box 13 Box 11 A C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B,C,D A,B,C D,E,F,G A,B B,C,D,E D,E,F,G B,C C,D,E,F E,F,G,H C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B D,E,F,G A B,C,D,E A,B B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A A A,B B,C,D,E B,C,D,E B,C,D,E C,D,E,F D,E,F,G A,B,C,D C,D,E,F Box 19 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LOAD CENTERS A 1-17 QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts and Bolt-on Hubs Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 1 2 1 2" Hub Maximum Table 1.51: Enclosure Dimensions Dimensions W H in. mm in. 1NM 6.52 166 8.79 1Ra 4.88 124 9.38 2R 8.88 226 12.65 3R 14.75 375 18.92 4R 14.75 375 22.06 5R 14.75 375 26.04 6R 14.75 375 29.86 7R 14.75 375 33.78 8R 14.75 375 37.98 9R 4.56 116 6.50 10R 6.92 176 13.18 11R 7.56 192 23.24 12R 9.62 244 26.24 13R 6.92 176 16.18 14R 14.75 375 39.37 15R 8.88 226 14.80 16R 8.55 217 24.75 17R 8.88 226 12.65 HOME250SPA and QO260NATR top endwall has no hub opening. Box No. B,C A,B A A,B A,B,C,D LOAD CENTERS Box 1NM B,C,D,E A B,C,D,E Box 1R A,B B,C,D,E Box 2R 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Box 3R, 4R A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G 2 1 2" Hub Maximum C,D,E,F Box 5R a Table 1.52: D mm 223 238 321 481 560 661 758 858 965 165 335 590 666 411 1000 376 629 321 in. 3.90 4.00 4.27 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 4.52 3.88 4.12 4.75 5.50 4.12 4.52 4.27 4.16 4.27 mm 99 102 108 115 115 115 115 115 115 99 105 121 140 105 115 108 106 108 Knockout Information Knockouts C,D,E,F,G A,B,C Symbol A B C D E F G H Conduit Size 1/2 in. 3/4 in. 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. 3 in. Box 9R C,D,E,F A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum Box 6R, 7R, 8R 2 1 2" Hub Maximum 2 1 2" Hub Maximum B,C,D,E B,C,D,E A D,E,F,G Box 11R C,D,E,F Box 15R B,C,D,E 2 2" Hub Maximum 1 A,B,C,D A,B B,C,D,E C,D,E,F,G 2 1 2" Hub Maximum B,C,D,E B, C, D, E Box 10R, 13R B, C, D, E A Power lnlet B, C, D, E 17R A,B C,D,E,F D,E,F,G E,F E,F,G,H A,B,C A A,B C,D,E,F,G C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Box 14R Box 12R Box 16R Bolt-On Hubs Square D equipment with “R’’ or “RB’’ suffix, designated NEMA 3R rainproof construction, utilizes bolt-on hubs listed below. “RB’’ devices will accept 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs without the use of reducers. Off-center conduit thread openings and elongated mounting holes provide quick and easy adjustment to eliminate costly conduit offsets and bends. Catalog suffix “R’’ devices require 3 in. through 4 in. field cut opening. Hubs are suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread. Table 1.53: Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for “RB” Devicesb Conduit Size 3/4 in. 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. Hub Cat. No. B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 $ Price b 33.30 33.30 61.35 102.00 Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for Mounting in Field-Cut Opening Conduit Size 3 in. 3-1/2 in. 4 in. Hub Cat. No. B300 B350 B400 $ Price 1-18 33.30 Closing cap (Cat. No. BCAP) is provided factory-installed on each device having “RB’’ suffix. Price if ordered separately; $2.50 Table 1.54: “RB’’ Hub 33.30 DE1A 186.00 Discount Schedule 300.00 Designed for mounting in field cut opening. Includes gasket and four mounting bolts and nuts. 368.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Service Entrance Devices Rainproof, Meter Mains Class 4119, 4120 www.schneider-electric.us Table 1.55: Meter Mains Ringless QO 200 A Homeline c d e f g h i OH/UG 10 kA 22 kA C125RB CM200S 368.00 1022.00 22 kA C2M200S 1083.00 Type 2P separately Ampere Circuits (Order from 1-22 Rating (Max.) exceptpage as noted) (Max.) 1 1 1 1 2 QOM1-VH QOM2-VH QOM2-VH QO-VH QO OH/UG 10 kA C4L200S 1143.00 Surface Mount Only 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC8L125S 846.00 4 HOM 200 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC12L200S 1419.00 6 HOM Semiflush Mount only 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA SC8L125F 846.00 4 HOM None OHd/UG OHd/UG 10 kA SC12L200F 1419.00 6 HOM 200 A None OHd/UG OHd/UG 22 kA SC816F200Fe 1187.00 1 QOM2200VHa Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers OH/UG 22 kA SC816F150S e 1187.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A None OH/UG — SC816D150Ce f 1 HOM2150a 10 kA 1250.00 HOM UG SU816D150Ce f 1 OH/UG 22 kA SC816F200S e 1187.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A None OH/UG — SC816D200Cef 1250.00 1 HOM2200a 10 kA UG SU816D200C ef 1250.00 1 HOM Surface Mount Only None 22 kA RC200Sg 1022.00 1 QOM2-VH Lever 10 kA RCM200SLgi 1950.00 1 QOM2-VH None RC2M200Sg 1083.00 1 QOM2-VH 22 kA 1 QO-VH Horn RC2M200SHg 1136.00 200 A OH/UG — 1 QOM2-VH Lever 10 kA RC2M200SLgi 2090.00 1 QO-VH None 22 kA QC12L200Spgi 1562.00 6 QO-VH None 22 kA QC12L200Cg 1562.00 6 QO-VH Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers 100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F100SHpegi 1356.00 1 QOM2100VHa 100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F100CHegi 1356.00 1 QOM2100VHa None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F125Segi 1304.00 1 QOM2125VHa 125 A None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F125Ceg 1304.00 1 QOM2125VHa Horn OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F125SHpegi 1356.00 1 QOM2125VHa None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F150Spegip 1304.00 1 QOM2150VHa None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F150Ceg 1304.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F150SHpegi 1356.00 1 QOM2150VHa Lever OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F150SLqig 2690.00 1 QOM2150-VHa None OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F200Spegi 1356.00 1 QOM2200VHa Horn OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F200SHpegi 1356.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F200CHeg 1356.00 1 QOM2200VHa Lever OH/UG — 22 kA QC816F200SLqig 2690.00 1 QOM2200-VHa Surface Mount Only 125 A None OH/UG — 10 kA RC8L125So 846.00 4 HOM 200 A None OH/UG — 10 kA RC12L200Spgi 1419.00 6 HOM 200 A a b None — — — — — $ Price None OH/UG — 22 kA QC12L200Cg 1419.00 6 HOM 125 A 200 A 200 A 50 A 100 A Line Hub Side Type Main (Order Max. Quantity Lugs Ampere separately AWG/ 1P from Rating kcmil page 1-17) (Max.) (Al/Cu) Circuits Tandems — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — A 4–250 (2) 8–2/0 27, 20 A 4–250 (2) 8–2/0 27, 28 125 Ab — 200 Am — — — — — — — A A–L 6–2/0 4–250 6–2/0 8–2/0 31, 24 40, 10 110 A — 200 Aj — 200 A 8 — — 16 — — 8 — A or B300 — A–L 200 Aj A–L 6–2/0 4–250 4–250 6–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 37, 20 47, 10 51, 10 8 16 8 150 An A–L 4–250 8–2/0 40, 10 8 16 8 100 Al A or A–L 6–300 8–1/0 48, 18 8 16 8 200 Am A–L 4–250 8–2/0 40, 10 8 16 8 100 Al A or A–L 6–300 8–1/0 48, 18 A A A A 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 26, 24 60 / 14 27, 20 27, 20 A 6–350 A A 6–350 6–350 (2)8–2/0 8-1/0 (2)8–2/0 (2)8–2/0 8-1/0 8-1/0 8–2/0 12-2/0 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 74 / 12 150 A 150 A 50 A 200 A 200 A 50 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 50 A — 200 A 50 A 200 A 200 Aj 100 A 100 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A — — — B A 4–1/0 4–250 Service Weight Ground Each Lug (Lbs) AWG/ and kcmil Pallet (Al/Cu) Qty. 8–1/0 15, 54 (2) 8–2/0 26, 24 60 / 14 43, 21 40, 21 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 100 100 100 100 100 150 Ak 150 Ak 150 Ak 150 A 200 Aj 200 Aj 200 Aj 200 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–350 8–2/0 12-2/0 8–2/0 12-2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 12-2/0 8–2/0 8-2/0 8–2/0 43, 21 12-2/0 8–2/0 40, 21 74 / 12 125 Ab — 200 Aj — — — — — — — A A 6–2/0 6–350 6–2/0 8–2/0 27, 32 43, 21 200 Aj — — — — A 6–350 12-2/0 40, 21 Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers 100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F100SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2100VHa 100 A 8 16 8 100 A 8–2/0 43, 21 100 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F100CHegi 1227.00 1 QOM2100VHa 100 A 8 16 8 100 A 12-2/0 40, 21 125 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F125SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2125VHa 125 A 8 16 8 100 A 8–2/0 43, 21 125 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F125CHeg 1227.00 1 QOM2125VHa 125 A 8 16 8 100 A 12-2/0 40, 21 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150Speg 1187.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 8–2/0 43, 21 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150Ceg 1187.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 12-2/0 40, 21 Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 8–2/0 43, 21 150 A A 6–350 Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150CHegi 1227.00 1 QOM2150VHa 150 A 8 16 8 150 Ak 12-2/0 40, 21 Lever OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F150SLqig 2690.00 1 QOM2150-VHa 200 A 8 16 8 150 A 8-2/0 72 / 12 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200Spegi 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 8–2/0 43, 21 None OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200Ceg 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 12-2/0 40, 21 Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200SHpegi 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 8–2/0 43, 21 200 A Horn OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200CHegi 1227.00 1 QOM2200VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 Aj 12-2/0 40, 21 Lever OH/UG — 22 kA RC816F200SLqig 2690.00 1 QOM2200-VHa 200 A 8 16 8 200 A 8-2/0 72 / 12 1 HOM2200 a 200 A 8 200 A Horn OH/UG — 10 kA RC816D200CHefoi 1292.00 16 8 100 Al A or B300 6–300 6–1/0 48, 18 1 HOM 50 A Service disconnect supplied factory-installed. j Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers. 125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions k Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers. are limited to 100 A max. l A 100 A circuit breaker can be installed in bottom position only, all other positions are limited UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker to 70 A max. installed. m Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A breakers. Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit SCTK20. Order separately. n Use only 15–110 A and 150 A breakers. Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors. o Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately). 1-22). Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed. p Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. — q Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories 5th jaw factory-installed. p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE3A Discount Schedule 1-19 LOAD CENTERS Surface Mount Only 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG UL and EUSERC Cat. No. Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-4) 1 Ring Type Homeline™ QO™ UL Service Disconnect(s) Spaces Service (Type of Feed) Short Circuit Current Rating Bypass Type Ampere Rating Meets Federal Spec. W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R enclosure Combination Service Entrance Devices 100 to 225 A Maximum Rainproof, All-In-Ones Class 4120 www.schneider-electric.us 1 Meter Mains and All-In-Ones • Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available • UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment • Meets EUSERC standards • • • List $ Price Max. Quantity 1P Line Side Main Lugs AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Service Ground Lug AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Weight Each (Lbs) and Pallet Qty. 6–2/0 6–2/0 32, 24 4–250 6–300 6–300 6–2/0 8–1/0 8–1/0 45, 10 47, 18 47, 18 A or B300 6–2/0 6–2/0 44, 20 A-L 4–250 8–2/0 51, 10 A-L 4–250 8–2/0 56, 10 A A 6–1 6–350 4–250 4–250 8–4 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 20, 42 43, 21 50, 10 52, 10 6–300 12–1/0 60, 15 6–2/0 6–2/0 32, 24 Circuits Cat. No. (DE3A) Hub Type (Order Separately page 1-22) Service Disconnect(s) Ampere Rating (Max.) Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14) Spaces Service (Type of Feed) UL and EUSERC Short Circuit Current Rating All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices Bypass Type Ampere Rating Table 1.56: Tandems 100 A None OH/UG 125 A None OH/UG 200 A None OH/UG 200 A None OH/UGf 200 A None UG Semiflush Mount Only 10 kA 10 kA 22 kA 10 kA 10 kA SC1624M100S SC1624M125S SC2040M200S SC2040M200C b SU2040M200Cb 744.00 1518.00 1671.00 1799.00 1799.00 1 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 HOM2125 QOM2200VH HOM2200 HOM2200 100 A 125 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 16 16 20 20 20 24 24 40 40 40 8 8 20 20 20 100 A A 125 Aa 200 Ak A-L 100 A A or A-L 100 A A or A-L 100 A None 125 A None OH/UG OH/UG OHc/UG OHc/UG 10 kA 10 kA 22 kA 22 kA 200 A None OHe/UG 22 kA SC1624M100F SC1624M125F SC2040M125F SC2040M200F SC2636M200FPVd 744.00 1518.00 1671.00 1671.00 2244.00 1 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 HOM2125 QOM2125VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 100 A 125 A 125 A 200 A 200 A 16 16 20 20 26 24 24 40 40 36 8 8 20 20 10 100 A 110 A 110 A 200 Ak 100 A 225 A None OHe/UG 22 kA SC3040M200F 2064.00 SC3040M225F 2280.00 SC2636M225FPVd 2520.00 1 1 1 QOM2200VH QOM2225VH QOM2225VH 200 A 225 A 225 A 30 30 26 40 40 36 10 10 10 200 A 200 A 100 A 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 100 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 10 20 30 40 20 40 40 40 10 20 10 0 80 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 Ak 2P Circuits (Max.) Type (Factory Installed) Ampere Rating (Max.) Ring Type Homeline™ Surface Mount Only Surface Mount Only 100 A 200 A None None OHf OHf 10 kA 22 kA 200 A None OH/UG 22 kA SO1020M100S SO2040M200S SC3040M200S SC40M200S 443.00 1161.00 2010.00 2432.00 A-L REVERSE All-In-One—Semiflush Mount with Service Disconnect (outdoor access) and Load Center (indoor access) 200 A 225 A None None UG UG 10 kA 10 kA None OH/UGf 10 kA Horn Horn Horn Horn Lever None None Horn OH/UGf OH/UGf OH/UGf OH/UGf OH/UG OH/UGf OH/UGf OH/UGf 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA Horn OH/UGf Lever OH/UG None OH/UGf Surface Mount Only 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA SU3040M200R SU3040M225R 2223.00 2646.00 1 1 QOM2200VH QOM2225VH 200 A 225 A RC1624M100S 744.00 RC1624M125S 1518.00 RC2040M125SHlg 1601.00 RC2040M125CHgh 1601.00 RC2040M150SHlg 1713.00 RC2040M150CHgh 1713.00 RC3040M150SLm 4900.00 RC2040M200Slg 1713.00 RC2040M200Cg 1713.00 RC2040M200SHlg 1713.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HOM2100 HOM2125 QOM2125VH QOM2125VH QOM2150VH QOM2150VH QOM2150VHa QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 100 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 1 1 1 QOM2200VH QOM2200VHa QOM2200VH 200 A 200 A 200 A 30 40 10 16 24 8 20 20 20 20 30 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 20 20 20 20 10 20 20 20 100 A 125 Aa 125 A 125 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 20 30 20 40 40 40 20 10 20 200 A 200 A 200 A A or B300 Surface Mount Only Ringless Homeline 100 A 125 A 125 A 125 A 150 A 200 A a b c d e f 1-20 RC2040M200CHg RC3040M200SLm RC2040M200SGP 1713.00 4900.00 2602.00 Horn OH/UGf 22 kA QC2442M150SHlg 1905.00 1 None OH/UGf 22 kA QC2442M200Slg 1905.00 1 None OH/UGf 22 kA QC2442M200Cg 1905.00 1 200 A Horn OH/UGf 22 kA QC2442M200SHlg 1905.00 1 Horn OH/UGf 22 kA QC2442M200CHgh 1905.00 1 200 A Hom OH/UGf 22 kA QC3040M200SHl 2120.00 1 125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions are limited to 100 A max. Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately). Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK20). Order separately. For use with Photovoltaic Systems. Provisions for field-installed CT. If required by adopted code, order retaining kit PK2SCPV separately. See page 1-22. Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK30). Order separately. Device does not meet EUSERC Specifications. 150 A QO LOAD CENTERS • Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except where noted Semiflush-reverse design available, supplied with load center (indoor access) Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2 A 6–350 8–2/0 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 40, 21 76 / 12 43, 21 40, 21 43, 21 40, 21 76 / 12 48 / 21 QOM2150VH 150 A 24 42 18 150 A 43, 21 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 43, 21 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 40, 21 A 6–350 8–2/0 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 43, 21 QOM2200VH 200 A 24 42 18 200 A 40, 21 QOM2200VH 200 A 30 40 10 200 A 40, 21 g Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed. h 5th jaw factory-installed. i Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers. j Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers. k Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers. l Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. m Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. DE3A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Service Entrance Devices 300—400 A Devices Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones Class 4119, 4120 www.schneider-electric.us Meter Mains and All-in-Ones • • Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment Meets EUSERC standards where indicated. Table 1.57: • Service disconnects are supplied factory-installed, except where noted Supplied with 100% branch neutrals; all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2 Meter Mains Hub Type (Order Separately page 1-22) List $ Price A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 115, 4 A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 — — — — — — A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 16 8 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 98, 4 1P Circuits Cat. No. Line Side Main Lugs AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Max. Quantity Ampere Rating (Max.) Service Disconnect(s) a Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14) Spaces Service (Type of Feed) Short Circuit Current Rating Tandems 3975.00 1 1 4 1 1 4 1 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QO, QO-VH or QOH QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QO, QO-VH or QOH QDL22200 d 200 A 200 A 125 A h 200 A 200 A 125 A h 200 A — — — — — — 8 — — — — — — 16 — — — — — — 8 — — — — — — 200 A CU816D400CB cik 4151.00 1 QDL22200 d 200 A 8 16 8 65 kAa CUM400CB ck 8688.00 1 DGP36400E20LHd 400 A — 2f — 1 QDL22200 d 200 A — — — — 25 kA QU12L400SL gk 3810.00 1 QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A — — — — — — — — 8 16 8 — — — — — — 8 Type 2P separately Circuits (Order from page 1-22 (Max.) except as noted) UL and UL EUSERC Ampere Rating (Max.) Service Weight Ground Each Lug (Lbs) AWG/ and kcmil Pallet (Al/Cu) Qty. 1 Bypass Type Ampere Rating Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R Enclosure Surface and Semiflush Mount b Ring Type 400 A 400 A None 4007.00 CU12L400CB ck 3986.00 CU12L400FB ck 4182.00 25 kA CU816D400CN ci — 25 kA — — 25 kA Class 320 Manual UG Bypass — 25 kA UG None UG Class 320 400 A Manual UG Bypass QO™ 3810.00 CU12L400FN c UG 400 A 400 A CU12L400CN c UG Class 320 Manual UG Bypass Class 320 Lever 400 A UG 4 QO, QO-VH or QOHm 125 A h Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers l Ringless Type 400 A UG — 25 kA 1 1 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A 200 A 4007.00 4065.00 4262.00 1 1 4 1 1 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QO, QO-VH or QOH QDL22200d QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A 200 A 125 A h 200 A 200 A QU816D400SLigk QU816D400CK ik 4065.00 QU12L400CLgjk 3810.00 QU12L400FLgjk QU816D400CLgjik QU816D400FLgjik Surface and Semiflush Mount b 400 A UG — 25 kA Class 320 Lever 400 A UG — 25 kA 320 UG 400 A Class Lever — 65 kAa QUM400CLgk 10000.00 1 DGP36400E20LHd 400 A — 2f — 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 120, 4 — 65kAa QUM400CKck 11175.00 1 DGP36400E20LHd 400 A — 2f — 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 123, 4 QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe QDL22200 d QDL, QGL, QJLe 200 A 100 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 30 40 10 200 A A–L (2) Studs 4–250 100, 4 K-4 BoltNone 400 A Table 1.58: UG All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devices Ringless a b c d e Homeline™ Ring Type Surface and Semiflush Mount b 300 A 400 A Class 320 Manual UG 25 kA UG UG 25 kA Class 320 400 A Manual UG — 25 kA Class 320 UG Lever — 25 kA — 25 kA 400 A None — K-4 Bolt400 A on UG SU3040D300CB cjk SU3040D300FB cjk SU3040D400CN cj SU3040D400FN cj SU3040D400CBcjk SU3040D400FB cjk RU3040D400CL gjk RU3040D400FL gjk RU3040D400CK jk RU3040D400FK jk 6600.00 6797.00 7050.00 7247.00 7167.00 7364.00 6993.00 7190.00 6993.00 7190.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker installed. For 400 A device with suffix CB, CK, CL, or CN, surface-mount convertible to semiflush with FK400 flange kit (order kit separately). Devices wtih suffix FB, FL, FN or FK are semiflush only, with the top endwall factory-installed and flanges factory-included. For use only on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W system (4-jaw meter socket). Service disconnect supplied factory-installed. Additional service disconnect for field-installation: order prefix QBL at 10 kA, QDL at 25 kA, QGL at 65 kA, or QJL at 100 kA. Order separately. For complete circuit breaker catalog number, see Section 7. f g h i j k l m © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LOAD CENTERS • • • Option for field installation of two Q-frame, 200 A max. 2-pole branch circuit breakers used as mains for two downstream load centers. Purchase installation kit BMK2Q400 and two Q-frame circuit breakers separately. Order QBL prefix at 10 kA, QDL prefix at 25 kA, or QGL prefix at 65 kA. Fifth jaw factory-installed. QO panel is rated 200 A maximum. Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs for 6 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors. Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page 122). Device configuration is not included in EUSERC standards. Consult applicable utility for acceptance. Device with suffix L has Class 320 lever bypass and device with suffix K has a K-4 bolt-on, no bypass. Order two pole circuit breakers for field installation: order catalog designation QO for 10 kA, QOVH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA short circuit current rating. See page 1-22 or 1-2. 1-21 Combination Service Entrance Devices Circuit Breakers, Accessories and Hubs Class 4119, 4120 1 Table 1.59: Ampere Rating a LOAD CENTERS 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 Circuit Breakers for use with Meter Mains and All-In-One Devices Type: HOM, 1P Cat. No. (DE3D) — HOM115 HOM120 HOM125 HOM130 — HOM140 — HOM150 — — — — — — — — — — $ Price — 26.30 26.30 26.30 26.30 — 26.30 — 26.30 — — — — — — — — — — Type: HOM, 2P Cat. No. (DE3D) — — — — HOM230 HOM235 HOM240 HOM245 HOM250 HOM260 HOM270 HOM280 HOM290 HOM2100 HOM2110 HOM2125 HOM2150BB HOM2175BB HOM2200BB Type: QO, 1P $ Price — — — — 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 123.00 168.00 168.00 168.00 369.00 369.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 Cat. No. (DE2A) QO110 QO115 QO120 QO125 QO130 QO135 QO140 QO145 QO150 QO160 QO170 — — — — — — — — Type: QO, 2P $ Price 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 67.00 — — — — — — — — Cat. No. (DE2A) — — — — QO230 QO235 QO240 QO245 QO250 QO260 QO270 QO280 QO290 QO2100 QO2110 QO2125 QO2150 QO2175 QO2200 Type: QO-VH, 1P $ Price — — — — 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 428.00 491.00 491.00 491.00 Ampere Type: QOM1-VH, 2P Type: QOM2-VH, 2P Rating Cat. No. (DE3D) $ Price Cat. No. (DE3D) $ Price a 50 QOM50VHb 140.00 — — 60 QOM60VH 140.00 — — 70 QOM70VH 140.00 — — 80 QOM80VH 201.00 — — 90 QOM90VH 201.00 — — 100 QOM100VH 201.00 QOM2100VH 468.00 110 QOM110VH 468.00 — — 125 QOM125VH 468.00 QOM2125VH 468.00 150 — — QOM2150VH 468.00 175 — — QOM2175VH 468.00 200 — — QOM2200VH 468.00 225 — — QOM2225VH 468.00 a Do not exceed mains rating of device b Reference National Electrical Code Article 230-79. c For additional interrupting rating circuit breakers, order circuit breaker prefix QBL at 10 kA, QGL at 65 kA or QJL at 100 kA. Table 1.60: Cat. No. (DE2A) — QO115VH QO120VH QO125VH QO130VH — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ Price — 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Type: QO-VH, 2P Cat. No. (DE2A) — — — — QO230VH — QO240VH — QO250VH QO260VH QO270VH QO280VH QO290VH QO2100VH QO2110VH QO2125VH QO2150VH QO2175VH QO2200VH $ Price — — — — 146.00 — 146.00 — 146.00 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 1034.00 1034.00 1061.00 1061.00 1061.00 Type: QDL, 2Pc Cat. No. (DE2A) $ Price — — QDL22070 QDL22080 QDL22090 QDL22100 QDL22110 QDL22125 QDL22150 QDL22175 QDL22200 — — — 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 — Accessories, Hubs and Closing Plates Accessories Description Hubs and Closing Plates Cat. No. $ Price Disc. Sch. Generator Kit: Interlocks main service disconnect and generator circuit breaker (order separately). For : • Homeline™ CSED Devices RC816F-, RC2040M-, SO2040M• QO CSED Devices QC816F-, QC2442MBackfed inverter circuit breaker retaining kit for SC2636M200FPV and SC2636M225FPV Meter Main Types: C, RC, SC, QC Fifth Jaw Kit for: All-In-One Types: SC, SU (100–225 A), QC, RC, SO Bypass (Horn Type) for Ringless Type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (100–200 A) (except for RC8L125S, RC1624M100S and RC1624M125S–use RCHB). Lexan Meter Socket Cover Plate for: • Ring and Ringless Type Meter Mains • Ring and Ringless Type All-In-Ones Meter Socket Sealing Rings for Ring Type Meter Mains and All-In Ones: • Snap Type Aluminum (Std.) • Screw Type Aluminum • Snap Type Stainless Steel Anti-Inversion Kit . For use ONLY on 400 A Meter Mains and All-In-Ones with lever bypass. Trim Kit for 2 in. X 6 in. stud wall, used with Reverse All-In-Ones, SU3040M200R, and SU3040M225R 2920910001 29008W ARP00026 MMLRK 7.95 20.10 16.70 12.00 DE5 DE4 DE4 DE4 SU2X6TRIM 266.00 DE4 Barrel Lock Kit (Barrel Lock not included), supplied with bracket and mounting screw, refer to listings for where used. SCBRLLOCK 53.00 DE4 SC200F 31.80 DE4 FK400 197.00 DE4 R400L 266.00 DE4 CMELK4 137.00 DE4 BMK2Q400 153.00 DE4 OCK400 PK49SP PK15GTA QOFP HOMFP 567.00 39.00 17.10 3.60 3.20 DE4 DE1 DE3A DE3A DE3A LK100AN 10.80 DE3A OHBS OHBL 86.00 94.00 DE4 DE4 Mains: SC816D150/200C and RC816D200CH Semiflush Flange Kit for: Meter All-In-Ones: SC2040M200C Semiflush Flange Kit for ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (400 A Only) Ringless Type Utility Cover for RU3040D400CL/FL, QU12L400CL/FL, and QU816D400CL/FL. Includes one piece meter socket and pull box cover with handles and closing plate. Lug Kit includes (4) lugs, for use with 2 AWG–600 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. Lugs are for standard 2-Hole mounting. Meter Main and All-In-One units supplied with (2) studs per phase and neutral will accept one lug per phase and neutral. Not for use on 400 A devices with “K” suffix. Branch Circuit Breaker Field Installation Kit for two Q-Frame Circuit Breakers (QBL, QDL, or QGL, order separately). For CUM400CB, QUM400CL or QUM400CK - includes (2) mounting pans, (4) wires. Overhead Feed Trough for 400 A ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones. Touch-Up Paint (ASA49 Gray) Ground Bar Kit, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones QC, RC, and SC (100–225 A) Filler Plate for: Meter Main Types: QC, CU All-In-One Types: QC Filler Plate for: Meter Main Types: RC, SC All-In-One Types: SC, RC, SU Neutral Lug (6-2/0 AWG) Meter Main Types: RC, SC, QC All-In-One Types: SC, SU, QC, RC for: Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Ringless & Horn Bypass in RC/QC Devices Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Lever Bypass RC/QC Devices 1-22 www.schneider-electric.us RCGK2 QCGK3 PK2SCPV 245.00 245.00 47.40 DE4 DE4 DE4 5J 18.30 DE4 MMHB 16.70 DE4 29007 10.10 DE4 Hub Conduit Size Series (inches) Closing Plate for “A” Hub opening 1.00 1.25 1.50 A Cat. No. ACP A100 A125 A150 $ Price 13.40 33.90 33.90 33.90 2.00 A200 47.90 2.50 A250 61.00 Adapter plate to allow use of “A” AAP 33.80 Hubs on “A-L” size hub openings Closing Plate for “A-L” Hub ACPL 18.30 opening 2.00 A200L d 83.00 2.50 A250L 87.00 A-L 3.00 A300L 111.00 3.50 A350L 114.00 4.00 A400L 119.00 Closing Plate for “B” Hub opening BCAP 3.80 0.75 B075 33.30 1.00 B100 33.30 1.25 B125 33.30 B 1.50 B150 33.30 2.00 B200 61.35 2.50 B250 102.00 B300 3.00 B300 186.00 d Supplied with AAP adapter plate and “A” hub. Disc. Sch. DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE4 DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A DE1A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Service Entrance Devices Dimensions Class 4119, 4120 www.schneider-electric.us 28.28 718 7.14 B,C,D A C,D,F 181 b 7.50 Drip Hood 191 c Semi-Flush End Wall Symbol A B C Conduit Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 4.60 4.56 117 117 F G H I J 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 1-1/4 1-1/2 B lank End W all 191 19.58 351 E 7.50 116 13.82 D 21/2" Max “ A” H ub “ A” H ub “ B ” H ub 4.60 Knockouts LOAD CENTERS “A” Hub 380 Table 1.61: Driphood supplied factory-installed and is required for surface mount installation. For semi-flush installation, remove driphood and install flange kit SC200F (order separately). Unit supplied with blank top endwall (factoryinstalled) for surface mount installation. For semiflush installation, install flange kit FK400 (order separately). Kit includes replacement top endwall (with knockouts) and flanges. Unit supplied with semi-flush top endwall factory installed and semi-flush flanges factory included. a 14.97 13.46 497 28.25 342 7.44 189 10.70 12.80 718 6.44 8.00 164 203 272 18.23 20.79 463 1 325 528 A, B C , D, E, F 41.25 E, F , G , H A, B 1048 C , D, E, F C125RB (Shown) CQRB100 A B ,C D, F , G Ring Type: CM200S C2M200S (Shown) C4L200S Ringless Type: RC200S RC2M200S RC2M200SH SO1020M100S 21/2" Max “ A” H ub A 21/2" Max “ A” H ub 21/2" Max “ A” H ub 135 A, B B ,C C , D, F A CU12L400CNc CU12L400CBc QU12L400CLc QU12L400SL CU12L400FNf CU12L400FBf CU816D400FNf CU816D400FBf QU816D400CKc QU12L400FLf QU816D400FLf 466 3.39 Surf ace C , D, F 18.35 119 122 G ,H ,I,J “ A- L” H ub 5.32 4.67 4.80 A, B 86 14.37 365 14.77 375 10.94 14.50 12.57 278 368 10.04 319 255 10.87 276 10.87 276 40.93 48.62 1040 25.12 1235 35.13 638 892 B ,C CU816D400CBc CU816D400CNc QU816D400CLc QU816D400SL (Shown) 21/2" Max “ A” H ub D, F , G B ,C C , D, F 6.95 176 25.12 14.50 638 368 Lever ByPass Devices A 14.81 21/2" Max “ A” H ub D, F , G C , D, F C , D, F QC12L200C QC816F100CH QC816F125C QC816F150C QC816F200C QC816F200CH RC12L200C RC816F100CH RC816F125CH RC816F150C RC816F150CH A, B , C C , D, E, F SC8L125F (Shown) SC1624M100F SC1624M125F C , D, E, F RC816F200C RC816F200CH RC2040M125CH RC2040M150CH RC2040M200C RC2040M200CH QC2442M200C QC2442M200CH C , D, E, F A, B A 3.40 86 B ,C 14.62 7.90 371 A, B E, F , G , H A, B , C A A, B D, F , G 21/2" Max “ A” H ub or B 300 A, B D, E, F , G SC8L125S (Shown) RC8L125S SC1624M100S SC1624M125S RC1624M100S RC1624M125S 376 B ,C A, B A A, B B ,C RC816F100SH C , D, E, F RC816F125SH RC816F150SL RC816F150S,SH RC816F200SL RC816F200S,SH RC12L200S RC2040M125SH RC2040M150SH RC2040M200S,SH RC3040M150SL RC3040M200SL A C , E, F , G , H 21/2" Max “ A- L” H ub 191 SU816D150Cq SU816D200Cq SU2040M200Cq RC816D200CH q SC816D150C q SC816D200C q (Shown) B lank End W all 28.25 718 21/2" Max “ A” H ub 203 1006 899 686 8.00 39.60 35.40 27.00 B ,C C , D, E, F 7.50 B ,C A, B 377 CL Top B ranch C ircuit B reak er 803 819 14.85 201 31.61 32.23 QC816F100SH QC816F125SH QC816F150S,SH (Shown) QC816F150SL QC816F200SL QC816F200S,SH QC12L200S QC2442M150SH QC2442M200S,SH SO2040M200S QC3040M200SH 5.80 147 48.00 21.50 1219 546 262 CL Meter Sock et C , E, F , G , H 21/2" Max “ A- L” H ub B ,C D, F , G 4.40 A B “ A” H ub or B 300 H ub B 3.50 89 B C ,D SU3040M200R (Shown) SU3040M225R B A 35.40 899 39.60 SC816F200F SC12L200F SC2040M125F SC2040M200F (Shown) SC3040M200F SC3040M2225F SC2636M200FPV SC2636M225FPV 11.10 282 29.50 749 32.30 820 37.30 C , D, E, F 112 1006 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1048 SC 40M200S B ,C 41.25 SC 3040M200S 10.30 A 947 G ,H ,I,J “ A- L” H ub C , D, E, F C , D, F B ,C SU3040D400CBc (Shown) SU3040D300CBc RU3040D400CLc SU3040D400CNc RU3040D400CKc RU3040D400FLf SU3040D300FBf RU3040D400FK f SU3040D400FBf CUM400CB c SU3040D400FNf QUM400CL c QUM400CK c C , E, F , G , H 21/2" Max “ A- L” H ub A B ,C B SC12L200S SC816F150S SC816F200S SC40M200S SC2040M200S (Shown) SC3040M200S 1-23 RC/QC Solar Ready CSED Devices 150 to 200 A Maximum Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones Class 4120 www.schneider-electric.us All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices Hub Type (Order Separately page 1-18) 8 8 8 8 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A A 350 8–2/0 Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers None OH/UG 22 kA RC816F150SSbf 1270.00 1 QOM2150VH Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC816F150SLSbg 2878.00 1 QOM2150VH None OH/UG 22 kA RC816F200SSbf 1270.00 1 QOM2200VH 200 A Horn OH/UG 22 kA RC816F200SHSbdf 1313.00 1 QOM2200VH Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC816F200SLSbg 2878.00 1 QOM2200VH 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 8 16 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A A A A A A 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 42 42 40 40 40 40 40 40 18 18 20 10 20 20 20 10 200 A 200 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A A A A A A A A A 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 6-350 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 8–2/0 Bypass Type Service Disconnect(s) List $ Price Cat. No. Max. Quantity 2P Type Circuits (Factory Installed (Max.) except where noted) 1P Ampere Rating (Max.) Spaces 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A Short Circuit Current Rating Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers None OH/UG 22 kA QC816F150SSbf 1408.00 1 QOM2150VH 150 A Lever OH/UG 22 kA QC816F150SLSbg 2905.00 1 QOM2150VH None OH/UG 22 kA QC816F200SSbf 1408.00 1 QOM2200VH 200 A Lever OH/UG 22 kA QC816F200SLSbg 2905.00 1 QOM2200VH Service Type Tandems Line Side Main Lugs AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Ampere Rating Ampere Rating Circuits Load Center and Branch Circuit Breakers (Order Separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14) Service Ground Lug AWG/ kcmil (Al/Cu) Meter Mainsh QO Surface Mount Only Homeline LOAD CENTERS Table 1.62: socket with no provisions for barrel lock to secure the meter cover. UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except where noted Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires. Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2 Solar Ready kit SR69064A fits All Devices Below, order from Table 1.70 All devices have a 3" KO in the bottom endwall. Provisions for Field Installed CTs All Devices • • • • • • • 150 A 8 8 All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devicesh Surface Mount Only QO None OH/UG 22 kA QC2442M200SSf 2057.00 1 Horn OH/UG 22 kA QC2442M200SHSdf 2057.00 1 Horn OH/UG 22 kA RC2040M150SHSdf 1833.00 1 150 A Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC3040M150SLSg 2226.00 1 None OH/UG 22 kA RC2040M200SSf 1833.00 1 Horn OH/UG 22 kA RC2040M200SHSdf 1833.00 1 200 A None OH 22 kA SO2040M200SSf 1242.00 1 Lever OH/UG 22 kA RC3040M200SLSg 2226.00 1 * Kit is to be installed between meter socket and Main Disconnect. May be used with Solar PV, Wind, fuel generators, and other power generation sources up to 80% of Mains Rating Maximum 160 A. a Order two pole QO, QO-VH or QOH circuit breakers separately from page 1-22 or 1-2. The short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker installed. b Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4AWG-250 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. c Ring style device. Barrel lock provisions not provided. d Device supplied with horn bypass and 5th jaw factory installed e Order two pole Homeline circuit breakers separately from page 1-22. f Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS. See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. g Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL. See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval. h Solar Ready Kit Part Number SR69064A * (This Kit Fits All Solar Ready Devices) List Price: $78.00 200 A Homeline 1 Meter Mains and All-In-Ones • Ringless Meter Sockets with barrel lock provisions factory installed except for Cat. No. SO2040M200SS which is a Ring Style meter SC/SU SOLAR READY CSED Devices Coming Soon—See On-Line Digest Updates for Availability QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2150VH QOM2150VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH QOM2200VH 200 A 200 A 150 A 150 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 21/2" Max “A” Hub 5.32 135 18.35 466 10.94 12.57 278 319 40.93 48.62 1040 Table 1.63: 24 24 20 30 20 20 20 30 1235 Knockouts Symbol A B C Conduit Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 D E 1-1/4 1-1/2 F G H I J 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Lever ByPass Devices RC816F150SS RC816F200SS RC816F200SHS QC816F150SS QC816F200SS RC2040M150SHS RC2040M200SS RC2040M200SHS SO2040M200SS QC2442M200SS QC2442M200SHS QC816F150SLS RC816F150SLS RC3040M150SLS QC816F200SLS RC816F200SLS RC3040M200SLS A,B E,F,G,H A,B,C C,D,E,F 1-24 DE3A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosed Devices Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—240 Vac—UL Listed Cat. No. QO260NATS 240 Vac 60 Aab 120/240 Vac 100 Ad QO2000NS Rainproof $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box. No. See Page 1-17 QO200TR 161.00 161.00 QO200TRNM 191.00 QO260NATR 168.00 2, 9Rc 1NM 1R 276.00 QO2000NRB 13, 10R 338.00 Housing Bracket Description Bracket used with QO200TR for stucco, aluminum and vinyl siding. Order quantity multiples of 10. Cat. No. $ Price PKHB 6.30 Enclosed GFCI Circuit Breakers, GFCI Circuit Breaker Included—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 120/240 Vac Table 1.67: QO3100BNF With Cover Removed Ampere Rating QO250GFI HOM250GFI 1NM (Nonmetallic) 1R (Metallic) General Purpose e Cat. No. Rainproof $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box. No. See Page 1-17 100 A 125 A QO2100BNF/S QO2125BNF/S 83.00 QO2100BNRB 108.00 QO2125BNRB 135.00 158.00 13, 10R 18, 13R 240 Vac 100 A QO3100BNF/S 149.00 QO3100BNRB 207.00 13, 10R 60A Max. Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Circuit breaker not included. Order separately from page 1-2. Will not accept QO-GFI circuit breaker nor QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories. 60 A a — — QO2TR 95.00 9R c Q Frame Enclosures and Q Frame Circuit Breakers Type 1—General Purpose e Cat. No. Circuit Breaker (Order Separately) Type 3R—Rainproof $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Page 1-17 2P 240 Vac Maximum Q22200NS h or Q23225NF/S 176.00 Q22200NRBh or 218.00 Q23225NRB 380.00 19, 11R 417.00 20, 12R 3P 240 Vac Q23225NF/S 218.00 278.00 20, 12R Table 1.70: 528.00 473.00 Box. No. See Page 1-17 120/240 Vac Enclosure Only g Service QOE250GFINM HOME250SPA Circuit Breaker Included 2-Pole Circuit Circuit Breaker Enclosures—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating 240 Vac Table 1.69: $ Price Not for use with one pole QO or QOVH breakers. Circuit breakers not included. Order QO™, QOVH, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QO-PL circuit breakers separately from pages 1-2 and 1-3. Accepts QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories. Order equipment ground bar PKOGTA2, if required. Table 1.68: QO200TRNM Cat. No. 50 A Service PKHB Housing Bracket Type 3R—Rainproof Ampere Rating Service Q23225NRB 10 k AIR 25 k AIR 65 k AIR 100 k AIR Ampere Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A QBL22070 QBL22080 QBL22090 QBL22100 QBL22110 QBL22125 QBL22150 QBL22175 QBL22200 QBL22225 QBL32070 QBL32080 QBL32090 QBL32100 QBL32110 QBL32125 QBL32150 QBL32175 QBL32200 QBL32225 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 1248.00 QDL22070 QDL22080 QDL22090 QDL22100 QDL22110 QDL22125 QDL22150 QDL22175 QDL22200 QDL22225 QDL32070 QDL32080 QDL32090 QDL32100 QDL32110 QDL32125 QDL32150 QDL32175 QDL32200 QDL32225 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 1784.00 QGL22070 QGL22080 QGL22090 QGL22100 QGL22110 QGL22125 QGL22150 QGL22175 QGL22200 QGL22225 QGL32070 QGL32080 QGL32090 QGL32100 QGL32110 QGL32125 QGL32150 QGL32175 QGL32200 QGL32225 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 2442.00 QJL22070 QJL22080 QJL22090 QJL22100 QJL22110 QJL22125 QJL22150 QJL22175 QJL22200 QJL22225 QJL32070j QJL32080j QJL32090j QJL32100j QJL32110j QJL32125j QJL32150j QJL32175j QJL32200j QJL32225j 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 QOM2 Enclosures and QOM2 Circuit Breakers QOM2 Circuit Breaker (Order Separately) i Enclosure Onlyf Service Type 1 General Purposee Cat. No. QOM22225NS With Cover Removed Q22200NS With Cover Removed Q23225NF (Order Q-Frame circuit breaker separately) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price Type 3R Rainproof Cat. No. $ Price Box No. See Pages 1-17 Ampere Rating 22 k AIR Cat. No.k $ Price 100 A QOM2100VH 468.00 125 A QOM2125VH 468.00 150 A QOM2150VH 468.00 QOM22225NF/S 234.00 QOM22225NRB 440.00 22, 16R 175 A QOM2175VH 468.00 2P 240 Vac Maximum 200 A QOM2200VH 468.00 225 A QOM2225VH 468.00 a Not suitable for service equipment. h Accepts 200 A max. 2P Q Frame circuit breakers. b Maximum 10 hp 240 Vac. i Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt trip. Add $126. c Top endwall has no hub opening. j When these 3P circuit breakers are mounted in d Maximum 20 hp 240 Vac. an enclosure, the maximum AIR rating is 65 kA at e Order F for flush, S for surface. 240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac. f Equipment ground bar kit PKOGTA2 k DE3A Discount Schedule. factory-included. g Factory-installed groundable neutral assembly includes (2) ground lugs and (2) neutral lugs. Equipment ground kit PKOGTA2 also included. DE2A DE3A LOAD CENTERS General Purpose Ampere Rating Service Table 1.65: Table 1.66: Enclosed Molded Case Switch, Switch Included, Does NOT provide overcurrent protection Discount Schedule 1-25 1 Table 1.64: Servicepak™ Power Outlet Panels Class 1140 www.schneider-electric.us 1 (For Dimensions/Drawings go to Supplemental Digest, hardcopy or on-line version.) T LOAD CENTERS T T 1C T T • • • • • T 2C T T 3C T T For Construction Sites • Provide temporary power at construction sites. • Each receptacle protected by QO-GFI circuit breaker in compliance with NEC® requirements. Each enclosure is rainproof. 10 kA short circuit current rating. UL Listed as suitable for use as temporary site service equipment. Provided with neutral bonding provisions. Boxes have provisions for type “B’’ hubs to be field-installed. T Table 1.71: 4C T T 5C T T T 6C T T 7C T 10C T T 11C 12C T 13C T 9C 8C T T T 14C Construction Site Panels Power Outlet Configuration Service a Mains Ampere Rating 1C 2C 2C 1Ø2W 1Ø2W 1Ø2W 40 A 40 A 40 A 3C 1Ø3W 70 A 4C 1Ø3W 70 A 5C 1Ø3W 70 A 6C 1Ø3W 70 A 7C 1Ø3W 70 A 8C 1Ø3W 70 A 9C 1Ø3W 100 A Circuit Breaker (Included) (1) QO120GFI (2) QO120GFI (2) QO120GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO230GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO220GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO250GFI (1) QO120GFI (1) QO250GFI (2) QO120GFI (1) QO220GFI (2) QO120GFI (1) QO250GFI (1) QO120GFI (2) QO250GFI 20 A 125 V 2W and Grd. NEMA 5-20R B 30 A 125 V 2W and Grd ANSI 73.13 C 50 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd. NEMA 14-50R D 20 A 250 V 2W and Grd. NEMA 6-20R Table 1.72: E 30 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd. NEMA 14-30R Mains Circuit Breaker Power Outlet Service Ampere Configuration a (Included) Rating All non-pedestal devices have provisions to fieldinstall a Type “B’’ hub on the bottom endwall for bottom feed from a conduit riser. Order Type “B’’ bolt-on hub (B250 Max.) and two mounting screws (Cat. No. 8002505501) and two hex nuts (Cat. No. 2340102000). C D 1 E 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 $ Price PAK10C1 PAK11Ce PAK11C1 441.00 818.00 818.00 Cu 14–6 14–6 14–6 Al 12–6 12–6 12–6 F 1 1 PAK31CGFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK36C1GFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK51CGFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK55CGFI 974.00 8–1 8–1 PAK72CGFI 1323.00 8–1 8–1 PAK76CGFI 1323.00 8–1 8–1 PAK1004CGFI 1581.00 14–1 12–1 Recreational Vehicle Park Panels Receptacles (Included) b A 50 A 250 V 2W and Grd. NEMA 6-50R A 1 2 2 Main Wire Size AWG d Cat. No. c For Recreational Vehicle Parks • Provide electrical power to individual recreational vehicle park sites. • Each receptacle protected by appropriate GFI or Standard QO™ circuit breaker. • All receptacles and circuit breakers included. • 10 kA short circuit current rating. • UL Listed. • All enclosures are rainproof. • No neutral bonding provisions. • Loop-feed provisions. A F Receptacles (Included) B Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil f Cat. No. $ Price C Underground or Overhead Loop-Feed Terminals—Non-Pedestal cg 11C 1Ø2W 40 A (2) QO120GFI 2 PAK11CTG QO120GFI 12C 1Ø2W 50 A (1) 1 1 PAK41CTG h (1) QO130 (2) QO130 (1) QO120GFI PAK75CTG 14C 1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250 1 1 1 (Not Loop Feed) h (1) QO130 Phase and Neutral Cu Al 14–6 12–6 795.00 564.00 12–1 669.00 14–1 12–1 Pedestal Mounted—Underground Loop-Feed Terminals ij 11C 1Ø2W 40 A (2) QO120GFI 2 PAK11PG 1035.00 QO120GFI 12C 1Ø2W 50 A (1) 1 1 PAK41PG h 852.00 (1) QO130 (1) QO120GFI 13C 1Ø2W 75 A (2) QO130 1 2 PAK61PG h 914.00 (2)6–250 (2)6–250 (1) QO120GFI 14C 1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250 1 1 1 PAK75PG h 1007.00 (1) QO130 a (1Ø2W 120 Vac) (1Ø3W 120/240 Vac) b 20 A receptacles protected by 20 A GFI circuit breaker. c Devices have a bolt-on factory-installed closing cap. Order type “B’’ bolt-on hub separately from page 1-18. d Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14 or 12 AWG Cu or (2) 12 or 10 AWG Al. e Receptacles in this device are in bottom endwall and are accessible with outer door padlocked. “Order Only’’ from Lexington—Minimum order quantity is 50 devices. f Two wires each per phase, neutral, and equipment ground—for loop feed (except PAK75CTG). g Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14–12 AWG Cu or (2) 12–10 Al. h GFI circuit breaker can be substituted for standard 30 A circuit breaker. For 30 ampere receptacles add $140.00 per circuit breaker. Add suffix "FI’’ to catalog number. Example: PAK41CTGFI. i Stabilizer foot available for use in unstable ground, order HNPSF $27.50 list. j Equipment ground terminals suitable for (2) 10–2/0 AWG Cu or (2) 6–2/0 AWG Al. 1-26 DE4 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ Load Centers Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Breaker Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us QO Plug-on Neutral Load Centers and CAFI Breakers connect are engineered for a quick Plug-on Neutral connection on every unit. Load Center Box and Interior $ Price Max. Max. Spaces 1P Tandem (Interior, Box & Circuits Breakers Cover) Cat. No. Equipment Main Wire Ground Bar Kit Box No. Size (Order Separately See AWG/kcmil If Priced) Page 1-17 $ Price Al/Cu Cat. No. $ Price Indoor Cover with Door (Order Separately) Flush Cat. No. $ Price Surface Cat No. Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker 125 A 24 24 0 572.00 QO124L125PG 534.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 6–2/0 I N D O O R QO154M200P PK15GTA Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker 200 A 30 30 0 684.00 QO130L200PG 597.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 6–250 PK23GTA, LK100AN 42 42 0 1018.00 QO142L225PG 907.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 (2) PK15GTA 225 A 6–300 54 54 0 1356.00 QO154L225PG 1177.00 QOC54UF — 179.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker 100 A 24 24 0 743.70 QO124M100P 706.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70 6–2/0 PK15GTA 17.10 Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker 30 30 0 1069.00 QO130M200P 982.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00 PK18GTA 18.80 42 42 0 1410.00 QO142M200P 1299.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00 PK23GTA 21.30 200 A 4–250 54 54 0 1720.00 QO154M200P 1541.00 QOC54UF — 179.00 PK23GTA 21.30 60 60 0 1956.00 QO160M200PCa 1689.00 QOC60UFa — 267.00 PK23GTA 21.30 Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Cu Bus QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included 125 A 24 24 0 712.00 QO124L125PGRB 712.00 — — — 6–2/0 PK15GTA Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Cu Bus QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included 30 30 0 856.00 QO130L200PGRB 856.00 — — — 6–250 O 200 A U 225 A 42 42 0 1500.00 QO142L225PGRB 1500.00 — — — 6–300 T D Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaer — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus O Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5), O QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size R 100 A 24 24 0 1144.00 QO124M100PRB 1144.00 — — — 6–2/0 b Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaer — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5), QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size 150 A 30 30 0 1344.00 QO130M150PRB 1344.00 — — — 30 30 0 1344.00 QO130M200PRB 1344.00 — — — 4–250 200 A 42 42 0 1659.00 QO142M200PRB 1659.00 — — — a Door kit available separately Order QOCDK60 $237.00. b All OUTDOOR devices are available FACTORY ORDER only. Table 1.74: PK23GTA, LK100AN (2) PK15GTA 7 9 11 12 7 9 11 12 24 4R 6R 8R PK15GTA 17.10 4R PK18GTA PK18GTA PK23GTA 18.80 21.30 21.30 6R 6R 8R QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakers 1P 120 Vac Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating Combination Arc-fault Interrupter (Pigtail Neutral) Plug-On Neutral Combination Arc-fault Interrupter 15 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 1 Space Required Cat. No. QO115CAFI $ Price 282.00 Cat. No. QO115VHCAFI $ Price 534.00 20 QO120CAFI 282.00 QO120VHCAFI 534.00 15 QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00 20 QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00 QO-K Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in single-pole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table. Table 1.75: QO-K Circuit Breakers 120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required) Ampere Ratingc 10 15 20 25 30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cat. No. $ Price QO110K QO115K QO120K QO125K QO130K DE2A DE3A 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 Discount Schedule LOAD CENTERS Mains Rating QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Center (accepts QO Circuit Breakers only) 1-27 1 Table 1.73: www.schneider-electric.us 1 LOAD CENTERS 1-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 2 Metering Equipment Meter Sockets Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets 2-2 Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories 2-3 Dimensions 2-4 MP Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Individual Meter Socket Page 2-2 Ring and Ringless Devices 2-5 Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories 2-6 Dimensions 2-7 2-8 Selection Information 2-9 1 Phase Main Devices 2-10 1 Phase Branch Devices 2-11 3 Phase Main Devices 2-12 3 Phase Branch Devices 2-13 3 Phase Branch Devices and Main Devices with Busway Taps 2-14 Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories 2-15 Dimensions 2-16 2 Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information METERING EQUIPMENT EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment Page 2-5 EZ Meter-Pak Metering Equipment Page 2-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2-1 Meter Sockets Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us • Available single or three phase, 600 Vac max., with and without horn or lever bypass, overhead and underground service feed. • 10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval). • UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure. • Units supplied with bonded neutral. • Units supplied with hub opening in top endwall require the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate. • Units supplied with solid top are for underground feed only. • Accessories, refer to page 2-3. This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility. Table 2.1: Individual Meter Sockets Lug Wire Range (Al/Cu) UTRS101B Ampere Jaw Ratingj Qty. Service Type Cat. No.a $ Price Line, Load, and Neutral (AWG/kcmil) 2 Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release 125 4 UG UTZRS101Ad 123.00 8–2/0 125 4 OH UTRS101B 123.00 8–2/0 125 4 OH UATRS101B 137.00 8–2/0 125 4 OH URS101BCPL 135.00 8–2/0 125 5 OH/UG 1003880Ae 161.00 8–2/0 200 4 OH UTRS202B 177.00 8–250 200 4 OH UATRS202B 195.00 8–250 200 4 UG UTRS213Ad 212.00 1/0–350 200 4 OH/UG UTRS213Be 212.00 1/0–350 200 4 OH/UG UATRS213Be 225.00 1/0–350 200 4 OH/UG U92197CCCPLg 240.00 1/0–350 METERING EQUIPMENT UTRS202B (cover not shown) UTH5203T (cover not shown) Enclosure Information Top Endwall Conf. Wire Binding Gnd. (AWG) Material Hub Openingb Closing Plate b 1/2 in. Hex Slotted Slotted Slotted Slotted 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 14–2 Steel Steel Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Aluminum Steel Steel Aluminum Steel Solid Topd Series A Series A Series A Series A Series A Series A Solid Topd Series A Series A (2)Series A — ACP ACPA ACP ACP ACP ACPA — ACP ACPA (2)ACPg Box No. see page 2-4 1R 1R 1R 1R 1R 3R 3R 5R 5R 5R 7R Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Horn Bypass, Without Jaw Release 125 4 OH/UG UHTRS101B 161.00 8–2/0 Slotted 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 1R 125 5 OH UGHTRS101Lc 161.00 8–2/0 Slotted 14–2 Steel A125 c — 1R 125 4 OH URS101BDQh 138.00 8–2/0 1/2 in. Hex None Steel Series A ACP 1R 125 5 OH/UG UGHTRS111Cf 207.00 8–2/0 Slotted 14–2 Steel Series A ACP f 4R 200 4 OH/UG UBHMRS212Be 210.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex None Steel Series A ACP 4R 200 4 OH UHTRS202B 206.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 3R 200 4 OH/UG UHTRS212Be 206.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 4R 200 4 OH/UG UHTRS213Be 213.00 1/0–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 5R 200 4 UG UHTRS223Ad 272.00 1/0–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Solid Topd — 2R 200 4 UG URS212ADQdh 203.00 8–250 1/2 in. Hex None Steel Solid Topd — 4R Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release 200 4 OH UTH4203T 465.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A-L ACPL 8R 200 4 OH/UG UTH4213Te 479.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A-L ACPL 9R 200 5 OH UTH5203T 494.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A-L ACPL 8R 200 5 OH/UG UTH5213Te 564.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A-L ACPL 9R 320 4 OH/UG UTH4330Tei 749.00 Studs Only 3/8 in. dia. studs 14–1/0 Steel Series A-L ACPL 11R Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release 200 7 OH/UG UTH7213Te 666.00 6–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A-L ACPL 9R 320 7 OH UTH7300Ti 830.00 Studs Only 3/8 in. dia. studs 14–1/0 Steel Series A-L ACPL 10R Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., Bolt-On Socket Without Bypass 1/2 in.–20 1/2 in.–20 400 7 OH/UG UK7T ei 2423.00 Studs Only Steel Series A-L ACPL 12R dia. studs dia. studs 1/2 in.–20 1/2 in.–20 Aluminum 400 7 OH/UG UAK7Tei 2678.00 Studs Only Series A-L ACPLA 12R dia. studs dia. studs Ring Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release 125 4 OH/UG URTRS101Be 123.00 8–2/0 Slotted 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 1R 200 4 OH/UG URTRS213Be 212.00 1/0–350 1/2 in. Hex 14–2 Steel Series A ACP 5R a Device requires approval from the serving utility, consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. b Order appropriate bolt-on hub or closing plate separately and install on TOP endwall. c Device supplied with 1-1/4 in. bolt-on hub (Cat.No. A125) mounted on TOP endwall. d Device supplied with solid top endwall (without hub opening). e When unit is installed for underground feed, the appropriate closing plate must be ordered separately and installed over hub opening in TOP endwall of device. f Device supplied with closing plate ACP mounted on TOP endwall. g Device supplied with two closing plates ACP mounted in TOP endwall. h Contains “Duquesne Light Co.” approved label. i Order lugs separately, refer to accessories, page 2-3. j Rating is continuous. URTRS213B 2-2 DE4 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Meter Sockets Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Horizontal Ganged Meter Sockets • 1Ø, 600 Vac max., main lugs only, 2 through 6 meter positions, with and without horn or lever bypass, end or center feed, overhead and underground service feeds. 10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval). UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure. Supplied with ground lugs. Supplied with hub opening in top endwall, requires the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate. • • • • This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility. Ringless Type, 1Ø3W, 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release Branch Ratings Socket Service No. of Amperesc Positions Jaw Type Qty.b 100 A 200 A 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 4 5 4 OH/UG OH/UG 6 a b c Mains Rating (A) Cat. No. 200 205 205 250 300 205 360 UT2R1121B UT3R1121B UT4R1131B UT5R1131B UT6R1131B UT2R2122B UT4R2352T 453.00 560.00 660.00 908.00 1157.00 647.00 1106.00 500 UT5R2392TU 1383.00 620 UT6R2392TU 1548.00 $ Price Main Lugs Phase and Neutral Al/Cu (AWG/kcmil) Branch Lugs Phase and Neutral Al/Cu (AWG) 6–250 6–250 6–350 6–350 6–350 6–250 1/0–500 1/0–500 or (2)1/0–350 1/0–500 or (2)1/0–350 8–2/0 8–250 Top Endwalla Hub Type Closing Plate Box No. See Page 2-4 (Order (Order Separately) Separately) Series A ACP Series A Series A-L ACP ACPL 13R 13R1 14R 15R 16R 17R 18R Series A-L ACPL 19R Series A-L ACPL 20R For hubs and closing plates, see Accessories table below. Fifth jaw kit available to convert 4-jaw socket to a 5-jaw socket. See Accessories table below. Rating is continuous. Meter Mains with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements) Table 2.3: Ring Type, 1Ø3W and 3Ø4W, Meter Main with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements) Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Suitable for overhead or underground service. UL Listed File E6294. EMT3225CB d e f g System (Incoming) Meter Ampere Short Circuit Main Circuit Breaker Type and Socket Rating Current Cat. No.f $ Price Rating (Order Separately)d Service (Outgoing) Type (Max.) 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W 5-Jaw 225 A 100 kA max. EMT1225CB 4095.00 2P Type QB, QD, QG, QJ, QOe, QO-VHe or QOHe 208Y/120 Vac 3Ø4Wg or 7-Jaw 225 A 65 kA max. EMT3225CB 5355.00 3P Type QB, QD, QG or QJ 240/120 Vac 3Ø4W Delta Refer to page 2-15 to select main circuit breaker. Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately), when using QO (40 A–125 A, 2-pole) 10 kA max. SCCR, QO-VH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 22 kA max. SCCR, or QOH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 42 kA max. SCCR. Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. Refer to page 2-4 for box dimensions. 100 kA max. Table 2.4: EMT Terminal Wire Size h Line Phase Lug Line Neutral Lug Service Ground Lug 6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu 6 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu h Refer to circuit breaker listings for usable load lug wire sizes. Equipment Ground Lug 6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu Load Neutral Lug 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu Meter Socket Accessories Table 2.5: EMT1225CB Without Covers Meter Socket Accessories Accessory Fifth-Jaw Kit Closing Plates (to seal hub openings) Series A Hubs (listed by conduit size) Series A-L Series B Adapter Plate Lug Kits Sealing Ring i © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Description Cat. No. Converts a 4-jaw meter socket to a 5-jaw meter socket. A5J For use on meter sockets supplied without lever bypass or jaw release only. For Series A (steel) ACP For Series A (aluminum) ACPA For Series A-L (steel) ACPL For Series A-L (aluminum) ACPLA 1.00 inch A100 1.25 inch A125 1.50 inch A150 2.00 inch A200 2.50 inch A250 2.00 inch A200L 2.50 inch A250L 3.00 inch A300L 3.50 inch A350L 4.00 inch A400L 3.00 inch B300i To allow the use of a Series A Hub on a device that is setup for a series A-L Hub. AAP For use on meter sockets supplied with Line, Load, and Neutral Studs only. Be sure to order enough lugs for each device (a typical 1Ø device requires 6 lugs). Includes one, two-barrel lug (6-250 kcmil) ARP00118 Includes one, single barrel lug (4-600 kcmil) ARP00129 Includes three, two-barrel lugs (6-350 kcmil) ARP00427 Snap-on Aluminum (Standard) 2920910001 Snap-on Stainless Steel (Non-standard) ARP00026 Screw Type Aluminum (Non-standard) 29008W $ Price 14.90 13.40 11.90 18.30 16.50 33.90 33.90 33.90 47.90 61.00 83.00 87.00 111.00 114.00 119.00 186.00 33.80 38.10 55.00 135.00 8.00 16.70 20.10 DE1A Discount. DE4 DE1A Discount Schedule 2-3 METERING EQUIPMENT Table 2.2: 2 UT2R1121B Meter Sockets Dimensions Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 D W Hub Opening Meter Socket W D Solid Top W Hub Opening Meter Socket H H E,F,G S A,B,C,D C,D,E,F A,B,C,D S A A 2R W Hub Opening Meter Socket D 3R, 6R Hub Opening W D W Hub Opening Meter Socket Meter Socket Offset H C,D,E,F,G S S C,D,E,F,G F,G,H 1R D H D,E,F,G A S H F,G,H A,B A A,B S 2 D,E,F,G A F,G,H F,G,H 4R, 5R 8R 7R D W METERING EQUIPMENT Hub Opening Meter Socket A,B D W D Hub Opening S H F,G,H,I A,B A Enclosure Dimensions Hub Opening F,G,H,I 9R 10R Box Hub Opening H W D No. (Max. Conduit Size) a 1R 10.88 8.00 3.50 Series A 2R 13.00 13.00 4.94 Solid Top 3R 14.00 8.00 4.38 Series A 4R 14.00 11.00 4.38 Series A 5R 15.00 11.00 4.38 Series A 6R 15.50 8.00 4.36 Series A 7R 17.13 13.00 4.94 (2) Series A 8R 19.00 10.50 4.94 Series A-L 9R 19.00 13.00 4.94 Series A-L 10R 34.50 15.00 5.68 Series A-L 11R 36.62 15.00 5.68 Series A-L 12R 43.00 20.25 6.00 Series A-L 13R 14.12 24.31 4.50 Series A 13R1 14.12 32.50 4.50 Series A 14R 14.12 40.62 4.50 Series A 15R 14.12 48.75 4.50 Series A 16R 14.12 57.00 4.50 Series A 17R 14.12 24.31 5.38 Series A 18R 14.12 40.62 5.38 Series A-L 19R 14.12 54.75 5.38 (2) Series A-L 20R 14.12 63.00 5.38 (2) Series A-L aRefer to page 2-3 for closing plates and hubs. Table 2.7: Knockouts Symbol S A B C D E Conduit 5/16 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 Size (in.) b bKnockout for grounding conductor. S A Knockout Information H F,G,H,I H S A F,G,H D W Meter Socket Offset Meter Socket F,G,H Table 2.6: www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions (Inches) Meter Socket Offset H A,B,C,D,E D F,G,H,I Hub Opening G,H,I,J H Meter Socket Main Lugs S C,D,E,F,G (13R, 17R) A,B 12R Meter Socket H S A C,D,E,F,G (13R) F,G,H (17R) C,D,E,F,G (13R, 17R) C,D,E,F,G (14R, 18R) D Main Lugs H A C,D,E,F,G (14R) F,G,H (18R) Meter Socket Left position omitted on 5-Gang unit (15R) W C,D,E,F,G (14R, 18R) Hub Opening H A Main Lugs S C,D,E,F,G 4 14R and 18R W S J 3-1/2 Main Lugs 13R and 17R Meter Socket I 3 Hub Opening Hub Opening D H 2-1/2 W D W D Meter Socket G 2 11R Hub Opening W F C,D,E,F,G H A C,D,E,F,G 13R1 C,D,E,F,G 7.50 191 22.44 570 Supplied with (2) ACP Closing Plates. Order A-Hubs separately for overhead service feed. C,D,E,F,G 15R and 16R D Meter Socket Left position omitted on 5-Gang unit (19R) W Hub Opening (2 Locations) Main Lugs 30.00 762 C,D,E,F,G S C,D,E (3 Locations) H A E,F,G,H (8 Locations) C,D,E,F,G (19R, 20R) F,G,H (19R, 20R) C,D,E,F,G (19R, 20R) 19R and 20R A,B EMT1225CB and EMT3225CB 2-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers Ring and Ringless Devices Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Ring and Ringless Type Devices • • • • • • • • • • • • • MP44125 Ring Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kA Maximum SCCR) or 200 A (22 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions Cat. No. 200 MP22125 b 977.00 3 300 300 MP33125 c 1187.00 4 400 400 MP44125 c 1730.00 5 500 MP55125 c 2079.00 6 400 Al 500 Cu 400 Al 500 Cu 600 MP66125 c 2415.00 2 400 400 MP42200 c 1274.00 3 400 400 MP43200 c 2151.00 4 400 600 MP64200 c 2814.00 5 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MP85200 c 6 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MP86200 c For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9. Meets EUSERC standards. Meets EUSERC standards with addition of lug landing kit, MMSK2. 3377.00 4040.00 No. of Poles 125 Line Lug Wire Size Al/Cu AWG/kcmil $ Price (1) 4–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 3/0–500 200 a b c Table 2.9: 200 No. Bypass Cat. No. $ Price Horn Bypass Cat. No. $ Price Lever Bypass Cat. No. QOM2-MM, QOM2-MVH Semi-Flush Flange Kit Wt Lbs Box No. A/B300 MPSF12 46 1R A-L MPSF14 95 2R A-L MPSF14 97 2R (4) A-L MPSF16 130 3R MPSF16 132 3R MPSF23 99 4R (4) A-L $ Price MPR22125 995.00 MPH22125 1002.00 — — 3 300 300 MPR33125 1220.00 MPH33125 1253.00 — — 4 400 400 MPR44125 1781.00 MPH44125 1830.00 — — 5 500 MPR55125 2246.00 MPH55125 2330.00 — — 600 MPR66125 2615.00 MPH66125 2715.00 — — 2 3 4 2 3 400 Al 500 Cu 400 Al 500 Cu 400 400 400 350 400 400 400 600 350 500 MPR42200 MPR43200 MPR64200 — — 1290.00 2186.00 2865.00 — — MPH42200 MPH43200 MPH64200 — — 1299.00 2219.00 2916.00 — — 4 400 600 — 6 QO, QO-VH, QOH Hub Prov.a MPSF23 99 4R MPSF24 135 5R MPSF26 MPSF26 173 173 6R 6R (4) A-L Ringless Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kAMaximum SCCR) or 200 A Type MPR, MPH (22 kA Maximum SCCR) or 225 A Type MPL (100 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions Factory-Installed Amperes No. Main Lugs Main Bus Per of Pos. Ampacity Pos. (See page 2-6 for Ampacity alternate lugs) 2 200 200 125 Circuit Breaker Type (2P) — — MPL32225 MPL53225 1739.00 2741.00 MPL64225 3656.00 — — — — 225 — — — 5 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MPR85200 3545.00 MPH85200 3627.00 200 6 600 Al, 750 Cu 800 MPR86200 4241.00 MPH86200 4341.00 d For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9. e Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to oage 2-15 for pricing. Line Lug Wire Size Al/Cu AWG/kcmil (1) 4–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (1) 1/0–600 or (2) 1/0–250 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 3/0–500 Circuit Breaker Type Hub (2P) Prov. d (See page 2-6) A/B300 QO, QO-VH, QOH Semi-Flush Flange Kit Wt Lbs Box No. MPSF12 46 1R MPSF14 95 2R MPSF14 97 2R MPSF16 130 3R MPSF16 132 3R MPSF23 MPSF23 MPSF24 N/A N/A 99 99 135 105 147 4R 4R 5R 7R 8R N/A 200 9R MPSF26 MPSF26 173 173 6R 6R A-L (2) A-L QOM2-MM, QOM2-MVH QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or (2) A-L QJ-TM QOe, QO-VHe or QOHe QOM2-MM, QOM2-MVH UL Listed short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE4 Discount Schedule METERING EQUIPMENT Main Bus Ampacity (A) 2 Factory-Installed Main Lug Ampacity (See page 2-6 for alternate lugs) 200 Amperes per Pole 2-5 2 Table 2.8: Consult local utility for approval before installation. 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W. Main lugs only—two to six meter sockets. Enclosures are indoor/rainproof NEMA 3R construction. Suitable only for use as service equipment. Swingable mounting feet supplied at bottom of device. Factory-installed mechanical lugs, alternate lugs and NEMA/EUSERC lug landing kits available. Surface mount, convertible to semi-flush with field installed flange kit. Ring type devices supplied with 4-jaw meter sockets (5th jaw kits available, order separately). Ringless type devices supplied with 5-jaw meter sockets, available with and without horn or lever bypass. Provisions for mounting 2-pole circuit breaker for each meter socket position (order circuit breakers separately). Mounting channel supplied, except for box 1R (125 A, 2-position). Combination overhead/underground feed. MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Tenant Circuit Breakers UL Listed Short Circuit Current Rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. (Refer to the table on the bottom of page 2-9 for Square D certified ratings for downstream panelboards and load centers.) Table 2.10: Amperes QO2100VH 2P, Plug-on Type Circuit Breaker 2 QDP22200TM 2P, Bolt-on Type Circuit Breaker Tenant Circuit Breakers 10 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) 22 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) 42 k AIR 120/240 Vac For use in 125 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment 40 QO240 67.00 QO240VHa 146.00 50 QO250 67.00 QO250VHa 146.00 60 QO260 67.00 QO260VH 146.00 70 QO270 134.00 QO270VH 224.00 80 QO280 189.00 QO280VH 315.00 90 QO290 189.00 QO290VH 315.00 100 QO2100 189.00 QO2100VH 315.00 125 QO2125 428.00 QO2125VH 1034.00 QOH240 QOH250a QOH260a QOH270a QOH280a QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2125 For use in 200 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment 100 QOM2100MM 474.00 QOM2100MVH 1143.00 125 QOM2125MM 474.00 QOM2125MVH 1143.00 150 QOM2150MM 474.00 QOM2150MVH 1143.00 175 QOM2175MM 474.00 QOM2175MVH 1143.00 200 QOM2200MM 474.00 QOM2200MVH 1143.00 10 k AIR $ Price 25 k AIR $ Price Amperes 120/240 Vac (DE2A) 120/240 Vac (DE2A) — — — — — 65 k AIR 120/240 Vac METERING EQUIPMENT For use in 225 A MPL Lever Bypass Meter-Pak Metering Equipment 40 QO240b 67.00 QO240VHacb 146.00 QOH240bd 50 QO250b 67.00 QO250VHacb 146.00 QOH250bda 60 QO260b 67.00 QO260VHacb 146.00 QOH260bda 70 QBP22070TM 474.00 QDP22070TM 1143.00 QGP22070TM 80 QBP22080TM 474.00 QDP22080TM 1143.00 QGP22080TM 90 QBP22090TM 474.00 QDP22090TM 1143.00 QGP22090TM 100 QBP22100TM 474.00 QDP22100TM 1143.00 QGP22100TM 110 QBP22110TM 474.00 QDP22110TM 1143.00 QGP22110TM 125 QBP22125TM 474.00 QDP22125TM 1143.00 QGP22125TM 150 QBP22150TM 474.00 QDP22150TM 1143.00 QGP22150TM 175 QBP22175TM 474.00 QDP22175TM 1143.00 QGP22175TM 200 QBP22200TM 474.00 QDP22200TM 1143.00 QGP22200TM 225 QBP22225TM 474.00 QDP22225TM 1143.00 QGP22225TM a Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order Point: Lincoln. b Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. c QO-VH tenant circuit breakers are rated 22 kAIR at 120/240 Vac. d QOH tenant circuit breakers are rated 42 k AIR at 120/240 Vac. $ Price (DE2A) 317.00 317.00 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 — — — — — $ Price (DE2A) 317.00 317.00 317.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 100 k AIR 120/240 Vac $ Price (DE2A) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 100 k AIR 120/240 Vac — — — — — $ Price (DE2A) — — — QJP22070TM QJP22080TM QJP22090TM QJP22100TM QJP22110TM QJP22125TM QJP22150TM QJP22175TM QJP22200TM QJP22225TM — — — 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 QOM2200MVH Accessories Table 2.11: Accessories Accessory Description Cat. No. Fifth Jaw Kit 5J For MPR and MPH only MMHB For Bolt-on Q2M tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A, 2P) EZM125QOA 125 A Ring Style 2 Position Top Meter (Only) MM125MBe Slider Type Manual Circuit Closing: 125 and 200 A Ring Style MM200MBe Snap-on Aluminum 2920910001 Sealing Rings: Screw Type Aluminum 29008W Snap-on Type Stainless Steel ARP00026 ™ ™ Meter Cover-Lexan Meter Cover-Lexan 29007 (1) 1/0–600 AWG/kcmil or MMLK250fg (2) 1/0–250 AWG/kcmil per phase Optional Lug Kits: (2) 3/0–500 AWG/kcmil per phase MMLK500g (2) 2–600 AWG/kcmil per phase MMLK600g 125 A 2 Position MPSF12 125 A 3–4 Position MPSF14 125 A 5–6 Position MPSF16 Semiflush Kits: 200 A 2–3 Position MPSF23 200 A 4 Position MPSF24 200 A 5–6 Position MPSF26 For 3 through 6 position 125 A and 200 A devices. Each pad rated 600 A maximum and NEMA/EUSERC Lug Landing Kit: MMSK2g includes (2) 1/2-13 studs and mounting hardware. For use ONLY on MPL43225, MPL53225 and MPL64225 with optional lugs. See wiring NEMA Lug Landing Kit: MMSK4 diagram of each device for optional lugs. 125 A 2 Position ONLY MP43X8PED 125 A 3–6 Position MP43X11PED 200 A 2–6 Position MP43X11PED MP Meter-Pak Wireway: (Wall Mount Pedestal) MPL32-225 MP35X11PEDh MPL53-225 MP43X11PED MPL64-225 MP35X11PEDh Used ONLY with MP43X8PED MP12X8PEDEXTh MP Meter-Pak Wireway Extensions: Used with MP43X11PED and MP35X11PED MP12X11PEDEXTh e The meter center short circuit current rating is 10 kA when manual circuit closing is used. Not rated for continuous duty. f Standard lug for 3 through 6 position 125 A and 2 through 4 position 200 A devices. g Cannot be installed on 2 position 125 A device. h Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order point: Lexington. Fifth Jaw Kit Horn Bypass Kit QO Adapter MMLK500 $ Price 18.30 16.70 273.00 171.00 171.00 8.00 20.10 16.70 10.10 150.00 200.00 233.00 101.00 134.00 218.00 144.00 171.00 255.00 185.00 276.00 441.00 504.00 504.00 504.00 504.00 504.00 102.00 126.00 For hubs and closing plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-3 2-6 DE4 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers Dimensions Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions and Knockouts A Hub Opening Supplied with ACP Closing Plate A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plate 7.28 A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 7.28 7.28 185 185 185 12.28 Mounting Holes (4) Locations (Supplied without Mounting Channel) 36.46 24.34 312 926 618 Top Position Omitted on 3-Gang Unit Top Left Position Omitted on 5-Gang Unit 37.50 953 9.00 9.00 229 Typ. 9.00 229 Typ. 229 48.12 42.37 1222 1076 18.50 470 11.19 C,D,F 284 C,D,F 11.19 C,D,F 284 C,D,F A,B D,F,G and A or B300 Hub Provision A E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,F Box 1R A Box 3R A,B Box 2R A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 8.28 210 E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision METERING EQUIPMENT C,D,F A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 8.28 210 8.28 210 29.44 46.68 748 1186 29.44 748 Top Position Omitted on 2-Gang Unit Top Left Position Omitted on 5-Gang Unit 9.00 229 Typ. 9.00 9.00 229 Typ. 229 Typ. 43.41 43.41 1103 2 1103 52.00 1321 12.22 12.22 310 C,D,F 310 C,D,F 12.22 C,D,F E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision 310 C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Box 4R E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision A,B A,B,C C,D,E,F A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates Box 5R 9.62 244 A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates A,B A-L Hub Opening Supplied with ACPL Closing Plates 19.43 9.62 244 35.37 9.62 494 Box 6R 898 244 35.37 898 14.00 356 60.25 53.12 1530 67.37 1349 34.00 1711 14.00 864 14.00 356 Typ. 356 Typ. C,D,E,F 13.43 C,D,E,F 341 C,D,E,F 13.43 341 E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,E,F E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,E,F Box 7R E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision C,D,E,F A,B A,B Box 8R Box 9R A,B Knockouts Symbol Conduit Size (in.) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved A B C 1/2 3/4 1 D E 1-1/4 1-1/2 F G H I J 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 2-7 EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 NEMA 3R Construction Branch Units 240 Vac Maximum, for use on AC systems, suitable for use as Service Equipment. Utility Company Requirements Review local utility requirements to ensure that metering equipment meets their standards. • 2 Incoming Service to Main Device 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards: METERING EQUIPMENT 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) (5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers). Incoming Service to Main Device 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta • Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards: • • 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (Fed from transformer’s “A-Phase” and “C-Phase” only.) NOTE: Connection to High-Leg “B-Phase” not permitted for this service (4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) (5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) Standard 3Ø IN/1Ø OUT branch units are not suitable for use on this Delta System. Special branch units are available for this System by adding suffix: “CA” to catalog number (Typical Examples: EZM313125CA, EZM313125XCA, EZM313125CUXCA, EZM314225CA, EZM314225XCA, EZM314225CUXCA, EZM315225CA, EZM314225CUCA, etc.). 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole circuit breakers). Incoming Service to Main Device 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards: • • 120/208 Vac, 1Ø3W (5-jaw meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers) 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole circuit breakers). • • mounted. • • 2000 A main disconnect must be center mounted and requires use of branch units having 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus. 400, 800 and 1200 A Type EZM-TBU terminal boxes supplied with lug landings to meet EUSERC requirements. Main Circuit Breaker ratings: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 and 2000 A Main Fusible Switch ratings: 400, 600, 800, and 1200 A (1Ø3W only) Main Lugs Terminal Box ratings: 225, 400, 600, 800, 1200, 1600, and 2000 A 2-8 Tenant circuit breakers must be ordered separately for these branch units. 125 A max. units make use of Type QO, QO-VH or QO-H two-pole tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A). 225 A max. units make use of Type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGP-TM and QJP-TM two-pole tenant circuit breakers (70–225 A), and may also make use of two-pole Type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole Type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA max.), or two-pole Type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit breakers. 225 A commercial branch units are available in ring type or ringless type construction and are supplied with 1200 A copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical connectors as standard (Example: EZML314225). For optional 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix “CU” to catalog number (Example: EZML314225CU). Plugin style commercial meter sockets are available as ring type EZMT with test block bypass (meets EUSERC requirements), ringless type EZMR without bypass, and ringless type EZML with lever bypass. 225 A max. units make use of type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGPTM and QJP-TM two-pole or three-pole tenant circuit breakers (70– 225 A), and may also make use of two-pole type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA max.), or two-pole type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit breakers. Note: QO, QO-VH and QO-H tenant circuit breakers used in 225 A branch units require the use of adapter EZM125QOA (purchased separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. • 400 A branch units are available in ringless type Main Devices • 400, 600 and 800 A main disconnects may be end mounted with branch units having 800 A or 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus. 1000 and 1200 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center mounted when used with branch devices with main bus rated 800 A continuous. 1600 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center 125 A and 225 A residential branch units are available in ring type or ringless type construction and are supplied with 800 A continuous aluminum horizontal cross bus as standard (Example: EZM314125). For optional 1200 A continuous copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical connectors, add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125X). For optional 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix “CUX” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CUX). NOTE: 5-gang 225 A EZM, EZMR and EZMH residential branch units are supplied with 1200 A continuous Cross Bus as standard, do not add suffix “X” or “CUX” to these units (Examples: EZMR315225 or EZMR315225CU). Plug-in style residential meter sockets are available as ring type EZM without bypass, ringless type EZMR without bypass, and ringless type EZMH with horn bypass. EZ Meter-Pak meter center enclosures meet NEC wire bending requirements, and are designed for wall mounting only (not suitable for floor mounting). All unmetered conductor compartments may be sealed by the utility company. EZ Meter-Pak meter centers have UL Listed short circuit current ratings up to 100 kA at 240 Vac when properly applied. For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22. Suitable incoming services for an EZM main device and available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards from EZM branch section(s)— • www.schneider-electric.us • • construction only, and are supplied with 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing as standard (Example: EZML332400). These branch units are supplied with factory-installed type DJM tenant circuit breakers that have a field adjustable ampere rating trip setting from 160 A min. to 400 A max. A tamper-evident seal kit is available where needed, order seal kit 29375 (refer to NEC 240-6 [c]). 400 A branch units are available as Type EZML with plug-in style lever bypass type meter sockets, or Type EZMK with bolt-on style with manual bypass type meter sockets. Units having 800 A continuous horizontal cross bus WILL CONNECT with units having 1200 A continuous horizontal cross bus. Single phase units (three bus bars in horizontal cross bus) WILL NOT CONNECT with three phase units (four bus bars in horizontal cross bus). For Load Center Three-Tiered Series Ratings used downstream from Metering Equipment, refer to Data Bulletins : 4100DB0301 and 2700DB9901. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Selection Information Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us • Review local utility requirements to ensure that metering equipment meets their standards. Check local utility to determine available fault current at the meter center. • • Using the SCCR table: — — — — Table 2.12: Select meter center configuration, main lugs only (Six Disconnect Rule), or remote main, main circuit breaker, or main fusible switch. Read down to select SCCR equal to, or greater than desired rating. Read across to select branch unit tenant circuit breaker type. Continue reading across to select EZM main device type. UL Listed Meter Center Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) Tenant circuit breakers of same frame size having higher AIR values may replace tenant circuit breakers as listed in tables below and maintain the series rating. EZM Branch Units Load Centers (Main Lugs) f Service Disconnects (6 Max.) T ransformer EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box Figure 1 EZ Meter-Pak (Six Disconnect Rule Applications)—See Figure 1 QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) 10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d QB (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A ) 22 kA QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 25 kA QD (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) 42 kA QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 65 kA QG (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QJ (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) c 100 kA DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec EZM Main Device with Integral Mounted Main, Remote Mounted Main or without an Upstream Mounted Main (Six Disconnect Rule) 400–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box (Tenant Circuit Breakers used as Service Disconnects—6 maximum) EZ Meter-Pak 225–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box Applications Protected by Remote Main—See Figure 2 QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 10 k AIR 10 kA QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) minimum DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 22 k AIR 22 kA QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d minimum DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e 25 kA EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box EZM Branch Units 42 kA Transformer Tenant Circuit Breakers Load Centers (Main Lugs) f Upstream Disconnection Means and Overcurrent Protection as required 65 kA Figure 2 100 kA QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QG (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e QJ (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A )c DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 25 k AIR minimum Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 42 k AIR minimum Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LA (400 A max.) or MA (1000 A max.) Rated 42 k AIR minimum Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 65 k AIR minimum Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LH (400 A max.), MG (800 A max.), MH (1000 A max.), PG (1200 A max.) or RG (2000 A max.) rated 65 k AIR minimum. Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 100 k AIR minimum Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or Class L (1200 A Max.). Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or Class L (1200 A Max.) fuses or by a Square D circuit breaker Type MJ (800 A Max.); PJ (1200 A Max.); or RJ (2000 A Max.) rated 100 k AIR minimum. EZ Meter-Pak—Main Circuit Breaker Applications—See Figure 3 QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) 10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) 400-2000 A EZM Main Device with Type LH (400 A Max.); MH (1000 A Max.); PG QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) or PJ (1200 A Max.); RG or RJ (2000 A Max.) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 65 kA QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 1000 A Main Device with catalog number suffix "CBU" supplied with EZM Circuit Breaker Main QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) Type MHF circuit breaker. or EZM Main Fusible Switch QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c EZM Branch Units 100 kA DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A) QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c 1200–2000 A EZM Main Device with Type PJ (1200 A Max.) or RJ (2000 A Max.) DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e EZ Meter-Pak—Main Fusible Switch Applications—See Figure 3 Transformer QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Tenant Load Circuit Centers 10 kA QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d 400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed. Breakers (Main Lugs)f QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A) Figure 3 QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d 100 kA QD (225 A 2P, only, 70–225 A) 400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed. QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e a Meter center short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest short circuit current rating given in table for any circuit breaker installed in any meter panelboard in the meter center. b Short circuit current rating is measured at the LINE SIDE terminals of the integral mounted or remote mounted main providing overcurrent protection for the EZM metering equipment lineup. c 3P only tenant circuit breaker(s) are limited to: 100 kA Max. at 208Y/120 Vac or 65 kA Max at 240/120 Vac. d Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing. e Supplied with factory-installed circuit breaker(s), with an adjustable trip range of 160–400 A. f For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved METERING EQUIPMENT Figures EZM Meter Center Overcurrent Protection Devices EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breaker Types Available (Branch Unit Amperes max., Number of Poles, Tenant Circuit Breaker Amperes Rating Range) 2-9 2 Short Circuit Current Rating (240 Vac Maximum)ab EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Indoor/Rainproof 1 Phase Main Devices Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 1Ø 3W 120/240 Vac EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers—1Ø, Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed 1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable Service Entrance Endwalls Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make the following selections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select EZM 1Ø main device from Table 2.13 or 2.14, below, with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application. Select EZM 1Ø branch units from Tables 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17. Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit from Table 2.24, page 2-15. Select accessories as required from Table 2.25, page 2-15. Dimensions; page 2-16. Select Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Table 2.13: Main Devices, Overhead/Underground Feed Cross Ampere Horizontal Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Width (in.) Cat. No.f Factory-Installed Line Side Lug (Conductors per Phase and Neutral) Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 2 Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) METERING EQUIPMENT EZM1800CB 65 kA $ Price 100kA $ Price 400 400 A Al EZM1400CBa 6180.00 — — 18.66 600 600 A Al EZM1600CBa 8573.00 — — 18.66 800 800 A Al EZM1800CBa 11364.00 — — 18.66 1000 1000 A Al EZM11000CBa 15767.00 — — 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu EZM11200GCBTbj 20366.00 EZM11200JCBTbj 23563.00 23.69 1600 1200 A Al/Cu EZM11600GCBCcb 29904.00 EZM11600JCBCcb 34650.00 30.19 2000 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM12000CBc 54518.00 30.19 Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM1400FS 3989.00 18.66 600 600 A Al — — EZM1600FS 6978.00 18.66 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800FS 8972.00 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM11200FSTj 11564.00 23.69 Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) 225 800 A Al — — EZM1225TBd 798.00 11.66 400 800 A Al — — EZM1400TBg 915.00 17.15 600 800 A Al — — EZM1600TBg 998.00 17.15 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800TBg 1236.00 18.66 800 800 A Cu — — EZM1800TBCUhg 1658.00 24.08 1600 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM11600TBchg 3588.00 22.48 2000 1200 A Cu — — EZM12000TBg 9600.00 30.19 Table 2.14: (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (1) 4–300 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300 (4) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0–500 (6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Devices, Underground Feed Only Cross Ampere Horizontal Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Cat. No. Width (in.) Factory-Installed Lug Landings for use with Crimp-Type Lugs (2-Hole Mounting) Qty. per Phase and Neutral, except non-EUSERC 1200A device. e 20.46 26.19 26.19 34.19 23.69 32.39 30.19 30.19 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 3 (Order Lugs Separately) (4) 3/0-500 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 6 (Order Lugs Separately) 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Circuit Breakers (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e 400 600 800 1000 1200 1200 1600 2000 EZM1800CBU 2-10 400 A Al 600 A Al 800 A Al 1000 A Al/Cu 1200 A Cu 1200 A Cu 1200 A Al/Cu 1200 A Al/Cu 65 kA EZM1400CBUa EZM1600CBUa EZM1800CBUa — EZM11200GCBUifb EZM11200GCBEb EZM11600GCBUcfb — $ Price 100 kA 6380.00 — 9171.00 — 11762.00 — — EZM11000CBUc 17590.00 EZM11200JCBUifb 18550.00 EZM11200JCBEb 31658.00 EZM11600JCBUcfb — EZM12000CBUfc $ Price — — — 16547.00 20372.00 21332.00 36404.00 52755.00 Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM1400FSU 6180.00 20.46 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 600 600 A Al — — EZM1600FSU 9369.00 20.46 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800FSU 11564.00 20.46 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM11200FSBi 13194.00 23.69 (4) 3/0-500 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM11200FSE 14154.00 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) 400 800 A Al — — EZM1400TBUg 1544.00 17.16 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM1800TBUg 1827.00 25.16 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM11200TBUg 3725.00 33.16 3 (Order Lugs Separately) a Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult local Field Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery). b Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker. c Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. d 225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded Not suitable for use on the LINE side of service equipment. e For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R. f Does not meet EUSERC Standards. g Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings. h Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15. i For field installed Lug Landing Kit Order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately. j Top feed only. DE4 Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 1 Phase Branch Devices Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Branch Units—1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing Width (in.) Ring Type 4-Jaw Meter Socketm without Bypassa Number Horizontal Cross of Meter Bus Rating and Sockets Bus Bar Material Cat. No. Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket without Bypass $ Price 125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately) b 800 A Al EZM113125c 1436.00 3 1200 A Cu EZM113125CUX 2282.00 800 A Al EZM114125c 1914.00 1Ø3W 4 1200 A Cu EZM114125CUX 3043.00 120/240 Vac 12.25 2P Branch 800 A Al EZM115125c 2354.00 5 Circuit Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM115125CUX 3742.00 800 A Al EZM116125c 2792.00 6 1200 A Cu EZM116125CUX 4438.00 EZMH114125 Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price EZMR113125c EZMR113125CUX EZMR114125c EZMR114125CUX EZMR115125c EZMR115125CUX EZMR116125c EZMR116125CUX 1436.00 2282.00 1914.00 3043.00 2354.00 3742.00 2792.00 4438.00 EZMH113125c EZMH113125CUX EZMH114125c EZMH114125CUX EZMH115125c EZMH115125CUX EZMH116125c EZMH116125CUX 1755.00 2282.00 2153.00 3043.00 2910.00 3742.00 3549.00 4438.00 225 A Maximum Branch Units (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately) d 800 A Al EZM112225c 2273.00 EZMR112225c 2273.00 EZMH112225c 2474.00 2 1200 A Cu EZM112225CUX 3615.00 EZMR112225CUX 3615.00 EZMH112225CUX 3615.00 800 A Al EZM113225c 2792.00 EZMR113225c 2792.00 EZMH113225c 3069.00 1Ø3W 3 1200 A Cu EZM113225CUX 4438.00 EZMR113225CUX 4438.00 EZMH113225CUX 4438.00 120/240 Vac 17.38 2P Branch 800 A Al EZM114225c 3588.00 EZMR114225c 3588.00 EZMH114225c 4028.00 4 Circuit Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM114225CUX 5705.00 EZMR114225CUX 5705.00 EZMH114225CUX 5705.00 1200 A Al/Cu EZM115225 4715.00 EZMR115225 4715.00 EZMH115225 4715.00 5 1200 A Cu EZM115225CU 7090.00 EZMR115225CU 7090.00 EZMH115225CU 7090.00 a Snap-on aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard. b Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. c For 1200 A main cross bus add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125X). Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery. d Type QO, QO-VH and QOH branch circuit breakers (40–60 A) may be installed with use of EZM125QOA adapter kits, refer to page 2-15. Table 2.16: Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately, see page 2-15)e Number of Meter Sockets System Type EZML113225 e f g h 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac 2P Branch Circuit Breakers i j Cat. No. Width (in.) Ring Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Test Block Bypass. Meets EUSERC Requirements $ Price Cat. No. Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial System Type EZMT111225 Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release Horizontal Cross Bus Ratingand Bus Bar Material Width $ Price (in.) 1200 A Al/Cu EZML111225 2453.00 EZMT111225f 22.42 3387.00 1 1200 A Cu EZML111225CU 19.44 3901.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML111225Dg 2576.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML112225 4466.00 EZMT112225f 22.42 6143.00 2 1200 A Cu EZML112225CU 19.44 7101.00 — — — 1Ø3W 1200 A Al/Cu EZML112225Dg 4689.00 — — — 120/240 Vac 2P Branch 1200 A Al/Cu EZML113225 6579.00 EZMT113225fh 22.42 9215.00 Circuit Breakers 3 1200 A Cu EZML113225CU 19.44 10461.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML113225Dg 6908.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML114225 8813.00 — — — 4 1200 A Cu EZML114225CU 19.44 14013.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu EZML114225Dg 9254.00 — — — 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15. Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum. Table 2.17: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Horn Bypass Number of Meter Sockets Main Cross Bus Rating and Bus Bar Material Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release. Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker ij Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price Ringless Type K Bolt-on 4-Jaw Meter Socket with Manual Bypass. Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker i Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price 1 1200 A Cu EZML111400 23.21 5981.00 EZMK111400 27.56 7424.00 2 1200 A Cu EZML112400 23.21 11963.00 EZMK112400 27.56 14531.00 DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. Use seal kit 29375, if required. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit 32508 factoryinstalled and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker is available, see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DJ circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35. Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Utilizes anti-inversion clip kit MMLRK, if required, refer to page 2-15. DE4 Discount Schedule 2-11 METERING EQUIPMENT System Type 2 Table 2.15: EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Main Devices Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 3Ø4W 208Y/120 Vac or 240/120 Vac Delta EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers— 3Ø Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed 1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable Service Entrance Endwalls Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make the following selections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select 3Ø EZM main device below with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application from Tables 2.18 and 2.19. Select EZM 3Ø branch units from Tables 2.20, 2.21 and 2.22. Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM or 3P QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit; from Table 2.24. Select accessories as required, from Table 2.25. Dimensions, page 2-16. Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Table 2.18: Main Device, Overhead/Underground Feed Cross Ampere Horizontal Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Width (in.) Cat. No.f Factory-Installed Line Side Lug (Conductors per Phase and Neutral) Wire Size (AWG–kcmil) Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (400–1600 A Max.), 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (2000 A Max.) 2 METERING EQUIPMENT Short Circuit Rating 400 400 A Al 600 600 A Al 800 800 A Al 1000 1000 A Al 1200 1200 A Cu 1600 1200 A Al/Cu 2000 1200 A Al/Cu 65 kA EZM3400CBa EZM3600CBa EZM3800CBa EZM31000CBa EZM31200GCBTbk EZM31600GCBCc — $Price 6620.00 10247.00 13650.00 17027.00 23127.00 35288.00 — 100 kA — — — — EZM31200JCBTbk EZM31600JCBCc EZM32000CBc $Price — — — — 26237.00 40034.00 57518.00 18.66 18.66 18.66 18.66 23.69 30.19 30.19 Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM3400FS 4466.00 18.66 600 600 A Al — — EZM3600FS 8373.00 18.66 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800FS 11565.00 18.66 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM31200FSTk 14906.00 23.69 Main Lug Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) 225 800 A Al — — EZM3225TBd 1013.00 11.66 400 800 A Al — — EZM3400TBg 1113.00 17.15 600 800 A Al — — EZM3600TBg 1196.00 17.15 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800TBg 1442.00 18.66 800 800 A Cu — — EZM3800TBCUhg 3545.00 24.08 1600 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM31600TBchg 4028.00 22.48 2000 1200 A Cu — — EZM32000TBg 11820.00 30.19 EZM3600FS Table 2.19: (1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250 (1) 1–600 or (2 )1–250 (3) 3/0–500 (3) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0-500 (1) 4–300 (2) 3/0–500 (2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300 (4) 3/0–500 (4) 3/0–500 (6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Device, Underground Feed Only Cross Ampere Horizontal Bus Rating and Rating Bus Bar Material Cat. No. Factory-Installed Lug Landings For use with Crimp-Type Lugs Width (2-Hole Mounting) Qty. per Phase (in.) and Neutral, except non-EUSERC 1200A device.e Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) EZM31600CB a b c d e f g h i j k 2-12 Short Circuit Rating 65 kA $ Price 100 kA $Price 400 400 A Al EZM3400CBUa 7178.00 — — 20.46 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 600 600 A Al EZM3600CBUa 10806.00 — — 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al EZM3800CBUa 14115.00 — — 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1000 1000 A Al/Cu — — EZM31000CBUc 17943.00 34.19 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Cu EZM31200GCBUifb 20609.00 EZM31200JCBUifb 23363.00 23.69 (4) 3/0-500 1200 1200 A Cu EZM31200GCBEb 21569.00 EZM31200JCBEb 24323.00 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 1600 1200 A Al/Cu EZM31600GCBUcfb 37170.00 EZM31600JCBUcfb 41916.00 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately) 2000 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZM32000CBUcf 57255.00 30.19 6 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately) 400 400 A Al — — EZM3400FSU 6978.00 20.46 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 600 600 A Al — — EZM3600FSU 11364.00 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800FSU 15152.00 26.19 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200A Cu — — EZM31200FSBif 17586.00 23.69 3 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200A Cu — — EZM31200FSE 18546.00 32.39 3 (Order Lugs Separately) Main Lugs Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) 400 400 A Al — — EZM3400TBUg 1838.00 17.16 1 (Order Lugs Separately) 800 800 A Al — — EZM3800TBUg 2100.00 25.16 2 (Order Lugs Separately) 1200 1200 A Cu — — EZM31200TBUg 4463.00 33.16 3 (Order Lugs Separately) Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult your nearest Field Sales Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery). Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. 225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded. For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R. Does not meet EUSERC requirements. Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings. Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15. For field installed Lug Landing Kit order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately. Does not meet EUSERC requirements. Top feed only. DE4 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers 3 Phase Branch Devices Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction Width (in.) Number of Meter Sockets Horizontal Cross Bus Ratinga and Bus Bar Material Ring Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket without Bypassb Cat. No. $ Price 125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately)cd 800 A Al EZM313125a 1554.00 3 800 A Cu EZM313125M10e 4253.00 1200 A Cu EZM313125CUX 2473.00 800 A Al EZM314125a 2034.00 3Ø4W 4 800 A Cu EZM314125M10e 5670.00 208Y/120 Vac 5-Jaw-Meter Socket 12.25 1200 A Cu EZM314125CUX 3234.00 2P Branch 800 A Al EZM315125a 2592.00 Circuit Breakers 5 800 A Cu EZM315125M10e 7088.00 1200 A Cu EZM315125CUX 4121.00 800 A Al EZM316125a 2991.00 6 1200 A Cu EZM316125CUX 4756.00 EZML313225 Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket without Bypass Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price EZMR313125a — EZMR313125CUX EZMR314125a — EZMR314125CUX EZMR315125a — EZMR315125CUX EZMR316125a EZMR316125CUX 1554.00 — 2473.00 2039.00 — 3234.00 2592.00 — 4121.00 2991.00 4756.00 EZMH313125a — EZMH313125CUX EZMH314125a — EZMH314125CUX EZMH315125a — EZMH315125CUX EZMH316125a EZMH316125CUX 1875.00 — 2980.00 2474.00 — 3933.00 3111.00 — 4947.00 3788.00 6023.00 225 A Maximum (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately)cf 800 A Al EZM312225a 2273.00 EZMR312225a 2273.00 EZMH312225a 2474.00 2 1200 A Cu EZM312225CUX 3615.00 EZMR312225CUX 3615.00 EZMH312225CUX 2473.00 3Ø4W 800 A Al EZM313225a 2792.00 EZMR313225a 2792.00 EZMH313225a 3111.00 3 208Y/120 Vac 1200 A Cu EZM313225CUX 4438.00 EZMR313225CUX 4438.00 EZMH313225CUX 4947.00 5-Jaw-Meter Socket 17.38 800 A Al EZM314225a 3749.00 EZMR314225a 3749.00 EZMH314225a 4148.00 2P Branch 4 Circuit Breakers 1200 A Cu EZM314225CUX 5961.00 EZMR314225CUX 5961.00 EZMH314225CUX 6595.00 1200 A Al/Cu EZM315225 4920.00 EZMR315225 5457.00 EZMH315225 5718.00 5 1200 A Cu EZM315225CU 7409.00 EZMR315225CU 7409.00 EZMH315225CU 8154.00 a For 1200 A main cross bus, add suffix “X” to catalog number. Example: EZMR313125X. Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery. b Snap-On aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard. c For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery). d Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. e Distance between meter sockets as measured from centerline to centerline is 10 inches. f 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15. Table 2.21: Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial EZMT311225 System Type Horizontal Number Cross Bus of Meter andRating Bus Bar Sockets Material Ringless Type Meter Socket without Bypass Cat. No. Width (in.) Ringless Type Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release $ Price Cat. No. 3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing g (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately) h 1 1200 A Al/Cu — — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML312225 3Ø4W 2 1200 A Cu — — — EZML312225CU 208Y/120 Vac 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML312225Dj 5-Jaw 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML313225 Meter Sockets 2P 3 1200 A Cu — — — EZML313225CU Branch 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML313225Dj Circuit 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML314225 Breakers 4 1200 A Cu — — — EZML314225CU 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML314225Dj EZMT311225 Without Cover Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket with Horn Bypass Width (in.) — $ Price Ring Type Meter Socket with Test Block Bypass. Meets EUSERC Requirements Cat. No. — EZMT311225i 4266.00 EZMT312225i 19.44 6785.00 — 4479.00 — 6420.00 EZMT313225ik 19.44 10208.00 — 6741.00 — 8732.00 — 19.44 13884.00 — 9168.00 — Width (in.) $ Price 22.42 22.42 — — 22.42 — — 3545.00 6695.00 — — 10041.00 — — — — — — 3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing (Order QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately, see page 2-15) 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML331225 2792.00 EZMT331225i 22.42 3938.00 1 1200 A Cu — — — EZML331225CU 19.44 4438.00 — — — 3Ø4W 1200 A Al/Cu — — — EZML331225Dj 2931.00 — — — 240/120 Vac 1200 A Al/Cu EZMR332225 4686.00 EZML332225 5105.00 EZMT332225i 22.42 6957.00 Delta or 2 1200 A Cu EZMR332225CU 19.44 7451.00 EZML332225CU 19.44 8117.00 — — — 208Y/120 Vac 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZML332225Dj 5360.00 — — — 7-Jaw 1200 A Al/Cu EZMR333225 7337.00 EZML333225 7794.00 EZMT333225ik 22.42 10304.00 Meter Socket 3P 3 1200 A Cu EZMR333225CU 19.44 11664.00 EZML333225CU 19.44 12395.00 — — — Branch 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZML333225Dj 8184.00 — — — Circuit 1200 A Al/Cu EZMR334225 10169.00 EZML334225 10667.00 — — Breakers 4 1200 A Cu EZMR334225CU 19.44 16167.00 EZML334225CU 19.44 16959.00 — — — 1200 A Al/Cu — — EZML334225Dj 11214.00 — — g For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery). h 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15. i Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. j Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided. k Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum. 400 A maximum Commercial Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-14. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE4 Discount Schedule METERING EQUIPMENT System Type Branch Units—3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing 2-13 2 Table 2.20: EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers EZM 3 Phase Branch and Main Devices with Busway Taps Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction (Continued) Table 2.22: Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial System Type Number of Meter Sockets 3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing c 3Ø4W 208Y/120 Vac 5-Jaw Meter Socket 2P Branch Circuit Breakers Horizontal Cross Bus Rating Ringless Type Meter Socket with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release— IncludesFactory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. ab Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price Ringless Type K Bolt-on Meter Socket with Manual Bypass— Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. a Cat. No. Width (in.) $ Price 1 1200 A Cu EZML311400 23.21 5981.00 EZMK311400 27.56 8924.00 2 1200 A Cu EZML312400 23.21 11963.00 EZMK312400 27.56 17534.00 2 3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing 3Ø4W 1 1200 A Cu EZML331400 23.21 6978.00 EZMK331400 27.56 10515.00 240/120 Vac Delta or 208Y/120 Vac 2 1200 A Cu EZML332400 23.21 13956.00 EZMK332400 27.56 20715.00 7-Jaw Meter Socket 3P Branch Circuit Breakers a DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. If required, order seal kit, catalog number 29375. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit 32508 factory-installed and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker is available, see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DB circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35. b Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Use anti-inversion clip kit, catalog number MMLRK, if required. Order from page 2-15. c For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZML312400CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains the same as the base catalog number. “Order only” branch units, not stocked in PDS (4–6 week delivery). Order point Lexington. EZM Main with Busway Tap METERING EQUIPMENT EZMK311400 EZ Meter-Pak metering equipment is available for use in high rise applications for connection to 800–5000 A I-Line™ or I-Line II plug-in busway installed as a vertical riser. Three phase only EZM main devices in the form of a main circuit breaker or main fusible switch are available with an integral busway tap extending from the right or left side of the main device and phased to align with the busway for either neutral front or neutral back installations. Busway Mains, 3Ø only (Indoor only) ordering instructions: Wall 5.75 146 CL of Busway Plan View Detail Step 1: Determine height to center line of busway plug-in opening, check local utility requirements for minimum and maximum meter socket heights. Step 2: Determine side of EZM main section for busway tap to extend from (busway tap is an integral part of the main and extends to the left or right on the EZM device as viewed from the front). Step 3: Check phasing of busway riser to insure that it matches phasing of busway tap on main section (indicated as neutral front or neutral back as viewed from the front). Step 4: Select Cat. No. from tables below. Step 5: Busway main devices are build to order specials and require 4 to 6 weeks for delivery (order point Lexington). Width Top of EZM Mounting Channel (See Note) EZM Bus Tap Table 2.23: 1200 A EZM Mains with Busway Tap (Three Phase Only—Note positioning left or right below) Horizontal Ampere Width Cross Bus Rating (in.) Rating Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap d Neutral Front Neutral Back Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap e $ Price Neutral Front Neutral Back Busway to Right of metering equipment lineup 56.11 400 18.66 400 A Al EZM3400CBNFBTR EZM3400CBNBBTR 8886.00 EZM3400FSNFBTR EZM3400FSNBBTR 1425 CL of Busway 600 18.66 600 A Al EZM3600CBNFBTR EZM3600CBNBBTR 12513.00 EZM3600FSNFBTR EZM3600FSNBBTR Plug-in Opening 800 18.66 800 A Al EZM3800CBNFBTR EZM3800CBNBBTR 15744.00 EZM3800FSNFBTR EZM3800FSNBBTR 31.11 790 1000 18.66 1000 A Al EZM31000CBNFBTRg EZM31000CBNBBTRg 19292.00 — — 4.11 104 Busway to Left of metering equipment lineup Floor Level 400 18.66 400 A Al EZM3400CBNFBTL EZM3400CBNBBTL 8886.00 EZM3400FSNFBTL EZM3400FSNBBTL 600 18.66 600 A Al EZM3600CBNFBTL EZM3600CBNBBTL 12513.00 EZM3600FSNFBTL EZM3600FSNBBTL EZM3800CBNFBTR 800 18.66 800 A Al EZM3800CBNFBTL EZM3800CBNBBTL 15744.00 EZM3800FSNFBTL EZM3800FSNBBTL 1000 18.66 1000 A Al EZM31000CBNFBTLg EZM31000CBNBBTLg 19292.00 — — Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap Width Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup A EZM31200GBNFTBRfgd EZM31200GBNFBTRdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTRhfg EZM31200JBNBBTRhfg 1200 23.36 1200 Top of EZM AI/Cu Mounting Channel Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup A EZM31200GBNFTBLfgd EZM31200GBNFBTLdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTLhfg EZM31200JBNBBTLhfg 1200 23.36 1200 (See Note) EZM AI/Cu Bus Tap 56.11 1425 CL of Busway Plug-in Opening 31.11 790 4.11 104 Floor Level EZM3800FSNBBTL 2-14 $ Price 6732.00 10640.00 13830.00 — 6732.00 10640.00 13830.00 — 29108.00 29108.00 Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup A 1200 23.36 1200 — — — EZM31200FSNFBTRefg EZM31200FSNBBTRefg 23480.00 AI/Cu Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup A 1200 23.36 1200 — — — EZM31200FSNFBTLefg EZM31200FSNBBTLefg 23480.00 AI/Cu d Has a maximum 65 kA short circuit current rating. e Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating. Requires Class T ( 300 Vac) fuses, order separately. f Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars. g Requires use of branch units supplied with 1200 A horizontal cross bus. h Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating. Note: Dimensions shown will position the centerline of top meter socket of a 125 A, 5-Gang or 6-Gang branch unit at 72" above floor level. Check with utility to meet local requirements. DE4 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Tenant Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating 10 k AIR Cat. No. 22 k AIR $ Price 125 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers 40 QO240 67.00 50 QO250 67.00 60 QO260 67.00 70 QO270 134.00 2 80 QO280 189.00 90 QO290 189.00 100 QO2100 189.00 110 QO2110 428.00 125 QO2125 428.00 QO2100VH 2P, Plug-on Type Circuit Breaker QDP22200TM Poles Ampere Rating 10 k AIR Description 1Ø3W Bus Extension (6 in.wide) 1200 A Bus 1Ø3W Bus Extension (12 in.wide) Extension (Indoor/ 3Ø4W Bus Extension (6 in. wide) Outdoor Cu bus) 3Ø4W Bus Extension (12 in. wide) 1Ø3W Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide) 1200 A Bussed 1Ø3W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide) Corner Sections Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide) (Indoor Cu bus only) 3Ø4W 3Ø4W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide) 1200 A Transition Add right of old style 1Ø EZM lineup Sections— Add right of old style 3Ø EZM lineup Old to New Add left of old style 1Ø EZM lineup (10.7 in. wide Cu Add left of old style 3Ø EZM lineup bus) Mounting Channel Secondary Surge Arrester Mounting kit Stud Kit for EZM-TB 400–600 A terminal box Anti-inversion Clip QO Adapter for bolton Q-frame tenant circuit breakers DJM Circuit Breaker Alternate Lug (DE2) DJM Circuit Breaker Seal Kit Meter Socket Closing Plates 146.00 146.00 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 1034.00 1034.00 72" long For use with 1 or 2-SDSA1175 or 1-SDSA3650 (order surge arrester separately) Includes (2) 1/2 in.-13 studs per pad and mounting hardware. Four pads per kit. Cat. No. EZM1EXT6 EZM1EXT EZM3EXT6 EZM3EXT EZM1CORNER EZM1ELBOW EZM3CORNER EZM3ELBOW $ Price 767.00 767.00 966.00 966.00 1788.00 1788.00 2217.00 2217.00 EZM1TRANR EZM3TRANR EZM1TRANL EZM3TRANL 237.00 252.00 315.00 332.00 EZM72MC 63.00 MMSAMKe 80.00 EZMSK2 246.00 150.00 200.00 233.00 480.00 (24) additional lugs, 600 kcmil Al/Cu, (6) per phase EZM1600FTLK3 915.00 and neutral. 1 per kit 5J f Use with Type EZMR 1Ø meter socket only MMHB For (1) 125–225 A ring-type socket only— MM200MBgh indoor/outdoor Rejects 100 A and 200 A watt-hour meters in Class MMLRK 320 meter sockets in Type EZML branch units. For 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QOH (40–60 A, 100 EZM125QOA kA max. meter center SCCR) Kit includes (3) 2-barrel lugs for (2) 2/0 AWG–350 32510 kcmil AL/Cu or (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL per lug. Tamper-evident kit to seal DJM trip dial cover, (1) 29375 per circuit breaker, if required. Meets NEC 240-6 [c] Lexan Closing Plate—EZM, EZMR, EZMH, EZMT 29007 Metal Closing plate—EZMR, EZMH, EZML RSG4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cat. No. QO240VHba QO250VHba QO260VHba QDP22070TM QDP22080TM QDP22090TM QDP22100TM QDP22110TM QDP22125TM QDP22150TM QDP22175TM QDP22200TM QDP22225TM QDP32070TM QDP32080TM QDP32090TM QDP32100TM QDP32110TM QDP32125TM QDP32150TM QDP32175TM QDP32200TM QDP32225TM 100 k AIR $ Price QOH240 QOH250 QOH260 QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 QOH2125 Cat. No. $ Price — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 317.00 317.00 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 1389.00 65 k AIR 100 k AIR 146.00 QOH240ca 317.00 — — 146.00 QOH250ca 317.00 — — 146.00 QOH260ca 317.00 — — 1143.00 QGP22070TM 1521.00 QJP22070TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22080TM 1521.00 QJP22080TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22090TM 1521.00 QJP22090TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22100TM 1521.00 QJP22100TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22110TM 1521.00 QJP22110TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22125TM 1521.00 QJP22125TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22150TM 1521.00 QJP22150TM 1890.00 1521.00 QJP22175TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22175TM 1143.00 QGP22200TM 1521.00 QJP22200TM 1890.00 1143.00 QGP22225TM 1521.00 QJP22225TM 1890.00 1784.00 QGP32070TM 2442.00 QJP32070TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32080TM 2442.00 QJP32080TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32090TM 2442.00 QJP32090TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32100TM 2442.00 QJP32100TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32110TM 2442.00 QJP32110TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32125TM 2442.00 QJP32125TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32150TM 2442.00 QJP32150TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32175TM 2442.00 QJP32175TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32200TM 2442.00 QJP32200TMd 2796.00 1784.00 QGP32225TM 2442.00 QJP32225TMd 2796.00 c QOH tenant circuit breaker is rated 42 k AIR max. d 3-pole QJP tenant circuit breaker is rated 65 k AIR max. at 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W High Leg Delta, or 100 k AIR max. at 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W. Accessories (continued) Accessory (1) 1/0–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil per lug MMLK250 Al/Cu Lug Kits (Each kit includes (2) 3/0–500 kcmil per lug MMLK500 three, 2-barrel lugs.) (2) 2–600 kcmil per lug MMLK600 Feed -Thru for (4) 750 kcmil Al/Cu lugs per phase and neutral. Al EZM600FTLK3 EZM-TBCU 800 A wire 600 A max. Cu wire 800 A max. Terminal Box Feed-Thru for EZM-TB 1600 A Terminal Box Fifth jaw Kit Horn Bypass Kit Slider Type Manual Circuit Closer QO240VH QO250VH QO260VH QO270VH QO280VH QO290VH QO2100VH QO2110VH QO2125VH Table 2.25: Accessories Accessory 42 k AIR $ Price 25 k AIR 225 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers 40 QO240a 67.00 50 QO250a 67.00 60 QO260a 67.00 70 QBP22070TM 474.00 80 QBP22080TM 474.00 90 QBP22090TM 474.00 2 100 QBP22100TM 474.00 110 QBP22110TM 474.00 125 QBP22125TM 474.00 150 QBP22150TM 474.00 175 QBP22175TM 474.00 200 QBP22200TM 474.00 225 QBP22225TM 474.00 70 QBP32070TM 1248.00 80 QBP32080TM 1248.00 90 QBP32090TM 1248.00 100 QBP32100TM 1248.00 110 QBP32110TM 1248.00 3 125 QBP32125TM 1248.00 150 QBP32150TM 1248.00 175 QBP32175TM 1248.00 200 QBP32200TM 1248.00 225 QBP32225TM 1248.00 a Must use EZM125QOA adapter. b QO-VH tenant circuit breaker is rated 22 k AIR max. Accessories Table 2.25: Cat. No. 18.30 16.70 Description Cat. No. $ Price Snap-on (Stainless Steel) ARP00026 16.70 Sealing Rings Screw-Type (Aluminum) 29008W 20.10 Latch-Type (Aluminum)-standard 2920910001 8.00 For use on ringless EZM or MP branch unit covers, Barrel Lock Kit includes 6 each of head protectors, lock nuts and MMBLC 66.00 sealing caps. (Barrel lock not included.) Tenant Circuit 125 A Branches—2P Type QO (2 per opening) QOFP 3.60 Breaker Filler Plates 225 A Branches—2P and 3P Q-Frame EZMPCP 26.00 e Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for details. f All sockets include 5th Jaw factory-installed except EZM11__ devices. g Meter center short circuit current rating is 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes with manual circuit closers installed (bypass is not designed for use as continuous duty). h For use on ring type meter sockets only. Busway Transition Section EZM busway transition section provides no overcurrent protection for the downstream EZM branch units. Tenant main circuit breakers in these branch units must be selected as “fully rated” equipment. (Examples: QO for 10 kA, QO-VH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA.) Table 2.26: EZM Busway Transition Sections (3Ø only) Ampere I-Line™ Busway location Rating 1200 RIGHT of EZM Transition Section 1200 LEFT of EZM Transition Section Neutral Front Neutral Back EZM3BUSRF EZM3BUSLF EZM3BUSRB EZM3BUSLB 16.11 273.00 4.11 4.11 — 10.10 122.00 104 EZM Bus Tap Top of EZM Mounting Channel EZM Bus Tap 1.00 1.00 55.11 55.11 25 Top of EZM Mounting Channel 25 CL of Busway Plug-in Opening CL of Busway Plug-in Opening 56.11 — 2625.00 2625.00 409 Width 104 12.00 $ Price 16.11 409 Width 171.00 Width (in.) 12.00 12.00 1425 1400 Floor Level EZM3BUSRF and EZM3BUSRB 1400 56.11 1425 Floor Level EZM3BUSLF and EZM3BUSLB 2-15 METERING EQUIPMENT Poles 2 Table 2.24: EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers Dimensions Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701 W Table 2.27: Main Devices Dimensions (in.) Height MC (Mounting Channel) Cat. No. H Main Device W T METERING EQUIPMENT B MC (Mounting Channel) 2 H Branch Device 53.97 70.05 46.90 66.20 46.90 66.20 65.30 65.30 44.71 68.70 68.70 55.09 68.70 68.70 71.09 21.81 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 35.71 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 53.97 51.76 39.96 19.34 19.34 19.50 18.66 34.19 23.69 32.39 23.69 32.39 23.69 23.69 33.16 30.19 30.19 22.48 30.19 30.19 30.19 11.66 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 17.15 17.16 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 17.15 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 18.66 22.48 25.16 11.66 6.00 14.40 Depth 11.50 18.33 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 11.68 18.33 18.33 13.00 18.33 18.33 21.46 6.37 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 8.00 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 11.68 6.37 6.37 8.02 MC Cat. No. 34.30 46.99 13.75 50.09 13.75 50.09 49.11 49.11 31.17 38.13 49.12 27.92 44.25 44.25 37.62 13.00 b 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 27.17 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 34.30 28.01 31.17 11.85 b 11.85 b 11.85 b Height Width Depth MC 19.50 53.97 70.05 46.90 66.20 44.71 65.30 65.30 46.90 66.20 68.70 68.70 55.09 68.70 68.70 71.09 21.81 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 35.71 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 30.46 53.97 69.03 53.97 69.03 53.97 51.76 39.96 19.34 19.34 19.50 14.52 18.66 34.19 23.69 32.39 33.16 23.69 23.69 23.69 32.39 30.19 30.19 22.48 30.19 30.19 30.19 11.66 18.66 20.46 18.66 20.46 17.15 17.16 18.66 26.19 18.66 26.19 17.15 18.66 26.19 18.66 26.19 18.66 22.48 25.16 11.66 6.00 14.40 8.01 11.50 18.33 13.69 13.69 11.68 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 18.33 18.33 13.00 18.33 18.33 21.46 6.37 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 7.09 8.00 11.50 11.65 11.50 11.65 7.09 11.50 11.65 11.50 11.65 11.50 7.09 11.68 6.37 6.37 8.02 11.85 b 34.30 46.99 13.75 50.09 31.17 49.11 49.11 13.75 50.09 38.13 49.12 27.92 44.25 44.25 37.62 13.00 b 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 27.17 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 16.29 34.30 49.37 34.30 49.37 34.30 28.01 31.17 11.85 b 11.85 b 11.85 b Branch Device Dimensions (in.)d Cat. No. Single Phase EZM112225 [X, CUX] EZM113125 [X, CUX] EZM113225 [X, CUX] EZM114125 [X, CUX] EZM114225 [X, CUX] EZM115125 [X, CUX] EZM115225 [CU] EZM116125 [X, CUX] EZMH112225 [X, CUX] EZMH113125 [X, CUX] EZMH113225 [X, CUX] EZMH114125 [X, CUX] EZMH114225 [X, CUX] EZMH115125 [X, CUX] EZMH115225 [CU] EZMH116125 [X, CUX] EZMK111400 EZMK112400 EZML111225 [CU] EZML111225D Three Phase EZM312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM313125M10 EZM313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM314125M10 EZM314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZM315125M10 EZM315225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZM316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA] EZMH312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMH315225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZMH316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] EZMK311400 [CA] EZMK312400 [CA] EZMK331400 EZMK332400 EZML311400 [CA] EZML311225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZML312225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZML312225D [CA] EZML312400 [CA] EZML313225 [CU, CA, CUCA] EZML313225D [CA] 2-16 Width EZM1ELBOW (indoor only) a EZM31000CB EZM31000CBU EZM31200G/JCBT EZM31200G/JCBE EZM31200TBU EZM31200G/JCBU EZM31200FSB EZM31200FST EZM31200FSE EZM31600G/JCBC EZM31600G/JCBU EZM31600TB EZM32000CB EZM32000CBU EZM32000TB EZM3225TB EZM3400CB EZM3400CBU EZM3400FS EZM3400FSU EZM3400TB EZM3400TBU EZM3600CB EZM3600CBU EZM3600FS EZM3600FSU EZM3600TB EZM3800CB EZM3800CBU EZM3800FS EZM3800FSU EZM3800TB EZM3800TBCU EZM3800TBU EZM3EXT EZM3EXT6 EZM3CORNER (indoor only) Each leg of elbow section measures 6.17 in. corner of wall to start of next enclosure. Device supplied without mounting channel, secure to wall by use of swingable mounting feet. Each leg of this corner section measures 14.72 in. from wall to start of next enclosure. EZM11000CB EZM11000CBU EZM11200G/JCBT EZM11200G/JCBE EZM11200FST EZM11200FSE EZM11200G/JCBU EZM11200FSB EZM11200TBU EZM11600G/JCBC EZM11600G/JCBU EZM11600TB EZM12000CB EZM12000CBU EZM12000TB EZM1225TB EZM1400CB EZM1400CBU EZM1400FS EZM1400FSU EZM1400TB EZM1400TBU EZM1600CB EZM1600CBU EZM1600FS EZM1600FSU EZM1600TB EZM1800CB EZM1800CBU EZM1800FS EZM1800FSU EZM1800TB EZM1800TBCU EZM1800TBU EZM1EXT EZM1EXT6 EZM1CORNER (indoor only) c a b c Table 2.28: www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions Height Width Depth MC Top Bottom Cat. No. Height Width Depth MC Top Bottom 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 45.55 72.99 39.06 39.06 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 27.56 27.56 19.44 19.44 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 9.74 9.74 9.44 9.44 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 37.81 37.81 25.51 25.51 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 24.51 22.26 25.67 25.67 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 21.04 21.04 13.39 13.39 EZML111400 EZML112225 [CU] EZML112225D EZML112400 EZML113225 [CU] EZML113225D EZML114225 [CU] EZML114225D EZMR112225 [X, CUX] EZMR113125 [X, CUX] EZMR113225 [X, CUX] EZMR114125 [X, CUX] EZMR114225 [X, CUX] EZMR115125 [X, CUX] EZMR115225 [CU] EZMR116125 [X, CUX] EZMT111225 EZMT112225 EZMT113225 44.55 39.06 39.06 69.61 53.06 53.06 67.06 67.06 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 25.45 60.56 79.56 23.21 19.44 19.44 23.21 19.44 19.44 19.44 19.44 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 22.42 22.42 22.42 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 9.38 9.38 9.38 37.81 25.51 25.51 37.81 39.51 39.51 39.51 39.51 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 16.19 43.63 48.25 24.02 11.67 11.67 20.64 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 4.67 12.67 12.67 21.53 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 20.45 28.89 28.89 43.41 42.37 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.12 52.00 57.12 62.12 61.00 66.12 43.41 42.37 43.41 48.12 52.00 57.12 61.00 66.12 45.55 72.99 45.55 72.99 45.55 39.06 39.06 39.06 69.61 53.06 53.06 17.38 12.25 12.25 17.38 12.25 12.25 17.38 12.25 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 17.38 12.25 27.56 27.56 27.56 27.56 23.21 19.44 19.44 19.44 23.21 19.44 19.44 8.09 7.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 8.09 7.09 9.74 9.74 9.74 9.74 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 32.34 31.30 24.29 32.34 31.30 34.29 32.34 31.30 34.29 32.35 40.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 30.60 37.81 30.60 37.81 37.81 25.51 25.51 25.51 37.82 39.51 39.51 22.18 13.18 10.18 13.18 9.93 9.93 12.77 9.93 9.93 12.77 9.93 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 24.51 22.26 24.51 22.26 24.02 25.67 11.67 11.67 20.64 11.67 11.67 12.23 11.19 12.19 12.23 11.19 12.19 12.23 11.19 12.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 21.04 21.04 21.04 21.04 21.53 13.39 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 EZML314225 [CU, CA, CUCA] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZML314225D [CA] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZML331225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML331225D 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML331400 45.55 23.21 9.44 EZML332225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML332225D 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZML332400 [CU] 69.61 23.21 9.44 EZML333225 [CU] 53.06 19.44 9.44 EZML333225D 53.06 19.44 9.44 EZML334225 [CU] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZML334225D 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZMR312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 43.41 17.38 8.09 EZMR313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 42.37 12.25 8.09 EZMR313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 43.41 17.38 8.09 EZMR314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 48.12 12.25 7.09 EZMR314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 52.00 17.38 8.09 EZMR315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 57.12 12.25 7.09 EZMR315225 [CU, CA, CUXCA] 61.00 17.38 8.09 EZMR316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA] 66.12 12.25 7.09 EZMR332225 [CU] 39.06 19.44 9.44 EZMR333225 [CU] 53.06 19.44 9.44 EZMR334225 [CU] 67.06 19.44 9.44 EZMT311225 [CA] 25.45 22.42 9.38 EZMT312225 [CA] 60.56 22.42 9.38 EZMT313225 [CA] 79.56 22.42 9.38 EZMT331225 25.12 22.42 9.38 EZMT332225 60.56 22.42 9.38 EZMT333225 79.56 22.42 9.38 d Standard branch units are available without suffix added. 39.51 39.51 25.51 25.51 37.81 35.51 35.51 37.82 39.51 39.51 39.51 39.51 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.34 31.30 32.35 40.30 25.51 39.51 39.51 16.19 43.63 48.25 16.19 43.63 48.25 11.67 11.67 25.67 25.67 24.02 11.67 11.67 20.64 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 22.18 13.18 13.18 9.93 12.77 9.93 12.77 9.93 11.67 11.67 11.67 4.67 12.67 12.67 4.67 12.67 12.67 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 21.53 13.39 13.39 13.39 13.39 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 12.23 11.19 13.39 13.39 13.39 20.45 28.89 28.89 20.45 28.89 28.89 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 3 Safety Switches Light Duty Fusible 3-2 Application Data and Dimensions 3-3 Standards: • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under File E2875. NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches. General Duty Light Duty, p. 3-2 Fusible and Non-Fusible 3-2 Application Data and Dimensions 3-3 Standards: • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under File E2875. NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches. Heavy Duty Fusible 3-4 Non-Fusible 3-6 Special Application Enclosures 3-7 Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches General Duty, p. 3-2 3-8 Accessories 3-11 Application Data and Dimensions 3-13 Standards: • • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under files E2875, E154828, E233505 and E317818. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment, file E 164864. NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (UL98 Switches Only). Fusible and Non-Fusible 3-15 Accessories 3-18 Standards: • • Heavy Duty, p. 3-4 UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. UL Listed under files E2875 (unless otherwise noted). NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (applies to Type DT and DTU series F only). Application Data and Dimensions 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch 3-19 3-22 3 Standards: • • • • • • UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches UL Listed under file E343347 IEC 60947 - 1 Electrical IEC 60947 - 3 Mechanical NEMA standard. Publication KS-1 Enclosed Switches IP 63 and NEMA 3 Enclosure Stainless Steel Heavy Duty, p. 3-7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved SAFETY SWITCHES Double Throw 3-1 General Duty Safety Switches Light Duty Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Light Duty—Visible Blades 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating The Square D light duty enclosed switch is ideal for home applications in disconnecting power to workshops, hobby rooms, furnaces, and garages. Table 3.1: System L221N Fusible Amperes Fuse NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. $ Price 2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac 30 a Plug L111N Horsepower Ratings Std. Max. 1/2 2 $54.00 System NEMA 1 Indoor Amperes Fuse Horsepower Ratings Cat. No. $ Price Std. 3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac Max. 30 Plug L211N 72.00 1-1/2a 3a 30 Cart. L221N 98.00 1-1/2a 3a For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles. General Duty—Up To 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating With Proper Current Limiting Fusing General duty safety switches are designed for residential and commercial applications where durability and economy are prime considerations. Typical loads are lighting, air conditioning, and appliances. They are suitable for use as service equipment when equipped with a factory- or field-installed neutral assembly or a field-installed service grounding kit, (see Table 3.6) as applicable. General duty safety switches are UL Listed, File E2875, and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. D223N Table 3.2: Fusible UL Listed Short Circuit Withstand Rating Short Circuit Rating Plug 10 kA H 10 kA K 10 kA Fusible J 100 kA R 100 kA T 100 kA H 10 kA K 10 kA NonJ 100 kA Fusiblea R 100 kAb T 100 kA a The UL Listed short-circuit current rating for Square D general duty, not fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with fuses. Evaluation of nonfusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers above 10,000 amps has not been performed. For applications requiring greater protection, consider using a heavy duty safety switch. Refer to UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings—AC only—on page 3-6. If a UL Listed short-circuit current rating is required, this nonfusible switch must be replaced with a Square D general duty fusible safety switch equipped with the appropriate class and size fusing. Consult the wiring diagram of the switch to verify the UL Listed shortcircuit current rating. b 50 kA for 60 A non-fusible switch. Switch Type 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-2 Fuse Class NEMA 1 Indoor System Amperes NEMA 3Ra Rainproof Class R Fuse Kits Field-Installedb Fuse Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac 30 Plug Use Light Duty Device for this Application (see below) 30 Cart. Use three-wire devices for this application. Horsepower Ratings Std. (Fast Acting One-Time Fuses) Max. (Dual Element Time-Delay Fuses) 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø — — — — — — — — 3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac (Plug), 240 Vac (Cart.) Maximum 30 Plug D211N 90.00 D211NRB 177.00 — — 1-1/2 — 3 — 30 Cart. D221N 122.00 D221NRB 188.00 DRK30 25.65 1-1/2 3c 3 7-1/2c 60 Cart. D222N 206.00 D222NRB 326.00 RFK03H 25.50 3 7-1/2c 10 15c 100 Cart. D223N 426.00 D223NRB 480.00 RFK10 47.70 7-1/2 15 c 15 30c 200 Cart. D224Ne 884.00 D224NRBe 1200.00 HRK1020 47.70 15 25 c — 60c 400 Cart. D225N 2555.00 D225NR 3459.00 DRK40 111.00 — — — — 600g Cart. D226N 5109.00 D226NR 6569.00 DRK600 111.00 — — — — 4 Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac Maximum 30 Cart. D321N 188.00 D321NRB 293.00 DRK30 25.65 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 60 Cart. D322N 326.00 D322NRB 441.00 RFK03H 25.50 3 7-1/2d 10 15d 100 Cart. D323N 564.00 D323NRB 816.00 RFK10 47.70 7-1/2 15d 15 30d 200 Cart. D324Ne 1202.00 D324NRBe 1461.00 HRK1020 47.70 15 25d — 60d 400 Cart. D325N 3113.00 D325NR 3893.00 DRK40 111.00 — 50 — 125 400f Class T D325NT 2994.00 D325NTR 3741.00 — — — 50 — — 600g Cart. D326N 5823.00 D326NR 7877.00 DRK600 111.00 — 75 — 150 600f Class T D326NT 5598.00 D326NTR 7569.00 — — — 75 — — 800f Class T T327N 9722.00 T327NR 12438.00 — — — 100 — — a Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10. b When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. c For corner grounded delta systems only. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information. d If corner grounded delta, use outer switching poles for ungrounded conductors. e For 200% neutral, order (1) additional neutral kit SN20A and (1) neutral jumper kit SN20NI. f Class T 400–800 A general duty safety switches use 300 Vac Class T fuses and are UL Listed for use on systems with up to 100 kA available fault current. g Order Class J fuse kit: GDJK600 for Class J fuses. Table 3.3: System Non-Fusible Amperes NEMA 3R Rainproof h NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Horsepower Ratings (Max.) 1Ø 3Ø 2 Wire (2 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum 30 — — DU221RB 177.00 3 — 60 — — DU222RB 353.00 10 — 60 QO260NATSij 161.00 QO200TR ijk 161.00 10 — 100 QO2000NSij 276.00 QO2000NRBik 338.00 20 — 200 Use 3P Switch — Use 3P Switch — — — 400p Use 3P Switch — Use 3P Switch — — — 600 Use 3P Switch — Use 3P Switch — — — 3 Wire (3 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum 30 DU321 155.00 DU321RB 293.00 3 7-1/2 60 DU322 206.00 DU322RB 443.00 10 15 100 DU323l 477.00 DU323RBl 816.00 15 30 200 DU324m 884.00 DU324RBm 1461.00 15 60n 400p DU325 2198.00 — — — 125 600 DU326n 4191.00 — — — 150 h Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10. i Enclosed molded case switch—Refer to page 1-24. j Includes factory-installed grounding kit. k Not service entrance rated—Refer to page 1-19 for more information. l If a neutral assembly is required, order and field-install SN0610. m If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install a SN20A Neutral Assembly Kit. For a 200% neutral application, order and field install (2) SN20A Neutral Assembly Kits and (1) SN20NI Neutral Jumper Kit. n If a neutral assembly is required, order part number D600SN. Available for field-installation. o For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles. p To accept J class fuses, move fuse bases to the embossed guide inside of the switch. DE1A DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Duty Safety Switches Accessories, Lug Data and Dimensions Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Terminal Lug Data a Table 3.4: Table 3.6: Wire Range Amperes Conductors Per NEC Table 312.6 Per Phase Wire Bending Space AWG/kcmil 30 60 100 200 1 1 1 1 1 or 2 Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil 12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu) 10–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu) 12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu) 6 –300 (Al/Cu) (1) 1/0 –750 (Al/Cu) 400 or NEMA 1 (2) 1/0 –300 (Al/Cu) (1) 1 –600 (Al/Cu) 400 2 1/0–250 (Al/Cu) or NEMA 3R (2) 1/0 –250 (Al/Cu) 600 2 4 –500 (Al/Cu) 4 –600 (Al/Cu) 800 3 3/0 –500 (Al/Cu) 3/0 –500 (Al/Cu) o o a 30–100 A switches suitable for 60 C or 75 C conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors. Cat. No. 30 PK3GTA1 11.40 60a PK3GTA1 11.40 60b GTK03 11.40 12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu) 10–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu) 12–1 (Al) or 14–1 (Cu) 6 –250 (Al/Cu) 1/0 –600 (Al/Cu) or 1/0 –300 (Al/Cu) a b NOTE: Field-installed lug kits are located in the Supplemental Digest page 2.2. Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3P, fusible, 60 and 100 A general duty switch. Kits can be installed in 60 and 100 A Series F switches. Table 3.5: Fuse Puller Kits Description Cat. No. FPK03 FPK0610 100 GTK0610 200 PKOGTA2 400 PKOGTA2 600 (Two Required) 800 PKOGTA3 Series E switch only. Series F switch only. $ Price 18.90 55.00 55.00 123.00 Wire Size (AWG) (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Al/Cu Max. (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Al/Cu Max. (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Al/Cu Max. (2) 1/0 Al/Cu Max. (2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max. (2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max. Per Lug (6) 3/0 Al/Cu Max. Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kits Field-Installed Fuse Puller Kits Series F 60 A Fuse Puller Kit Series F 100 A Fuse Puller Kit Field-Installed Service Grounding Kits Amperes $ Price 30.00 42.60 W Electrical interlocks for Series F 100–200 A general duty safety switches and Series F 60 A fusible general duty safety switches are available in kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed. Table 3.7: Electrical Interlock Kit Switch’s Amperes Rating Electrical Interlock Kit $ Price Cat. No.a EIK031 or 60 Fb 218.00 EIK032 EIK1 or 100–200 F 311.00 EIK2 a Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with -1 suffix indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact; -2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed. b Fusible series. Series H W/H H W W/H D Std. Cat. No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Pack L111N E2 7.63 194 5.00 127 6.13 156 4.00 102 1 D325NTRc L211N E2 7.63 194 5.00 127 6.13 156 4.00 102 1 D326Nc L221N E2 7.63 194 5.00 127 6.13 156 4.00 102 1 D326NTc D211Nc E3 9.25 235 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 D326NRc D211NRBc E2 9.63 245 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 D326NTRc D221Nc E3 9.25 235 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 DU221RBc D221NRBc E3 9.63 245 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 DU222RBc D222N F1 14.63 372 6.50 165 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 DU321c D222NRB F1 14.88 378 6.63 168 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 DU321RBc D223N F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 DU322c D223NRB F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 DU322RBc D224N F1 29.00 737 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 DU323 D224NRB F1 29.25 743 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 DU323RB D225N E3 45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 DU324 D225NR E1 30.63 778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257 1 DU324RB D226Nc E3 49.13 1248 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 DU325c D226NRc E1 49.13 1248 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 DU326c D321Nc E3 9.25 235 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 QO200TRc D321NRBc E3 9.63 245 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 QO260NATSc D322N F1 14.63 372 6.50 165 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 QO2000NRBc D322NRB F1 14.88 378 6.63 168 7.45 189 4.88 124 1 QO2000NSc D323N F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 T327Nc D323NRB F3 17.50 445 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 T327NRc D324N F1 29.00 737 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 D324NRB F1 29.25 743 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 D325Nc E3 45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 D325NTc E3 45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 D325NRc E1 30.63 778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257 1 c 30–100 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors. Cat. No. Series © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 DE3A Discount Schedule Series E1 E3 E3 E1 E1 E2 E1 E2 E2 E1 E1 F3 F3 F1 F1 E3 E3 G3 E2 E1 E1 E1 E1 H in. 30.63 49.13 49.13 49.13 49.13 9.63 9.63 9.25 9.63 9.25 9.63 17.50 17.50 29.00 29.25 45.12 49.13 6.50 9.25 14.00 13.38 49.13 49.13 mm 778 1248 1248 1248 1246 245 245 235 245 235 245 445 445 737 743 1146 1248 165 235 356 340 1248 1248 W W/H D Std. in. mm in. mm in. mm Pack 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 6.75 171 7.25 184 3.63 92 5 7.25 184 7.75 197 3.75 95 5 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 8.50 216 10.50 267 6.50 165 1 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 17.25 438 19.00 483 8.25 210 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 4.63 118 — — 3.88 99 5 4.88 124 — — 3.25 83 1 7.75 197 — — 4.50 114 1 6.13 156 — — 3.50 89 1 24.00 610 24.88 632 8.88 226 1 24.75 629 25.13 638 8.88 226 1 3-3 SAFETY SWITCHES Approximate Dimensions 3 Table 3.8: D Heavy Duty Safety Switches 240 Volt Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Visible blade heavy duty safety switches are designed for application where maximum performance and continuity of service are required. All heavy duty safety switches feature quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism, a dual cover interlock and a color coded indicator handle. They are suitable for use as service equipment when equipped with a field- or factory-installed neutral assembly or equipment grounding kit, unless a 600Y/347 V or 480 Y/277 V, 1000 A or greater, solidly grounded WYE system is used, per NEC 215-10. Heavy duty safety switches are UL Listed (except as noted), File E2875 and 154828 and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. For UL Listed short circuit current ratings, see page 3-6. NEMA 3R NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel NEMA 1 Table 3.9: System NEMA 12 240 Volt—Single Throw Fusible Amperes NEMA 1 Indoor Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 3R Rainproof (Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 4, 4X, 5, a 304 Stainless Steel (for 316 stainless, see page 3-7) Dust tight, Watertight, Corrosion Resistant (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12K With Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12, 3R b Without Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H221DS 1947.00 H221A 504.00 H221AWK 30 — — — — H2212AWKe Use three-wire devices 60 H222DS 2337.00 — — H222AWK For two-wire applications 100 H223DS 5094.00 H223A 1008.00 H223AWK 200 H224DS 6960.00 H224A 1737.00 H224AWK 400 H225 2729.00 H225R 3884.00 H225DS 14481.00 — — H225AWK 600 H226 5424.00 H226R 7281.00 H226DS 20772.00 — — H226AWK 800 H227 8459.00 H227Rf 11483.00 — — — — H227AWK — — — — H228AWK 1200 H228 11682.00 H228Rf 15486.00 3-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H221N 236.00 H221NRB 447.00 Use two-wire devices, 60 H222N 471.00 H222NRB 842.00 Field-installed solid neutral assemblies 100 H223N 716.00 H223NRB 1086.00 Order separately See page 3-11. 200 H224N 1289.00 H224NRB 1562.00 400 H225N 3092.00 H225NR 4245.00 H225NDS 14787.00 — — H225NAWK 600 H226N 5819.00 H226NR 7677.00 H226NDS 21081.00 — — H226NAWK 800 H227N 10067.00 H227NRf 12216.00 — — — — H227NAWK 1200 H228N 12422.00 H228NRf 16665.00 — — — — H228NAWK 3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H321DS 2049.00 H321A 639.00 H321AWK 60 H322DS 2532.00 H322A 914.00 H322AWK Use four-wire devices For three-wire applications 100 H323DS 5346.00 H323A 1412.00 H323AWK 200 H324DS 7496.00 H324A 2040.00 H324AWK 400 H325 3425.00 H325R 3975.00 H325DS 14961.00 — — H325AWK 600 H326 6170.00 H326R 8286.00 H326DS 21399.00 — — H326AWK 800 H327 11456.00 H327Rf 14849.00 — — — — H327AWK 1200 H328 14517.00 H328Rf 18728.00 — — — — H328AWK 4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H321N 314.00 H321NRB 555.00 Use three-wire devices, 60 H322N 528.00 H322NRB 891.00 Field-installed solid neutral assemblies 100 H323N 842.00 H323NRB 1278.00 Order separately. See page 3-11 200 H324N 1451.00 H324NRB 1748.00 400 H325N 3788.00 H325NR 4322.00 H325NDS 15321.00 — — H325NAWK 600 H326N 6519.00 H326NR 8622.00 H326NDS 21759.00 — — H326NAWK 800 H327N 12189.00 H327NRf 15563.00 — — — — H327NAWK 1200 H328N 15314.00 H328NRf 19709.00 — — — — H328NAWK 4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders) 30 60 100 Use 600 Vac devices. See page 3-5. 200 400 600 a Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall. b Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. c For switching dc, use two outside switching poles. d For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. e 60 ampere switch with 30 ampere fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks. f Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed. Horsepower Ratings 240 Vac Std. (Using Fast Acting, One Time Fuses) Max. (Using Dual Element, Time 250 Vdcc Delay Fuses) $ Price 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 473.00 588.00 647.00 948.00 1643.00 4163.00 6543.00 10325.00 15815.00 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3d — 7-1/2 d 15 d 25 d — 75 d — — 3 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2d — 15 d 30 d 60 d — 200 d — — 5 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 4304.00 6936.00 12338.00 17184.00 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3 d 7-1/2 d 15 d 25 d 50 d 75 d — — 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2 d 15 d 30 d 60 d 125 d 200 d — — 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 639.00 864.00 1331.00 1926.00 4253.00 7365.00 14528.00 17450.00 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3 7-1/2 15 25 50 75 100 100 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 4635.00 7757.00 15879.00 20015.00 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 — — 50 50 3 7-1/2 15 25 50 75 100 100 3 10 15 — — — 50 50 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 5 10 20 40 50 50 50 50 Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12 Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-13 Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless and NEMA 12 . . . . . . . page 3-14 3-4 DE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches 600 Volt Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.10: 600 Volts—Single Throw Fusible Horsepower Ratings System NEMA 1 Indoor Amperes Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 3R Rainproof (Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 4, 4X, 5a 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 12K (for 316 stainless, see With Knockouts page 3-7) Dust tight, (Watertight Hubs, Watertight, Corrosion page 3-10) Resistant (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 480 Vac NEMA 12, 3Rb Without Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. 600 Vac Max. Std. Max. Std. (Using (Using (Using (Using Dual Fast Dual Fast Acting, Element, Acting, Element, Time One Time One Time Delay Time Delay Fuses) Fuses) Fuses) Fuses) dcd $ Price 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 250 600 5025.00 7341.00 15276.00 18044.00 — — — — 100 c 150 c — — — — — — 250 c 400 c — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 50 50 50 — — — — 50 50 50 50 5 5 15 25 50 100 150 200 200 15 15 30 60 125 250 400 500 500 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 20 20 50 75 150 350 500 500 500 5 — — — 40 50 50 50 50 15 15 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 5 15 25 50 100 150 200 200 15 30 60 125 250 400 500 500 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 250 250 20 50 75 150 350 500 500 500 — — — 40 50 50 50 50 15 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 2Ø 7-1/2 15 25 50 100 150 3Ø 25 2Ø 20 40 50 — 250 400 3Ø 60 2Ø 10 20 30 50 125 200 3Ø 30 2Ø 25 50 75 — 350 500 3Ø 75 5 10 20 40 50 50 15 30 30 50 50 50 — — 2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Use three-wire devices for two-wire applications H265 H266 H267 H268 4206.00 6653.00 10365.00 14570.00 H265R 5424.00 H266R 10686.00 H267Rf 16385.00 H268Rf 17991.00 H265DS H266DS — — 14961.00 21399.00 — — — — — — — — — — H265AWK H266AWK H267AWK H268AWK 3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc d 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 H361 H361-2f H362 H363 H364 H365 H366 H367 H368 528.00 H361RB 899.00 617.00 H3612RBe 1049.00 638.00 H362RB 1055.00 1188.00 H363RB 1644.00 1707.00 H364RB 2259.00 4551.00 H365R 5532.00 7649.00 H366R 10899.00 13319.00 H367R f 16500.00 17507.00 H368Rf 20009.00 H361DS — H362DS H363DS H364DS H365DS H366DS — — 2520.00 H361A — H361-2A e 2771.00 H362A 5493.00 H363A 7685.00 H364A 15321.00 — 21084.00 — — — — — 1014.00 H361AWK 956.00 1035.00 H3612AWKe 977.00 1047.00 H362AWK 984.00 1626.00 H363AWK 1539.00 2544.00 H364AWK 2400.00 — H365AWK 5462.00 — H366AWK 9203.00 — H367AWK 16352.00 — H368AWK 19706.00 4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—600 Vac, 600 Vdcd H361N 617.00 H361NRB 986.00 H362N 710.00 H362NRB 1134.00 H363N 1278.00 H363NRB 1737.00 H364N 1869.00 H364NRB 2408.00 H365N 4898.00 H365NR 5765.00 H366N 8019.00 H366NR 11054.00 H367N 14043.00 H367NRf 17205.00 H368N 18114.00 H368NRf 20993.00 Use three-wire devices field-installed solid neutral assemblies. Order separately. See page 3-11. H364NDS H365NDS H366NDS — — 7871.00 15668.00 22122.00 — — H364NA — — — — 2715.00 — — — — H364NAWK 2558.00 H365NAWK 5823.00 H366NAWK 9600.00 H367NAWK 17253.00 H368NAWK 20820.00 H461DS H462DS H463DS H464DS — — 2937.00 3069.00 8345.00 12596.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — H461AWK H462AWK H463AWK H464AWK H465AWK — 4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdcg 30 60 100 200 400 600 H461 H462 H463 H464 H465 H466 914.00 1065.00 1778.00 2957.00 6210.00 10104.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1115.00 1257.00 1932.00 3222.00 6807.00 — 6-Wire (6 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac g a b c d e f g 100 — — — — H663DS 25964.00 — — H663AWK 200 — — — — H664DS 35393.00 — — H664AWK 5112.00 For applications requiring motor disconnect 12222.00 capability, use electrical interlock. Refer to page 3-10. Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. For switching dc use two outside switching poles. 60 A switch with 30 A fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks. Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed. Not suitable for use as service equipment. Class H Fuse Provisions: Fusible Square D 30 through 600 A heavy duty safety switches accept Class H fuses as standard. With Class H fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current. SAFETY SWITCHES 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1200 Fusible Square D 30–600 A heavy duty safety switches will accept Class R fuses as standard. A field-installed rejection kit is available which, when installed, rejects all but Class R fuses. With the installation of the rejection kit and Class R fuses, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. See Class R fuse kits on page 3-10. Class J Fuse Provisions: Class R Fuse Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 400 A 600 Volt, and 100 through 400 A 240 Volt, fusible heavy duty safety switches. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base assembly from the standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position as marked in the enclosure. With Class J fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. Switches rated 600 A, 240 or 600 Volt, require the addition of an adapter kit, H600J at $456. One kit per 3P switch. Class L Fuse Provisions: Fusible 800 A and 1200 A safety switches use Class L bolt-in fuses and are rated for use on systems with up to 200 kA at 600 Vac maximum. 1200 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–1200 A, 800 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–800 A. Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 3-10 through 3-12 Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-13 Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule 3-5 3 Class R Fuse Provisions: Heavy Duty Safety Switches Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Table 3.11: System www.schneider-electric.us 600 Volt—Single Throw Non-Fusible NEMA 1 Indoor Amperes Cat. No. $ Price 2-Wire (2 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 60 100 200 400 HU265 2750.00 600 HU266 4896.00 800 HU267 7467.00 1200 HU268 10226.00 NEMA 4, 4X, 5 a 304 Stainless Steel (for 316 stainless, see page 3-7) Dust tight, Watertight Corrosion Resistant (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) NEMA 3R Rainproof (Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12K With Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12, 3Rb Without Knockouts (Watertight Hubs, page 3-10) Cat. No. $ Price Use three-wire devices for two-wire applications. HU265R HU266R HU267Rd HU268Rd 3764.00 7533.00 12884.00 17393.00 HU265DS HU266DS — — 12812.00 18455.00 — — — — — — — — — — HU265AWK HU266AWK HU267AWK HU268AWK 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-Wire (3 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc 30 HU361 279.00 HU361RB 488.00 HU361DS 2120.00 HU361A 689.00 HU361AWK 30 HU361EIe 638.00 HU361RBEIe 846.00 HU361DSEIe 2480.00 HU361AEIe 1047.00 HU361AWKEIe 30 HU3612f 369.00 HU3612RBf 638.00 — — HU3612Af 710.00 HU3612AWKf 60 HU362 488.00 HU362RB 876.00 HU362DS 2520.00 HU362A 875.00 HU362AWK 60 — — — — HU362DSEIe 2972.00 — — — 100 HU363 783.00 HU363RB 1226.00 HU363DS 5102.00 HU363A 1265.00 HU363AWK 200 HU364 1209.00 HU364RB 1485.00 HU364DS 6960.00 HU364A 1697.00 HU364AWK 400 HU365 2804.00 HU365R 3840.00 HU365DS 14294.00 — — HU365AWK 600 HU366 4992.00 HU366R 7683.00 HU366DS 19062.00 — — HU366AWK 800 HU367 9978.00 HU367R d 13050.00 — — — — HU367AWK 1200 HU368 13421.00 HU368R d 17867.00 — — — — HU368AWK 4-Wire (4 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc j 30 HU461g 827.00 — — HU461DS 2586.00 — — HU461AWKh 60 HU462g 914.00 — — HU462DS 3027.00 — — HU462AWK 100 HU463g 1647.00 — — HU463DS 7401.00 — — HU463AWK 200 HU464g 2399.00 — — HU464DS 11244.00 — — HU464AWK 400 HU465 5201.00 — — — — — — HU465AWK 600 HU466 9072.00 — — — — — — — 6-Wire (6 Blades)—600 Vacj 30 — — — — HU661DS 11903.00 — — HU661AWKk 60 — — — — HU662DS 13254.00 — — HU662AWKk 100 — — — — HU663DS 20643.00 — — HU663AWKk 200 — — — — HU664DS 28316.00 — — HU664AWKk a Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. b Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. c For switching dc, use two outside switching poles. d Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed. e Switches with EI suffix are stocked with factory-installed electrical interlocks with one normally-open and one normally-closed contact. f Use 60 A enclosure accessories, including electrical interlocks. g No knockouts are provided. h Requires 60 A accessories. See page 3-14 for series rating.. i HU461AWK (Series F6) is rated 5 hp@250 Vdc, 10 hp@600 Vdc. j Not suitable for use as service equipment. k One enclosure for NEMA 1, 3, 3R or 12 applications. UL Listed. 3212.00 5408.00 12957.00 17522.00 647.00 1007.00 666.00 833.00 — 1194.00 1604.00 4023.00 6711.00 13097.00 17940.00 Horsepower Ratings (Max.) Volts ac 240 480 600 dcc 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 250 600 — — — — — — 50 50 — — — — — — 50 50 — — — — — — — — 915.00 1008.00 1791.00 2832.00 5672.00 — 5 5 5 10 10 20 15 — — 50 50 2Ø 10 20 30 50 — — 3357.00 3884.00 4793.00 10538.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 50 — 50 — — — — 50 50 50 50 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15 10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15 20 25 50 30 60 10 30 20 25 50 30 60 10 30 40 40 75 40 100 20 50 60 50 125 50 150 40 50 125 — 250 — 350 50 50 200 — 400 — 500 50 50 250 50 500 50 500 50 50 250 50 500 50 500 50 50 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 10 20 20 25 30 10i 15i 20 40 50 50 60 10 30 40 50 75 50 75 20 30 60 50 125 50 150 40 50 125 — 250 — 350 50 50 200 — 400 — 500 50 50 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø 10 — 20 — 30 — — 20 — 50 — 60 — — 40 — 75 — 75 — — 60 — 125 — 150 — — UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings—AC only NOTE: Consult the wiring diagram of the switch to verify the UL Listed short circuit current rating. Table 3.12: Non-Fusible Safety Switches Fusible Safety Switches For the short circuit current rating, refer to the table below. Heavy Duty Safety Switch Type l UL Listed UL Listed Short Circuit Fuse Class Current Ratings H, K 10 kA Fusible R, J, L 200 kAl On 600 V, 200 A switches, 100,000 A max. on corner grounded delta when protected by Class J or R fuses. Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used in conjunction with an non-fusible safety switch when there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available (see table below). Above 10 kA—When applied on systems with greater than 10 kA short circuit current available, the UL Listed short circuit current rating for Square D non-fusible switches is based upon the switch being used in conjunction with fuses or Square D circuit breakers or Mag-Gard motor circuit protectors. Table 3.13: Non-Fusible Safety Switches Heavy Duty Switch Rating Safety Switch Type (A) m Fuse or Circuit Breaker Typen 3-Phase 480 Vac 600 Vac Any brand circuit breaker Up to 10 kA All H, K R,T,J.L 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 30–100 Ho 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA Non-Fusible Switches 30–100 FA 14 kA 14 kA 14 kA 30–100 FH 18 kA 18 kA 18 kA 200 H, J o 65 kA 35 kA 35 kA 400 LA 22 kA 22 kA 22 kA 400 LH 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA m Applies to NEMA 1, 3R, 4X stainless, 12 switches. n Ampere rating of fuse or circuit breaker not to exceed switch ampere rating. o All H and J circuit breakers are acceptable, but will only support the noted Short Circuit Current Ratings. 3-6 DE1 Discount Schedule 240 Vac © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Special Applications Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 316 Grade Stainless Steel—NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 Type 316 stainless steel enclosure safety switches offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than Type 304 stainless switches. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from page 3-10. Equipment grounding lugs are supplied as standard. (For Type 304 stainless switches see pages 3-4–3-6.) Table 3.14: 3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa Amperes Cat. No $ Price 480 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vdcb Std. Max. Std. Max. Max. Fusible H361SS 30 60 100 200 400 600 Non-Fusible 30 60 100 200 400 600 H361SS H362SS H363SS H364SS H365SS H366SS 3444.00 3792.00 7562.00 10592.00 21622.00 30528.00 5 15 25 50 100 150 15 30 60 125 250 400 7-1/2 15 30 60 125 200 20 50 75 150 350 500 15 30 50 50 50 50 HU361SS HU362SS HU363SS HU364SS HU365SS HU366SS 2898.00 3444.00 7029.00 9623.00 17758.00 26306.00 — — — — — — 20 50 75 125 250 400 — — — — — — 30 60 100 150 350 500 15 30 50 50 50 50 Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Enclosures—NEMA 4X Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosures are watertight, corrosion resistant, and impervious to windblown dust, rain, and splashing liquid. The molded fiberglass is extremely stable in a wide range of operating temperatures and can withstand heavy impact. Switches are furnished with hubs (page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed. Table 3.15: Amperes H363DF Fusible 30 60 100 200 Non-Fusible 30 60 100 200 3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price H361DF H362DF H363DF H364DF 3570.00 3968.00 7613.00 9729.00 RFK06 RFK06H RFK10 HRK1020 HU361DF HU362DF HU363DF HU364DF 3402.00 3782.00 7241.00 9695.00 — — — — Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa Electrical Interlock Kits Field-Installed Cat. No. Class R Fuse Kits 480 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vdcb 1 NO/1 NC Contacts 2 NO/2 NC Contacts Std. Max. Std. Max. Max. 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.70 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999R8 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999R9 5 15 25 50 15 30 60 125 7-1/2 15 30 60 20 50 75 150 15 30 50 50 — — — — 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999R8 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999R9 — — — — 20 50 75 125 — — — — 30 60 100 — 15 30 50 50 Krydon™ Enclosures—NEMA 4X Krydon enclosures are compression molded of fiberglass reinforced polyester, specially formulated to withstand attack from almost any corrosive atmosphere found in the toughest industrial application. Switches are furnished with hubs (page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed. Amperes 3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. H361DX Fusible 30 60 100 Non-Fusible 30 60 100 Electrical Interlock Kits Field-Installed Cat. No. Class R Fuse Kits H361DX H362DX H363DX 4161.00 4626.00 8858.00 RFK06 RFK06H RFK10 HU361DX HU362DX HU363DX 3960.00 4406.00 8438.00 — — — $ Price Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa 480 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vdcb 1 NO/1 NC Contact 2 NO/2 NC Contacts Std. Max. Std. Max. Max. 25.50 25.50 47.70 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 5 15 25 15 30 60 7-1/2 15 30 20 50 75 15 30 50 — — — 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC10 9999TC20 9999TC20 9999TC20 — — — 20 50 75 — — — 30 60 100 15 30 50 SAFETY SWITCHES Table 3.16: An enclosed automatic molded case switch for use in Divisions 1 and 2 of the following: Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; or Class III, Hazardous Locations as defined in NEC™ Article 500. Furnished with threaded conduit openings in both top and bottom endwall (page 3-14). Suitable for use as service equipment and listed as “Raintight’’ for outdoor applications. cULus Listed. Equipment grounding lugs supplied as standard. Table 3.17: Amperes H60XFA a b c d e f g © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3 Pole Molded Case Switch, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Maximum, Short Circuit Current Rating 10 kA AIR Enclosed Molded Case Switchd Solid Neutral Assembly Horsepower Ratings—3Ø Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 240 Vac 480 Vac 60 H60XFA 2571.00 100SNA 143.00 15 30 60 H60XFA1212e 2886.00 100SNA 143.00 15 30 100 H100XFA 3045.00 100SNA 143.00 30 60 100 H100XFA1212e 3287.00 100SNA 143.00 30 60 225 H225XJGg 6387.00 225SNA 189.00 60 125 225 H225XJGAAeg 6701.00 225SNA 189.00 60 125 Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. For switching dc use two switching poles. Electrical interlock not available. For auxiliary switches, refer to page 7-4 for catalog number suffix and price adder (e.g. H60XFA1212). Includes PKDB1, breather and drain kit, required for rainproof application—NEMA 7 only. Includes auxiliary contacts. For available options, contact customer service prior to placing an order. Not UL listed or CSA Certified due to wire bending space. DE1 Discount Schedule 600 Vacb 50 50 75 75 150 150 3-7 3 NEMA 7 and 9 UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches MD Motor Disconnect Switches Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL508 Suitable For Motor Control (UL File E164864). It is in a compact NEMA 4X enclosure suitable for use in NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 applications. The MD's key benefits are an extremely small footprint, a more economically efficient NEMA 4X solution and a handle interlock preventing cover removal when the switch is in the ON position. Table 3.18: MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non Metallic NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 Enclosureabc Maximum Horse Power Ratings Amperes a b c Cat. No. $ Price Height (in.) 220–240 440–480 600 30 MD3304X 7.5 20 25 121.00 6.38 60 MD3604X 20 40 40 161.00 8.27 See table 8.9 for accessories. Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm padlocks. Suitable for NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 enclosure applications. Table 3.19: D Three Phase Vac Cat. No. MDSAN20 MDSAN11 MDS30P Width (in.) Depth (in.) 3.9 4.94 4.37 4.37 MD Motor Disconnect Accessories Description 2 Normally open auxiliary contact module 1 normally open and 1 normally closed auxiliary contact module 30 Amp Add on power pole $ Price 57.00 27.00 35.00 H W MD Motor Disconnect Switches 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-8 DE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Receptacle Switches Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Interlocked Receptacle Switches Interlocked Receptacle Switches are furnished with a factory-installed three-phase four-wire Appleton Powertite™, Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Arktite™, or Hubbellock™ receptacle. The fourth wire is connected to the switch equipment grounding terminal and is not a neutral termination. Interlocking linkage between the receptacle and switch mechanism prevents insertion or removal of the plug while the switch is in the “ON’’ position or insertion of any plug other than specified. Grounding lugs are included. Appleton Powertite Receptacle • • • Devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified, suitable for use as service equipment. Receptacles are epoxy powder coated over copper-free cast aluminum and NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 rated. Appleton receptacles are UL Classified for use with the Crouse-Hinds plugs listed below. Short circuit rating: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses. NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 1 Amperes Cat. No. H362AWA Interlocked Receptacle Switch with Appleton Powertite Receptacle $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Horsepower Ratings–3Øb Use with Plug a NEMA 12, 3R $ Price Cat. No. 480 Vac $ Price 600 Vac 250 Vdcc Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max. Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H361WA 2076.00 H361DSWA 4401.00 H361AWA 2289.00 ACP3034BC 1235.00 5 15 7-1/2 20 5 60 H362WA 2412.00 H362DSWA 4668.00 H362AWA 2508.00 ACP6034BC 1295.00 15 30 15 50 10 100 H363WA 3689.00 H363DSWA 8468.00 H363AWA 3758.00 ACP1034CD 1928.00 25 60 30 75 20 Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 HU361WA 1893.00 HU361DSWA 4001.00 HU361AWA 2076.00 ACP3034BC 1235.00 — 20 — 30 — 60 HU362WA 2306.00 HU362DSWA 4412.00 HU362AWA 2357.00 ACP6034BC 1295.00 — 50 — 60 — 100 HU363WA 3153.00 HU363DSWA 8010.00 HU363AWA 3347.00 ACP1034CD 1928.00 — 75 — 100 — a Receptacle UL Listed for use with “Appleton ACP or CPH” plugs; UL Classified for use with Crouse-Hinds “APJ” Arktite plugs listed on this page. b Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. c For switching dc, use two switching poles. — — — 5 10 20 Crouse-Hinds Arktite Receptacle • • UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment. Short circuit ratings: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses. Table 3.20: Amperes Cat. No. H362AWC Interlocked Receptacle Switch with Crouse-Hinds Arktite Receptacle $ Price Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12, 3R Cat. No. Horsepower Ratings–3Ød Use with Plug $ Price Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 30 H361WC 2139.00 H361DSWC 6377.00 H361AWC 2355.00 60 H362WC 2751.00 H362DSWC 7749.00 H362AWC 2846.00 100 H363WC 6005.00 H363DSWC 14826.00 H363AWC 6087.00 Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 30 HU361WC 1952.00 HU361DSWC 5888.00 HU361AWC 2136.00 60 HU362WC 2634.00 HU362DSWC 7374.00 HU362AWC 2678.00 100 HU363WC 5249.00 HU363DSWC 14025.00 HU363AWC 5444.00 d Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. Cat. No. $ Price 480 Vac 600 Vac Std. Max. Std. Max. APJ3485 APJ6485 APJ10487 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 5 15 — 15 30 60 7-1/2 15 — 20 50 75 APJ3485 APJ6485 APJ10487 1235.00 1295.00 1928.00 — — — 20 50 60 — — — 30 60 100 Hubbellock Receptacle • • UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment. Short circuit rating: 10 kA. Note: The Hubbellock receptacle switch utilizes the Square D interlocked plug SD12781 available only from Square D. SAFETY SWITCHES NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 1 Table 3.21: Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 12 Cat. No. $ Price Use with Plug Cat. No. $ Price Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 60 H362WH 2351.00 H362AWH 2459.00 SD12781f 609.00 Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum 60 HU362WH 2237.00 HU362AWH 2310.00 SD12781f 609.00 e Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. f Hubbell plug is furnished with a Kellems grip for 1-1/2 in. to 1-21/64 in. cable diameter. Horsepower Ratings—3Øe 480 Vac 600 Vac 3 NEMA 1 Amperes Std. Max. Std. Max. 15 30 15 50 — 50 — 60 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12. H362AWH Interlocked Receptacle Switch with Hubbell™ Hubbellock Receptacle © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule 3-9 Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosure RB Hub Conduit Size 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Closing Cap Hub Cat. No. B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 B300 B350 B400 BCAP $ Price Each 33.30 33.30 33.30 33.30 61.00 102.00 186.00 300.00 368.00 3.80 (DE1A) Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with Cat. No. ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1•2 can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring threeinch or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on three-inch and larger hubs. Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread. Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures Conduit Trade Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Standard-Zinc Hub Cat. No. H050 H075 H100 H125 H150 H200 H250 H300 H350 H400 138.00 177.00 282.00 Zinc $ Price Each Chrome Plated Hub Cat. No. Chrome Plated $ Price Each 31.10 45.00 47.10 54.00 83.00 120.00 H050CP H075CP H100CP H125CP H150CP H200CP — — — — 40.70 56.00 64.00 67.00 96.00 137.00 — — — — Electrical Interlock Kits Table 3.24: Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 30–1200 A safety switches are available factory-installed or in kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed. For factory-installed electrical interlocks add EI (for one contact) or EI2 (for two contacts) suffix to catalog number. See Supplemental Digest page 2-3 for electrical interlock contact ratings. Table 3.22: Electrical Interlock Kit a 3 SAFETY SWITCHES Switch’s Series Number Electrical Interlock Kit $ Price Factory-Installed Amperes Rating (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Cat. No.b $ Price EIK031c d F1, F5–F7 218.00 359.00 EIK032c d 30 EIK1 F3 311.00 452.00 EIK2 EIK1 F1-F3 311.00 452.00 F5–F7 (600 V) EIK2 60 EIK031e F4 218.00 359.00 F5–F6 (240 V) EIK032e EIK1 100–200 F2–F7 311.00 452.00 EIK2 EIK40601 400–1200 E1–E4 533.00 674.00 EIK40602 a See page 3-7 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and Krydon™. b Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact; 2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Kits are UL Listed. c HU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062. d The following Series F5–F7 devices use EIK-1, 2: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS, HU661DS, HU661AWK, H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and HU361AWC. e H362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC, HU362AWC, and H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock. f Single-pole single-throw interlock kits are rated 1/2 hp @ 110 and 220 Vac. Class R Fuse Kits When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR’’ suffix to catalog number. Table 3.23: Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (one kit per 3P switch) Series Number Class R Fuse Kit (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Cat. No. 30 F5–F7 RFK03Lg 60 F1, F2, F3 RFK06 60 F4–F7 RFK03H 100 F2–F7 RFK10 200 F5–F6 HRK1020 400–600 E HRK4060 g H221-2AWK uses RFK06 Class R fuse kit. Amperes $ Price 25.50 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.70 111.00 Series Number Class R Fuse Kit $ Price Factory-Installed (See pages 3-13, 3-14) Cat. No. $ Price 30h F1, F5–F7 RFK03Hi 25.50 293.00 30 h F3 RFK06 25.50 293.00 60 h F1–F7 RFK06H i 25.50 293.00 100 h F2–F7 RFK10 47.70 231.00 200 F5–F6 HRK1020 47.70 231.00 400–600 E2–E4 HRK4060 111.00 360.00 h See page 3-7 for Class R Fuse Kits in NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydon switches. i The following Series F5–F7 devices use RFK06: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, H361AWA and H361AWC. Internal Barrier Kits Internal Barrier Kits provide an additional barrier that helps prevent accidental contact with live parts. Field-installed transparent barriers do not restrict visual inspection of the switch. Barriers provide IEC529 IP2X “finger safe” protection when door of enclosed disconnect switch is open. Convenient door allows use of test probes without accessing fuses and replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier can also be used with the skirt kit to enclose a panel mounted Type 9422 disconnect. Safety Switch Application 9422 Type T (F Series Only) Disconnect Application $ Price 240 / 600 Vac – 30 A Interior Barrier for 30 A SS03 NA 150. Safety Switchj 240 Vac – 60 A Interior Barrier for 60 A 600 Vac – 30 A SS06 Safety Switch, 30 or 600 Vac – 60 A 165. 600 Vac – 60 A 60 A 9422 Switch Interior Barrier for 100 A SS10 Safety Switch or 240 / 600 Vac – 100 A 600 Vac – 100 A 195. 100 A 9422 Switch Interior Barrier for 200 A SS20 240 / 600 Vac – 200 A NA 225. Safety Switch Skirt Kit to Enclose 30 or 600 Vac – 30 A SS0306SK 60 A 9422 Switch NA 225. 600 Vac – 60 A (requires SS06) Skirt Kit to Enclose 100 A SS10SK 9422 Switch NA 600 Vac – 100 A 255. (requires SS10) j Requires arc shield on 240 V switches be changed to 600 V arc suppressor. Cat. No. Description Fuse Puller Kits Factory-Installed $ Price 195.00 195.00 195.00 231.00 231.00 360.00 DE1 Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (one kit per 3P switch) Amperes Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3-pole fusible 240 V or 600 V heavy duty switch. Kits can be installed in switches manufactured after February, 1980. Fuse pullers supplied as standard equipment on NEMA 12, 12K, NEMA 4, 4X, 5 stainless steel, NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and KRYDON switches through 100 A. k l 3-10 381.00 DE1A Amperes Series Number Fuse Puller Kit Cat. No. $ Price 30 30 F1, F5–F7 F3 FPK03 k FPK0610 30.00 42.60 60 60 l F1, F2, F3, F5–F7 (600 V) F4 l, F5–F7 (240 V) FPK0610 FPK03 l 42.60 30.00 100 F2–F7 FPK0610 42.60 30 A 4- and 6-pole, H361-2 and H361-2RB Series F5 use FPK0610. H362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, H362AWC, H362WH and H362AWH use FPK0610 fuse puller kit. Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories and Special Features Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Neutral Assemblies—Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies for Fusible and Non-Fusible 240 and 600 Volt Safety Switches Series Number Amperes (See pages 3-13, 3-14) 30 F1, F5–F6 F1–F3, F5–F6 (600 V) F4, F5–F6 (240 V) 60 Standard Neutral Kit Cat. No. SN03a SN0610 SN03a Terminal Data AWG/kcmil Copper Only $ Price Optional Neutral Kit Cat. No. (3) 2 Max. Al/Cu (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu (2) 6 Max. Al/Cu (3) 2 Max. Al/Cu (3) 6 Max. Cu (2) 1/0 Max. Cu (2) 6 Max. Cu 102.00 114.00 83.00 SN03Ca 107.00 SN0610C SN20A 200.00 SN20C H600SN (4) 750 Max. Al/Cu (1) 300 Max. Al/Cu 327.00 H600SNC 753.00 — — — 1034.00 — — — F2–F6 SN0610 200b F5–F6 400 and 600 E1–E4 (6) 750 Max. Al/Cu (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu (8) 750 Max. Al/Cu 1200 E2–E4 H1200SNE4 (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu Note: Neutrals cannot be installed in 4P, 6P, or 200 A NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester safety switches. a The following Series F5–F6 devices use SN0610(C): H-361-2, H-361-2RB, H-361-2A and H-361-2AWK. b For 200% neutral, order (2) neutral kits and (1) SN20NI neutral jumper kit. (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu. E2–E4 SN03C a SN0610C $ Price (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu (2) 6 Max. Al/Cu (2) 250 Max. Al/Cu (1) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu 100 800 83.00 107.00 Terminal Data AWG/kcmil H800SNE4 (3) 6 Max. Cu 102.00 (2) 1/0 Max. Cu (2) 6 Max. Cu (2) 250 Max. Cu (1) 1/0 Max. Cu (2) 600 Max. Cu (2) 350 Max. Cu (1) 250 Max. Cu 114.00 246.00 452.00 Equipment Grounding Kitsg Equipment grounding kits are field-installed and UL Listed in 30–1200 A heavy duty switches. For factory installation of equipment grounding kit, add suffix GL to standard Cat. No. (Example: H361GL). Price = Switch + Kit Price. Equipment Grounding Kits—Field- or Factory-Installed Equipment Grounding Kits–240 and 600 V 30 60 d 60 Standard Cat. No. GTK03 c GTK0610 d GTK03 Terminal Data AWG/kcmil (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu Optional Copper Only Cat. No. 11.40 GTK03C c Terminal Data AWG/kcmil (1) 6 Max. Cu (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu 18.90 GTK0610Cd (2) 4 Max. Cu 22.70 (2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu 11.40 GTK03C (1) 6 Max. Cu 13.40 $ Price $ Price 13.40 GTK0610 (2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu 18.90 GTK0610C (2) 4 Max. Cu 22.70 PKOGTA2 (2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu 55.00 PKOGTC2 (2) 4 Max. Cu 58.00 PKOGTA2e PKOGTC3 400 and 600 E2–E4 (2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu 55.00 (3) 1/0 Max. Cu 107.00f (2 Required) 800 E2–E4 PKOGTA7 (4) 350 Max. Al/Cu 198.00f — — — 1200 E2–E4 PKOGTA8 (8) 350 Max. Al/Cu 203.00f — — — c The following Series F5–F6 devices use GTK0610(C): H-361-2 and H-361-2RB. d 4- and 6-pole 30 A F Series. e Two required if grounding conductors are run in parallel. f PE1A Discount Schedule g Equipment Ground Kits are factory-installed standard in 30–200 A series F NEMA 4-4X-5 (stainless) and 12. Equipment Ground Kits are standard on all NEMA Types, Series F 30–200 A 4 and 6 pole switches. Table 3.25: Square D Gray Paint Description 16 oz. Aerosol Paint Can, Square D Gray Paint Note: Shipped in quantities of 6. Price Adder Each Switch Cat. No. PK49SP $ Price 39.00 ea. Quantity $ Price 30 A 242.00 10 60 A 278.00 100 A 434.00 200 A 479.00 400 A 1137.00 Special Paint Lock-Off Guard Kitsd UL Listed heavy duty switches are available painted with special safety colors. To order safety colored switches add suffixes as noted in Table 3.26 to the standard switch commercial reference number. All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification Z535.1 for marking physical hazards. Available factory- or field-installed the lock-off guard works by covering the lockout/tagout opening whenever the switch is in the ON position. This prevents a padlock from being inadvertantly inserted into the switch lockplate. The device is designed to help prevent accidental misapplication of a lockout device. These kits are marked cURus (UL Component Recognized) for field or factory installation. Table 3.26: Safety Colors Safety Color Suffix Black SP0 Red SP2 Orange SP3 Yellow SP4 Green SP5 Blue SP6 Purple SP7 Gray SP8 Gray ANSI 61 SP861a White SP9 a Standard Square D ANSI 49 grey paint, when selecting this suffix, switches will receive additional coat of paint. A minimum quantity of 10 is required. Not available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel products. Amperesc 30 A 60 A 240 V 60 A 600 V 100 and 200 A b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 PE1A 600 A 2801.00 800 A 3501.00 1200 A 4376.00 3 100 200 Series Number (See pages 3-13, 3-14) F1, F5–F7 F1–F3d, F5–F7 (600 V) F4, F5–F6 (240 V) F2–F7 F5–F7 FactoryInstalled $ Price Kit Cat. No. Field-Installed $ Price LOGK1 44.30 146.00 LOGK2 45.00 177.00 For factory installation, add suffix “LOG” to the switch catalog number. For use with 30–200 Ampere Series F NEMA 1, 3R, 12 and 12K switches only. Factory install and kits are available for NEMA 1, 3R, 12 and 12K switch enclosures only. Discount Schedule SAFETY SWITCHES Amperes 3-11 Heavy Duty Safety Switches Accessories and Special Features Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Key Interlock Systems Factory-installed only on heavy duty safety switches and double throw safety switches. Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced polyester (NEMA 4X). The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined sequence. UL Listed. Table 3.30: Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability, and pricing prior to quoting a job. Detailed information is required before an order can be processed. Please see Supplemental Digest Section 2 for further information. Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers: Double Lug Kits KI = 1 lock per switch KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders (2 keys) per switch KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch Table 3.27: a Price Adder Per Lock a Switch Type $ Price 30–1200 A Heavy Duty 2055.00 30–600 A Double Throw 1988.00 Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked, as these schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device. Al/Cu to Cu Only Lug Kitc Cat. No. Amperes Lock-On Provisions Lock-off provisions are standard on all heavy duty safety switches. Provision for one 3•8-inch hasp padlock is available factory-installed on NEMA 1, 3R, 4-4X-5 stainless steel and 12 switches. This modification will allow the switch to be locked in the “ON’’ position. UL Listed. Table 3.28: Price Adder Per Each Switch 3 Safety Switch Rating To order, add suffix SPLO to standard catalog number. Example: H364-SPLO $ Price 30–1200 A 155.00 Cover Viewing Window SAFETY SWITCHES Optional cover viewing window is positioned over the blades to allow visual verification of “ON-OFF’’ status. Available on 30 through 1200 A heavy duty switches, all NEMA Types. (Not available on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester, Krydon™ enclosures, or NEMA 7 and 9 devices.) Factory-installed only: add “VW’’ suffix to the Cat. No. See table below for price adder. Table 3.29: Class Heavy Duty Heavy Duty Double Throw Price Adder Per Switch—UL Listed Amperes 30–100 A 400–1200 A 30–100 A 2- and 3-Pole 38.00 2297.00 255.00 4- and 6-Pole 75.00 — 510.00 Kit $ Priced 200 A heavy duty F-series switches are supplied standard with lugs listed on page 3-13 (one wire per phase). For lugs that accept two wires per phase and neutral, order the following kit: Lug wire range per phase and neutral AWG/kcmil (2) 6 –300 Cu/Al Field maintenance lubricant is available for servicing blade and jaw components in switches 600 V and below. Catalog number SWLUB (list price $24.14) consists of one tube of BG20 High Performance Synthetic Grease manufactured by Dow Corning®. SWLUB is available in warehouse stock, shipped individually or in multiples of 12 units per carton. Table 3.31: 800 and 1200 A Compression Lug Kits– Field- Installed (See page 3-13 for 100–600 A Switches) Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are equipped as standard with mechanical lugs. Alternate compression lug kits are available for field installation and are UL Listed. Each kit consists of VCEL07512H1 Versa-Crimp™ Compression Lugs and lug landing connectors capable of converting line and load side of one switch pole or neutral. Order one field-installed kit per pole or neutral per table below. Example: Three-pole three-wire requires three kits; three-pole, four-wire requires four kits. Lug Kit Cat. No. 800 H8LKE2 1200 H12LKE2 Note: For terminal lug data, refer to table below. Amperes Amperes System 2 Wire 800 3 Wire 4 Wire 2 Wire 1200 3 Wire 4 Wire Note: For terminal Lug data refer to table below. Amperes 800 1200 DE5 $ Price Per Pole or Neutral 893.00 1109.00 Table 3.32: Factory-Installed Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are available with factoryinstalled VCEL-075-12H1 Versa-Crimp compression lug kits (above). For factory installation, add suffix LK to standard Cat. No. (Example: H367LK) and use price adder from table below based on system type. Table 3.33: DE1 Switch wire range per phase and neutral AWG/kcmil (2) 6 –250 Cu/Al 200 AL20DTF 159.00 c Not UL Listed. d Kit contains 3 lugs. For double lugs for line and load, order 2 kits. Switch Lubricant 3-12 Kits–Wire size (pp 3-13) Lug Kit Kit Factory-Installed Amperes Cat. No.b $ Price Adder per Switch 30 CL0306F 69.00 224.00 60 CL0306F 69.00 224.00 100 CL10F 159.00 431.00 200 CL20F 264.00 717.00 400 CL40F 549.00 1490.00 600 CL60F 893.00 2426.00 800 — — — 1200 — — — bOne kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3pole switch. Quoting: • • • www.schneider-electric.us Copper Only Lug Kits Heavy duty safety switches are supplied standard with Al lugs, which accept both Cu and Al wires. For field installation of copper-only lug kits, order kits below. For factory installation of copper only lugs, add suffix SLC to standard Cat. No. Note: 30 through 200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K and stainless steel switches with factory-installed lugs bear the UL Marine Listed manifest for use on vessels over 65 feet long. 30 through 200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K and stainless steel switches using fieldinstalled copper only lug kits are UL Marine Listed, but do not bear the marine manifest. Discount Schedule Factory-Installed $ Price Adder Per Switch 2106.00 2972.00 3839.00 2591.00 3696.00 4806.00 Terminal Lug Data—800 and 1200 A Compression Lugs Conductors Per Phase (3) Line and (3) Load (4) Line and (4) Load Compression Lug (VCEL-075-12H1) Wire Range 500–750 kcmil (Al) or 500 kcmil (Cu) 500–750 kcmil (Al) or 500 kcmil (Cu) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Safety Switches NEMA Type 1 and 3R—Dimensions, Lug Data Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.34: Rating (A) W 30c 60d 100 200e D W/H W/H D Typical NEMA 3R Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. H221N H221NRB H222N H222NRB H223N H223NRB H224N H224NRB H225, N H225NR, R H226, N H226NR, R H227, N H227NR, R H228, N H228NR, R H265 H265R H266 H266R H267 H267R H268 H268R H321N H321NRB H322N H322NRB H323N H323NRB H324N H324NRB H325, N H325R, NR H326, N H326R, NR H327, N H327R, NR H328, N H328R, NR H361, N H361-2 H361NRB, RB H361WA H361WC H362, N H362NRB, RB H362WA H362WC H362WH H363, N H363NRB, RB H363WA H363WC Series F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved H in. 14.60 14.88 14.60 14.88 21.25 21.25 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 14.60 14.88 14.60 14.88 21.25 21.25 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 14.60 17.50 14.88 18.19 18.19 17.50 17.50 18.19 16.75 18.19 21.25 21.25 21.85 21.85 W mm 371 378 371 378 540 540 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 371 378 371 378 540 540 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 371 445 378 462 462 445 445 462 425 462 540 540 462 555 in. 6.50 6.63 6.50 6.63 8.50 8.50 17.13 17.25 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 6.50 6.63 6.50 6.63 8.50 8.50 17.13 17.25 27.88 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 6.50 9.00 6.63 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.50 8.50 9.00 9.00 in. 4.88 4.88 4.88 4.88 6.38 6.38 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 4.88 4.88 4.88 4.88 6.38 6.38 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 4.88 6.38 4.88 6.81 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 7.00 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 6.81 12–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu) 12–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu) 12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu) 6–300 (Al/Cu) — — Approximate Dimensions D mm 165 168 165 168 216 216 435 438 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 165 168 165 168 216 216 435 438 708 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 165 229 168 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 216 216 229 229 Optional Versa-Crimp™ Compression Lug Field-Installedb VCEL02114S1 VCEL030516H1 VCEL07512H1 1 1/0–750 (Al/Cu)f 1/0–750 (Al/Cu) or 400 or or and VCEL030516H1g 2 1/0–300 (Al/Cu) 1/0–300 (Al/Cu) and VCEL05012H1 600 2 3/0–500 (Al/Cu) 3/0–500 (Al/Cu) VCEL05012H1 800 3 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) H8LKE2h 1200 4 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) 3/0–750 (Al/Cu) H12LKE2 h o a 30–100 A switches suitable for 60°C or 75°C conductors. 200–1200 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors. b For NEMA 1 and 3R only. c HU461AWK— 14–3 AWG (Al or Cu). d H60XFA— 14–6 AWG (Cu). e H225XKA— 4 AWG–300 kcmil (Cu). f Max. wire range is (1) 600 kcmil or (2) 300 kcmil Al/Cu on NEMA 4X Stainless and NEMA 12. g Order two PK516KN mounting kits when installing VCEL030516H1 lugs. Only one kit is required on 2-Pole switches. h See page 3-12, 800 and 1200 A compression lug kits for additional information. H Typical NEMA 1 1 1 1 Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil W/H mm 124 124 124 124 162 162 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 124 124 124 124 162 162 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 124 162 124 173 173 162 162 173 178 173 162 162 173 173 in. 7.55 7.55 7.55 7.55 10.50 10.50 18.50 18.63 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 7.55 7.55 7.55 7.55 10.50 10.50 18.50 18.63 27.88 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 7.55 10.50 7.55 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 Cat. No. mm 192 192 192 192 267 267 470 473 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 192 192 192 192 267 267 470 473 708 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 192 267 192 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 H364, N H364RB, NRB H365, N H365R, NR H366, N H366NR, R H367, N H367NR, R H368, N H368NR, R H461 H462 H463 H464 H465 H466 HU265 HU265R HU266 HU266R HU267 HU267R HU268 HU268R HU361 HU361RB HU361WA HU361WC HU362 HU362RB HU362WA HU362WC HU362WH HU363 HU363RB HU363WA HU363WC HU364 HU364RB HU365 HU365R HU366 HU366R HU367 HU367R HU368 HU368R HU461 HU462 HU463 HU464 HU465 HU466 Series F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E4 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 E4 E5 E4 E5 E4 E4 E4 E4 F5 F5 F5 F5 E4 E4 H in. 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.50 20.50 29.00 50.25 50.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 14.60 14.88 18.19 18.19 17.50 17.50 18.19 16.75 18.19 21.25 21.25 21.85 21.85 29.00 29.25 50.25 50.31 50.25 50.31 69.13 69.13 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.50 20.50 29.00 50.25 50.25 W mm 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 521 521 521 737 1276 1276 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 371 378 462 462 445 445 462 425 462 540 540 462 555 737 743 1276 1278 1276 1278 1756 1756 1756 1756 521 521 521 737 1276 1276 in. 17.13 17.25 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 14.75 14.75 14.75 23.25 33.88 33.88 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 6.50 6.63 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.50 8.50 9.00 9.00 17.13 17.25 27.63 27.76 27.63 27.76 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 14.75 14.75 14.75 23.25 33.88 33.88 D mm 435 438 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 375 375 375 591 861 861 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 165 168 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 216 216 229 229 435 438 702 705 702 705 930 930 930 930 375 375 375 591 861 861 in. 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 6.85 6.85 6.85 8.75 10.13 10.13 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 4.88 4.88 6.81 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 7.00 6.81 6.38 6.38 6.81 6.81 8.25 8.50 10.13 9.53 10.13 9.53 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 6.85 6.85 6.85 8.75 10.13 10.13 W/H mm 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 174 174 174 222 257 257 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 124 124 173 173 162 162 173 178 173 162 162 173 173 210 216 257 242 257 242 451 451 451 451 174 174 174 222 257 257 in. 18.50 18.63 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.13 16.13 24.88 33.88 33.88 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 7.55 7.55 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 18.50 18.63 27.63 27.88 27.63 27.88 36.62 36.62 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.13 16.13 24.88 33.88 33.88 mm 470 473 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 410 410 410 632 861 861 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 192 192 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 470 473 702 708 702 708 930 930 930 930 410 410 410 632 861 861 3-13 SAFETY SWITCHES H 2 Wire Range Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 312.6 AWG/kcmil 12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu) 14–10 (Cu) solid or 14–10 (Cu) stranded 14–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu) 12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu) 6–250 (Al/Cu) 3 W Terminal Lug Data (NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12)a Conductors Per Phase and Neutral 1 Heavy Duty Safety Switches NEMA Types 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12 and 12K Dimensions Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12 W Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. W D H H H W/H D Typical NEMA 4X Typical NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12, Fiberglass Reinforced 12K (Stainless has flat front) Polyester and Krydon™ Table 3.35: W D Typical NEMA 7, 9 Optional Copper Only Lug Kits (See page 3-12 for pricing. See page 3-13 for terminal lug data for the series switches listed in the dimension table below.) Amperes Optional Lug Kit Cat. No.a Lug Wire Range Per Phase AWG/kcmil 30–60 CL0306F (1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–4 Cu strand 100 CL10F (1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–1/0 Cu strand 200 CL20F (1) 6–250 Cu 400 CL40F (1) 1–600 Cu plus (1) 6–250 Cu 600 CL60F (2) 4–350 Cu a One kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3-pole switch. Table 3.36: Conduit Provisions (NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydon, NEMA 7 and 9.) Top and Bottom Endwall Amperes b c NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydonb 30 3/4 in. 60 1-1/4 in. 100 2 in. 200 2-1/2 in. Hubs and hub drilling templates are provided for field-installation. Threaded conduit opening. NEMA 7 and 9c — 3/4 in. 1-1/4 in. 2-1/2 in. Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. 3 SAFETY SWITCHES H60XFA H100XFA H221AWK, A H221DS H221-2AWK H222AWK, A H222DS H223AWK, A H223DS H224A,AWK H224DS H225AWK, DS H225NAWK, NDS H225XJG H226AWK, DS H226NAWK, NDS H227AWK, NAWK H228AWK, NAWK H265AWK, DS H266AWK, A, DS H267AWK, NAWK H268AWK, NAWK H321AWK, A H321DS H322AWK, A H322DS H323AWK, A H323DS H324A,AWK H324DS H325AWK, DS H325NAWK, NDS H326AWK, DS H326NAWK, NDS H327AWK, NAWK H328AWK, NAWK H361AWA H361AWC H361AWK, A H361DS H361DSWA H361DSWC H361DF H361DX H361SS H361-2AWK, A H362AWA H362AWC H362AWH H362AWK, A H362DS 3-14 Series E1 E1 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 E4 C2 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F6 H in. 15.93 15.93 14.60 14.93 16.50 14.60 14.93 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 22.56 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 14.60 14.93 14.60 14.93 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 16.50 16.50 14.60 14.93 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 14.93 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.87 W mm 405 405 371 379 419 371 379 521 529 737 737 1175 1175 573 1175 1175 1756 1756 1175 1175 1756 1756 371 379 371 379 521 529 737 737 1175 1175 1175 1175 1756 1756 419 419 371 379 428 428 419 493 379 419 419 419 419 419 428 in. 9.87 9.87 6.63 7.22 9.00 6.63 7.22 9.00 9.36 17.25 17.75 26.25 26.25 10.88 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 6.63 7.22 6.63 7.22 9.00 9.36 17.25 17.75 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 9.00 9.00 6.63 7.22 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 7.22 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.92 www.schneider-electric.us D mm 251 251 168 183 229 168 183 229 238 438 451 667 667 276 667 667 930 930 667 667 930 930 168 183 168 183 229 238 438 451 667 667 667 667 930 930 229 229 168 183 227 227 279 290 183 229 229 229 229 229 227 in. 6.96 6.96 4.96 5.11 7.00 4.96 5.11 7.00 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 10.13 7.75 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 4.96 5.11 4.96 5.11 7.00 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 10.13 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 7.00 7.00 4.96 5.11 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 5.11 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 W/H mm 177 177 125 130 178 125 130 178 177 216 226 259 259 197 259 259 451 451 259 259 451 451 125 130 125 130 178 177 216 226 259 259 259 259 451 451 178 178 125 130 130 130 224 218 130 178 178 178 178 178 177 in. 9.87 9.87 7.55 8.67 10.50 7.55 8.67 10.50 11.25 18.63 19.25 26.25 26.25 10.88 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 7.55 8.67 7.55 8.67 10.50 11.25 18.63 19.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 10.50 10.50 7.55 8.67 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 8.67 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.81 mm 251 251 192 220 267 192 220 267 286 473 489 667 667 276 667 667 930 930 667 667 930 930 192 220 192 220 267 286 473 489 667 667 667 667 930 930 267 267 192 220 275 274 279 290 220 267 267 267 267 267 275 H362DSWA H362DSWC H362DF H362DX H362SS H363AWA H363AWC H363AWK, A H363DS H363DSWA H363DSWC H363DF H363DX H363SS H364A,AWK H364DS,NDS H364NA,NAWK H364DF H364SS H365AWK, DS, SS H365NAWK, NDS H366AWK, DS H366NAWK, NDS, SS H367AWK, NAWK H368AWK, NAWK H461AWK H461DS H462AWK H462DS H463AWK H463 DS H464AWK H464DS H465AWK H663AWK H663DS H664AWK H664DS HU265AWK, DS HU266AWK, DS HU267AWK HU268AWK HU361AWA HU361AWC HU361AWK, A HU361DS HU361DSWA HU361DSWC HU361DF HU361DX HU361SS HU362AWA HU362AWC HU362AWH HU362AWK, A HU362DS HU362DSWA HU362DSWC HU362DF HU362DX HU362SS HU363AWA HU363AWC HU363AWK, A HU363DS HU363DSWA HU363DSWC HU363DF HU363DX HU363SS HU364A,AWK HU364DF HU364DS HU364SS HU365AWK, DS, SS HU366AWK, DS, SS HU367AWK HU368AWK HU461AWK HU461DS HU462AWK HU462DS HU463AWK HU463DS HU464AWK HU464DS HU465AWK HU661AWK HU661DS HU662AWK HU662DS HU663AWK HU663DS HU664AWK HU664DS Series F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F6 F6 F6 E1 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F7 F7 F6 F6 F7 F7 F1 F1 F6 F6 E1 F6 F6 E4 E4 E4 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 E4 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 F6 H in. 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 16.87 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.82 20.82 20.82 24.80 25.25 20.82 29.00 29.00 29.00 31.30 29.00 46.25 46.25 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 16.50 16.50 14.60 14.93 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 14.93 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.87 16.87 16.87 16.50 19.40 16.87 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.82 20.82 20.82 24.80 25.25 20.82 29.00 31.30 29.00 29.00 46.25 46.25 69.13 69.13 20.50 20.82 21.25 20.82 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 46.25 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 20.50 20.82 29.00 29.00 W mm 428 428 419 493 428 521 521 521 529 529 529 630 641 529 737 737 737 795 737 1175 1175 1175 1175 1756 1756 521 529 521 529 521 529 737 737 1175 521 529 737 737 1175 1175 1756 1756 419 419 371 379 428 428 419 493 379 419 419 419 419 428 428 428 419 493 428 521 521 521 529 529 529 630 641 529 737 795 737 737 1175 1175 1756 1756 521 529 540 529 521 529 737 737 1175 521 529 521 529 521 529 737 737 in. 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 8.92 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.36 9.36 9.36 13.70 11.40 9.36 17.25 17.75 17.25 26.30 17.75 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 32.50 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 9.00 9.00 6.63 7.22 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 7.22 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 8.92 8.92 8.92 11.00 11.40 8.92 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.36 9.36 9.36 13.70 11.40 9.36 17.25 26.30 17.75 17.75 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 14.75 15.08 16.13 15.08 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 32.50 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 14.75 15.08 23.25 23.75 D mm 227 227 279 290 227 229 229 229 238 238 238 348 290 238 438 451 438 668 451 667 667 667 667 930 930 375 383 375 383 375 383 591 603 826 375 383 591 603 667 667 930 930 229 229 168 183 227 227 279 290 183 229 229 229 229 227 227 227 279 290 227 229 229 229 238 238 238 348 290 238 438 668 451 451 667 667 930 930 375 383 410 383 375 383 591 603 826 375 383 375 383 375 383 591 603 in. 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 6.97 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 6.97 6.97 12.00 8.60 6.97 8.75 8.88 8.75 11.80 8.88 10.13 10.13 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 7.00 7.00 4.96 5.11 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 5.11 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 5.11 5.11 8.80 8.60 6.97 7.00 7.00 7.00 6.97 6.97 6.97 12.00 8.60 6.97 8.75 11.80 8.88 8.88 10.13 10.13 17.75 17.75 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 10.13 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 6.80 6.97 8.75 8.88 W/H mm 130 130 224 218 177 178 178 178 177 177 177 305 218 177 216 226 216 300 226 259 259 259 259 451 451 173 177 173 177 173 177 222 226 259 173 177 222 226 259 259 451 451 178 178 125 130 130 130 224 218 130 178 178 178 178 177 130 130 224 218 177 178 178 178 177 177 177 305 218 177 216 300 226 226 259 259 451 451 173 177 173 177 173 177 222 226 259 173 177 173 177 173 177 222 226 in. 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 10.81 10.50 10.50 10.50 11.25 11.25 11.25 13.70 11.40 11.25 18.63 19.25 18.63 26.30 19.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 32.50 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 10.50 10.50 7.55 8.67 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 8.67 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.81 10.81 10.79 11.00 11.40 10.81 10.50 10.50 10.50 11.25 11.25 11.25 13.70 11.40 11.25 18.63 26.30 19.25 19.25 26.25 26.25 36.62 36.62 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 32.50 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 16.13 16.85 24.88 25.25 mm 275 274 279 290 275 267 267 267 286 286 286 348 290 286 473 489 473 668 489 667 667 667 667 930 930 410 428 410 428 410 428 632 641 826 410 428 632 641 667 667 930 930 267 267 192 220 275 274 279 290 220 267 267 267 267 275 275 274 279 290 275 267 267 267 286 286 286 348 290 286 473 668 489 489 667 667 930 930 411 428 410 428 410 428 632 641 826 410 428 410 428 410 428 632 641 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double Throw Safety Switches Fusible and Non-Fusible Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 30–100 A Types DT, DTU (Series F) •Fusible (DT) and non-fusible (DTU) switches available •Manually-operated switch suitable for use in accordance with article 702 of the NEC, ANSI/NFPA 70 •Standards: UL 98, NEMA KS1, CSA, and NOM •Modular design—switch handle, lock-plate, switch mechanism; line and load bases are field replaceable •UL Listed short circuit current ratings up to 200 kA (using Class R, J, or T fuses—see table for rating) •Load make/break rated •Meets NEMA hp ratings •Dual cover interlock •May be padlocked ON (I) or OFF (O) •Lock-off accepts up to three padlocks •Side-opening door •Quick make / quick break mechanism •Meets NEMA requirements as heavy duty switch •Field-installed electrical interlock kits •Field-installed neutral assembly kits (2P and 3P switches) •UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment •Supplied as standard for switching one load between two power sources, and may be field-converted to switch on power source between two loads. 30 (Series T4), 200–600 A Types 82,000 and 200 A DTU (Series E, A) •Non-fusible •Designed for manual transfer of loads from one supply to another •UL Listed switches are suitable for use in accordance with Article 702 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI / NFPA 70 •All 82,000 and DTU double throw switches are continuous duty rated for their nameplate ampere rating •The 82,000 and DTU (Series E, A) switches are load make/break rated •UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment •Horsepower rated only as footnoted. Field-Installed Accessories: SAFETY SWITCHES —Neutral —Electrical Interlock —Grounding Terminals 3 30–100 A DT, DTU (Series F) NEMA 1 82,000 Line NEMA 1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-15 Double Throw Safety Switches Table 3.37: 240 Volt Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 240 V Double Throw Safety Switches Horsepower Ratings ab System Amperes Current Series NEMA 1 NEMA 4,4X,5 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 3R NEMA 12 Gasketed 240 Vac Std. Cat. No. $ Price Max. Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 250 Vdcc Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line F DT223 2379.00 DT223RB 3056.00 — — — — 7.5 15 d 15 30 d 20 30 60 F F DT321 DT322 1646.00 1970.00 DT321RB DT322RB 2216.00 2612.00 — — — — — — — — 1.5 e 3e 3d 7.5 d 3e 10 e 7.5 d 15 d 5 10 100 F DT323 3104.00 DT323RB 3725.00 — — — — 7.5 e 15 d 15 e 30 d 20 — DTU223RB — 1347.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 15 — — 10 f 20 f 100 Line Load Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line Line Load Non-Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line Line 60 100 F F DTU222 DTU223 962.00 1371.00 30 200 — 400 T4 E — A 92251 g 82254 k — 82255 g 585.00 — 1815.00 DTU224NRB ghk — — 5850.00 82255R g — 2177.00 — 8715.00 — — — — — — — — — H82254 — H82255 g — 4671.00 — 10335.00 — 15 15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 804.00 1119.00 1764.00 — — 1953.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3d — — 5e 10 e 15 e 10 d 15 d 30 d 5f 10 f 20 f 687.00 — — 2564.00 DTU324NRB gh 3005.00 2798.00 — — 8040.00 82355R g 13038.00 12555.00 DTU326R 13890.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 15 15 — 125 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 Load 3 Non-Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc Line SAFETY SWITCHES 30 60 100 F F F DTU321 DTU322 DTU323 30 200 200 400 600 Non-Fusible—4P, 240 Vac 30 200 400 T4 E E A A 92351 g 82354 g DTU324N gh 82355 g DTU326 T4 E A 92451 82454 k 82455 953.00 5184.00 11505.00 — 82454R k 82455R — 7517.00 16200.00 — — — — — — — H82454 j H82455 — 6779.00 15975.00 — — — — 15 j — — — — — — — — — — 600 A DTU426 20355.00 DTU426R 20595.00 — — — — — 125 — — 50 Line — — DTU323RB Load a b c d e f g h i j k — — H82354 gi 5408.00 — — H82355 g 11715.00 — — Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics. Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. For switching dc, use two switching poles. If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors. Use outer switching poles. Maximum rating. 240 Vac only. Neutral included with device. Suitable for use as service equipment. Hp rating applies only to H82454. 250 V dc rated. 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 3-16 DE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double Throw Safety Switches 600 Volt Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 3.38: 600 V Double Throw Safety Switches Horsepower Ratings ao NEMA 1 Amperes Current Series System NEMA 4,4X,5 304 Stainless Steel NEMA 3R NEMA 12 Gasketed 240 Vac std max 480 Vac std 600 Vac max std max Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 3Ø 3Ø 3Ø b 3Øb 3Ø 3Ø DT361 DT362 DT363 2016.00 2111.00 3686.00 DT361RB DT362RB DT363RB 2678.00 3135.00 4427.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7.5 15 30 20 50 75 Vdcb 250 600 Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line 30 60 100 Line F F F 5 15 25 15 30 60 5 — — 15 30 50 10 30 40 30 5 60 g 10 75 h 20 15 30 50 — — 50 — — — Load 1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø Non-Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line Line 30 60 100 F F F 200 400 600 E A A DTU361 DTU362 DTU363 879.00 DTU361RB 1254.00 DTU362RB 2036.00 DTU363RB 1544.00 — 2045.00 DTU362DS 3425.00 DTU363DS — — — 6306.00 DTU362AWK p 3635.00 9414.00 DTU363AWK p 3894.00 5 10 20 10 20e 40h 7.5 20 25 50 g 40 75 hi 82344jn 2783.00 82344RB jn 5868.00 82344DSjr 11415.00 H82344ljq 7503.00 82345 n 8213.00 82345R n 13140.00 82345DS n 15675.00 H82345 n 12105.00 DTU366 ns 13890.00 DTU366R ns 19800.00 — — DTU366AWKns 21675.00 — — — — — 125 — — — 15 k — 250 — — — — — 350 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 20 30 20 40 40 50 50 75 50 50 60 75 10 20 30 30 — — — — — 125 — — — — — 250 — — — — — 350 — — 50 — — — 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø — — 20 40 — — 50 75 — — 60 75 10 20 30 50 Load Non-Fusible 4P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line Line 60 100 F F 200 400 600 E A A DTU462 DTU463 3035.00 Use NEMA 12 3851.00 — — DTU462DS DTU463DS 6683.00 DTU462AWK p 4184.00 9978.00 DTU463AWK p 6123.00 82444 n 6143.00 82444R n 8130.00 82444DS n 15105.00 82445 n 12578.00 82445Rn 16800.00 — — DTU466 n 20355.00 DTU466R n 23475.00 — — H82444 ljn 7143.00 H82445n 16845.00 — — Non-Fusible 6P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc Line Line 60 100 F F — — — — — — — — — — DTU662AWK p 8474.00 DTU663AWK p 12735.00 — — SAFETY SWITCHES Load 3 Load a b c d e f g h Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics. If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors. For switching dc, use two switching poles. Use outer switching poles. Maximum Hp is 15 for corner grounded delta systems. Maximum Hp is 30 for corner grounded delta systems. Use 75oC #4 Cu or #2 Al conductors only. Use 75oC #1 Cu conductors only. i j k l m n o p q r s Maximum Hp is 60 for corner grounded delta systems. 480 Vac maximum only, 250Vdc. Standard Hp rating. Not suitable for use as service equipment. 600 Vac max. 250 V dc rated. Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses. (Non-fusible switches have max rating unless noted.) Complete rating on switch is NEMA 3R or 12. For 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall. H82 ... and H92 ... devices are NEMA 12 only, intended for use indoors only. Not UL Listed. Copper lugs not listed or available. 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule 3-17 Double Throw Safety Switches Accessories Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Table 3.38: www.schneider-electric.us Neutral Assembly Field-Installed Terminal Field-Installed Terminal Standard Neutral Kit Data $ Price Copper only Data $ Price Cat. No. AWG/kcmil Neutral Kit Cat. No. AWG/kcmil 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) (2- and 3-pole switches only) SN0310 14–1/0 Al/Cu 114.00 SN0310C 14–1/0 Cu 120.00 30 A (Series T4) (2- and 3-pole switches only) a a 908.00 — — — 200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) b a a 1110.00 — — — (1) 4–600kcmil or 105.00 400 A Type 82000 DT400N — — — (2) 1/0–250kcmil 600 A Type DTU (Series A) DT600NKD 250–500kcmil 452.00 — — — a For Type 82,000 switches, neutral is available factory-installed on 2P and 3P double throw switches. Not UL Listed. To order, add suffix N to the standard catalog number and add the above price to the list price of the switch. For DTU switches, neutral is factory-installed in standard device and is UL Listed. b Neutral assembly catalog number DT200N can be added to 4P Type 82000 switches in the field. Switch Table 3.39: Electrical Interlocks (For Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings, see Supplemental Digest page 2-4.) Factory-Installed Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kit Cat. No. c $ Price $ Price Adder Per Switch 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) EIK1, EIK2 dh 311.00 905.00e 200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) f g — 1113.00e 400 A Type 82000 EK400DTU2 260.00 1533.00 600 A Type DTU (Series A) DS200EK2D 438.00 — c Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with “1” suffix indicate one normally open and normally closed contact; “2” indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. See page 3-10 for electrical interlock ratings. d 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches contain (2) separate switching mechanisms. Each mechanism will accept an electrical interlock. Some applications may therefore require (2) electrical interlocks. e 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches with factory-installed electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed and interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O. /2 N.C. contacts installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard catalog number. f Electrical interlock EK400DTU2 can be added to 4-pole Type 82000 switches in the field. g Type 82000 and DTU switches are available with electrical interlock factory-installed only. Not UL listed. Electrical interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O./N.C. contacts and are installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard switch catalog number. h Double throw switches 92251, 92351, and 92451 are not available with factory or field installed electrical interlocks. Switch Table 3.40: Service Grounding Kit (Required for service equipment use.) Switch 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) 30 A Type 92,000 200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) Field-Installed Service Grounding Lug Kit Cat. No. Included DT30SG DT100SG PKOGTA2 (2 required) DS468GKD 400 A Type 82000 600 A Type 82000 (Series A) Table 3.41: Terminal Data AWG/kcmil Included (4) 14–4 Cu/Al (3) 14–1/0 Cu/Al (4) 10–2/0 Cu or (4) 6–2/0 Al 6–250kcmil $ Price std. 29.40 30.00 55.00 309.00 Class R Fuse Kits When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR” suffix to catalog number. Switch Series Number Class R Fuse Kit Cat. No. 3 Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (two kits per 3P switch) 30 A F5 60 A F5 100 A F5 Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (two kits per 3P switch) 30 A F5 60 A F5 100 A F5 $ Price Factory-Installed $ Price RFK03 RFK06 RFK10 24.50 25.50 47.70 390.00 390.00 390.00 RFK06 RFK06H RFK10 25.50 25.50 47.70 390.00 390.00 390.00 SAFETY SWITCHES Viewing Windows See Table 3.29 for list price. Accessory available on 30–100 A DTU switches only. Key Interlock Systems For factory-installed key interlocks, refer to page 3-12. Phenolic Legend Plate For factory-installed phenolic legend plates, refer to Supplemental Digest page 2.3. Lock-On Provisions—UL Listed Standard and feature on 30–100 A type DT and DTU (Series F), 82,000 (400 A only) and type 92,000 switches. Feature available as facatory installed option for Type 82,000 (200 A only) and 200 A DTU (Series E) switches. Add the suffix SPLO to the catalog number and add $410. to the switches list price. Table 3.42: “RB Hub” Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosures Conduit Size 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Closing Cap Hub Cat. No. B075 B100 B125 B150 B200 B250 B300 B350 B400 BCAP $ Price Eachi 33.30 33.30 33.30 33.30 61.00 102.00 186.00 300.00 368.00 3.80 Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with catalog number ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1/2 in. can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring 3 in. or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on 3 in. and larger hubs. Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread. i See Discount Schedule. Table 3.43: Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures Conduit Trade Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 Standard-Zinc Hub Cat. No. H050 H075 H100 H125 H150 H200 H250 H300 H350 H400 120.00 138.00 177.00 282.00 381.00 Zinc $ Price Each Chrome Plated Hub Cat. No. Chrome Plated $ Price Each 31.10 H050CP 45.00 H075CP 40.70 47.10 H100CP 56.00 64.00 54.00 H125CP 67.00 83.00 H150CP 96.00 H200CP 137.00 — — — — — — — — 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 3-18 DE1 DE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double Throw Safety Switches Application Data Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 30–100 A Type DT (Series F): Select DT switches from pages 3-16, 3-17, which have provisions for accepting fuses. 30 A, 200–600 A Type 82,000 (Series E, T4, A), all DTU devices: Use the non-fusible double throw switches from pages 3-16, 3-17 in conjunction with standard fusible devices, and install them according to diagram 1 or 2, below. Line Non-Fusible Double Throw Switch Line Table 3.44: UL Listed Short Circuit Current Ratings Switch Type Type DT (Series F) DTU b Type (Series F) DTU224NRB and DTU324NRB (Series E) DTU324N (Series E) Voltage Rating UL Listed Fuse Class 30–100 A 240 V or 600 V 30–100 A 240 V or 600 V H, K R, J H or K R, J or T Short Circuit Current Rating a (A) 10,000 200,000 10,000 c 200,000 200 A 240 V H, K 10,000 c H, K 10,000 c R, J 100,000 H, K 10,000 c 240 V Type 82,000 all R, J 100,000 d 600 V H, K 10,000 c H, K 10,000 Type DTU (A series) 600 A 240 V or 600 V R, J, T 100,000 a Rating applies to AC only. The UL Listed short circuit current rating for non-fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with the corresponding fuse type. Evaluation of non-fusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers has not been performed. b The DTU361 and DTU361RB are also suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than (A) 18 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FH circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum or (B) 14 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FA circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum. c Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used ahead of a non-fusible safety switch when there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available. d 400 A 82,000 switch is only 10 kA. Table 3.45: 200 A 240 V Terminal Lug Data for Type DT, DTU (Series F) Double Throw Safety Switches NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Wires per Phase Wire Range Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 373-6 AWG/kcmil 30–60 A 12–2 Al Type DT, DTU 1 or (Series F) 14–2 Cu 100 A 12–1/0 Al Type DT, DTU 1 or (Series F) 14–1/0 Cu e Thomas and Betts catalog numbers. f Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers. Switch Type Fusible Single Throw Switch or Circuit Breaker Amperes Table 3.46: Load Standard Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil 12–2 Al or 14–2 Cu 12–1/0 Al or 14–1/0 Cu Amperes Wires per Phase Wire Range Wire Bending Space Per NEC Table 373-6 AWG/kcmil 30 A (Series T4) h 1 14–8 Al/Cu Line 200 Non-Fusible Double Throw Switch Load 1 1 or 2 600 2 o 200–600 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors. 30 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors. Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers. 400 g h i VCEL02114S1 f Optional Copper Only Lug See pages 3-12 and 3-14 for appropriate kit. Order two kits per switch. Terminal Lug Data for Types 82,000 and for A and E-Series DTU devices Diagram 1 Fusible Single Throw Switch or Circuit Breaker Optional Compression Lug Field-Installed C10-14, D8-14, or E6-14 e 6–300 Al/Cu 1/0–600 Al/Cu or 1/0–300 Al/Cu 250–500 Al/Cu Lug Wire Range AWG/kcmil g Optional Compression Lugs Field-Installed 12–2 Al or 14–2 Cu 6–300 Al/Cu VCEL030516H1 i 1/0–600 Al/Cu — 250–500 Al/Cu — — SAFETY SWITCHES Situations Requiring Fuses 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-18 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-20 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-21 3 Fusible Single Throw Switch or Circuit Breaker Line Diagram 2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE1 Discount Schedule 3-19 Double Throw Safety Switches Dimensions—Series F Devices Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 Table 3.47: W H D W/H NEMA 1 W H 3 W/H D www.schneider-electric.us 30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)—Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. Series DT223 DT223RB DT321 DT321RB DT322 DT322RB DT323 DT323RB DT361 DT361RB DT362 DT362RB DT363 DT363RB DTU222 DTU223 DTU223RB DTU321 DTU322 DTU323 DTU323RB DTU361 DTU361RB DTU362 DTU362AWK DTU362DS DTU362RB DTU363 DTU363AWK DTU363DS DTU363RB DTU462 DTU462AWK DTU462DS DTU463 DTU463AWK DTU463DS DTU662AWK DTU663AWK F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F5 F6 F6 F5 F6 F6 F6 F6 H in. 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 29.94 29.94 30.50 29.94 29.94 29.94 30.50 29.94 30.50 29.94 29.94 30.26 30.50 29.94 29.94 30.26 30.50 29.94 30.26 30.26 29.94 30.26 30.26 30.26 30.26 W mm 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 760 760 775 760 760 760 775 760 775 760 760 769 775 760 760 769 775 760 769 769 760 769 769 769 769 in. 9.88 6.87 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 9.88 6.87 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 9.88 6.87 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 10.25 15.50 15.50 10.25 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 W/H mm 251 174 260 260 260 260 251 174 260 260 260 260 251 174 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 394 394 260 394 394 394 394 in. 11.13 8.12 11.50 11.80 11.50 11.80 11.13 8.12 11.50 11.80 11.50 11.80 11.13 8.12 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.50 11.96 11.96 11.96 11.50 11.96 11.96 16.75 16.75 11.96 16.75 16.75 16.75 16.75 D mm 283 206 292 300 292 300 283 206 292 300 292 300 283 206 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 304 292 304 304 304 292 304 304 425 425 304 425 425 425 425 in. 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.75 6.60 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93 7.12 6.93 6.93 6.93 7.12 6.93 6.93 7.12 7.12 6.93 7.12 7.12 7.12 7.12 mm 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 171 168 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 181 176 176 176 181 176 176 181 181 176 181 181 181 181 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19 Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21 NEMA 3R SAFETY SWITCHES W H W/H D NEMA 4, 4X, 5 and 12 3-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Double Throw Safety Switches Dimensions—Series A, E, and T4 Devices Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us 30, 200–600 A Types 82,000 and E-Series DTU devices, NEMA 1 and 3R—Approximate Dimensions Cat. No. W/H W D H NEMA 1 W/H W D H DTU—200 A NEMA 3R DTU224NRB a 82254 a 82254NW a 82344 a 82344RB a 82354 92251 82344DS DTU324N DTU324NRB H82344 H82444 a H82454 82454 82444 82454R a 82444R H82254 H82354 82444DS a 82255 a 82255R 82345a 82345DSa 82345Ra 82355 a 82355R a 82445 82445R 82455 a 82455R H82255 H82345 H82355 H82445 H82455 DTU326 DTU426 DTU366 DTU466 DTU326R DTU426R DTU366R DTU466R DTU366AWK a 250 V dc rated. Series E1 E1 E1 E2 E1 E1 T4 E1 E1 E1 E2 E2 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 H in. 32.50 30.88 30.88 30.88 32.50 30.88 10.00 30.88 32.50 32.50 32.50 32.50 32.50 38.00 38.00 38.00 38.00 32.50 32.50 38.00 38.50 39.00 38.50 39.00 39.00 38.50 39.00 38.50 39.00 38.50 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 63.31 63.31 63.31 63.31 63.76 63.76 63.76 63.76 63.76 W mm 826 784 784 784 826 784 254 784 826 826 826 826 826 965 965 965 965 826 826 965 978 991 978 991 991 978 991 978 991 978 991 991 991 991 991 991 1608 1608 1608 1608 1619 1619 1619 1619 1619 in. 20.63 15.75 20.00 20.00 20.63 20.00 8.00 20.00 24.50 24.50 24.50 30.21 30.21 29.62 29.62 29.62 29.62 24.50 24.50 29.62 26.10 26.62 26.10 26.62 26.62 26.10 26.62 30.10 30.21 30.10 30.21 26.62 26.62 26.62 30.21 30.21 23.66 27.00 23.66 27.00 23.66 27.00 23.66 27.00 23.66 W/H mm 524 400 508 508 524 508 203 508 622 622 622 767 767 753 753 753 753 622 622 753 663 676 663 676 676 663 676 765 767 765 767 676 676 676 767 767 601 686 601 686 601 686 601 686 601 in. 24.00 19.63 23.88 23.88 24.00 23.88 9.75 23.88 26.25 26.25 26.25 33.61 33.61 33.02 33.02 33.02 33.02 26.25 26.25 33.02 29.51 30.02 29.51 30.02 30.02 29.51 30.02 33.50 33.61 33.50 33.61 30.02 30.02 30.02 33.61 33.61 24.46 27.80 24.46 27.80 24.46 27.80 24.46 27.80 24.46 D mm 610 499 607 607 610 607 248 607 667 667 667 854 854 839 839 839 839 667 667 839 750 763 750 763 763 750 763 851 854 851 854 763 763 763 854 854 621 706 621 706 621 706 621 706 621 in. 10.63 9.75 11.75 11.75 10.63 11.75 4.75 11.75 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 10.63 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 8.88 mm 270 248 298 298 270 298 121 298 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 3 240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16 600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18 Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20 SAFETY SWITCHES Table 3.48: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 3-21 Dimensions 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch Class 3110 www.schneider-electric.us Put over 100 years of Schneider Electric’s experience as a global specialist in energy management to work on your photovoltaic (PV) project. The Square D™ 1000 Vdc disconnect switch is the perfect solution for your 1000 Vdc PV disconnect applications. It is compact and available in both a 100 and 200 amp non-fusible versions. IEC 609471 and 3 certified (file 136861) and UL 98 certified (file E343341). Extended Life Expectancy Designed for Harsh PV Environments Exceeds IEC 60947-3 mechanical endurance requirements by factor of 18 Exceeds IEC 60947-1 electrical endurance requirements by factor of 10 Exceeds NEMA KS-1 mechanical endurance requirements by factor of 3. NEMA Type 3 and IP63 enclosure • • Resists windblown dirt/dust Exceeds NEMA Type 1, 3R and 12 Operating range of -37°C to 50°C Specially designed PV paint reduces solar gain up to 35% over standard grey enclosures Easy to Install Preconfigured solar solution Familiar enclosed safety switch design Suitable for both grounded and ungrounded PV Table 3.49: 1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch Pricing and Accessories Factory Installed Accessories NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 3 and IP63 System Amperes Cat. No. Electrical Interlock Electrical Interlock Single Contacta Two Contactsb Viewing Windows Terminal Blocks (Copper)c 3 Wire Ground Lugd Price No. Suffix $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price $ Price No. Suffix $Adder Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Height Width (in.) (in.) Depth (in.) 3 Pole Groundede Three-Pole (Grounded System) Connector Line Connector 100 REHU393IP 1672.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 150.00 TBC 409.00 GL 263.00 22.13 18.63 8.75 200 REHU394IP 2246.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 175.00 TBC 409.00 GL 263.00 22.13 18.63 8.75 100 REHU493IP 2507.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 150.00 — — GL 263.00 29.00 18.63 8.75 200 REHU494IP 3965.00 EI 452.00 EI2 496.00 VW 175.00 — — GL 263.00 29.00 18.63 8.75 Load PE Protective earth terminal 3 4 Pole Ungrounded Four-Pole (Ungrounded System) SAFETY SWITCHES Load Line Load Line Connector PE Protective earth terminal a b c Order EIK1PV for single contact field-installed kit $311.00. Order EIK2PV for double contact field-installed kit $355.00. Accommodates (2) 250 max Cu or (1) 1/0 max Cu wiring; Order d e SN20CPV for field-installed kit $246.00. Order REHGND KIT for field installable kit $100.00. Terminal blocks standard with 3 pole switches; accommodates (2) 1/0 max Al/Cu or (2) 6 max Al/Cu wiring. Schneider Electric gives the Photovoltaic market place the most comprehensive one stop shop for Residential and Light Commercial Photovoltaic Balance of System components. Schneider Electric's Inverters, and Square D brand DC and AC disconnect switches and Load Centers are ideal solutions to your Balance of Systems requirements. See the Balance of System solution chart below for your single phase PV system. Table 3.50: 200 A Enclosed Switch Dimensions (inches) PV Balance of System Solution Package—Grid Tie System Voltage Kilowatts Amps DC Disconnect Inverter 250 Vdc 2.8 30 HU361RB 878-2801 D221NRB 250 Vdc 3.3 60 HU362RB 878-3301 D222NRB QO140M225 250 Vdc 3.3 100 HU363RB 878-3301 D223NRB QONQ42MS400 600 Vdc 3.8 30 HU361RB 878-3801 D221NRB QO130M200 600 Vdc 5.0 60 HU362RB 878-5001 D222NRB QO140M225 600 Vdc 5.0 100 HU363RB 878-5001 D223NRB QONQ42MS400 For internal 600 Vdc PV combiner box switches please see our offering of 9422 switches 600 Vdc UL98 listed in digest pages 8-14. 3-22 DE1 Discount Schedule AC Disconnect Load Center Product QO130M200 For our 600 Vdc PV switch offering please see digest pages 3-5–3-6. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved String Combiner Boxes Dimensions Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Square D PV string combiner boxes are used to integrate multiple PV strings into one output circuit. Its tough exterior and safety features protect wiring from weather and overcurrent. The exterior coating ensures low operating temperatures and longer life of internal components. The specially engineered enclosure is designed to provide dust tight and rain tight protection; it meets or exceeds NEMA® 3R, 12, and 4 requirements. Traditional Square D visible blade switch architecture confirms disconnection, while touch-safe interior shielding protects against accidental contact with live components. Features Flexible • • • Vertical, horizontal, and angled mounting options Flexible installation with top, bottom, and side entry Substantial wire-bending space Robust • • • Dust tight and rain tight engineered enclosure for outdoor use UV-resistant white exterior coating to reduce solar gain by 35% Meets or exceeds NEMA 3R, 12, and 4 requirements Safe • • • • Square D traditional visible blade switch architecture for confirmation of disconnect Touch-safe interior shielding guards against accidental contact with current-carrying components Seismic-certified 100–400 amp string combiner boxes for earthquake safety Optional integrated 2.5 kV surge arrestor to protect PV electronics from lightning strikes Listings • UL 1741 • Switches tested to UL98B • CSA C22.2 Spec 107.1 600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes Maximum Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only) Continuous Maximum Continuous Output DC Output PV Module Input List Input Output Circuit Number of Ground Current Isc Rating Current Price $ Circuit (+ and -) Conductors In (Max.) (Amps) Per String (+ and -) (+ or -) (Amps) REHSC126100 12 100 838.00 #12–#6 #6–1/0 1 REHSC166200 16 200 1067.00 #12–#6 #6–300 MCM 1 #14–4 Or 10.4 13 2X #14–#12 REHSC246300 24 300 1378.00 #12–#6 1/0–300 2 REHSC326400 32 400 2226.00 #12–#6 1/0–300 2 a For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number. Catalog Numbera Table 3.52: Number Input Circuits (Max.) Width Depth Ground Out in. mm in. mm in. mm #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 20.78 27.78 35.78 35.78 528 706 909 909 14.50 20.25 20.25 20.25 368 514 514 514 6.13 6.13 6.13 6.13 156 156 156 156 600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes With Disconnects Maximum Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only) Continuous Maximum Continuous Output DC Output PV Module Input List Input Output Circuit Number of Ground Current Isc Rating Current Price $ Circuit (+ and -) Conductors In (Max.) (Amps) Per String (+ and -) (+ or -) (Amps) REHSC126100DU 12 100 1438.00 #12–#6 #6–1/0 1 REHSC166200DU 16 200 1899.00 #12–#6 #6–300 MCM 1 #14–4 Or 10.4 13 2X #14–#12 REHSC246300DU 24 300 3035.00 #12–#6 1/0–300 2 REHSC326400DU 32 400 3883.00 #12–#6 1/0–300 2 a For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number. Catalog Numbera Outside Dimmensions Height Number Input Circuits (Max.) Outside Dimmensions Height Width Depth Ground Out in. mm in. mm in. mm #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 #6–2/0 31.00 31.00 41.00 41.00 787 787 1041 1041 19.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 483 635 635 635 9.00 9.00 10.50 10.50 229 229 267 267 SAFETY SWITCHES Table 3.51: The 600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device (SPD) is for medium risk PV applications. The SPD when installed in a Square D combiner box protects solar modules, power tracking and blocking diodes from physical damage resulting from lightning induced transients. The SPD device uses Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)/Gas-Filled Spark Gap (GSP) protection circuits for longer life and no current leakage. The devices are UL1449 ed 2 compliant Low Voltage TVSS. The SP are available as factory installed by adding the suffix “S” to the combiner box catalog number or as kits a kit: REHTYPE2SP. Table 3.53: Typical String Combination Box Dimensions © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device Catalog Number Network Voltage Nominal Discharge Current per 20 micro sec Maximum Discharge Current per 20 micro sec Operating Current Operating Temperature; Celsius List Price $ REHTYPE2SP 600 Vdc 20kA 40kA <0.1nA -40 to +85 Kit 337.00 Factory Installed 490.00 3-23 3 Surge Protection Device www.schneider-electric.us 3 SAFETY SWITCHES 3-24 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 4 Power Monitoring and Control PowerLogic™ Energy and Power Management Systems Remote Energy Management ION-E software CM4000 ION7650 Sepam series 80 HDM4 Panel Introduction Power Monitoring Software PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software Remote Energy Management PowerLogic Scada PowerLogic ION EEM Enterprise Energy Management Software PowerLogic Metering ION8650 ION7550/7650 ION7350/7330/7300 ION6200 PowerLogic ION and Power and Energy Meter Selection DM6200 Panel Meter PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter Series 700 Power Meter Series 800 Power Meter Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Submetering Tenant Metering Software PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter High Density Meter Enclosures (HDM) Multi Circuit Energy Meters Energy Meter Enercept™ Meter Split Core Current Transformers Branch Circuit Power Meter Branch Current Monitor Multi-Circuit Meter Submeter Display Remote Energy Management Solutions PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online Communications Ethernet Gateways Web Page Generator Engineering Services Consulting & Analysis Industrial Energy Efficiency Power Monitoring Applications Power System Control Applications System Integration Factory Assembled Enclosures Technical Support Power Management University 4-2, 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-7 4-8 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-11 4-13 4-13 4-14 4-14 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-19 4-20 4-20 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-23 Sepam Digital Protective Relays Series 80, 60, 40 & 20 Features Series 80, 60, 40, 20 & 10 Applications 4-24 4-25 Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation Systems 4-26 Active Harmonic Filter 4-28 4-29 4-31 4-32 4-33 4-34 4-36 4 Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Bank Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks LV Transient Free Reactive Compensation Banks Medium Voltage Capacitors Accusine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL VAMP 221 ReactiVar™ Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-1 PowerLogic™ www.powerlogic.com Three dimensions of energy and power management savings Volatile energy prices and stringent emissions standards have made it more challenging to control operational costs thus putting profits at risk. Square D PowerLogic™ energy and power management systems will help you make the most of your energy by: Reducing Utility Costs & Increasing Energy Efficiency Achieve significantly reduced direct consumption-related costs through improved efficiency, lower emissions and more accountability. And if you're a property manager, you can increase the accuracy of energy settlements that can help attract or retain tenants. By simply installing a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, our customers over the past twenty years have reported realizing a 2–4% savings in utility costs-but that's just the “tip of the iceberg” in terms of your potential savings. Optimizing Equipment Utilization Avoid or defer capital costs by better utilizing existing electrical infrastructure typically results in another 2–5% savings. By monitoring key points and collecting system loading information, engineering is able to make decisions on a plant's capacity to handle new production lines or to determine if additional distribution equipment is required for a building expansion. Improving System Reliability & Safety Typically, another 10% can be found by discovering power system reliability improvements with powerful PowerLogic™ metering that offers extremely accurate and high speed event capture information. Once detected, future power disturbances are often correctable and can help facilities avoid expensive and often hidden risks to productivity. As an added benefit, PowerLogic monitoring system information is accessible from the safety of your personal computer. This offers improved worker safety since it is not necessary to suit up in personal protective equipment to access energized equipment over the network. PowerLogic™ systems give you the power to achieve this kind of savings, resulting in a quick return on your investment. We pride ourselves on reliable products, innovative systems, expert engineering services, and our ability to provide single-source energy and power management solutions. It's not just a concept to us, it's a legacy and a promise-for companies that seek an edge in productivity. That's why leaders turn to Schneider Electric. 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ www.powerlogic.com Table 4.1: Data Presentment & Management Data Acquisition, Alarms & Monitoring Enterprise Online Energy Analysis Data Centers; Industrial Buildings, Property Management, Utilities Utilities For products see DIGEST section: 4–6 4–17 4–5 4–4 thru 4–12 4–13 thru 4–16 For services see DIGEST section: 4–20 4–20 4–21 4–21 4–22 Automatic Meter Reading • •••• •• Revenue Metering • •••• •• Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition Power Monitoring System Tenant Submetering Water/Wastewater, Heavy Industrial, large Commercial Buildings, Process Industry, Data commercial buildings, Government Buildings, Centers, Critical Power Military Bases, Healthcare Military Bases Meter Application WAGES Utility Pulses Sub-billing ••• ••• ••• •••• •• •••• ••• • •• •• ••• • • ••• • •• ••• ••• ••• ••• Commissioning & Troubleshooting ••• •••• Equipment Monitoring: transformers, MCCs, switchgear, switchboards, circuit breaker status, protective equipment, capacitors, generators, panelboards, PDU, UPS, etc. ••• •••• Measurement & Verification •••• ••• Cost Allocation & Utility Billing Energy Usage Analysis Reduce Energy Costs & Energy Procurement Optimization Efficiency Allocate Energy Costs • Interval Benchmarking & Profiling •••• Total Load Aggregation •••• • • Energy Efficiency Emissions Tracking •• ••• Power Factor Correction • • Peak Demand Reduction •• • ••• Demand Response & Curtailment Improve Maintenance Practices Optimize Equipment Utilization Facility Planning Identify Equipment Capacity ••• Determine Transformer Stress Equipment Asset Optimization ••• •• •• ••• Improve Efficiency Balance Circuit Loading ••• Balance Generator Usage ••• Optimize Chiller & Mechanical Equipment • System Monitoring & Analysis Improve Reliability & Safety Transient Voltage Detection •••• Sag/Swell Disturbance Monitoring •••• Power Quality & Harmonic Analysis Power Quality Compliance •••• •••• • ••• • ••• •••• Alarm & System Diagnositics Electrical Distribution Alarm & Event Analysis Waveform capture viewing •••• Remote alarm notification •••• ••• Energy Services •••• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •••• Peak Shaving/Generator Control Load Management/Shedding ••• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •••• WAGES •• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •• ••• Advanced Reliability Services Engineering Services Auto Throw Over (ATO) •••• Emergency Power Supply System Test Reporting Sequence of Events Recording (1ms time/stamp) GPS Time Stamping •• •••• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services •••• ••• •••• ••• Power System Control •••• • Network Protection •••• •• see section 4–20 for Engineering Services Consulting Services System Studies (SC/TCC/Arc Flash) see section 4–20 for Engineering Services 4 Power System Assessments POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Total Energy Control Services © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-3 PowerLogic™ PowerLogic Operations Software www.powerlogic.com Remote Energy Management ION Enterprise Software PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software PowerLogic ION Enterprise software is an all-in-one package for operational power system monitoring, analysis and control that helps you reduce energy-related costs. It offers control capabilities, comprehensive power quality and reliability analysis and helps reduce energy related costs. The software is a suite of applications that allows you to collect, process, analyze, store, and share data across your entire enterprise. PowerLogic ION Enterprise software is designed to give you the information and analysis tools you need to make sound decisions. Its cutting-edge flexibility and compatibility allow you to extend your energy management system at your own pace, adding newer components as they become available, without interrupting or impacting existing functions. PowerLogic ION Enterprise collects data through serial, wireless, modem or Ethernet links and can manage a single site or, through the Internet, connect a global network of devices. Table 4.2: PowerLogic ION Enterprise Software Ordering Information Description Catalog No. $ Price Core Software Productsa ION Enterprise Base software ION Enterprise Device license (For 100+ devices, please call the factory for volume pricing) ION Enterprise Client license ION Enterprise Quantity 50 Pack Device licenses ION Enterprise v6.0 Device licenses OPC Server support for ION Enterprise SQL Server 2005 bundle option (CD and 1-CPU license) SQL Server 2005 additional CPU license PQDIF Exporter for ION Enterprise IE60BASEENG IE60DLS IE60CL IE60DLS50 IE60DLUNLTD IONEOPCV1 IONESQL2005 IONESQL2005CPU IONEPQDIFV1 1079.00 252.00 1079.00 10080.00 24750.00 3055.00 3509.00 2157.00 3660.00 IE60BASEENGUPG IE60DLSUPG IE60DLS50UPG IE60DLUNLTDUPG IE60CLUPG 288.00 126.00 5040.00 12375.00 520.00 Upgrades to PowerLogic ION Enterprise 6.0 ION Enterprise Base Upgrade from v5.5 or later ION Enterprise Single Device License Upgrade ION Enterprise Quantity 50 Pack Device Licenses Upgrade ION Enterprise v6.0 Unlimited Device License Upgrade ION Enterprise Client license upgrade Related Items ION Enterprise Replacement CD IONE60REPCD 215.00 a Every new system must be ordered with 1 IONE56-Base software and a minimum of 5 IONE56-DL device licenses. Note: Software versions may have upgraded since release of this digest. Please check with your Schneider Electric Sales Rep or local distributor for latest ION Enterprise version. Remote Energy Management Web-Hosted Service Schneider Electric Remote Energy Management (REM) is a web-hosted service that easily turns energy usage data into actionable information, accessible via any standard web browser. With REM, users can easily identify energy waste, reduce energy consumption, save on utility bills, and measure, report on and implement energy and emission reduction initiatives...all easily made available through predefined reports and customizable dashboards • 4 • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • Compare energy usage among similar facilities to establish benchmarks and identify poorly performing facilities. Normalize consumption against weather, production, hours of operation, sq footage, and occupancy. Measure the effectiveness of various energy efficiency efforts. View carbon emissions reports. Easily view all monitored sites around the globe on a single screen through the Enterprise Map View. • • • • • • Optimize equipment run hours and setting to avoid setting costly new demand peaks. Compare consumption data between different meters or a group of meters. Identify exceptional usage patterns. Track, report, and analyze information from all utility sources including water, gas, electric, and steam. Compare usage to utility bills to verify correct billing from the utility. Use “what if” analysis tools to make accurate assessments of what utility costs would be on different utility rates. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing and availability. 4-4 PM1 PL1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ SCADA Software www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Scada Software PowerLogic SCADA 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PowerLogic™ SCADA software was created to meet the requirement for real-time monitoring and control of electrical distribution systems, including fast response times and high reliability through redundancy. PowerLogic SCADA is powered by Citect™ SCADA technology but is specifically designed for electrical power systems applications. The complete PowerLogic supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) solution includes a dynamic graphical user interface, enhanced alarm management, one second response times for control operation and status, transparent redundancy, and reliable communications (through hardware components and network topology). The system also features Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) logs with time stamps of 1ms resolution. PowerLogic SCADA software includes a web-based client for remote viewing capability. The graphical user interface consists of animated objects which change according to status information. The flexible graphics editor includes both ANSI and IEC electrical symbols to facilitate easy one-line diagram creation. Real-time and historical trending is also supported. For pricing information, please contact your local PowerLogic representative. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule 4-5 PowerLogic™ ION EEM Enterprise Energy Management Software www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic ION EEM is a complete enterprise energy management solution that unites business and energy strategies across your entire enterprise by unifying and extending the benefits of your existing energy-related data resources. Stakeholders from management to operations will be empowered by actionable energy intelligence to reveal opportunities, isolate problems and drive cost and risk reduction strategies. Personalized dashboards help management and operations personnel monitor all aspects of energy use and respond to opportunities or threats. PowerLogic ION EEM automatically acquires data from power monitoring and control systems, building and process automation systems, utility information systems, weather services, spot-market energy pricing feeds, and enterprise business applications, cleanses and warehouses it. Personalized, browser-based dashboards and innovative visualization and modeling tools then make the information available to whomever needs it, so you can accurately monitor, validate, predict and control energy-related expenses. From operational cost reductions to procurement support through cost allocation, benchmarking and budgeting, key performance indicators and advanced analytics, PowerLogic ION EEM helps you manage energy in financial terms. It also helps you gain unique insight into the impacts of power quality on your business and all energy assets. From the service entrance to the boardroom, PowerLogic ION EEM software allows energy to be managed as a variable cost. Key features Produce aggregate billing, load profile, cost allocation, power quality, forecasting or budget reports to help inform stakeholders and track results against goals. • • • • • • • • • • True enterprise-level software architecture: data quality assurance, data warehouse, web framework Web portal: personalized dashboards, key performance indicators, charts, trends, real-time conditions Reporting: rich and customized content, support for complex data and graphics, scheduled distribution Trending: advanced visualization, dimensional analysis, prediction, statistical rollups Modeling: regression analysis, normalization, correlation, integration of all relevant drivers and contextual data Billing: built-in rate engine and rate wizard Power quality analysis: wide-area event monitoring, classification, filtering, correlation Alarms and events: triggering on complex conditions, notification, logging Integration: data acquisition systems, weather and pricing feeds, other enterprise applications (e.g. BAC, ERP) CO2 Report Typical applications Use advanced billing functions to support energy procurement and manage load or generation assets in response to curtailment or pricing signals. 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Monitor power quality risk factors, benchmark performance, determine impacts, validate contract compliance, isolate problem sources, and confirm your return-on-investment. 4-6 • • • • • • • • • • • • Manage all utilities (electricity, gas, water, etc.) and emissions through a single, unified interface Benchmark facility performance across an entire enterprise to identify energy inefficiencies Measure and verify savings from energy conservation projects or performance contracts Reduce operational costs, improve processes, and prolong asset life Meet corporate environmental stewardship goals or mandated impact targets Manage demand control schemes, load shedding, peak shaving, base loading or on-site generation Enable participation in real-time pricing and load curtailment programs Optimize procurement by forecasting and budgeting for energy needs and comparing utility rates Identify utility billing errors and validate contract compliance Allocate and recover utilities costs from tenants, departments, processes, etc. Maximize the use of existing infrastructure capacity and avoid overbuilding Identify and reduce risks to uptime Data presentation tier Web portal delivers enterprise-wide access through personalized dashboards, reports, detailed analytics, and integration of views from third-party systems. Schedule information and report distribution to the people who need it, for use on their desktop or mobile devices. Business applications tier Standard and optional modules tailor functionality to specific needs. Advanced analytics and reporting on every driver and relationship affecting energy cost and reliability. Data management tier Integration of data from many sources: power monitoring and control systems (PowerLogic or third party), utility metering systems (water, air, gas etc.), Internet weather, real-time energy pricing feeds, manual input, energy assets (power distribution and reliability equipment, generators), line-of-business systems (BAC, DCS, ERP, EAM, accounting). Data quality module assures complete and reliable data from all inputs. For price and ordering information, contact your local PowerLogic Sales Specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales at 615-287-3535. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters www.powerlogic.com ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters The web-enabled PowerLogic ION8650 is used to monitor electric distribution networks, service entrances and substations. It enables businesses to manage complex energy supply contracts that include power quality guarantees. Low-range current accuracy makes it ideal for independent power producers and cogeneration applications that require the accurate bi-directional measurement of energy. It is well suited to load curtailment, equipment monitoring and control and energy pulsing and totalization applications. Integrate it with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software or other energy management and SCADA systems. PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Features Feature set C includes: • • • • • • • • • • Table 4.3: 9S, 35S, 36S socket and switchboard cases True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, power and meets stringent ANSI revenue metering standards including ANSI C12.20 0.2 and Class 2, 10, & 20 Power quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics to the 31st and symmetrical components 32MB log/event memory, min/max for any parameter, historical logs up to 64 channels, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds and GPS time synchronization Transformer/line loss compensation and Instrument transformer correction Communications: Ethernet, Serial, Modem, Internet and Ethernet to serial gateway and ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, MV-90 protocols, IEC 61850 Dial-out capability when memory is near full Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to sensitive data for up to 16 users Data push capability through SMTP (email) 65 setpoints — math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas • • Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection Built-in I/O: 4 KYZ digital outs and 3 form A digital ins, 4 KYZ digital outs and 1 form A digital out and 1 form A digital in, an optional external I/O expander provides additional I/O Feature set B adds the following to feature set C: • Harmonics—individual, total even, total odd up to the 63rd • 64MB standard memory • Historical logs up to 320 channels • Modbus RTU Master on serial ports • Cycle setpoint minimum response time Feature set A adds the following to feature sets C and B: • • • • • Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle, PQ compliance monitoring, flicker to EN50160, IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also configurable to IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI) CBEMA/ITIC Transient detection to 6517µs at 60Hz; Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 50th 128MB standard memory Max 96 cycles of waveform logs and 800 channels of historical logs Typical PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Description ION8650, feature set A, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 127–177 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10BaseT, RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs ION8650, feature set A, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 120–480 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10Base T, RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs ION8650, feature set C, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs ION8650, feature set C, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs Catalog No. $ Price S8650A0C0E6E0B0A 7077.00 S8650A1C0E6E0B0A 7077.00 S8650C0C0E6A0B0A 2889.00 S8650C1C0E6A0B0A 2889.00 PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meters Used at key distribution points and sensitive loads, the web-enabled PowerLogic ION7550 and PowerLogic ION7650 meters combine a wealth of advanced features from power quality analysis capabilities, revenue accuracy and multiple communications options, through web compatibility, and control capabilities. Both are compatible with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software can be integrated with other energy management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and protocols. The meters are ideal for compliance monitoring, disturbance analysis, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor control and equipment monitoring and control. The meters have a high visibility, adjustable front panel display that can depict TOU, harmonics, event logs, phasers, and instantaneous power parameters. They meet stringent ANSI C12.20 0.2, Class 10 & 20 revenue metering standards. PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Features The PowerLogic ION7550 includes: • • • • • • • • Table 4.4: Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to sensitive data for up to 16 users 65 configurable 1/2 cycle setpoints for single, multi-condition and dial out on alarm and math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas • Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection enhance meter security • Extensive standard I/O includes: 8 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs and 3 onboard relays The ION7650 has all the features of the ION7550 and adds: • • • • • • Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle Transient detection to 17µs at 60Hz Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 40th Flicker to EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also configurable for IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI), plus CBEMA/ITIC Symmetrical components Power quality measurements per IEC 61000-4-30 Class A, Ed. 2 Typical PowerLogic ION7550/7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Description Catalog No. $ Price Typical PowerLogic ION7550 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port), standard I/O S7550A0C0B6E0A0A 6318.00 S7550A0C0B6A0A0A 5589.00 S7650B1C0B6E0A0E 9279.00 S7650A0C0B6E0A0A 7869.00 S7650A0C0B6C1A0A 8409.00 S7650A0C0B6A0A0A 7140.00 S7650B1C0B6E0A0A 9279.00 Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O, EN50160 compliance monitoring Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet and 56k modem, standard I/O Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port), standard I/O Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PM1 Discount Schedule 4 Typical PowerLogic ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • 3.5” x 4.5” (87 x 112 mm) backlit LCD display True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that meets stringent ANSI C12.20 0.2, Class 2, 10, & 20 Power quality: sag/swell, harmonics - individual, even, odd, total to the 63rd, waveform capture at 256 samples/cycle 5MB log/event memory (10MB optional), waveform logging up to 96 cycles, up to 800 channels historical, min/max, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds, GPS time synchronization and historical trends through front panel Communications: fiber, Ethernet, serial, internal modem, optical port, and a gateway functionality, ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU - master & slave, Modbus TCP, MV-90, and IEC 61850. IEC 61850 only available with 5MB memory and Ethernet options Dial-out capability when memory is near full Data push capability through SMTP (email) 4-7 PowerLogic™ ION7350/7330/7300/6200 Power and Energy Meters www.powerlogic.com Used in diverse applications such as feeder monitoring and sub-metering, the PowerLogic ION7300 series meters are also suitable for high-accuracy power and energy metering, bill verification, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor control, load studies, circuit optimization, equipment monitoring and control and preventative maintenance. They are ideal replacements for analog meters, with a multitude of power and energy measurements, analog and digital I/O, communication ports and industry-standard protocols. The ION7330 meter adds on-board data storage, emails of logged data and an optional modem. The ION7350 meter is further augmented by more sophisticated power quality analysis, alarms and a call-back-on-alarm feature. They are compatible with PowerLogic ION EEM enterprise energy management software, PowerLogic ION Enterprise operations software or can be integrated with other energy management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and protocols. PowerLogic ION7350, ION7330 and ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Features The PowerLogic ION7300 includes: • • • • • • • Multiple form factors: transducer integrated and remote display models True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that meets stringent ANSI C12.16, Class 10 Power quality: harmonics—individual, even, odd, total to the 15th, maximum 32 samples/cycle Communications: 1 RS-485 port, 1 optional Ethernet port, 1 ANSI Type 2 infrared optical port, 1 PROFIBUS DP port (ION7300 only), onboard web server Supported protocols include : ION, Modbus RTU slave on serial, modem, I/R ports, Modbus TCP through Ethernet Extensive standard I/O includes: 4 analog inputs, 4 analog outputs, 4 digital relay outputs Minimum/maximum recording - The ION7330 adds the following features: • Time of use - multi-year scheduling, hourly activity profiles • 4 digital inputs for status monitoring and pulse counting • Communications: a second RS-485 port, internal modem, DNP 3.0 through serial, modem and I/R ports, EtherGate and ModemGate, data/alarms via e-mail and MV-90 on serial and Ethernet ports • 12, one second setpoints for single, multi-condition alarms, plus math, logic, trig, log, and linearization formulas • Non-volatile onboard memory capacity of 300kb, min/max logging, min/max logging, up to 32 channels of historical logs, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds The ION7350 includes the following additional features: • • • Power Quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics up to 31st , maximum 64 samples/cycle Up to 96 channels of logs and up to 48 cycles of waveform logs Alarm notifications via e-mail - Table 4.5: Typical PowerLogic ION7350/7330/7300 Power and Energy Ordering Configurations Description Catalog No. $ Price Typical PowerLogic ION7350 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7350A0B0B0E0A0A 3567.00 Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) S7350A0B0B0A0A0A 2906.00 Typical PowerLogic ION7330 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7330A0B0B0E0A0A 2800.00 Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) S7330A0B0B0A0A0A 2159.00 Typical PowerLogic ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (one RS-485 port) S7300A0B0B0A0A0A 1436.00 The modular PowerLogic ION6200 is a low-cost, ultra-compact meter that offers outstanding versatility and functionality. It is simple to use, and has a big, bright LED display. It offers four-quadrant power, demand, energy, power factor and frequency measurements, and is available in a variety of flexible configurations. It is available as a low-cost base model to which enhanced functionality can be added over the long term. The PowerLogic ION6200 is ideal for customers who need revenue-accurate and/or certified measurements and want easy integration with power distribution assemblies and building automation systems. A Megawatt version is available for applications requiring readings in megawatts and kilovolts. It is well suited for sub-metering, energy cost tracking load profiling, and substation panel metering and is an ideal replacement for analog meters. It can be used for stand-alone metering in custom panels, switchboards, switchgear, gensets, motor control centers and UPS systems. The meter consists of a base unit with options card and a power supply pack, with a remote display being optional. PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Features • • • 4 • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • Only two inches deep, and fits a standard ANSI four-inch switchboard cutout, or as a TRAN model with no display and can be fastened to a flat surface with a 4” (10cm) ANSI bolt pattern or mounted to a DIN rail. A remote display module (RMD) can be ordered for the TRAN and mounted through an ANSI 4” (10cm) and DIN 96 cutout. LED display with twelve 3/4” (19mm) high digits that display all basic power parameters Pulse Outputs: optional kWh, kVARh and/or kVAh pulsing Via two Form A outputs Communications: optional RS-485 port with Modbus RTU and ION compatible 64 samples per cycle true RMS 3-phase voltage and current inputs - Table 4.6: The standard ION6200 is available with the following parameters: Voltage L-N average and per phase, Voltage L-L average and per phase, Current average and per phase Option EP#1, includes the standard measurements and provides the following additional parameters: I4, kW/mW total, kWh/mWh total, kW/mW peak, Current demand average and per phase, Current peak demand average and per phase, Power factor total Optional Enhanced Package, includes the standard measurements and provides the following additional parameters: kW/mW per phase, kVAR/mVAR total and per phase, kVA/mVA total and per phase, kWh/mWh and del/rec per phase, kVARh/mVARh total and del/rec per phase, kVAh/mVAh total and per phase, kW/mW demand, kVAR/mVAR demand and peak, kVA/mVA demand and peak, Power Factor per phase, Voltage THD per phase, Current THD per phase - Typical PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations Description Catalog No. Integrated display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, Enhanced S6200A0A0B0A0B0R Package #2 TRAN Model, with remote display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, S6200R1A0B0A0B0R Enhanced Package #2 TRAN Model, (no display), 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, S6200T1A0B0A0B0R Enhanced Package #2 Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional. 4-8 PM1 Discount Schedule $ Price 1021.00 1055.00 831.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection www.powerlogic.com Table 4.7: PowerLogic ION Power and Energy Meter Selection Featuresb ION8650 ION7650 ION7550 ION7350 ION7330 ION7300 ION6200 •/• 8,8 / 3,4 AC/DC •/• 16,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 16,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 4,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 4,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 4,4 / 4,4 AC/DC •/• 0,2 / AC/DC • • •/• 0.2 • • •/• 0.2 • • •/• 0.5 • • • •/ 0.5 • • •/ 0.5 • • • • •/• 0.2 • • • • •/• 0.5 • • • • •/• 0.2 • • • • • • • 63 rd • • • 63 rd • • 31st • 15th 15th THD •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • 0.001 • • • • 0.001 • • • 0.001 •/• • • •/• • • •/• • • •/• • • •/• • • •/ • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A B C •/• 8,8 / 3,4 AC/DC •/• 8,8 / 3,4 AC/DC • • •/• 0.2 • • • • • • • • • • 63 rd • 63 rd 31st •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • 0.001 • •/• • • Inputs, outputs and control power 3-phase / single-phase Digital in and out / analog in and out Power supply options Power and energy measurements V, I, F, PF Power, demand Energy / time-of-use (energy per shift) ANSI energy accuracy class (% of reading) Measurement Canada Approval Loss compensation Power quality analysis Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160) Flicker measurement Transient disturbance capture Sag and swell monitoring Disturbance direction detection Harmonics measurement Waveform capture Data and event logging Trend / snapshot Min/max Events Timestamp resolution (seconds) GPS sync Setpoints, alarms and control Annunciation / call out on alarm Trigger logging Trigger relay or digital output control Special features Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean, object-oriented Downloadable firmware Communications 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Ethernet port / web / email •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/ •/ / Telephone modem port • • • • • • • Infrared port • • • • • • • • RS485 / RS232 ports •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ •/ Modbus / DNP / MV-90 protocols •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/ / •/ / IEC 61850 protocol • • • • • b Specifications represent maximum capabilities with all options installed. Some options are not available concurrently. This is not a complete feature list, please refer to detailed product specifications. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule 4-9 PowerLogic™ Metering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic DM6200 Panel Meter and PowerLogic PM1200 Multifunction Power Meter The PowerLogic DM6200 digital panel meter and the PM1200 multifunction power meter provide all the basic features needed to monitor an electrical panel or circuit affordably. Rugged enough to withstand industrial and commercial environments, these meters will help save on energy and installation costs, are easy to use, and adapts to various circuit requirements onsite. DM6200 Panel Meter DM6200 Features PM1200 Features • • • • • • Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF). Used for equipment monitoring, preventative maintenance scheduling, monitoring load locally, and replacing multiple analog meters. Onsite configuration of CT and PT ratios and various other set points. Configurable analog bar for at-a-glance check of lad on feeders. Standard modbus output fo remote monitoring and data logging. • Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF) PLUS energy, power, demand, and THD. Used for energy and power monitoring, demand monitoring, load studies and circuit optimization, energy balancing and optimization, etc. Table 4.8: PM1200 Multifunction Power Meter Description Catalog No. Basic V, A, F, PF meter w/display, Modbus RS 485 comm port Power Meter w/display basic readings, THD, demand, Modbus RS 485 comm port METSEDM6200 METSEPM1200 $ Price 400.00 550.00 PowerLogic Series 700 Power Meter The PowerLogic PM700 series power meters offer all of the measurement capabilities required to monitor an electrical installation in a single 96 x 96 mm unit extending only 50 mm behind the mounting surface (less than 2 inches). With its large display, you can monitor all three phases and neutral at the same time. The anti-glare display features large 11 mm high characters and powerful backlighting for easy reading, even in extreme lighting conditions and viewing angles. • • Series 700 Power Meter • • Panel instrumentation (OEMs) Sub-billing and cost allocation Remote monitoring of an electrical installation Harmonic monitoring (THD) Power and current demand, THD and min/max reading in basic version A high-performance solution for trouble-free monitoring of your electrical installation. Energy IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S (PM750 Only) and IEC62053-21 Class 1 (PM710) Suitable for sub-billing and cost-allocation applications. Alarms and Digital I/O The PM750 adds alarming functionality (no RTC) and two digital inputs and one output. Table 4.9: Description Series 700 Power Meters PM710 Class 1 (IEC62053-21) Power Meter with integrated display and RS-485 communications port PM750 Class 0.5S (IEC 62053-22) Power Meter with integraded display, alarms (no RTC), (2) digital inputs, (1) digital output and RS-485 communications port Catalog No. $ Price PM710 710.00 PM750 950.00 PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meters The PowerLogic PM800 series Power Meter is a high-performance power-monitoring unit able to provide advanced power measurement capabilities in a compact 96x96 mm unit. Its large, easy to read display allows you to monitor all three phases and neutral simultaneously. With its easy to use intuitive interface and self guiding menus, the large anti-glare and back lit display makes this meter the easiest yet to navigate and use. The modular design allows for flexibility with an easy upgrade path to grow the meter's capabilities with the addition of Communication and I/O Modules. Series 800 Power Meter • • • • • • • • • • Monitor current, voltage, power and energy simultaneously Trending/Forecasting Curves functionality (PM850/870) 128 samples/cycle-zero blind metering Waveform capture (PM850), configurable waveform capture (PM870) Onboard logging (80k in PM820, 800k in PM850/PM870) Detection of sub-cycle sags/swells on both voltage and current (PM870 Only) V & I individual harmonics up to 31st (PM820) or up to the 63rd for the PM850 and PM870. Five input metering channels WAGES PQ Advanced Evaluation (EN50160, ITI/CBEMA, SEMI F-47) for the PM850 and PM870 Type 12 Remote Display Compliant • • • • • • • Complies with ANSI C37.90 for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) and IEC 61000-4-12 for Surge Immunity Available with 2 standard Digital I/O Field installable Digital and Analog I/O THD measurement Meets ANSI 12.20 Class 0.2 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S accuracy for active energy. Optional field installable Ethernet communications card with standard and custom web pages GPS Time Synchronization Table 4.10: 4 Description Catalog No. $ Price POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Series 800 Power Meters PM820 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging PM850 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture PM870 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Waveform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection PM820RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging PM850RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture PM870RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Wafeform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection PM820 Meter unit only without display PM850 Meter unit only without display PM870 Meter unit only without display PM820 PM850 PM870 PM820RD PM850RD PM870RD PM820U PM850U PM870U 2390.00 3889.00 4799.00 2550.00 4058.00 4958.00 2050.00 3529.00 4460.00 Series 800 Power Meter Accessories PM800 Display for integrated meter unit PM8D 443.00 PM800 remote display and adapter with 12’ cable PM8RD 584.00 PM800 remote display adapter only PM8RDA 428.00 PM800 Module, 2 digital outputs (relays), 6 digital inputs PM8M26 635.00 PM800 Module, 2 digital out, 2 digital in, 2 analog out, 2 analog in PM8M2222 856.00 PM800 Mounting adapter for CM2000 PM8MA 267.00 PM8ECC Ethernet Communications Card; provides a 10/100 Base Tx UTP port, an RS-485 Modbus serial master port, Ethernet-to-serial line gateway functionality, and an embedded web server that is fully compliant with Transparent Ready—Level 1 (TRe1) systems. The PM8ECC supports a private host PM8ECC MIB. Use of this MIB allows the reading of Basic PM8ECC 1150.00 Metering Data, Configuration and Status of I/Os and Configuration and Status of Alarms, plus SNMP Trap generation in response to any PM8 on-board alarms. 4-10 PL1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Metering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor The award winning, Web-enabled PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor (CM4250) is the most advanced permanently mounted circuit monitor in the industry today. Designed for critical power and large energy users who cannot afford to be shut down, the CM4250 provides the ability to monitor, troubleshoot and preempt power quality problems. Transients (disturbances lasting less than one cycle) are particularly difficult to detect, due to their short duration. The CM4000T detects and captures oscillatory and impulsive transients (up to 10,000V peak, line-to-line at 5 MHz per channel) as short as one microsecond in duration. The CM4000T automatically performs a high-speed transient waveform capture and a longer disturbance capture to show the conditions surrounding an event. The CM4000T maintains a complete historical record of the number of transients per phase, along with the magnitude, duration and time of occurrence of each. It also performs a stress calculation to determine the circuits that have received the greatest stress from transient overvoltages. • • CM4000T with VFD Display • • • • • • • • Waveform capture with up to 512 samples/cycle Built-in Trending and Forecasting functionality allows you to forecast energy usage up to 4 days in advance Sag/Swell disturbance monitoring Two option card slots for field installable cards Optional field installable Ethernet communications card with standard and custom web pages Alarm Setpoint Learning feature allowing optimum threshold setting (patent pending) Multiple alarms including standard, digital, Boolean, high-speed, and disturbance alarms Waveshape alarm monitoring High speed transient voltage detection at 5 MHz per channel with field installable CVMT current/voltage module True RMS Metering through the 255th harmonic • • • • • • • • • Extended waveform capture (up to 110 seconds) Field installable Digital/Analog I/O cards and flexible I/O extender modules Harmonic powerflows up to the 40th harmonic Standard KYZ pulse output Standard 32 MB of non-volatile memory Integrated power quality standards including EN50160, IEC 61000-4-15 (Flicker) Sequence of events recording using GPS synchronization technology Oscillatory transient detection and recording UL Listed, CSA Approved, CE Marking, NOM Approved, FCC compliant PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Optional Displays • • • • High visibility remote VF (vacuum fluorescence) display Displays metering data, min/max values, alarms, inputs Remote LC (liquid crystal) display with backlighting also available Optional user configurable display screens Table 4.11: Series 4000 Circuit Monitors Description Catalog No. $ Price Series 4000 Circuit Monitors Instrumentation, On-board Data Logging, Waveform Capture, Disturbance Recording, Configurable I/O, 0.04% Accuracy Same as CM4250 plus Impulsive Transient Detection and Flicker (IEC 61000-4-15) CM4250 CM4000T 6386.00 8474.00 Field installable I/O card with 3 relay outputs, 1 pulse output (KYZ) and 4 status inputs I/O Extender module with 4 DC status inputs, 2 DC digital outputs, 1 analog input and 1 analog output I/O Extender module with 4 status inputs and 4 analog inputs (4–20 mA) I/O Extender module with 8 status inputs IOC44 IOX2411 IOX0404 IOX08 796.00 1253.00 1650.00 703.00 I/O Extender module with no pre-installed I/O a Ethernet Communications Card; 100 MB Fiber or 10/100 MB UTP Ethernet port and 1 RS-485 master port Current/Voltage module Current/Voltage module with high speed transient detectionb IOX ECC21 CVM42 CVMT 459.00 1948.00 2251.00 5393.00 4-line x 20—character liquid crystal display with backlighting 4-line x 20—character vacuum fluorescent display with proximity sensor 4 foot display cable 12 foot display cable 30 foot display cable a Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional I/O options. b CM4250 is field upgradeable to provide additional features of specified module. CMDLC CMDVF CAB4 CAB12 CAB30 688.00 1207.00 53.00 89.00 161.00 Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Accessories IOC44 I/O Card Table 4.12: SER Time Synchronization Description Catalog No. STS3000 STRM 9788SER3200 9788EZCIRIGB SAM SAIF200 PS080 $ Price 5348.00 2827.00 2700.00 115.00 2292.00 611.00 558.00 4 PowerLogic Satellite Time System, Circuit Monitor and SEPAM GPS Time Synchronization, 100 microsecond accuracy Satellite Time Reference Module CyTime Sequence of Events Recorder, 24 Vdc power / 24 Vdc inputs, 32 inputs, web server SER 3200 EZ connector for IRIG-B signal Smart Antenna Module Smart Antenna Module Interface Cable—200 FT Power Supply, 24DC/50W, DIN-mountable POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL ECC21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule 4-11 PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com Table 4.13: PowerLogic Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection Features CM4000T CM4250 PM870 PM850 PM820 PM750 PM710 PM1200 DM6200 •/• •/• •/• Inputs, outputs and control power 3-phase / single-phase •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• Digital in and out / analog in and out 24 / 4 24 / 4 18 / 8 18 / 8 18 / 8 3/ Power supply options AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC V, I, F, PF • • • • • • • • • Power, demand • • • • • • • • Energy / energy per shift (time-of-use) •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ Energy accuracy (%) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 Standards compliance to ANSI / IEC •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/• •/ Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160) • • • • Flicker measurement High-speed transient disturbance capture (200 ns) Transient disturbance capture • • • sag/swell Disturbance direction detection • • Sag/swell monitoring • • • Harmonics measurement • • • • • THD THD • Uptime (number of 9's) calculation • • Waveform capture • • • • Waveshape alarm • • Trend / billing •/ •/ •/• •/• Minimum and maximum • • • • • • • •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ •/ •/ 0.001 0.001 1 1 1 • • • • • Power and energy measurements Power quality analysis • Data and event logging Events / maintenance Timestamp resolution (seconds) GPS sync /• Setpoints, alarms and control Annunciation / call out on alarm •/• •/• •/ •/ •/ Trigger logging • • • • • Trigger relay or digital ouput control • • • • • Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean • • Downloadable firmware • • • • • •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/•/• •/• •/• •/• •/• • • • • •/ Special features • • •/• •/ •/ • • • • • • • Communications Ethernet port / web / email RS485 / RS232 ports Modbus protocol 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-12 PL1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Submetering In today's increasingly competitive commercial property market, attracting and retaining high-quality, long-term tenants by offering exceptional value is the primary goal. Balancing these premium services and reliable infrastructure vs. the financial exposure to volatile utility costs is the challenge. Minimizing energy costs requires information on how energy usage translates into money spent. PowerLogic energy sub-metering systems are specifically engineered to address the measurement, verification and billing needs of multi-tenant properties. • • • • • • Residential high-rise and low-rise Campuses Shopping centers Malls / food courts Offices Commercial buildings PowerLogic energy management and metering systems are ideal for multi-tenant buildings providing: • • • • Metering & Verification tools to assure compliance to Energy Policy Act 2005 Integrated approach from simple energy allocation requirements to high-end power quality Monitor energy usage and efficiency to accurately recover the costs while providing tenants with energy and a reliable infrastructure Implement energy efficiency initiatives essential to obtaining LEED certification PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter The E5600 is a cost effective socket meter that combines high accuracy, superior quality and wide-ranging capability in a device that is simple to install. The PowerLogic E5600 socket meter can help reduce electrical costs, increase property values and attract good tenants by providing the information needed to manage energy costs. Track and allocate costs by circuit or suite, accurately bill tenants for energy used, and verify energy conservation efforts. It is a foundational component for LEED and Energy Star certification as a part of green buildings. Green buildings enjoy higher tenant retention, higher tenant quality, and recognition by the community while typically allowing property managers to charge more for rent. Unlike traditional sub-metering solutions, which must be manually read or may lack software for effective sub-billing or comprehensive energy management, the PowerLogic E5600 enables businesses to utilize their existing S-based socket infrastructure with a low-cost meter that is part of an end-to-end solution for tenant sub-metering. • • • • • • Real, reactive, and apparent energy values. Onboard interval data logging (load profiles). Revenue grade accuracy – ANSI C12.20 0.2% / 0.5%. Automatic configuration of service type and voltage. Onboard diagnostics continually monitors for equipment failures, improper installation wiring, poor load conditions, poor power quality conditions and tampering. S-base meter socket compatible. Table 4.14: Catalog No. E5600020SQD E5600090SQD E5600120SQD E5600160SQD E5600360SQD E5600450SQD OPTICALPROBEUSB $ Price 960.00 1080.00 1080.00 1080.00 1080.00 1080.00 719.00 4 PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Description Form 2S, Single-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter Form 9S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter Form 12S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter Form 16S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter Form 36S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter Form 45S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter Optional USB Optical Communications Probe © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule 4-13 PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic High Density Metering High Density Metering (HDM) is engineered to answer the metering and billing needs of multi-tenant properties: Features and Benefits • • • • • • • • • HDM comes standard with the PowerLogic PM210, PM750, PM820 or ION6200 meters. Lockable, 16 gauge NEMA Type 1 enclosure provides tamper-resistant security. NEMA Type 3R also availalbe. Please consult factory. Mounting channel and surface-mount flanges simplify installation. Factory installed cover plates are included to cover empty meter spaces. Factory installed wiring harness simplifies installation of additional meters and provides future system expansion. Each High Density Metering cabinet is provided with standard RS485 Modbus®, and optional Modbus Ethernet TCP communications are availalbe. For wireless communications, please consult factory. Available in the following configurations: 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta, 48 = 480 Y/277 V wye (PM210, PM750, and PM820), and with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer) 480 Y/277 V wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200, PM210, PM750 or PM820). CTs required. Must select separately. Table 4.15: High Density Metering Cabinet Meter Voltage Phasing Enclosure # Enclosure Category Series Size Meters Rating High Density Metering factory assembled enclosure for multi-tenant properties HDM ION6200 12, 4Ta 3 1 or 4 1-4b Rc or 1 Description 1 or 4 High Density Meter Enclosure with ION6200 meters; ideal for outdoor as well as indoor applications at all voltage levels including 600V delta and 347/600 V wye systems 8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM210 meters; ideal for single or three phase indoor commercial building applications 8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for 3 phase indoor commercial building applications 8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for 3 phase indoor commercial building applications 48, 1 or 3 1, 4, 8, or 1-16b HDM PM210 12, 1 4Ta 16 12, 48, 1, 4, 8 or 1-16b HDM PM750 3 1 4Ta 16 48, 1, 4, 8 or 1-16b HDM PM820 12, 3 1 4Ta 16 a Voltage Ordering Notes: 12 = 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta. 48 = 480 Y/277 wye; (PM210/PM750) 4T = with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer); 480 Y/277 wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200, PM210 or PM750) b Meters Ordering Notes: Please indicate the number of meters to be pre-installed when placing your order. You may order any number of meters in the enclosure between one and the maximum number of meters each cabinet will hold. c Please enter R as the last digit for Type 3R outdoor on 1 or 4 HDM enclosure with the 6200 series meter. High Density Meter System includes: • • • • • Enclosure Power Meters, installed Installation bulletin for Enclosure Wall hanging bracket Installation bulletin for Meters Table 4.16: 8 meter configuration Accessories and Options Description Catalog No. $ Price Auxiliary Wiring Harness for installation of additional meters HDMPMHKIT27 221.00 (includes connectors and shorting terminal blocks) Cover plate for empty meter base HDMCVRPLT 5.90 Water and Gas Meters Consult factory for details 50 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT050S1 51.00 100 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT100S1 51.00 125 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT125S1 73.00 150 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT150S1 62.00 200 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT200S1 62.00 250 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT250S1 62.00 400 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size HDMCT400S1 62.00 Power Meter with display, basic readings, Modbus RS485 communications porta PM210 550.00 a To order all other loose meters, please visit metering sections within digest related to particular meter. Multi Circuit Energy Meters 16 meter configuration The PowerLogic EM4800 multi-circuit energy meter combines accurate electricity sub-metering with advanced communications technology. They are ideal for multi-tenant or departmental metering applications within office towers, condominiums, apartment buildings, shopping centers and other multipoint environments, metering up to 24 individual circuits from the same meter. The EM4800 series has an accuracy of Class 0.5% for power and energy. Each meter is available separately or as part of a Scquare D integrated power center (IPC) for use in building retrofits or new construction. 4 Table 4.17: POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Description Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet; modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 80mA low-power CTs (solid-core) Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet; modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 333mV low-power CTs (solid-core or split-core) Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet; modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with standard 5A CTs (solid-core or split-core) 200 A current transformer (CT), 80 mA secondary, solid-core (1 CT) 50 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size 100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size 200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size 400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size 600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size 600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size 800 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size 4-14 PL1 Discount Schedule Catalog No. $ Price METSQEM488016 3980.00 METSQEM483316 3980.00 METSQEM480516 5350.00 METSECT802000 ECT075050SC ECT075100SC ECT075150SC ECT075200SC ECT125100SC ECT125150SC ECT125200SC ECT125400SC ECT200200SC ECT200400SC ECT200600SC ECT300600SC ECT300800SC 38.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 141.00 141.00 141.00 141.00 171.00 171.00 171.00 241.00 241.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Submetering www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Energy Meter The Energy Meter is ideal for stand-alone and systems-based submetering applications. It is easy to install and provides exceptional metering accuracy. Available in Basic and Extended Range models. The Basic model is designed for metering of 120/240 and 208Y/120 volt services. The Extended Range model will meter 120/240 volt up to 480 volt Wye connected services. Extended Range meters come with pulse output and phase loss output not available on the Basic unit. Optional Modbus™ RS-485 serial communications are provided with the Energy Meter Comms Board, EMCB. Optional kW demand is also provided by the EMCB. Meter up to 3 individual services with one Energy Meter. The Energy Meter will allow the addition of up to 3 sets of parallel CTs for metering multiple electric loads. Additional sets of CTs can be ordered separately. Please refer to the multiple CT application notes in the Energy Meter instruction bulletin for the proper installation procedures. Energy Meter Energy Meter Table 4.18: Catalog No. EMB1010 EMB1021 EMB1032 EMB2010 EMB2021 EMB2032 EMB2043 EMB2083 EMB3010 EMB3021 EMB3032 EMB3043 EMB3083 EMB3084 EMB3164 Table 4.19: Table 4.20: Basic 120/240 V to 208Y/120 V Description Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs Basic 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs Basic 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs $ Price 426.00 440.00 482.00 438.00 464.00 480.00 505.00 517.00 750.00 766.00 799.00 825.00 855.00 903.00 903.00 Catalog No. EME1010 EME1021 EME1032 EME2010 EME2021 EME2032 EME2043 EME2083 EME3010 EME3021 EME3032 EME3043 EME3083 EME3084 EME3164 Table 4.21: Additional CT Sets Catalog No. Description $ Price EMCT010 100 A, .518” x 1.28” ID, 1 CT 92.00 EMCT021 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT 99.00 EMCT032 300 A, .90” x 1.90” ID, 1 CT 106.00 EMCT043 400 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT 106.00 EMCT083 800 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT 123.00 EMCT084 800 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT 130.00 EMCT164 1600 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT 130.00 Note: CT quantity and amperage must match meter model. Total of combined loads must not exceed rating of meter. All additional CTs shipped with 6 ft. white and black color-coded wire leads. Extended Range 120/240 V to 480Y/277 V Description $ Price Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT 471.00 Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT 483.00 Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT 518.00 Extended Range 100 A, n.518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs 511.00 Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs 536.00 Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs 550.00 Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs 567.00 Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs 585.00 Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs 811.00 Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs 829.00 Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs 864.00 Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs 880.00 Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs 921.00 Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs 971.00 Extended Range 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs 971.00 Energy Meter Accessories Catalog No. Description $ Price EMCB Energy Meter Communication Boarda 267.00 EMFP1 Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 1 47.00 EMFP2 Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 2 94.00 EMFP3 Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 3 142.00 EMBOND Energy Meter Bonding Kit 117.00 a Energy Meter communication board (EMCB) can be used with all models of the Energy Meter. Order one EMCB for each Energy Meter where either kW demand and/or communication is specified. PowerLogic Enercept™ Meter Table 4.22: Enercept Meter Table 4.23: Catalog No. Description 3020B012b Basic 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020B032b Basic 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020B043b Basic 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020B083b Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020B084b Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020B164b Basic 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020B244b Basic 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020E012 Enhanced 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020E032 Enhanced 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID 3020E043 Enhanced 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020E083 Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID 3020E084 Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020E164 Enhanced 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID 3020E244 Enhanced 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID b See Handout / Instruction Bulletin for derating properties. $ Price 776.00 800.00 823.00 847.00 869.00 893.00 916.00 1035.00 1066.00 1097.00 1128.00 1159.00 1190.00 1221.00 Catalog No. SMD SMD OPN 2W485C EMBK-3 PS24 Table 4.24: Accessories Description Submeter display mounted in enclosure Open style submeter display, no enclosure 2-Wire 232–485 Conv Enercept Mounting Brackets (Set of 3) 24 Vdc Power Supply (for use with EDI or ENA) $ Price 725.00 595.00 78.00 75.00 157.00 Enercept Metering Quantities Basicb Enhanced• kWh, energy usage kW, real power kWh, kW per phase and total, min kW, max kW, kWd, kVAR, kVA, PF per phase and total voltage- V, L-L, L-N per phase and avg. Current - A, per phase and average PowerLogic Split Core Current Transformers-Instrument Grade 5 Amp Split-Core Current Transformers SA Split-Core Current Transformers The 3090 SCCT series of split-core current transformers provide secondary amperage proportional to the primary (sensed) current. For use with Circuit Monitors, Power Meters, data loggers, chart recorders and other instruments the 3090 SCCT series provides a cost-effective means to transform electrical service amperages to a 0–5A level compatible with monitoring equipment. Note: Max. Voltage without additional insulation 600 Vac. Do Table 4.25: not apply 600 V Class current transformers to circuits having Catalog No. Description $ Price a phase-to-phase voltage greater than 600 V, unless adequate additional insulation is applied between the primary 3090SCCT022 Split Core CT—200 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51 120.00 3090SCCT032 Split Core CT—300 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51 120.00 conductor and the current transformers. Square D assumes 3090SCCT043 Split Core CT—400 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89 129.00 no responsibility for damage of equipment or personal injury 3090SCCT063 Split Core CT—600 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89 129.00 caused by transformers operated on circuits above their 3090SCCT083 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89 129.00 3090SCCT084 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.05 137.00 published ratings. Split Core CT—1200 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50 Split Core CT—1600 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50 160.00 165.00 4 3090SCCT124 3090SCCT164 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Enercept Meter The Enercept Meter is the ideal solution for submetering electric loads where space is at a premium. The compact design consists of three interconnected split-core CTs with the metering and communication electronics built into the CT housing. Simply snap on the CTs, connect the voltage inputs, the communication lines, and installation is complete. Both versions can be connected to either three-phase or single-phase circuits. Enercept meters employ the Modbus™ RTU 2-wire communication protocol, and can utilize the same communication network and PowerLogic System Manager™ software as other PowerLogic devices. Data from the Enercept meters can be presented in tabular or graphical format, used for alarming and historical logging and trending, and to produce reports. Optional Submeter display (SMD) acts as a stand-alone operator interface supporting up to 32 meters (63 with a repeater). In addition, the Submeter display (SMD) can act as a network adapter allowing Enercept meters to be incorporated into a network. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule 4-15 PowerLogic™ Submetering Class 3030 www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Branch Circuit Power Meter BCPM Solid Core CT Power Meter The Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM) is ideal for data center customers who are focused on eliminating costly downtime, managing existing capacity efficiently, and reducing energy cost. The BCPM helps data center managers by providing alarms that signify potential issues within the power system and supplying power and energy data down to the circuit level. This data can indicate areas wither over-used or under-used within the facility. It can also be used to effectively control energy cost. The BCPM can monitor up to 84 circuits and fits any Power Distribution Unit (PDU) or Remote Power Panel (RPP) with minimal space requirements. It has a wide monitoring range allowing customers to monitor circuit current from 0.25 A to 100 A with high accuracy (3% for current 0.25 A to 2 A and 2% for current 2 A to 100 A. It can also measure power and energy readings at the circuit level as well as the incoming main. This eliminates the need for two different meters. The BCPM also has a flexible numbering scheme which allows customers to match that of the PDU or RPP and field configuration adds ease to either a new or a retrofit installation. Key features: • • • Full PDU monitoring Flexible configuration Split core version for retrofit installations • • • Wide monitoring range Low current monitoring Advanced alarming • • Cost effective communications Easily integrates into a PowerLogic system or other existing networks using Modbus™ communications Table 4.26: Catalog No. BCPM Split Core CT Power Meter BCPMA042D BCPMB042D BCPMC042D BCPMA142D BCPMB142D BCPMC142D BCPMA084D BCPMB084D BCPMC084D BCPMA184D BCPMB184D BCPMC184D Description $ Price Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 3569.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 2901.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 2331.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 3569.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 2901.00 Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 2331.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 5748.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 4627.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 3495.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 5748.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 4627.00 Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 3495.00 Table 4.27: Catalog No. Typical BCPMSC panelboard installation 4 3-phase, 4-wire (with neutral current wiring) Description BCPMSCA42D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits BCPMSCA84D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits BCPMSCB42D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits BCPMSCB84D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits BCPMSCC42D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits BCPMSCC84D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits BCPMSCADPBDD Adapter board for use with Split Core BCPM BCPMSCCT0 Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 6 ft leads BCPMSCCT0R20 Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use wtih Split Core BCPM, 20 ft leads BCPMSCCT2 Qty 6 x 100 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 4 ft leads BCPMSCA1D Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards BCPMSCA2D Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards BCPMSCB1D Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards BCPMSCB2D Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards BCPMSCC1D Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards BCPMSCC2D Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards BCPMCOVERD Clear cover bor BCPM printed circuit board, compatible with Solid Core and Split Core versions Note: CT hole size accommodates up to #6 THHN insulated conductor. $ Price 4418.00 6694.00 3592.00 5867.00 2887.00 5163.00 897.00 197.00 240.00 431.00 3260.00 4270.00 2392.00 3402.00 1652.00 2662.00 100.00 PowerLogic Multi-Circuit Meter Designed for OEM style placement in electrical distribution equipment the MCM8364 is configurable to meter 1 or 3 phases of up to eight individual loads, six loads if neutral monitoring is required. The MCM will monitor up to 10,000 amps per service using standard 5 Amp CTs. All of the metered circuits must share a common voltage source. The MCM8364 is a great solution for monitoring critical power distribution equipment and provides 24 different electrical metering quantities plus an additional nine Modbus register alarms. With one RS-485 connection, the multi-circuit meter provides Modbus RTU communications output that communicates to each individual metered circuit. Up to 30 multi-circuit meters can be addressed on the same Modbus network. The multi-circuit meter can provide warnings to the central monitoring computer via its Modbus output using the MNode software provided or can be integrated into PowerLogic SMS software. The MCM also works with the submeter display as shown below. Electrical Data: Energy Consumption (kWHr), Real Power (kW), Reactive Power (kVAR), Apparent Power (kVA), Power Factor Total, Voltage, L-L, avg. of 3 phases, Voltage, L-N, avg. of 3 phases, Current, average of 3 phases, Real Power (kW) phase A, B, & C, Power Factor, phase A, B,&C, Line to Line Voltage, phase A-B, B-C, A-C, Line to Neutral Voltage, phase A-N, B-N, C-N, Current, phase A, B, & C, Frequency (measured from phase A) (Hz). Modbus Alarms: Over Voltage, Under Voltage, Over Current, Under Current, Over kVA, Under kVA, Phase Loss A, Phase Loss B, Phase Loss C Table 4.28: Catalog No. MCM8364 Description Multi-Circuit Meter 8364 $ Price 1863.00 PowerLogic Submeter Display POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL The PowerLogic Submeter Display (SMD) is a comprehensive electrical submetering display that provides a view of electrical parameters from multiple metering products with one networked LCD. In addition to viewing system data on the display itself, you can also view data on a remote PC via a network connection. Touch pad buttons provide a convenient way to view downstream devices on the power-monitoring network. The display is RS-485 Modbus RTU compatible. It has additional RS-485 and RS-232 Modbus ports for networking to additional displays or to a master PC. The submeter display is compatible with the following metering devices: BCM, MCM, & Enercept™ meters. Table 4.29: Submeter Display 4-16 Catalog No. SMD SMD OPN Description Submeter display mounted in enclosure Open style submeter display, no enclosure PL1 Discount Schedule $ Price 725.00 595.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Remote Energy Management www.powerlogic.com Web Hosted Solutions Schneider Electric Remote Energy Management solutions are webhosted, subscription based Software-As-A-Service (SaaS) offers. This means that all of our data is hosted at a secure Schneider Electric data center facility available for you to view from any webenabled device, 365 days per year, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. No additional servers, PCs, software or IT personnel are needed when utilizing a remote hosted solution. All data is easily obtained through standard communications methods (Ethernet) from multiple device types and sources such as meters, existing systems, and building management systems (BMS). A remote energy management solution allows you to easily: Identify energy waste • Easily view information that is most important to you through a customizable dashboard • View energy profiles to quickly identify energy waste in a single facility or across your enterprise Lower capital expenses with better utilization of current infrastructure (i.e. HVAC and Lighting) Reduce energy consumption • • • • Use historical comparisons to determine profiles of day-to-day, month-tomonth, and year-to-year energy consumption Compare energy usage around similar facilities to establish benchmarks and identify poor performing facilities Normalize facility consumption against weather, production, hours of operation, square footage, and occupancy to measure the true energy content Measure the effectiveness of various energy efficiency and conservation efforts Save on utility bills • • • View your environmental impact from a single screen to track emission reduction initiatives Compare usage to utility bills to ensure the utility is billing correctly Optimize equipment run hours and setting to avoid setting new demand peaks Make accurate assessment of what utility costs would be on different utility rates Measure, report on and implement energy and emission reduction initiatives • Utilize emissions reporting to determine the CO2 baseline, establish targets, and monitor improvements to help manage your carbon footprint 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Easily save reports and export them to a personal web-page for easy tracking and reporting © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-17 PowerLogic™ PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online www.powerlogic.com PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online PowerLogic Energy Profiler Online (EPO) is a web-hosted service that is the industry's foremost load data visualization and analysis application. This flexible, easy to use system turns customer usage data into actionable information, freely accessible to all customers and internal users. For commercial and industrial energy customers, managing energy costs is the primary objective, but they can’t control what they can’t measure. EPO enables energy customers to take control of their costs by providing the information they need to understand how their organization uses energy. They can then take steps to reduce costs by implementing conservation measures, investing in more efficient equipment, or participating in new pricing or load curtailment programs. Bill estimates provide valuable information for budgeting and forecasting For the utility, EPO provides an intuitive, easy-to-maintain tool for better understanding customer usage patterns and meeting customers’ growing need for information. It also provides a convenient platform from which to administer real-time pricing (RTP) or load curtailment programs. EPO's instinctive online functionality gives first-time users an extremely short learning curve, while its powerful configuration options address the needs of more sophisticated users. The service is available to users at their convenience, 24/7, and regular updates ensure that customers get the most current information. Key features: Applications: • • • • • • • • • • - Comparison statistics display Data access and analysis Automated reporting Estimated bills and rate comparisons Demand response and curtailment programs RTP programs Alarming Administration tool • • Energy load analysis Energy budgeting and bill forecasting Demand response and load curtailment program management Real-time pricing program management EPO's Real-Time Pricing module lets users see interval data for accounts with future pricing information, and multiply that data against a price stream. - For price & ordering information, contact your local PowerLogic Sales Specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales at 615-287-3535. Typical comparison graph showing time of usage 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-18 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Web-Enabled Network Components Class 3030 www.powerlogic.com Communications for high-speed access to critical information From a single building to a multi-site enterprise, PowerLogic Web-Enabled Network Components provide fast, reliable serial to Ethernet connectivity in the most demanding applications: • • • • EGX100 Ethernet Gateway Energy management Power distribution Building automation Factory automation PowerLogic Ethernet Gateways are available in two models-EGX100 and provide direct connection to Ethernet-Modbus™/TCP networks to make energy and power monitoring information available over local and wide area networks. • • The EGX100 provides low-cost, reliable, Ethernet to serial-line connectivity in a compact, DIN-rail mounted package. Enabled by Power over Ethernet (PoE IEEE 802.3af), the EGX100 simplifies installation by eliminating the need for power supplies plus provides a Web-based interface for configuration and diagnostics. The EGX300 is an integrated gateway-server that is web based with 1 serial port and has the ability to connect to an additional 32 devices remotely through Ethernet, plus log/trend historical data allowing electrical distribution systems to be better managed by utilizing Ethernet and Internet technologies. Advantages • • • • • • EGX100 lets the Administrator assign access to setup pages by user groups • • • Easy to install—easy DIN rail mounting solution. Easy to setup—No special software required. Configuration via Microsoft Internet Explorer or Hyperterminal. Easy to troubleshoot—Detailed diagnostics for communication ports through a Web interface. Easy to maintain—Field upgradable firmware lets you add new features while reducing costly downtime. Secure-Customizable, password-protected access to configuration. Cost-effective, high-speed communications—Use existing LAN infrastructure to reduce communications wiring and network management costs. Open platform provides broad connectivity—Modbus TCP/IP over Ethernet allows transparent access via intranet/internet. Each gateway supports up to 32 Modbus or PowerLogic protocol devices. Subnet initiated communications—The gateway supports a slave mode for connecting a serial-line based system to Ethernet. For example, a building management system with a Modbus serial interface can route to 16 remote Modbus TCP/IP interfaces supporting up to 128 serial-line devices. Extended temperature range— -25 to 70°C enables operation in harsh environments. Built in tabs provide easy Table 4.30: DIN rail mounting solution. EGX100 Type Part No. EGX300 $ Price 950.00 1895.00 Control Power 24 Vdc / 7W DIN mount power supply (SOLD SEPARATE) Power Over Ethernet Injector Kit (SOLD SEPARATE) 3090PS24 TCSEAV0100 157.00 185.00 157.00 185.00 Protocols Ethernet: HTTP, FTP, Modbus TCP/IP, SMTP, SNMP (MIB2), SNTP, TCP, UDP, ICMP, ARP x x Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII (EGX100 only), JBUS, PowerLogic (SY/MAX) x x 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ports Serial: RS485 Serial: RS232/485 configurable Ethernet UTP (10/100) Fiber (100 Mb) Integral web server x x x x x x 32 devices x Historical Data Logging Interval data Transfer files on an interval and periodic scheduled basis Export to Excel via web query Export files by e-mail, FTP, or HTTP x email x x PowerLogic WebPageGenerator 4 The PowerLogic WebPageGenerator (WPG) creates and downloads application specific web pages to PowerLogic Ethernet gateways (EGX300, ECC21, PM8ECC) with minimal user intervention. The user simply identifies the serial devices connected to the Ethernet gateway in this wizard-based software utility. The utility takes care of the rest. This utility is available for download from www.powerlogic.com. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL EGX300 Ethernet Gateway offers you a “window” into your power equipment Web page generation tool Maintenance/diagnostics Gateway administration setup Comprehensive meter reading Interval logging/trends User defined custom pages © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1 Discount Schedule 4-19 PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Consulting & Analysis Power System Engineering The Square D Power System Engineering team offers a wide range of engineering services to improve the safety, efficiency and reliability of your power distribution system. The team is comprised of registered professional engineers, safety trained and equipped, to perform a variety of engineering functions. Power System Studies The Square D Power System Engineering Team provides expertise for a variety of electrical power system studies. Some of the more common system studies include… • • • • • Short-circuit analysis Time-current coordination Motor starting/voltage drop Motor starting/torque-speed Safe motor re-energization • • • • Harmonic analysis Transient analysis Power factor correction analysis Other system specific analysis Arc Flash Analysis Square D offers on-site services to perform arc flash analysis for a facility, complex, office, or campus. An Arc flash analysis is used to determine … • • • Flash Protection Boundary Incident Energy Value Hazard/Risk Category • • Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Low cost arc flash reduction methods Features of Square D arc flash analysis include… • • • • • • • Time current coordination analysis showing both existing and recommended over/current device settings Short-circuit study to ensure adequacy of equipment Onsite verification and documentation of equipment Arc flash labels (populated with the results of the arc flash analysis) Arc flash label affixation NFPA 70E—Safe Workplace Practices Training provided by OSHA authorized outreach instructors Recommendations and solutions to reduce potential arc flash hazards Power Quality Studies Square D offers onsite power quality engineering studies and solutions to eliminate process disruptions, power system shutdowns, and equipment damage due to electrical power system disturbances. A power quality study is used to... • • • • • Determine compliance with the IEEE 519-Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems guidelines Identify most cost-effective solution to power quality problems Solve process disruptions due to power disturbances Reduce economic effects of poor power quality Identify disturbances originating on electric utility system and improvements to reduce the number and severity Power System Assessment Square D offers engineering services to meet a variety of power system needs … • • • • • • Basic codes and standards compliance Protective coordination assessment Maintenance program review Recommendations for power system optimization Power quality troubleshooting and analysis Power factor and harmonics analysis • • • • • Electrical safety hazards Short-circuit withstand overview Single-line documentation of power system Power monitoring recommendations Loading measurements Power System Improvement Projects Square D offers engineering services for … 4 • • • • • New equipment installation Existing equipment modification Ground Fault Schemes for multiple source distribution systems High Resistance Grounding (HRG) Conversion Automatic Transfer Control Schemes & Generator Operations POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Square D professional engineers - safety trained and equipped - will listen to your concerns and goals, define the problem or enhancement, and engineer the solution that best satisfies your needs. For additional information on power system engineering services and pricing, contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric office. Industrial Energy Efficiency Schneider Electric Certified Energy Managers (CEM’s) work on-site with knowledgeable plant personnel to develop a long-term, comprehensive, “Energy Action Plan”, that serves as the blueprint for energy savings. Unlike performance contracts or one-time energy audits, the Total Energy ControlSM program offers a strategic partnership for energyintensive industrials who want to improve energy efficiency. • • 4-20 Total Energy Control – Comprehensive integration of all three areas affecting energy efficiency — Procurement (electricity and gas) — Demand management — Optimization of process and plant utilities Program deliverables: — Long-term Energy Action Plan — Energy efficiency projects — Ongoing accountability for results © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Engineered Solutions Schneider Electric provides an engineered solution approach to your specific power system applications. Our total solutions for power monitoring and power system controls allow greater safety, reliability, and energy efficiency of your power systems. As a long standing industry leader in Power Monitoring and Control Systems, we understand your power system requirements and needs. All of our Engineered Solutions are tailored to your specific system requirements. Schneider Electric is your total Solution provider. Power Monitoring Applications Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency are key results produced from our Power Monitoring Applications. Schneider Electric power monitoring applications provide detailed reporting, testing and analysis capabilities for your systems and related components. • • • • EPSS Emergency Power Supply Systems – The PowerLogic EPSS Test Report provides information regarding the health and status of the emergency power supply system, including automatic transfer switches and generators. SER Sequence of Events Recording – The PowerLogic Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) Module is a root-cause analysis tool for rapid response for problem resolution that is ideal for pinpointing the cause of a service disruption in very large complex power systems. WAGES Water, Air Gas, Electric, Steam – PowerLogic energy and power management systems can provide instantaneous readings, alarm notifications, and graphical diagrams for monitoring electrical and piped utilities (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam). APM Active Pager Module – The PowerLogic Active Pager Module allows automatic paging to alphanumeric pagers, cell phones and PCs. Power System Control Applications Automated solutions for increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency Schneider Electric engineers provide Power System Control Applications with automated solutions for addressing your system reliability and efficiency control needs. Our offer covers Automatic Throwover Schemes, Load Shedding/Peak Shaving, and Load Preservation. • • • PowerLogic Engineers provide graphic solutions for realtime monitoring of power systems. Automatic Throwover Systems – Automatic selection of available utility or generator sources to maintain service continuity to connected loads. Load Shedding/Peak Shaving – Control peak demand levels or ensure service continuity to critical load or operate breakers in accordance with user specified sequences and time delays such as bringing large motors online across several billing kw demand periods to avoid demand penalties. Load Preservation – Fast acting sophisticated control systems designed to stabilize critical power systems to the greatest extend possible by monitoring frequency and power sources from utility plus generator capacity versus total circuit load. System Integration System Design and Engineering Our Square D Engineering Services solution specialists can work with you to design or upgrade your existing system to best achieve your energy and power management objectives and informational needs. With expertise in electrical systems, communications, and automatic control systems, we can integrate, install, and commission your system for optimal performance. System Design and Bill of Material Recommendations Power Monitoring and Control WAGES (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam) Enterprise web-based monitoring Specification development, drawings, documentation Enclosure panel design and build Metering Connection Verification/Testing Power distribution automation On-Site Installation Assistance, Component Configuration & Startup Turn-key project management Third Party Device and communication interfaces Configured Workstations, User Software Interfaces Interactive Graphic Design to mimic facility layout, one-lines, equipment status Custom Software, Reports & Applications – Billing and Paging POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PowerLogic Engineers specialize in the design and setup of Emergency Power Supply Systems (EPSS). • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For additional information, contact your nearest Square D / Schneider Electric office. 4 PowerLogic Engineers design power control systems that meet your operational requirements. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-21 PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Factory Assembled Equipment Square D™ PowerLogic™ Factory Assembled Equipment offers a wide range of designs for metering, communications, and control applications to simplify retrofit installations. Our equipment is designed to order as a free-standing or wallmounted system. With PowerLogic™ Factory Assembled Equipment, you’ll receive professionally crafted, factory tested, pre-wired equipment that will greatly improve the speed of your system startup. All backed by the Square D™ quality standard of excellence. • • Assemblies include meters & devices wired to terminal blocks, disconnects, and shorting blocks or test switches Tailored to any system voltage : — — — • • • • • 208/120 V, 480/277 V & 600/347 V Wye 240 V, 480 V & 600 V Delta Utilization of PT's required for higher voltage levels Wall mountable and easy to install using concealed holes in the back of the enclosure. Complete with necessary documentation and mounting hardware for quick and easy installation Carbon steel construction, with industry standard ANSI 61 gray powder coat finish Equipped with concealed hinged door, and universal pad-lockable latch. Custom engraved nameplates available for all units. Table 4.31: Industrial Enclosure Types 1*, 12, & 4, UL & CUL 508A Listed Available Meter Types PM 810, 820, 850 & 870 CM 4250 & 4000T ION 6200 ION 7300, 7330 & 7350 ION 7550 & 7650* • • • Digital Inputs Up to 11 / Meter Up to 8 / Meter N/A Up to 4 / Meter Up to 16 / Meter Digital Outputs Up to 7 / Meter Up to 7 / Meter Up to 2 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Up to 7 / Meter Analog Inputs Up to 2 / Meter Up to 1 / Meter N/A Up to 4 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Analog Outputs Up to 2 / Meter Up to 1 / Meter N/A Up to 4 / Meter Up to 4 / Meter Supports Single or Multiple Voltage Sources for Indoor (Typse 1 and 12) & Outdoor (Type 4) applications Available with 1–4 meters per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications are options for all units EGX & ION RTU Communication Enclosures with 1–4 devices per panel also available Light Industrial Enclosure Type 1, UL & CUL 508A Listed • • • • Available for the following meter types: PM820 (with ethernet), and ION6200 Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor (Type 1) applications. Available with 1–12 meters per panel. Serial Communications are standard for all units. No Digital or Analog I/O is available for this option. Service Entrance/Utility Socket Enclosure Type 3R, UL & CUL 508A Listed • • • • • • • • Available for ION8600 only, with up to 3 Digital Inputs and 4 Digital Outputs and ION5600 2 Digital Inputs and 2 Digital Outputs. Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor & Outdoor (Type 3R) applications. Units are Ring Type with removable cover. Available with 1 meter per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications options available. Supports Form 9S, 35S, 36S, 39S and 76S configurations for ION8600 and forms 9S and 36S for ION5600. Options available for remote mounted CTs Options available for integrated, bar type CTs Optional Test Switch. Additional engineered to order products are available for a wide variety of design solutions. 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • Switchgear Transfer Control Panels Generator Control Panels Load Shed Control Panels Sequence of Events Recording (SER) Panels Control System Mimic Panels Lighting Control Interface Panels Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Control Panels (Hot Standby, Relay Control, Data Concentration etc. ...) Emergency Power Supply Systems (EPSS) Control Panels Water, Air, Gas, Electrical, and Steam (WAGES) Monitoring Panels Input Status Monitoring & Alarming Panels Remote Annunciator Control Panels Remote Operator Control Panels Serial, Ethernet, and Cellular Wireless Systems Server Rack and Network Equipment (Servers, Switches, UPS’s) for Energy Management Systems. Industrialized PC’s, Touch Screens (Magelis), and Human Machine Interfaces (HMI’s) with Custom System Graphics. Designed to fit any environment – Indoor (Type 1 & 12) & Outdoor (Type 3R & 4) applications For additional information and pricing please contact your local PowerLogic sales specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales Support at 615-287-3535. Equipment pricing and literature available for download on our website at www.powerlogic.com/products/enclosures. To better serve you please have the following information on hand when calling. • • • • • • 4-22 Enclosure type (Indoor or Outdoor) and Environment details (Corrosive or Non-Corrosive) Power System Voltage Level and Type (Direct Current (DC) or Alternating Current (AC)) Digital & Analog Input and Output requirements Device Type and Quantity per enclosure Ethernet and Serial Communication Requirements For Drawout Retrofits, need existing cradle type (i.e. GE, Westinghouse, etc.) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerLogic™ Engineering Services www.powerlogic.com Technical Support There are several ways to receive top quality support on PowerLogic products: Priority Support: Excellent Service, Free Software Upgrades, Training Discounts & More! • • • • • Latest PowerLogic SMS and ION software upgrades to ensure up-to-date systems Direct access to expertise for quick issue resolution More efficient PowerLogic SMS and ION system utilization Higher reliability Improved productivity and personal efficiency on the job Priority Support: Tenant Metering Now the great support provided to SMS and ION systems is now available for Tenant Metering systems. Support includes ... • • • • • Direct email (4-hr response time) and toll-free 800 number support for prompt response to urgent or non-urgent requests from highly trained support engineers. Hours of service 7:30am to 7pm US Central time PowerLogic™ Tenant Metering software upgrades at no charge Proactive notification of software service packs and fixes Remote diagnostics support engineer can troubleshoot any issues of the TMS system remotely without the customer’s help. Premium Support: Priority + Proactive System Checks + Sr. Technician Assigned to your site Remote eServices Let expert Square D technicians ensure high-quality performance in your PowerLogic SMS and ION system by performing remote, online services through our secure WEB EX Portal. Services include … Choose Premium Support when you need to . . . • • • • • Enhance your PowerLogic SMS and ION system's operation with single-sourced pro-active problem identification, solutions recommendations and change management skills Partner with technical experts who help coordinate support, provide hands-on assistance, and share knowledge and know-how with you Obtain personalized services tailored to your business environment and objectives Take advantage of remote software upgrade capabilities Anticipate and communicate necessary change • • • • Additional Support Options: 7x24 Support Option • • PowerLogic 7x24 support provides 1-hour phone response by senior support engineer during off-hours. Additionally, 4-hour response (max) for remote connection to customer system for advanced • troubleshooting. • On-Site Maintenance Option Installations, upgrades, & software patches System device setup & configuration along with alarming & historical trending Graphical Screen Development Remote, Online System Maintenance — Software Updates - Patches & Upgrades — PC Checks - Hard Disk Space, Network & DB Configurations, Viruses, etc. — PowerLogic or ION Software Checks Communications, Data Logging, & Task Execution — E-mailing system scorecard & maintenance recommendations One-on-one training on system software features Power Quality (PQ) & Energy Usage Analysis On site maintenance includes pre-scheduled visits by PowerLogic system engineers who perform software upgrades, updates to custom graphic screens, device firmware upgrades, and system performance analysis and correction. Scope of work is determined by customer request. Power Management University Our training centers offer a variety of training courses designed to improve your total energy management skills. Our instructor led courses are 70% hands-on, with each student having their own lab workstation. We have two main training centers located in Nashville, TN and Victoria, BC and offer training at a variety of Square D sites across the US and Canada. Table 4.32: New Course No. Custom Onsite Training Customer Onsite Training US $ Tuition 3000PLUCWEB 3000PMUDEMAND12 3000PMUDEMAND6 500.00 1500.00 1000.00 3000PLUC205 3000PLUC100 3000PLUC300 3000PLUC190 3000PLUC195 3000PLUC191 3000PLUC192 2750.00 2150.00 2150.00 1800.00 2400.00 1200.00 1800.00 3000PMUFUNDCR 3000PMUPROG 3000PMUADMIN 3000PMUCION 3000PMUCIONCR 3000PMUCPROG 3000PMUMTRPRG 3000PMUCADMIN 2750.00 2150.00 2150.00 1800.00 2400.00 1200.00 1200.00 1200.00 3000PMUSITE by Quote 4 All classes bundled wtih the 3000PMUDEMAND12 can be ordered without the bundle at a discounted price. Please call 615-287-3304 for more info. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Course Description Webinars and Online Webinar Training (for any webinar) OnDemand Training (12 month access) OnDemand Training (6 month access) PowerLogic SMS Systems (Factory and Regional Courses) PowerLogic SMS Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic System I&T PowerLogic SMS Administrator Regional SMS Overview Regional SMS Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) Power Monitoring with SMS Power Monitoring with SMS Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic ION Systems (Factory and Regional Courses) PowerLogic ION Enterprise Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic ION Enterprise Programmer PowerLogic ION Enterprise Administrator Regional ION Overview 3 Day Regional ION Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12) PowerLogic ION Designer Intro Regional ION Utility Meter Programmer Regional ION Administrator Overview © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PL1T Discount Schedule 4-23 Sepam™ Protective Relays Series: 10, 20, 40/50, 60 and 80 www.powerlogic.com Series 20, 40, 60 and 80 The Sepam family of protective relays, Series 20, 40 and 80, are the newest generation of Sepam relay, a time tested product with a 29-year worldwide history. Modular relay design allows quick and easy future upgrades to communications, digital I/O, analog output or temperature acquisition. The 64x128 bit, graphic LCD display and keypad permit relay setting of Series 20 and 40 without a PC. Comprehensive selftesting provides assurance of readiness to protect. The Sepam family also has exceptional withstand to environmental electromagnetic disturbances. An optional 128x240 LCD display for the Series 80 relay can show an animated one-line with front panel control. The Sepam Relays and remote modules come with a 10 year warranty and conformal coating for harsh environment as standard. Sepam Series 60 and 80 Relay Features • • • • • • • • 4 • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • • Standard footprint for enhanced protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, Generator, Capacitor, Bus Applications Differential protection of transformer or machine transformer units Differential protection of motors and generators Protection for mains and ties and important feeders including preprogrammed or customized ATS/ATO Schemes 42 programmable logic inputs and 23 relay outputs Increased accuracy metering capabilities, I, V, E, P, PF, THD, vector diagram Expanded logic equation capabilities (an option for Logipam PLC ladder logic) Setting Software (SF2841) with graphical assistance, optional mimic-based display Battery backup for historical and fault waveform data retention, 24–250 Vdc control power 2 independent RS485 (2 or 4 wire) communication ports: connection of each to port 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus™ , ModBus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC61850 communication protocol with GOOSE messaging. Software tools: Sepam parameter and protection setting and control function customization programming of specific functions (Logipam-Series 80) recovery and display of disturbance recording data local or remote operation via an E-LAN Synch-check option Includes all Series 20 and Series 40 features Sepam Series 40 Relay Features • • • Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for enhanced protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, General Applications Directional overcurrent protection for dual mains and ties and closed loop feeders 10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs 4-24 • • • • • • • Current and voltage inputs I, V, E, P, PF Setting software with Boolean logic equation assistance for customized protections and ATS/ATO schemes CT/VT and Trip Circuit supervision Sixteen seconds of fault recording, last 5 trip reports, and last 200 time-tagged alarms Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus™, Modbus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850 communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber optic network Temperature data from 16 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100, or Ni120 Includes all Series 20 features Sepam Series 20 Relay Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Backlit LCD graphic bitmap display Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for basic protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, Bus (Voltage) Applications Current or voltage inputs I, or V 10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs 16 inverse time overcurrent characteristic curves and customized protection curves (Series 80) Two 86 cycle records of fault recording, last trip fault values, and last 64 timetagged alarms retained Provides trip diagnostic information for analysis of faults Self-test diagnostic ensures correct operation of relay and integrity of protection Wide range of control power inputs Application specific design for Main/Feeder, Transformer, Motor, Bus (Voltage) zones Zone selective interlocking (ZSI) improved protection coordination as a cost effective alternate to Buss Differential (87B) application Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus, ModBus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850 communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber optic network. Temperature data from 8 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100 or Ni120. 1 programmable analog output, 0–1, 0–10 mA, 4–20 mA or 0–20 mA Modular architecture Breaker maintenance diagnostics Two groups of current protection settings (logic input selectable) with built in breaker failure (50BF) to allow reduced arc-flash hazard and PPE rating during maintenance operation © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Sepam™ Protective Relays Protection Configurations www.powerlogic.com Three relay series with increasing protection capabilities for six types of applications to provide all possible protection configurations Table 4.33: Protection Configurations Series 20 Series 40 Series 60 Series 80 Applications Rotation Speed Temperature Frequency Voltage Current Temperature Frequency Voltage Current Frequency Voltage Current Temperature Busbars Frequency Generators Voltage Motors Current Transformers Temperature Substations Capacitors + directional protection + directional protection + directional protection 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32R, 32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 94/69, 21FL, 46BC, CPLU 50/51, CPLU 50N/51N 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32P, 32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 94/69 12, 14, 21B, 24, 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32P, 32Q/40, 37, 37P, 38/49T, 40, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS, 50/27, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 50V/51V, 51C, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 64G, 64REF, a 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 74, 78PS, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 87M, 87T, 94/96 Protection Functions 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 37, 38/49T, 46, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N, 51LR, 59, 59N, 66, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 94/69, CPLU 50/51, CPLU 50N/51N Characteristics Logic input/outputs Inputs 0–10 Inputs 0–10 Inputs 0–28 Inputs 0–42 Outputs 4–8 Outputs 4–8 Outputs 4–16 Outputs 5–23 Temperature sensors 0–8 0–16 0–16 0–16 Current 3I + Io Current 3I + Io Current 3I + Io Current 2x 3I + 2x Io Voltage 3 V + Vo Voltage 3 V + Vo Voltage 3 V + Vo Voltage 2x 3 V + Vo LPCTa LPCTa LPCTa LPCTa 1–2 1–2 1–2 2–4 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850 Channels Communication Ports Redundancy Matrixb Control Redundancy Redundancy Goose Message Goose Message Matrixb Matrixb Matrixb Logic equation editor Logic equation editor Logic equation editor Front memory cartridge with settings Front memory cartridge with settings Backup lithium batteryd Backup lithium batteryd Logipamc Other Backup 48 hours (capacitor) LPCT: low-power current transducer complying with standard IEC 60044-8. Control matrix for simple assignment of information from th eprotection, control and monitoring functions. Logipam ladder language (PC programming environment) to make full use of Sepam Series 80 functions. Standard lithium battery 1/2 AA format 3,6 V front face exchangeable. Table 4.34: ANSI Codes Code Definition Code 12 Overspeed (2 set points) 50N/51N 14 Underspeed (2 set points) 50V/51V Definition Ground fault Voltage restrained overcurrent 21B Underimpedance 51C Capacitor bank unbalance 21FL Fault Locator 51LR Locked rotor 24 Overfluxing (V/Hz) 59 Overvoltage (L-L or L-N) 25 Synch-check 59 Overvoltage (L-L) 26/63 Thermostat / Buchholz 59N 27/27S Undervoltage (L-L/L-N) 60/60FL 27D Positive-sequence undervoltage 27R Remanent undervoltage 30 32P 32Q/40 37 37P 38/49T 40 46 46BC 47 48 49RMS 100% stator earth fault Restricted earth fault Annunciation 66 Starts per hour Directional real overpower 67 Directional phase overcurrent Directional reactive overpower 67N/67NC Directonal ground fault Phase undercurrent 68 Logic discrimination / zone selective interlocking Directional active underpower 74 Circuit connnection supervision Temperature mounting Field loss (underimpedance) 78PS 79 Pole slip Recloser (4 cycles) Unbalance/negative sequence 81H Broken conductor detection 81L Underfrequency Negative sequence overvoltage 81R Rate of change of frequency (df/dt) Excessive starting time Thermal overload 50/27 Inadvertent energization 50/51 Phase overcurrent 50BF Breaker failure Ground sensitive 86 Overfrequency Latching / acknowledgement 87M Machine differential 87T Two-winding transformer differential 94/69 CLPU 50/51 CLPU 50N/51N Circuit breaker / contactor control Cold load pick-up with phase overcurrent protection Cold load pick-up with earth fault protection 4 50G/51G 64G 64REF Neutral voltage displacement CT/VT supervision POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL a b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-25 VAMP 221 Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System www.schneider-electric.us VAMP 221 System Highlights • VAMP 221 is a flexible and easily adaptable arc flash protection system for the protection of electrical distribution systems. • VAMP 221 significantly reduces damage to electrical power equipment in the event of an arc fault and through this the risk of potential personal injury, and production losses. VAMP 221 is a modular system consisting of central units, I/O untis, arc sensors and contact multiplying relays. The system can be easily used from the simplest to the most complicated applications. The VAMP 221 arc flash protection system is suitable for both low and medium voltages in any metal enclosed, metal clad or arc resistant switchgear. It is applicable in any new or existing switchgear where an arch flash hazard exists and reduction of fault level is seen as beneficial. • • System Features 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-26 Current light tripping criteria (optional of tripping by light only) Operating time 7 ms or less (electromechanical contact) Accurate location of arc fault utilizing point sensors Four selective protection zones per central unit Can be used as an alternative to bus differential and ZSI schemes Self supervision of the entire system Easy interconnect utilizing prefabricated (CAT6) cables Phase current measuring Ground fault current measuring Personal protector option Panel or rail mount I/O units Circuit breaker fail protection (50BF) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved VAMP 221 Sensors and Accessories www.schneider-electric.us Point sensor VA1EH-x (pipe) Installed typically in the tube or next to the comartment windo. VA1EH-x Point sensor VA1DA-x (surface) Compartment wall or mounting plate installation. VA1DA-x Arc SLm-x Used when a large number of compartments are to be monitored. Arc SLm-x Point sensor VA1DP The snap-in connection to the VAMP arc flash protection system improves work safety. Device Track Record • • 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL VA1DP • • Schneider Electric’s VAMP Range specializes in arc flash protection and mitigation relays for power system. Schneider Electric VAMP’s arc flash fault protection functionality enhances the safety of both people and property and has made Schneider Electric VAMP a pioneer in the field of arc flash protection with more than 10,000 arc flash systems and units with over 150,000 arc detecting sensors inservice worldwide. All Schneider Electric VAMP products meet the latest international standards and regulations. Our success is based on competitive standard products, constant development by our designers possessing experience from arc flash relay generations. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-27 ReactiVar™ Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions www.reactivar.com How can reactive power compensation and harmonic mitigation solutions be part of your energy efficiency programs? Power factor is a measure of how efficiently you are using electricity. In an electric power system, a load with low power factor draws more current than a load with a high power factor for the same amount of real power transferred. Utility customers with a low power factor could realize an increase or penalty in their electric bill. Over time, these penalties may reach into thousands of dollars, depending upon the utility’s rate structure. Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors and cables, thermal tripping of protective devices, logic faults of digital devices and drives. Harmonics can cause vibrations and noise in electrical machines (motors, transformers, reactors). The life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature. Schneider Electric provides different solutions to meet different application requirements. Table 4.35: Product Description MV Application Product Features 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL ReactiVar Fixed Power Factor Capacitors X X Power Factor correction Suited for applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on the load side of a motor contactor. ReactiVar Standard Automatic Power Factor Capacitor Banks (AV5000/MV5000) X X Power Factor correction Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications where plant loading is constantly changing, resulting in the need for varying amounts of reactive power. Designed for electrical networks with little or no harmonic content. ReactiVar Anti-Resonant Automatic Power Factor Capacitor Banks (AV6000/MV6000) X X Power Factor Correction and Harmonics Filtering Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications containing harmonic energies that would otherwise damage standard fixed or automatic capacitor banks. ReactiVar Harmonic Filtering Automatic Power Factor Capacitor Banks (AV7000/MV7000) X X Power Factor Correction and Harmonics Filtering Provides power factor correction as well as harmonic filtering with specific harmonic order (5th) in industrial networks. ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation Systems (AT6000/AT7000) X Power Factor Correction and Harmonics Filtering Enhanced technology utilizing solid state switching elements that replace standard electromechanical contactors. Provides quicker response to load fluctuations with transient free capacitor switching. AccuSine™ (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter X Xa Active Harmonic Filtering Monitors a distorted electrical signal and determines the frequency and magnitude of harmonics in the signal. Cancels the harmonic content with the dynamic injection of opposing phase current in the distribution system or individual load. ReactiVar Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) X Xa a 4-28 LV real-time reactive power compensation, and Reactive Power Compensation Provides voltage support in networks with highly cyclical load (Real-time) profiles. With transformer. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors ReacatiVar low voltage fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on the load side of a motor starter. ReactiVar fixed capacitors are best suited for applications where there are no harmonic currents or voltages present. Features: Heavy edge, slope metallizations and wave-cut profile to ensure high inrush current capabilities. Special resistivity and profile metallization for better self-healing and enhanced life (up to 130,000 hours). Unique safety feature which disconnects the capacitors at the end of their useful life electrically. Less than 0.5w/kVAR losses, including discharage resistors. Constructed with a dry type metalized polypropylene capacitor element with no liquid dielectrics. Can be easily mounted inside panels or in a stand alone configuration. Table 4.36: kVAR rating Unfused 208 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea @ 208 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 208 V AWG 2 PFCD1002 959.00 6.3 14 5 PFCD1005 1187.00 13.6 10 6 PFCD1006 1364.00 17.7 10 7.5 PFCD1007 1538.00 20.9 8 10 PFCD1010 1924.00 27.1 8 13 PFCD1013 2376.00 35.4 6 15 PFCD1015 2633.00 41.7 4 17 PFCD1017 2957.00 48 4 21 PFCD1021 3101.00 59.4 3 25 PFCD1025 5330.00 68.8 2 27 PFCD1027 5430.00 75.1 2 30 PFCD1030 6243.00 83.4 1 34 PFCD1033 7608.00 93.8 1/0 37.5 PFCD1037 9251.00 104.3 2/0 41 PFCD1040 9618.00 114.7 2/0 45 PFCD1045 9984.00 125.1 3/0 49 PFCD1048 10245.00 135.5 4/0 53 PFCD1053 10505.00 147 4/0 60 PFCD1060 11026.00 168.9 300 kcmil 70 PFCD1070 11786.00 198.1 350 kcmil 80 PFCD1080 12437.00 222 500 kcmil a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Table 4.37: kVAR rating Recommended circuit protection device ratingb Fuse 15 30 40 45 60 75 90 100 125 150 150 175 200 225 250 250 300 300 350 450 450 Circuit breaker 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 90 100 110 125 150 150 175 175 200 225 250 300 350 Unfused 240 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Fuse 15 35 45 50 70 75 90 100 125 125 150 150 175 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 Circuit breaker 15 25 30 35 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 100 110 125 150 150 175 200 250 300 300 350 4 @ 240 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 240 V AWG 3 PFCD2003 959 7.2 14 6 PFCD2006 1187.00 15.6 10 8 PFCD2008 1364.00 20.5 8 10 PFCD2010 1538.00 24.1 8 13 PFCD2013 1924.00 31.3 6 15 PFCD2015 2117.00 36.1 6 17.5 PFCD2017 2376.00 40.9 6 20 PFCD2020 2633.00 48.1 4 22.5 PFCD2023 2957.00 55.3 3 25 PFCD2025 3101.00 61.4 3 27.5 PFCD2028 4181.00 68.6 2 30 PFCD2030 5045.00 72.2 2 32.5 PFCD2033 5330.00 79.4 1 37.5 PFCD2036 5430.00 86.6 1 40 PFCD2040 6243.00 96.2 1/0 45 PFCD2045 7608.00 108.3 2/0 50 PFCD2050 9251.00 120.3 2/0 60 PFCD2060 9984.00 144.4 4/0 70 PFCD2070 10499.00 169.6 300 kcmil 80 PFCD2080 11026.00 194.9 350 kcmil 90 PFCD2090 11557.00 218.9 400 kcmil 100 PFCD2100 12072.00 239.4 500 kcmil a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Recommended circuit protection device ratingb POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • • • • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2C Discount Schedule 4-29 ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors Table 4.38: kVAR rating Unfused 480V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Recommended circuit protection device ratingb @ 480 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 480 V AWG Fuse 6 PFCD4006 929.00 7.2 14 15 8 PFCD4008 1022.00 10.2 12 20 10 PFCD4010 1077.00 12 12 25 12.5 PFCD4012 1215.00 15 10 30 15 PFCD4015 1329.00 18 10 40 17 PFCD4017 1374.00 19.8 8 40 20 PFCD4020 1479.00 24 8 50 25 PFCD4025 1655.00 30 6 60 27.5 PFCD4027 1754.00 33 6 70 30 PFCD4030 1851.00 36 6 75 33 PFCD4033 1953.00 39.6 6 80 35 PFCD4035 2102.00 42 4 90 40 PFCD4040 2358.00 48 4 100 45 PFCD4045 2519.00 54 4 110 50 PFCD4050 2676.00 60 3 125 60 PFCD4060 3975.00 72 2 150 65 PFCD4065 4200.00 78 1 175 70 PFCD4070 4280.00 84 1 175 75 PFCD4075 4434.00 90 1/0 200 80 PFCD4080 4695.00 96 1/0 200 90 PFCD4090 5217.00 108 2/0 225 100 PFCD4100 5738.00 120 2/0 250 125 PFCD4125 7148.00 150 250 300 150 PFCD4150 8556.00 180 300 400 175 PFCD4175 9561.00 210 400 450 240 500 500 200 PFCD4200 10565.00 a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Table 4.39: kVAR rating Circuit breaker 15 15 20 25 30 30 35 45 50 50 60 60 70 75 90 100 110 125 125 150 150 175 225 250 300 350 Unfused 600V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit Rated Current (A) Recommended copper wire sizea Recommended circuit protection device ratingb 600 V Catalog Number $ Price @ 600 V AWG Fuse 10 PFCD6010 1077.00 9.6 12 20 15 PFCD6015 1329.00 14.4 10 30 20 PFCD6020 1479.00 19.2 10 40 23 PFCD6022 1550.00 22.1 8 50 25 PFCD6025 1655.00 24 8 50 27 PFCD6027 1754.00 26 8 50 30 PFCD6030 1851.00 28.8 8 60 35 PFCD6035 2102.00 33.6 6 70 40 PFCD6040 2358.00 38.4 6 80 45 PFCD6045 2519.00 43.2 4 90 50 PFCD6050 2676.00 48 4 100 60 PFCD6060 3975.00 57.6 3 125 70 PFCD6070 4280.00 67.2 3 150 75 PFCD6075 4434.00 72 2 150 80 PFCD6080 4695.00 76.8 1 150 90 PFCD6090 5217.00 86.4 1 175 100 PFCD6100 5738.00 96 1/0 200 125 PFCD6125 7148.00 120 3/0 250 150 PFCD6150 8556.00 144 4/0 300 175 PFCD6175 9561.00 168 300 kcmil 350 a Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size b Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Circuit Breaker 15 20 30 35 35 40 45 50 60 60 70 80 100 100 110 125 150 175 200 250 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL Application Note: Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other electronic equipment. These harmonic currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt capacitors coupled with system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages in the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or damage to electrical equipment including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power factor correction is required in the network where harmonic is present, please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. 4-30 DE2C Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Standard Automatic Capacitor Banks The AV5000 standard automatic power factor correction banks are designed for centralized power factor correction to supply varying amounts of reactive power required to compensate for changing load conditions. The AV5000 banks are ideally suited for facility electrical distribution systems with TDD (total harmonic current distortion) < = 5% and THD(V) (total harmonic voltage distortion) < = 5%. An advanced power factor controller measures plant power factor via a single remote CT. Plus, it switches capacitor modules in and out of service to maintain a user selected target power factor. Main Features: • • The AV5000 is suitable for use where harmonic generating loads are less than 15% of the total connected load (AV5000 shown here). • • • • • • Modular construction; free standing QED switchboard enclosures (30wx36dx90h) and allow for easy future expansion Rugged design — units are constructed with removable steel panels over heavy gauge steel frame Standard offering available up to 400 kVAR at 208 Vac, 1000 kVAR at 480 or 600 Vac Main lugs or main breaker section at your choice Dry capacitor element design eliminates risk of fluid leakage, environmental hazard and drip pans Capacitor rated contactors are designed specifically for the switching of capacitive currents and feature a patented capacitor precharge circuit that exceeds air-core reactor transient dampening Different power factor controller options provide a choice in functionality and control sophistication Backlit display on controller displays actual power factor (PF), alarms, number of steps energized and much more Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures Low Voltage Anti-Resonant and Filtering Automatic Capacitor Banks AV6000 Capacitor Bank ReactiVar AV6000 anti-resonant and AV7000 harmonic filtering automatic switched capacitor banks are specifically designed for networks containing harmonic energies which would otherwise damage standard fixed or automatic capacitor banks. The problem: Harmonics are caused by non-linear loads such as variable frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, uninterruptable power supplies, robotics, PLCs and other electronic devices. Harmonics are higher-than-60 Hz current and voltage components in the electrical distribution system. Capacitors are a low impedance path for these higher frequency components and thus will absorb these harmonic energies. Combinations of capacitors and system inductances (motors and transformers) can form series and parallel tuned circuits which can resonate at certain frequencies. The harmonics caused by non-linear loads can excite a standard capacitor bank into resonance. The resonance can magnify currents and voltages, causing system wide damage and equipment failure. This problem is growing in prevalence in today's distribution systems. Anti-Resonant Automatic Capacitor Banks The AV6000 anti-resonance capacitor bank's primary function is power factor correction. Iron core reactors are added in series with the capacitor modules. The 3 phase reactors are custom designed and manufactured under tight tolerance specifically for the AV6000. The reactors tune the bank below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th, or 300 Hz). Below the tuning point, the system appears capacitive and thus corrects power factor. Above the tuning point, the system appears Inductive and thus resonance is minimized. The AV6000 design has the added advantage of removing up to 50% of the 5th harmonic to reduce overall voltage distortion. Harmonic Filtering Automatic Capacitor Banks Although the AV7000 looks identical to the AV6000, its primary function is harmonic mitigation, with power factor correction being a secondary benefit. The distinction between an AV6000 and an AV7000 is the tuning point. By definition, if the tuning point of the capacitor/reactor combination is within ±10% of the target harmonic it is intended to absorb, it is referred to as a filter. If the tuning point is outside the ±10% limit, it is referred to as an antiresonant system. Schneider Electric power quality solution experts should be consulted prior to recommending AV7000 to customers. Main Features: • • • Standard offering available up to 480 kVAR at 208 V, 1200 kVAR at 480 or 600 Vac Capacitor modules are designed with higher than standard voltage and current ratings to provide long life on systems with high harmonic energies. Reactors are designed to operate at 115 °C rise over a maximum 40 °C ambient temperature. In addition to the standard features provided in the AV5000 systems, the reactors in the AV6000 and AV7000 have an embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut down and annunciate if the reactor is overheated, usually a result of excessive harmonic energies Application Assistance: Schneider Electric power quality experts can provide engineering assistance for the application of capacitors in harmonic rich environments. Specialists can assess the likelihood of application problems and arrange for more detailed study if required. Solutions can include computer modeling and system simulation. Our application engineers can arrange for systems studies, provide custom engineering proposal, perform installation and commissioning, as required by the application. Please contact Schneider Electric power quality experts or email us at pqc@squared.com. CT Selection Table Main Transformer Main Breaker External Current Transformer Ratio XXXX/5 The current transformer is located on a phase A bus or cable at the main service entrance as illustrated in Diagram 1. CT catalog number: TRAI••••SCc c where •••• is current rate code of bus/cable and c c is window size code. Codes are listed in table 4.42. e.g. TRAI1000SC07 is a CT for 1000 A bus with 7"x4" window. Table 4.40: Current Rating of Bus/Cable Sub 600 kVAR Sub Feed Automatic Feed Capacitor Bank Sub Feed Rating Code 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 0300 0400 0500 0600 0750 0800 1000 1200 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 •••• Window Size 7" x 4" Size Code 11" x 4" Size Code c c c c 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 07 11 N/A 11 N/A 11 4 Single Line (Typical) Diagram 1 Sub Feed Amperes POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL • The Solution: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-31 ReactiVar™ Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks www.reactivar.com Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks Square D™ ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation (TFRC) anti-resonant (AT/BT6000) systems and filtering system (AT/BT7000) are ideally suited for use on electrical systems where connected equipment is extremely sensitive to variations in the supply voltage. The problem: Capacitor systems featuring electromechanical contactors could generate voltage transients on the electrical network when they switch capacitor stages on/off, even when current limiting or tuning reactors are employed. Transients can impair the operation of sensitive equipment, including programmable logic controllers, variable speed drives, computers and UPS systems. In sensitive networks such as hospitals, data processing centers, airports and many manufacturing environments, any transient, however slight, may not be acceptable. The solution: TFRC systems feature an advanced controller to precisely activate electronic switching elements to connect capacitor stages and avoid the creation of transients. Transient free switching also reduces wear on capacitors due to switching and will result in longer life for the overall capacitor system. With a response time of less than ten seconds to load changes, TFRC systems can reduce the kVAR or kVA demand quickly. Main Features: • • • • • • • • • Standard offering up to 1350 kVAR at 480 Vac Transient free switching of capacitor steps Electronic switching elements yield an unlimited number of switching operations Different power factor controller options provide a choice in functionality and control sophistication Backlit display on controller displays actual PF, alarms, number of steps energized and much more Heavy duty dry capacitor element design provides no risk of fluid leakage, no environmental pollution and no need for drip pans The reactors have an embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut down and annunciate if the reactor is overheated which is usually a result of excessive harmonic energies Units are constructed with removable heavy duty steel panels over heavy gauge steel frame. Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures. Low Voltage Capacitor Bank General Specification: Voltage: AT6000 Transient Free Capacitor Bank 208, 240, 480, 600 Vac standard, other voltages available Ambient temperature: -5 °C to 40 °C Average temperature limit: <=40 °C within 24 hours, <35 °C over 1 year Elevation: <=1800 meter (6000 feet) Humidity: 0–95% non-condensing Overvoltage limit: 110% maximum (continuously) Dielectric withstand test level: 2.15 times rated voltage or 1000 V, whichever is higher for 10s Overcurrent limit: 135% maximum (continuously) Incoming: Top (standard), bottom. Main lug: Copper mechanical standard, compression optional Main breaker (BT): PowerPact™ with Micrologic™ trip unit. LI standard, LSI available Enclosure rating: NEMA 1 standard, N3R available Color: ANSI 49 standard, ANSI 61, ANSI 70 optional Standards: CSA C22.2 No. 190, UL810 6" MINIMUM, IF SURFACE IS FLAMMABLE 24" MINIMUM 70"/88" APPROX. 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 12" OR 24" PULL BOX REMOVABLE LIFTING LUGS 91.50 30.000 ADDITIONAL SECTIONS AS REQUIRED 36.000 WIDTH Typical low voltage capacitor bank dimension (reference only, subject to change without notice) 4-32 DE2C Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ReactiVar™ Medium Voltage Capacitors www.reactivar.com ReactiVar Medium Voltage Fixed Capacitors The ReactiVar MVC fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction in applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as the load side of a motor contactor. ReactiVar capacitor sizes are available up to 300 kVAR as individual units, and up to 900 kVAR in banks. Main Features: • • • • • • • Standard rating up to 900 kVAR, 4800 V (for specials, consult factory) Extra low dielectric loss (<0.15w/kVAR), including discharge resistors Internally mounted discharge resistors Internally delta connected capacitor elements Built to applicable NEMA, IEEE, and IEC standards Available in indoor (Type 1/12) and outdoor (Type 3R) enclosures Painted ASA 70 gray Application Note: MVC systems are suitable for power factor correction of steady and harmonic-free motor loads. Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other electronic equipment. These harmonic currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt capacitors coupled with system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages in the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or damage to electrical equipment including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power factor correction is required in the network where harmonic is present, please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance. Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Capacitor Systems The medium voltage capacitor systems are ideally suited for centralized power factor correction and/or harmonic filtering in applications. Various equipment topologies are available, from fixed stage to fully automatic—to cover project specific application, load characteristic and installation needs. ReactiVar brand covers metal enclosed systems built in North America (5/15 kV class). Global =S= Brand can be used for expanded voltage range. Main Features: • • • • • High Voltage Reactive Power Compensation Systems The high voltage reactive power compensation systems are ideally suited for installation at utility distribution and transmission grids. Various equipment topologies are available to cover project specific utility application, and installation needs. Typically these compensation systems are open style, rack mounted, installed in utility substation areas. Main Features: • • • 4 • • Custom designed and built per requested applicable standards Systems rated up to 230 kV, 50/60 Hz Internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small temperature rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand. Double wye ungrounded configuration with neutral CT protection Inrush current limiting or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) air core, open style reactors POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL MV5000 systems are suitable for use where harmonic generating loads are less than 15% of the total connected load. MV6000 systems are suitable for use where harmonic generating loads are less than 50% of the total connected load. MV7000 systems are suitable for use where harmonic generating loads exceed 50% of the total connected load. MVHVC High-Speed compensation systems are designed for reactive power compensation of rapidly fluctuating loads • • • • • Designed and built per applicable ANSI/NEMA/IEEE and/or IEC standards Standard metal enclosures available up to 20 mVAR, up to 34.5 kV, 50/60 Hz Steel or Aluminum based enclosure bays Externally or internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small temperature rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand. Current limiting capacitor fuses with blown fuse pop-up indicators Inrush current limiting reactors or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) iron core reactors Key interlocking system forces sequential operation of the controls, Fully rated three- or four-pole grounding switches Schneider Electric NRC12 Power factor controller provides user with friendly interface, superior performance, simplified installation and set-up procedure, and real time monitoring and protection features for the capacitor system. Available in Type 1 indoor and 3R outdoor enclosure types © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4-33 AccuSine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter Class 5820 www.reactivar.com AccuSine (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter (AHF) injects harmonic current to cancel harmonic current in the electrical distribution system. This reduced harmonic level results in improved electrical network reliability and reduced operating cost. AccuSine PCS is simple to size, install, set up and operate. In addition, AccuSine PCS eliminates the complex harmonic compliance limit calculations and removes nuisance harmonics from the electrical network. The problem: Power electronic devices that have rapid and frequent load variations have become abundant today due to their many process control related and energy saving benefits. However, they also bring a few major drawbacks to electrical distribution systems; harmonics and rapid change of reactive power requirement. Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors, drives, cables, thermal tripping of protective devices and logic faults of digital devices. In addition, the life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature. The solution: The AccuSine PCS AHF provides the simplest and most effective means to mitigate harmonics, to reduce process related voltage fluctuations. The AccuSine PCS AHF actively injects opposite harmonics current on the source side of the load and it: • • • • • Decreases harmonic related overheating of cables, switchgear and transformers Reduces downtime caused by nuisance thermal tripping of protective devices Increases electrical network reliability and reduces operating costs Corrects to the 50th harmonic, reduce harmonics level to meet IEEE 519, IEC 61000 3-4, and UK G5/4-1 standards. Compensates entire network or specific loads depending on installation point Standard features • • • • • • • • • Real-time dynamic current injection for harmonic cancellation and VAR compensation (lead or lag power factor) Independent phase compensation Load balancing capability Parallel connection (up to 99 units) allows for easy retrofit and installation of multiple units for large networks Response to load fluctuations within 2 cycles Full color touch screen HMI (Human Machine Interface) NEMA 1, NEMA 12, IP30 AND IP54 enclosure Seismic rated per ICC IBC and ASCE 7 UL, CE, ABS, and CSA certified Accusine PCS Sizing For proper sizing of AccuSine units, contact the Schneider Electric sales office or e-mail pqc@squared.com. To expedite the product selection process, please have a single line diagram and/or details of the application including sizes of transformers, non-linear and linear loads, and any existing filters and capacitors. Table 4.41: AccuSine PCS 208–480 V, 50/60 Hz Rated Max Reactive Current Power output (kVAR) A(ms) 208 V 400 V 480 V 18 Enclosure Information Catalog Number List Price (US$) Rating 4 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL PCS050D5N1 34904.00 NEMA 1 PCS050D5N12 53738.00 NEMA 12 PCS050D5CE30c 59516.00 IP30 (CE Certified) 50 34.6 41.6 N/A PCS050D5CE54c 62770.00 IP54 (CE Certified) PCS050D5IP30 54299.00 IP30 PCS050D5IP54 57553.00 IP54 36 PCS100D5N1 55131.00 NEMA 1 PCS100D5N12 66777.00 NEMA 12 PCS100D5CE30c 74449.00 IP30 (CE Certified) 100 69.2 83.1 N/A PCS100D5CE54c 78679.00 IP54 (CE Certified) PCS100D5IP30 67479.00 IP30 PCS100D5IP54 71585.00 IP54 108 PCS300D5N1 110301.00 NEMA 1 PCS300D5N12 132341.00 NEMA 12 PCS300D5CE30c 144502.00 IP30 (CE Certified) 300 207.8 249.4 N/A PCS300D5CE54c 161035.00 IP54 (CE Certified) PCS300D5IP30 133670.00 IP30 PCS300D5IP54 142628.00 IP54 a Floor stand available. order Catalog Number — FSPCS100D5N1 b Wall mounted units do not include a power disconnect. c CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC. 4-34 Style/Cable Entry Exterior Dimensions H W Weight lbs (kg) D Wall Mountab/Bottom In 48 mm 1219 In 20.7 mm 526 In 18.5 mm 470 Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 75 1905 31.5 800 23.8 605 Wall Mountab/Bottom 64.9 1648 20.7 526 18.5 470 Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 75 1905 31.5 800 23.8 605 31.5 800 19.6 497 39.4 1000 31.7 806 250 (114) 661 (300) Watts Losses (watts) 208/240 V 900 705 (320) 661 (300) 350 (159) 771 (350) 1500 849 (386) 771 (350) Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 75 1905 775 (352) 1212 (550) 1390 (632) 1212 (550) DE2C Discount Schedule 4500 480 V 1800 2250 2250 2250 2250 2250 3000 3750 3750 3750 3750 3750 9000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AccuSine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter Class 5820 www.reactivar.com Table 4.42: AccuSine PCS 600 Vb, 50/60 Hz Rated Current Max Reactive Power output (kVAR) A(ms) 600 V Enclosure Information Catalog Number List Price (US$) Exterior Dimensions H Style/Cable Entry Rating In PCS039D6N1 94423.00 NEMA 1 PCS039D6N12 100088.00 NEMA 12 PCS039D6CE30 111199.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a 39 41 PCS039D6CE54 117805.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a PCS039D6IP30 101090.00 IP30 PCS039D6IP54 107096.00 IP54 PCS078D6N1 115031.00 NEMA 1 PCS078D6N12 121933.00 NEMA 12 PCS078D6CE30 135469.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a 78 81 PCS078D6CE54 143517.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a PCS078D6IP30 123154.00 IP30 PCS078D6IP54 130470.00 IP54 PCS235D6N1 202406.00 NEMA 1 PCS235D6N12 214550.00 NEMA 12 PCS235D6CE30 238365.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a 235 244 PCS235D6CE54 252525.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a PCS235D6IP30 216696.00 IP30 PCS235D6IP54 229569.00 IP54 a CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC. b Contact Schneider Electric sales office for other voltage models. W mm In mm Weight lbs (kg) D Watts Losses (watts) In mm 600 V 1322 (600) Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 1366 (621) 2850 1322 (600) 55.1 1400 23.6 600 1542 (700) Floor Standing/Top 77.7 1972 or Bottom 1620 (736) 4610 1542 (700) 2424 (1102) Floor Standing/Top or Bottom 70.9 1800 31.5 800 2602 (1183) 12750 2424 (1102) Round Split-Core Current Transformer (CT) Selection: Two remote current transformers (CT) are required for three phase loads. Three CT’s are required for networks with line to neutral loads. Table 4.43: Round Split-Core CT—UL Recognized Ampacity Catalog Number 1000 3000 5000 CT1000SC CT3000SC CTFCL500058 Dimensions A in 4 6 8 B mm 101 152 203 C in 1.25 1.25 1.25 mm 32 32 32 in 1.5 1.5 1.5 Weight D mm 38 38 38 in 6.5 8.5 10.5 mm 165 216 267 lbs 3.5 4.25 5.5 kg 1.75 1.90 2.50 Burden Secondary Accuracy Capacity Class Current (VA) 1 1 1 10 45 45 5 5 5 D B A C Round Solid-Core Current Transformer (AUX CT) Selection: For installations requiring parallel connection of multiple AccuSine units for increased capacity, additional auxiliary CT’s may be required. Please contact Schneider Electric sales office for the correct AUX CT part number to use. Table 4.44: Ampacity 600 1000 Round Solid-Core Auxiliary CT—UL Recognized Catalog Number CT7RL6011 CT7RL1021 Dimensions ID in 2.5 2.5 Weight (lb) OD mm 63 63 in 4.58 4.58 mm 116 116 lbs 1.5 1.5 kg 0.68 0.68 Accuracy Class Burden Capacity (VA) Secondary Current 1 1 30 35 1 1 POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 1.10 X1 H1 2.50 DIA 4 4.58 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2C Discount Schedule 4-35 AccuSine™ PFV Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) Class 5890 Main Breaker (Optional) www.reactivar.com The Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) is ideally suited for industrial facilities with power quality or production problems caused by rapidly changing reactive power demands typically associating with highly cyclical loads such as welders, mining conveyors and heavy stamping machines. The problem: Rapid reactive power changes demand timely reactive power (VAR) compensation. Lack of timely and adequate VAR compensation can lead to voltage fluctuations in the electrical distribution system, impacting equipment operation, as well as product quality. Traditional capacitor systems have a minimum response time of five to thirty seconds for load fluctuations. As a result of this limitation, uncompensated reactive power demand by cyclical loads can produce voltage instability, cause flicker, increase losses, and result poor power factor which reduces the electric supply capacity. Problems can include: AccuSine PFV • • • • • • Poor weld quality or reduced weld line productivity (due to restrikes or interlock weld controls) Failure to start motor loads (due to voltage sag on startup) Undervoltage tripping of sensitive loads (Robots, PLCs, VFDs) Lighting flicker and/or HID lighting shutdown Overloaded distribution equipment (cyclical current pulses may exceed the rated current of the distribution equipment) Poor power factor and associated utility demand charges The Solution: 100 kVAR 100 kVAR 100 kVAR PASSIVE HVC Topology (Typical) 300 Ampere ACTIVE The Hybrid VAR Compensator is ideally suited for ultra fast reactive power compensation in many low and medium voltage distribution networks containing highly transient loads where conventional systems are not suitable. The HVC employs a fixed or automatic capacitor bank to provide reactive power at all times, while AccuSine PFV adjusts the output to meet system reactive power requirement in timely manner. AccuSine PFV features a 100 microsecond response time to provide dynamic VAR injection to meet reactive power requirement within 1 cycle, reduce voltage sags created by inductive load switching, welding operation, etc. Main Features: • • • • • • Real-time reactive power compensation for transient or cyclical loads Infinite VAR resolution Independently compensates each phase Transient free compensation Improves voltage stability, reduces flicker Constructed with 12 gauge steel frame HVC systems can alleviate most of the problems created by cyclical loads that require large amount of reactive power for short duration. HVC system can be applied in the low voltage and medium voltage system from 480 V up to 33 kV. Unique, cost-effective construction: 4 The ReactiVar HVC is a custom engineered product designed for specific reactive power compensation requirements. It consists of both passive and active components. The passive component may consist of capacitors only or include tuned reactors. Depending on the application, the passive portion may include contactor or solid state switching device to permit some adjustment of the passive elements. The active component is provided by Schneider Electric’s AccuSine PFV unit. HVC systems also can prevent resonance by including custom designed iron core reactors in series with each three phase capacitor module when required. The series reactor/capacitor combinations prevent resonance by turning the network below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th and 300 Hz). In doing so, HVC can also reduce harmonic voltage distortion, which further improves overall network conditions. The HVC employs a fixed capacitor bank to inject leading reactive current (leading kVAR) into the network at all times, and an AccuSine PFV unit to precisely adjust the total output of the HVC according to the load reactive power demand profile. When load reactive demand is zero, the AccuSine PFV injects lagging reactive current to cancel the leading reactive current of the fixed capacitor bank such that the total output of the HVC is minimized. As the load kVAR demand increases, the AccuSine PVF adjusts its output such that the total output of the HVC precisely matches the load demand. If load demand increases above the fixed capacitor bank capability, then the AccuSine PFV injects leading reactive current. This continues until the full leading kVAR capacity of the AccuSine PFV is met. Thus, the HVC total output provides leading kVAR compensation to match load demand. To optimize system design, Schneider Electric expert will normally need to take real-time measurements on the network site. Please contact Schneider Electric power quality experts or email us at pqc@squared.com. POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 4-36 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 5 Lighting Control Product Overview One Line Overview 5-2, 5-3 Neo Keypads 5-4 Saturn Keypads 5-5 DLT Keypads 5-5 Decorator Keypads 5-6 Touch Screens 5-7 Multi Room Audio C-Bus Controls, page 5-4 5-9 Hand Held Remote Controls 5-11 Thermostats 5-11 Sensors 5-12 Input Units 5-12 Relays 5-13 Dimmers 5-14 System Units 5-15 Enclosures 5-17 Area Lighting Panels 5-18 Software 5-19 Occupancy Sensors Dual Tech Ceiling Mount, page 5-21 Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors 5-20 Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors 5-21 Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors 5-21 Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls 5-22 Powerlink Integrated Control Systems Overview 5-23 Components 5-24 Device Power Supply 5-25 Device Router 5-25 Factory Assembled Panels Powerlink Lighting Control Panelboards, page 5-24 5-26 Powerlink Energy Management 5-27 Relay Panels 5-28 Cassia Energy Management System 5-30 Relay Panel Family, page 5-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5-1 17605001.fm C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories 5 LIGHTING CONTROLS Lighting Controls Overview Lighting Control www.schneider-electric.us 5 Schneider Electric Occupancy Sensors, Powerlink and C-Bus™ control systems can be used independently or combined to provide the optimal lighting control solution for your home or business LIGHTING CONTROLS 5-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Overview Lighting Control 5 LIGHTING CONTROLS www.schneider-electric.us © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5-3 C-Bus™ Lighting Control Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Neo™ Keypads Neo Keypads offer localized finger-tip control of lighting and other electrical devices. With over 1,000 custom color combinations available, these elegant keypads compliment any decor. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box with minimum internal width of 2.05”. LIGHTING CONTROLS • • • • • • • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads Independent timers available for each button Standard built-in infrared receiver permits keypad control at a distance with an optional infrared handheld remote Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both, indicating when a controlled device is ON or OFF Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last key press Locator LEDs can illuminate the top and bottom of the button area in cool blue, helping a user find the keypad in dim light or help the installer find the correct keypad when commissioning Clean-lined low-profile keypads are wall mounted without external fittings Optional button covers have ID windows, enabling quick identification of lighting scenes or controlled devices Distinctively designed multi-layer cover plate consists of button covers, an outer surround, and an inner surround Color schemes are easily customized and modified to suit personal taste or the décor Standard Neo Keypads Includes keypad, button covers, inner and outer surrounds. White: SLC505( )NLWE Cream: SLC505( )NLCM Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505( )NLGB ( ) designates space for button configuration Table 5.1: Catalog No. SLC5052NLGB SLC5052NLWE SLC5052NLCM SLC5054NLGB SLC5054NLWE SLC5054NLCM SLC5058NLGB SLC5058NLWE SLC5058NLCM Standard Neo Keypad Assemblies Catalog Description Neo, 2 button key input brushed aluminum Neo, 2 button key input solid white Neo, 2 button key input solid cream Neo, 4 button key input brushed aluminum Neo, 4 button key input solid white Neo, 4 button key input solid cream Neo, 8 button key input brushed aluminum Neo, 8 button key input solid white Neo, 8 button key input solid cream $ Price 460.00 460.00 460.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 560.00 560.00 560.00 2 Button Keypad 4 Button Keypad Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505(2)NLGB Cream: SLC505(4)NLCM 8 Button Keypad White: SLC505(8)NLWE Custom Neo Keypad Assemblies To order custom Neo Keypad assemblies indicate the number of buttons desired on the keypad and the color of each customizable component (inner surround, outer surround, and botton cover). For example, in the diagram below, SLC505(8)NL(2)(8)(2) represents a Neo Keypad with eight buttons, a white (#2) outer surround, a brushed aluminum (#8) inner surround, and white (#2) button covers. Table 5.2: Color Chart Name Color Number Slate 1 White 2 Cream 3 Soft Gray 4 Desert Sand 5 Black 6 Brown 7 Brushed Aluminuma 8 Golda 9 a Only the inner surround is available in Brushed Aluminum and Gold. Table 5.3: Neo Keypad Accessories Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price SLC5050IS( ) Neo, inner surround, (5pk) 152.00 SLC5050OS( ) Neo, outer surround, (5pk) 46.00 SLC5052NRP( ) Neo, button covers, 5052L, (5pk) 60.00 SLC5054NRP( ) Neo, button covers, 5054L, (5pk) 60.00 SLC5058NRP( ) Neo, button covers, 5058L, (5pk) 60.00 SLC5052NRI( ) Neo, button covers, with ID window, (10pk) 82.00 Note: Accessories have unique catalog numbers. To specify colors for them, (see Table 5.1) add the color number to the end of the catalog number (Table 5.3). For example, SLC5052NR2 is the catalog number for a white button cover. 5-4 DE-8 Discount Shedule Neo button cover with ID window © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us • • • • Saturn 2 Button Keypad • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads Independent timers available for each button Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both, indicating when a controlled device is ON or OFF Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last button press Locator LED can illuminate the keypad, helping a user find it in dim light Clean-lined keypads are wall mounted without external fittings Low-profile design extends only 0.5 in. out from the wall Optional button covers with labels, enabling quick identification of lighting scenes or controlled devices Saturn Keypads Table 5.4: Complete Saturn Keypads Catalog No. Saturn 4 Button Keypad Catalog Description $ Price SLC5082NL( ) Saturn Full Plate, 2 button 634.00 SLC5084NL( ) Saturn Full Plate, 4 button 668.00 SLC5086NL( ) Saturn Full Plate, 6 button 700.00 Note: Color codes are: White (WE), Black (BK), Mocha (BR), Cream (CM). The catalog number for a two-button keypad in mocha would be SLC5082NLBR Table 5.5: Saturn Keypad Accessories Catalog No. SLC5080LC8 Catalog Description Saturn Button Labels $ Price 74.00 SLC5082NLFSS Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084NLFSS Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 4 button 112.00 Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 6 button 128.00 SLC5086NLFSS SLC5082FGF Saturn Cover Plate White, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084FGF Saturn Cover Plate White, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086FGF Saturn Cover Plate White, 6 button 128.00 SLC5082F30 Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084F30 Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086F30 Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 6 button 128.00 SLC5082F60 Saturn Cover Plate Black, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084F60 Saturn Cover Plate Black, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086F60 Saturn Cover Plate Black, 6 button 128.00 SLC5082F70 Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 2 button 96.00 SLC5084F70 Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 4 button 112.00 SLC5086F70 Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 6 button Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW). 128.00 Saturn 6 Button Keypad DLT Keypads Saturn™ Dynamic Labeling Technology™ (DLT) Keypads combine a programmable keypad button, and easily customized labels on a backlit LCD screen that eliminates the need for custom labels. By virtue of the variety of button configurations available, one compact DLT keypad can take the place of many single-operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. The five keypad buttons incorporate blue LEDs which complements the keypad’s sleek lines while showing the status of controlled devices. Saturn Style Keypad • • • • • • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings Keypads have five physical buttons—four control buttons, and one scroll/page button—combined with two screens of labels, for a total of eight control buttons and two scroll/page buttons Scene control includes up to forty addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads. Independent timers available for each button Button LEDs can be used as locator lights in the dark 64 x 128 pixel LCD screen with a white backlight Editable LCD labels, available for each button or control group, can display text, symbols, and graphics. Dynamic graphic displays, such as bar graphs, can be enabled or disabled Bitmaps can be downloaded for each group address or scene Low-profile design, wall mounted without external fittings Neo Style Keypad © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule 5-5 5 Saturn Keypads incorporate a unique glass cover plate that creates a distinctive appearance. By virtue of the variety of button configurations available, one compact Saturn keypad can take the place of many single operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. Available in two-, four-, or six-button keypads, Saturn’s modern style is complemented by orange and blue LEDs that can instantly show the status of controlled devices. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box with minimum internal width of 2.05”. LIGHTING CONTROLS Saturn™ Keypads C-Bus™ Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories Class 1250 5 Table 5.6: Saturn and Neo Style DLT Keypads Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price LIGHTING CONTROLS SLC5085DLWE Saturn DLT White 966.00 SLC5085DLBK Saturn DLT Black 966.00 SLC5085DLCM Saturn DLT Cream 966.00 SLC5085DLBR Saturn DLT Mocha 966.00 SLC5055DLGB Neo DLT Brushed Aluminum 898.00 SLC5055DLWE Neo DLT White 898.00 SLC5055DLBK Neo DLT Black 898.00 SLC5055DLSG Neo DLT Soft Grey 898.00 SLC5055DLCM Neo DLT Cream 898.00 SLC5055DLDS Neo DLT Desert Sand 898.00 Table 5.7: Catalog No. www.schneider-electric.us DLT Keypad Accessories Catalog Description $ Price SLC5085DLFSS Saturn DLT cover plate, Stainless Steel 110.00 SLC5085DLFCM Saturn DLT cover plate, Cream 110.00 SLC5085DLFBK Saturn DLT cover plate, Black 110.00 SLC5085DLFBR Saturn DLT cover plate, Mocha 110.00 SLC5085DLFWE Saturn DLT cover plate, White 110.00 SLC5055DLFGB Neo DLT cover plate, Brushed Aluminum and Slate 12.00 SLC5055DLFBR Neo DLT cover plate, Brown 12.00 SLC5055DLFCM Neo DLT cover plate, Cream 12.00 SLC5055DLFBK Neo DLT cover plate, Black 12.00 SLC5055DLFSG Neo DLT cover plate, Soft Gray 12.00 SLC5055DLFDS Neo DLT cover plate, Desert Sand SLC5055DLFWE Neo DLT cover plate, White Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW). 12.00 12.00 Neo™ Decorator Keypads Neo Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to conserve horizontal wall space. • • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control LED indicator reflects status of each button Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus handheld remote control Distinctive Neo styling designed to match standard Neo keypads and touchscreens Custom color combinations available on request Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6 Table 5.8: Neo Decorator Keypad Neo Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately) Catalog No. Description $ Price Neo Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5051NLM(XX) 1 button decorator keypad 386.00 Neo Decorator 2 button keypad (order cover plate separately) SLC5052NLM(XX) 2 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum 408.00 Neo Decorator 3 button keypad (order cover plate separately) SLC5053NLM(XX) 3 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum 430.00 Neo Decorator 4 button keypad (order cover plate separately) SLC5054NLM(XX) 4 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum 452.00 Neo Decorator Blanking Plate (order cover plate separately) SLC5850BP(XX) Neo blanking plate 14.00 Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Neo style decorator keypads. GB – Brushed, WE – White, CM – Cream, SG – Soft Grey, DS – Desert Sand, BK – Black, BR – Brown, LA – Light Almond, VY – Ivory. Saturn™ Decorator Keypads Saturn Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to conserve horizontal wall space. • • • • • Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control LED indicator reflect status of each button Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus remote controllers Distinctive Saturn styling designed to match standard Saturn keypads and touchscreens Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6 Table 5.9: Saturn Decorator Keypad 5-6 Saturn Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately) Catalog No. Description $ Price Saturn Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5081NLM(XX) 1 button deco Saturn keypad, White 526.00 Saturn Decorator 2 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5082NLM(XX) 2 button deco Saturn keypad, White 538.00 Saturn Decorator 3 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5083NLM(XX) 3 button deco Saturn keypad, White 548.00 Saturn Decorator 4 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately) SLC5084NLM(XX) 4 button deco Saturn keypad, White 556.00 Blanking Plates SLC5880BPPG(XX) Saturn Blanking Plate 24.00 Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Saturn style decorator keypads. WE – White, PW – Pure White, CM – Cream, BK – Black, BR – Brown. DE-8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us Neo and Saturn Style Decorator Face Plates Sleek, smooth contemporary architectural styling enhances fine decor Screwless design for easy placement Two piece kit allows easy retrofit Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6 Table 5.10: Neo Decorator Style Cover Plate Neo Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately) Catalog No. Description $ Price Neo Decorator Cover Plate 1 ganga SLC5051GA(XX) 1 gang wallplate 14.00 Neo Decorator Cover Plate 2 ganga SLC5052GA(XX) 2 gang wallplate 18.00 Neo Decorator Cover Plate 3 ganga SLC5053GA(XX) 3 gang wallplate 22.00 Neo Decorator Cover Plate 4 ganga SLC5054GA(XX) 4 gang wallplate 26.00 a Cover plate assembly includes inner and outer surrounds. Wall plate ordering (Order keypads separately). Order numbers for the Neo decorator style wall plates indicate the gang number desired on the wall plate and the color of the wall plate itself. Color codes are: Slate (1), White (2), Cream (3), Soft gray (4), Desert sand (5), Black (6), Brown (7), Brushed aluminum (8), and Gold (9). For example, SLC505(1)GA(51) represents an order fo a Neo decorator style wall plate in one gang configuration, with a Desert sand outer surround and a slate inner surround. Table 5.11: Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately) Catalog No. Description Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 1 gangb SLC5081GAPG(XX) 1 gang wallplate Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 2 gangb SLC5082GAPG(XX) 2 gang wallplate Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 3 gangb SLC5083GAPG(XX) 3 gang wallplate Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 4 gangb SLC5084GAPG(XX) 4 gang wallplate b To specify color, add corresponding alpha codes. Black = BK, White = WE, Cream = CM, Mocha = BR. Example SLC5081GAPG(WE) = Saturn Decorator 1 gang, White $ Price 24.00 28.00 38.00 45.00 Touch screens 2 Gang Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plate C-Bus Touch screens are unified wall-mounted panels for controlling lighting systems and accessories with the touch of a finger. They come in both monochromatic (Mark II) and color screen versions. Compact yet powerful, touch screens offer an attractive alternative to multiple single operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers which can clutter up even the nicest wall. Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen • • • • • • • • • Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen with Cream Saturn style cover plate Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and scenes with multiple loads. Preset scenes and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures. RS-232 port for third party device integration through the built in Logic Engine Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings Infrared receiver for remote control Stores up to 250 scenes with 100 group addresses each. Scenes can be triggered directly from the touch screen or any other device on C-Bus Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen (desktop model) • • • • • • • Screen swivels and pivots for optimal viewing Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and scenes wtih multiple loads. Preset screens and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures. Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light Infrared receiver for remote control Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen desktop model © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule 5-7 5 • • • • LIGHTING CONTROLS C-Bus decorator style wall plates add a touch of flair to any décor. Available in either Neo or Saturn styling. C-Bus™ Lighting Control Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Table 5.12: Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price LIGHTING CONTROLS Mark II B/W Touch Screen SLC5050CTL2xx Mark II w/Neo Style Cover Plate 2439.00 SLC5080CTL2xx Mark II w/Saturn Style Cover Plate 2499.00 SLC5000CTL2SS Mark II w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate 2499.00 Mark II Touch Screen Desktop Model SLC5000CTD2xx Mark II Desktop Touch Screen 1920.00 xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black Spectrum Touch Screen SLC5000CTCL2 Spectrum Base Unit Only 2106.47 SLC5000CTCL2xx Spectrum w/non-stylized plastic Cover Plate 2374.45 SLC5050CTCL2xx Spectrum w/Neo Style Cover Plate 2341.17 SLC5080CTCL2xx Spectrum w/Saturn Style Cover Plate 2386.69 SLCBS5000CTCL2 Spectrum w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate 2232.47 SLCBB5000CTCL2 Spectrum w/Brass Cover Plate 2265.22 xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb. Spectrum Desktop Model SLC5000CTCD2xx Spectrum Desktop Touch Screen 2365.61 xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black Accessories Mark II / Spectrum Accessories SLC5000CT2WB Wall box for Mark II / Spectrum Touch Screen 68.00 SLC5080CT2Fxx Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style 280.22 SLC5000CT2FSS Replacement Cover Plate, Stainless Steel 126.00 SLC5050CT2Fxx Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style 187.76 xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb. a Neo only. b Saturn only. Color touch screen • • • • • • • • Built-in RJ-45 Ethernet and C-Bus network, RS-232, and USB terminals Touch sensitive 6.4 inch (640 x 480) color LCD panel Control screens support multi-point switching Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings Infrared receiver for remote control Table 5.13: Color touchscreen in Neo style Brushed Aluminum and Slate Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price Color Touch Screen SLC5050CTCxx Color touch screen w/Neo style Cover Plate SLC5080CTC2xx Color Touch Screen w/Saturn style Cover Plate Color Touch Screen Accessories SLC5000CTCRM Plasterboard Bracket for Color Touch Screen SLC5000CTCNA Nail Bracket for Color Touch Screen SLC5000CTCWB Wall box for Color Touch Screen SLC5000CTCPS Power supply for Color Touch Screen SLC5080CTCFxx Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style SLC5050CTCFxx Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab. a Neo only. b Saturn only. 8480.00 8480.00 90.00 60.00 68.00 263.00 356.00 29.00 Wiser™ Home Controller The Wiser Home Controller is the missing piece of the smart home puzzle, enhancing the capabilities and connectivity of the C-Bus network. Its easy-to-use graphical user interface (GUI) provides access to the home C-Bus network and all of your electrical, multimedia, and telecommunication needs. This same GUI can be installed across multiple control devices, such as mobile phones, TVs with Microsoft® Windows® Media® Center, personal computers, and web tablets, in addition to the C-Bus range of touch screens and keypads. No matter where you are, the Wiser Home Controller allows you to monitor and control your home environment locally or remotely over the internet. Wiser Home Controller Features • • • • • • • Ethernet and Wi-Fi based controller for your C-Bus system Built-in Ethernet router and Wi-Fi access point Support for lighting, air-conditioning, multi-room audio, alarms, cameras, and other equipment Built-in scene, scheduling, and logic programming modules Allows remote reprogramming from outside the home/building by installers Common, intuitive interface for all devices Mobile phone and web-enabled device control Table 5.14: 5-8 Order Information Description Catalog Number Wiser Home Controller WHC-5918 DE-8 Discount Schedule $ Price 1505.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Multi Room Audio Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Extend the capabilities of a C-Bus system by incorporating award winning multi-room audio into your next project. Multi-room audio augments a C-Bus lighting control system, providing high quality sound throughout a home or business. C-Bus multi-room audio readily integrates with other C-Bus controls, providing a single source for audio and lighting from a single keypad or touch screen. Sound is distributed throughout the home through the Matrix Switcher and routed to local amplifiers. A typical C-Bus Multi Room Audio system distributes up to four analog audio inputs, five if an Audio Distribution Unit is used, and one optical input. These inputs are distributed up to 8 zones, each consisting of one or more amplifier. Additionally, each amplifier is capable of accepting a local analog audio input, providing up to six stereo audio channels for each amplifier. LIGHTING CONTROLS C-Bus Multi Room Audio Matrix Switcher Matrix Switcher The C-Bus™ Audio Matrix Switcher provides a revolutionary means for distributing audio throughout a home. This Matrix Switcher provides up to eight zones of audio output from four source inputs. The C-Bus Matrix Switcher allows you to send streaming audio programs to the audio zones from a variety of sources, including a local area network (LAN), or a USB memory stick (Model: SLC5608842E). In addition, it will also allow connection of a portable music player directly to the Matrix Switcher’s front audio panel. Audio sources can be selected from the front panel or by any C-Bus™ input device such as touch screens or keypads. The Matrix Switcher is ideally suited for multi-room audio and structured wiring systems. Keypads and other C-Bus™ devices connect to the Matrix Switcher via CAT-5 modular jacks. Outputs to remote and desktop amplifiers are made with low voltage wiring. In addition to the six source inputs, two mono broadcast annunciation inputs are provided for connection to intercoms or other systems. Broadcast annunciation input can be given priority over other source inputs and features fully adjustment volume and over-stepping mute features. • • • Low Power Amplifier • • • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Suitable for 19” Rack Mount with rack mount ears provided. Each Matrix Switcher can distribute digital audio to up to 8 MRA amplifiers. You can install up to 3 Matrix Switchers on a C-Bus network. The Matrix Switcher can provide power for the attached amplifiers via the Digital Audio cables. You can connect an external power supply to an amplifier to increase its audio power output. The choice of the audio program for an amplifier can be made at the Matrix Switcher or in the audio zone. You can use C-Bus input devices to choose the source and to adjust volume, tone and muting. The Dual AM/FM tuners inside the Matrix Switcher can distribute preset station choices to any of the audio zones. Distributes streaming audio from several sources using the C-Bus Ripple software application running on a networked PC. You can connect up to 4 stereo analogue line-level inputs to the Matrix Switcher. If you need to add another source input, you can install an MRA Distribution Unit and power supply. Compatible with C-Bus devices. DE-8 Discount Schedule 5-9 C-Bus™ Multi Room Audio Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Remote Amplifiers LIGHTING CONTROLS Desktop Amplifier C-Bus Multi Room Amplifiers provide efficient, high fidelity audio to individual rooms. Available in either desktop or remote mount versions, these amplifiers are specifically designed to operate on the C-Bus network as an extension of a lighting control system, without third party gateways or custom integration. This means the ability to control amplifiers with the same keypad or touch screen used to control lighting levels. When combined with the C-Bus Matrix Switcher, these amplifiers deliver excellent stereo sound. Connections are provided for up to two sets of 8 ohm speakers. Both desktop and remote amplifiers provide a local input connection for attaching to CD or mp3 players, etc. In addition, the desktop amplifier will accept remote commands via its infrared receiver. Infrared remote included. • • • • • • • • • 10 Watt digital efficient stereo amplifier, 25 Watts when connected to local power supply (optional) Super quiet design On board 8 ohm loudspeaker connections Local source input — RCA jack C-Bus connection (connects with CAT-5 cable) Volume control (desktop model) On-board IR receiver (desktop model) Stereo headphone connection (desktop model) Infrared remote included (desktop model only) Audio Distribution Unit Audio Distribution Unit The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit is an optional device that can be used in conjunction with the C-Bus Multi Room Audio System to further enhance C-Bus enabled audio product family. The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit distributes a single digitized stereo audio input source to multiple locations via amplifiers wired in a parallel format. Functions such as Volume, Bass, Treble and Balance can be adjusted from a C-Bus input device at any of the audio output locations. The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit converts a single analog stereo audio input to a digital audio output. That output can then be connected to the Matrix Switcher as an additional input or to the C-Bus Desktop or Remote Amplifier as a stand-alone configuration. • • • • • • Distributes a single stereo audio source to C-Bus Audio Amplifiers via a digitized signal over Cat-5 cable Does not require any C-Bus programming (hardware only) One stereo analog audio source input (2 X RCA) One digital audio output Output can be looped between C-Bus Audio Amplifiers IR emitter port Table 5.15: C-Bus Multi Room Audio Components Catalog No. SLC560110R SLC5608842 Indoor Ceiling Mount Speakers Catalog Description $ Price Low Power Amplifier, rack mountable TBD Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Up to 8 MRA Zones. 4599.00 Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Audio streaming using a LAN or 4274.10 SLC5608842E USB source. Up to 8 MRA Zones. SLC560125D Desktop Amplifier 1908.15 SLC560125R Remote Amplifier 1609.79 SLC560011 Audio Distribution Unit 790.41 SLC5600P24500S Amp External Power Supply (only needed if Audio distribution unit is used to provide an additional digital input for the Matrix Switcher) 53.22 Accessories SLC5600P241250 Low Power Amplifier Power Supply TBD SLC560110E Low Power Amplifier Enclosure (used for linking up to 4 amplifiers/enclosures together for mounting in a 19” rack) TBD SLC560110MB Low Power Amplifier Wall Mounting Bracket TBD SLC5600P243750T Audio Amplifier Power Supply 445.93 SLC560125MB Remote Amplifier Mounting Bracket 42.24 Audio Speakers C-Bus Audio Speakers are available as indoor or outdoor models and are designed to be used with home theater, multi-room, and outdoor audio applications. The indoor speakers come in wall or ceiling mount versions that are installed with the front of the speaker flush with the mounting surface. The indoor/outdoor speakers are available in black or white and can be placed on a shelf or hung on a surface by using the included bracket. Indoor Wall Mount Speakers • • • • • • • • • Flush-mount, shelf-mount, and surface-mount models Indoor and outdoor models High-impact plastic components and powder coated metal grills produce a long-lasting unit suitable for indoor and outdoor use 8 ohm impedance Available with Kevlar™ (indoor units only) or polypropylene drivers (indoor and outdoor units) for high-quality sound in all applications All models are off the floor, saving floor space Indoor/Outdoor Speakers have a pre-installed, removable mounting bracket Indoor/Outdoor Speakers can be placed on a shelf or hung from a surface by their bracket (included) Tracing/painting template included Table 5.16: Indoor/Outdoor Speakers 5-10 Catalog No. SLC5600IWP SLC5600IWK SLC5600ICP SLC5600ICK SLC5600ODPBK SLC5600ODPWE Multi-Room Audio Speakers Catalog Description In-Wall Polypropylene speakers In-Wall Kevlar speakers In-Ceiling Polypropylene speakers In-Ceiling Kevlar speakers Outdoor Black speakers Outdoor White speakers DE-8 $ Price 429.58 560.00 408.53 521.09 468.30 468.30 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Multi Room Audio and Thermostats Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us C-Bus remote controls are designed for use with C-Bus keypads, multi-sensors, and touch screens. available in both four and eight button versions, these remotes have a range up to 50 feet (line of sight). The universal remote control unit allows a single remote control unit to replace various other remotes including VCRs, CD players, DVRs, and TVs. Up to sixteen remote control codes are supported. Table 5.17: Handheld Remote Controls Catalog No. SLC5084TX SLC5088TX SLC5030URC Catalog Description Handheld infrared remote 4 button Handheld infrared remote 8 button Handheld universal remote control $ Price 200.00 400.00 440.00 5 Universal remote control 8 button remote control Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats C-Bus Thermostats are used to regulate the air temperature of zones by controlling heating-ventilation-air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. The air temperature is monitored by the unit’s temperature sensor or optionally via an external C-Bus temperature sensor. C-Bus single and programmable 4 Zone Thermostats may operate as stand alone devices, or be controlled via other C-Bus devices such as wall switches or touch screens. Programmable 4 Zone Thermostats can schedule up to four set points during a day, and unique schedules can be programmed for each day of the week. Both models include setback mode, (saves power by using a wider acceptable temperature range within which heating or cooling is not performed) and temperature guard, (ensures the temperature is maintained within a specified temperature range). 4 Zone Thermostat • • • • • • • • • • Easy to read, large LCD display Control by keypads and other devices on the C-Bus network Available in black, white and stainless steel fascias Setback mode Temperature guard mode Internal Timer Daily schedule set points (4 Zone model) Display temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit RWG interface (relay models only) Easily configured by using the Clipsal Toolkit software program Table 5.18: Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats Catalog No. Single Zone Thermostat © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIGHTING CONTROLS Hand Held Remote Controls Catalog Description $ Price SLC5070THBWE Single Zone, White, no relay 649.00 SLC5070THPWE 4 Zone, White, no relay 799.00 SLC5070THBBK Single Zone, Black, no relay 649.00 SLC5070THPBK 4 Zone, Black, no relay 799.00 SLC5070THBSS Single Zone, Stainless, no relay 649.00 SLC5070THPSS 4 Zone, Stainless, no relay 799.00 SLC5070THBRWE Single Zone w/relay, White 724.00 SLC5070THPRWE 4 Zone w/relay, White 899.00 SLC5070THBRBK Single Zone w/relay, Black 724.00 SLC5070THPRBK 4 Zone w/relay, Black 899.00 SLC5070THBRSS Single Zone w/relay, Stainless 724.00 SLC5070THPRSS 4 Zone w/relay, Stainless 899.00 Remote Temperature Sensor 298.00 SLC5031RDTSL DE-8 Discount Schedule 5-11 C-Bus™ Sensors Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Light Level Sensor LIGHTING CONTROLS The C-Bus Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues ON, OFF, or ramp commands over a C-Bus network. The light-level sensor can control relays, dimmers, or remotely operated circuit breakers, changing their status according to pre-set ambient lighting targets. The C-Bus light-level sensor has a dynamic range between 5-150 foot candles, and compensates for noise and rapid light intensity fluctuations. Outdoor Light Level Sensor Light Level Sensor 360o Indoor PIR Sensor C-Bus Outdoor Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues ON/OFF or ramp commands over a C-Bus network to maintain outdoor lighting levels. Primarily designed for outdoor use, this light-level sensor is also suitable for indoor setting in which a water resistant casing is desirable. The light-level sensor can control up to two C-Bus group addresses: one address controls ON/OFF switching of a lamp circuit according to a pre-determined ambient light level, while the other is used to continuously regulate the light-level output of any number of lampsl The target light level, the margin, and other sensor options are easily configured by using the C-Bus Toolkit software. • • • • • • Outdoor use, wall- and ceiling-mounted low-profile unit Can maintain a constant illumination level of 5-150 footcandles Adjustable lumin setpoint Control of up two C-Bus group addresses Sensors receive data and power over a single C-Bus twisted-pair cable, so they do not require power packs or line-voltage connections 180° field of view Table 5.19: C-Bus Light Level Sensor Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5031PE SLC5031PEWP $ Price Light level sensor, 0–150 Foot-candles, Indoor 208.00 Light Level Sensor, 5–150 Foot-candles, Outdoor 278.00 Occupancy Sensors C-Bus occupancy sensors are available for both indoor and outdoor applications. All C-Bus sensors incorporate reliable passive infrared detection (PIR) circuits for occupancy detection along with integral light level sensors to prevent switching of lights if sufficient ambient light is present. Sensors feature programmable adjustments for sensitivity and time delay, walk test LED for commissioning and optical bandpass filtering with dual element detectors to minimize false triggering. • • Outdoor PIR Sensor 90o Indoor PIR Sensor • • 90° Indoor sensors are intended for wall or ceiling mounting. These sensors have a continuous detection field of 400 square feet and a 90° field of view. 360° Indoor sensors are intended for flush mounting in drop ceilings. They have a minor motion detection field of 800 square feet making them ideal for use in offices, copier rooms, closets, and restrooms where it can be mounted in the center of the detection area. 360° Multi-Sensors combine a passive infrared receiver (PIR) for occupancy sensing, a light-level sensor, and an infrared remote receiver into a small, highly versatile unit. The multi-sensor’s 2.8 inch face diameter makes it unobtrusive and ideally suited for flush mounting on the ceiling with effective IR coverage up to 800 square feet. The built-in IR receiver accepts commands from an optional handheld remote controller, making the sensor ideal for classrooms and conference room areas. Outdoor PIR Motion Sensor combines reliable thermal-radiation-based control of lighting with rugged construction suitable for outdoor requirements. The unit’s advanced circuits and flat multisegmented lens provide coverage of up to 3000 square feet in a 110° field of view. Table 5.20: C-Bus Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5750WPL 283.00 Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 90 deg 227.00 SLC5753L Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 360 deg 213.00 SLC5753PEIRL Occupancy sensor, multi, indoor, 360 deg 268.00 SLC5751L 360o PIR Multi Sensor $ Price Occupancy sensor, multi, outdoor, 110 deg Auxiliary Input Unit C-Bus Four-Channel Auxiliary Input Units increase the versatility of the C-Bus network by facilitating remote access with any dry-contact switch mechanism. DIN-rail mounted for quick installation, the auxiliary unit can be configured with standard C-Bus control functions such as remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer. • • • • • • • Provides four isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches Control options include remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer operations LEDs indicate operational status of each channel Standard built-in C-Bus network connectors: (2) RJ-45 Non-volatile memory stores operating status for recovery from a power outage DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller Four-Channel Auxiliary Input unit 5-12 DE-8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Input Units and Relays Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us Four-Channel General Input Units measure TTL digital and real-world analog quantities and generate messages about the measurements to the C-Bus network. By acting as an interface with various external sensors, the general input unit enables integration of the C-Bus network with a variety of system types, such as those for HVAC and for power monitoring. Configuration options include selectable input types, eight adjustable decision thresholds per channel, definable actions, selectable filtering, broadcast rates, and a separate hysteresis value per channel. • • General Input unit • • 5 • • • Measures TTL digital quantities including voltage, current, or resistance from external sensors such as light level, pressure, and temperature Four channels of input, each with an adjustable hysteresis value, eight decision thresholds, and a software-selectable input value transformation in the form y =ax +b Input channels are compatible with a range of third-party sensors Control functions include load switching, dimming, trigger applications, enable control applications, and measurement applications Includes 120 V/24 Vdc power pack Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller LIGHTING CONTROLS General Input Unit Bus Couplers CLIPSAL 5104BCL Bus Coupler 1 2 3 4 Bus Couplers provide an interface between dry-contact mechanical switches and the C-Bus network. Available in two-and four-channel models, the bus coupler is small enough to be used in restricted spaces such as wall boxes with existing switches. Configuration options include standard control functions such as ON/OFF, toggle, dimmers, and timers. • • • Four-Channel Bus Coupler • • • Provides two or four non-isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches. Two-channel units feature independent remote LED outputs Two-way removable terminal block for the C-Bus connection Receives data and power over a network, so it does not require power packs or line voltage connections Scene capabilities 2.2”(L) x 1.9”(W) x 0.7”(H) Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller Table 5.21: Input Units Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price SLCLE5504AUX 4 Channel auxiliary input unit 544.00 SLCE5504TGI 4 Channel general input unit 1194.00 SLC5102BCLEDL 2 Channel bus coupler 212.00 SLC5104BCL 4 Channel bus coupler 243.00 Relays C-Bus Relay Units are intended for switching resistive, inductive, fluorescent and incandescent low-voltage loads. Relay units are designed to be mounted in suitable DIN style enclosures. Relay units feature: • • • • • • Local toggle buttons to allow individual channels to be toggled Remote ON and OFF facilities permitting all channels to be turned ON or OFF without C-Bus Network communications Two (2) Convenient built-in C-Bus network connectors (RJ-45) LED Indicators to show the status of the network and the unit Units available both with and without a 200ma power supply on-board. Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller Changeover Relay C-Bus 2A Changeover Relays are designed to operate three-speed motors and two-way motor control devices. Some of their most common applications include operating motorized blinds, shutters, curtains and skylights (open/closed) where they provide a much simpler alternative to traditional and obtrusive relay interlocking systems. • • • • Four (4) isolated independently operating relay channels 120 Vac and 277 Vac units 2A motor rating Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall Table 5.22: Changeover Relay Changeover Relays Catalog No. SLC5504TRVFC $ Price 1100.00 SLC5504TRVFCP 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, without power supply 1010.00 SLC5504HRVFC 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, with power supply 1100.00 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, without power supply 1010.00 SLC5504HRVFCP © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Description 4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, with power supply DE-8 Discount Schedule 5-13 C-Bus™ Relay Units and Dimmers Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 10 Amp Relay C-Bus 10A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems. LIGHTING CONTROLS • • • • Four (4) or twelve (12) independently operating voltage free relay contacts 120 Vac and 277 Vac units 10 A rating Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall Table 5.23: 10 Amp Relay Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5512TRVF 4-Channel 10 A Relay SLC5512TRVFP SLC5504TRVF $ Price 12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A with power supply 2168.00 12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply 1973.00 4 Channel Relay, 120 V,10 A with power supply 1043.00 SLC5504TRVFP 4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply SLC5512HRVF 12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A with power supply 2168.00 12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply 1973.00 4 Channel Relay, 277 V,10 A with power supply 1043.00 SLC5512HRVFP SLC5504HRVF SLC5504HRVFP 843.00 4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply 843.00 20 Amp Relay C-Bus 20 A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems. • • • • 4-Channel 20 A Relay Four (4) independently operating voltage free relay contacts 120 Vac and 277 Vac units 20 A rating Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall Table 5.24: 20 Amp Relay Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5504TRVF20 $ Price 4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A with power supply 1320.00 SLC5504TRVF20P 4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A without power supply 1142.00 SLC5504HRVF20 4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A with power supply 1320.00 4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A without power supply 1142.00 SLC5504HRVF20P 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay The C-Bus 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay is a C-Bus output device that controls up to eight low voltage relay channels. The unit is powered from C-Bus and requires no other power source. The 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay can be used in many low voltage applications including controlling irrigation solenoids and low voltage damper solenoids for HVAC control. The unit can also be used in integrating 3rd party equipment through pulse signal controls. • • • 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay 8 channels of 2 A switched loads @ 30 Vac/dc 8 channels are all isolated change over relays Control of 3rd party products Table 5.25: 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay Catalog No. Catalog Description SLC5108RELVP $ Price 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay 298.00 Phase Angle Dimmers C-Bus Phase Angle Dimmers are intended for controlling incandescent and compatible lowvoltage and florescent lighting. Each of the unit’s channels can independently control loads to create dynamic lighting scenes. These dimmer units automatically compensate for voltage and frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to reduce flicker and increase lamp life. • Phase Angle Dimmer with Power Supply 5-14 • • • Four (4) independent channels supporting up to 4 A continuous load per channel, eight (8) independent channels supporting up to 2 A continuous load per channel Units available both with and without a 200 mA power supply on-board. 120 Vac Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall DE-8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Dimmer Units and System Units Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us C-Bus Professional Dimmers can control incandescent and compatible low-voltage and florescent lighting. These dimmers are ideal for larger heavily loaded circuits. Each channel provides independent dimming and incorporates thermal overload and over-current protection. These dimmer units automatically compensate for voltage and frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to reduce flicker and increase lamp life. An optional terminal box is available for conduit connections. Configuration options include network monitoring of the channel load and network voltages, adjustable delays for dimming levels, and master override. Specialized dimming modes—soft turn on/off and linear brightness control Built-in power supply sources 60 mA to the C-Bus network Individual channels can be turned On/Off at the unit or via C-Bus commands LEDs indicate the status of the network at the unit and the status of the unit’s load and power Optional terminal box for connecting conduit 120 Vac Dimensions: 7.5 in. (190 mm) wide x 3.0 in. (75 mm) deep x 7.7 in. (195 mm) tall Table 5.26: C-Bus Dimmers Catalog No. SLC5504TD4A SLC5504TD4AP SLC5508TD2A SLC5508TD2AP Professional Dimmer SLC5104TD5 SLC5102TD10 SLC5101TD20 SLCU5100TB Catalog Description $ Price 4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, with power supply 4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, without power supply 8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, with power supply 8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, without power supply 1024.00 800.00 1024.00 800.00 4 x 5 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply 2 x 10 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply 1 x 20 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply Termination box for SLCLU510X Series dimmer units 1926.00 1926.00 1926.00 78.00 5 • • • • • • • 0–10 V Dimming Unit The C-Bus Analog Output Unit provides four channels of analog 0–10 Vdc for controlling electronically dimmable fluorescent lighting ballasts. • • • • Produces four independently controllable channels of 0–10 Vdc for controlling dimmable flourescent lighting ballasts, or other 0–10 V controllable loads Individual channels can be turned ON/OFF at unit, via C-Bus commands, and through a remote override option 120 V or 277 Vac models available DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Table 5.27: Catalog No. 4 Channel 0–10 V Dimmer Unit SLCLE5504TAMP SLCLE5504HAMP Catalog Description 4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 120 V 4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 277 V $ Price 624.00 624.00 DALI Gateway The C-Bus Digital Addressable Lighting Interface (DALI) Gateway provides an isolated two-way communications path between a C-Bus network and two DALI networks, making it possible to use C-Bus devices to control DALI ballasts. • • • • Provides two-way communications between C-Bus and DALI networks, routing selected messages from one to the other Unit is transparent and invisible to DALI ballasts Receives data and power over the network, so the unit does not require power packs or line-voltage connections DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Table 5.28: Catalog No. DALI Gateway SLC5502DAL Catalog Description 2 Channel DALI Gateway $ Price 1014.00 DMX Gateway The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a DIN rail mounted unit that maps C-Bus Group Addresses and levels to a DMX512 A interface. The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a one way device. It permits C-Bus input devices such as keypads, DLTs and PIRs to control lighting devices with DMX interface capabilities. These include many manufacturers of LED fixtures and theatrical lighting equipment. • • • • Includes DMX interface (bootlace connnectors to 5-pin female XLR) DMX Master device Receives data and power over the C-Bus network, so the unit does not require a line voltage connection DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4” (L) x 2.8” (W) x 2.6” (H) Table 5.29: Catalog No. SLC5500DMX Catalog Description C-Bus to DMX Gateway $ Price 936.00 Network Bridge The C-Bus Network Bridge provides a communication channel between C-Bus units on separate networks, expanding the total number of units that can be configured, controlled, and monitored. • • • • • • Increases transmission distances by acting as a repeater station for data transmission Expands the total number of C-Bus devices that can operate on the system by isolating devices to individual networks Indicates each network’s status level Uses built-in connectors to connect to a C-Bus network Compatible with Powerlink G3 3000C controller and all C-Bus components, including keypads, sensors, and dimmers DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) Network Bridge © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIGHTING CONTROLS Professional Dimmer 5-15 C-Bus™ System Units Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Power Supply The C-Bus Power Supply is specifically designed to operate with the C-Bus network as a power source for passive C-Bus devices. Up to five power supplies can be connected to a single C-Bus network. LIGHTING CONTROLS • • • • • • Power Supply Available in 120 and 277 Vac models Regulating power supply compensates for line voltage and frequency variations, so there is constant output Sources up to 350 mA to the C-Bus network UL listed to operate in parallel with other Clipsal power supplies, up to five on a single C-Bus network Incorporates short circuit and reverse polarity protection DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H) PC Interface The C-Bus PC Interface (PCI) expands options for configuring, controlling, and monitoring C-Bus networks by providing an interface between the network and a personal computer (PC). The C-Bus PCI module easily mounts to a DIN rail and connects to the C-Bus network. Power to the unit is provided through the C-Bus network. Serial • • • • Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions Three RS-232 serial connectors for connecting to a PC or to external devices: (1) 9-pin D-type serial connector (female) and (2) 8-pin RJ-45 connectors Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer, including DB9 connectors USB PC Interface • • • • Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets USB PC connection Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer Pascal Automation Controller C-Bus Pascal Automation Controller (PAC) provides extended conditional and real-time event programming to C-Bus systems. The PAC supports a full range of programming commands including conditional logic, flow control variables and scheduling. Systems integrators will appreciate the built-in scheduling tools, scene tools, and wizards for creating basic logic programs. Full programming capabilities can be achieved utilizing the free-form script editor based off the pascal programming language. • • • • • Connects directly to C-Bus network Powered from the C-Bus network USB port for connection to personal computer (2) RS232 ports for third party device control Real time, astronomical and C-Bus system clock included with 24 hour internal capacitor backup and external 12 Vdc battery terminals Programming capabilities including: i.e. Conditional logic (if, then, and, or, not, etc.), Flow Control (for, repeat, while), Variables (integer, real, Boolean, character, string), Control and monitoring of group addresses, Control and monitoring of scenes. Ethernet Network Interface The C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit is a C-Bus system device designed to provide an isolated communications path between an Ethernet 10Base-T Network and a C-Bus Network. This allows high-speed control and monitoring of a C-Bus installation via the TCP/IP protocols used in computer networks and by the Internet. System integrators and installers will also benefit from having remote access to the system. With the C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit, access to a single or multiple networks can be as close as the nearest Ethernet connection. • • • • • Remote access to Clipsal systems Bridge multiple C-Bus networks together over LAN or WAN Fully supports all Clipsal commands Small size, mounts in standard DIN enclosure (4M wide) Includes 12 Vdc power supply Ethernet Network Interface Telephone Interface Unit C-Bus Telephone Interface Unit offers a dial-in and dial-out capability for control of a C-Bus system. Remote location override, monitoring, diagnostics and configuration of a C-Bus system is possible with this unit. The C-Bus Telephone Interface Unit is programmed using a connection to a PC running TICA (Telephone Interface Commissioning Application) configuration software. The interface can also act as a C-Bus PC Interface. The Telephone Interface Unit can be installed in a C-Bus 36 or 60M enclosure or as a wall mountable stand-alone item with connection to C-Bus. Telephone Interface Unit 5-16 • • • • • • • Remote location override Voice prompts and confirmation Password protected 32 supported devices Automatic dial out on present conditions Local or remote site access to C-Bus system Audio Out DE-8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ System Units and Enclosures Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us Bar Code Reader Network Analyzer The C-Bus Analyzer is a C-Bus device designed to help an installer quickly analyze, detect, and troubleshoot potential problems on a C-Bus network. The device analyzes the network parameters and prompts the user for appropriate actions via its front LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicators. System Units Catalog No. SLC5500NB SLC5500TPS SLC5500HPS SLC5500PC SLC5500PCU SLC5500PACA SLC5500CN SLC5100TUS Catalog Description $ Price Network bridge 120 V Power supply, 350 mA 277 V Power supply, 350 mA RS-232 PC Interface USB PC Interface Pascal Automation Controller Ethernet Network Interface Telephone Interface Unit 663.00 500.00 500.00 488.00 488.00 586.00 664.00 898.00 Bar Code Reader C-Bus Network Analyzer 604.00 328.00 5 Table 5.30: Accessories SLC5100BCS SLC5100NA 8M Enclosure The 8M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications. Suitable for surface mounting, the 8M enclosure consists of a box with a cover and a DIN rail for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus units. The enclosure also has provisions for mounting neutral and ground bars. 8M Enclosure • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus DIN modules 12M Enclosure The 12M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 12M enclosure consists of a box with a cover and a DIN rail for mounting three 4M C-Bus units, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit or one 12M unit. The enclosure also has factory mounted neutral and ground bars. 12M Enclosure • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 12M or three 4M C-Bus DIN modules 24M Enclosure The 24M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 24M enclosure consists of a box with a cover and two rows for mounting C-Bus DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit, or three 4M untis. The enclosure also has provisions for additional neutral and ground bars. 24M Enclosure • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover DIN rail, suitable for mounting Clipsal DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit, or three 4M units 36M and 36MS Enclosure The 36M and 36MS enclosures provide a multi-purpose means for housing various C-Bus DIN-mounted devices. Suitable for flush or surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The box is to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature: • • • • • • • NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover 3 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage (36M only) The 36MS offers a reduced footprint than the 36M 36M Enclosure © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule LIGHTING CONTROLS The C-Bus Bar Code Reader allows installers and integrators to quickly scan C-Bus devices with serial numbers and import them into C-Bus Toolkit software. Using a USB connection to a PC, users can easily identify and track C-Bus Unit locations on a floorplan/network. 5-17 C-Bus™ Enclosures and System Devices www.schneider-electric.us 5 60M Enclosure The 60M enclosure provides a means for housing DIN style relays and dimmers. Suitable for flush or surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The box is to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature: LIGHTING CONTROLS • • • • • • NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting Welded sheet steel with knockouts Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover 5 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage Table 5.31: Enclosures and Accessories Catalog No. Catalog Description 8M Enclosure SLC8M 12M Enclosure SLC12MSG 24M Enclosure SLC24MSG 36MS Enclosure SLC36SC SLC36MSFG SLC36MSFW SLC36MSSG 36M Enclosure SLC36C SLC36MFG SLC36MFW SLC36MSG 60M Enclosure SLC36C SLC60MFG SLC60MFW SLC60MSG Accessories PK7GTA PKGTAB SLC4CSF8 $ Price C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount 110.00 C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount 120.00 C-Bus dual row enclosure, surface mount 240.00 C-Bus box for small three row interior C-Bus small three row interior with flush gray cover C-Bus small three row interior with flush white cover C-Bus small three row interior surface mount gray cover 120.00 690.00 690.00 690.00 C-Bus box for three and five row interiors C-Bus three row interior with gray cover, flush mount C-Bus three row interior with white cover, flush mount C-Bus three row interior surface gray 136.00 740.00 740.00 740.00 C-Bus box for three and five row interiors C-Bus five row interior with gray cover, flush mount C-Bus five row interior with white cover, flush mount C-Bus five row interior surface gray 136.00 1233.00 1233.00 1233.00 Ground/Neutral Bar Neutral Insulator Kit Filler Plate, 4M 7.80 29.20 18.00 Area Lighting Panels C-Bus Area lighting Panels are ideally suited to meet lighting control energy code requirements in classrooms, offices and other small spaces. Area Lighting Panels are designed to be used with C-Bus input units, including: keypads, sensors (occupancy and light level detection) and touch screens. A simple CAT-5 cable is all that is required for connecting of these devices. C-Bus Area Lighting Panels provide on/off switching, stepped dimming or continuous dimming. All relays feature rugged 20 A rated contacts for switching electronic ballast loads. Models with continuous dimming capabilities are available with phase angle or 0–10 V control. C-Bus Area Lighting Panels can operate independently or as part of an entire facility wide lighting control system. Enclosures can easily be mounted in electrical closets or in ceiling spaces. They include all necessary connections and are UL® Listed. Area Lighting Panels can also be used in conjunction with Powerlink™ panels. Area Lighting Panel • • • • • • • • Relay models: Four (4) or Eight (8) channel relay outputs, rated 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer Model: Four (4) channels of 4 A outputs for incandescent lighting loads. 0–10 V outputs available for control of compatible 0–10 V dimmable fluorescent ballasts, or LED drivers Integral neutral and ground bar terminal strips Meets NEC 300.22 requirements to be installed above ceilings and other spaces that handle environmental air Bypass mode to facilitate quick start up Meets NEC Article 409 UL Listed 508 A Table 5.32: C-Bus Area Lighting Panels Catalog No. Description $ Price 4 Channel 20 A Relay Models SLCZ042000T 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya SLCZ042000H 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya SLCZ042000TP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply SLCZ042000HP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply 1769.00 1769.00 1675.00 1675.00 8 Channel 20 A Relay Models SLCZ082000T 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya SLCZ082000H 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya SLCZ082000TP 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply SLCZ082000HP 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply 4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with 0-10 V Output Units SLCZ04204AT 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita SLCZ04204AH 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita SLCZ04204ATP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit SLCZ04204AHP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer Models SLCZ00004DT 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V with C-Bus power supplya SLCZ00004DTP 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply 4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with Phase Angle Dimmer Units SLCZ04204DT 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unita SLCZ04204DTP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unit a For stand-alone applications order unit with power supply. 5-18 DE-8 Discount Schedule 2646.00 2646.00 2462.00 2462.00 2492.00 2492.00 2308.00 2308.00 1144.00 920.00 2630.00 2182.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved C-Bus™ Software Packages Class 1250 www.schneider-electric.us The C-Bus Toolkit Software includes the C-Bus Installation and programming Software, Project Manager, and C-Bus Calculator. The software works under Windows™ 98, ME, 2000 and XP and supports a unique barcode scanning feature. This allows the installer to scan the C-Bus packaging of each new unit to add the unit to the database. The software prints adhesive labels that can be affixed to building plans. These labels include the Unit Address and the physical location that the unit is to be installed. Labels are duplicated so that one label can be affixed to the unit and one to the electrical plan for the installation. The labels have barcodes on them so that units can be easily re-identified if required. NOTE: C-Bus Toolkit Software is a free download from http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lighting-and-whole-home-control/ LIGHTING CONTROLS C-Bus Toolkit Software C-Bus Schedule Plus Version 4 includes a number of major features, including enhanced scheduling features, support for monitoring load run times, load power and energy consumed, support for fully customizable multilevel, password protected, access level control, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for daylight saving times, support for 128 bit encrypted secure Internet connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web Browser. The software also includes a graphic display as well as a fully featured programmable logic engine. The USB Code Key works under Windows XP Home, XP Professional, Server 2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise. NOTE: An evaluation version of Schedule Plus is available for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left column. Schedule Plus Software Screen Captures HomeGate Software V.4 Residential application PC control of a C-Bus Control System. C-Bus HomeGate Version 4 includes a number of major features, including support for 128 bit encrypted secure Internet connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web Browser, irrigation system control feature, enhanced scheduling features, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for daylight saving times. The software also includes a fully featured programmable logic engine. The C-Bus USB Key works under Windows XP Home, XP Professional, Server 2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise. NOTE: An evaluation version of HomeGate is available for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left column. Installer License Key The C-Bus Software Installer License Key is a valuable tool for installers to create/commission projects using C-Bus Version 4 Schedule Plus & HomeGate software. This code key is time restricted and allows the software to operate in ‘normal’ mode for anywhere between 48 to 72 hours per use (the software then returns to evaluation/demo mode). NOTE: The installer code key will also be compatible with future software releases. Table 5.33: Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price Schedule PlusV. 4 SLC5000SDSP24 License Key for 2 Networks 792.00 SLC5000SDSP104 License Key for 10 Networks 1680.00 SLC5000SDSPU4 License Key for Unlimited Networks 2665.00 HomeGate V. 4 SLC5000SDHG24 License Key for 2 Networks 352.00 SLC5000SDHG104 License Key for 10 Networks 680.00 Installer key for Schedule Plus or Homegate (unlimited networks) 389.00 SLC5000SDSP24 HomeGate Software Screen Captures © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 Discount Schedule 5-19 5 Schedule Plus Software V.4 Occupancy Sensors Lighting Control Class 1200 5 Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors LIGHTING CONTROLS Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors are ideally used in commercial buildings to save energy that would otherwise be wasted to light unoccupied rooms or spaces. These Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors employ the latest in passive infrared (PIR) sensing technology to accurately sense when a room or space is occupied, then turn lights on. When the room is unoccupied, the sensor turns lights off after a time delay of up to 30 minutes as determined by the user. Auto-ON and Manual-ON models available with decorator wall plate in White, Ivory or Light Almond. Simply mount the sensor in place of existing single gang switch — no neutral connection required. Special multisegmented lens creates a coverage pattern that accurately detects major motion in rooms up to 1000 sq. ft. • • • • • • Commercial Grade Wall Switch Blank Cover Plate with decorator style opening Input: 120/277 Vac 60 Hz Output: 1000W Max. Load @ 120 V (1000 VA@120 V 1800 VA@277 V) 1/4 HP Max. Motor Load UL and cUL Listed For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts CEC Title 24 Certified Table 5.34: Catalog No. Catalog Description Auto-ON/Auto-OFF SLSPWS1277AL Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277AW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277AI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277ML Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277MW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor SLSPWS1277MI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor The Residential Vacancy Sensor directly replaces standard light switches in bathrooms, garages, laundry rooms and utility rooms in accordance with Title 24 2005 requirements for residential lighting (Sections 119(d) and 150 (k)). Vacancy Sensors from Schneider Electric operate just like a standard light switch, requiring a button press to turn lights on. Lights may be turned off with a button press or the sensor will turn off lighting automatically when the area is unoccupied. • • • • • No user time delay and sensitivity adjustments necessary Available in White, Ivory or Light Almond Furnished with cover plate Manual On/Manual Off or Automatic Off operation No neutral or minimum load required DE-8A Discount Schedule 62.00 62.00 62.00 Residential Vacancy Sensor SLSPWS120VL Wall switch vacancy sensor, light almond SLSPWS120VI Wall switch vacancy sensor, ivory SLSPWS120VW Wall switch vacancy sensor, white SLSPWS1277UW SLSPWS1277UI SLSPWS1277UG SLSPWS1277UL SLSPWS1277UB Available in white, ivory, gray, light almond and black with matching cover plate (included) Color matching multi-segmented lens Audible alert Selectable auto-on and manual-on modes Red LED motion indicator For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts 1000 VA@120 V, 1800 VA@277 V User adjustable light level, time delay, and sensitivity 30 second grace period in the manual-on mode 81.00 81.00 81.00 Manual-ON/Auto-OFF Maximum energy savings in a format that will complement any decor. Low profile sensors are available in white, ivory, gray, light almond and black with color-matched segmented lens. Light Level Sensor Mode: Each sensor includes an adjusatble light level sensor to hold off artificial lighting when adequate natural light is present. Walk-Through Mode: To maximize energy savings, the sensor detects when areas are briefly occupied as a result of a person walking through and turns off lighting based on a shorter time delay. Walk-Through Mode is available on single and dual circuit units. Lamp Saver Mode: When the lamp saver feature is enabled, the sensor automatically alternates which load responds to motion. The result is more predictable lamp life and reduced maintenance. (Dual circuit only) Adaptive Technology: Commercial Grade dual technology and ultrasonic wall switch occupancy sensors feature a patented adaptive technology that significantly reduces the learning period typically associated with adaptive sensors. Adaptive Sensors from Schneider Electric reduce the occurrence of nuisance on and nuisance off while at the same time extending lamp life and reducing maintenance. • $ Price Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors Residential Wall Switch Vacancy Sensors 5-20 www.schneider-electric.us Rated for both 120 V incandescent and fluorescent lighting Title 24 2005 Residential Lighting requirements, Sec. 150(k) No override on Manual-on only (no auto-on mode) 30 minute time delay Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors • • • • • • • • Toggle Cover Plate with decorator style opening • • • • • 42.00 42.00 42.00 Single Circuit PIR White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 117.00 117.00 117.00 117.00 117.00 Dual Circuit PIR SLSPWD1277UW SLSPWD1277UI SLSPWD1277UG SLSPWD1277UL SLSPWD1277UB Single Circuit Ultrasonic SLSUWS1277UW SLSUWS1277UI SLSUWS1277UG SLSUWS1277UL SLSUWS1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 142.00 142.00 142.00 142.00 142.00 Dual Circuit Ultrasonic SLSUWD1277UW SLSUWD1277UI SLSUWD1277UG SLSUWD1277UL SLSUWD1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 165.00 Single Circuit Dual Technology SLSDWS1277UW SLSDWS1277UI SLSDWS1277UG SLSDWS1277UL SLSDWS1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 187.00 187.00 187.00 187.00 187.00 Dual Circuit Dual Technology SLSDWD1277UW SLSDWD1277UI SLSDWD1277UG SLSDWD1277UL SLSDWD1277UB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 210.00 210.00 210.00 210.00 210.00 Blank Cover Plates SLSWP2DBW SLSWP2DBI SLSWP2DBG SLSWP2DBL SLSWP2DBB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 Toggle Cover Plates SLSWP2DTW SLSWP2DTI SLSWP2DTG SLSWP2DTL SLSWP2DTB White Ivory Gray Light Almond Black 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 Buttonless Cover Plates SLSBCW SLSBCI SLSBCG SLSBCL SLSBCB Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, White Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Ivory Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Gray Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Light Almond Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Black 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Occupancy Sensors Lighting Control Class 1200 www.schneider-electric.us Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors from Schneider Electric accurately detect occupancy and automatically switch lighting on and off as needed. These sensors are wall or ceiling mounted for superior motion detection. Sensors employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features combined PIR and Ultrasonic detection for the ultimate performance. The PIR Occupancy Sensor has 3 interchangeable lenses for custom coverage patterns. Wide Angle, Long Range and High Bay. Wall mount sensors also incorporate an integral light level sensor, and features an isolated relay for use with building automation, security and HVAC systems. Adjustable Sensitivity Adjustable time delay UL and cUL Listed CEC Title 24 Certified FCC Part 15, Class B ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Table 5.35: Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Dual Technology Wall Mount Catalog Description $ Price SLSWPS1500 PIR occupancy sensor 161.00 SLSWUS1500 Ultrasonic occupancy sensor 191.00 SLSWDS1500 Dual Technology occupancy sensor 221.00 Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors are ideal for offices, conference rooms, class rooms and other shared areas to automatically turn lights on and off based on occupancy. Sensors employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features combined PIR and Ultrasonic detection for the ultimate performance. Requires power pack. Set of normally closed and normally opened auxiliary contacts for use with building automation and security systems. Dual Technology Ceiling Mount • • • • • • • • • Input: 24 Vdc Output: +24 Vdc Adjustable Sensitivity Low Profile Housing Adjustable Light Level Sensor UL and cUL Listed CEC Title 24 Certified FCC Part 15, Class B ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Table 5.36: Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Catalog Description $ Price SLSCPS1000 PIR occupancy sensor 134.00 SLSCUS2000 Ultrasonic occupancy sensor 197.00 SLSCDS2000 Dual Technology occupancy sensor 231.00 SLSCUS800 180 Degree Ultrasonic sensor 129.54 SLSCDS800 180 Degree Dual Technology Sensor (PIR and Ultrasonic Sensors combined) 141.76 Power Pack For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to supply power to sensor and switch the load when the sensor detects occupancy. May supply power to multiple sensors and auxiliary relays up to 100 mA nominal load. • • • • Input: 120/277 Vac 50/60 Hz Output: 24 Vdc/100 mA Nom. Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V) UL cUL Listed In Canada: • • • • Input: 347 Vac60 Hz Output: 24 Vdc/150 mA Nominal Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac (15 A Max. at 5200 watts) UL cUL Listed Auxiliary Relay For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to turn lights on when an area is occupied or off when it is not. Requires power pack to supply input power to operate relay. Power Pack • • • Input: 24 Vdc/36 mA Nom. Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V) UL cUL Listed In Canada: • • Input: 24 Vdc/2 mA Nominal Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac Table 5.37: Power Pack and Auxiliary Relay Catalog No. SLSPP1277 SLSSP24 SLSPP1347 SLSSP24347 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8A Discount Schedule Catalog Description 120–277 Vac Power Pack 120–277 Vac Auxiliary Relay 347 Vac Power Pack 347 Vac Auxiliary Relay $ Price 46.50 36.00 47.50 36.00 5-21 5 • • • • • • LIGHTING CONTROLS Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors Occupancy Sensors Lighting Control Class 1200 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls LIGHTING CONTROLS Schneider Electric extends its occupancy-sensing capability with a range of line voltage sensors based on passive infrared (PIR) technology. These sensors feature rugged housings that resist moisture and dust typical of manufacturing and shipping dock areas. Sensors incorporate universal power supply, relay and PIR element in a single housing ready for direct attachment to popular high-bay and low-bay luminaires. Sensors are available either as stand alone sensor-per-fixture devices or equipped with connectors for low-cost plastic optical fiber cable. Plastic optical fiber connectivity between sensors allows implementation of control zones within aisles and work areas without back-pulling signaling wire in conduit. Each sensor acts as a network repeater, allowing 200 foot spacing between sensors. Plastic fiber can be cut and terminated without special tools or installer training. • • • • • • • Indoor Occupancy Sensor • • All sensors feature oversized Fresnel lenses and premium, low-noise pyroelectric elements for reliable PIR sensing at mounting heights up to 45 feet. Both area- and aisle-sensing Fresnel lenses ship with each sensor. Color-coded snap-out lenses can be swapped in the field. Switch packs open and close based on fiber optic commands from fiber sensors Universal power supply design adapts to 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz without jumpers or taps. Single-pole/close-on-motion relays sized for switching dry contact, magnetic HID or electronic ballast loads. Mounts directly to reflector with included pinch bracket or to ballast housing with ” NPT threaded pipe nipple. Built-in manual override test switch and diagnostic LED to assist in installation. Diagnostic LED can be seen at distance to assist in walk test. Fifteen minute power ON warm-up timer assures rated lamp life even if the fiber network is broken. User adjustable sensitivity and delay time settings (0–15 minutes) Table 5.38: Table Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors Catalog No. Catalog Description SLSPIP210 SLSPIP210CT SLSPIP210EB SLSPIP210EBCT SLSPIP211 SLSPIP212 SLSPSP101 SLSPSP102 SLSPCW001 SLSPIPBRACKET Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber connectivity Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, cold temperature Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast cold temperature Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, one fiber input, one fiber output Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, two fiber inputs Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, one fiber in, one fiber output Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, two fiber inputs Fixture-mounted counterweight for HID Bracket for off-fixture mounting $ Price 141.00 174.00 141.00 174.00 166.00 166.00 141.00 141.00 13.00 11.00 Fluorescent High Bay Sensors The SLSFPS1347 and SLSFPS1480 Occupancy Sensors are Class 1, fixture mounted, 360° high bay occupancy sensors. They are designed to operate directly with T5 and T8 fluorescent fixtures that use single or multiple electronic ballasts. Motion is detected using passive infrared technology (PIR). The operation voltage range for the SLSFPS1347 Sensor is 120–347 V. The SLSFPS1480 Sensor operates at 480 V. Features Fluorescent High Bay Sensor • • • • • • • Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity. Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes. Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity. 90 degree rotating lens for a variety of aisle-way applications. High bay area, low bay area, and high bay aisle lenses provided. 18 minutes time-out preset for maximum energy to lamp life savings. Table 5.39: Specificiations Catalog No. SLSFPS1347 SLSFPS1480 Catalog Description 120–347 Vac High bay Occupancy Sensor 480 Vac High Bay Occupancy Sensor $ Price 78.00 89.00 UL 924 Emergency Control Devices Schneider Electric UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Devices provide the ability to use and control standard fixtures for emergency and standard lighting. The use of UL 924 emergency lighting control device, under normal operating power the devices turn on and off emergency lighting along with standard lighting in an area. In the event of normal power loss the UL 924 emergency lighting control devices detect the power loss, and will automatically transfer emergency power to the fixtures. This provides emergency lighting through standard fixtures. Schneider Electric provides a wide selection of UL 924 emergency lighting control devices that work with occupancy and dimming based lighting control. UL 924 Emergency Control Device Features • • • • • • Saves energy by controlling Emergency Lighting Multiple mounting methods Convenient test switch Works with occupancy or dimmer controls Visible Power LED Easy to install Table 5.40: Catalog No. SLSEDC120 SLSEDC277 SLSEPMC120 SLSEPMC277 SLSERC1277 5-22 Specificiations Catalog Description UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 120 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 277 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 120 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 277 Vac UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay 120/277 Vac DE-8A Discount Schedule $ Price 700.00 700.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Gen 3 Products BACnet Capability The Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) communication protocol is incorporated into the Powerlink™ G3 controller design. The addition of the BACnet protocol allows Powerlink panels to be easily integrated into a Building Automation System (BAS) employing this open communication standard without the need for communication bridges or gateways. Controller Models The following Powerlink G3 controller models support ‘native’ BACnet communications: • • • NF2000G3 — Ethernet communications, shared remote inputs, network time synchronization NF3000G3 — Email upon alarm, onboard web pages for status/control/configuration NF3000G3C — C-Bus communications (ability to interface with a Clipsal™ lighting control network) Factory Assembled System The following factory engineered pricing procedure may be used to price either 240 V or 480Y/277 V Powerlink G3 systems: • • • Powerlink available in column width design • • • Select system type and interior size from Table 5.43 on 5-24. All Powerlink G3 panels are furnished with either 1 or 2 control bus strips. Select panelboard base price from Table 5.44. All Powerlink G3 panels use NF type panelboard interiors, boxes, and trims and are suitable for either 240 V or 480Y/277 V systems. Select branch circuit breaker requirements from Table 5.45. Powerlink G3 panels can accommodate both ECB-G3 remotely operated circuit breakers and EDB, EGB and EJB standard branch circuit breakers. Refer to panelboard section for additional panelboard accessories. For complete price, order by description. Apply appropriate discount schedule. 240 V Factory Assembled System Example: 500 level system with 225 A MLO panelboard rated for 208Y/120 V, 3Ø4W, 10kAIR, Type 1, surface mount with ground bar and (12) 20 A 1-pole bolt-on remote operated circuit breakers. Table 5.41: Item System Type: 500 controller with 12 ckt bus Panel type: 250 A MLO Branch circuit breakers: (12) 20 A 1-pole Ground bar Total price Page No. 5-24 5-26 5-26 5-26 $ Price 5074.00 864.00 2628.00 28.50 8594.50 Table 5.42: Feature Up to eight panels can be controlled from a single controller. Inputs 2 - wire 2 - wire with status feedback 3 - wire Time Scheduler 7 day, each configurable Daily on/off periods Holiday events Automatic daylight savings Sunrise/sunset tracking System Level 500 1000 2000 3000 8 8 8 16 8 8 16 8 8 16 8 8 — — — — — 16 24 32 X X 16 24 32 X X 16 24 32 X X X — — — — — X — Xa X — — X X — X — X X X — X Xb X Networking Modbus™ ASCII/RTU Modbus TCP Johnson Controls N2 DMX C-Bus BACnet MSTP/IP a Specify N2 suffix b Specify C suffix © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8A Discount Schedule 5-23 5 Powerlink G3 systems are ideally suited for controlling lighting and other loads in commercial, institutional, and industrial facilities. Such systems are typically used to lower utility cost by switching branch circuits OFF during non-occupied periods when lighting is unnecessary or during peak demand periods when a partial reduction in load can save significant money. These systems utilize remotely operated circuit breakers to switch branch circuits ON and OFF via a time schedule or by an externally generated signal (typically a low voltage wall switch, photocell, access system, fire alarm or building management system). All Powerlink components mount inside a standard lighting panelboard to provide a compact, space saving installation. Powerlink G3 systems feature a powerful microprocessor based controller that provides system intelligence for 168 remotely operated branch circuits. Master panelboards contain the control electronics, power supply, and control bus strips for up to 42 branch circuit breakers. Slave panels extend the capability of the system by allowing remotely operated branch circuit breakers to be operated from the master controller via a simple, 4-wire, sub-net connection. All Powerlink G3 systems have the capability of being networked together and operated from a central workstation or via a remote modem connection. Powerlink software allows users to remotely configure the system, change time schedules, monitor circuit breaker or input status, and override zones and breakers. LIGHTING CONTROLS Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Gen 3 Products Class 1210 5 Table 5.43: ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers Bolt-On Remotely Operated One-Pole 27 7 Vac – 14,000 AIR 120 Vac – 65,000 AIR Ampere Rating LIGHTING CONTROLS Catalog Number ECB14015G3c ECB14020G3c ECB14030G3 15 20 30 Table 5.44: Two-Pole 480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR 120/240 Vac – 65,000 AIR 240 Vac – 14,000 AIR Ground B Phase $ Price 237.00 Catalog Number ECB34015G3c ECB34020G3c ECB32030G3d $ Price 558.00 $ Price 890.00 One-Pole 480 Y/277 – 14,000 AIR 240 V – 65,000 AIR Catalog No. $ Price 20 ECB142020G3EL 558.00 Note: All are listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL listed as HID rated for use with high intensity discharge lighting systems. (1) #12–8 Al or (1) #10–8 Cu. Suitable for use with 75°C conductors. c UL listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. d Rated for 240 Vac only – 42,000 AIR Table 5.45: Control Bus Max. No. of Control Circuits 12 12 18 18 21 21 Table 5.46: Required Interior Size 30 30 42 42 54 54 Table 5.47: Panel Orientation Catalog No. Left Right Left Right Left Right NF12SBLG3 NF12SBRG3 NF18SBLG3 NF18SBRG3 NF21SBLG3 NF21SBRG3 $ Price 851.00 1065.00 1163.00 Power Supply Voltage 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V Control Bus Catalog Number ECB24015G3c ECB24020G3c ECB24030G3 Three-Pole 480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR 240 Vac – 42,000 AIR ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers for Emergency Lighting (requires 2-pole spaces) Ampere Rating ECB-G3 Circuit Breaker www.schneider-electric.us Primary Source Panel Bus Panel Bus Panel Bus External External External Catalog No. NF120PSG3 NF240PSG3 NF277PSG3 NF120PSG3L NF240PSG3L NF277PSG3L $ Price 791.00 899.00 Controller Description Catalog No. 500 1000 1000N2 (N2 protocol) 2000 3000 3000C (C-bus $ Price NF500G3 NF1000G3 NF1000G3N2 NF2000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3C 1946.00 3968.00 8288.00 7107.00 9741.00 9741.00 Table 5.48: Remote Source Controller (for additional inputs)— Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, source controller and power supply Power Supply Voltage 120 V 240 V 277 V Table 5.49: NF3000G3 Controller Catalog No. RSC16G3120 RSC16G3240 RSC16G3277 Cables & Accessories Description Catalog No. Control bus cables Harness standard panel NF2HG3 Sub-net accessories & cables Slave address selectore NFSELG3 6’ sub-net cable NFSN06 10’ sub-net cable NFSN10 25’ sub-net cable NFSN25 50’ sub-net cable NFSN50 Serial cables Controller front panel cable NFFPCG3 e One slave address selector required for each slave panel. Table 5.50: Powerlink Software 5-24 $ Price 89.00 173.00 75.00 105.00 234.00 405.00 102.00 Miscellaneous Hardware Description Circuit Breaker Handle Padlock (Lock On or Off) Fixed Barrier Remote Mounting Adapter f DE2 Discount Table 5.51: $ Price 3045.00 3045.00 3045.00 Catalog No. HPAFD f NFASBKG3 NFADAPTERG3 $ Price 25.50 177.00 102.00 Software Description Catalog No. LCSAdvanced Software LCSADVANCED LCSBasic Software LCSBasic Powerlink Controller Softwareg PCS101 g N2 supported controllers. All other controllers use LCSAdvanced or LCSBasic. DE-8A DE2 Discount Schedule $ Price 4000.00 1500.00 1523.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Gen 3 Products Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us Voltage 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 120 V 240 V 277 V Remote Mount Controller Catalog No. RMC500G3120 RMC500G3240 RMC500G3277 RMC1000N2G3120 RMC1000N2G3240 RMC1000N2G3277 RMC1000G3120 RMC1000G3240 RMC1000G3277 RMC2000G3120 RMC2000G3240 RMC2000G3277 RMC3000G3120 RMC3000G3240 RMC3000G3277 RMC3000G3C120 RMC3000G3C240 RMC3000G3C277 Controller Type NF500G3 NF500G3 NF500G3 NF1000N2G3 NF1000N2G3 NF1000N2G3 NF1000G3 NF1000G3 NF1000G3 NF2000G3 NF2000G3 NF2000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3 NF3000G3C NF3000G3C NF3000G3C $ Price 4272.00 4272.00 4272.00 10615.00 10615.00 10615.00 6990.00 6990.00 6990.00 9860.00 9860.00 9860.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 12680.00 Device Power Supply The Powerlink Device Power Supply is used to distribute power on a C-Bus™ network. Placed at critical points on the network, device power supplies will provide the current necessary for operating a variety of passive C-Bus devices. A Powerlink Device Power Supply consists of an 8M enclosure containing one or two 4M Power Supplies (120 or 277 Vac). • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover Unit and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of the line voltage and the network Sources up to 700 mA (dual power supplies) to the C-Bus network 120 V or 277 Vac models available Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 (319mm) tall Device Router Device Power Supply The Powerlink Device Router allows the exchange of data between a Powerlink NF3000G3C controller and C-Bus devices. This device router receives data from C-Bus input devices such as keypads and touchscreens and sends data to the Powerlink system and isa versa. The device router consists of a C-Bus 8M enclosure containing a C-Bus PC Interface and a C-Bus Power Supply (120 Vac or 277 Vac). Communication between the device router and the NF3000G3C controller is made with the included 50-foot serial cable. • • • • • • Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover Unit, Unit/Comms, and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of data transmission and power to the unit and the network System network clock for synchronizing communications data Network power source, supplying up to 350 mA 120 Vac or 277 Vac models available Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 in. (319mm) tall Table 5.53: Powerlink Device Routersa Description 120 V Device Router 277 V Device Router a Required for interface to Clipsal units. b DE-8 Discount. Table 5.54: Powerlink Device Router Catalog No. NFDR120G3Cb NFDR277G3Cb $ Price 1632.00 1632.00 Powerlink Device Power Suppliesc Description Single Supply 120 V Dual Supply 120 V Single Supply 277 V Dual Supply 277 V Filler Plate c Extends C-Bus power to Clipsal devices. d DE-8 Discount. Catalog No. NFDP1120G3Cd NFDP2120G3Cd NFDP1277G3Cd NFDP2277G3Cd SLC4CSF8 $ Price 900.00 1650.00 900.00 1650.00 27.00 Catalog No. 6382RS485G3KIT $ Price 526.50 Powerlink Network Accessories Table 5.55: Powerlink Network Accessories Description RS232/485 Converter Table 5.56: Powerlink Remote Modem Supporte Description Catalog No. $ Price Modem Kit (for G3 Controllers) 6382G3MODEM 876.00 e Requires 2000 and 3000 controller and either Analog or Ethernet modem connection to each master panel. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE-8 DE-8A Discount Schedule 5-25 LIGHTING CONTROLS Remote Mount Controller (for externally mounted electronics Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, controller, and power supply 5 Table 5.52: Powerlink™ Lighting Control Systems Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 G3 NF Panelboards 240 V and 480 Y/277 V Factory Assembled Systems Maximum Voltage 480 Y/277 Vac LIGHTING CONTROLS Table 5.57: Powerlink G3 System Price 30 ckt Interior List System Type 12 ckt bus 42 ckt Interior 24 ckt bus 18 ckt bus 54 ckt Interior 36 ckt bus 21 ckt bus 42 ckt bus Slave Panel 1650.00 3450.00 2025.00 4200.00 2370.00 4890.00 NF500G3 6753.00 8553.00 7128.00 9303.00 7473.00 10143.00 NF1000G3d 10728.00 12528.00 11103.00 13278.00 11448.00 14118.00 NF2000G3 17298.00 19098.00 17673.00 19848.00 18018.00 20688.00 NF3000G3 21072.00 22872.00 21447.00 23622.00 21792.00 24462.00 NOTE: Powerlink EM option BCPM list price adder. Table 5.58: Panelboard Base Price (including solid neutral) Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating—6-2 through 6-8)ae Mains Rating Main Lugs Standard IC 2-pole 100 A — 125 A Circuit Bkr. 3-pole — 1269.00 1458.00 HIC 2-pole 3-pole Circuit Bkr. Extra HIC 2-pole 3-pole Circuit Bkr. EDb 2454.00 2823.00 EGb 3150.00 3624.00 HJ EDb 5058.00 5643.00 EGb 6486.00 7464.00 — I-Limiter™ 2-pole 3-pole 4872.00 5397.00 — — Circuit Bkr. FI 2-pole 3-pole 6375.00 7326.00 — — — — 150 A — — HD 4905.00 5430.00 HG 6072.00 6597.00 HJ 6105.00 6630.00 — 225 A — — JD 6180.00 6570.00 JG 7605.00 8100.00 JJ 9930.00 10995.00 KI 10899.00 12528.00 — 250 A 1503.00 1728.00 JD 6750.00 7710.00 JG 8985.00 9270.00 JJ 10785.00 12675.00 KI 13731.00 15783.00 400 A 1989.00 2286.00 LA 7995.00 9189.00 LH 11568.00 13296.00 LC 12759.00 14664.00 LI 14025.00 16119.00 600 Ac 3549.00 3933.00 — 14331.00 16326.00 LI 20460.00 23517.00 — — — 800 Ac 5325.00 5850.00 — — — — a HL and JL frame circuit breakers are also available as main circuit breakers. b Backfed Main Circuit Breaker—54 circuit only. c Copper Bus Only. d For N2 protocol, add $3819. e Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for MICROLOGIC™ trip main circuit breakers Table 5.59: — — LC — — — — — — — — Branch Circuit Breaker – Price Per Circuit Breaker Standard Breakers—EDB Bolt-On 18 kA AIR 1-pole, 25 kA AIR 2 & 3-pole @ 240 V, 18 kA AIR@480 Y/277 Powerlink G3—ECB Bolt-On 65 kA AIR@240 Vac, 14 kA AIR@480 Y/277 Voltage Ampere Rating 240 Vac 15–20 438. 1215. 1929. 30 438. 1215. 1929. 480Y/277 Vac 15–20 438. 1215. 1929. 30 438. 1215. — 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Voltage Ampere Rating Standard Breakers HIC—EGB Bolt-On 65 kA AIR@240 Vac, 35 kA AIR@480 Y/277 Ampere Rating 2-pole 3-pole 15–60 288. 663. 1122. 15–60 486. 1119. 1896. 15–60 777. 1767. 3036. 70 513. 1308. 1569. 70 867. 2211. 2565. 70 1386. 3540. 4245. 80–100 — 1308. 1569. 80–100 — 2211. 2655. 80–100 — 3540. 4245. 110–125 — 3825. 4845. 110–125 — 6171. 7131. 110–125 — 7950. 9450. Space Only 63. 126. 189. Space Only 63. 126. Note: All EC, ED, EG and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type. 189. 126. 189. 126. 189. 480Y/ 277 Vac Space Only 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Voltage Ampere Rating 1-pole 480Y/ 277 Vac Voltage Standard Breakers Extra HIC—EJB Bolt-On 100 kA AIR@240 Vac, 65 kA AIR@480 Y/277 63. 480Y/ 277 Vac 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Space Only 63. Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker • Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 125–800 A main lugs or 125–600 A main circuit breaker interiors One sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breaker per 250 A panelboard Two sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breakers per 400 A panelboardf • • f LC and JJ may not be combined. Table 5.60: No. of Poles 2 g Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker (150–400 A) JD JG JJg JL LA LH LCg Space 2265.00 3165.00 3844.50 4230.00 2985.00 4150.50 6475.50 619.50 3 2527.50 3825.00 4665.00 5296.50 3687.00 4882.50 7617.00 JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together. 619.50 Table 5.61: Sub-Feed Breaker Cabinet Data Box Height (20" W x 5.75" D) Max. No. of Branch Spaces (Does not include sub-feed breaker spaces) h i j k 5-26 250 A 400 A LA/LH 600 A 800 A Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker Main Lugsj Main Circuit Breaker i 30 56 68 68 80 68 80h 68 42 62 74 74 86 74 86h 74 54 68 80 80 92 80 92h 80 Main Lugsk To obtain pricing for the following Special Features please refer to the Supplemental Digest. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PowerLogic™ metering Customer equipment space Increased box depth Box extensions top, bottom and side Drip hoods Non-standard paint NEMA 1 gasketed NEMA 4 Stainless steel enclosure NEMA 4X Fiberglass enclosure (NQOD and NF) Stainless steel trim front (NQOD, NF and I-LINE) Padlockable hasp Special locks (Corbin, Yale, Best) Equal height boxes Common trip to cover two equal height boxes Panelboard skirthides conduits feeding a panelboard Panelboard wireway for terminating conduit in wireway endwall Panelboard interiors and special fronts to fit existing boxes Dimensions also for 400 A LC/LI main circuit breaker panels. 600 A main lug panelboards require an 8" deep, 26” wide box. 600 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75" deep box. 800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75” deep, 26” wide box. PE-1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Class 1210 The Powerlink Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System incorporates the same features found in the Powerlink G3 3000 level system, in addition to integral branch circuit and optional main metering for energy monitoring and verification of the lighting system. Integral metering is accomplished using the PowerLogic™ Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM), which is a highly accurate, full-featured multi-branch circuit power meter that provides unrivalled low-current monitoring. The Powerlink G3 system reduces electrical energy consumption associated with lighting and other loads by automatically switching loads off during non-occupied periods. The Powerlink G3 system is often ideal for reducing th epeak demand by switching unnecessary lights off in response to an automated response signal or when high time-of-day energy tariffs occur. Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Powerlink Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Integral individual and optional mains metering to provide utmost flexibility in assurng a sustainable metering and verification program Monitors current, voltage, energy consumption, demand, and power factor for complete energy profiling Accumulated metering information transmitted via Modbus communications interface Data updates occurring within seconds to provide timely preventative maintenance information Optional EGX web interface for storing and reporting data via standard web browser (suggested for applications without Energy Management System [EMS] software) Alarm indication when parameters approach user-configured thresholds 16 hard-wired inputs available for connection to devices with physical dry-contacts 64 communication inputs available for network connection 16 independent time schedules, each can be configured into 24 distinct periods 7-day repeating clock with changeable automatic daylight savings time Automatic sunrise/sunset tracking with offsets 32 special event periods 32 remote sources for sharing input status, time schedules, or zone status between controllers Full custom logic capabilities, including full Boolean functions and synchronization services RS232 and RS485 Serial communications using Modbus ASCII/RTU, BACnet MS/TP and DMX512 protocols (metering Modbus only) Ethernet 10BaseT communications using Modbus TCP and BACnet/IP protocols Table 5.62: Characteristics Operating Temperature -5° to 40°C (23° to 104°F) (95%RH, non-condensing) Storage Temperature -20° to 85°C (-4° to 185°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing) Regulatory/Standards Compliance • UL Listed 916, Energy Management Equip • FCC Part 15, Class A • NEC Class 1 and Class 2 Control Circuits • ESD Immunity: IEC 1000, level 4 • RF Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 • Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 • Electrical Surge Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 4 (power line) • Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 (interconnection lines) BCPM Specifications General Control Power 90–277 Vac Frequency 50/60 Hz Sampling Frequency 2560 Hz Update Rate 1.6 seconds per panelboard Overload Capability 10 kAIC Ribbon Cable Support Up to 20 ft. Operating Temperature 0° to 60°C (32°C to 122°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing) Storage Temperature -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F) Accurancy Current Monitoring 0.25 A to 100A: 3% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 2% of reading from 2 A to 100 A Auxiliary Inputs 2% of reading from 1% to 10% of rated current; 1% of reading from 10% to 100% of rated current (0 to 0.333 Vac) Voltage Input 90–277 Vac; 1% of reading from 90–277 L-N (models BCPMA and BCPMB only) Power 4% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 3% of reading 2 A to 100 Aa (models BCPMA and BCPM only) Network Communications Serial Modbus™ RTU Ethernet TCP/IP a Recommended for application where EMS software monitoring is not provided. 5-27 LIGHTING CONTROLS www.schneider-electric.us Lighting Control System, Relay Panels, and Switches 5 Powerlink™ Energy Management (EM) Relay Panels LPS, LPB, LPL Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller, power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover. Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller, power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover. LIGHTING CONTROLS LPS-Standalone Relay Panel LPS reduces energy use by automatically shutting off lights in response to a scheduled time event from its built-in time controller or in response to an external control device, such as a keypad switch, occupancy sensor, or photocell. These panels are ideal for use in smaller commercial applications, such as small strip retail and office spaces, where a centralized building management system is not practical. Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Relay Panels Family Stand-alone lighting control system meets ASHRAE90.1 and CA Title 24 Individual heavy duty, mechanically latching, 20A relays Built-in time controller supports 8 independent zones Time retained during power outages for up to 30 days; nonvolatile program memory Two universal switch inputs Individual relay overrides can directly control each relay Easy to program interface 2-wire relay used for monitoring and control Manual operation lever with ON/OFF indicator built-in for easy maintenance Screw terminals on load and control sides UL 916 listed Full 365-day, 7-day repeating clock with event priorities Multi-group relay assignment Inegral power supply (120 / 277 / 347 Vac) Standard sizes: (LPS) 8, 16, 32; (LPB/LPL) 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64 LPB Additional Features • • • Application controller with the BACnet protocol Heavy duty plug-in relays and electronic cards Movable protection plate between high and low voltage sections LPL Additional Features • Application controller with the LonWorks protocol Available options include: • Multi-voltage separator (120/277/347 VAC) Software provides a graphic interface that is simple and intuitive, providing the following: • System configuration, programming, and operation: Scheduler and Data logger LPB-Bacnet Protocol The Schneider Electric LPB Lighting Control Relay Panel with Native BACnet Protocol offers cost effective and code compliant lighting control. Panels are pre-packaged for ease of ordering and installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64 relays. Relays come in a heavy duty, high intensity discharge (HID) version that carries up to 20A full load and are rated for over 120,000 mechanical operations. Heavy duty relays are recommended for high inrush loads or where higher short circuit current ratings are required. LPBs are designed to operate on a BACnet network where control intelligence is provided through a BACnet building automation system. These panels are ideal for smaller commercial or retail spaces where a low cost way to achieve automatic shut-off is required. These simple to install and commission panels include full feature schedule control. Switch overrides and photocells are easily added for complete control. LPL-LonWorks Protocol The Schneider Electric LPL Lighting Control Relay Panel with LonWorks® Protocol offers cost effective and code compliant lighting control. The LPL is pre-packaged for ease of ordering and installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, or 64 relays. Whether from a stand-alone system, a soft-wired networked panels system, or a fully programmable network system, the LPL offers engineers and facilities managers all the flexibility they need to meet their lighting control requirements. LPL software scheduling and event programming capabilities easily support all common sequences encountered in lighting control. The LPL was developed using open LonWorks technology from the Echelon® Corporation. By adopting LonTalk® communication protocols and incorporating Neuron® microprocessors, the LPL panel complies with LonMark(tm) Interoperability Guidelines and is ready to interoperate in highly functional, flexible, and open building systems. The Schneider Electric Lighting Control Relay Switches provide manual ON/OFF operation of lighting in zones. The switches are equipped with a switch based device using reversible polarity pulse technology. The switches are fully compatible with Lighting Control Relay Panels by Schneider Electric. 5-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Relay Panels Switches Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us Key Switch (SERPKWS) Rocker Switch (SERPRWS) • • • • • • Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket (SERPWSMB) LED ON/OFF indication Operates up to 8 relays per switch 6 LED switches per relay Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP) 3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse Push Button Switch (SERPWS) (Individual switch) • • • • • • • • Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket SERPWSMB; 3-gang comes ready to mount) Switch input from common terminal LED ON/OFF indication Clear plastic labeling cap Operates up to 4 relays per switch 6 LED switches per relay Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP) may be required 1.5 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse Push Button Switch (SERPWS) (Assembled switch) • • • • • • Factory assembled Includes mounting bracket, switch(es), cover plate LED ON/OFF indication Clear plastic labeling cap Operates up to 4 relays per switch 6 LED switches per relay NOTE: Refer to 1290HO1101 Relay Switches handout for cover plate dimension Relay Switches SERPKWS, SERPWS, SERPRWS, SERPWS © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table 5.63: Cat. No. SERP8NHS SERP16NHS SERP32NHS SERP8HS SERP16HS SERP32HS SERPB8HS SERPB16HS SERPB32HS SERPB48HS SERPB64HS SERPL8HS SERPL16HS SERPL32HS SERPL48HS SERPL64HS SERPFLC16 SERPFLC32 SERPFLC48 SERPR1 SERPR2 SERPTC411 SERPRC401 SERPBC601 SERPTC811 SERPLIC SERPLOC SERPLUSB SERPLS SERPPBWS SERPKWS SERPRWS SERPWSMB SERPWS1G1B SERPWS1G2B SERPWS1G3B SERPWS2G4B SERPWS2G6B SERPWS3G9B SERPWS3G12B SERPWS5G15B SERPWS6G18B SERPWSFP SERPWP1G1B SERPWP1G2B SERPWP1G3B SERPWP2G4B SERPWP2G6B SERPWP3G9B SERPWP3G12B SERPWP5G15B SERPWP6G18B Relay Panels, Switches and Plates Description SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 NON-HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 NON-HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 NON-HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 16 RELAY PANELS SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 32 RELAY PANELS SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 48 AND 64 RELAY PANELS SE SERIES 1 POLE 20A HID RELAY 120–347 V SE SERIES 2 POLE 20A HID RELAY 208–480 V SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL SEQUENCER MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL BACnet Controller SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER LonWorks MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL INPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks MODULE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL OUTPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks MODULE SE SERIES FT—10 NETWORK INTERFACE USB SE SERIES Lon SOFTWARE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH WITH BRACKET SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE KEY OPERATED SWITCH SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE ROCKER WALL SWITCH SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKET SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 1 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 2 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 3 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 4 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 6 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 3 GANG 9 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 4 GANG 12 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 5 GANG 15 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 6 GANG 18 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH FILER PLATE SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 1 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 2 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 3 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 4 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 6 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 3 GANG 9 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 4 GANG 12 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 5 GANG 15 BUTTON SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL GANG 6 GANG 18 BUTTON Price 1556.13 3334.58 6545.67 2726.58 4829.59 8385.48 4559.36 5322.60 9521.71 13078.59 16684.88 3555.23 4897.76 8785.62 11932.49 15800.60 239.00 325.00 415.00 255.95 389.00 1037.42 1025.08 1051.16 730.00 645.00 957.00 950.00 1050.00 85.90 85.57 50.40 9.69 95.57 149.88 194.29 259.14 367.97 531.64 695.31 859.42 1003.53 8.07 30.00 30.00 30.00 45.00 45.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 5-29 LIGHTING CONTROLS Wall mountable to any standard wall box Key operated (ON—turn right; OFF—turn left) Operates up to 4 relays per switch 6 switches per relay 3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse 5 • • • • • Cassia™ Energy Management System Class 1210 www.schneider-electric.us 5 The Cassia energy management system (EMS) from Schneider Electric is a revolutionary wireless in-room solution that can have a dramatic impact on all key aspects contributing to your bottom line, from delighting your guests and reducing your carbon footprint, to enjoying a rapid return on investment and helping to maximize energy savings. Thermostat LIGHTING CONTROLS The Cassia thermostat controls heating and cooling equipment in guest rooms. Each thermostat uses two independent Zigbee radios for the local Room Area Network (RAN) within the room and the Hotel Area Network (HAN). Motion Sensor (PIR) The Cassia wireless motion sensor uses a Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor to detect heat patterns in the room. Motion will be signaled to the thermostat if the heat pattern changes. Door Sensor The Cassia wireless door sensor consists of a base and magnet. It sends a signal to the RAN indicating when the door is opened or closed. Lighting Control Cassia System Components The Cassia Lighting Control System, including switches (1000 W), dimmers (800 W), and plug modules (Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay types), uses ZigBee wireless technology that provides dimming and/or on/off functions. Wall switches and dimmers are available in black, white, cream or light almond, with one and three button options. Plug Modules Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay Plug Modules are designed to work as part of a Cassia EMS network installation and can be controlled by other devices on a Cassia EMS network. The modules may be placed into any standard 120 V wall outlet. Plug modules are available in white. Group Coordinator (GC) The Cassia EMS Group Coordinator is a Zigbee® wireless gateway that can support up to 75 thermostats and provides communication between a Room Area Network (RAN) Hotel Area Network (HAN) as well as a Property Management System (PMS). Server The EMS Server receives temperature, door events, motion events, and other data from the rooms. Data flows across the Ethernet network between the Thermostats, Group Coordinators and the EMS server. Contact your Schneider Electric representative for more information about the Cassia Energy Management System. 5-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 6 Surge Protective Devices Commercial Applications Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices External Modular SPDs—EMA SPDs 6-2 External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs 6-3 External Brick Assembly SPDs—EBA SPDs 6-3 Replacement Modules 6-4 Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices—New Construction Panelboards—Refer to 9-1 Switchboards and Switchgear—Refer to 11-1 Model 6 Motor Control Centers—Refer to 17-1 Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices—Retrofit Internally Mounted SPD—Retrofit 6-5 OEM/Assembler Kits 6-6 Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices Panelboards & Switchboards, page 6-5 Retrofit, page 6-5 Residential & Light Commercial Applications Nipple Mounted SPDs, pages 6-6, 6-7, and 6-8 SDSA3650 SPDs 6-6 HWA SPDs 6-7 SDSA1175 SPDs 6-7 Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits 6-7 XR SPDs 6-8 Residential Surge Protective Devices Whole House SPDs 6-8 Whole House Accessories 6-8 QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Loadcenter SPDs 6-8 Whole House SPDs, page 6-8 QO/HOM SPDs, page 6-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 6-1 6 Busway 12-1 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES IPaCS—Refer to 10-1 EMA/EBA SPDs, pages 6-2, 6-3, & 6-4 Surge Protective Devices Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Class 1310 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Surgelogic™ offers a full range of externally mounted SPDs. These units are designed to provide surge suppression from service entrance panels to point-of-use equipment. US and Canadian UL® Listed to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. • • • 10 year product warranty 10 modes of protection 200 kA SCCR • • EMI/RFI filtering Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry contacts, and surge counter standard • • Indicator LEDs; normal (green) and fault condition (red) for each phase UL 1449 Type 2 (or Type 1 with optional suffix in catalog number) External SPD Options: • • • • • Sine Wave Tracking Module. Sine Wave Tracking (SWT) circuitry provides enhanced EMI/RFI filtering of -54 dB at 100 kHz and establishes the power surge clamping window relative to the sine wave voltage to increase performance at distribution and branch panel applications. Type 1. UL 1449 Type 1 SPDs can be located at any point in the electrical system, on the line or load side of the equipment overcurrent device. Integral Switch. The integral switch provides a mechanical means to electrically isolate the entire surge suppressor before opening the enclosure door to facilitate servicing of the unit’s components. Remote Monitor. This option displays the alarm status of the surge protective device up to 1000 feet from the unit. Flush Mount Kits. Flush mounting kits can be used on 120–240 kA EMA and EBA series devices. Devices with integral switch require a 20 inch flush mounting collar. 6 External Modular Assembly (EMA) SPDs EMA SPD products feature a design based on individual phase modules for a flexible, cost effective way to achieve superior surge suppression at every level of the electrical distribution system. Modularity results in lower life cycle costs and fast, easy service or replacement. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Table 6.1: EMA SPDs Peak Surge Current NEMA 3R 4X Stainless $ Price NEMA Rating per Phase (kA) Cat. No. Steel Cat. No. 120 TVS1EMA12A( ) 4547.00 TVS1EMA12S( ) 160 TVS1EMA16A( ) 4997.00 TVS1EMA16S( ) 120/240 V, 1-phase, 240 TVS1EMA24A( ) 7421.00 TVS1EMA24S( ) 3-wire + ground 320 TVS1EMA32A( ) 9962.00 TVS1EMA32S( ) 480 TVS1EMA48A( ) 14798.00 TVS1EMA48S( ) 120 TVS2EMA12A( ) 4760.00 TVS2EMA12S( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS2EMA16A( ) 5231.00 TVS2EMA16S( ) 4-wire + ground ab 240 TVS2EMA24A( ) 7782.00 TVS2EMA24S( ) Wye 320 TVS2EMA32A( ) 10431.00 TVS2EMA32S( ) 480 TVS2EMA48A( ) 15522.00 TVS2EMA48S( ) 120 TVS3EMA12A( ) 4760.00 TVS3EMA12S( ) 240/120 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS3EMA16A( ) 5231.00 TVS3EMA16S( ) 4-wire + ground 240 TVS3EMA24A( ) 7782.00 TVS3EMA24S( ) High-leg Delta 320 TVS3EMA32A( ) 10431.00 — 480 TVS3EMA48A( ) 15522.00 — 120 TVS6EMA12A( ) 4760.00 TVS6EMA12S( ) 240 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS6EMA16A( ) 5231.00 TVS6EMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground 240 TVS6EMA24A( ) 7782.00 TVS6EMA24S( ) Delta 320 TVS6EMA32A( ) 10431.00 TVS6EMA32S( ) 480 TVS6EMA48A( ) 15522.00 TVS6EMA48S( ) 120 TVS4EMA12A( ) 4973.00 TVS4EMA12S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS4EMA16A( ) 5468.00 TVS4EMA16S( ) 4-wire + ground bc 240 TVS4EMA24A( ) 8147.00 TVS4EMA24S( ) Wye 320 TVS4EMA32A( ) 10904.00 TVS4EMA32S( ) 480 TVS4EMA48A( ) 16250.00 TVS4EMA48S( ) 120 TVS4HEMA12A( ) 4973.00 TVS4HEMA12S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS4HEMA16A( ) 5468.00 TVS4HEMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground 240 TVS4HEMA24A( ) 8147.00 TVS4HEMA24S( ) High-Resistance Ground 320 TVS4HEMA32A( ) 10904.00 TVS4HEMA32S( ) 480 TVS4HEMA48A( ) 16250.00 TVS4HEMA48S( ) 120 TVS5EMA12A( ) 4973.00 TVS5EMA12S( ) 480 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS5EMA16A( ) 5468.00 TVS5EMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground, 240 TVS5EMA24A( ) 8147.00 TVS5EMA24S( ) Delta 320 TVS5EMA32A( ) 10904.00 TVS5EMA32S( ) 480 TVS5EMA48A( ) 16250.00 TVS5EMA48S( ) 120 TVS8EMA12A( ) 5220.00 TVS8EMA12S( ) 160 TVS8EMA16A( ) 5714.00 TVS8EMA16S( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 240 TVS8EMA24A( ) 8528.00 TVS8EMA24S( ) 4-wire + ground b 320 TVS8EMA32A( ) 11399.00 TVS8EMA32S( ) Wye 480 TVS8EMA48A( ) 17012.00 TVS8EMA48S( ) 120 TVS8HEMA12A( ) 5220.00 TVS8HEMA12S( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS8HEMA16A( ) 5714.00 TVS8HEMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground 180 TVS8HEMA18A( ) 8528.00 TVS8HEMA18S( ) High-Resistance Ground 240 TVS8HEMA24A( ) 11399.00 TVS8HEMA24S( ) 320 TVS8HEMA32A( ) 17012.00 TVS8HEMA32S( ) 120 TVS9EMA12A( ) 5220.00 TVS9EMA12S( ) 600 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS9EMA16A( ) 5714.00 TVS9EMA16S( ) 3-wire + ground, 180 TVS9EMA18A( ) 8528.00 TVS9EMA18S( ) Delta 240 TVS9EMA24A( ) 11399.00 TVS9EMA24S( ) 320 TVS9EMA32A( ) 17012.00 TVS9EMA32S( ) a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Service Voltage External Modular SPD with Integral Switch External Modular SPD with Sine Wave Tracking Module External Modular High-Resistance Ground SPD 6-2 External Modular Options ( ) (1) UL 1449 Type 1 (I) d Integral Switch (SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) (I1) d UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch (SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) (ISWT) d Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) (ISWT1) d UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG) Accessory Description Cat. No. Remote Monitor TVS12RMU 12-inch Flush Mount Kit TVS12FMK 20-inch Flush Mount Kit TVS20FMK d Not available in stainless steel for 320 and 480 kA DE1B Discount Schedule $ Price 5964.00 6414.00 8838.00 11379.00 16215.00 6177.00 6648.00 9200.00 11849.00 16940.00 6177.00 6648.00 9200.00 — — 6177.00 6648.00 9200.00 11849.00 16940.00 6390.00 6885.00 9564.00 12321.00 17667.00 6390.00 6885.00 9564.00 12321.00 17667.00 6390.00 6885.00 9564.00 12321.00 17667.00 6638.00 7131.00 9945.00 12816.00 18429.00 6638.00 7131.00 9945.00 12816.00 18429.00 6638.00 7131.00 9945.00 12816.00 18429.00 $ Price 0.00 738.00 750.00 738.00 750.00 1488.00 1488.00 $ Price 788.00 945.00 1103.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Surge Protective Devices External Surge Protective Device Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs External modular Line-to-Line (L-L) Enhanced SPDs are parallel systems that provide 10 modes of protection and enhanced, discrete L-L suppression paths. L-L Enhanced SPDs Peak Surge NEMA 4X NEMA 3R Current Rating $ Price Stainless Steel Cat. No. per Phase (kA) Cat. No. 120 TVS2MEMA12A( ) 8810.00 TVS2MEMA12S( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 180 TVS2MEMA18A( ) 10790.00 TVS2MEMA18S( ) 4-wire + ground e 270 TVS2MEMA27A( ) 13760.00 TVS2MEMA27S( ) Wye 360 TVS2MEMA36A( ) 16730.00 TVS2MEMA36S( ) 120 TVS4MEMA12A( ) 9023.00 TVS4MEMA12S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 180 TVS4MEMA18A( ) 11003.00 TVS4MEMA18S( ) 4-wire + ground f 270 TVS4MEMA27A( ) 13973.000 TVS4MEMA27S( ) Wye 360 TVS4MEMA36A( ) 16943.00 TVS4MEMA36S( ) e 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. f 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Service Voltage External Modular L-L Enhanced Options ( ) (1) UL 1449 Type 1 (SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module Accessory Description Remote Monitor 20-inch Flush Mount Kit $ Price Cat. No. TVS12RMU TVS20FMK 0.00 750.00 750.00 $ Price 788.00 1103.00 External Brick Assembly SPDs External Brick Assembly (EBA) SPD products consist of a consolidation of phase modules into one solid brick casting and offered at a competitive price for those who want superior surge suppression on a limited budget. Table 6.3: EBA SPDs Peak Surge NEMA 4X NEMA 3R Current Rating $ Price Stainless Steel Cat. No. per Phase (kA) Cat. No. 120/240 V,1-phase, 120 TVS1EBA12A( ) 3467.00 TVS1EBA12S( ) 3-wire + ground 160 TVS1EBA16A( ) 4208.00 TVS1EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS1EBA24A( ) 6290.00 TVS1EBA24S( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS2EBA12A( ) 3588.00 TVS2EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground ab 160 TVS2EBA16A( ) 4388.00 TVS2EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS2EBA24A( ) 6525.00 TVS2EBA24S( ) 240/120 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS3EBA12A( ) 3588.00 TVS3EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground 160 TVS3EBA16A( ) 4388.00 TVS3EBA16S( ) High-leg Delta 240 TVS3EBA24A( ) 6525.00 TVS3EBA24S( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 TVS4EBA12A( ) 3743.00 TVS4EBA12S( ) 4-wire + ground bc 160 TVS4EBA16A( ) 4581.00 TVS4EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS4EBA24A( ) 6827.00 TVS4EBA24S( ) 120 TVS8EBA12A( ) 3905.00 TVS8EBA12S( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 TVS8EBA16A( ) 4787.00 TVS8EBA16S( ) Wye 240 TVS8EBA24A( ) 7143.00 TVS8EBA24S( ) a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Service Voltage External Brick Assembly SPD with Integral Switch External Brick Assembly Options ( ) (1) UL 1449 Type 1 (I) Integral Switch (SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) (I1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch (SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) (ISWT) Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) (ISWT1) UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta) Accessory Description Cat. No. Remote Monitor TVS12RMU 12-inch Flush Mount Kit TVS12FMK 20-inch Flush Mount Kit TVS20FMK © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE4 PE7 PE1A Discount Schedule $ Price 4884.00 5625.00 7707.00 5006.00 5805.00 7943.00 5006.00 5805.00 7943.00 5160.00 5999.00 8244.00 5322.00 6204.00 8561.00 $ Price 0.00 738.00 750.00 738.00 750.00 1,488.00 1,488.00 $ Price 788.00 945.00 1103.00 6-3 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES External Modular L-L Enhanced SPD with Sine Wave Tracking Module $ Price 10010.00 12657.00 15627.00 18597.00 10890.00 12870.00 15840.00 18810.00 6 Table 6.2: Surge Protective Devices Replacement Modules Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 Replacement Modules All modules and brick assemblies are US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. d For UL 1449 Type 1 Modules, add suffix (1). Example: MA1IMA121 6 MA Replacement Module HRG Replacement Module SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Delta Replacement Module Table 6.4: EMA Replacement Modules System Voltage Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) Catalog Numbers Phase A $ Price Phase B $ Price 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 — — 120/240 V, 1-phase, 160 MA1IMA16 1064.00 — — 3-wire + ground 240 MA1IMA24 1229.00 — — 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 MA1IMA12 906.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground a 160 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA1IMA16 1064.00 Wye 240 MA1IMA24 1229.00 MA1IMA24 1229.00 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 MA3IMA12 906.00 120/240 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA3IMA16 1064.00 High-Leg Delta 240 MA1IMA24 1229.00 MA3IMA24 1229.00 120 MA6IMA12 906.00 MA6IMA12 906.00 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA6IMA16 1064.00 MA6IMA16 1064.00 Delta 240 MA6IMA24 1229.00 MA6IMA24 1229.00 120 MA4IMA12 906.00 MA4IMA12 906.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground c 160 MA4IMA16 1064.00 MA4IMA16 1064.00 Wye 240 MA4IMA24 1229.00 MA4IMA24 1229.00 120 MA4IMA12H 906.00 MA4IMA12H 906.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground c 160 MA4IMA16H 1064.00 MA4IMA16H 1064.00 High-Resistance Ground 240 MA4IMA24H 1229.00 MA4IMA24H 1229.00 120 MA5IMA12 906.00 MA5IMA12 906.00 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA5IMA16 1064.00 MA5IMA16 1064.00 Delta 240 MA5IMA24 1229.00 MA5IMA24 1229.00 120 MA8IMA12 906.00 MA8IMA12 906.00 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 MA8IMA16 1064.00 MA8IMA16 1064.00 Wye 240 MA8IMA24 1229.00 MA8IMA24 1229.00 120 MA8IMA12H 906.00 MA8IMA12H 906.00 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA8IMA16H 1064.00 MA8IMA16H 1064.00 High-Resistance Ground 180 MA8IMA18H 1229.00 MA8IMA18H 1229.00 120 MA9IMA12 906.00 MA9IMA12 906.00 600 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 MA9IMA16 1064.00 MA9IMA16 1064.00 Delta 180 MA9IMA18 1229.00 MA9IMA18 1229.00 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules). c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Table 6.5: www.schneider-electric.us Phase C MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA6IMA12 MA6IMA16 MA6IMA24 MA4IMA12 MA4IMA16 MA4IMA24 MA4IMA12H MA4IMA16H MA4IMA24H MA5IMA12 MA5IMA16 MA5IMA24 MA8IMA12 MA8IMA16 MA8IMA24 MA8IMA12H MA8IMA16H MA8IMA18H MA9IMA12 MA9IMA16 MA9IMA18 EBA Replacement Modules Peak Surge Catalog Numbers Current Rating (kA) 120 MA1IBA12 120/240 V, 1-phase, 160 MA1IBA16 3-wire + ground 240 MA1IBA24 120 MA2IBA12 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 160 MA2IBA16 4-wire + ground a 240 MA2IBA24 120 MA3IBA12 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 MA3IBA16 High-leg Delta 240 MA3IBA24 120 MA4IBA12 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground c 160 MA4IBA16 Wye 240 MA4IBA24 120 MA8IBA12 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 MA8IBA16 Wye 240 MA8IBA24 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules). c 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. System Voltage EBA Replacement Module Table 6.6: Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) 6-4 Peak Surge Current Rating (kA) $ Price 906.00 1064.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1064.00 1229.00 Phase C MA2IMA40LL MA2IMA60LL MA2IMA90LL MA2IMA12LL MA4IMA40LL MA4IMA60LL MA4IMA90LL MA4IMA12LL $ Price 604.00 709.00 819.00 946.00 604.00 709.00 819.00 946.00 Catalog Numbers Phase A $ Price Phase B $ Price 120 MA2IMA40LL 604.00 MA2IMA40LL 604.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 180 MA2IMA60LL 709.00 MA2IMA60LL 709.00 4-wire + ground a 270 MA2IMA90LL 819.00 MA2IMA90LL 819.00 Wye 360 MA2IMA12LL 946.00 MA2IMA12LL 946.00 120 MA4IMA40LL 604.00 MA4IMA40LL 604.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 180 MA4IMA60LL 709.00 MA4IMA60LL 709.00 4-wire + ground b 270 MA4IMA90LL 819.00 MA4IMA90LL 819.00 Wye 360 MA4IMA12LL 946.00 MA4IMA12LL 946.00 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. PE4 Phase C MA1IMA12 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA16 MA1IMA24 MA4IMA12 MA4IMA16 MA4IMA16 MA4IMA24 L-L Enhanced (L-L) Replacement Modules System Voltage L-L Enhanced Replacement Module Catalog Numbers Phase A $ Price Phase B $ Price 120 MA1IMA12 906.00 MA1IMA12 906.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 180 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA1IMA16 1064.00 4-wire + ground a 270 MA1IMA16 1064.00 MA1IMA16 1064.00 Wye 360 MA1IMA24 1229.00 MA1IMA24 1229.00 120 MA4IMA12 906.00 MA4IMA12 906.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 180 MA4IMA16 1064.00 MA4IMA16 1064.00 4-wire + ground b 270 MA4IMA16 1064.00 MA4IMA16 1064.00 Wye 360 MA4IMA24 1229.00 MA4IMA24 1229.00 a 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. Table 6.7: $ Price 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 2717.00 3189.00 3686.00 L-L Enhanced MA (L-N, L-G) Replacement Modules System Voltage MA Replacement Module $ Price 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 906.00 1064.00 1229.00 PE7 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Surge Protective Devices Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices Internally mounted surge protective devices are installed integrally to systems for service entrance and branch panel surge suppression. Internally mounted SPDs installed next to supply busses provide maximum performance inside Square D™ systems. Built-in performance is the best way to ensure cost effective power quality (especially important for critical power facilities). US and Canadian UL® Recognized as a Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number) SPD Component Assembly to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. Internally Mounted—New Construction Factory installed integral/internal Surgelogic™ SPD products make adding surge suppression to new construction projects easy. Refer to the sections listed below to identify the correct product for your application or contact Surgelogic™ TAG at 1-800-577-7353 for assistance. NQ PZ4 QED Motor Control Centers Refer to Section 17 MCC Integrated Power and Control Centers Refer to Section 10 IPAC2 Busway—Refer to Section 12 Internally Mounted—Retrofit To ensure high-performance surge suppression at critical power locations, a variety of Surgelogic™ products have been designed specifically for retrofitting into commonly used Square D™ systems. The QMB fusible switch, 6 in. MCC bucket, I-Line and Busway plug-on units come with the SPD factory-installed. Retrofitting SPD units into I-Line, QMB, MCC, and Busway applications is simple. • Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry contacts, and surge counter standard. • 200 kA SCCR • Indicator LEDs • EMI/RFI filtering Table 6.8: I-Line™ Surgelogic™ SPD Unit QMB Surgelogic™ SPD Unit Busway Surgelogic™ SPD Unit MCC Surgelogic™ SPD Unit © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Internally Mounted—Retrofit Surge I-Line Branch Units a QMB Branch Units b Busway Units Model 6 MCC Units c Current Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Pricee Cat. No. $ Priced Rating 120 kA HL1IMA12C( ) 9518.00 FI1IMA12C( ) 10185.00 QMB1IMA12 6663.00 — — — — 120/240 V, 1-phase, 160 kA HL1IMA16C( ) 10455.00 FI1IMA16C( ) 11199.00 QMB1IMA16 7340.00 — — — — 3-wire + ground 240 kA HL1IMA24C( ) 14100.00 FI1IMA24C( ) 15525.00 QMB1IMA24 10055.00 — — — — — — MCC2IMA12 6700.00 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL2IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI2IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB2IMA12 6899.00 4-wire + ground fg 160 kA HL2IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI2IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB2IMA16 7602.00 PIU2IMA16 4472.00 MCC2IMA16 8700.00 Wye 240 kA HL2IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI2IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB2IMA24 10460.00 PIU2IMA24 6407.00 MCC2IMA24 12200.00 120 kA HL3IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI3IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB3IMA12 6899.00 — — MCC3IMA12 6700.00 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 kA HL3IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI3IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB3IMA16 7602.00 PIU3IMA16 4472.00 MCC3IMA16 8700.00 High-leg Delta 240 kA HL3IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI3IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB3IMA24 10460.00 PIU3IMA24 6407.00 MCC3IMA24 12200.00 — — — — — — 120 kA HL6IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI6IMA12C( ) 10562.00 240 V, 3-phase, 160 kA HL6IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI6IMA16C( ) 11616.00 — — — — — — 3-wire + ground, Delta 240 kA HL6IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI6IMA24C( ) 16170.00 — — — — — — — — MCC4IMA12 7200.00 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4IMA12C( ) 10944.00 QMB4IMA12 7137.00 4-wire + ground fh 160 kA HL4IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4IMA16C( ) 12039.00 QMB4IMA16 7868.00 PIU4IMA16 4740.00 MCC4IMA16 9200.00 Wye 240 kA HL4IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4IMA24C( ) 16818.00 QMB4IMA24 10868.00 PIU4IMA24 6792.00 MCC4IMA24 13200.00 — — — — — — 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4HIMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4HIMA12C( ) 10944.00 3-wire + ground h 160 kA HL4HIMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4HIMA16C( ) 12039.00 — — — — — — High-Resistance Ground 240 kA HL4HIMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4HIMA24C( ) 16818.00 — — — — — — 120 kA HL5IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI5IMA12C( ) 10944.00 — — — — — — 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground, 160 kA HL5IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI5IMA16C( ) 12039.00 — — — — — — Delta 240 kA HL5IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI5IMA24C( ) 16818.00 — — — — — — — — FI8IMA12C( ) 11342.00 QMB8IMA12 7388.00 — — MCC8IMA12 7700.00 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA 4-wire + ground f 160 kA — — FI8IMA16C( ) 12482.00 QMB8IMA16 8145.00 PIU8IMA16 4919.00 MCC8IMA16 9700.00 Wye 240 kA — — FI8IMA24C( ) 16692.00 QMB8IMA24 11295.00 PIU8IMA24 7048.00 MCC8IMA24 14200.00 — — FI8HIMA12C( ) 11342.00 — — — — — — 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA 3-wire + ground, 160 kA — — FI8HIMA16C( ) 12482.00 — — — — — — High-Resistance Ground 180 kA — — FI8HIMA18C( ) 16692.00 — — — — — — 120 kA — — FI9IMA12C( ) 11342.00 — — — — — — 600V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground, 160 kA — — FI9IMA16C( ) 12482.00 — — — — — — Delta 180 kA — — FI9IMA18C( ) 16692.00 — — — — — — a Requires 13.5-inch mounting height. d PE4 Discount Schedule. g 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. b Requires 9-inch mounting height. e PE7 Discount Schedule. 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages c Requires 6-inch mounting height. f Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded h 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. neutral system. ( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number. Voltage PE4 PE7 PE1A Discount Schedule 6-5 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES NF Switchboards and Switchgear Refer to Section 11 6 Panelboards Refer to Section 9 Surge Protective Devices Surgelogic™ Surge Protective Devices Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us OEM/Assembler Kits Surgelogic™ OEM/assembler kits allow manufacturers to add industry-leading surge suppression directly to customized equipment. Manufacturers benefit from shorter wire lengths that optimize the clamping voltage of the SPD. Products come with a backplanemounted SPD, mounting hardware and diagnostic display with 36-inch cables. Audible alarm, silence switch, remote monitoring contacts, and surge counter are standard. Available as UL 1449 Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number). US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. Table 6.9: OEM/Assembler Kits Service Voltage 6 OEM Kit SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES () a b c d Peak Surge Current Rating Cat. No. a per Phase (kA) 120 TVS1IMA12O( ) 120/240 V, 1-phase, 160 TVS1IMA16O( ) 3-wire + ground 240 TVS1IMA24O( ) 120 TVS2IMA12O( ) 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground bc 160 TVS2IMA16O( ) Wye 240 TVS2IMA24O( ) 120 TVS3IMA12O( ) 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 160 TVS3IMA16O( ) High-leg Delta 240 TVS3IMA24O( ) 120 TVS6IMA12O( ) 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground bd 160 TVS6IMA16O( ) Delta 240 TVS6IMA24O( ) 120 TVS4IMA12O( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground bd 160 TVS4IMA16O( ) Wye 240 TVS4IMA24O( ) 120 TVS4HIMA12O( ) 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground bd 160 TVS4HIMA16O( ) High-Resistance Ground 240 TVS4HIMA24O( ) 120 TVS5IMA12O( ) 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 TVS5IMA16O( ) Delta 240 TVS5IMA24O( ) 120 TVS8IMA12O( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground b 160 TVS8IMA16O( ) Wye 240 TVS8IMA24O( ) 120 TVS8HIMA12O( ) 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 160 TVS8HIMA16O( ) 3-wire + ground b High Resistance Ground 180 TVS8HIMA18O( ) 120 TVS9IMA12O( ) 600 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 160 TVS9IMA16O( ) Delta 180 TVS9IMA18O( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number. Note the last character of the catalog number is the letter “O”, not a zero. Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. $ Price 4137.00 4547.00 6753.00 4331.00 4760.00 7082.00 4331.00 4760.00 7082.00 4331.00 4760.00 7082.00 4526.00 4976.00 7413.00 4526.00 4976.00 7413.00 4526.00 4976.00 7413.00 4751.00 5199.00 7760.00 4751.00 5199.00 7760.00 4751.00 5199.00 7760.00 Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices SDSA3650 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge suppression for three-phase grounded electrical services up to 600 Vac, including delta services (SDSA3650D). The SDSA3650 series is used extensively in service entrance panels to provide an efficient and economical means of surge suppression. US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. SDSA3650 • • • • LEDs indicate operational status Short circuit current rating 200 kA Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Convenient back-nipple mounting Table 6.10: SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) Description e f SDSA3650D 6-6 600 Vac Maximum, 40 3-phase, 4-wiree 600 Vac Maximum, 3-phase, 3-wire 40 Delta Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded. See Table 6.13 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers. OE1A Discount Schedule Cat. No. $ Price SDSA3650 f 248.00 SDSA3650D f 248.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Surge Protective Devices Nipple Mounted SPDs Class 6671 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us HWA Surge Protective Devices Surgelogic™ HWA surge protective devices are compact, nipple-mounted parallel-connected surge suppressors that come in a variety of voltage configurations, including Delta. A surge suppression path is provided for each mode, and the product is rated NEMA Type 4X. Internal diagnostics continuously monitor the device status. US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems. • • Table 6.11: • • • • • -54 dB EMI/RFI filtering Sine wave tracking Audible alarm indicates loss of suppression (does not contain alarm enable/disable switch) Dry contacts Optional flush-mount kit TVSHWAFMK HWA Surge Protective Devices Service Voltage a b c Peak Surge Current Rating NEMA 4X per Phase (kA) Cat. No. 50 TVS1HWA50X 120/240 V, 1-phase, 80 TVS1HWA80X 3-wire + ground 100 TVS1HWA10X 50 TVS2HWA50X 208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 80 TVS2HWA80X 4-wire + ground ab 100 TVS2HWA10X 50 TVS3HWA50X 240/120 V, 3-phase, 4-wire + ground 80 TVS3HWA80X High-leg Delta 100 TVS3HWA10X 50 TVS6HWA50X 240 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 80 TVS6HWA80X Delta 100 TVS6HWA10X 50 TVS4HWA50X 480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 80 TVS4HWA80X 4-wire + ground ac 100 TVS4HWA10X 50 TVS5HWA50X 480 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 80 TVS5HWA80X Delta 100 TVS5HWA10X 50 TVS8HWA50X 600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 80 TVS8HWA80X 4-wire + ground 100 TVS8HWA10X 50 TVS9HWA50X 600 V, 3-phase, 3-wire + ground 80 TVS9HWA80X Delta 100 TVS9HWA10X Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system. 208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127. 480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240. $ Price 2385.00 2660.00 3401.00 2544.00 2810.00 3611.00 2544.00 2810.00 3611.00 2583.00 2924.00 3606.00 2640.00 2907.00 3853.00 3052.00 3393.00 4075.00 2915.00 3171.00 3853.00 3052.00 3393.00 4075.00 SDSA1175 Surge Protective Devices SDSA1175 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge suppression for single-phase three-wire 120/240 Vac or two-wire 120 Vac 60 Hz electrical services. This product is ideal for panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and residential applications for singlephase power systems. Two SDSA1175 surge protection devices can be installed to provide suppression for 208Y/120 Vac three-phase four-wire services. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. SDSA1175 • • • • LED indicates operational status Short circuit current rating 25 kA Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Convenient back-nipple mounting Table 6.12: SDSA1175 Surge Protective Devices Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire 36 120 V, 1-phase, 2-wire 36 See Table 6.13 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers. System Voltage a Cat. No. SDSA1175 a SDSA1175T a $ Price 92.00 92.00 Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits The nipple products shown in this catalog provide a convenient means of incorporating surge suppression within a new or existing cabinet. The mounting bracket and flush-mount kits are designed for easy mounting of nipple products. Table 6.13: QOSAMK © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mounting Bracket for Enclosures Description Mounting bracket for QO™ and Homeline™ load centers and other enclosures Flush-mount kit for XR SPDs Flush-mount kif for HWA SPDs DE1B Discount Schedule Cat. No. QOSAMK TVSXRFMK TVSHWAFMK $ Price 11.40 58.00 180.00 6-7 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES HWA Series LEDs indicate operational status Short circuit current rating 200 kA Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Convenient side-nipple mounting Compact design provides easy mounting inside or outside the equipment cabinets 6 • • • Surge Protective Devices Residential SPDs Class 6671 Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us XR Surge Protective Devices The XR SPD provides high-quality surge suppression in a compact and versatile package. This product is ideal for panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and residential applications for singlephase power systems. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. • • • XR Series • LEDs indicate operational status Short circuit current rating 25 kA Convenient side nipple mounting Table 6.14: • Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated) Optional flush mount kit TVSXRFMK XR Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA) 50 80 System Voltage 120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire + ground Cat. No. $ Price TVS120XR50S TVS120XR80S 315.00 515.00 Residential Surge Protective Devices 6 Whole House Surge Protective Devices SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES Whole House devices are designed to deliver surge suppression that addresses the entire home. AC modules are connected to the circuit breaker load center and provide suppression for all equipment connected to the power system. Whole House systems incorporate AC modules as well as modules for other metallic lines coming into the home including telephone/DSL and coaxial video/data. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Telephone and coaxial video modules US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition. • • • • SDSB1175R SDSB1175C 120/240 Vac, 80 kA/phase AC surge suppression LED status indicators for AC surge suppression Telephone surge suppression module supports four lines with tool-less Insulation Displacement Connectors (IDC) Coaxial surge suppression module supports one line of video/data Table 6.15: Whole House Surge Protective Devices Description Whole House NEMA 1 Basic Whole House NEMA 1 Whole House NEMA 3R Basic Whole House NEMA 3R Home Electronics Protective Device Included Modules AC AC, Telephone, Coax (1) AC AC, Telephone, Coax (1) AC Cat. No. SDSB1175CB SDSB1175C SDSB1175RB SDSB1175R HEPD80 $ Price 439.00 630.00 546.00 737.00 185.00 Whole House Accessories Add additional surge suppression or replace existing modules in Whole House products. Coaxial and telephone modules: US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition. AC Module: US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Table 6.16: Accessories HEPD80 Description 4-Line telephone surge suppressor with tool-less IDC terminations Coaxial video surge suppressor Whole House AC Module (HEPD80) replacement kit Cat. No. SDSA4P SDSA2V HEPD80RK $ Price 101.00 90.00 204.00 QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Load Center Surge Protective Devices SDSA2V SDSA4P HEPD80RK Square D™ load center surge protective devices are easy to install plug-in units that install as quickly as a standard circuit breaker. The surge suppressors use two pole spaces in a QO™ or Homeline™ load center, or NQ panelboard. US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. • • QO2175SB for QO™ load centers, combination devices, and NQ panelboards HOM2175SB for Homeline™ load centers and combination devices Table 6.17: 6-8 Plug-on design requires two pole spaces LED indicates operational status 22.5 kA per phase QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Panelboard Surge Arresters Description QO™ Surgebreaker for QO and NQ Homeline™ Surgebreaker QO2175SB • • • Cat. No. QO2175SB HOM2175SB $ Price 159.00 159.00 HOM2175SB DE1B Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 7 Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers J-Frame L-Frame M-Frame 7-10 QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers 7-10 QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-12 QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases 7-13 QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers and QYU Supplementary Protectors 7-14 QOU Accessories 7-15 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers 7-16 PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers 7-21 PowerPact Family 7-21 H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-22 Q-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-24 L-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-25 M-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-26 P-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-27 R-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-28 Motor Circuit Protectors 7-29 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors 7-29 H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector 7-30 Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers 7-31 H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection 7-32 Motor Protection Selection Tables 7-33 Automatic Switches 7-34 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 7-35 Mission Critical Circuit Breakers 7-37 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-39 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units 7-46 Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers 7-50 Ground-Fault Protection 7-51 Dimensions and Shipping Weights 7-54 Circuit Breaker Enclosures 7-56 Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-59 7 H-Frame 7-2 P-Frame R-Frame © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Selection Information 7-1 Selection Information Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 HOM Circuit Breakers QO™ Circuit Breakers — — X X X X X X — — — — — — — 1 1 1 1 2 3 — — — — — — — — — — — — X — X — 3 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — 22 — — — — — — — — — 22 22 65 65 22 22 65 65 — — — — — 22e — 65 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — 15–30 10 10 10 10 — — 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2 15–50 — — — — X — 1 15–60 — X — 1, 2 15–30 — X — 1, 2 15–30 — — — 1 15–50 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — — 3 15–60 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — — 15–30 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 15–20 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 2, 3 a 1,2 15–20 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 QOB-EPD QOB-EPE 15–20 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 2 QOBQOB-GFI VHGFI 15–20 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 QOB- QOB- QOB- QOBCAFI VHCAFI DF VHDF QO-EPD QO-EPE 15–30 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2 — QOVHGFI 15–30 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 15–100 10–70 2 QHB QO-GFI 15–150 — 1 10–200m 1 15–50b — 1 2 1 2 15–20 15–50 15–20 15–50 — — — — 1 15–20 — 15–20 — 1, 2 QOB- — — — QOB-VH H QOB 15–50 Current Range 2 — 15–200m 1 — — — — QOQOQO- QOVHQOT CAFI VHCAFI DF DF 15–70 — — — QH 15–100 Unit Mount Number of Poles — QO-VH 15–70 — — QO-H 10–100 Bolt-on QO 15–125 HOM- HOM- HOMHOM HOMCAFI DF GFI EPD HOMT Plug-on Circuit Breaker Type www.schneider-electric.us Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA Rating (kA) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 240 Vac d 277 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 65 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc IEC 60947-2 (50/60 Hz)g IEC (Icu) 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — Special Ratings CCC Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X HACR h NOM Other Standard 7 HACRi NOM HACR h — — — HACR i — — — X — — — — X — X X — — — — — X — — — HACR i — — — — X — HACR HACR NOM i i — NOM Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shunt Trip j Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches j Alarm Switch j Handle Operators Handle Padlock Attachment X X X — — — X X X X X X — — — X — X X — X X X — — — X X X X X X — — — X Xk — — X Xk X Xk — — X X — — X X X X — — X — X X — — — — — — — — X X — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — — — Xl X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — — — — X X X X X X X — X X X X — — — — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X X X — — — X — X — X — X — 4.75 (121) 4.75 (121) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X X X X X — — X — X — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic Molded Case Switch X — Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 3.13 (79) 3.5 (89) a 4.75 (121) 4.12 (103) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) a 2.98 (76) 2.92 (74) a Pages Page 1-13 Pages 7-10, 7-11 a See page 7-54 for dimensions for: QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH. b HOMT tandem is 30 A maximum. HOMT quad tandem has 20 A maximum on outside poles, and 50 A maximum on the inside poles. c AFI, EPD and GFI products are rated 60 Hz only. d See the Supplemental Digest Page 3-22 for 3Ø corner grounded systems. e 22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only. f 1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only. g See the Supplemental Digest Section 10 for circuit breakers with IEC ratings. h HACR on HOM 1P 15–50 A and 2P 15–100 A i HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A j Factory-installed option only k Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A l Handle padlock attachment available for HOMT quad tandem only. m 2P 150–200 A requires 4P width. 7-2 Width Depth © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selection Information Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us Circuit Breaker Type QOM1 and QOM2 Main Circuit Breakers Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors EDB Circuit Breakers Plug-on — — — — — — — — — Bolt-on — — QOM1-VH QOM2-VH — — EDB EGB EJB QOU QYUa — — UL 489 C60 UL1077 C60b 1 2 2 Unit Mount C60H-DC — — — Current Range 15–125 15–70 15–125 2, 3 15–70 1 15–125 2, 3 15–70 1 0.5–40 2, 3 0.5–40 1 1–63 2 1–63 1 0.5–63 3,4 0.5–35 2 0.5–35 1 0.5–35 3 100–225 2 50–125 1 10–30 3 10–100 2 10–125 1 10–100 Number of Poles Interrupting Ratings 120 Vac UL/CSA 120/240 Vac Rating 240 Vacc (kA RMS) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 480Y/277 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 65 Vdc DC Ratings 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 500 Vdc IEC 60947-2 240 Vac (50/60 Hz) 415 Vac Icu 10 10 — — — 5d 5e — — — — — 10 10 — — — 5d 5e — — — — — 10 10 10 — — 5d 5e — — — — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — 10 5 5 — 10 — 10 — — — — 20 — 10 10 — 10 — 10 — 10 — — 20 — 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — 20 10 10 10 5 — 10 — 10 — — — 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 — 10 10 — — 10 10 10 10 5 5 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — 5 5 5 5 5 — 20 — — — — — 5 5 5 5 5 5k 10 25 18 18 18 — — — — — — — 20 25 25 25 18 18 — — — — — — — 65 35 35 35 — — — — — — — — 65 65 65 35 35 — — — — — — — 100 65 65 65 — — — — — — — — 100 100 100 65 65 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — 5 5 — — 10 — — — — — Xl Xl Xl — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X X X X X X X X — — — — — X X X X X X — — — — — — g — — — — HACR f Accessories and Modifications Shunt Trip Xh Xh Xh Xh — X h X X X X X X X X X h Undervoltage Trip — — — — — — X X X X X X X X — Auxiliary Switches Xh Xh Xh Xh — — X X X X X X X X Xh Alarm Switch Xh Xh Xh Xh — — X X X X X X X X Xh Handle Operators — — — — — — X X X X X X X X — Handle Padlock X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Attachment Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Molded Case Switch — X X — — — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Height 4.05 (103) 5.09 (129)i 5.60 (142)i 4.21 (107)j 3.19 (81) 3.19 (81) Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Width 0.75 (19) 5.00 (127)i 5.07 (129)i 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 1.42 (36) in. (mm) Depth 2.92 (74) 3.47 (88)i 3.60 (91)i 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 2.56 (65) Pages Pages 7-14 Pages 1-2 Pages 7-16 through 7-19 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a QYU is a UL 1077 supplementary protector. b C60 are recognized components per UL 1077. c For information regarding 3Ø corner grounded systems see the Supplemental Digest. Page 3-22 d 1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only. e QOU is UL Listed for 60 Vdc per pole 80–100 A, 1P; 80–125 A, 2P; and 70–100 A, 3P. f HACR on QOU 1P and 3P 15–100 A, 2P 15–125 A; g UL 489A for DC Telecom applications (1-pole only). h Factory-installed option only i QOM1 and QOM2 dimensions are for 2-pole unit. j 480 V C60 height is 5.56 in. (141 mm). k 2 poles must be wired in series for 500 Vdc. l 15–70 A 1P and 2P, 15–60 A 3P © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved HACR X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X X X X X X — X — X — X — X — 5.66 (144) 0.98 (25) 4.05 (103) Page 9-17 7 Special Ratings CCC Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN Other Standard MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QOU Circuit Breakers 7-3 Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 PowerPact™ 150 A H-Frame www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 250 A J-Frame Electronic Trip Version Electronic Trip Version Circuit Breaker Type HD HG HJ HL HR JD JG JJ JL Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3a 2, 3a 3 2, 3a 2, 3a 2, 3a 2, 3a 3 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab Current Range JR Interrupting Ratings 240 Vac 25 65 100 125 200 25 65 100 125 200 480Y/277 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 480 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 600Y/347 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 600 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 250 Vdcc 20 20 20 20 — 20 20 20 20 — 500 Vdcc — — — — — — 20 — — — 240 Vac 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 415 Vac 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 CCC X X X X X X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) X X X X X X X X X X Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X X X X X Rear Connection Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Drawout Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Optional Lugs Xe Xe X X X X X X X X X UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings Connections/Terminations 7 Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Handle Operators Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Mechanical Interlocks (3P) X X X X X X X X X X Handle Padlock Attachment Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection — — — — — — — — — — X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X — X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — Xf Xf Xf — Xf Xf X X Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X X X X X X X X X X Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Electronic Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X — X X X — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — X X X — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X — X X X — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X — X X X — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 6.4 (163) 7.5 (191) Width 4.1 (104) 4.1 (104) Depth 3.4 (86) 3.4 (86) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34/9-25 Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34, 7-35/9-25 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a 2P in a 3P module. b 70–250 A with electronic trip system c Not available with electronic trip units d Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest. Section 10 e Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module). f 3P only. 7-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 250 A Q-Frame PowerPact 600 A L-Frame Circuit Breaker Type QB QD QG QJ LD LG LJ LL LR Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 70–250b 70–250b 70–250b 70–250b 70–600 70–600 70–600 70–600 70–600 Current Range Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 10 25 65 100 25 65 100 125 200 480Y/277 Vac — — — — 18 35 65 100 200 480 Vac — — — — 18 35 65 100 200 600Y/347 Vac — — — — 14 18 25 50 100 DC Ratings 600 Vac — — — — 14 18 25 50 100 250 Vdci — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdcci — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 415 Vac 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings CCC — — — — X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X — — — — — HACR (2P, 3P) X X X — X X X X X Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X X X X Rear Connection — — — — X X X X X Drawout — — — — X X X X X Optional Lugs — — — — X X X X X X Connections/Terminations Shunt Trip — — — — X X X X Undervoltage Trip — — — — X X X X X Auxiliary Switches — — — — X X X X X Alarm Switch — — — — X X X X X Motor Operator — — — — X X X X X Handle Operators — — — — X X X X X Mechanical Interlocks (3P) X X X X X X X X X Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3Pf) — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protectione — — — — X X X X X — MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Thermal-magnetic X X X X — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — — X X X X X Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X — — — — X — X X Electronic — — — — X X X X X — 7 Trip System Type Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) — — — — — — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) — — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Note: a b c d e f g h i Height 6.47 (164) 13.38 (340) Width 4.5 (114) 5.51 (140) Depth 3.93 (100) 4.33 (110) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Pages 7-24/9-24 Pages 7-25/7-33 All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. 2P in a 3P module I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only. Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. Special DC J-Frame only. Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module. Factory-installed option only. 3P only. 70–250 A with electronic trip system Not available with electronic trip units © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-5 Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 600, 612, 800 PowerPact 800 A M-Frame PowerPact 1200 A P-Frame www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 3000 A R-Frame Circuit Breaker Type MG MJ PG PJ PK PL RG RJ RK RL Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 300–800 300–800 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 240–3000 240–3000 240–3000 240–3000 Current Range Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 65 100 65 100 65 125 65 100 65 125 480Y/277 Vac 35 65 35 65 50 100 35 65 65 100 480 Vac 35 65 35 65 50 100 35 65 65 100 600Y/347 Vac 18 25 18 25 50 25 18 25 65 50 600 Vac 18 25 18 25 50 25 18 25 65 50 DC Ratings IEC (kA RMS) Icu/lcsb IEC 50/60 Hz 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdca — — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac 50/25 65/35 50/25 65/35 50/25 125/65 50/25 65/35 85/65 125/65 415 Vac 35/20 50/25 35/20 50/25 50/25 85/45 35/20 50/25 70/55 85/45 Special Ratings CCC X X X X X X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) X X X X X X X X X X Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X Xe Xe Xe Xe Rear Connection — — — — — — — — — — Drawout — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X X X X X 7 Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Handle Operators — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — X X X X — — — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection — — X X X X X X X X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic — — — — — — — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — X X — — — — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — X X X X X X X X Electronic X X X X X X X X X X Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X X X — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X X X — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) Height–in. (mm) 12.80 (325) 16.20 (413) 15 (381) Width—in. (mm) 8.30 (210) 8.30 (210) 16.50 (420) Depth—in. (mm) 8.10 (205) 8.10 (205) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Page 7-26/9-28 Page 7-27, 7-31, 7-34/9-29 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. b Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. c Requires breaker with WB suffix d 65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450–600 A ratings. e 1000 A and 1200 A only.. 7-6 14.40 (366) Page 7-28, 7-34/9-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selection Information Insulated Case Circuit Breakers Class 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact 1200 A Masterpact 6000 A Circuit Breaker Type NT-N NT-H NT-L1 NT-L NT-LF a NW-N NW-H NW-L NW-LF a NW-H NW-L NW-H NW-L Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 3, 4 3 3, 4 3 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–2000 100–2000 100–2000 100–2000 640–3000 Current Range 640–3000 1200–6000 1200–6000 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 50 65 100 200 200 65 100 200 200 100 200 100 200 480Y/277 Vac 50 50 65 100 100 65 100 150 150 100 150 100 150 480 Vac 50 50 65 100 100 65 100 150 150 100 150 100 150 600Y/347 Vac 35 50 — — — 50 85 100 100 85 100 85 100 100 600 Vac 35 50 — — — 50 85 100 100 85 100 85 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — 415 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — CCC — — — — — — — — — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN — — — — — — — — — — — — — HACR (2P, 3P) — — — — — — — — — — — — — DC Ratings IECb (kA RMS) Icu/Ics Special Ratings Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ — — — — — — — — — — — — — Rear Connection X X X X X X X X X X X X X Drawout X X X X X X X X X X X X X Optional Lugs — — — — — — — — — — — — — X Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator X X X X X X X X X X X X X Handle Operators — — — — — — — — — — — — — Mechanical Interlocks X X X X X X X X X X X X X Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock — — — — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection X X X X X X X X X X X X X Thermal-magnetic — — — — — — — — — — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X X X X X X X X X X X X X Electronic X X X X X X X X X X X X X General Purpose (NEMA 1) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — — — — MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications 7 Trip System Type Enclosures Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 12.67 (322) 17.28 (439) 17.28 (439) 17.28 (439) Width 11.25 (286) 17.74 (450) 17.74 (450) 30.94 (786) Depth 13.00 (331) 18.38 (467) 18.38 (467) 18.38 (467) Pages Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E. b See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001 7-7 Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 100 A Frame Circuit Breaker Type FA (240 V) FA www.schneider-electric.us 100 A F-Frame FH FHb FH FI Number of Poles 1, 2, 3 1 2, 3 1 1 2, 3 2, 3 FY 1 Current Range 15–100 15–100 15–100 15–30 35–100 15–100 20–100 15–30 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 10k 25k 25 65 25 65 200 14 480Y/277 Vac — 18 18 65 25 25 200 14 480 Vac — — 18 — — 25 200 — 600Y/347 Vac — — 14 — — 18 100 — 600 Vac — — 14 — — 18 100 — 250 Vdcl 5c 10c 10 10c 10c 50 — — 500 Vdcal — — — — — 20 — — 240 Vac — 18/9 — 18/9 — — — — 415 Vac 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 DC Ratings IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. 6/1.5 — For additional IEC ratings, see the Special Ratings CCC — — — — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X — HACR (2P, 3P) X — X — — — — — Unit Mount X X X X X X X — I-Line™ X X X X X X X X Rear Connection X X X — — — — — Drawout — — — — — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X X — Shunt Trip Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Undervoltage Trip Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Auxiliary Switches Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Alarm Switch Xfe Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf — — — X — — X X — Handle Operators X — X X X X — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — X — — X — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3Pf) — — X — — X — — Optional GF Protectiong — — X — — X X — Connections/Terminations Accessories and Modifications 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Motor Operator Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — X — — X — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — — — — X — — Electronic — — — — — — — — — Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X X X X Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X X X X — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X X — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X X X X — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) X X X X X X — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) — Height 6 (152) 6 (152) 8 (203) Width 4.5 (114) 4.5 (114) 4.5 (114) 4.13 (105) 4.13 (105) 4.75 (121) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Supplemental Digest Section 3/Page 9-24 Supplemental Digest Section 3/Pages 9-24 Pages 9-23 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. f Factory-installed option only. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. g Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip and 3P module. b 65 kA @120 Vac h Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module). c 1Ø 125 Vdc rating only. i 2P in a 3P module. d Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see j 3P only. the Supplemental Digest. Section 10 k 1P FA is 120 Vac. e Not available on 1P FA (240 V). l Not available with electronic trip units 7-8 Depth © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breaker Class 500, 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us 250 A K-Frame Circuit Breaker Type Number of Poles Current Range 400 A L-Frame 600 A L-Frame KI Q4 LA LH LI 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 LXI 3 110–250 250–400 125–400 125–400 300–600 100–600 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 200 25 42 65 200 200 480Y/277 Vac 200 — 30 35 200 200 480 Vac 200 — 30 35 200 200 600Y/347 Vac 100 — 22 25 100 100 600 Vac 100 — 22 25 100 100 250 Vdc — — 10 50 — — 500 Vdca — — — 20 — — 240 Vac — — — — — — 415 Vac 130/65 — 20/5 20/5 — — — DC Ratings IEC 60947-2 (kA RMS) Icu/lcsb IEC 50/60 Hz For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest Section 10. Special Ratings CCC — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) — — X X — — Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X Rear Connection — X X X — — Drawout — — — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X Shunt Trip Xc X X X X Undervoltage Trip Xc X X X X X Auxiliary Switches Xc X X X X X Alarm Switch Xc X X X X X Motor Operator X X X X — — Handle Operators — X X X — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — Xd Xd — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — X X X — — Xec — — — — Xd Optional GF Protection MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Thermal-magnetic X X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — X X — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — — X — — Electronic — — — — — X 7 Trip System Type Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) — X X X — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 8 (203) 11 (279) Width 4.5 (114) 6 (152) 4.75 (121) 5.84 (148) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27 Pages 9-26 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. b Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. c Factory-installed option only. d Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix . e Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip. Available only for 3P. f 65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450 A–600 A ratings © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Depth — — 11.86 (301) 7.5 (190) 6.74 (171) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27 7-9 QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD panelboards, NQOD OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD panelboards or interiors.a The QO exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers. Table 7.1: Amperes Rating b Plug-On Circuit Breakers 1P—120/240 Vac Cat. No. QO 1P 1 Space Required QOT 1P Tandem 1 Space Required $ Price Table 7.2: 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip Cat. No. 10 k AIR 10 A QO110 29.10 QO210 15 A QO115 de 29.10 QO215d 20 A QO120 de 29.10 QO220 d 25 A QO125 d 29.10 QO225d 30 A QO130 d 29.10 QO230d 35 A QO135 d 29.10 QO235d 40 A QO140 d 29.10 QO240 d 45 A QO145 d 29.10 QO245d 50 A QO150 d 29.10 QO250d 60 A QO160 d 29.10 QO260d 70 A QO170 d 67.00 QO270d 80 A — — QO280d 90 A — — QO290d 100 A — — QO2100d 110 A — — QO2110d 125 A — — QO2125d 150 A — — QO2150dfk 175 A — — QO2175 dfk 200 A — — QO2200dfk Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac — Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac — 2P—240 Vac c Common Trip $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 428.00 491.00 491.00 491.00 — — — — QO215H 200.00 QO220H 200.00 QO225H 200.00 QO230H 200.00 — — QO240H 200.00 — — QO250H 200.00 QO260H 200.00 QO270H 224.00 QO280H 315.00 QO290H 315.00 QO2100H 315.00 — — — — — — — — — — QO200 70.00 QO2000i 200.00 3P—240 Vac Common Trip Cat. No. $ Price QO310 QO315d QO320d QO325d QO330d QO335d QO340d QO345d QO350d QO360d QO370d QO380d QO390d QO3100d — — — — — QO300 QO3000i 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 315.00 366.00 366.00 366.00 — — — — — 248.00 366.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 AIRd QO 2P 2 Spaces Required 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QO2200 2P 200 A 4 Spaces Required QO 3P 3 Spaces Required 22 k 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A Ampere Rating Poles Suffix 10–30 A 35–60 A 35–50 A 70–110 A 60–100 A 1, 2, 3 1,2 3 2 3 5237 Table 7.3: Circuit Breaker Type QO 1P QO 2P QO 3P QOB-VH QOT QO-AFI, QO-GFI & QO-EPD QO115VHe QO120VHe QO125VH QO130VH 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 QO215VHg QO220VHg QO225VHg QO230VH g 146.00 146.00 146.00 146.00 — — — — — — — — QO315VHg QO320VHg QO325VHg QO330VHg 40 A QO140VH 73.00 QO240VHg 146.00 — — QO340VHg 371.00 50 A QO150VH 73.00 QO250VHg QO350VHg 371.00 Ampere Ratingb 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 42 k AIRd 40 A 45 A 50 A QO160VH QO170VH — — — — — — — — — — — 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A — — — — — — — QO-QOB Ring Terminal (20% $ Price Adder)— Factory Installed Only QO-PL Table 7.4: 5238 5273 Wire Sizesb Ampere Rating 10–30 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 10–30 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A 150–200 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A 110–150 A 15–20 A 15–30 A 40, 50, 60 A 10–60 A Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 12–4 Al 14–6 Cu 12–2 Al 14–2 Cu QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers Cat. No.d $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac 15 A & 15 A QOT1515 15 A & 20 A QOT1520 20 A & 20 A QOT2020 2P—120/240 Vac 58.00 58.00 58.00 146.00 — — 73.00 QO260VHg 146.00 112.00 QO270VHg 224.00 — QO280VHg 315.00 315.00 — QO290VHg — QO2100VHgh 315.00 — QO2110VHgh 1034.00 — QO2125VHgh 1034.00 — QO2150VHfgk 1061.00 — QO2175VHfgk 1061.00 — QO2200VHfgk 1061.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QO360VHg QO370VHg QO380VHg QO390VHg QO3100VH g — — — — — 371.00 477.00 530.00 530.00 530.00 — — — — — — — — QOH240i QOH245i QOH250i 317.00 317.00 317.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — For Use in Old Style Non-Class CTL QO Load Centers—10 k AIR Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d — — — — — — — QOH260 i QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 i QOH2125 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 1389.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required 15 &A 15 A QO1515 73.00 15 A & 20 A QO1520 73.00 20 A & 20 A QO2020 73.00 20 A & 30 A QO2030 73.00 30 A & 20 A QO3020 73.00 Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required 65 k AIRd Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. Table 7.5: 15 A & 15 A 15 A QH115e 117.00 QH215 293.00 — — QH315d 507.00 20 A QH120e 117.00 QH220 293.00 — — QH320 507.00 25 A QH125i 117.00 QH225 i 293.00 — — QH325i 507.00 117.00 QH230 293.00 — — QH330 507.00 30 A QH130 a See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors. b 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. c UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems. d UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. e UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. f Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. g UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QOT,QOCAFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level. h 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite. i Order only. Contact your local Field Office. j Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT. k Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. 15 A & 20 A 20 A & 20 A 20 A & 30 A 30 A & 20 A Replacement Tandem Circuit Breakers $ Price Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. — — QO20303020j 134.00 — — QOT Tandem Pan Rail Slot Circuit limiting QOT tandem circuit breakers have a mounting cam as shown. Installation into a QO load center can only be made in those positions having a mounting Mounting Cam pan rail slot. Meets Rail Bead Paragraph 408.15 of the NEC®. UL Listed as Class CTL Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12 DimensionsPage 7-54 7-10 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 1P QO-PCAFI Circuit Breaker Type Combination Arc-fault Interrupter (Pigtail Neutral) Plug-On Neutral Arc-Fault Interrupter Circuit Breaker Type Combination Arc-Fault Interrupter (Pigtail Neutral) 1P QO-DF 1P QO-PDF Circuit Breaker Type Two-wire QO-SWN Three-wire QO-SWN Combination Arc-fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter with Pigtail Neutral Plug-On Neutral Combination Arc-fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 2P QO-GFI 3P QO-GFI Ampere Ratingc (A) 1P QO-GFI 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 QO120CAFI 282.00 QO120VHCAFI Two-Pole 2P 120/240 Vac 2P 120/240 Vac Ampere 10 k AIR 22 k AIR Rating 2 Space Required 2 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 15 A QO215CAFI 636.00 QO215VHCAFI 1068.00 20 A QO220CAFI 636.00 QO220VHCAFI 1068.00 QO Dual Function Circuit Breakers 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price Ampere Rating 1P 120 Vac 22 k AIR 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price 15 A QO115DF 326.00 QO115VHDF 578.00 20 A QO120DF 326.00 QO120VHDF 578.00 15 A QO115PDF 326.00 QO115VHPDF 578.00 20 A QO120PDF 326.00 QO120VHPDF 578.00 QO-GFI Circuit Breakers 1P 120 Vac 10 k AIR 1 Space Required $ Cat. No. Price 15 QO115EPD 410. 20 QO120EPD 410. 25 QO125EPD 410. 30 QO130EPD 410. 40 — — 50 — — 60 — — 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price QO215EPD 660. QO220EPD 660. QO225EPD 660. QO230EPD 660. QO240EPD 660. QO250EPD 660. QO260EPDd 660. Cat. No. $ Price QO315EPDe 1077. QO320EPDe 1077. — — QO330EPDe 1077. QO340EPDe 1077. QO350EPDe 1077. — — DE2A 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A Cat. No. Table 7.11: QO-HID Circuit Breakers 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 1P 120/240 Vac Ampere Ratingc 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 15 A QO115HIDb 38.10 QO215HID 87.00 20 A QO120HIDb 38.10 QO220HID 87.00 25 A QO125HID 38.10 QO225HID 87.00 30 A QO130HID 38.10 QO230HID 87.00 40 A QO140HID 38.10 QO240HID 87.00 50 A QO150HID 38.10 QO250HID 87.00 NOTE: QO-K Circuit Breakers are on page 7-63. Cat. No. $ Price QO315HID 300.00 QO320HID 300.00 QO325HID 300.00 QO330HID 300.00 — — — — QO-HM High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. Table 7.12: QO-HM Circuit Breakers Ampere Ratingc 120 Vac—10 k AIR 15 A 20 A 1P Cat. No QO115HMab QO120HMab $ Price 30.60 30.60 Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when the handle is switched to the OFF position. Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that have an available fault current greater than the values listed in the table. Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are CSA certified. Table 7.13: QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA Ampere Rating a b c e $ Price 3 Wire 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price — — QO315SWN 143.00 QO320SWN 143.00 — — QO330SWN 143.00 QO340SWN 143.00 QO350SWN 143.00 QO-HID HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit breakers. d QO-EPD Circuit Breakers QO-SWN Circuit Breakers 2 Wire 120 Vac 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price QO210SWN 95.00 QO215SWN 95.00 QO220SWN 95.00 QO225SWN 95.00 QO230SWN 95.00 QO240SWN 95.00 QO250SWN 95.00 Ampere Ratingc 534.00 QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00 QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00 QO-EPD/EPE QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection. They are designed to provide ground fault protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level (EPD) or 100 milliamp level (EPE). They are not designed to protect people from electrical shock. Ampere Ratingc (A) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 15 A 20 A Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip 1P 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 Vac 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 1 Space 3 Spaces 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required Required Required $ $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO315GFI 791. QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO320GFI 791. QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413. — — QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. QO330GFI 791. — — — — QO240GFI 413. QO340GFI 791. — — — — QO250GFI 413. QO350GFI 791. — — — — QO260GFId 413. — — Table 7.9: QO 1P With Shunt Trip 20 A QO-GFI Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping. Table 7.8: Table 7.10: One-Pole 1P 120 Vac 1P 120 Vac Ampere 10 k AIR 22 k AIR Rating 1 Space Required 1 Space Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 15 A QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00 QO™ Dual Function Circuit Breaker QO Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (Dual Function) provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in a single device in accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and UL943. Table 7.7: QO-SWN Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC™ 514.11 2P 3P Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 60 A QO200 70.00 QO300 248.00 100 A QO2000 200.00 QO3000 366.00 UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60° C or 75° C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75° C conductors. Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection. See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix. Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 QO315EPEe1077. QO320EPEe1077. — — QO330EPEe1077. QO340EPEe1077. QO350EPEe1077. — — Discount Schedule MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1P QO-CAFI QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker (Pigtail and Plug-On Neutral) QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with UL1699. Table 7.6: QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa 7-11 7 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers Table 7.14: QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories for Use with QO™ and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Handle Attachments Description Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle tie and lock-off for three 1P QO, QOB circuit breakers Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding QO or Q1 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment: for Padlocking in ON or OFF position For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment. For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position. Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Handle Padlock Attachment: for For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position Padlocking in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Ring Terminal Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option. Sub-Feed Lugs 60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu) 125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) 225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu) 125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-byMechanical Interlock Attachment side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU) QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit With Retaining Kit: breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. a Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. QO1PL QO1PA Cat. No. QO1HT QOTHT QO3HT QO1LO HLO1 $ Price Schedule 3.80 DE2E 3.80 DE2E 13.40 DE2E 3.80 DE2E 9.90 DE2E QOHPL QO1PA QOTHPA GFI2PA 9.50 10.70 11.10 9.20 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2A QO1HPL QO1PL QO1PAF QO2PAF 10.70 10.70 43.50 25.80 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOGFI1PAF 51.00 DE2E QOGFI2PAF 38.40 DE2E +20% Price Adder 47.10 137.00 308.00 137.00 DE2A DE2A DE2A DE2A DE3 QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E See Page 7-10 QO60SL QO2125SL QO2225SLa QO3125SL QO1PAF QO1LO QO1HT HLO1 QO2DTI QO2PAF 7 QO1HPL QOGFI2PAF QOTHPA MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QOHPL Factory-Installed Accessories for Use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO™, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI, QO-CAFI or OQ-PCAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers. Table 7.15: Accessory Factory-Installed Accessories Description Rated Voltage Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip AC/DC coil energized from a separate circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will AC operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% or more of rated voltage. Shunt Trip 7-12 12 24 120 208 240 Coil Cat. No. Burden Suffix 60 VA 168 VA 72 VA 228 VA 288 VA $ Price Accessory Adder -1042 189.00 -1021 189.00 Auxiliary Switches Description Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. Application Contact Max. Comb. Voltage Max. Load Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder 1A 1B AC 120 AC 120 5A 5A -1200 -1201 132.00 132.00 1A AC 120 5A -2100 132.00 • Application • For use with momentary or maintained push button. • Not available on QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI. • Shunt trip terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu. Alarm Switches Auxiliary switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Used with control circuits and is actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard construction includes a normallyopen contact. Application • DE2A DE2E DE3 Alarm switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components Main Lug Rating Voltage System Max. No. 1P Mounting Bases Cat. No. QON2L40 QON120L125I Solid Neutral Assemblies Main Lug Rating Number of Branch Neutral Terminals Cat. No. $ Price 125 A 125 A 200 A 200 A 225 A 12 20 12 30 42 SN12125 SN20 SN12200 SN30 SN42 36.30 39.50 40.70 54.00 63.00 Table 7.18: Description One-conductor Mounting Base Two-conductor Mounting Base Three-conductor Mounting Base Table 7.19: Main Neutral Lug Wire Size Cu/Al 4–2/0 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size Cu 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG Al 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 7 Table 7.17: Multi-9 Mounting Bases for UL489 C60, 240 Vac max. Poles 12 24 36 48 60 12 24 36 48 60 12 24 36 48 60 Amperes 200 A 150 A 200 A 100 A 200 A Length in. 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 mm 264 366 483 584 699 264 366 483 584 699 264 366 483 584 699 Cat. No.e $ Price US11220018 US12420018 US13620018 US14820018 US16020018 US21215018 US22420018 US23620018 US24820018 US26020018 US31210018 US32420018 US33620018 US34820018 US36020018 330.00 476.00 632.00 810.00 972.00 429.00 645.00 887.00 1140.00 1359.00 467.00 701.00 960.00 1245.00 1547.00 Accessories for US Mounting Base for UL489 C60 Description Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable e DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers 70 A 2 2 QON2L70 27.30 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al 125 A 4 4 SK9948BW 75.00 12–1/0 Cu/Al 125 A 4 4 SK9842 78.00 12–1/0 Cu/Al 1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 125 A 6 6 SK9795 84.00 12–1/0 Cu/Al (Without Neutral Assembly) 125 A 6 6 SK9801 108.00 12–1/0 Cu/Al 150 A 6 6 SK9796BW 131.00 8–3/0 Cu/Al 150 A 8 8 SK9797 140.00 8–3/0 Cu/Al 40 A 2 2 QON2L40 35.00 14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al 70 A 2 4 QON24L70 50.00 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al 100 A 6 12 QON612L100 70.00 8–1/0 Cu/Al 100 A 8 16 QON816L100 92.00 8–1/0 Cu/Al 100 A 12 12 QON12L100 113.00 12–2/0 Cu/Al 100 A 12 12 QON12L100SFb 161.00 6–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 12 12 QON112L125I 120.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 12 24 QON11224L125I 168.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 16 16 QON116L125I 131.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 16 24 QON11624L125I 191.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 125 A 20 20 QON120L125I 225.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 24 24 QON124L125I 263.00 6–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 32 32 QON132L125I 360.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 20 24 QON12024L125I 263.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 150 A 24 24 QON124L150I 263.00 4–250 Cu/Al 200 A 12 12 QON124L200I 339.00 4–250 Cu/Al 200 A 12 12 QON12L200FTLc 500.00 4–250 Cu/Al 200 A 24 24 QON124L200I 339.00 4–250 Cu/Al 200 A 24 24 QON124L200DLd 500.00 (2) 4–300 Cu/Al 200 A 30 30 QON130L200I 417.00 4–250 Cu/Al 225 A 42 42 QON142L225I 599.00 4–300 Cu/Al 125 A 12 12 QON312L125 251.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 20 20 QON320L125 380.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 24 24 QON324L125 395.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200 327.00 4–300 Cu/Al (Without Neutral Assy.) 200 A 24 24 QON324L200 402.00 4–300 Cu/Al 200 A 30 30 QON330L200 477.00 4–300 Cu/Al 225 A 42 42 QON342L225 674.00 4–300 Cu/Al 60 A 3 3 QON403L60N 49.80 12–6 Cu/Al 125 A 12 12 QON312L125I 281.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 20 20 QON320L125I a 441.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 125 A 24 24 QON324L125I 461.00 4–2/0 Cu/Al 3Ø4W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200I 426.00 4–300 Cu/Al 200 A 24 24 QON324L200I 468.00 4–300 Cu/Al 200 A 30 30 QON330L200I a 528.00 4–300 Cu/Al 225 A 42 42 QON342L225I 716.00 4–300 Cu/Al QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers 70 A 1 1 QOMB1 29.60 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al 1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 70 A 2 2 QOMB2 59.00 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al (Without Neutral Assembly) 70 A 3 3 QOMB3 87.00 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers 3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC 100 A 3 3 QON3B 56.00 12–1 Cu/Al (Without Neutral Assembly) a Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems. b Device comes with factory-installed sub-feed lugs. c Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs. d Device comes with factory-installed dual-line lugs. SN12125 US Mounting Base for UL489 C60 (3 conductor shown) 1P Spaces DE3A DE2 Discount Schedule MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.16: Cat. No.e USMBLK USMBTC $ Price 24.00 49.50 7-13 QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers / QYU Supplementary Protectors Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Low Ampere QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM applications. They have the Square D™ circuit breaker’s unique Visi-Trip™ feature and can be DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet. General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers • Low Ampere QOU • • • • For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN mount (symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022) Single handle with internal common trip Terminal lug wire size (1) 14–2 AWG Cu or Al Reversible line and load lugs Field-installable quick connectors Table 7.20: Ampere Rating 7 Ampere Rating MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 15 A 20 A Table 7.22: Ampere Rating 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A High Ampere QOU UL Listed 48 Vdc (5 k AIR) UL Listed as HACR Type: 10–70 A High magnetic trip circuit breakers (QOU-HM) are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. For DIN mounting rails, see IEC Starters and Relays, Section 18. • QOU Low Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. 10 k AIR 10 A QOU110 15 A QOU115 20 A QOU120 25 A QOU125 30 A QOU130 40.20 35 A QOU135 40 A QOU140 45 A QOU145 50 A QOU150 60 A QOU160 70 A QOU170 78.00 22 k AIR 15 A QOU115VH 20 A QOU120VH 25 A QOU125VH 30 A QOU130VH 35 A QOU135VH 101.00 40 A QOU140VH 45 A QOU145VH 50 A QOU150VH 60 A QOU160VH a QOU-H interrupting rating is 10 kA at 240 Vac. Table 7.21: • • • 2P 240 Vac $ Price QOU210 QOU215 QOU220 QOU225 QOU230 QOU235 QOU240 QOU245 QOU250 QOU260 QOU270 87.00 171.00 QOU215VH QOU220VH QOU225VH QOU230VH QOU235VH QOU240VH QOU245VH QOU250VH QOU260VH 3P 240 Vac Cat. No.a $ Price Cat. No. — QOU215H QOU220H QOU225H QOU230H — — — — — — — — — — — — QOU310 QOU315 QOU320 QOU325 QOU330 QOU335 QOU340 QOU345 QOU350 QOU360 QOU370 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QOU315VH QOU320VH QOU325VH QOU330VH — — — — — 189.00 168.00 $ Price 285.00 363.00 426.00 — — — — — QOU-HM Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR) 1P 120/240 Vac 2P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. QOU115HM QOU120HM $ Price Cat. No. — — 40.20 2P 240 Vac $ Price — — Cat. No. — — 3P 240 Vac $ Price — — Cat. No. — — $ Price — — QYU UL1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (5 k AIR) 1P 277 Vac Cat. No. QYU110 QYU115 QYU120 QYU125 QYU130 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. — — — — — 122.00 $ Price — — — — — 2P 240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — $ Price — — — — — 3P 240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — $ Price — — — — — High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers General Specifications Common to All High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers • • • • • Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount. Internal common trip. Non-reversible line and load lugs. Terminal lug wire size (1) 12– 2/0 AWG Cu or Al. UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5 k AIR). (Note: except switches) Table 7.23: Ampere Rating 80 A 90 A 100 A 125 A Table 7.24: Ampere Rating 60 A 100 A 125 A • • UL Listed as HACR type, 80–125 A. Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or short circuit protection. They are UL Listed per UL1087 and are CSA certified. QOU High Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR) 1P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. QOU180 QOU190 QOU1100 — 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. QOU280 QOU290 QOU2100 QOU2125 176.00 — 2P 240 Vac $ Price 246.00 452.00 Cat. No. — — — — 3P 240 Vac $ Price — — — — Cat. No. QOU380 QOU390 QOU3100 — $ Price 416.00 — QOU Non-Automatic Switches 1P 120 Vac Cat. No. — — — $ Price 2P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — — $ Price — — — 2P 240 Vac Cat. No. QOU200 QOU2000 QOU20001 $ Price 87.00 246.00 452.00 3P 240 Vac Cat. No. QOU300 QOU3000 QOU30001 $ Price 285.00 416.00 716.00 Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12, 7-15 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 7-14 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Accessories Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Cover and Cover Screw QOU14100JBAF QOURT Field-installable Ring Tongue Terminal Connector Description Order Qty. Cat. No. Unit $ Price Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU, 10–60 A Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 4P Jumper bar cover Mounting screw for jumper bar cover 6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 6P jumper bar cover — — — Suffix -5283 Suffix -5280 QOU1PA Add 20% to price Add 20% to price 10.10 Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH QOUEC Fieldinstallable Quick Connector Crimp connectors are not included with Square D brand connectors 1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker 1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker 2P DIN Mounted QOU Circuit Breakers Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor Mounting Foot QOUMF1 Quick connector end connection wiring Quick connector forward or reverse wiring 1P QOU mounting foot 2P QOU mounting foot 3P QOU mounting foot Tapped Mounting Foot Suffix–3100 Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A Packaged with circuit breaker Individually packaged Bulk packed Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 2P circuit breaker can be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or 3P circuit breaker on the right. a For use on low and high ampere QOU. b 10–70 A 1P and 2P, 10–60 A 3P. c DE2E Discount Schedule — — — — — 1 1 1 40 40 40 40 40 1 40 40 40 40 QOU1PL 10.10 QOU1PAFLAc 43.50 QOU2PAFLAc 25.80 Suffix -7100 Add 20% to price HLO1c 9.90 QOU14100JBAF 73.00 QOU14100JBAR 73.00 QOU14100JBAL 73.00 QOU14100BAFB 53.00 QOU14100BALB 53.00 QOU14100BARB 53.00 QOU14100CAB 13.20 QOU1CMSB 0.35 QOU16150JBAF 99.00 QOU16150BAFB 69.00 QOU16150BALB 69.00 QOU16150BARB 69.00 QOU16150CAB 17.10 1 10 1 10 1 40 1 40 1 40 1 40 1 40 1 40 1 80 1 40 1 40 1 80 1 40 1 24 BCVac BCVBac BCHac BCHBac QOUHFSC1 QOUHFSC1B QOULFSC1 QOULFSC1B QOUCP2 QOUCP2B QOUCP3 QOUCP3B QOUCP4 QOUCP4B QOUCP6 QOUCP6B QOURT QOURTB QOUEC QOUECB QOUFR QOUFRB QOUMF1a QOUMF1Ba QOUMF2a QOUMF2Ba QOUMF3a QOUMF3Ba 30.80 30.80 30.80 30.80 2.60 2.10 2.60 2.10 8.30 6.60 15.80 12.80 9.90 7.90 15.60 12.20 5.70 4.40 5.70 4.40 5.70 4.40 0.71 0.54 1.40 1.10 2.30 1.70 1 80 Suffix -3100 QOUMFS1 QOUMFS1B Add 20% to price 2.40 2.30 1 QOU2DTILA b 24.90 7 4P Jumper Bar Assembly Base Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted) For QOUQ Low Ampere Circuit Breakers with Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of the circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated female quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not exceed the rating of the circuit breaker. Table 7.26: QOUQ Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals Poles Order Qty. Cat. No. 1 2 3 1 1 1 Change QOU to QOUQ Unit $ Price Adder 8.90 17.70 26.40 Electrical Accessories for QOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2A DE2E Discount Schedule MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.25: 7-15 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 489 C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 240 V Miniature Circuit Breakers • • • • UL 489 Listed and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 for branch circuit protection Eliminates concerns and uncertainty of using a UL 1077 device where a UL 489 device is required Replaces fuses in low-ampere range; 17 ratings up to 35 A • • Trip Curve 1P C60 2P C60 Use • • • • Magnetic Release C For typical loads 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) D For high inrush 10–14 x ampere rating Table 7.27: • www.schneider-electric.us 10 k AIR (1P @ 120 Vac; 2P and 3P @ 240 Vac) 60 Vdc for 1P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve circuit breakers only, see table below) Increased installation flexibility with standard box lugs or optional ring terminals Allows easy front-mounting and rear wiring when using ring terminals A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Suitable for reverse feeding Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect UL 489 Circuit Breakers (120/240 V) C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC) Rating (A) 1Pa Cat. No. 2Pb D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating 3P 1P 2P 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 120.00 120.00 60134 60135 60136 60137 60138 60139 60140 60141 60142 60143 60144 60145 60146 60147 60148 60149 60150 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 257.00 257.00 — 60168 60169 60170 60171 60172 60173 60174 60175 60176 60177 60178 60179 60180 60181 60182 60183 — 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 372.00 372.00 60117 60118 60119 60120 60121 60122 60123 60124 60125 60126 60127 60128 60129 60130 60131 60132 60133 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 120.00 120.00 60151 60152 60153 60154 60155 60156 60157 60158 60159 60160 60161 60162 60163 60164 60165 60166 60167 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 257.00 257.00 — 60184 60185 60186 60187 60188 60189 60190 60191 60192 60193 60194 60195 60196 60197 60198 60199 — 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 372.00 372.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 60234 60235 60236 60237 60238 60239 60240 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 — 60268 60269 60270 60271 60272 60273 — 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 60217 60218 60219 60220 60221 60222 60223 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 60251 60252 60253 60254 60255 60256 60257 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 — 60284 60285 60286 60287 60288 60289 — 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 6 60207 122.00 122.00 7 60208 8 60209 122.00 10 60210 122.00 13 60211 122.00 15 60212 122.00 20 60213 122.00 25 60214 122.00 30 60215 126.00 35 60216 126.00 1P dual rated 120 Vac/60 Vdc. 2P dual rated 240 Vac/125 Vdc. 60241 60242 60243 60244 60245 60246 60247 60248 60249 60250 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 273.00 273.00 60274 60275 60276 60277 60278 60279 60280 60281 60282 60283 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 395.00 395.00 60224 60225 60226 60227 60228 60229 60230 60231 60232 60233 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 126.00 126.00 60258 60259 60260 60261 60262 60263 60264 60265 60266 60267 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 273.00 273.00 60290 60291 60292 60293 60294 60295 60296 60297 60298 60299 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 395.00 395.00 Box Lug/Box Lug 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 15 20 25 30 35 3P C60 60100 60101 60102 60103 60104 60105 60106 60107 60108 60109 60110 60111 60112 60113 60114 60115 60116 Ring Tongue/Ring Tongue 7 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Box Lug C60 a b 60200 60201 60202 60203 60204 60205 60206 Interrupting ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-13 DIN Mounting Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 18 Ring Tongue C60 Box/Ring C60 7-16 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 489 C60 480 Vac and UL489A C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 480V Miniature Circuit Breakers • • • • UL 489 Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 5.1; Also IEC 60947-2; CE marked 480Y/277 Vac @ 10 kA (2P and 3P), 277 Vac @ 10 kA (1P) 0.5 A through 20 A 1P, 2P, 3P, 18 mm wide per pole Trip Curve 1P UL489 C60 Use Magnetic Release C For typical loads 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) D For high inrush 10–14 x ampere rating • • • • • • UL 486B Listed single-barrel lug: (2) 18–10 AWG (1-25 mm2) cables, Cu only Optional ring tongue terminals A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Suitable for reverse feeding Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect Table 7.28: UL 489 Circuit Breakers (480Y/277 Vac) C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC) Rating (A) 1P Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating 3P $ Price 1P Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Single-Barrel Wire Lug 2P UL489 C60 0.5 MGN61300 168.00 — — — — MGN61333 168.00 — — — — 1 MGN61301 168.00 MGN61312 357.00 MGN61323 519.00 MGN61334 168.00 MGN61345 357.00 MGN61356 519.00 2 MGN61302 168.00 MGN61313 357.00 MGN61324 519.00 MGN61335 168.00 MGN61346 357.00 MGN61357 519.00 3 MGN61303 168.00 MGN61314 357.00 MGN61325 519.00 MGN61336 168.00 MGN61347 357.00 MGN61358 519.00 4 MGN61304 168.00 MGN61315 357.00 MGN61326 519.00 MGN61337 168.00 MGN61348 357.00 MGN61359 519.00 5 MGN61305 168.00 MGN61316 357.00 MGN61327 519.00 MGN61338 168.00 MGN61349 357.00 MGN61360 519.00 6 MGN61306 168.00 MGN61317 357.00 MGN61328 519.00 MGN61339 168.00 MGN61350 357.00 MGN61361 519.00 8 MGN61307 168.00 MGN61318 357.00 MGN61329 519.00 MGN61340 168.00 MGN61351 357.00 MGN61362 519.00 10 MGN61308 168.00 MGN61319 357.00 MGN61330 519.00 MGN61341 168.00 MGN61352 357.00 MGN61363 519.00 15 MGN61309 168.00 MGN61320 357.00 MGN61331 519.00 MGN61342 168.00 MGN61353 357.00 MGN61364 519.00 20 MGN61310 168.00 MGN61321 357.00 MGN61332 519.00 MGN61343 168.00 MGN61354 357.00 MGN61365 519.00 3P UL489 C60 0.5 MGN61366 168.00 — — — — MGN61399 168.00 — — — — 1 MGN61367 168.00 MGN61378 357.00 MGN61389 519.00 MGN61400 168.00 MGN61411 357.00 MGN61422 519.00 2 MGN61368 168.00 MGN61379 357.00 MGN61390 519.00 MGN61401 168.00 MGN61412 357.00 MGN61423 519.00 3 MGN61369 168.00 MGN61380 357.00 MGN61391 519.00 MGN61402 168.00 MGN61413 357.00 MGN61424 519.00 4 MGN61370 168.00 MGN61381 357.00 MGN61392 519.00 MGN61403 168.00 MGN61414 357.00 MGN61425 519.00 5 MGN61371 168.00 MGN61382 357.00 MGN61393 519.00 MGN61404 168.00 MGN61415 357.00 MGN61426 519.00 6 MGN61372 168.00 MGN61383 357.00 MGN61394 519.00 MGN61405 168.00 MGN61416 357.00 MGN61427 519.00 8 MGN61373 168.00 MGN61384 357.00 MGN61395 519.00 MGN61406 168.00 MGN61417 357.00 MGN61428 519.00 10 MGN61374 168.00 MGN61385 357.00 MGN61396 519.00 MGN61407 168.00 MGN61418 357.00 MGN61429 519.00 15 MGN61375 168.00 MGN61386 357.00 MGN61397 519.00 MGN61408 168.00 MGN61419 357.00 MGN61430 519.00 20 MGN61376 168.00 MGN61387 357.00 MGN61398 519.00 MGN61409 168.00 MGN61420 357.00 MGN61431 519.00 Multi 9 C60 UL 489A Listed Miniature Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunication Applications A limited range of C60 products are UL Listed as UL 489A circuit breakers for protection of DC telecommunications circuits. UL 489A Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunications Applications (1P, 2 Modules, C curve) Rating (A) Cat. No. $ Price Rating (A) Cat. No. $ Price 0.5 60406 120.00 10 60414 101.00 1 60407 101.00 13 60415 101.00 2 60408 101.00 15 60416 101.00 3 60409 101.00 20 60417 101.00 4 60410 101.00 30 60418 101.00 5 60411 101.00 40 60419 111.00 6 60412 101.00 50 60420 117.00 8 60413 101.00 60 60421 123.00 7 Table 7.29: Interrupting Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Ring Tongue Terminal 7-17 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL1077 C60H Circuit Breakers, UL1053 Ground Fault Protectors Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (250 and 500 Vdc) The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits (industrial control and automation, transport, renewable energy, etc.). They provide overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment. • • • • • • Range from 0.5–40 A 5 k AIR at 250 Vdc (1-pole) and 5 k AIR at 500 Vdc (2-pole, wired in series) Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect C-Curve: 7 to14 times ampere rating UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2, CCC and CE mark . Table 7.30: Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors 1P C60H-DC 1-Pole 24–250 Vdc 2-Pole 24–500 Vdc Current (A)a Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 0.5 MGN61500 182.00 MGN61520 392.00 1 MGN61501 182.00 MGN61521 392.00 2 MGN61502 182.00 MGN61522 392.00 3 MGN61503 182.00 MGN61523 392.00 4 MGN61504 182.00 MGN61524 392.00 5 MGN61505 182.00 MGN61525 392.00 6 MGN61506 182.00 MGN61526 392.00 10 MGN61508 182.00 MGN61528 392.00 13 MGN61509 182.00 MGN61529 392.00 15 MGN61510 182.00 MGN61530 392.00 16 MGN61511 182.00 MGN61531 392.00 20 MGN61512 182.00 MGN61532 392.00 25 MGN61513 182.00 MGN61533 392.00 30 MGN61514 182.00 MGN61534 392.00 32 MGN61515 182.00 MGN61535 392.00 40 MGN61517 200.00 MGN61537 412.00 a At 25°C/77°F, for other temperatures see temperature derating table in Multi 9 Catalog 0860CT0201R1/08 2P C60H-DC Multi 9 UL1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors • • • • • • Provides ground fault protection for electrical circuits. Available in 2P (2-wire) and 4P (3- or 4-wire) versions Provides no thermal or magnetic protection. The circuit must be protected by an upstream device. Contains Si Technology to increase immunity to noise and to minimize the potential for nuisance tripping in noisy electrical environments. Tripped condition due to a ground fault is displayed on the front face by a red mechanical indicator. DIN rail mounting for easy installation. 7 . Table 7.31: Multi 9 UL 1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P 2P GFP 4P UL1053 UL1053 120/240 Vac, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 277 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz IEC 61008 230 Vac, 240 Vac, 50 Hz 4P GFP (3- or 4-wire) Current Maximum (A) Sensitivity (mA) 30 25 100 300 30 40 100 300 30 63 100 300 80 300 100 300 Tripping Range 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 221 to 299 mA 221 to 299 mA UL1053 240 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz IEC 61008 IEC 61008 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz Family Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 300 GFP 300 60949 60950 60951 60952 60953 60954 60955 60956 60957 60958 60959 633.00 570.00 444.00 666.00 600.00 467.00 1001.00 900.00 701.00 933.00 1097.00 60969 60970 60971 60972 60973 60974 60975 60976 60977 60978 60979 696.00 627.00 488.00 734.00 660.00 513.00 1100.00 990.00 770.00 1026.00 1206.00 60989 60990 60991 60992 60993 60994 60995 60996 60997 60998 60999 720.00 648.00 504.00 758.00 683.00 531.00 1136.00 1023.00 795.00 1272.00 1496.00 Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 7-18 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 1077 C60 Supplementary Protectors Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Intended for use within equipment where branch circuit protection is already provided or not needed Table 7.32: Rating (A) 1P UL 1077 C60 2P UL 1077 C60 3P UL 1077 C60 4P UL 1077 C60 Trip Curve B C D Use For sensitive equipment For typical loads For high inrush Magnetic Release 3.2–4.8 x ampere rating 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) 10–14 x ampere rating UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors 1P $ Price 2P B Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 3.2 and 4.8 Times Ampere Rating 1 MG24110 101.00 MG24125 1.2 MG17402 101.00 MG17432 1.5 MG17403 101.00 MG17433 2 MG24111 101.00 MG24126 3 MG24112 101.00 MG24127 4 MG24113 101.00 MG24128 5 MG17404 101.00 MG17434 6 MG24114 101.00 MG24129 7 MG17405 101.00 MG17435 8 MG24115 101.00 MG24130 10 MG24116 101.00 MG24131 13 MG24117 101.00 MG24132 15 MG17406 101.00 MG17436 16 MG24118 101.00 MG24133 20 MG24119 101.00 MG24134 25 MG24120 101.00 MG24135 30 MG17407 101.00 MG17437 32 MG24121 101.00 MG24136 35 MG17408 101.00 MG17438 40 MG24122 111.00 MG24137 50 MG24123 117.00 MG24138 60 MG17409 123.00 MG17439 63 MG24124 123.00 MG24139 C Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 7 and 10 Times Ampere Rating 0.5 MG17411 120.00 — 1 MG24425 101.00 MG24442 1.2 MG17412 101.00 MG17442 1.5 MG17413 101.00 MG17443 2 MG24426 101.00 MG24443 3 MG24427 101.00 MG24444 4 MG24428 101.00 MG24445 5 MG17414 101.00 MG17444 6 MG24430 101.00 MG24447 7 MG17415 101.00 MG17445 8 MG24431 101.00 MG24448 10 MG24432 101.00 MG24449 13 MG24433 101.00 MG24450 101.00 MG17446 15 MG17416 16 MG24434 101.00 MG24451 20 MG24435 101.00 MG24452 25 MG24436 101.00 MG24453 30 MG17417 101.00 MG17447 32 MG24437 101.00 MG24454 35 MG17418 101.00 MG17448 40 MG24438 111.00 MG24455 50 MG24439 117.00 MG24456 60 MG17419 123.00 MG17449 63 MG24440 123.00 MG24457 D Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 10 and 14 Times Ampere Rating 0.5 MG17421 120.00 — 1 MG24500 101.00 MG24516 1.2 MG17422 101.00 MG17452 1.5 MG17423 101.00 MG17453 2 MG24501 101.00 MG24517 3 MG24502 101.00 MG24518 4 MG24503 101.00 MG24519 5 MG17424 101.00 MG17454 6 MG24504 101.00 MG24520 7 MG17425 101.00 MG17455 8 MG24505 101.00 MG24521 10 MG24506 101.00 MG24522 13 MG24507 101.00 MG24523 15 MG17426 101.00 MG17456 16 MG24508 101.00 MG24524 20 MG24509 101.00 MG24525 25 MG24510 101.00 MG24526 30 MG17427 101.00 MG17457 32 MG24511 101.00 MG24527 35 MG17428 101.00 MG17458 40 MG24512 111.00 MG24528 50 MG24513 117.00 MG24529 60 MG17429 123.00 MG17459 63 MG24514 123.00 MG24530 $ Price 3P $ Price 4P $ Price 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 MG24140 — — MG24141 MG24142 MG24143 — MG24144 — MG24145 MG24146 MG24147 MG17461 MG24148 MG24149 MG24150 MG17462 MG24151 MG17463 MG24152 MG24153 MG17464 MG24154 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 MG24155 — — MG24156 MG24157 MG24158 — MG24159 — MG24160 MG24161 MG24162 — MG24163 MG24164 MG24165 — MG24166 — MG24167 MG24168 — MG24169 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 — 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 — MG24459 — — MG24460 MG24461 MG24462 — MG24464 — MG24465 MG24466 MG24467 MG17466 MG24468 MG24469 MG24470 MG17467 MG24471 MG17468 MG24472 MG24473 MG17469 MG24474 — 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 — MG24476 — — MG24477 MG24478 MG24479 — MG24481 — MG24482 MG24483 MG24484 — MG24485 MG24486 MG24487 — MG24488 — MG24489 MG24490 — MG24491 — 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 — 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 — MG24532 — — MG24533 MG24534 MG24535 — MG24536 — MG24537 MG24538 MG24539 MG17471 MG24540 MG24541 MG24542 MG17472 MG24543 MG17473 MG24544 MG24545 MG17474 MG24546 — 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 — MG24548 — — MG24549 MG24550 MG24551 — MG24552 — MG24553 MG24554 MG24555 — MG24556 MG24557 MG24558 — MG24559 — MG24560 MG24561 — MG24562 — 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-19 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS • • • Range from 0.5 to 63 A 10 k AIR @ 120/240 Vac; 5 k AIR at 480Y/277; 10 k AIR @ 60 Vdc (1P) and 125 Vdc (2P) Suitable for reverse feeding DIN mounting for easy installation Suitable for reverse feeding A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect 7 • • • • • Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers C60 Accessories Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories for C60 Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors Possible Combinations Mounted to the left of the circuit breaker with a maximum width of 54 mm. + + + + Spacer Ring Tongue Terminal Kit Terminal Screw Shield Max. 54 mm SD Alarm Switch Table 7.33: C60 Padlock Attachment Control Voltage Vac 12–277 12–277 24 48 110–240–277 24 48 120 240 MN Undervoltage Release Multi-9 GFP UL 1053 Listed Ground Fault Protectors Table 7.34: Width in 9 mm modules 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Front Mounting Kit for C60 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P (1 per circuit breaker) C60 Bag of 10 MG27150 51.00 Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized) Bag of two 4P shields 1P 2P 3P 4P 1Ø 2Ø 3Ø MG26981 51.00 Tooth Caps for UL Comb Bus Bar, Bag of 20 Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized) Operating Subassembly Door Interlock Handle Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral) Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules) Hinged Transparent Cover a b Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit 7-20 201.00 Label holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60 (Not UL Recognized) Comb Bus Bar Kit for UL1077 C60, 12 poles, Fixed Length Comb Bus Bar 140.00 1P 2P 3P 4P Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60 Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P) Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment for C60, Locks OFF only Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF onlya Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF onlyb Terminal cover (Not UL Recognized) MGN26381 Locking Device Right Side Mount $ Price 60.00 60.00 Cat. No. 17400 MG27062 MG26970 M9PAF MGN26380 MGN26381 MG26983 MG26984 MG26985 MG26989 Front Mounting Kit MGN26380 Locking Device Left Side Mount C60 UL/IEC Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories Descriptions Label Holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60 C60 Vdc Cat. No. 12–125 1 MG26925 12–125 1 MG26928 24 2 27118 48 2 27110 125 2 27109 24 2 27108 48 2 27106 — 2 27107 — 2 27105 120 to 480Y/277 Vac; 30, 100, and 300 mA; 2P and 4Ps. See page 7-18 Handout, 0860HO0602 or Catalog 0860CT0201 OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) SD Alarm Switch (1a1b) MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) Rotary Handle MN Undervoltage Release Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories Descriptions Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment MX Shunt trip + Aux Switch OF Auxiliary Switch For one pole 9 mm wide 2 per pack 2 per pack 1 per pack 2P/3P/4P $ Price 15.80 9.30 33.20 60.00 37.50 37.50 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 MG26975 26.10 MG26976 51.00 MG26975+MG26976 MG26978 102.00 MG10285 63.00 MG10286 69.00 MG10287 80.00 60488 37.80 MG27046 MG27047 MG27048 129.00 107.00 117.00 14211 14210 54.00 158.00 Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use rightside mounted padlocking device when accessories are required. Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted padlocking device when VIGI Module is required.. DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers PowerPact Family Class 611 www.schneider-electric.us The PowerPact Advantage • Proven Performance: Industry-leading circuit breaker innovation and protection for heavy-duty commercial and industrial applications. Smart: Integrated metering options provide a cost-effective solution to reduce energy consumption, optimize energy costs, and improve energy availablility for your facilities. Flexible: Full range of thermal-magnetic and electronic trip molded case circuit breakers from 15 A to 3000 A, delivering the ratings, configurations, and operators for your unique applications. Simple: Common catalog numbers, standardized ratings, and a full range of field-installable accessories make product selection, installation and maintenance easier than ever. Common Design Features: Mounting holes, door trim, and handle accessories • • • • H-Frame 150 A Electronic Trip Version J-Frame 250 A Q-Frame 250 A L-Frame 600 A M-Frame 800 A P-Frame 1200 A R-Frame 3000 A Electronic Trip Version Table 7.35: PowerPact Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating Voltage 240 Vac B D G J K L R 10 kA 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA a 100 kA 200 kA 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA a 50 kAb 100 kA 480 Vac Voltage L 3 6 1 5 0 A B S MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Poles G Suffix Code Termination H Suffix Code Rating Common Catalog Numbering System Frame Table 7.36: Amperage c a b 600 Vac 14 kA P-frame K interrupting is 50 kA at 480 and 600 Vac. P-frame L interrupting is 25 kA at 600 Vac. A 110 Vac Shunt Trip 2A/2B Auxiliary Switch Frame Designation Interrupting Rating Terminations 240 Vac 480 Vac 600Vac A I-Line H 150 A Frame B 10 kA L Lugs on Both Ends J 250 A Frame D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA F Bus Bar (No Lugs) Q 250 A Frame G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA M Lugs Line Side Only L 600 A Frame J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA P Lugs Load End Only M 800 A Frame K 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA N Plug-in P 1200 A Frame L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA D Drawout R 3000 A Frame R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA S Rear Connected Studs c For amperage of M-, P- or R-frame circuit breakers, add a zero to the three amperage digits; for example, 120 = 1200 A. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Q-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 L-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 P-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . 7-29 Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . 7-31 Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35 Mission Critical Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Motor Operators and Rotary Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Mechanical Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC). . . . . . . . 7-43 Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories . . . . . 7-44 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7-21 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.37: Hold HD and HG 2P Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit (2P HJ, HL in 3P module) H-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 7 Table 7.38: MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Current Rating @ 40oC Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Cat. No.bc Trip G Jd Ld Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated H-Frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 15 A 350 A 750 A H( )L26015(C) 870.00 20 A 350 A 750 A H( )L26020(C) 870.00 25 A 350 A 750 A H( )L26025(C) 870.00 30 A 350 A 750 A H( )L26030(C) 870.00 35 A 400 A 850 A H( )L26035(C) 870.00 40 A 400 A 850 A H( )L26040(C) 870.00 45 A 400 A 850 A H( )L26045(C) 870.00 50 A 400 A 850 A H( )L26050(C) 870.00 60 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L26060(C) 870.00 70 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L26070(C) 1062.00 80 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L26080(C) 1062.00 90 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L26090(C) 1062.00 100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L26100(C) 1062.00 110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26110(C) 2072.00 125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26125(C) 2072.00 150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26150(C) 2072.00 H-Frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 15 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36015(C) 1088.00 20 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36020(C) 1088.00 25 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36025(C) 1088.00 30 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36030(C) 1088.00 35 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36035(C) 1088.00 40 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36040(C) 1088.00 45 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36045(C) 1088.00 50 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36050(C) 1088.00 60 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36060(C) 1088.00 70 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36070(C) 1328.00 80 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36080(C) 1328.00 90 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36090(C) 1328.00 100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L36100(C) 1328.00 110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36110(C) 2600.00 125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36125(C) 2600.00 150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36150(C) 2600.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1274.00 1274.00 1274.00 1274.00 2486.00 2486.00 2486.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1497.00 1497.00 1497.00 1497.00 3059.00 3059.00 3059.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1797.00 1797.00 1797.00 1797.00 3671.00 3671.00 3671.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1721.00 1721.00 1721.00 1721.00 4449.00 4449.00 4449.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 2066.00 2066.00 2066.00 2066.00 5339.00 5339.00 5339.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2613.00 2613.00 2613.00 2613.00 5534.00 5534.00 5534.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 3137.00 3137.00 3137.00 3137.00 6641.00 6641.00 6641.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 3120.00 3120.00 3120.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 3599.00 3599.00 3599.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 4319.00 4319.00 4319.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 5174.00 5174.00 5174.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 6209.00 6209.00 6209.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 6749.00 6749.00 6749.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 8099.00 8099.00 8099.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu J-Frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip Low H-Frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers(600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Current Rating @ 40o C www.schneider-electric.us High Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Cat. No.bc G Jd Ld Rd Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated J-Frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )L26150(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )L26175(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L26200(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L26225(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L26250(C) 2988.00 3585.00 4251.00 5102.00 6225.00 7469.00 J-Frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )L36150(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )L36175(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L36200(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L36225(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L36250(C) 3749.00 4499.00 5001.00 6002.00 7238.00 8685.00 a See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units. b To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L). c For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL26015C or JDL26150C). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. d Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.. Table 7.39: 5811.00 5811.00 5811.00 5811.00 7194.00 6972.00 6972.00 6972.00 6972.00 8633.00 7086.00 7086.00 7086.00 7086.00 8993.00 8504.00 8504.00 8504.00 8504.00 10791.00 — — — — — 9212.00 9212.00 9212.00 9212.00 11169.00 — — — — — AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 11055.00 AL175JD 11055.00 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu 11055.00 AL250JD 11055.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 13402.00 H- and J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in e HGL36100 D = Drawout e Termination Letter S = Rear Connected e Rear Connected Plug-in Drawout e For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. Table 7.40: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 7-22 H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA Interrupting Rating J L 100 kA 125 kA 65 kA 100 kA 25 kA 50 kA DE2 Discount Schedule R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-39 Page 7-42 Page 7-55 Page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Electronic Trip Version Table 7.41: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection g Electronic Trip Unit Type Trip Function Unit Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Sensor Rating D G Ja Cat. No.c La Ra Terminal $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P 60 A H( )L36060(C)U31X 1247.00 1455.00 1652.00 1928.00 2108.00 2460.00 3008.00 3510.00 3971.00 4633.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U31X 1487.00 1735.00 1860.00 2171.00 2258.00 2635.00 3308.00 3860.00 4367.00 5095.00 AL150HDd 150 A H( )L36150(C)U31X 2759.00 3220.00 3758.00 4386.00 5333.00 6224.00 6908.00 8062.00 9119.00 10642.00 250 A J( )L36250(C)U31X 2957.00 3451.00 4006.00 4675.00 5659.00 6604.00 7313.00 8534.00 9653.00 11265.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U33X 1433.00 1641.00 1838.00 2113.00 2294.00 2646.00 3194.00 3696.00 4216.00 4879.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U33X 1673.00 1921.00 2046.00 2356.00 2444.00 2821.00 3494.00 4046.00 4612.00 5341.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 3.2Sf 150 A H( )L36150(C)U33X 2945.00 3405.00 3944.00 4571.00 5519.00 6409.00 7094.00 8247.00 9364.00 10886.00 Standard 250 A J( )L36250(C)U33X 3221.00 3715.00 4270.00 4939.00 5923.00 6868.00 7577.00 8798.00 10002.00 11613.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U43X 2031.00 2240.00 2436.00 2712.00 2892.00 3244.00 3792.00 4295.00 5005.00 5669.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U43X 2271.00 2520.00 2644.00 2955.00 3042.00 3419.00 4092.00 4645.00 5401.00 6131.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 5.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U43X 3543.00 4004.00 4542.00 5170.00 6117.00 7008.00 7692.00 8846.00 10153.00 11677.00 Ammeter 250 A J( )L36250(C)U43X 4075.00 4569.00 5124.00 5793.00 6777.00 7722.00 8431.00 9653.00 11129.00 12742.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U53X 2391.00 2599.00 2796.00 3072.00 3252.00 3604.00 4152.00 4654.00 5481.00 6143.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U53X 2631.00 2879.00 3004.00 3314.00 3402.00 3779.00 4452.00 5004.00 5877.00 6605.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 5.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U53X 3903.00 4363.00 4902.00 5529.00 6477.00 7367.00 8052.00 9205.00 10629.00 12151.00 Energy 250 A J( )L36250(C)U53X 4588.00 5082.00 5637.00 6306.00 7290.00 8235.00 8944.00 10165.00 11806.00 13418.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U44X 2751.00 2960.00 3156.00 3432.00 3612.00 3964.00 4512.00 5015.00 5956.00 6620.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U44X 2991.00 3240.00 3364.00 3675.00 3762.00 4139.00 4812.00 5365.00 6352.00 7082.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSIG 6.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U44X 4263.00 4724.00 5262.00 5890.00 6837.00 7728.00 8412.00 9566.00 11104.00 12627.00 Ammeter 250 A J( )L36250(C)U44X 5100.00 5594.00 6149.00 6818.00 7802.00 8747.00 9456.00 10678.00 12482.00 14095.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U54X 3111.00 3319.00 3516.00 3792.00 3972.00 4324.00 4872.00 5374.00 6431.00 7094.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U54X 3351.00 3599.00 3724.00 4034.00 4122.00 4499.00 5172.00 5724.00 6827.00 7556.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSIG 6.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U54X 4623.00 5083.00 5622.00 6249.00 7197.00 8087.00 8772.00 9925.00 11579.00 13101.00 Energy 250 A J( )L36250(C)U54X 5613.00 6107.00 6662.00 7331.00 8315.00 9260.00 9969.00 11190.00 13159.00 14771.00 AL250JDe a Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. b See Supplemental Digest page 3-2 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units c For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36150CU31X, JGL36250CU43X) 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. d AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu. e AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided. f 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. g For applications requiring communications see page 7-49. Micrologic Standard LI 3.2f Table 7.42: H- and J-Frame Termination Options H-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Unit Table 7.43: Voltage H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 KA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 0 >11 % Ir .9 4 .9 5 .9 6 .9 7 .9 3 .9 8 .9 2 .9 1 Ir 4( x 3 Io ) 5 6 2 .5 8 2 1 .5 x Is d( J-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Unit 10 Ir ) M icor lo g ic >30 A >30 5 .2 E 7 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Termination Letter A - I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in h HDL36015T D = Drawout h Termination Letter S = Rear Connected h h For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. H-Frame Circuit Breaker with Optional FDM and IFM Modules Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-23 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Q-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201 Table 7.44: Ampere Rating PowerPact Q-Framea250 A Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) QBL 3P 70–250 A Interrupting Rating Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Hold QBL 2P 70–250 A Trip B Cat. No. D $ Price Cat. No. G $ Price Cat. No. Q-Frame Termination Options $ Price Table 7.46: Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) E = Bolt-on I-Line (See Section 9) F = No lugs L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end, studs on OFF end $ Price QJL22070 QJL22080 QJL22090 QJL22100 QJL22110 QJL22125 QJL22150 QJL22175 QJL22200 QJL22225 QJL22250 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 - 300 kcmil 1890.00 #4 AWG Al/Cu 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 2348.00 QJL32070 QJL32080 QJL32090 QJL32100 QJL32110 QJL32125 QJL32150 QJL32175 QJL32200 QJL32225 QJL32250 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 - 300 kcmil 2796.00 #4 AWG Al/Cu 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 3465.00 Q-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating B D G J 240 Vacc 10 kA 25 kA 65 kA 100 kAd c Q-frame circuit breakers are 240 Vac only. d 3P QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only. QGL32200 P = Lugs OFF end, studs on ON end e Cat. No. Voltage For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. Terminal Wire Range J 2P, 240 Vac 70 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL22070 474.00 QDL22070 1143.00 QGL22070 1521.00 80 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL22080 474.00 QDL22080 1143.00 QGL22080 1521.00 90 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL22090 474.00 QDL22090 1143.00 QGL22090 1521.00 100 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22100 474.00 QDL22100 1143.00 QGL22100 1521.00 110 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22110 474.00 QDL22110 1143.00 QGL22110 1521.00 125 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22125 474.00 QDL22125 1143.00 QGL22125 1521.00 150 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22150 474.00 QDL22150 1143.00 QGL22150 1521.00 175 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22175 474.00 QDL22175 1143.00 QGL22175 1521.00 200 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22200 474.00 QDL22200 1143.00 QGL22200 1521.00 225 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL22225 474.00 QDL22225 1143.00 QGL22225 1521.00 250 Ab 1200 A 2400 A QBL22250 693.00 QDL22250 1544.00 QGL22250 1970.00 3P, 240 Vac 70 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32070 1248.00 QDL32070 1784.00 QGL32070 2442.00 80 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32080 1248.00 QDL32080 1784.00 QGL32080 2442.00 90 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32090 1248.00 QDL32090 1784.00 QGL32090 2442.00 100 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32100 1248.00 QDL32100 1784.00 QGL32100 2442.00 110 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32110 1248.00 QDL32110 1784.00 QGL32110 2442.00 125 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32125 1248.00 QDL32125 1784.00 QGL32125 2442.00 150 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32150 1248.00 QDL32150 1784.00 QGL32150 2442.00 175 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32175 1248.00 QDL32175 1784.00 QGL32175 2442.00 200 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32200 1248.00 QDL32200 1784.00 QGL32200 2442.00 225 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32225 1248.00 QDL32225 1784.00 QGL32225 2442.00 250 Ab 1200 A 2400 A QBL32250 1812.00 QDL32250 2442.00 QGL32250 3150.00 a Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers. b 250 A requires the use of copper cables only. 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only Table 7.45: www.schneider-electric.us Termination Letter 7 Add TS suffix for studs on both ends without nuts and washers. See Catalog 0734CT0201 for additional information. DimensionsPage 7-55 EnclosuresPage 7-56 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-24 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers L-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.47: L-Frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectionfl Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Electronic Trip Unit D Sensor Rating Type Jh G Lh Rh Terminal Cat. No.g $ Price Trip Function Unit 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P 250 A L( )L36250(C)U31X 4827.00 5648.00 5081.00 5945.00 8478.00 9919.00 9918.00 11604.00 11406.00 13345.00 400 A L( )L36400(C)U31X 600 A L( )L36600U31X 4827.00 7109.00 5648.00 — 5081.00 7484.00 5945.00 — 8478.00 10541.00 9919.00 — 9918.00 11837.00 11604.00 — 11406.00 13613.00 13345.00 AL600LS52K3k — 250 A L( )L36250(C)U33X 3.3Si 400 A L( )L36400(C)U33X 600 A L( )L36600U33X 5391.00 6211.00 5674.00 6538.00 9071.00 10513.00 10511.00 12198.00 12088.00 14028.00 5391.00 7673.00 6211.00 — 5674.00 8077.00 6538.00 — 9071.00 11134.00 10513.00 — 10511.00 12430.00 12198.00 — 12088.00 14295.00 14028.00 AL600LS52K3k — 5.3A 400 A L( )L36400(C)U43X 600 A L( )L36600U43X 6253.00 8535.00 7073.00 — 6582.00 8984.00 7445.00 — 9979.00 12041.00 11420.00 — 11419.00 13337.00 13105.00 — 13132.00 15338.00 15071.00 — LSI 5.3E 400 A L( )L36400(C)U53X 600 A L( )L36600U53X 7200.00 9483.00 8021.00 — 7579.00 9982.00 8443.00 — 10976.00 13039.00 12418.00 — 12416.00 14335.00 14103.00 — 14278.00 16485.00 16218.00 — Micrologic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A L( )L36400(C)U44X 600 A L( )L36600U44X 8149.00 10431.00 8969.00 — 8578.00 10980.00 9441.00 — 11975.00 14037.00 13416.00 — 13415.00 15333.00 15101.00 — 15427.00 17633.00 17366.00 — Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A L( )L36400(C)U54X 600 A L( )L36600U54X 9097.00 11379.00 9917.00 — 9575.00 11978.00 10439.00 — 12972.00 15035.00 14414.00 — 14412.00 16331.00 16099.00 — 16574.00 18781.00 18514.00 — Micrologic Standard LI Micrologic Standard LSI Micrologic Ammeter LSI Micrologic Energy 3.3i AL400L61K3j AL400L61K3j AL600LS52K3k 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P Micrologic Standard 250 A L( )L46250(C)U31X 5327.00 6233.00 5581.00 6530.00 8978.00 10501.00 10418.00 12189.00 11981.00 14017.00 LI 3.3 400 A L( )L46400(C)U31X 600 A L( )L46600U31X 6227.00 8509.00 6233.00 — 6481.00 8884.00 7583.00 — 9878.00 11941.00 11557.00 — 11318.00 13237.00 13242.00 — 13016.00 15223.00 15228.00 AL600LS52K4k — Micrologic Standard 250 A L( )L46250(C)U33X 5891.00 6796.00 6174.00 7123.00 9571.00 11098.00 11011.00 12783.00 12663.00 14700.00 LSI 3.3S 400 A L( )L46400(C)U33X 600 A L( )L46600U33X 6791.00 9073.00 7849.00 — 7074.00 9477.00 8176.00 — 10471.00 12534.00 12151.00 — 11911.00 13830.00 13836.00 — 13698.00 15905.00 15911.00 AL600LS52K4k — Micrologic Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A L( )L46400(C)U43X 600 A L( )L46600U43X 7653.00 9935.00 8711.00 — 7982.00 10384.00 9083.00 — 11379.00 13441.00 13058.00 — 12819.00 14737.00 14743.00 — 14742.00 16948.00 16954.00 — Micrologic Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A L( )L46400(C)U53X 600 A L( )L46600U53X 8600.00 10883.00 9659.00 — 8979.00 11382.00 10081.00 — 12376.00 14439.00 14056.00 — 13816.00 15735.00 15741.00 — 15888.00 18095.00 18102.00 — Micrologic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A L( )L46400(C)U44X 600 A L( )L46600U44X 9549.00 11831.00 10607.00 — 9978.00 12380.00 11079.00 — 13375.00 15437.00 15054.00 — 14815.00 16733.00 16739.00 — 17037.00 19243.00 19250.00 — Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A L( )L46400(C)U54X 600 A L( )L46600U54X 10497.00 12779.00 11555.00 — 10975.00 13378.00 12077.00 — 14372.00 16435.00 16052.00 — 15812.00 17731.00 17791.00 — 18184.00 20391.00 20460.00 — AL400L61K4j See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400CU31X) Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. For applications requiring communicatins see page 7-49. Table 7.48: Termination Options Termination Letter L-Frame Circuit Breaker Table 7.49: Interrupting Ratings Termination Option Interrupting Rating Voltage A I-Line (See Section 9) F No lugs D G J L R 240 Vac 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA 200 kA L Lugs both ends 480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA M Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA P Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end Nm Plug In Dm Drawout Sm Rear Connected For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. LGL36600U44X Termination Letter m © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AL600LS52K4k 7 f g h i j k l AL400L61K4j For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. DE2 Discount Schedule Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-56 7-25 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers M-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101 Table 7.50: M-Frame 800 A, Basic Electronic Trip System Type ET 1.0n Factory-Sealed Trip Unit Electronic Trip Unit Type www.schneider-electric.us Interrupting Rating Sensor Rating Function G Terminal Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) J Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price MGL26300 MGL26350 MGL26400 MGL26450 MGL26500 MGL26600 MGL26700 MGL26800 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 7719.00 7719.00 MJL26300 MJL26350 MJL26400 MJL26450 MJL26500 MJL26600 MJL26700 MJL26800 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 9657.00 9657.00 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz Basic Fixed Long-time, Adjustable Instantaneous Trip M-Frame Circuit Breaker 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A AL800M23K (3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz n 300 A MGL36300 7560.00 MJL36300 9456.00 350 A MGL36350 7560.00 MJL36350 9456.00 Fixed 400 A MGL36400 7560.00 MJL36400 9456.00 Long-time, 450 A MGL36450 7560.00 MJL36450 9456.00 AL800M23K Basic Adjustable (3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 500 A MGL36500 7560.00 MJL36500 9456.00 Instantaneous Trip 600 A MGL36600 7560.00 MJL36600 9456.00 700 A MGL36700 9927.00 MJL36700 11882.00 800 A MGL36800 9927.00 MJL36800 11882.00 The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker. Table 7.51: Termination Letter A F L M P Termination Options Table 7.52: Termination Option Voltage I-Line (See Section 9) No lugs Lugs both ends Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. MGL36400 Termination Letter Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-42 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-56 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-26 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers P-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us P-Frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit $ Price Type Function Trip Unit Sensor Rating Gb Cat. No.bc 80% Rated Jb 100% Ratedc — — — — 80% Rated Kb 100% Ratedc — — — — 80% Rated 100% Rated c — — — — Lbd 80% Rated Terminal Wire Range 100% Ratedc — AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu — — AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu — 600 A P( )L36060 Basic Electronic Fixed long13905.00 14783.00 14783.00 15660.00 800 A P( )L36080 Trip Unit time, ET1.0I (Not Adjustable 1000 A P( )L36100 19049.00 20250.00 20250.00 21452.00 Interchangeable) Instantaneous 1200 A P( )L36120 250 A P( )L36025(C)U31A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U31A AL800M23K 14693.00 21510.00 15570.00 22868.00 15570.00 22868.00 16448.00 24224.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U31A LI 3.0 800 A P( )L36080(C)U31A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U31A AL1200P25K Micrologic 19836.00 30239.00 21038.00 32147.00 21038.00 32147.00 22239.00 34052.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U31A Interchangeable Standard 250 A P( )L36025(C)U33A Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U33A AL800M23K 15032.00 21812.00 15909.00 23187.00 15909.00 23187.00 16787.00 24564.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U33A LSI 5.0 800 A P( )L36080(C)U33A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U33A AL1200P25K 20177.00 30540.00 21378.00 32466.00 21378.00 32466.00 22580.00 34392.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U33A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U41A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U41A AL800M23K 15543.00 22266.00 16421.00 23670.00 16421.00 23670.00 17298.00 25076.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U41A LI 3.0A 800 A P( )L36080(C)U41A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U41A AL1200P25K 20688.00 30995.00 21890.00 32949.00 21890.00 32949.00 23091.00 34904.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U41A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U43A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U43A AL800M23K Micrologic 17043.00 23597.00 17921.00 25085.00 17921.00 25085.00 18798.00 26574.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U43A Interchangeable LSI 5.0A Ammeter 800 A P( )L36080(C)U43A Trip Unit 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U43A AL1200P25K 22185.00 32324.00 23387.00 34364.00 23387.00 34364.00 24590.00 36402.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U43A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U44A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U44A AL800M23K 18909.00 25256.00 19787.00 26849.00 19787.00 26849.00 20664.00 28442.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U44A LSIG 6.0A 800 A P( )L36080(C)U44A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U44A AL1200P25K 24054.00 33983.00 25256.00 36128.00 25256.00 36128.00 26457.00 38270.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U44A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U63AE1 400 A P( )L36040(C)U63AE1 AL800M23K 21455.00 27516.00 22332.00 29252.00 22332.00 29252.00 23210.00 30986.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U63AE1 LSI 5.0P 800 A P( )L36080(C)U63AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U63AE1 AL1200P25K Micrologic 26597.00 36243.00 27800.00 38529.00 27800.00 38529.00 29001.00 40814.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U63AE1 Interchangeable Power 250 A P( )L36025(C)U64AE1 Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U64AE1 AL800M23K 22536.00 28476.00 23414.00 30272.00 23414.00 30272.00 24291.00 32067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U64AE1 LSIG 6.0P 800 A P( )L36080(C)U64AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U64AE1 AL1200P25K 27680.00 37203.00 28881.00 39551.00 28881.00 39551.00 30083.00 41895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U64AE1 250 A P( )L36025(C)U73AE1 400 A P( )L36040(C)U73AE1 AL800M23K 25538.00 31140.00 26415.00 33104.00 26415.00 33104.00 27291.00 35067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U73AE1 LSI 5.0H 800 A P( )L36080(C)U73AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U73AE1 AL1200P25K Micrologic 30680.00 39867.00 31881.00 42381.00 31881.00 42381.00 33083.00 44895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U73AE1 Interchangeable Harmonic 250 A P( )L36025(C)U74AE1 Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U74AE1 AL800M23K 26619.00 32100.00 27497.00 34125.00 27497.00 34125.00 28374.00 36150.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U74AE1 LSIG 6.0H 800 A P( )L36080(C)U74AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U74AE1 AL1200P25K 31761.00 40829.00 32963.00 43404.00 32963.00 43404.00 34166.00 45978.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U74AE1 a For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101. b To complete the catalog number, replace the ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L). c For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% trip unit with LI trip functions at 250A would be PGL36025CU31A. d For all L interrupting rating, change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600V) to a 4 (480V); for example, PLL34025U31A. The 480V AIR is standard 100 kA. Table 7.54: P-Frame Termination Options Table 7.55: Termination Letter F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end P = Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end D = Drawouta A = I-Line (See Section 9) a For D pricing add termination pricing on page 7-45. Voltage For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. PGL36040U41A 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac P-Frame and R-Frame Interrupting Ratings P-Frame Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA K 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA R-Frame Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA K 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA Termination Letter R-frame catalog numbers and pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Trip Unit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-47 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Alternate Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-48 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-27 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Electronic Trip Unit 7 Table 7.53: PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Table 7.56: R-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us R-Frame 3000 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit $ Price Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Basic Electronic Trip Unit (Not Interchangeable) Fixed long-time, Adjustable Instantaneous Sensor Rating Gbd 80% Rated Jbd Kbd 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated — — — 22373.00 23549.00 23549.00 — — — — — — 35639.00 — 37512.00 — 37512.00 — Lbd 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 100% Rated 1200 A R( )F36120 — 24723.00 1600 A R( )F36160 — ET1.0I 2000 A R( )F36200 — 2500 A R( )F36250 39383.00 — 600 A R( )F36060(C)U31A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U31A 27759.00 29301.00 29301.00 30843.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U31A 23160.00 24336.00 24336.00 25511.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U31A LI 3.0 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U31A 29775.00 31430.00 31430.00 33083.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U31A 35042.00 36989.00 36989.00 38936.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U31A 36426.00 57075.00 38300.00 60248.00 38300.00 60248.00 40170.00 63417.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U31A 54027.00 62451.00 57236.00 65738.00 57236.00 65738.00 60246.00 69024.00 Interchangeable 600 A R( )F36060(C)U33A Standard Trip Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U33A 28065.00 29624.00 29624.00 31184.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U33A 23501.00 24675.00 24675.00 25851.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U33A LSI 5.0 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U33A 30081.00 31752.00 31752.00 33423.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U33A 35348.00 37313.00 37313.00 39276.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U33A 36767.00 57383.00 38640.00 60570.00 38640.00 60570.00 40511.00 63758.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U33A 54513.00 62757.00 57542.00 66060.00 57542.00 66060.00 60570.00 69363.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U41A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U41A 28493.00 30075.00 30075.00 31658.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U41A 24012.00 25188.00 25188.00 26363.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U41A LI 3.0A 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U41A 30509.00 32202.00 32202.00 33897.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U41A 35775.00 37763.00 37763.00 39750.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U41A 37278.00 57809.00 39152.00 61020.00 39152.00 61020.00 41022.00 64232.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U41A 54918.00 63185.00 57969.00 66510.00 57969.00 66510.00 61020.00 69836.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U43A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U43A 29874.00 31533.00 31533.00 33194.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U43A Micrologic 25511.00 26685.00 26685.00 27860.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U43A Interchangeable LSI 5.0A Ammeter 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U43A 31889.00 33662.00 33662.00 35433.00 Trip Unit 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U43A 37158.00 39221.00 39221.00 41286.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U43A 38777.00 59190.00 40649.00 62478.00 40649.00 62478.00 42521.00 65768.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U43A 56231.00 64569.00 59354.00 67968.00 59354.00 67968.00 62480.00 71367.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U44A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U44A 31556.00 33308.00 33308.00 35061.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U44A 27378.00 28553.00 28553.00 29729.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U44A LSIG 6.0A 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U44A 33570.00 35436.00 35436.00 37301.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U44A 38838.00 40995.00 40995.00 43154.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U44A 40644.00 60870.00 43368.00 64253.00 43368.00 64253.00 44388.00 67635.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U44A 57827.00 66255.00 60965.00 69743.00 60965.00 69743.00 64254.00 73230.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U63AE1 800 A R( )F36080(C)U63AE1 33845.00 35724.00 35724.00 37605.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U63AE1 29922.00 31097.00 31097.00 32273.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U63AE1 LSI 5.0P 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U63AE1 35859.00 37853.00 37853.00 39845.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U63AE1 41129.00 43413.00 43413.00 45698.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U63AE1 43188.00 63161.00 45062.00 66671.00 45062.00 66671.00 46932.00 70179.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U63AE1 60003.00 68553.00 63338.00 72161.00 63338.00 72161.00 66671.00 75858.00 Interchangeable 600 A R( )F36060(C)U64AE1 Power Trip Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U64AE1 34818.00 36753.00 36753.00 38687.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U64AE1 31004.00 32180.00 32180.00 33354.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U64AE1 LSIG 6.0P 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U64AE1 36834.00 38880.00 38880.00 40926.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U64AE1 42102.00 44441.00 44441.00 46779.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U64AE1 44270.00 64136.00 46143.00 67698.00 46143.00 67698.00 48014.00 71261.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U64AE1 60929.00 69528.00 64313.00 73188.00 64313.00 73188.00 67698.00 76848.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U73AE1 800 A R( )F36080(C)U73AE1 37518.00 39603.00 39603.00 41687.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U73AE1 34005.00 35180.00 35180.00 36354.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U73AE1 LSI 5.0H 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U73AE1 39534.00 41730.00 41730.00 43928.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U73AE1 44801.00 47291.00 47291.00 49779.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U73AE1 47271.00 66836.00 49143.00 70548.00 49143.00 70548.00 51015.00 74262.00 Micrologic 72236.00 67020.00 76038.00 67020.00 76038.00 70550.00 79841.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U73AE1 63494.00 Interchangeable Harmonic Trip 600 A R( )F36060(C)U74AE1 Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U74AE1 38493.00 40631.00 40631.00 42770.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U74AE1 35087.00 36261.00 36261.00 37436.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U74AE1 LSIG 6.0H 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U74AE1 40509.00 42758.00 42758.00 45009.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U74AE1 45776.00 48320.00 48320.00 50862.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U74AE1 48353.00 67809.00 50225.00 71576.00 50225.00 71576.00 52097.00 75344.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U74AE1 64419.00 73212.00 67997.00 77066.00 67997.00 77066.00 71577.00 80919.00 Note: R-frame circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable connections, optional terminal pad kit RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each RLTB kit contains terminal pads for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of 8 lugs per phase (9 lugs for 3000 A). RLTB kits are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers. The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A, 80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit (RLTB) and optional lugs separately. See pages 7-42–7-44. a For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101. b To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L). c Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with LI trip functions at 2500A would be RGF36250CU31A. d See page 7-27 for interrupting ratings table. 7-28 Trip Unit Cat. No.bc DE2 Discount Schedule 80% Rated © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Motor Circuit Protectors PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact H- and J-frame electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are magnetic-only instantaneous-trip circuit breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and are National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant when installed as part of a combination controller having motor overload protection. MCP circuit breakers accept the same accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Determine the hp rating from the nameplate of the motor. Select a MCP with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. When using the automatic settings the MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to align with the start-up characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energyefficient motor. This includes a dampening means to accommodate a transient motor inrush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker. Table 7.57: H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Interrupting Rating Frame dard Stan ient Effic ace rgy Energie Efficiente Energia Efic Ene Sensor Rating Full Load Amperes Range Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Range Suffix 30 A 50 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 1.5–25 A 14–42 A 30–80 A 58–130 A 114–217 A 9–325 A 84–546 A 180–1040 A 348–1690 A 684–2500 A M71 M72 M73 M74 M75 H-Frame J-Frame Standard Energy Efficient Energie Efficace Energia Eficiente Table 7.58: J (See SCCR Table Below) L (See SCCR Table Below) Cat. No. HJL36030M71 HJL36050M72 HJL36100M73 HJL36150M74 JJL36250M75 Cat. No. HLL36030M71 HLL36050M72 HLL36100M73 HLL36150M74 JLL36250M75 $ Price 1089.00 1385.00 1646.00 2069.00 2393.00 $ Price 1223.00 1553.00 1827.00 2306.00 2673.00 Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devicesa Percentage of Full-load Current Type of Motor a b Not to Exceedb A, B, C, D Standard 800% 1300% B, E Energy Efficient 1100% 1700% Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.52. See NEC Exception No. 1 to Table 430.52. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Table 7.59: I MCP Selection by HP Ratingsc of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-rotor Motorsd 3Ø 60 Hz Voltagese Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur Full-Load Amperes Standard Energy Efficient Energie Efficace Energia Eficiente c d e 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac Suffix 575 Vac .5–5 .5–7.5 .75–15 1–20 1.5–25 M71 5–10 5–15 10–30 15–40 14–42 M72 10–25 15–30 25–60 30–75 30–80 M73 20–40 25–50 50–100 60–125 58–130 M74 40–60 50–75 100–150 125–200 114–217 M75 Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.250. Per NEC 430.3, part-winding motors should select two circuit breakers, each at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Listed voltages are rated motor voltages. Corresponding system voltages are 200 Vac, 220–240 Vac, 440–480 Vac and 550–600 Vac. Select wire and circuit breakers based on horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) Tested to meet NEC and UL508A requirements for short circuit current ratings as part of an approved combination controller. Table 7.60: Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS t Setting J 7 Interrupting Rating Contactor/Starter L 200–240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 200–240 Vac 480 Vac Tesys D-line and F-line 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 50 kA NEMA Type S 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA See www.us.schneider-electric.us for specific ratings and combination ID numbers. Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-29 Motor Circuit Protectors H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.61: Application of PowerPact™ H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Horsepower Rating of Induction-type Squirrel-cage and Wound-rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz Starter Size 200 Vac 230 Vac 480 Vac 575 Vac 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 3/4 1 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 2 1-1/2 00 3/4 2 3/4 3 1 1 3 1-1/2 5 2 1-1/2 5 2 0 7-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 10 5 15 1 5 15 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 2 30 10 25 30 7 40 15 15 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 40 3 50 20 20 60 50 25 60 75 25 30 30 75 4 100 40 40 100 125 50 150 50 5 60 125 60 150 75 200 75 200 100 Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector. 7-30 www.schneider-electric.us NEC Full Load Amperes 0.9 A 1.1 A 1.3 A 1.7 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.4 A 2.5 A 2.7 A 3A 3.2 A 3.4 A 3.7 A 3.9 A 4.2 A 4.8 A 4.8 A 6A 6.1 A 6.8 A 6.9 A 7.6 A 7.8 A 9A 9.6 A 11 A 14 A 15.2 A 17 A 17.5 A 21 A 22 A 25.3 A 27 A 28 A 32 A 32.2 A 34 A 40 A 41 A 42 A 48.3 A 52 A 54 A 62 A 65 A 68 A 77 A 78.2 A 80 A 92 A 96 A 99 A 104 A 120 A 124 A 125 A 130 A 144 A 150 A 154 A 156 A 177.1 A 180 A 192 A 221 A 240 A 248 A PowerPact H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic MCP HJL36030M71 and HLL36030M71 1/2–10 hp HJL36050M72 and HLL36050M72 10–25 hp HJL36100M73 and HLL36100M73 15–50 hp HJL36150M74 and HLL36150M74 30–100 hp JJL36250M75 and JLL36250M75 50–150 hp © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Motor Protectors Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Class 580, 585, 680, 685 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Circuit Protectors Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip magnetic-only circuit breakers. They have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors. All Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent circuit breakers. Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction.i High-interruption (H) construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers (LHL) are also available. Table 7.62: Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg Trip Unit Ampere Rating Motor Circuit Protector LAL 400 Adjustablef Trip Range (A) 500–1000 A 750–1600 A 1000–2000 A 1125–2250 A 1250–2500 A 1500–3000 A 1750–3500 A 2000–4000 A 24 Vdc Multiplier Cat. No. $ Price High = 1.2 Low = 1.4 LAL3640022M LAL3640028M LAL3640030M LAL3640031M LAL3640032M LAL3640033M LAL3640035M LAL3640036M 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 For PowerPact L- and P-Frames, an instantaneous-only version of the electronic trip circuti breaker is also available for motor circuit protection. These MCPs comply with NEC® requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Table 7.63: Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg Interrupting Rating Sensor Rating Motor Protector Circuit Breaker Trip Adjustablef Unit Trip Range (A) G J L R Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 400 500–1200% LGL36400M37X 4619.00 LJL36400M37X 4727.00 LLL36400M37X 5007.00 LRL36400M37X PowerPact 1.3 M L-Framei 600 500–1200% LGL36600M37X 6790.00 LJL36600M37X 6949.00 LLL36600M37X 7360.00 LRL36600M37X 600 1200–10000 A — — PJL36060M68 7560.00 PLL34060M68 8006.00 — 800 1200–10000 A — — PJL36080M68 9927.00 PLL34080M68 10514.00 — PowerPact PJL, PLLi 1000 1500–10000 A — — PJL36100M69 12705.00 PLL34100M69 13455.00 — 1200 1800–10000 A — — PJL36120M70 16517.00 PLL34120M70 17492.00 — f UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. g Three-device solutions are the traditional solutionss: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay. h 250 Vdc ratings are available. No UL component recognition i These electronic magnetic only motor circuit protectors are available with I-Line constructions. Consult the factory. $ Price 5307.00 7802.00 — — — — Table 7.64: Electronic Trip Unit Type H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (UL Ratings)— Two Device Solutionsj Frame Sensor Rating Trip Unit 30 H-Frame Standardk J-Frame L-Frame j k 50 100 2.2 M Full Load Amperes Range (FLA) Interrupting Rating Isd (x FLA) G J Cat. No. L R $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1608.00 HJL36030M38X 1658.00 HLL36030M38X 1812.00 HRL36030M38X 1993.00 14–25 5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X 14–42 5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X 1938.00 HJL36050M38X 1998.00 HLL36050M38X 2191.00 HRL36050M38X 2410.00 30–80 5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X 2229.00 HJL36100M38X 2298.00 HLL36100M38X 2506.00 HRL36100M38X 2757.00 150 58–130 5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X 2701.00 HJL36150M38X 2785.00 HLL36150M38X 3057.00 HRL36150M38X 3363.00 250 114–217 5-13 x FLA JGL36250M38X 3105.00 JJL36250M38X 3201.00 JLL36250M38X 3523.00 JRL36250M38X 3875.00 400 190–348 5-13 x FLA LGL36400M38X 6041.00 LJL36400M38X 6160.00 LLL36400M38X 6468.00 LRL36400M38X 7115.00 312–520 5-13 x FLA LGL36600M38X 8429.00 LJL36600M38X 8604.00 LLL36600M38X 9156.00 LRL36600M38X 10072.00 600 2.3 M Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection) —1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M plus —1 contactor The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection. Accessories . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . .Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 7-54 and 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56 To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-31 7 Motor protection circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor feeder solutions to provide protection against short-circuits, overloads, and phase unbalance. MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection Class 680 Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a contactor and overload relay. 1. For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current. 2. 3. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate. Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from page 7-33 for those applications. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See page 7-31 for available Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers. 4. Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows: This selection table is suitable for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows: Table 7.65: 5. Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes Horsepower Motor Code letter 1/2 or less 3/4 to 1-1/2 2 to 3 5 to 25 30 to 125 150 or more A–L A–K A–J A–H A–G A–F 6. 7. Table 7.66: PowerPact H-Frame and L-Frame Motor Protector Circuit Breaker Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac 10 575 Vac 5 7 15 5 15 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 30 10 25 30 40 15 15 40 50 20 20 60 50 75 200 250 100 100 300 250 125 350 125 150 300 400 150 350 500 400 200 7-32 PowerPact Family Full Motor Protector Load Breaker Amperesa Circuit Cat. No.b Magnetic Trip Settingsc MIN 14 15..2 17 17.5 21 22 25.3 27 28 32 32.2 34 40 41 42 48.3 52 54 62 65 221 240 242 248 285 289 302 312 336 359 360 361 382 414 472 477 480 H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X Table 7.67: 3Ø 60 Hz MAX 1300% LAL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 200 Vac 75 500% www.schneider-electric.us 230 Vac 460 Vac 575 Vac Full Mag-Gard Load Circuit Breaker Amperesa Cat. No. Magnetic Trip Settingsc MIN MAX 221 LAL3640033M 700% 1400% 200 240 LAL3640035M 700% 1500% 250 242 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 100 248 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 100 285 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 300 289 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 250 302 LAL3640036M 700% 1300% 125 312 LAL3640036M 600% 1300% a Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V. b To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (G, J, or L). M38X is for standard trip units. For advanced trip units (LCD display, metering and communication, replace with M58X). c Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers. d See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%. e If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Motor Circuit Protectors Motor Protection Selection Tables Class 601 www.schneider-electric.us Horsepower Ratings Squirrel-Cage and WoundRotor Motors with Norm. 1Ø Torque Characteritics 10 Hz ac Operating at usual Speeds 3Ø 60 Hz 200 230 460 575 115 200 230 Vacb Vac Vac Vac Vac Vacb Vac 3/4 1/3 5 2 3/4 1 120 Vdc 240 Vdc 3.4 2 7-1/2 1 1 3 1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 1-1/2 2 3 1-1/2 3/4 2 10 5 1 15 3 2 5 3 1-1/2 5 15 7-1/2 2 3 7-1/2 20 25 10 5 7-1/2 30 10 25 3 10 7-1/2 5 15 7--1/2 15 10 40 50 20 15 5 10 7-1/2 60 20 50 25 20 10 60 75 25 30 7-1/2 25 30 75 100 10 40 30 40 100 125 50 40 150 50 60 125 50 60 150 75 200 75 200 250 100 100 300 250 125 350 125 150 300 400 150 350 500 400 200 200 500 250 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Average Direct Current Motors Full Operating at Load Base Speed Amperagef 6.9 A 7.2 A 7.6 A 7.8 A 7.9 A 8.0 A 8.5 A 9.0 A 9.2 A 9.5 A 9.6 A 9.8 A 10.0 A 11.0 A 11.5 A 12.0 A 12.2 A 13.2 A 13.8 A 14.0 A 15.2 A 16.0 A 17.0 A 17.5 A 19.6 A 20.0 A 21.0 A 22.0 A 24.0 A 25.0 A 25.3 A 27.0 A 28.0 A 29.0 A 32.0 A 32.2 A 34.0 A 38.0 A 40.0 A 41.0 A 42.0 A 46.0 A 48.3 A 50.0 A 52.0 A 54.0 A 55.0 A 56.0 A 57.5 A 58.0 A 62.0 A 62.1 A 65.0 A 68.0 A 72.0 A 76.0 A 77.0 A 78.2 A 80.0 A 89.0 A 92.0 A 96.0 A 99.0 A 100.0 A 104.0 A 106.0 A 120.0 A 124.0 A 125.0 A 130.0 A 140.0 A 144.0 A 150.0 A 154.0 A 156.0 A 173.0 A 177.0 A 180.0 A 192.0 A 221.0 A 240.0 A 242.0 A 248.0 A 285.0 A 289.0 A 302.0 A 312.0 A 336.0 A 359.0 A 360.0 A 361.0 A 382.0 A 414.0 A 472.0 A 477.0 A 480.0 A 552.0 A 590.0 A 602.0 A Amperage of ThermalMinimum Size metallic QMB Magnetichj Inverse Time Circuit Conduit 75° C, C Wire Fieldand Breaker Heavy Installed Sized for 125% FLAe Duty For Motor Code For Conduit 3 W Switch Letter B to E Motor with AWG Code Heavy Service THHN Time kcmil Ordinary Energy Letter F Delay THWN THW Servicec and to Vi Fusesg Efficientd XHHW 15 A 20 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 20 A 30 A 14 1/2 in. N/A 12 1/2 in. N/A 10 1/2 in. N/A 8 1/2 in.a N/A 6 3/4 in. 1 in. 4 1 in. 1 in. 3 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 2 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 1/0 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2/0 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in. 3/0 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 30 A 25 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 35 A 45 A 35 A 40 A 40 A 45 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 50 A 50 A 70 A 60 A 80 A 60 A 70 A 90 A 80 A 100 A 90 A 110 A 60 A 80 A 125 A 110 A 90 A 150 A 125 A 100 A 175 A 100 A 150 A 110 A 125 A 200 A 110 A 175 A 225 A 125 A 200 A 250 A 150 A 225 A 175 A 300 A 250 A 250 A 200 A 350 A 200 A 300 A 225 A 250 A 400 A 350 A 400 A 300 A 450 A 350 A 500 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 600 A 700 A 900 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 700 A 2 in. 2 in. 250 300 2 in. 2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. 350 2-1/2 in. 2-1/2 in. 500 3 in. 3 in. (2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in. 900 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A (2) 4/0 (2) 2 in. (2) 2 in. (2)300 (2) 2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in. 1000 A 600 A 900 A 800 A 4/0 500 A 1200 A 1600 A (2) 350 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in. — (3) 300 (3) 2 in. (3) 2-1/2 in. 7-33 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS a 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit for 3W. b200 V motors are commonly used on 208 V services. cOrdinary service for normal starting duty only, acceleration time of 10 sec. or less. dHeavy service is jogging or plugging duty or cycling load with over 25 starts per hour or over 5 starts per minute. Energy efficient motors are polyphase motors defined in NEMA Standard MG1 and exhibit high starting current. eNEC 430.22 for Single Motor, Smaller conductors may be permitted for light duty-cycle service per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC motors operating from rectified 1Ø power supply will require larger conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception No. 1. For motor-generator arc welders, see 630.11. fMotor full load currents thru 200 hp are taken from NEC Tables 430.147, 148 and 150. Above 200 hp from UL 98. Select wire size, circuit breakers, or fuses on basis of hp rather than nameplate full load current per NEC 430.6. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 16-129— 16-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. Voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 110– 120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440– 480 V and 550–600 V. gSwitch size only is shown in table. Selected fuses should not exceed maximum percent of full-load current as given in NEC Table 430.52. Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp rated by UL as Motor Circuit Switches, but as General Use Switches only and are not necessarily capable of interrupting the max. operating overload current of a motor. See NEC 100 for definition of General Use Switch. When protecting a 3Ø, Design E energy efficient motor, the switch is required by NEC 430.109 to have a hp rating of not less than 1.4 times that of a motor rated 3–100 hp, or not less than 1.3 times that of a motor rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in this table do not necessarily comply with that requirement. hThermal-magnetic circuit breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions, based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Table 430.52. Under some conditions, the next size larger switch or circuit breaker rating may be necessary to accommodate the motor starting current and is permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1) Exception 2. High starting currents are anticipated with Design E and other energy efficient motors. For explanation of Code letter markings, see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plugin units, see page 9-7. iThermal-magnetic breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions and based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Tables 430.7(B) and 430.52. jType LC, LI, LX, LXI, and LE circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single motor branch circuits. Contact your local Field Office for circuit breaker selection on constant horsepower multi-speed motors. Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Based on 2005 NEC® Tables 430.147, 430.148 & 430.150 7 Table 7.68: Automatic Switches Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no overload or low level fault protection. Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping device such as a shunt trip. All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available. Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified. J-Frame Switch L-Frame Switch Table 7.69: H-Frame, J-Frame, and L-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac Circuit Ampere Breaker Poles Rating 2 H-Frame J-Frame 3 3 L-Frame 4 150 A 175 A 250 A 150 A 175 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 400 A 600 A G Withstand L Withstand Table 7.70: Circuit Breaker Poles Frame Poles 7 2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS P 3 2 R 3 Cat. No. — — — — JRL36000S17 JRL36000S25 LRL36000S40X LRL36000S60X LRL46000S40X LRL46000S60X $ Price Trip Point — — — — — — — — 2673.00 3125 A 2673.00 3125 A 5370.00 4800 A 5902.00 6600 A 6882.00 4800 A 7414.00 6600 A Terminal Wire Range AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K4 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches J Withstand Ampere Rating Wire Range Cat. No. 2 225 A QBL22000S22c Q-Frameb 3 225 A QBL32000S22c b Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac. c DE2A discount schedule. Table 7.71: R Withstand Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point HGL26000S15a 1349.00 2250A HLL26000S15 1590.00 2250 A JGL26000S17 1827.00 3125 A JLL26000S17 1980.00 3125 A JGL26000S25 1827.00 3125 A JLL26000S25 1980.00 3125 A HGL36000S15 1799.00 2250 A HLL36000S15 1988.00 2250 A JGL36000S17 2286.00 3125 A JLL36000S17 2475.00 3125 A JGL36000S25 2286.00 3125 A JLL36000S25 2475.00 3125 A LGL36000S40X 4572.00 4800 A LLL36000S40X 4972.00 4800 A LGL36000S60X 5065.00 6600A LLL36000S60X 5465.00 6600 A LGL46000S40X 5972.00 4800 A LLL46000S40X 6372.00 4800 A LGL46000S60X 6465.00 6600A LLL46000S60X 6865.00 6600 A a True 2P device. Others are a 2P in a 3P module. $ Price 440.00 1193.00 Trip Point 4500 A 4500 A 4 AWG–300 kcmil P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switchese, 600 Vac Ampere Rating 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A J Withstand K Withstand L Withstand Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. PJL26000S60 5340.00 10 kA PKL26000S60 5340.00 24 kA PLL24000S60d PJL26000S80 5991.00 10 kA PKL26000S80 5991.00 24 kA PLL24000S80d PJL26000S10 7469.00 10 kA PKL26000S10 7469.00 24 kA PLL24000S10d PJL26000S12 11744.00 10 kA PKL26000S12 11744.00 24 kA PLL24000S12d PJL36000S60 6584.00 10 kA PKL36000S60 6584.00 24 kA PLL34000S60d PJL36000S80 7236.00 10 kA PKL36000S80 7236.00 24 kA PLL34000S80d PJL36000S10 9287.00 10 kA PKL36000S10 9287.00 24 kA PLL34000S10d PJL36000S12 11867.00 10 kA PKL36000S12 11867.00 24 kA PLL34000S12d — — — RKF26000S12 12213.00 57 kA RLF26000S12 — — — RKF26000S16 14685.00 57 kA RLF26000S16 — — — RKF26000S20 15687.00 57 kA RLF26000S20 — — — RKF26000S25 24948.00 57 kA RLF26000S25 — — — RKF36000S12 13602.00 57 kA RLF36000S12 — — — RKF36000S16 15911.00 57 kA RLF36000S16 — — — RKF36000S20 19374.00 57 kA RLF36000S20 — — — RKF36000S25 30836.00 57 kA RLF36000S25 — — — RKF36000S30 41104.00 57 kA RLF36000S30 d P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only. e UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown. Table 7.72: $ Price Trip Point 5715.00 10 kA 6414.00 10 kA 7995.00 10 kA 10887.00 10 kA 6974.00 10 kA 7667.00 10 kA 9837.00 10 kA 12570.00 10 kA 12855.00 48 kA 14825.00 48 kA 15837.00 48 kA 25185.00 48 kA 14318.00 48 kA 16062.00 48 kA 19559.00 48 kA 31130.00 48 kA 41496.00 48 kA Terminal Wire Range AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu R-frame circuit breakers can be bus-connected or cable-connected. For cable connections, RLTB kit or equivalent bus structure is required. Kit is included with 3000 A switches. For all others, see page 7-44. H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratingsf Withstand Voltage G J K L R 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kAg 100 kA 200 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kAg 50 kA 100 kA f The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. g R-frame withstand is 65 kA. Accessories . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58 7-34 DE2 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500 Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems. This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for LH, and MH circuit breakers and 25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc. LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range. These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See diagram below. NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available for this application. Table 7.73: Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/ Francher seulement comme suit: 300 V 300 V 600 V MAX. or MAX. MAX. o ou Load/Carga/ Charge Load/Carga/ Charge Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating) 500 Vdc max. (loaded) DC Circuit Breaker Label CAUTION/PRECAUCION/ ATTENTION Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/ Brancher seulement comme suit: + 600 V MAX. + Load/Carga/ Charge 600 V MAX. - or o ou - Load/Carga/ Charge 600 V MAX. Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating) 500 Vdc max. (loaded) MHL–DCH Breaker Only a b DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Cat. No. 100 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1200 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1200 A JGL37100D81 JGL37125D81 JGL37150D81 JGL37175D81 JGL37200D82 JGL37225D82 JGL37250D82 LHL3625025DC LHL3630026DC LHL3635029DC LHL3640030DC MHL3645031DC MHL3650032DC MHL3660033DC MHL3670035DC MHL3680036DC MHL3690039DC MHL36100040DC MHL36120040DCb MHL3645031DCH MHL3650032DCH MHL3660033DCH MHL3670035DCH MHL3680036DCH MHL3690039DCH MHL36100040DCH MHL36120040DCHb Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range— Interrupting Rating DC Amperesa @ 500 Vdc Low High 400 600 400 600 20 k AIR 400 600 400 600 500 850 500 850 20 k AIR 500 850 625 1250 750 1500 20 k AIR 875 1750 1000 2000 1125 2250 1250 2500 1500 3000 1750 3500 20 k AIR 2000 4000 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 25 k AIR 1125 2250 1250 2500 1500 3000 1750 3500 50 k AIR 2000 4000 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 50 k AIR $ Price 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 5001.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 9456.00 9456.00 9456.00 11882.00 11882.00 14078.00 14078.00 16758.00 12506.00 12506.00 12506.00 14932.00 14932.00 17128.00 17128.00 19808.00 Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure. Ampere Rating PAF361200DC PAF361600DC PAF362000DC PCF362500DC Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC Amperesa Hold 1200 1600 2000 2500 Trip 1620 2160 2700 3375 Interrupting Rating @ 500 Vdc 25 k AIR 25 k AIR $ Price 24726.00 24726.00 24726.00 39365.00 7 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A Circuit Breaker Cat. No. MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS CAUTION/PRECAUCION/ ATTENTION Accessories. . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-55 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-33 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-35 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers UL Listed 500 Vdc NW Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breaker Table 7.74: Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Interrupting Rating 500 Vdc (max 600 Vdc unloaded) 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A NW08NDC NW12NDC NW16NDC NW20NDC NW25NDC NW30NDC NW40NDC NW08HDC NW12HDC NW16HDC NW20HDC NW25HDC NW30HDC NW40HDC 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA $ Price Fixed Circuit Breaker Version C 42214.00 42214.00 42214.00 42214.00 56158.00 70100.00 84044.00 46858.00 46858.00 46858.00 46858.00 62335.00 77811.00 93289.00 Version C1 42746.00 42746.00 42746.00 42746.00 56690.00 70632.00 84576.00 47448.00 47448.00 47448.00 47448.00 62926.00 78402.00 93879.00 $ Price Drawout Circuit Breaker Version C 39824.00 39824.00 39824.00 39824.00 56662.00 73500.00 90338.00 44205.00 44205.00 44205.00 44205.00 64076.00 81585.00 100275.00 Version C1 40888.00 40888.00 40888.00 40888.00 57726.00 74564.00 90142.00 45386.00 45386.00 45386.00 45386.00 64076.00 82766.00 100058.00 $ Price Cradle Version C 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 Version C1 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-36 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Selective Coordination www.schneider-electric.us Designed for selectively coordinated systems, mission critical circuit breakers maximize continuity of the electrical service by allowing the branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. PowerPact D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker Mission critical circuit breakers are engineered with technology that optimizes current, time and energy selectivity so the fault is cleared by the circuit breaker immediately upstream of the occurrence. This technology (see figure below) allows the remaining areas of the electrical system to continue operation without disruption. In addition to QO 20 A 1P Load unique design attributes, Square D mission critical circuit breakers have also undergone rigorous testing procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—combining innovative engineering with FAULT validated test results. QO 100 A 2P Apply Square D mission critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems, data centers, hospitals Load or anywhere continuity of service is desired. The PowerPact™ J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective coordination in a flexible design that can be easily configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be selectively coordinated with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical. An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in four sensor sizes, allowing coverage from 70 A through 600 A on a 120–240, 208Y/120, 240, 480Y/277, and 480 V systems. 06163051 208 Y/120 V 3 Phase Panel Table 7.75: PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Ratings Available Configurations I-Line mounting Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards Unit mount for OEM users Plug-in base for OEM users Drawout base ofr OEM users UL 489 Listed CSA Certified Voltage: 480 V Table 7.76: J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Trip D Interrupting Trip Unit Continuous Unit Type Function Current Cat. No. $ Price Standard LI 3.2 W 250 JDL34250WU31X 3489. Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 JDL34250WU33X 3801. High Perf. Ammerter LSI 5.2A-W 250 JDL34250WU43X 4809. High Perf. Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 JDL34250WU53X 5414. High Perf. Ammerter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 JDL34250WU44X 6018. High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 JDL34250WU54X 6623. a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. Table 7.77: G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JGL34250WU31X 4727. JGL34250WU33X 5039. JGL34250WU43X 6046. JGL34250WU53X 6652. JGL34250WU44X 7256. JGL34250WU54X 7861. J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JJL34250WU31X 6678. JJL34250WU33X 6989. JJL34250WU43X 7997. JJL34250WU53X 8602. JJL34250WU44X 9206. JJL34250WU54X 9812. L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JLL34250WU31X 8629. JLL34250WU33X 8941. JLL34250WU43X 9949. JLL34250WU53X 10554. JLL34250WU44X 11158. JLL34250WU54X 11763. Terminal AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Unit Type Trip Trip Unit Continuous Function Current D Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price Terminal 480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P LJL34250WU31X LJL34400WU31X LJL34600WU31X LJL34250WU33X LJL34400WU33X LJL34600WU33X LJL34400WU43X LJL34600WU43X LJL34400WU53X LJL34600WU53X LJL34400WU44X LJL34600WU44X LJL34400WU54X LJL34600WU54X 10004. 10004. 12438. 10704. 10704. 13138. 11775. 14208. 12952. 15386. 14131. 16844. 15307. 17741. LLL34250WU31X LLL34400WU31X LLL34300WU31X LLL34250WU33X LLL34400WU33X LLL34300WU33X LLL34400WU43X LLL34300WU43X LLL34400WU53X LLL34300WU53X LLL34400WU44X LLL34300WU44X LLL34400WU54X LLL34300WU54X 11703. 11703. 13968. 12403. 12403. 14667. 13474. 15738. 14651. 16915. 15830. 18093. 17006. 19271. 250 LDL44250WU31X 6196. LGL44250WU31X 400 LDL44400WU31X 7096. LGL44400WU31X 600 LDL44600WU31X 9789. LGL44600WU31X 250 LDL44250WU33X 6861. LGL44250WU33X Standard LSI 3.3S-W 400 LDL44400WU33X 7761. LGL44400WU33X 600 LDL44600WU33X 10454. LGL44600WU33X 400 LDL44400WU43X 8779. LGL44400WU43X High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 600 LDL44600WU43X 11471. LGL44600WU43X 400 LDL44400WU53X 9896. LGL44400WU53X High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W 600 LDL44600WU53X 12590. LGL44600WU53X 400 LDL44400WU44X 11016. LGL44400WU44X High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 600 LDL44600WU44X 13709. LGL44600WU44X 400 LDL44400WU54X 12134. LGL44400WU54X High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 600 LDL44600WU54X 14827. LGL44600WU54X a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu. c AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu. 6496. 7396. 10231. 7195. 8095. 10931. 9167. 12001. 10343. 13179. 11522. 14356. 12699. 15534. LJL44250WU31X LJL44400WU31X LJL44600WU31X LJL44250WU33X LJL44400WU33X LJL44600WU33X LJL44400WU43X LJL44600WU43X LJL44400WU53X LJL44600WU53X LJL44400WU44X LJL44600WU44X LJL44400WU54X LJL44600WU54X 10504. 11404. 13838. 11204. 12104. 14538. 13175. 15608. 14352. 16786. 15531. 18244. 16707. 19141. LLL44250WU31X LLL44400WU31X LLL44300WU31X LLL44250WU33X LLL44400WU33X LLL44300WU33X LLL44400WU43X LLL44300WU43X LLL44400WU53X LLL44300WU53X LLL44400WU44X LLL44300WU44X LLL44400WU54X LLL44300WU54X 12203. 13103. 15368. 12903. 13803. 16067. 14874. 17138. 16051. 18315. 17230. 19493. 18406. 20671. 3.3 W Standard LSI 3.3S-W High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 250 400 600 250 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 600 LDL34250WU31X LDL34400WU31X LDL34600WU31X LDL34250WU33X LDL34400WU33X LDL34600WU33X LDL34400WU43X LDL34600WU43X LDL34400WU53X LDL34600WU53X LDL34400WU44X LDL34600WU44X LDL34400WU54X LDL34600WU54X 5696. 5696. 8389. 6361. 6361. 9054. 7379. 10071. 8496. 11190. 9616. 12309. 10734. 13427. AL400L61K3b AL600LS52K3c AL400L61K3b AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c 480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P Standard Table 7.78: LI 3.3 W AL400L61K4b AL600LS52K4c AL400L61K4b AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)a termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end HGL36100 N = Plug-in b D = Drawout b Termination Letter S = Rear Connected b Rear Connected Plug-in Drawout a Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit. b For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. Table 7.79: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings D 25 kA 18 kA © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Interrupting Rating G J 65 kA 100 kA 35 kA 65 kA L 125 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 DE2 Discount Schedule MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5996. 5996. 8831. 6695. 6695. 9531. 7767. 10601. 8943. 11779. 10122. 12956. 11299. 14134. LI 7-37 7 LGL34250WU31X LGL34400WU31X LGL34600WU31X LGL34250WU33X LGL34400WU33X LGL34600WU33X LGL34400WU43X LGL34600WU43X LGL34400WU53X LGL34600WU53X LGL34400WU44X LGL34600WU44X LGL34400WU54X LGL34600WU54X Standard Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Selective Coordination www.schneider-electric.us LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating). The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. Table 7.80: Ampere Rating L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission Critical Loads AC Magnetic Level Factory Set Standard Interrupting Hold Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. LAL34200MC LAL34225MC LAL34250MC 4962.00 4962.00 5355.00 LHL34200MC LHL34225MC LHL34250MC 7941.00 7941.00 AL250LAMC 8336.00 (1) 250–350 kcmil Al (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al Trip LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac 200 A 3400 A 4000 A 225 A 3825 A 4500 A 250 A 4250 A 5000 A 400 A Table 7.81: 6000 A 7200 A High Interrupting $ Price Terminal Cat. No. AL400LA Wire Range L-Frame Interrupting Table LAL LHL 240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units The advantages of being able to adjust the trip curve of a circuit breaker equipped with an electronic trip system are obvious. There are other advantages, such as being able to adjust or turn off the instantaneous trip function on some circuit beakers and models of trip units. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Compression and PDC Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest Page 3-30 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-38 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Electrical Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories Accessory Auxiliary and Alarm Switches (OF, SD, SDE) Description Standard Min Load = 10mA with Provides circuit 24V breaker contact status. Note: The location of the accessory in the circuit breaker determines its function. H-, J-, L-, M-, P, and R-Frame Low Level Min Load = 1mA with 24V Shunt Trip (MX) Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate supply voltage circuit. H-, J-, and L-Frame Undervoltage Trip (MN) Instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when the under-voltage trip supply voltage drops to a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage. H-, J-, and L-Frame Time Delay Unit Undervoltage trip with externally mounted adjustable time delay unit for UVR of 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, 3.0 seconds before circuit breaker trips Undervoltage trip with externally mounted nonadjustable time delay unit of 0.25 sec before circuit breaker trips. a b c d e FactoryFieldInstalled Cat. Suffix Installable $ Price Cat. No. 1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b AA S29450 297.00 2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b AB 2x S29450 594.00 3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b AC — — Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BC S29450 297.00 Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b BD — 338.00 OF Switch — S29450 297.00 Consisting of: SDE Adapter — S29451 40.00 Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch BE — 635.00 OF Switch — 2x S29450 594.00 Consisting of: SDE Adapter — S29451 40.00 Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter — — — (OF/SD/SDE) Kit One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b AE S29452 372.00 Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b AF 2x S29452 744.00 3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b AG — — Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b BH S29452 372.00 Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b BJ — 413.00 OF Switch — S29452 372.00 Consisting of: SDE Adapter — S29451 40.00 Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch BK — 785.00 OF Switch — 2x S29452 744.00 Consisting of: SDE Adapterd — S29451 40.00 24 SK S29384 48 SL S29385 110–130 SA S29386 AC 220–240 — — 717.00 208–277 SD S29387 380–480 SH S29388 525–600 SJ S29389 12 SN S29382 24 SO S29390 30 SU S29391 48 SP S29392 717.00 DC 60 SV S29383 125 SR S29393 250 SS S29394 24 UK S29404 48 UL S29405 110–130 UA S29406 AC 220–240 — — 717.00 208–277 UD S29407 380–480 UH S29408 525–600 UJ S29409 12 UN S29402 24 UO S29410 30 UU S29411 DC 48 UP S29412 717.00 60 UV S29403 125 UR S29413 250 US S29414 48 — S33680 100–130 — S33681 1140.00 AC/DC 220–250 — S33682 Rated Voltage M-, P-, and R-Frame L-Frame FieldInstallable Cat. No. S29450 2x S29450 3x S29450 S29450 S29450 — — 2x S29450 — — 2x 3x 2x Factory Installed $ Price Cat. Suffix 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — AA AB AC BC BD — — BE — — — — — S29452 S29452 S29452 S29452 S29452 — — S29452 — — S29384 S29385 S29386 — S29387 S29388 S29389 S29382 S29390 S29391 S29392 S29383 S29393 S29394 S29404 S29405 S29406 — S29407 S29408 S29409 S29402 S29410 S29411 S29412 S29403 S29413 S29414 S33680 S33681 S33682 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — AE AF AG BH BJ e — — BKe — — SK SL SA SC SD SH — SN SK SK SL SL SA SC UK UL UA UC — UH — — UK UK UL UL UA UC — — — — 380–480 — — — — 48 — S29426 930.00 S29426 100–130 — — — — 200–250 — — — — 220–240 — S29427 930.00 S29427 717.00 717.00 717.00 717.00 1140.00 FieldInstallable Cat. No. $ Price S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 — — S29450 — — 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — S33801c 297.00 2x 3x 2x S29452 2x S29452 3x S29452 S29452 S29452 — — 2x S29452 — — S33659 S33660 S33661 S33662 S33663 S33664 — S33658 S33659 S33659 S33660 S33660 S33661 S33662 S33668 S33669 S33670 S33671 — S33673 — — S33668 S33668 S33669 S33669 S33670 S33671 S33680ab S33681ab S33682ab — S33683ab — — — — S33684ab — — S33685ab — — 930.00 AC/DC 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 1140.00 930.00 930.00 Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately. Discount schedule DE2F. P-frame drawout circuit breaker only. SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only. Not available on electrically operated P-frame. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-, J-, and L-Frame H- and J-Frame 7 Table 7.82: 7-39 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Table 7.83: Motor Operators and Rotary Handles Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description AC DC Communicating motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakerse Motor Operator AC J-Frame L-Frame 600 A $ Price Cat. No. S31548 S31540 $ Price Cat. No. S432639 S432640 $ Price ML MA Cat. No. S29440 S29433 1161.00 S31541 3123.00 S432641 3395.00 MD S29434 MF MH MO MV MR MS — S29435 S29436 S29437 S29438 S29439 220–240 NC S429441 1509.00 S431549 4060.00 S432652 4414.00 — — — — S41940 S42888 — 146.00 146.00 — S41940 S42888 — 146.00 146.00 S32649 S41940 S42888 59.00 146.00 146.00 — S429449 155.00 S429449 155.00 — — — — S37420 — 119.00 — S37420 — 119.00 S32648 — Operations counter Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker Table 7.84: H-Framea 48–60 110–130 208–277 220–240 380–415 440–480 24–30 48–60 110–130 250 Mounting hardware Ronis lock Profalux lock Mounting hardware plus Ronis lock Locking device Field--Installable Kit Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix Rated Voltage Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakersd — S31542 S31543 S31544 S31545 S31546 1161.00 S432642 S432647 S432643 S432644 S432645 S432646 3123.00 3545.00 — 225.00 — Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakers. Factory-installed includes motor and opening/closing coils. Spring-charging Motor 7 Table 7.85: Communicating motor mechanism for electrically operated circuit breakers. Factory-installed includes motor and opening/closing coils. Rated Voltage AC DC AC DC 48 100–130 220–240 380–415 24–30 48–60 110–130 200–250 48 100–130 220–240 380–415 24–30 48–60 110–130 200–250 Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix ML MA MC MF MO MV MR MS NL NA NC NF NO NV NR NS P-Frame (For Field-replacement Only) $ Price Spring Charging Motor Cat. No. S47391 S47395 5090.00 S47396 S47398 S47390 S47391 5090.00 S47392 S47393 S47391 S47395 5090.00 S47396 S47398 S47390 S47391 5090.00 S47392 S47393 Replacement Coils $ Price c Opening/Closing Coil Cat. No. S33660 S33661 3580.00 S33662 S33664 S33659 S33660 3580.00 S33661 S33662 S33034 S33035 3580.00 S33036 S33038 S33033 S33034 3580.00 S33035 S33036 $ Price 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 Rotary Operated Handles H- and J-Framea MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Device Description Standard black handle Handle only Two early-break and two early make switches Standard black handle with One early-break switch Two early-make switches Direct Mounted Handle only Red handle on yellow bezel One early-break switch Two early-make switches MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory Standard black handle Handle only Two early-break and two early make Door Standard black handle switches Mounted with: Two early make switches Red handle on yellow bezel Handle only Rotary Handle Replacement Kit Telescoping Key lock adapter Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z Key locks Accessories 2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key 2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key One early-break switch Indication Auxiliary Switch Two early-make switches e Direct-Mounted handle L-Frame Factory Field Installable $ Price Factory Installed Field Installable Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix RD10 S29337 225.00 RD10 S32597 a b c d 7-40 www.schneider-electric.us — — — — — RD12 RD13 RD20 RD22 RD23 — — RE10 S29337 + S29345 S29337 + S29346 S29339 S29339 + S29345 S29339 + S29346 S429341 — S29338 345.00 404.00 234.00 354.00 413.00 102.00 — 383.00 RD12 RD13 RD20 RD22 RD23 — — RE10 S32597 + S32605 S32597 + S29346 S32599 S32599 + S32605 S32599 + S29346 S32606 S32602 S32598 — — — — — P-Frame Factory $ Price Installed Cat. No. Suffix 366.00 RD10 — 486.00 545.00 407.00 527.00 586.00 102.00 102.00 557.00 — $ Price 539.00 RD16 822.00 — — — — — — — RE10 — — — — — — — 971.00 RE16 1268.00 RE13 S29338 + S29346 503.00 RE13 S32598 + S29346 736.00 — — RE20 S29340 399.00 RE20 S32600 597.00 — — — — — — — — S33875 795.00 RT10 S29343 492.00 RT10 S32603 617.00 — — — S429344 58.00 — S32604 58.00 — — — S41940 146.00 — S41940 146.00 — — — S42888 146.00 — S42888 146.00 — — — S41950 185.00 — S41950 185.00 — — — S42878 185.00 — S42878 185.00 — — — S29445 120.00 — S32605 120.00 — — — S29346 179.00 — S29346 179.00 — — Not available in H-frame 2P modules. CP1 discount schedule. DE2F discount schedule. Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for H- and J-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch and SDE adapter (both included). Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for L-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch (included). Installation requires BSCM with NSX Cord. SeeTable 7.118, page 7-49 for ordering information. Door-Mounted Handle DE2F CP1 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Locks, Interlocking H- and J-Frame Q-Frame L-Frame Factory FieldFieldFieldInstalled Installed $ Price Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix — S29370 50.00 S29370 YP S29371 77.00 QBPA 77.00 S32631 YQ S37422 122.00 QBPAF 77.00 NJPAF YQ H2PHLA 122.00 — — — Description Removable (lock OFF only) Fixed (lock OFF or ON) Fixed (lock OFF only)a Fixed (lock OFF only)–2P Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary — S29369 494.00 Interlocking handlesa (Not UL listed) Mechanical for circuit breakers with togglesa — S29354 494.00 Provision only, vertical Kirk — — — mount, 1 or 2 locks Provisions only, vertical mounting one key interlock Kirk — — — including padlock provision, open position only. Provision only, horizontal Kirk — — — mount Ronis — — — 1 lock, M- and P-frame Profalux — — — 1 or 2 locks, R-frame Provision and 1 lock, vertical Kirk — — — mount Key Locking Kirk — — — Provision and 1 lock, Ronis — — — horizontal mount Profalux — — — Provision and 2 locks keyed Kirk — — — alike Provision and 2 locks keyed Kirk — — — differently a Not available in M frame or HD and HG 2P modules. b Not available on M-frame. c Not available for M, P or P frame drawout. Only available on P frame electronic. d Not available on I-Line. Handle Padlocking Device — QBMIK Table 7.87: $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 — M- and P-Frame Factory FieldInstalled Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix — S44936 YP S32631 YQ MPRPAF — — R-Frame FieldInstalled Cat. No. $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 — Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix — YP YQ — S33996 S32631 MPRPAF — 50.00 122.00 122.00 — $ Price — S32621 494.00 — S33890 1220.00 — — — 90.00 S32614 494.00 — — — — — — — — — — JA — 323.00 — — — — — JEbd — 445.00 JEd — 445.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — JK JBc JDc — — — 323.00 323.00 323.00 JK JB JD — — — 323.00 323.00 323.00 — — — — JG — 1796.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — JL JCc JFc — — — 1796.00 2285.00 2285.00 JL JC JF — — — 1796.00 2285.00 2285.00 — — — — JN — 2285.00 JN — 2285.00 — — — — JP — 3269.00 JP — 3269.00 Installation Accessories fo H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Description Handle Rubber Boot Door Escutcheon Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended escutcheon Phase Barriers (set of 6) Handle Rubber Boote Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws) DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN rail)e DIN rail adapter Handle Extensions (set of 5) e Not available in HD and HG 2P modules. Table 7.88: FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29315 48.00 S29317 63.00 S32558 74.00 S29329 S29319 S29375 S29305 — S29313 53.00 135.00 42.00 188.00 — 140.00 32570 S32560 S29375 — — S432553 72.00 171.00 42.00 — — 165.00 $ Price Description Rear Connection Toggle Handle Drawout Short lug cover 3P Short lug cover 4P Long lug cover 3P Long lug cover 4P Standard Standard Short Long Terminal Covers Replacement Handle f Table 7.89: M-, P-Frame R-Frame M-, P-Frame P-Frame P-Frame R-Frame M-, P-Frame M-, P-Frame 55.00 $ Price 176.00 176.00 47.00 308.00 165.00 216.00 216.00 281.00 111.00 44.00 44.00 DE2F discount schedule. Rear Connections H-Frame J-Frame FactoryFactoryFieldFieldInstalled Installed Poles Termination Installable $ Price Poles Termination Installed $ Price Poles Cat. No. Cat. No. No. No. 2 S — — 2 S — — 3 Mixed Rear Connection Kitg 3 S S37432 381.00 3 S S37437 381.00 4 Short rear connections (set of 2) — 2x S37433h 84.00 — 2x S37438h 84.00 2 or 3 2 or 3 3 Long rear connections (set of 2) — S37434 105.00 — S37439i 105.00 Consisting of: Short terminal cover (3P) 3 — S37436 119.00 3 — S37440 119.00 3 Short terminal cover (4P) 4 — — — — — — — 4 g Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers.. h Price shown is for quantity one. i For use with 3P circuit breakers only. Device FieldInstalled Cat. No. S33718f S33929 S33717 S33857f S33932 S33933 S33934 S33935 S33997 S46998 S46996 Frame Accessory Cover Door Escutcheon Fixed Padlock Attachment $ Price Installation Accessories for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Covers Removable Padlock Attachment L-Frame FieldInstalled Cat. No. 32556 Description © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule L-Frame FactoryInstalled Termination No. S S — — — — Field-Installed Cat. No. $ Price S32477 S32478 S432475h S432476h S32562h S32563h 1059.00 1344.00 219.00 261.00 149.00 161.00 2x 2x 2x 2x 7-41 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Device 7 Table 7.86: PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Mechanical Lugs Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 7.90: Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakersa Circuit Breaker Application Description J-Frame Lug Standard Ampere Rating Optional HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A Al Lugs for Use with Al JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–175 A or Cu Wire JD, JG, JJ, JL 200–250 A JD,JG,JJ,JL HD,HG,HJ,HL Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only JD,JG,JJ,JL Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit a See page 7-44 for terminal nuts/bus bar connections. Table 7.91: Ampere Rating Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range Kit Cat. No. Qty Per Kit $ Price Per Kit 150–175 A 15–150 A 150–250 A (1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu (1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu (1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu (1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu (1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD CU150HD CU250JD S37423 S37424 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 75.00 113.00 113.00 156.00 314.00 53.00 53.00 Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range Kit Cat. No. Qty Per Kit $ Price Per Kit (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu AL400L61K3 AL400L61K4 AL600LS52K3 AL600LS52K4 AL600LF52K3 CU400L61K3 CU400L61K4 CU600LS52K3 CU600LS52K4 CU600LF52K3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 143.00 176.00 341.00 449.00 831.00 755.00 983.00 1832.00 2385.00 2395.00 Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Application Description Ampere Rating 250 Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire L-Frame Lugs 400/600 400/600 250/400 Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only 400/600 400/600 Table 7.92: Poles Unit Mount I-Line 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 X X X X X X X X X X X — — — X X — — — X (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu Mechanical Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakerse Circuit Breaker Application Description M- and P-Frame Lugs (800 A and below) Standard M-, P-Frame Al Lugs for AL or Cu Wire Wires per Lug and Wire Range 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Rating Optional Ampere Rating 800 A — 800 A (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil 750 kcmil: compact AL only 1200 A PG ,PJ, PL 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil — PG, PJ,P L 800–1200 A (3) 350-600 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL 1200 A 1200 A 2500 A — I-Line Unit Mount PJ — — 100–150 A (3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil 750 kcmil: compact AL only (4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil (1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil (1) 1-1/0 AWG P-Frame PG,PJ,PL R-Frame M-, P-Frame 800 A MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL — (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL 800–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil P-Frame 1200 A PG, PJ, PL 800–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil R-Frame 1200 A I-Line — (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil Cu Lugs for Cu Wire Onlyg P-Frame Lugs (Above 800 A) b c d e f g 7-42 www.schneider-electric.us Cat. No. Lugs Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL800M23K AL800M23K4 AL1200P24Kb AL800P6Kb AL800P6K4b AL800P7Kb AL800P7K4b AL1200P25Kc AL1200P25K4c AL1200P6KUc AL1200P6KU4c AL1200P7KUc AL1200P7KU4c AL1200R53K AL2500RKd CU250P1Kf CU800M23K CU800M23K4 CU1200P24Kb CU1200P25Kc CU1200P25K4 CU1200R53K 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 1 2 3 3 4 1 3 4 1 284.00 378.00 155.00 416.00 554.00 464.00 602.00 378.00 504.00 786.00 1038.00 1233.00 1635.00 215.00 132.00 990.00 1647.00 2190.00 569.00 4886.00 6503.00 548.00 Does not fit onto ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers. For unit-mount circuit breaker only. All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44. For lug with a tapped hole for control wire, add a “T” before the “K” in the catalog number (for example, AL800P6TK). This lug can only be used on low amp PJ frame breakers where the Instantaneous setting must not be turned OFF. The cables must be laced with rope per lug instructions. Not available with tapped hole for control wire. DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating System Range Mounting Type Dimension A (in) Max. Lugs per Terminal Compression Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 60 A 6–2 AWG Al or Cu 1.2 1 H-frame Aluminum 150 A 1/0–4/0 AWG Al or Cu 2.5 1 Compression 150 A 1–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 1.2 1 Lug Kits J-frame 250 A 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu 2.5 1 Unit/I-linec 60 A 6–1/0 AWG Cu 1.0 1 H-frame Copper 150 A 4–2/0 AWG Cu 1.2 1 Compression 150 A 6–1/0 AWG Cu 0.7 1 Lug Kits J-frame 250 A 2/0–300 kcmil Cu 1.1 1 J-Frame Compression Lugs Compression Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers 250 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 1.2 1 400 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 2.5 2 250 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 1 600 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 2 500-750 kcmil Al 400 A 1 Aluminum 500 kcmil Cu Compression L-frame Unit/I-linec 250 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 1 Lug Kits 400 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 2 250 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 1 600 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 1.2 2 500-750 kcmil Al 400 A 2.5 1 500 kcmil Cu 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 1.2 1 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 2.5 2 250 A 250-500 kcmil Cu 1 Copper 600 A 250-500 kcmil Cu 2 Compression L-frame Unit/I-linec 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 1 Lug Kits 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 2 250 A 250-500 kcmil Cu 1 600 A 250-500 kcmil Cu 2 Compression Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil 3.7 2 300 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.9 2 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil 4.3 2 M-, P-frame Unit/I-linec 400 A 500-750 kcmil 3.7 2 600 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.9 2 Aluminum 800 A 500-750 kcmil 4.3 2 P-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression 1200 A 2/0-300 kcmil 3.8 4 Lug Kits 1200 A 4/0-500 kcmil I-linec 4.0 4 1200 A 500-750 kcmil 4.4 4 R-framea 2000 A 2/0-300 kcmil a 8 2000 A 4/0-500 kcmil Unitc a 8 2500 A 500-750 kcmil a 8b 400 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.3 2 M-, P-frame 600 A 4/0-500 kcmil Unitc 3.3 2 Copper 800 A 500-750 kcmil 3.6 2 R-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression Lug Kits 1200 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.5 4 R-frame I-Linec 1200 A 500-750 kcmil 3.8 4 a All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44. b 9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers c Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate. Table 7.94: PDC6HD6 PDC3HD2 PDC6JD4 PDC3JD20 Use with Circuit Breaker Type PDC12P4 PDC6P20 Crimp lug or PDC connectors extension past end or circuit breaker “A” See Table Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating $ Price Per Kit YA060HD YA150HD YA150JD YA250J35 CYA060HD CYA150HD CYA150JD CYA250J3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 194.00 294.00 237.00 305.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 YA400L31K3 YA600L32K3 YA400L51K3 YA600L52K3 3 6 3 6 294.00 540.00 361.00 718.00 YA400L71K3 3 425.00 YA400L31K4 YA600L32K4 YA400L51K4 YA600L52K4 4 8 4 8 383.00 709.00 474.00 950.00 YA400L71K4 4 560.00 CYA400L31K3 CYA600L32K3 CYA400L51K3 CYA600L52K3 CYA400L31K4 CYA600L32K4 CYA400L51K4 CYA600L52K4 3 6 3 6 4 8 4 8 461.00 873.00 384.00 764.00 606.00 1147.00 505.00 1011.00 YA250P3 YA300P5 YA400P3 YA400P7 YA600P5 YA800P7 YA1200R3 YA1200R5 YA1200R7 YA2000R3 YA2000R5 YA2500R7 CYA400P5 CYA600P5 CYA800P7 CYA1200R5 CYA1200R7 1 1 2 1 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 1 2 2 4 4 663.00 519.00 542.00 747.00 788.00 845.00 663.00 707.00 888.00 317.00 291.00 350.00 651.00 753.00 554.00 987.00 920.00 $ Price Per Kit 443.00 434.00 305.00 594.00 387.00 387.00 Dimension A (in.) Cat. No. Qty. Per Kit 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.5 1.28f 1.31f PDC6HD6 PDC3HD2 PDC6JD4 PDC3JD20 PDC5DG20L3 PDC12DG4L3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakerse Use for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker in place of standard distribution block to save space and time. • Use on load end of circuit breaker only • Use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only. • Use in UL1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment. • For Cu wire only. e f Qty. Per Kit Power Distribution Connectors for H-Frame, J-Frame and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Wires Per Terminal & Wire Range 15–150 (6) 14–6 AWG Cu HD, HG, HJ, HLd 15–150 (3) 14–2 AWG Cu 150–250 (6) 14–4 AWG Cu JD, JG, JJ, JLd 150–250 (2) 14–1 AWG and (1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu 150–600 (3) 14–1 AWG and (2) 3–2/0 AWG LD, LG, LJ, LL 150–600 (12) 14–4 AWG d OFF end only when OFF end is the load end. Table 7.95: Cat. No. Ampere Rating (Wires Per Terminal) Wire Range 250–1200 A (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu 250–1200 A (12) 10–4 AWG Cu Cat. No. Qty Per Kit PDC6P20 PDC6P204 PDC12P4 PDC12P44 3 4 3 4 $ Price Per Kit 573.00 756.00 866.00 929.00 Not for use with I-Line™ circuit breakers. Kit includes long terminal shield and cover, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield. Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs “A” See Table © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 7-43 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Description Compression Lug Kits for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers 7 Table 7.93: PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 7.96: Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Terminal Nut Insert Frame Tap Cat. No. $ Price Per Kit H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37425 2 53.00 HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37444 3 75.00 H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric HD/HG/HJ/HL M6 S37426 2 53.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37427 2 75.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37445 3 113.00 JD/JG/JJ/JL M8 S37428 2 75.00 Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut HD/HG/HJ/HL S37429 2 53.00 Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut JD/JG/JJ/JL S37430 2 53.00 Table 7.97: Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-Frame, M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakers Frame Description L-Frame Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side M- and P-Frame Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end Table 7.98: Term. No. Poles Cat. No. $ Price F 4 S36967 31.00 1 S33928 28.00 Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit R-Frame Circuit Breaker RLTB Terminal Pad Kit Qty Per Kit H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric H-Frame Lug With Terminal Nut www.schneider-electric.us Usage 3000 A, 100% Rated Required for cable or bus 3000 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for cable or bus 2500 A, 100% Rated Field-Installable Kits Lugs per 3P Kit (One End Only) 4P Kit (One End Only) Phase Cat. No. $ Price. Cat. No. $ Price 9 RL3TB 1440.00 RL3TB4 2016.00 8 RLTB 914.00 RLTB4 1280.00 Required for cable or bus 2500 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for cable, optional for bus cable, optional All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers Required for for bus For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 7-43. Table 7.99: Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers 7 Used With Dimension B Cat. No. (in.) Description Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-Frame Short Lug Shield J-Frame Short Lug Shield Short Lug Shielda H-Frame 60 A 3 AWG 0.50 S37446 1 149.00 H-Frame 150 A 3/0 AWG 0.50 S37447 1 149.00 J-Frame 350 kcmil 0.24 S37448 1 149.00 2.24 S37449 1 209.00 1.68 S37450 1 209.00 PDC H- and J-Frame Power Distribution Connectors and Compression Lugs R-Frame Phase Barrier Compression Lugs Aluminum Copper PDC6HD6 YA060HD CYA060HD PDC3HD2 YA150HD CYA150HD J-Frame Long Lug PDC6JD4 Shield PDC3JD2 YA150JD CYA150JD b CYA250J3 H-Frame Long Lug Shield M-, P-Frame S33646 47.00 Phase Barriers 3 R-Frame S33998 47.00 a Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals. b J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal. Table 7.100: Miscellaneous H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories “B” See Table Accessory Description Bag of screws for accessory cover, L-frame Spare Parts 1 spare toggle extension, L-frame Set of 10 identification labels c 7-44 $ Price Max. Wire Size Compatible with: Phase barrier or terminal shield extension past end of circuit breaker “B” See Table Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs H- and J-Frame Mechanical Lugs Qty Per Kit Field-Installed Cat. No, $ Price S432552 63.00 32595 342.00 LV429226 82.00 DE5A Discount Schedule DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Plug-In and Drawout Mountings Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.101: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers (3P or 2P in a 3P module) Factory Installed Cat. No. N Description Complete Factory-Assembled Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker Circuit Breakers Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker Circuit breaker Only Plug-in base kit Circuit breaker only Plug-in base kit Drawout Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis) Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of chassis) H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on base) Secondary Disconnect Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on Blocks circuit breaker) Support for 2-moving connectors Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) H-Frame and J-Frame Drawout Mounting Accessories for Plug-In and Drawout Table 7.102: S29278 S29282 290.00 348.00 485.00 348.00 587.00 S29283 195.00 S37442 S37443 48.00 48.00 S29273 95.00 S29274 60.00 S29275 S29284 S29287 33.00 77.00 207.00 H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P S37436 119.00 J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P) S37440 119.00 HJ00 S29278 HJ00 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Plug-in Mounting Description Poles 3 4 3 4 Kit (stationary and moving parts) Plug-in base Stationary Part L-Frame Plug-In Mounting L-Frame Drawout Mounting Short terminal covers a Factory Installed Cat. No. N N Fixed part of chassis Circuit breaker only Moving part of chassis Moving Part FieldInstalled Cat. No. S32514 S32515 HJ00 3 4 Drawout Mounting $ Price 1542.00 2082.00 1065.00 1439.00 710.00 2x 2x S32562 S32563 Factory Installed Cat. No. D D S32514 S32515 S32532 HJ00 149.00 161.00 S32533 2x S32562 2x S32563 $ Price 2466.00 3281.00 1065.00 1439.00 693.00 710.00 231.00 149.00 161.00 Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Fixed Part Secondary Disconnecting Blocks Shutters L-Frame Locking Device FieldInstalled Cat. No. Price shown is for quantity of 1. Table 7.103: L-Frame Disconnecting Blocks 1419.00 Chassis Accessories Table 7.104: 9-wire connector 9-wire connector Support for 3 moving connectors Fixed + Moving 9-wire manual auxiliary connector Two shutters for plug-in base Extended escutcheon for toggle Locking device (key lock is not included) Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) Moving Part FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29273 S32523 S32525 S29272 32521 S32534 S29286 29287 $ Price 95.00 60.00 43.00 480.00 81.00 104.00 164.00 207.00 Termination Options Termination Letter N = Plug-in D = Drawout For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. LGL36400U31X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-Frame and J-Frame Plug-in Mounting $ Price 638.00 D Plug-In Base Special Order Options for Plug-In and Drawout Circuit Breakers FieldInstalled Cat. No. Table 7.105: Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Cat. No. Product Selector Front Connected Flat (FCF) SFCF12bc Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV) SRCTV12bc Modbus™ cradle communication module S33852 Safety shutters S48933c Secondary disconnects terminal shield S33763c Cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C— Connected/test/disconnected S33170c Low level cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C—Connected/test/disconnected S33171c Cell keying kit S33767c Disconnected position key locking—provision for Kirk or Federal Pioneer Lock S33772c Cradle Door interlock kit S33786c Accessories Racking interior kit S33788c Door escutcheon (for replacement only, included with circuit breaker) S33857c Transparent cover S33859c Push-in terminal kit (3 wires) S33098c Push-in terminal kit (6 wires) S33099c Finger cluster S33166c Cluster grease (12 oz. tube) S48899c b Needs 2 kits per cradle. c Discount Schedule DE2F Drawout Cradle Cradle Connectors P-Frame Drawout Cradle Connections © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 7 Termination No. DE2F Discount Schedule $ Price 6400.00 716.00 408.00 2237.00 342.00 220.00 148.00 216.00 97.00 908.00 330.00 358.00 308.00 1290.00 120.00 240.00 164.00 132.00 7-45 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.106: PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Units Micrologic Trip Unitsi for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit breakers x– Standard Feature Micrologic Ammeter and Energy Trip Unit PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units. Micrologic Standard 3.2/3.3 Trip Units • • • • • • True RMS sensing LI, LSI trip configurations Field-interchangeable trip units LED long-time pickup and trip indication Test kits available Thermal imaging Micrologic Ammeter 5.2A/5.3A/6.2A/6.3A Trip Units Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • • 7 • • • • Advanced user interface Neutral protection Incremental fine tuning of settings Up to 12 alarms Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only) Phase loading bar graph Maintenance indicators including contact wear, number of operations, operating hours, and load profiles Cause of trip information for troubleshooting assistance LCD Display Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault) Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible Table 7.107: Model MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS • • • Trip Unit LI 3.2 LSI 3.2S LSI 5.2A LSIG 6.2A LSI 5.2E LSIG 6.2E Ammeter Energy Table 7.108: Model Ampere Setting 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for L-Frame Trip Function Trip Unit LI 3.3 LSI 3.3S LSI 5.3A LSIG 6.3A LSI 5.3E LSIG 6.3E Standard Ammeter Energy 7-46 Energy Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for H- and J-Frame Trip Function Standard Includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as: Ground-fault trip with programmable ground fault alarm (available on 6.2E/6.3E only) Power and energy measurement Power quality measurements Current demand and power demand measurements Ammeter 3.2/3/3 3.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E LI x LSId x x x LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripe x x Ground-Fault Alarm/Tripe x x Current Setting Directly in Amperes x x x x x x True RMS Sensing x x x x x x UL Listed x x x x x x Thermal Imaging x x x x x x LED for Long-time Pickup x x x x x x LED for Trip Indication x x x x x x LED for Green “Ready” x x x x x x Up to 12 Alarms Used Together x x x x Digital Ammeter x x x x Zone-selective Interlockingf x x x x Communications o o o o o o LCD Display x x x x Front Display Module FDM121 o o o o Advanced User Interface x x x x Neutral Protectione x x x x Contact Wear Indicationg x x x x Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings x x x x Load Profileg,h x x x x Power Measurement x x Power Quality Measurements x x d The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays. e Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads f ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT. g Indication available using the communication system only. h % of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In. i DC not available with electronic trip units. Micrologic Energy 5.2E/5.3E/6.2E/6.3E Trip Units • o – Available Option Standard Features Micrologic Standard Trip Unit www.schneider-electric.us Ampere Setting 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.109: PowerPact P- and R-Frame Micrologic Trip Units Rating Plug A B C D E F G H Long-time Pickup Settings Long-time Pickup Settings .40 .40 .42 .40 .60 .84 .66 .48 Table 7.110: .45 .44 .50 .48 .70 .86 .68 .50 .50 .50 .53 .64 .75 .88 .70 .52 .60 .56 .58 .70 .80 .90 .72 .54 .63 .63 .67 .80 .85 .92 .74 .56 .70 .75 .75 .90 .90 .94 .76 .58 PowerPact™ P- and R-frame molded case circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units. Micrologic (Standard) 3.0 and 5.0 Trip Units • • • • • • True RMS sensing LI, LSI trip configurations Field-interchangeable long-time rating plugs LED long-time pickup indication Test kits available Thermal imaging Micrologic (Ammeter) 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • LSIG trip configurations Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only) Phase loading bar graph LED trip indication Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault) Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible Micrologic (Power) 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units Power measurement and advanced protection features includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • • • • • • Table 7.111: LSI trip configuration with programmable ground fault alarm LSIG (Ground-fault trip) with programmable ground fault alarm Incremental “fine tuning” of L, S, I, and G pickup and delay settings LCD dot matrix display and LED trip indication Advanced user interface Advanced protection IDMTL—selectable long-time delay bands Neutral protection Power measurement Contact wear indication Modbus communications—PowerLogic compatible Local and remote settings Power quality measurement and advanced protection features. Includes all features listed for the Micrologic power trip unit, as well as: • • Enhanced power measurements functions Power quality measurements Adjustable Rating Plugs for PowerPact™ P-Frame and R-Frame and Masterpact™ NT and NW Circuit Breakers—Selection To provide maximum design flexibility, system protection, and field upgradeability, each Micrologic™ trip unit is equipped with an interchangeable long-time rating plug. Each trip unit requires an adjustable rating plug to determine the long-time pickup range of the circuit breaker. These plugs are factory installed on new trip units, or can be ordered separately for field-installable upgrades. Adjustable rating plugs are offered in eight different ranges of long-time pickup adjustments. The following chart show the ranges of adjustments. Each adjustment times the sensor rating (lr X In) of the circuit breaker sets the long-time pickup value of the circuit breaker. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2F Power Harmonic 5.0 Micrologic Trip Unit and Options Kit $ Price / Field-Installable Circuit Breaker Cat. No.c $ Price Adder 2.0 (IEC only) LSO S132R 2920.00 3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI None S131A 2920.00 5.0 LSI S133A 4176.00 2.0A (IEC only) LSO S142Rd 4554.00 3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI S141Ad 4554.00 Ammeter 5.0A LSI S143Ad 5812.00 6.0A LSIG S144Ad 7418.00 5.0P LSI S163Ade 8720.00 Metering, Adv. Protection 6.0P LSIG S164Ade 10324.00 5.0H LSI S173Ade 14770.00 Metering, Adv. Protection & Harmonic Analysis 6.0H LSIG S174Ade 16374.00 c The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to page 7-48 for a complete listing of adjustable settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required, deduct $200.00 from the complete trip unit kit price. d When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the Masterpact NW and NT and the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page 7-48. e Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module. f The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays. g Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads h ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT. i Indication available using the communication system only. j % of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In. Model Micrologic (Harmonic) 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units 3.0 x Ammeter 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H LI x LSI (Instantaneous can be turned off) x x x x x x x LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripa x x x Ground-Fault Alarm (No Trip) ab x x Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip a x x Adjustable Rating Plugs x x x x x x x x x True RMS Sensing x x x x x x x x x UL Listed x x x x x x x x x Thermal Imaging x x x x x x x x x Phase Loading Bar Graph x x x x x x x LED for Long-time Pickup x x x x x x x x x LED for Trip Indication x x x x x x x Digital Ammeter x x x x x x x Zone-selective Interlocking x x x x x x x Communications o o o x x x x LCD Dot Matrix Display x x x x Advanced User Interface x x x x Protective Relay Functions x x x x Neutral Protection x x x x Contact Wear Indication x x x x Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings x x x x Selectable Long-time Delay Bands x x x x Power Measurement x x x x Power Quality Measurements x x Waveform Capture x x a Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems. b Requires M2C or M6C Programmable Contact Module. Adjustable Rating Plug Table 7.112: Protection Additional Features Special Options Description Factory-Installed Suffix Field-Installable Cat. No. Ship circuit breaker in closed position CT Characterization (Calibrated trip system) YK N/A N/C Q N/A 3308.00 Discount Schedule $ Price 7-47 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Harmonic Trip Unit 7 Power Trip Unit 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .82 .64 o – Available Option Standard Features Ammeter Trip Unit .90 .95 .95 .95 .95 .98 .80 .62 Micrologic Trip Units x– Standard Feature Standard Trip Unit .80 .88 .83 .93 .93 .96 .78 .60 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Class 612, 612/ Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 Adjustable rating plug "A" is installed as standard on all Micrologic trip unit orders. However, an alternative selection may be specified from the "Assembled" table below, and factory installed with your trip unit order at no additional charge. To order, please attach the appropriate catalog suffix to the end of the trip unit Cat. No. (after specifying trip unit options). Adjustable rating plugs may also be purchased as field-installable components from the table below. Table 7.113: Factory-Installed Full Function Test Kit a Trip Unit Seal b Neutral Current Transformers For Use with Circuit Breaker Sensor Plug c d Field-Installable Cat. Suffix $ Price Adder Cat. No.b $ Price A (standard) N/C S48818 200.00 B N/C S48819 200.00 C N/C S48820 200.00 D N/C S48836 200.00 E N/C S48837 200.00 F N/C S48838 200.00 G N/C S48839 200.00 H N/C S48840 200.00 Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating plug. “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on Micrologic Power and Harmonic trip units, allowing for incremental settings of 1 A between the plug setting and.40 X Sensor Rating. DE2F Discount Schedule Table 7.114: Cat. No. S429521 H-Frame S430562 J-Frame S430563 L-Frame S432575 S33575c,d P-Frame S33576c,d S48916c,d S34036c,d R-Frame S48896c,d S48182c,d All NCTWIRING DE2F Discount Schedule Includes NCTWIRING kit. Sensor $ Price 60–100 150 250 400–600 250 400–1600 250 400–1600 2000 3000 All 588.00 588.00 588.00 647.00 1914.00 1914.00 2014.00 2014.00 2044.00 2208.00 204.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.116: Circuit Breaker Frame Cat. No.h $ Price Pocket Tester S434206 1000.00 UTA Tester STRV00910 16365.00 Spare UTA Tester STRV00911 6000.00 H/J/L BLuetooth/Modbus for UTA Tester SVW3A8114 2800.00 Spare Power Supply for UTA Tester TRV00915 771.00 110–120 Vac Micrologic Cord for UTA Tester TRV00917 1210.00 Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent S429478 19.00 H/J Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent S429481 41.00 Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent S432459 36.00 L Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent S432461 156.00 LCD Display for Micrologic 5 S429483 575.00 H/J/L LCD Display for Micrologic 6 S429484 575.00 Hand-held Test Kit S33594 5386.00 Primary Injection Test Adaptor S33937 252.00 Full-function Adapter Kit S48981 19699.00 Full-function Test Kit S33595 33792.00 P/R Seven-pin Test Cable (for connection S48907 1488.00 between test kit and trip unit)e Two-pin Test Cable (for connection S48908 784.00 between test kit and trip unit)f 230 Vac Filtered Power Cordg S48856 166.00 120 Vac Filtered Power Cordg P/R S48855 61.00 Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights S33593 438.00 Power supply with: 24–30 Vdc input 685823 48/60 Vdc input 685824 125 Vdc input 685825 H/J/L/P/R 1130.00 110–130 Vac input 685826 200–240 Vac input 685827 380–415 Vac input 685829 Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear S33592 16.00 P/R Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, S47067 16.00 opaque gray Trip Unit Seal (6 pieces) H/J/L/P/R MICROTUSEAL 60.00 for compliance with NEC 240.6(c) 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for S33101 228.00 NT/NW Masterpact Circuit Breakers 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P/R S33100i 255.00 P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Battery Back-up (12 Hours) 685831 3570.00 e Used for testing Micrologic trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only. f Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only. g Included in the price of the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement only. h DE2F Discount Schedule. i DE2 Discount Schedule. Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakersjm Sensor Plug Range P-Frame Circuit Breaker Sensor Plug Catalog No. Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug 250 A 400 A 600 A 250 A S47052 X 400 A S47053 X X 600 A S48823 X UL 800 A S33092 1000 A S33093 1200 A S48824 630 A S33091 800 A S33092 IEC 1000 A S33093 1250 A S33094 1600 A S33095 R-Frame Circuit Breaker 600 A 800 A 1000 A 600 A S48823 X X 800 A S33092 X X 1000 A S33093 X 1200 A S48824 UL 1600 A S33095 2000 A S33982 2500 A S33983 3000 A S48825 1600 A S33095 2000 A S33982 IEC 2500 A S33983 3200 A S33984 j For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011. k DE2F Discount Schedule. l IEC Only. m See rating plug for long-time pickup range on page 7-47. 7-48 Trip Unit Accessories Device Rating Plugs Rating Pluga A B C D E F G H Table 7.115: www.schneider-electric.us DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule 630 Al 800 A X X X 1000 A X X X X X X X X X 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1200 A $ Pricek 1250 Al 1600 A X X X X X X X X 2500 A X X X X X X X 3000 A X X X X X X X X X X X X 3200 A X X X X 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus) Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C) Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C) External Voltage Sensing (EVS) E1 V W YV Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. $ Price Adder Unit Mount 1778.00 1248.00 1599.00 290.00 S64205 S64273 S64204 S64203 Table 7.118: P-Frame I-Line S64205 S64273 S64204 S64203 Motor Operated S64207 S64273 S64204 S64210 Modbus Interface Module (IFM) NSX Cord b (for Modbus Communication) BSCM (Breaker Status and Control Module) with NSX Cordb Replacement BSCM NSX Cord for Modbus Communications © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved S64205 S64273 S64201 S64208 2805.00 1248.00 1665.00 330.00 Factory-Installed — — — — — — L = 1.3 m L=3m L = 1.3 m L=3m EA EB EGf EHf — ED EE EKf ELf EN V V Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price — — — — — — STRV00210 TRV00217 STRV00121 TRV00128 STRV00211 S434212 1000.00 946.00 1500.00 26.00 1508.00 975.00 576.00 600.00 1776.00 1800.00 — 2880.00 3000.00 4080.00 4200.00 480.00 1114.00 1820.00 S434201 S434202 S434201BS S434202BS S434205 S434204 S434303 S434204BS S434303BS S434210 S429424 S429532 480.00 500.00 1480.00 1500.00 1000.00 2400.00 2500.00 3400.00 3500.00 400.00 928.00 1517.00 Wire Harnessg and ULP Cords for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description ZSI Interface Module (Connects PowerPact H/J/L circuit breakers to PowerPact P/R and Masterpact NT/NW circuit breakers) S64205 S64273 S64201 S64208 $ Price L = 1.3 m L=3m L = 1.3 m BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb L=3m 24 Vdc Terminal Block SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Modulec SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dcd a Require NSX Cord b Installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display c Remote indication relay for motor applications d Remote indication relay e For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001. f If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC). Table 7.119: SDTAM Module (Remote indication relay for motor applications) I-Line Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder External Accessories Modbus Interface Module IFMa Stacking Connections for IFM (10) Front Display Module FDM121a FDM Mounting Accessory (Dia. 22 mm) Isolated Modbus Repeater Module ZSI Interface Module Internal Accessories NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb Front Display Module (FDM) S64206 S64273 S64202 S64209 Unit Mount Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakerse Description Breaker Status and Control Module (BSCM) R-Frame With Rotary Handle S64205 S64273 S64204 S64210 Drawout Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adderh ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame YH3 237.00 ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame YH3 237.00 ENCT Wire Harness YH2 237.00 OF Wire Harness YH1 237.00 SD/SDE Wire Harness YH1 237.00 SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness YH1 237.00 MN Wire Harness YH1 237.00 MX Wire Harness YH1 237.00 24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harnessi YH1 237.00 Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 237.00 Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 237.00 NSX Wire Harnessi YH1 237.00 ENCT and ZSI Wire Harness YH4 237.00 10 RJ45 Connectors female/female — — 10 ULP Line Terminations — — L = 0.3 m — — 10 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords L = 0.6 m — — L=1m — — 5 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords L=2m — — L = 3m — — 1 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cord L=5m — — g Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories h Price adder is for each accessory ordered. i I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories. Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix. DE2F Discount Schedule Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. Cat. No. S434300 S434301 S434302 S434500 S434501 S434502 S434503 S434504 S434505 S434506 S434507 S434508 — TRV00870 TRV00880 TRV00803 TRV00806 TRV00810 TRV00820 TRV00830 TRV00850 $ Price 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 — 195.00 130.00 200.00 320.00 195.00 300.00 500.00 155.00 7-49 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Description 7 Table 7.117: Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us The Masterpact universal power circuit breaker offers a family of circuit protection products meeting the most common world standards, ANSI, UL and IEC. The basic design platform for each is common. The final result is UL, ANSI and IEC circuit breakers with the same basic external dimensions, features and accessories. Full-Featured Performance • • • • • • • • • • • Masterpact NT Masterpact NW Complete product offering up to 200 k AIR without fuses Circuit breakers tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E 800 A to 6000 A frames, fixed and draw-out Rated for AC voltage systems through 600 V (635 V ANSI) Short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA Cradle position indicator: connected, test and disconnected Simple, visual contact wear indicators Full complement of field-installable accessories common to all standards Four interchangeable Micrologic trip units to choose from Available PowerLogic™ based power metering and monitoring capabilities Available protective relay functions as defined by ANSI C37.2 and C37.90 The following charts show the Masterpact NW and NT ratings for ANSI and UL 489. See Pricing Guide 0613PL0001 and Catalog 0613CT0001. Table 7.120: Masterpact NW Circuit Breaker Ratings Standard ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed Frame Rating 800–1600 A Interrupting Code 240 Vac Interrupting Current 480 Vac (kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 600 Vac Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) Close and latch rating (kA RMS) Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E Breaking time Closing time N1 42 42 42 42 H1 65 65 65 65 H2 85 85 85 85 c c H3 100 100 85 85 L1g 200 200 130 30 2000 A L1Fg 200 200 130 22 H1 65 65 65 65 H2 85 85 85 85 H3 100 100 85 85 UL 489 Listed 3200/4000 Af L1g 200 200 130 30 L1Fg 200 200 130 22 H1 65 65 65 65 H2 85 85 85 85 H3 100 100 85 85 L1g 200 200 130 100 4000/5000 A 800/1200/1600/2000 A 2500/3000 A 4000/5000/6000 A H2 H3 L1g N H Lg 85 100 200 65 100 200 85 100 200 65 100 150 85 85 130 50 85 100 85 85 100 42a 65a 30ab LFg H 200 100 150 100 100 85 22 65 Lg 200 150 100 100 c 85 35c 24 — — 85 35 24 — — 85 117 — — 117 40 40 65 65 75 75 40 25 22 65 40 40 25 22 65 40 40 40 85 75 40 40 40 25d 22 40 40 40 40 — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — — — — — — — — Yes — — — — 35ab 24 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF) 70 ms 100–250 A 400–800 A 2000–4000 A 1000–2000 A 1600–3200 A 600–1200 A 2500–5000 A 800–1600 A 1000–2000 A 10,000 10,000 5k 5,000 12,500e 1,000 1,000 1k 1,000 2800e 100–250 A 400–800 A 800–1600 A 1200–2500 A 1600–3000 A 2000–4000 A 2500–5000 A 3000–6000 A 10,000 1,000 5,000 1,000 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 12,500 Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical With No Maintenance Electrical 2800 a 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor. b 65 kA RMS for 2000 A. c None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor. d 40 kA RMS for 2000 A. e The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical. f 4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only). g Drawout mounted only. Masterpact NT Circuit Breaker Ratings Standard ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed Frame Rating 800 A Interrupting Code N1 42 42 — 42 — 40 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 — 10 10 10 L 200 100 — 10 10 10 LFi 200 100 — 10 10 10 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 — 10 10 10 L 200 100 — 10 10 10 LFi 200 100 — 10 10 10 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 N/A 10 10 10 L 200 100 N/A 10 10 10 — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — — 240 Vac Interrupting Current 480 Vac (kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 600 Vac Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) Close and latch rating (kA RMS) Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E Breaking time Closing time Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) With No Maintenance h Fixed-mounted only. i Drawout mounted only. UL 489 Listed 800 A 1200 A 25–30 ms with no intentional delay Sensor Rating Mechanical Electrical 100–250 A 400–800 A 12,500 2800 1600 Ah 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF) < 50 ms 600–1200 A — 12,500 2800 100–250 A 400–800 A 12,500 2800 Table 7.122: Description NWMPRRT 800–1600 A 12,500 2800 Masterpact NW/NT Circuit Breaker Remote Racking Masterpact NW/NT Remote Racking Devicesj Cat. No. $ Price NWNTMPRRT 32000.00 Masterpact NW Remote Racking Devicej NWMPRRT 21500.00 Masterpact NT Remote Rackign Devicej NTMPRRT 21500.00 Mounting Bracket Kit for NW Remote Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k S47100 Mounting Bracket Kit for NT Remove Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k S47104 215.00 Control Unit for NW Remote Rackingk S47101 3650.00 30 ft Control Cable for NW Remote Rackingk S47102 620.00 Drive Shaft for NW Remote Rackingk S47103 290.00 Drive Shaft for NT Remote Rackingk S47105 290.00 j k 7-50 H 100 100 85 85 42 65 40 Sensor Rating Table 7.121: Lg 200 150 100 65 215.00 Unit comes with 10 mounting brackets included. For replacement only. DE2F Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System The GC-200 Ground-fault relay system protects a grounded distribution system from lowlevel arcing ground faults. The system includes the GC-200 relay, a sensor (current transformer), and optional GC DSP display and is used with a bolted pressure switch or circuit breaker to open a circuit upon detection of a ground fault. (Replaces GC-100 relay.) GC-200 Relay Features • • • • • • Five models with sensitivities suitable for main, feeder, or branch circuits Ten adjustable pickup settings for each model Small, non-metallic enclosure mounts on DIN rail 10 A and 5 A output contacts for trip and alarm Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) to optimize coordinated systems I2t inverse time characteristics GC2DSP Display (Optional) GC-200 Relay • • • • • • Real-time display of ground-fault values Also recalls ground-fault at last trip or at maximum since reset Allows remote testing or resetting of the relay LCD back-lit display Surface mounts over panel meter cutout Fine adjust pickup settings (D and E versions only) Sensors • • • Zero sequence sensing current transformers for all phases and neutral Several sizes of toroids and rectangular CTs Many are split-core or open frame for ease of installation Table 7.123: Ground-Fault Relay Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GC200E GC2DSP VW3A1104R10 VW3A1104R30 VW3A1104R50 Description Ground-fault relay 1m 3m 5m Display cable b 45.00 GC-200 Relay Settings 3 30 120 Relay Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GT912 Rectangular Sensor GC200E 59.00 6 90 240 9 90 360 Adjustable Pickup Settings (in Amperes) 12 15 18 21 120 150 180 210 480 600 720 840 27 270 1080 30 300 1200 GC-200 Sensors Sensor Cat. No. Type T2A Toroid T3A Toroid T6A Toroid T6AS Toroid, split-core T9A Toroid R713A R417A Rectangular R826A All "A" type sensors above, plus: RZ511 RZ521 Rectangular, Open Frame RZ531 RZ535 RZ1011 RZ1021 Rectangular, Open Frame RZ1031 GT912 GT918 Rectangular, Open Frame GT930 GT1218 GT1224 Rectangular, Open Frame GT1230 GT1327 Rectangular, Open Frame GT1330 GT1530 Rectangular, Open Frame DE2 24 240 960 Discount Schedule CT Ratio 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 Window Dimensions $ Price in 1.875 dia. 2.75 dia. 5.75 dia. 5.75 dia. 8.75 dia. 7.5 x 13.5 4.25 x 17.625 8 x 26.5 mm 48 dia. 70 dia. 146 dia. 146 dia. 222 dia. 191 x 343 108 x 448 203 x 674 704.00 774.00 774.00 1326.00 1106.00 3063.00 3650.00 4446.00 4.5. x 11 4.5 x 21 4.5 x 31 4.5 x 35 10.5 x 11 10.5 x 21 10.5 x 31 5.5 x 8.5 5.5 x 14.5 5.5 x 26.5 8.5 x 14.5 8.5 x 20.5 8.5 x 26.5 9.5 x 24 9.5 x 27 11.5 x 26.5 114 x 280 114 x 534 114 x 788 114 x 890 267 x 280 267 x 514 114 x 788 140 x 216 140 x 368 140 x 673 216 x 368 216 x 521 292 x 673 241 x 610 241 x 686 292 x 673 1914.00 2255.00 2706.00 2834.00 2450.00 3075.00 4233.00 1769.00 2058.00 2766.00 2645.00 2901.00 3246.00 2844.00 3219.00 3726.00 7-51 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GC200E Table 7.125: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 10 m GC2ADAPTER Adapter plate To replace GSDSP with GC2DSP One GC12 twelve foot cable is included with GCDSP display modules. Discount schedule CP4C Table 7.124: T3B Toroid Sensor $ Price 2960.00 2960.00 2960.00 948.00 35.00 35.00 35.00 Display module VW3A1104R100 a b Specifications 3.0 A–30.0 A 30.0 A–300 A 120 A–1200 A 7 GC2DSP Display Ground-Fault Protection Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System Class 931, 840, 960 www.schneider-electric.us Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System The Vigirex ground-fault relays, with associated sensors (current transformers), measure the residual current in an electrical installation to detect levels which may be damaging. When used for protection, they cause an associated circuit breaker or switch to interrupt the supply of power to the protected system. They may also be used for monitoring only, with output to an alarm. The product line includes fixed sensitivities from 30 mA to 1 A and adjustable sensitivities up to 30 A. The Vigirex relays may be easily mounted on DIN rail or may be panel mounted in a meter cutout. Sensors for conductors range from a little more than an inch diameter toroids, to large rectangular sensors measuring 6 x 18 inches. The compact size of the relay and its sensor make it ideal for protection of OEM equipment as well as branch circuits. Table 7.126: Model Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays (UL 1053 Listed) Delay Reset Control Voltage Sensitivity Cat. No. $ Price DIN Rail Mounted 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A RH99M 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc RH10M Instantaneous Manual 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac RH21M Instantaneous or 60 msec (2 settings) RH99M Adjustable (9 settings): 0, 0.06, 0.15, 0.23, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec RH99P Manual Manual Automatic 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 30 mAa or 300 mA (2 settings) 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac Adjustable, (9 settings): 0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30 A 56300 56302 56305 56306 56307 56320 56322 56325 56326 56327 56330 56332 56335 56336 56337 56360 56362 56363 56370TD 56372TD 56373TD 56390TD 56392TD 56393TD 1988.00 1988.00 1988.00 2363.00 2700.00 2700.00 Panel Mounted 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1 Amp 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1 Amp 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 7 RH10P Instantaneous Manual 110–130 Vac MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 220–240 Vac PA50 RH21P Instantaneous or 60 msec (2 settings) RH99P Adjustable (9 settings): 0, 0.06, 0.15, 0.23, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec a Closed Toroids, Type A Vigirex Sensor Iron Rings (Optional) Split toroids, Type OA 7-52 Automatic 30 mAa or 300 mA (2 settings) 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac Adjustable (9 settings): 0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30 A 56470TD 56472TD 56473TD 56490TD 56492TD 56493TD 2063.00 2063.00 2438.00 2813.00 2813.00 Sensors for Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays Sensors Rectangular Sensors b c Manual 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 2063.00 30 mA is instantaneous only, except for RH99M and RH99P models. Their suffix TD indicates time delay at 30 mA. For models with no time delay (IEC compliant) consult catalog 0972CT0401. Table 7.127: SA200 Manual 56400 56402 56405 56406 56407 56420 56422 56425 56426 56427 56430 56432 56435 56436 56437 56460 56462 56463 Inside Diameter Type Maximum Currentc in. mm TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 SA200 GA300 TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 1.18 1.97 3.15 4.72 7.87 11.81 0.79 1.58 2.76 4.33 POAb GOAb 280 x 115 470 x 160 85 A 250 A 1600 A 3200 A 1.81 4.33 11.02 x 4.53 18.50 x 6.30 Cat. No. $ Price 30 50 80 120 200 300 20 40 70 110 50437 50438 50439 50440 50441 50442 56055 56056 56057 56058 375.00 488.00 615.00 833.00 1253.00 2295.00 56.00 59.00 62.00 83.00 46 110 280 x 115 470 x 160 50485 50486 56053 56054 1718.00 3015.00 5333.00 7088.00 POA and GOA are not UL recognized Use as a guideline for sizing wire through sensor. DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection Equipment Add-On Ground-Fault and Earth-Leakage Modules Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us Micrologic™ Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM) The Micrologic Ground-Fault Module (GFM) is a UL Listed/CSA Certified circuit breaker accessory which protects equipment from damage caused by ground faults. It is an add-on module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breaker only, provides ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions. HD/JD ground-fault modules feature: Optional GFM25CT GFM250 • • • • • Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels Adjustable ground-fault time delays Integral ground fault push-to-test feature Ground-fault indicator (mechanical for local, contacts for remote) All GFMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting as standard, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the I-Line bracket Fault-powered (through the sensing current transformer) for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test feature. Meets NEC 230.95(C) A 12 Vdc shunt trip module (Catalog No. S29382) is required in the circuit breaker. This may be field installed or factory installed when the circuit breaker is ordered with an -SN suffix. UL 1053 — Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment • • • The GFM system requires the following: • • • • H-frame (15–150 A) or J-frame (150–250 A) molded case circuit breaker Shunt trip is required for the function of the GFM (may be factory-installed or field-installed) Bus bar connection (terminal nut inserts) for OFF end of circuit breaker Optional neutral current transformer, catalog number GFM25CT (must be ordered for 4-wire applications) NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be used for alarming only. Table 7.128: Module/Enclosure Selection Charta Companion Circuit I-Line Ground-fault Pickup Cat. No.b Breaker Prefix Switchboard Adjustment Range HD, HG, HJ, HL GFM150HD LA 20–100 A JD, JG, JJ, JL GFM250JD LA 40–200 A Accessories H&J GFM25CT Optional Neutral Current Transformer (required for 4-wire loads) a At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only. b See Supplemental Digest page 3-37 for additional GFMs. GFM $ Price 4250.00 4250.00 375.00 • • Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec (Time delay can be applied to the 30 mA setting) Integral ground fault push-to-test feature Ground-fault indicator (LED for local status; contacts for remote indication) All ELMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the I-Line brackets Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-wire applications only (no neutral) Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test feature. A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the PowerPact H and J circuit breakers. UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment • • • I-Line™ J-Frame with ELM installed • • • • Table 7.129: ELM Selection Chartc Companion Circuit Breakerd Prefix Size Enclosure Space Required I-Line Switchboard Pick-Up Adjustment Range Catalog Number $ Price HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL 15–150 A 150–250 A LA LA 30 mA–3 A 30 mA–3 A ELM150HD ELM250JD 4500.00 4650.00 c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only. For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”. Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL or VM. SP – $717. adder. Use VL for H frame – $4736. adder. Use VM for J frame – $4886. adder. Plus the List Price of the H or J breaker. DE2 Discount Schedule 7-53 7 The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions. Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater protection than GFMs (20 Amps to 200 Amps sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater protection of control circuits and other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip, which may be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed (suffix –SP) in the H- or J-Frame circuit breaker. Add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) Features: MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Earth Leakage Module (ELM) for PowerPact H- and J-Frame MCCBs Dimensions and Shipping Weights Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Figure 2 Figure 1 B E Figure 5 A G E Figure 8 Figure 7 D C E B D C D C A B E B E Figure 9 QO-PLPS QOU, QYU Low Ampere A G A G A G B E QO-GFI, QO-PL QO-EPD A G B F Figure 11 A D C B F 7 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 A A MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS B B C60 Figure 16 A A B Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix A Figure 18 D C Table 7.132: B Figure 19 Figure 20 A A A Frame Size C120 D B E Figure 22 Figure 21 E B B B B G E B C D C E F G 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.78 3.78 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 — — — — — — — — — 5.00d 5.00d 5.00f 6.78 6.78 6.78 — — — — — 0.59 1.34 2.09 2.85 4.35 0.59 1.34 2.09 0.62 1.37 2.12 — — — — — — — — QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FI, KI, LA, LI, LX, LXI Circuit Breakers Poles Dimensions—Inches Fig. No. A B C D E F G H 4.25 4.25 5.13 5.13 5.13 7.13 9.25 10.75 — 1.50 1.50 — 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.50 — 0.75 — — 0.75 0.75 1.00 Shipping Weightsh Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) FAL, FHL 1P 2 KIL 9 FAL, FHL 2P 3 LAL, LHL 15 FAL, FHL 3P 5 LIL LXIL 25 FIL 8 Q4L 15 QB, QD, QG, QJ B A 2 22 6.47 3.00 3.02 3.93 g 3 23 6.47 4.50 3.02 3.93 g 1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 FAL, FHL 2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 FIL, KIL 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 Q4L, LAL, LHL 2&3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 LIL, LXIL 2&3 24 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 g Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end. E Figure 17 Dimensions—Inches Fig. No. QB, QD, QG, QJ B E B E B E QOU High Ampere Figure 12 A A Poles 1 1 0.75 3.00a 2.31 2.91 QO, QOB 2 2 1.50 3.00a 2.31 2.91 3 3 2.25 3.00a 2.31 2.91 2 2 3.0 5.72 2.53 4.90 QOB-VH 150 A QOB-VH 110–150 A 3 3 4.50 5.72 2.53 4.90 1 4 0.75 4.12b 2.31 2.91 QO-PL QO-GFI 2 5 1.50 4.12b 2.31 2.91 QO-EPD 3 5 2.25 4.12b 2.31 2.91 1 6 0.75 4.05c 2.38 2.98 QOU QYU 2 7 1.50 4.05c 2.38 2.98 Low Ampere 3 8 2.25 4.05d 2.38 2.98 1 10 0.75 4.45 2.37 2.96 QOU 2 11 1.50 4.45 2.37 2.96 High Ampere 3 12 2.25 4.45 2.37 2.96 1 13 0.71 3.19 1.73 2.76 2 14 1.42 3.19 1.73 2.76 Multi 9™ C60 3 15 2.13 3.19 1.73 2.76 4 16 2.84 3.19 1.73 2.76 QO-PLPS Power Supply 2 9 1.45 4.35 2.42 3.11 a 35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2P and 70–100 A 3P are 3.50 in. b QO-PL is 4.55 in. c 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 4.45 in d 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 6.78 in. e 70–100 A 4.45 in. f 70–100 A is 6.78 in. Table 7.131: Figure 10 QO™, QOU, Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix B E Figure 4 Figure 6 Table 7.130: D C A G B E B QO, QOB Figure 3 A G A G h 4 All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted. Figure 23 B E B G HH D C C/L C/L A F A F A F E E B G Figure 24 E D C E A F E 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions and Shipping Weights Molded Case Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Figure 26 Table 7.133: B G B F A E F A Circuit Breaker No. of Dimensions — Inches Cat. No. Poles Fig. No. A B C D E F Prefix 2a 25 6.40 2.74 2.87 4.36 0.74 4.92 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3 26 6.40 4.12 2.87 4.36 0.74 4.92 JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR 3 27 7.52 4.12 2.87 5.00 1.30 4.92 LG, LJ, LL, LR 3 28 13.38 5.51 3.75 6.61 2.22 7.87 a Only HD and HG are in 2P module, HJ, HL and HR 2P are in 3P module. D E C Table 7.134: Figure 27 B G D F A Figure 28 G A B B E A E 29 30 31 32 C D E 0.98 1.96 2.94 3.54 5.66 5.66 5.66 4.72 3.09 3.09 3.09 2.76 4.05 4.05 4.05 3.94 3.32 3.32 3.32 2.20 MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, RG, RJ and RL Circuit Breakers Dimensions — Inches No. of Poles Fig. No. A B C D E F G 2, 3 33 12.86 8.27 5.77 8.05 2.49 7.87 7.83 2, 3 33 16.16 8.27 5.77 8.05 4.19 7.87 7.83 2, 3 34 16.24 16.54 6.63 14.49 8.73 14.25 15.35 Shipping Weightsa HD, HG, HJ, HL 2P HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3P Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) 4 5 JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR ED, EG, EJ 1P 2 MG, MJ Frame Size Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) 5 14 29 32 52 B A A Figure 32 E 1 2 3 3 B Figure 31 Figure 30 B ED, EG, EJ ED, EG, EJ ED, EG, EJ GJ Dimensions — Inches A ED, EG, EJ 2P 3 PG, PJ, PK, PL ED, EG, EJ 3P 4 RG, RJ, RK, RL (Without RLTB) a All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted. D E Fig. No. Table 7.136: F Figure 29 No. of Poles Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix MG, MJ (800 A and below) PG, PJ, PK, PL (1000–1200 A) RG, RJ, RL E G — 1.38 1.38 1.77 ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Table 7.135: C C HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR, LG, LJ, LL, and LR Circuit Breakers MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Figure 25 C D B G Figure 33 D C E B AF A C D 7 E Figure 34 B G F D C AE © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-55 Circuit Breaker Enclosures Enclosures Class 610 • • • • • Table 7.137: Circuit Breaker Enclosures Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Rating FAL, FHL, FCL QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL FA100S HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL HDL JDL LAL, LHL, Q4L LAL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl Poles 15–100 A 100–200 A 100–225 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 15–100 A 150–250 A 125–400 A 125–400 A 300–800 A 250–1200 A Cat. No. NEMA 1 Flush FA100F 189.00 — — Q23225NFb 218.00 1, 2, 3 2 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FA100DS FAL, FHL, FCL HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL KILq, KCL LAL, LHL, Q4L LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL LGL, LLL, LRL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl 15–100 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 110–250 A 125–400 A 250–600 A 250–600 A 400–600 A 300–800 600–1200 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price J250Fcde 285.00 — — LA400F — — — — — 356.00 — — — NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9) FA100RB www.schneider-electric.us Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as footnoted. The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted. Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation. For enclosure accessories and dimensions refer to page 7-58. See Supplemental Digest page 3-35 for NEMA 7 and 9 enclosures for FAL circuit breakers. FA100DS 1431.00 J250DScde 3405.00 $ Price NEMA 1 Surface FA100S 189.00 Q22200NSb 176.00 Q23225NSb 218.00 J250Scde 285.00 Cat. No. $ Price NEMA 3Ra FA100RB 500.00 Q22200NRBb 380.00 Q23225NRBb 417.00 J250Rcde 840.00 HD100Sfgcei 285.00 — — JD250Sigfce 285.00 — — LA400S 356.00 LA400R 1655.00 LA400LSgiw 356.00 — — M800Sjk 783.00 M800Rjm 2159.00 P1200Sk 1260.00 P1200Rm 2790.00 NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9) Without Knockoutsn With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) (NEMA 12/3R, 5) FA100A 351.00 FA100AWK 335.00 — — J250AWKcde 582.00 IK250DS 5238.00 — — IK250AWK 878.00 LA400DS 5673.00 — — LA400AWK 903.00 — — — — L600AWKx 3728.00 — — — — L600AWKVWy 3928.00 — — — — L600AWKMCz 3728.00 M800DSo 10125.00 — — M800AWKo 2459.00 — — — — P1200AWKo 5700.00 Nema 7r Cast Aluminum Nema 9u Cast Aluminum JDL, JGLstv 150–250 A 2, 3 J225X 4083.00 J225Y 2834.00 a Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see page 3-9. b Not CSA Certified. c Accepts standard rated 80% breakers. Not rated at 100%. d Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR at 600 Vac, 65 kAIR at 480 Vac, 125 kAIR at 240 Vac. e Earth Leakage Module and Ground Fault Module are not compatible with these enclosures. f Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR, 240 Vac. g Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required. h Maximum short circuit rating is 18 kAIR, 480 Vac and 240 Vac. i Copper wire only. j When using a CT in the M800S and R enclosure the unit will no longer accommodate a 200% neutral solution. k CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP20D, PE type TN-C or TN-S l Accepts MGL or MJL standard rated (80%) breakers. Accepts PGL, PJL or PLL circuit breakers rated 80% (1200 A maximum) or 100% rated breakers, (800A maximum). m CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP24D, PE type TN-C or TN-S n Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. o CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP56, PE type TN-C or TN-S p LEL 100% rated circuit breaker except for 600 A sensor. q Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum. r NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III. s 80% rated circuit breakers only; SCCR 65 kA @ 240 Vac, 25 kA @ 480 Vac, 18 kA @ 600 Vac. t Not UL Listed due to wire bending space. u NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III. v Has a tapped 2-1/2 in. conduit opening on top and bottom end wall w Short circuit current rating is 30 k AIR at 480 Vac. x Product also accepts PowerPact L Frame Motor Protector Circuit Breakers with suffix M38X. y Viewing Window factory installed. z Product accepts PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Molded Case Switches. 316 Grade Stainless Steel Circuit Breaker Enclosures—NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12 Type 316 stainless steel circuit breaker enclosures offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than Type 304 stainless steel enclosures. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from Section 3 page 10 of Digest 176. For other accessories reference Table 7.142 and Table 7.143. For dimensional information, reference Table 7.144. Table 7.138: 316 Grade Stainless Steel CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL PKL, PLL Table 7.139: Circuit Breakerab Ampere Rating 15–150 A 150–250 A 300–800 A Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12 Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price J250SS 4698.00 M800SS 13972.00 DC CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures for MA and MH DC-Rated Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakerab NEMA 1 Surface Enclosureaa Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix Ampere Rating MAL, MHL 125–1000 A aa UL Listed Only ab Use 500 Vdc or 250 Vdc rated circuit breakers only. Poles 2, 3 Enclosure Cat. No. MA1200S $ Price 1355.00 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58 7-56 DE1 DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Enclosures Enclosed Circuit Breaker Special Applications Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.140: Enclosures for Walking Beam Manually Operated Mechanical Interlock Circuit Breakers (UL Listed)a Circuit Breaker a b c NEMA 1 Surfaceb NEMA 3R bc Cat. No. Ampere Enclosure Enclosure Poles $ Price $ Price Prefix...Suffix Rating Cat. No. Cat. No. FAL...WB, FHL...WB 15–250 A 2, 3 KA250SWB 1040.00 KA250RWB 1827.00 Catalog number in table is enclosure only. For complete installation, the following must be ordered separately: WB Circuit Breakers (qty. 2, Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Walking Beam Assembly (Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Mounting Pan (Supplemental Digest) page 3-27, Neutral (page 7-56) and Service Ground Kit (page 7-58). Enclosure has blank top endwall. For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only. Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers For information on Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers see the Supplemental Digest page 3-35. Enclosed Molded Case Switches For ordering information on molded case switches see page 7-34. For ordering information on enclosed molded case switches, see Supplemental Digest 175 Section 3-36. Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order. Industrial molded case circuit breakers with walking beam mechanical interlocks are available in NEMA 1 and 3R construction as completely enclosed device. Walking beam mechanical interlock is available manually operated or electrically operated using (2) 120 Vac motor operators. Not UL Listed. Enclosed walking beam mechanically interlocked circuit breaker. • • • • Specify circuit breaker catalog numbers Specify manually or electrically operated (electrically operated factory installed only) Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R) Specify if neutrals are required. (Same price) Table 7.141: Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix (Standard ThermalMagnetic Only) FAL—240 V 100 A FAL—480 V 100 A FAL—600 V 100 A $ Pricea Manually Operated NEMA 1 NEMA 3R — — — — — — Electrically Operated NEMA 1 5783.00 6311.00 6879.00 NEMA 3R 3675.00 6896.00 7446.00 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FHL—600 V 100 A — — 8691.00 9407.00 a Price includes (2) walking beam 3P circuit breakers, walking beam operator and mounting pan, (2) neutrals (if specified), and (2) motor operators (if specified) factory assembled in specified enclosure. b Not available factory assembled. Refer to page 7-56 for merchandise enclosure. 7 NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-57 Circuit Breaker Enclosures Table 7.142: Enclosure Accessories and Dimensions Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With NEMA 1 & 3R NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 100 SN100FA 72.00 SN100FA 72.00 — FAL, FHL, FIL HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL 100 15–100 125-150 150–250 — SN100FA SN400LA SN400LA — 72.00 251.00 251.00 100SNA — 225SNA — FAL...WB, FHL...WB 200 — SN100FA SN400LA SN400LA Requires (2) SN20A plus (1) SN20NI link FAL, FHL, FCL — 72.00 251.00 251.00 (2) @$200.00 ea plus (1) @$27.60 ea LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL 250–400 — — LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL 250–600 — — LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL 250–600 — — Price — Cat. No. — SN400LA SNC400LX SN800LX SN1000MA SNC600LXCT SN600LXCT SNC800LXc AL800SN SN1200 Terminal Lug Data—Total Available (Line plus Load) AWG/kcmil NEMA 7 & 9 Ampere Rating Cat. No. Prefix $ Price — 150.00 — 198.00 — — 251.00 1152.00 1506.00 365.00 2506.00 1065.00 1506.00 365.00 1034.00 (4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al FA060X/Y—(1) 14– 6 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu FA100X/Y—(1) 14– 3 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu (4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu — — — — — — — (4) 6–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu (2) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Cu (4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu (4) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Cu (4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Al/Cu (4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu (8) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 350 4–300 Al/Cu LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL 250–600 — — — — MGL, MJLd 300–800 AL800SN 365.00 — — PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLe 250–1200 SN1200 1034.00 — — c All Cu neutral assembly. d For NEMA 1 and 3R 200% neutral applications order Jumper kit SN800SNI and 2 of kit SN1200. (No 200% neutral is available for NEMA 4X or 12 devices.) e For applications with integral ground fault protection order Neutral Mounting Kit S33576MK and Neutral CT S33576 (400–1200 A only). NEMA Type 1 Q2, FA, J, SWB LA, MG, PG Table 7.143: Service Ground Kits Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix H H W W D WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers NEMA Type 3R Q2, FA, LA, MG, J, PG, RWB (uses side hinge cover) Table 7.144: MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS D WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers NEMA Type 7, Type 9 FA, JDL, JGL 2 1 2 1 4 1 $ Price Wire Range AWG/kcmil Field-Installable 10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al FA100A, AWK FA100DS FA100F FA100RB FA100S IK250AWK IK250DS HD100S J250F J250S J250R J250DS J250SS J250AWK JD250S J225X J225Y KA250SWB KA250RWB L600AWK L600AWKVW L600AWKMC Factory-Installed 56.00 191.00 6–300 Al/Cu 75.00 195.00 6–250 Al or Cu 213.00 263.00 Dimensions Approximate Dimension 7 W Number of Conductors Terminals Per Terminal QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL, FAL...WB, FHL...WB PKOGTA2f KCL, KIL, LAL, LHL, Q4L HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL,JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL PKOGTJ250 LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL MGL, MJL PKOGTA4 PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL f Quantity (2) required if ground wires are run in parallel. Cat. No. H Ground Bar Cat. No. Series E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 A1 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A1 A1 A1 E2 E2 A01 A01 A01 H in. 19.50 19.50 19.50 18.00 18.13 42.25 42.25 17.00 32.40 31.36 31.05 32.26 32.26 32.26 26.40 22.70 22.70 20.00 20.25 57.50 57.50 57.50 Approximate Dimension W mm 495 495 495 457 461 1073 1073 431.8 823 797 789 819 819 819 670.6 577 577 508 514 1461 1461 1461 in. 9.13 9.13 9.88 8.88 8.63 13.88 13.88 7.90 15.40 14.36 14.47 9.72 9.72 9.72 8.90 10.93 10.93 19.00 19.00 20.38 20.38 20.38 D mm 232 232 251 226 219 353 353 200.7 391 365 368 247 247 247 226.1 278 278 483 483 518 518 518 in. 4.88 4.88 4.13 4.88 4.13 7.50 7.50 4.75 6.00 6.00 6.28 7.94 7.94 7.94 5.50 7.70 7.70 5.63 7.12 8.25 8.25 8.25 Cat. No. mm 124 124 105 124 105 191 191 120.7 152 152 160 202 202 202 139.7 196 196 143 181 210 210 210 LA400AWK LA400DS LA400F LA400R LA400S LA400LS M800S M800R M800DS M800SS M800AWK P1200S P1200R P1200AWK Q22200NRB Q22200NS Q23225NF Q23225NRB Q23225NS Series E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 H in. 42.25 42.25 45.63 44.00 44.50 27.40 40-3/8 40-3/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 52-1/8 52-1/8 53 23.38 23.13 26.25 26.25 26.25 mm 1073 1073 1159 1118 1130 696.0 1025.52 1025.52 1036.96 1036.96 1036.96 1323.98 1323.98 1346.20 594 588 667 667 667 W in. 13.75 13.75 16.50 15.38 15.38 15.40 21 21 20-3/4 20-3/4 20-3/4 21 21 20-3/4 7.63 7.63 9.88 9.88 9.88 D mm 349 349 419 391 391 391.2 533.4 533.4 527.05 527.05 527.05 533.4 533.4 527.05 194 194 251 251 251 in. 7.25 7.25 6.50 7.88 6.50 6.625 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-1/2 4.75 4.25 4.75 5.50 4.75 mm 184 184 165 200 165 168.3 247.65 247.65 241.3 241.3 241.3 247.65 247.65 241.3 121 108 121 140 121 H See Supplemental Digest 3-37 and 3-38 for: W D NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MG, PG • • • • • • Special paint Stainlee steel fronts Pilot lights, push buttons Lock-on SPL0 Key interlock systems Legend plates H W 7-58 D DE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches 600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc PV Circuit Breakers and Switches Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 www.schneider-electric.us The UL listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers and switches shown below are specifically designed for use in PV applications, rated at 50°C, offering grounded or ungrounded configurations. The products are fully tested and calibrated under the PV UL489B standard. The products come ready to install, including specially designed serial connectors for optimal thermal response, and adapted terminal covers for optimal isolation. Circuit Breakers come 100% rated for ease of use and selection. These two new frames are fully compatible with the current line of PowerPact accessories, from aux contacts and shunt trips to motor operators and rotary handles. PV Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600 Vdc (3 poles) Ungrounded Grounded Part Number $ Price Part Number $ Price 50 TGL36050L 911.00 TGL36050K 984.00 60 TGL36060L 911.00 TGL36060K 984.00 70 TGL36070L 1013.00 TGL36070K 1094.00 80 TGL36080L 1013.00 TGL36080K 1094.00 100 TGL36100L 1125.00 TGL36100K 1215.00 125 TGL36125L 1250.00 TGL36125K 1350.00 150 TGL36150L 1250.00 TGL36150K 1350.00 175 TGL36175L 1438.00 TGL36175K 1553.00 200 TGL36200L 1438.00 TGL36200K 1553.00 225 UGL36225L 1703.00 UGL36225K 1839.00 250 UGL36250L 1892.00 UGL36250K 2043.00 300 UGL36300L 2270.00 UGL36300K 2451.00 350 UGL36350L 2270.00 UGL36350K 2451.00 400 UGL36400L 2306.00 UGL36400K 2490.00 450 UGL36450L 2536.00 UGL36450K 2739.00 500a N/A ... UGL36500G 2739.00 500 A 80% rated. 1000 Vdc (4 poles) Ungrounded Grounded Part Number $ Price Part Number $ Price TBL41050L 1212.00 TBL41050K 1309.00 TBL41060L 1212.00 TBL41060K 1309.00 TBL41070L 1212.00 TBL41070K 1309.00 TBL41080L 1212.00 TBL41080K 1309.00 TBL41100L 1347.00 TBL41100K 1455.00 TBL41125L 1496.00 TBL41125K 1616.00 TBL41150L 1496.00 TBL41150K 1616.00 TBL41175L 1721.00 TBL41175K 1859.00 TBL41200L 1721.00 TBL41200K 1859.00 UCL41225L 2044.00 UCL41225K 2207.00 UCL41250L 2271.00 UCL41250K 2453.00 UCL41300L 2611.00 UCL41300K 2820.00 UCL41350L 2611.00 UCL41350K 2820.00 UCL41400L 2765.00 UCL41400K 2986.00 UCL41450L 3041.00 UCL41450K 3284.00 UCL41500J 3041.00 UCL41500G 3284.00 Ampere Rating a Table 7.146: PV Circuit Breaker Max. Interrupting Ratings Frame T-Frame U-Frame Table 7.147: Brand 600 Vdc 10 kA 10 kA 1000 Vdc 3 kA 5 kA Circuit Breaker Numbering Frame Rating Termination Poles Voltage T G L 3 6 Poles 3: 3P 4: 4P Voltage 6: 600 Vdc 1: 1000 Vdc Frame T: T-Frame U: U-Frame Brand Blank: Schneider Electric Amperage 0 5 Amperage 050: 50 A 060: 60 A 070: 70 A 080: 80 A 100: 100 A 125: 125 A 150: 150 A 175: 175 A 200: 200 A 225: 225 A 250: 250 A 300: 300 A 350: 350 A 400: 400 A 450: 450 A 500: 500 A Terminations L: Lugs Line/Load Side F: Bus Bar S: Rear Connected Table 7.149: Brand A Accessory Suffix Cells (See Table 7.151 to Table 7.155) Grounding G: Grounded, 80% rated (500 A Only) J: Ungrounded, 80% rated (500 A Only) K: Grounded, 100% rated L: Ungrounded, 100% rated 1000 Vdc (4 poles) Ungrounded Grounded Part Number $ Price Part Number $ Price TBL41000JZ10 1048.00 TBL41000GZ10 1122.00 TBL41000JZ15 1156.00 TBL41000GZ15 1237.00 TBL41000JZ20 1332.00 TBL41000GZ20 1426.00 UDL41000JZ25 1748.00 UDL41000GZ25 1870.00 UDL41000JZ30 2012.00 UDL41000GZ30 2153.00 UDL41000JZ40 2254.00 UDL41000GZ40 2412.00 UDL41000JZ50 2711.00 UDL41000GZ50 2901.00 600/1000 Vdc 3 kA 7.5 kA Switch Numbering Frame T Rating Termination Poles D L Voltage 3 6 Amperage 0 0 0 Grounding G Poles Voltage 3: 3P 6: 600 Vdc 4: 4P 1: 1000 Vdc Frame T: T-Frame U: U-Frame Brand Blank: Schneider Electric only S PV Switches Withstand Ratings Frame T-Frame U-Frame Table 7.150: Suffix Code B 7 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 A PV Molded Case Non-Automatic Switches 600 Vdc (3 poles) Ungrounded Grounded Part Number $ Price Part Number $ Price TBL36000JZ10 872.00 TBL36000GZ10 934.00 TBL36000JZ15 960.00 TBL36000GZ15 1028.00 TBL36000JZ20 1104.00 TBL36000GZ20 1182.00 UDL36000JZ25 1455.00 UDL36000GZ25 1557.00 UDL36000JZ30 1676.00 UDL36000GZ30 1794.00 UDL36000JZ40 1876.00 UDL36000GZ40 2007.00 UDL36000JZ50 2401.00 UDL36000GZ50 2569.00 Ampere Rating Suffix Code G Accessory Suffix Cells (See Table 7.151 to Table 7.155) Ratings B: 3 kA C: 5 kA G: 10 kA Table 7.148: Grounding 0 Ratings B: 3 kA D: 7.5 kA Terminations L: Lugs Line/Load Side F: Bus Bar S: Rear Connected Trip System Z 1 0 Suffix Code A B Suffix Code S A Accessory Suffix Cells Accessory Suffix Cells (See Table 7.151 to (See Table 7.151 to Table 7.155) Table 7.155) Amperage 000: Switch Trip System—## (Z: Non-Automatic Switch) (##: Amerage Rating) Z10: 100 A Z15: 150 A Z20: 200 A Z25: 250 A Z30: 300 A Z40: 400 A Z50: 500 A Grounding G: Grounded, 80% rated J: Ungrounded, 80% rated © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.145: Discount Schedule 7-59 Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches AA S29450 1 297.00 2A/2B Standard AB S29450 2 594.00 3A/3B Standarda AC S29450 3 891.00 1A/1B Low-Level (Gold) AE S29452 1 372.00 2A/2B Low-Level (Gold) AF S29452 2 744.00 3A/3B Low-Level (Gold)a AG S29452 3 1116.00 U-Frame only. Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switches Suffix Switch Kit No. Kit Qty. $ Price Alarm Switch S29450 1 297.00 372.00 PowerPact T-Frame BC BH Alarm Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 1 SDE Actuator S29451 1 Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 SDE Actuator S29451 1 Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 2 SDE Actuators S29451 2 Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2 SDE Actuators S29451 2 Alarm Switch S29450 1 297.00 BH Alarm Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 372.00 BD Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 1 297.00 BJ Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 372.00 BE Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 2 594.00 BK Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2 744.00 BD BJ BE BK 338.00 Table 7.153: 635.00 785.00 Shunt Trip (MX) 7 120 Vac SA S29386 717.00 24 Vdc SO S29390 717.00 48 Vdc SP S29392 717.00 125 Vdc SR S29393 717.00 $ Price Descriptionc Short Terminal Cover (3P) Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC) Short Terminal Cover (4P) Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC) Short Rear Connector (set of 2)a Long Rear Connector (set of 2)a Short Terminal Cover (3P) Extended Terminal Cover (3P/1SC) Short Terminal Cover (4P) Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC) Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC) Short Rear Connector (set of 2)ab Long Rear Connector (set of 2)ab 3 3 4 4 4 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 4 4 4 3, 4 3, 4 Standard Handle Black Handle Only RD10 S29337 255.00 S32597 366.00 Door Mounted Standard Black Handle Handle Only RE10 S29338 383.00 S32598 557.00 Handle Padlock, ON or OFF YP X X U-Frame $ Price 77.00 X X X Configuration Field Installable $ Price Catalog No. Top Bottom Top Bottom Ungrounded Grounded X X X X S29515 S35169 S29516 S35170 S35178 S29235 S29236 S32562 S35171 S32563 S35172 S38293 S432475 S432476 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cat. No. 121.00 145.00 141.00 162.00 162.00 162.00 206.00 149.00 205.00 161.00 215.00 215.00 219.00 261.00 $ Price S30554 Description 150.00 Field Installable Kit No. $ Price S32631 122.00 NOTE: For a complete list of Field installable accessories and details, including also motor operator (electrical only) and locks, refer to accessories information for the PowerPact, J-Frame (compatible with T-Frame) and L-Frame (Compatible with U-Frame). Or consult Photovoltaic offer catalog 0611CT1302. Cat. No. $ Price S36967 31.00 Mechancal Lug Kits for T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Conductor Frame Field Installable Kit No. S29371 X X Set of 4 M10 x 25 terminal screws and washers for one side Description Lug(2) T-Frame, 12–4 AWG, Al/Cu T-Frame Handle Padlocking Device X X Table 7.159: PV U-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the breaker (Screws and Washers, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Table 7.160: Description X 145.00 145.00 162.00 162.00 162.00 185.00 205.00 198.00 215.00 215.00 Table 7.158: PV T-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the breaker (Terminal Nuts, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Locks T-Frame S35175 S35176 S35177 S35178 S35179 S32593 S38291 S32594 S38293 S38294 X U-Frame Direct Mounted Device X T-Frame Term Nut Insert-Metric/M8 (12) Factory Description Installed Field Field Suffix Installable $ Price Installable $ Price Kit No. Kit No. Factory Installed Suffix X Description Rotary Operated Handles T-Frame Table 7.155: X X The ungrounded configurations (3P or 4P) need 2 short and 2 long rear connectors. The grounded configurations only use 2 short rear connectors. Parts only, no hardware is included. See Table 7.159 U-Frame, below. P: Poles, SC: Serial connector. b c Lugs(2) T-Frame, 4–4/0 AWG, Al/Cu Lug(2) T-Frame, 250–350 kcmil, Al/Cu U-Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Field-Installable Kit No. Device X $ Price P: Poles, SC: Serial connector. a Factory-Installed Suffix Table 7.154: 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 Field Installable Catalog No. Top Bottom Top Bottom Grounded Table 7.157: PV Rear Connection Terminal Covers and Connectors Choose termination “S” for having the termination kit included with the breaker (Rear Connectors, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Shunt Trips Voltage Long Terminal Cover (3P) Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P) Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (3P) Extended Term Cover (3P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P) Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC) Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC) Configuration Ungrounded 413.00 PowerPact U-Frame BC a Descriptiona Poles Table 7.152: Frame a $ Price T-Frame Contacts Poles Kit Qty. 1A/1B Standard www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.156: PV Unit Mount Terminal Covers Choose termination “L” for having the termination kit factory installed with the breaker (Lugs, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Frame Field-Installable Kit No. T-Frame Factory-Installed Suffix U-Frame Auxiliary Switches U-Frame Table 7.151: Factory Installed Accessories Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 Lug(2) U-Frame, 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil, Al/Cu No. Type Per Lug Al 1 Cu 1 Al/Cu 1 Al 1 Cu 1 Al 2 Cu 2 Size Current Cat. No. #12–#4 AWG (4–25 mm2) 50–60 A S35167 #14–#4 AWG (2.5–25 mm2) #4–#4/0 AWG 70–150 A S29255 (25–95 mm2) #250–350 AWG (120–185 mm2) 175–200 A S35168 #2/0–350 AWG (70–185 mm2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil (70–240 mm2) 225–500 A S35180 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil (70–240 mm2) Qty. Per $ Price Kit 2 86.00 2 86.00 2 86.00 2 225.00 NOTE: For availability dates of field installable accessories in Tables 7.156. 7.157, 7.158 and 7.160 contact Schneider Electric. 7-60 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches T-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.161: PV T-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions A2 7.40 188 in mm A3 11.42 290 B1 4.13 105 B2 5.51 140 C2 3.39 86 C3 4.96 126 A3 A2 C2 B1 B2 C3 A2: Short A3: Long Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration Wiring Configuration 3P Ungrounded 3P Grounded 4P Ungrounded 4P Grounded Table 7.163: T-Frames Terminal Cover Configuration Rear Connected X X X X X X X Top Long Short Long Long Long Long Bottom Long Long Long Long Short Long Approximate Weights Product Weight (lbs) 5 5.5 6.3 6.7 Shipping Weights (lbs) 8 8.5 9.3 9.7 7 3P Ungrounded 3P Grounded 4P Ungrounded 4P Grounded Connection Type Unit Mount/Bus X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.162: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-61 Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches U-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 Table 7.164: PV U-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions A2 11.2 285 in mm www.schneider-electric.us A3 15.7 400 A4 19.1 484 B1 5.5 140 B2 7.2 183 C2 4.3 110 C3 6.6 168 A2: Short A3: Long A4: Extended 7 Table 7.165: Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Wiring Configuration 3P Ungrounded Connection Type Unit Mount/Bus X 3P Grounded 4P Grounded Table 7.166: U-Frames 3P Ungrounded 3P Grounded 4P Ungrounded 4P Grounded Table 7.167: X X X X 4P Ungrounded Terminal Cover Configuration Rear Connected Bottom Extended Long Short Extended Extended X X X Top Long Short Approximate Weights Product Weight (lbs) 15 17 21 23 Shipping Weights (lbs) 19.5 21.5 25.5 27.5 PV T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Wiring Configurations 600 Vdc (3 Poles) Grounded 1000 Vdc (3 Poles) Ungrounded Grounded Ungrounded Load / Charge / Carga PV Source / FV Fuente GND PV Source / FV Fuente Load / Charge / Carga 7-62 PV Source / FV Fuente Load / Charge / Carga Load / Charge / Carga PV Source / FV Fuente GND © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.168: QO-K Circuit Breakers 120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required) Ampere Rating c 10 A 15 A 20 A 30 A Cat. No. QO110K QO115K QO120K QO130K $ Price 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QO-K Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in singlepole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2A Discount Schedule 7-63 www.schneider-electric.us 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-64 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 8 Operating Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches Operating Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches Selection Guide 8-2 UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches UL508 Motor Disconnect Switch (p. 8-7) UL98 Fusible Switch (p. 8-9) Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and Enclosed Switches 8-3 Mini-Vario and Vario Switches 8-4 Mini-Vario and Vario Accessories 8-6 MD Motor Disconnect Switches 8-7 UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches 8-8 Accessories, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible 8-10 Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible 8-11 Flange-Mounted and Cable-Operated Disconnect Switches UL98 Style Flange Handle Disconnect Switch (p. 8-15) 9421 Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanism (p. 8-19) Disconnect Switches 8-15 Accessories, Disconnect Switches 8-16 Dimensions, Disconnect Switches 8-17 Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers Door Mounted 8-19 Flexible Cable Mechanisms 8-21 Dimensions, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth 8-23 Operating Mechanisms, Accessories Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers 8-24 9422 Type R Circuit Breaker Mechanism (p. 8-23) Door Closing Mechanisms 8-26 Single and Multi-Door Enclosures 8-27 Types M5, M6, M1, and M8 8-28 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8-25 Types M5, M6, M1, and M8 9423 Door Closing Mechanisms (p. 8-25) 8 9422 Type C Circuit Breaker Cable Operator (p. 8-21) Introduction © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 8-1 Operating Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches Selection Guide www.schneider-electric.us Class Vario LK4 GS2 Type Manual motor control switches Nonfusible IEC style disconnect switches Fusible IEC style disconnect switches UL Rating UL508 UL98 UL98 Handle Type Rotary Rotary Rotary Mounting Door or panel — Flange with cable mechanism panel Load Voltage (maximum) 600 Vac 600 Vac Current Ratings 10–115 Horsepower Ratings (maximum) Enclosure Type 9422 9421 9422 9423 NEMA style fused or nonfusible disconnect switches UL98 Circuit breaker operating mechanisms Circuit breaker operating mechanisms Door closing mechanisms — — — Flange Adjustable rod or cable mechanism Panel or bracket mount Rotary Panel Flange Adjustable rod or cable mechanism Panel Rotary, works in conjunction with 9422 handle mechanisms — 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac — 30–1200 30–800 30–400 Circuit breaker frame sizes 100–1200 Circuit breaker frame sizes 100–1200 — 2–60 7.5–500 7.5–500 7.5–350 — — — Metallic: NEMA Type 1, 12, 4, 4X Plastic: IP55, NEMA Type 4X Power poles and auxiliary contacts Handle ratings: NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Handle ratings: NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Handle ratings: NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Handle ratings: NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Handle ratings: NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Handle ratings: NEMA Type 4 and 12 sheet steel or stainless Auxiliary contacts and power lugs Auxiliary contacts and power lugs Auxiliary contacts Auxiliary contacts Auxiliary contacts Right or left-hand operation Approvals UL File E164864 NLRV CSA File LR 81630 Class 3211 05 UL File E62922 DIHS2 CSA LR44199 Class 3211 07 — 8-3 UL File E191098 WP2X / WP2X7 CSA 703149 Class 4652 04 8-9 UL File E52639 WHTY2 UL File E62922 DIHS2 CSA LR44199 CSA LR44199 Class 4652-04 Class 3211 07 Page UL File E191098 WP2X / WP2X7 CSA 703149 Class 4652 04 8-8 8-15 8-21 8-25 Accessories 8-19 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8-2 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and Enclosed Switches UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us The Mini-Vario and Vario motor disconnect switch catalog numbers can be identified as described in Table 8.1. Table 8.1: Identification System V CF N12 GE Model (V-Vario, K-Operator) VCFN12GE VN12 Operator Type/ Accessory Designation CD Single hole Red & Yellow CF Four hole Red & Yellow BD BF 1 2 3 4 5 6 Vario 20/32 A Vario 25/40 A Vario 45/63 A Vario 63/80 A Vario 100/125 A Vario 115/175 A CCD Single hole Red & Yellow w/extension shaft VE CCF Four hole Red & Yellow w/ extension shaft VD Blank No operator or accessory Switch Typea Blank N12 Mini-Vario 10/12 A N20 Mini-Vario 16/20 A 02 Vario 10/12 A 01 Vario 16/20 A 0 Vario 20/25 A Enclosure Type (if applicable) Blank No Enclosure Mini-Vario IP55 GE Non-Metallic a Z Single hole Black and Gray Four hole Black and Gray Switch with Red handle installed on unit (one padlock only) Switch with Black handle installed on unit (no padlock provision) Accessory, power pole, neutral or ground G30, A30, W30 Type 1/12/4/4X Metallic (Class 9421) GU Vario IP55 Non-Metallic Switches/contacts are dual rated (UL/IEC). Mini-Vario Assembled Switches—Degree of Protection IP65, Type 1 and 12 Red/Yellow (Single Hole) VN12/KCC1YZ UL 10 16 IEC 12 20 Table 8.3: Catalog Number VCDN12 VCDN20 Black/Gray (Single Hole) $ Price 90.00 135.00 Catalog Number VBDN12 VBDN20 Red/Yellow Mounted In Sealable Enclosure, Non-UL Listed, Non-NEMA Rated Catalog Number VCFN12GE VCFN20GE Table 8.4: Catalog Number VN12a VN20a VZN12a VZN20a VCDN12 $ Price 90.00 135.00 Table 8.5: Enclosed Switches Complete Switches Mounted in IP55 Non-Metallic Enclosure VBDN12 Complete Switches for Rear Mounting, Includes Extension Shaft (3-Padlock) Complete Switches for Door Mounting (3-Padlock) Rating (A) $ Price 179.00 189.00 Catalog Number KCC1YZ KCD1PZ KAD1PZ VZN17 VZN30 KZ32 KZ83 Red/Yellow (Single Hole) Catalog Number VCCDN12 VCCDN20 $ Price 134.00 161.00 Operators and Accessories Description 45 x 45 mm Red & Yellow operator 60 x 60 mm Red & Yellow operator 60 x 60 mm Black & Gray operator 300–340 mm shaft extension 400–430 mm shaft extension Door interlocking plate for 45 or 60 mm operator Door mounting plate for 45 or 60 mm operator $ Price 39.20 39.20 39.20 22.50 27.00 20.30 20.30 Component Parts Description $ Price 10/12 A switch only 16/20 A switch only Add on power pole for 10/12 A switch Add on power pole for 16/20 A switch Neutral Pole with early make, late break for VN12 or VZN11 VN20 switch VZN14 Grounding module for VN12 or VN20 VZN05 N.O. late make auxiliary contactb VZN06 N.C. early break auxiliary contactb VZN26 Single-pole shroud for auxiliary contacts VZN08 Three-pole shroud for VN12 or VN20 a Switches/contacts are dual rated (UL/IEC). b Auxiliary contacts are dual rated (UL/IEC 10/12 A). 52.00 63.00 26.00 31.50 29.30 29.30 27.00 27.00 5.90 7.70 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Table 8.2: 8 VCCDN20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 8-3 Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and Enclosed Switches UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Vario Table 8.6: Rating (A) UL 10 16 20 20 25 45 63 100 115 IEC 12 20 25 32 40 63 80 125 175 NEMA Type 1 and 12 Assembled Switches for Door Mounting Complete Switches (Switch and Handle) for Door Mounting (3-padlock) Red/Yellow (Four Hole) Black/Gray (Four Hole) Catalog No. VCF02 VCF01 VCF0 VCF1 VCF2 VCF3 VCF4 VCF5 VCF6 Catalog No. VBF02 VBF01 VBF0 VBF1 VBF2 VBF3 VBF4 VBF5 VBF6 Table 8.7: $ Price 125.00 147.00 174.00 185.00 237.00 282.00 329.00 401.00 612.00 Red/Yellow (Single Hole) Black/Gray (Single Hole) $ Price 125.00 147.00 174.00 185.00 237.00 282.00 329.00 401.00 612.00 Catalog No. VCD02 VCD01 VCD0 VCD1 VCD2 — — — — $ Price 134.00 161.00 206.00 219.00 252.00 — — — — Complete Switches for Rear Mounting with Extension Shaft (3-Padlock)a Switches with Handles Installed on Unit, DIN Rail Mount Only Red/Yellow (Four Hole) Red/Yellow (Single Hole) Red/Yellow (1-Padlock) .25 Legend Plate Holder d a c f Non-Metallic Enclosure The Vario Motor Disconnect Switch is also offered as an enclosed switch. The 3-pole version makes the Vario switch ideal for manual motor control applications. They are compact, easy to wire and connect, and come undrilled to allow aable cable entry positions. NOTE: VCGUN enclosures are UL approved. Table 8.8: Non-Metallic Enclosed Switchab IP55-PVC 3-Pole, NEMA Type 1 & 12 Ampere Size UL/IEC Catalog No. $ Price 20/32 VC1GUN 239.00 25/40 VC2GUN 287.00 45/63 VC3GUN 345.00 63/80 VC4GUN 381.00 100/125 VC5GUN 548.00 115/175 VC6GUN 845.00 Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle. Refer to Table 8.11 and Table 8.12 for horsepower ratings. a b Table 8.9: Type VC1GUN VC2GUN VC3GUN VC4GUN VC5GUN VC6GUN Metallic Enclosure Metallic Enclosed Switch Dimensions 6.88 .31 8 5.38 175 $ Price — — 149.00 156.00 180.00 212.00 300.00 — — Non-Metallic Enclosed Switches e b 76 Black/Gray (No-Padlock) UL IEC Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. 10 12 VCCF02 162.00 VCCD02 162.00 — — — 16 20 VCCF01 185.00 VCCD01 185.00 — — — 20 25 VCCF0 197.00 VCCD0 197.00 VVE0 149.00 VVD0 20 32 VCCF1 206.00 VCCD1 206.00 VVE1 156.00 VVD1 25 40 VCCF2 252.00 VCCD2 252.00 VVE2 180.00 VVD2 45 63 VCCF3 320.00 — — VVE3 212.00 VVD3 63 80 VCCF4 356.00 — — VVE4 300.00 VVD4 100 125 VCCF5 464.00 — — — — — 115 175 VCCF6 606.00 — — — — — a Complete switch includes handle operator, shaft, door interlock plate, and line terminal shroud. Ø 6.2 $ Price 134.00 161.00 206.00 219.00 252.00 — — — — NEMA Type 1 and 12 Assembled Switches for Rear Mounting Rating (A) 3.00 Catalog No. VBD02 VBD01 VBD0 VBD1 VBD2 — — — — Dimensions No. of Poles a b c d e f 3 6.5 (164) 4.8 (121) 3.4 (87) 5.6 (141) 3.9 (98) 5.2 (132) 3 7.6 (193) 6.5 (164) 3.4 (87) 6.7 (170) 5.6 (141) 5.2 (132) 3 11.5 (291) 9.5 (241) 5.0 (128) 10.6 (269) 8.6 (219) 7.5 (191) The V1 and V2 come in metallic enclosures (NEMA Type 1, 4, 4X, and 12). The NEMA Type 1 comes with conduit knockouts top and bottom. To factory install a VZ7 auxiliary contact in these metallic enclosures, add Form X11 to the end of the catalog number (for example, 9421V1G30X11). To factory install a VZ20 auxiliary contact in these enclosures, add Form X20 to the end of the catalog number (for example, 9421V1W30X20). Price adder: $42.00 137 Table 8.10: 8 Rating (A) 4.25 5.63 108 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 143 UL 5.88 149 Class 9421 NEMA Type 1 V1G30, V2G30 3.00 76 IEC Rating (A) IEC 6.75 187 171 5.50 140 4.50 114 6.25 159 240 V 480 V 600 V NEMA Type 1 Catalog No. NEMA Type 12 $ Price Catalog No. $ Price NEMA Type 4/4Xb Catalog No. $ Price 20 32 5 10 10 9421V1G30 333.00 9421V1A30 548.00 9421V1W30 783.00 25 40 5 10 15 9421V2G30 381.00 9421V2A30 594.00 9421V2W30 831.00 a Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle. b For indoor use only. The NEMA Type 4/4X enclosure is made of #304 stainless steel with 3/4 in. T&B stainless steel hubs on the top and bottom. Table 8.11: 7.38 Metallic Enclosed Switches a b Horsepower Ratings 12 20 25 32 40 63 80 125 175 Vario Manual Motor Control Switches, IEC 230 V 3 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 15 18.5 22 30 kW Rating 240 V 400 V 3 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 11 7.5 15 15 22 18.5 30 22 37 30 45 415 V 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 22 30 37 45 3-Pole Switch Body 500 V 690 V 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 11 15 11 15 18.5 15 30 22 37 30 45 37 55 45 Class 9421 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 12 V1W30, V2W30, V1A30, V2A30 8-4 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Vario Manual Motor Control Switches Vario switches meet UL508 requirements as open manual motor controllers. They are also marked “Suitable as Motor Disconnect” allowing installation on the load side of the motor branch circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protection. If motor branch circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protection is needed, use a GS1 or 9422 fusible switch or circuit breaker meeting NEC 430.52 requirements. Table 8.12: Vario Manual Motor Control Switches Rating (A) Table 8.14: 480 V 5 7.5 10 10 10 20 30 50 50 Red/Yellow Single Hole 45 x 45 mm No. of Padlocks 0 1 Table 8.15: Four-Hole Operator (All except KDF3PZ and KBF3PZ) 3-Pole Switch Body Shaft Size mm UL IEC Type $ Price 10 12 6 V02 62.00 16 20 6 V01 74.00 20 25 6 V0 84.00 20 32 6 V1 95.00 25 40 6 V2 143.00 45 63 8 V3 179.00 63 80 8 V4 215.00 100 125 8 V5 287.00 115 175 8 V6 428.00 a Refer to Table 8.10 and Table 8.12 for horsepower ratings. Catalog No. Red/Yellow Four Hole 45 x 45 mm $ Price Catalog No. $ Price KCC1LZ 39.20 KCE1LZ 39.20 KCC1YZ 39.20 KCE1YZ 39.20 Red/Yellow Single Hole Red/Yellow Four Hole Operator Type 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm V02–V2 0 KDD1PZ 39.20 KDF1PZ 39.20 V3–V4 0 — — KDF2PZ 39.20 V02–V2 3 KCD1PZ 39.20 KCF1PZ 39.20 V3–V4 3 — — KCF2PZ 39.20 Red/Yellow Four Hole Black/Gray Four Hole Operator Type 90 x 90 mm 90 x 90 mm V5–V6 0 KDF3PZ 107.00 KBF3PZ 107.00 V5–V6 3 KCF3PZ 107.00 KAF3PZ 107.00 a When using these handles for replacements on the non-metallic enclosed switches, the handle shaft that comes with the enclosure must be reused. See Section 17 of the Supplemental Digest. V02–V2 V02–V2 Single-Hole Operator Type V02 V01 V0 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 Red/Yellow Single Hole 60 x 60 mm No. of Padlocks 3 3 Catalog No. Red/Yellow Four Hole 60 x 60 mm $ Price Catalog No. $ Price KCD1YZ 39.20 KCF1YZ 39.20 — — KCF2YZ 39.20 Red/Yellow Four Hole Black/Gray Four Hole Operator Type 90 x 90 mm 90 x 90 mm V5–V6 3 KCG2YZ 72.00 KAG2XZ 72.00 a When using these handles for replacements on the non-metallic enclosed switches, the handle shaft that comes with the enclosure must be reused. See Section 17 of the Supplemental Digest. Table 8.16: $ Price Black/Gray Single Hole 60 x 60 Black/Gray Four Hole 60 x 60 mm Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. KADIXZ — 39.20 — KAF1XZ KAF2XZ $ Price 39.20 39.20 $ Price Each 5.90 12.00 12.00 15.60 0.51 13.0 2.67 68 0.22 5.5 2.67 68 1.89 48 Four-Hole 60 x 60 Mounting Dimensions a Four-Hole 90 x 90 Mounting Dimensions a The door interlock plate included with VCC Kits has the same drilling as the handle operators. Table 8.17: Type V02 to V2 V3 to V4 V5 to V6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog No. KAE1BZ 39.20 — — Black/Gray Four Hole 60 x 60 mm KBF1PZ 39.20 KBF2PZ 39.20 KAF1PZ 39.20 KAF2PZ 39.20 0.51 13.0 0.22 5.5 0.5 12.7 0.88 22.5 Single-Hole Mounting Dimensions Low-Profile Handle KCD1YZ $ Price KAC1BZ 39.20 — — Black/Gray Single Hole 60 x 60 mm KBD1PZ 39.20 — — KAD1PZ 39.20 — — Description 45 x 45 mm gasket for V02-V2 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5)—IP65 60 x 60 mm gasket for V02-V2 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5) 60 x 60 mm gasket for V3-V4 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5) 90 x 90 mm gasket for V5-V6 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5)—IP65 0.12 3.0 a Black/Gray Four Hole 45 x 45 mm Gasket Kits Catalog No. KZ65 KZ66 KZ62 KZ67 Four-Hole Operator KDF3PZ and KBF3PZ Catalog No. 1.89 48 V02–V2 V3–V4 Black/Gray Single Hole 45 x 45 mm Low Profile Handle Operatorsa Operator Type Switches Switch Bodya Rating (A) NEMA Type 1 and 12 Handle Operators: V02–V2 (6 mm Shaft), V3–V6 (8 mm Shaft) a Operator Type Switches mm 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 600 V 5 7.5 10 10 15 30 40 50 60 Table 8.13: Rear/Panel Mounting Switch Body Dimensions Shaft Extension VZ17 VZ30 VZ18 VZ31 VZ18 VZ31 Dimensions a in. 5.5–13.0 5.5–16.9 5.5–12.6 5.5–16.5 6.5–13.8 6.5–17.7 1.5 b mm 140–330 140–430 140–320 140–420 165–350 165–450 CP1 c dia. d in. mm in. mm in. mm 0.60 15 2.4 60 0.17 4.2 0.79 20 2.4 60 0.20 5.2 1.20 30 3.9 100 0.28 7.0 Discount Schedule b d c 1.73 44 a 8 Manual Motor Control Switch 240 V 2 3 5 5 5 10 15 25 30 3-Pole Switch Body OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES UL 10 16 20 20 25 45 63 100 115 Horsepower Rating Shaft Size 8-5 Mini-Vario and Vario™ Accessories UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches 1.5-6 Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 .512 13 .217 2.68 48 b Door Mounting Switch Body Dimensions Switch Type 68 1.89 a Table 8.18: 68 Switch Type V02 to V2 V3, V4 V5, V6 V02 to V2 V3, V4 V5, V6 Door Interlock Plate KZ32 Table 8.20: Switch Type V02 to V2 V3, V4 V5, V6 Table 8.21: Switch Type Shaft Extension Kit a b b Switch Type V02–V2 V3–V4 V5–V6 Maximum Panel Depth in. 13.0 12.6 13.8 16.9 16.5 17.7 Shaft Extension Kit mm 330 320 351 429 419 450 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Switch Type Terminal Shroud for Auxiliary Contact VZ29 $ Price V02–V2 V3–V4 V5–V6 — Table 8.25: Door Interlock Plate 28.70 35.60 35.60 35.60 42.80 42.80 VZ17 VZ18 VZ18 VZ30 VZ31 VZ31 Line Side Terminal Shroud For Main Switch VZ8 VZ9 VZ10 mm 74 74 83 125 8.40 8.40 12.00 20.30 39.20 39.20 20.30 39.20 39.20 Main Pole Module Terminal Shroud for Auxiliary Contact VZ29 VZ29 VZ29 $ Price 5.90 5.90 9.50 $ Price 5.90 5.90 5.90 Auxiliary Contacts Ampere Rating UL/IEC Main Pole $ Price 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. a 2 N.O. VZ7b VZ20b 31.50 32.90 34.20 35.60 55.00 66.00 82.00 — — 10/12 16/20 20/25 20/32 25/40 45/63 63/80 — — Grounding Module $ Price 42.80 Auxiliary Contacts $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. Description $ Price 42.80 VZ14 42.80 VZ7 1 Late Make N.O. & 1 Early Break N.C. 42.80 54.00 VZ15 54.00 VZ20 2 N.O. Contacts 42.80 70.00 VZ16 70.00 — — — Labeling Accessories Catalog No. KZ13 KZ15 KZ103 Nameplate Holder Only $ Price 4.80 4.80 7.80 Catalog No. KZ14 KZ16 KZ101 $ Price 4.40 4.40 6.80 Nameplate Only Use With KZ14 KZ16 KZ1010 Catalog No. KZ76 KZ77 KZ100 $ Price 3.50 3.50 3.50 Shrouds 3-Pole Shroud Catalog No. VZ8 VZ9 VZ10 — Single-Pole Shroud $ Price 8.40 8.40 12.00 — For Add-On Power Pole VZ02-VZ2, VZ11 & VZ14 VZ23, VZ4, VZ12 & VZ15 VZ13 & VZ16 For 2-Pole Aux. Contact Catalog No. VZ26 VZ27 VZ28 VZ29 $ Price 5.90 6.90 9.50 5.90 Main Pole Module Dimensions Dimensions V02 to VZ2 VZ3 to VZ4 20.30 39.20 39.20 20.30 39.20 39.20 KZ83 KZ81 KZ81 KZ83 KZ81 KZ81 Add-On Contact Modules Switch Type c $ Price Add-On Contact Modules b a 0.44 0.44 1.10 2.00 Door Mounting Plate $ Price KZ32 KZ74 KZ74 KZ32 KZ74 KZ74 Terminal Shroud for Add-on Power Pole VZ26 VZ27 VZ28 $ Price Nameplate Holder with Nameplate Table 8.24: in. 2.91 2.91 3.27 4.92 Accessories Catalog No. VZ11 VZ12 VZ13 Size 45 x 45 mm 60 x 60 mm 90 x 90 mm mm 55 55 60 90 Shaft Extension and Door Interlock Neutral Modules Early Make/Late Break Table 8.23: Weight Approx. lbs. c in. 2.17 2.17 2.36 3.54 V02 VZ02 VZ02 V01 VZ01 VZ01 V0 VZ0 VZ0 V1 VZ1 VZ1 V2 VZ2 VZ2 V3 VZ3 VZ3 V4 VZ4 VZ4 V5 — — V6 — — Early Break, Late Make. Auxiliary contacts are rated UL/IEC 10/12 A. Table 8.22: Add-On Contact Modules a in. mm V02 to V2a 2.83 72 V02 to V2 2.36 60 V3 to V4 2.56 65 V5 to V6 3.54 90 a Dimensions for single-hole mounting. Table 8.19: Terminal Shroud for Main Switch VZ8 www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions 2.68 c 1.89 48 44 13 5.5 5.5 1.73 .217 .512 a in. 0.63 0.79 b mm 16 20 in. 2.9 3.3 c mm 74 83 in. 1.38 1.80 mm 35 46 Weight Approx. lbs. 0.10 0.22 Main Pole Module 8-6 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches MD Motor Disconnect Switches Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL508 Suitable for Motor Control (UL File E164864) and conforms to IEC standard 60947-3. It is in a compact NEMA Type 4X enclosure suitable for use in NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 applications. The MD's key benefits are an extremely small footprint, a more economically efficient NEMA Type 4X solution and a handle interlock preventing cover removal when the switch is in the ON position. Table 8.26: MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non-Metallic NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Enclosureabc Maximum Horsepower Ratings Amperes a b c Cat. No. Three Phase Vac $ Price Height (in.) 220–240 440–480 600 30 MD3304X 7.5 20 25 121.00 6.38 60 MD3604X 20 40 40 161.00 8.27 See Table 8.20 for accessories. Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm padlocks. Suitable for NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 enclosure applications. Table 8.27: Width (in.) Depth (in.) 3.9 4.94 4.37 4.37 MD Motor Disconnect Accessories Cat. No. MDSAN20 MDSAN11 MDS30P Description 2 N.O. auxiliary contact module 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact module 30 A add on power pole $ Price 57.00 27.00 35.00 D H W 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES MD Motor Disconnect Switches © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 8-7 UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Example of the parts to order to build a complete GS or LK switch: Choose a Switch + Shaft 600 A, LK4SU3N + Handle Assembly Shaft 320 mm, GS2AE6 + Lugs if needed Black Handle, GS2AH150 Lugs Kit, GS1AW503 Example: LK4SU3N (600 A nonfusible switch, use 15x12 shaft) + GS2AE6 (320 mm Type S shaft) + GS2AH150 (black/ black, lockable) To add auxiliary contacts: For front-mounted contacts order LK4AD30N (front-mounted auxiliary contact holder) + GS2AM110. Table 8.28: Pole 30–100 A Compact 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches Rating (A) Catalog Number 30 60 100 100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 LK4DU3CN LK4GU3CN LK4JU3CN LK4JU3N LK4MU3N LK4QU3N LK4SU3N LK4TU3N LK4UU3N LK4WU3N Table 8.29: GS2AH130 240 V 10 20 20 30 75 125 200 200 200 200 480 V 20 40 50 75 150 250 400 500 500 500 600 V 30 50 50 100 200 350 350 500 500 500 250 Vdc — — N/A 15 15 50 50 — — — Shaft: 12.6/320 in./mm Handle Catalog No. Type Color $ Price Catalog No. 30–100 LK4AH110CNb 1, 3R, 12 Black 62.00 30–100 LK4AH120CNb 1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow 62.00 LK4AE12CN 30–100 LK4AH410CNb 4, 4X Black 70.00 30–100 LK4AH420CNb 4, 4X Red/Yellow 70.00 100–400 GS2AH130 1, 3R, 12 Black 70.00 100–400 GS2AH140 1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow 70.00 GS2AE2 100–400 GS2AH430 4, 4X Black 78.00 100–400 GS2AH440 4, 4X Red/Yellow 78.00 600 GS2AH150 4, 4X Black 263.00 600 GS2AH160 4, 4X Red/Yellow 263.00 GS2AE6 800–1200 GS2AH170 4, 4X Black 296.00 800–1200 GS2AH180 4, 4X Red/Yellow 296.00 a Optional on shafts for LK4DU3CN, LK4GU3CN and LK4JU3CN. b For use on switches ending with CN only. Shaft: 15.7/400 in./mm $ Price Catalog Number 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES GS2AH150 Switch Amperes 30–60 30–60 100–400 100–400 600–1200 600–1200 600–1200 Shaft Sty;e SCCR kA 100 100 100 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 AL AL AL B B B D D D D Auxiliary Contacts for LK Switches Catalog Number MDSAN11 MDSAN20 LK4AD10N LK4AD20N LK4AD30N GS2AM110 GS2AM101 Description Aux Contact 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Aux Contact 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. Aux Contact 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Aux Contact 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. Aux Contact Holder Aux Contact 1 N.O. Aux Contact 1 N.C. $ Price 14.70 27.50 14.70 14.70 14.70 14.70 14.70 Shaft Guidea Shaft Style $ Price Catalog Number $ Price — LK4AEAH12CN 15.50 AL 18.60 — 20.30 GS2AE21 25.00 — — B 32.60 GS2AE61 40.40 — — D Table 8.31: Table 8.30: Fuse J J J J J J J L L L Handles and Shafts for LK Switches Rating (A) 100–400 A 218.00 263.00 458.00 458.00 1010.00 1910.00 2873.00 4301.00 5372.00 6450.00 Short Circuit Current Rating 600 Vac Maximum Horsepower Rating $ Price Terminal Shrouds for LK Switches Switch Amperes 30–60 100–200 Catalog Number LK4AP3CN LK4AP33TN 100–200 LK4AP33BN 400 400 600a LK4AP53TN LK4AP53BN LK4AP63N 800–1200a LK4AP83N a Description Shroud Top and Bottom, 3-Pole Shroud Top LK4, 3-Pole, 100/200 A Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole, 100/200 A Shroud Top LK4, 3-Pole, 400 A Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole, 400 A Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole, 600 A Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole, 800–1200 A $ Price 79.00 101.00 101.00 140.00 140.00 280.00 280.00 600–1200 A standard with top shroud. GS2AH170 8-8 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Table 8.32: Pole GS2GU3N GS Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches Rating (A) Catalog Number $ Price 30 30 30 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 GS1DDU3 GS1DU3 GS2EEU3 GS2EU3N GS2GU3N GS2JU3N GS2MU3N GS2QU3N GS2SU3 GS2TU3 237.00 260.00 237.00 260.00 336.00 536.00 1181.00 2252.00 3378.00 5061.00 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Table 8.33: GS2AH110 Suggested for 30–60 A Rating (A) GS2AH150 GS2AH130 100–400 A Optional 30–60 A Short Circuit Current Rating 600 Vac Maximum Horsepower Rating 240 V 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 30 60 125 200 200 480 V 15 15 15 15 30 60 125 250 500 500 600 V 20 20 20 20 50 75 150 350 500 500 250 Vdc 5 5 5 5 10 20 40 50 — — Fuse CC J CC J J J J J J J SCCR kA 100 100 100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 Shaft Style AG AG B B B B B B C C Handles and Shafts for GS Switchesa Shaft: 12.6 in. (320 mm) Handle Catalog No. Type Color $ Price Catalog No. 30–60 GS2AH110 1, 3R, 12 Black 62.00 30–60 GS2AH120 1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow 62.00 GS2AE8 30–60 GS2AH410 4, 4X Black 70.00 30–60 GS2AH420 4, 4X Red/Yellow 70.00 30–400 GS2AH130 1, 3R, 12 Black 70.00 30–400 GS2AH140 1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow 70.00 GS2AE2 30–400 GS2AH430 4, 4X Black 78.00 30–400 GS2AH440 4, 4X Red/Yellow 78.00 600–800 GS2AH150 4, 4X Black 263.00 GS2AE5 600–800 GS2AH160 4, 4X Red/Yellow 263.00 a GS2AH100TO200–GS1 to GS2 Handle Adapter if using GS1 holes. $ Price Shaft: 15.7 in. (400 mm) Catalog No. Shaft Guide $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 15.50 Shaft Style 18.60 GS2AE81 22.30 LKN4AEAH12C AG 20.30 GS2AE21 25.00 — — B 32.60 GS2AE51 40.40 — — C NOTE: Hole adapter kit for GS1 to GS2 Handles: GS2AH100TO200 $17.43. Table 8.34: Auxiliary Contacts for GS Switchesa Switch Catalog Description $ Price Amperes Number 30–800 GS1AM110 Aux Contact 1 N.O. 14.70 30–800 GS1AM101 Aux Contact 1 N.C. 14.70 30 GS1AD10 Aux Contact Holder 46.70 a GS1DU3 and GS1DDU3 switches allow up to 4 auxiliary contacts without adding contact holder GS1AD10. For more than 4 contacts, GS1AD10 is required. Table 8.35: For use on GS2, 60 A GS2, 100 A GS2, 200 A GS2, 400 A GS2, 600–800 A Table 8.36: Auxiliary Contacts GS1AD10 + GS2AM110 Shorting Links Shorting Links per Kit 3 3 3 3 3 Catalog No. $ Price GS1AU203 GS1AU303 GS1AU403 GS1AU503 GS1AU803 29.60 41.90 62.10 93.00 156.00 Terminal Shrouds for GS Switches, Line or Loada Flange Handle Cable Operator Kit OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Switch Catalog Description $ Price Amperes Number 30–100 — Standard on product — 200 GS2AP43 GS2, 3-Pole, 200 A 101.00 400 GS2AP53 GS2, 3-Pole, 400 A 101.00 600–800 GS2AP73 GS2, 3-Pole, 600–800 A 140.00 a Order one terminal shroud per side. For example, order one terminal shroud for either the line side or load side; order two terminal shrouds for both the line side and load side. Shorting Links Flange Handle Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switchesa Catalog Description Number GS2AH36F Flange Handle and 36 in. Cable Operator Kit GS2AH60F Flange Handle and 60 in. Cable Operator Kit GS2AH120F Flange Handle and 120 in. Cable Operator Kit a Compatible with 30 through 200 Amp switches (Not GS100430, GS1063). © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule $ Price 417.00 432.00 476.00 8 Table 8.37: 8-9 UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches Accessories, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories Table 8.38: Terminal Lugs Terminal Lugs For Use On Rating LK4DU3CN LK4GU3CN LK4JU3N LK4MU3N 30 60 100 200 LK4QU3N 400 LK4SU3N LK4TU3N LK4UU3N LK4WU3N GS1DDU3 GS1DU3 GS2EEU3 GS2EU3N GS2GU3N GS2JU3N GS2MU3N 600 800 1000 1200 30 30 30 30 60 100 200 GS2QU3N 400 GS2SU3 GS2TU3 600 800 Table 8.39: For Use On No. of Wires No. of Lugs per Lug per Terminal 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lug Size (AWG) #12–2/0 #12–2/0 6–300 kcmil 6–300 kcmil 350 MCM—6 600 MCM—4 250 MCM—1/0 2 x 2–600 kcmil 2 x 2–600 kcmil 2 x 2–600 kcmil 2 x 2–600 kcmil #14–#10 #14–#10 #14–#10 #14–#6 #10–#6 #12–#1 6–300 kcmil 350 MCM—6 600 MCM—4 250 MCM—1/0 2 x 2–600 kcmil 2 x 2–600 kcmil Wire Type Lugs per Kit Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al — — 6 6 6 Lug Kit Catalog Number Standard Standard GS1AW403 GS1AW403 GS1AW603 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW606 Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al 6 12 12 12 — — — — — — 6 6 GS1AW503 GS1AW903 GS1AW903 GS1AW903 Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard GS1AW403 GS1AW603 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW606 Cu/Al Cu/Al 6 6 GS1AW503 GS1AW503 Power Distribution Lugs GS1 or GS2 Only Rating No. of Wires per Lug GS1JU3 100 6 GS2MU3N 200 12 GS2QU3N 400 GS2MU3N 200 6 GS2QU3N 400 a Cannot be used on GS2JU3N. Lug Size (AWG) Wire Type Lugs per Kit Lug Kit Catalog Number #14–#6 Cu 3 GS1AW306a #14–#4 Cu 3 GS1AW406 #12–2/0 Cu 3 GS1AW506 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8-10 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us LK4DU3CN and LK4GU3CN, 30–100 A Compact Nonfusible Disconnect Switches 3.133 79.6 2.53 64.3 0.543 13.8 1.02 1.02 26 26 4 5.169 131.3 2.078 52.8 Handle for 30–100 A Compact Nonfusible Disconnect Switches Right-side or front operation Handle Part No. LK4AH110CN LK4AH120CN LK4AH410CN LK4AH420CN Door drilling with 4 fixing screws Door drilling with fixing nut LK4JU3N / LK4MU3N / LK4QU3N, 100–400 A Nonfusible Disconnect Switches—Dimensions E Handle Part No. 1.74 (44.2) GS2AH130 GS2AH140 GS2AH430 GS2AH440 3.07 (78) 3.07 Ø (78) 1.57 (40) 1.22 Ø (31) 1.10 (28) 0.27 (7) 4x Ø 4.925 (125.1) D Rating (A) 100–200 400 A C Dimensions = in. (mm) A 3.72 (94.6) 4.92 (128) B 10.1 (256) 16 (406) C 7.09 (1.80) 9.05 (230) D 1.97 (50) 2.56 (65) E 6.3 (160) 8.26 (210) F 6.3 (160) 10.2 (260) Dimensions: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES B in. mm 8-11 8 F UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us LK4SU3N, 600 A Nonfusible Disconnect Switches—Dimensions Rating (A) 600 Dimensions = in. (mm) AC 18.12 (460) F 11 (280) H 5.5 (140) J 5.0 (127.5) M 10.03 (255) N 6.88 (175) N1 2.34 (59.5) AA 12.6 (320) Z 1.85 (47) Handle for 600 A and 800 A Fusible Disconnect Switches Handle Part No. Front operation GS2AH150 GS2AH160 Door drilling template Direction of operation LK4TU3N / LK4UU3N / LK4WU3N, 800–1200 A Nonfusible Disconnect Switches—Dimensions 8 Dimensions = in. (mm) Rating (A) AC 18.12 (460) OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 800–1200 F 14.64 (372) H 5.5 (140) J 6.83 (173.5) M 13.66 (347) N 6.88 (175) N1 2.34 (59.5) Z 1.85 (47) Handle for 800–1200 A Fusible Disconnect Switches Handle Part No. GS2AH170 GS2AH180 Dimensions: 8-12 Front operation Direction of operation Door drilling template in. mm © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Handle for 30 A and 60 A Fusible Disconnect Switches GS1DDU3, 30 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class CC Fuses and GS1DU3, 30 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses—Dimensions Handle Part No. GS2AH110 GS2AH120 GS2AH410 GS2AH420 Example: GS1DU3 Rating (A) Front operation Door drilling template Direction of operation 30 / CC 30 / J Dimensions = in. (mm) F 3.78 (96) 4.13 (105) H 3.28 (83.5) 3.89 (99) J 1.47 (37.5) 1.47 (37.5) J1 0.59 (15) 0.59 (15) N 3.13 (79.5) 3.13 (79.5) N1 1 (25.5) 1 (25.5) AA 4.56 (116) 4.56 (116) Z 1.12 (28.5) 1.12 (28.5) GS2GU3N, 60 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses Side operation Door drilling template Direction of operation Handle for 100 A, 200 A, and 400 A Fusible Disconnect Switches Handle Part No. GS2AH130 GS2AH140 GS2AH430 GS2AH440 GS2JU3N, 100 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses Front operation Side operation Direction of operation Door drilling template Dimensions: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved in. mm 8-13 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Door drilling template Direction of operation UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301 Handle for 100 A, 200 A, and 400 A Fusible Disconnect Switches www.schneider-electric.us GS2MU3N, 200 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses Handle Part No. GS2AH130 GS2AH140 GS2AH430 GS2AH440 Front operation Door drilling template Direction of operation GS2QU3N, 400 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses Side operation Door drilling template Direction of operation Handle for 600 A and 800 A Fusible Disconnect Switches GS2SU3, 600 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses GS2TU3, 800 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses Handle Part No. GS2AH150 GS2AH160 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Front operation Direction of operation 8-14 Door drilling template Dimensions: in. mm © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Flange Mounted and Cable Operated Disconnect Switches Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us The 9422 disconnect switches are the ideal selections for the PV string combiner box’s internal disconnect switch and control panel applications. These switches are designed for variable depth, flange mounting, traditional side mounting and bracket mounting applications providing complete flexibility in the PV string combiner box designs. The switches are compatible with 9422A handle operators and 9423 door mechanisms and are UL98 recognized (E52369 Vol. 1, Sec. 18) and CSA certified. See pages 8-16, 8-17, and 8-18 for dimensional information. Table 8.40: 9422 Disconnect Switches, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth for Use With Fuse Clip Rating Switch and Operating Switch Cable Operators (Amperes) Mechanism Only— ONLY— Non-Interchangeable Does Not Include Does Not Include Type For Class Handle Mechanism Handle Mechanism or H, J, K or R Fuses Cable Operatori Maximum Horsepower Ratings Variable Disconnect Depth Switch Min.–Max. Size (in.) AC Systems Volts (Motor Volts) Fuse Type Vdc 208 240 480 600 (200) (230) (460) (575) 250 600 30 A 6.625–18 7.5 7.5 15 20 5 15 60 A 6.625–18 — 15 30 50 10 30 100 A 6.625–18 25 30 60 75 20 50 200 A 9.12–19.25a 40 60 125 150 40 50 250 V 600 V Cat. No.c $ Price Cat. No.c — 30 60 — 60 — — 100 — 200 — — — 30 — 30 60 — 100 — 200 400 TCN30 TCF30 TCF33 TDN60 TDF60 TDF63 TEN10 TEF10 TF1 TF2 TF3d 329.00 372.00 399.00 386.00 458.00 485.00 570.00 783.00 1247.00 1389.00 2052.00 TCN30C TCF30C TCF33C TDN60C TDF60C TDF63C TEN10C TEF10C — — — — TG1fg 2672.00 — — 400 TG2fg 3027.00 — — None H, J, K, R None H, J, K, R None H, J, K, R None H, J, K, R 400 A 11.38 None — Fixed (A5 or A6 Depthb Handle) 75 125 250 350 50 50 400 A 15.87–19 H, J, 400 Variable (A7 or A8 K, R Depthb Handle)e a 9422 R2 will extend maximum mounting depth 7 inches, see page 8-17 for information. b Switches are fixed-depth or adjustable depending on handle selection. c For ordering use the suffix 9422, e.g., order TCN30 using catalog number 9422TCN30. d Accommodates Class J fuses only. e Variable in increments of 0.63 inches. Switch and Operating Mechanism and Handle Mechanism—Overpackedh Includes Type A1 Handle Mechanism $ Price Cat. No.c 315.00 359.00 386.00 372.00 444.00 471.00 557.00 770.00 — — — ATCN301 ATCF301 ATCF331 ATDN601 ATDF601 ATDF631 ATEN101 ATEF101 ATF11 ATF12 ATF13d Includes Type A2 Handle Mechanism $ Price Cat. No.c 471.00 513.00 543.00 527.00 599.00 629.00 714.00 926.00 1389.00 1530.00 2195.00 ATCN302 ATCF302 ATCF332 ATDN602 ATDF602 ATDF632 ATEN102 ATEF102 ATF21 ATF22 ATF23d $ Price 585.00 629.00 660.00 642.00 714.00 741.00 827.00 1040.00 1503.00 1646.00 2307.00 For handle selection, see Table 8.42. f g h i Commercially available enclosures may not accept 9422TG1 and 2 operating mechanisms. Contact enclosure manufacturer for availability of enclosures for use with these switches. Right hand flange mounting only and requires a special enclosure. Variable depth only — no cable operator. See Table 8.46 for ordering information for the cable operator. The 9422 Bracket Mount Disconnect Switch is designed for combiner boxes and control panel applications. The Bracket Mount Disconnect Switch is shipped with the switch and external handle assembled to a bracket, ready for quick installation. A protective trim plate is provided to prevent any mounting screws from being accessible from the front. The trim plate also provides an attractive installation feature. The switches are fully compatible with the 9423 closing mechanisms. Table 8.41: 9422 Bracket Mounted Disconnect Switches Maximum Horsepower Rating Disconnect Switch Size AC Systems Volts (Motor Volts) Vdc 208 (200) 240 (230) 480 (460) 600 (575) 250 Fuse Type Fuse Clip Rating (Amperes) Non-Interchangeable Type For Class H, J, K or R Fuses 600 250 V — 30 60 60 — 60 — — — 100 100 — 200 — None 30 A 7.5 7.5 15 20 5 15 H, J, K, R Ja None 60 A 29 50 10 30 25 30 60 75 20 50 200 A 40 60 125 150 40 50 5.69 144 RESET 1.06 27 Table 8.42: 9422 Disconnect Switch and Circuit Breaker Handle Mechanisms The Handle Mechanism kit contains all parts needed to mount the handle to the flange of the enclosure. Two flange mounting methods are offered. For right or left hand flange mounting use Types A1–A4 and Types A9–A10 kits. For right-hand mounting only, use Type A5–A8 handles. The type AP1 and AP2 handles are used exclusively on the PowerPact™ M and P operating mechanisms, 9422 RM1 and 9422 CMP. The dimensions are identical to 9422 A1. NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 12 Enclosures NEMA Type 4, 4X Stainless Steel Enclosures Type A1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ja None H, J, K, R Ja None H, J, K, R Ja Handle Information Cat. No.c $ Price Cat. No.c $ Price 4a A3 143.00 A4 257.00 6a A1 143.00 A2 257.00 6ad AP1 188.00 AP2 338.00 10b A9 158.00 A10 270.00 12ef A7 300.00 A8 372.00 a Use with 30–200 A 9422 switches and all circuit breaker mechanisms. b Use with Type D2 remote or dual adapter kit listed on page 8-24. c For ordering use the suffix 9422, e.g., order A2 using catalog number 9422A2. d Use only with 9422 RM1, 9422 CMP and PowerPact M and P operating mechanisms. e Use only with 400 A 9422TG1 and 9422TG2 disconnect switch. f Adjustable depth. ON H, J, K, R $ Price 471.00 543.00 543.00 543.00 527.00 585.00 629.00 629.00 714.00 926.00 926.00 1488.00 1610.00 2264.00 Space saving design—Type J fuses mounted on the non-fused bracket. For ordering use the suffix 9422, e.g., order BTCN30 using catalog number 9422BTCN30. Handle Depth (in.) OFF 30 Catalog No.b BTCN30 BTCF30 BTCF33 BTCF32 BTDN60 BTDF60 BTDF63 BTDF62 BTEN10 BTEF10 BTEF11 TFB1 TFB2 TFB3 CP1 Discount Schedule Enclosure Flange Max. “On” 3.50 89 0.88 22 6.13 (9422 A1 and A2) 156 4.50 (9422 A3 and A4) 114 10.13 (9422 A9 and A10) Stiffener Bracket 257 C L of Operating Mechanism Door Interlock Hook Door Interlock Defeater Screw Door 2.16 55 9422 A1, A2, A3, A4, A9, and A10 Handles Rod used only on the variable-depth mechanism. 8-15 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1.13 15 100 A a b Bracket Mounted Disconnect Switch 15 600 V — — 30 30 — 30 60 60 — 100 100 — 200 400 Switch and Operating Mechanism Only — Does Not Include Handle Mechanism 8 9422 TCN30 Flange Mounted and Cable Operated Accessories, Disconnect Switches Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 Accessories Table 8.47: Class R Fuse Kits When installed, this kit rejects all fuses except Class R. The kits are available for field installation. With rejection kit and Class R fuses installed, the switch is UL component recognized for use on systems with fault current up to 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes. Table 8.43: Class R Fuse Kits Disconnect Switch Type Switch Type Switch Type 30 A TCF30 TCN30 TCF33 250 Va 600 V TCF30 30 — TCF33 60 30 TDF60 60 30 60 A TDF63 — 60 100 A TEF10 100 100 TF2 200 200 200 A TF3 200 200 400 A TG2 400 400 a Use Discount Schedule DE1 for price, not CP1. Cat No. RFK03a RFK06a RFK06a RFK06Ha RFK10a 9999SR4 9999SR4 9999SR5 $ Price 24.50 25.50 25.50 25.50 47.70 47.60 47.60 104.00 Table 8.48: Disconnect Switch Size 30–60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A BTCF, BTCN, BTDF, BTDN, BTEF, BTEN Cat No.c TC10a TC20b TC11a TC21b R8a R9b R35a R36b $ Price 120.00 239.00 120.00 239.00 83.00 243.00 275.00 521.00 60 30 TC33 71.00 60 — 30 60 TC33 TD63 71.00 99.00 Lug Kits Copper Al Cat No. #14–#2 #10–#0 #6–600 kcmil #4–500 kcmil #10–#2 #6–#0 #6–#600 kcmil — CL0306F CL10F — — Lug Kits Al $ Price Cat No. 69.00 159.00 — — 36.90 77.00 — — Maximum Voltage Fuse Type Dimension A Dimension B 30 A, 250 V 30 A, 600 V 30 A, 600 V 60 A, 250 V 60 A, 600 V 60 A, 600 V 100 A, 250 V 100 A, 600 V 100 A, 600 V H, K, R H, K, R J H, K, R H, K, R J H, K, R H, K, R J 1.625 4.25 1.625 2.25 4.75 1.625 — — 3.25 5.25 3.25 100 A 1.41 1.41 4.00" 30 A = 3.50 60 A Provides an additional barrier that helps prevent accidental contact with live parts. Field-installed transparent barriers do not restrict visual inspection of the switch. Barriers provide IEC529 IP2X “finger safe” protection when door of enclosed disconnect switch is open. A convenient door allows use of test probes without accessing fuses and replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier must be used with the skirt kit to enclose a panel mounted 9422 disconnect. $ Price AL0306F AL10F — — Dimensions 30 A, 60 A, and 100 A Class 9422 Disconnect Switches Internal Barrier Kits Table 8.45: 600 V — Cu 30 A 60 A TF, ATF TF, ATF TG 400 A TG 1 N.C. or N.O. Contact depending on wiring. 2 N.C. or N.O. or 1 N.O. or 1 N.C. Contact depending on wiring. For ordering use the suffix 9999, e.g., order TC10 using catalog number 9999TC10. a b c 250 V 30 Wire Size (Min-Max) Switch Type Electrical Interlocks TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TEF, TEN 200 A H, K, J, R Line and Load Fuse Clip Kit (includes load base and fuse pullers) Type $ Price TC30 42.80 Lug Data Table 8.49: Switch Type 30 A 60 A 100 A H, K, J, R TDN60 Electrical Interlocks Disconnect Switch Size Fuse Clip Rating (Amperes) Fuse Type Class R Kit 30 A Table 8.44: Class 9422 Replacement/Refrofit Fuse Clip Kits Disconnect Switch Size 60 A Fuse Clip Rating www.schneider-electric.us 100 A = 5.75 1.00 1.00 4.50 A 8.80" B 0.30 Internal Barrier Kits 1.50* Barrier Disconnect Switch Size Skirt Cat. No. $ Pricea 30 A SS06 165.00 60 A SS06 165.00 100 A SS10 195.00 Use Discount Schedule DE1 for price, not CP1. a Table 8.46: Cat No. SS0306SK SS0306SK SS10SK $ Pricea 225.00 225.00 255.00 Switch Type $ Price 8 417.00 — 432.00 476.00 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Dimensions 0.38 D A in. (mm) C in. (mm) D in. (mm) CP1 Min. Enclosure Deptha in. (mm) Discount Schedule F 10 Fusible Device F in. (mm) E in. (mm) BTCN, BTDN, BTEN — — 6.56 (167) 8.00 (203) — — BTCF, BTDF, BTEF 9.50 (241) 1.88 (48) 8.56 (217) 10.00 (254) 11.88 (302) 6.38 (162) TFB1 11.50 (292) — 3.88 (99) 9.50 (241) 12.00 (305) 13.19 (335) TFB2, TFB3 20.00 (508) 20.00b(508) a The minimum enclosure depth is greater than Dimension D since additional space is needed when mounting the mechanism. b Fuses and fuse base assembly do not extend beyond bracket. Note: Back panel support is recommended for Types TFB1, 2, & 3. Other devices may also require support if the flange is not sufficiently rigid. Type 8-16 100A = 5.10" D D = Distance from handle mechanism mounting surface to disconnect switch surface. D min. = 6 5/8" D max. = 18" Cable Mechanisms with A1 Handle for NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, and 12 Enclosures Cable Length Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. (inches) 36 9422CFT30 273.00 9422CFT31 TCN30C, TCF30C, 48 9422CFT40 291.00 — TCF33C, TDN60C, TDF60C, TDF63C, 60 9422CFT50 291.00 9422CFT51 TEN10C, TEF10C 120 9422CFT10 333.00 9422CFT11 a Purchase handle mechanism separately (9422A1, A2, A3, or A4). Disconnect Device 4.00 5.50 6.20 Cable Operators for 9422 Disconnect Switches Cable Mechanismsa Table 8.50: *0.30 for 100 A Class J fuses C 0.38 10 Disconnect Device ON A E OFF 0.38 10 Non Fused and Circuit Breaker Fused (2) 0.38 Dia. Mounting Holes 10 (For back panel support if necessary.) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Flange Mounted and Cable Operated Dimensions, Disconnect Switches Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions Table 8.51: Type TF1 TF2 TF2 TF2 TF3 a Dimensions (in. / mm) for 200 A Type TF Disconnect Switches Switch Size Da E F Min.–Max. 13.33 9.38 1.64 9.12–19.25 2.33 8.00 200 None 339 238 42 232 489 59 203 J 13.33 9.38 1.64 9.12–19.25 2.33 8.00 200 Class 200 A 600 V 339 238 42 232 489 59 203 H, K, R 13.33 9.38 1.64 9.12–19.25 2.33 8.00 200 Class 200 A 250 V 339 238 42 232 489 59 203 H, K, R 13.33 9.38 1.64 9.12–19.25 2.33 8.00 200 Class 200 A 600 V 339 238 42 232 489 59 203 J 13.33 9.38 1.64 9.12–19.25 2.33 8.00 200 Class 400 A 600 V 339 238 42 232 489 59 203 The dimensions shown may be extended 7 in. by using 9422R2 (two required per switch). (A) Fuse Clips A B C G H — 0.09 3 0.09 3 0.09 3 0.09 3 J K L M — — — — 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 9.53 242 2.77 70 4.14 105 6.64 169 2.77 70 9.44 240 9.44 240 9.44 240 9.44 240 9.44 240 — 14.11 358 15.48 393 17.98 457 18.53 471 — — — — — 9.53 242 N P Q R S T — — — 9.63 245 9.63 245 9.63 245 9.63 245 3.14 80 3.14 80 3.14 80 3.14 80 3.14 80 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 0.75 19 0.75 19 0.75 19 0.75 19 0.75 19 — — — L A T R B C K B = Minimum to wall or barrier, right or left hand mounting to insure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used. Refer to NEC Article 430-10. E S S F F M N G Vertical CL Flange Mt’d Oper. Mech. 100 A – For (4) 1/4-20 Tap H 200 A – For (4) 5/16 -18 Tap B 200 A 100 A Enclosure Flange (2) 1/4-20 Tap Enclosure Door Q Distance from outside of flange to disconnect switch mounting surface. 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES P D © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 8-17 Flange Mounted and Cable Operated Dimensions, Disconnect Switches Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Disconnect Switches—400 A Type TG Outline Dimensions and General Location 400 A Disconnect Switches Nonfusible and Non-Interchangeable Fuse Clip Type Fusible Switches Table 8.52: Handle Mechanism—Type A7 and A8 NOTE: Commercially available enclosures may not accept type TG operating mechanisms. Contact the enclosure manufacturer for availability of enclosures for use with these switches. 3.75 Max. 1.44 95 "On" 37 Enclosure Flange Switch Type B X TG1, 2 11.28 286 16.06 408 3.00 76 13.00 11.50 330 B X 292 11.69 Note: B and X = Minimum to wall or barrier to ensure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when maximum wire size is used. Refer to NEC Article 430.10. 297 1.88 48 4.78 121 1.50 0.75 38 4.88 124 19 24.00 610 0.38 10 4.25 Operating Link 0.50 108 13 8.50 216 CL of Operating Handle CL of Operating Mechanism Door Hook 9.88 251 191 23.81 605 Door (2) 0.34 Dia. 9 Holes (2) Switch Mtg. Brackets Defeater Guide for Class 9423 Type M1 Kit 3.63 Figure 2 92 (2) Mtg. Holes in Switch Mtg. Surface Figure 1 Table 8.53: 7.50 D30064-973 B Figure 3 Nonfusible and Fusible Switches *D 5.50 140 1.86 47 13.54 Dimension D = Distance from outside of flange to disconnect switch mounting surface. For Type TG1 or TG2 with: Type A7 or A8 adjustable depth handle mechanism 1.40 12.14 36 344 308 0.86 22 0.60 D= In steps of 15.87 403 0.63 16 to 15 19 483 B Weld Note: Copper lugs are standard on all Type TG disconnect switches. C L of Operating Mechanism 23.80 * D = Mounting depth measured from the switch mounting surface to the surface of flange. 25.00 604 635 24.00 610 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8.38 213 6.97 177 3.97 101 Weld Class J Fuse 400 A 600 Volt 8.13 206 Class H, K, R Fuses 400 A 250 Volt Class H, K, R Fuses 400 A 600 Volt Figure 5 Figure 4 Dim. = 8-18 Enclosure Provision for (2) 5/16 Mtg. Screws in. mm © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers Door Mounted Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanisms Type L door-mounted, variable depth operating mechanisms feature heavy duty, all metal construction with trip indication. All mechanisms can be padlocked in the “OFF” position when the enclosure door is open. Further, the handle assemblies can be locked “OFF” with up to three padlocks, which also locks the enclosure when the door is closed. (The 3” handle accepts one padlock.) Complete kits are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. They include a handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly. Table 8.54: Complete Kits Complete Kit Does Not Include Circuit Breaker Use With 9421 Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanism Includes: Operating Mechanism Standard 6 in. Handle Standard Shaft Kit Mounting Type $ Price Depth a Min. – Max. Includes: Operating Mechanism Standard 6 in. Handle Long Shaft Kit Mounting Type $ Price Depth a Min. – Max. Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type No. of Poles Frame Size (A) NSF, PowerPact™ H and J 2–3 250 LJ1 171.00 5-1/2–10-3/4 LJ4 189.00 5-1/2–21-3/8 PowerPact D and L 2–3 600 LD1 242.00 7-1/4–12-1/16 LD4 255.00 7-1/4–22-5/8 Includes: Operating Mechanism Short 3 in. Handle Long Shaft Kit Mounting Type $ Price Depth a Min. – Max. LJ3 230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers. PowerPact M and Pc 3 1200 LW1b 242.00 9.00–12.50 LW4b 255.00 9.00–23.50 a Mounting depth measured in inches from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door. b Type LW1 and LW4 include an 8 in. handle (9421LHP8) rather than a 6 in. handle. c These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9421LHP** or LCP** handles only. Table 8.55: Component Parts 3 in. Handle Standard Handle Assemblies Assemblies Type 1, 3R, 12 Type 1, 3R, 12 Use With No. of Poles Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type Frame Size (A) Type $ Price NSF, PowerPact H & J 2–3 250 LH3e PowerPact D & L 2–3 600 d Type Mounting Depth a Min. – Max. Type $ Price Mounting Depth a Min. – Max. Type $ Price LJ7 105.00 5-1/2–10-1/4 LS8 21.50 5-1/2–21-3/8 LS13 35.60 LD7 170.00 7-1/4–12-1/16 LS8 21.50 7-1/4–22-5/8 LS13 35.60 PowerPact M & Pc 3 1200 d — LHP8e 50.00 LW7 170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8 21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4 a Mounting depth measured in inches from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door. b Type LW1 and LW4 include an 8 in. handle (9421LHP8) rather than a 6 in. handle. c These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9421LHP** or LCP** handles only. d 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers. e For a red handle and yellow bezel, add suffix RY to catalog number, e.g., 9421LH6RY. LS10 35.60 LH6e NEMA Type 4 and 4X Handle Assemblies Standard Handle Assemblies NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 12 (Painted) Special 3 in. Version NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 (Chrome Plated) NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 12 (Painted) NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 (Chrome Plated) No. of Poles Frame Size (A) Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price NSF, PowerPact H and J 2–3 250 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00 PowerPact D and L 2–3 600 LH46 90.00 LC46 PowerPact M and P 3 1200 LHP48 90.00 LCP48 149.00 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these 149.00 circuit breakers. Circuit Breaker or Interrupter Type Table 8.57: Auxiliary and Alarm Switches for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers a Description H- and J-Frame $ Price D- and L-Frame 1 Auxiliary Switch 1a 1b S29450 297.00 S29450 2 Auxiliary Switch 2a 2b 2 x S29450 594.00 2 x S29450 3 Auxiliary Switch 3a 3b — — 3 x S29450 a Discount Schedule: DE2 NOTE: The location of the accessory in the circuit breaker determines its function. $ Price 297.00 594.00 891.00 D- and L-Frame S29450 2 x S29450 3 x S29450 $ Price 297.00 594.00 891.00 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Standard Handle Assembly $ Price Long Shaft (Support Bracket Included) 50.00 — Use With 3 in. Handle Assembly $ Price Type Standard Shaft (Support Bracket Not Required) 50.00 Table 8.56: 90.00 LH6e Operating Mechanism Includes Lockout © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 8-19 Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers Door Mounted Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 Panel Drilling for PowerPact™ H and J Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms: 9421LJ1, 9421LJ4, and 9421LJ7 Electrical Clearance/Wire Bending Space W/standard 6-inch handle W/standard 6-inch handle Minimum to wall 6.33 (151) X 3.06 (78) 3.50 (89) 1.37 (35) 1.99 (51) 1.32 (34) 1.77 (45) 6.00 (152) 3.50 (89) www.schneider-electric.us Panel Drilling for PowerPact D and L Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms: 9421LD1, 9421LD4, and 9421LD7 4.92 (125) 9.00 (229) 0.83 (21) 1.63 R (41) 1.63 R (41) X (2) 0.25/(6) DIA clearance holes 0.70 (18) X: Minimum to wall or barrier to insure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when the maximum wire size is used. Refer to NEC 430-10. (2) 0.25/(6) DIA clearance holes C/L handle & circuit breaker toggle Dimensions: 12.37 (314) CL of Handle Panel Drilling for PowerPact M and P Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms: 9421LW1, 9421LW4, and 9421LW7 800 A 12.86 (32) 9.20 (234) 1200 A 16.26 (413) 28 DIA (3) 7 1.38 DIA 35 1.25 32 in. mm 7.87 (200) 1.63R (41) 1.08 27 0.68 16 1.08 27 3.02 (77) Door Drilling Dimensions Hole for padlock C/L handle & circuit breaker toggle 10.48 (266) 8 2.38 (61) Table 8.58: 1.38 (35) OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Shaft support bracket Shaft Cutting Dimensions Class Type 9421 LJ1, LJ4, LJ7 9421 LD1, LD4, LD7 9421 LW1, LW4, LW7 Shaft Length Formula L = H – 3.00 76 L = H – 4.25 108 L = H – 4.89 124 H = Standard Shaft Min. 5.5 138 7.25 184 7.19 183 Max. 10.75 273 12.06 306 11.63 295 H = Long Shaft Min. 5.5 138 7.25 184 7.19 183 Max. 21.63 543 22.63 575 22.25 565 L 0.28 Max. door thickness (7) H Side View with 6 in. Handle 8-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers Flexible Cable Mechanisms Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 8.59: Flexible Cable Mechanisms for Use with Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers and PowerPact™ 3-Pole Circuit Breakers For use with Class 9422 A handle operators especially designed for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required. Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Cable Mechanism Frame Size A Length 36 in. 60 in. 2-3 250 84 in. 120 in. 36 in. MG-NSF 4 250 60 in. 120 in. 36 in. MG-NSJ 3 600 60 in. PowerPact D and L 120 in. 36 in. MG-NSJ 4 600 60 in. PowerPact D and L 120 in. 48 in. PowerPact 3 1200 50 in. M- and P-Framea 120 in. a Must use 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 Handle with this operating mechanism. MG-NSF PowerPact H- and J-Frame Flexible Cable Mechanism 9422CSJ30 NOTE: Refer to NEC Article 430-10 for minimum 16.38 (416) 11.12 (282) than 6 inches. Electrical clearances must 3.00 (76) be maintained between cable and live 288.00 305.00 323.00 347.00 297.00 314.00 356.00 486.00 504.00 548.00 500.00 516.00 558.00 759.00 785.00 857.00 Distance from the outside of flange to the circuit breaker mounting surface. 10.50 (267) MIN 18.90 (480) MAX mounting hole to wall or barrier to ensure NOTE: Bend radius in cable must never be less $ Price 9422CMP Electrical Clearance/Wire Bending Space dimension X from circuit breaker top adequate wire bending space. Type CSF30 CSF50 CSF70 CSF10 CSF304 CSF504 CSF104 CSJ30 CSJ50 CSJ10 CSJ304 CSJ504 CSJ104 CMP40 CMP50 CMP10 1.45 (37) 3.34 (85) 0.78 (20) electrical parts. 5.47 (139) 8.08 (205) 1.88 (48) 9422CSF 3-Pole 4.69 (119) X 1.60 (41) 1.19 (30) 4.90 6.88 (124) (175) 0.44 (11) 9.13 (232) 13.56 (345) OFF LO HI MAGNETIC TRIP ADJUSTMENT 0.40 (10) 9.69 (246) 12.56 (319) X 9422CSJ 3-Pole 3.00 / (76) MIN. 2.74 (70) 1.77 (45) 0.50 (13) 4.13 (105) 0.94 (24) C 4.69 (119) 7.00 (178) 7.85 (199) 9.50 (241) 4.69 (119) 9.13 (232) Ø.31 (Ø8) 0.57 (15) 6.13 (156) Ø.25 (Ø6) 1.44 (37) 4.98 (127) 4.25 (108) Dimensions: 5.13 (130) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule in. mm 8-21 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1.38 (35) 11.34 (288) 8 .89 (23) MTG ON 10.69 (272) 5.08 (129) Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers Flexible Cable Mechanisms Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms are designed for use with Square D brand PowerPact™ D, H, J, and L circuit breakers through 600 A frame sizes. The cable mechanisms allow for a single handle operator, Class 9422Ax, to operate both circuit breakers. The cable mechanism is designed especially for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required. There are numerous cable arrangements to choose from to accommodate many applications. Features • • • • • Separate cables for each circuit breaker Rugged metal flange handle operator Maximized flexibility of circuit breaker placement for existing and new applications Control panel can be fed from two separate supply voltages (if required) Dual mechanism allows both separate supply voltages to be controlled by a single handle to improve security features Table 8.60: Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms Selection Cable Length Catalog in. / mm Number (quantity) 120 in. / 3048 mm (2) 9422CSFD1 36 in. / 914 mm (1) 9422CSFD35 60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSF 3 pole) 9422CSFD345 60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSF 4 pole) PowerPact H & J 36 in. / 914 mm (1) MG NSF 9422CSFD31 120 in. / 3048 mm (1) 36 in. / 914 mm (2) 9422CSFD33 60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 9422CSFD51 120 in. / 3048 mm (1) 60 in. / 1524 mm (2) 9422CSFD55 60 in. / 1524 mm (2-CSJ) 9422CSJD50a 120 in. / 3048 mm (2-CSJ) 9422CSJD10a 60 in. / 1524 mm and PowerPact D & L 9422CSJD51a 120 in. / 3048 mm (2-CSJ) MG NSJ 120 in. / 3048 mm (1-CSF) and 9422CSFJD10 120 in. / 3048 mm (1-CSJ) 60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSF) 9422CSFJD50 60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSJ) Must use the 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 operating handle with this operating mechanism. Circuit Breaker Type 9422CSFD33 a Frame Size (max.) $ Price 693.00 648.00 672.00 250 A 680.00 640.00 687.00 656.00 1008.00 1096.00 600 A 1052.00 894.00 250 A and 600 A 809.00 Handle Mechanisms These handle mechanism kits are used with the circuit breaker variable depth and cable operating mechanisms. The kits contain all parts necessary for mounting the handle to the flange of the enclosure. Types A1/AP1 to A4 are suitable for right or left-hand flange mounting. Table 8.61: Handle Mechanisms Type of Handle NEMA Type Enclosure Type 1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12 A1 4, 4X (stainless)a A2 1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12 AP1 6 in.b 4, 4X (stainless)a AP2 1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12 A3 4 in. 4, 4X (stainless)a A4 a All external metal parts are either stainless steel or a chrome-plated non-ferrous die casting. b Must be used with 9422 RM1, 9422CMP, and 9422CSJD (dual cable mechanism) only. NOTE: See page 8-14 for dimensional information. $ Price 143.00 257.00 188.00 338.00 143.00 257.00 6 in. 9422Ax 9422APx Handle Mechanisms Flange-Mounted, Variable-Depth Operating Mechanisms Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either right- or left-hand flange mounting, convertible on the job. Selection of a 9422Ax handle is required to complete the operating mechanism. Table 8.62: 8 Variable-Depth Operating Mechanisms for Use with Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers Use with Operating Mechanism OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Circuit Breaker Frame Size 9422 Type R Circuit Breaker Mechanism Frame Size A Operating Mechanism Only— Does Not Include Handle Mechanism Type $ Price Schneider Electric (formerly Merlin Gerin) Circuit Breakers and PowerPact™ Frame 3-Pole Circuit Breakers MG-NSF PowerPact H- and J-Frame 2–3 250 5.88–17.75 RQ1 185.00 MG-NSJ PowerPact D and L 3 600 9.00–17.75 RS1 383.00 PowerPact M- and P-Frameb 3 1200 10.50–18.38 RM1 513.00 a Class 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 inches—not recommended for use with the 9422RM1 operating mechanism (see page 8-15). b These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9422APx handles. Table 8.63: Electrical Interlocks—Class 9999 Description Single Pole, Double Throw Double Pole, Double Throw 8-22 No. of Poles Variable Depth Mtg. Range Min.-Max. (Inches)a CP1 Discount Schedule Class 9999 9999 Type R26 R27 $ Price 131.00 243.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers Dimensions, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 9422RQ1 Minimum to wall or barrier to insure adequate wire bending space to lug surface when the maximum wire size is used with standard lugs. Refer to NEC 430-10. Dimensions: in. mm 5.08 (129) 1.38 (35) Distance from outside of flange to circuit breaker mounting surface 6.51 (165) MIN, 17.88 (454) MAX 1.60 (41) 0.89 (23) 6.88 (175) 4.90 (124) 4.98 (127) 5.13 (130) 9422RS1 Electrical 14.69 Clearance/Wire (373) Bending Space 0.77 (20) 8.47 (215) 2.84 (72) 1.77 (45) 6.12 (156) Distance from outside of flange to circuit breaker mounting surface 7.44 (189) MIN, 18.25 (464) MAX 6.49 (165) 0.94 (24) 0.50 (13) 0.62 (16) 7.00 (178) 9.50 (241) 9.50 (241) 0.05 (1) 0.66 (17) 2.84 (72) 1.77 (45) 7.46 (190) 9422RM1 Distance from outside of flange to circuit breaker mounting surface 10.50 (267) MIN, 18.90 (480) MAX Electrical 16.38 Clearance/Wire (416) Bending Space 3.00 (76) 10.69 (272) 0.69 (18) 1.19 (30) 0.44 (11) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16.26 (413) (4) 1/4-20 mounting screws (4) 0.50 (13) DIA. clearance holes 9.69 (246) CP1 Discount Schedule 8 4.63 (118) 8.08 (205) 4.63 (118) 3.34 (85) OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 11.12 (282) 8-23 Operating Mechanisms, Accessories Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Remote or Dual Adapter Kit Switch or Breaker For the remote or dual operation of 30, 60, 100, and 200 A disconnect switches. Remote Operation—permits mounting the Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism at a lower level than the disconnect device it controls. This arrangement is often required where the disconnect device is mounted too high for personnel to easily reach a conventional operator. Dual Operation—permits controlling two disconnect devices, one in line with and one remote from a single Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism. NOTE: A Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle (page 8-15) and the preferred mounting method must be used. Table 8.64: Disconnect Device Disconnect Device Remote operation shown (handle mechanism not included in kit) Disconnect Switch 30 A Type TCF/TCN 60 A Type TDF/TDN 100 A Type TEF/TEN 200 A Type TF Table 8.65: Alternate Mounting Kit Channel/Flange Support Kit Auxiliary Lock Plate Channel/Flange Support Kit Special Lugs for Disconnect Switches Operating Rods Min. Max. 10.63 10.63 12.13 13.13 19.50 19.50 20.25 20.81 Type $ Price D2 251.00 Other Accessories Accessory Alternate Mounting Kit Enclosure Mounting Depth Description Permits mounting Class 9422 Type A1 or A2 handle mechanisms in enclosures with flange thickness of 16 gauge to 0.5 in. Auxiliary kit recommended for use with 30 and 60 A disconnect switches and PowerPact™, NSF, and NSJ circuit breaker mechanisms when these devices are to be mounted on the center channel of a multi-door enclosure or when extra rigidity for the flange is required. Supplied as standard with 100 and 200 A disconnect switches. Auxiliary kit recommended for use with the Class 9422 Type A-1 flange handle to facilitate padlocking the handle in the “OFF” position. Primarily used when the handle is mounted on the center channel of a multi-door enclosure. Also in any case where the enclosure doors interfere with the normal padlock slot in the flange handle. Meets both the Automotive and NFPA 79 specifications. Copper Lugs only—Specify Form Y157 Tin Plated Aluminum Lugs for 400 A Type TG Switch—Specify Form Y1572 (000–750 kcmil Cu/Al wire) Anderson Type VCEL Compression Lugs—Specify Form Y1574 Exceptions: None of the 30 A or 60 A disconnect switches are available with compression lugs. Standard operating rod for use with Class 9422 variable depth mechanisms. Included as standard in each kit. Extra long operating rod for use with Class 9422 variable depth mechanisms. Can be used as a substitute for the standard rod included in each kit to increase the maximum mounting depth 7 in. (Two are required for Types ARR, RR, ART, RT, ATE, TE, ATF, TF). Class Type $ Price 9422 AM2 14.30 9422 C1 42.80 9422 L1 36.00 — — No Charge — — No Charge — — No Charge 9422 R1 28.70 9422 R2 50.00 Auxiliary Lock Plate 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8-24 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Door Closing Mechanisms Introduction Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 9423 door closing mechanisms cover a range of enclosures with door openings up to a maximum of 91 in. high. The door closing mechanisms are designed to be used on control enclosures and interlocked with a Class 9422 disconnect device, although they all can be used independently. Three different systems are available, and their use is as recommended below. A complete system is available for interlocking all the doors of a multi-door enclosure with the master door when using the 6 in. or 8 in. vault handle mechanism. 9422 TCN30 Note that the “Master Door” is defined to be the door of a single or multi-door enclosure which is interlocked directly with the disconnect device. The master door can be hinged on either the right or left hand side. It can be located in any position on a multi-door enclosure. An “Auxiliary Door” is defined to be any remaining doors of a multi-door enclosure which are interlocked with the master door by means of the overhead interlocking system as illustrated on pages 8-26 and 8-27. Selection Procedure Step 1. Determine enclosure construction (number of doors, door height, hinge location, etc.). Step 2. Determine Class 9422 disconnect device to be used—either a disconnect switch or a circuit breaker mechanism. Step 3. Determine the location of the disconnect device and handle mechanism (right- or left-hand flange or center channel). Step 4. Select the door closing mechanism required. Step 5. Select the auxiliary door closing mechanisms and multi-door interlocking hardware, if required. (A complete system for interlocking all auxiliary doors of a multi-door enclosure with center channel is available for the medium and large enclosures.) Table 8.66: Door Closing Mechanism 60 in. Maximum Door Opening (Recommended) • • • 46–60 in. Door Opening (Recommended) • 2 Point Locking is Standard A Third Roller Latch Kit is Available for 3 Point Locking For 3/4 in. Door Depths • • • • • • For use on Single or Multi-Door Enclosures For use with Doors Hinged on Right or Left Side Referred to as the 8 in. Vault Handle Mechanism For 1-1/8 in. Door Depths The door closing mechanisms listed below are for use on small to medium size single door control enclosures. They are designed to be used in conjunction with Class 9422 flange-mounted disconnect switches and circuit breaker operating mechanisms; however, they can be used independently as well. When used on properly designed and gasketed NEMA Type 12 enclosures, they meet NFPA 79 standards. Table 8.67: Single Door Enclosures—NEMA Type 4 or 12 with 60 in. High Maximum Opening Description Two point, roller latch, door closing mechanism for use on enclosures with doors hinged on the left hand side. Two point, roller latch, door closing mechanism for use on enclosures with doors hinged on the right hand side. For Use On (Enclosure Type) Use In Conjunction With NEMA Type 4 and 12 Sheet Steel NEMA Type 4 and 12 Stainless Steel NEMA Type 4 and 12 Sheet Steel Door Latch Handle Length Suggested Maximum Door Opening Door Depth Type $ Price Class 9422 Types A1, A3, A9 4 in. 4 in. 6 in. Less than 39 in. Less than 39 in. 60 in. a M4 M10 M9 228.00 314.00 243.00 Class 9422 Types A2, A4, A10 4 in. Less than 39 in. M24 300.00 Class 9422 Types A1, A3, A9 4 in. 4 in. 6 in. Less than 39 in. Less than 39 in. 60 in. M4L M10L M9L 228.00 314.00 243.00 4 in. Less than 39 in. M24L 300.00 — — M3 50.00 — — M23 57.00 NEMA Type 4 and 12 Stainless Steel Class 9422 Types A2, A4, A10 Class 9423 NEMA Type 4 and 12 Third roller latch kit for 3 Types M4, M9, Sheet Steel point locking; for use where M4L, M9L 3 point locking is desired or Class 9423 where the door opening is NEMA Type 4 and 12 Types M24, 39 in. or more. Stainless Steel M24L a Suitable for door depths of 1-1/8 in., 1-1/4 in., 1-3/8 in. and 1-1/2 in. a 8 Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism • For use on Single or Multi-Door Enclosures For use with Doors Hinged on Right or Left Side Referred to as the 6 in. Vault Handle Mechanism For 3/4 in. Door Depths OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Type M4 Latch bar not included, but most prepunched enclosures that accept Square D™ operating mechanisms supply a predrilled latch bar. 61–91 in. Door Opening (Recommended) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 8-25 Door Closing Mechanisms Types M5, M6, M1, and M8 Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Vault Type for Single and Multi-Door Enclosures Table 8.68 shows the requirements for the door closing mechanism, the locking bar kit, and the mechanical interlock kit, if used. Table 8.68: Single or Multi-Door Enclosures—NEMA Type 12 with 40 in. to 60 in. Door Opening Single-Door Enclosure Multi-Door Enclosure Without Interlocking With Interlocking Without Interlocking With Interlocking 1—M6 door closing mechanism 1—Type M660 locking bar kit 1—M6 door closing mechanism 1—Type M660 locking bar kit 1—Type M5 (use with 9422A handles) For each door: 1—M6 door closing mechanism 1—Type M660 locking bar kit For Master door: 1—M6 door closing mechanism 1—Type M660 locking bar kit 1—Type M5 (for use with 9422A handles) NOTE: All mechanisms listed on this page are suitable for either left or right hand mounting. View from Inside the Enclosure Table 8.69: 1/4" Dia. Rod (Supplied By User) Locking Bar Locking Bar A B Door Opening C Auxiliary Door Type M6 Type M5 Door Interlocks Type M6 Door Closing Mechanism The Class 9423 Type M6 door closing mechanism is designed to close and seal 0.75 in. deep doors of single or multi-door NEMA Type 12 enclosures. The Type M6 can be used on doors hinged on either the left or right hand side. Recommended door openings are from 40–60 in. Vault type handle length is 6 in. Type M660 Locking Bar Kits The lock bar kit for the Type M6 door closing mechanism contains two lock bars and is available from stock. The bars can be cut to fit door openings through 60 in. One lock bar kit is required for each Type M6 ordered. Type M5 The Class 9423 Type M5 mechanical interlock kit is designed to interlock a Class 9422 handle mechanism with the Type M6 door closing mechanism. This kit prevents the opening of the master door (or single door) with the disconnect handle in the “ON” position, making it mandatory to use a screwdriver to gain entry to the enclosure at any time, regardless of the disconnect handle position. Table 8.70: Locking Bar For each Auxiliary door: 1—M6 door closing mechanism 1—Type M660 locking bar kit Necessary quantities of Types M2 and M7 for each door (see below) 257.00 86.00 215.00 Required Accessories for Auxiliary Doors Type M2 One Type M2 kit is required for each auxiliary door. This kit is required to interlock any auxiliary door(s) with the master door. Type M7 The first auxiliary door requires 2 Type M7 kits. Additional auxiliary doors require only 1 Type M7 kit. The 0.25 in. diameter rod used to interconnect the M7 kits is furnished by the user. If the distance between any two Type M7 kits exceeds 36 in., an additional Type M7 kit should be installed to prevent the rod from buckling. Locking Bar $ Price $ Price 257.00 71.00 Master Door (Single Door) Type M7 Type M2 8 Note: A - Interlocking lever extension of the flange-mounted handle mechanism. Note: B - Actual enclosure opening—not door height. Note: C - Screwdriver interlock assembly can be ordered separately. Class 9423 Type CEQ2493. $45.00 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8-26 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Door Closing Mechanisms Single and Multi-Door Enclosures Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Vault Type for Single and Multi-Door Enclosures Table 8.71 shows the requirements for the door closing mechanism, the locking bar kit, and the mechanical interlock kit, if used. Table 8.71: Single Or Multi-Door Enclosures—NEMA Type 12 with 61 in. to 91 in. Door Openings Single-Door Enclosure Multi-Door Enclosure Without Interlocking With Interlocking Without Interlocking With Interlocking 1—M8 door closing mechanism 1—Type M891 locking bar kit 1—M8 door closing mechanism For each door: 1—Type M891 locking bar kit 1—M8 door closing mechanism 1—Type M1 (for use with 9422A handles) 1—Type M891 locking bar kit For Master door: 1—M8 door closing mechanism 1—Type M891 locking bar kit 1—Type M1 (for use with 9422A handles) For each Auxiliary door: 1—M8 door closing mechanism 1—Type M891 locking bar kit Necessary quantities of Types M2 and M7 for each door (see below) NOTE: All mechanisms listed on this page are suitable for either left or right hand mounting. View from Inside the Enclosure Table 8.72: 1/4" Dia. Rod (supplied by user) Door Interlocks Type M8 Door Closing Mechanism The Class 9423 Type M8 door closing mechanism is designed to close and seal 1.125 in. deep doors of single or multi-door NEMA Type 12 enclosures. The Type M8 can be used on doors hinged on either the left or right hand side. Recommended door openings are from 61–91 in. Vault type handle length is 8 in. Type M891 Locking Bar Kits Locking Bar Locking Bar A B Door Opening The lock bar kit for the Type M8 door closing mechanism contains two lock bars and is available from stock. The bars can be cut to fit door openings through 91 in.. One lock bar kit is required for each Type M8 ordered. Type M1 The Class 9423 Type M1 mechanical interlock kit is designed to interlock a Class 9422 handle mechanism with the Type M8 door closing mechanism. This kit prevents the opening of the master door (or single door) with the disconnect handle in the “ON” position, making it mandatory to use a screwdriver to gain entry to the enclosure at any time, regardless of the disconnect handle position. Table 8.73: Locking Bar Auxiliary Door Type M8 Type M1 Locking Bar 500.00 86.00 428.00 Required Accessories for Auxiliary Doors Type M2 One Type M2 kit is required for each auxiliary door. This kit is required to interlock any auxiliary door(s) with the master door. Type M7 The first auxiliary door requires 2 Type M7 kits. Additional auxiliary doors require only 1 Type M7 kit. The 0.25 in. diameter rod used to interconnect the M7 kits is furnished by the user. If the distance between any two Type M7 kits exceeds 36 in., an additional Type M7 kit should be installed to prevent the rod from buckling. C $ Price $ Price 257.00 71.00 Master Door (Single Door) Type M7 Type M2 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES Note: A - Interlocking lever extension of the flange-mounted handle mechanism. Note: B - Actual enclosure opening—not door height. Note: C - Screwdriver interlock assembly can be ordered separately. Class 9423 Type CEQ2493. $45.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 8-27 Door Closing Mechanisms Types M5, M6, M1, and M8 Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 Reference 0.25 2.25 Minimum 57 1.50 6 38 A Flange B Drilling See Class 9422 Digest Section Enclosure Door Enclosure Door Opening Recommended 40 Inches Minimum 60 Inches Maximum C 0.2 Dia. 17.69 Minimum 5 0.33 Dia. 8 0.69 18 449 33.69 Minimum 1.63 856 41 2.00 51 0.7 Dia. 2.63 18 67 CL of Door 0.88 Dia. 22 0.2 5 Dia. (2 Holes) 3.00 Minimum Reference 0.50 Enclosure Door Enclosure B Door Opening Recommended 61 Inches Minimum 91 Inches Maximum C 0.2 Dia. 5 18 Dimension B (Minimums) Type Disconnect Device TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TD If A = 1 Minimum B = If A = 4½ Minimum B = C 60 A Disconnect Switch 3-/16 2-1/2 3-3/16 TE, TEF, TEN 100 A Disconnect Switch 5-1/4 2-1/2 3-3/16 TF 200 A Disconnect Switch 11-5/8 8-1/8 3-3/16 TG 400 A Disconnect Switch 15-1/16 11-9/16 6-3/4 RN1 FAL, FHL, Circuit Breaker 4-27/32 2-1/2 3-3/16 RP1 KAL, KHL Circuit Breaker 11-5/32 7-21/32 3-3/16 RR2 ILL Circuit Breaker 17-31/32 14-15/32 3-3/16 RT1 MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL Circuit Breaker 18-5/8 15-1/8 3-3/16 38 A 0.33 Dia. 8 0.69 Single door enclosures: A minimum = 1 in. Multi-Door enclosures without overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 1 in. Multi-Door enclosures with overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 4½ in. Overhead interlocking system consists of the required number of Class 9423 Type M2 and M7 kits for interlocking the auxiliary doors with the master door. See page 8-26. 76 1.50 13 Note: Note: Note: Note: Table 8.74: 94 89 Dimension A 25 71 3.69 3.50 Drilling and location information below is complete for a single door enclosure with door hinged on left side, incorporating a Type M6, M5, and Class 9422 handle mechanism. Transpose all horizontal dimensions for doors hinged on right side. 1.00 2.81 48 3.75 95 1.00 25 121 89 0.7 Dia. 18 Dimension A 2.25 Note: Note: Note: Note: 57 CL of Door +.010 -.000 1.00 Dia. 25 Drilling and location information below is complete for a single door enclosure with the door hinged on the left side, incorporating a Type M8, M1, and Class 9422 handle mechanism. Transpose all horizontal dimensions for doors hinged on the right side. 856 4.75 3.50 Enclosure Construction and General Location Information For Types M1 and M8 17.69 Minimum 449 2.50 Flange Drilling See Class 9422 Digest Section 33.69 Minimum 1.88 64 Single door enclosures: A minimum = 1½ in. Multi-Door enclosures without overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 1½ in. Multi-Door enclosures with overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 4½ in. Overhead interlocking system consists of the required number of Class 9423 Type M2 and M7 kits for interlocking the auxiliary doors with the master door. See page 8-26. Table 8.75: 0.2 5 Dia. (2 Holes) Dimension B (Minimums) Disconnect Device Type TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TD 60 A Disconnect Switch 8 OPERATING MECHANISMS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 8-28 www.schneider-electric.us Enclosure Construction and General Location Information For Types M5 and M6 If A = 1½ Minimum B = If A = 4½ Minimum B = C 2-15/16 2-1/2 3-3/16 TE, TEF, TEN 100 A Disconnect Switch 4-3/4 2-1/2 3-3/16 TF 200 A Disconnect Switch 11-1/8 8-1/8 3-3/16 TG 400 A Disconnect Switch 14-9/16 11-9/16 5-7/8 RN1 FAL, FHL Circuit Breaker 4-11/32 2-1/2 3-3/16 RP1 KAL, KHL Circuit Breaker 10-21/32 7-21/32 3-3/16 RR2 ILL Circuit Breaker 17-15/32 14-15/32 3-3/16 RT1 MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL Circuit Breaker 18-1/8 15-1/8 3-3/16 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 9 Panelboards NQ NF I-Line™ 9-2, 9-42 9-3 9-3 Lighting and Appliance Panelboards NQ/NF NQ NQ Panelboards Page 9-5 NF Panelboards Page 9-13 Pricing Procedure Merchandised Main Lug Panelboards Merchandised Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards Merchandised 14-inch-wide Panelboards Merchandised Accessories QOB Branch Circuit Breakers Factory Assembled Panelboards and Circuit Breakers Factory Assembled Common Features NF Merchandised Main Lugs Panelboards Merchandised Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards Merchandised Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards with Merchandised Accessories EDB, EGB, EJB Branch Circuit Breakers Factory Assembled Panelboards Factory Assembled Common Features NQ/NF Merchandised Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards Column Width Factory Assembled Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 9-11 9-12 9-13 9-13 9-13 9-14 9-15 9-16 9-17 9-18 9-19 Power Distribution Panelboards—Circuit Breaker Type I-Line/QMB I-Line I-Line Panelboards Page 9-20 Pricing Procedure Merchandised Panelboards (HCN, HCM, HCP-SU) Merchandised Panelboards (HCP, HCR-U) Merchandised Accessories Circuit Breakers F-frame Circuit Breakers Q-frame Circuit Breakers H-frame and J-frame Circuit Breakers K-frame Circuit Breakers L-frame Circuit Breakers M-frame Circuit Breakers P-frame and R-frame Circuit Breakers Factory Assembled Pricing Factory Assembled Branch Circuit Breakers Factory Assembled Common Features 9-20 9-21 9-22 9-23 9-24 9-24 9-25 9-26 9-27 9-28 9-29 9-30 9-31 9-32 9-34 Power Distribution Panelboards—Fusible Type QMB Replacement Switches Factory Assembled Pricing Factory Assembled SPD Units 9-35 9-36 9-37 Panelboard Special Features QMB Panelboards Page 9-35 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Factory Assembled Modifications Terminal Data 9-38 9-39 9-1 9 Series Rated / Fully Rated Tables PANELBOARDS ,x Series Ratings NQ Panelboards Class 1640 www.schneider-electric.us 9 This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure. Table 9.1: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) PANELBOARDS Square D™ Brand Maximum Maximum Short Integral or Remote System Circuit Main Circuit Breakers Voltage Current and Remote Main AC ab Rating Fuses Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere Ranges cdef Type 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole NOTE: Table 9.1 NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings table has moved to page 9-42 and page 9-43. 9-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Series Ratings NF and I-Line™ Panelboards Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 Table 9.2: NF Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) Max. Maximum Short System Circuit Voltage, Current AC a Rating Square D™ Brand Integral or Remote Main Circuit Breakers and Remote Main Fuses Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere Ranges EG, FH, FG, KH, LH, MH, MX, HG, JG, DG LG EG EJ, FC, FJ, KC, LC, HJ, JJ 120 100,000 DJ, LJ 120/240 EJ, FC, KC, HJ, JJ 240 125,000 HL, JL FI, KI, LI, LXI, HR, JR, LR 200,000 FI, KI, HR, JR Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses EG, FG, KH, LH, HG, JG, DG, LG 35,000 EG, HG, JG EJ, FC, FJ, KC, LC, LX, HJ, JJ, DJ EJ, FC, KC, HJ, JJ 65,000 LJ 65,000 277 480Y/277 100,000 200,000 18,000 25,000 600Y/347 35,000 50,000 65,000 200,000 EDB, EDB-EPD EDB ECB-G3 EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB EDB, EGB ECB-G3 EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, ECB-G3 EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB ECB-G3 ECB-G3 EDB, EDB-EPD ECB-G3 EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB ECB-G3 EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EGB-EPD LL EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD HL, JL EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB DL, LL EDB, EGB, EJB 400 A Max Fuses EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB FI, KI, LI, LXI, HR, JR, LR EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB FI, KI, HR, JR ECB-G3 200 A Max Fuses EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB, ECB-G3 HG, JG, MG, EDB LG EDB (15–110 A) EJ, FI, KH, KI, LC, LE, LX, LI, LXI, HJ, JJ EDB, EGB EDB (15–110 A), LJ EGB (15–110 A) LH (15–70 A) EDB, EGB LC, LE, LX EDB, EGB, EJB HL, JL, EDB, EGB, EJB EDB (15–110 A), EGB LL (15–110 A),EJB (15–110 A) FI, KI, HR, JR EDB, EGB, EJB LI, LXI, LR EJB Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses EDB, EGB, EJB . Table 9.3: I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) Max. Short Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breakers Maximum Circuit Integral or Remote System Current 2- or 3-pole Main Voltage Rating Designation Poles Circuit Breaker AC a (RMS Symm.) 42k MG FY 65k QG, LH FA, FDb FJb, QJ FDb 120 1 100k QJ, LC FA LJ FH 200k LR FH, FY QJ FA, FDb 208Y/120 100k 2, 3 QJ, PH, PJ, RJ QD, QG 35k MG FA 1 KA FDb 1, 2, 3 42k LA, MA HD, JD, QD 2, 3 MG FA 50k MG FA (25 A Max.) 1 HG, JG FA, HD JG JD, QD 2, 3 QG FA, FDb, QD LH, MH, PA, PG, RG HD, JD, QD FGb, FH, MH, MX, PJ FDb 65k FC, KC, KH, LC, LH FDb, FGb 1, 2, 3 LH FA LH LA MG HD, JD, KA LG HD, JD, KA, LA, LD, MA 2, 3 DG FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, MA 85k RL FH, KH 240 FC, KC, LC, LX FDb, FGb, FJ 1 PH, PJ, RJ QD, QG 2, 3 QJ FDb 2 FJb FDb FC, KC FA, FH, FDb, FGb, FJb LC, LX FH, FDb, FGb, FJb 2, 3 KC, LC, LX KA KC, LC KH LC LA, LH, MG 100k LC FA 1, 2, 3 HJ, JJ FA, FH, HD, HG JJ JD, JG LC, LX, MJ, PJ, RJ HD, HG, JD, JG MJ LA, LH LJ FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, LD, LG, MA, MG 2, 3 DJ FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, MA, MG RL RG HL, JL HD, HG, HJ, FA, H JL JD, JG, JJ PC, PH, PL, RL HD, HG, JD, JG 240 125k PC, PL, RL HH, JJ 2, 3 FI, KI, LI, LXI HD, HG, HJ KI, LI, LXI JD, JG, JJ Table 9.3: I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) (continued) Max. Short Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breakers Maximum Circuit Integral or Remote System Current 2- or 3-pole Main Voltage Rating Designation Poles Circuit Breaker AC a (RMS Symm.) FI, KI, LI, LXI FDb, FGb, FJ 1 FI, KI FA, FH, FC, FDb, FGb, FJb LI, LXI FH, FDb, FGb, FJb 240 200k LI FC 2, 3 KI, LI, LXI KA, QD, QG, QJ LI KC LR FH, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, LA, LH, QD, QG, QJ 18k LD FY 25k FH, KA FDb FGb, KH, LH FDb 35k DG FH, FY LG FH, FY FJb FDb FC, KC FA, FH, FY, FDb, FGb LC, LX (400 A Max.) FH 65k LC, LX (600 A Max.) FY, FDb, FGb LJ FH, FY 277 1 DJ FH, FY LL FY DL FH, FJb 100k LL FH, FJb FI, KI FA, FH, FY, FDb, FGb, FJb HR FA, FJb, FY JR FA, FJb, FY 200k LI, LXI (400 A Max.) FH LI, LXI (600 A Max.) FY, FDb, FGb, FJb LR FH, FY 22k MG FA KH, LA, MA, MX, PA, FH PC, PX, PJ 30k LA, MA, PA, PC, PX KA LA, MA, PA HD, JD MG FA (25 A Max.), FH, KA MH, MX, PA HD, JD HG, JG FA, HD JG JD 35k LH, MG, PG, RG HD, JD LG FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, LD, MA DG FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, MA MJ FH (25 A Max.) 42k RL RG 50k MJ KA, KH FC, KC FA, FH HJ, JJ FA, FH, HD, HG JJ JD, JG LC, LI, LX, LXI HD, HG, JD, JG 65k LC, LX (400 A Max.) FH 480 KC, LC, LX KA LC, LX LA LJ FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, LD, LG, MA 2, 3 DJ FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, MA HL, JL FA, FH, HD, HG, HJ JL JD, JG, JJ JR FA LI, LXI (600 A Max.) KA 100k FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, KA, LA, LD, LG, LL LJ, MA DL FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, KA, LA, MA PC, PH, PL, RL HJ, JJ RL RG FI, KI FA, FH, FC, HD, HG, HJ HR FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL JR HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL 200k KI JD, JG, JJ, KA LI FC, KA, KC, LA, HJ, HL, JJ, JL LR FH, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, LA, LH LXI KA, HJ, HL, JJ, JL 25k FH, KA FDb 35k FGb, KH, LH FDb FJb FDb 480Y/277 65k FC, KC FDb, FGb LC, LX (600 A Max.) FDb, FGb FI, KI FDb, FGb, FJb 200k LI, LXI (600 A Max.) FDb, FGb, FJb HG, JG FA, HD JG JD 18k LG HD, JD, LD MG, PG, RG HD, JD MG FA HJ, JJ FA, HD, HG JJ JD 25k LJ HD, HG, JD, JG, LD, LG, MA PJ, RJ MG 35k LC FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, LA 600 2, 3 HL, JL FA, HD, HG, HJ JL JD, JG, JJ 50k LL HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, LD, LG, LJ, MA PK HJ, JJ, MJ FI, KI HD, HG, HJ HR FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL JR FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL 100k KI JD, JG, JJ KI, LI FH LI LA 18k MG FA (25 A max.) 600Y/347 25k MJ FA (30 A max.) 1 50k HL, JL FJ a Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard. b Obsolete. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for the replacement circuit breaker. NOTE: LD, LG, LH, and LL breakers are only available in 3 pole configurations. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 9-3 PANELBOARDS This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure. 9 www.schneider-electric.us Series Ratings I-Line™ Panelboards Class 2110 9 Table 9.4: Short Circuit Maximum System Max. Current Rating Voltage AC (RMS Symm.) PANELBOARDS 120/240 1Ø 208Y/120 100,000 240 65,000 Remote Main Fuse Maximum Amperage 1200 A 800 A 600 A 1200 A 800 A 600 A 1200 A 800 A 600 A 240 100,000 800 A 1200 A 1600/2000 A 4000 A Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breakers Fuse Class Designation a L, T (300 V) T (600 V) J, RK5 L, T (300 V) T (600 V) J, RK5 L, T (300 V) T (600 V) J, RK5 L, T (600 V) RK5 J T (600 V) T (300 V) L L T (600 V) L L QD, QG QD, QG QD, QG QD QD QD QD, QG (2-pole) QD, QG (2-pole) QD, QG (2-pole) FA, FH, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG FH, KA, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL FH, KA, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG PG FH,KA,KH,LA,LH,MA,MH,MX,PG FH, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL KH, MA, MH, MX, PG HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL FA( 3-pole only), FH, FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL FH, FC, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL FH, FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL PG, PJ, PL FH,FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL FC, KH, KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL NA, NC, NX, PJ, PL HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL HJ, HL, JJ, JL FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ HJ, HL, JJ, JL KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ KC, LC, MH,MG, MJ, MX, NA, PG, PJ HJ, HL, JJ, JL HJ, HL FA, FH, FC, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL FA, FH, FC, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PG, PJ, PL KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL NA, NC, NX HG, JG ( molded case switches ) HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL HJ, HL, JJ, JL MG, MJ MG, MJ MG, MJ MG, MJ J, T (600 V) 600 A 240 200,000 800 A 1200 A 1600/2000 A 4000 A 400 A 600 A 480 100,000 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 4000 A 200 A 400 A 480 200,000 600 A 800 A a www.schneider-electric.us Fuse/I-Line Circuit Breaker Series Connected Ratings 600 100,000 600 200,000 1200 A 1600/2000 A 30 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 1200 A 600 A 800 A RK5 J T (600 V) T (300 V) L L T (600 V) L L J, T (600 V) J, RK5 J, T (600 V) RK5 L, T (600 V) L T (600 V) L L L RK5 J T(600V) J T (600V) RK5 T (300 V) T (600 V) L L L CC J J, T (600 V) R L J T (600 V) Series rating valid for 2-pole or 3-pole circuit breakers. Note: • The fuse used in this UL test is an envelope (umbrella) fuse. This fuse is designed as a “worst case’’ fuse. Thus, no matter what manufacturer’s fuse is used, the Square D™ brand circuit breaker is protected. • The line side fused switch may be in a separate enclosure or in the same enclosure as the loadside circuit breaker. A line side fused switch may be a submain, integral main, or remote main. A load side circuit breaker may be a branch, submain, or an integral main used on the load side of a remote main. This series combination short circuit current rating shall not exceed that of the line side fused switch. The charts apply to Square D™ brand load side circuit breakers only. However, the line side fuse ratings are independent of the fuse manufacturer. • Not applicable to Corner Grounded Systems. • Limiters used in Square D™ brand DSL and DSL II fused power circuit breakers are not class L fuses and do not have series ratings. 9-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQ and NF Panelboards Pricing Procedure and Examples www.schneider-electric.us NQ and NF Factory Assembled Pricing Procedure 1. List circuit breakers required, either plug-on or bolt-on. See the appropriate Digest pages for catalog numbers. 1. Select Base Price for main lugs or main circuit breaker from the Base Price Table. Include equipment ground bar when required. 2. Determine equivalent number of pole spaces required. 2. 3. Select proper main lug interior (from page 9-6) or main lug interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit (from page 9-7) based on equivalent number of poles and ampere rating. Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top-feed. List Branch Circuit Breakers (either plug-on or bolt-on) and determine total spaces required. Select price from the Branch Circuit Breakers Table. Include space-only charge for future requirements. 3. If total spaces required exceeds the maximum listed, price as two or more panelboards and add price for sub-feed or feed-through lugs so installer can cable between sections. 4. Add price for special features from appropriate page. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for additional special features. 5. For complete price, add all prices. Order by description. 4. Select enclosure from appropriate page. Type 1—Select box and front catalog number corresponding to interior catalog number. Type 3R, 5, 12—Select enclosure. Interior trim kit for Type 3R, 5, 12 is included with the enclosure. 5. For complete price, add the component prices. Include panelboard accessories. 6. Apply appropriate discount schedule. NOTE: Additional special price adders can be found in the Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest, Section 4. 6. Apply appropriate discount schedule. NQ Merchandised Pricing Example NQ Factory Assembled Pricing Example Table 9.5: Table 9.7: 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kA SCCR, 225 A, MLO, Type-1, surface-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers, main sub-feed lugs Branches Page No. Catalog Number Spaces (20) 20/1 two 40/2 two 30/3 9-10 9-10 9-10 (20) QOB120 two QOB240 two QOB330 20 4 6 Total 30 795. 177. 585. 225 A MLO Interior Box Cover Sub-feed Lugs 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-6 NQ430L2 MH32 NC32S NQSFL2 – – – – 1215. 113. 527. 203. Total Price 3615. $ Price 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kA SCCR, 225 A, MLO, Type-1, surface-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers, main sub-feed lugs Item Page No. 225 A MLO Base Price (20) 20/1 Bolt-on two 40/2 Bolt-on two 30/3 Bolt-on Sub-feed Lugs 9-11 9-11 9-11 9-11 9-12 928. 1360. 268. 704. 128. Total Price 3388. NF Merchandised Pricing Example NF Factory Assembled Pricing Example Table 9.6: Table 9.8: 480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W, 25 kA SCCR, fully rated, copper bus, 100 A, main circuit breaker, Type 1, flush-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers Branches Page No. Catalog No. Spaces (13) 20/1 one 40/2 one 50/3 9-15 9-15 9-15 EGB14020 EGB24040 EGB34050 13 2 3 Total 18 3315. 776. 1131. Main circuit breaker adapter kit (less circuit breaker) Main circuit breaker 125 A MLO Cu Bus Int. Box Cover 9-13 N150MH – 780. 7-28 9-13 9-13 9-13 HGL36100 NF418L1C MH38 NC38F – – – – 1701. 1838. 113. 549. Total Price 10203. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 9 NQ and NF Merchandised Pricing Procedure Example pricing only $ Price 480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W, 25 kA SCCR, fully rated, copper bus, 250 A, main circuit breaker, Type 1, flush-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers Item Page No. 250 A Main Circuit Breaker Base Price Copper bus adder (13) 20/1 one 40/2 one 50/3 9-16 9-17 9-16 9-16 9-16 6180. 458. 4212. 746. 1264. Total Price 12860. $ Price Discount Schedule PANELBOARDS Classes 1640 and 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801 $ Price 9-5 NQ Merchandised Panelboards 9 Table 9.9: Pole Spaces NQ Main Lug Interiors—240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers Mains Rating Total Price Interior Front and Enclosure Type 1 Type 3R, 5,12 Catalog No. a Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure f Type 1 Enclosure Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately) Box 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D b $Price Catalog No. $ Price Mono-Flat™ Front c Catalog No. Enclosure 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D Hinged Front Catalog No. Height (In.) PANELBOARDS $ Price Catalog No. $ Price $ Price NC26 ( ) 497. NC26( )HR 620. MH26WP 2192. 26 MH32 NC32 ( ) 527. NC32( )HR 657. MH32WP 2204. 32 MH32 NC32 ( ) 527. NC32( )HR 657. MH32WP 2204. 32 NC38 ( ) 549. NC38( )HR 687. MH38WP 2216. 38 MH44 NC44 ( ) 663. NC44( )HR 830. MH44WP 2603. 44 MH50 NC50 ( ) 729. NC50( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609. 50 NC50V ( ) 729. NC50V( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609. 50 20-inch-wide Cabinet g—Single Phase 3-Wire 18 100 30 30 42 225 72d 84d 30 400 42 1395. 2977. NQ18L1 785. 1474. 3056. NQ18L1C 864. 1585. 3149. NQ30L1 945. 1675. 3239. NQ30L1C 1035. 1744. 3308. NQ30L2 1104. 1819. 3383. NQ30L2C 1179. 2002. 3556. NQ42L2 1340. 2080. 3634. NQ42L2C 1418. 3073. 4900. NQ72L2 2297. 3206. 5033. NQ72L2C 2430. 3521 5288. NQ84L2 2679. 3677. 5444. NQ84L2C 2835. 2462. 4229. NQ30L4 1620. 2579. 4346. NQ30L4C 1737. 2620. 4387. NQ42L4 1778. 1896. 2738. 4505. NQ42L4C 84d 4853. 6534. NQ84L4C 3792. 30 2705. 4548. NQ30L6C 1863. 2861. 4704. NQ42L6C 2019. 5099. 6873. NQ84L6C 4038. 42 600 84d MH26 113. MH38 113. MH50 113. MH68 NC68V ( ) 948. NC68V( )HR 1185. MH68WP 2742. 68 MH50 NC50V ( ) 729. NC50V( )HR 912. MH62WPe 2685. 50/62 NC68V ( ) 948. NC68V( )HR 1185. MH80WPe 2835. 68/80 NC26 ( ) 497. NC26( )HR 620. MH26WP 2192. 26 MH32 NC32 ( ) 527. NC32( )HR 657. MH32WP 2204. 32 MH32 NC32 ( ) 527. NC32( )HR 657. MH32WP 2204. 32 NC38 ( ) 549. NC38( )HR 687. MH38WP 2216. 38 MH44 NC44 ( ) 663. NC44( )HR 830. MH44WP 2603. 44 MH50 NC50 ( ) 729. NC50( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609. 50 MH50 NC50V ( ) 729. NC50V( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609. 50 MH62 NC62V ( ) 887. NC62V( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685. 62 MH68 NC68V ( ) 948. NC68V( )HR 1185 MH68WP 2742. 68 NC50V ( ) 729. NC50V( )HR 912. MH62WPe 2685. 50/62 NC68V ( ) 948. NC68V( )HR 1185. MH80WPe 2835. 68/80 113. MH68 20-inch-wide Cabinet g —Three Phase 4-Wire 18 100 30 30 42 54 225 72d 84d 30 42 400 72d 1486. 3068. NQ418L1 876. 1561. 3143. NQ418L1C 951. 1752. 3316. NQ430L1 1112. 1831. 3395. NQ430L1C 1191. 1855. 3419. NQ430L2 1215. 1932. 3496. NQ430L2C 1292. 2138. 3692. NQ442L2 1476. 2213. 3767. NQ442L2C 1551. 2559. 4113. NQ454L2 1898. 2655. 4209. NQ454L2C 1994. 3307. 5134. NQ472L2 2531. 3436. 5263. NQ472L2C 2660. 3794. 5561. NQ484L2 2952. 3944. 5711. NQ484L2C 3102. 2704. 4471. NQ430L4 1862. 2822. 4589. NQ430L4C 1980. 2854. 4621. NQ442L4 2012. 2975. 4742. NQ442L4C 2133. 4449. 6134. NQ472L4 3449. 4657. 6342. NQ472L4C 3657. 84d 5327. 7008. NQ484L4C 4266. 30 2983. 4826. NQ430L6C 2141. 3116. 4959. NQ442L6C 2274. 5609. 7383. NQ484L6C 4548. 42 600 84d a b c d e f g 9-6 MH26 113. MH38 113. 113. MH50 113. MH68 “C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing. Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25-inch standoff to back of MH box. Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount. Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits. When NEMA 3R, 5, or 12 enclosures are selected, an NQ12RDE kit should also be selected. See Table 9.19. Enclosure includes trim kit. For the NQ14-inch-wide panelboard offer, See Digest page 9-8. PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQ Merchandised Panelboards NQ Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Will accept plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure e Enclosure 20 in. W x 6.5in. D Height (In.) Catalog $ Price No. 20-inch-wide Cabinet h—Single Phase 3-Wire 16k 28k 18 1395. 100 1474. backfed 1585. 1675. 100 30 100 30 225 42 225 72d 225 84d 225 30 400 42 400 84d 400 2977. NQ18L1 785. — — 3056. NQ18L1C 864. — — MH26 113. NC26 ( ) 497. NC26( )HR 620. MH26WP 2192. 26 MH32 113. NC32 ( ) 527. NC32( )HR 657. MH32WP 2204. 32 MH38 113. NC38 ( ) 549. NC38( )HR 687. MH38WP 2216. 38 780. MH44 113. NC44 ( ) 663. NC44( )HR 830. MH44WP 2603. 44 780. MH44 113. NC44 ( ) 663. NC44( )HR 830. MH44WP 2603. 44 MH50 113. NC50 ( ) 729. NC50( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609. 50 MH56 113. NC56 ( ) 786. NC56( )HR 983. MH56WP 2652. 56 MH62 113. NC62 ( ) 887. NC62( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685. 62 3149. NQ30L1 945. — — 3239. NQ30L1C 1035. — — NQMB2HJ 780. 2227. 3781. NQ18L1 785. 2306. 3860. NQ18L1C 864. 2501. 4328. NQ30L1 945. 2591. 4418. NQ30L1C 1035. 2660. 4487. NQ30L2 1104. 2735. 4562. NQ30L2C 1179. 2962. 4729. NQ42L2 3040. 4807. NQ42L2C HD, HG, HJ, HLl 100A maximum NQMB2HJ 1340. NQMB2HJ 1418. 3976. 5729. NQ72L2 2297. 4109. 5862. NQ72L2C 2430. 4459. 6144. NQ84L2 2679. 4615. 6300. NQ84L2C 2835. 3400. 5085. NQ30L4 1620. 3517. 5202. NQ30L4C 1737. 3558. 5243. NQ42L4 1778. 3676. 5361. NQ42L4C 1896. 5686. 7407. NQ84L4C Select QOB 2-pole or QOB-VHi HD, HG, HJ, HLl 780. or JD, JG, JJ, JL NQMB2Q NQMB2KI QB,QD,QG,QJ 780. KI 780. NQMB4LA 780. LA/LHm MH62 113. NC62V ( ) 887. NC62V( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685. 62 NQMB4LA 780. LA/LHm MH62 113. NC62V ( ) 887. NC62V( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685. 62 3792. NQMB4LA 780. LA/LHm MH80 113. NC80V ( ) 1001. NC80V( )HR 1245. MH80WP 2835. 80 MH26 113. NC26 ( ) 497. NC26( )HR 620. MH26WP 2192. 26 MH32 113. NC32 ( ) 527. NC32( )HR 657. MH32WP 2204. 32 MH38 113. NC38 ( ) 549. NC38( )HR 687. MH38WP 2216. 38 MH44 113. NC44 ( ) 663. NC44( )HR 830. MH44WP 2603. 44 MH44 113. NC44 ( ) 663. NC44( )HR 830. MH44WP 2603. 44 MH50 113. NC50 ( ) 729. NC50( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609. 50 MH56 113. NC56 ( ) 786. NC56( )HR 983. MH56WP 2652. 56 MH62 113. NC62 ( ) 887. NC62( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685. 62 20-inch-wide Cabinet h—Three Phase 4-Wire 15k 27k 1395. 100 1474. backfed 1585. 1675. 18 100 30 30 42 54 225 72d 84d 30 42 72d 84d a b c d e f g h i j k l m 400 2977. NQ418L1 785. — — 3056. NQ418L1C 864. — — 3149. NQ430L1 945. — — 3239. NQ430L1C 1035. — — 2318. 3872. NQ418L1 876. 2393. 3947. NQ418L1C 951. 2668. 4495. NQ430L1 1112. 2747. 4574. NQ430L1C 1191. 2771. 4598. NQ430L2 1215. 2848. 4675. NQ430L2C 1292. 3098. 4865. NQ442L2 1476. 3173. 4940. NQ442L2C 1551. 3519. 5286. NQ454L2 1898. 3615. 5382. NQ454L2C 1994. 4210. 5963. NQ472L2 4339. 6092. NQ472L2C 4732. 6417. NQ484L2 2952. 4882. 6567. NQ484L2C 3102. 3642. 5327. NQ430L4 1862. 3760. 5445. NQ430L4C 1980. 3792. 5477. NQ442L4 2012. 3913. 5598. NQ442L4C 2133. 5314. 6986. NQ472L4 3449. 5522. 7194. NQ472L4C 3657. 6160. 7881. NQ484L4C NQMB2HJ Select QOB 3-pole or QOB-VHj HD, HG, HJ, HL 780. 100A maximum 780. NQMB2HJ 780. NQMB2Q 2531. NQMB2KI 2660. HD, HG, HJ, HL or JD, JG, JJ, JL QB,QD,QG,QJ 780. KI 780. NQMB4LA 780. LA/LHm MH62 113. NC62V ( ) 887. NC62V( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685. 62 NQMB4LA 780. LA/LHm MH74 113. NC74V ( ) 972. NC74V( )HR 1215. MH74WP 2757. 74 4266. NQMB4LA 780. LA/LHm MH80 113. NC80V ( ) 1001. NC80V( )HR 1245. MH80WP 2835. 80 “C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing. Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box. Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount. Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits. Enclosure includes trim kit. Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from the tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard. Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, See the tables starting on Digest page 7-22. For the NQ14-inch-wide panelboard offer, See Digest page 9-8. QOB2150VH takes four pole spaces; all other QOB two pole circuit breakers take two pole spaces. QOB3110VH to QOB3150VH take six pole spaces; all other QOB three pole circuit breakers take three pole spaces. Pole spaces shown are available for branch circuits, with spaces deducted for the back fed main breaker. For single phase applications, order a 3-pole breaker. Example: HDL36100. For 400A applications, order short handle circuit breaker (LAL36400MB). © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PANELBOARDS Total $ Price Type 1 Enclosure Interior Only Interior, Front, (Order Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit Branch Circuit Main(Less Box and Circuit Breaker) f Box Pole Mains Breakers Separately) Hinged Front 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D b Mono-Flat™ Front Spaces Rating Adapter Kit f 3R, Circuit Breaker Catalog Type 1 Type $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 5, 12 Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Frame Size g Catalog No. $ Price No. c PE1A Discount Schedule 9-7 9 Table 9.10: NQ Merchandised Panelboards NQ 14-inch-wide Panelboards Class 1640 www.schneider-electric.us 9 NQ 14-inch-wide—240 Vac, 48 Vdc 14-inch-wide NQ panelboards are now available for those customers whose equipment space is limited. Developed with customer input, Square D™ brand NQ panelboards are built to last, featuring innovations for ease of installation and durability. Features PANELBOARDS • • • • • • • 240 Vac, 48 Vdc maximum 225 A maximum main circuit breaker or main lugs 60 A maximum branch circuit breakers Visi-Trip™ indication on branch circuit breakers 10,000–65,000 A Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) Interiors supplied with tin plated copper bus as standard Interiors accept bolt-on and plug-on branch circuit breakers Table 9.11: 14-inch-wide NQ Panelboard Main Lug • Three-phase, four-wire, and single-phase, three-wire interiors available Panelboards available with Mono-Flat™ front Suitable for use as service entrance equipment Branch circuit filler plates provide fast and easy installation Both fully and series-rated systems are available • • • • Main Lug Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Branch Breakers Max. Number of Breakers Main Ratings Total $ Price Interior, Front, Box and Adapter Kit Type 1 Interior Only (Order Branch Circuit Breakers Seperately) Type 3R, 5, 12 Cat. No. $ Price Type 1 Enclosure Box 14"W x 5.75" Db Cat. No. $ Price Mono Flat Front Cat. No. b $ Price Hinged Front Cat. No. $ Price 14-inch-wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire 18 100 A 30 30 225 A 42 1407. — NQ18L1C14 951. NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — 1647. — NQ30L1C14 1191. NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — 1748. — NQ30L2C14 1292. NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — 2028. — NQ42L2C14 1151. NQB538 118. NQC38 338. N/A — 14-inch-wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire 18 100 A 30 30 225 A 42 Table 9.12: 1407. — NQ418L1C14 951. NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — 1647. — NQ430L1C14 1191. NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — 1748. — NQ430L2C14 1292. NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — 2028. — NQ442L2C14 1151. NQB538 118. NQC38 338. N/A — Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Branch Breakers Max. Number Main of Ratings Breakers Total $ Price Interior, Front, Box and Adapter Kit Type 1 Interior Only (Order Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit Branch Circuit (Less Circuit Breaker) Box 14"W x 5.75" Breakers Seperately) Db Type 3R, 5, 12 Cat. No. $ Cat. No.c Price Type 1 Enclosure Mono Flat Front Hinged Front $ Price Cat. No $ Price Cat. No Select QOB 2-pole or QOB-VH NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — HD, HG, HJ, HL, OR JD, JG, JJ, JL, QB , QD, QG, QJ NQB544 118. NQC44 338. N/A — NQB550 118. NQC50 359. N/A — Select QOB 3-pole or QOB-VH NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — NQB532 118. NQC32 338. N/A — HD, HG, HJ, HL, OR JD, JG, JJ, JL, QB , QD, QG, QJ NQB544 118. NQC44 338. N/A — NQB550 118. NQC50 359. N/A — Cat. No. b $ $ Price Cat. No. Price 14-inch-wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire 16 a 100 28 a Main Breaker Panelboard 30 225 42 1407. — NQ18L1C14 951. — — 1647. — NQ30L1C14 1191. — — 1748. — NQ30L2C14 1292. 2028. — NQ42L2C14 780. 1151. NQMB2HJ14 or NQMB2Q14 78. 14-inch-wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire 15 a 100 27 a 30 225 42 a b c 1407. — NQ418L1C14 951. — — 1647. — NQ430L1C14 1191. — — 1748. — NQ430L2C14 1292. 2028. — NQ442L2C14 1151. 780. NQMB2HJ14 or NQMB2Q14 78. Pole spaces shown are available for branch circuits, with spaces deducted for the back-fed main breaker. Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount. All 14” W boxes come with blank endwalls. Table 9.13: NQ Accessories Description Catalog No. $ Price Schedule Equipment Ground Bars Main Lug Panelboard Aluminum PK27GTA 33.80 PK23GTA+ #1 to #4/0 Al or Cu lug PK23GTAL 40.70 PK27GTACU 84.00 PE-1A Copper Ground Bar Insulator Kit Filler plate (15 per package) DE3A PKGTAB 43.80 DE3A NQFP15d 68.00 PE1A HLO1 9.90 Handle Attachments—Branch Circuit Breakers Handle lock-off Handle tie - (QO and QOB only) QO1HT 3.80 Handle padlock attachment—1-pole QO1PA 10.70 2- and 3-pole QO1PL 10.70 Handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB) QO3HT 13.40 d 9-8 DE2A Filler Plates are $3.00 each and must be ordered in packages of 15. PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQ Merchandised Panelboards NQ Merchandised Accessories Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us NQ Merchandised Neutrals 200% Neutral Kit Mains Ampacity Catalog No. NQNL1 NQNL2 or NQNL2ACCYb NQNL4a 100 225 400 600 a b Copper 100% Neutral Kit $ Price 315. 426. 639. Box Add Schedule no adder PE-1A no adder PE-1A Catalog No. NQN1CU NQN2CU NQN6CU NQN6CUa Not Available $ Price Box Add Schedule 192. no adder PE-1A 585. no adder PE-1A PANELBOARDS Table 9.14: Not to be used with SFL, FTL, or SFB. These combinations are factory assembled only. For 225A panel with SFL, FTL, or SFB, use NQNL2ACCY (enclosure size increases by 6 inches). Otherwise, use NQNL2. NQ Merchandised Sub-feed Lugs, Feed-through Lugs and Sub-feed Breakers Sub-feed Lugs (N/A in MCB Interiors) Mains Ampacity 100 A Catalog No. NQSFL1 225 A NQSFL2 400 A $ Price 155. 203. NQSFL4 600 A 260. Schedule PE-1A PE-1A PE-1A Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Kits (breaker not incl.) Feed-through Lugs Catalog No. 100 A not available; NQFTL2Lc NQFTL2Hd NQFTL4Lc NQFTL4Hd $ Price — Single SFB Schedule — 476. 507. Catalog No. — NQSFB2Q or NQSFB2HJ PE-1A PE-1A $ Price Two SFB Schedule — — 1029. Use the 2 SFB kit Use FTL Catalog No. — $ Price — Schedule — PE-1A — — — — NQSFB4Q or NQSFB4HJ 1290. PE-1A Factory Assembled Only 9 Table 9.15: Note: See Table 9.16 and Table 9.17 for box selection table. c The final character L indicates the kit is used for Low circuit count interiors 30 and 42. d The final character H indicates the kit is used for High circuit count interiors 54, 72, and 84. e MH26 — — Use FTL MH32 MH38 MH50 Use FTL — MH44 MH50 Use FTL — MH50 MH62 Use FTL — MH56 MH68 Use FTL Sub-feed Circuit Breakers 400 A 600 A (two) (two) — MH74 MH74 MH86 e 100 A 18 30 42 72 84 — — — — — AL Compression Lug Kit 400 A — — MH62 MH68 MH80 MH80 MH50 MH62 MH68 Sub-feed Circuit Breakers 600 A 100 A — — — — — CU Mechanical Lug Kit 100 225 Catalog No. NQALV1 NQALV2 Lug Wire Range one #8–1/0 AWG one #4–300 kcmil $ Price 117.00 33.00 Catalog No. NQCUM1 NQCUM2 400 NQALV4 two 2/0–500 kcmil 663.00 NQCUM4 600 NQALV6 two 2/0–500 kcmil 1208.00 NQCUM6 Lug Wire Range one #6–2/0 AWG one #6–250 kcmil one 1/0–750 kcmil two 1/0–350 kcmil one 1/0–750 kcmil two 1/0–350 kcmil 225 A (one) — MH62 MH68 MH74 MH80 400 A (two) — MH86 MH86 f f 600 A (two) CU Compression Kit $ Price Catalog No. NQCUV1 NCQUV2 Lug Wire Range one #6–1/0 AWG one 2/0–300 kcmil 636.00 NQCUV4 one 400–700 kcmil 767.00 1139.00 NQCUV6 two 250–500 kcmil 1364.00 347.00 $ Price 345.00 417.00 NQ Accessories Description Catalog No. Sub-feed (Bolt-on) 2-pole 3-pole Equipment Ground Bars Aluminum PK23GTA+ #1 to #4/0 Al or Cu lug Copper Ground Bar Insulator Kit Filler plate (15 per package) Circuit I.D. Number Strips 1–102 odd/even (left side numbered 1,3,5 ...101) 103–204 odd/even (left side numbered 103,105,107 ... 203) 1–102 sequential (left side numbered 1,2,3 ... 102) 103–204 sequential (left side numbered 103,104,105 ... 204) 6 in. Extension 12 in. Extension Rail and Deadfront Extensions 18 in. Extension 24 in. Extension Touch-up paint USAS #49 Gray (Aerosol can) Handle Attachments—Branch Circuit Breakers Handle lock-off Handle tie - (QO and QOB only) Handle padlock attachment—1-pole 2- and 3-pole Handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB) Handle tie for two 10–30 A single pole QO(B) circuit breaker Handle tie for three 10–30 A single pole QO(B) circuit breaker Handle Padlock Attachment for Padlocking in OFF position For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment For padlocking 2P QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment Neutral or Ground Lugs #10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu #4 to #1/0 Al or Cu #1 to #4/0 Al or Cu Endwalls for MH Enclosures Blank (one per package) With Knockouts (one per package) g 225 A NQ Optional Lugs Ampacity Table 9.19: Feed-through Lugs Feature Circuits f (c) Requires box longer than available box offer. NOTE: NQ SurgeLogic SurgeLoc Plug-on SPD appears on page 9-44. (c) Requires box longer than available box offer. Table 9.18: Box Selection Table: Merchandised NQ Vertically Mounted Main Breaker Panelboards w/ Accessories Factory Asssembled Only 18 30 42 72 84 Feed-through Lugs A 100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 100 A 225 (one) — — — — — MH38 MH50 — MH50 Use MH38 MH56 — MH56 225A — MH62 Interior MH50 MH68 MH56 MH68 — MH68 Factory Asssembled Only Sub-feed Lugs Feature Circuits 100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A Table 9.17: Factory Asssembled Only Box Selection Table: Merchandised NQ Main Lug Panelboards with Accessories Factory Asssembled Only Table 9.16: $ Price Schedule QOB2125SL QOB3125SL 176.00 176.00 PK27GTA PK23GTAL PK27GTACU PKGTAB NQFP15g 33.80 40.70 84.00 43.80 68.00 NQ102OE NQ204OE NQ102S NQ204S NQ6RDE NQ12RDE NQ18RDE NQ24RDE PK49SP 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90 252.00 283.00 343.00 397.00 39.00 HLO1 QO1HT QO1PA QO1PL QO3HT QOHT2 QOHT3 9.90 3.80 10.70 10.70 13.40 10.90 12.80 QO1PAF QO2PAF QOGFI1PAF QOGFI2PAF 43.50 25.80 51.00 38.40 DE2E QO70AN Q1100AN Q1150AN 9.90 11.10 32.40 DE3A 8011010501 8011010401 41.10 41.10 PE1A DE2A DE3A PE-1A DE3A PE1A PE1A DE1 DE2A DE2 Filler Plates are $4.50 each and must be ordered in packages of 15. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1A DE2A DE2E DE3A Discount Schedule 9-9 QOB Bolt-On Circuit Breakers Class 690, 730, 910, 950 QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD, and QOB-EPE Circuit Breakers Table 9.21: Two-pole— Three-pole—Common Trip Common Trip $ Catalog No. $ $ $ Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price Price QOB-GFI—QOB Qwik-Gard™ Circuit Breaker With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter— UL Class A 4–6 mA People Protection. b 120/240 Vac— 208Y/120 Vac— 120 Vac—10 k AIR 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 15 A QOB115GFI 248. QOB215GFI 444. QOB315GFI 791. 20 A QOB120GFI 248. QOB220GFI 444. QOB320GFI 791. 25 A QOB125GFI 248. QOB225GFI 444. — — 30 A QOB130GFI 248. QOB230GFI 444. QOB330GFI 791. 40 A — — QOB240GFI 444. QOB340GFI 791. 50 A — — QOB250GFI 444. QOB350GFI 791. 60 A — — QOB260GFI c 444. — — QOB-VHGFI d 120 Vac—22 k AIR 15 A QOB115VHGFI 497. 20 A QOB120VHGFI 497. 25 A QOB125VHGFI 497. 30 A QOB130VHGFI 497. QOB-EPD—QOB Equipment protection circuit breakers with UL Listed 30 mA (EPD) or 100 mA (EPE) equipment protection. 120/240 Vac— 120 Vac—10 k AIR 240 Vac—10 k AIR 10 k AIR 15 A QOB115EPD 417. QOB215EPD 671. QOB315EPDm1077. QOB315EPEm1077. 20 A QOB120EPD 417. QOB220EPD 671. QOB320EPDm1077. QOB320EPE 1077. 25 A QOB125EPD 417. QOB225EPD 671. — — — — 30 A QOB130EPD 417. QOB230EPD 671. QOB330EPDm1077. QOB330EPEm1077. 40 A — — QOB240EPD 671. QOB340EPDm1077. QOB340EPEm1077. 50 A — — QOB250EPD 671. QOB350EPDm1077. QOB350EPEm1077. 60 A — — QOB260EPD 671. — — — — QOB-VHEPD 120 Vac—22 k AIR 15 A QOB115VHEPD 772. 20 A QOB120VHEPD 772. 25 A QOB125VHEPD 772. 30 A QOB130VHEPD 772. QOB-HM—High magnetic trip circuit breakers 15 A QOB115HMe 39.80 20 A QOB120HMe QOB-K—Key operated QOB circuit breakers f 120 Vac—10 k AIR 10 A QOB110K 168. 15 A QOB115K 168. 20 A QOB120K 168. 25 A QOB125K 168. 30 A QOB130K 168. (Footnotes for Tables 9.20, 9.21, and 9.22) a 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors. b Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping. c Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection. d Recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. e UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. f Available in single pole construction and can be mounted in any single pole space which will accept a standard QOB. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or RESET with a special key (Catalog No. QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table. g UL Listed for use on circuit feeding fluorescent and High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QOB circuit breakers. h UL Listed 5,000 AIR on 3Ø corner grounded delta systems. i UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating, and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. j DC Rating is not available on indicated products. k QOB2150VH uses 4 pole spaces. QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH, and QOB3150VH each use 6 pole spaces. 40A maximum circuit breaker mounted opposite. Use with 75 °C wire only. l For QO plug-on circuit breaker pricing, see the tables starting on Digest page 1–2. m See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix. Ampere Rating a 9 Table 9.20: With Visi-Trip™ Indicator for NQ Panelboards l One-pole PANELBOARDS Table 9.23: QO/QOB Circuit Breaker Wire Sizes Breaker Type Ampere Rating n Two-pole—Common Trip One-pole Two-pole— Common Trip h Three-pole— Common Trip Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price QOB Bolt-On 120 Vac—10 k AIR 48 Vdc—5 k AIR 10 A QOB110 39.80 15 A QOB115 ie 39.80 20 A QOB120 ie 39.80 25 A QOB125 i 39.80 30 A QOB130 i 39.80 35 A QOB135 i 39.80 40 A QOB140 i 39.80 45 A QOB145 i 39.80 50 A QOB150 i 39.80 60 A QOB160 i 39.80 70 A QOB170 i 78. 80 A — — 90 A — — 100 A — — 110 A — — 125 A — — Molded Case Switch 60 A max— 240 Vac Molded Case Switch 100 A max— 240 Vac Table 9.22: Ampere Rating a 120/240 Vac—10 k AIR 240 Vac— 48 Vdc—5 k AIR j 10 k AIR QOB210 89. — QOB215 i 89. QOB215H QOB220 i 89. QOB220H QOB225 i 89. QOB225H QOB230 i 89. QOB230H QOB235 i 89. — QOB240 i 89. QOB240H QOB245 i 89. — QOB250i 89. QOB250H QOB260 i 89. QOB260H QOB270 i 168. QOB270H QOB280 ij 240. QOB280H QOB290 ij 240. QOB290H QOB2100 ij 240. QOB2100H QOB2110 ij 501. — QOB2125 ij 501. — — 240. 240. 240. 240. — 240. — 240. 240. 308. 366. 366. 366. — — 240 Vac—10 k AIR 48 Vdc—5 k AIR j QOB310 293. QOB315 i 293. QOB320 i 293. QOB325 i 293. QOB330 i 293. QOB335 i 293. QOB340 i 293. QOB345 i 293. QOB350 i 293. QOB360 i 293. QOB370 ij 369. QOB380 ij 419. QOB390 ij 419. QOB3100 ij 419. — — — — QOB200 89. — — QOB300 293. QOB2000 234. — — QOB3000 507. High Interrupting QOB and Specialty Circuit Breakers One-pole Catalog No. Two-pole—Common Trip $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Three-pole—Common Trip Catalog No. $ Price QOB-VH 120 Vac—22 k AIR QOB115VHie 72. QOB120VHie 72. QOB125VHi 72. QOB130VHi 72. QOB140VH 86. QOB150VH 86. QOB160VH 86. QOB170VH 137. — — — — — — — — — — — — 120/240 Vac —22 k AIR QOB215VHi 171. QOB220VHi 171. QOB225VHi 171. QOB230VHi 171. QOB240VHi 171. QOB250VHi 171. QOB260VHi 171. QOB270VHi 273. QOB280VHi 384. QOB290VHi 384. QOB2100VHi 384. QOB2110VHi 1110. QOB2125VHi 1110. QOB2150VH k 1223. 240 Vac—22 k AIR QOB315VHi 440. QOB320VHi 440. QOB325VHi 440. QOB330VHi 440. QOB340VHi 440. QOB350VHi 440. QOB360VHi 440. QOB370VHi 560. QOB380VHi 629. QOB390VHi 629. QOB3100VHi 629. QOB3110VH k 1809. QOB3125VH k 1809. QOB3150VH k 1809. 120 Vac—65 k AIR 15 A QHB115i e 122. 20 A QHB120i e 122. 25 A QHB125i 122. 30 A QHB130i 122. QOB-HID—HID circuit breakers g 120 Vac/240 Vac—65 k AIR QHB215i 342. QHB220i 342. QHB225i 342. QHB230i 342. 240 Vac—65 k AIR QHB315i 596. QHB320i 596. QHB325i 596. QHB330i 596. 120 Vac—10 k AIR 120/240 Vac—10 k AIR 15 A QOB115HIDe 49.50 QOB215HID 108. 20 A QOB120HID e 49.50 QOB220HID 108. 25 A QOB125HID 49.50 QOB225HID 108. 30 A QOB130HID 49.50 QOB230HID 108. 40 A QOB140HID 49.50 QOB240HID 108. 50 A QOB150HID 49.50 QOB250HID 108. QOB-SWN—Switch Neutral—Common Trip—NEC 514.11 240 Vac—10 k AIR QOB315HID 327. QOB320HID 327. QOB325HID 327. QOB330HID 327. — — — — 1-pole—2-Wire 2 Spaces —120 Vac QOB210SWN 116. QOB215SWN 116. QOB220SWN 116. QOB225SWN 116. QOB230SWN 116. QOB240SWN 116. QOB250SWN 116. 2-pole—3-Wire 3 Spaces—120/240 Vac QOB310SWN 170. QOB315SWN 170. QOB320SWN 170. QOB325SWN 170. QOB330SWN 170. QOB340SWN 170. QOB350SWN 170. 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A QHB 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A Table 9.24: — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breakers o p Wire Size (AWG) Al Cu 10–30 A #14–8 #14–8 QOB 10–30 A — two #14–10 1-pole 35–70 A #8–2 #8–2 10–30 A #14–8 #14–8 10–30 A — two #14–10 QOB 35–70 A #8–2 #8–2 2-pole 80–125 A #4–2/0 #4–2/0 150–200 A #4–300 kcmil #4–300 kcmil 10–30 A #14–8 #14–8 QOB 35–70 A #8–2 #8–2 3-pole 80–125 A #4–2/0 #4–2/0 QOB-VH 110–150 A #4–300 kcmil #4–300 kcmil 15–30 A #12–8 #14–8 QOB-GFI and QOB-EPD 40, 50, or 60 A #12–4 #14–6 n 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors. 9-10 Ampere Rating a www.schneider-electric.us Standard Interrupting QOB 10,000 AIR Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating q 1P 120 Vac 10 kAIR 1 Space Required 1P 120 Vac 22 kAIR 1 Space Required Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Combination 15 A QOB115CAFI 306. QOB115VHCAFI 612. Arc-Fault 20 A QOB120CAFI 306. QOB120VHCAFI 612. Interupter Note: See Digest page 7-12 for accessories. o UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating, and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. p QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide branch feeder protection (for example, QO115AFI) or combination protection (for example, QO115CAFI) as required by the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with UL 1699. q 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors. DE2A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQ Factory Assembled Panelboards 240 Vac, 48 Vdc Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us Base Price (With Solid Neutral) Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating—pages 6-2 through 6-8) a Main Lugs Mains Rating 60 A 100 A 150 Ac 225 Ac 250 Ac 400 Ac 600 Abc $ Price 2-pole — 720. 720. 720. — 3-pole — 832. 832. 832. — 772. 928. — 1422. 2082. — 1634. 2326. Circuit Breaker HIC QOB 2-pole 1192. 3-pole 1464. QOB 1254. HD HD QB JD QD JD LA — 2030. 3180. 2450. 3980. 3084. 4390. 5366. — Extra HIC $ Price Circuit Breaker QOB-VH 2-pole 1258. 3-pole 1586. 1562. QOB-VH 1382. 1712. 2380. 3530. 2800. 4300. 3434. 4640. 6106. — HG HG 2700. 3840. 3050. 4190. QG JG 3740. 4510. 4090. 5100. JG LH — 5040. 7708. — 6020. 8834. — Circuit Breaker I-Limiter™ $ Price HJa 2-pole 2950. 2950. 2950. 2950. 4000. 3-pole 3300. 3300. 3300. 3300. 4350. QJ JJa 3970. 6450. JJa LJ LJ 7100. 10624. 12930. HJa HJa $ Price Circuit Breaker FI FI FI FI — 2-pole 4088. 4088. 4088. 4088. — 3-pole 4858. 4858. 4858. 4858. — 4320. 7280. KI 7436. 8680. 8020. 10624. 12930. KI LR LR 8264. 13552. 16002. 9672. 13552. 16002. Equipment Ground Bar—38. QL, HJ, HL, JJ, and JL circuit breakers are also available. Copper bus standard Prices are for 54-circuit and fewer interiors. See the Product Selector for 72- and 84-circuit interior pricing. Table 9.26: Branch Circuit Breakers 9 Note: a b c Standard IC Table 9.27: Specialty Branch Circuit Breakers Plug-On or Bolt-On Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Plug-On or Bolt-On $ Price 1-pole 2-pole 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 2-pole 240 Vac 3-pole 240 Vac 3-pole 208Y/120 Vac Space Only All Space Only 28. 58. 58. 86. — except below QOB–VH, Space — 116. — 174. — Only (125–150 A) 10,000 AIR—Branch Circuit Breakers—QO™, QOB, QO-H, QOB-H 15–60 A 68. 134. 260. d 352. — 70 A 100. 208. 296. d 396. — 80–100 A — 262. 380. d 458. — 110–125 A — 482. — — — 10,000 AIR—Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—QO-CAFI, QOB-CAFI 15–20 A 470. — — — — 10,000 AIR—Qwik–Gard™—Class A—QO-GFI, QOB-GFI Provided with a 5 mA setting on ground fault sensor 15–30 A 272. 488. — — 920. 40–50 A — 488. — — 920. 60 A — 488. — — — 10,000 AIR—Qwik–Gard—Class A—QO-EPD, QOB-EPD Provided with a 30 mA setting on ground fault sensor 15–30 A 462. 828. — 1210. — 40–50 A — 828. — 1210. — 60 A — 828. — — — 10,000 AIR—Qwik–Gard—Class A—QO-EPE, QOB-EPE Provided with a 100 mA setting on ground fault sensor 15–30 A — — — 1210. — 40–50 A — — — 1210. (High Interrupting Capacity) 22,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QO-VH, QOB-VH 15–30 A 92. 212. — 462. — 35–60 A — 212. — 462. — 70 A — 292. — 556. — 80–100 A — 378. — 606. — 110–125 A — 1022. — — 1746.e 150 A — 1140. e — — 22,000 AIR—Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—QO-VHCAFI, QOB-VHCAFI 15–20 A 680. — — — — 22,000 AIR—Qwik-Gard—Class A—QO-VHGFI, QOB-VHGFI 15–30 A 575. — — — 42,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QOH 35–60 A — 368. f — — 70 A — 596. f — — 80–100 A — 688. f — — 110–125 A — 1402. f — — 65,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QH, QHB 15–30 A 144. 348. — 596. Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating $ Price 1-pole 120 Vac 2-pole 120/240 Vac 2-pole 240 Vac 3-pole 240 Vac Specialty Branch Circuit Breakers (10,000 AIR) For High Intensity Discharge Lighting—QO-HID, QOB-HID 15–30 A 78. 148. — 376. 40–50 A 78. 148. — — Switch Neutral—QO-SWN, QOB-SWN 1-pole 2-pole — 2-wire — 3-wire 15–50 A (2 spaces) (3 spaces) — 154. — 220. High Magnetic Trip (For applications subject to high initial inrush)— QO-HM, QOB-HM 15–20 A 68. — — — Sub-feed Circuit Breakers Main lugs or main circuit breaker interior—1Ø or 3Ø. Maximum 1 circuit breaker per 225 A main lug or 250 A main circuit breaker panelboard, 2 circuit breakers per 400–600 A panelboard. Table 9.28: Sub-feed Circuit Breaker (110–225 A) (SeeTable 9.29 for correct box size.) No. of Poles 2 3 Space g Ampacity QD QG 1762. 2296. 826. 3812. 4608. 826. HD 2456. 2872. 826. HG JD 3500. 3798. 826. JG 3020. 3370. 826. 4220. 5100. 826. QJ, HJ, HL, JJ, and JL circuit breakers are also available. Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Cabinet Data Max. No. of Branch Spaces (Does not include sub-feed circuit breaker spaces) 30 42 54 72 84 h QB 110–225 A 1218. 110–225 A 1848. 110–225 A 826. Table 9.29: — — — — — Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D) 225 A 250 A Main Lug Main Circuit Breaker 62 68 68 74 80 50 56 56 62 68 400 A Main Lug 74 74 80 86 — Main Circuit Breaker 86 86 — — — 600 A Main Lug Main Circuit Breaker 74 80 80 86 — Not available with MCB Not Available in Type 3R, 5, 12 if subfeed breaker is over 150 A. — Note: Shunt Trip, Auxiliary Switch, and Alarm Switch—accessories for circuit breakers—add $ Price from page 7-12. d UL Listed for use on 3Ø, grounded BØ systems, (5,000 AIR for this application). e Bolt-on only; 2-pole requires 4 vertical spaces, 3-pole requires 6 vertical spaces. f Plug-on only. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule PANELBOARDS Table 9.25: 9-11 NQ Factory Assembled Panelboards Common Features Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801 9 Sub-feed Lugs Table 9.39: NOTE: Available on main lug interiors only, 1Ø or 3Ø. Table 9.30: PANELBOARDS Mains Rating Incoming Outgoing Price per Panel 100 225 400 one #6-2/0 Al or Cu one 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0-750 kcmil Cu only one #6-2/0 Al or Cu one 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0-750 kcmil Cu only $128. $128. $164. Table 9.31: Sub-feed Lug Cabinet Data 100 A 225 A 400 A 18 30 42 54 72 84 MH26 MH32 — — — — — MH38 MH44 MH44 MH50 MH56 — MH50 MH50 MH50 MH62 MH68 Table 9.41: 100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A one #6-2/0 Al or Cu one #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0–750 kcmil or two 1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu two 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu $ Price 344. 344. 826. 826. a 38 38 50 56 50 50 62 68 50 56 68 68 62 62 74 80 68 80 — — $ Price Adder 38. 52. 86. $ Price Adder Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in., adhesive backed or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly (price includes engraving) Table 9.45: 78. 128. 388. Standard 80 kA 100 kA 120 kA 160 kA 200 kA 240 kA 148. 168. 168. Price Per Pole Adder H Frame J Frame LA Frame LC Frame 58. 70. 70. 98. 108. 108. 148. 148. 148. 148. 168. 168. b Voltage 120 / 240 V 208 Y / 120 V 6170. 6540. 7370. 8430. 9720. 10840. 240 / 120 HLD 6540. 7370. 7870. 8620. 9770. 12370. 6540. 7370. 7870. 8620. 9770. 12370. SurgeLogic units occupy 12 circuit positions (6 adjacent mounting spaces per side.) 132. 200% Rated Neutrals one #6-2/0 kcmil Al or Cu per lug one #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu per lug one #1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu per lug or two 1/0-300 kcmil per lug Surgelogic SPD Options Description Panelboards with 200% rated neutrals are not available Add Per Panel with 250 A J- and K-frame main circuit breakers or $ Price integral lighting contactors 9-12 600A 148. 148. 148. Surgelogic™ SurgeLoc Plug-On SPD b Surge Current Rating kA Table 9.46: $ Price Adder 100–600 A a 400A Copper Neutrals Copper Neutrals 400 Aa 58. 108. 108. Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Circuit Breaker Interiors Aluminum Compression Lugs Copper Mechanical Lugs Copper Compression Lugs $ Price Adder Copper Bus Bars 100 Aa 225 Aa 225A 58. 70. 70. Main Circuit Breaker Interiors: Copper Bus Bars 100 A, 225 A, 250 A 400 A 600 A Table 9.38: Price Per Pole Adder 100A Note: Optional lugs are not available for Q frame main or QOB circuit breakers Name Plates Name Plates Table 9.37: 1516. Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Lug Interiors Main Lug Interiors: Table 9.44: Equipment Ground Bar Copper Ground Bar (add to Equipment Ground Bar price) Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar (add to Equipment Ground Bar price) Table 9.36: $ Price Adder Ground Bars Ground Bars Table 9.35: Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets—Type 3R, 5, 12 Aluminum Compression Lugs Copper Mechanical Lugs Copper Compression Lugs 8.75 in. deep box, ship fully assembled only. Table 9.34: 836. 400 and 600 A NQ panelboards with sub-feed circuit breakers are not available with a weatherproof enclosure (Use I-Line). 600 A 62 68 80 80 646. Note: 600 A L-Frame main circuit breaker NQ panelboards are not available with a weatherproof enclosure (Use I-Line) Table 9.43: 400 A Main Main Main Main Lugs Circuit Main Lugs Circuit Main Lugs Circuit Breaker Breaker Breaker a 30 42 72 84 Add Per Panel $ Price 400 A NQ panelboards are available with a subfeed breaker up to 150 A. See Table 9.29 on page 9-11. Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D) 250 A Hinged Door-in-Door Trims Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets Feed-through Lug Cabinet Data 225 A 140. Hinged Door-in-Door Trim has piano hinge down one side. Inner door has a lock, outer door is retained with screws Hinged Door-in-Door with Outer Door Lock in place of screws ó Max. No. of Branch Spaces $ Price Adder Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Table 9.42: Feed-Through Wire Range Per Phase Metal Directory Frames Replaces standard plastic stick-on directory pouch Feed-through Lugs Table 9.33: (2) 1/0 Cu or Al (2) #4-300kcmil (2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al (2) #4-300 kcmil (4) 3/0 Cu or (4) 250 kcmil Al (2) 1/0-300 kcmil or 400 A (2) 600 kcmil Cu (1) 750 kcmil (2) 750 kcmil Al Note: Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above. Metal Directory Frame Feed-through Lugs Mains Rating Actual Lug Wire Range Neutral Conductors Required 100/125 225 Table 9.40: Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D) Max. No. of Branch Spaces Table 9.32: NQ Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size and Quantity Panelboard Ampacity Sub-feed Wire Range Per Phase www.schneider-electric.us Surge Counter Dry Contacts Remote Monitor $ Price Standard Standard 2588. Note: Additional factory modifications, See Digest page 9-38. 586. 763. 950. Two incoming neutral lugs per panel PE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NF Merchandised Panelboards 20-inch Wide Enclosures 480Y/277 Vac Max. Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA 1 Enclosure $ Total Price a Mains Rating Interior Only b Box 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D d NEMA NEMA 1 Catalog No. c $ Price Catalog No. 3R, 5, 12 (Single Phase 3-Wire: Factory Assembled Only) Three Phase 4-Wire 2056. 3638. NF418L1 1446. MH26 18 125 2448. 4030. NF418L1C 1838. MH26 2406. 3970. NF430L1 1766. MH32 30 125 2802. 4366. NF430L1C 2162. MH32 2881. 4435. NF430L2 2219. MH38 30 250 3286. 4840. NF430L2C 2624. MH38 3194. 5021. NF442L2 2418. MH44 42 250 3602. 5429. NF442L2C 2826. MH44 4370. 6067. NF454L2 2616. MH50 54 250 4775. 6472. NF454L2C 3021. MH50 4800. 6485. NF466L2 3800. MH62 66g 250 5442. 7127. NF466L2C 4442. MH62 3308. 5075. NF430L4 2466. MH50 30 400 3716. 5483. NF430L4C 2874. MH50 3572. 5325. NF442L4 2673. MH56 42 400 3895. 5648. NF442L4C 2996. MH56 5285. 6957. NF466L4 4200. MH74 66g 400 5792. 7464. NF466L4C 4707. MH74 6524. 8261. NF484L4 5346. MH86 84g 400 7169. 8906. NF484L4C 5991. MH86 30 600 3838. — NF430L6C 2996. MH50 42 600 4087. — NF442L6C 3188. MH56 66g 600 6094. — NF466L6C 5009. MH74 84g 600 7553. — NF484L6C 6375. MH86 800 Table 9.48: Catalog No. $ Price NC26( ) NC26( ) NC32( ) 113. NC32( ) NC38( ) 113. NC38( ) NC44( ) 113. NC44( ) NC50( ) 113. NC50( ) NC62( ) 113. NC62( ) NC50V( ) 113. NC50V( ) NC56V( ) 113. NC56V( ) NC74V( ) 113. NC74V( ) NC86V( ) 113. NC86V( ) 113. NC50V( ) 113. NC56V( ) 113. NC74V( ) 113. NC86V( ) Factory Assembled Only 113. 497. 527. 549. 663. 729. 887. 729. 786. 972. 1065. 729. 786. 972. 1065. Hinged Front Catalog No. NC26( )HR NC26( )HR NC32( )HR NC32( )HR NC38( )HR NC38( )HR NC44( )HR NC44( )HR NC50( )HR NC50( )HR NC62( )HR NC62( )HR NC50V( )HR NC50V( )HR NC56V( )HR NC56V( )HR NC74V( )HR NC74V( )HR NC86V( )HR NC86V( )HR NC50V( )HR NC56V( )HR NC74V( )HR NC86V( )HR $ Price 620. 657. 687. 830. 912. 887. 912. 983. 1215. 1430. 912. 983. 1215. 1430. NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure f Enclosure 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D Height (In.) Catalog No. $ Price MH26WP 2192. MH26WP MH32WP 2204. MH32WP MH38WP 2216. MH38WP MH44WP 2603. MH44WP MH50WP 2609. MH50WP MH62WP 2685. MH62WP MH50WP 2609. MH50WP MH56WP 2652. MH56WP MH74WP 2757. MH74WP MH86WP 2915. MH86WP Factory Assembled Only — — 26 32 38 44 56 62 50 56 74 86 50 56 74 — NF Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Use I-Line Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta Applications Max. No. of $ Total Price a One-pole Mains EDB Circuit Rating NEMA NEMA 1 Breakers 3R, 5, 12 NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure f Main Circuit Main Interior Only b Box Mono-Flat™ Enclosure Breaker Adapter Kit Circuit Hinged Front 20 in. W x 5.75in. D d Front e 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D Height Breaker (In.) Kit $ Price Frame Catalog No. c $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price (Single Phase 3-Wire: Factory Assembled Only) Three Phase 4-Wire 2056. 3638. 15 125 — 2448. 4030. Back-fed EDB, EGB Main or EJB 2406. 3970. Breakerh 27 125 — 2802. 4366. 18 125 30 125 30 250 42 250 54 250 66g 250 30 400 42 400 66g 400 a b c d e f g h i $ Price Mono-Flat™ Front e 2888. 3280. 3322. 3718. 3841. 4246. 4097. 4505. 5278. 5683. 5665. 6307. 4246. 4654. 4514. 4837. 6158. 6665. 4442. 4834. N150MH or 5149. N100MFIi 5545. 5608. 6013. 5850. 6258. N250MJ or 6947. N250MKCi 7352. 7337. 7979. 5931. N400Mi 6339. 6195. N400Mi 6518. 7895. N400Mi 8402. HD/HG/ 780. HJ/HL or FI 780. 780. 780. JD/JG/ JJ/JL or KI 780. 780. 780. 780. LA/LH NF418L1 NF418L1C NF430L1 NF430L1C NF418L1 NF418L1C NF430L1 NF430L1C NF430L2 NF430L2C NF442L2 NF442L2C NF454L2 NF454L2C NF466L2 NF466L2C NF430L4 NF430L4C NF442L4 NF442L4C NF466L4 NF466L4C 1446. 1838. 1766. 2162. 1446. 1838. 1766. 2162. 2219. 2624. 2418. 2826. 2616. 3021. 3800. 4442. 2466. 2874. 2673. 2996. 4200. 4707. MH26 MH26 MH32 MH32 MH38 MH38 MH44 MH44 MH50 MH50 MH56 MH56 MH62 MH62 MH74 MH74 MH62 MH62 MH68 MH68 MH86 MH86 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. 113. NC26( ) NC26( ) NC32( ) NC32( ) NC38( ) NC38( ) NC44( ) NC44( ) NC50( ) NC50( ) NC56( ) NC56( ) NC62( ) NC62( ) NC74( ) NC74( ) NC62V( ) NC62V( ) NC68V( ) NC68V( ) NC86V( ) NC86V( ) 497. 527. 549. 663. 729. 786. 786. 972. 887. 948. 1065. NC26( )HR NC26( )HR NC32( )HR NC32( )HR NC38( )HR NC38( )HR NC44( )HR NC44( )HR NC50( )HR NC50( )HR NC56( )HR NC56( )HR NC62( )HR NC62( )HR NC74( )HR NC74( )HR NC62V( )HR NC62V( )HR NC68V( )HR NC68V( )HR NC86V( )HR NC86V( )HR 620. 657. 687. 830. 912. 983. 983. 1215. 1109. 1185. 1430. MH26WP MH26WP MH32WP MH32WP MH38WP MH38WP MH44WP MH44WP MH50WP MH50WP MH56WP MH56WP MH62WP MH62WP MH74WP MH74WP MH62WP MH62WP MH68WP MH68WP MH86WP MH86WP 2192. 26 2204. 32 2216. 38 2603. 44 2609. 50 2652. 56 2652. 56 2757. 74 2685. 62 2742. 68 2915. 86 Total Price includes: interior, front, main circuit breaker adapter kit, and enclosure. Order branch circuit breakers separately. “C” suffix indicates copper bussing. Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25-inch standoff to back of MH box. Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount. Enclosure includes trim kit. Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits. Back-fed EDB 125 A 3 pole main circuit breaker must be ordered separately and field installed. Maximum breaker rating opposite is 20A. Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages starting on 7-21 and add the circuit breaker Price to the total Price of the panelboard. Table 9.49: NF Merchandised SPD Box Selection Table Main Lug Panelboard Box Requirements Mains Rating Max. Breaker Spaces 250A 400 A 42 42 NEMA 1 Enclosure Box MH56 MH68 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price 113. Front $ Price Hinged $ Price NC56( ) 887. NC56( )HR 1109. NC68V( ) 972. NC68V( )HR 1215. Main Circuit Breaker Panelboard Box Requirements NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure Enclosure MH56WP MH68WP PE1A $ Price 2685. 2757. Discount Schedule NEMA 1 Enclosure Box MH68 MH80 $ Price 113. Front NC68( ) NC80( ) PANELBOARDS Max No. of Single Pole EDB Circuit Breakers NF Main Lug Interiors—Use I-Line™ Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta Applications NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure $ Price Hinged $ Price Enclosure $ Price 972. NC68( )HR 1215. MH68WP 2742. 1722. M/B NC80V( )HR 1430. MH80WP 2915. 9-13 9 Table 9.47: NF Merchandised Panelboards 9 Table 9.50: www.schneider-electric.us NF Merchandised Neutrals Mains Ampacity 200% Neutral Kit $ Price Box Add 1029. No Adder 1277. 1914. No Adder Factory Assembled Only Catalog No. NFNL1 NFNL2 NFNL4a 125 250 400 600 PANELBOARDS a Accessories Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701 Schedule Copper 100% Neutral Kit $ Price Box Add Catalog No. NFN1CU NFN2CU NFN6CU NFN6CUa PE-1A PE-1A Schedule 405. No Adder PE-1A 1148. No Adder PE-1A Not to be used with SFL, FTL, or SFB. These combinations are factory assembled only. Table 9.51: Modifications (Single- or Three-phase) Sub-feed Lugs b c Mains Ampacity 125 250 400 600 800 Note: b c d e f Catalog No. $ Price Schedule Catalog No. NF125SFL NF250SFL NF400SFL e 167. 213. 356. — — f Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Kits b (circuit breaker not Included) d Single Sub-feed Twin Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Circuit Breakers Catalog No. $ Price Schedule Catalog No. $ Price NF250SFBH/NF250SFBJ 1029. PE-1A — — — — — NF600SFBH 1290. — — — NF600SFBJ Feed-through Lugs b c PE-1A PE-1A PE-1A — — $ Price Schedule NF125FTL NF250FTL NF400FTL 336. 476. 507. — — f Mains Ampacity PE-1A PE-1A PE-1A — — 250 400 600 FACTORY ASSEMBLED ONLY 800 FACTORY ASSEMBLED ONLY Schedule — PE1A NF250SFBH and NF600SFBH are for use with HDL, HGL, HJL, and HLL circuit breakers. NF600SFBJ are for use with JDL, JGL, JJL, and JLL circuit breakers. Available factory assembled only on non-linear panelboards. Select box from the Box Selection Table. Order appropriate circuit breaker. Use copper wire only. Available factory assembled only. Table 9.52: Special Features Box Selection Table—Standard Mechanical Lugs Only Main Lugs Only Feature Sub-feed Lugs Feed-through Lugs Sub-feed Circuit Breaker No. of Circuits 18 30 42 66 84 18 30 42 66 84 30 42 66 Ampacity 100/125 250 400 600 800 Cat. No. MH26 — — Cat. No. MH32 MH38 MH50 Cat. No. — MH44 MH56 Cat No. — MH62 MH74 Cat No. — — MH86 Cat. No. MH32 — — Cat. No. MH38 MH50 MH56 Cat. No. — MH56 MH62 Cat. No. — MH74 MH80 Cat. No. — — MH92 Cat. No. — MH56 MH68 Cat. No. — MH62 MH74 Cat. No. — MH80 — — g g g g — g g g g g g g g Available factory assembled only. Table 9.53: Special Features Box Selection Table—Standard Mechanical Lugs Only (continued) Feature No. of Circuits Ampacity 100/125 250 400h 600 h Ampacity CU Mechanical Lug Kit CU Compression Lug Kit i Lug Wire Range $ Price Schedule Catalog No. Lug Wire Range $ Price Schedule #6–2/0 AWG NFCUV1 k one #6–1/0 345. 347. PE-1A PE-1A #6–250 kcmil NFCUV2 k one 2/0–300 kcmil 417. one 1/0–750 kcmil, PE-1A NFCUM4 987. PE-1A NFCUV4 one 400–750 kcmil 767. PE-1A two 1/0–350 kcmil PE-1A NFCUM6 two 1/0–750 kcmil 2236. PE-1A NFCUV6 two 250–500 kcmil 1364. PE-1A Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor AL Compression Lug Kit Lug Wire Range $ Price Schedule one #4–300 kcmil 177. PE-1A one 250–350 kcmil 333. 125 250 400 NFALV4 two 2/0–500 kcmil 1122. 600 800 NFALV6 two 2/0–500 kcmil 1206. Catalog No. NFCUM1 NFCUM2 Use copper wire only. Use of this kit requires an additional 6 in. added to box height. Use of this kit to terminate larger than standard wire size requires an additional 6 in. added to box height. NF Accessories Description Aluminum Equipment Ground Bar Copper Equipment Ground Bar Large Aluminum Lug for Equipment Ground Bar Equipment Ground Bar Insulator Kit Circuit I.D. number strips 1–102 odd/even (left side numbered 1, 3, 5...101) 103–204 odd/even (left side numbered 103, 105, 107...203) 1–102 sequential (left side numbered 1, 2, 3 ...102) 103–204 sequential (left side numbered 103, 104, 105... 204) Rail and Deadfront Extensions 6 in. Extension 12 in. Extension 18 in. Extension 9-14 Back-fed Main Circuit Breaker Feed-through Lugs 18 30 Cat. No. Cat. No. MH32 MH38 MH38 MH44 — — — — Optional Main Lug Kits for Main Lug Panelboards Catalog No. NFALV1 j NFALV2 Table 9.55: l Sub-feed Circuit Breaker 30 42 Cat. No. Cat. No. — — MH68 MH74 MH80 MH86 400 A dimension for LA/LH main circuit breakers only. Table 9.54: i j k 18 Cat. No. MH44 — — Vertical Main Circuit Breaker h Feed-through Lugs 30 42 66 Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. MH50 — — MH62 MH68 MH86 MH68 MH74 MH92 Available factory assembled only. Catalog No. PK27GTA PK27GTACU PK23GTAL PKGTAB $ Price Schedule 33.80 DE-3A 84.00 PE-1A 40.70 DE-3A 43.80 NF102OE NF204OE NF102S NF204S 7.90 NF6RDE NF12RDE NF18RDE 252.00 284.00 344.00 PE-1A Description Filler plate (15 per package) EXB Fixed padlock attachment, Lock ON/OFF for ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers 1, 2, or 3 poles EXB Fixed padlock attachment, Lock OFF only for ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers 1, 2, or 3 poles Oversized Lugs for Neutral or Ground Bar #10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu #4 to #1/0 Al or Cu #1 to #4/0 Al or Cu Drip Hood for 20 in. wide enclosures Catalog No. $ Price Schedule NFFP15 113.00l PE-1A EDPA 26.00 DE-2 EDPAF 30.00 DE-2 QO70AN Q1100AN Q1150AN MHT2DH20 9.90 11.10 32.40 315.00 DE-3A PE-1A PE-1A Filler plates are $7.50 each and must be ordered in packages of 15. PE1A DE3A DE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breakers For NF Merchandised Panelboards Class 515 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.56: E-frame—125 A, Thermal-magnetic (480Y/277 Vac) ED, EG, EJ “D” Interrupting Level “G” Interrupting Level “J” Interrupting Level Terminal (480Y/277 Vac) 18 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac 35 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac 65 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac Wire Range Hold Trip Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 1-pole, 277 Vac 15 A EDB14015ab EGB14015ab EJB14015ab AL30FD 20 A EDB14020ab EGB14020ab EJB14020ab 270 875 150. 255. 408. #14–#6 25 A EDB14025b EGB14025b EJB14025b Al or Cu 30 A EDB14030b EGB14030b EJB14030b 35 A EDB14035b EGB14035b EJB14035b 40 A EDB14040b EGB14040b EJB14040b AL100FD 45 A EDB14045b 150. EGB14045b 225. EJB14045b 408. 630 1800 #14–2/0 50 A EDB14050b EGB14050b EJB14050b Al or Cu 60 A EDB14060 EGB14060 EJB14060 70 A EDB14070 302. EGB14070 507. EJB14070 812. 2-pole, 480Y/277 Vac c 15 A EDB24015b EGB24015b EJB24015b AL30FD 20 A EDB24020b EGB24020b EJB24020b 270 875 536. 776. 1241. #14–#6 25 A EDB24025b EGB24025b EJB24025b Al or Cu 30 A EDB24030b EGB24030b EJB24030b 35 A EDB24035b EGB24035b EJB24035b 40 A EDB24040b EGB24040b EJB24040b AL100FD 536. 776. 1241. 45 A EDB24045b EGB24045b EJB24045b 630 1800 #14–2/0 50 A EDB24050b EGB24050b EJB24050b Al or Cu 60 A EDB24060 EGB24060 EJB24060 70 A EDB24070 756. EGB24070 1280. EJB24070 2048. 80 A EDB24080 EGB24080 EJB24080 756. 1280. 2135. 90 A EDB24090 EGB24090 EJB24090 AL100FD 100 A 1000 2300 EDB24100 EGB24100 EJB24100 #14–2/0 Al or Cu 110 A EDB24110 EGB24110 EJB24110 1946. 2586. 3879. 125 A EDB24125 EGB24125 EJB24125 3-pole, 480Y/277 Vac 15 A EDB34015b EGB34015b EJB34015b AL30FD 20 A EDB34020b EGB34020b EJB34020b 270 875 669. 1131. 1358. #14–#6 25 A EDB34025b EGB34025b EJB34025b Al or Cu 30 A EDB34030b EGB34030b EJB34030b 35 A EDB34035b EGB34035b EJB34035b 40 A EDB34040b EGB34040b EJB34040b AL100FD 45 A EDB34045b 669. EGB34045b 1131. EJB34045b 1358. 630 1800 #14–2/0 50 A EDB34050b EGB34050b EJB34050b Al or Cu 60 A EDB34060 EGB34060 EJB34060 70 A EDB34070 911. EGB34070 1292. EJB34070 2562. 80 A EDB34080 EGB34080 EJB34080 911. 1292. 2562. 90 A EDB34090 EGB34090 EJB34090 AL100FD 100 A 1000 2300 EDB34100 EGB34100 EJB34100 #14–2/0 Al or Cu 110 A EDB34110 EGB34110 EJB34110 2421. 3216. 4826. EGB34125 EJB34125 125 A EDB34125 EPDs (Equipment Protection Devices), 1-pole, 277 Vac, Thermal-magnetic with 30 mA ground-fault protectiond 15 A EDB14015EPDab EGB14015EPDab EJB14015EPDab 20 A 270 875 EDB14020EPDab 1151. EGB14020EPDab 1256. EJB14020EPDab 1409. #14–#6 Cu 30 A EDB14030EPDb EGB14030EPDb EJB14030EPDb or #12–#4 Al 40 A EDB14040EPDb EGB14040EPDb EJB14040EPDb 630 1800 1151. 1256. 1409. 50 A EDB14050EPDb EGB14050EPDb EJB14050EPDb Note: All EDB, EGB, and EJB circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR Type. For 50 oC calibration, use a CA suffix. NF branch circuit breakers are fungus proof as standard. a UL Listed as SWD (Switching duty rated). b UL Listed as HID (High Intensity Discharge rated). c UL Listed for use on 240 V Corner-grounded Delta Systems (Grounded B Phase). See data bulletin 2700DB0202. d All EPDs occupy two spaces, with or without Alarm Switch option. For alarm switch, add 158 list Price and the suffix BA. EDB, EGB, EJB 3-pole 15–125 A Table 9.57: EDB, EGB, EJB 1-pole 15–70 A Factory installed Electrical Accessories Alarm Switch (NO) Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. Application Max Load = 10 A @ 120 Vac 50/60 Hz Terminals for #14 AWG Cu wire Used with control circuits and is actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Table 9.58: Accessory Package Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch Packageef Shunt Trip Packageef Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Shunt Trip Packageef Alarm Switch (N.O.) Package for EPDs only e f Application Max Load = 7 A @ 120 Vac 50/60 Hz Terminals for #14 AWG Cu wire. Factory Installed Electrical Accessory Packages for ED, EG, EJ Circuit Breakers Suffix AABA SA $ Price 312. 755. AABASA 1067. BA 237. Accessory package takes an additional pole space. Not available for EPD. Table 9.59: Terminal Nut Insert Kit Circuit Breaker Type ED, EG, EJ Qty. per Kit 3 Catalog No. TIKFD $ Price 17.40 Minimum Recommended Supply Transformer (VA) 288 50 Shunt Trip—Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a coil energized from a separate circuit. A 120 V shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. Application For use with momentary or maintained push button. 120 Vac 50/60 Hz Terminals for #14 AWG Cu wire. Coil Burden Max. (VA) Auxiliary Switch (1A/1B) Table 9.60: Table 9.61: 120 V 240 V 480Y/277 V Table 9.62: Circuit Breaker Application Ampere Rating Optional Ampere Rating 15–30 A — — 35–125 A EDB, EGB, EJB 15–30 A g — EDB, EGB, EJB 15–125 A EDB, EGB, EJB — g $ Price 39.00 45.00 25.50 16.80 17.85 Interrupt Ratings (kA) EDB 25 18 (1P), 25 18 EGB 65 35 (1P), 65 35 EJB 100 65 (1P), 100 65 Mechanical Lug Kit Information (Al lugs for use with Al or Cu wire) Standard EDB, EGB, EJB 2-pole 15–125 A Handle Accessories Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Catalog No. EXB Fixed Padlock Attachment, Lock ON/OFF ED, EG, EJ 1, 2, or 3 EDPA EXB Fixed padlock attachment, Lock OFF only ED, EG, EJ 1, 2, or 3 EDPAF EXB Removable padlock attachment, Lock OFF only ED, EG, EJ 1, 2, or 3 HPAFD EXB Handle Ties Ties 2 – 1P ECB2HT ED, EG, EJ Ties 3 – 1P ECB3HT Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range one #12—#6 AWG Al or one #14—#6 AWG Cu one #12—2/0 AWG Al or one #14—2/0 AWG Cu one #14—1/0 AWG Cu Catalog Number Lugs Per Kit AL30FD 3 AL100FD 3 CU100FD 3 $ price Per Kit 41.30 Factory installed only. Use suffix “LH” E-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule 9-15 9 EDB-EPD 1-pole with Alarm Switch PANELBOARDS Ampere Rating NF Factory Assembled Panelboards a Maximum 480Y/277 Vac Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Factory Assembled Pricing a Use I-Line™ Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta applications. Table 9.63: Base $ Price (including solid neutral) PANELBOARDS 2-pole 100 A 100 A 125 A 150 A 225 A d 250 A d 400 A d 600 A de 800 A e a b c d e Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating—7-2 through 7-8) a b Main Lugs Mains Rating — — 846. — — 1002 1326. 2366. 3550. Standard IC 3-pole — — 972. — — 1152. 1524. 2622. 3900. Circuit Breaker ED c — ED c HD JD JD LA — — 2-pole HIC 3-pole 1636. — 3372. 3270. 4120. 4500. 5330. — — 1882. — 3762. 3620. 4380. 5140. 6126. — — Circuit Breaker EG c — EG c HG JG JG LH — — Extra HIC 2-pole 3-pole 2100. — 4324. 4048. 5070. 6180. 7712. — — 2416. — 4976. 4398. 5400. 6180. 8864. — — Circuit Breaker — HJ — HJ JJ JJ LC LC — 2-pole I-Limiter™ 3-pole — 3248. — 4070. 6620. 7190. 8506. 9554. — — 3598. — 4420. 7330. 8450. 9776. 10884. — Circuit Breaker — FI — — KI KI LI LI — 2-pole 3-pole — 4250. — — 7266. 9154. 9350. 13640. — — 4884. — — 8352. 10522. 10746. 15678. — HL and JL frame circuit breakers are also available as main circuit breakers. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for Micrologic™ trip main circuit breaker pricing. Back-fed main circuit breaker. Prices are for 54-circuit and fewer interiors. See the Product Selector for 66- and 84-circuit interior pricing. Copper bus only. Table 9.64: Branch Circuit Breakers—$ Price per circuit breaker Standard Interrupting 25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 18,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac ED Bolt-on Branch Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating High Interrupting 65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 35,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac EG Bolt-on Branch Extra High Interrupting 100,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 65,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac EJ Bolt-on Branch 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 324. 15–60 A 192. 442. 748. 746. 1264. 518. 1196. 2024. 70 A 342. 872. 1046. 578. 1474. 1710. 924. 2120. 2540. 80–100 A — 872. 1046. — 1474. 1710. — 2120. 2540. 110–125 A — 2210. 2724. — 4114. 4754. — 5300. 6300. Space Only 42. 84. 126. 42. 84. 126. 42. 84. 126. Note: All ED, EG, and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type. Table 9.65: EDB-EPD Equipment Protection Device Branch Circuit Breakers f g Standard Interrupting 25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 18,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac ED Bolt-on Branch Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Extra High Interrupting 100,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 65,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac EJ Bolt-on Branch 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1472. — — 1596. — — 1788. — — 15–60 A f g High Interrupting 65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 35,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac EG Bolt-on Branch All 1-pole EDB-EPD branches use 2 poles of mounting space. For bell alarm in EDB-EPD branch breaker, add 158. to branch breaker price. Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 250–800 A main lugs or 250–600 A main circuit breaker interiors • One sub-feed HD, HG, HJ, or HL or JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breaker per 250 A panelboard • Two sub-feed HD, HG, HJ, or HL or two JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breakers per 400 A panelboard (do not mix H and J in a Panel) • One sub-feed LA, LH, or LC circuit breaker (400 A max.) and one JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breaker or two sub-feed JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breakers per 600 A or 800 A panelboard (JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together). Table 9.66: Sub-feed Circuit Breaker (150–400 A) No. of Poles 2 3 h HD HG 2456. 2872. LA 4220. 5100. LC h LH 3980. 4916. 5534. 6510. Space 8634. 10156. 826. 826. Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Cabinet Data Max. No. of Branch Spaces (Does not include sub-feed circuit breaker spaces) 30 42 54 66 84 9-16 JG 3020. 3370. JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together. Table 9.67: i j k JD 3500. 3798. Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D) 250 A Main Lugs 56 62 68 80 400 A LA/LH Main Breaker 68 74 80 Main Lugs 68 74 80 600 A Main Breaker 80 86 92 Main Lugs 74 80 86 N/A 800 A Main Breaker i 80k 86k 92k Main Lugs j 68 74 80 N/A 600 A main circuit breaker panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box. 800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box. Dimensions also for 400 A LC/LI main circuit breaker panels. PE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NF Factory Assembled Panelboards Common Features Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701 www.schneider-electric.us Sub-feed (Double) Lugs (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs) Table 9.76: An additional mains end termination point that can be used to feed out to another panelboard or device from the incoming service lines. NOTE: Available on main lug interiors only. Sub-feed Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 two #6–2/0 Al or Cu two 1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu two 1/0–600 kcmil Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (6) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu Mains Rating 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 250 A — 38 44 50 400 A — 50 56 62 Neutral Conductors Required c Actual Lug Wire Range 125 250 (2) 1/0 Cu or (2) 1/0 Al (2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al (4) 250 kcmil Al or (4) 3/0 Cuor (2) 600 kcmil Al (4) 500 kcmil Al or (4) 350 kcmil Cu (2) #6-2/0 (2) #6-350 kcmil (2) 1/0-300 kcmil or (1) 1/0-750 kcmil (2) 1/0-750 kcmil 400 A 800 A a — 74 80 86 600 A — 74 80 86 600 Note: Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above. 800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep and 26 in. wide box. Table 9.78: Feed-through Lugs (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs) A second set of lugs assembled at the opposite end from the mains of the panelboard. Often used to connect another panelboard or device to the incoming lines. Available on main lugs and main circuit breaker panelboards. Mains Rating Feed-through Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 125 A 250 A one #6–2/0 kcmil Al or Cu one #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0–750 kcmil or two 1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu two 1/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A 600 A Table 9.79: 344. 344. 826. Max. No. of Branch Spaces 18 30 42 54 b c 100/125 A 250 A 400 A LA/LH Equipment Ground Bar Copper Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar Price) Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar Price) Table 9.73: 600 A Hinged Door-in-Door Trim has piano hinge down one side. Inner door has a lock, outer door is retained with screws Hinged Door-in-Door with Outer Door Lock in place of screws Table 9.74: Main Lugs c — 74 80 86 — 56 62 68 Table 9.81: Copper Bus Bars Table 9.82: 100–600 A 800 A 1516. $ Price Per Pole Adder 100 A 58. 70. 70. Main Circuit Breaker Interiors $ Price Adder 38. 52. 86. Aluminum Compression Lugs Copper Mechanical Lugs Copper Compression Lugs Table 9.83: 78. $ Price Adder 458. 624. Standard 100 120 160 200 240 d 400 A 90. 148. 148. 800 A 200. 196. 316. $ Price Per Pole Adder H Frame 59. 70. 70. J Frame 98. 108. 108. LA Frame 128. 148. 148. LC Frame 262. 168. 168. Voltage 208Y/120 V 3Ø4W 11970. 12548. 13807. 17992. 20583. 240/120 V 3Ø4W High Leg 11970. 15654. 13807. 17992. 20583. 480Y/277 V 3Ø4W 12890. 13340. 14623. 20508. 23598. Panelboard box height with SPD unit—Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor. Surgelogic SPD Options Surgelogic SPD Options $ Price Adder 132. 176. 600 A 118. 168. 168. Surgelogic™ Hard Bus SPD—Model IMA d Surge Current Rating kA $ Price Adder 225 A 58. 108. 108. Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Circuit Breaker Interiors Copper Neutral Copper Neutral $ Price Adder Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Lug Interiors Aluminum Compression Lugs Copper Mechanical Lugs Copper Compression Lugs Table 9.84: Table 9.75: 836. Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets (Type 3R, 5, 12) Main Lug Interiors Copper Bus Bars 100 A, 250 A 400 A 600 A, 800 A 646. 800 A Main Breaker b Name Plates Name Plates Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in., adhesive-backed or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly (Price includes engraving) Add Per Panel $ Price Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Ground Bars Ground Bars Hinged Door-in-Door Trim Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets —Type 3R, 5, 12 (Not available with panelboards having LC/LE/LI/LX/LXI main circuit breakers) 600 A main circuit breaker panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box. 800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box. Table 9.72: 140. 826. Feed-through Lug Cabinet Data (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs) Main Breaker Main Main Main Main Main Main Main (back-fed Lugs Breaker Lugs Breaker Lugs Breaker Lugs only) 38 32 44 — — — — — 44 38 50 50 62 56 68 62 50 — — 56 68 62 74 68 — — — 62 74 68 80 74 $ Price Adder $ Price Box Height in Inches (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D) 125 A Metal Directory Frame Metal Directory Frame Not available with LC/LI main circuit breaker (Replaces standard plastic stick-on directory pouch) Table 9.80: Table 9.71: NF Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size and Quantity Panelboard Ampacity Main Lugs Box Height in Inches (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D) 125 A 26 32 — — 18 30 42 54 Table 9.70: Table 9.77: Sub-feed Lug Cabinet Data (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs) Max. No. of Branch Spaces a 128. 128. 344. 344. 522. Add Per Panel $ Price 769. 950. 1262. 1894. 9 Table 9.69: $ Price 200% Rated Neutrals Panelboards with 200% rated neutrals are available with sub-feed lugs, feed-through lugs, and main circuit breakers 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A Surge Counter Dry Contacts Remote Monitor $ Price Standard Standard 2588. NOTE: For additional factory modifications, See Digest page 9-38. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 PANELBOARDS Table 9.68: Discount Schedule 9-17 NQ/NF Merchandised Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us 9 PANELBOARDS NQ Single-Row (Column-width)—240 Vac Bolt-on NF Single-Row (Column-width)—480Y/277 Vac Bolt-on (60 A Max. Branch Circuit Breaker) NQ Application Data (60 A Max. Branch Circuit Breaker) NF Application Data Application: For use on ac only. Meet Federal Specification W-P-115c, Type 1, Class 1. UL Listed. Service: 1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W, 3 Grd. “B” Ø—240 Vac max. AIR: See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2. Mains: Type NQ—Bolt-on main lugs: 100 A, 225 A • Main circuit breaker: 100 A—QOU, 225 A—QB • See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2 for main circuit breaker interrupt ratings. See catalog for terminal lug data. • Main circuit breakers with higher interrupt ratings are available as factory assembled panelboards. Branches: Bolt-on QOB, 60 A maximum. QOB 10-60 A 1-, 2- and 3-pole. See Digest page 9-10 for branch circuit breaker terminal data. QOB-VH and QHB branch circuit breakers are also available as factory assembled. Cabinet: Front—Screw cover. Box—galvanized steel with removable endwalls. Gutters: • 100 A—4 in. min. mains end, 3 in. min. opposite mains • 225 A—10 in. min. mains end, 5 in. min. opposite mains Application: For use on ac only. Meet Federal Specification W-P-115c, Type 1, Class 1. UL Listed. Service: 480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W AIR: See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2 Mains: Type NF–Bolt-on main lugs: 125 A, 225 A • Main circuit breaker: 100 A—FA, 100 A—HD, 225 A—JD. See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2 for main circuit breaker interrupt rating. See the catalog section for terminal lug data. • Main circuit breakers with higher interrupt ratings are available as factory assembled panelboards. Table 9.85: Table 9.87: Max. No. of Poles NQ Single-Row (Column-width)—240 Vac Bolt-on a Mains Rating Total Box and Interior with Solid Neutral Front $ Price (8.625 in. W. x 5 in. D.) (Box (Order branch circuit breakers separately) (Surface Mount) Interior Box Height Catalog $ Price and Catalog Number $ Price (In.) Number Front) 1 Phase 3-Wire Main Lugs Only 30 225 1669. NQ830L2C Main Circuit Breaker—2-pole 20 100 1818. NQ820B1C 3 Phase 4-Wire Main Lugs Only 30 100 1608. NQ8430L1C 42 225 1938. NQ8442L2C Main Circuit Breaker—3-pole 30 100 2363. NQ8430B1C 42 225 4961. NQ8442B2C a NF Single-Row (Column-width)—480Y/277 Vac Bolt-on Max. No. Mains of Poles Rating 1298. 45 LX45TS 371. 1452. 40 LX40TS 366. 1242. 1458. 40 58 LX40TS LX58TS 366. 480. 1992. 4416. 45 62 LX45TS LX62TS 371. 545. Total $ Price (Box Interior and Front) Box and Interior with S/N (8.625 in. W. x 5.625 in. D.) Catalog Number Main Lugs Only—3 Phase 4-Wire 30 125 2410. NF8430L1C 42 225 3281. NF8442L2C Main Circuit Breaker—3-pole NF8430M1C 30 100 3767. NF8430M1HDC 42 225 6660. NF8442M2JDC Front (Surface Mount) Box Height (In.) Catalog Number $ Price 2009. 2759. 59 71 NC59TS NC71TS 401. 522. 3246. 65 NC65TS 521. 6042. 85 NC85TS 618. $ Price 60 A Maximum Branch—Copper Bus Standard. Table 9.86: Table 9.88: Cable Troughs and Pull Boxes Cable Troughs (L=Length) b L (In.) 36 48 56 66 b Branches: EDB, EDG, or EDJ, 60 A maximum. See Digest page 9-15 for branch circuit breaker catalog numbers, List Prices and terminal data. Cabinet: Front—Screw cover. Box—galvanized steel with removable endwalls. Gutters: • 100 A—4 in. min. mains end, 3 in. min.opposite mains • 225 A—10 in. min. mains end, 5 in. min. opposite mains 8.625 in. x 5 in. Catalog Number MTX836 MTX848 MTX856 MTX866 $ Price S/N Terminals Catalog Number 42 MPX81542 590. 651. 753. 753. Cable Troughs and Pull Boxes Cable Troughs (L=Length) c Pull Boxes with Solid Neutral $ Price 8.625 in. x 5.625 in. Catalog Number d NTX836 NTX848 NTX856 NTX866 L (In.) 479. 36 48 56 66 Cable troughs are standard with a trough barrier. c d Pull Boxes with Solid Neutral $ Price 590. 651. 753. 753. S/N Terminals Catalog Number 42 MPX81542 $ Price 479. Cable troughs are standard with a trough barrier. Box width = 8.625 in.; width at front, including flange, is 9.625 in.. 20 in. 15 in. Cable Trough Length Solid Neutral Bar Pull Box (Cover Removed) Cable Trough Panel Height Column Width Lighting Panelboard 8 5⁄8 in. 9-18 PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NQ/NF Factory Assembled Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us NQ Single Row (Column-Width)—240 Vac Bolt-On Factory Assembled Pricing Table 9.89: Base Price with Solid Neutral $ Price Main Lugs 2-Pole Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating—see Digest pages 7-2 through 7-5 3-Pole 100 A 720. 832. 225 A 772. 912. Circuit Breaker 2-Pole QOB QB QD QB QD 3-Pole 1254. Circuit Breaker 2-Pole — — QG — QG — — — — — 1562. 2800. 3434. 2800. 3434. — — — — PANELBOARDS Mains Rating 3-Pole — — 4090. — 4090. Note: Copper bus —standard. Equipment Ground Bar $ Price adder—$38.00. Copper Equipment Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar $ Price) $ Price adder—$52.00. Branch Circuit Breakers (price per breaker) $ Price Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating 1-Pole 120 Vac 2-Pole 120/240 Vac Space Only All Space Only Except Below 28. 10,000 AIR—Branch Circuit Breakers—QOB, QOB-H 15–60 A 68. 10,000 AIR—Qwik-Guard™—Class A—QOB-GFI 15–30 A 272. 40–60 A — Specialty Branch Circuit Breakers (10,000 AIR) For High Intensity Discharge Lighting—QO-HID, QOB-HID 15–30 A 78. 40–50 A 78. High Magnetic Trip (For applications subject to high initial inrush)—QO-HM, QOB-HN 15–20 A 68. — Provides 30 mA Equipment Protection—QO-EPD, QOB-EPD 15–30 A 462. (High Interrupting Capacity) 22,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QO-VH, QOB-VH 15–30 A 92. 35–60 A — 22,000 AIR—Qwik-Guard—Class A—QO-VHGFI, QOB-VHGFI 15–30 A 294. — 2-Pole 240 Vac 9 Table 9.90: 3-Pole 240 Vac 58. 58. 86. 134. 260. 352. 488. 488. — — — — 148. 148. — — — — — 828. — — 212. 212. — — 376. 462. 462. — — NF Single Row (Column-Width)—480Y/277 Vac 3Ø4W Bolt-on Factory Assembly Pricing Table 9.91: Base Price with Solid Neutral Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating —see Digest pages 7-3 through 7-4 Main Lugs Standard IC Mains Rating 2-Pole 3-Pole Circuit Breaker HIC $ Price 2-Pole 3-Pole Extra HIC $ Price Circuit Breaker 2-Pole 3-Pole — FA — 2184. FH — 100 A — 1074. — 2842. — HD HG 125 A — — 3222. — 150 A — HD — 3222. HG — 1272. 225 A — JD — 4784. JG — Note: Copper bus—standard. Copper Neutral $ Price adder—$132.00. Equipment Ground Bar $ Price adder—$38.00. Copper Equipment Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar $ Price) $ Price adder—$52.00. Table 9.92: 3044. 3792. 4172. 4172. 5982. I-Limiter™ $ Price Circuit Breaker 2-Pole — 3-Pole — — — — — HJ HJ JJ — 4374. 4754. 4754. 8902. Circuit Breaker — FI KI $ Price 2-Pole 3-Pole — — — — — KI — 7392. 13150. 13150. Branch Circuit Breakers (price per breaker) $ Price Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Standard Interrupting 25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 18,000 AIR @480Y/277 Vac ED Bolt-on Branch 1-Pole 15–60 A Space Only Table 9.93: 2-Pole 192. 42. 3-Pole 442. 84. High Interrupting 65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 35,000 AIR @480Y/277 Vac EG Bolt-on Branch 1-Pole 748. 126. 2-Pole 324. 42. 3-Pole 746. 84. Extra High Interrupting 100,000 AIR @ 65,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac EJ Bolt-on Branch 1-Pole 1264. 126. 2-Pole 518. 42. 3-Pole 1196. 84. 2024. 126. EDB-EPD Equipment Protection Device Branch Circuit Breakers $ Price Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Standard Interrupting 25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 18,000 AIR @480Y/277 Vac ED Bolt-on Branch 1-Pole 15–60 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1472. 2-Pole 3-Pole — — High Interrupting 65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 35,000 AIR @480Y/277 Vac EG Bolt-on Branch 1-Pole 1596. PE-1 Discount Schedule 2-Pole 3-Pole — — Extra High Interrupting 100,000 AIR @ 65,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac EJ Bolt-on Branch 1-Pole 1788. 2-Pole 3-Pole — — 9-19 I-Line™ and QMB Panelboards Pricing Procedure and Examples Class 2110, 4620 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701, 4620CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 9 I-Line Merchandised Pricing Procedure PANELBOARDS 1. Select the appropriate branch circuit breakers and accessories based on the required ampacity and AIR ratings from Digest pages 9-24 through 9-30. 2. Determine the total mounting inches required by the branch circuit breakers. Pay close attention to the interior types and any branch mounting restrictions by referring to panel layouts on Digest pages 9-21 and 9-22. For example, larger frame circuit breakers may mount in only one side of the panel due to physical sizes. Therefore, for larger size branches, you may only be able to consider one half of the total mounting inches available. 3. Select proper main lug interior or main circuit breaker interior from Digest page 9-21 or 9-22 based on the mains ampacity and branch requirements from step 2. 4. Select blanks from the Accessories table on Digest page 9-23 as required to cover unused mounting space. 5. Select appropriate box and front from Digest page 9-21 or 9-22 to accommodate panel interior selected in step 3. 6. Apply appropriate discount schedule. Table 9.94: I-Line Merchandised Pricing Example 600 Vac, 3Ø3W, 400 A, MLO, 14k AIR, Type 1 enclosure, 4 piece surface trim without door. Description Catalog No. Digest Page No. 400 Amp MLO Interior 4 Piece Surface Trim Without Door Type 1 Enclosure (8) 60/3 one 100/2 one 4.5 in. Blanks one 1.5 in. Blank HCM32734 HCM73TS HC3273B FA36060 FA26100AC HNM4BL HNM1BL 9-21 9-21 9-21 9-25 9-25 9-23 9-23 $ Price 2408. 699. 243. 7764. 947. 126. 44. Total Price 12231. I-Line Factory Assembled Pricing Procedure 1. Select price for main lugs or main circuit breaker from Base Price tables on Digest page 9-31. Include solid neutral and ground bar when required. 2. List branch circuit breakers and determine total mounting inches required. Include space only charge and mounting inches as required. Price branches from Digest page 9-32. 3. If total space required exceeds the maximum listed, price as two or more panels and add price for sub-feed lugs, so installer can cable between sections. 4. Add price for special features from Digest page 9-34. 5. For complete price, total all prices. Order panel by description. 6. Apply appropriate discount schedule. Table 9.95: I-Line Factory Assembled Pricing Example 600 Vac, 3Ø3W, 400 A, MLO, 14k AIR, Type 1 enclosure, 4 piece surface trim without door. Description Digest Page No. 400 A MLO Base Price (8) 60/3 one 100/2 (3) 250/3 9-31 9-32 9-32 9-32 $ Price 2799. 12072. 1446. 17100. Total Price 33417. QMB Factory Assembled QMB Panelboards—Method of Pricing 1. Make a sketch with main lugs or main switch at the top or bottom. 2. List required branch devices (switches and circuit breaker units). Include ampere rating, number of poles, and unit mounting height from the appropriate table on Digest pages 9-35 and 9-36. 3. 30–60 twin units are the same price as 600 V 60–60 twin units. 4. 30–100 and 60–100 twin units are the same price as 600 V 100–100 twin units. 5. List solid neutral from Digest page 9-36 if required. No unit mounting height is required. 6. List mains ampere rating, voltage, number of poles, and unit mounting space from the appropriate table on 9-36. 7. If total unit mounting height of branch devices exceeds maximum mounting space of the mains, price as two or more panelboards, adding sub-feed lugs or feed-thru lugs from the appropriate table on Digest page 9-36. 8. Insert at the right of each item the price from the appropriate table, including any accessories. The sum will be the complete panelboard price including the cabinet. 9. Specify H, R, or J fuse clips. Table 9.96: QMB Factory Assembled Pricing Example 600 Vac, 3Ø3W, 400 A, Fusible 10k AIR, Type 1 Enclosure Branches Digest Page No. 400 A MLO Base Price (4) 60/3 one 100/3 one 30/3 9-36 9-36 9-36 — Total Price 9-20 Example pricing only Discount Schedule $ Price 2016. 4338. 3411. — 9765. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-Line™ Merchandised Panelboards 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.97: TYPE HCN 1⁄2 Total Breaker Mounting Space Each Side 600 A Max. Main Lugs or 400 A Max. Main Breaker S N Box Size: 26 in. Wide, 6.5 in. Deep TYPE HCM 250 A max. branch circuit breaker FA, FH, FY, FI, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL QB, QD QG, QJ QB, QD QG, QJ FA, FH FI, FY FA, FH FI, FY HD, HG HJ, HL HD, HG HJ, HL JD, JG JJ, JL JD, JG JJ, JL 1⁄2 Total Breaker Mounting Space Each Side S N 800 A Max. Main Lugs or 800 A Max. Main Breaker Box Size: 32 in. Wide, 8.25 in. Deep TYPE HCP-SUh 800 A max. main circuit breaker 600 A max. branch circuit breaker FY, FA, FH, FI, KI, LA, LD, LG, LJ, LL, LH, LC, LX, LI, LXI, LE, MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC, PLCj, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL FY, FA, FH, FI HD, HG, HJ, HL QB, QD, QG, QJ JD, JG, JJ, JL, KI MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL PGC, PJC, PLC S N 800 A Max. Main Lugs or 800 A Max. Main Breaker a b c d e f g h j k l m © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4 Piece Trim Without Door b Trim With Door Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number $ Price $ Price $ Price NEMA 3R/5/12 d (Includes Front) Type 1 Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Box Height (In.) Type 3R/ 5/12 $ Price Box c HCN Main Lugs Only 3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i 225 A 2171. 4004. HCN14522N 1593. 27 400 A 2195. 4028. HCN14524 1617. HCN52T( ) 335. HCN52T( )D 411. HC2652B 600 A 2392. 4225. HCN14526 1814. 225 A 2674. 4402. HCN23652N 1991. 45 400 A 2702. 4430. HCN23654 2019. HCN65T( ) 440. HCN65T( )D 530. HC2665B 600 A 2960. 4688. HCN23656 2277. 225 A 3135. 4709. HCN32742N 2298. 63 400 A 3156. 4730. HCN32744 2319. HCN74T( ) 594. HCN74T( )D 717. HC2674B 600 A 3396. 4970. HCN32746 2559. 225 A 3548. 6233. HCN41832N 2552. 81 400 A 3564. 6249. HCN41834 2568. HCN83T( ) 753. HCN83T( )D 890. HC2683B 600 A 3824. 6509. HCN41836 2828. 225 A 4175. 6767. HCN50922N 3086. 99 400 A 4341. 6933. HCN92T( ) 846. HCN92T( )D 1001. HC2692B HCN50924 3252. 600 A 4434. 7026. HCN50926 3345. HCN Main Circuit Breaker e k Includes 3-pole, vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment 27 400 A 6649. 8377. HCN14654M 5966. 100 A 3860. 5588. HCN18651MN 3177. HCN65T( ) 440. HCN65T( )D 530. HC2665B 36 225 A 5303. 7031. HCN18652MN 4620. 45 400 A 7287. 8861. HCN23744M 6450. 100 A 4323. 5897. HCN27741MN 3486. HCN74T( ) 594. HCN74T( )D 717. HC2674B 54 225 A 5759. 7333. HCN27742MN 4922. 225 A 6068. 8753. HCN32832MN 5072. 63 HCN83T( ) 753. HCN83T( )D 890. HC2683B 400 A 7836. 10521. HCN32834M 6840. 81 400 A 8154. 10746. HCN41924M 7065. HCN92T( ) 846. HCN92T( )D 1001. HC2692B 90 225 A 6590. 9182. HCN45922MN 5501. HCM Main Lugs Only 3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i 225 A 2279. 4566. HCM14482N 1644. 400 A 2404. 4691. HCM14484 1769. 27 HCM48T( ) 392. HCM48T( )D 483. HC3248B 600 A 3175. 5462. HCM14486 2540. 800 A 3709. 5996. HCM14488 3074. 225 A 2795. 5717. HCM23642N 2036. 400 A 2891. 5813. HCM23644 2132. 45 HCM64T( ) 516. HCM64T( )D 633. HC3264B 600 A 3530. 6452. HCM23646 2771. 800 A 4041. 6963. HCM23648 3282. 225 A 3263. 6002. HCM32732N 2321. 400 A 3350. 6089. HCM32734 2408. 63 HCM73T( ) 699. HCM73T( )D 864. HC3273B 600 A 3921. 6660. HCM32736 2979. 800 A 4644. 7383. HCM32738 3702. 225 A 4205. 7918. HCM50912N 2966. 400 A 4281. 7994. HCM50914 3042. 99 HCM91T( ) 996. HCM91T( )D 1217. HC3291B 600 A 4586. 8299. HCM50916 3347. 800 A 5321. 9034. HCM50918 4082. HCM Main Circuit Breaker e k Includes 3-pole, vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment. 27 400 A 7563. 10485. HCM14644M 6804. HCM64T( ) 516. HCM64T( )D 633. HC3264B 225 A 5582. 8504. HCM18642MN 4823. 36 600 A 11648. 10706. HCM18736MP 10706. HCM73T( ) 699. HCM73T( )D 864. HC3273DB9m 800 A 14549. 13607. HCM18738MP 13607. 45 400 A 8007. 10746. HCM23734M 7065. HCM73T( ) 699. HCM73T( )D 864. HC3273B 54 225 A 5969. 8708. HCM27732MN 5027. 600 A 12377. 11138. HCM36916MP 11138. 72 HCM91T( ) 996. HCM91T( )D 1217. HC3291DB9m 800 A 15431. 14192. HCM36918MP 14192. 81 400 A 9315. 13028. HCM41914M 8076. HCM91T( ) 996. HCM91T( )D 1217. HC3291B HCP-SU g Universal Single Row Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker k 3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i 54 800 5858. 9466. HCP54868SU 4514. HC2686T( )4P 1101. HC2686T( )HRf 1658. HC2686DB i Box Size: 26 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep Type 1 $ Price Front a Interior Assembly (Less Branch Circuit Breakers) 243. HC2652WP 2411. 52 243. HC2665WP 2411. 65 243. HC2674WP 2411. 74 243. HC2683WP 3681. 83 243. HC2692WP 3681. 92 243. HC2665WP 2411. 65 243. HC2674WP 2411. 74 243. HC2683WP 3681. 83 243. HC2692WP 3681. 92 243. HC3248WP 2922. 48 243. HC3264WP 3681. 64 243. HC3273WP 3681. 73 243. HC3291WP 4952. 91 243. HC3264WP 3681. 64 243. Use HCP 243. HC3273WP 243. Use HCP — — 3681. 73 — — 243. HC3291WP 4952. 91 243. HC2886WP 4952. 86 Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount. Add-on door kit available from Peru. Example: For HCM48TS surface trim kit, order HCM48DS door kit. For Type 1 applications, order interior, front, and box. For Type 3R/5/12 applications, order interior and box only. The front is included with the box. Remove drain screws for Type 3R rating. Bottom feed standard. Hinged trim with door. For main lugs panel, order sub-feed lug kit and back-feed as main lugs. For main circuit breaker panel, order plug-on I-Line type PG, PJ, PL, MG, or MJ circuit breakers from 9-28 through 9-30 and backfeed as the main breaker (order solid neutral from 9-22). Suitable for use as service equipment if equipped with an integral main circuit breaker or when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and the panelboard is not used as a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. PG, PJ, PL circuit breakers are available with both thermal-magnetic equivalent and Micrologic trip. The Micrologic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. “C” suffix denotes a 100% rating. Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, starting on Digest page 7-2. I-Line Surgelogic SPD not available. DB9 box is 9.5 inches deep. PE1A Discount Schedule 9-21 PANELBOARDS FA, FH FY HD, HG HJ, HL Complete Surface $ Price (4 Piece Trim) (Less Branch Circuit Breakers) 9 FA, FH FY HD, HG HJ, HL Mains Ampere Rating QB, QD QG, QJ Total Circuit Breaker Mounting Space (In.) 225 A max. (240 V max.) branch circuit breaker QB, QD, QG, QJ 150 A max. branch circuit breaker FA, FH, FY, HD, HG, HJ, HL l QB, QD QG, QJ Interiors, Boxes and Fronts (100 A and 225 A interiors include solid neutral, all others without solid neutral. Order solid neutral from 9-23) I-Line™ Merchandised Panelboards PANELBOARDS 800 A max. branch circuit breaker FAa, FH, FI, FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL, KI, LA, LD, LG, LJ, LL, LH, LC, LI, LX, LXI, LE, MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC, PLCb QB, QD QG, QJ FA, FH, FY HD, HG HJ, HL FI, KI, JD JG, JJ, JL FA, FH, FY HD, HG HJ, HL QB, QD QG, QJ FI, KI, JD JG, JJ, JL LD, LG, LJ LL, LA, LH LC, LI, LX LXI, LE MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PK, PGC PJC, PKC, PLC 1⁄2 Total Breaker Mounting Space Each Side 1200 A Max. Main Lugs or 800 A Max. Main Breaker Box Size: 42 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep a FA and JDA circuit breakers with field installable ground fault kits may be mounted in type HCP, HCP-SU, and HCR-U panelboards as shown, and require L-frame mounting space. PG, PJ, and PL circuit breakers are available with both thermalmagnetic equivalent and Micrologic trip. The Micrologic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. “C” suffix denotes a 100% rating. b TYPE HCR-U Universal Mains 1200 A max. branch circuit breaker FAc, FH, FI, FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL, KI, LA, LD, LG, LJ, LL, LH, LC, LI, LX, LXI, LE, MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC, PLC, RGC, RJC, RLCde 1⁄2 Total Breaker Mounting Space Each Side FA, FH, FY HD, HG HJ, HL QB, QD QG, QJ QB, QD QG, QJ FA, FH, FY HD, HG HJ, HL FI, KI, JD JG, JJ, JL FI, KI, JD JG, JJ, JL Total Circuit Breaker Mtg. Space (In.) Max. No. of LC, MJ, PL, RL Circuit Breakers 1200 A Max. Main Lugs or 1200 A Max. Main Breaker S/N Box Size: 44 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep c d e 9-22 FA and JDA circuit breakers with field installable ground fault kits may be mounted in type HCP, HCP-SU, and HCRU panelboards as shown, and require L-frame mounting space. When RL main circuit breakers with equipment ground fault are applied on a 3Ø4W system, order solid neutral catalog number HCR12SNCT. The HCR12SNCT includes a neutral current transformer. PG, PJ, and PL circuit breakers are available with both thermalmagnetic equivalent and Micrologic trip. The Micrologic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. “C” suffix denotes a 100% rating. Front f Interior Assembly (Less Branch Circuit Breakers) Catalog Number Type 1 $ Price Box h Box Height (In.) 4 Piece Trim Without Door g Trim With Door Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number HCW50T( ) 606. HCW50T( )D 743. HC4250DB 243. 50 HCW59T( ) 671. HCW59T( )D 827. HC4259DB 243. 59 HCW68T( ) 846. HCW68T( )D 1052. HC4268DB 243. 68 HCW86T( ) 1101. HCW86T( )D 1344. HC4286DB 243. 86 HCW68T( ) 846. HCW68T( )D 1052. HC4268DB 243. 68 HCW86T( ) 1101. HCW86T( )D 1344. HC4286DB 243. 86 243. 86 $ Price Catalog Number $ Price HCR-U Universal Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breakerj—3-pole Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. For Main Lugs panel, order sub-feed lug kit catalog number S33930 and back feed as main lugs. For Main Circuit Breaker panel, order plug-on I-Line type PG, PJ, PL, RGC, RJC, or RLCk circuit breakers from pages 9-27 through 9-29, and back feed as the main circuit breaker. (Order solid neutral separately) 108 l f g h i j k l m 1200 6PL or 3RLC 12557. HCR548612U 11213. Table 9.99: 1101. HCR86T( )D 1344. HC4486DB Circuit Breaker / Sub-feed Lug Kit Mounting Space Requirement FY FA, FH FA, FH FA, FH, SL-100 FI HD, HG HD, HG HJ, HL QB, QD, QG, QJ Maximum Ampacity 30 A 100 A 150 A 225 A No. of Poles 1 1 2 3 2, 3 2 3 2, 3 2 Inch Mounting Requirements 1.5 1.5 3 4.5 4.5 3 4.5 4.5 3 Type of Circuit Breaker QB, QD, QG, QJ JD, JG, JJ, JL, KI, SL250 LA, LH, SL400 LD, LG, LJ, LL LC, LI, LXI MG, MJ, MA, MH, SL800, PGC, PJC, PLC PG, PJ, PL, S33931 RG, RJ, RL, RGC, RJC, RLC, S33930 Table 9.100: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors —Standard Frame Types n Main Circuit Breaker Ampacity Panelboard Type Factory Supplied Main Circuit Breaker 100 225 HCN HCN, HCM HCN HCM FA36100 JDA36225 LAP36400MB LAP36400MB MGP36600 or MGP36800 400 600 or 800 n HCR86T( )m Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount. Add-on door kit available. Example: For HCW50TS trim kit, order HCW50D door kit. See Digest page 9-23 for 42 in. wide weatherproof enclosures. Suitable for use as service equipment if equipped with an integral main circuit breaker or when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and the panelboard is not used as a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, starting on Digest page 7-2. When RL main circuit breakers with equipment ground fault are applied on a 3Ø4W system, order solid neutral catalog number HCR12SNCT. The HCR12SNCT includes a neutral current transformer. 15 in. of mounting space is taken up by the back fed main lug kit or RG, RJ, RL main circuit breaker, leaving 93 in. of branch circuit breaker mounting space. Add-on door kit available. Example: For HCR86TS trim kit, order HCW86D door kit. Type of Circuit Breaker MG, MJ PG, PJ, PK, PL, PGC, PJC, PKC, PLC RG, RJ, RK, RL, RGC, RJC RKC, RLC Complete Surface $ Price (4 Piece Trim) (Less Branch Breakers) HCP Main Lugs Only—3-pole Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i 400 2751. HCP14504 1902. 600 3513. HCP14506 2664. 27 1PL 800 4521. HCP14508 3672. 1200 6365. HCP145012N 5516. 400 3212. HCP23594 2298. 600 3860. HCP23596 2946. 45 2PL 800 4874. HCP23598 3960. 1200 7133. HCP235912N 6219. 400 3795. HCP32684 2706. 600 4476. HCP32686 3387. 63 3PL 800 5309. HCP32688 4220. 1200 7763. HCP326812N 6674. 400 4716. HCP50864 3372. 600 5208. HCP50866 3864. 99 5PL 800 6194. HCP50868 4850. 1200 8529. HCP508612N 7185. HCP Main Circuit Breakerj—Includes 3-pole Vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment. 600 12179. HCP18686M 11090. 36 2LC 800 15399. HCP18688M 14310. 600 12987. HCP36866M 11643. 72 4LC 800 16296. HCP36868M 14952. LD, LG, LJ LL, LA, LH LC, LI, LX LXI, LE www.schneider-electric.us (1200 A Interiors Include solid neutral, all others without solid neutral. Order solid neutral from 9-23.) Mains Amp. Rating 9 Table 9.98: TYPE HCP S N 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 HCM, HCP Maximum Ampacity 225 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 600 A No. of Poles 3 2, 3 Inch Mounting Requirements 4.5 4.5 6 6 7.5 800 A 9 1200 A 1200 A 15 Table 9.101: Standard Copper Bus Interiors Type Main Ampacity HCN HCM, HCP-SU HCP, HCR-U 600 800 800 and Above Note: Merchandised copper interiors are not available in all ampacities. For example, if the application calls for a HCN 225 A copper bus interior, order an HCN 600 A interior . Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, starting on Digest page 7-2. PE1A Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-Line™ Merchandised Panelboards Accessories Class 690, 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.102: I-Line Merchandised Panelboard Accessories Equipment Ground Bar 800 A Solid Neutral 1200 A 1200 A, for use with HCR-U universal panel only 1200 A, Including neutral CT for 3Ø4W systems Equipment Ground Bar Kits—HCN HCM, HCP, HCR-U Blank Extensions (For replacement purposes) 1.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 3) e 4.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e 1.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 3) e 4.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e 4.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e 4.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e a b c d e Table 9.103: Blank Extensions All applications, except Powerpact H/J with Micrologic trip unit 5/6 All applications, except Powerpact H/J with Micrologic trip unit 5/6 Only Powerpact H/J circuit breakers with Micrologic trip unit 5/6 Only Powerpact H/J circuit breakers with Micrologic trip unit 5/6 HLW1BL HLW4BL HLN1BL HLN4BL HLW4EBL HLN4EBL 252.00 333.00 464.00 717.00 1151.00 1269.00 843.00 1151.00 1269.00 33.80 104.00 14.30 25.20 14.30 25.20 25.20 25.20 Used on Type HCN, HCM. Used on 400 A, 600 A, 800 A, and 1200 A HCP (main lugs), and 600 A and 800 A (main circuit breaker). Used on Type HCP-SU. Used on Type HCR-U. Blank extension pricing is per unit. Multiply the list price by the quantity ordered. Note minimum order quantity. Table 9.104: Panelboard Adapter Kits Circuit Breaker Mounting Ht. Application HC2SN HC4SNa, HCW4SNb HC6SNa, HCW6SNb HC8SNa, HCW8SNb HCPSU8SNc HCPSU8SNCTc HCW12SNb HCWM12SNd HCR12SNCTd PK27GTA PK32DGTA $ Price 14.30 25.20 1.5 in. 4.5 in. 1.5 in. 4.5 in. Branch Circuit Side Catalog Number 4.5 in. HLW1BL Wide Side HLW4BL HLN1BL Narrow Side HLN4BL Narrow HLN4EBL Side 4.5 in. Wide Side HLW4EBL I-Line Panelboard Type Crimp Lug Adapter Kits f HCN HCN400VCA HCN600VCA — — 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A f g HCP, HCR-U g HCW400VCA HCW600VCA HCW800VCA HCW1200VCA HCM HCM400VCA HCM600VCA HCM800VCA — $ Price 96. 197. 284. 491. For use with MLO panel, order VCEL lugs seperately. Not for use with P- or R-frame circuit breakers or sub-feed kits S33930 or S33931. Table 9.105: Type 3R/5/12 Enclosures Catalog Number Interior Type HC4250WP HC4259WP HC4268WP HC4286WP HC4486WP HCP HCP HCP HCP HCR-U Dimensions (In.) $ Price H 50 59 68 86 86 4952. 4952. 4952. 4952. 4952. W 42 42 42 42 44 D 12.95 12.95 12.95 12.95 14.50 Table 9.106: Box Extensions Catalog Number Interior Type Extension HC2609DEX (F or S) HCP-SU 9 in. $ Price 552. HC2609EX (F or S) HCN 9 in. 552. HC3209EX (F or S) HCM 9 in. 552. HC4212DEX (F or S) HCP 12 in. 641. HC4406DEX (F or S) HCR-U 6 in. 552. HC4412DEX (F or S) HCR-U 12 in. 641. Blank Extensions Table 9.107: Sub-feed Lug Kits hi Ampere Rating 100 A 250 A 250 A 400 A In. (mm) 4.5 114 SL100 4.5 114 SL250 4.5 114 SL250 6 152 SL400j 9 229 1200 A 1200 A 9 15 229 S33931 381 S33930 SL800 435. 435. 435. 585. 1731. 1731. 3500. 3500. Max. Short Circuit System Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes 240 Vac 65,000 125,000 200,000 65,000 65,000 125,000 100,000 125,000 480 Vac 25,000 100,000 200,000 35,000 65,000 100,000 65,000 100,000 600 Vac 18,000 50,000 100,000 25,000 25,000 50,000 25,000 50,000 Protected by Circuit Breaker FH JL KI LH MJ LL MJ, PJ RL For Use in I-Line Panelboard Types HCN, HCM, HCP, HCP-SU HCM, HCP, HCP-SU HCP, HCP-SU HCM, HCP, HCP-SU HCP, HCP-SU, HCR-U Plug-on in same manner as a branch circuit breaker For other ratings, See the I-Line Information Manual, #80043-309-xx. SL400 cannot be used in HCM panelboards due to inadequate wire bending space. Table 9.108: Sub-feed Lug kit terminal data Catalog No. (Prefix) SL100 SL250 SL400 SL800 S33931 S33930 For Surgelogic™ I-Line plug-on SPD unit pricing and information, see Digest pages 6-3 and 6-4. For field-installable I-Line door kits, see the Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest, Section 4. k © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Number $ Price 800 A h i j Sub-feed Lug Kits Height No. Poles 3 3 3 3 3 3 Ampere Rating 100 A 250 A 400 A 800 A 1200 A 1200 A Std. Lug Kit Catalog No. AL100FA — AL400LA AL900MA AL1200P24K AL1200R53K Standard Lug Wire Size k #14–1/0 AWG Cu or #12–1/0 AWG Al #4 AWG–300 kcmil one #1 AWG–600 kcmil or two #1 AWG–250 kcmil (3) #3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (4) #3/0 AWG–500 kcmil (4) #3/0 AWG–600 kcmil Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors. 9-23 PANELBOARDS Blank Fillers Catalog No. HNM1BL HNM4BL 9 Description Blank Fillers—1.5 in. (minimum order 3) e Blank Fillers—4.5 in. (minimum order 5) e Solid Neutral Assemblies 225 A 400 A 600 A Circuit Breakers F-frame, PowerPact D-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 650, 651 9 Table 9.109: QO™ Distribution Panel—240 Vac Max. Only Mounts in Type HCN, HCM, HCP, HCP-SU, or HCR-U I-Line panelboards, 30 A max. branch circuit breaker. Order QO plug-on circuit breakers from page 9-34. Maximum No. 1-pole Phase QO Circuit Breakers Connection PANELBOARDS 6 6 6 6 a AB BC AC ABC Mounting Height In. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 2-pole Catalog Number mm 114 114 114 114 3-pole Catalog Number HQO206AB HQO206BC HQO206AC — Ampere Rating $ Price a — — — HQO306 369. 369. 369. 369. Includes (5) QO1DB dummy circuit breakers. FA/FH, 1-pole 1.5 in (38 mm) Mounting Height FA/FH, 3-pole 4.5 in (114 mm) Mounting Height FA/FH, 2-pole 3 in (76 mm) Mounting Height Table 9.110: Example: FJA, 20 A 1-pole, 277 Vac and 70 A 2- and 3-pole QB 240 Vac. Use phase option number for HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL, MG, and MJ. Phase Option Number 1 3 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 Standard b 6 b Phase Connection 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole A B C AB AC BA BC CA CB ABC CBA FJA140201 FJA140203 FJA140205 — — — — — — — — — — — QBA220701 QBA220702 QBA220703 QBA220704 QBA220705 QBA220706 — — — — — — — — — — — QBA32070 QBA320706 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole — — — FA24030AB FA24030AC FA24030BC — — — — — — — — FA34030 FA34030CBA Table 9.112: Interrupt Ratings (kA) 240 V 277 V 480 V 600 V FA (240 V) 10 — — — FA (480 V) 18 (1P), 25 (2, 3P) 18 18 — FJ 65 65 — — F-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24 F-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-54 F-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-51 PowerPact™ D-frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers When the D-frame Mission Critical circuit breaker is used as a main circuit breaker with QO branch circuit breakers, the D-frame MC will remain closed during any fault that occurs downstream of the QO circuit breaker up to 30kA at 208Y/120 Vac. Table 9.113: PowerPact D-frame, 150–600 A–Mission Critical Circuit Breaker Cat.alog Number c DJA32150W DJA32250W DJA32400W DJA32600W Continuous Current Rating 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A Terminal Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) $ Price #2-600 Cu or #2-500 Al (2) 2/0-350 Cu or (2) 2/0-500Al 10867. 10867. 10867. 17148. c D-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated. D-frame accessories, lugs . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-27 D-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 9-24 600 850 1450 1700 600 850 1450 1700 Terminal Wire Range Standard Interrupting Catalog Number $ Price FA22015( FA22020( FA22025( FA22030( FA22035( FA22040( FA22045( FA22050( FA22060( FA22070( FA22080( FA22090( FA22100( FA32015 FA32020 FA32025 FA32030 FA32035 FA32040 FA32045 FA32050 FA32060 FA32070 FA32080 FA32090 FA32100 ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) AL50FA #14–#4 AWG Cu or #12–#4 AWG Al 398. AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or #12–#1/0 AWG Al 617. 572. AL50FA #14–#4 AWG Cu or #12–#4 AWG Al 572. AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or #12–#1/0 AWG Al 572. 780. AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or #12–#1/0 AWG Al 780. AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu 1- and 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. AC Magnetic Standard Interrupting Extra High Interrupting Terminal Wire Range Ampere Trip Settings Rating Catalog Catalog FY/FA FJ/FC Lugs Hold Trip $ Price Number $ Price Number Lugs 1-pole, 277 Vac, 125 Vdc e 15 A FY14015( )f FJA14015( ) AL50FA AL30FD #14-#4 #12–#6 20 A FY14020( )f FJA14020( ) 275 600 149. 651. AWG Cu, or AWG Al, or 25 A FY14025( )f FJA14025( ) #12-#4 #14–#6 30 A FY14030( )f FJA14030( ) AWG Al AWG Cu 35 A FA14035( )g FJA14035( ) 40 A FA14040( )g FJA14040( ) 400 850 302. 651. 45 A FA14045( )g FJA14045( ) AL100FA AL100FD 50 A FA14050( )g FJA14050( ) #14–#1/0 #12–#2/0 AWG Al 60 A FA14060( )g FJA14060( ) 651. AWG Cu or or 800 1450 FA14070( )g 302. FJA14070( ) 70 A 720. #12–#1/0 #14–#2/0 AWG Al AWG Cu 80 A FA14080( )g — — 90 A FA14090( )g — — 900 1700 302. 100 A FA14100( )g — — 2-pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdc efg 15 A FA24015( ) — — AL50FA CU30FA4 #14–#4 20 A FA24020( ) — — one #14– 275 600 651. AWG Cu or #10 AWG 25 A FA24025( ) — — #12–#4 Cu only 30 A FA24030( ) — — AWG Al 35 A FA24035( ) — — 40 A FA24040( ) — — 400 850 651. 45 A FA24045( ) — — AL100FA AL100FA4 #14–#3 50 A FA24050( ) — — #14–#1/0 one Cu AWG Cu or AWG 60 A FA24060( ) 651. — — or #12–#1/0 one #12–#1 800 1450 FA24070( ) 70 A — — 833. AWG Al AWG Al 80 A FA24080( ) — — 90 A FA24090( ) — — 900 1700 833. 100 A FA24100( ) — — 3-pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdc e 15 A FA34015 — — AL50FA CU30FA4 #14–#4 20 A FA34020 — — one #14– 275 600 833. AWG Cu or #10 AWG 25 A FA34025 — — #12–#4 Cu only 30 A FA34030 — — AWG Al 35 A FA34035 — — 40 A FA34040 — — 400 850 833. 45 A FA34045 — — AL100FA AL100FA4 50 A FA34050 — — #14–#1/0 one #14–#3 Cu AWG Cu or AWG 60 A FA34060 833. — — or #12–#1/0 one #12–#1 800 1450 70 A FA34070 — — 996. AWG Al AWG Al 80 A FA34080 — — 90 A FA34090 — — 900 1700 996. 100 A FA34100 — — e f g DE2 Trip Table 9.115: F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (480 Vac) Table 9.111: Example: FA, 30 A, 480 Vac. Use phase option letters for FH, FI, KI, LA, LH, LC, and LI. FA14035A FA14035B FA14035C — — — — — AC Magnetic Trip Settings Hold 2-pole, 240 Vac d 15 A 20 A 275 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 400 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 800 80 A 90 A 900 100 A 3-pole, 240 Vac 15 A 20 A 275 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 400 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 800 80 A 90 A 900 100 A d The absence of a phase option number after a 3-pole catalog number will result in an ABC phase connection. Phase Option Letter A B C AB AC BC ABC CBA www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.114: F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (240 Vac) Discount Schedule 1- and 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. Rated 277 Vac 15 and 20 A FY circuit breakers are rated for switching duty (SWD). 15, 20, 25, and 30 A FA I-Line circuit breakers are also available (no SWD rating). Rated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc, except FY circuit breakers, which have no dc rating. 15–30 A circuit breakers suitable for use with 60 oC or 75 oC conductors. 35–100 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 oC conductors. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breakers F-frame, PowerPact Q-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 650, 734, 820 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.116: F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac) Standard Interrupting FI36100 2- and 3-pole 4.5 in (114 mm) Mounting Height Catalog Number $ Price — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 1450 1700 Catalog Number FH16015( FH16020( FH16025( FH16030( FH16035( FH16040( FH16045( FH16050( FH16060( FH16070( FH16080( FH16090( FH16100( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) FH26015( FH26020( FH26025( FH26030( FH26035( FH26040( FH26045( FH26050( FH26060( FH26070( FH26080( FH26090( FH26100( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) Terminal Wire Range Current Limiting $ Price 507. 507. 507. 563. 563. Catalog Number $ Price — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — AL50FA #14–#4 AWG Cu or #12–#4 AWG Al AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or #12–#1/0 AWG Al a 600 850 1450 1700 600 850 1450 1700 FA26015( FA26020( FA26025( FA26030( FA26035( FA26040( FA26045( FA26050( FA26060( FA26070( FA26080( FA26090( FA26100( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 780. 780. 780. 947. 947. FA36015 FA36020 FA36025 FA36030 FA36035 FA36040 FA36045 FA36050 FA36060 FA36070 FA36080 FA36090 FA36100 971. 971. 971. 1163. 1163. 1214. 1214. 1214. 1452. 1452. FH36015 FH36020 FH36025 FH36030 FH36035 FH36040 FH36045 FH36050 FH36060 FH36070 FH36080 FH36090 FH36100 1446. 1446. 1446. 1632. 1632. — FI26020( — FI26030( — FI26040( — FI26050( FI26060( FI26070( FI26080( FI26090( FI26100( — 2763. — 2763. — 2763. — 2763. ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 2763. AL50FA #14–#4 AWG Cu or #12–#4 AWG Al AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or #12–#1/0 AWG Al 2763. — FI36020 — FI36030 — FI36040 — FI36050 FI36060 FI36070 FI36080 FI36090 FI36100 — 3459. — 3459. — 3459. — 3459. 3459. AL50FA #14–#4 AWG Cu or #12–#4 AWG Al AL100FA #14–#1/0 AWG Cu or #12–#1/0 AWG Al 3459. a 1- and 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required connection letters as a suffix, See Digest page 9-24. NOTE: As of January 1st, FI breakers will only fit on the wide side of I-Line panelboards. Table 9.117: PowerPact™ Q-frame b— 225 A, Thermal-magnetic (240 Vac) QB/QD/QG/QJ Mounting Height: 2-pole—3 in (76 mm) 3-pole—4.5 in (114 mm) AC Magnetic Trip Settings Hold Trip 2-pole, 240 Vac c 70 A 80 A 1000 1800 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 1200 2400 175 A 200 A 225 A 3-pole, 240 Vac d 70 A 80 A 1000 1800 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 1200 2400 175 A 200 A 225 A Ampere Rating b c d "B" Interrupting Catalog Number QBA22070( QBA22080( QBA22090( QBA22100( QBA22110( QBA22125( QBA22150( QBA22175( QBA22200( QBA22225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) QBA32070( QBA32080( QBA32090( QBA32100( QBA32110( QBA32125( QBA32150( QBA32175( QBA32200( QBA32225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) "D" Interrupting $ Price 600. 600. 1913. 1913. Catalog Number QDA22070( QDA22080( QDA22090( QDA22100( QDA22110( QDA22125( QDA22150( QDA22175( QDA22200( QDA22225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) QDA32070( QDA32080( QDA32090( QDA32100( QDA32110( QDA32125( QDA32150( QDA32175( QDA32200( QDA32225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) "G" Interrupting $ Price 1202. 1202. 2069. 2069. Catalog Number QGA22070( QGA22080( QGA22090( QGA22100( QGA22110( QGA22125( QGA22150( QGA22175( QGA22200( QGA22225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) QGA32070( QGA32080( QGA32090( QGA32100( QGA32110( QGA32125( QGA32150( QGA32175( QGA32200( QGA32225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) "J" Interrupting $ Price 1593. 1593. 2835. 2835. Catalog Number QJA22070( QJA22080( QJA22090( QJA22100( QJA22110( QJA22125( QJA22150( QJA22175( QJA22200( QJA22225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) QJA32070( QJA32080( QJA32090( QJA32100( QJA32110( QJA32125( QJA32150( QJA32175( QJA32200( QJA32225( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) $ Price 1992. 1992. 3245. 3245. Replacement lugs are not available on QB, QD, QG, or QJ circuit breakers. Lugs for QB, QD, QG, or QJ circuit breakers accept one #4 AWG–300 kcmil. No accessories are available for PowerPact Q Frame breakers. 2-pole QB, QD, QG, and QJ circuit breakers are completed by adding the required phasing numbers as indicated in the parentheses, See Digest page 9-24. 3-pole QB, QD, QG, and QJ circuit breakers for ABC phasing are complete without additional phasing number. For CBA phasing, complete the catalog number by inserting the number “6” in the parentheses. Table 9.118: Interrupt Ratings (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V e FA 25 18 14 FH 25 (1P 35–100 A), 65 (1P 15–30 A, 2P, 3P) 25 (2, 3P) 18 (2, 3P) 100 QB 10 — — QD 25 — — QG 65 — — QJ e 100 — — 3-pole QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only. F-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24 F-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest page 7-54 F-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest page 7-51 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved FI 200 DE2 Discount Schedule Q-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24 Q-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-54 Q-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest page 3-29 9-25 9 30 A 35 A 40 A 400 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 800 80 A 90 A 900 100 A 2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 15 A 20 A 275 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 400 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 800 80 A 90 A 900 100 A 3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 15 A 20 A 275 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 400 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 800 80 A 90 A 900 100 A High Interrupting PANELBOARDS AC Magnetic Trip Settings Hold Trip 1-pole, 277 Vac, 125 Vdc a 15 A 20 A 275 600 25 A Ampere Rating Circuit Breakers H- and J-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 612 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Table 9.119: H-frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connectionb Current Rating @ 40o C Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) G Ja La $ Price 80% Rated 80% Rated 80% Rated 80% Rated D Cat. No.c PANELBOARDS Hold Trip H-frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdca 15 A 350 A 750 A H( )A26015( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 20 A 350 A 750 A H( )A26020( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 25 A 350 A 750 A H( )A26025( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 30 A 350 A 750 A H( )A26030( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 35 A 400 A 850 A H( )A26035( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 40 A 400 A 850 A H( )A26040( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 45 A 400 A 850 A H( )A26045( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 50 A 400 A 850 A H( )A26050( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 60 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A26060( ) 899. 1338. 1589. 70 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A26070( ) 1088. 1559. 1824. 80 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A26080( ) 1088. 1559. 1824. 90 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A26090( ) 1088. 1559. 1824. 100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )A26100( ) 1088. 1559. 1824. 110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )A26110( ) 2195. 3212. 4671. 125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )A26125( ) 2195. 3212. 4671. 150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )A26150( ) 2195. 3212. 4671. H-frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 15 A 350 A 750 A H( )A36015 1124. 1575. 1988. 20 A 350 A 750 A H( )A36020 1124. 1575. 1988. 25 A 350 A 750 A H( )A36025 1124. 1575. 1988. 30 A 350 A 750 A H( )A36030 1124. 1575. 1988. 35 A 400 A 850 A H( )A36035 1124. 1575. 1988. 40 A 400 A 850 A H( )A36040 1124. 1575. 1988. 45 A 400 A 850 A H( )A36045 1124. 1575. 1988. 50 A 400 A 850 A H( )A36050 1124. 1575. 1988. 60 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A36060 1124. 1575. 1988. 70 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A36070 1361. 1772. 2225. 80 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A36080 1361. 1772. 2225. 90 A 800 A 1450 A H( )A36090 1361. 1772. 2225. 100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )A36100 1361. 1772. 2225. 110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )A36110 2730. 3779. 5432. 125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )A36125 2730. 3779. 5432. 150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )A36150 2730. 3779. 5432. a 2 pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix see Table 9.128. Terminal Wire Range 2364. 2483. 2483. 2483. 2483. 2483. 2483. 2483. 2483. 2681. 2681. 2681. 2681. 5699. 5699. 5699. AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu 2993. 2993. 2993. 2993. 2993. 2993. 2993. 2993. 2993. 3243. 3243. 3243. 3243. 6951. 6951. 6951. AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu Table 9.120: J-frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connectionb Current Rating @ 40oC Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip D Cat. No.c Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) G Ja La $ Price 80% Rated 80% Rated 80% Rated Low High 80% Rated J-frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdca 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )A26150( ) 2283. 3372. 4904. 5985. 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )A26175( ) 2283. 3372. 4904. 5985. 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )A26200( ) 2283. 3372. 4904. 5985. 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )A26225( ) 2283. 3372. 4904. 5985. 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )A26250( ) 3138. 4463. 6536. 7338. J-frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )A36150 2867. 3968. 5705. 7299. 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )A36175 2867. 3968. 5705. 7299. 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )A36200 2867. 3968. 5705. 7299. 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )A36225 2867. 3968. 5705. 7299. 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )A36250 3936. 5252. 7599. 9173. a 2 pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix see Table 9.128. Ra Terminal Wire Range 80% Rated AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu — — — — — AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 9676. 9676. 9676. 9676. 11729. Table 9.121: H-frame 150 A and J-frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection d Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Trip Unit Sensor Rating D Cat. No.c 80% Rated Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) G Ja La $ Price 80% 80% 80% Rated Rated Rated Ra Terminal 80% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P LI 3.2g Micrologic Standard Micrologic Ammeter Micrologic Energy Micrologic Ammeter Micrologic Energy a b c d e f g 9-26 LSI 3.2Sg LSI 5.2A LSI LSIG LSIG 5.2E 6.2A 6.2E 60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 60 A 100 A 150 A 250 A H( )A36060U31X H( )A36100U31X H( )A36150U31X J( )A36250U31X H( )A36060U33X H( )A36100U33X H( )A36150U33X J( )A36250U33X H( )A36060U43X H( )A36100U43X H( )A36150U43X J( )A36250U43X H( )A36060U53X H( )A36100U53X H( )A36150U53X J( )A36250U53X H( )A36060U44X H( )A36100U44X H( )A36150U44X J( )A36250U44X H( )A36060U54X H( )A36100U54X H( )A36150U54X J( )A36250U54X 1316. 1569. 2911. 3120. 1512. 1765. 3107. 3398. 2143. 2396. 3738. 4299. 2523. 2776. 4118. 4840. 2902. 3156. 4497. 5381. 3282. 3535. 4877. 5921. 1743. 1962. 3965. 4226. 1939. 2159. 4161. 4505. 2570. 2789. 4792. 5406. 2950. 3169. 5172. 5947. 3330. 3549. 5551. 6487. 3709. 3929. 5931. 7028. 2224. 2382. 5626. 5970. 2420. 2578. 5823. 6249. 3051. 3209. 6453. 7150. 3431. 3589. 6833. 7691. 3811. 3969. 7213. 8231. 4190. 4349. 7593. 8772. 3173. 3490. 7288. 7715. 3370. 3686. 7484. 7994. 4001. 4317. 8115. 8895. 4380. 4697. 8495. 9436. 4760. 5077. 8875. 9976. 5140. 5456. 9254. 10517. 4171. 4591. 9631. 10102. 4393. 4813. 9853. 10420. 5185. 5653. 10836. 11561. 5883. 6333. 11342. 12413. 6423. 6873. 11864. 13157. 6963. 7413. 12386. 13900. AL150HDe AL250JDf AL150HDe AL250JDf AL150HDe AL250JDf AL150HDe AL250JDf AL150HDe AL250JDf AL150HDe AL250JDf Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L). For applications requiring communications, see Digest page 7-49. AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu. AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided. 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breakers K-, PowerPact H-, J-, L-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 825, 0612 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.122: K-frame—250 A, Thermal-magnetic, Current Limiting (600 Vac) Current Limiting Low High 2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc a 110 A 550 125 A 625 150 A 750 175 A 875 200 A 1000 225 A 1125 250 A 1250 1100 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 KI26110( KI26125( KI26150( KI26175( KI26200( KI26225( KI26250( 3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A 1100 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 KI36110 KI36125 KI36150 KI36175 KI36200 KI36225 KI36250 Terminal Wire Range $ Price ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 6633. 6633. 6633. 6633. 6633. 6633. 7704. AL250KA one #4 AWG– 350 kcmil Al or Cu AL250KI one #1/0 AWG– 350 kcmil Al or Cu 8375. 8375. 8375. 8375. 8375. 8375. 9267. AL250KA one #4 AWG– 350 kcmil Al or Cu AL250KI one #1/0 AWG– 350 kcmil Al or Cu 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number. See Digest page 9-24. 9 a 550 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 Catalog Number PANELBOARDS AC Magnetic Trip Settings Ampere Rating KI36250 2- and 3-pole 4.5 in (114 mm) Mounting Height J-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker Table 9.123: J-frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) With Factory Sealted Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Unit Type Trip Continuous Function Trip Unit Current D Interrupting Cat. No. JDA34250WU31X JDA34250WU33X JDA34250WU43X JDA34250WU53X JDA34250WU44X JDA34250WU54X G Interrupting $ Price 3619. 3931. 4939. 5544. 6148. 6753. Standard LI 3.2 W 250 Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 High Perf. Ammerter LSI 5.2A-W 250 High Perf. Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 High perf. Ammerter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. Cat. No. JGA34250WU31X JGA34250WU33X JGA34250WU43X JGA34250WU53X JGA34250WU44X JGA34250WU54X J Interrupting $ Price 4857. 5169. 6176. 6782. 7386. 7991. Cat. No. JJA34250WU31X JJA34250WU33X JJA34250WU43X JJA34250WU53X JJA34250WU44X JJA34250WU54X L Interrupting $ Price 6808. 7119. 8127. 8732. 9336. 9942. Cat. No. JLA34250WU31X JLA34250WU33X JLA34250WU43X JLA34250WU53X JLA34250WU44X JLA34250WU54X $ Price 8759. 9071. 10079. 10684. 11288. 11893. Terminal AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker Table 9.124: L-frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) With Factory Sealted Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Unit Type Trip Continuous Function Trip Unit Current D Interrupting Cat. No. LDA34250WU31X LDA34400WU31X LDA34600WU31X LDA34250WU33X LDA34400WU33X LDA34600WU33X LDA34400WU43X LDA34600WU43X LDA34400WU53X LDA34600WU53X LDA34400WU44X LDA34600WU44X LDA34400WU54X LDA34600WU54X G Interrupting $ Price 5991. 5991. 8684. 6656. 6656. 9349. 7674. 10366. 8791. 11485. 9911. 12604. 11029. 13722. Cat. No. LGA34250WU31X LGA34400WU31X LGA34600WU31X LGA34250WU33X LGA34400WU33X LGA34600WU33X LGA34400WU43X LGA34600WU43X LGA34400WU53X LGA34600WU53X LGA34400WU44X LGA34600WU44X LGA34400WU54X LGA34600WU54X 250 Standard LI 3.3 W 400 600 250 Standard LSI 3.3S-W 400 600 400 High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 600 400 High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W 600 400 High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 600 400 High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 600 a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL400L61K3 terminal wire range is (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu.. c AL600LF52K3 terminal wire range is (2) #3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu. $ Price 6291. 6291. 9126. 6990. 6990. 9826. 8062. 10896. 9238. 12074. 10417. 13251. 11594. 14429. J Interrupting L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price LJA34250WU31X 10299. LJA34400WU31X 10299. LJA34600WU31X 12733. LJA34250WU33X 10999. LJA34400WU33X 10999. LJA34600WU33X 13433. LJA34400WU43X 12070. LJA34600WU43X 14503. LJA34400WU53X 13247. LJA34600WU53X 15681. LJA34400WU44X 14426. LJA34600WU44X 17139. LJA34400WU54X 15602. LJA34600WU54X 18036. Cat. No. LLA34250WU31X LLA34400WU31X LLA34600WU31X LLA34250WU33X LLA34400WU33X LLA34600WU33X LLA34400WU43X LLA34600WU43X LLA34400WU53X LLA34600WU53X LLA34400WU44X LLA34600WU44X LLA34400WU54X LLA34600WU54X $ Price 11998. 11998. 14263. 12698. 12698. 14962. 13769. 16033. 14946. 17210. 16125. 18388. 17301. 19566. Terminal AL400L61K3b AL600LF52K3c AL400L61K3b AL600LF52K3c AL600LF52K3c AL600LF52K3c AL600LF52K3c AL600LF52K3c Table 9.125: PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac Circuit Ampere Breaker Poles Rating G Withstand L Withstand R Withstand Trip Cat. No. $ Price Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point 150 A HGA26000S15( ) 1349. 2250 A HLA26000S15 1590. 2250 A — — — 2a 175 A JGA26000S17( ) 1827. 3125 A JLA26000S17 1980. 3125 A — — — 250 A JGA26000S25( ) 1827. 3125 A JLA26000S25 1980. 3125 A — — — H-frame J-frame 150 A HGA36000S15 1799. 2250 A HLA36000S15 1988. 2250 A HRA36000S15 2295. 2250 A 3 175 A JGA36000S17 2286. 3125 A JLA36000S17 2475. 3125 A JRA36000S17 2860. 3125 A 250 A JGA36000S25 2286. 3125 A JLA36000S25 2475. 3125 A JRA36000S25 2860. 3125 A 400 A LGA36000S40X 4572. 4800 A LLA36000S40X 4972. 4800 A LRA36000S40X 5688. 4800 A L-frame 3 600 A LGA36000S60X 5065. 6600A LLA36000S60X 5465. 6600 A LRA36000S60X 6220. 6600 A a 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix, see Table 9.128. Table 9.126: KI Interrupt Ratings (kA) V 240 480 600 Table 9.127: Interrupt Ratings (kA) KI 200 200 100 240 V 480 V D 25 18 G 65 35 K-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . .starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-25 K-frame dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest page 3-33 K-frame optional lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest page 3-28 H-, J-, and L-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .starting on Digest page 7-36 H-, J-, and L-frame dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .starting on Digest page 7-54 H-, J-, and L-frame optional lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule Terminal Wire Range — — — AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD — — — 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu Table 9.128: Phase Options—Example HDA26150( ) J 100 65 L 125 100 Phase Option Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Standard 6 Phase Connection 2-pole 3-pole AB AC BA BC CA CB ABC CBA HDA261501 HDA261502 HDA261503 HDA261504 HDA261505 HDA261506 — — — — — — — — JDA34250WU31X JDA34250WU31X6 9-27 Circuit Breakers LA Mission Critical for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 660, 665, 670, 830 www.schneider-electric.us 9 LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating). The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. Table 9.129: L-frame—400 A, I-Line™ LA/LH MC High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breaker For Mission Critical Loads PANELBOARDS Ampere Rating AC Magnetic Level Factory Set a Standard Interrupting Hold Cat. No. Trip LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac 200 A 3400 A 4000 A 225 A 3825 A 4500 A 250 A 4250 A 5000 A 400 A a 6000 A 7200 A High Interrupting $ Price Cat. No. LA34200MC LA34225MC LA34250MC 5571. 5571. 5681. LH34200MC LH34225MC LH34250MC LA34400MC 6941. LH34400MC Terminal $ Price Cat. No. 8771. 8771. AL250LAMC 8882. 10142. AL400LA Wire Range (1) 250–350 kcmil Al (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0 -25% from maximum value shown. Table 9.130: L-frame—400 A, Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac) Ampere Rating LA/LH 2- and 3-pole 6 in (152 mm) Mounting Height Low 2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc b 125 A 625 150 A 750 175 A 875 200 A 1000 225 A 1125 250 A 1250 300 A 1500 350 A 1750 High Standard Interrupting Catalog Number High Interrupting $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 3000 3500 LA26125( LA26150( LA26175( LA26200( LA26225( LA26250( LA26300( LA26350( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 4053. 4053. 4053. 4053. 4053. 4053. 4053. 4053. LH26125( LH26150( LH26175( LH26200( LH26225( LH26250( LH26300( LH26350( ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) 6762. 6762. 6762. 6762. 6762. 6762. 6762. 6762. 2000 4000 LA26400( ) 4053. LH26400( ) 6762. 3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 125 A 625 150 A 750 175 A 875 200 A 1000 225 A 1125 250 A 1250 300 A 1500 350 A 1750 400 A 2000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 3000 3500 4000 LA36125 LA36150 LA36175 LA36200 LA36225 LA36250 LA36300 LA36350 LA36400 4944. 4944. 4944. 4944. 4944. 4944. 4944. 4944. 4944. LH36125 LH36150 LH36175 LH36200 LH36225 LH36250 LH36300 LH36350 LH36400 8145. 8145. 8145. 8145. 8145. 8145. 8145. 8145. 8145. 400 A LI 2- and 3-pole 7.5 in (190 mm) Mounting Height AC Magnetic Trip Settings Terminal Wire Range AL400LA one #1 AWG–600 kcmil or two #1 AWG–250 kcmil AL or Cu AL400LA one #1 AWG–600 kcmil or two #1 AWG–250 kcmil AL or Cu Table 9.131: L-frame—600 A, Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac)c Ampere Rating LC 2- and 3-pole 7.5 in (190 mm) Mounting Height AC Magnetic Trip Settings Low 2-pole, 600 Vac b 300 A 1500 350 A 1750 400 A 2000 450 A 2250 500 A 2500 600 A 3000 3-pole, 600 Vac 300 A 1500 350 A 1750 400 A 2000 450 A 2250 500 A 2500 600 A 3000 b c Extra High Interrupting Catalog Number High LC26300( LC26350( LC26400( LC26450( LC26500( LC26600( 3200 4200 ) ) ) ) ) ) 8312. 8691. LC36300 LC36350 LC36400 LC36450 LC36500 LC36600 3200 4200 Current Limiting $ Price 9234. 9657. Catalog Number LI26300( LI26350( LI26400( LI26450( LI26500( LI26600( LI36300 LI36350 LI36400 LI36450 LI36500 LI36600 $ Price ) ) ) ) ) ) Terminal Wire Range 9563. AL600LI5 two #4/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL or Cu 13949. 10673. AL600LI5 two #4/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL or Cu 15498. 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number. See Digest page 9-24. Type LC and LI circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single-motor branch circuits. L-frame acccessories. . . . . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24 L-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-54 L-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-53 Table 9.132: Interrupt Ratings (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V 9-28 LA LH LC LI 42 30 22 65 35 25 100 65 35 200 200 100 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breakers L- and PowerPact M-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 612, 661 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.133: L-frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Electronic Trip Unit Trip Function Unit Sensor Rating Jc G Catalog Numberb Lc Rc Terminal $ Price 80% 100% 80% 100% 80% 100% 80% 100% 80% 100% 600 Vac, 53/60 Hz, 3P 250 A L( )A36250U31X 5122. 5943. 5376. 6240. 8773. 10214. 10213. 11899. 11745. 13745. 400 A 600 A L( )A36400U31X L( )A36600U31X 5122. 7404. 5943. — 5376. 7779. 6240. — 8773. 10836. 10214. — 10213. 12132. 11899. — 11745. 13952. 13745. AL600LF52K3f — 250 A 3.3Sd 400 A 600 A L( )A36250U33X 5686. 6506. 5969. 6833. 9366. 10808. 10806. 12493. 12427. 14449. L( )A36400U33X L( )A36600U33X 5686. 7968. 6506. — 5969. 8372. 6833. — 9366. 11429. 10808. — 10806. 12725. 12493. — 12427. 14634. 14449. — 5.3A 400 A 600 A L( )A36400U43X L( )A36600U43X 6548. 8830. 7368. — 6877. 9279. 7740. — 10274. 12336. 11715. — 11714. 13632. 13400. — 13471. 15677. 15523. — LSI 5.3E 400 A 600 A L( )A36400U53X L( )A36600U53X 7495. 9778. 8316. — 7874. 10277. 8738. — 11271. 13334. 12713. — 12711. 14630. 14398. — 14618. 16825. 16705. AL600LF52K3f — Micrologic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A 600 A L( )A36400U44X L( )A36600U44X 8444. 10726. 9264. — 8873. 11275. 9736. — 12270. 14332. 13711. — 13710. 15628. 15396. — 15767. 17972. 17887. — Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A 600 A L( )A36400U54X L( )A36600U54X 9392. 11674. 10212. — 9870. 12273. 10734. — 13267. 15329. 14709. — 14707. 16626. 16394. — 16913. 19120. 19069. — LI Micrologic Standard LSI Micrologic Ammeter LSI Micrologic Energy Interrupt Ratings (kA) G J Lh 65 100 125 480 V 35 65 100 600 V i 18 25 25 240 V h AL400L61K3e L interrupting rating is not available in M-frame. 600 V interrupt ratings not available for D-frame. Table 9.134: PowerPact M-frame: with ET1.0 Factory – sealed trip unit (not field adjustable)—800 A j Ampere Rating 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 3-pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz i AL400L61K3e See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units. For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LRA36400CU31X). Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. AL600LFS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 3/0 –500 kcmil. For applications requiring communications, see Digest page 7-43. 2-pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz a b c d e f g 3.3d 9 Micrologic Standard j k l Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Range k Low High 600 3000 700 3500 800 4000 900 4500 1000 5000 1200 6000 1400 7000 1600 8000 600 3000 700 3500 800 4000 900 4500 1000 5000 1200 6000 1400 7000 1600 8000 G Interrupting Catalog Number l $ Price MGA26300( ) MGA26350( ) MGA26400( ) 6633. MGA26450( ) MGA26500( ) MGA26600( ) MGA26700( ) 8370. MGA26800( ) MGA36300 MGA36350 MGA36400 8168. MGA36450 MGA36500 MGA36600 MGA36700 10608. MGA36800 J Interrupting Catalog Number l MJA26300( ) MJA26350( ) MJA26400( ) MJA26450( ) MJA26500( ) MJA26600( ) MJA26700( ) MJA26800( ) MJA36300 MJA36350 MJA36400 MJA36450 MJA36500 MJA36600 MJA36700 MJA36800 Terminal Wire Range $ Price 8253. 3–3/0 through 500 kcmil Al or Cu 10104. 9929. 3–3/0 through 500 kcmil Al or Cu 12630. The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced, nor does it allow adjustment of the long-time trip point setting. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnet circuit breaker. UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±10% from the nominal values shown. Fill in parentheses with the following phase connection options: (2) for AC and (5) for CA. L-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . .starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24 L-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-54 L-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest page 7-53 M-frame accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-36 M-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 M-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39 Table 9.135: Automatic Molded Case Switches—600 Vac, 50/60 Hz Ampere Rating 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A m n 2-pole Catalog Number n $ Price PJA26000S60( ) 6675. PJA26000S80( ) 7347. PJA26000S10( ) 8088. PJA26000S12( ) 10895. 3-pole Catalog Number PJA36000S60 PJA36000S80 PJA36000S10 PJA36000S12 $ Price 7263. 7938. 8676. 11766. Withstand Rating m 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 100 65 25 100 65 25 100 65 25 100 65 25 Trip Point Amperes AC 10000 10000 10000 10000 Terminal Wire Range 3–3/0 through 500 kcmil Al or Cu 4–3/0 through 500 kcmil Al or Cu The withstand rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal ampere rating. Fill in parentheses with the following phase connection options: (2) for AC or (5) for CA. Table 9.136: PowerPact P- and R-frame Interrupt Ratings Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA P-frame Interrupt Rating J K 100 kA 65 kA 65 kA 50 kA 25 kA 50 kA P- and R-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-36 P- and R-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule L 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA R-frame Interrupt Rating J K 100 kA 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 25 kA 65 kA PANELBOARDS Type D L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA P- and R-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39 9-29 Circuit Breakers PowerPact P- and R-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Table 9.137: PowerPact P-frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3P Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Code PANELBOARDS Basic Electronic Fixed long-time, Trip Unit Adjustable ET1.0I (Not Interchangeable) Instantaneous LI 3.0 Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit LSI LI Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit LSI LSIG LSI 5.0 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit LSIG LSI 6.0P 5.0H Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit LSIG 6.0H Sensor Rating Cat. No.ab 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A P( )A36060 P( )A36080 P( )A36100 P( )A36120 P( )A36025(C)U31A P( )A36040(C)U31A P( )A36060(C)U31A P( )A36080(C)U31A P( )A36100U31A P( )A36120U31A P( )A36025(C)U33A P( )A36040(C)U33A P( )A36060(C)U33A P( )A36080(C)U33A P( )A36100U33A P( )A36120U33A P( )A36025(C)U41A P( )A36040(C)U41A P( )A36060(C)U41A P( )A36080(C)U41A P( )A36100U41A P( )A36120U41A P( )A36025(C)U43A P( )A36040(C)U43A P( )A36060(C)U43A P( )A36080(C)U43A P( )A36100U43A P( )A36120U43A P( )A36025(C)U44A P( )A36040(C)U44A P( )A36060(C)U44A P( )A36080(C)U44A P( )A36100U44A P( )A36120U44A P( )A36025(C)U63AE1 P( )A36040(C)U63AE1 P( )A36060(C)U63AE1 P( )A36080(C)U63AE1 P( )A36100U63AE1 P( )A36120U63AE1 P( )A36025(C)U64AE1 P( )A36040(C)U64AE1 P( )A36060(C)U64AE1 P( )A36080(C)U64AE1 P( )A36100U64AE1 P( )A36120U64AE1 P( )A36025(C)U73AE1 P( )A36040(C)U73AE1 P( )A36060(C)U73AE1 P( )A36080(C)U73AE1 P( )A36100U73AE1 P( )A36120U73AE1 P( )A36025(C)U74AE1 P( )A36040(C)U74AE1 P( )A36060(C)U74AE1 P( )A36080(C)U74AE1 P( )A36100U74AE1 P( )A36120U74AE1 G Interrupting a 80% 100% Rated Rated b $ Price J Interrupting a K Interrupting a 80% 100% 80% 100% Rated Rated b Rated Rated b L Interrupting ac 80% 100% Rated Rated b Terminal Wire Range (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 14603. — 15480. — 15480. — 16359. — 20003. — 21207. — 21207. — 22410. — 15390. 22479. 16268. 23897. 16268. 23897. 17147. 25314. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 20790. — 21995. — 21995. — 23198. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 15729. 22794. 16608. 24231. 16608. 24231. 17487. 25668. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 21131. — 22334. — 22334. — 23538. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 16242. 23270. 17121. 24737. 17121. 24737. 17999. 26204. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 21642. — 22845. — 22845. — 24051. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 17739. 24659. 18618. 26214. 18618. 26214. 19497. 27770. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 23141. — 24345. — 24345. — 25548. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 19607. 26393. 20486. 28058. 20486. 28058. 21365. 29721. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 25008. — 26211. — 26211. — 27416. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 22151. 28754. 23030. 30566. 23030. 30566 23909. 32379. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 27552. — 28757. — 28757. — 29960. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 23234. 29757. 24111. 31634. 24111. 31634. 24990. 33510. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 28634. — 29838. — 29838. — 31041. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 26234. 32541. 27113. 34593. 27113. 34593. 27992. 36645 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 31634. — 32837. — 32837. — 34043. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K 27315. 33545. 28194. 35661. 28194. 35661. 29073. 37776. (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K 32717. — 33921. — 33921. — 35124. — (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P24K Table 9.138: PowerPact R-frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3P Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Code Sensor Rating G Interruptingac 80% 100% Rated Rated Cat. No. $ Price J Interruptingac K Interruptingac L Interruptingacd 80% 100% 80% 100% 80% 100% Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Terminal Wire Range Basic Electronic Trip Unit (Not Interchangeable) Fixed Long-Time, R( )A36120 27080. — 28777. — 28777. — 30533. — Adjustable Instantaneous ET1.01 1200 A 1000 A R( )A36100CU31A LI 3.0 — 33945. — 36111. — 36111. — 38418. Micrologic 1200 A R( )A36120CU31A Interchangeable Standard 1000 A R( )A36100CU33A Trip Unit LSI 5.0 — 34401. — 36599. — 36599. — 38934. 1200 A R( )A36120CU33A 1000 A R( )A36100CU41A LI 3.0A — 35141. — 37383. — 37383. — 39770. 1200 A R( )A36120CU41A Micrologic 1000 A R( )A36100CU43A Interchangeable Ammeter LSI 5.0A — 36581. — 38916. — 38916. — 41400. AL1200R53K 1200 A R( )A36120CU43A Trip Unit (4) 3/0-600 kcmil 1000 A R( )A36100CU44A Al or Cu LSI 6.0A — 38378. — 40829. — 40829. — 43434. 1200 A R( )A36120CU44A 1000 A R( )A36100CU63AE1 LSI 5.0P — 40826. — 43431. — 43431. — 46205. Micrologic 1200 A R( )A36120CU63AE1 Interchangeable Power 1000 A R( )A36100CU64AE1 Trip Unit LSIG 6.0P — 41867. — 44540. — 44540. — 47382. 1200 A R( )A36120CU64AE1 1000 A R( )A36100CU73AE1 LSI 5.0H — 44754. — 47610. — 47610. — 50649. Micrologic 1200 A R( )A36120CU73AE1 Interchangeable Harmonic 1000 A R( )A36100CU74AE1 Trip Unit LSIG 6.0H — 45795. — 48719. — 48719. — 51827. 1200 A R( )A36120CU74AE1 a To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupt rating (G, J, K, or L). b For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard-type trip unit with LI trip functions at 250 A would be PGA36025CU31A. c The L interrupt rating is supplied in 480 V only. Change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600 V) to a 4 (480 V); for example, PLA34025U31A. d See Table 9.136 on Digest page 9-29 for interrupt ratings. P- and R-frame accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-36 P- and R-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39 P- and R-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55 P- and R-frame alternate rating plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-45 P- and R-frame trip unit options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-44 9-30 DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-Line™ Factory Assembled Panelboards 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 2110 / Refer To Catalog 2110CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Panel Type 225 A 1356. — — — — HCN HCM HCP-SU HCP HCR-U a Table 9.140: Standard Solid Neutral Main Lugs 600 A 2276. 2276. 2990. 2456. — 400 A 1866. 1866. — — — 800 A — 2512. 3600. 3056. — Ampere Rating 100/225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1200 A — — — 3968. 4602. $ Price 294. 384. 544. 764. 1366. PANELBOARDS Table 9.139: Base $ Price—Main Lugs a When required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Table 9.140. Table 9.141: Base $ Price—Main Circuit Breaker b Main Circuit Breaker 2 3 2 3 HCN HCM 150 A FI c HD c HG c 4642. 3360. 3860. 5864. 3770. 4210. — 3360. 3860. — 3770. 4210. FA 2100. 2418. — — FH 2100. 2958. — — JD JG JJ 3956. 4440. 3956. 4440. — — 4146. 5550. 4146. 5550. — — 7126. 7466. 7126. 7466. — — HJ c HL c 4540. 5550. 4890. 5900. 4540. 5550. 4890. 5900. 9 100 A No. Panel Type Poles 225 A No. Panel Type Poles HCN HCM HCP, HCP-SU 2 3 2 3 2 3 400 A LD KI c JL LG LJ LL 600 A LA Electronic 100% — — — — — — — — 7356. 8356. — — 8676. 10148. — — 7356. 8356. — — 8676. 10148. — — — — 11865. 12470. 14795. 15940. — — LH LC c LD LI c LG LJ LL LC c Electronic 80% — — — — — — — — LI c MG 6132. 9126. — — — — — — — 7136. 10666 — — — — — — — 6132. 9126. — — — — — — 8880. 7136. 10666. — — — — — — 10770. — — 10366. 11610. 11176. 16504. 8880. 15425. 16215. 19235. 20725. — — 11888. 13354. 12678. 18090. 10770. MJ — — 11260. 13400. 11260. 13400. 800 A d No. Panel Type Poles HCN HCM HCP, HCP-SU 2 3 2 3 2 3 MG — — 11846. 14302. 11846. 14302. PL b MJ PG c PJ c PL c PGC c PJC c PLC c Micrologic™ 80% Micrologic 100% — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 14778. — — — — — — — 17456. — — — — — — — 14778. 19346. 15830. 16830. 21090. 16542. 18510. 24250. 17456. 23416. 18312. 20280. 24540. 20144. 22300. 28220. 1200 A cde No. Panel Type Poles HCP, HCP-SU HCR-U b c d e 2 3 2 3 PG PJ PL 22542. 24568. 22542. 24568. 24336. 26560. 24336. 26560. 26648. 29128. 26648. 29128. PG PJ PL Micrologic 80% 22380. 24980. 27980. 28710. 31310. 35570. 22380. 24980. 27980. 28710. 31310. 35570. RGC RJC RLC Micrologic 100% 24618. 24478. 32178. 31582. 34442. 40906. 24618. 24478. 32178. 31582. 34442. 40906. When required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Table 9.140. Standard construction back-fed main. PG, PJ, PL circuit breakers are available with both thermal-magnetic equivalent and Micrologic trip. The Micrologic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. The “C” suffix denotes a 100% rating. For 1200 A frame thermal magnetic circut breaker with 600 kcmil lugs, select an R-frame Thermal Magnetic circuit breaker in the Product Selector. Table 9.142: Electronic Trip Units for H-frame Circuit Breakers LI (3.0) LSI (5.0) LSIG (6.0) f Standard $ Price Standard 549. — Ammeter $ Price — 2550. 4577. Table 9.144: Electronic Trip Units (L-, P-, and R-frame Circuit Breakers) Energy $ Price — 3485. 5979. Table 9.143: Electronic Trip Units for J-frame Circuit Breakers LI (3.0) LSI (5.0) LSIG (6.0) f Standard $ Price Standard 785. — Ammeter $ Price — 3643. 6538. Energy $ Price — 4978. 8542. $ Price LI (3.0) LSI (5.0) LSIG (6.0) f Standard Standard 1670. — Ammeter Energy Note: — — 4670. 7659. 9340. 13777. Power — 21600. 31000. Harmonic — 32330. 37000. f When adding G, requires current transformers and a box extension and is available factory assembled only. Note: Energy trip unit available for L-frame circuit breakers only. PowerPact circuit breakers come with a standard LI trip unit. Use the above $ Price adder for increase in trip functionality. See Digest page 7-43 for L- frame trip unit descriptions. See Digest page 7-44 for P- and R- frame trip unit descriptions. Table 9.145: I-Line 200% Rated Neutral—Standard Terminal Configuration g Branch Space Panel Type Ampacity Type Neutral Terminals Quantity and Size In. mm Main Branch (35) 350 kcmil, (9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4 HCM 600 A 600 A (MG, MJ) 800 A 800 A (MG, MJ) MLO M/B MLO M/B 72 72 72 72 1829 1829 1829 1829 (8) 750 kcmil (8) 750 kcmil (8) 750 kcmil (8) 750 kcmil HCR-Uh 1200A M/B, MLO 108 2743 (8) 750 kcmil 600A M/B, MLO 63 1600 (8) 750 kcmil HCP HCP-SUi g h i 800A M/B, MLO 99 2515 (8) 750 kcmil 800A M/B, MLO 54 1371 (8) 750 kcmil (8) 600 kcmil, (15) 350 kcmil (9) #14-1/0, (17)#14-#4 (35) 350 kcmil, (9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4 (35) 350 kcmil, (9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4 (8) 750 kcmil, (21) 350 kcmil, (9) #14-1/0, (17) #14-#4 Type 1 Enclosure H In. 91 91 91 91 W mm 2311 2311 2311 2311 In. 32 32 32 32 D mm 813 813 813 813 In. 8.25 9.50 8.25 9.50 mm 210 241 210 241 86 2184 44 1118 9.50 241 68 1727 42 1067 9.50 241 86 2184 42 1067 9.50 241 86 2184 26 660 9.5 241 Available in Type 1 enclosure only; for pricing, see Digest page 9-34. 6 in. enclosure extension is required for HCRU I-Line panelboard. 9 in. enclosure extension is required for HCP-SU I-Line panelboard. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule 9-31 I-Line™ Factory Assembled Panelboards 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Table 9.146: Branch Circuit Breakers—Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers a (See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for interrupt rating, voltage ratings, Fed. Specs, etc.) PANELBOARDS Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker 15–60 A 70–100 A 15–60 A 70–100 A 15–60 A 70–100 A 20–100 A 15–60 A 70–100 A 110–150 A 15–60 A 70–100 A 110–150 A 15–60 A 70–100 A 110–150 A 15–60 A 70–100 A 110–150 A 70–225 A 70–225 A 70–225 A 70–225 A 150–225 A 250 A 150–225 A 250 A 150–225 A 250 A 150–225 A 250 A 150–225 A 250 A 300–400 A 300–400 A 300–400 A 450–600 A 300–400 A 450–600 A 300–600 A 700–800 A 300–600 A 700–800 A 600–800 A 600–1200 A 600–1200 A 1000–1200 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A FA (FY-1P) FA 1000–1200 A a b c d e 9-32 FH FJd FI HD HG HJ HL QB QD QG QJ JD JG JJ JL KI LA LH LC LI MG MJ PL PG PJ /PK PL PLC (100%) e RG (80%) e RJ (80%) e RL (80%) e 3-pole e 240 V 720. 832. 1100. 1300. 1300. 1500. — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1696. 2208. 2870. 3070. — — — — — — — — — — — — 5460. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 480 Vac 250 Vdc 882. 1142. b — — 2080. 2470. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20360. — — 24526. 16940. 22620. 24440. — — — 600 V 1006. 1218. 1442. 1940. — — 4254. 1350. 1570. 2710. 1710. 2198. 3310. 2380. 2700. 4500. 3910. 4054. 5530. — — — — 2820. 3800. 3990. 4180. 6110. 6500. 7320. 8900. 7972. 9268. 4916. 5312. 10156. 10422. 11622. 15834. 8152. 10600. 10126. 13306. — 19966. 21960. — — — — 24460. 26710. 32580. 2-pole e Space Only 98. 98. H (In.) 4.5 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 3 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 98. 98. 98. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 252. 6 7.5 456. 7.5 662. 9 662. 9 662. 662. 662. 662. 9 9 9 9 662. 9 662. 15 520. 632. 1050. 1250. 1250. 1450. — — — — — — — — — — — — — 560. 1300. b 2800. 3000. — 3600. 4600. 3900. 4000. 4300. 4300. — — — — 4550. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 4.5 456. 240 Vac 480 Vac 250 Vdc 708. 956. — — 1660. 1980. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5434. 6672. 5434. 6672. — — — — — — — — — — — — 16290. — — 22046. 13550. 18100. 19560. — — — 1-pole e 600 Vac 786. 964. 1218. 1620. — — 3466. 1150. 1370. 2370. 1352. 1508. 3110. 2002. 2364. 3980. 3250. 3402. 4600. — — — — 2600. 3430. 2790. 3620. 5770. 6450. 6000. 6800. 6216. 7262. 3980. 4500. 8634. 8920. 9878. 14248. 6322. 8180. 8536. 10944. — 17940. 19724. — — — — 24460. 26710. 32580. b b b b b Space Only H (In.) 82. 3 98. 3 98. 3 98. 4.5 98. 3 98. 3 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 82. 82. 82. 82. 3 3 3 3 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 98. 4.5 252. 6 456. 7.5 456. 7.5 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 15 120 V — 354. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 277 V — 384. — — 664. 832. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 277 Vac 125 Vdc 270. c 384. c 518. 650. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Space Only 72. 72. 72. 72. 72. 72. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — H (In.) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for additional dc ratings. ac only. FA, 1P. 480Y/277 Volt rated circuit breaker—Do not use on 480 Volt 3Ø3W Delta systems. See Table 9.144 on Digest page 9-31 for P- and R frame Micrologic trip unit price adders. PE1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-Line™ Factory Assembled Panelboards 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.147: Branch Circuit Breakers—Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers a (See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for interrupt rating, voltage ratings, Fed. Specs, etc.) 1000–1200 A a b c d e HD (80%) b JD (80%) c HG (80%) b JG (80%) c HJ (80%) b JJ (80%) c HL (80%) b JL (80%) c LD (80%) d LG (80%) d LJ (80%) d LL (80%) d LDC (100%) d LLC (100%) d LGC (100%) d LJC (100%) d DG (100%) e DG (80%) e DJ (100%) e DJ (80%) e DL (100%) e DL (80%) e PG (80%) d PJ/PK (80%) d PL (80%) d PGC (100%) d PJC/PKC (100%) d PLC (100%) d RG (100%) d RJ (100%) d RL (100%) d 2-pole d 3-poled 240 V — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 480 Vac 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5687. 8954. 9118. 12385. 10573. 13839. — — — — — — — — 15400. 20570. 22220. 29850. — — — — — — 16940. 22620. 24440. — — — 600 V 1790. 2102. 3756. 4013. 2110. 2380. 4848. 5082. 2703. 2898. 6895. 7231. 4027. 4263. 8943. 9381. 5378. 5378. 7775. 5645. 5645. 8167. 9212. 9212. 11378. 10724. 10724. 12738. 6991. 6991. 13941. 13941. 7338. 7338. 11975. 11975. — — — — — — 8900. 13310. 14730. 21240. 10400. 15570. 17220. 24850. — — — — 9790. 14642. 16200. 11960. 17900. 19800. — — — 29317. 32159. 39389. Space Only 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 98. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. H 240 Vac 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 15 480 Vac 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 4550. 7163. 7295. 9908. 8458. 11071. — — — — — — — — 12320. 16450. 17780. 23880. — — — — — — 13550. 18100. 19560. — — — 600 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7120. 10648. 12402. 16992. 9240. 12450. 13780. 19880. — — — — 7832. 11714. 13642. 9570. 14330. 15840. — — — 29317. 32159. 39389. 1-pole d Space Only — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. 252. H 120 V 277 V — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 6 6 6 6 6 6 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 9 662. 15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 277 Vac 125 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Space Only — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — H — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for additional dc ratings. See Table 9.142 on Digest page 9-31 for H-frame electronic trip unit price adders. See Table 9.143 on Digest page 9-31 for J-frame electronic trip unit price adders. See Table 9.144 on Digest page 9-31 for L-, P-, and R-frame electronic trip unit price adders. See the Supplemental Digest for D-frame electronic trip unit price adders. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule 9-33 PANELBOARDS 15–60 A 35–100 A 50–150 A 70–250 A 15–60 A 35–100 A 50–150 A 70–250 A 15–60 A 35–100 A 50–150 A 70–250 A 15–60 A 35–100 A 50–150 A 70–250 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 200–600 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 200–600 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 200–600 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 200–600 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 70–250 A 125–400 A 60–400 A 600 A 60–400 A 600 A 60–400 A 600 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A 1000–1200 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A 1000–1200 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A 1000–1200 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A 250–400 A 450–600 A 700–800 A Circuit Breaker 9 Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating I-Line™ Factory Assembled Panelboards Common Feature Pricing Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701 9 Table 9.148: QO Plug-On Branch Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.156: Door-in-Door Trim $ Price Transition Charge per 6 QO one-pole spaces (H=4.5 in. per 6 one-pole spaces) QO Branch circuit breakers 328. See Digest page 7-10 Door-in-Door Trim Trim has piano hinge down one side. Door opens by single latch; Entire trim opens by removing screws. Hinged Door-in-Door with Outer Door Lock Added $ Price Adder 646. 836. Table 9.157: Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets—Type 3R, 5, 12 PANELBOARDS Table 9.149: Sub-feed/Feed-through Lugs a Ampere Rating 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A a $ Price 368. 600. 858. 1490. 1890. Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets Maximum 26 in. wide box Maximum 28 in. wide box Maximum 32 in. wide box Maximum 42 in. wide box Maximum 44 in. wide box Table 9.158: Copper Mechanical Lugs 2 or 3-pole Branch Mounted; SL Kit used for both SFL and TFL. Main Lug Interiors Ampere Rating $ Price Equipment Ground Bar Copper Ground Bar b 180. 148. $ Price Additional Neutral Assembly b Main Circuit Breaker Interiors $ Price per Pole 70. 108. 148. 168. 196. 236. Table 9.150: Ground Bars Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar $ Price Adder 2156. 3312. 3312. 3312. 3312. 100/125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 70. 108. 148. 168. 196. 236. Add to equipment ground bar $ Price. Table 9.159: Copper Compression Lugs Table 9.151: Name Plates $ Price Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in., adhesive backed or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly ($ Price includes engraving) 78. Table 9.152: Copper Bus Bars Ampere Rating 225 A 400 A 600 A 600 A 800-1200 A Type HCN, HCM HCN, HCM, HCP HCN HCM, HCP, HCR-U HCP, HCR-U $ Price 528. 720. 720. 1274. 1274. Type Copper Neutral Copper Neutral Copper Neutral Copper Neutral 70. 108. 148. 168. 316. — Table 9.160: Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL Main Circuit Breaker Interiors c Main Lug Interiors Ampere Rating $ Price Per Pole 29.00 N/A 29.00 45.00 59.00 100.00 118.00 100 A 150 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A $ Price Adder 868. 894. 1108. 1352. 29.00 29.00 49.00 74.00 131.00 — — Note: Additional factory modifications. See Digest page 9-38. c Compression lugs are not available on LC, LI, LE, LX, and LXI circuit breakers. Table 9.154: 200% Rated Neutrals Ampere Rating 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A Main Circuit Breaker Interiors $ Price per Pole 70. 108. 148. 168. 316. 836. 100/125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A Table 9.153: Neutrals Ampere Rating 100–400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A Main Lug Interiors Ampere Rating Type Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper $ Price Adder 820. 940. 1340. 1350. 2020. 1210. 1300. 1980. 2500. 2900. Surgelogic™ SPD Surgelogic SPD unit in I-Line plug-on construction: An integrally mounted surge protection solution that mounts on to an I-Line Panelboard bus stack just like a J-Frame circuit breaker. Requires 13.5 in. of mounting height. Available as factory assembled and merchandised. For SPD unit pricing and information, see Digest pages 6-3 and 6-44. I-Line Plug-On Unit with Surgelogic SPD Table 9.155: Metal Directory Frame Metal Directory Frame Frame attached to trim (not available on four piece trim) $ Price Adder 140. Table 9.161: Surgelogic SPD Options Surgelogic SPD Options $ Price Standard Dry Contacts Remote Monitor 2588. Note: Requires HCM interior minimum. Table 9.162: Surgelogic Branch Mounted I-Line SPD—Model IMA Surge Current Rating kA Voltage 120/240 1P3W 208Y/120 3P4W 240/120 3P4W 480Y/277 3P4W 600Y/347 3P4W 9-34 100 kA HL 18908. 19750. 19750. 20602. — 120 kA FI 20416. 21260. 21260. 22110. 23000. HL 20088. 20984. 20984. 21898. — 160 kA FI 21692. 22588. 22588. 23492. 24438. PE1 HL 23634. 24688. 24688. 25752. — Discount Schedule 200 kA FI 25520. 26574. 26574. 27638. 28750. HL 29354. 30740. 30740. 32130. — 240 kA FI 30958. 32342 32342. 33734. 35198. HL 34534. 36164. 36164. 37800. — FI 36420. 38050. 38050. 39686. 41400. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QMB Fusible Branch Switches For QMB/QMJ Panelboards and Switchboards Class 4620 / Refer to Catalog 4620CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.163: QMB Branch Switch Units 2-pole, 240 Vac 30 A-30 A 4.5 30 A-Blank 4.5 60 A-60 A 4.5 60 A-Blank 4.5 100 A-100 A 6 100 A-Blank 6 200 A 9 15 400 A 9 600 A Catalog Number $ Price No. Kits Req’d. QMB221TW 608. 2 QMB221HWb 425. 1 QMB222TW 608. 1 QMB222HWb 425. QMB223TW 990. 1 QMB223HWb 695. QMB224W 1200. 1 QMB225W 3072. 1 QMB225WT3c 2981. — Use 3-pole devices for 2-pole application. 3-pole, 240 Vac 30 A-30 A 4.5 QMB321TW 827. 2 30 A-Blank 4.5 QMB321HWb 587. 1 60 A-60 A 4.5 QMB322TW 827. 1 60 A-Blank 4.5 QMB322HWb 587. 100 A-100 A 6 QMB323TW 1265. 1 100 A-Blank 6 QMB323HWb 879. 200 A 9 QMB324W 1673. 1 15 QMB325W 4277. 1 400 A 9 QMB325WT3 c 4143. — 15 QMB326W 6249. 1 600 A 15 QMB326WT3 c 6249. — 800 A 15 QMB327WT3c 12140. — 2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd 30 A-30 A 4.5 QMB261TW 1050. 1 30 A-Blank 4.5 QMB261HWb 702. 60 A-60 A 6 QMB262TW 1050. 1 60 A-Blank 6 QMB262HWb 738. 100 A-100 A 7.5 QMB263TW 1536. 2 100 A-Blank 7.5 QMB263HWb 1083. 1 200 A 9 QMB264W 1791. 1 400 A Use 3-pole devices for 2-pole application. 600 Ae 3-pole, 600 Vacd 4.5 30 A-30 A 4.5 30 A-Blank 4.5 6 60 A-60 A 6 60 A-Blank 6 6 60 A-30 A 6 7.5 100 A-100 A 6 7.5 100 A-Blank 6 7.5 100 A-30 A 7.5 7.5 100 A-60 A 7.5 9 200 A 200 A-200 A 7.5 200 A-Blank 7.5 400 Af 15 400 A 9 400 Af 9 600 Aef 15 60 A0 15 800 Ag 15 a b c d e f g h i QMB361TW QMJ361T QMB361HWb QMB362TW QMJ362T QMB362HWb 1241. 1293. 861. 1241. 1293. 861. QMB362T21W 1241. QMB363TW QMJ363T QMB363HWb QMJ363Hb 1961. 2013. 1373. 1424. QMB363T31W 1961. QMB363T32W 1961. QMB364W 2306. QMJ364T 4712. QMJ364Hb 2357. QMB365W 5445. QMJ365 5561. QMB365WT6h 5276. QMB366W 6735. QMJ366 6704. QMB367W 12140. 1 — 1 1 — 1 Electrical Interlock Kit Horsepower Ratingsi 240 Vac Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number a $ Price Std. 480 Vac Max. 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø Std. 600 Vac Max. Std. 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 1Ø 3Ø — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5 5 10 10 20 20 40 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QMB100R 95.00 QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. 7.5 15 15 30 HRK1020 QMB4060R — 47.70 QMB200EK(1 or 2) 111.00 — — — 357. — — — — — — — — — 25 — — — — 15 — — — — 60 — — — — 3 3 7.5 7.5 15 15 25 50 50 75 75 75 — — — — — — — — — — — — 7.5 7.5 15 15 30 30 60 125 — 150 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 5 7.5 15 3 5 15 20 30 10 25.50 QMB300EK(1 or 2) 357. 1.5 3 3 7.5 QMB36R 48.90 QMB300EK(1 or 2) 357. 3 7.5 10 15 — QMB100R 95.00 QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. HRK1020 QMB4060R — QMB4060R — — 47.70 QMB200EK(1 or 2) 111.00 — — — 111.00 — — — — — 357. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QMB36R 48.90 QMB300EK(1 or 2) 357. 1.5 QMB60R 48.90 357. 3 HRK30 QMB36R 25.50 357. QMB300EK(1 or 2) 48.90 357. HRK1020 47.70 357. 7.5 HRK1020 47.70 QMB200EK(1 or 2) 357. 15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 — 3 7.5 — 7.5 — — 15 — 15 — — — — — 25 25 — — 50 — — 75 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7.5 — 7.5 15 — 15 — — 30 — 30 — — — — — 60 60 — — 125 — — 150 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5 — 5 15 — 15 — — 25 — 25 — — — — — 50 50 — 100 100 — 150 — 150 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 15 — 15 30 — 30 — — 60 — 60 — — — — — 125 125 — 250 250 — 400 — 400 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QMB36R — QMB36R QMB60R — QMB60R and 1 ea. QMB60R QMB36R 2 HRK1020 — — 1 HRK1020 — — and 1 ea. HRK1020 QMB36R QMB610EK(1 or 2) 48.90 — 48.90 48.90 — 48.90 48.90 — 47.70 — 47.70 — 47.70 48.90 and 47.70 1 ea. HRK1020 QMB60R 48.90 1 HRK1020 47.70 — — — — — — 1 QMB4060R 111.00 — — — — — — 1 QMB4060R 111.00 — — — — — — — QMB300EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB300EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB200EK(1 or 2) 357. QMB610EK(1 or 2) 357. — QMB200EK(1 or 2) — — — — — 357. — — — 10 25 30 60 15 — — — — — — — — 25 50 50 125 30 — — — — — — — 3 10 15 250 Vdc 3Ø — — — — — — — — — — — HRK30 Max. 1Ø 50 — — — — — — — — — — — 7.5 — 7.5 15 — 15 — — 30 — 30 — — — — — 60 60 — 125 125 — 250 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20 20 20 50 — 50 — — 75 — 75 — — — — — 150 150 — 350 350 — 500 — 500 — 5 — — 10 — — — — 20 — 20 — — — — — 40 — 50 50 — — — — 250 10 25 40 5 10 20 40 “1’’ indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact. “2’’ indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts. Blank units cannot be modified to accept a switch interior. Use 300 Vac Class T fuses only. Class J fuse provisions—to field modify switch, move load side fuse base to position indicated in switch. Not available on 100-30, 100-60, or 800 A switch units. To adapt switch for 600 Vac Class T fuses, order kit Catalog Number QMB600T6, $ Price 194. (Use T6 fuses with standard horsepower ratings only). 250 Vdc rating. To adapt switch for 600 Vac Class T fuses, order kit Catalog Number QMB800T6, $ Price 467. (Use T6 fuses with standard horsepower ratings only). Use 600 Vac Class T fuses only. Horsepower rating applicable to 480Y/277 V system only. Note: See the Supplemental Digest for merchandised motor starter units, QMB RTI panelboards, and replacement switches for Series 1–4 and D2 QMB panelboards. Note: For series E1 and E2, QMJ switches may be used in 400 A–1200 A interiors in a NEMA 1 without door only. QMJ switches cannot be used in series E1 and E2, 225 A panelboards. QMJ switches cannot be used in NEMA 1 with door or any NEMA 3R/12 enclosure. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1A Discount Schedule 9-35 PANELBOARDS Unit Height (In.) 9 Class R Fuse Kits Unit Ampere Rating QMB Factory Assembled Panelboards Fusible—600 Vac, 250 Vdc Class 4620 / Refer to Catalog 4620CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Table 9.164: Base $ Price Main Switch a Main Lugs Maximum Mounting Space (In.) — — 60 60 60 60 45 Mains Rating (Amperes) PANELBOARDS — — 225 400 600 800 1200 a b c d e Base $ Price (2- or 3-pole) Mains Rating (Amperes) — — 100 200 — 400 600 800b — 1098. 1344. 2066. 2550. 3550. 240 Vac Maximum Mounting Space (In.) 51 51 — 45 45 45 — Base $ Price 2-pole 2544. 2544. — 4840. 7298.c 11098. — Solid Neutral (Main Lugs and Main Switch) 600 Vac Base $ Price 3-pole 3104. 3104. — 6158. 8758.c 13704.c — 2-pole 3026. 3026. — 5906. 7968.de 11128.d — Ampere Rating 3-pole 3632. 3632. — 7300. 9338.d 13724.d — $ Price 100 A 200 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 294. 294. 294. 384. 556. 786. 912. Pricing includes Class R or J Rejection Clips if requested at time of order. Class J fuses available only on 600 V switches. 800 A switch unit with provision for UL Class L fuses. Switches for use with 300 V Class T fuses are also available at no additional cost. For 600 Vac UL Class T fuse provision on main switch, add $ 321.00 250 Vdc rating. Table 9.165: Branch Switch $ Price f Unit Ampere Rating Switch Type Twin Mounted Branch Switches g 30 A-Blank QMB 60 A-Blank QMB QMB 100 A-Blank QMJ hm 200 A-Blank QMJ hm 60 A-30 A QMB 100 A-30 A QMB 100 A-60 A QMB QMB 30 A-30 A QMJ hm QMB 60 A-60 A QMJ hm QMB 100 A-100 A QMJ hm 200 A-200 A Single Mounted Branch Switches 200 A QMB 400 A QMB 400 Ai QMB 400 A QMJ hm 600 A QMB 600 A QMJ hm 800 Al QMB f g h i j k l m 240 Vac 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 592. 600 Vac Space Only $ Price 784. 898. 1104. — — — — — — Unit Mounting Height (In.) 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price Space Only $ Price 2576. 1446. 294. 396. 462. 396. 462. 396. 4.5 6 7.5 6 7.5 6 2274. 462. 7.5 1446. 294. 4.5 1446. 396. 6 462. 396. 462. 7.5 6 7.5 580. 878. 9 15 580. 9 878. 15 294. 4.5 852. 392. 6 — — — 1276. 1592. 1984. 1216. 1822. — — — 1012. 1822. 2274. 396. 6 826. 1120. 294. 4.5 — 4.5 — 6 — — 1216.h 1216. 1216.h 1216. 1822.j 1822. 3970. 5154. 9 15 9 — 15 — 15 1984.h 4300.h 4098.hi 4098. 5264.hk 5264. 10682.k 2576. 5764.h 5552.hi 5552. 6962.hk 6962. 10682.k — — 826. — 1120. — — 1282. 294. — 1576. — — — — 1484. 3204. 3040.i — 4888.j — 10682. 2034. 4562. 4360.i — 6374.hj — 10682.j 396. — — 580. 878. 580. — 878. — 878. Unit Mounting Height (In.) 2274. Pricing includes Class R or J Rejection Clips if requested at time of order. Class J fuses available only on 600 V switches. $ Price is per twin switch. 250 Vdc rating. For use with Class T fuses only. Use 300 V Class T fuses on 240 Vac max. systems and 600 V Class T fuses on 600 Vac max. systems. Switches for use with 300 V Class T fuses are also available at no additional cost. For 600 Vac UL Class T fuse provision on branch switch, add $ 307.00 800 A switch unit with provision for UL Class L fuses. QMJ switches are available in NEMA 1 enclosures only. Table 9.166: Accessories Electrical Interlocks Number of Contacts Normally Open 1 2 n o Branch Switches 30–200 A $ Price Normally Closed 1 2 472. Mains Ampere Rating Sub-feed Lugs n for Main Lugs Interior n Feed-through Lugs for Main Switch Interior 200 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A — — — 282. 466. 856. 1150. 1440. Copper Bus Bars 488. 488. 720. 1148. 1372. 1428. 872.o 1268.o 1512.o — No extra box height required. Box height increases 6 in. Not available in Type 3R/5/12 construction. Table 9.167: Circuit Breakers, Twin Mounted H-frame— $ Price Per Twin Unit Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating $ Price—3-pole Left Unit Right Unit Unit Mounting Height (In.) 15–150 A 15–150 A 6 240 V HD 2914. 480 V HG 3572. HD 3324. 600 V HG 3814. HD 3674. HG 4018. Space Only 396. Note: See the Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest for merchandised motor starter units, QMB RTI panelboards, and replacement switches for Series 1-4 and D2 QMB panelboards. Table 9.168: Circuit Breaker, Single Mounted JD-LA— $ Price Each $ Price—3-pole Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Unit Mounting Height (In.) 150–250 A 225–400 A 6 7.5 600 V JD JG 3800. — 5814. — Space Only LA — 396. 462. 5664. Table 9.169: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Starter Size 0 1 2 3 9-36 Fusible Switch—600 V Max. (w/Class R or J Fuses) RMS Sym. Amps 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 PE1 Discount Schedule Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breaker 600 V Max. RMS Sym. Amps 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QMB Factory Assembled Panelboards Common Features Class 4620 / Refer to Catalog 4620CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.175: Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL— Main or Branch Switches Item $ Price Equipment Ground Bar 180. Copper Ground Bar 148. a Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar ab Name Plates 78. c a Add to Equipment Ground Bar $ Price. b $ Price an additional Neutral Assembly from Table 9.164 on Digest page 9-36 for Al insulated ground bar or from Table 9.171 for Cu insulated ground bar. c Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in. adhesive backed or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly. ($ Price includes engraving.) Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL 100 A #8–1/0 Al or Cu 200 A #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 800 A 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or 500 kcmil Cu or 500–750kcmil Al. Copper Compression Lugs 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A Table 9.172: Copper Mechanical Lugs—Main Switch Interiors Copper Mechanical Lugs 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A $ Price 108. 148. 168. 196. Table 9.173: Copper Compression Lugs—Main Lug Interiors $ Price 108. 148. 168. 316. 836. Voltage Surge Current 120/240 V 208Y/120 V 240/120 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 600Y/347 Vac Rating 3Ø4W kA 1Ø3W 3Ø4W 3Ø4W 3Ø4W High Leg 100 — 14310. — 15410. — 120 — 15654. — 16754. — 160 — 18586. — 19686. — 200 19196. 23596. 23596. 26896. 26896. 240 23760. 27440. 27440. 31460. 31460. d Requires 9 in. of mounting height. Table 9.178: SPD Options Surge Counter Dry Contacts Remote Monitor $ Price Standard Standard 2588. QMB Layout Information Table 9.174: Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL— Main Lug Interiors Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A $ Price 108. 148. 168. 196. Table 9.177: Surgelogic™ SPD for QMB d Surgelogic SPD Options Copper Compression Lugs 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 262. 9 $ Price 868. 894. 1108. 1352. N/A 3054. Standard 58. 98. 128. 246. Table 9.176: Copper Compression Lugs—Main Switch Interiors Table 9.171: Copper Neutral Copper Neutral 125–400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A Hinged Trim Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets—Type 3R, 5, 12; 800 A Max. Mechanical Lugs 225 A–1200 A $ Price $ Price 58. 90. 118. 200. 236. Main Switch or Main Lugs 100 A twin QMB 6" H @ 240 Volt Maximum Mounting Space for Branch Units 60 A twin QMB 6" H @ 600 Volt 30/30 @ 240 or 600 V or 60/60 @ 240 V are 4.5" high Wiring Gutter 100 A twin QMB 7.5" H @ 600 Volt 100 A twin QMJ 6" H @ 600 Volt 200 A QMB 9" mounting height, 200 Amp twin QMJ 7.5" mounting height 400 A QMJ 9" H, 400 A Class T 9" H, 400, 600 or 800 A QMB all require 15" H 38" To maximize the quantity of branch switches, use QMJ switches from Digest page 9-36. Class J fuses are available in time delay construction suitable for motor and transformer loads. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1 Discount Schedule PANELBOARDS Table 9.170: Ground Bar and Name Plates 9-37 Modifications for Factory Assembled Panelboards Class 1640, 1670, 2110, 4620, 6650 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701, 1640CT0801, 4620CT9601 9 Table 9.179: NQ and NF Lighting Contactors—Mechanically Held (Furnish a one-line power and control voltage connection diagram.) Maximum Ampacity MLO Mechanically Held Ampacity Type Minimum Additional Box Height Required a H (In.) $ Price PANELBOARDS Square D™ Brand PB b 30 A 2P PBM10B 3772. 18 60 A 2P PBP10B 4634. 18 75 A 2P PBN10B 4986. 18 100 A 2P PBQ10B 5072. 18 150 A 2P PBR10B 7156. 18 200 A 2P PBV10B 8692. 18 225 A 2P PBW10B 9830. 18 30 A 3P PBM11B 3740. 18 60 A 3P PBP11B 4754. 18 75 A 3P PBN11B 5628. 18 100 A 3P PBQ11B 6454. 18 150 A 3P PBR11B 8078. 18 200 A 3P PBV11B 8736. 18 225 A 3P PBW11B 10062. 18 30 A 2P 9202030 4694. 18 60 A 2P 9202060 5954. 18 75 A 2P 9202075 5954. 18 100 A 2P 9202100 6194. 18 150 A 2P 9202150 9242. 18 200 A 2P 9202200 10882. 18 225 A 2P 9202225 11875. 18 30 A 3P 9203030 5436. 18 60 A 3P 9203060 7638. 18 9203075 7638. 18 9203100 9184. 18 150 A 3P 9203150 12998. 18 200 A 3P 9203200 14434. 18 225 A 3P 9203225 15750. 18 a b c Ampacity MLO Tin or Silver Plating 100 A 1240. 510. e 1240. 610. e 400 A 2080. 830. 600 A 2080. 800 A 1200 A 125 A 225 A 250 A d e f g h Box Height (ft.) 44 56 62 Additional Mounting Height Required On Split Bus Section j 2-pole 3-pole 560. 662. 786. 1094. 1320. 662. 858. 858. 1238. 1442. Split Bus 7.5 in. 9 in. 12 in. 12 in. 18 in. Main Circuit Breaker Without Overload Trip (Automatic Molded Case Switch) • (Not UL Listed) $ Price as standard main circuit breaker, no $ Price Adder. Shunt Trip Circuit Breakers • See Digest page 7-35 for pricing. Note: For molded case switch and automatic molded case switch short circuit current ratings, See Digest page 7-33. Special Features For information on the following special features, please see the Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest. • Powerlogic™ metering k • Customer equipment space (NQ and NF) k • Increased box depth k • Increased gutters–top, bottom, and sides k • Non-standard paint k • Welded base channel k • Type 1 gasketed k • Type 2 drip hood k • Type 3R/4/4X/5/12 stainless steel enclosure k • Type 4X fiberglass enclosure k • Stainless steel trim front k • Padlockable hasp k • Special locks (Corbin, Yale, Best) k • Equal height boxes k • Common trim to cover two equal height boxes k • Panelboard skirt—hides conduits feeding a panelboard k • Panelboard wireway—for terminating conduit in wireway endwall k • Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuit breakers (I-Line and QMB) k • Motor operators (I-Line only) • Panelboard interiors and special fronts to fit existing boxes • A standard panelboard box has one blank endwall and one with knockouts. Blank endwalls or knockouts in both endwalls are also available k 750 A/in2 Al 340. f 456. f 572. f 1050. f 1080. fg 2080. 1490. 1244. g 2080. 1710. 1432. gh Standard copper bus plating material – NQ and NF: Silver plated bus/tin plated connectors – I-Line and QMB: Tin. NQ available in 42 circuit only. Not available in NQ. HCN 600 A and all 800–1200 A I-Line interiors available with copper bus only. 1200 A QMB with current density-rated bussing not available. k 9-38 Split Note: For applications with main circuit breaker panelboards, contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor. j For I-Line panelboards, dimension includes height of “SL” sub-feed lug kit from Digest, plus 3 in. from available branch mounting space. Current Density Rated Bus $ List Price Adder 1000 A/in2 Cu Main $ Price 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A Table 9.180: Current Density Rated Panelboard Bus and Special Plating for Copper Bus Copper Bus Special Plating $ List Price Adder d 3-phase Table 9.182: I-Line™ Panelboard Split Bus Bars NF panels require 18 in. of additional box height regardless of contactor ampacity or manufacturer. If two-wire control is required—Square D™ brand. Add 708. (No additional width or depth required) If two-wire control is required—ASCO type. Add 1412. (No additional width or depth required) Ampacity 1-phase When greater than 125 A lugs are required on the split section of the bus, contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for the box height. ASCO Type 920 c 75 A 3P Maximum Number of Pole Spaces Available $ List Price Adder NQ Panelboards—125 A Maximum Lugs on Split Bus Section i 18 30 225 A 600. 900. 18 30 30 NF Panelboards—125 A Maximum Lugs on Split Bus Section i 18 30 250 A — 900. 18 30 30 i 100 A 3P www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.181: NQ and NF Panelboard Split Bus Bars PE1 Discount Schedule Supported by the Panelboard Product Selector. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Panelboards NQ and NF Terminal Data Class 1640, 1670, / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.183: NQ Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs NQ Ampere Rating Lug Wire Range 100 A one #6-2/0 Al or Cu 225 A one #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A one 1/0-750 kcmil or two 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A two 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu PANELBOARDS Panel Type Panel Type Ampere Rating 100 A QOB Lug Wire Range a one #4–#2/0 Al or Cu FI one #14–#1/0 Al or Cu 150 A HD, HG, HJ, HL one #14–#3/0 Al or Cu 225 A QB, QD, QG, QJ one #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu JD, JG, JJ, JL NQ 250 A a Circuit Breaker Type 9 Table 9.184: NQ Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker one #3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu a DJ one #2–600 Cu or #2–500 Al KI one #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A LA, LH one #1–600 kcmil Al or Cu or two #1–250 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A LC two #4/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu The lug range shown is for the highest amperage of the circuit breaker frame shown in the table. Table 9.185: NF Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs Panel Type Ampere Rating 125 A NF Lug Wire Range one #6–2/0 Al or Cu 250 A one #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A one #1/0–750 kcmil or two #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A two #1/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu 800 A three #4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu Table 9.186: NF Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker Panel Type NF b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Type 125 A ED, EG, EJ 100 A FI 150 A HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL 250 A Lug Wire Range b one #14–#2/0 Al or Cu one #14–#1/0 Cu or one #12–#1/0 Al one #14–#3/0 Al or Cu one #3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu b DJ one #2–600 Cu or #2–500 Al KI one #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu 400 A LA, LH 600 A LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI one #1–600 kcmil or two #1–250 kcmil Al or Cu two #4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu The lug range shown is for the highest amperage of the circuit breaker frame shown in the table. 9-39 I-Line™ and QMB Terminal Data Class 2110, 4620 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701, 4620CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Table 9.187: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs Panel Type Ampere Rating 100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A I-Line Lug Wire Range a PANELBOARDS — one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu two #2–600 kcmil Al or Cu two #2–600 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a — one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu one #2–600 kcmil Al or Cu two #2–500 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu Table 9.188: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker Panel Type I-Line Ampere Rating 100 A 150 A 225 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A Circuit Breaker Type FA, FH, FI HD, HG, HJ, HL KI JD, JG, JJ, JL LX, LXI, LE LA, LH LC, LI, LX, LXI, LE MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL PG, PJ, PL, RGC, RJC, RLC Lug Wire Range a one #14-1/0 Al or Cu one #14-3/0 Al or Cu one #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu one #1/0-#4/0 Al or Cu two #1-350 kcmil Al or Cu one #1-600 or two #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu two 4/0-500kcmil Al or Cu three 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu four 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a one #14-1/0 Al or Cu one #14-3/0 Al or Cu one #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu one #1/0-300 kcmil Al or Cu two #1-350 kcmil Al or Cu one #1-600 kcmil Al or Cu two 4/0-500kcmil Al or Cu three 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu four 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu Table 9.189: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs Panel Type Mains Ampere Rating 225 A 400 A 600 A QMB 800 A 1200 A 1600 A Lug Wire Range a Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu and, one 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu and, one 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL compression lugs Standard. Table 9.190: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Switch Panel Type QMB Mains Ampere Rating 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A Lug Wire Range a Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu one #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu Table 9.191: Standard Mechanical Lugs—QMB Branch Switch Units Panel Type QMB Switch Ampere Rating 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 600 A 800 A Lug Wire Range a Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–1/0 Al or Cu one #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–1/0 Al or Cu one #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu Table 9.192: Standard Mechanical Lugs—QMJ Branch Switch Units b Panel Type QMJ a b 9-40 Switch Ampere Rating 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 400 A 400 A 600 A Lug Wire Range a Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–1/0 Al or Cu one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu two 1/0–300 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–#2 Al or Cu one #14–1/0 Al or Cu one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu one 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu two 1/0–300 kcmil Al or Cu two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (#) = Number of conductors per phase. Use only 90 oC insulated conductors based on an ampacity of 75 oC conductors. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-Line™ Combo Panelboard Combination Panelboards www.schneider-electric.us Part Number Panelboard Ampacity List $ Price Single/ Duplex Lighting Section Type Lighting Lighting Section Section Amperage Circuits Busing Ground Bar Box 4 Piece Trim Without Door Trim with Door NEMA 3R/5/12 (Includes Fromnt) 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 CP18864N3Q2C CP18864N3Q2 CP18864N4Q2C CP18864N4Q2 CP18864N3F2C CP18864N3F2 CP18864N4F2C CP18864N4F2 CP18866N3Q4C CP18866N4Q4C CP18866N3F4C CP18866N4F4C 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 600 600 600 600 10334.00 7650.00 10729.00 8045.00 17549.00 14749.00 18147.00 15388.00 15032.00 15428.00 21270.00 21863.00 S S S S S S S S S S S S NQ NQ NQ NQ NF NF NF NF NQ NQ NF NF 225 225 225 225 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 400 30 30 42 42 30 30 42 42 30 42 30 42 Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al Cu Cu Cu Cu PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686DB HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )4P HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686T( )HR HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP HC2686WP 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 CP23734N3Q2C CP23734N3Q2 CP23734N3F2C CP23734N3F2 CP23736N3Q4C CP23736N3F4C CP23914N4Q2C CP23914N4Q2 CP23914N5Q2C CP23914N5Q2 CP23914N4F2C CP23914N4F2 CP23914N5F2C CP23914N5F2 CP23916N4Q4C CP23916N5Q4C CP23916N4F4C CP23916N5F4C CP23916N44Q4C CP23916N53Q4C 400 400 400 400 600 600 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 10686.00 7942.00 18065.00 15249.00 16159.00 22539.00 11091.00 8346.00 11604.00 8797.00 18672.00 15855.00 19341.00 16508.00 16563.00 17076.00 23145.00 23814.00 26032.00 26141.00 S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S D D NQ NQ NF NF NQ NF NQ NQ NQ NQ NF NF NF NF NQ NQ NF NF NQ NQ 225 225 250 250 400 400 225 225 225 225 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 400 400 400 30 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 54 54 42 42 54 54 42 54 42 54 42/42 54/30 Cu AL Cu AL Cu Cu Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al Cu Al Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTA PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU HC3273DB9 HC3273DB9 HC3273DB9 HC3273DB9 HC3273DB9 HC3273DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HC3291DB9 HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )V HCM73T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM91T( )V HCM73T( )VD HCM73T( )VD HCM73T( )VD HCM73T( )VD HCM73T( )VD HCM73T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD HCM91T( )VD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 CP32866N44Q4C CP32866N53Q4C CP32866N4BQ4C CP32866N44F4C CP32866N53F4C CP32866N4BF4C CP32868N44Q6C CP32868N53Q6C CP32868N3BQ6C CP32868N4BQ6C CP32868N5BQ6C CP32868N44F6C CP32868N53F6C CP32868N3BF6C CP32868N4BF6C CP32868N5BF6C 600 600 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 26066.00 26170.00 18362.00 38703.00 38763.00 24681.00 36447.00 36552.00 23026.00 23415.00 23300.00 38744.00 38805.00 23981.00 24563.00 24599.00 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D NQ NQ NQ NF NF NF NQ NQ NQ NQ NQ NF NF NF NF NF 400 400 400 400 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 42/42 54/30 42/O 42/42 54/30 42/O 42/42 54/30 30/O 42/O 54/O 42/42 54/30 30/O 42/O 54/O Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU PK32DGTACU HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HC4486DB HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( ) HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HCR86T( )D HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP HC4486WP 9 I-Line Mounting Space Table 9.194: RTI Cabled Lighting Section Kit for I-Line Combo Panelboard Part Number Description MLO Panelboard Ampacity List $ Price Lighting Section Type Lighting Section Circuits NFICRT418L1C NF Lighting Section Kit 125 1528.00 NF 18 NFICRT442L2C NF Lighting Section Kit 250 1763.00 NF 42 NFICRT442L4C NF Lighting Section Kit 400 2353.00 NF 42 NFICRT442L6C NF Lighting Section Kit 600 2008.00 NF 42 NQICRT418L1C NQ Lighting Section Kit 100 1564.00 NQ 18 NQICRT442L2C NQ Lighting Section Kit 225 1373.00 NQ 42 NQICRT442L4C NQ Lighting Section Kit 400 2156.00 NQ 42 NQICRT442L6C NQ Lighting Section Kit 600 2332.00 NQ 42 NQICRT418C1C Contactor with 18 Circuit NQ Lighting Section Kit 100 1225.00 NQ 18 NFICRT418C1C Contactor with 18 Circuit NF Lighting Section Kit 125 1440.00 NF 18 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PANELBOARDS Table 9.193: Interior Boxes and Fronts — Includes Solid Neutral 9-41 Series Ratings NQ Panelboards Class 1640 9 This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure. Table 9.195: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) PANELBOARDS Square D™ Brand Maximum Maximum Short Integral or Remote System Circuit Main Circuit Breakers Voltage Current and Remote Main AC ab Rating Fuses 22,000 25,000 Type 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole QO (B) 15–30 A — — LD, HD, JD QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–125 A 15–60 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — — QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–125 A 15–60 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — — LG QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–125 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — LJ QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD 15–30 A 15–30 A 40–60 A 40–60 A — — HJ, JJ QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–125 A 15–60 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — — QO (B) QO(B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO(B) AFI QO(B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A — — — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–30 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — — DJ 400 A QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 150 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — QJ QO (B) QO (B) AS QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–30 A 150 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — — HL, JL QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–125 A 15–60 A 15–60 A 15–60 A — — — — — — — — — LA/LH (L) 34200MC LA/LH (L) 34225MC LA/LH (L) 34250MC LA/LH (L) 34400MC QO (B) 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A LD QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A — — — — DJ–W 150 A MC QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–100 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–60 A — — — DJ–W 250 A MC QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–100 A — — 15–150 A 15–60 A — — — QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–100 A — — 15–150 A 15–60 A — — — HG, JG 65,000 120/240 1P/3W LJ 100,000 125,000 18,000 25,000 208Y/120 3P/4W 240/120 V 3P/4W 30,000 DJ–W 600 A MC Square D™ Brand Maximum Maximum Short Integral or Remote System Circuit Main Circuit Breakers Voltage Current and Remote Main AC ab Rating Fuses 100,000 240/120 V 3P/4W 240/120 V 3P/4W a b c d e f g h 9-42 Type 1 Pole LG 15–70 A 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–100 A — 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A — — — — LJ QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–100 A — 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A — — — — LL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE — — — DJ 400 A QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — — 15–150 A 15–60 A — 15–60 A — — — — — QJ QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–30 A — 15–150 A 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — — — — LJ QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A — — — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–100 A — 15–30 A — 15–60 A — — — — — QO (B) VH QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) PL QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A 15–60 A — — — — — QD QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–30 A — 35–150 A 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A — — — — ED, FD QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — — — — KD QO (B) QO (B) AS QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–60 A — — — HD, JD QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A — 35–150 A 15–100 A — 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A — — — — LD QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–100 A — 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A — — — — 65,000 208Y/120 3P/4W 240/120 V 3P/4W 22,000 Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere Ranges cdef QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere Ranges cdef MG www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.195: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) 25,000 2 Pole — — — 3 Pole 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard. Suffixes HID, and SWD may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above. Suffix SWN may not be applied in combination with LC main breakers. Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QOH (B) circuit breakers may also be used. Where QO (B) GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD and/or QO (B) EPE circuit breakers may also be used. QO–EPE only comes in 3 pole construction. Where QO (B) AFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) CAFI circuit breakers may also be used. To achieve selective coordination, the rating of the DJ main circuit breaker must be at least two times greater than the ampere rating of any branch circuit breaker. For complete series ratings for Delta Systems please reference NQ/NQM Panelboards Information Manual 80043–712–06. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Series Ratings NQ Panelboards Class 1640 www.schneider-electric.us Table 9.196: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere Ranges cdef Type 1 Pole LA, MA Q2L–H QDL — — 100–225 A 100–225 A 70–225 A 70–225 A LC400A QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–70 A — 15–125A 15–100 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — — — — LC600A QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — — — — MG QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–30 A LC400A QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–30 A — 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A — — — — — QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–150 A — 15–30 A — — — — QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–125 A — — — 15–150 A — 15–100 A — 15–70 A 15–150 A — — 110–125 A 15–150 A 15–30 A 15–60 A — 15–20 A — — 15–20 A — — 42,000 LC600A DJ400A DJ_W 2 Pole 3 Pole QO (B) EPD — EG, FG, KG QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A — — — — — QG QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) PL QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–30 A — 35–150 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — — — — HG, JG QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) PL QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A — 35–150 A 15–100 A — 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — — — — FC_ or KC_22___ FC_ or KC_34___ QO (B) QO (B) AS 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–100 A 15–100 A 15–30 A 15–30 A LG QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–100 A — 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A — — — — LJ QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–125 A 40–60 A 40–60 A — — — 15–30 A 15–30 A LL QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE — — — — 15–30 A 15–30 A FC_ or KC_22___ FC_ or KC_34___ QO (B) GFI QO (B) AFI 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–30 A — — — DJ400A QO (B) QO (B) H QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–100 A — — 15–150 A 15–60 A — 15–60 A — — — — — 240/120 V 3P/4W EJ QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A LJ QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) H QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–70 A — — — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — 15–125 A 15–150 A 15–100 A — 15–30 A — 15–60 A — — — — — HJ, JJ QO (B) QO (B) H QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–100 A — — 35–150 A 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — — — — 100,000 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 15–30 A e f 3 Pole QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A — 15–60 A — — — — — 200 A Max. Class T6, J Fuses QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD 15–70 A — — 15–125 A — — 400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPE QO (B) EPD 15–70 A 15–30 A — 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 42,000 400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A — 50,000 400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) VH — — 15–30 A 400 A Max. Class J Fuses QO (B) VH QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–70 A — — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–125 A — — — — — 15–50 A 15–50 A — — 400 A Max. Class T6 Fuses QO (B) VH QO (B) AFI 15–70 A 15–20 A 15–125 A 15–150 A — — 200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) QO (B) VH QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI QOT 15–70 A — 15–30 A 15–30 A — 15–20 A 15–20 A 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A — 15–30 A 15–60 A — 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A — — — — 15–30 A — 200 A Max. Class J or T6 Fuses QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE — — 400 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) EPE 15–70 A 15–30 A 15–30 A — 200,000 200,000 d 2 Pole FI, KI, HR, JR 100,000 c 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–100 A — — 35–150 A 15–60 A 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–50 A 15–60 A 15–50 A — — — — 200,000 240/120 V 3P/4W b 1 Pole 15–70 A — — 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–20 A 15–20 A HL, JL 65,000 a Type 125,000 240/120 V 3P/4 208Y/120 3P/4W Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere Ranges cdef QO (B) QO (B) H QO (B) VH QO (B) PL QO (B) GFI QO (B) EPD QO (B) AFI QO (B) CAFI 15–30 A DJ, DG, DL 150–600 A 65,000 — Square D™ Brand Maximum Maximum Short Integral or Remote System Circuit Main Circuit Breakers Voltage Current and Remote Main AC ab Rating Fuses — — — 15–50 A 15–50 A 15–50 A 15–50 A 15–125 A 15–100 A 15–60 A — 15–60 A 15–50 A — 15–50 A For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker. Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the panelboard. Suffixes HID, SWD, and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above. Suffix SWN may not be applied in combination with LC main breakers. Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QH (B) circuit breakers may also be used. Where QO (B) GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD circuit breakers may also be used. To acheive selective coordiantion, the rating of the DJ main circuit breaker must be at least two times greater than the ampere rating of any branch circuit breaker. This page last modified 5/14/14 PANELBOARDS Square D™ Brand Maximum Maximum Short Integral or Remote System Circuit Main Circuit Breakers Voltage Current and Remote Main AC ab Rating Fuses 9-43 9 Table 9.196: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical) NQ Merchandised Panelboards NQ Merchandised Accessories Class 1640 www.schneider-electric.us 9 Table 9.197: NQ SurgeLogic SurgeLoc Plug-on SPDab Voltage Part Number List $ Price Poles Occupied PANELBOARDS 80 kA SSP01BIA08PBQ1 4200. 100 kA SSP01BIA10PBQ1 4500. 120 kA SSP01BIA12PBQ1 4800. 120 / 240 V 12 160 kA SSP01BIA16PBQ1 5300. 200 kA SSP01BIA20PBQ1 6500. 240 kA SSP01BIA24PBQ1 7900. 80 kA SSP02BIA08PBQ1 4400. 100 kA SSP02BIA10PBQ1 4700. 120 kA SSP02BIA12PBQ1 5100. 208 Y / 120 V 12 160 kA SSP02BIA16PBQ1 5550. 200 kA SSP02BIA20PBQ1 7000. 240 kA SSP02BIA24PBQ1 8250. 80 kA SSP03BIA08PBQ1 4400. 100 kA SSP03BIA10PBQ1 4700. 120 kA SSP03BIA12PBQ1 5100. 240 / 120 HLD 12 160 kA SSP03BIA16PBQ1 5550. 200 kA SSP03BIA20PBQ1 7000. 240 kA SSP03BIA24PBQ1 8250. a When selecting a panelboard with SurgeLoc SPD, an additional 12 circuit positions (6 adjacent mounting spaces per side) are occupied. For example, if the desired number of circuits is 30, refer to Digest Table 9.9 on page 6 and Table 9.10 on page 7 to select the NQ442L2/NQ442L2C interior and corresponding Box and Trim. b SPD is only available up to 72 desired circuit counts. 9-44 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 10 10-2 Modular Panelboard System 10-3 Integrated Power Center 10-3 Standby Power Connection Solutions 10-4 Submetering Integrated Power Center 10-4 Integrated Power Center 2 10-4 Integrated Power Center 2 10-4 Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo 10-5 Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo Merchandise Specifications 10-5 Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo Merchandise Configurations 10-6 10 MPS, see page 10-3 IPaCS™ Equipment Overview INTEGRATED POWER AND CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS) EQUIPMENT Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS) Equipment IPC, see page 10-3 IPC2, see page 10-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 10-1 IPaCS Equipment Overview Class 2200 / Refer to Documents 2230DB0601, and 2735CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Integrated Power and Control Solutions Equipment Overview For over 30 years, the Schneider Electric Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS™) business has been providing integrated equipment solutions for retail construction, commercial, and industrial projects. The Square D™ brand IPaCS family of integrated equipment combines electrical distribution, building controls, and automation into a single, factory-assembled and pre-wired enclosure/lineup. Our innovative, cost-effective, integrated solutions save valuable floor space, shorten construction cycle times, and reduce installation and material handling costs. Modular Panelboard System—Pre-Engineered Solution The Modular Panelboard System (MPS) is tailored to customer specifications and may include panels, transformers, and lighting control equipment. Special Powerlink™ lighting control and column-width panel interiors are available. Additional options include power and control cable wiring, contactors, terminal blocks, surge protective devices (SPDs), equipment spaces, and power metering/monitoring solutions. Seismically qualified MPS sections are also available. Tailored to customer specifications, MPS sections are: • • • 86 in. (2184 mm) high, 9.5 in. (241 mm) deep, and vary in width depending on customer specifications Integrated Power Center—Custom-Designed Solution 10 For more complex applications, the Integrated Power Center (IPC) allows for the integration of a variety of components, including electrical distribution equipment, HVAC controls, lighting controls, power quality and power conditioning products, SPDs, building management systems and power metering/monitoring solutions. As with all IPaCS integrated solutions, the IPC is designed to meet applicable codes and standards and is available as seismically qualified. Factory-assembled, pre-wired (based on shipping splits), and tested in a controlled environment, IPC sections are: INTEGRATED POWER AND CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS) EQUIPMENT • • • 84 in. (2134 mm) high, 10.5 in. (267 mm) deep, and vary in width depending on customer specifications Standby Power Connection Solutions—UL Listed The new family of Standby Power Connection Solutions are designed, tested, manufactured and listed to the UL standards providing you with a reliable solution to quickly and safely connect to a portable generator for standby power. The SPQ cam-lock (SPQCL) tap box design incorporates cam-lock receptacles for generator connection and the capabilities to be wired back to the standby power disconnect in the electrical distribution equipment. The SPQ lug-lug (SPQTB) tap box provides the capabilities to connect to a portable generator and the generator breaker cables using mechanical lugs in lieu of the cam-lock connectors. The SPQ Cam-Lock Box is: The SPQ Lug-Lug Box is: • • • • • • 36 in. (915 mm) high 30 in. (762 mm) wide 16 in. (407 mm) deep 36 in. (915 mm) high 30 in. (762 mm) wide 13 in. (330 mm) deep Submetering Integrated Power Center The Submetering Integrated Power Center (IPC) is an ideal solution for multi-tenant or departmental metering applications within office towers, condominiums, apartment buildings, shopping centers, and other multi-user environments. The Submetering IPC combines the panel with breakers, the PowerLogic E4800 multi-circuit energy meter and the associated CTs in a factory-assembled and pre-wired solution saving significant space and on-site installation time. Submetering IPC sections are: • • 10.5 in. (267 mm) deep, and vary in width and height depending on the application Integrated Power Center 2 The newest addition to the family of Integrated solutions, the Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) provides maximum flexibility to meet customers' specifications. Features include those found in the IPC and are provided in a free-standing enclosure that can be front and rear aligned when transformers are included. The IPC2 family is available as seismically-qualified. Enclosure options include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R. IPC2 sections are: • • 91.5 in. (2324 mm) high, and vary in width and depth depending on customer specifications NOTE: Additional depths are available. Contact the Schneider Electric Integrated Power and Control Solutions business (1-800-868-9662) for more information.) Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo Ideally suited for projects having both 480Y/277V and 208Y/120V requirements. Available as a stand-alone solution or can be incorporated into an MPS, IPC or IPC2 lineup. The standard 42" wide x 24" deep footprint will decrease space requirements by 40% or more. A typical IPC2 Transformer Combo includes two panels in the upper cells and a transformer in the bottom cell. Other upper cell options include contactors, individually mounted circuit breakers, ATS's, equipment spaces and power metering/monitoring solutions. The IPC2 Transformer Combo is available as seismically qualified.Enclosure options include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R. IPC2 Transformer Combo sections are: • • 91.5 in. (2324 mm) high, and vary in width and depth depending on the transformer kVA Additional savings are realized on installation, material costs and material handling, as shown in the table below. Table 10.1: IPC2 Transformer Combo—Estimated Savings a Estimated Installation Hours Materials No. of Pieces Handled a Stick-Built Transformer Combo 26–32 3–6 Savings Realized 23–26 Associated pipe, wire and fittings — Associated pipe, wire and fittings 20–30 1 19–29 Based on an NF 480 V panel, 75 kVA transformer, NQ 240 V panel installation. The IPC2 Transformer Combo has been recognized by the electrical industry by winning the following awards: • • 2006 INNOVATION Award given by the Electrical Contracting Products magazine 2006 Product of the Year Gold Medal Award given by the Consulting/Specifying Engineer magazine 10-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved IPaCS Equipment Modular Panelboard System and Integrated Power Center Class 2210, 2220 / Refer to Documents 2010CT0001 and 2735CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Modular Panelboard System The pre-engineered Modular Panelboard System (MPS) bundles electrical distribution equipment into a single factory-assembled and wired integrated system. This approach replaces the traditional method of independently mounting each panelboard and lighting control system. MPS allows for the integration of a variety of components including: • Panelboards: I-Line, NF, NQ, and Column-width • Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted • Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors • Monitoring/Metering: Powerlogic™ power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit monitoring, and system display meters Equipment spaces including factory-installed lighting contactors are available in three configurations: Typical applications for MPS equipment include: Restaurants / Food service Office buildings / Public buildings Warehouses Schools / Universities • • • • Integrated Power Center MPS Interior The custom-designed Integrated Power Center (IPC) combines electrical distribution equipment and building management controls into a single factory-assembled and wired integrated system. IPC has much greater design flexibility for producing a fully customized solution integrating a variety of distribution and control components, including: • Panelboards: I-Line, NF, NQ, and Column-width • Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted • Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors • Monitoring/Metering: Powerlogic™ power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit monitoring, and system display meters • Power quality and power conditioning • Building automation • HVAC controls Equipment spaces including factory-installed lighting contactors are available in three configurations: 1. Unwired: Mounted in cell only 2. Line side wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker 3. Fully wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker, load side of each pole is wired to a terminal block Integrated Power Centers are NEMA 1 rated and meet the requirements of UL 891. As with all integrated solutions, IPCs are shipped to the site fully assembled, completely pre-tested and ready-to-install. Individual IPC configurations include panel sections in full height, stacked, or side-by-side arrangements. IPC sections measure: • 84 in. (2134 mm) High • 10.25 (260 mm) Deep • Widths vary, depending upon customer specifications Integrated Power Center Typical applications for IPC equipment include: Retail stores / Grocery stores Office buildings / Public buildings Shopping malls / Strip malls Schools/Universities Restaurants / Food service Hotels/Motels Warehouses Equipment rooms • • • • • • • • MPS and IPC Layout, Lead Time, and Pricing Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor. MPS and IPC Shipping IPC Interior © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MPS and IPC lineups are shipped factory-assembled and pre-wired. Customers may specify single- or multiple-section shipping splits (some limitations apply). In addition, lineups may be ordered with or without factory-installed power cables. 10-3 10 Modular Panelboard System Built on a panelboard platform, Modular Panelboard System sections are NEMA 1-rated and meet the requirements of UL 67. Individual MPS configurations include panel sections in full-height, stacked or side-by-side arrangements. Individual sections measure: • 86 in. (2184 mm) high • 10–44 in. (254–1118 mm) wide • 9.5 in. (241 mm) deep INTEGRATED POWER AND CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS) EQUIPMENT 1. Unwired: Mounted in cell only 2. Line side wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker 3. Fully wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker, load side of each pole is wired to a terminal block IPaCS Equipment Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) Class 2230 / Refer to Document 2230DB0601 www.schneider-electric.us Standby Power Connection Solutions The Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Box provides a reliable solution to quickly and safely connect to a portable standby power generator. Two versions of the SPQ Tap Box have been designed and tested to the required UL standard and offer a wider range of solutions for our customers. All SPQ Tap Boxes are NEMA 3R-rated. SPQ Cam-Lock Tap Box • • SPQ Cam-Lock Tap Box • • • • • • UL listed - UL 1008 SB NEMA Type 3R enclosure (can be used for NEMA Type 1 installations) Lockable door for safety and control access Mechanical lugs to standby power disconnect Color-coded cam-lock connectors for generator connection Hinged bottom access door for cam-lock connection Barriers over mechanical lugs for safety Application: — — — 400 A and 600 A available 240 V and 480 V versions available Three-phase + neutral + ground • SPQCL204RS – 400 A, 208Y/120 V 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire • SPQCL404RS – 400 A, 480Y/277 V 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire • SPQCL206RS – 600 A, 208Y/120 V 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire • SPQCL406RS – 600 A, 480Y/277 V 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire • SPQTB604RS – 400 A, 600 V max. 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire • SPQTB608RS – 800 A, 600 V max. 3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire SPQ Lug-Lug Tap Box 10 • • INTEGRATED POWER AND CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS) EQUIPMENT • • • • UL listed—UL 1773 (cUL listed also) NEMA Type 3R enclosure (can be used for NEMA Type 1 installations) Lockable door for safety and control access Mechanical lugs to standby power disconnect Generator connection lugs rated for Type W cable Application: — — — 400 A and 800 A available 600 V maximum Three-phase + neutral + ground Submetering Integrated Power Center SPQ Lug-Lug Tap Box The Submetering Integrated Power Center (IPC) is an ideal solution for multi-tenant or departmental metering applications. It combines the ability to meter multiple feeder breakers inside a pre-wired enclosure. The Submetering IPC offers significant space and labor savings by replacing individually enclosed, mounted, and wired panels and metering components and providing an integrated solution in one enclosure/lineup including: • • • • Panelboards PowerLogic™ E4800 Multi-Circuit Energy Meters and associated CTs Surge Suppression Factory-installed wiring between components Submetering IPC width and height dimensions vary depending on the application. All sections are 10.5 in. (266.7 mm) deep. Typical applications for Submetering IPC equipment include: • • • • Office towers Condominiums Apartment buildings Shopping centers • • Other multi-user environments Configurations with 2-PowerLogic E4800 meters plus Ethernet switch when required based on the number of metered points Integrated Power Center 2 The Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) provides maximum design flexibility. In addition to the features found in the Integrated Power Center (IPC), IPC2 lineups are free-standing enclosures that can be front and rear-aligned. IPC2 has the ability to incorporate: • • Submetering Integrated Power Center • • • • • • Panelboards: I-Line, NF, and NQ Transformers: 300 Kva (max), EE — K-rated and HMT also available; may limit max kVA size of transformer Individually mounted circuit breakers Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted Automatic Transfer Switch: Open type 400 A 3-pole maximum including a variety of options Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors PowerLogic™ Monitoring / Metering: power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit monitoring, and system display meters Building Management Systems As a stand-alone solution, the IPC2 family provides the flexibility to enter and/or exit the section from either the top or bottom. IPC2 is offered in a variety of widths and depths: • • 24–48 in. (610–1219 mm) Wide 24–36 in. (610–915 mm) Deep Typical applications for IPC2 equipment include: • • • • Schools/Universities Office buildings Data centers Industrial facilities • • • Casinos Hotels Any project with panels and transformers ICP2 Layout, Lead Time, and Pricing Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor. IPC2 Shipping Integrated Power Center 2 10-4 IPC2 lineups are shipped fully assembled and ready-to-install. Customers may specify single- or multiple-section shipping splits (some limitations apply). In addition, lineups may be ordered with or without factory-installed power cables. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved IPaCS Equipment Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) Class 2230 / Refer to Documents 2230HO0601 and 2230DB0601 www.schneider-electric.us Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo For projects having both 480Y/277 V and 208Y/120 V requirements, the Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2) Transformer Combo is the perfect solution. One of the most popular members of the IPC2 product family, the IPC2 Transformer Combo has been recognized by the industry multiple times for its innovative design. As a stand-alone solution, the IPC2 Transformer Combo is appropriate when panelboards and transformers are installed in close proximity to each other. It provides the flexibility to enter and/or exit the section from either the top or the bottom. Catalog numbers have been created for some of the more typical configurations (see Table 10.2). All IPC2 sections can be close-coupled to QED switchboard, MPS, and IPC products. Enclosure options for IPC2 include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood, and NEMA 3R-rated, and all meet the requirements of UL 891. These sections are also seismically qualified to meet IBC and ASCE7 requirements. IPC2 Transformer Combo Table 10.2: IPC2 Transformer Combo Merchandise Configuration Specifications Catalog No. IPC2TC-1EE NF Panelboard 480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W 400 A MLO 18 k AIC 1–125/3 (Transformer) 39-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus SUSE Catalog No. IPC2TC-3EE NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 10 k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • • • • • • • NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 10 k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus FT Lugs NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 225 A MLO 10 k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • • • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 75 kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- INTEGRATED POWER AND CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS) EQUIPMENT NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 10 k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • • • • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 75 kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- • • • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 75 kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- 10 NF Panelboard 480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 18 k AIC 1–125/3 (Transformer) 39-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus SUSE Catalog No. IPC2TC-2EE • • • • • • • • • • • • Catalog No. IPC2TC-4EE NF Panelboard 480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W 400 A MLO 18 k AIC 1–175/3 (Transformer) 30-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus SUSE Catalog No. IPC2TC-5EE NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 400/3 MB 10 k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • • • • • • • NF Panelboard 480Y/277V 3Ø 4W 400/3 MB 18k AIC 1-125/3 (Transformer) 27-1PSO Copper Bus/Ground Bus SUSE Catalog No. IPC2TC-6EE NQ Panelboard 208Y/120V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 10k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus/Ground Bus • • • • • • NF Panelboard 480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 18 k AIC 1–125/3 (Transformer) 39-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus SUSE Catalog No. IPC2TC-7EE • • • • • • NF Panelboard 480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W 125 A MLO 18 k AIC 1–60/3 (Transformer) 15-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus SUSE Catalog No. IPC2TC-8EE • • • • • • NF Panelboard 480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W 125 A MLO 18 k AIC 1–40/3 (Transformer) 15-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus SUSE • • • • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved • • • • NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 225/3 MB 10 k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus FT Lugs • • • • • NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 225 A MLO 10k AIC 42-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 125/3 MB 10 k AIC 12-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • NQ Panelboard 208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W 100/3 MB 10 k AIC 15-1PSO Copper Bus / Ground Bus • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 112½ kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- • • • • • • Transformer 480V-208Y/120V 3Ø 75kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- • • • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 75 kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- • • • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 45 kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- • • • • • • Transformer 480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø 30 kVA Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act 150 °C Temp Rise Aluminum Windings 6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4- • • • • • • 10-5 IPaCS Equipment Sample Lineups Class 2200 / Refer to Documents 2230DB0601 and 2010CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo Standard Merchandise Configurations The IPC2™ Transformer Combo is available in eight standard merchandise configurations, as shown below (additional configurations are available; contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor). 42 in. 42 in. 2 1 1 2 1 42 in. 42 in. 2 2 1 91.5 in. 91.5 in. 91.5 in. 24 in. 24 in. 24 in. 24 in. 10 91.5 in. INTEGRATED POWER AND CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS) EQUIPMENT IPC2TC-1EE IPC2TC-2EE 48 in. 42 in. 1 IPC2TC-4EE IPC2TC-3EE 24 in. 24 in. 1 1 2 3 91.5 in. 91.5 in. 24 in. 24 in. IPC2TC-5EE 1 2 91.5 in. 2 24 in. IPC2TC-6EE 91.5 in. 2 24 in. IPC2TC-7EE IPC2TC-8EE NOTE: All sections have both top and bottom conduit entry/exit points. 10-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 11 Switchboards and Switchgear Power-Style™ Switchboards QED-2 Switchboard (UL Listed) 11-2 QED-6 Switchboard (UL Listed) 11-3 Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards 11-3 Speed-D™ Switchboards Speed-D SB/SF Switchboards (UL Listed) 11-4, 11-5 Low Voltage Switchgear QED-2 Switchboard see page 11-2 Power-Zone™ 4 Low Voltage Switchgear with Masterpact™ Circuit Breakers 11-6 Micrologic™ Trip Units 11-6 Medium Voltage Switchgear MiniBreak™ Compact Height Switches— 5.5 kV—200 A HVL/cc Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear—Full Range HVL/cc Switchgear—Quick Ship Program—5–15 kV, 600 A 11-8 11-9, 11-10 HVL Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear—Full Range 11-11 HVL Switchgear—Quick Ship Program— 5 kV–15 kV, 600 A Features 11-11 HVL Switches for Power-Dry II ™, Power-Cast II ™, and Uni-Cast II ™ Transformer Connections Metalclad and HVL/cc Switchgear see pages11-8 and 11-16 11-7 11-12, 11-13 Square D™ brand DIN/E Fuse Selection Tables—HVL 11-14 Fuse Selection Tables Boric Acid Fuses—HVL 11-14 DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications 11-15 Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Metalclad™ Switchgear (UL Listed) 11-16 Arc Terminator™ Arc Extinguishing System 11-16 Unit Substations 11-17 Power-Zone™ Model III Package Unit Substations 11-17 MV Controllers and Substation Circuit Breakers 11-19 Vacuum Substation Circuit Breaker—Types FVR, EOX, and VOX (Not UL Listed) 11-19 MV Overhead Distribution Automatic Circuit Recloser 11-20 Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer 11-20 ADVC Controller Range 11-20 Transparent Ready™ Equipment Model III Package Unit Substation see page 11-17 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Switchboards and switchgear with Powerlogic™ circuit monitors and Web-enabled ethernet communication devices are part of the Transparent Ready power equipment family from Schneider Electric. When specified as Transparent Ready, the power equipment is provided with a factory- configured “plug and play” communications system that allows the authorized user access to equipment status and monitoring information using only a standard Web browser. Ask your local Schneider Electric representative for details about Transparent Ready power distribution equipment. 11-1 11 Unit Substation see page 11-17 Motorpact™ Medium Voltage Motor Controllers (UL Listed) SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Unit Substations Power-Style™ Switchboards QED-2 (UL Listed) Classes 2741, 2742 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101 www.schneider-electric.us Power-Style QED-2 Switchboards (UL Listed) For solutions that bring people, products, and information together, Square D™ brand Power-Style QED-2 low voltage switchboards from Schneider Electric are built to last and feature design innovations that make these products easier to install and maintain. Supported by one of the largest distributor, sales, and service organizations in the industry, QED-2 switchboards are readily available to meet the needs of contractors, consultants, and end-users. Q = Quality—Built to Last As one of the most trusted names in electrical distribution, Square D™ brand QED-2 switchboards are designed with the highest standards of quality. From sturdy frames, securely fastened thread-forming screws, and standard bolted, base channels, users will see the difference during installation, operation, maintenance, and expansion projects. E = Efficient and Innovative Designs In 2010, Schneider Electric launched QED-2, Series 2 switchboard designs. Series 2 designs represent the next generation of our QED-2 switchboard offering, with new features based on extensive customer feedback. From improved branch neutral and ground bar access, to enhanced instrument compartments, Series 2 designs provide easier access for performing equipment installation and maintenance procedures. QED-2 switchboards feature Schneider Electric's unique I-Line™ plug-on connections in group-mounted construction. With the I-Line design, a screwdriver is the only tool required to firmly ratchet the line end of a molded-case circuit breaker directly onto the I-Line bus assembly. This plug-on design allows quick installation and mounting flexibility of circuit breakers up to 1200 A. QED-2 Switchboard D = Delivery—Ready When You Are To meet tight project schedules and budgets, our Square D™ brand QED-2 switchboard offering brings together standard designs for the most frequently requested ratings and options, providing immediate pricing for quick shipments from 11 to 30 business days. Features 11 • • • • • • • SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR • • • • • • • • • • 11-2 QED-2 Switchboards are designed, listed, and built to UL 891 Switchboard ratings through 6000 A, 200 kA; higher amperages available Front accessible load connections Front and rear alignment standard Cable, busway, transformer, or remote QED switchboard incoming fed Hot or cold sequence utility metering Thermal-magnetic, PowerPact™ electronic, or Masterpact™ NW stored energy fixed or drawout circuit breakers used as mains and feeders Group-mounted circuit breaker and fusible switch mains and feeders Fixed-mounted fusible swThe itch mains and feeders Powerlogic customer metering, including option for custom communications capability and interwiring Networked communications capabilities provide direct access to energy management at main and feeder level Internally-mounted Surgelogic™ surge protective devices Quick Connect Generator option available Main devices in six sub-division or single main configurations Main and branch devices in single section configuration Multiple individual devices in single section configurations Custom engineering, including main-tie-mains, multiple sets of thru-bus, reduced heights, and engineered houses © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Power-Style™ Switchboards www.schneider-electric.us QED-6 (UL Listed); Commercial Multi-Metering (UL Listed) Classes 2746, 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalogs 2746CT0101, 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601 Power-Style QED-6 Switchboards (UL Listed) Table 11.1: Circuit Breaker Selection Rating (A) (Frame) 150–250 400–600 800–1200 800–6000 Circuit Breakers PowerPact H, J PowerPact D Masterpact NT Masterpact NW QED-6 switchboards are reliable power protection equipment when working with telecommunication facilities, e-business servers, or mainframes that perform critical business transactions. These types of facilities cannot afford downtime. QED-6 rear-connected switchboards are designed as standalone switchboards or as an integral part of the low voltage equipment lineup in a user’s power unit substation. Specify QED-6 Switchboards When drawout construction is required for quick circuit breaker changeout; system requirements call for circuit breakers to close within five cycles; stored energy circuit breakers are required; front access to control wires is desired; ease of installation, maintenance, and upgrade of circuit breaker compartmentalization is required; system integrity and segregation of circuit breaker compartments from bus and cable compartments is required; equipment isolation is required. Benefits/Values of Circuit Breaker Performance Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers are designed to provide maximum protection and reliable operation with a long service life. They exceed all UL 489 endurance testing requirements and are certified to a minimum of 10,000 operations through the 3000 A frame. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Short-time ratings are high, giving users excellent system coordination and selectivity with downstream breakers. High Short-Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) Up to 200 k AIR at 240 V, 150 k AIR at 480 V, and 100 k AIR at 600 V, which allows customers to design systems with high fault current and paralleling schemes. Arc Flash Limiting (LF) Feeder Breakers High speed operation of Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers (150 k AIR at 480 V) helps reduce arc flash incident energy (cal/cm2) on downstream equipment. Ease of Installation and Maintenance Thru-the-door construction, an easy to operate drawout mechanism, and front access to all control wiring make this equipment easy to install, maintain, and upgrade. Load connections in the cable compartment are easily accessible in the rear of the switchboard. Remote racking of the Masterpact NW circuit breaker is also available with the optional remote racking tool, which, if required, is field installable. Ability to Upgrade UL Listed, field-installable accessories include: motor operators, shunt trips, under voltage devices, trip units, and communication modules for trip units. Manually operated circuit breakers are field convertible to electrical operation. Open Communication System The Micrologic trip units in Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers use the Modbus™ protocol. This is a widely accepted protocol, which allows QED-6 to be integrated into new or many existing communication systems. Adaptable Drawout and bolt-in circuit breakers, front access control wiring, and expandable lineups are quickly adaptable to changing load and control requirements. Expandable Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers have many control termination points, giving the equipment extensive flexibility and expandability for sophisticated control schemes. Power-Style Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards (UL Listed) • Designed, built, and listed to UL 891 • Lever bypass and EUSERC non-lever bypass • Hot or cold sequence metering—EUSERC, NEMA, LOCAL • Front and rear alignment standard • Switchboard ratings through 4000 A, 100 kA • Meter sections in either three- or six-socket section • • • • • • • • • configuration Tenant mains either circuit breaker or fusible 60–200 A without lever bypass with self-contained meter sockets, 5- or 7-jaw, ring type and test block where required 60–200 A lever bypass Lever Bypass EUSERC with self-contained meter sockets, 7-jaw, ringless Factory-installed devices with completely wired from meter socket to disconnect Provisions for adding future tenants available, as well as future sections Sections in either NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R construction For use on 120/240 V, 120/208 V, and 277/480 V systems Integrated, front-accessible wireway for top exiting load cables Customer access area for top exiting load cables Classes 2755, 2756 11-3 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR QED-6 Switchboard (Class 2746) The QED-6 switchboard is designed to provide excellent distribution, protection, and power quality management in commercial electrical equipment. The circuit protection components of the switchboard are the Masterpact NW circuit breakers in 800–6000 A frame sizes, Masterpact NT circuit breakers in 800–1200 A frame sizes, and PowerPact H, J, and D circuit breakers in 15–600 A frame sizes. These circuit breakers deliver maximum system uptime, system selectivity, ease of maintenance, and reliable circuit protection. QED-6 switchboard features include: Masterpact NW UL 489 Listed circuit breakers for main and feeder devices, Masterpact NT UL 489 Listed circuit breakers for feeder devices, PowerPact H, J, and D UL 489 Listed circuit breakers for feeder devices, and a wide range of designs and options. Highly flexible drawout/plug-in circuit breakers can meet a wide variety of power distribution requirements. Choices include plug-in or drawout construction in PowerPact H, J, and D circuit breakers, and optional prepared drawout or plug-in spaces that are equipped with all specified control functions. This capability allows quick additions for load upgrades. • QED-6 switchboards are designed, listed, and built to UL 891; Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers are designed, listed, and built to UL 489 • Circuit breakers are individually mounted, rear connected; Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers are drawout; PowerPact H, J, and D breakers are plug-in as standard, drawout as an option • Family of field installable and upgradeable Micrologic™ trip units with optional Powerlogic™ data communications features • Switchboard ratings up to 150 kA short-circuit current rating for services 1600–6000 A at 480 V and 100 kA at 600 V • Up to (12) 250 A PowerPact H and J circuit breakers in a single 30-inch wide section • Up to (8) 600 A frame PowerPact D or (8) 1200 A frame Masterpact NT circuit breakers in a single 30-inch wide section • Flexible branch circuit breaker locations: Masterpact NW and NT and PowerPact H, J, and D circuit breakers can be mixed in a single 30-inch wide section (15–2000 A) • Compartmentalization: separate compartments for circuit breakers, bussing, and load cabling • Available in 54-, 60-, 72-, and 80-inch deep construction • Available in NEMA 3R outdoor walk-in enclosures • Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers are field maintainable System Coordination 11 Masterpact™ NW and NT, and PowerPact™ H, J, and D Circuit Breakers Speed-D™ Switchboards Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101 Speed-D SB/SF Switchboards (UL Listed) • UL Listed • Hot sequence utility compartment per EUSERC requirements • Two types: • • 600 System Service Voltage 120/240 11 600 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Application Suitable for use as service entrance equipment on ac systems. Sections contain metering compartment, barriers, main disconnects, distribution panel, neutral bus, and grounding provisions. Metering C/T compartment with two 15-inch blank meter doors. (Order doors with meter socket from Table 11.6 on page 11-5.) Incoming cable lugs are for top feed with one twin conductor 2 AWG–600 kcmil lug per phase and neutral, suitable for aluminum or copper cables. Optional single conductor lug is available. Refer to Table 11.7 on page 11-5. Main circuit breaker types are either LH or MJ. Main fusible device is supplied with Class T fuses. Multiple main devices use plug-on fusible switches. System Branches NQ distribution bus is rated 400 A and provides mounting space for QO™/QOB Type (150 A maximum) circuit breakers. Panel provides space for mounting 42 single pole circuit breakers. One or two individually mounted 225 A maximum circuit breakers can be added with bus connectors. (Order subfeed circuit breakers from Table 11.8 on page 11-5.) I-Line™ distribution bus is rated 400, 600, or 800 A and will accept 27 inches of I-Line circuit breakers on the left side with a maximum frame size of “J” . The right side will accept either a QO plug-on distribution panel (240 V only) or LA or LH I-Line circuit breaker. Enclosure Totally enclosed front accessible with ANSI 49 gray baked enamel finish. Dimensions are 90 in. (H) x 36 in. (W) x 14 in. (D) for indoor and 90 in. (H) x 36 in. (W) x 24.5 in. (D) for outdoor enclosures. 11-4 PE1A SCCR 240 V Max. SCCR 480 V $ Price 10645.00 11450.00 9430.00 13726.00 10766.00 NQ I-Line None I-Line None 65 100 200 100 200 — — — — — Fusible Disconnect Indoor Outdoor Catalog Catalog $ Price No. No. SF124QS 8150.00 SF124QR SF124IS 8995.00 SF124IR SF124WS 6935.00 SF124WR SF126IS 11906.00 SF126IR SF126WS 8946.00 SF126WR $ Price 10900.00 11705.00 9685.00 14656.00 11696.00 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 400 NQ 65 — SF324QS 8929.00 SF324QR 11679.00 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 400 None 200 — SF324WS 7559.00 SF324WR 10309.00 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 400 I-Line 100 65 SF344IS 9682.00 SF344IR 12432.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 400 None 200 200 SF344WS 7662.00 SF344WR 10412.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 600 I-Line 100 65 SF346IS 14453.00 SF346IR 17203.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 600 None 200 200 SF346WS 11493.00 SF346WR 14243.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wb 240/120 800 I-Line 100 65 SF348IS 25401.00 SF348IR 28782.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 800 None 200 200 SF348WS 24501.00 SF348WR 27881.00 3Ø4Wb 240/120 480Y/277 b Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta). Table 11.4: Mains Outdoor Catalog Catalog $ Price No. No. SB124QS 7895.00 SB124QR SB124IS 8700.00 SB124IR SB124WS 6680.00 SB124WR SB126IS 10975.00 SB126IR SB126WS 8016.00 SB126WR Single Main Fusible Disconnect with Distribution (Series E4) 400 1Ø3W EUSERC UCT, Fusible Multiple Mains — — — — — Indoor 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 400 NQ 65 — SB324QS 8651.00 SB324QR 11401.00 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 400 None 65 — SB324WS 7281.00 SB324WR 10031.00 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 400 I-Line 65 35 SB344IS 9673.00 SB344IR 12423.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 400 None 65 35 SB344WS 7653.00 SB344WR 10403.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 600 I-Line 65 50 SB346IS 12820.00 SB346IR 15570.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 600 None 65 65 SB346WS 9860.00 SB346WR 13229.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 800 I-Line 65 50 SB348IS 19569.00 SB348IR 22038.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 3Ø4Wa 240/120 800 None 65 65 SB348WS 18669.00 SB348WR 21137.00 480Y/277 a Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta). Table 11.3: EUSERC UCT, Single Main Circuit Breaker with I-Line Distribution Panel Distribution Interior Mains Ratings (A) 120/240 65 65 65 65 65 SCCR 480 V • 400 1Ø3W NQ I-Line None I-Line None Circuit Breaker SCCR 240 V • Service Voltage Distribution Interior • — Utility–Service disconnect–distribution — Utility–Up to six service disconnects Single service disconnect, either circuit breaker or fusible rated 400, 600, or 800 A with either type of distribution interiors, NQ up to 240 Vac, I-Line™ through 480 Vac Six service disconnects, group-mounted fusible, QMB/QMJ, 30–400 A; utility compartment—400, 600, and 800 A Meter doors can be 15 inches high with one meter socket and test block, or 30 inches high with two meter sockets and test block Meter sockets can be 6-, 8-, 13-, or 15-jaw meter sockets with test block, based on application Accessories include: — Underground pull sections with and without lug landing — Loadside wireway — Bus links for donut-type current transformers — Double padlock hasp attachments — Plug-on distribution panel — Subfeed circuit breakers Full height add-on I-Line distribution section Stand-alone I-Line distribution section Single Main Circuit Breaker with Distribution (Series E4) Mains Ratings (A) • Table 11.2: System • www.schneider-electric.us EUSERC Utility Metering, Main Disconnects and Distribution Panel (UL Listed) Multiple Mains—Fusible (Series E4)c Service Voltage Mains Rating (A) 240 V or 480 V Max. d Multiple Mains (6) Fusible Indoor Catalog No. SF124FS SF126FS Outdoor $ Price Catalog No. SF124FR SF126FR $ Price 120/240 400 200 5565.00 8478.00 120/240 600 200 6678.00 8966.00 208Y/120 240/120 3Ø4We 400 200 SF344FS 7025.00 SF344FR 10050.00 408Y/277 208Y/120 240/120 3Ø4We 600 200 SF346FS 7319.00 SF346FR 10233.00 480Y/277 208Y/120 240/120 3Ø4We 800 200 SF348FS 8283.00 SF348FR 11199.00 480Y/277 c Multiple mains—provisions for mounting 30 inches of fusible devices. No more than six main devices permitted per NEC. d QMB/QMJ fusible switches, maximum 400 A, SCCR based on Class J, R, or T fuses. QMB plug-in circuit breaker rating is equal to the lowest rating of the circuit breaker. e Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta). 1Ø3W 1Ø3W Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Speed-D™ Switchboards Merchandised, Service Selection Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 11.5: System 3Ø4W 3Ø4W I-Line™ Distribution Section (Series E4) Service Voltage Mains Ratings (A) 208Y/120 240/120 480Y/277 208Y/120 240/120 480Y/277 Table 11.6: Distribution Interior SCCR 240 V Max. Indoor SCCR 480 V Max. 800 I-Line 65 k 65 k 800 I-Line 125 k 100 k Distribution Type Add-on distribution section, must be connected to an SB UCT and main section without distribution panel, such as SB348WS. An I-Line plug-on subfeed lug kit must be ordered to terminate the distribution section. Stand-alone distribution section not connected to an SB section. A back-fed main circuit breaker or I-Line plug-on subfeed lug kit must be ordered to terminate the distribution section. (Non-ULSE) $ Price SBAD800 10260.00 15-inch High Door With One Meter Socket and Test Block $ Price SBAD800R 13305.00 SBSAD800 10620.00 SBSAD800R 13770.00 30-inch High Door With Two Meter Sockets and Test Blocks Catalog No. $ Price 6a SBA15D6MS 923.00 8 SBA15D8MS 984.00 13 SBA15D13MS 1230.00 15 SBA15D15MS 1358.00 Blank SBA15DBC 495.00 b SBA15DMS 617.00 a 6-jaw meter socket can also be used on 4- and 5-jaw applications. b Door with provisions for mounting meter socket. Note: To order structure with meter door factory-installed, add door catalog number as suffix to structure (e.g. SF344IS-15D13MS). Catalog No. — — SBA30D13MS SBA30D15MS — — $ Price — — 2093.00 2217.00 — — Accessories Description Indoor underground pull section (w/o lug landing)—26-in. (W) Order separate SA8LL lug kit below if required. Outdoor (3R) underground pull section (w/o lug landing)—26 in. (W) x 24.5 in. (D) Order separate SA8LL lug landing kit below when required. Lug landing kit—800 A max. For terminating utility service cables in indoor or outdoor underground pull sections. Single barrel lug kit —Kit provides single barrel lugs and pad in lieu of twin barrel lug provided with service section. Mechanical lugs provided are sized to fit 1-3/0–750 kcmil cable. Two lugs per phase are supplied. Loadside wireway—11.5 in. (W) x 14 in. (D)—indoor only Bus link kit—800 A max.—Order one kit per phase for 400, 600, and 800 A. Double padlock hasp attachment—For mounting two padlocks on door handle of rainproof enclosure. Padlocks not included. Plug-On Distribution Panel—mounts on right side of I-Line interior. Cannot be used with LA/LH branch circuit breaker. Panel rated 225 A for 240 V applications. For QO™ type plug-on circuit breakers only. Catalog No. System Phase Pole Spaces 1Ø 3Ø 3Ø AC ABC AB 12 $ Price SA26PS 2217.00 SA26PSR 4559.00 SA8LLc 753.00 SA7PL 395.00 SA10LW SA10BL SS2PL 1052.00 246.00 113.00 SS212AC SS312 SS212ABd 2339.00 2957.00 2339.00 All EUSERC Utilities (except Arizona Public Service and Salt River Project) require a lug landing kit SA8LL. To be used on 120/240 V, 3Ø4W delta applications. Subfeed Circuit Breakers (Series E4) e 2-Polef Description Rating (A) Catalog No. 3-Pole $ Price Catalog No. Left Right Left 100 SASFBH100L( ) SASFBH100R( ) 1480.00 SASFBH100L 110 SASFBH110L( ) SASFBH110R( ) 1480.00 SASFBH110L Subfeed Circuit Breaker Kit— 125 SASFBH125L( ) SASFBH125R( ) 1480.00 SASFBH125L Price includes circuit breaker, connectors and mounting hardware. The complete kit, mounting hardware, circuit 150 SASFBH150L( ) SASFBH150R( ) 1480.00 SASFBH150L breaker and connectors will be shipped direct from plant. 175 SASFBJ175L( ) SASFBJ175R( ) 1644.00 SASFBJ175L Delivery is stock to three days. 200 SASFBJ200L( ) SASFBJ200R( ) 1644.00 SASFBJ200L 225 SASFBJ225L( ) SASFBJ225R( ) 1644.00 SASFBJ225L e Cannot use subfeed circuit breaker kit with multiple mains service section switchboards. f Two pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix (for example, SASFBH100LAC). Right SASFBH100R SASFBH110R SASFBH125R SASFBH150R SASFBJ175R SASFBJ200R SASFBJ225R $ Price 1850.00 1850.00 1850.00 1850.00 2055.00 2055.00 2055.00 Ordering Information 1. Service section: Order service section from either Table 11.2 on page 11-4 (single main circuit breaker with distribution), Table 11.3 on page 11-4 (single main fusible with distribution), or Table 11.4 on page 11-4 (multiple mains fusible), as determined by mains rating, voltage, and system. 2. Meter doors: Order meter door from Table 11.6 (meter door selection) as determined by the height and utility metering requirements. 3. Accessories and subfeeds: Order as required from Table 11.7 (accessories) and/or Table 11.8 (subfeed circuit breakers). 4. Circuit breakers and switches: Order devices from pages listed below as determined by voltage, trip rating, AIR, and mounting space. Multiple Mains and Branch Devices QO, QOB, QO-VH, QOB-VH: pages 7-10 and 9-10 I-Line: pages 9-24 to 9-30 QMB Switches: page 9-35 • • • © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE1A Discount Schedule 11-5 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Table 11.8: 11 c d Catalog No. Meter Door Selection Meter Socket Jaws Table 11.7: Outdoor Catalog No. Low Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed Drawout Class 6037 / Refer to Catalog 6037CT9901 Power-Zone™ 4 Low Voltage Switchgear with Masterpact™ Circuit Breakers Power-Zone 4 Low Voltage Switchgear (Class 6037) 11 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Square D™ brand Power-Zone™ 4 low voltage, metal-enclosed, drawout switchgear is designed to provide superior electrical distribution, protection, and power quality management. The prime components of the switchgear are the Masterpact™ NW and NT ANSI rated circuit breaker. Power-Zone 4 switchgear is designed to maximize the functionality of the Masterpact circuit breakers, which, in turn, deliver maximum uptime, system selectivity, ease of maintenance, and reliable circuit protection. All of these features are packed into the smallest footprint available for low voltage drawout switchgear. • Power-Zone 4 is designed and built to ANSI® C37.20.1 and is Listed to UL 1558 • Masterpact NW and NT drawout low voltage power circuit breakers are designed and built to ANSI C37.13 and C37.16. Listed to UL 1066 • Short-circuit current rating up to 200 kA at 240 V and 480 V without fuses • High short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA for 1 second, minimum • Arc flash limiting (L1F) Masterpact NW feeder breakers available in 800, 1600, and 2000 A ratings • Family of field installable and upgradeable Micrologic™ trip units with optional Powerlogic™ data communications features • Power-Zone 4 switchgear can offer optional data communications capability • Smallest equipment footprint available in this product class • Front access to all control and communications wire connections • Bolted copper bus provided as standard (up to 6000 A maximum) • Large rear cable compartment pull area allowing maximum room for power cables • Horizontal bus provision for future equipment expansion • System designed for maximum uptime with low maintenance • Modular circuit breaker designed for easy addition of control accessories • Available in NEMA 3R outdoor walk-in enclosures Masterpact NW circuit breakers are available in various levels of interrupting ratings from 42–200 kA at 480 V and 130 kA at 600 V. The Masterpact NT circuit breaker is available in an 800 A frame size and 42 kA at 480 V interrupting rating. Up to 8 Masterpact NT circuit breakers can be mounted in a 30-inch wide section. (Not available for 600 V.) Circuit breakers of like frame sizes and interrupting ratings are interchangeable. Table 11.9: Rating (A) www.schneider-electric.us Micrologic™ Trip Units A modern family of field-installable trip units is available with Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers. The circuit breaker overcurrent protection consists of a microprocessor-based tripping device that requires no external power source. The complete tripping system has three main components: the air-core sensors, the trip device (with rating plug), and the trip actuator. The microprocessor-based trip unit uses true RMS current level sensing. The Metering and Communications system is used in conjunction with Micrologic Type A, Type P, and Type H trip units (see Digest pages 7-47 and 7-48) for the Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers. Modbus™ industry standard data communications allow this system to replace discrete meters, multiple transducers, analog wires, and analog-todigital conversion equipment. Extensive information can be transmitted over a single communications cable to a Powerlogic system display, a personal computer, programmable logic controller, or other host system. Basic circuit information, such as amperes, can be monitored using Micrologic Type A trip unit. Circuit breaker remote operation is available using the Micrologic Type P and Type H trip units with Powerlogic functionality. In addition to its metering capabilities, the Micrologic trip unit system is available with optional status inputs and relay outputs for monitoring discrete contacts and remote control of devices by way of the data communications channel. Micrologic trip unit metering functions include: • Amperes and volts • Frequency • Power • Power demand • Energy • Energy demand • Power factor • Power quality measurements • Communications • Waveform capture • Data logging • Programmable contacts • Current unbalance • Over/under voltage • Over/under frequency • Voltage unbalance • Phase sequence • Reverse power • Long time imaging • Contact wear indicator • Masterpact circuit breaker maintenance information Masterpact Circuit Breaker Selection Catalog No. Rating (A) Catalog No. 4000 NW40H2 NW40H3 NW40L1 5000 NW50H2 NW50H3 NW50L1 6000 NW60H2 NW60H3 NW60L1 Masterpact NW 800 1600 2000 3200 Masterpact NT 800 11-6 NW08N1 NW08H1 NW08H2 NW08H3 NW08L1 NW08L1F NW16N1 NW16H1 NW16H2 NW16H3 NW16L1 NW16L1F NW20H1 NW20H2 NW20H3 NW20L1 NW20L1F NW32H1 NW32H2 NW32H3 NW32L1 NT08N1 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—MiniBreak™ Class 6042 / Refer to Brochure 6042BR9401 www.schneider-electric.us MiniBreak™ Compact Height Switches— 5.5 kV, 200 A Table 11.10: 5.5 BIL (kV) 60 Frequency (Hz) 60 Continuous amperes 200 Interrupting amperes 200 Momentary (amperes asymmetrical) 20,000 Fault close (amperes asymmetrical) 20,000 MiniBreak Switch Interior Showing Fuses (Class 6042) 341.00 1150.00 1772.00 1618.00 1926.00 Price one (1), 5 kV, 200 A switch with 65E current-limiting fuses. Provide one auxiliary switch with 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. contact and with provision for installing a “lock open” key interlock on the switch operating mechanism. Catalog No. HVMB305200 HVMX1 HVMK1 5GS065 $ Price 11844.00 152.00 340.00 1980.00 Total Price Capacitor switching (kVAR) None Short time, 2 seconds (amperes symmetrical) 12,500 Low frequency withstand (kV) 19 25.15 2.20 14316.00 25.20 639 640 56 63,000 Ordering Information 66.00 1677 Table 11.11: 5 kV—200 A Switch 47.52 1207 Switch Catalog No. HVMB305200U HVMB305200 Type Unfused Fused Listed Metal-enclosed Interrupter Switchgear $ Price 152.00 Pricing Example Order: Switch with enclosure Auxiliary switch Key interlock adapter Fuses (set of three, from page 11-14) Ratings Max. design voltage (kV) Fuse integrated (symmetrical) NOTE: 1200 hp maximum. Factory Modifications Catalog No. Description HVMX1 Auxiliary switch, 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. contacts Provisions for lock open only key interlock (does not HVMK1 include the key cylinder—order separately) HVMH1 Strip heater 100 W @ 120 V HVMH2 Strip heater with thermostat 100 W @ 120 V Distribution class surge arrester HVMSA3 (set of three arresters) 3 kV, 2.55 MCOVc Distribution class surge arrester HVMSA6 (set of three arresters) 6 kV, 5.10 MCOVc c Arresters are line side connected. $ Price 29.00 10274.00 11844.00 1. Select switch catalog number based on fused or unfused. 2. Select catalog numbers for modifications from Factory Modifications table. 3. If fused, select 5 kV, 200 A maximum current-limiting fuse from table below. 4. Price switch and fuses separately. Switches are furnished with provisions only for fuses. 5. Weight 450 lbs (204 kg). 737 Section view (unfused) Front view 25.20 25.15 640 639 2.20 56 20.75 527 23.78 604 18.38 Continuous Current Fuse Mounting Clip Size Centers Catalog Numbera 2.70 69 $ Priceb 47.52 1207 5 kV Fuse 10E 5GS010 15E 5GS015 D 12” 954.00 20E 5GS020 25E 5GS025 30E 5GS030 40E 5GS040 50E 5GS050 D 12” 1980.00 65E 5GS065 80E 5GS080 100E 5GS100 125E 5GS125 150E 5GS150 D 12” 3326.00 175E 5GS175 200E 5GS200 a Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock quantities. b Price includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 467 Current-Limiting Fuses, Non-Disconnect Type (Extended Travel Blown Fuse Indicator) PE5A Discount Schedule 15.35 Top view selected area recommended (bottom conduit entrance) 11 Table 11.12: SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR MiniBreak™ Switch Enclosure with Door (Class 6042) The Square D™ brand MiniBreak compact height switch enclosure is only 66-inches high and contains a single 3pole load interrupter switch, rated 5.5 kV and 200 A. Enclosures are free-standing and suitable for both indoor (NEMA 1) and outdoor (NEMA 3R) applications. These switches are available unfused or with provisions for Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses rated from 10E A to 200E A. Factory-installed accessories include an auxiliary switch, strip heaters, and provisions for a “lock open” only key interlock. The door is mechanically interlocked with the switch operating handle. Set screw cable lugs for #14 solid—2/0 stranded aluminum or copper cable are provided for two line and one load connections. Fuses are not furnished with this equipment. For fuse information and pricing, see Table 11.12. The Fused switches and many of the fuses listed in Table 11.12 are available from stock. Table 11.13: 390 Section view (fused) 11-7 Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed —HVL/cc™ Class 6045 / Refer to Product Data 6040PD9601 HVL/cc Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear—Full Range Front Optional low voltage compartment Square D™ brand HVL/cc metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear provides switching, metering, and interrupting capabilities for medium voltage electrical power distribution systems and is designed and tested per applicable ANSI/IEEE and NEMA standards. Main bus compartment Switch with enclosure Mechanism compartment Made up of modular units, the HVL/cc is easy to expand. Two main bus positions allow future extensions and connections to existing equipment. Fuse cable compartment Fuse/cable access panel HVL/cc switchgear is available in either single or multiple bay units. The design is compact, with front accessibility. 37.25 946 Right Side View 90.00 2286 • • HVL/cc Load Interrupter Switches— Full Range 600/1200 A Ratings Switch (kV)— maximum design Plan View 17.5 17.5 25.8 38 60 95 110 125 150 Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 Front View Withstand (kV) 19 11 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Closed Position BIL (kV) 5.5 375 To Ground Bus • The HVL/cc enclosure is designed for front access only and can be positioned against walls, in small rooms or in pre-fabricated buildings. The small footprint can result in considerable cost savings from the reduction of building or room sizes. Table 11.14: 14.75 Switchgear Standard Features • • • • • • • • • 946 W Fuselogic is a protection system that provides the ultimate in medium voltage fuse protection. This patented system utilizes Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses with mechanical sensors that function without any auxiliary power requirements. Several combinations of Fuselogic functions can be combined to provide simple blown fuse indication contacts with mechanical lockout to anti-single phasing protection. Anti-single phasing requires the optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). Fuselogic is available on both HVL/cc and HVL switches. The HVL/cc switch can be equipped with either an overtoggle mechanism (OTM), which is standard, or an optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). An option with both mechanisms is the Fuselogic™ system. The Fuselogic system offers fuse tripping (with SEM) to provide protection against single phasing loads when a fuse has blown. It also has a mechanical interlock to prevent inadvertent switching until fuses have been installed or blown fuses have been replaced. 37.25 36 36 50 80 Continuous current (A) 600/1200 600/1200 600/1200 600 600 Interrupting current (A) 600/1200 600/1200 600/1200 600 600 Fault close (kA asymmetrical) 40 40 40 32 32 Momentary current (kA asymmetrical) 40 40 40 32 32 Short time current (kA symmetrical) 25 25 25 25 25 100/600 A 100/600 A 100/600 A Electrical endurance (number of operations 26/1200 A 26/1200 A 26/1200 A at 80% P.F.) 100 100 Mechanical endurance (number of operations) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 www.schneider-electric.us Fuselogic™ Compartments: Switch, bus, fuse/cable, mechanism, and optional low voltage/control 11 gauge steel enclosure Epoxy insulators Fuse/cable access panel interlocked with switch Front access only Animated mechanism mimic bus Padlocking open or closed provision Top or bottom cable entry UL/CUL Listed Live line indicators on all incoming switch bays and outgoing feeder circuits Cable lugs included for one cable per phase Tin plated copper bus for lineups Table 11.15: Surge Arresters System L-L Voltage kV Nominal Maximum 2.4 4.16 4.8 6.9 12.0 12.47 13.2 13.8 2.54 4.4 5.08 7.26 12.7 13.2 13.97 14.52 Arrester MCOV-kV Effectively Impedance Grounded Grounded and Ungrounded Neutral Circuits Circuits — 2.55 2.55 5.1 — 5.1 — 7.65 7.65 12.70 7.65 12.70 8.4 — 8.4 — Switch Standard Features • To Ground Bus Open Position To Ground Bus • View ports to show switch blade position Options Grounded Position Switch Contact Positions Listed Metal-enclosed Interrupter Switchgear 11-8 • • • • Switch Positions: Closed, open, and internally grounded (optional) (connects switch contacts to ground) Enclosure: Epoxy Medium: Sulphur hexalfluoride Maintenance: Maintenance free sealed for life Pressure: — 5.8 PSI (≤17.5 kV) — 22 PSI (25.8–38 kV) • • • • • • • • • Internal ground switch: Has full fault making capability Fuselogic™ system Infrared viewing windows Class I, Division 2 Fast auto transfers Duplex configurations Protective relaying Powerlogic™ metering 20-inch or 29.5-inch wide enclosures © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed —HVL/cc™ Class 6045 / Refer to Catalog 6045CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Cable entry and exit must be opposite to maintain the minimum sections shown. HVL/cc Switchgear—Quick Ship Program— 5–15 kV, 600 A The HVL/cc quick ship program provides basic fused and unfused load interrupter switch configurations for standalone or transformer primary applications. The Quick Ship program offers faster delivery, but with fewer options. Three-pole, 600 A individual HVL/cc switches are available in free-standing indoor (NEMA 1) enclosures. These M switches are available unfused or with provisions for 90.00 450E Square D™ brand current-limiting DIN/E fuses. Factory 2286 M optional accessories include auxiliary bays, main bus, auxiliary switches, extra cable terminating lugs, and distribution class surge arresters. The fuse access panel is mechanically interlocked with the switch mechanism. Key 37.25 interlocks are not an available option with Digest-listed 946 14.75 375 HVL/cc switches. (1) Set screw type lugs for (2) #2–350 kcmil copper or aluminum cables are provided for line and 5 kV Indoor N1 Top Cable In/Bottom Cable load connections. Fuses are not furnished with this Out Switch in Position A equipment. For fuse information and pricing refer to page 11-10. 600 A Incoming Line Auxiliary Bay For top incoming cable to application A (bottom cable exit) switch(es), order 600 A tin plated Cu main bus to adjacent section from bus table. Includes (1) set screw lug for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al conductor per phase. Table 11.18: Bays for Top Entry/Exit Cables Catalog No. kV Rating Fuse Range Application HVLCCA14A HVLCCA20A 4.76/15 4.76/15 — — A A Width in 14.75 20.00 $ Price mm 375 508 1968.00 2492.00 For bottom incoming cable to application B (top cable exit) switch(es), order 600 A tin plated Cu main bus to adjacent section from main bus kits table. Includes (1) set screw lug for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al conductor per phase. Table 11.19: Bays for Bottom Entry/Exit Cables Catalog No. kV Rating Fuse Range Application HVLCCB14A HVLCCB20A 4.76/15 4.76/15 — — B B Width in 14.75 20.00 mm 375 508 $ Price 1968.00 2492.00 600 A Tin Plated Copper Main Bus Kits Manual over-toggle mechanism, no grounding switch Includes (1) set screw for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al conductors per phase Application A = Top entry (incoming—cable or main bus), bottom exit (load—cable or main bus) Application B = Bottom entry (incoming—cable or main bus), top exit (load—cable or main bus) M 90.00 2286 Table 11.16: 450E Unfused Switch Selection M 14.75 375 37.25 946 5 kV Indoor N1 Top Cable In/Bottom Cable Out Switch in Position B Catalog No. kV Rating Fuse Range Application HVLCCA14305N HVLCCA20305N HVLCCA14315N HVLCCA20315N HVLCCB14305N HVLCCB20305N HVLCCB14315N HVLCCB20315N 4.76 4.76 15 15 4.76 4.76 15 15 — — — — — — — — A A A A B B B B Width in 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 mm 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 $ Price 17500.00 18024.00 19244.00 19770.00 17500.00 18024.00 19244.00 19770.00 HVLCCMBA14A14 HVLCCMBA14A20 HVLCCMBA20A14 HVLCCMBA20A20 HVLCCMBB14B14 HVLCCMBB14B20 HVLCCMBB20B14 HVLCCMBB20B20 A A A A B B B B Width in mm 14.75 14.75 20.00 20.00 14.75 14.75 20.00 20.00 375 375 508 508 375 375 508 508 A A A A B B B B Width in mm 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 $ Price 882.00 946.00 946.00 1008.00 882.00 946.00 946.00 1008.00 Ratings HVL/cc Switch with manually operated type OTM mechanism in cubicle enclosure (does not include internal ground switch). Ratings are based on an X/R ratio of 1.6. Table 11.21: HVL/cc Switch Ratings Switch (kV)—maximum design 5.5 BIL (kV) 60 95 50/60 50/60 Frequency (Hertz) 17.5 Withstand (kV) 19 36 Continuous current (amperes) 600 600 600 600 600 A Single Switch Fused Interrupting current (amperes) Fault close (amperes asymmetrical) 40,000 40,000 (Provisions only for Square D™ brand current-limiting DIN/E fuses—order fuses separately) Manual over-toggle mechanism, no grounding switch Includes (1) set screw lug for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al conductor per phase Application A = Top entry (incoming—cable or main bus), bottom exit (load—cable or main bus) Application B = Bottom entry (incoming—cable or main bus), top exit (load—cable or main bus) Integrated switch and fuse rating (amperes 65,000 65,000 Momentary current (amperes asymmetrical) 40,000 40,000 Short time current, 2 seconds (amperes symmetrical) 25,000 25,000 Table 11.17: Fused Switch Selection Catalog No. kV Rating Fuse Range Application HVLCCA14305D HVLCCA20305D HVLCCA14315D HVLCCA20315D HVLCCB14305D HVLCCB20305D HVLCCB14315D HVLCCB20315D 4.76 4.76 15 15 4.76 4.76 15 15 10–450E 10–450E 10–200E 10–200E 10–450E 10–450E 10–200E 10–200E A A A A B B B B Width in 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 mm 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 Operations at Full Load 100 100 Mechanical Endurance (number of operations) a 50,000 for 630 A fuse. 1000 1000 Factory Modifications Table 11.22: Catalog No. HVLCC-X3 19392.00 19916.00 19858.00 20382.00 19392.00 19916.00 19858.00 20382.00 Description Auxiliary switch 2 N.O.–2 N.C. contact $ Price 762.00 Distribution Class Surge Arresters (One Set of Three) Switch Load Side Connected or Incoming Line Bay) Table 11.23: Catalog No. HVLCCDSA3 HVLCCDSA6 HVLCCDSA9 HVLCCDSA10 HVLCCDSA12 HVLCCDSA15 HVLCCDSA18 PE5A Factory Modifications $ Price Listed Metal-enclosed Interrupter Switchgear © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog No. Discount Schedule Surge Arresters kV Rating 3 kV, 2.55 kV MCOV 6 kV, 5.10 kV MCOV 9 kV, 7.65 kV MCOV 10 kV, 8.40 kV MCOV 12 kV, 10.20 kV MCOV 15 kV, 12.70 kV MVOV 18 kV, 15.3 kV MCOV Section Width Minimum Required in 14.75 14.75 14.75 14.75 14.75 20.00 20.00 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR 600 A Single Switch Unfused Bus Kits 11 NOTE: Mechanical interlock is standard on switches. Table 11.20: Right (To) Application All “single” HVL/cc switches have provisions for future expansion on either side. Order main bus kits for copper 600 A bus. Include sketch for factory-assembled parts or lineups. Mechanical interlock between switch and fuse access panel. Left (From) Application Provisions for Future Expansion mm 375 375 375 375 375 508 508 $ Price 1618.00 1926.00 2248.00 2446.00 2836.00 3424.00 3948.00 11-9 Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—HVL/cc™ Class 6045 / Refer to Catalog 6045CT9801 200E 2286 M 14.75 375 14.75 375 Table 11.24: 37.25 946 Listed Metal-enclosed Interrupter Switchgear Catalog No. 600 A “Single” HVL/cc Switch Selection kV Rating Fuse Range Width in mm RH / LH Table 11.26: $ Price General Purpose E-Rated Current-Limiting Fuses:Type DIN/E for HVL/cc Switches 11 Integrated rating for 600 A HVL/cc switches with Square D™ brand DIN/E fuses listed below is 65 kA rms symmetrical amperes. (50 kA rms for 630 A fuse.) Current-limiting fuses increase the integrated short-circuit current rating because of their energy-limiting capabilities. To increase the short-circuit current rating of the entire lineup of switchgear, current-limiting fuses must be used in the entrance sections. SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Catalog No. Fuse Selection kV Fuse Set of Fuse Rating Rating Fuses a Size Section Width Required $ Price in mm 55DE010 5.5 10E 1 Actual 14.75 375 954.00 55DE015 5.5 15E 1 Actual 14.75 375 954.00 55DE020 5.5 20E 1 Actual 14.75 375 954.00 55DE025 5.5 25E 1 Actual 14.75 375 954.00 55DE030 5.5 30E 1 Actual 14.75 375 1980.00 55DE040 5.5 40E 1 Actual 14.75 375 1980.00 55DE050 5.5 50E 1 Actual 14.75 375 1980.00 55DE065 5.5 65E 1 Actual 14.75 375 1980.00 55DE080 5.5 80E 1 Actual 14.75 375 1980.00 55DE100 5.5 100E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3326.00 55DE125 5.5 125E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3326.00 55DE150 5.5 150E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3326.00 55DE175 5.5 175E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3326.00 55DE200 5.5 200E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3326.00 55DE250 5.5 250E 1 Actual 14.75 375 5742.00 55DE300 5.5 300E 1 Actual 14.75 375 5742.00 55DE350 5.5 350E 1 Actual 14.75 375 5742.00 55DE400 5.5 400E 1 Actual 14.75 375 6430.00 55DE450 5.5 450E 1 Actual 14.75 375 6430.00 175DE010 15.5 10E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3214.00 175DE015 15.5 15E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3214.00 175DE020 15.5 20E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3214.00 175DE025 15.5 25E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3214.00 175DE030 15.5 30E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3290.00 175DE040 15.5 40E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3290.00 175DE050 15.5 50E 1 Actual 14.75 375 3290.00 175DE065 15.5 65E 1 Actual 14.75 375 4446.00 175DE080 15.5 80E 1 Actual 14.75 375 4446.00 175DE100 15.5 100E 1 Actual 14.75 375 4446.00 175DE125 15.5 125E 1 Actual 14.75 375 6878.00 175DE150 15.5 150E 1 Actual 14.75 375 6878.00 155DE175 15.5 175E 1 Actual 14.75 375 6878.00 155DE200 15.5 200E 1 Actual 14.75 375 6878.00 a Each (1) set of fuses contains three fuses. (E.g., (2) sets of fuses yield a total of six fuses.) 11-10 600 A “Duplex” HVL/cc Switch Selection Width HVLCCA14405DGR 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375 RH 20134.00 HVLCCA20405DGR 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 RH 20660.00 HVLCCA14405DGL 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375 LH 20134.00 HVLCCA20405DGL 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 LH 20660.00 HVLCCA14415DGR 15 10–200E A 14.75 375 RH 20614.00 HVLCCA20415DGR 15 10–200E A 20.00 508 RH 21138.00 HVLCCA14415DGL 15 10–200E A 14.75 375 LH 20614.00 HVLCCA20415DGL 15 10–200E A 20.00 508 LH 21138.00 HVLCCB14405DGR 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 RH 20134.00 HVLCCB20405DGR 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 RH 20660.00 HVLCCB14405DGL 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 LH 20134.00 HVLCCB20405DGL 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 LH 20660.00 HVLCCB14415DGR 15 10–200E B 14.75 375 RH 20614.00 HVLCCB20415DGR 15 10–200E B 20.00 508 RH 21138.00 HVLCCB14415DGL 15 10–200E B 14.75 375 LH 20614.00 HVLCCB20415DGL 15 10–200E B 20.00 508 LH 21138.00 NOTE: Switches with transformer connections are painted ANSI 49. Standalone switches are painted ANSI 61. Transformer connections in HVL/cc switches are based on standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. If these switches are used to connect to other manufacturers' transformers, then connections must match standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. (Cable connections are furnished with the transformer.) Table 11.25: www.schneider-electric.us 600 A “Duplex” HVL/cc Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry, Power-Cast, and Uni-Cast Transformers (FLC = 300 A MAXIMUM) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left Includes Mechanical Interlock to Prevent Paralleling of Sources Application A = Top Entry (Incoming Cables) Application B = Bottom Entry (Incoming Cables) PE5A Discount Schedule Catalog No. HVLCCA14505DGR HVLCCA20505DGR HVLCCA14505DGL HVLCCA20505DGL HVLCCA14515DGR HVLCCA20515DGR HVLCCA14515DGL HVLCCA20515DGL HVLCCB14505DGR HVLCCB20505DGR HVLCCB14505DGL HVLCCB20505DGL HVLCCB14515DGR HVLCCB20515DGR HVLCCB14515DGL HVLCCB20515DGL kV Fuse Rating Range 4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 15 15 15 15 4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 15 15 15 15 10–450E 10–450E 10–450E 10–450E 10–200E 10–200E 10–200E 10–200E 10–450E 10–450E 10–450E 10–450E 10–200E 10–200E 10–200E 10–200E Application M 90.00 Application 600 A tin plated copper bus 600 A “Single” HVL/cc Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry™, Power-Cast™, and Uni-Cast™ Transformers (FLC = 300 A MAXIMUM) RH—Transformer on right, LH—Transformer on Left Application A = Top Entry (Incoming Cables) Application B = Bottom Entry (Incoming Cables) in mm RH / LH $ Price A A A A A A A A B B B B B B B B 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 14.75 20.00 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 375 508 RH RH LH LH RH RH LH LH RH RH LH LH RH RH LH LH 54174.00 56068.00 54174.00 56068.00 57428.00 59322.00 57428.00 59322.00 54174.00 56068.00 54174.00 56068.00 57428.00 59322.00 57428.00 59322.00 Ordering Information 1. Select switch catalog number based on fused or unfused and cable entry locations (top or bottom) from Table 11.16 or Table 11.17 on page 9. 2. Select incoming line auxiliary bay from Table 11.18 or Table 11.19 on page 9, if required. 3. Select main bus from Table 11.20 on page 9, if required. 4. Select catalog numbers for factory modifications from Table 11.22 on page 9, if required. 5. If fused, select DIN/E fuses from Table 11.25. Pricing Example Order indoor 600 A, 5 kV, HVL/cc switch with bottom incoming and bottom outgoing cables (1) #2 AWG per phase, (1) set 200E fuses, and (1) set 6 kV surge arresters. Order: Catalog. No. Switch w/fuse provisions and HVLCCA14305D bottom exit load cables 600 incoming line auxiliary bay HVLCCA14A (Application A—bottom entry) Main Bus (Application A—14 in. to Application A–14 in.) HVLCCMBA14A14 6 kV LAs HVLCCDSA6 Set 200E fuses 55DE200 $ Price 19392.00 1968.00 882.00 1926.00 3326.00 Total Price 13747.00 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—HVL Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 www.schneider-electric.us HVL Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear—Full Range Front view Recommended power cable conduit area 2.00 51 4.00 102 Conduit D 38.00 965 2.00 51 34 x 6 864 x 152 34 x 6 864 x 152 Control Conduit Area 2x4 51 x 102 D1 6.36 162 1.13 35.74 908 29 .875 Mounting Hole (4 Places for .75 Anchor Bolts) Table 11.27: Maximum design voltage (kV) BIL (kV) Listed Metal-enclosed Interrupter Switchgear Frequency (Hz) Ratings 4.76 15 17 25.8 29 38 60 95 95 125 125 150 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 Continuous amperes 600/1200 600/1200 600 Interrupting amperes 600/1200 600/1200 600 600 400 400 40/61/80 61 40/61 40/61 40 Momentary 40/61/80 (kA asymmetrical) 600/1200 600/1200 600 Fault close (kA asymmetrical) 40/61 40/61 40 40 40 20 Capacitor switching (kVAR) 2400 2400 – – – – Short time rating 2 seconds (kA symmetrical) Low frequency withstand (kV) 25/38/50 25/38/50 25 25 25 25 19 36 36 60 60 60 11 gauge steel enclosure Direct drive mechanism Permanently attached operating handle Visible isolation viewing window Mechanical interlocked fuse access door Provision for padlock and key interlock Highly flexible design ANSI 61 paint Options • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved HVL Switchgear—Quick Ship Program— 5 kV–15 kV, 600 A Features The HVL quick ship program provides basic fused and unfused load interrupter switch configurations for stand-alone or transformer primary applications. The Quick Ship program offers faster delivery, but with fewer options. Three-pole, 600 A individual HVL switches are available in free-standing indoor (NEMA 1) or outdoor (NEMA 3R) enclosures. The switches used in these enclosures are UL Recognized and are listed under Category WIQG2 in File E140591(M). These switches are available unfused or with provisions for 3-inch diameter Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses or for boric acid fuses. Factory optional accessories include auxiliary switches, extra cable terminating lugs and distribution class surge arresters. The door is mechanically interlocked with the switch operating handle and provisions for key interlocks are standard. Set screw type lugs for one #2 solid—600 kcmil copper or aluminum cables are provided for line and load connections. Other standard features include a bolted enclosure with a viewing window, ground pad, and space heater (NEMA 3R only). Control power for heater must be from external source. Fuses are not furnished with this equipment. For fuse information and pricing, refer to page 11-14. Switches are listed on pages 11-11 and 11-12, and many of the fuses listed on page 11-14 are available from stock. Table 11.28: Catalog No. HVL305NG HVL305NW HVL315NG HVL315NW Table 11.29: Standard Features • • • • • • • • Fuselogic is a protection system that provides the ultimate in medium voltage fuse protection. This patented system utilizes the Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses with mechanical sensors that function without any auxiliary power requirements. Several combinations of Fuselogic functions can be combined to provide simple blown fuse indication contacts with mechanical lockout to anti-single phasing protection. Anti-single phasing requires the optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). Fuselogic is available on both HVL/cc™ and HVL switches. Catalog No. HVL305DEG HVL305DEW HVL315DEG1 HVL315DEG2 HVL315DEW1 HVL315DEW2 Table 11.30: Outdoor construction Square D™ brand DIN-style current-limiting fuses Boric acid fuses Silver or tin plated copper bus 600, 1200, or 2000 A main bus Heat shrink insulated bus Motor operator Shunt trip Fuselogic™ tripping system Automatic load transfer schemes Roof bushings Key interlocks Surge arresters Utility metering bays Line selector switch Duplex switch Transformer connections Infrared windows for thermal scanning of connections PE5A Discount Schedule Catalog No. HVL305BG HVL305BW HVL315BG HVL315BW HVL317BG HVL317BW 600 A “Single” Switch Unfused kV Rating 4.76 4.76 15 15 Fuse Range — — — — Enclosure Type NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 3R $ Price 17500.00 21524.00 19244.00 23478.00 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand CurrentLimiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses kV Rating 4.76 4.76 15 15 15 15 Fuse Range 10–450E 10–450E 10–100E 125–200E 10–100E 125-200E Enclosure Type NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R $ Price 19392.00 21636.00 19858.00 19858.00 23978.00 23978.00 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid Non-Disconnect Type Fuses kV Rating 4.76 4.76 15 15 17 17 Fuse Range 10E–400E 10E–400E 10E–400E 10E–400E 10E–400E 10E–400E Enclosure Type NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 3R $ Price 24936.00 28606.00 26650.00 30688.00 29610.00 34098.00 11-11 SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR W D Side view HVL™ 5–38 kV Load Interrupter is the most popular ANSIrated switchgear in its class in America. Among medium voltage interrupter switchgear, both the switch and the enclosure stand as industry benchmarks in the areas of design, manufacturing, and performance. Load interrupter switchgear must perform a number of critical functions in a unit substation - protecting equipment and disconnecting faulted lines and transformers. Designed and tested to the latest applicable standards, HVL has been engineered to provide superior protection for your distribution system. HVL switchgear is available for various applications and configurations, including: • Individual service entrance bays • Multiple-bay lineups incorporating HVL load interrupters and optional Visi/Vac™ circuit interrupters • Substation primaries Square D™ brand metal-enclosed switchgear has become an industry standard for its better system performance, lower maintenance cost, easier system expansion, and reduced system expense. A full range of ratings and options are available but not listed in this publication. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor. 11 H Fuselogic™ Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—HVL Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 or Brochure 6040BR9401 Table 11.31: Table 11.34: Ratings Max. Design Voltage (kV) 4.76 BIL (kV) 15.0 60 95 50/60 50/60 Continuous amperes 600 600 Interrupting amperes 600 600 Momentary (amperes asymmetrical) 40,000 40,000 Fault close (amperes asymmetrical) 40,000 40,000 Capacitor switching (kVAR) 2,400 2,400 Short-time rating, 2 seconds (amperes symmetrical) 25,000 25,000 19 36 Frequency (Hz) Low frequency withstand (kV) Table 11.32: Arrester MCOV-kV Nominal Maximum 2.4 4.16 4.8 6.9 12.0 12.47 13.2 13.8 2.54 4.4 5.08 7.26 12.7 13.2 13.97 14.52 Type Indoor Outdoor Table 11.35: Distribution Class Surge Arresters System L-L Voltage kV Table 11.33: Catalog No. HVL415DEWL2H Effectively Grounded Neutral Circuits — 2.55 — — 7.65 7.65 8.4 8.4 Impedance Grounded and Ungrounded Circuits 2.55 5.1 5.1 7.65 12.70 12.70 — — Enclosure Type W in 38.00 38.00 D mm 965 965 in 54.50 60.00 H mm 1384 1524 in 90.00 97.50 Weight mm 2286 2477 lbs 1200 1400 kg 545 636 Provisions for Future Expansion All “single” Digest switches have provisions for future expansion on either side. Order kits HVMB for top crossover copper 600 A bus and HVLC for line connections to the top bus. (Refer to the Factory Modifications table on page 1113.) Include sketch for factory-assembled parts or lineups. Catalog No. HVL505DEGR HVL505DEGL HVL505DEWRH HVL505DEWLH HVL515DEGR1 HVL515DEGR2 HVL515DEGL1 HVL515DEGL2 HVL515DEWR1H HVL515DEWR2H HVL515DEWL1H HVL515DEWL2H Table 11.36: 11 HVL Switches for Power-Dry II ™, Power-Cast II ™, and Uni-Cast II ™ Transformer Connections SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR HVL switches can be configured for close coupling cable connections to listed dry type transformers for primary main switches of unit substations. These are listed in the tables below with current-limiting or boric acid fuses. Both single and duplex switch mains are included in this selection. Transformers are listed on page 14-20 and may not be suitable for close coupling. For transformer availability and specific configurations, contact your local Schneider Electric sales office. All connections in this digest are based on standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. If these switches are used to connect to other manufacturers’ transformers, then connections must coordinate with standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. (Cable connections are furnished with the transformer.) Catalog No. HVL405DEGR HVL405DEGL HVL405DEWRH HVL405DEWLH HVL415DEGR1 HVL415DEGR2 HVL415DEGL1 HVL415DEGL2 HVL415DEWR1H HVL415DEWR2H HVL415DEWL1H 11-12 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers (FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left kV Rating Fuse Range 4.76 10–450E 4.76 10–450E 4.76 10–450E 4.76 10–450E 15 10–100E 15 125–200E 15 10–100E 15 125–200E 15 10–100E 15 125-200E 15 10–100E Enclosure Type NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R PE5A RH / LH $ Price RH LH RH LH RH RH LH LH RH RH LH 20134.00 20134.00 25322.00 25322.00 20614.00 20614.00 20614.00 20614.00 28070.00 28070.00 28070.00 Discount Schedule kV Enclosure Rating Fuse Range Type 15 125-200E NEMA 3R RH / LH $ Price LH 28070.00 600 A “Duplex” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers (FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left kV Rating Fuse Range 4.76 10–450E 4.76 10–450E 4.76 10–450E 4.76 10–450E 15 10–100E 15 125–200E 15 10–100E 15 125–200E 15 10–100E 15 125–200E 15 10–100E 15 125-200E Enclosure Type NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R NEMA 3R RH / LH $ Price RH LH RH LH RH RH LH LH RH RH LH LH 42028.00 42028.00 49484.00 49484.00 43084.00 43084.00 43084.00 43084.00 54904.00 54904.00 54904.00 54904.00 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers b (FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left Catalog kV Enclosure RH / LH $ Price No. Rating Fuse Range Type HVL405BGR 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1 RH 25666.00 HVL405BGL 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1 LH 25666.00 HVL405BWRH 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R RH 30674.00 HVL405BWLH 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R LH 30674.00 HVL415BGR 15 10E–400E NEMA 1 RH 27390.00 HVL415BGL 15 10E–400E NEMA 1 LH 27390.00 HVL415BWRH 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R RH 32476.00 HVL415BWLH 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R LH 32476.00 a Includes fuse holder only. See table on page 11-14 for fuse refills. Table 11.37: Table 11.34: www.schneider-electric.us 600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers (FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left 600 A “Duplex” Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers b (FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on Right, LH—Transformer on Left Catalog kV Enclosure RH / LH $ Price No. Rating Fuse Range Type HVL505BGR 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1 RH 47470.00 HVL505BGL 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 1 LH 47470.00 HVL505BWRH 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R RH 57742.00 HVL505BWLH 4.76 10E–400E NEMA 3R LH 57742.00 HVL515BGR 15 10E–400E NEMA 1 RH 49540.00 HVL515BGL 15 10E–400E NEMA 1 LH 49540.00 HVL515BWRH 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R RH 60514.00 HVL515BWLH 15 10E–400E NEMA 3R LH 60514.00 b Includes fuse holder only. See table on page 11-14 for fuse refills. NOTE: Switches with transformer connections are painted ANSI 49. Standalone switches are painted ANSI 61. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—HVL Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 www.schneider-electric.us Fuse Selection The rule of thumb method for selecting fuses for transformer protection is 1.33 times the self-cooled full load current of the transformer or the next higher fuse rating. Selection of the fuse is the customer’s responsibility and should be based on transformer and system characteristics. • Maximum Fuse Size: Maximum fuse size should be determined by comparing the fuse total clearing curve to the transformer damage curve. Contact Schneider Electric for transformer overload and short-circuit withstand capability. • Minimum Fuse Size: Minimum fuse size shall carry the transformer magnetizing inrush current of 12 times full load amperes for 0.1 second. Table 11.38: Factory Modifications Catalog No. HVMB Description $ Price Main Bus Kit, 600 A copper Line side connector kit (main bus) 600 A with 2–1/0=500 MCM lugs (bottom entry only) HVLC Provisions for key interlocks (does not include key cylinders—order separately HVLX3 Auxiliary switch 2 N.O.—2 N.C. contact HVLC2 Set screw type lugs 1/0—500 kcmil (qty. 3) Distribution Class Surge Arresters a HVDSA3 3 kV, 2.55 MCOV HVDSA6 6 kV, 5.10 MCOV HVDSA9 9 kV, 7.65 MCOV HVDSA10 10 kV, 8.40 MCOV HVDSA12 12 kV, 10.20 MCOV HVDSA15 15 kV, 12.70 MCOV a Load side connected 2288.00 1282.00 0.00 762.00 196.00 1618.00 1926.00 2248.00 2446.00 2836.00 3424.00 Standard Features • • • • Switches for transformer primaries are cable connected only. Key interlocks must be ordered and coordinated by customer. Standard color is ANSI 61 for standalone units; ANSI 49 for switches connecting to transformers. If switches are purchased to coordinate with Square D™ brand transformers, composite drawings and shipment coordination will not be available. Switches are not designed for any special dimensions for retrofit purposes. For dimensions other than shown, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor. SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR • Ordering Information 1. Select switch catalog number based on fused or unfused and enclosure type. 2. Select catalog numbers for factory modifications from the table above. 3. If fused, select fuse from table on page 11-14. 4. Price switch and fuses separately. Switches are furnished with provisions only for current-limiting fuse or boric acid fuse. 11 Pricing Example Price one (1) indoor (NEMA 1), 15 kV, 600 A switch with 80E SM-5S boric acid fuses and 10 kV distribution class surge arresters for a 7.62/13.2 kV grounded wye system. Order: Switch with indoor enclosure Surge arrester, 10 kV Boric acid fuse (set of three, from page 11-14 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog No. HVL315BG HVDSA10 15SM5080 $ Price 26650.00 2446.00 1508.00 Total Price 30634.00 PE5A Discount Schedule 11-13 Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—HVL Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 Table 11.39: Continuous Current 5 kV Fuse 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E 400E 450E DIN/E Current-Limiting Fuses, Non-Disconnecting Type abc (Extended Travel Blown Fuse Indicator) Fuse Mounting Clip d Centers (in) Diameter (mm) 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 Catalog No. e $ Price f 55DE010 55DE015 55DE020 55DE025 55DE030 55DE040 55DE050 55DE065 55DE080 55DE100 55DE125 55DE150 55DE175 55DE200 55DE250 55DE300 55DE350 55DE400 55DE450 954.00 1980.00 3326.00 5742.00 6430.00 11 15 kV Fuse 10E 17.4 51 175DE010 15E 17.4 51 175DE015 3214.00 20E 17.4 51 175DE020 25E 17.4 51 175DE025 30E 17.4 51 175DE030 40E 17.4 76 175DE040 3290.00 50E 17.4 76 175DE050 65E 17.4 76 175DE065 80E 17.4 76 175DE080 4446.00 100E 17.4 88 175DE100 125E 21.14 88 175DE125 150E 21.14 88 175DE150 6878.00 175E 21.14 88 155DE175 200E 21.14 88 155DE200 a Square D™ brand DIN/E fuses are shown in this table. For fuses produced by other manufacturers, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor. b Current-limiting fuses will increase the integrated short-circuit ratings beyond the non-fusible units. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor. c Caution—These fuses will not work for the MiniBreak. See page 11-7 for the appropriate MiniBreak fuses. d All fuses are single barrel arrangement with ferrule diameters per the chart. e Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock quantities. f Price includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box. SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR 11-14 PE5A Discount Schedule www.schneider-electric.us Boric Acid Fuse Selection Tablesg—HVL Table 11.40: Continuous Current Square D™ Brand DIN/E Fuse Selection Tables—HVL Fuse Typeh Boric Acid Fuses Catalog No. $ Price FuseiType Catalog No. j $ Price k 5 kV Fuse Refill 10E SM-5S 5SM5010 RBA400 405WBAF010 15E SM-5S 5SM5015 RBA400 405WBAF015 20E SM-5S 5SM5020 RBA400 405WBAF020 25E SM-5S 5SM5025 RBA400 405WBAF025 30E SM-5S 5SM5030 RBA400 405WBAF030 40E SM-5S 5SM5040 RBA400 405WBAF040 50E SM-5S 5SM5050 1472.00 RBA400 405WBAF050 1692.00 65E SM-5S 5SM5065 RBA400 405WBAF065 80E SM-5S 5SM5080 RBA400 405WBAF080 100E SM-5S 5SM5100 RBA400 405WBAF100 125E SM-5S 5SM5125 RBA400 405WBAF125 150E SM-5S 5SM5150 RBA400 405WBAF150 175E SM-5S 5SM5175 — — 200E SM-5S 5SM5200 RBA400 405WBAF200 250E SM-5S 5SM5250 1528.00 RBA400 405WBAF250 1758.00 300E SM-5S 5SM5300 RBA400 405WBAF300 400E SM-5S 5SM5400 RBA400 405WBAF400 15 kV Fuse Refill 10E SM-5S 15SM5010 RBA400 415WBAF010 15E SM-5S 15SM5015 RBA400 415WBAF015 20E SM-5S 15SM5020 RBA400 415WBAF020 25E SM-5S 15SM5025 RBA400 415WBAF025 30E SM-5S 15SM5030 RBA400 415WBAF030 40E SM-5S 15SM5040 RBA400 415WBAF040 50E SM-5S 15SM5050 1508.00 RBA400 415WBAF050 1732.00 65E SM-5S 15SM5065 RBA400 415WBAF065 80E SM-5S 15SM5080 RBA400 415WBAF080 100E SM-5S 15SM5100 RBA400 415WBAF100 125E SM-5S 15SM5125 RBA400 415WBAF125 150E SM-5S 15SM5150 RBA400 415WBAF150 175E SM-5S 15SM5175 — — 200E SM-5S 15SM5200 RBA400 415WBAF200 250E SM-5S 15SM5250 1554.00 RBA400 415WBAF250 1788.00 300E SM-5S 15SM5300 RBA400 415WBAF300 400E SM-5S 15SM5400 RBA400 415WBAF400 g S&C Boric Acid Fuses Type SM-5S fuses are manufactured by the S&C Electric Company. SM-5S has a 25.0 kA symmetrical short-circuit rating from 2.4 kV to 17.0 kV. For 16.5 kV ratings, only S&C boric acid fuses can be used. h Cutler-Hammer - Westinghouse Fuses Type RBA-400 fuses are manufactured by Cutler-Hammer EATON Corporation. RBA-400 has a 37.5 kA symmetrical ampere short-circuit rating from 2.4 kV to 4.8 kV and 29.4 kA symmetrical from 12 kV to 13.8 kV. i Caution—These fuses will not work for the MiniBreak. See page 11-7 for the appropriate MiniBreak fuses. j Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock quantities. k Price includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medium Voltage Switchgear Metal-Enclosed—DVCAS www.schneider-electric.us DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications DVCAS medium voltage (MV) switchgear from Schneider Electric is designed to meet the electrical switching, protection, and connection needs of wind farm applications up to 38 kV. Three different modules are available: • Transformer protection module D • Outgoing line module O • Incoming line module I For standard wind power applications, a maximum of four modules can be connected in various configurations to provide the most commonly used wind power functions. DVCAS switchgear is designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the following standards: • C37.20.3 • C37.54 • CAN/CSA C22.2 No.31-M89 I O D VIP Transformer Protection Module D DVCAS switchgear module D provides transformer protection. Construction features include: • Metal base frame • Operating mechanism and relay compartment — disconnector operating mechanism — operating mechanism of the circuit breaker — protection relay VIP — zero sequence current transformer CSH 30 • MV cable compartment — bushings for cable connection — Three CRc current sensors per phase • Stainless steel, gas-tight tank — busbar system — three position disconnector — circuit breaker LE - DO YO 1 VIP Mitop CSH 30 Module D Outgoing Line Module O DVCAS switchgear module O functions as an outgoing line to a downstream wind generator. There are two medium voltage cables per phase. Construction features include: • Metal base frame • Voltage presence indicator • MV cable compartment — bushings for cable connection — clamps for MV cable connection DO D+O Transformer protection + Outgoing line (I + D + O) I DO Incoming line + Transformer protection + Outgoing line (I + I + D + O) I I DO Two Incoming lines + Transformer protection + Outgoing line Incoming Line Module I DVCAS switchgear module I is a three-position switch-disconnector. It is recommended for the incoming line function from an upstream wind generator for the following reasons: • Reduces downtime caused by faults • Helps with fault detection • Reduces interruptions due to maintenance work • Improves energization works Module I is always connected to module D on the right with single-phase, coupling bushings. Construction features include: • Metal base frame • Operating mechanism compartment — operating mechanism of the switch-disconnector — motor for the operating mechanism (optional) • MV cable compartment — bushings for cable connection • Stainless steel, gas-tight tank — busbar system — three position disconnector Table 11.41: Remote control Motor power supply RE - I M Flair Module I Ratings Type Frequency (Hz) Rated voltage (kV) Insulation level Power frequency withstand voltage (kV) Lightning impulse withstand voltage, peak (kV) Rated current of the main busbar (A) Short time withstand current (kA/s) © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Remote operation 11 Recommended Configurations SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Typical IDO Configuration Rating Type 50/60 Short circuit breaking current capacity (kA) 38 Short circuit making capacity, peak (kA) Internal arc withstand IAC AFL (kA/1s) 70 Degree of protection (NEMA/IP) 170 HV compartment 600 LV and operating mechanism compartment 20/3 SF6 gas pressure at 20 ºC (PSI/bar) Rating 20 50 20 6/67 6P/3X 4.35/0.3 11-15 Medium Voltage Switchgear Masterclad™ Metalclad; Arc Terminator™; Arc Resistant Class 6055 / Refer to Catalog 6055CT9901 or Handouts 6055HO0901, 6000HO1001 www.schneider-electric.us Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Metalclad Switchgear (UL Listed) The Reliability of a Quality Design The quality of Square D™ brand Masterclad medium voltage metalclad switchgear stems from a design and manufacturing process that focuses on long-term switchgear performance with the highest degree of reliability. Based on specific customer application needs, Schneider Electric engineers and technicians select the appropriate standard sections and bus configurations, with the ability to customize where needed. After the specified circuit breakers, instrument and control power transformers, relays, meters and other components are selected and approved. All are factory-assembled, wired, and tested as a complete assembly. Two-high, Masterclad 5–27 kV Indoor, Metalclad Switchgear Table 11.42: Listed Metalclad Switchgear Ratings Nominal voltage (kV) 4.16 7.2 13.8 24.9 Maximum voltage (kV) 4.76 8.25 15.0 27.0 60 95 95 125 BIL (kV) Frequency (Hz) 50/60 Continuous amperes (A) 1200–3000 1200–2000 MVA (reference only) 250 350 500 500 500 750 1000 1500 1250 Short-time rating (kA) 3 seconds 40 50 63 50 25 40 50 63 25 2000 40 Close and latch rating (kA) (peak) 104 130 164 130 65 104 130 164 68 108 Type VR Vacuum Circuit Breaker Vacuum VR Circuit Breaker for Masterclad Switchgear The VR breaker is a horizontal drawout type designed to provide long life, reduced maintenance, and ease of handling. The Type RI advanced design motor-charged stored energy mechanism is a model of reliability with simplicity-with an operating life exceeding ANSI requirements. The VR circuit breaker is UL labeled and includes a permanently mounted manual charging handle. Switchgear Construction 11 • • • • • • • Floor mounted breaker racking mechanism Standard epoxy supports or optional porcelain supports Aluminum or copper main bus Indoor NEMA 1 Outdoor NEMA 3R Walk-in Non walk-in SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Masterclad 27 kV, Outdoor, Non Walk-in, Metalclad Switchgear Active, Arc-Resistant Arc Terminator™ Arc Extinguishing System Active system detects and controls the effects of internal arcing faults. It complies with ANSI C37.20.7 requirements for arc-resistant switchgear for Type 1, Type 2B, and Type 2C enclosures. Benefits Arc-Terminator™ Arc Extinguishing System • • • • • • Prevents pressure buildup Reduces release of toxic materials Eliminates need for reinforced switchgear Elimnates special requirements for buildings or plenums Minimizes equipment damage Reduces operating downtime Passive, Arc-Resistant Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Switchgear This switchgear and all its components meet the IEEE C37.20.7 arc-resistant test guideline for Type 2B enclosures as well as all other applicable ANSI, UL, and CSA standards for metalclad switchgear. Benefits • • • • 50 kA arc containment for 0.5 seconds Voltage ratings from 2.4 kV to 15 kV up to 3,000 A Type 2B construction, one- and two-high structures Custom exhaust plenum available Two-high, Masterclad 5-15 kV Metalclad, Arc-Resistant Switchgear 11-16 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Unit Substations Power-Zone Load Center; Power-Zone™ Model III Classes 6010, 6020 / Refer to Catalog 6020CT9401 or Data Bulletin 6010DB1001 www.schneider-electric.us Power-Zone Load Center Unit Substations Table 11.42: Complete Close Coupled Unit Substations Available Product Type Primary Section Medium voltage load interrupter switchgear Metalclad switchgear Low voltage Power-Style™ QED switchboard Air terminal chamber Transformer Section Open, ventilated dry—Power-Dry™ Open, ventilated dry/cast resin combination—Uni-Cast™ Open, ventilated cast resin—Power-Cast™ Mineral oil or high fire point fluid—liquid Unit Substation Secondary Section Medium voltage load interrupter switchgear Metalclad switchgear Medium voltage motor control center Low voltage Power-Style QED switchboard Air terminal chamber Low voltage drawout switchgear Low voltage Model 6 motor control centers Class Nos. Product Section No. 6040, 6045 6055 2741-2744 7421-23, 7310, 7240, 7320 11-1 7421-23 7320 7310 7240 14-1 6040 6055 8198 2741-2744 7421,23, 7310, 7240, 7320 6037 8998 11-1 17-1 Power-Zone Model III Package Unit Substations General Power-Zone Model III package unit substations combine a primary switch, dry-type transformer, and I-Line™ distribution section into a single, compact unit. All components are engineered, manufactured, and tested by Schneider Electric. The substation is available with a UL listing. The Model III is only 49 inches deep and 90 inches high, which allows the entire substation to pass through standard size doorways and narrow hallways. The Model III is front accessible; the transformer taps are accessible from the side. For proper ventilation, a minimum distance of 12 inches should be maintained on the transformer side of the equipment. Model III package unit substations are ideal for renovations and high rise applications requiring increased customer electrical demand as well as new construction requiring multiple zones and a small footprint. Available with primary voltages of 2400–13800 V. Forced air cooling (AA/FA) provides an additional 33%. Features 220 °C insulation and 150 °C, 115 °C, or 80 °C temperature rise. Largest 80 °C or 115 °C rise unit available is 750 kVA. Model III Package Unit Substation with HVL/cc Load Interrupter Switch (on left) The secondary circuit breaker distribution section may be equipped with an individually mounted secondary main breaker or an I-Line distribution panelboard. Branch circuit breakers from 15 A FY to PowerPact RLC 1200 A may be installed. PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers M, P, and R frame are available with electronic trip units. Additional options include CM 3000 and CM 4000 series circuit monitors, PM-800 series power meters, surge arresters, and I-Line plug-on unit with a Surgelogic™ Surge Protective Device (SPD). SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR 75–1000 kVA at 480 V; 75–500 kVA at 240 V Most Model IIIs are supplied with a Square D™ brand fused HVL/cc 600 A load interrupter switch. The HVL/cc offers the smallest footprint in the industry and is an exclusive sealed interruption type compartmentalized switch. Where switching and overcurrent protection are provided elsewhere, a full-height air-filled terminal chamber can be provided in place of the switch. Table 11.43: Primary Switch Ratings, Type HVL/cc Nominal Voltage © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4.16 13.8 BIL 60 95 Continuous amperes 600 600 Interrupting amperes 600 600 Fault close (kA asymmetrical) 40 40 Momentary current (kA asymmetrical 10 cycles) 40 40 Duty-cycle-fault-close (number of operations) 4 4 Grounding switch fault close (kA asymmetrical) 40 40 Short-time rating (kA asymmetrical 2 seconds) 25 25 Dielectric withstand (kV 1 minute) 19 36 Electrical endurance (close-open) 100 100 Mechanical endurance (close-open) 1000 1000 11-17 11 Incoming Line Section Unit Substations Power-Zone™ Model III; Distribution Section Class 6010 / Refer to Catalog 6020CT9401 www.schneider-electric.us Transformer Section Special barrel wound dry-type transformers employing resin encapsulated VPI (Vacuum Pressure Impregnation) techniques are used to achieve the low-loss, compact design necessary for the space-saving package substation concept. Class H, 220 °C insulation is used throughout. Temperature rise is 150 °C as standard, although 80°C or 115 °C low temperature premium transformers are available through 750 kVA. Aluminum windings are standard with copper as an option. Four full capacity 2-1/2 percent taps are provided-two above nominal voltage and two below. HVL/cc™ switch, top feed Removable cover I-Line panelboard Nameplate 5.45 (138) Fan cooling is optional. When selected, it increases the capacity rating of the transformer an additional 33 percent. The Model 98 digital controller is employed. This system provides precision control through the use of three high accuracy thermocouple type sensors—one in each phase of the windings. The controller has a membrane front panel for displaying the temperature of all three phases with individual readings. The hottest phase is automatically displayed. The Model 98 digital controller features simple three-button operation with fan, alarm and trip function settings and is Powerlogic™ compatible. Table 11.44: Transformer Basic Insulation Levels KV Class 1.2 2.5 5.0 7.2 8.7 15.0 85.0 (2159) 80.00 (2032) Primary Voltages < 600 V Secondary 2400 4160, 4800 6900, 7200 8320 12, 12.47, 13.2, 13.8 BIL 10 20 30 30 45 60 600 Hz Test 4 kV 10 kV 12 kV 12 kV 19 kV 31 kV Distribution Section I-Line™ Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breakers 14.75 A (375) Lifting jacks Power-Zone Model III Front View 11 Dimensions shown in Inches (mm). See Table 11.45 for A, B, C, D, E dimensions. Molded case circuit breakers are group mounted in an I-Line panelboard section offering the inherent ease of installation for which the plug-on I-Line circuit breaker has become known. All circuit breakers are quick-make, quick-break, thermal magnetic, permanent trip type and are factory-calibrated and sealed for accurate overcurrent response and maximum short-circuit strength. PowerPact™ P and R circuit breakers are available with solid-state Micrologic™ trip units. Current limiting high interrupting capacity FI, KI, and LI circuit breakers are also available. Circuit breakers may be safely back-fed for use as main circuit breakers. All circuit breakers are UL listed and carry integrated equipment rating when used exclusively with other Square D™ brand circuit breakers in intended assemblies. I-Line panel is available in 1200 A. Maximum mounting space is 108 inches. Tin-plated copper bus is standard. 8.0 19.9 A D E (505) (typical) (203) (typical) SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR 4.0 (102) 13.9 (353) 17.7 (450) C L 29.3 (744) (552) 7.0 4.8 14.0 (41) (356) (123) B 1.5 (38) C Low voltage conduit areas (top entry) 7.5 1.5 (178) Low voltage conduit provision; 2 places; 1.6 1.125 (29) dia. 40.0 (1016) 21.75 1.5 (38) Medium voltage conduit area (bottom entry) 1.2 1.5 (30) (38) Low voltage conduit area (bottom entry) 0.5 (13) 10.25 ½ Total Breaker Mounting Space Each Side FI, KI, JD JG, JJ, JL Q4, LA, LH LC, LI, LX LXI, LE MG, MJ PG, PJ, PL PGC, PJC, PLC RGC, RJC, RLC 1200 A Max. Main Lugs or 1200 A Max. Main Breaker 11-18 kVA FA,FH,FY HD,HG HJ, HL SN HCR-U 1200 A I-Line panelboards can be used for up to 600 Vac. They are UL Listed under File E33139. 0.63 (16) dia. bolt-down (4 places) 0.50 (13) dia. bolt-down (4 places) (236) 4.0 9.3 (84) (236) (102) Low voltage conduit area (bottom entry) Bottom Conduit Entrances Table 11.45: QB, QD QG, QJ 3.3 9.3 6.0 (152) (260) Top Conduit Entrances FA,FH,FY HD,HG HJ, HL QB, QD QG, QJ FI, KI, JD JG, JJ, JL (191) (38) 75 112.5 150 225 300 500 500 750 1000 Substation Dimensions and Approximate Weights Temperature Rise ° C Dimensions (for above drawings) A B C D E 48 11.0 23.0 13.5 32.0 80, 115, 150 Estimated Weight 3600 80, 115, 150 4500 150 80, 115 80, 115, 150 150 6000 6200 6700 7500 60 18.5 27.0 18.75 44.0 Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for pricing assistance. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved www.schneider-electric.us MV Controllers and Substation Circuit Breakers Motorpact™; Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers Classes 8198, 6065 / Refer to Documents 8198CT0201, 8198HO0201, 1910BR0902 Motorpact™ Medium Voltage Motor Controllers (UL Listed) Square D™ brand Motorpact medium voltage motor controllers from Schneider Electric are designed and manufactured to tackle the toughest power and process control challenges. Our motor controllers feature industry-first innovations that provide unmatched performance, high reliability, low maintenance and exclusive technologies. Motorpact medium voltage motor controllers are designed to provide the most efficient means to control and protect a wide range of applications and may be configured for motor starting, transformer feeders, capacitor feeders, or future spaces. The design has fewer losses inside the controller, providing more efficient use of power for the connected load. Motorpact controllers are designed to meet or exceed the standards for NEMA ICS3 Part 2, UL Standard 347, and IEC 60470. UL and cULus labels are standard. Starting application for squirrel cage induction motors: • Full voltage non-reversing • Full voltage reversing • 2-speed, 2-winding, 2-speed, 1-winding • Reduced voltage non-reversing — Auto transformers — Solid state soft start — Sequential soft start (S3) multi-motor starting Enclosures are available in NEMA Type 1, 1A, and 3R and feature the smallest footprint in the industry at 14.75 inches wide. Enclosures that are 20 inches and 29.5 inches wide are also available for FVNR. Optional arc resistant enclosures are available that meet IEEE C37.20.7. Units are designed as one-high construction for ease of use with a optimum height for the operator controls and isolation switch disconnect handle. Full front and or front and rear accessibility are provided. A full height cable pulling area is standard. Controller voltage ratings range from 2.3–7.2 kV vacuum contactors feature a drawout design and have ratings of 200, 400, 450, and 720 A. Options include live line indicators, blown fuse tripping, solid state protective relays, power factor correction capacitors, surge arresters, surge capacitors and a cable grounding switch. Listed Controllers By combining the latest developments in circuit breaker technology with world-renowned quality, vacuum substation circuit breakers from Schneider Electric are the most advanced medium voltage circuit breakers available. Type FVR Powersub™ circuit breakers include arc-resistant construction and are built to comply with ANSI standards. Type EOX substation circuit breakers are available with a magnetic or spring actuator. Type VOX includes a vacuum circuit breaker housed in a tank filled with SF6 (sulfur hexafluoride) for added environmental benefits and reduced space requirements. Table 11.46: Type EOX a FVR EOX c FVR VOX FVR Type FVR Voltage (kV) 15 27 38 Amperage (A) 1200, 2000 600–4000 1200, 2000 1200, 2000 1200, 2000 1200, 2000 1200 BIL 110 110 125 (150) 125 (150) 150 (200) 150 200 Short-time Rating kA (3 seconds) 12–31.5 b 12–40 25–31.5 12–25@125; 31.5@150 12–40 12–31.5 12–25 Spring- and magnetic-actuated. 31.5 for spring-actuated; maximum magnetic-actuated = 25. Spring- actuated. The arc-resistant design of Type FVR circuit breakers takes safety to the next level. In the event of an arc, the arc-resistant construction provides increased safety for personnel working in proximity of the breaker by venting resultant arc by-products and ionized gases upward and away from exterior panels that otherwise may not remain intact and in place. Type FVR circuit breakers also provide superior protection as a result of their high speed operation. You can expect long life from the product as the vacuum interrupter contacts are protected from corroding elements and contamination. Type EOX magnetic circuit breakers contain a magnetic actuator, electronic controller, and capacitors to store energy for circuit breaker operation. Our innovative design uses only one coil for opening and closing the circuit breaker. There are no critical friction parts, which increases the reliability and life of the mechanism. The tripping energy required is also lower than that of other products available on the market. In emergency situations, the circuit breaker can be easily tripped mechanically. Type VOX circuit breaker vacuum interrupters are housed in a fully welded, sealed-for-life, stainless steel tank, providing a controlled gas insulated environment totally immune to external ambient conditions. A spring-charged mechanism provides manual or motorized circuit breaker operation. Type EOX © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Type VOX 11-19 11 a b c Vacuum Substation Circuit Breaker Ratings SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers—Types FVR, EOX, VOX (Not UL Listed) Medium Voltage Overhead Distribution Recloser; Sectionalizer; Controller www.schneider-electric.us Automatic Circuit Recloser Overview The Automatic Circuit Recloser combines state-of-the-art vacuum arc interruption with integrated voltage and current measurement. These features are encased in a fully welded and sealed, 316 grade, stainless steel tank. Three types of reclosers are available: N-series (three-phase), U-series (three-phase), and W-series (single phase). Applications • • • • • N-series Feeder automatic circuit recloser Substation automatic circuit recloser Loop automation Automatic change-over Smart grid W-series U-series Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer Overview The RL-series Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer is a switch used in conjunction with an upstream recloser or circuit breaker. It counts the interruptions created by a recloser during a fault sequence. On a preset count, the sectionalizer trips during the dead time of the up stream recloser and isolates the faulty network section. Applications RL-series • • • • Manual load-break switch Motorized load-break switch Fully automated sectionalizer Normally-open tie point Table 11.47: Ratings 11 Automatic Circuit Recloser Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer Attribute N-series Phases Nominal Voltage (kV) SWITCHBOARDS AND SWITCHGEAR Continuous amperes (A) Short-time rating (kA) Insulation Interruption Operations (elec/mech) U-series 3 W-series RL-series 1 3 15, 27 15, 24 15, 27, 38 800 630 400 630 12.5/16 12.5 6 12.5/16 Epoxy Epoxy Gas 15, 27, 38 Gas Vacuum Gas 10000/10000 600/5000 ADVC Controller Overview The ADVC controller offers advanced protection, measurement, diagnostic, and communication features in a reliable package. Designed around the user, the controller offers flexibility and choice. Users have a choice of two cubicle sizes (ULTRA and COMPACT) and two operator interfaces (flexVUE and setVUE). All the protection, monitoring, communication, diagnostic, and automation features are included as standard in all models: • ULTRA—large 316SS controller cubicle with two accessory mounting areas • COMPACT—smaller 304SS controller cubicle with one accessory mounting area • flexVUE—interface with 20 configurable status lamps and 12 quick action keys • setVUE—large 4 x 40 LCD with familiar menu-driven operation Applications ADVC ULTRA Controller 11-20 The ADVC controller interfaces with the following: • N-series recloser • U-series recloser • W-series recloser • RL-series load break switch/sectionalizer © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 12 Busway Powerbus™ Busway Powerbus 100–400 A pp. 12-2 400 Ampere—600 Volt 12-2 225 Ampere—600 Volt 12-2 100 Ampere—600 Volt 12-2 Powerbus Plug-In Units 12-3, 12-20 I-Line™/ I-Line II Busway I-Line Busway Standard Components 12-4 I-Line II Busway Standard Components I-Line II Pricing Instructions 12-5 12-6, 12-7 Accessories 12-8 Plug-In Units (Fusible and Circuit Breaker Types) I-Line Plug-in Busway 225–600 A pp. 12-4 Plug-in Style 12-9, 12-10 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Plug-in Units 12-11 PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip 12-12 PowerPact™ M-Frame Plug-in Units 12-13 ™ PowerPact P-Frame Plug-in Units 12-14 PowerPact™ R-Frame Plug-in Units 12-15 Power-Zone™ Busway Non-Segregated Busway 12-16 Footage and Fittings 12-17 Options and Accessories 12-18 Feeder Style Distinct service advantages make your Busway installation “hassle-free” • Missing Link program guarantees shipment in a maximum of 5 working days of a small quantity of indoor feeder straight lengths and fittings. Orders for outdoor busway or for international destinations may require 2 extra days for processing. • Measurement Services are offered for your critical and complex projects. Schneider Electric will assist with field measurement and assume responsibility for the layout and exact fit of all components. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for exact details. I-Line II Busway 800–5000 A pp. 12-5 • Emergency Service; we are on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. For emergencies, call 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733). • Quick Ship program provides product availability for time sensitive orders. The program is available through the product selectors and offers a limited selection of I-Line busway footage and fittings. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for exact details. BUSWAY I-Line Plug-In Units pp. 12-9 12 Power-Zone Busway pp.12-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 12-1 PowerbusTM Busway Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Powerbus Busway Construction Powerbus busway construction consists of a light-weight electrical grade all-aluminum housing with up to five (5) silver-plated copper conductor bars for maximum electrical efficiency. The total product offer includes straight sections, fittings, accessories, and plug-in units for a total installation. This busway is available in 400 A, 225 A and 100 A ratings. A 50% integral ground is standard. Straight Sections Straight sections of busway are available in 10 ft. and 4 ft. lenghts in a painted black finish. The Enhanced busway offer includes 10 plug-in openings on each side of a 10 ft. section and 3 plug-in openings on each side of a 4 ft. section. Metering and Communications Options Powerbus busway tap boxes and plug-in units are available with optional metering and communication capabilities, which include an integrated display and the ability to remotely monitor the busway. NOTE: Single phase sysstems are also available. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. Table 12.1: 3Ø3W—Powerbus Straight Lengths and Fittingsa—600 V Maximum Amperage 100 A 225 A 400 A Table 12.2: Component Enhanced Straight 10 ft. Enhanced Straight 4 ft. Elbow – Left Elbow – Right Cross Fitting Tap Box Tap Box w/Meterbc Enhanced Straight 10 ft. Enhanced Straight 4 ft. Elbow – Left Elbow – Right Cross Fitting Tap Box Tap Box w/Meterb Enhanced Straight 10 ft. Enhanced Straight 4 ft. Elbow – Left Elbow – Right Cross Fitting Tap Box Tap Box w/Meterb Configuration 3A Catalog No. PBCE3A100AST120B PBCE3A100AST48B PBCF3A100ALLB PBCF3A100ALRB PBCF3A100ACRB PBCF3A100ATBB PBCF3A100ATBM( )B PBCE3A225AST120B PBCE3A225AST48B PBCF3A225ALLB PBCF3A225ALRB PBCF3A225ACRB PBCF3A225ATBB PBCF3A225ATBM( )B PBCE3A400AST120B PBCE3A400AST48B PBCF3A400ALLB PBCF3A400ALRB PBCF3A400ACRB PBCF3A400ATBB PBCF3A400ATBM( )B Configuration 4B $ Price 1556.00 887.00 1344.00 1344.00 1574.00 1962.00 5207.00 2896.00 1208.00 2044.00 2044.00 2510.00 2600.00 5845.00 4690.00 1976.00 2867.00 2867.00 3760.00 4275.00 7520.00 Catalog No. PBCE4B100AST120B PBCE4B100AST48B PBCF4B100ALLB PBCF4B100ALRB PBCF4B100ACRB PBCF4B100ATBB PBCF4B100ATBM( )B PBCE4B225AST120B PBCE4B225AST48B PBCF4B225ALLB PBCF4B225ALRB PBCF4B225ACRB PBCF4B225ATBB PBCF4B225ATBM( )B PBCE4B400AST120B PBCE4B400AST48B PBCF4B400ALLB PBCF4B400ALRB PBCF4B400ACRB PBCF4B400ATBB PBCF4B400ATBM( )B $ Price 1860.00 1105.00 1406.00 1406.00 1660.00 2152.00 5397.00 3570.00 1475.00 2490.00 2490.00 3060.00 2954.00 6199.00 5850.00 2340.00 3595.00 3595.00 4694.00 4750.00 7995.00 3Ø4W—Straight Lengths and Fittingsa—600 V Maximum Amperage Component Configuration 4A 12 Catalog No. PBCE4A100AST120B PBCE4A100AST48B PBCF4A100ALLB PBCF4A100ALRB PBCF4A100ACRB PBCF4A100ATBB PBCF4A100ATBM( )B PBCE4A225AST120B PBCE4A225AST48B PBCF4A225ALLB PBCF4A225ALRB PBCF4A225ACRB PBCF4A225ATBB PBCF4A225ATBM( )B PBCE4A400AST120B PBCE4A400AST48B PBCF4A400ALLB PBCF4A400ALRB PBCF4A400ACRB PBCF4A400ATBB PBCF4A400ATBM( )B Configuration 5A $ Price 1860.00 1105.00 1406.00 1406.00 1660.00 2152.00 5397.00 3570.00 1475.00 2490.00 2490.00 3060.00 2954.00 6199.00 5850.00 2340.00 3595.00 3595.00 4694.00 4750.00 7995.00 Catalog No. PBCE5A100AST120B PBCE5A100AST48B PBCF5A100ALLB PBCF5A100ALRB PBCF5A100ACRB PBCF5A100ATBB PBCF5A100ATBM( )B PBCE5A225AST120B PBCE5A225AST48B PBCF5A225ALLB PBCF5A225ALRB PBCF5A225ACRB PBCF5A225ATBB PBCF5A225ATBM( )B PBCE5A400AST120B PBCE5A400AST48B PBCF5A400ALLB PBCF5A400ALRB PBCF5A400ACRB PBCF5A400ATBB PBCF5A400ATBM( )B Configuration 5B $ Price 2319.00 1219.00 2212.00 2212.00 2984.00 2502.00 5747.00 4650.00 2456.00 3920.00 3920.00 5408.00 4570.00 7815.00 7150.00 2860.00 5145.00 5145.00 6565.00 6705.00 9950.00 Catalog No. PBCE5B100AST120B PBCE5B100AST48B PBCF5B100ALLB PBCF5B100ALRB PBCF5B100ACRB PBCF5B100ATBB PBCF5B100ATBM( )B PBCE5B225AST120B PBCE5B225AST48B PBCF5B225ALLB PBCF5B225ALRB PBCF5B225ACRB PBCF5B225ATBB PBCF5B225ATBM( )B PBCE5B400AST120B PBCE5B400AST48B PBCF5B400ALLB PBCF5B400ALRB PBCF5B400ACRB PBCF5B400ATBB PBCF5B400ATBM( )B BUSWAY Enhanced Straight 10 ft. Enhanced Straight 4 ft. Elbow – Left 100 A Elbow – Right Cross Fitting Tap Box Tap Box w/Meterbc Enhanced Straight 10 ft. Enhanced Straight 4 ft. Elbow – Left 225 A Elbow – Right Cross Fitting Tap Box Tap Box w/Meterb Enhanced Straight 10 ft. Enhanced Straight 4 ft. Elbow – Left 400 A Elbow – Right Cross Fitting Tap Box Tap Box w/Meterb Note: Also suitable for DC applications. a Busway catalog numbers shown include a black painted finish. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for a natural aluminum finish option. b Replace the ( ) in the Tap Box w/Meter catalog number with the meter suffix number in the table below. The meter will be configured based on the system voltage. c For 100 A busway only, add an additional (L) for top cable access or a (U) for bottom cable access. Table 12.3: Accessories Description Standard Hanger Side Mount Hanger Vertical Sway Brace End Closure Wall Flange Plug-in Opening Cover 12-2 $ Price 2319.00 1219.00 2212.00 2212.00 2984.00 2502.00 5747.00 4650.00 2456.00 3920.00 3920.00 5408.00 4570.00 7815.00 7150.00 2860.00 5145.00 5145.00 6565.00 6705.00 9950.00 100 A Catalog No. PB100FH PB100HFW PB100VSB PB100AEC PB100WF PBPIOCVR 225 A $ Price 50.00 120.00 50.00 120.00 140.00 60.00 Catalog No. PB225FH PB225HFW PB225VSB PB225AEC PB225WF PBPIOCVR 400 A $ Price 80.00 120.00 80.00 226.00 196.00 60.00 Catalog No. PB400FH PB400HFW PB400VSB PB400AEC PB400WF PBPIOCVR PE8 $ Price 100.00 120.00 100.00 298.00 244.00 60.00 Discount Schedule Meter Suffix 1 2 4 5 System Voltage 208Y/120 V 3Ø4W 240 V 3Ø3W 415/240 V 3Ø4W 480Y/277 V 3Ø4W © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerbusTM Busway Plug-In Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Powerbus Plug-in Units Powerbus plug-in units are rated maximum 100 A and may be offered as field installable or factory assembled units. All units conform to NEMA type 1. An optional kit is available for FA and QO units to raise the protection to IP54. This kit raises the QOR unit to moisture protection of IPX3. Busbar Configuration Table 12.4: Plug-In Units— Circuit breakers not included Space for One (1) 3 Phase FA Circuit Breaker 3 Spaces for QO/QOB Circuit Breakers FA Unit QO Unit Tap Box 3 Spaces for QO/QOB Circuit Breakers 3 Openings for ReceptaclesNote: QOR Unit Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 3A PBPTB3A100 614.00 PBPFA3A100 832.00 PBPQO3A100 424.00 4B PBPTB4B100 670.00 PBPFA4B100 870.00 PBPQO4B100 452.00 4A PBPTB4A100 670.00 PBPFA4A100 870.00 PBPQO4A100 452.00 5A PBPTB5A100 782.00 PBPFA5A100 946.00 PBPQO5A100 466.00 Note: Plug-in tap box to be installed on 100 A and 225 A busways only. a Certain NEMA receptacles can be field installed in this unit. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative. Table 12.5: Circuit Breaker Rating 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Catalog Number PBPQOR3A100 PBPQOR4B100 PBPQOR4A100 PBPQOR5A100 $ Price 566.00 586.00 586.00 604.00 Factory Assembled Units with FA Circuit Breakers—600 V max 3A Configuration Catalog Number PBPFA3A100A015 PBPFA3A100A020 PBPFA3A100A030 PBPFA3A100A040 PBPFA3A100A050 PBPFA3A100A060 PBPFA3A100A070 PBPFA3A100A080 PBPFA3A100A090 PBPFA3A100A100 4A Configurationa $ Price 1780.00 1780.00 1780.00 1780.00 1780.00 1780.00 1912.00 1912.00 1912.00 1912.00 Catalog Number PBPFA4A100A015 PBPFA4A100A020 PBPFA4A100A030 PBPFA4A100A040 PBPFA4A100A050 PBPFA4A100A060 PBPFA4A100A070 PBPFA4A100A080 PBPFA4A100A090 PBPFA4A100A100 5A Configuration $ Price 1820.00 1820.00 1820.00 1820.00 1820.00 1820.00 1954.00 1954.00 1954.00 1954.00 Catalog Number PBPFA5A100A015 PBPFA5A100A020 PBPFA5A100A030 PBPFA5A100A040 PBPFA5A100A050 PBPFA5A100A060 PBPFA5A100A070 PBPFA5A100A080 PBPFA5A100A090 PBPFA5A100A100 5B Configuration $ Price 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 2124.00 2124.00 2124.00 2124.00 Catalog Number PBPFA5B100A015 PBPFA5B100A020 PBPFA5B100A030 PBPFA5B100A040 PBPFA5B100A050 PBPFA5B100A060 PBPFA5B100A070 PBPFA5B100A080 PBPFA5B100A090 PBPFA5B100A100 $ Price 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 1978.00 2124.00 2124.00 2124.00 2124.00 Note: See Digest Section 7 for FA circuit breaker information. a The 4B configuration catalog numbers are also available and are priced the same as the 4A configuration. Table 12.6: 120 V Factory Assembled Units 1-pole QO/QOB circuit breakers with NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R receptaclesa Circuit Breaker Rating Type 4A Configuration Catalog Number 5A Configuration $ Price Catalog Number 5B Configuration $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Type 1 (3 circuit breakers w. 3 duplex receptacles) 15 QO PBPQOR4A100M115 850.00 PBPQOR5A100M115 950.00 PBPQOR5B100M115 950.00 15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M115B 886.00 PBPQOR5A100M115B 986.00 PBPQOR5B100M115B 986.00 20 QO PBPQOR4A100M120 850.00 PBPQOR5A100M120 950.00 PBPQORBA100M120 950.00 20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M120B 886.00 PBPQOR5A100M120B 986.00 PBPQOR5B100M120B 986.00 Type 2 (3 circuit breakers w. 2 duplex/1 locking recpt.) 15 QO PBPQOR4A100M215 862.00 PBPQOR5A100M215 962.00 PBPQOR5B100M215 962.00 15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M215B 898.00 PBPQOR5A100M215B 998.00 PBPQOR5B100M215B 998.00 20 QO PBPQOR4A100M220 862.00 PBPQOR5A100M220 962.00 PBPQOR5B100M220 962.00 20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M220B 898.00 PBPQOR5A100M220B 998.00 PBPQOR5B100M220B 998.00 Type 3 (3 circuit breakers w. 1 duplex/2 locking recpt.) 15 QO PBPQOR4A100M315 874.00 PBPQOR5A100M315 974.00 PBPQOR5B100M315 974.00 15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M315B 910.00 PBPQOR5A100M315B 1010.00 PBPQOR5B100M315B 1010.00 20 QO PBPQOR4A100M320 874.00 PBPQOR5A100M320 974.00 PBPQOR5B100M320 974.00 20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M320B 910.00 PBPQOR5A100M320B 1010.00 PBPQOR5B100M320B 1010.00 Type 4 (3 circuit breakers w. 3 locking receptacles) 15 QO PBPQOR4A100M415 886.00 PBPQOR5A100M415 986.00 PBPQOR5B100M415 986.00 15 QOB PBPQOR4A100M415B 922.00 PBPQOR5A100M415B 1022.00 PBPQOR5B100M415B 1022.00 20 QO PBPQOR4A100M420 886.00 PBPQOR5A100M420 986.00 PBPQOR5B100M420 986.00 20 QOB PBPQOR4A100M420B 922.00 PBPQOR5A100M420B 1022.00 PBPQOR5B100M420B 1022.00 Note: See Digest Section 7 for QOU circuit breaker information. a Many more factory assembled units are availalbe using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA receptacles. Maximum of 3 breaker spacess available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative. Table 12.7: Factory Assembled Units One (1) QOU circuit breaker and one (1) drop cord with connectora 12 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration NEMA Drop Cord Rating Poles Connector Length (ft) Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 15 A 1 L5-15 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL515 886.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL515 986.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL515 986.00 20 A 1 L5-20 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL520 886.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL520 986.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL520 986.00 30 A 1 L5-30 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL530 896.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL530 996.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL530 996.00 15 A 2 L6-15 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL615 948.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL615 1048.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL615 1048.00 20 A 2 L6-20 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL620 948.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL620 1048.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL620 1048.00 30 A 2 L6-30 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL630 958.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL630 1058.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL630 1058.00 20 A 3 L21-20 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL2120 1152.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL2120 1252.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL2120 1252.00 30 A 3 L21-30 3 PBPQOU4A100COOL2130 1162.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL2130 1262.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL2130 1262.00 15 A 1 L5-15 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL515 946.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL515 1046.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL515 1046.00 20 A 1 L5-20 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL520 946.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL520 1046.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL520 1046.00 30 A 1 L5-30 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL530 956.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL530 1056.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL530 1056.00 15 A 2 L6-15 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL615 1008.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL615 1108.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL615 1108.00 20 A 2 L6-20 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL620 1008.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL620 1108.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL620 1108.00 30 A 2 L6-30 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL630 1018.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL630 1118.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL630 1118.00 20 A 3 L21-20 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL2120 1212.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL2120 1312.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL2120 1312.00 30 A 3 L21-30 6 PBPQOU4A100FOOL2130 1222.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL2130 1322.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL2130 1322.00 Note: See Digest Section 7 for QOU circuit breaker information. Catalog numbers shown have the breaker in the top slot in the front cover and the drop cord in the left position in the base of the unit. Other combinations are available. a Factory assembled units are availalbe using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA and IEC type receptacles. Maximum of three drop cords with six breaker spaces available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative. NOTE: Factory Assembled Units with Metering for Powerbus has been moved to page 12-20. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE8 Discount Schedule BUSWAY Circuit Breaker 12-3 I-LineTM Busway Standard Components Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 Table 12.8: www.schneider-electric.us Standard Components—Aluminum Aluminum G PH PH PH N Top Front Number of Poles and Voltage $ Price 225 400 600 225 400 600 225 400 600 225 400 600 AP30210 AP30410 AP30610 AP50210 AP50410 AP50610 AP302G10 AP304G10 AP306G10 AP502G10 AP504G10 AP506G10 1900.00 2320.00 2920.00 2320.00 2920.00 3980.00 2520.00 2940.00 3580.00 2940.00 3540.00 4640.00 3Ø3W + Integral Ground Bus 3Ø4W + Integral Ground Bus Catalog No. Front G PH PH PH N 1140.00 1392.00 1752.00 1392.00 1752.00 2388.00 1512.00 1764.00 2148.00 1764.00 2124.00 2784.00 Catalog No. G PH PH PH N Front 1'-6" 1'-6" Front Elbowa $ Price AP3026 AP3046 AP3066 AP5026 AP5046 AP5066 AP302G6 AP304G6 AP306G6 AP502G6 AP504G6 AP506G6 Top 1'-6" 1'-6" 6'-0" Length Catalog No. 3Ø4W 6'-0" Front 10'-0" Length Rating (A) 3Ø3W Table 12.9: 10'-0" G PH PH PH N Top 10" Top Elbowa G PH PH PH N G PH PH PH N Plug-In Tee $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 2048.00 2174.00 2354.00 2496.00 2676.00 2994.00 2234.00 2360.00 2552.00 2682.00 2862.00 3192.00 AP302LT( ) AP304LT( ) AP306LT( ) AP502LT( ) AP504LT( ) AP506LT( ) AP302GLT( ) AP304GLT( ) AP306GLT( ) AP502GLT( ) AP504GLT( ) AP506GLT( ) 2048.00 2174.00 2354.00 2496.00 2676.00 2994.00 2234.00 2360.00 2552.00 2682.00 2862.00 3192.00 AP302LF( ) AP304LF( ) AP306LF( ) AP502LF( ) AP504LF( ) AP506LF( ) AP302GLF( ) AP304GLF( ) AP306GLF( ) AP502GLF( ) AP504GLF( ) AP506GLF( ) 1'-3" Top Catalog No. PTT23WG PTT33WG PTT43WG PTT24WG PTT34WG PTT44WG PTT23WG PTT33WG PTT43WG PTT24WG PTT34WG PTT44WG Plug-In Tap Box $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 3060.00 3060.00 3060.00 3726.00 3726.00 3726.00 3060.00 3060.00 3060.00 3726.00 3726.00 3726.00 PTB302G PBTB306G PBTB306G PTB502G PBTB506G PBTB506G PTB302G PBTB306G PBTB306G PTB502G PBTB506G PBTB506G 2134.00 4036.00 4036.00 2588.00 4566.00 4566.00 2134.00 4036.00 4036.00 2588.00 4566.00 4566.00 Standard Components—Copper Aluminum G PH PH PH N Top Front Number of Poles and Voltage Rating (A) 10'-0" Catalog No. Front G PH PH PH N 1368.00 2076.00 2676.00 1836.00 3048.00 3468.00 1956.00 2664.00 3288.00 2424.00 3636.00 4080.00 Catalog No. CP302LF ( ) CP304LF ( ) CP306LF ( ) CP502LF ( ) CP504LF ( ) CP506LF ( ) CP302GLF ( ) CP304GLF ( ) CP306GLF ( ) CP502GLF ( ) CP504GLF ( ) CP506GLF ( ) G PH PH PH N Front 1'-6" 1'-6" Front Elbowa $ Price CP3026 CP3046 CP3066 CP5026 CP5046 CP5066 CP302G6 CP304G6 CP306G6 CP502G6 CP504G6 CP506G6 Top 1'-6" 1'-6" 6'-0" Length $ Price 225 CP30210 2280.00 3Ø3W 400 CP30410 3460.00 600 CP30610 4460.00 225 CP50210 3060.00 3Ø4W 400 CP50410 5080.00 600 CP50610 5780.00 3Ø3W 225 CP302G10 3260.00 + Integral Ground 400 CP304G10 4440.00 Bus 600 CP306G10 5480.00 3Ø4W 225 CP502G10 4040.00 + Integral Ground 400 CP504G10 6060.00 Bus 600 CP506G10 6800.00 a Add “I” for inside elbow; add “O” for outside elbow. Table 12.10: 6'-0" Front 10'-0" Length Catalog No. G PH PH PH N Top 10" Top Elbowa $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 2162.00 2516.00 2816.00 2718.00 3324.00 3468.00 2456.00 2810.00 3122.00 3012.00 3618.00 3840.00 CP302LT( ) CP304LT( ) CP306LT( ) CP502LT( ) CP504LT( ) CP506LT( ) CP302GLT( ) CP304GLT( ) CP306GLT( ) CP502GLT( ) CP504GLT( ) CP506GLT( ) 2162.00 2516.00 2816.00 2718.00 3324.00 3534.00 2456.00 2810.00 3122.00 3012.00 3618.00 3840.00 1'-3" Top G PH PH PH N G PH PH PH N Plug-In Tee Catalog No. PTT23WG PTT33WG PTT33WG PTT24WG PTT34WG PTT34WG PTT23WG PTT33WG PTT33WG PTT24WG PTT34WG PTT34WG Plug-In Tap Box $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 3060.00 3060.00 3060.00 3726.00 3726.00 3726.00 3060.00 3060.00 3060.00 3726.00 3726.00 3726.00 PTB302G PBTB306G PBTB306G PTB502G PBTB506G PBTB506G PTB302G PBTB306G PBTB306G PTB502G PBTB506G PBTB506G 2134.00 4036.00 4036.00 2588.00 4566.00 4566.00 2134.00 4036.00 4036.00 2588.00 4566.00 4566.00 Common Accessories Ampere Rating Hanger End Closure Wall Flange Floor Flange Aluminum Copper Flatwise Vertical Edgewise $ Price Seismica $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. 225 225 HP2F HP2V HP3E 64.00 HP2SH 96.00 ACP2EC 446.00 ACP2WF 418.00 ACP2FF 400 400 HP3F HP3V HP3E 64.00 HP3SH 96.00 ACP3EC 446.00 ACP3WF 418.00 ACP3FF — 600 HP3F HP3V HP3E 64.00 HP3SH 96.00 ACP3EC 446.00 ACP3WF 418.00 ACP3FF 600 — HP5F HP4V HP5E 64.00 HP5SH 96.00 ACP4EC 446.00 ACP4WF 418.00 ACP4FF a For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers. $ Price 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 “Footage and Fittings” Method of Pricing NOTE: For fast estimates not requiring catalog numbers, use these charts. Table 12.11: Footage Aluminum Busway Footage Number of Poles and Voltage Ampere Rating 225 400 600 225 400 600 3Ø3W 600 V 3Ø4W 277/480 V 12 Table 12.12: 3Ø3W 600 V 225 400 600 225 400 600 BUSWAY Ampere Rating 12-4 High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 190.00 232.00 292.00 232.00 292.00 398.00 Copper Busway Footage Ground Bus Standard $ Price Per Foot $ Price Per Foot Adder — 62.00 292.00 62.00 346.00 66.00 — 62.00 346.00 62.00 446.00 66.00 $ Price Per Foot 228.00 346.00 446.00 306.00 508.00 578.00 High Short Circuit Ground Bus $ Price Per Foot $ Price Per Foot Adder — 98.00 404.00 98.00 500.00 102.00 — 98.00 582.00 98.00 630.00 102.00 Fittings Number of Poles and Voltage 3Ø4W 277/480 V Standard Flanged End $ Price Labor Only 954.00 1098.00 1408.00 982.00 1128.00 1454.00 Elbow Right Angle $ Price Labor Only 1478.00 1478.00 1478.00 1800.00 1800.00 1800.00 Tap Box $ Price Labor Only 2134.00 4036.00 4036.00 2588.00 4566.00 4566.00 PE8 Tee $ Price Labor Only 1800.00 1800.00 1800.00 2098.00 2098.00 2098.00 Discount Schedule Unfused Reducer $ Price Labor Only — 930.00 1024.00 — 1288.00 1404.00 Expansion Fitting $ Price Labor Only 2486.00 2800.00 3038.00 2936.00 3186.00 3634.00 Adapter Cubicle C/B or Fus. $ Price Each 10432.00 12312.00 18298.00 10882.00 12700.00 18890.00 End Closures $ Price Each 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 Fire Barriers $ Price Each 764.00 764.00 764.00 764.00 764.00 764.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-LineTM II Busway 800 A–5000 A Busway Class 5615 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.13: Straight Lengths (10 ft.) and Plug-in Tap Box Number of Poles G PH PH PH N Aluminum 10'0" Ampere Rating Both Aluminum and Copper Top 10'0" G PH PH PH N 10'0" Length Feeder Stylea Catalog No. PTB316G ( ) PTB316G ( ) PTB316G ( ) PTB316G ( ) PTB316G ( ) — — — — — PTB516G ( ) PTB516G( ) PTB516G ( ) PTB516G ( ) PTB516G ( ) — — — — — 10'0" Length $ Price 4664.00 4664.00 4664.00 4664.00 4664.00 — — — — — 5324.00 5324.00 5324.00 5324.00 5324.00 — — — — — Catalog No. CF2308G10ST CF2310G10ST CF2312G10ST CF2313G10ST CF2316G10ST CF2320G10ST CF2325G10ST CF2330G10ST CF2340G10ST CF2350G10ST CF2508G10ST CF2510G10ST CF2512G10ST CF2513G10ST CF2516G10ST CF2520G10ST CF2525G10ST CF2530G10ST CF2540G10ST CF2550G10ST Catalog No. CP2308G10ST CP2310G10ST CP2312G10ST CP2313G10ST CP2316G10ST CP2320G10ST CP2325G10ST CP2330G10ST CP2340G10ST CP2350G10ST CP2508G10ST CP2510G10ST CP2512G10ST CP2513G10ST CP2516G10ST CP2520G10ST CP2525G10ST CP2530G10ST CP2540G10ST CP2550G10ST $ Price 6440.00 6820.00 8840.00 10320.00 11860.00 15140.00 19220.00 22880.00 29600.00 35700.00 8340.00 9860.00 11800.00 13180.00 15940.00 19620.00 24040.00 30620.00 38720.00 46900.00 Copper Ampere Rating Edgewise Elbow Catalog No. $ Price AF2308GETBMB 4744.00 AF2310GETBMB 4919.00 AF2312GETBMB 5253.00 AF2313GETBMB 5444.00 AF2316GETBMB 5786.00 AF2320GETBMB 6257.00 AF2325GETBMB 7430.00 AF2330GETBMB 8003.00 AF2340GETBMB 9371.00 — — AF2508GETBMB 5408.00 AF2510GETBMB 5712.00 AF2512GETBMB 6052.00 AF2513GETBMB 6286.00 AF2516GETBMB 6679.00 AF2520GETBMB 7412.00 AF2525GETBMB 9006.00 AF2530GETBMB 9921.00 AF2540GETBMB 11628.00 — — 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 Table 12.15: Catalog No. AF2308GLEM11 AF2310GLEM11 AF2312GLEM11 AF2313GLEM11 AF2316GLEM11 AF2320GLEM11 AF2325GLEM11 AF2330GLEM11 AF2340GLEM11 — AF2508GLEM11 AF2510GLEM11 AF2512GLEM11 AF2513GLEM11 AF2516GLEM11 AF2520GLEM11 AF2525GLEM11 AF2530GLEM11 AF2540GLEM11 — Flatwise Elbow $ Price 2186.00 2271.00 3051.00 3216.00 3502.00 3807.00 4206.00 4529.00 5983.00 — 2668.00 2852.00 3802.00 3992.00 4311.00 4718.00 5228.00 5675.00 7212.00 — End Tap Box Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. AF2308GLFM11 2186.00 CF2308GETBMB AF2310GLFM12 2344.00 CF2310GETBMB AF2312GLFM12 3150.00 CF2312GETBMB AF2313GLFM13 3444.00 CF2313GETBMB AF2316GLFM13 3782.00 CF2316GETBMB AF2320GLFM15 4476.00 CF2320GETBMB AF2325GLFM17 5428.00 CF2325GETBMB AF2330GLFM18 6160.00 CF2330GETBMB AF2340GLFM22 9489.00 CF2340GETBMB — — CF2350GETBMB AF2508GLFM11 2668.00 CF2508GETBMB AF2510GLFM12 2948.00 CF2510GETBMB AF2512GLFM12 3922.00 CF2512GETBMB AF2513GLFM13 4268.00 CF2513GETBMB AF2516GLFM13 4645.00 CF2516GETBMB AF2520GLFM15 5533.00 CF2520GETBMB AF2525GLFM17 6728.00 CF2525GETBMB AF2530GLFM18 7710.00 CF2530GETBMB AF2540GLFM22 11505.00 CF2540GETBMB — — CF2550GETBMB Edgewise Elbow $ Price 4953.00 5120.00 5497.00 5736.00 6076.00 6682.00 8014.00 8745.00 10260.00 12869.00 5705.00 6052.00 6433.00 6696.00 7174.00 8029.00 9759.00 11020.00 12903.00 14952.00 Flatters Elbow Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. CF2308GLEM11 2645.00 CF2308GLFM11 CF2310GLEM11 2714.00 CF2310GLFM11 CF2312GLEM11 3587.00 CF2312GLFM12 CF2313GLEM11 3858.00 CF2313GLFM12 CF2316GLEM11 4140.00 CF2316GLFM12 CF2320GLEM11 4742.00 CF2320GLFM13 CF2325GLEM11 5490.00 CF2325GLFM15 CF2330GLEM11 6161.00 CF2330GLFM16 CF2340GLEM11 7938.00 CF2340GLFM21 CF2350GLEM11 9023.00 CF2350GLFM21 CF2508GLEM11 3321.00 CF2508GLFM11 CF2510GLEM11 3600.00 CF2510GLFM11 CF2512GLEM11 4641.00 CF2512GLFM12 CF2513GLEM11 4894.00 CF2513GLFM12 CF2516GLEM11 5400.00 CF2516GLFM12 CF2520GLEM11 6075.00 CF2520GLFM13 CF2525GLEM11 6885.00 CF2525GLFM15 CF2530GLEM11 8092.00 CF2530GLFM16 CF2540GLEM11 10017.00 CF2540GLFM21 CF2550GLEM11 11516.00 CF2550GLFM21 $ Price 2645.00 2714.00 3734.00 4030.00 4338.00 5246.00 6771.00 8067.00 12901.00 14973.00 3321.00 3600.00 4838.00 5114.00 5666.00 6729.00 8488.00 10643.00 16470.00 19333.00 Accessories Ampere Rating Al Cu — 800 1000 — 1200 — 1350 — 1600 2000 — 2500 3000 4000 — — 800 1000 1200 1350 — 1600 — 2000 — 2500 3000 3200 — — 4000 5000 Hangers Horizontal Mount Busway Flatwise HF38F HF43F HF53F HF58F HF63F HF67F HF73F HF78F HF88F HF13F HF15F HF16F HF19F HF26F HF24F HF25F Edgewise HF43E HF43E HF58E HF58E HF67E HF67E HF78E HF78E HF88E HF13E HF15E HF16E HF19E HF26E HF24E HF26E End Closure Vertical Mount Busway Fixed HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV HFV $ Price Spring See Table 12.18 on page 12-8 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 Seismica HF38SH HF43SH HF53SH HF58SH HF63SH HF67SH HF73SH HF78SH HF88SH HF13SH HF15SH HF16SH HF19SH HF26SH HF24SH HF25SH $ Price 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 Catalog No. ACF38EC ACF43EC ACF53EC ACF58EC ACF63EC ACF67EC ACF73EC ACF78EC ACF88EC ACF13EC ACF15EC ACF17EC ACF19EC ACF26EC ACF24EC ACF25EC Wall Flange $ Price 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 446.00 578.00 578.00 578.00 578.00 732.00 732.00 732.00 Catalog No. ACF38WF ACF43WF ACF53WF ACF58WF ACF63WF ACF67WF ACF73WF ACF78WF ACF88WF ACF13WF ACF15WF ACF17WF ACF19WF ACF26WF ACF24WF ACF25WF $ Price 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 418.00 606.00 606.00 606.00 606.00 For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers. 12 a Plug-In Styleb $ Price 6440.00 6820.00 8840.00 10320.00 11860.00 15140.00 19220.00 22880.00 29600.00 35700.00 8340.00 9860.00 11800.00 13180.00 15940.00 19620.00 24040.00 30620.00 38720.00 46900.00 BUSWAY 3Ø4W with Integral Ground Bus G PH PH PH N Fittings (All Feeder Style) End Tap Box 3Ø3W with Integral Ground Bus Top Feeder Stylea Aluminum Number of Poles G PH PH PH N 10'0" Plug-In Tap Boxcd Plug-In Styleb Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 800 AF2308G10ST 3940.00 AP2308G10ST 3940.00 1000 AF2310G10ST 4400.00 AP2310G10ST 4400.00 1200 AF2312G10ST 5920.00 AP2312G10ST 5920.00 1350 AF2313G10ST 6820.00 AP2313G10ST 6820.00 3Ø3W 1600 AF2316G10ST 8380.00 AP2316G10ST 8380.00 + Integral 2000 AF2320G10ST 10040.00 AP2320G10ST 10040.00 Ground Bus 2500 AF2325G10ST 12220.00 AP2325G10ST 12220.00 3000 AF2330G10ST 13980.00 AP2330G10ST 13980.00 4000 AF2340G10ST 19120.00 AP2340G10ST 19120.00 5000 — — — — 800 AF2508G10ST 4780.00 AP2508G10ST 4780.00 1000 AF2510G10ST 5780.00 AP2510G10ST 5780.00 1200 AF2512G10ST 7220.00 AP2512G10ST 7220.00 1350 AF2513G10ST 8260.00 AP2513G10ST 8260.00 3Ø4W 1600 AF2516G10ST 10000.00 AP2516G10ST 10000.00 + Integral 2000 AF2520G10ST 12220.00 AP2520G10ST 12220.00 Ground Bus 2500 AF2525G10ST 15000.00 AP2525G10ST 15000.00 3000 AF2530G10ST 17440.00 AP2530G10ST 17440.00 4000 AF2540G10ST 23420.00 AP2540G10ST 23420.00 5000 — — — — a Feeder style also available in lengths from 16 to 119 inches. b Plug-in style also available in 4, 6, and 8 foot lengths. c Add “(H)” or “(V)” to catalog number based on horizontal or vertical mounting arrangement. d Cannot be used for 800 A copper busway. Table 12.14: Copper G PH PH PH N © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE8 Discount Schedule 12-5 I-LineTM II Busway 800 A–5000 A Pricing Instructions Class 5615 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 Table 12.16: Footage Aluminum Busway Number of Poles and Voltage 3Ø3W 600 V 50% Integral Ground 3Ø4W 277/480 V 50% Integral Ground www.schneider-electric.us Indoor Feeder/ Plug-In/Riser Ampere Rating 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 3200 4000 5000 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 3200 4000 5000 Standard Short Circuit High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 394.00 440.00 592.00 682.00 838.00 1004.00 1222.00 1398.00 1748.00 1912.00 — 478.00 578.00 722.00 826.00 1000.00 1222.00 1500.00 1744.00 — 2342.00 — $ Price Per Foot 440.00 496.00 644.00 732.00 894.00 1062.00 1282.00 1464.00 1830.00 2008.00 — 528.00 628.00 772.00 884.00 1046.00 1282.00 1546.00 1810.00 — 2430.00 — Drip Resistant Feeder/ Plug-in/Riser Standard Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 428.00 488.00 654.00 752.00 926.00 1100.00 1350.00 1540.00 1925.00 2106.00 — 520.00 632.00 796.00 914.00 1094.00 1350.00 1648.00 1914.00 — 2572.00 — High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 478.00 548.00 710.00 808.00 990.00 1164.00 1416.00 1612.00 2015.00 2212.00 — 584.00 686.00 852.00 978.00 1144.00 1416.00 1698.00 1986.00 — 2672.00 — Copper Busway Outdoor Feeder Standard Short Circuit High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 462.00 536.00 714.00 822.00 1014.00 1194.00 1478.00 1682.00 2103.00 2300.00 — 562.00 686.00 870.00 1000.00 1186.00 1478.00 1796.00 2084.00 — 2802.00 — $ Price Per Foot 514.00 598.00 774.00 884.00 1084.00 1264.00 1550.00 1760.00 2200.00 2416.00 — 640.00 744.00 930.00 1070.00 1240.00 1550.00 1848.00 2162.00 — 2912.00 — Indoor Feeder/ Plug-in Riser Standard Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 644.00 682.00 884.00 1032.00 1186.00 1514.00 1922.00 2288.00 2608.00 2978.00 3570.00 834.00 986.00 1180.00 1318.00 1594.00 1962.00 2404.00 3062.00 3491.00 3872.00 4690.00 High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 708.00 736.00 942.00 1088.00 1282.00 1594.00 1972.00 2362.00 2692.00 3070.00 3686.00 918.00 1046.00 1252.00 1394.00 1680.00 2024.00 2482.00 3124.00 3561.00 3950.00 4784.00 Drip Resistant Feeder/ Plug-in/Riser Standard Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 712.00 754.00 974.00 1118.00 1310.00 1670.00 2112.00 2520.00 2872.00 3274.00 3928.00 932.00 1084.00 1298.00 1452.00 1754.00 2162.00 2648.00 3368.00 3840.00 4256.00 5156.00 High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 784.00 814.00 1036.00 1182.00 1416.00 1756.00 2168.00 2602.00 2966.00 3376.00 4054.00 1024.00 1152.00 1378.00 1538.00 1846.00 2230.00 2734.00 3436.00 3917.00 4340.00 5258.00 Outdoor Feeder Standard Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 778.00 826.00 1062.00 1204.00 1434.00 1824.00 2300.00 2752.00 3137.00 3570.00 4284.00 1028.00 1182.00 1416.00 1584.00 1912.00 2362.00 2892.00 3672.00 4186.00 4640.00 5622.00 High Short Circuit $ Price Per Foot 860.00 892.00 1130.00 1274.00 1550.00 1916.00 2362.00 2842.00 3240.00 3682.00 4420.00 1130.00 1256.00 1504.00 1680.00 2012.00 2434.00 2986.00 3746.00 4270.00 4730.00 5732.00 Pricing Instructions For “Factory Assembled” Busway Systems (or Components) Standard Straight Lengths The basic component of a busway system is a straight section with a “joint pak” factory-affixed to one end. Plug-in busway is available in standard lengths of 4, 6, 8, and 10 feet. Feeder busway is available in lengths from 16” to 120” in increments of 1”. Riser Busway We also offer a “Riser” Plug-In busway with openings on one side only for riser installations. This busway offers the same short circuit ratings as our standard plug-in busway. Indoor Drip Resistant and IP54 Splash Resistant Busway These water resistant features are available as an option for indoor plug-in and feeder busway. Price the drip resistant busway using the appropriate per foot price. Price the IP54 splash resistant busway using the outdoor per foot price. Outdoor Construction (Feeder Busway Only) Besides the additional charge for outdoor busway, you must also add a charge for a weather seal if the busway passes through a building wall or roof from an interior to an exterior space (found under Miscellaneous Additions and Accessories on page 12-8). Please indicate the thickness of the wall, roof or floor when entering order. Add the “labor only” price for fittings and special features per general pricing instruction. High Short Circuit Bracing I-Line busway is available with either standard short circuit bracing or high short circuit bracing. Table 12.19 on 12-8 lists maximum short circuit ratings for each busway type and rating. General Pricing Instructions • 12 • • • • • Prepare a layout sketch of the busway run showing: — All dimensions in feet and inches — All wall and floor locations and thicknesses — All fittings (use top of page 12-7 as a checklist) Add all dimensions together. Round up to the next foot. Multiply this total by the appropriate price per foot according to the tables above. To this, add the “labor only” charges for all fittings from page 12-7. Add hangers per page 12-8 (quantities explained below) Add for any other unit price items such as end closures, wall flanges, or special lug requirements from page 12-8. Hangers Hangers for the I-Line II busway should be priced from the table on page 12-8. Indoor horizontal busway requires one hanger for every 10 feet of busway. Vertical indoor busway requires one hanger for every 16 feet. Outdoor feeder busway requires one hanger for every 5 feet in either vertical or horizontal mounting. BUSWAY Elbows The elbow “labor only” charge applies to all types of 90o elbows within a particular rating of busway. The charge does not include any busway footage (i.e. a charge for the appropriate amount of busway footage would have to be added to the “labor only” charge to obtain a “complete device” charge). If elbow is other than 90o, double the labor only charge. Tee The labor charge for tees shown in applies to all factory assembled types of 90° tee fittings within a given rating. Dimensions and catalog number suffix of flatwise tee fittings will be found in the Class 5600 Manual. Refer to factory for edgewise tee dimensions. Crosses are also available. 12-6 PE8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-LineTM II Busway 800 A–5000 A Pricing Instructions Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.17: Fittings “Labor Only” Charges for Each Component (Copper or Aluminum) Number of Poles and Voltage 3Ø3W 600 V 50% Ground 3Ø4W 277/480 V 50% Ground Ampere Rating 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 3200 4000 5000 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 3200 4000 5000 Elbow Right Elbow Other Angle Than 90o 1464.00 1464.00 1966.00 1966.00 1966.00 1966.00 1966.00 1966.00 2478.00 2478.00 2478.00 1792.00 1792.00 2478.00 2478.00 2478.00 2478.00 2478.00 2478.00 2918.00 2918.00 2918.00 2928.00 2928.00 3932.00 3932.00 3932.00 3932.00 3932.00 3932.00 4956.00 4956.00 4956.00 3584.00 3584.00 4956.00 4956.00 4956.00 4956.00 4956.00 4956.00 5836.00 5836.00 5836.00 Tee 1792.00 1792.00 2482.00 2482.00 2482.00 2482.00 2482.00 2482.00 2918.00 2918.00 2918.00 2084.00 2084.00 2918.00 2918.00 2918.00 2918.00 2918.00 2918.00 3412.00 3412.00 3412.00 Cross 3584.00 3584.00 4964.00 4964.00 4964.00 4964.00 4964.00 4964.00 5836.00 5836.00 5836.00 4168.00 4168.00 5836.00 5836.00 5836.00 5836.00 5836.00 5836.00 6824.00 6824.00 6824.00 Flanged End Tap Box or Service Head 1512.00 1722.00 1900.00 2016.00 2202.00 2624.00 3134.00 3706.00 4447.00 4606.00 5384.00 1598.00 1908.00 2046.00 2144.00 2482.00 2880.00 3486.00 4130.00 4956.00 5136.00 6416.00 Transformer Taps Unfused Reducer 4416.00 4552.00 4760.00 4876.00 5088.00 5420.00 6412.00 6838.00 7612.00 7778.00 9894.00 5010.00 5230.00 5450.00 5598.00 5846.00 6394.00 7756.00 8468.00 9463.00 9676.00 11044.00 1334.00 1512.00 2514.00 3256.00 3610.00 4578.00 4768.00 7094.00 8512.00 8954.00 11084.00 1722.00 2024.00 3454.00 4404.00 4778.00 6422.00 7932.00 9538.00 11445.00 12754.00 14984.00 Fused or Expansion C/B Cubicle FTG. 20826.00 24108.00 28938.00 — 35192.00 41174.00 — — — — — 21232.00 24854.00 30526.00 — 37208.00 43144.00 — — — — — 3950.00 4214.00 4330.00 4396.00 5926.00 6468.00 6944.00 8704.00 10229.00 10556.00 11092.00 4358.00 4958.00 5916.00 6552.00 7944.00 8436.00 9126.00 11978.00 13457.00 13774.00 14484.00 Phase Bussed Transition XFMR Conn. 10890.00 11158.00 11274.00 11340.00 12872.00 13404.00 13886.00 15646.00 17172.00 17500.00 18030.00 11296.00 11902.00 12858.00 13496.00 14882.00 15380.00 16070.00 18922.00 20397.00 20714.00 21428.00 11164.00 12112.00 13270.00 13690.00 14654.00 15816.00 17594.00 19562.00 23474.00 25188.00 32432.00 12514.00 13700.00 15076.00 15566.00 16890.00 17996.00 20380.00 22350.00 26820.00 29248.00 36712.00 One 3Ø Three 1Ø XFMR XFMRS Y or a Y or a 1968.00 6440.00 2284.00 6636.00 2492.00 6944.00 2636.00 7112.00 2918.00 7420.00 3342.00 7904.00 3966.00 9144.00 4652.00 10602.00 5304.00 11891.00 5444.00 12168.00 5950.00 14072.00 2066.00 6684.00 2458.00 6982.00 2668.00 7278.00 2806.00 7470.00 3186.00 7802.00 3606.00 8532.00 4326.00 9960.00 5074.00 11622.00 5795.00 13139.00 5950.00 13464.00 7420.00 15216.00 Indoor Tap Boxes Feeder cable tap boxes are used at the end (-ETBMB) or center (-CTB) of a busway run and incorporate a short section of busway into their construction. See Catalog Class 5600 for the length of the tap box then add the “labor only” charges shown above to complete the price. Plug-in cable tap boxes are plugged into the side of the busway (at any opening except the very last opening of a run). The price shown in the table on page 12-5 is the complete device price. No “labor only” charge is required. Lugs other than standard mechanical lugs may be selected from the table on page 12-8. Service Heads Service heads are of outdoor construction and include Square D™ brand standard lugs. Price footage to end of busway run including dimension of service head. Add service head labor charge. Unfused Reducer Unfused reducers are used to reduce from a higher amperage busway to a lower amperage. Price each rating of busway to the centerline of reducer and include the “labor only” price of the higher rating. NOTE: The National Electric Code does not allow the use of unfused reducers in vertical riser installations. Refer to the NEC for restrictions in industrial installations. Fused or Circuit Breaker Cubicle These are used as in-line overcurrent protection devices. They can be used in conjunction with an unfused reducer to offer a device which reduces a run of busway in ampacity and offers overcurrent protection. I-Line to I-Line II Adapter This adapter is used to join I-Line II busway (800 A–5000 A) to existing installations of original I-Line busway. If connecting to an existing “slot end” of original I-Line, use a “bolt end” adapter (-12B), and vice versa. Price as four feet of busway for 800 through 5000 A busway. Expansion Fittings Expansion fitting labor only charge does not include busway footage. The expansion fitting is built into a 3 ft. – 4 in. straight length for 800 A–5000 A and a 5 feet – 0 inch straight length for 225 A–600 A. Limit of expansion or contraction is ±1-1/2 inches. Not available in outdoor construction. Bussed Transformer Connection A bussed transformer connection is used when the busway physically attaches (other than cable) to a three phase transformer. Price busway footage to the edge of transformer L.V. or H.V. terminal. To this, add labor only charge for a “bussed transformer connection.” For power company vault termination charges, consult the factory. Transformer Taps Transformer taps are used to make cable connection to transformers. Calculate footage price to end of busway. Use standard dimensions. Price of taps includes lugs; if lugs other than standard Square D brand lugs are required, add charges from page 12-8. Note that taps need NOT be located directly above transformers for cable connections. This feature provides improved protection from accidental contact with live parts during insertion and removal of plug-in units. This feature meets the IP2X rating as defined by IEC529 standard. (Pricing on page 12-8.) Connection to Competitive Busway 12 Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. BUSWAY Finger Protection to IP2X © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE8 Discount Schedule 12-7 I-LineTM II Busway Additions, Accessories, and Electrical Data Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Miscellaneous Additions and Accessories Table 12.18: Additions and Accessories Description $ Price Integral Weather Seal Vapor Barrier (Required when busway passes through an exterior wall or roof) 764.00 Roof Collar (Required when busway penetrates an exterior roof) 870.00 Roof Flange Kit (Optional when busway penetrates an exterior roof) 2346.00 Hanger, Horizontal Flatwise and Edgewise (See "Table 12.15: Accessories" on page 5.) 64.00 Hangers, Vertical Fixed (HF-V) 64.00 Hangers, Vertical Spring Aluminum Busway • 800 A through 1200 A • 2000 A through 2500 A • 3000 A through 4000 A Copper Busway • 800 A through 1200 A • 1350 A through 2000 A • 2500 A through 5000 A HFVS1 HFVS2 HFVS8 148.00 292.00 292.00 Lugs – Other than Square D Standard each lug 70.00 Lugs – Square D Standard added to flanged end each lug 70.00 Sway Brace Collar HP1SBC 82.00 Assembly Tool AT2 N/C Finger Protection to IP2X (For each plug-in opening) Plug-in Busway only per foot 17.00 Note: Finger protection can be ordered on I-Line II (800–5000 A) plug-in busway only. Electrical Data for I-Line II Busway Standards: UL857 (File Number E22182); CSA C22.2 No. 27-1994 (File Number LL-61778); IEC 439 Part 2 Systems: AC–3Ø3W, 3Ø4W, 1Ø2W, 1Ø3W. DC–2-pole. All neutrals are 100% capacity. Voltage: 600 volts AC/DC, 50 Hz and 60 Hz Integral Ground: 50% capacity as standard for 800 A to 5000 A, as an option on 225 A to 600 A Enclosure: Indoor, indoor drip resistant and outdoor (indoor drip resistant and outdoor are available in I-Line II [800–5000 A] busway only) Table 12.19: Ampere Rating 225 400 600 800 1000 1200 1350 1600 2000 2500 3000 12 a Short Circuit Ratings: UL 3 CycleaTest (KA, RMS Symmetrical) Aluminum AOF2 AF2 — — — 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 AOFH2 AFH2 — — — 85 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 Copper AP AP2/AR2 22 22 22 50 50 50 50 50 125 125 125 APH APH2/ARH2 — 42 42 75 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 3200 — — — — 4000 150 200 200 — 5000 — — — — 6 cycle and 30 cycle ratings are available. Please reference Catalog 5600CT9101. COF2 CF2 — — — 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 COFH2 CFH2 — — — 85 85 100 100 100 100 150 150 CP CP2/CR2 22 22 22 50 50 50 50 50 65 125 125 CPH CPH2/CRH2 — 42 42 75 75 100 100 100 100 150 150 100 150 150 150 200 200 125 200 200 150 — — BUSWAY 12-8 PE8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-LineTM II Busway Plug-In Units Class 5615, 5630 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.20: Ampere Rating “Hook-Swing” Mounting Fusible Plug-In Units 240 Vac 3-Pole, 3 Fuse + G Type of Connection 120/208 Vac, (240 Vac Max.) 4-Pole, 3 Fuse + G 277/480 Vac, (600 Vac Max.) 4-Pole, 3 Fuse + G Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price 30 PQ3203G 972.00 PQ4203G 1136.00 PQ3603G 1042.00 PQ4603G 1182.00 60 PQ3206G 1042.00 PQ4206G 1182.00 PQ3606G 1110.00 PQ4606G 1230.00 100 PQ3210G 1478.00 PQ4210G 1604.00 PQ3610G 1512.00 PQ4610G 1734.00 200 Plug-in PQ3220G 2462.00 PQ4220G 2728.00 PQ3620G 2566.00 PQ4620G 2866.00 200a PS3220G a 2462.00 PS4220G a 2728.00 PS3620G a 2566.00 PS4620G a 2866.00 400 PBQ3640G b 6442.00 PBQ4640G b 6996.00 PBQ3640G b 6442.00 PBQ4640G b 6996.00 600 PBQ3660G b 9224.00 PBQ4660G b 10090.00 PBQ3660G b 9224.00 PBQ4660G b 10090.00 800 — — — — PTQ36080G ( ) c 16014.00 PTQ46080G ( ) c 19312.00 1000 Bolt-on — — — — PTQ36100G ( ) c 18810.00 PTQ46100G( ) c 19436.00 1200 — — — — PTQ36120G( ) c 30042.00 PTQ46120G( ) c 30168.00 Class J Fuses – Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 600 A fusible devices. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base assembly from standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position in the enclosure. a For use on vertical riser applications only. b For vertical riser applications order auxiliary mounting kit—Catalog Number PBQ4060RMK. (Price $300.) c This device uses bolt-on connection. It may be used only on plug-in busway with same number of poles. Add suffix (H) for horizontal applications and suffix (V) for vertical applications. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add “M54” suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%. Table 12.21: Class R Fuse Kitsd Switch Size (A) 30 60 High Ampere Plug-In Connection High Ampere Bolt-On Connection 600 Vac 3-Pole, 3 Fuse + G Kit d Catalog No. QMB30R QMB36R QMB36R QMB60R Voltage Rating 250 Ve 600 Ve 250 Ve 600 V e 100 All 200 400 All 600 Class R Fuse Kits when installed reject all but class R fuses. d Kit must be field installed. e Contains parts to convert two units. $ Price 31.20 32.60 32.60 32.60 HRK1020 31.80 QMB4060R 74.00 Low Ampere Plug-In Connection Table 12.22: Length 8' Table 12.23: Circuit Breaker Frame Trip Rating (A) Hooksticks Catalog No. 515608 $ Price 452.00 Length 14' Catalog No. 515614 $ Price 778.00 F-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units 240 Vac 3-Pole + G 120/208 Vac (240 Vac Max.) 3Ø4W + G $ Price 1640.00 1640.00 1640.00 1640.00 1640.00 1640.00 1894.00 1894.00 1894.00 1894.00 — — — — — — — — — — Catalog No. PFA34015G PFA34020G PFA34030G PFA34040G PFA34050G PFA34060G PFA34070G PFA34080G PFA34090G PFA34100G — — — — — — — — — — $ Price 1776.00 1776.00 1776.00 1776.00 1776.00 1776.00 1942.00 1942.00 1942.00 1942.00 — — — — — — — — — — 600 Vac 3-Pole + G Catalog No. PFA36015G PFA36020G PFA36030G PFA36040G PFA36050G PFA36060G PFA36070G PFA36080G PFA36090G PFA36100G PFH36015G PFH36020G PFH36030G PFH36040G PFH36050G PFH36060G PFH36070G PFH36080G PFH36090G PFH36100G 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 3Ø4W + G $ Price 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 2132.00 2132.00 2132.00 2132.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2582.00 2582.00 2582.00 2582.00 Catalog No. PFA36015GN PFA36020GN PFA36030GN PFA36040GN PFA36050GN PFA36060GN PFA36070GN PFA36080GN PFA36090GN PFA360100GN PFH36015GN PFH36020GN PFH36030GN PFH36040GN PFH36050GN PFH36060GN PFH36070GN PFH36080GN PFH36090GN PFH360100GN $ Price 2111.00 2111.00 2111.00 2111.00 2111.00 2111.00 2317.00 2317.00 2317.00 2317.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2784.00 2784.00 2784.00 2784.00 12 BUSWAY Catalog No. Price Catalog No. 15 PFA32015G 1456.00 PFA32015GN 20 PFA32020G 1456.00 PFA32020GN 30 PFA32030G 1456.00 PFA32030GN 40 PFA32040G 1456.00 PFA32040GN 50 PFA32050G 1456.00 PFA32050GN FA 60 PFA32060G 1456.00 PFA32060GN 70 PFA32070G 1706.00 PFA32070GN 80 PFA32080G 1706.00 PFA32080GN 90 PFA32090G 1706.00 PFA32090GN 100 PFA32100G 1706.00 PFA32100GN 15 — — — 20 — — — 30 — — — 40 — — — 50 — — — FH 60 — — — 70 — — — 80 — — — 90 — — — 100 — — — a All these devices use plug-in connections. 480 Vac 3-Pole + G © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE7 Discount Schedule 12-9 I-LineTM II Busway Plug-In Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.24: Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units 480 Vac 3-Pole + G Trip Rating Ampere Breaker Frame 277/480 Vac 3Ø4W + G Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. a $ Price 20 PFI34020G 5982.00 PFI34020GN 6152.00 30 PFI34030G 5982.00 PFI34030GN 6152.00 40 PFI34040G 5982.00 PFI34040GN 6152.00 50 PFI34050G 5982.00 PFI34050GN 6152.00 FI 60 PFI34060G 5982.00 PFI34060GN 6152.00 70 PFI34070G 5982.00 PFI34070GN 6152.00 80 PFI34080G 5982.00 PFI34080GN 6152.00 90 PFI34090G 5982.00 PFI34090GN 6152.00 100 PFI34100G 5982.00 PFI34100GN 6152.00 125 PKI34125G 12438.00 PKI34125GN 12920.00 150 PKI34150G 12438.00 PKI34150GN 12920.00 12438.00 12920.00 175 PKI34175G PKI34175GN KI 200 PKI34200G 12438.00 PKI34200GN 12920.00 225 PKI34225G 12438.00 PKI34225GN 12920.00 250 PKI34250G 14274.00 PKI34250GN 14826.00 300 PBLI34300G 17430.00 PBLI34300GN 18078.00 350 PBLI34350G 17430.00 PBLI34350GN 18078.00 LI 400 PBLI34400G 17430.00 PBLI34400GN 18078.00 500 PBLI34500G 25224.00 PBLI34500GN 26154.00 600 PBLI34600G 25224.00 PBLI34600GN 26154.00 300 PBLXI36300G 26606.00 PBLXI36300GN 27254.00 350 PBLXI36350G 26606.00 PBLXI36350GN 27254.00 LXIb 400 PBLXI36400G 26606.00 PBLXI36400GN 27254.00 500 PBLXI36500G 37712.00 PBLXI36500GN 38642.00 600 PBLXI36600G 37712.00 PBLXI36600GN 38642.00 a All these devices use plug-in connections. b LXI circuit breakers are rated up to 600 Vac max. and are supplied with -LSI (long time, short time, instantaneous pickup) adjustable trip unit functions. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing if alternate trip unit functions are required. Surge Protective Device Plug-In Units All Busway SPD Plug-In Units include as standard: • Individually Fused Modules • Circuit Breaker Disconnect • Cover Mounted Diagnostic Panel • EMI/RFI Filter • Audible Alarm with Test/Disable/Enable Table 12.25: Surge Capacity System Voltage 60,000 Amperes Per Phase 240,000 Amperes Per Phase Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd. PIU2IMA16 4472.00 PIU2IMA24 6407.00 240Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd. PIU3IMA16 4472.00 PIU3IMA24 6407.00 480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd. PIU4IMA16 4740.00 PIU4IMA24 6792.00 600Y/347 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd. PIU8IMA16 4919.00 PIU8IMA24 7048.00 Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%. Table 12.26: Options Description Surge Counter and Dry Contacts Remote Monitor with Dry Contacts When Required Add Suffix to Catalog Number — M $ Price STD. 788.00 12 BUSWAY 12-10 PE7 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-LineTM II Busway PowerPactTM H-, and J-Frame Plug-in Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.27: Trip Rating Ampere H-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W D Interrupting Catalog No. 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 15 PHD36015G 20 PHD36020G 30 PHD36030G 40 PHD36040G 50 PHD36050G 60 PHD36060G 70 PHD36070G 80 PHD36080G 90 PHD36090G 100 PHD36100G 125 PHD36125G 150 PHD36150G Table 12.28: Trip Rating Ampere G Interrupting $ Price Catalog No. 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 1930.00 2132.00 2132.00 2132.00 2132.00 4246.00 4246.00 Trip Rating Ampere D Interrupting Catalog No. Trip Rating Ampere 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2394.00 2582.00 2582.00 2582.00 2582.00 6031.00 6031.00 G Interrupting $ Price PHJ36015G PHJ36020G PHJ36030G PHJ36040G PHJ36050G PHJ36060G PHJ36070G PHJ36080G PHJ36090G PHJ36100G PHJ36125G PHJ36150G Catalog No. 3184.00 3184.00 3184.00 3184.00 3184.00 3184.00 3718.00 3718.00 3718.00 3718.00 8266.00 8266.00 J Interrupting $ Price PHG36015GN PHG36020GN PHG36030GN PHG36040GN PHG36050GN PHG36060GN PHG36070GN PHG36080GN PHG36090GN PHG36100GN PHG36125GN PHG36150GN 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2578.00 2784.00 2784.00 2784.00 2784.00 6267.00 6267.00 Catalog No. Catalog No. $ Price PHL36015G PHL36020G PHL36030G PHL36040G PHL36050G PHL36060G PHL36070G PHL36080G PHL36090G PHL36100G PHL36125G PHL36150G 5171.00 5171.00 5171.00 5171.00 5171.00 5171.00 5715.00 5715.00 5715.00 5715.00 9987.00 9987.00 L Interrupting $ Price PHJ36015GN PHJ36020GN PHJ36030GN PHJ36040GN PHJ36050GN PHJ36060GN PHJ36070GN PHJ36080GN PHJ36090GN PHJ36100GN PHJ36125GN PHJ36150GN D Interrupting Catalog No. G Interrupting $ Price Catalog No. 3428.00 3428.00 3428.00 3428.00 3428.00 3428.00 4008.00 4008.00 4008.00 4008.00 8510.00 8510.00 4618.00 4618.00 4618.00 6380.00 J Interrupting $ Price PJG36175G PJG36200G PJG36225G PJG36250G 8056.00 8056.00 8056.00 9834.00 Catalog No. Catalog No. $ Price PHL36015GN PHL36020GN PHL36030GN PHL36040GN PHL36050GN PHL36060GN PHL36070GN PHL36080GN PHL36090GN PHL36100GN PHL36125GN PHL36150GN 5318.00 5318.00 5318.00 5318.00 5318.00 5318.00 5878.00 5878.00 5878.00 5878.00 10254.00 10254.00 L Interrupting $ Price PJJ36175G PJJ36200G PJJ36225G PJJ36250G 9424.00 9424.00 9424.00 10816.00 Catalog No. $ Price PJL36175G PJL36200G PJL36225G PJL36250G 11581.00 11581.00 11581.00 13292.00 J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W D Interrupting Catalog No. G Interrupting $ Price Catalog No. $ Price J Interrupting Catalog No. 3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz 175 PJD36175GN 4950.00 PJG36175GN 8366.00 PJJ36175GN 200 PJD36200GN 4950.00 PJG36200GN 8366.00 PJJ36200GN 225 PJD36225GN 4950.00 PJG36225GN 8366.00 PJJ36225GN 250 PJD36250GN 6712.00 PJG36250GN 10144.00 PJJ36250GN a All these devices use plug-in connections. Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%. Table 12.31: L Interrupting $ Price J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 175 PJD36175G 200 PJD36200G 225 PJD36225G 250 PJD36250G Table 12.30: PHG36015G PHG36020G PHG36030G PHG36040G PHG36050G PHG36060G PHG36070G PHG36080G PHG36090G PHG36100G PHG36125G PHG36150G Catalog No. H-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W 3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz 15 PHD36015GN 2111.00 20 PHD36020GN 2111.00 30 PHD36030GN 2111.00 40 PHD36040GN 2111.00 50 PHD36050GN 2111.00 60 PHD36060GN 2111.00 70 PHD36070GN 2317.00 80 PHD36080GN 2317.00 90 PHD36090GN 2317.00 100 PHD36100GN 2317.00 125 PHD36125GN 4478.00 150 PHD36150GN 4478.00 Table 12.29: J Interrupting $ Price L Interrupting $ Price 9788.00 9788.00 9788.00 11158.00 Catalog No. PJL36175GN PJL36200GN PJL36225GN PJL36250GN $ Price 11910.00 11910.00 11910.00 13669.00 Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings D 25 18 14 G 65 35 18 J 100 65 25 PE7 Discount Schedule L 125 100 50 12 BUSWAY Interrupting Ratings (kA) 240 V 480 V 600 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 12-11 I-LineTM II Busway PowerPactTM H-, J-, and L-Frame Plug-in Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 Table 12.32: Trip Rating Ampere www.schneider-electric.us H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W Trip Functiona Trip Unit D Interrupting Catalog Numberb G Interrupting $ Price J Interrupting L Interrupting Catalog Numberb $ Price Catalog Numberb $ Price Catalog Numberb $ Price Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 60 100 LI 3.2 150 250 60 100 LSI 3.2 S 150 250 Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit PHD36060GU31X PHD36100GU31X PHD36150GU31X PJD36250GU31X PHD36060GU33X PHD36100GU33X PHD36150GU33X PJD36250GU33X 2113.00 2315.00 4429.00 6641.00 2309.00 2511.00 4625.00 6920.00 PHG36060GU31X PHG36100GU31X PHG36150GU31X PJG36250GU31X PHG36060GU33X PHG36100GU33X PHG36150GU33X PJG36250GU33X 2577.00 2765.00 6214.00 10095.00 2773.00 2961.00 6410.00 10374.00 PHJ36060GU31X PHJ36100GU31X PHJ36150GU31X PJJ36250GU31X PHJ36060GU33X PHJ36100GU33X PHJ36150GU33X PJJ36250GU33X 3367.00 3901.00 8449.00 11077.00 3563.00 4097.00 8645.00 11356.00 PHL36060GU31X PHL36100GU31X PHL36150GU31X PJL36250GU31X PHL36060GU33X PHL36100GU33X PHL36150GU33X PJL36250GU33X 5354.00 5898.00 10170.00 13553.00 5550.00 6094.00 10366.00 13832.00 PHD36060GU43X PHD36100GU43X PHD36150GU43X PJD36250GU43X 2968.00 PHG36060GU43X 3170.00 PHG36100GU43X 5284.00 PHG36150GU43X 7860.00 PJG36250GU43X 3432.00 3620.00 7069.00 11314.00 PHJ36060GU43X PHJ36100GU43X PHJ36150GU43X PJJ36250GU43X 4222.00 4756.00 9304.00 12296.00 PHL36060GU43X PHL36100GU43X PHL36150GU43X PJL36250GU43X 6209.00 6753.00 11025.00 14772.00 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 60 100 150 250 Table 12.33: LSI 5.2 A H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W Trip Rating Trip Ampere Function a Trip Unit D Interrupting Catalog Numberb G Interrupting $ Price J Interrupting L Interrupting Catalog Numberb $ Price Catalog Numberb $ Price Catalog Numberb $ Price PHG36060GNU31X PHG36100GNU31X PHG36150GNU31X PJG36250GNU31X PHG36060GNU33X PHG36100GNU33X PHG36150GNU33X PJG36250GNU33X 2761.00 2967.00 6450.00 10405.00 2957.00 3163.00 6646.00 10684.00 PHJ36060GNU31X PHJ36100GNU31X PHJ36150GNU31X PJJ36250GNU31X PHJ36060GNU33X PHJ36100GNU33X PHJ36150GNU33X PJJ36250GNU33X 3611.00 4191.00 8693.00 11419.00 3807.00 4387.00 8889.00 11698.00 PHL36060GNU31X PHL36100GNU31X PHL36150GNU31X PJL36250GNU31X PHL36060GNU33X PHL36100GNU33X PHL36150GNU33X PJL36250GNU33X 5501.00 6061.00 10437.00 13930.00 5697.00 6257.00 10633.00 14209.00 PHJ36060GNU43X PHJ36100GNU43X PHJ36150GNU43X PJJ36250GNU43X 4466.00 5046.00 9548.00 12638.00 PHL36060GNU43X PHL36100GNU43X PHL36150GNU43X PJL36250GNU43X 6356.00 6916.00 11292.00 15149.00 Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 60 100 LI 3.2 150 250 60 100 LSI 3.2 S 150 250 Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit PHD36060GNU31X PHD36100GNU31X PHD36150GNU31X PJD36250GNU31X PHD36060GNU33X PHD36100GNU33X PHD36150GNU33X PJD36250GNU33X 2294.00 2500.00 4661.00 6973.00 2490.00 2696.00 4857.00 7252.00 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 60 PHD36060GNU43X 3149.00 PHG36060GNU43X 3616.00 100 PHD36100GNU43X 3355.00 PHG36100GNU43X 3822.00 LSI 5.2 A 150 PHD36150GNU43X 5516.00 PHG36150GNU43X 7305.00 250 PJD36250GNU43X 8192.00 PJG36250GNU43X 11624.00 a If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing. b All these devices use plug-in connections. Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%. Table 12.34: L-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W Trip Rating Trip Ampere Functiona Trip Unit D Interrupting Catalog Numberb G Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberb J Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberb L Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberb $ Price Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 LI 3.3 600 400 LSI 3.3 S 600 Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 LSI 600 400 LSIG 600 Table 12.35: 5.3 A 6.3 A PBLD36400GU31X PBLD36600GU31X PBLD36400GU33X PBLD36600GU33X 9398.00 13840.00 10496.00 14939.00 PBLG36400GU31X PBLG36600GU31X PBLG36400GU33X PBLG36600GU33X 12846.00 16975.00 14345.00 18320.00 PBLJ36400GU31X PBLJ36600GU31X PBLJ36400GU33X PBLJ36600GU33X 14958.00 18600.00 16676.00 21093.00 PBLL36400GU31X PBLL36600GU31X PBLL36400GU33X PBLL36600GU33X 17030.00 21326.00 18049.00 22344.00 PBLD36400GU43X PBLD36600GU43X PBLD36400GU44X PBLD36600GU44X 12174.00 16617.00 15865.00 20309.00 PBLG36400GU43X PBLG36600GU43X PBLG36400GU44X PBLG36600GU44X 15640.00 19377.00 19686.00 23904.00 PBLJ36400GU43X PBLJ36600GU43X PBLJ36400GU44X PBLJ36600GU44X 17605.00 21128.00 21247.00 24770.00 PBLL36400GU43X PBLL36600GU43X PBLL36400GU44X PBLL36600GU44X 19608.00 23902.00 23536.00 27329.00 L-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W Trip Rating Trip Ampere Functiona Trip Unit D Interrupting Catalog Numberb G Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberb J Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberb L Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberb $ Price 12 Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 LI 3.3 600 400 LSI 3.3 S 600 Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit PBLD36400GNU31X PBLD36600GNU31X PBLD36400GNU33X PBLD36600GNU33X 9890.00 14555.00 10885.00 15490.00 PBLG36400GNU31X PBLG36600GNU31X PBLG36400GNU33X PBLG36600GNU33X 13509.00 17851.00 14875.00 18996.00 PBLJ36400GNU31X PBLJ36600GNU31X PBLJ36400GNU33X PBLJ36600GNU33X BUSWAY 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 PBLD36400GNU43X 12625.00 PBLG36400GNU43X 15956.00 PBLJ36400GNU43X LSI 5.3 A 600 PBLD36600GNU43X 17232.00 PBLG36600GNU43X 19830.00 PBLJ36600GNU43X 400 PBLD36400GNU44X 16450.00 PBLG36400GNU44X 20485.00 PBLJ36400GNU44X LSIG 6.3 A 600 PBLD36600GNU44X 21055.00 PBLG36600GNU44X 24216.00 PBLJ36600GNU44X a If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing. b All these devices use plug-in connections. Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%. The 250 A with Standard Trip Unit is also available. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information. 12-12 PE7 Discount Schedule 15730.00 19560.00 16942.00 20870.00 PBLL36400GNU31X PBLL36600GNU31X PBLL36400GNU33X PBLL36600GNU33X 17910.00 22375.00 18716.00 23130.00 18256.00 21908.00 22030.00 25677.00 PBLL36400GNU43X PBLL36600GNU43X PBLL36400GNU44X PBLL36600GNU44X 20334.00 24748.00 24385.00 28294.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-LineTM II Busway PowerPactTM M-Frame Plug-in Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.36: M-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Basic Electronic Trip Unit (ET 1.0)—3Ø3W Trip Rating Ampere 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Table 12.37: G Interrupting Catalog Numberabc PTMG36300G( ) PTMG36350G( ) PTMG36400G( ) PTMG36450G( ) PTMG36500G( ) PTMG36600G( ) PTMG36700G( ) PTMG36800G( ) J Interrupting $ Price 16014.00 16014.00 16014.00 16014.00 16014.00 16014.00 18810.00 18810.00 Catalog Numberabc PTMJ36300G( ) PTMJ36350G( ) PTMJ36400G( ) PTMJ36450G( ) PTMJ36500G( ) PTMJ36600G( ) PTMJ36700G( ) PTMJ36800G( ) $ Price 17918.00 17918.00 17918.00 17918.00 17918.00 17918.00 20368.00 20368.00 M-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Basic Electronic Trip Unit (ET 1.0)—3Ø4W Trip Rating Ampere G Interrupting Catalog Numberabc J Interrupting $ Price Catalog Numberabc $ Price 12 BUSWAY 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 300 PTMG36300GN( ) 16640.00 PTMJ36300GN( ) 18536.00 350 PTMG36350GN( ) 16640.00 PTMJ36350GN( ) 18536.00 400 PTMG36400GN( ) 16640.00 PTMJ36400GN( ) 18536.00 450 PTMG36450GN( ) 16640.00 PTMJ36450GN( ) 18536.00 500 PTMG36500GN( ) 16640.00 PTMJ36500GN( ) 18536.00 600 PTMG36600GN( ) 16640.00 PTMJ36600GN( ) 18536.00 700 PTMG36700GN( ) 19436.00 PTMJ36700GN( ) 22082.00 800 PTMG36800GN( ) 19436.00 PTMJ36800GN( ) 22082.00 a The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. b All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. c To complete the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications. Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add "M54" suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE7 Discount Schedule 12-13 I-LineTM Busway PowerPactTM P-Frame Plug-in Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 Table 12.38: www.schneider-electric.us P-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø3W Interrupting Rating Trip Trip Rating Ampere Function G Trip Unit J $ Price Catalog Numberabc 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Catalog Numberabc $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 600 800 LI 1000 1200 400 600 800 LSI 1000 1200 Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 600 800 LI 1000 1200 400 600 800 LSI 1000 1200 400 600 800 LSIG 1000 1200 Table 12.39: 3.0 5.0 3.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A PTPG36040G( )U31A PTPG36060G( )U31A PTPG36080G( )U31A PTPG36100G( )U31A PTPG36120G( )U31A PTPG36040G( )U33A PTPG36060G( )U33A PTPG36080G( )U33A PTPG36100G( )U33A PTPG36120G( )U33A 26760.00 26760.00 26760.00 34637.00 34637.00 27300.00 27300.00 27300.00 35064.00 35064.00 37560.00 37560.00 37560.00 45366.00 — 37900.00 37900.00 37900.00 46168.00 — PTPJ36040G( )U31A PTPJ36060G( )U31A PTPJ36080G( )U31A PTPJ36100G( )U31A PTPJ36120G( )U31A PTPJ36040G( )U33A PTPJ36060G( )U33A PTPJ36080G( )U33A PTPJ36100G( )U33A PTPJ36120G( )U33A 27995.00 27995.00 27995.00 35929.00 35929.00 28532.00 28532.00 28532.00 36328.00 36328.00 38745.00 38745.00 38745.00 46502.00 — 39400.00 39400.00 39400.00 47934.00 — PTPG36040G( )U41A PTPG36060G( )U41A PTPG36080G( )U41A PTPG36100G( )U41A PTPG36120G( )U41A PTPG36040G( )U43A PTPG36060G( )U43A PTPG36080G( )U43A PTPG36100G( )U43A PTPG36120G( )U43A PTPG36040G( )U44A PTPG36060G( )U44A PTPG36080G( )U44A PTPG36100G( )U44A PTPG36120G( )U44A 28072.00 28072.00 28072.00 35826.00 35826.00 30300.00 30300.00 30300.00 38010.00 38010.00 33052.00 33052.00 33052.00 40725.00 40725.00 38560.00 38560.00 38560.00 46435.00 — 40430.00 40430.00 40430.00 49424.00 — 42760.00 42760.00 42760.00 50824.00 — PTPJ36040G( )U41A PTPJ36060G( )U41A PTPJ36080G( )U41A PTPJ36100G( )U41A PTPJ36120G( )U41A PTPJ36040G( )U43A PTPJ36060G( )U43A PTPJ36080G( )U43A PTPJ36100G( )U43A PTPJ36120G( )U43A PTPJ36040G( )U44A PTPJ36060G( )U44A PTPJ36080G( )U44A PTPJ36100G( )U44A PTPJ36120G( )U44A 29295.00 29295.00 29295.00 37055.00 37055.00 31520.00 31520.00 31520.00 39124.00 39124.00 34250.00 34250.00 34250.00 41700.00 41700.00 40068.00 40068.00 40068.00 48856.00 — 41695.00 41695.00 41695.00 50342.00 — 44330.00 44330.00 44330.00 51910.00 — P-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø4W Interrupting Rating Trip Trip Rating Ampere Function G Trip Unit Catalog Numberabc J $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Catalog Numberabc $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 600 800 LI 1000 1200 400 600 800 LSI 1000 1200 Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 3.0 5.0 PTPG36040GN( )U31A PTPG36060GN( )U31A PTPG36080GN( )U31A PTPG36100GN( )U31A PTPG36120GN( )U31A PTPG36040GN( )U33A PTPG36060GN( )U33A PTPG36080GN( )U33A PTPG36100GN( )U33A PTPG36120GN( )U33A 27760.00 27760.00 27760.00 35637.00 35637.00 28300.00 28300.00 28300.00 36064.00 36064.00 38560.00 38560.00 38560.00 46366.00 — 38900.00 38900.00 38900.00 47168.00 — PTPJ36040GN( )U31A PTPJ36060GN( )U31A PTPJ36080GN( )U31A PTPJ36100GN( )U31A PTPJ36120GN( )U31A PTPJ36040GN( )U33A PTPJ36060GN( )U33A PTPJ36080GN( )U33A PTPJ36100GN( )U33A PTPJ36120GN( )U33A 28995.00 28995.00 28995.00 36929.00 36929.00 29532.00 29532.00 29532.00 37328.00 37328.00 39745.00 39745.00 39745.00 47502.00 — 40400.00 40400.00 40400.00 48934.00 — 12 3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 400 PTPG36040GN( )U41A 29072.00 39560.00 PTPJ36040GN( )U41A 30295.00 41068.00 600 PTPG36060GN( )U41A 29072.00 39560.00 PTPJ36060GN( )U41A 30295.00 41068.00 800 LI 3.0 A PTPG36080GN( )U41A 29072.00 39560.00 PTPJ36080GN( )U41A 30295.00 41068.00 1000 PTPG36100GN( )U41A 36826.00 47435.00 PTPJ36100GN( )U41A 38055.00 49856.00 1200 PTPG36120GN( )U41A 36826.00 — PTPJ36120GN( )U41A 38055.00 — 400 PTPG36040GN( )U43A 31300.00 41430.00 PTPJ36040GN( )U43A 32520.00 42695.00 600 PTPG36060GN( )U43A 31300.00 41430.00 PTPJ36060GN( )U43A 32520.00 42695.00 800 LSI 5.0 A PTPG36080GN( )U43A 31300.00 41430.00 PTPJ36080GN( )U43A 32520.00 42695.00 1000 PTPG36100GN( )U43A 39010.00 50424.00 PTPJ36100GN( )U43A 40124.00 51342.00 1200 PTPG36120GN( )U43A 39010.00 — PTPJ36120GN( )U43A 40124.00 — 400 PTPG36040GN( )U44A 34052.00 43760.00 PTPJ36040GN( )U44A 35250.00 45330.00 600 PTPG36060GN( )U44A 34052.00 43760.00 PTPJ36060GN( )U44A 35250.00 45330.00 800 LSIG 6.0 A PTPG36080GN( )U44A 34052.00 43760.00 PTPJ36080GN( )U44A 35250.00 45330.00 1000 PTPG36100GN( )U44A 41725.00 51824.00 PTPJ36100GN( )U44A 42700.00 52910.00 1200 PTPG36120GN( )U44A 41725.00 — PTPJ36120GN( )U44A 42700.00 — a The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the "A" rating plug. To specify an alternative rating plug, replace the "A" at the end of the catalog number with the applicable suffix letter. See the chart on page 7-45 for rating plug catalog suffix letters. b All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications. c Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers, replace the blank with an “HC” for horizontal applications and “VC” for vertical applications. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with standard LI trip functions at 800 A 3Ø3W for a horizontal application would be PTPG36080GHCU31A. Notes: • For IP54 splash resistant construction, add a “M54” suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%. • The 250 A is available as a special device. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information. BUSWAY 12-14 PE8 PE7 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I-LineTM Busway PowerPactTM R-Frame Plug-in Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 12.40: R-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø3W Interrupting Rating Trip Rating Ampere G Trip Function Trip Unit Catalog Numberabc J $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Catalog Numberabc L $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Catalog Numberabc $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 800 1000 LI 3.0 1200 1600 800 1000 LSI 5.0 1200 1600 PTRG36080G( )U31A PTRG36100G( )U31A PTRG36120G( )U31A PTRG36160G( )U31A PTRG36080G( )U33A PTRG36100G( )U33A PTRG36120G( )U33A PTRG36160G( )U33A 42232.00 42232.00 42232.00 42232.00 42686.00 42686.00 42686.00 42686.00 48472.00 48472.00 48472.00 — 48772.00 48772.00 48772.00 — PTRJ36080G( )U31A PTRJ36100G( )U31A PTRJ36120G( )U31A PTRJ36160G( )U31A PTRJ36080G( )U33A PTRJ36100G( )U33A PTRJ36120G( )U33A PTRJ36160G( )U33A 43800.00 43800.00 43800.00 43800.00 44254.00 44254.00 44254.00 44254.00 50040.00 50040.00 50040.00 — 50340.00 50340.00 50340.00 — PTRL36080G( )U31A PTRL36100G( )U31A PTRL36120G( )U31A PTRL36160G( )U31A PTRL36080G( )U33A PTRL36100G( )U33A PTRL36120G( )U33A PTRL36160G( )U33A 45366.00 45366.00 45366.00 45366.00 45820.00 45820.00 45820.00 45820.00 51606.00 51606.00 51606.00 — 51906.00 51906.00 51906.00 — PTRG36080G( )U41A PTRG36100G( )U41A PTRG36120G( )U41A PTRG36160G( )U41A PTRG36080G( )U43A PTRG36100G( )U43A PTRG36120G( )U43A PTRG36160G( )U43A PTRG36080G( )U44A PTRG36100G( )U44A PTRG36120G( )U44A PTRG36160G( )U44A 43368.00 43368.00 43368.00 43368.00 45366.00 45366.00 45366.00 45366.00 47856.00 47856.00 47856.00 47856.00 49342.00 49342.00 49342.00 — 51184.00 51184.00 51184.00 — 53426.00 53426.00 53426.00 — PTRJ36080G( )U41A PTRJ36100G( )U41A PTRJ36120G( )U41A PTRJ36160G( )U41A PTRJ36080G( )U43A PTRJ36100G( )U43A PTRJ36120G( )U43A PTRJ36160G( )U43A PTRJ36080G( )U44A PTRJ36100G( )U44A PTRJ36120G( )U44A PTRJ36160G( )U44A 44936.00 44936.00 44936.00 44936.00 46934.00 46934.00 46934.00 46934.00 49424.00 49424.00 49424.00 49424.00 50910.00 50910.00 50910.00 — 52752.00 52752.00 52752.00 — 54994.00 54994.00 54994.00 — PTRL36080G( )U41A PTRL36100G( )U41A PTRL36120G( )U41A PTRL36160G( )U41A PTRL36080G( )U43A PTRL36100G( )U43A PTRL36120G( )U43A PTRL36160G( )U43A PTRL36080G( )U44A PTRL36100G( )U44A PTRL36120G( )U44A PTRL36160G( )U44A 46502.00 46502.00 46502.00 46502.00 48500.00 48500.00 48500.00 48500.00 50990.00 50990.00 50990.00 50990.00 52476.00 52476.00 52476.00 — 54318.00 54318.00 54318.00 — 56560.00 56560.00 56560.00 — Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz 800 1000 LI 3.0 A 1200 1600 800 1000 LSI 5.0 A 1200 1600 800 1000 LSIG 6.0 A 1200 1600 Table 12.41: R-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø4W Interrupting Rating Trip Rating Ampere G Trip Function Trip Unit Catalog Numberabc J $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Catalog Numberabc L $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Catalog Numberabc $ Price 80 % Rated 100 % Rated Micrologic Standard Trip Unit 3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz 800 PTRG36080GN( )U31A 1000 PTRG36100GN( )U31A LI 3.0 1200 PTRG36120GN( )U31A 1600 PTRG36160GN( )U31A 800 PTRG36080GN( )U33A 1000 PTRG36100GN( )U33A LSI 5.0 1200 PTRG36120GN( )U33A 1600 PTRG36160GN( )U33A Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit 43232.00 43232.00 43232.00 43232.00 43686.00 43686.00 43686.00 43686.00 49472.00 49472.00 49472.00 — 49772.00 49772.00 49772.00 — PTRJ36080GN( )U31A PTRJ36100GN( )U31A PTRJ36120GN( )U31A PTRJ36160GN( )U31A PTRJ36080GN( )U33A PTRJ36100GN( )U33A PTRJ36120GN( )U33A PTRJ36160GN( )U33A 44800.00 44800.00 44800.00 44800.00 45254.00 45254.00 45254.00 45254.00 51040.00 51040.00 51040.00 — 51340.00 51340.00 51340.00 — PTRL36080GN( )U31A PTRL36100GN( )U31A PTRL36120GN( )U31A PTRL36160GN( )U31A PTRL36080GN( )U33A PTRL36100GN( )U33A PTRL36120GN( )U33A PTRL36160GN( )U33A 46366.00 46366.00 46366.00 46366.00 46820.00 46820.00 46820.00 46820.00 52606.00 52606.00 52606.00 — 52906.00 52906.00 52906.00 — 12 BUSWAY 3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz 800 PTRG36080GN( )U41A 44368.00 50342.00 PTRJ36080GN( )U41A 45936.00 51910.00 PTRL36080GN( )U41A 47502.00 53476.00 1000 PTRG36100GN( )U41A 44368.00 50342.00 PTRJ36100GN( )U41A 45936.00 51910.00 PTRL36100GN( )U41A 47502.00 53476.00 LI 3.0 A 1200 PTRG36120GN( )U41A 44368.00 50342.00 PTRJ36120GN( )U41A 45936.00 51910.00 PTRL36120GN( )U41A 47502.00 53476.00 1600 PTRG36160GN( )U41A 44368.00 — PTRJ36160GN( )U41A 45936.00 — PTRL36160GN( )U41A 47502.00 — 800 PTRG36080GN( )U43A 46366.00 52184.00 PTRJ36080GN( )U43A 47934.00 53752.00 PTRL36080GN( )U43A 49500.00 55318.00 1000 PTRG36100GN( )U43A 46366.00 52184.00 PTRJ36100GN( )U43A 47934.00 53752.00 PTRL36100GN( )U43A 49500.00 55318.00 LSI 5.0 A 1200 PTRG36120GN( )U43A 46366.00 52184.00 PTRJ36120GN( )U43A 47934.00 53752.00 PTRL36120GN( )U43A 49500.00 55318.00 1600 PTRG36160GN( )U43A 46366.00 — PTRJ36160GN( )U43A 47934.00 — PTRL36160GN( )U43A 49500.00 — 800 PTRG36080GN( )U44A 48856.00 54426.00 PTRJ36080GN( )U44A 50424.00 55994.00 PTRL36080GN( )U44A 51990.00 57560.00 1000 PTRG36100GN( )U44A 48856.00 54426.00 PTRJ36100GN( )U44A 50424.00 55994.00 PTRL36100GN( )U44A 51990.00 57560.00 LSIG 6.0 A 1200 PTRG36120GN( )U44A 48856.00 54426.00 PTRJ36120GN( )U44A 50424.00 55994.00 PTRL36120GN( )U44A 51990.00 57560.00 1600 PTRG36160GN( )U44A 48856.00 — PTRJ36160GN( )U44A 50424.00 — PTRL36160GN( )U44A 51990.00 — a The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the "A" rating plug. To specify an alternative rating plug, replace the "A" at the end of the catalog number with the applicable suffix letter. See the chart on page 7-45 for rating plug catalog suffix letters. b All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications. c Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers, replace the blank with an “HC” for horizontal applications and “VC” for vertical applications. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with standard LI trip functions at 800 A 3Ø3W for a horizontal application would be PTRG36080GHCU31A. Notes: • For IP54 splash resistant construction, add a "M54" suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%. • The 600 A is available as a special device. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE8 PE7 Discount Schedule 12-15 Power-ZoneTM Busway Non-Segregated Bus Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us • • • • • • • • 12 Non-segregated phase bus 600 V through 15 kV (1200 A–4000 A) 1 Aluminum, steel or stainless steel housing Aluminum or copper bus bars Insulated with fluidized bed epoxy (5 kV–15 kV) Complete line of fittings provides for any configuration Indoor trapeze and outdoor column supports For use in utilities, industrial and commercial facilities Power-Zone bus is custom designed, manufactured and tested per ANSI C37.23 standards to meet customer specifications. The 600 V product is also UL Listed. It is a completely coordinated package of equipment with all the auxiliary material and supports for connecting transformers, switchgear, MCCs, and motors, in all types of utility, industrial, and commercial facilities. General Pricing Instruction – Prepare a layout sketch (if applicable) of the run(s) showing all dimensions in feet and inches, all wall and floor locations and thicknesses and all fittings such as elbows, tees, flanged ends, cable tap boxes, expansion fittings, transformer connections, etc. Add all dimensions together using the center line of the bus and adjust the total to the higher whole foot. Multiply this total by the per foot price as determined by the type (indoor or weatherproof) (aluminum or copper) and the number of poles and any optional accessories (aluminum or steel enclosures, fiberglass or porcelain conductor supports, etc.). To this add the charges for each of the elbows, tees, flanged ends, cable tap boxes, expansion fittings, transformer connections, etc. The sum of these items plus the sum of any optional accessory is the price of the entire bus run. NOTE: Because the bus run is custom designed and built there are no “Complete Device” prices. Bus Footage – The per foot price of the bus may be a combination of several prices depending on the job specifications and requirements. Some of these options are special momentary rating, special housing material and/or finish, special conductor supports, heaters and thermostats, and ground bus. The prices for these options are shown on page 12-17. They should be added to the per foot prices shown on page 12-17. Weatherproof Bus – Priced the same as indoor. In addition, all weatherproof runs must be equipped with strip heaters to eliminate condensation and, if applicable, a thermostat. A heater should be priced for every seven (7) foot of bus and no more than 20 heaters can be controlled by one thermostat. Also, each bus run should have its own thermostat. The heaters are rated 240 V, 500 watts and operate at 120 V, 125 watts. Flanged Ends – A flanged end is used to terminate the bus into switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards, or any rigid bus-to-bus connection. It consists of a gasketed equipment flange, up to 1'-0" of 3Ø3W conductor (3Ø4W as applicable), necessary insulation tapes, and required bolting hardware. If additional conductor length is required, add to the footage price on a per foot basis. Cable Tap Box – A cable tap box includes a gasketed and accessible termination box, lugs, necessary insulation tape (between bus and lugs only), and required bolting hardware. Lug sizes and quantity should be specified by purchaser. Transformer/Generator Connection – This type of termination should be priced whenever the bus is connecting to a transformer, generator, motor, switch or any connection where the bus bars are connecting to porcelain mounted equipment terminals. It will include the same components as a flanged end plus one set of flexible braid type connectors and a terminal box (if required). Bushing Box (Weatherhead) – A bushing box is used on service entrance run where the cable connection to the bus must be made via porcelain bushings. It is comprised of the same components as a transformer connection plus 3 through stud type apparatus bushings, bushing stud connectors (lug pads) and a strip heater. Ground Bus – The bus housing is designed and constructed to provide an electrically continuous ground path. The side rails of the bus housings are capable of carrying the full rated phase current continuously and, under short circuit conditions, are capable of carrying up to 60 kA RMS asymmetrical fault current for 3 seconds. Consequently, a separate ground bus is not necessary unless specified. Wall Entrance Seal – A wall entrance seal consists of a wall throat, wall flange (one side of wall only), and a barrier which prevents air or vapor from passing from one room to another or from outdoors to indoors. It also carries a 1/2 hour fire rating. Consult factory for higher fire ratings. If additional wall flanges are required, they should be added at the prices given on page 12-19. Equipment Entrance Seal – An equipment entrance seal should be priced whenever a barrier is required to prevent the passing of flame and/or gasses between the bus housing and the terminating equipment. Expansion Fittings – An expansion fitting is used to counteract the strain placed on the bus due to the expansion and contraction of the building or the bus itself. One should be priced whenever the bus run crosses a building expansion joint and whenever a straight run of bus exceeds 60 feet. Flexible Housing (Misalignment) Collar – Required at terminations or wall penetrations when vibrations due to seismic forces may cause damage to the bus. It may also be used to adjust for the “settling” of terminating equipment after installation. BUSWAY 1 12-16 For additional ratings, contact the factory. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Power-ZoneTM Busway Non-Segregated Bus Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Supporting Steel (Hangers) – Supports are not included in the “per foot” price of the bus and should be added on the basis of one for every 10 ft. for indoor and one for every 12 ft. for outdoor. Indoor supports are a trapeze type hanger while outdoor supports are a single or double column type support. Consult factory for other type supports. Hazardous or Seismic Locations – Consult factory for bus runs which are to be installed in a location which is classified as hazardous or in a seismic location. Standard Construction – The prices on this page are based on standard Power-Zone construction. Page 12-19 should be used to add any options or accessories. Standard construction is as follows: • Conductor (plating): Copper (silver) or Aluminum (tin) • Conductor Insulation (5 kV and 15 kV only): epoxy • Conductor Supports: Glass reinforced polyester blocks • Housing Material: Extruded Aluminum (1/8-inch Nominal) • Housing Construction: Totally Enclosed Non-ventilated • Joint Insulation: EPR and PVC tape • BIL Rating: 25 kV (600 V), 60 kV (5 kV) and 95 kV (15 kV) • Momentary (Short Circuit) Rating: 75 kA (600 V) and 60 kA (5 kV, 15 kV) • Ground Conductor: Housing (100% rated) Table 12.42: Cond. Mtl. Footage and Fittings No. of Poles, Wires Current Rtg. $ Price Per Foot a Flanged End Vert. Elb. Horz. Elb. Cable Tap Box Vert. Tee Horz. Tee Indr. Exp. Ftg. Outdr. Exp. Ftg. Wall Entr. Seal Equip. Entr. Seal Phase Phase Trans. Xfrm Conn. Porc. Bshg. Box 600 V 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 5000 A 6000 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 5000 A 6000 A 1235. 1315. 1485. 1635. 1845. 1605. 1710. 1930. 2125. 2399. 1785. 1985. 2665. 2950. 4125. 5970. 6470. 7335. 2320. 2580. 3464. 3835. 5362. 7760. 8411. 9535. 4430. 4535. 4905. 5120. 5310. 5759. 5895. 6376. 6656. 6903. 5115. 5320. 6190. 6645. 8995. 10680. 11585. 13895. 6650. 6916. 8047. 8639. 11694. 13884. 15061. 18064. 4885. 5005. 5160. 5420. 5470. 6351. 6507. 6708. 7046. 7111. 5030. 5192. 5355. 5455. 6172. 6890. 7570. 9815. 6539. 6750. 6962. 7092. 7779. 9153. 9841. 12760. 4195. 4265. 4340. 4390. 4435. 5454. 5545. 5642. 5707. 5766. 4195. 4230. 4265. 4340. 4390. 4435. 4620. 4590. 5454. 5501. 5595. 5642. 5707. 5766. 6006. 6246. 14348. 14838. 17165. 17777. 18736. 18652. 19290. 22315. 23110. 24357. 15101. 15702. 18579. 19454. 22789. 26693. 29178. 33649. 19632. 20413. 24153. 25291. 29626. 34701. 37932. 43744. 6740. 6760. 7020. 7190. 7195. 8762. 8788. 9126. 9347. 9354. 6885. 7007. 7130. 7320. 8007. 8695. 9330. 11060. 8951. 9110. 9269. 9516. 11492. 11810. 12129. 14378. 6740. 6760. 7020. 7190. 7195. 8762. 8788. 9126. 9347. 9354. 6885. 7007. 7130. 7320. 8007. 8695. 9330. 11060. 8951. 9110. 9269. 9516. 11492. 11810. 12129. 14378. 6595. 8075. 8635. 10895. 12835. 8574. 10498. 11226. 14164. 16686. 6890. 8310. 8815. 11160. 16120. 19690. 24950. 32305. 8957. 10803. 11460. 14508. 20956. 25597. 32435. 41997. 13905. 15610. 16395. 18950. 20885. 18077. 20293. 21314. 24635. 27151. 14200. 15615. 16350. 18920. 24175. 28680. 34705. 42055. 18460. 20300. 21255. 24596. 31428. 37284. 45117. 54672. 5400. 5410. 5435. 5450. 5475. 7020. 7033. 7066. 7085. 7104. 5400. 5410. 5435. 5450. 5475. 5527. 5580. 5610. 7020. 7033. 7066. 7085. 7104. 7129. 7254. 7293. 3970. 3975. 3985. 3995. 4005. 5161. 5168. 5181. 5194. 5207. 3970. 3975. 3985. 3995. 4005. 4050. 4190. 4235. 5161. 5168. 5181. 5194. 5207. 5265. 5447. 5506. 8825. 9150. 9840. 10145. 10525. 11473. 11895. 12792. 13189. 13683. 10085. 10505. 12205. 13105. 16740. 20215. 22400. 25960. 13111. 13657. 15867. 17037. 21762. 26280. 29120. 33748. 15725. 17265. 19450. 21755. 23880. 20443. 22445. 25285. 28282. 31044. 16555. 18180. 20840. 23410. 29205. 35905. 42035. 50735. 21522. 23634. 27092. 30433. 37967. 46677. 54646. 65956. 34275. 37510. 42687. 47865. 54800. 44558. 48763. 53417. 62225. 71240. 34960. 38250. 41220. 49420. 59385. 72125. 80380. 96635. 45448. 49725. 53586. 64246. 77201. 93763. 104494. 125626. 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A 5000 A 6000 A 1410. 1500. 1690. 1840. 2120. 1815. 2185. 2870. 3165. 4340. 6375. 6965. 8175. 4550. 4655. 5020. 5185. 5505. 5025. 5445. 6300. 6755. 9180. 10875. 11825. 14275. 4495. 4570. 4640. 4690. 4760. 4495. 4532. 4570. 4640. 4715. 6340. 7435. 10095. 4175. 4275. 4405. 4505. 4685. 4325. 4330. 4615. 4695. 5493. 6426. 7519. 8797. 14480. 14971. 17292. 17849. 18951. 15003. 15840. 18700. 19576. 22993. 26908. 29448. 34068. 6730. 6760. 7020. 7080. 7195. 6885. 7000. 7115. 7320. 8840. 9085. 9330. 11065. 6730. 6760. 7020. 7080. 7195. 6885. 7000. 7115. 7320. 8840. 9085. 9330. 11065. 6635. 8105. 8635. 10680. 12835. 6940. 8360. 8825. 11160. 16120. 19690. 24950. 32315. 14690. 16635. 17625. 19205. 21825. 14995. 16415. 17350. 20150. 25110. 28680. 34705. 42065. 5500. 5515. 5525. 5540. 5590. 5500. 5515. 5525. 5540. 5590. 5640. 5740. 5840. 4265. 4285. 4315. 4370. 4425. 4265. 4285. 4310. 4370. 4425. 4471. 4590. 4610. 9385. 9575. 10065. 10355. 10910. 10230. 11070. 12620. 13325. 17115. 20605. 22880. 26715. 15835. 17385. 19560. 21715. 24070. 16465. 18305. 20935. 23525. 29395. 36100. 42280. 51120. 52874. 56289. 62104. 68579. 76874. 53499. 57384. 62494. 71284. 83604. 98519. 110539. 133414. 1200 A 1445. 4655. 4495. 4175. 14596. 1600 A 1550. 4765. 4570. 4275. 15092. 3P, 3Wb 2000 A 1745. 5190. 4640. 4405. 17479. 2500 A 1900. 5445. 4690. 4505. 17772. 3000 A 2205. 5700. 4760. 4685. 19165. 1200 A 1850. 5130. 4495. 4325. 15118. 1600 A 2225. 5555. 4570. 4330. 15961. 2000 A 2915. 6415. 4640. 4615. 18827. 2500 A 3220. 6925. 4690. 4695. 19763. 3P, 3Wb 3000 A 4385. 9380. 4760. 5493. 23213. 4000 A 6435. 11075. 6340. 6426. 27128. 5000 A 7305. 12065. 7435. 7519. 29712. 6000 A 8955. 14575. 10095. 8797. 34398. Hangers, supports and heater prices not included. See page 12-18 for pricing. Add 30% for 3Ø4W (half-neutral): add 45% for 3Ø4W (full-neutral). 6820. 6850. 7160. 7245. 7330. 6975. 7092. 7210. 7455. 8975. 9232. 9490. 11250. 6820. 6850. 7160. 7245. 7330. 6975. 7092. 7210. 7455. 8975. 9232. 9490. 11250. 6815. 8290. 8910. 10445. 13105. 7125. 8545. 9005. 11430. 16395. 19960. 25270. 32680. 14870. 16815. 17900. 18970. 22095. 15180. 16600. 17535. 20420. 25385. 28950. 35025. 42430. 5500. 5515. 5525. 5540. 5590. 5500. 5515. 5525. 5540. 5590. 5640. 5740. 5840. 4280. 4305. 4345. 4410. 4485. 4280. 4305. 4345. 4410. 4485. 4685. 4900. 6540. 9510. 9710. 10265. 10325. 11170. 10350. 11195. 12756. 13525. 17370. 20860. 23195. 27135. 16035. 17590. 19865. 21525. 24405. 16660. 18505. 21140. 23825. 29725. 36435. 42680. 51605. 70042. 74618. 82879. 89639. 102938. 70854. 76139. 83152. 95223. 111960. 132968. 150018. 181627. Aluminum 3P, 3W 3P, 4W 100% Neutral Copper 3P, 3W 3P, 4W 100% Neutral Aluminum 3P, 3Wb Copper 5 kV 3P, 3Wb 12 a b BUSWAY Copper Aluminum 15 kV © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE8 Discount Schedule 12-17 Power-ZoneTM Busway Non-Segregated Bus Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Space Heaters/Thermostats Space heaters must be priced for all weatherproof applications. One heater should be priced for every 7 feet of outdoor bus. If a thermostat is specified to control the heaters, at least one should be priced for each bus run. No more than 20 heaters can be controlled by each thermostat. Table 12.43: Thermostats/Space Heaters Description Thermostat 120 V, 125 W space heater (240 V, 500 W rated) $ Price Each 800.00 680.00 Hangers/Supports Hangers and supports are not included in prices on page 12-17. Price one indoor hanger for every 10 feet (maximum) of indoor bus and one outdoor support for every 12 feet (maximum) of outdoor bus (if required). Table 12.44: Hangers/Supports Support Description Indoor Trapeze Hanger Maximum Height — 6 feet 8 feet 10 feet 12 feet 14 feet 16 feet 18 feet 20 feet 22 feet Outdoor, Single Column Support Outdoor, Double Column Support $ Price Each 820.00 5709.00 6524.00 7340.00 8155.00 14995.00 16495.00 17994.00 19494.00 20993.00 Construction Options Table 12.45: Momentary (Asymmetrical Short Circuit) Ratings $ Price Per Foot c Multiplier Standard 1.25 1.50 Standard 1.05 1.25 Standard 1.05 1.25 1.50 Voltage Class c Amperes 75 KA 600 V 100 KA 150 KA 60 KA 5 kV 80 KA 100 KA 60 KA 80 KA 15 kV 100 KA 150 KA Include base price (page 12-17) plus all options. Table 12.46: Bus Enclosures Per Foot $ Price Adder Standard Material and Finish Painted Aluminum (1/8” Nominal) Painted 14 Gauge Steel Painted 11 Gauge Steel Unpainted 14 Gauge 304 Stainless Steel Unpainted 14 Gauge 316 Stainless Steel 680.00 800.00 1600.00 2160.00 12 BUSWAY 12-18 PE8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Power-Zone™ Busway Non-Segregated Bus Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Miscellaneous Terminating Accessories Miscellaneous terminating accessory prices should be added only if not already included in the price of the termination (see pricing instruction for further information). Table 12.47: d Bushing Stud Connectors (Lug Pads)d Amperes 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A If not included on terminating equipment. Table 12.48: 5607.00 5904.00 6315.00 7221.00 8202.00 9528.00 Flexible Connectors $ Price Per Three Phase Connectione Voltage Class 1200 A 600 V 5 kV 15 kV e $ Price Each 1600 A 7550.00 7706.00 7922.00 2000 A 9175.00 9300.00 9405.00 2500 A 10045.00 10155.00 10265.00 12425.00 12535.00 12705.00 3000 A 4000 A 16705.00 16890.00 17085.00 22245.00 22440.00 22635.00 Add 45% for 3Ø4W (100%) connection. Add 30% for 3Ø4W (50%). Table 12.49: Terminal Boxes Box Size 11 Gauge Steel 3' x 2' x 3' 3' x 3' x 4' 4' x 3' x 4' 4' x 4' x 5' 5' x 4' x 5' 5' x 5' x 5' Table 12.50: 3/16” Aluminum 8350.00 9895.00 11195.00 11935.00 12740.00 14020.00 11690.00 13853.00 15673.00 16709.00 17836.00 19628.00 Miscellaneous Additions $ Price 2000.00 2000.00 1750.00 1250.00 2000.00 2600.00 1150.00 3560.00 12 BUSWAY Description PVC insulating boots: (optional)a Splice (joint) (3Ø3W) Termination (3Ø3W) Wall Flange: (optional) (in addition to wall entrance seal) Aluminum 14 Gauge Steel 14 Gauge 304 Stainless Steel 14 Gauge 316 Stainless Steel Optional Conductor Support High Alumina Porcelainb Flexible Housing (Misalignment) Collar (optional) a Add 45% for 3Ø4W (100%) connection. Add 30% for 3Ø4W (50%). b Per foot © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE8 Discount Schedule 12-19 PowerbusTM Busway Plug-In Units Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101 www.schneider-electric.us Powerbus Plug-in Units With Metering Powerbus plug-in units with metering are rated maximum 100 A and are offered as factory assembled units. All units conform to NEMA type 1. Table 12.51: Factory Assembled Units with Metering One (1) ED circuit breaker, one (1) drop cord with connectora, and one (1) PM5350 meter Circuit Breaker 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration NEMA Drop Cord Connector Length (ft) Rating Poles Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 15 A 1 L5-15 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL515M( ) 1961.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL515M( ) 2061.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL515M( ) 2061.00 20 A 1 L5-20 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL520M( ) 1971.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL520M( ) 2071.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL520M( ) 2071.00 30 A 1 L5-30 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL530M( ) 1986.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL530M( ) 2086.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL530M( ) 2086.00 15 A 2 L6-15 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL615M( ) 2268.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL615M( ) 2368.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL615M( ) 2368.00 20 A 2 L6-20 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL620M( ) 2278.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL620M( ) 2378.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL620M( ) 2378.00 30 A 2 L6-30 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL630M( ) 2293.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL630M( ) 2393.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL630M( ) 2393.00 20 A 3 L21-20 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL2120M( ) 2482.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL2120M( ) 2582.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL2120M( ) 2582.00 30 A 3 L21-30 3 PBPEDU4A100COOL2130M( ) 2497.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL2130M( ) 2597.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL2130M( ) 2597.00 15 A 1 L5-15 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL515M( ) 2021.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL515M( ) 2121.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL515M( ) 2121.00 20 A 1 L5-20 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL520M( ) 2031.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL520M( ) 2131.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL520M( ) 2131.00 30 A 1 L5-30 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL530M( ) 2046.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL530M( ) 2146.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL530M( ) 2146.00 15 A 2 L6-15 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL615M( ) 2328.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL615M( ) 2428.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL615M( ) 2428.00 20 A 2 L6-20 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL620M( ) 2338.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL620M( ) 2438.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL620M( ) 2438.00 30 A 2 L6-30 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL630M( ) 2353.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL630M( ) 2453.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL630M( ) 2453.00 20 A 3 L21-20 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL2120M( ) 2542.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL2120M( ) 2642.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL2120M( ) 2642.00 30 A 3 L21-30 6 PBPEDU4A100FOOL2130M( ) 2557.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL2130M( ) 2657.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL2130M( ) 2657.00 Note: See Digest Section 9 for ED circuit breaker information. Catalog numbers shown have the breaker in the top slot in the front cover and the drop cord in the left position in the base of the unit. Other combinations are available. The Power Meter display will be located below the breaker specs. For remote monitoring capabilities, an EGX gateway is required. The EGX is located in the tap box with metering or in a separate EGX plug-in unit listed below. The units with metering can be daisy-chained together back to the EGX gateway. A maximum of 30 units should be daisy-chained together to one EGX. a Factory assembled units are availalbe using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA and IEC type receptacles. Maximum of three drop cords with three breaker spaces available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative. Table 12.52: EGX Plug-in Unit (480 V Max) 4A Configuration 5A Configuration 5B Configuration Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price PBPEGX4A100T 2687.00 PBPEGX5A100T 2787.00 PBPEGX5B100T 2787.00 Note: For remote monitoring capabilities, an EGX gateway is required. The EGX is located in the tap box with metering or in a separate EGX plug-in unit listed above. Units with metering can be daisy-chained together back to the EGX gateway. A maximum of 30 units should be daisy-chained together to one EGX. Table 12.53: Wring NEMA Receptacles and Connectors Voltage NEMA Non-Locking 15 A 20 A 2-pole, 3-wire grounding 120 5–15 5–20 2-pole, 3-wire grounding 240 6–15 6–20 3-pole, 4-wire grounding 120/240 14–15 14–20 3-pole, 4-wire grounding 3Ø 240 15–15 15–20 4-pole, 5-wire grounding 3ØY 120/208 — — Note: Additional NEMA and IEC type receptacles and connectors are available. NEMA Locking 30 A 5–30 6–30 14–30 15–30 — 15 A L5–15 L6–15 — — — 20 A L5–20 L6–20 L14–20 L15–20 L21–20 30 A L5–30 L6–20 L14–30 L15–30 L21–30 Meter Suffix System Voltage 1 208Y/120 V 3Ø4W 2 240 V 3Ø3W 4 415/240 V 3Ø4W 5 480Y/277 V 3Ø4W Note: Replace ( ) in above table with the appropriate meter suffix number. Connectors must be rated for appropriate voltages. 12 BUSWAY 12-20 PE8 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 13 Wireway General Purpose Wireway 13-2 Oiltight Wireway 13-3 Raintight Wireways 13-3 Raintight Troughs 13-3 WIRE MANAGEMENT Wire Management Wall Duct General Description Components and Accessories 13-4 13-4, 13-5 Trench Duct General Description 13-5 Straight Sections and Fittings 13-6 Accessories and Components 13-6 Wall Duct pp. 13-4 Trench Duct pp. 13-5 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 13-1 13 Wireway pp. 13-2 Wireway Class 5100 / Refer to Catalog 5100CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us 13 General Purpose—NEMA Type 1 Standards Square-Duct wireway is Underwriters Laboratories listed as steel enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter. CSA listing is also available. WIRE MANAGEMENT Sizes 2-1/2”, 4”, and 6” sizes are manufactured from 16 gauge steel. Straight lengths are available with or without knockouts. Knockouts are of various sizes in sides and bottom of wireway. 8”, 10”, and 12” sizes are made of 14 gauge steel and are furnished without knockouts. Table 13.1: (Connectors not supplied; order separatelya) 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" Component 1' Length 2' Length 3' Length 4' Length 5' Length 6' Length 10' Length 90o L 90o Sweep L 45o L Tee Junction Box Telescope Ftg. Connectora Drop/Brkt Hgr. Support Hanger Closing Plate Panel Adapter Open Adapter Reducer Painted Hinge-Coverd Type LDB—ANSI 49 Gray Polyester Powder Finish Catalog Number 4" x 4" 6" x 6" Catalog Number Catalog Number 8" x 8" 10" x 10" Cat. No. $ Price $ Price $ Price With Without With Without With Without $ Price Without Without Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts Knockouts LDB21KO LDB21 24.00 LDB41KO LDB41 26.10 LDB61KO LDB61 48.20 LDB81 76.00 LDB101 LDB22KO LDB22 34.80 LDB42KO LDB42 38.50 LDB62KO LDB62 59.00 LDB82 116.00 LDB102 LDB23KO LDB23 44.20 LDB43KO LDB43 54.00 LDB63KO LDB63 84.00 LDB83 177.00 LDB103 LDB24KO LDB24 61.00 LDB44KO LDB44 75.00 LDB64KO LDB64 111.00 LDB84 215.00 LDB104 LDB25KO LDB25 75.00 LDB45KO LDB45 80.00 LDB65KO LDB65 120.00 LDB85 240.00 LDB105 — — — LDB46KO LDB46 96.00 LDB66KO LDB66 151.00 LDB86 284.00 LDB106 LDB210KO LDB210 151.00 LDB410KO LDB410 167.00 LDB610KO LDB610 284.00 LDB810 507.00 LDB1010 — LDB290L 54.00 — LDB490L 61.00 — LDB690L 69.00 LDB890L 111.00 LDB1090L — LDB290LS 95.00 — LDB490LS 107.00 — LDB690LS 155.00 LDB890LS 200.00 LDB1090LS — LDB245L 54.00 — LDB445L 66.00 — LDB645L 69.00 LDB845L 111.00 LDB1045L — LDB2T 62.00 — LDB4T 75.00 — LDB6T 84.00 LDB8T 155.00 LDB10T — LDB2J 69.00 — LDB4J 84.00 — LDB6J 104.00 LDB8J 164.00 LDB10J — LDB2TF 101.00 — LDB4TF 111.00 — LDB6TF 131.00 LDB8TF 218.00 LDB10TF — LDB2C 7.70 — LDB4C 9.50 — LDB6C 11.40 LDB8C 23.10 LDB10C — LDB2H 14.80 — LDB4H 17.10 — LDB6H 30.80 LDB8H 44.60 LDB10H — LDB2SH 9.20 — LDB4SH 12.60 — LDB6SH 22.10 LDB8SH 31.50 LDB10SH LDB2CPKO LDB2CP 7.70 LDB4CPKO LDB4CP 9.50 LDB6CPKO LDB6CP 11.40 LDB8CPb 15.50 LDB10CPb — LDB2A 23.00 — LDB4A 27.10 — LDB6A 35.40 LDB8A 48.20 LDB10A — LDB2OA 30.50 — LDB4OA 45.20 — LDB6OA 59.00 LDB8OA 74.00 LDB10OA — — — — LDB42R 39.80 — LDB64R 69.00 LDB86R 80.00 LDB108R — — — — — — — — — — — — Adapter — LDB2GASK 23.00 — LDB4GAS 29.10 — LDB6GAS 36.50 LDB8GASK to “LD”c Barrier Kit—5 ft. — — — — LJB45B 34.80 — LJB65B 70.00 LJB85B long w/hardware 5 pc. Barrier — — — — LJB45BKM 79.00 — LJB65BKM 120.00 — Pack—5 ft. long 5 pc. Barrier Bracket— — — — — LJB4BB2C 23.10 — LJB6BB2C 80.00 — 2 compartment 5 pc. Barrier Bracket— — — — — LJB4BB3C 49.40 — LJB6BB3C 96.00 — 3 compartment a Add connectors for all lengths and fittings, except closing plates, reducers, and adapters. b These closing plates also available with knockout. Add "KO" to cat #; price is the same. c Adapters to competitors’ wireways also available. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for price and availability. d Painted 12" x 12" wireway is not furnished with hinge-cover (screw-cover only). 12" x 12"d Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price 97.00 160.00 226.00 294.00 362.00 428.00 693.00 158.00 308.00 158.00 206.00 208.00 271.00 33.60 75.00 43.10 25.20 71.00 108.00 100.00 — $ Price Without Knockouts LDB121 107.00 LDB122 206.00 LDB123 308.00 LDB124 371.00 LDB125 427.00 — — LDB1210 882.00 LDB1290L 202.00 LDB1290LS 410.00 LDB1245L 202.00 LDB12T 292.00 LDB12J 292.00 LDB12TF 317.00 LDB12C 46.30 LDB12H 118.00 LDB12SH 58.00 LDB12CPb 34.80 LDB12A 80.00 LDB12OA 142.00 LDB1210R 109.00 LDB128R 116.00 44.20 LDB10GASK 88.00 — — 87.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — NOTE: For wireway fill information, see NEC 376. 13-2 PE9 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Wireway Lengths and fittings are made of 14 gauge steel with 10 gauge end flanges. Straight lengths and fittings have hinged covers with oil resistant gasket all around and are held closed with pull-down latches. All lengths and fittings are without knockouts. Type LJB lay-in Wireway is finished with ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion resistant phosphate preparation. All Type LJB oiltight wireway is UL listed as steel enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter. Conforms to NEMA Type 12. Type LJB Oiltight lay-in wireway is fully gasketed and used to protect runs of electrical wiring from oil, water, coolants, dirt, or dust as well as physical damage. This wireway is manufactured to exceed oiltight and NFPA standards for industrial control equipment. Table 13.2: Type LJB Lay-inb 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" Description 4" x 4" Catalog No. $ Price 1" Nipple LJB201 74.00 2" Nipple LJB202 80.00 3" Nipple LJB203 84.00 6" Length LJB206 92.00 1' Length LJB21 99.00 2' Length LJB22 129.00 3' Length LJB23 147.00 4' Length LJB24 186.00 5' Length LJB25 201.00 10' Lengtha LJB210 352.00 o 45 Top Opening LJB245LT 201.00 o Inside Opening LJB245LI 159.00 45 o LJB245LO 159.00 45 Outside Opening o 90 Inside Opening LJB290LI 159.00 o Outside Opening LJB290LO 159.00 90 o 90 Outside Top Opening — — o 90 Top Opening LJB290LT 159.00 Tee—Top Opening LJB2TT 188.00 Tee—Outside Opening LJB2TO 221.00 Cross LJB2X 259.00 Junction Box LJB2JB 247.00 Telescopic Fitting LJB2TF 144.00 Closing Plate LJB2CP 29.70 Panel Adapter LJB2A 29.00 Bracket Hanger LJB2BH 15.50 Drop Hanger LJB2DH 19.20 Extra Connector Kitb LJB2C 21.20 90o Connector LJB290C 21.20 Reducer to 2" — — Reducer to 4" — — Reducer to 6" — — Cut-off fitting—not Lay-in LJB2CF 84.00 Cut-off fitting—Lay-in LJB2CFL 150.00 Transposition Fitting—CCW (Str) LJB21CCW 159.00 Transposition Fitting—CW (Str) LJB21CW 140.00 Transposition Elbow—CCW LJB290LCCW 159.00 Transposition Elbow—CW LJB290LCW 159.00 Swivel fitting—Wireway to Wireway LJB2S 171.00 Swivel fitting—Wireway to Box LJB2SB 171.00 Flex Fitting—Feed Through LJB2FF 212.00 Barrier Kit—5 ft. long w/hardware — — 5 pc. Barrier Pack—5 ft. long — — 5 pc. Barrier Bracket—2 compartment — — 5 pc. Barrier Bracket—3 compartment — — a 10 foot straight lengths UL listed for up to 10 foot hanger spacing. b Connector kit furnished with each length and fitting. Catalog No. LJB401 LJB402 LJB403 LJB406 LJB41 LJB42 LJB43 LJB44 LJB45 LJB410 LJB445LT LJB445LI LJB445LO LJB490LI LJB490LO LJB490LOT LJB490LT LJB4TT LJB4TO LJB4X LJB4JB LJB4TF LJB4CP LJB4A LJB4BH LJB4DH LJB4C LJB490C LJB42R — — LJB4CF LJB4CFL LJB41CCW LJB41CW LJB490LCCW LJB490LCW LJB4S LJB4SB LJB4FF LJB45B LJB45BKM LJB4BB2C LJB4BB3C 6" x 6" $ Price 76.00 81.00 85.00 99.00 110.00 135.00 168.00 201.00 227.00 439.00 182.00 182.00 182.00 182.00 182.00 182.00 182.00 238.00 273.00 318.00 289.00 155.00 32.80 39.80 18.80 25.10 27.10 27.10 97.00 — — 100.00 166.00 177.00 177.00 182.00 182.00 184.00 184.00 299.00 34.80 79.00 23.10 49.40 Catalog No. LJB601 LJB602 LJB603 LJB606 LJB61 LJB62 LJB63 LJB64 LJB65 LJB610 LJB645LT LJB645LI LJB645LO LJB690LI LJB690LO LJB690LOT LJB690LT LJB6TT LJB6TO LJB6X LJB6JB LJB6TF LJB6CP LJB6A LJB6BH LJB6DH LJB6C LJB690C — LJB64R — LJB6CF LJB6CFL LJB61CCW LJB61CW LJB690LCCW LJB690LCW LJB6S LJB6SB LJB6FF LJB65B LJB65BKM LJB6BB2C LJB6BB3C 8" x 8" $ Price 95.00 100.00 106.00 123.00 135.00 184.00 230.00 280.00 332.00 637.00 234.00 234.00 234.00 234.00 234.00 234.00 234.00 285.00 328.00 383.00 351.00 177.00 43.40 47.80 25.10 39.50 29.10 29.10 — 132.00 — 124.00 190.00 234.00 211.00 234.00 234.00 254.00 254.00 385.00 70.00 120.00 80.00 99.00 Catalog No. — — — LJB806 LJB81 LJB82 LJB83 LJB84 LJB85 LJB810 LJB845LT LJB845LI LJB845LO LJB890LI LJB890LO LJB890LOT LJB890LT LJB8TT LJB8TO LJB8X LJB8JB LJB8TF LJB8CP LJB8A LJB8BH LJB8DH LJB8C LJB890C — — LJB86R LJB8CF LJB8CFL — — LJB890LCCW LJB890LCW LJB8S LJB8SB LJB8FF LJB85B — — — 12" x 6" $ Price — — — 170.00 202.00 271.00 330.00 391.00 452.00 842.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 332.00 365.00 421.00 530.00 431.00 257.00 61.00 76.00 66.00 75.00 38.50 38.50 — — 167.00 181.00 266.00 — — 315.00 315.00 340.00 340.00 418.00 87.00 — — — Catalog No. — — — LJB12606 LJB1261 LJB1262 LJB1263 LJB1264 LJB1265 LJB12610 LJB12645LT — — LJB12690LI LJB12690LO — LJB12690LT LJB126TT — LJB126X — LJB126TF LJB126CP LJB126A — — LJB126C LJB12690C — LJB1264R LJB1266R LJB126CF LJB126CFL — — — — — — — LJB65B — — — $ Price — — — 251.00 325.00 518.00 624.00 741.00 846.00 1523.00 410.00 — — 410.00 410.00 — 410.00 572.00 — 683.00 — 464.00 81.00 107.00 — — 46.30 79.00 — 144.00 144.00 211.00 318.00 — — — — — — — 70.00 — — — Raintight Wireway—NEMA Type 3R Raintight Trough—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor raintight wireway is used to protect electrical wiring against rain, sleet, and physical damage. Unique drip shield cover protects wiring from weather and maintains the “lay-in” feature for ease of wiring installation. Lengths and fittings are constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel with ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion resistant phosphate preparation. Underwriters Laboratories Listed as steel enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter (horizontal mounting only). Conforms to NEMA Type 3R. Raintight trough is designed for ganging meter devices, panelboards, switches, and circuit breaker enclosures. Each length is a completely enclosed section with a removable cover that has provisions for sealing. Design: 4” and 6” wireway is constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel. 8”, 10”, and 12” wireway is constructed of 14 gauge galvanized steel. All raintight troughs conform to NEMA Type 3R. Finish: ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion resistant phosphate preparation. All raintight troughs are Underwriters Laboratories listed as steel enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter (horizontal mounting only). Raintight Wireway 4" x 4" Descriptiona 6" x 6" Catalog Catalog $ Price Number Number 1' Length LDRB41M 99.00 LDRB61M 5' Length LDRB45M 198.00 LDRB65M 10' Length LDRB410M 487.00 LDRB610M 90o L LDRB490L 148.00 LDRB690L 30o Sweep L LDRB430SE 302.00 LDRB630SE Tee LDRB4T 186.00 LDRB6T Junction Box LDRB4J 257.00 LDRB6J Panel Adapter LDRB44A 87.00 LDRB66A Connectora LDRB4C 21.00 LDRB6C Closing Plate LDRB4CP 48.20 LDRB6CP Drop Hanger LDRB4DH 23.10 LDRB6DH Wall Hanger LDRB4WH 53.00 LDRB6WH Reducer — — LDRB64R a Add connectors for all lengths and fittings. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 8" x 8" $ Price 150.00 291.00 641.00 198.00 431.00 347.00 296.00 88.00 31.50 58.00 32.60 84.00 132.00 Catalog Number LDRB81M LDRB85M LDRB810M LDRB890L LDRB830SE LDRB8T LDRB8J LDRB88A LDRB8C LDRB8CP LDRB8DH LDRB8WH LDRB86R PE9 $ Price 226.00 474.00 641.00 278.00 546.00 317.00 439.00 126.00 42.00 67.00 63.00 116.00 164.00 Discount Schedule Table 13.4: Length Table 13.3: 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' Raintight Trough 4" x 4" Cat. No. RDB41 RDB42 RDB43 RDB44 RDB45 — $ Price 84.00 120.00 151.00 188.00 224.00 — 6" x 6" Cat. No. RDB61 RDB62 RDB63 RDB64 RDB65 RDB66 $ Price 109.00 162.00 212.00 266.00 318.00 372.00 8" x 8" Cat. No. — RDB82 RDB83 RDB84 RDB85 RDB86 $ Price — 215.00 287.00 360.00 427.00 589.00 10" x 10" Cat. No. — RDB102 RDB103 — RDB105 RDB106 $ Price — 289.00 382.00 — 527.00 632.00 12" x 12" Cat. No. — RDB122 RDB123 — RDB125 RDB126 $ Price — 366.00 440.00 — 626.00 673.00 13-3 13 Oiltight—NEMA Type 12 WIRE MANAGEMENT Class 5100 / Refer to Catalog 5100CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Wall Duct Class 5250 / Refer to Catalog 5250CT9201 www.schneider-electric.us 13 Class 5250—Wall Duct General Notes: UL Listed, File E65247, for Enclosure of Wiring to X-Ray Machines. Also available in aluminum for MRI application. 1. WIRE MANAGEMENT 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Wall duct is used as the continuation for standard trench duct in the floor. Wall duct can be routed up the wall and across the ceiling or under the finished floor (in ceiling space below) to provide a continuous lay-in raceway system from control consoles and floor equipment to overhead apparatus. Devices are furnished complete with covers and are available for either flush or surface mounted installations. With SURFACE Covers (Matching Width) 6 x 31⁄2" Standard construction is 14 gauge steel with gray electrodeposition paint. Alternate construction is painted aluminum. Covers and coupling devices are furnished with each device. Wire retainers are furnished with each device. Straight lengths are field cut to length. Partitions and tunnels are to be field modified and installed where required. Hangers or other mounting devices to be furnished by others. Lay-In Wall Duct With FLUSH Covers (2" Oversize) 10 x 31⁄2" 6 x 31⁄2" 10 x 31⁄2" 18 x 31⁄2" Trench Duct 18 x 31⁄2" Components and Accessories Horizontal Elbow Flush Mounted Edgewise Elbow Tee Wall Duct Flanged Dust Cover Cabinet Connector Sweep Edgewise Tee Kit Edgewise Tee Kit Reverse Ceiling Drop-out Sweep Edgewise Edgewise (Depth Adj. Elbow Cabinet Elbow 4" to 7") Connector 18" to 10" Reducer Cabinet Connector Flush to Surface Adaptor End Cap Floor Trench Split Cover Vertical Elbow with Grommet Lay-In Wall Duct Components Component 5'–0" Straight Length With Cover 6"W 10"W 18"W 1'–6" Straight Length With Cover 6"W 10"W 18"W Horizontal Elbow With Cover—90o 6"W 10"W 18"W Flush Cover Catalog Number RWT06S60 RWT10S60 RWT18S60 RWT06S18 RWT10S18 RWT18S18 RWT06HE RWT10HE RWT18HE $ Price 668.00 668.00 836.00 334.00 334.00 418.00 534.00 534.00 668.00 Surface Cover Weight Lbs. 22.5 39.2 62.2 Catalog Number RWT06S60S RWT10S60S RWT18S60S 12.6 16.4 23.3 6.5 9.3 24.9 RWT06S18S RWT10S18S RWT18S18S RWT06HES RWT10HES RWT18HES Horizontal Elbow With Cover—45o 6"W — — — RWT06HE45S 10"W — — — RWT10HE45S 18"W — — — RWT18HE45S Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W RWT06EE 534.00 5.5 RWT06EES 10"W RWT10EE 534.00 7.5 RWT10EES 18"W RWT18EE 668.00 11.1 RWT18EES Tee With Cover 6"W RWT06TE 534.00 6.2 RWT06TES 10"W RWT10TE 534.00 8.5 RWT10TES 18"W RWT18TE 668.00 24.1 RWT18TES Cross With Cover 10"W RWT10XE 534.00 1.3 RWT10XES 18"W RWT18XE 668.00 1.8 RWT18XES Flanged Cabinet Connector With Cover 10"W RWT10CUC 334.00 8.0 RWT10CUCS Reverse Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W RWT06REE 534.00 5.8 RWT06REES 10"W RWT10REE 534.00 7.5 RWT10REES 18"W RWT18REE 668.00 11.1 RWT18REES Sweep Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W — 10.0 RWT06SSEES 10"W RWT10SFEE 534.00 12.0 RWT10SSEES 18"W RWT18SFEE 668.00 16.5 RWT18SSEES Sweep Edgewise Elbow Cabinet Connector 10"W — — — RWT10SWEECC 18"W — — — RWT18SWEECC Note: All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. 13-4 Sweep Wall Duct To Trench Duct Adaptor Surface Mounted Sweep Edgewise Elbow Table 13.5: Cross PE9 Discount Schedule $ Price 668.00 668.00 836.00 Weight Lbs. 20.4 36.4 59.4 334.00 334.00 418.00 534.00 534.00 668.00 12.6 16.3 23.3 6.0 8.1 23.7 534.00 534.00 668.00 534.00 534.00 668.00 534.00 534.00 668.00 534.00 668.00 334.00 534.00 534.00 668.00 534.00 534.00 668.00 668.00 878.00 6.0 8.1 23.7 5.5 7.4 11.0 5.9 7.3 22.9 6.2 21.8 7.8 5.7 7.4 11.0 4.8 11.8 16.3 14.0 20.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Wall Duct / Trench Duct Class 5230 / Refer to Catalogs 5250CT9201, 5230CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Lay-In Wall Duct Accessories Accessories Catalog Number 1. Weight Lbs. 5.4 $ Price 5'–0" Partition RWTP60 100.00 Straight through tunnel for tees a 10"W RWT10ST 100.00 2.9 18"W RWT18ST 124.00 3.8 o Elbow tunnel for crosses a 10"W RWT10ET 150.00 3.2 90 18"W RWT18ET 222.00 5.1 3 compartment tunnel for tees 10"W RWT10PTE 368.00 5.0 18"W RWT18PTE 420.00 6.0 3 compartment tunnel for crosses 10"W RWT10PXE 526.00 8.0 18"W RWT18PXE 630.00 9.0 Edgewise Tee Kit 10"W RWT10ETK 150.00 1.3 18"W RWT18ETK 222.00 2.1 Sweep Edgewise Tee Kit 10"W RWT10SWET 822.00 8.0 18"W RWT18SWET 990.00 8.0 Flush to Surface Adaptor 10"W RWT10FS 418.00 11.9 18"W RWT18FS 522.00 16.4 Ceiling Drop-Out 12x12 Flush Cover 8"x8" RWTCDO 584.00 15.0 Extra Coupling Device 10"W RWT10COUP 40.80 .4 18"W RWT18COUP 64.00 .5 Extra Straight Cover—30" long (Order 2 pcs. for 5 ft. of duct.) Flush 10"W RWT10SCOV 100.00 7.2 18"W RWT18SCOV 130.00 13.0 Surface 10"W RWT10SCOVS 69.00 6.1 18"W RWT18SCOVS 130.00 11.8 a Tunnels form a 3" wide compartment. Note: All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. Table 13.7: STANDARD LENGTH of trench duct is 10 ft. Gasketed cover plates are ordered and shipped separately. FEATURES of trench duct: —Trench duct width is cover plate width. —Tub width is trench duct width less 1.8". —Overall width (bottom flange to flange) is 3" wider than trench duct width. —Standard depth is adjustable from 2-3/8" to 3-3/8". Also available as standard is depth adjustable from 3" to 4". To order, change “2” to “3”. Ex. RSV063100120. Applies to trench duct, elbows, crosses, tees, and reducers. Same price as standard device. Other depths available. —Tees, crosses, horizontal elbows, and reducers are shipped complete with cover plates assembled. —Grey vinyl tile trim is furnished as standard. Aluminum is available when requested. —All compartments over 17" wide must be supported with dividers or posts. PRICES for additions and special features: —For each foot of adjustable partition, add $64.00 per foot of partition. —For each 1" of depth beyond range of 3" to 4", add $32.00 per foot of trench duct. —For double tile trim on two sides of cover plate, ONLY add $120.00 per foot of trench duct. —For double tile trim on all four sides of cover plate, add $400.00 per foot of trench duct. —For support post, add $64.00 per foot of trench duct for each row of posts required. 2. 3. Wall Duct Accessories Accessories Reducer Coupling— 18" to 10" 10" to 6" Cabinet Connector 6"W 10"W 18"W End Cap 6"W 10"W 18"W Vertical Elbows for: 6" Trench to 6" Wall Duct 12" Trench to 10" Wall Duct 12" Trench to 18" Wall Duct 18" Trench to 10" Wall Duct 18" Trench to 18" Wall Duct Sweep Trench Duct to Wall Duct Adapter (available in surface cover only) 12" Trench to 10" Wall Duct 18" Trench to 18" Wall Duct Split Cover with Grommet 12" long–3"x 8" Opening Flush 6"W 10"W 18"W RWTRC RWT06RC RWT06CC RWT10CC RWT18CC RWT06EC RWT10EC RWT18EC 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00 222.00 84.00 84.00 104.00 Weight Lbs. 2.1 1.6 1.0 1.3 2.4 1.0 1.3 1.8 RWT06FTVE06 RWT10FTVE12 RWT18FTVE12 160.00 160.00 280.00 1.1 1.2 RWT10FTVE18 RWT18FTVE18 200.00 250.00 1.2 1.3 RWT10SWFTVE12 RWT18SWFTVE18 348.00 522.00 10.0 14.0 RWT06ACP RWT10ACP RWT18ACP 94.00 94.00 104.00 2.6 3.1 4.8 Catalog Number $ Price W (width) Standard Depth W + 3" Table 13.8: Surface 6"W RWT06ACPS 74.00 2.0 10"W RWT10ACPS 74.00 2.7 18"W RWT18ACPS 93.00 4.0 Dust Cover—5 ft. long RWTDCOV60 150.00 5.5 Grommet—100 ft. roll RWTBG100 440.00 Note: All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing. PE10 Discount Schedule Assembled Trench Duct All part numbers listed below are for 2 3/8"–3 3/8" deep, one compartment trench with vinyl tile trims. Straight Sections Trench Duct Length Width Catalog Number Complete Device $ Price 6" RSV062100120 1840.00 9" RSV092100120 1840.00 12" RSV122100120 2220.00 10'-0" 18" RSV182100120 2640.00 24" RSV242100120 3160.00 30" RSV302100120 3800.00 Covers Only (5 Plates per 10' Length)b Full Length 6" RCP0624 280.00 9" RCP0924 280.00 12" RCP1224 340.00 24" 18" RCP1824 420.00 24" RCP2424 500.00 30" RCP3024 660.00 12" RCP1212 268.00 12" 18" RCP1812 334.00 6'-0"L 12" RSV122100072 1654.00 4'-3-1/2"L 12" RSV122100051.5 1102.00 3'-3-1/2"L 12" RSV122100039.5 1102.00 2'-0"L 12" RSV122100024 550.00 1'-0"L 12" RSV122100012 550.00 12" RSV122100003.5 268.00 Factory Cut-to- 0'-3-1/2"L Length (12" Wide Only) 3–24" Long Coversc 2–24" Long Covers & 1 – Wall Duct Vertical Elbowc 1–24" & 1–12" Long Cover & 1—Wall Duct Vertical Elbowc 1–24" Long Coverc 1–12" Long Coverc 1–Wall Duct Vertical Elbowc b c © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2 3/8 - 3 3/8" or 3 - 4" Width Less 1.8" Per 10' Length Per Foot 3240.00 324.00 3240.00 324.00 3920.00 392.00 4740.00 474.00 5660.00 566.00 7100.00 710.00 3240.00 3240.00 3920.00 4740.00 5660.00 7100.00 — — — 324.00 324.00 392.00 474.00 566.00 710.00 — — — All ordered separately Straight length cover plates are shipped separately and must be ORDERED SEPARATELY. Covers and/or vertical elbows for connecting trench duct to lay-in wall duct—ORDER SEPARATELY. 13-5 WIRE MANAGEMENT Table 13.6: Trench Duct 13 Wall Duct Accessories Trench Duct Straight Sections and Fittings Class 5200 / Refer to Catalog 5230CT9601 13 Table 13.9: Trench Duct Fittings Item Table 13.10: WIRE MANAGEMENT Width Catalog No. End Closuresa 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" REC06 REC09 REC12 REC18 REC24 REC30 116.00 116.00 140.00 168.00 202.00 242.00 Vertical Elbows 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" RVE06 RVE09 RVE12 RVE18 RVE24 RVE30 398.00 398.00 440.00 570.00 646.00 762.00 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" RRC06 RRC09 RRC12 RRC18 RRC24 RRC30 500.00 500.00 602.00 722.00 866.00 1038.00 Riser and Cabinet Connector (Removable Front) $ Price RZD60 Trench Duct Elbows, Tees, and Crosses Complete Device Item 90o Horizontala Elbows 252.00 Width Catalog Number 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" RHV062100009 RHV092100012 RHV122100015 RHV182100021 RHV242100027 RHV302100033 $ Price 1168.00 1168.00 1462.00 1670.00 2284.00 2854.00 45o Horizontal Elbowa Teesa 12" RHV12245 1446.00 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" RTV062100011 RTV092100014 RTV122100017 RTV182100023 RTV242100029 RTV302100035 1168.00 1168.00 1462.00 1828.00 2284.00 2854.00 Crossesa 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" RXV062100012 RXV092100015 RXV122100018 RXV182100024 RXV242100030 RXV302100036 1670.00 1670.00 2086.00 2610.00 3262.00 4076.00 a Z-Divider 5'-0"a Adjustable Barrier and Support Strip www.schneider-electric.us Includes cover; shipped attached. Tee Tape for Trench Duct (180 ft. rolls) G1414 132.00 Marker for Cellular Floor G1426 20.60 a For 3" to 4" trench duct, add a “3” to end of catalog number. Note: All devices through 18" width are available in aluminum. Height is factory-set to customer specifications from 2-1/2 to 4 inches. (Non-Adjustable) Note: All cover plate corner notches are 1-1/2" deep. Accessories and Components Table 13.11: Trench Duct Accessories Item/Catalog Number 12" 12" Right Hand Reducer 18" to 12" Cover Included Left Hand Reducer 18" to 12" Cover Included $ Price Item/Catalog Number U-Compartment RRV182100012RR RRV182100012LR 1670.00 Reducing Tee 18" to 12" Cover Included RTV182100017 5'-0" Long x 3 -1/2" Wide with Adjustable Height Sides RUC60 500.00 9" and 12" wide trench 18" and 24" wide trench 30" wide trench G1500T12 G1500T24 G1500T36 84.00 84.00 84.00 Leveling Legs Not Included 5/16 x 18 x 3" G19103 17.00 Cover Lifter (Suction Cup Device) G1735S 836.00 90o tunnel for 12" trench 90o tunnel for 18" trench Straight tunnel for 12" trench Straight tunnel for 18" trench RSV122ET RSV182ET RSV122ST RSV182ST 200.00 280.00 116.00 118.00 Support Channel 1670.00 Leveling Legs 15" $ Price 1754.00 Tunnels for Trench Duct Elbows (Tee or Cross) Spacer Bar and Barrier Adjustment Gage Table 13.12: RSB06 RSB09 RSB12 RSB18 RSB24 RSB30 200.00 200.00 252.00 312.00 392.00 470.00 Straight through tunnel 90° elbow tunnel Grommets Grommet Material (50 ft. rolls) 13-6 6" 9" 12" 18" 24" 30" RG50 152.00 PE10 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 14 Transformers , General Purpose Transformer, see page 14-2 Overview 14-2 EE Three-Phase Transformers 14-4 EE Single-Phase Transformers 14-5 EE Single- and Three-Phase, Watchdog™ Low Temperature Rise Transformers 14-5 EE NL and NLP Series Transformers 14-6 NEMA Premium Transformers 14-7 Sealed Single- and Three-Phase Transformers 14-8 Sealed Single-Phase, Export Model Transformers 14-8 Sealed Single-Phase, Buck and Boost Transformers 14-8 Sealed Single- and Three-Phase, Stainless Steel Enclosed Transformers 14-9 Non-Ventilated Single- and Three-Phase Transformers 14-9 Transformer Enclosures 14-9 Miscellaneous Sealed Transformer, see page 14-8 Industrial Control Transformer, see page 14-14 Enclosures and Accessories 14-10 Lug and Terminal Block Cover Kits; Weathershields; Wall and Ceiling Mounting Brackets 14-11 Unit Substation, 600 Volts and Below Sealed, Mini Power-Zone™ Unit Substations 14-12 14 Industrial Control Type T and Type TF Transformers 14-14 MultiTap™ Transformers 14-15 Accessories 14-17 Transformer Disconnects NEMA Type 1 and Type 12 Enclosures 14-18 Instrument, 600 Volt Class Voltage and Current Transformers 14-19 Energy Efficient, Dry Type, 2.4, 5, and 15 kV Mini Power-Zone™ Unit Substation, see page 14-12 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Transformer Disconnect, see page 14-18 TRANSFORMERS General Purpose, Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below 1201–15,000 V, Three-Phase, Indoor Transformers 14-20 1201–15,000 V, Single-Phase, Indoor Transformers 14-20 14-1 General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Overview Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601 www.schneider-electric.us Public Law 109-58 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 requires the manufacturing of energy efficient transformers after January 1, 2007 for all low-voltage distribution transformers. According to Department of Energy Federal Registry Final Rule 10 CFR Part 429, 430, and 431, Low-Voltage Dry-Type Distribution Transformers, the efficiency of a low-voltage, dry-type, distribution transformer manufactured on or after January 1, 2007, shall be no less than that required for its kVA rating in the table below. The following products are not included in the definition of Low Voltage, Dry-Type Distribution Transformers and are not required to comply with the efficiency table. Sealed, General Purpose, Three-Phase (3–30 kVA) and Single-Phase (.050–25 kVA) Table 14.1: Non-Ventilated, Three-Phase (15–500 kVA) and Single-Phase (15–250 kVA) Required Efficiency Ratings of Low-Voltage Distribution Transformers Single-Phase 14 kVA 15 25 37.5 50 75 100 167 250 333 TRANSFORMERS a Efficiency (%) a 97.7 98 98.2 98.3 98.5 98.6 98.7 98.8 98.9 Three-Phase kVA 15 30 45 75 112.5 150 225 300 500 750 1000 Efficiency (%) a 97 97.5 97.7 98 98.2 98.3 98.5 98.6 98.7 98.8 98.9 Efficiencies are determined at the following reference conditions: (1) for no-load losses, at the temperature of 20 °C; (2) for load-losses, at the temperature of 75 °C and 35 percent of nameplate load. (Source: Table 4–2 of National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standard TP–1–2002, Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers.) The following family of products meets these requirements. General Purpose, Three-Phase (15–2000 kVA) and Single-Phase (15–333 kVA) General Purpose transformers provide the most economical solution. • Aluminum or copper windings • Isolation transformer • 150 °C rise design on 220 °C insulation systems. Watchdog, Three-Phase (15–1500 kVA) and Single-Phase (15–333 kVA) Watchdog transformers, by design, reduce energy consumption at loads greater than 50% loading, giving fewer BTUs/hour at those loading levels. The life expectancy is greater than that of 150 °C rise General Purpose units. • Aluminum or copper windings • Isolation transformer • Two temperature rise options: — 115 °C rise on 220 °C insulation systems (15% continuous emergency overload capacity) — 80 °C rise on 220 °C insulation systems (30% continuous emergency overload capacity) K-Rated, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA) Core and coils encapsulated in a sand and resin mixture allows for a more compact design. • Copper windings • Isolation transformer Non-Ventilated transformers are designed to operate in harsh environmental conditions: dust, airborne contaminants, metal particles, or where weather conditions make ventilated openings impractical. Drive Isolation Transformers Square D™ brand drive isolation transformers from Schneider Electric meet the special requirements for both adjustable frequency drives and dc motor drive power isolation. They cover the allowance for high surges, harmonics, and offset currents. Drive isolation transformers are not shielded isolation transformers, but act to lessen transient generation into the supply power and act as a buffer for SCR current surges. Available Voltages: • Primary: 230 Delta, 460 Delta, 575 Delta • Secondary: 230Y/133, 460Y/265, 5575Y/332 Available kVA: • 7.5, 11, 15, 20, 27, 34, 40, 51, 63, 75, 93,118, 145, 175, 220, 275, 330, 440, 550 kVA For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. Motor Starting Auto Transformers Auto transformers’ design matches starter requirements. Open core and coil available Two-winding and three-winding Available in the following voltages: — 208, 240, 480, or 600 V • Available in the following horsepower: — 10, 20, 30, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400 hp • • • For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. IP00 Core and Coil Transformers All Type 2 distribution devices are available as IP00 Core and Coil. These units are compliant with the 2005 Energy Act, as well as the excluded items. For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. K-rated transformers mitigate Triplen harmonics via a Delta-Wye configuration. • Aluminum or copper windings • Isolation transformer with electrostatic shield • K-4 and K-13 levels Harmonic Mitigating, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA) Harmonic Mitigating transformers mitigate Triplen harmonics via electromagnetic phase relations. They remove 5th and 7th harmonics when using dual devices with a 0° and a +30° phase shift. They further reduce 11th and 13th harmonics when a +15° or -15° shift is added to the dual devices. Available with: • Aluminum or copper windings • Isolation transformer 14-2 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Overview Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA Premium NEMA Premium is the only third-party standard that defines a complete range of efficiency levels that exceeds 2005 Energy Act requirements. As a partner in the NEMA Premium Transformer Program, Schneider Electric has determined that this product meets the NEMA Premium efficiency specifications for premium energy efficiency. Features of Distribution and NEMA Premium Transformers • • • NOTE: NEMA Premium is a trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Efficiency Ratings of NEMA Premium Transformers Single phase kVA 15 25 37.5 50 75 100 167 250 333 Efficiency (%) 98.39 98.60 98.74 98.81 98.95 99.02 99.09 99.16 99.23 Three phase kVA 15 30 45 75 112.5 150 225 300 500 750 1000 Efficiency (%) 97.90 98.25 98.39 98.60 98.74 98.81 98.95 99.02 99.09 99.16 99.23 • TRANSFORMERS Table 14.2: Provide an adequate wire bending radius for multiple cable options, per NEC 312.6(A) (called out in NEC 450.12 Terminal Wire Space) 200% cable landing on all X0 or H0 terminals Required ventilation clearance marked on all units in accordance with NEC Section 450.9. — All ventilated transformers from Schneider Electric require only a three-inch clearance—50% smaller than the industry average Terminals are sized for overcurrent and wire size, not for nameplate current rating — Primary terminals are sized to accept lugs up to 250% of nameplate current rating — Secondary terminals are sized to accept lugs up to 125% of nameplate current rating Schneider Electric Premium 30 Transformers Family • • • K-rated, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA). Available with: — Copper windings — K-9 and K-13 levels Harmonic Mitigating, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA) Watchdog, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA) and Single-Phase (15–333 kVA) 14 Square D™ brand transformers from Schneider Electric feature the largest terminals in the industry. Sound Levels Square D™ brand transformers meet the NEMA standards for sound level shown in Table 14.3. Table 14.3: NEMA Standards for Sound Levels kVA Rating 0–9 10–50 51–150 151–300 301–500 501–700 701–1000 Sound Level 40 dB 45 dB 50 dB 55 dB 60 dB 62 dB 64 dB For an additional charge, any Square D™ brand transformer can be built with a sound level that is 3 or 6 dB below the NEMA standard. For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 14-3 Energy Efficient Three-Phase Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601 Catalog No. $ Price Degree Full Capacity C Weight Taps Temp. (lbs) a Rise Table 14.5: 14 TRANSFORMERS 480 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T3H 3941.00 6–2.5%2+4– 30 EE30T3H 5181.00 6–2.5%2+4– 45 EE45T3H 6234.00 6–2.5%2+4– 75 EE75T3H 9393.00 6–2.5%2+4– 112.5 EE112T3H 12513.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 EE150T3H 16334.00 6–2.5%2+4– 225 EE225T3H 21776.00 6–2.5%2+4– 300 EE300T3H 27924.00 6–2.5%2+4– 500 EE500T68H 39052.00 4–2.5%2+2– 750 EE750T68H 75516.00 4–2.5%2+2– 1000 EE1000T77H 121263.00 2–5%1+1– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 220 260 368 585 620 835 1110 1350 1875 2965 5200 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D c 600 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T65H 5011.00 6–2.5%2+4– 30 EE30T65H 6586.00 6–2.5%2+4– 45 EE45T65H 7925.00 6–2.5%2+4– 75 EE75T65H 11941.00 6–2.5%2+4– 112.5 EE112T65H 15907.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 EE150T65H 20765.00 6–2.5%2+4– 225 EE225T65H 27683.00 6–2.5%2+4– 300 EE300T65H 35498.00 6–2.5%2+4– 500 EE500T79H 49645.00 4–2.5%2+2– 750 EE750T79H 96000.00 4–2.5%2+2– 1000 EE1000T79H 154157.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 240 290 372 585 712 790 945 1305 1870 2990 5800 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D c 208 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T211H 5011.00 3–5%1+2– 30 EE30T211H 6586.00 3–5%1+2– 45 EE45T211H 7925.00 3–5%1+2– 75 EE75T211H 11941.00 3–5%1+2– 112.5 EE112T211H 15907.00 3–5%1+2– 150 EE150T211H 20765.00 3–5%1+2– 225 EE225T211H 27683.00 3–5%1+2– 300 EE300T211H 35498.00 3–5%1+2– 500 EE500T211H 49645.00 3–5%1+2– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 210 210 374 575 604 795 1000 1425 1870 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 240 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T67H 5011.00 6–2.5%2+4– 30 EE30T67H 6586.00 6–2.5%2+4– 45 EE45T67H 7925.00 6–2.5%2+4– 75 EE75T67H 11941.00 6–2.5%2+4– 112.5 EE112T67H 15907.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 EE150T67H 20765.00 6–2.5%2+4– 225 EE225T67H 27683.00 6–2.5%2+4– 300 EE300T239H 35498.00 3–5%1+2– 500 EE500T239H 49645.00 3–5%1+2– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 240 260 379 590 620 805 972 1360 1900 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 25D 480 V Delta Primary, Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HCU 6306.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 30 EE30T3HCU 8290.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 45 EE45T3HCU 9974.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 75 EE75T3HCU 15029.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 112.5 EE112T3HCU 20021.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 EE150T3HCU 26134.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 225 EE225T3HCU 34842.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 300 EE300T3HCU 44679.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 500 EE500T68HCU 62483.00 4–2.5%2 + 2– 750 EE750T68HCU 120826.00 4–2.5%2 + 2– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 2350 3485 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D kVA www.schneider-electric.us EE Three-Phase Transformers; 60 Hz; 480Y/277 Secondary; cULus Listed Catalog No. $ Price Enclosure ab kVA EE Three-Phase Transformers; 60 Hz; 208Y/120 Secondary; cULus Listed Enclosure ab Table 14.4: C Weight Full Capacity Deg. Temp. (lbs) Taps a Rise 208 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T212H 5011.00 3–5%1+2– 30 EE30T212H 6586.00 3–5%1+2– 45 EE45T212H 7925.00 3–5%1+2– 75 EE75T212H 11941.00 3–5%1+2– 112.5 EE112T212H 15907.00 3–5%1+2– 150 EE150T212H 20765.00 3–5%1+2– 225 EE225T212H 27683.00 3–5%1+2– 300 EE300T212H 35498.00 3–5%1+2– 500 EE500T212H 49645.00 3–5%1+2– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 230 260 375 550 615 800 991 1425 1919 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 480 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T1814H 5011.00 6–2.5%2+4– 30 EE30T1814H 6586.00 6–2.5%2+4– 45 EE45T1814H 7925.00 6–2.5%2+4– 75 EE75T1814H 11941.00 6–2.5%2+4– 112.5 EE112T1814H 15907.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 EE150T1814H 20765.00 6–2.5%2+4– 225 EE225T1814H 27683.00 6–2.5%2+4– 300 EE300T1814H 35498.00 6–2.5%2+4– 500 EE500T76H 49645.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 215 260 385 660 615 820 998 1500 2040 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D Table 14.6: kVA EE Three-Phase Transformers; 60 Hz; 240 Delta Secondary; cULus Listed Catalog No. $ Price C Weight Full Capacity Deg. Temp. (lbs) Taps a Rise 480 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings 15 EE15T6H 5011.00 6–2.5%2+4– 30 EE30T6H 6586.00 6–2.5%2+4– 45 EE45T6H 7925.00 6–2.5%2+4– 75 EE75T6H 11941.00 6–2.5%2+4– 112.5 EE112T6H 15907.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 EE150T6H 20765.00 6–2.5%2+4– 225 EE225T6H 27683.00 6–2.5%2+4– 300 EE300T6H 35498.00 6–2.5%2+4– 500 EE500T63H 49645.00 4–2.5%2+2– 750 EE750T63H 96000.00 4–2.5%2+2– 1000 EE1000T78H 154157.00 2–5%1+1– 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 220 260 368 585 620 835 1110 1350 1875 2965 5200 Enclosure ab General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D c 480 V Primary with 120 Center Tap, Aluminum Windings 240 Delta with 120 center taps have historically been limited to 5% capacity on the center tap. The units from Schneider Electric offer greater limits on 120 V center tap. Limits are determined by the total transformer loading and the following formula used to size new 120 V center tap units: (240 V balanced loads) + 2.5 x (120 V loads) = kVA required 15 EE15T151HCT 5117.00 2–5%– 150 220 17D 30 EE30T151HCT 6726.00 2–5%– 150 295 17D 45 EE45T151HCT 8093.00 2–5%– 150 385 18D 75 EE75T151HCT 12193.00 2–5%– 150 590 19D 112.5 EE112T151HCT 16243.00 2–5%– 150 635 21D 150 EE150T151HCT 21202.00 2–5%– 150 783 22D 225 EE225T151HCT 28266.00 2–5%– 150 1080 24D 300 EE300T151HCT 36247.00 2–5%– 150 1355 25D 500 EE500T151HCT 50691.00 2–5%– 150 2137 30D 750 EE750T151HCT 98020.00 2–5%– 150 2982 31D 1000 EE1000T151HCT 149905.00 2–5%– 150 5800 c a b c Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10. Contact factory. NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal Lugs are furnished by customer Refer to www.squared.com/eexfmr for additional information. Other Primary and Secondary combinations are available via the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for more information. 14-4 PE2E Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Energy Efficient Single-Phase; Watchdog™ Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601 kVA Catalog No. EE Single-Phase Transformers $ Price C Full Capacity Degree Temp. Weight Taps (lbs) a Rise Enclosure ab Table 14.7: Single-Phase—240 X 480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed through 167 kVA 15 EE15S3H 3072.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 215 25 EE25S3H 4151.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 275 37.5 EE37S3H 5534.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 340 50 EE50S3H 6731.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 395 75 EE75S3H 9128.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 619 100 EE100S3H 15091.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 682 167 EE167S3H 17333.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 982 250 EE250S3H 35837.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 1060 333 EE333S3H 44586.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 1854 17D 17H 18H 18H 21D 22D 24D 25D 31D Single-Phase—600 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed through 167 kVA 15 EE15S3534H 3733.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 215 25 EE25S3534H 5044.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 275 37.5 EE37S3534H 6723.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 400 50 EE50S3534H 8177.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 450 75 EE75S3534H 11089.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 605 100 EE100S3534H 18332.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 795 167 EE167S3534H 21056.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 985 250 EE250S3534H 43535.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 1065 333 EE333S3534H 50383.00 6–2.5%2+4–c 150 1865 17D 17H 18H 18H 21D 22D 24D 25D 31D Single-Phase—208 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed through 167 kVA 15 EE15S60H 4506.00 2-5%FCBN 150 25 EE25S60H 5866.00 2-5%FCBN 150 37.5 EE37S60H 7818.00 2-5%FCBN 150 50 EE50S60H 9508.00 2-5%FCBN 150 75 EE75S60H 12890.00 2-5%FCBN 150 100 EE100S60H 19613.00 2-5%FCBN 150 167 EE167S60H 24484.00 2-5%FCBN 150 200 275 397 420 621 795 985 17D 17H 18H 18H 21D 22D 24D Single-Phase—277 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed through 167 kVA 15 EE15S61H 4506.00 2-5%FCBN 150 25 EE25S61H 5866.00 2-5%FCBN 150 37.5 EE37S61H 7818.00 2-5%FCBN 150 50 EE50S61H 9508.00 2-5%FCBN 150 75 EE75S61H 12890.00 2-5%FCBN 150 100 EE100S61H 19613.00 2-5%FCBN 150 167 EE167S61H 24484.00 2-5%FCBN 150 225 285 410 460 630 695 995 17D 17H 18H 18H 21D 22D 24D EE Three- and Single-Phase Watchdog Low Temperature Rise Transformers Designed to maximize energy efficiency, supplies highest efficient levels for 24 hour loading greater than 50%. Extra long life expectancy using 220 °C insulation system designed for full load operation at a maximum temperature rise of 115 °C or 80 °C instead of 150 °C. Continuous emergency overload capability of 15% on 115 °C rise and 30% on 80 °C rise. Table 14.8: kVA EE Watchdog Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Weight Enclosure (lbs) a ab 115 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 15 EE15T3HF 4861.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 220 17D 30 EE30T3HF 7292.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 368 18D 45 EE45T3HF 8777.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 585 20D 75 EE75T3HF 13222.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 620 21D 112.5 EE112T3HF 17614.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 835 22D 150 EE150T3HF 22993.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 980 24D 225 EE225T3HF 30652.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1349 25D 300 EE300T68HF 39094.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2050 30D 500 EE500T68HF 54673.00 6–2.5%2 + 2– 2330 30D 115 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed. Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HFCU 7778.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 260 17D 30 EE30T3HFCU 11667.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 420 18D 45 EE45T3HFCU 14043.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 642 20D 75 EE75T3HFCU 21155.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 675 20D 112.5 EE112T3HFCU 28182.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 741 21D 150 EE150T3HFCU 36789.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1050 22D 225 EE225T3HFCU 49043.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1220 24D 300 EE300T68HFCU 62551.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2300 30D 500 EE500T68HFCU 87477.00 6–2.5%2 + 2– 2409 30D 80 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 15 EE15T3HB 5304.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 220 17D 30 EE30T3HB 7956.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 368 18D 45 EE45T3HB 9574.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 585 20D 75 EE75T3HB 14424.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 620 21D 112.5 EE112T3HB 19215.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 835 22D 150 EE150T3HB 24641.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 980 24D 225 EE225T3HB 33438.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1349 25D 300 EE300T68HB 43282.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2400 30D 500 EE500T68HB 60531.00 6–2.5%2 + 2– 2964 31D 80 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed. Copper Windings 15 EE15T3HBCU 8486.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 260 17D 30 EE30T3HBCU 12730.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 418 18D 45 EE45T3HBCU 15318.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 642 20D 75 EE75T3HBCU 23078.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 725 21D 112.5 EE112T3HBCU 30744.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 910 21D 150 EE150T3HBCU 39426.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1125 24D 225 EE225T3HBCU 53501.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 1425 24D 300 EE300T68HBCU 69251.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 2400 30D 500 EE500T68HBCU 96850.00 6–2.5%2 + 2– 2578 30D 115 °C Rise Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 15 EE15S3HF 4453.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 275 17H 25 EE25S3HF 5797.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 340 18H 37.5 EE37S3HF 7726.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 395 18H 50 EE50S3HF 9396.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 620 21D 75 EE75S3HF 12738.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 685 22D 100 EE100S3HF 19381.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 985 24D 80 °C Rise Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 15 EE15S3HB 4918.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 280 17H 25 EE25S3HB 6403.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 345 18H 37.5 EE37S3HB 8533.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 400 18H 50 EE50S3HB 10378.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 625 21D 75 EE75S3HB 14069.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 690 22D 100 EE100S3HB 21406.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 995 24D a b c Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10. When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below. NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal Lugs are furnished by customer Refer to www.squared.com/eexfmr for additional information. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE2E Discount Schedule 14-5 TRANSFORMERS www.schneider-electric.us 14 General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Transformers for Non-Linear Loads Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT0601, 7400CT0301 EE NL and NLP Series Transformers • Three-phase dry type transformers, • Table 14.9: kVA 480 Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Primary Catalog No. $ Price Taps Weight (lbs) a 14 TRANSFORMERS NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service; K-4 Rated; Aluminum Windings; 115 °C Rise 15 EE15T3HFISNL 5834.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 256 30 EE30T3HFISNL 8751.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 320 45 EE45T3HFISNL 10533.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 515 75 EE75T3HFISNL 15866.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 535 112.5 EE112T3HFISNL 21137.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 800 150 EE150T3HFISNL 27592.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1110 225 EE225T3HFISNL 38389.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1349 300 EE300T68HFISNL 53179.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 1750 500 EE500T68HFISNL 73483.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2295 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30D 31D NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service; K-4 Rated; Copper Windings; 115 °C Rise 15 EE15T3HFISCUNL 9334.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 260 30 EE30T3HFISCUNL 14002.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 395 45 EE45T3HFISCUNL 16853.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 730 75 EE75T3HFISCUNL 25386.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 640 112.5 EE112T3HFISCUNL 33819.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 935 150 EE150T3HFISCUNL 44147.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1300 225 EE225T3HFISCUNL 61422.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1450 300 EE300T68HFISCUNL 85086.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2450 17D 18D 20D 20D 22D 24D 25D 25D NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service; K-13 Rated; Aluminum Windings; 115 °C Rise 15 EE15T3HFISNLP 6636.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 256 17D 30 EE30T3HFISNLP 9954.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 375 18D 45 EE45T3HFISNLP 11981.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 500 20D 75 EE75T3HFISNLP 18048.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 560 21D 112.5 EE112T3HFISNLP 24043.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 800 22D 150 EE150T3HFISNLP 31386.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1110 24D 225 EE225T3HFISNLP 42764.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1335 25D 300 EE300T68HFISNLP 56966.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2350 30D 500 EE500T68HFISNLP 79157.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 3200 31D NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service; K-13 Rated; Copper Windings; 115 °C Rise 15 EE15T3HFISCUNLP 10618.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 260 17D 30 EE30T3HFISCUNLP 15926.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 430 18D 45 EE45T3HFISCUNLP 19170.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 730 20D 75 EE75T3HFISCUNLP 28877.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 640 20D 112.5 EE112T3HFISCUNLP 38469.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 985 22D 150 EE150T3HFISCUNLP 50218.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1135 24D 225 EE225T3HFISCUNLP 68422.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1477 25D 300 EE300T68HFISCUNLP 91146.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2650 30D 14-6 PE2E Discount Schedule www.schneider-electric.us Harmonic Mitigating, 480 Primary to 208zz/120 Secondary—UL Listed Weight (lbs) a Enclosure ab • 480 Delta to 208Y/120 Aluminum or copper windings Electrostatic shield Class 220 insulation Double size neutral terminal for additional customer neutral cables Additional coil capacity to compensate for higher non-linear load loss cULus Listed Enclosure ab • • • • Table 14.10: 0° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise 15 HM15T208NCU 12670.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 30 HM30T208NCU 19416.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 45 HM45T208NCU 23364.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 75 HM75T208NCU 35204.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 112.5 HM112T208NCU 46900.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 150 HM150T208NCU 61226.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 225 HM225T208NCU 81616.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 300 HM300T208NCU 104664.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise 15 HM15T255NCU 12670.00 3-5%1+230 HM30T255NCU 19416.00 3-5%1+245 HM45T255NCU 23364.00 3-5%1+275 HM75T255NCU 35204.00 3-5%1+2112.5 HM112T255NCU 46900.00 3-5%1+2150 HM150T255NCU 61226.00 3-5%1+2225 HM225T255NCU 81616.00 3-5%1+2300 HM300T255NCU 104664.00 3-5%1+2- 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D +15° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise 15 HM15T251NCU 12670.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 30 HM30T251NCU 19416.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 45 HM45T251NCU 23364.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 75 HM75T251NCU 35204.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 112.5 HM112T251NCU 46900.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 150 HM150T251NCU 61226.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 225 HM225T251NCU 81616.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 300 HM300T251NCU 104664.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 15° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise 15 HM15T259NCU 12670.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 30 HM30T259NCU 19416.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 45 HM45T259NCU 23364.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 75 HM75T259NCU 35204.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 112.5 HM112T259NCU 46900.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 150 HM150T259NCU 61226.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 225 HM225T259NCU 81616.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 300 HM300T259NCU 104664.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D kVA a b Catalog No. $ Price Taps Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10. Additional temperature rises are available; for part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below NEMA Premium Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1001 $ Price Taps Weight (lbs) a NP Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service— K-9 Rated—Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise 15 EP15T3HNISCUNP 16395.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 17D 30 EP30T3HNISCUNP 24925.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 340 18D 45 EP45T3HNISCUNP 28425.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 418 20D 75 EP75T3HNISCUNP 44590.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 642 21D 112.5 EP112T3HNISCUNP 57863.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 725 22D 150 EP150T3HNISCUNP 74683.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 915 24D 225 EP225T3HNISCUNP 104646.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1125 25D 300 EP300T3HNISCUNP 136718.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 1535 30D NP Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service— K-9Rated—Copper Windings; 115 °C Rise 15 EP15T3HFISCUNP 21313.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 17D 30 EP30T3HFISCUNP 32402.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 340 18D 45 EP45T3HFISCUNP 36952.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 418 20D 75 EP75T3HFISCUNP 57967.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 642 20D 112.5 EP112T3HFISCUNP 75222.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 725 22D 150 EP150T3HFISCUNP 97088.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 915 24D 225 EP225T3HFISCUNP 136040.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1125 25D 300 EP300T3HFISCUNP 177733.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 1535 25D NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service—K-13 Rated— Copper Windings; 150 °C Rise 15 EP15T3HISCUNLP 17451.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 260 17D 30 EP30T3HISCUNLP 26527.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 430 18D 45 EP45T3HISCUNLP 30253.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 730 20D 75 EP75T3HISCUNLP 47459.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 640 20D 112.5 EP112T3HISCUNLP 61585.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 985 22D 150 EP150T3HISCUNLP 79488.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1135 24D 225 EP225T3HISCUNLP 110288.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1477 25D 300 EP300T68HISCUNLP 141419.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2650 30D Harmonic Mitigating, 480 Primary to 208zz/120 Secondary; Copper Windings Taps Weight (lbs) a 0° Phase Shift 15 HM15T208HNCUEP 20822.00 30 HM30T208HNCUEP 32341.00 45 HM45T208HNCUEP 36872.00 75 HM75T208HNCUEP 57857.00 112.5 HM112T208HNCUEP 75082.00 150 HM150T208HNCUEP 96912.00 225 HM225T208HNCUEP 131554.00 300 HM300T208HNCUEP 162393.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D 30° Phase Shift 15 HM15T255HNCUEP 20822.00 30 HM30T255HNCUEP 32341.00 45 HM45T255HNCUEP 36872.00 75 HM75T255HNCUEP 57857.00 112.5 HM112T255HNCUEP 75082.00 150 HM150T255HNCUEP 96912.00 225 HM225T255HNCUEP 131554.00 300 HM300T255HNCUEP 162393.00 3-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+2- 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D +15° Phase Shift 15 HM15T251HNCUEP 20822.00 30 HM30T251HNCUEP 32341.00 45 HM45T251HNCUEP 36872.00 75 HM75T251HNCUEP 57857.00 112.5 HM112T251HNCUEP 75082.00 150 HM150T251HNCUEP 96912.00 225 HM225T251HNCUEP 131554.00 300 HM300T251HNCUEP 162393.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D -15° Phase Shift 15 HM15T259HNCUEP 20822.00 30 HM30T259HNCUEP 32341.00 45 HM45T259HNCUEP 36872.00 75 HM75T259HNCUEP 57857.00 112.5 HM112T259HNCUEP 75082.00 150 HM150T259HNCUEP 96912.00 225 HM225T259HNCUEP 131554.00 300 HM300T259HNCUEP 162393.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 6–2.5% 2+4– 310 340 418 642 725 915 1125 1535 17D 17D 18D 20D 21D 22D 24D 25D kVA a b Catalog No. $ Price Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10. Additional temperature rises are available; for part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE2E Discount Schedule 14-7 TRANSFORMERS As a partner in the NEMA Premium Transformer Program, Schneider Electric has determined that this product meets the NEMA Premium Efficiency specifications for premium energy efficiency. Catalog No. Table 14.12: Enclosure ab kVA 480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Secondary Enclosure ab Table 14.11: 14 www.schneider-electric.us General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Sealed Three- and Single-Phase; Export Model; Buck and Boost Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT9601, 7414CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Sealed Three- and Single-Phase Transformers Sealed Single-Phase Export Model Transformers Table 14.13: These general purpose transformers accommodate voltage systems worldwide. Export model transformers 10 kVA and smaller, certified by TUV (File no. E9571881.01) to meet EN61558-1, are CE marked in addition to being cULus Listed. For CE marked transformers in other ratings, contact your local Schneider Electric representative for CE marked transformers up to 300 kVA, single and three phase. See page 14-11 for optional Fingersafe™ terminal block cover kit. C Full Capacity Degree Temp. Taps Rise Weight (lbs) a Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; Copper Windings 3 3T2F 2016.00 2–5%FCBN 115 120 6 6T2F 2310.00 2–5%FCBN 115 145 9 9T2F 3088.00 2–5%FCBN 115 235 15 15T2F 4644.00 2–5%FCBN 115 300 30 30T2F 8536.00 2–5%FCBN 115 660 12C 12C 14C 14C 16C Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 240 V Delta Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; Copper Windings 3 3T5F 2016.00 2–5%FCBN 115 120 12C 6 6T5F 2310.00 2–5%FCBN 115 145 12C 9 9T75F 3088.00 4–2.5%FCBN 115 235 14C 15 15T75F 4644.00 4–2.5%FCBN 115 300 14C 30 30T75F 8536.00 4–2.5%FCBN 115 660 16C 14 TRANSFORMERS Single-Phase—240 X 480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 0.05 50SV1A 182.00 None 55 4.2 0.10 100SV1A 214.00 None 55 4.5 0.15 150SV1A 254.00 None 55 6.2 0.25 250SV1B 270.00 None 80 10.5 0.50 500SV1B 386.00 None 80 13.8 0.75 750SV1F 460.00 None 115 15.5 1 1S1F 602.00 None 115 21.2 1.5 1.5S1F 724.00 None 115 30.1 2 2S1F 896.00 None 115 39.1 3 3S1F 1144.00 None 115 60 5 5S1F 1556.00 None 115 115 7.5 7S1F 2188.00 None 115 135 10 10S1F 2712.00 None 115 165 1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B Single-Phase—600 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 0.05 50SV51A 182.00 None 55 4.2 0.10 100SV51A 214.00 None 55 4.5 0.15 150SV51A 262.00 None 55 6.2 0.25 250SV51B 290.00 None 80 10.5 0.50 500SV51B 408.00 None 80 13.8 0.75 750SV51F 486.00 None 115 15.5 1 1S51F 634.00 None 115 21.2 1.5 1.5S51F 758.00 None 115 30.1 2 2S51F 940.00 None 115 39.1 3 3S4F 1240.00 2–5%FCBN 115 60 5 5S4F 1676.00 2–5%FCBN 115 115 7.5 7S4F 2348.00 2–5%FCBN 115 135 10 10S4F 2922.00 2–5%FCBN 115 165 1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B Single-Phase—120x240 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 1 1S6F 1090.00 None 115 21.2 1.5 1.5S6F 1558.00 None 115 30.1 2 2S6F 1746.00 None 115 39.1 3 3S6F 1892.00 None 115 60 5 5S6F 2418.00 None 115 110 7.5 7S6F 3216.00 None 115 135 10 10S6F 3992.00 None 115 150 7A 8A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B Single-Phase—208 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 1 1S7F 1090.00 None 115 21.2 1.5 1.5S7F 1558.00 None 115 30.1 2 2S7F 1746.00 None 115 39.1 3 3S7F 1892.00 None 115 60 5 5S7F 2418.00 None 115 110 7.5 7S7F 3216.00 None 115 135 10 10S7F 3992.00 None 115 150 7A 8A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B Single-Phase—277 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed 1 1S8F 1090.00 None 115 21.2 1.5 1.5S8F 1558.00 None 115 30.1 2 2S8F 1746.00 None 115 39.1 3 3S8F 1892.00 None 115 60 5 5S8F 2418.00 None 115 110 7.5 7S8F 3216.00 None 115 135 10 10S8F 3992.00 None 115 150 7A 8A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B Table 14.14: kVA Sealed Export Model Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Deg. C Temp. Rise Weight (lbs) a Enclosure ab Single-Phase—190/200/208/220/380/400/416/440 V Primary; 110/220 V Secondary; 50/60 Hz; cULus Listed d 1 1S67F 1180.00 115 21.2 2 2S67F 1716.00 115 39.1 3 3S67F 2290.00 115 55.2 5 5S67F 2554.00 115 135 7.5 7S67F 3314.00 115 165 10 10S67F 4004.00 115 165 7A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B Sealed Single-Phase Buck and Boost Transformers—cULus Listed When buck and boost transformers are interconnected as an autotransformer, they can supply small changes in voltage. Wiring diagrams and sizing are available from catalog 7414CT0201 or www.buckboostcalculator.com. Units can also be used as isolation transformers for 120 x 240 to 12/24 or 16/32 by connecting using the directions located on the transformer’s name plate. NOTE: When used to supply a 3-phase, 4-wire load, the source must be 3-phase, 4-wire. Table 14.15: Sealed Buck and Boost Transformers 120 x 240 V Primary 60 Hz kVA .05 .10 .15 .25 .50 .75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 a b c d 240 x 480 V Primary 60 Hz 12/24 V 16/32 V 24/48 V Secondary Secondary $ Price Secondary $ Price 50SV43A 100SV43A 150SV43A 250SV43B 500SV43B 750SV43F 1S43F 1.5S43F 2S43F 3S43F 50SV46A 206.00 100SV46A 246.00 150SV46A 276.00 250SV46B 328.00 500SV46B 420.00 750SV46F 552.00 1S46F 676.00 1.5S46F 830.00 2S46F 1072.00 3S46F 1480.00 50SV82A 284.00 55 100SV82A 344.00 55 150SV82A 386.00 55 250SV82B 460.00 80 500SV82B 588.00 80 750SV82F 774.00 115 1S82F 948.00 115 1.5S82F 1162.00 115 2S82F 1500.00 115 3S82F 2072.00 115 4.2 4.5 6.2 10.5 13.8 15.5 21.2 30.1 39.1 60 Enclosure ab $ Price Degree C Temp. Rise Weight (lbs) a Catalog No. Enclosure ab kVA Sealed Transformers 1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A 9A c Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10. Dimensions: 14.50 (H) x 8.60 (W) x 6.50 (D). May be used for 240 x 480 to 120/240 at 60 Hz only. NOTE: Refer to www.us.squared.com/buckboost for additional information. NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal 14-8 PE2 Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below Stainless Steel Enclosed; Non-Ventilated; Transformer Houses Class 7432 www.schneider-electric.us Stainless Steel Enclosed Non-Ventilated The transformers listed below have an epoxy-resin encapsulated core and coil assembly inside a non-ventilated, #316 stainless steel enclosure that meets NEMA Type 3R or Type 4X requirements. All units are painted ANSI 49 gray to give an extra layer of protection and improve the cosmetic appearance of the device. Non-ventilated enclosures meet the IP55 protection code (dust and jetting water protection) per the IEC 60529 standard. This makes the product ideal for environments where large quantities of dust, airborne contaminants, spraying water, or any other environmental conditions (for example, drifting snow) that a ventilated Type 3R enclosed device would be impractical. Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; NEMA Type 3R 3 3T2FSS 4116.00 2–5% FCBN 115 120 6 6T2FSS 4924.00 2–5% FCBN 115 145 9 9T2FSS 6072.00 2–5% FCBN 115 234 15 15T2FSS 7726.00 2–5% FCBN 115 300 30 30T2FSS 13022.00 2–5% FCBN 115 660 12C 12C 14C 14C 16C Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; NEMA Type 4X 3 4X3T2FSS 13377.00 2–5% FCBN 115 165 6 4X6T2FSS 16003.00 2–5% FCBN 115 195 9 4X9T2FSS 19734.00 2–5% FCBN 115 290 15 4X15T2FSS 25110.00 2–5% FCBN 115 350 30 4X30T2FSS 42322.00 2–5% FCBN 115 850 54X 54X 54X 54X 55X Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; NEMA Type 3R 1 1S1FSS 1274.00 None 115 21 1.5 1.5S1FSS 1778.00 None 115 30 2 2S1FSS 1914.00 None 115 39 3 3S1FSS 2684.00 None 115 60 5 5S1FSS 3880.00 None 115 110 7.5 7S1FSS 4164.00 None 115 135 10 10S1FSS 4764.00 None 115 150 15 15S1FSS 7036.00 None 115 225 25 25S1FSS 9606.00 None 115 300 7A 8A 9A 10A 13B 13B 13B 15B 15B 51X 51X 51X 52X 52X 52X 52X 53X 53X Single-Phase—480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; NEMA Type 3R 3 3S40FSS 2684.00 2–5% FCBN 115 5 5S40FSS 3880.00 2–5% FCBN 115 7.5 7S40FSS 4164.00 2–5% FCBN 115 10 10S40FSS 4764.00 2–5% FCBN 115 15 15S40FSS 7036.00 2–5% FCBN 115 25 25S40FSS 9606.00 2–5% FCBN 115 10A 13B 13B 13B 15B 15B Single-Phase—480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; NEMA Type 4X 3 4X3S40FSS 14762.00 2–5% FCBN 115 5 4X5S40FSS 12610.00 2–5% FCBN 115 7.5 4X7S40FSS 13533.00 2–5% FCBN 115 10 4X10S40FSS 15483.00 2–5% FCBN 115 15 4X15S40FSS 22867.00 2–5% FCBN 115 25 4X25S40FSS 31220.00 2–5% FCBN 115 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE2 NET 75 125 150 180 390 450 kVA Non-Ventilated Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Degree C Weight Temp. (lbs) Rise a Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz 30 30T3HNV 8090.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 340 45 45T3HNV 12396.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 510 75 75T3HNV 19118.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1025 112.5 112T3HNV 25848.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 1250 150 150T3HNV 33348.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 2000 225 225T3HNV 50238.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 2100 300 300T3HNV 55152.00 6–2.5%2 + 4– 150 3950 19E 19E 22E 24E 25E 30E 31E Single-Phase—240X480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz 15 15S3HNV 5042.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 150 230 25 25S3HNV 7562.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 150 310 37.5 37S3HNV 11248.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 150 350 50 50S3HNV 14384.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 150 450 75 75S3HNV 17600.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 150 880 100 100S3HNV 22286.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c 150 975 17E 18E 18E 21E 24E 25E a b c Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10. When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below. NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal Lugs are furnished by customer Transformer Enclosures Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz; cULus Listed; NEMA Type 4X 1 4X1S1FSS 9555.00 None 115 48 1.5 4X1.5S1FSS 9779.00 None 115 55 2 4X2S1FSS 10527.00 None 115 55 3 4X3S1FSS 14762.00 None 115 75 5 4X5S1FSS 12610.00 None 115 125 7.5 4X7S1FSS 13533.00 None 115 150 10 4X10S1FSS 15483.00 None 115 180 15 4X15S1FSS 22867.00 None 115 390 25 4X25S1FSS 31220.00 None 115 450 60 110 135 150 225 300 Table 14.17: TRANSFORMERS Degree C Weight Temp. (lbs) Rise a Designed to allow energy efficient products to be installed in environments requiring more protection. These are Type 3R enclosures constructed of #304 stainless steel for corrosive protection. Transformer enclosures are shipped separately from transformers so they can be pre-installed on the job site. Three standard enclosures are available for installation of enclosure types D, H, or F. Table 14.18: Transformer Enclosures Catalog No. 7400SS3R18D22D $ Price Enclosure ab 8444.00 18D, 18H, 19D, 20D, 21D, 22D 7400SS3R24D38D 15118.00 7400SS3R31D35F 24622.00 24D, 25D, 26D, 28D, 29D, 30D, 31D, 36D, 37D, 38D 31D, 32F, 33F, 34F, 35F, 36D, 37D, 38D 52X 52X 52X 52X 53X 53X Discount Schedule 14-9 14 $ Price Full Capacity Taps Enclosure ab kVA Catalog No. Stainless Steel Enclosed Transformers Enclosure ab Table 14.16: Miscellaneous Enclosures; Accessories Class 7400 www.schneider-electric.us Enclosures and Accessories Enclosure Number/ Style Style A—NEMA 3R Rated Style B—NEMA 3R Rated 14 Style C—NEMA 3R Rated 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 TRANSFORMERS 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Styles D and H—NEMA 2 Rated Converts to NEMA 3R with Weathershield 25 26 28 29 30 31 Style E—IP55 Rated 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 51 52 53 54 55 61 62 63 a b c d e f A A A A A A A A A A A C B C B C D E H D E H D E D E D E D E E D E D E D D E D D E D E F F F F D D D F F F F F F D X X X X X HX HX HX Width Depth In. mm In. mm In. mm 5.00 5.50 5.00 5.50 6.19 6.69 8.13 8.25 9.56 10.50 12.56 13.50 14.75 14.75 20.00 22.00 27.00 27.00 37.00 30.00 30.00 37.00 30.00 30.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 37.00 43.75 43.75 48 49.5 49.5 49.5 49.5 57.5 60 60 68 71 71 74 74 91.5 94 94 94 40.5 51.5 66 90 90 100 108 90 90 80 9.5 12 24 23 31.5 127 140 127 140 157 170 270 210 243 267 319 343 375 375 508 559 686 686 940 762 762 940 762 762 940 940 940 940 1111 1111 1219 1257 1257 1257 1257 1461 1524 1524 1727 1803 1803 1880 1880 2388 2388 2388 2388 1031 1310 1679 2290 2290 2545 2748 2290 2290 2036 24 30 61 58 80 4.47 4.47 4.85 5.23 6.19 6.19 6.94 8.68 8.68 8.62 8.62 14.75 9.75 19.10 15.00 25.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 32.00 32.00 48 35 35 41 41 41 56 56 56 48 48 56 56 56 72 84 96 36.5 40.5 50.5 80 90 100 108 64 72 64 10 13.75 21.5 25.5 31.5 114 114 123 133 157 157 176 220 220 219 219 375 248 485 381 635 508 508 508 508 508 508 762 762 762 762 762 762 813 813 1219 889 889 1041 1041 1041 1422 1422 1422 1219 1219 1422 1422 1422 1829 2134 2438 916 1031 1285 2036 2290 2545 2748 1628 1832 1628 25 35 55 65 80 3.44 3.44 3.75 4.06 4.69 4.69 5.31 6.56 6.56 6.50 6.50 9.00 11.75 12.25 13.50 13.50 16.00 16.00 16.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 24.00 24.00 27.00 27.00 29.5 28.5 28.5 32 32 32 36 36 36 36 36 40.5 40.5 54 54 54 54 21.75 26.5 32 50 50 60 60 44 50 44 7.75 13.75 16.38 13.75 16.25 87 87 95 103 119 119 135 167 167 165 165 229 298 311 343 343 406 406 406 508 508 508 508 508 508 508 610 610 686 686 749 724 724 813 813 813 914 914 914 914 914 1029 1029 1372 1372 1372 1372 553 674 814 1272 1272 1527 1527 1120 1272 1120 20 35 42 35 41 Weathershield Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories a Height Mounting Table 14.19: Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b WS363 e WS363 WS363 e WS363 WS364 e WS364 e WS364 e WS380 e e WS381 Note 5 WS382 e WS382 WS370A e WS370A WS383 e WS384 e d d d d d d d d d d d d d d f f f f f Ceiling Wall Mounting Mounting Bracket Bracket c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c c WMB361362 WMB361362 WMB361362 WMB363364 WMB363364 WMB363364 WMB363364 WMB363364 WMB363364 WMB363364 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — c c c c c — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — CMB363 CMB363 CMB363 CMB363 CMB363 CMB363 CMB364 CMB364 CMB364 CMB364 CMB364 CMB364 CMB380 CMB380 — CMB381 CMB381 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Insulation Class oC 105 105 105 130 130 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 180 180 180 180 180 Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for details. These dimensions are not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. Transformer is NEMA Type 3R Standard. Weathershield not required for outdoor use. Wall mounting brackets are a standard part of transformer enclosure. Accessory not required. Special outdoor construction required for NEMA Type 3R applications. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for details. Indoor/outdoor enclosure standard. Weathershield not required. Transformer is NEMA Type 4X Standard. Weathershield not required. NOTE: Wall mounting brackets are used with units weighing no more than 700 lbs. Ceiling mounting brackets are used with units weighing no more than 1200 lbs. Weathershields are available for units 600 Volts and below. For 2.4, 5, and 15 kV units suitable for outdoor use, contact the factory. Style F—NEMA 1 Rated 14-10 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Miscellaneous Lugs; Terminal Block Covers; Weathershields; Mounting Brackets Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0501 www.schneider-electric.us Lugs are not supplied with transformer units. They must be purchased separately. Table 14.20: Catalog No. a Mechanical Lug Kits $ Price Per Kit Lugs Per Kit Grounding Cap Screws Current Range Lugs per Kit Wire Range Wire Range Bonding Lugs per Kit Wire Range Not applicable Not applicable 1 1 2 to 14 STR 2 to 14 STR Single-Phase Primary, Single-Phase Secondary, Three-Phase Delta Primary, Three-Phase Delta Secondary DASKP100 28.00 3 1/0–14 STR. 1/4 x 1 in Up to 100 A DASKP250 51.00 3 350 kcmil–6 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 101 to 250 A 600 kcmil–4 STR. DASKP400 91.00 3 201 to 400 A (2) 250 kcmil–1/0 STR. 3/8 x 2 in Not Not applicable applicable 600 kcmil–4 STR. DASKP600 182.00 6 601 to 800 A (2) 250 kcmil–1/0 STR. 3/8 x 2 in DASKP1000 DASKP1200 272.00 363.00 9 12 600 kcmil–2 STR. 600 kcmil–2 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 3/8 x 2 in 601 to 800 A 801 to 1200 A Single-Phase Primary and Secondary, Three-Phase Wye Secondary, Three-Phase Delta with Center Tap DASKGS100 79.00 5 1/0–14 STR. 1/4 x 1 in Up to 100 A 1 (4) 2/0 to 14 STR DASKGS250 118.00 5 350 kcmil–6 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 101 to 250 A 1 (4) 2/0 to 14 STR 600 kcmil–4 STR. DASKGS400 184.00 5 201 to 400 A 1 (4) 2/0 to 14 STR (2) 250 kcmil–1/0 STR. 3/8 x 2 in DASKGS600 370.00 10 600 kcmil–2 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 601 to 800 A 1 (4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR. DASKGS1000 521.00 15 600 kcmil–2 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 601 to 800 A 1 (4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR. DASKGS1200 672.00 20 600 kcmil–2 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 801 to 1200 A 1 (4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR. DASKGS2000 824.00 25 600 kcmil–2 STR. 3/8 x 2 in 1201 to 2000 A 1 (4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR. 1/0 to 14 STR 1 1 1 1 250 kcmil to 6 STR. 250 kcmil to 6 STR. 250 kcmil to 6 STR. 250 kcmil to 6 STR. Subject to minimum billing and freight charges when not ordered with transformer. Compression Lug Kits Terminal Lugs Transformer kVA Sizes Kit Catalog No. 15–37 ½ 1Ø 15–45 3Ø 50–75 1Ø 75–112 ½ 3 Ø $ Price Per Kit VCELSK1 261.00 Qty. 8 5 VCELSK2 424.00 13 100–167 1Ø 150–300 3Ø VCELSK3 2407.00 3 26 500 3Ø VCELSK4 2619.00 34 Catalog No. VCEL02114S1 VCEL030516H1 Aluminum or Copper Conductor Range (AWG or kcmil) #8–1/0 #4–300 kcmil VCEL030516H1 #4–300 kcmil VCEL030516H1 #4–300 kcmil 500–750 kcmil Al 500 kcmil Cu 500–750 kcmil Al 500 kcmil Cu VCEL07512H1 VCEL07512H1 Hardware Included Qty. 8 1 8 8 3 Cap Screws 1/4 x 1 in 1/4 x 2 in 1/4 x 1 in 1/4 x 2 in 1/4 x 3/4 in 16 3/8 x 2 in 21 3/8 x 2 in Fingersafe™ terminal block cover kits for encapsulated transformers can be used to meet touch-safe requirements of EN60-204. Table 14.22: Fingersafe Terminal Block Cover Kits Fits Enclosure 7A (1 kVA) 9A (2 kVA) 10A (3 kVA) 13B (5–10 kVA) Table 14.23: Kit Catalog No. 7400ENT9 7400ENT11 7400ENT11 7400ENT13 Weathershields; Wall and Ceiling Mounting Brackets Weathershields Catalog No. WS363 WS364 WS370A WS380 WS381 WS382 WS383 WS384 b c $ Price 200.00 200.00 200.00 284.00 $ Price 299.00 299.00 2325.00 682.00 682.00 1160.00 2184.00 2464.00 Ceiling Mounting Brackets c Catalog No. CMB363 CMB364 CMB380 CMB381 $ Price 300.00 300.00 748.00 748.00 Wall Mounting Brackets b Catalog No. WMB361362 WMB363364 $ Price 663.00 663.00 Wall mounting brackets may be prohibited in some California areas requiring 12-inch spacing from wall. Wall mounting brackets can only be used with units weighing no more than 700 lbs. Base channels are supplied for ceiling mounting; trapeze hangers must be furnished by customer. Ceiling mounting brackets can only be used with units weighing no more than 1200 lbs. All ventilated units are now available with factory-installed, thermo-viewing windows. The windows allow completion of yearly maintenance requirements without removing the front cover and accessing the transformers. Available on all enclosures 17D through 35D. For more information, refer to Data Bulletin 7400DB1101 or contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor. © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE2E PE2 Discount Schedule 14-11 TRANSFORMERS Table 14.21: 14 a 1 Unit Substation 600 Volts and Below Mini Power-Zone™ Class 7440 / Refer to Catalog 7440CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Sealed, Mini Power-Zone™ Unit Substation The Square D™ brand Mini Power-Zone™ unit substation from Schneider Electric provides the answer to requirements for a portable, compact power supply for small loads. This complete package yields considerable savings in installation time and costs. Its NEMA Type 3R enclosure is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. The transformer is 115 °C rise and epoxy-resin encapsulated. The panel section uses Square D™ brand QO™ style circuit breakers. NOTE: Mini Power-Zone unit substations are UL 1062 File E92978 Listed. Mini Power-Zone unit substations include factory-installed primary main and secondary main circuit breakers. Circuit breaker ratings are selected to meet National Electrical Code requirements and coordinate with transformer magnetizing inrush current. Order feeder circuit breakers (QO™ plug-on type) from your local Schneider Electric distributor. Use Qwik-Gard™ breakers for required ground fault protection. Tandem breakers are not permitted. If bolt-on circuit breakers are required instead of plug-on, change the Mini Power-Zone part number from MPZ to MPZB. The MPZB product line leverages the NQ interior for application requirements. The Mini Power-Zone unit substation uses a separate transformer and panel section. This allows the panel section to be removed and wired first if desired. Also the transformer can be replaced without disturbing the panel section and associated wiring. The new transformer simply slides into the top of the panel section and primary and secondary leads are reconnected to the main circuit breakers. 14 Table 14.24: kVA Standard Enclosure (NEMA Type 3R) Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Input Voltage Dimensions a Weight (lbs) H In. W mm In. D mm In. Primary Secondary Main Circuit Main Circuit Breaker Breaker mm Rating (A) Rating (A) Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120 TRANSFORMERS 15 22.5 30 MPZ15T2F MPZ22T2F MPZ30T2F 10088.00 12502.00 15338.00 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 510 725 755 44.6 44.6 44.6 1133 1133 1133 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 345 345 345 40 70 90 60 80 100 MPZ3S40F MPZ5S40F MPZ7S40F MPZ10S40F MPZ15S40F MPZ25S40F 3565.00 3890.00 4542.00 4938.00 6410.00 9560.00 480 480 480 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 175 175 200 215 390 390 32.7 32.7 32.7 32.7 42.9 42.9 831 831 831 831 1090 1090 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 302 302 302 343 343 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 MPZ15T2F25K 12395.00 MPZ22T2F25K 14809.00 MPZ30T2F25K 17645.00 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 710 725 755 44.6 44.6 44.6 1133 1133 1133 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 345 345 345 40 70 90 60 80 100 MPZ3S40F25K 5872.00 MPZ5S40F25K 6197.00 MPZ7S40F25K 6849.00 MPZ10S40F25K 7245.00 MPZ15S40F25K 8717.00 MPZ25S40F25K 11867.00 480 480 480 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 175 175 200 215 390 390 32.7 32.7 32.7 32.7 42.9 42.9 831 831 831 831 1090 1090 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 302 302 302 343 343 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 MPZB15T2F MPZB22T2F MPZB30T2F 12610.00 15624.00 19176.00 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 510 725 755 48.6 48.6 48.6 1234 1234 1234 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 345 345 345 40 70 90 60 80 100 a MPZB3S40F MPZB5S40F MPZB7S40F MPZB10S40F MPZB15S40F MPZB25S40F 4535.00 4860.00 5680.00 6170.00 8010.00 11950.00 480 480 480 480 480 480 10 or 5 28 or 13 24 or 8 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240 3 5 7.5 10 15 25 24 or 8 Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120 15 22.5 30 28 or 13 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240—Interrupting Rating 25 AIC 3 5 7.5 10 15 25 10 or 5 Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120—Interrupting Rating 25 AIC 15 22.5 30 24 or 8 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240 3 5 7.5 10 15 25 Feeder Breakers 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 175 175 200 215 390 390 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 51.0 51.0 1041 1041 1041 1041 1295 1295 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 302 302 302 343 343 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 10 or 5 28 or 13 Max. A 40 60 80 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Max. A 40 60 80 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Max. A 40 60 80 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Dimensions: DO NOT use for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. NOTE: Other input voltages are available. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for part numbers and quotations. Available input voltages: 600, 240, and 208, single- and three-phase. FCBN = full capacity below normal 14-12 PE2 Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Unit Substation 600 Volts and Below Mini Power-Zone™ Class 7440 / Refer to Catalog 7440CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Standard Enclosure (NEMA Type 3R) (continued) Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Weight (lbs) 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN Input Voltage H W D Secondary Primary Main Main Circuit Circuit Breaker Breaker mm Rating (A) Rating (A) In. mm In. mm In. 710 725 755 48.6 48.6 48.6 1234 1234 1234 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 345 345 345 40 70 90 60 80 100 175 175 200 215 390 390 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 51.0 51.0 1041 1041 1041 1041 1295 1295 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 302 302 302 343 343 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 710 725 755 48.6 48.6 48.6 1234 1234 1234 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 345 345 345 40 70 90 60 80 100 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 175 175 200 215 390 390 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 51.0 51.0 1041 1041 1041 1041 1295 1295 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 302 302 302 343 343 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120 15 MPZB15T2F25K 14917.00 22.5 MPZB22T2F25K 17931.00 30 MPZB30T2F25K 21483.00 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 Table 14.26: 480 480 480 480 480 480 Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity Taps Input Voltage Weight (lbs) H W D Secondary Primary Main Main Circuit Circuit Breaker Breaker mm Rating (A) Rating (A) In. mm In. mm In. 710 725 755 44.6 44.6 44.6 1133 1133 1133 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 345 345 345 40 70 90 60 80 100 MPZ15T2FSS MPZ22T2FSS MPZ30T2FSS 20108.00 23122.00 24376.00 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 175 175 200 215 390 390 32.7 32.7 32.7 32.7 42.9 42.9 831 831 831 831 1090 1090 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 302 302 302 343 343 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 MPZ3S40FSS MPZ5S40FSS MPZ7S40FSS MPZ10S40FSS MPZ15S40FSS MPZ25S40FSS 10705.00 11030.00 12428.00 12920.00 14758.00 17266.00 480 480 480 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 710 725 755 48.6 48.6 48.6 1234 1234 1234 27.4 27.4 27.4 696 696 696 13.6 13.6 13.6 48.6 48.6 48.6 40 70 90 60 80 100 MPZB15T2FSS 25135.00 MPZB22T2FSS 28896.00 MPZB30T2FSS 30476.00 480 480 480 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 175 175 200 215 390 390 41.0 41.0 41.0 41.0 51.0 51.0 1041 1041 1041 1041 1295 1295 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 17.4 17.4 305 305 305 305 442 442 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 13.5 13.5 302 41.0 41.0 41.0 51.0 51.0 10 15 20 30 60 100 20 30 40 60 80 125 a MPZB3S40FSS MPZB5S40FSS MPZB7S40FSS MPZB10S40FSS MPZB15S40FSS MPZB25S40FSS 13455.00 13780.00 15542.00 16159.00 18442.00 21583.00 480 480 480 480 480 480 24 or 8 10 or 5 28 or 13 24 or 8 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240 3 5 7.5 10 15 25 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Max. A 40 60 80 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Feeder Breakers Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120 15 22.5 30 28 or 13 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240 3 5 7.5 10 15 25 10 or 5 Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120 15 22.5 30 24 or 8 Max. A 40 60 80 Painted 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure (NEMA Type 3R) Dimensions a kVA 28 or 13 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240 3 MPZB3S40F65K 7564.00 5 MPZB5S40F65K 7889.00 7.5 MPZB7S40F65K 8708.00 10 MPZB10S40F65K 9799.00 15 MPZB15S40F65K 11038.00 25 MPZB25S40F65K 14978.00 10 or 5 Max. No. 1- or 3-Pole Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120 15 MPZB15T2F65K 15638.00 22.5 MPZB22T2F65K 18652.00 30 MPZB30T2F65K 22204.00 24 or 8 Max. No. 1- or 2-Pole Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240 3 MPZB3S40F25K 6843.00 5 MPZB5S40F25K 7168.00 7.5 MPZB7S40F25K 7987.00 10 MPZB10S40F25K 8478.00 15 MPZB15S40F25K 10317.00 25 MPZB25S40F25K 14257.00 Feeder Breakers 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 2–5% FCBN 10 or 5 28 or 13 Max. A 40 60 80 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Max. A 40 60 80 Max. A 20 20 30 40 60 100 Dimensions: DO NOT use for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints. NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE2 Discount Schedule TRANSFORMERS Dimensions a kVA 14-13 14 Table 14.25: Industrial Control Type T and Type TF Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901 Type T transformers are designed with low impedance windings for excellent voltage regulation and can accommodate the high inrush current associated with contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. Type T transformers are manufactured using the most advanced insulating materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of concern. Type TF transformers include factory-installed primary and secondary fuse blocks. Type TF transformers consist of two primary fuse blocks and one secondary fuse block. The primary includes rejection-style clips to increase the AIC ratings for the fuses. Since the fuse blocks are mounted on the top of the transformer, Type TF transformers are interchangeable with Type T transformers except for their increased height. Table 14.27: VA VA UL/CSA/ NOM CE Type T and TF Transformers Type T Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Type TF Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Weight (lbs) 14 TRANSFORMERS 240 V x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 230 V x 460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; 220 V x 440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary 25 25 9070T25D1 111.00 9070TF25D1 160.00 2.5 50 50 9070T50D1 116.00 9070TF50D1 165.00 2.5 75 75 9070T75D1 138.00 9070TF75D1 185.00 3.8 100 100 9070T100D1 155.00 9070TF100D1 201.00 3.8 150 150 9070T150D1 165.00 9070TF150D1 213.00 5.5 200 200 9070T200D1 204.00 9070TF200D1 255.00 5.5 250 160 9070T250D1 239.00 9070TF250D1 287.00 7.1 300 200 9070T300D1 264.00 9070TF300D1 312.00 8.5 350 250 9070T350D1 281.00 9070TF350D1 330.00 10.5 500 300 9070T500D1 350.00 9070TF500D1 395.00 11.9 750 500 9070T750D1 483.00 9070TF750D1 531.00 11.0 1000 630 9070T1000D1 585.00 9070TF1000D1 639.00 20.6 1500 1000 9070T1500D1 837.00 9070TF1500D1 884.00 34.0 2000 1500 9070T2000D1 1017.00 9070TF2000D1 1065.00 47.0 3000 2000 9070T3000D1 1412.00 — — 60.0 5000 3000 9070T5000D1 2373.00 — — 89.0 208 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D3 75 75 9070T75D3 100 100 9070T100D3 150 150 9070T150D3 200 200 9070T200D3 250 160 9070T250D3 300 200 9070T300D3 350 250 9070T350D3 500 300 9070T500D3 750 500 9070T750D3 1000 630 9070T1000D3 1500 1000 9070T1500D3 2000 1500 9070T2000D3 3000 2000 9070T3000D3 5000 3000 9070T5000D3 135.00 162.00 182.00 230.00 293.00 363.00 372.00 432.00 471.00 665.00 837.00 1170.00 1358.00 1914.00 3015.00 9070TF50D3 9070TF75D3 9070TF100D3 9070TF150D3 9070TF200D3 9070TF250D3 9070TF300D3 9070TF350D3 9070TF500D3 9070TF750D3 9070TF1000D3 9070TF1500D3 9070TF2000D3 — — 185.00 230.00 276.00 287.00 347.00 417.00 426.00 522.00 696.00 716.00 906.00 1221.00 1409.00 — — 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; 550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D5 135.00 9070TF50D5 185.00 2.5 75 75 9070T75D5 162.00 9070TF75D5 230.00 3.8 100 100 9070T100D5 182.00 9070TF100D5 276.00 3.8 150 150 9070T150D5 230.00 9070TF150D5 287.00 5.5 200 200 9070T200D5 293.00 9070TF200D5 347.00 5.5 250 160 9070T250D5 363.00 9070TF250D5 417.00 7.1 300 200 9070T300D5 372.00 9070TF300D5 426.00 8.5 350 250 9070T350D5 432.00 9070TF350D5 522.00 10.5 500 300 9070T500D5 471.00 9070TF500D5 696.00 11.9 750 500 9070T750D5 665.00 9070TF750D5 716.00 11.0 1000 630 9070T1000D5 837.00 9070TF1000D5 906.00 20.6 1500 1000 9070T1500D5 1170.00 9070TF1500D5 1221.00 34.0 2000 1500 9070T2000D5 1358.00 9070TF2000D5 1409.00 47.0 3000 2000 9070T3000D5 1914.00 — — 60.0 5000 3000 9070T5000D5 3015.00 — — 89.0 277 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D4 75 75 9070T75D4 100 100 9070T100D4 150 150 9070T150D4 200 200 9070T200D4 250 160 9070T250D4 300 200 9070T300D4 350 250 9070T350D4 500 300 9070T500D4 750 500 9070T750D4 1000 630 9070T1000D4 1500 1000 9070T1500D4 2000 1500 9070T2000D4 3000 2000 9070T3000D4 5000 3000 9070T5000D4 14-14 135.00 162.00 182.00 230.00 293.00 363.00 372.00 432.00 471.00 665.00 837.00 1170.00 1358.00 1914.00 3015.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — VA VA UL/CSA/ NOM CE Type T Transformers Catalog No. $ Price www.schneider-electric.us Type TF Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Weight (lbs) 240 V x 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 230 V x 460 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary; 220 V x 440 V Primary, 110/220 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D31 188.00 9070TF50D31 372.00 2.5 75 75 9070T75D31 197.00 9070TF75D31 384.00 3.8 100 100 9070T100D31 207.00 9070TF100D31 394.00 3.8 150 150 9070T150D31 273.00 9070TF150D31 452.00 5.5 200 200 9070T200D31 353.00 9070TF200D31 498.00 5.5 250 160 9070T250D31 381.00 9070TF250D31 564.00 7.1 300 200 9070T300D31 435.00 9070TF300D31 570.00 8.5 350 250 9070T350D31 455.00 9070TF350D31 630.00 10.5 500 300 9070T500D31 509.00 9070TF500D31 638.00 11.9 750 500 9070T750D31 710.00 9070TF750D31 795.00 11.0 1000 630 9070T1000D31 837.00 9070TF1000D31 920.00 20.6 1500 1000 9070T1500D31 1224.00 9070TF1500D31 1524.00 34.0 2000 1500 9070T2000D31 1854.00 9070TF2000D31 2154.00 47.0 3000 2000 9070T3000D31 2741.00 — — 60.0 5000 3000 9070T5000D31 3368.00 — — 89.0 600 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D37 135.00 9070TF50D37 372.00 75 75 9070T75D37 162.00 9070TF75D37 384.00 100 100 9070T100D37 182.00 9070TF100D37 394.00 150 150 9070T150D37 230.00 9070TF150D37 452.00 200 200 9070T200D37 293.00 9070TF200D37 498.00 250 160 9070T250D37 363.00 9070TF250D37 564.00 300 200 9070T300D37 372.00 9070TF300D37 570.00 350 250 9070T350D37 432.00 9070TF350D37 630.00 500 300 9070T500D37 471.00 9070TF500D37 638.00 750 500 9070T750D37 665.00 9070TF750D37 795.00 1000 630 9070T1000D37 837.00 9070TF1000D37 920.00 1500 1000 9070T1500D37 1170.00 9070TF1500D37 1524.00 2000 1500 9070T2000D37 1358.00 9070TF2000D37 2154.00 3000 2000 9070T3000D37 1914.00 — — 5000 3000 9070T5000D37 3015.00 — — 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 380/400/415 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D33 188.00 75 75 9070T75D33 197.00 100 100 9070T100D33 207.00 150 150 9070T150D33 273.00 200 200 9070T200D33 353.00 250 160 9070T250D33 381.00 300 200 9070T300D33 435.00 350 250 9070T350D33 455.00 500 300 9070T500D33 509.00 750 500 9070T750D33 710.00 1000 630 9070T1000D33 837.00 1500 1000 9070T1500D33 1224.00 2000 1500 9070T2000D33 1854.00 3000 2000 9070T3000D33 2741.00 5000 3000 9070T5000D33 3368.00 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 9070TF50D33 9070TF75D33 9070TF100D33 9070TF150D33 9070TF200D33 9070TF250D33 9070TF300D33 9070TF350D33 9070TF500D33 9070TF750D33 9070TF1000D33 9070TF1500D33 9070TF2000D33 — — 372.00 384.00 394.00 452.00 498.00 564.00 570.00 630.00 638.00 795.00 920.00 1524.00 2154.00 — — 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 CP8 Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Control Type T and Type TF Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us UL/CSA/ NOM CE Table 14.29: Type T and TF Transformers (continued) VA Type T Transformers Catalog No. $ Price 208/230/460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D20 188.00 75 75 9070T75D20 197.00 100 100 9070T100D20 207.00 150 150 9070T150D20 273.00 200 200 9070T200D20 353.00 250 160 9070T250D20 381.00 300 200 9070T300D20 435.00 350 250 9070T350D20 455.00 500 300 9070T500D20 509.00 750 500 9070T750D20 710.00 1000 630 9070T1000D20 837.00 1500 1000 9070T1500D20 1224.00 2000 1500 9070T2000D20 1854.00 3000 2000 9070T3000D20 2741.00 Type TF Transformers Catalog No. 9070TF50D20 9070TF75D20 9070TF100D20 9070TF150D20 9070TF200D20 9070TF250D20 9070TF300D20 9070TF350D20 9070TF500D20 9070TF750D20 9070TF1000D20 9070TF1500D20 9070TF2000D20 — $ Price Weight (lbs) 270.00 293.00 360.00 443.00 497.00 548.00 563.00 585.00 608.00 951.00 1320.00 1524.00 2154.00 — 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 8.5 10.5 10.5 11.9 11 20.6 34 47 60 89 240/480/600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 230/460/575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; 220/440/550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D32 188.00 9070TF50D32 372.00 3.8 75 75 9070T75D32 197.00 9070TF75D32 384.00 3.8 100 100 9070T100D32 207.00 9070TF100D32 394.00 5.5 150 150 9070T150D32 273.00 9070TF150D32 452.00 5.5 200 200 9070T200D32 353.00 9070TF200D32 498.00 7.1 250 160 9070T250D32 381.00 9070TF250D32 564.00 8.5 300 200 9070T300D32 435.00 9070TF300D32 570.00 10.5 350 250 9070T350D32 455.00 9070TF350D32 630.00 11.9 500 300 9070T500D32 509.00 9070TF500D32 638.00 11.0 750 500 9070T750D32 710.00 9070TF750D32 795.00 20.6 1000 630 9070T1000D32 837.00 9070TF1000D32 920.00 34.0 1500 1000 9070T1500D32 1224.00 9070TF1500D32 1524.00 47.0 2000 1500 9070T2000D32 1854.00 9070TF2000D32 2154.00 60.0 3000 2000 9070T3000D32 2741.00 — — 89.0 240/416/480/600 V Primary, 99/120/130 V Secondary; 230/400/460/575 V Primary, 95/115/125 V Secondary; 220/380/440/550 V Primary, 90/110/120 V Secondary; 208/360/416/520 V Primary, 85/104/115 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D50 315.00 9070TF50D50 502.00 75 75 9070T75D50 341.00 9070TF75D50 528.00 100 100 9070T100D50 350.00 9070TF100D50 537.00 150 150 9070T150D50 366.00 9070TF150D50 553.00 200 200 9070T200D50 417.00 9070TF200D50 604.00 250 160 9070T250D50 455.00 9070TF250D50 642.00 300 200 9070T300D50 497.00 9070TF300D50 684.00 350 250 9070T350D50 512.00 9070TF350D50 699.00 500 300 9070T500D50 656.00 9070TF500D50 843.00 750 500 9070T750D50 761.00 9070TF750D50 948.00 1000 630 9070T1000D50 996.00 9070TF1000D50 1183.00 1500 1000 9070T1500D50 1352.00 9070TF1500D50 1524.00 2000 1500 9070T2000D50 1854.00 9070TF2000D50 2154.00 3000 2000 9070T3000D50 2741.00 — — 4 7.2 7.1 8.5 10.5 10.5 11.9 11 11 20.6 34 47.0 60.0 89.0 240 V X 480 V Primary, 24/120 V Secondary (24 V limited to 20% Capacity) 50 50 9070T50D15 135.00 — — 75 75 9070T75D15 162.00 — — 100 100 9070T100D15 207.00 — — 150 150 9070T150D15 230.00 — — 200 200 9070T200D15 293.00 — — 250 160 9070T250D15 381.00 — — 300 200 9070T300D15 435.00 — — 350 250 9070T350D15 455.00 — — 500 300 9070T500D15 509.00 — — 750 500 9070T750D15 710.00 — — 1000 630 9070T1000D15 837.00 — — 1500 1000 9070T1500D15 1224.00 — — 2000 1500 9070T2000D15 1854.00 — — 3000 2000 9070T3000D15 2229.00 — — 5000 3000 9070T5000D15 3015.00 — — 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 47.0 60.0 89.0 © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP8 Type T Transformers VA VA UL/CSA/ NOM CE Catalog No. $ Price Weight (lbs) 240 V x 480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D2 75 75 9070T75D2 100 100 9070T100D2 150 150 9070T150D2 200 200 9070T200D2 250 160 9070T250D2 300 200 9070T300D2 350 250 9070T350D2 500 300 9070T500D2 750 500 9070T750D2 1000 630 9070T1000D2 135.00 162.00 182.00 230.00 293.00 363.00 372.00 432.00 471.00 665.00 837.00 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 208 V Primary, 24 V Secondary 50 50 75 75 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 160 300 200 350 250 500 300 750 500 1000 630 9070T50D14 9070T75D14 9070T100D14 9070T150D14 9070T200D14 9070T250D14 9070T300D14 9070T350D14 9070T500D14 9070T750D14 9070T1000D14 135.00 162.00 182.00 230.00 293.00 363.00 372.00 432.00 471.00 665.00 837.00 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 120 V x 240 V Primary, 24 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D23 75 75 9070T75D23 100 100 9070T100D23 150 150 9070T150D23 200 200 9070T200D23 250 160 9070T250D23 300 200 9070T300D23 350 250 9070T350D23 500 300 9070T500D23 750 500 9070T750D23 1000 630 9070T1000D23 135.00 162.00 182.00 230.00 293.00 363.00 372.00 432.00 471.00 665.00 837.00 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 120 V Primary, 12/24 V Secondary 50 50 75 75 100 100 150 150 200 200 250 160 300 200 350 250 500 300 750 500 1000 630 9070T50D13 9070T75D13 9070T100D13 9070T150D13 9070T200D13 9070T250D13 9070T300D13 9070T350D13 9070T500D13 9070T750D13 9070T1000D13 135.00 162.00 182.00 230.00 293.00 363.00 372.00 432.00 471.00 665.00 837.00 2.5 3.8 3.8 5.5 5.5 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.0 20.6 MultiTap 24 Volt Control Primary 208/240/277/380/480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary 50 50 9070T50D19 75 75 9070T75D19 100 100 9070T100D19 150 150 9070T150D19 200 200 9070T200D19 250 160 9070T250D19 300 200 9070T300D19 350 250 9070T350D19 500 300 9070T500D19 750 500 9070T750D19 1000 630 9070T1000D19 188.00 197.00 207.00 273.00 353.00 381.00 435.00 455.00 509.00 710.00 837.00 4.0 7.2 7.2 7.1 8.5 10.5 11.9 11.9 11.0 20.6 34.0 Discount Schedule 14-15 TRANSFORMERS VA 14 Table 14.28: Industrial Control Type T and Type TF Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901 Table 14.30: Type Voltage Code T25 D1 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20, D32 D19, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37, D20, D32 D19, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20, D32 D19, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37, D20 D19, D32 D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20 D19, D32 D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20 D19, D32, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D19, D20 D32, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D19, D20, D32 D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D19, D20, D32, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D19, D20, D32, D50 D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D19, D20, D32, D50 D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20, D32, D50 D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20, D32, D50 D3, D4, D15, D31, D33, D37 D20 D1, D5, D32, D50 D3, D4, D15, D31, D33, D37 D1, D5, D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 D20, D32, D50 T50 T75 T100 T150 14 T200 T250 TRANSFORMERS T300 T350 T500 T750 T1000 T1500 T2000 T3000 T5000 TF2000 14-16 Table 14.31: Type T Dimensions Height Width Depth Accessory Key In. 2.58 mm 66 In. 3.00 mm 76 In. 3.09 mm 79 2.58 66 3.00 76 3.09 79 2.89 2.89 73 73 3.38 3.38 86 86 3.34 85 4.43 113.0 2.58 66 3.00 76 3.09 79 I 3.20 81 3.75 95 4.7 119.4 III, IV 2.89 73 3.38 86 3.34 85 3.20 3.20 81 81 3.75 3.75 95 95 3.59 91 4.7 119.4 3.20 81 3.75 95 3.59 3.20 3.84 81 98.0 3.20 81 3.20 3.84 3.84 81 98.0 98.0 3.21 82 3.84 3.84 98.0 98.0 91 3.75 95 4.7 119.4 4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4 3.75 95 3.59 91 3.75 95 4.7 119.4 4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4 4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8 3.75 95 5.30 135 4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4 4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8 I I II III, IV I II III, IV I II III, IV I II II III, IV I II III, IV 3.84 98.0 4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4 I 3.84 3.84 98.0 98.0 4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8 4.50 114.3 5.49 139.4 II III, IV 3.84 98.0 4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8 3.84 98.0 4.50 114.3 5.49 139.4 4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 5.61 142.5 3.84 98.0 4.50 114.3 5.49 139.4 4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 5.61 142.5 I II III, IV I III, IV 4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 5.61 142.5 I 4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 6.30 160.0 III, IV 4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 6.30 160.0 I 6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 5.92 150.4 III, IV 6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 5.92 150.4 I 6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1 III, IV 6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1 I 7.63 193.8 9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1 7.63 193.8 9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1 7.63 194 9.00 229 8.31 211 8.75 222 9.00 229 7.24 184 8.75 222 9.00 229 9.15 232 7.63 194 9.00 229 8.31 211 8.75 222 9.00 229 9.15 232 III, IV I II I III, IV I I 7.46 189.5 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1 I 9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1 III, IV CP8 Type Voltage Code Height In. TF25 D1 4 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4 TF50 D20, D32 4.25 D50 4.25 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, 4.25 D37, D20, D32 TF75 D50 4.55 D1, D5,D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4.25 TF100 D20, D32 4.55 D50 4.55 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, 4.55 D37, D20 TF150 D32 4.55 D50 5.1 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4.55 D20 5.1 TF200 D32 5.1 D50 5.1 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4.55 TF250 D20 5.1 D32, D50 5.1 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.1 TF300 D20 5.1 D32, D50 5.1 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.1 TF350 D20, D32 5.1 D50 5.73 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.1 TF500 D20, D32, D50 5.73 D1, D5,D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.73 TF750 D20, D32, D50 5.73 D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.73 TF1000 D20, D32, D50 7.46 D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31, 7.46 D33, D37 TF1500 D20, D32, D50 7.46 D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31, 7.46 D33, D37 TF2000 D20, D32, D50 Discount Schedule www.schneider-electric.us Type TF Dimensions Width Depth In. mm 3.09 79 3.09 79 3.34 85 4.43 113.0 Accessory Key mm 101.6 101.6 107.9 107.9 In. 3.00 3.00 3.38 3.38 mm 76 76 86 86 107.9 3.00 76 3.09 115.6 107.9 115.6 115.6 3.75 3.38 3.75 3.75 95 86 95 95 4.7 119.4 3.34 85 3.59 91 4.7 119.4 115.6 3.75 95 3.59 91 I 115.6 129.6 115.6 129.6 129.6 129.6 115.6 129.6 129.6 129.6 129.6 129.6 129.6 129.6 145.6 129.6 145.6 145.6 145.6 145.6 189.5 3.75 4.50 3.75 3.75 4.50 4.50 3.75 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.25 4.50 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 7.06 95 114.3 95 95 114.3 114.3 95 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 133.4 114.3 133.4 133.4 133.4 133.4 179.3 4.7 4.74 3.59 4.7 4.74 5.11 5.30 4.74 5.11 4.74 5.11 5.49 5.11 5.49 5.61 5.49 5.61 5.61 6.30 6.30 5.92 119.4 120.4 91 119.4 120.4 129.8 135 120.4 129.8 120.4 129.8 139.4 129.8 139.4 142.5 139.4 142.5 142.5 160.0 160.0 150.4 II III, IV I II II III, IV I II III, IV I II III, IV I II III, IV I III, IV I III, IV I III, IV 189.5 7.06 179.3 5.92 150.4 I 189.5 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1 III, IV 189.5 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1 I 9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1 III, IV 79 I I II III, IV I III, IV I II III, IV © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Control Type T and Type TF Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us 21.00 30.00 30.00 10 10 10 SF25A 25–200 25–150 — 210.00 300.00 300.00 SF25B 250–2000 200–2000 25–2000 SF41A b 25–200 25–150 — 200–2000 25–2000 Kits must be ordered separately. Also supplied in bulk packages of 100 individual covers. Add “B” to Type number (available only on FSC1B and FSC2B). Table 14.33: Separate NEMA Type 1 Enclosures for Transformers Class 9991 Type UE7 For Use With EO1, EO17, T50 EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15, EO16, EO18, EO19, T75, T100, T150, T200, T250, T300, T350, T500 EO51, EO61, T750, T1000, EO71 LG1 SDG4 SF41B b 250–2000 FB1A 25–200 25–150 — FB1B 250–2000 200–2000 25–2000 NOTE: User must drill mounting holes. See pages 16-106 and 16-107 for dimensions. I II III, IV Description Two jumpers per bag Minimum order 3003302754 T250–T5000 T200–T3000 T25–T3000 of 50 kits 3003302753 T25–T200 T25–T150 — Order Qty. Type Accessory Key Catalog No. Order $ Price Jumper Kits $ Price Each Table 14.34: b 8.00 50 400.00 5.00 50 250.00 NOTE: Jumpers are supplied with voltage codes that require them. If additional kits are required, order per above chart. Table 14.35: Fuse Pullers (For Use on TF and FB Accessory) $ Price Each 33.00 Catalog No. 9070FP1 Order Qty. 10 Order $ Price 330.00 Field Installed Fuse Options Table 14.37: Type — 200–2000 25–2000 87.00 1 87.00 87.00 1 87.00 Primary Fusing Type Accessory Key I Order $ Price 25–150 Description Three pole fuse block for primary and secondary fusing, accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse (2 rejection and 1 non-rejection) Three pole fuse block for primary and secondary fusing, accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse (2 rejection and 1 non-rejection) Order $ Price 250–2000 III, IV Order Qty. 25–200 II Order Qty. FB3B I $ Price Each Type FB3A Primary and Secondary Fusing Type Accessory Key II III, IV Description Two pole fuse block for primary fusing, FB2A 25–200 25–150 — accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse (2 rejection) Two pole fuse block for primary fusing, FB2B 250–2000 200–2000 25–2000 accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse (2 rejection) © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price Each Table 14.36: Secondary fuse block accommodates 1-1/4 x 1/4 inch fuse Secondary fuse block accommodates 1-1/4 x 1/4 inch fuse Secondary fuse clip accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse Secondary fuse clip accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse One pole fuse block for secondary fusing, accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse (1 non-rejection) One pole fuse block for secondary fusing, accommodates 1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse (1 non-rejection) 75.00 75.00 1 75.00 CP8 210.00 21.00 10 210.00 18.00 10 180.00 18.00 10 180.00 53.00 1 53.00 53.00 1 53.00 Selection Guide 1. Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control circuit and the VA of all other components. 2. Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other loads. (This determines the minimum VA size required for the circuit.) 3. Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same time and all loads and coils that are running. 4. Locate a value in the VA column of Table 14.39 that is equal to or greater than the value calculated in step 2. 5. In the VA row selected in step 4, find the inrush value under the appropriate voltage regulation column of Table 14.39. If this value is greater than the calculated value from step 3, this is the correct transformer VA rating. If the inrush value on the selected VA row is not greater than the calculated value from step 3, use the next higher transformer VA rating, that is, the rating on the next row. If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%, Schneider Electric recommends you use the 90% secondary voltage column. If your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates more than 10% we recommend you use the 95% secondary voltage column. We recommend that you never use the 85% secondary voltage column since magnetic devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously started at 85% of rated voltage. Regulation Chart for Type T Inrush VA @ 20% power factor 1 10 SF41 can be installed on the following voltage codes: D1, D5, D24, D3, D4, D51, D2, D23, D14, D25, D20, D95, D19, D22, D36. I = voltage codes D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D12, D13, D14, D15, D23, D24, D25, D31, D32, D33, D36, D5 II = voltage codes D18, D20 III, IV= voltage codes D19, D50 c Table 14.39: 75.00 21.00 VA 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000 Discount Schedule 95% Secondary Voltage 193 271 339 666 588 1416 1634 1894 3197 3770 6587 19324 31384 26539 53111 90% Secondary Voltage 266 396 499 893 815 1910 2184 2592 4104 5515 9079 23983 38777 39934 85265 85% Secondary Voltage 339 20 659 1120 1041 2388 2709 3261 4981 7231 11430 28607 6161 52713 116277 Inrush VA @ 40% power factor 95% Secondary Voltage 151 210 266 529 459 1057 1194 1392 2374 2887 4706 15066 24794 19355 39368 90% Secondary Voltage 215 318 404 731 659 1494 1681 2005 3195 4391 6886 19361 31630 30721 66309 85% Secondary Voltage 282 430 549 942 866 1936 2169 621 4019 5945 9051 23756 38667 42216 93882 14-17 TRANSFORMERS 2 covers per kit 2 covers per kit 2 covers per kit Description III, IV 14 Description II Order $ Price a III, IV — — T25–T5000 Order Qty. FSC1 FSC2 FSC23 I II T25–T200 T25–T150 T250–T5000 T250–T5000 — — $ Price Each Type Accessory Key a Type I Fingersafe™ Covers (Not Supplied with Unit) Order $ Price Type Table 14.32: Field-Installable Secondary Fuse Clips Type Accessory Key c Order Qty. Table 14.38: The Type T control transformers offer multiple field installable accessories: $ Price Each Accessories Transformer Disconnects NEMA Type 1and Type 12 Enclosures Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Transformer Disconnects for NEMA Type 1 and Type 12 Enclosures Square D™ brand transformer disconnects mount inside or outside a control system enclosure. The transformer disconnect being connected directly to the 480 V system controls power for auxiliary, single-phase loads when the main three-phase disconnect is either ON or OFF. The transformer disconnect is normally wired to the line side of the control panel's main disconnect. This convenient source of 120 V power can be used for auxiliary or isolated loads, such as panel lighting, portable power tools, and programmable controller equipment. Units consist of copper-wound transformers, a disconnect switch, and primary and secondary fuse blocks. All blocks are installed in NEMA Type 1 or Type 12 enclosures. Transformer disconnects are UL Listed. Use Square D™ brand Type TF industrial control transformers and Square D™ brand disconnect switches. Multiple enclosure options and accessories are available. See catalog 9070CT0301 or contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor. Transformer disconnects are available in NEMA Type 1 Standard, NEMA Type 12 Standard, and NEMA Type 1 Mini. 14 Table 14.40: VA • • • • Standard NEMA Type 1 Mini NEMA Type 1 Compact NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Transformer Disconnects Catalog No. $ Price Without Outlet Catalog No. $ Price H Enclosure With Outlet W D In. mm In. mm In. mm Weight (lbs) TRANSFORMERS NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary (Compact Design) 100 9070MN100G0D1 1338.00 9070MN100G0D1G13 250 9070MN250G0D1 1488.00 9070MN250G0D1G13 500 9070MN500G0D1 1640.00 9070MN500G0D1G13 750 9070SK750G3D1 1721.00 9070SK750G3D1G13 1000 9070SK1000G3D1 2259.00 9070SK1000G3D1G13 1500 9070SK1500G3D1 3351.00 9070SK1500G3D1G13 2000 9070SK2000G3D1 4257.00 9070SK2000G3D1G13 3000 9070SK3000G3D1 5696.00 9070SK3000G3D1G13 1551.00 1701.00 1853.00 1934.00 2472.00 3564.00 4470.00 5909.00 G0 G0 G0 G3 G3 G3 G3 G3 7.00 7.00 7.00 13.40 13.40 13.40 13.40 13.40 178 178 178 340 340 340 340 340 11.30 11.30 11.30 14.80 14.80 14.80 14.80 14.80 287 287 287 376 376 376 376 376 7.81 7.81 7.81 10.21 10.21 10.21 10.21 10.21 198 198 198 259 259 259 259 259 16 21 24 47 51 65 71 85 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 250 9070SK250G1D1 1353.00 9070SK250G1D1G13 500 9070SK500G1D1 1488.00 9070SK500G1D1G13 750 9070SK750G1D1 1674.00 9070SK750G1D1G13 1000 9070SK1000G1D1 2199.00 9070SK1000G1D1G13 1500 9070SK1500G2D1 3255.00 9070SK1500G2D1G13 2000 9070SK2000G2D1 3699.00 9070SK2000G2D1G13 3000 9070SK3000G2D1 4955.00 9070SK3000G2D1G13 1566.00 1701.00 1887.00 2412.00 3468.00 3912.00 5168.00 G1 G1 G1 G1 G2 G2 G2 9.40 9.40 9.40 9.40 13.40 13.40 13.40 239 239 239 239 340 340 340 11.80 11.80 11.80 11.80 14.80 14.80 14.80 300 300 300 300 376 376 376 8.96 8.96 8.96 8.96 12.21 12.21 12.21 228 228 228 228 310 310 310 26 28 33 37 67 73 87 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 5000 9070SK5000G4D9 7748.00 9070SK5000G4D9G13 7961.00 G4 16.90 429 18.20 462 14.50 368 125 NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary 250 9070SK250A2D1 3281.00 9070SK250A2D1G13 500 9070SK500A2D1 3417.00 9070SK500A2D1G13 750 9070SK750A2D1 3621.00 9070SK750A2D1G13 1000 9070SK1000A2D1 3723.00 9070SK1000A2D1G13 1500 9070SK1500A2D1 4095.00 9070SK1500A2D1G13 2000 9070SK2000A2D1 4364.00 9070SK2000A2D1G13 3000 9070SK3000A2D1 5448.00 9070SK3000A2D1G13 3494.00 3630.00 3834.00 3936.00 4308.00 4577.00 5661.00 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 16.50 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 14.50 14.50 14.50 14.50 14.50 14.50 14.50 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 13.50 13.50 13.50 13.50 13.50 13.50 13.50 343 343 343 343 343 343 343 46 49 53 58 79 85 99 NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary, Flange Switch 250 9070SK250A3D1 3281.00 9070SK250A3D1G13 500 9070SK500A3D1 3417.00 9070SK500A3D1G13 750 9070SK750A3D1 3621.00 9070SK750A3D1G13 1000 9070SK1000A3D1 3723.00 9070SK1000A3D1G13 1500 9070SK1500A3D1 4095.00 9070SK1500A3D1G13 2000 9070SK2000A3D1 4364.00 9070SK2000A3D1G13 3494.00 3630.00 3834.00 3936.00 4308.00 4577.00 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 A3 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 394 394 394 394 394 394 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 432 432 432 432 432 432 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 254 254 254 254 254 254 48 53 57 61 75 86 14-18 CP8 Discount Schedule © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Instrument, 600 Volt Class Voltage and Current Transformers Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Voltage Transformers Schneider Electric offers three models of voltage transformers, each suited for a particular application: • Model 450R — Applications requiring accurate voltage measurement within the 0.3% accuracy class — Switchboards with 1% instrumentation • Model 460R — Applications with less critical accuracy and low burden requirements — Transducers and other panelboard monitoring • Model E470 — Extremely accurate voltage measurement — Low burden applications, such as PLC modules and similar, high-impedance electronic devices Table 14.41: Voltage Transformers Application Model Number Accuracy/Burden and Thermal Rating Large Burden Small Burden Small Burden 450R 460R 470R 0.3 W, X, M, Y; 500 VA Thermal 0.6 W, 1.2X; 150 VA Thermal 0.3W, 1.2X; 150 VA Thermal Primary Voltages (120 V Secondary) 120–600 V 120–600 V 120–600 V Current Transformers Current Transformers Window Diameter In. 1.3 28 1.56 40 1.94 49 2.25 57 2.34 59 2.50 63 3.50 89 4.00 102 4.25 108 4.50 114 5.25 5.75 6.25 133 146 159 6.88 175 8.13 2.12 x 4.25 3.50 x 6.25 3.56 x 8.81 7.45 x 3.75 206 54 x 108 89 x 159 90 x 224 189 x 95 a b © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved mm Usual Application Model Number 2NR 5NR 54R 64R 66R 7RL Metering Metering or Control Relaying High Output Relaying X X X X X 7RT 74R 76R 74RFT 180R 200R 201R 100R 110R 170R 312R 202R 203R 120R 210R 151R 152R 140R 260R 273 270R 560R X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Primary Range in Amperes a UL Recognized Product 50–300 100–600 100–600 100–750 100–750 50–1500 50–1500 150–1500 b 200–1500 200–1500 — 100–1500 100–600 100–800 200–2000 200–2000 200–2000 600–4000 100–1000 100–3000 200–3000 200–3000 600–4000 50–4000 50–6000 100–4000 200–4000 400–5000 400–5000 Yes With a 5 A secondary. With a 1 A secondary. 14-19 14 Table 14.42: TRANSFORMERS Current transformers are low cost, compact units that offer good electrical performance in a general purpose transformer. • They are very easy to mount on the conductors. • All current transformers feature permanent polarity marks molded into the case. The following types of current transformers are available: • General purpose • Toroidal (single ratio) • Rectangle window (single ratio) • Split core • Bushing (single ratio) (multi-ratio) For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for other available features. Energy Efficient, Dry Type 2.4, 5, and 15 kV Ordering Information To complete the threeor single-phase catalog numbers on this page: 14 TRANSFORMERS 1. In Table 14.44 or Table 14.46, find your required voltage rating. 2. Note the voltage code for that rating. 3. In Table 14.43 or Table 14.45, find the transformer with the required voltage rating. 4. Replace the ( ) in the catalog number of that transformer with the voltage code noted in step 2. Example 1: 1000 kVA, 3Ø, 60 Hz, 150 °C temp. rise, 60 kV BIL, NEMA sound level, ventilated indoor enclosure, 13.2 kV delta 480Y/277, 2-2.5% full capacity taps. 2AN and 2BN = catalog no. EE1000T51H. Example 2: 750 kVA 3Ø, 60 Hz, 80 °C temp. rise, 60 kV BIL, NEMA sound level, ventilated indoor enclosure, 4160 V Delta, 480Y/277, 2-2.5% full capacity taps. 2AN and 2BN = catalog no. EE750T19HB. Add 20% to listed price. Example 3: 167 kVA, 2400/4160Y-120/240, 1Ø, 60 Hz = catalog no. EE167S13H. The unit would be supplied with 2–2.5% above and 2–2.5% full capacity below normal taps on the primary. Three- and Single-Phase; 1201–15,000 Volts Class 7432 1201–15,000 V, Single-Phase, Indoor Transformers All transformers are built with 220 oC insulation and 150 oC temperature rise. For 115 oC rise add 10% to price and F to catalog number. For 80 oC rise add 20% to price and B to catalog number. Check with your local Schneider Electric representative to verify dimensional changes and weights and for copper windings. Standard high voltage taps: 4-2.5%, 2AN and 2BN. For 4-2.5% FCBN, add BN to catalog number. All transformers are built with 220 oC insulation and 150 oC temperature rise. For 115 oC rise add 10% to price and F to catalog number. For 80 oC rise add 20% to price and B to catalog number, and check with your local Schneider Electric representative for dimensional changes. Standard high voltage taps: 4–2.5%, 2AN and 2BN. For 4-2.5% FCBN, add BN to catalog number. Table 14.43: kVA Three-Phase Transformers Catalog No. $ Price Enclosure a Weight (lbs) 36D 37D 37D 38D 38D 39F 40F 40F 41F 42F 15 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz,150 °C Rise 112.5 EE112T( )H 58586.00 150 EE150T( )H 72309.00 225 EE225T( )H 98125.00 300 EE300T( )H 137445.00 500 EE500T( )H 139650.00 750 b EE750T( )H 165870.00 1000 b EE1000T( )H 210915.00 1500 b EE1500T( )H 241298.00 2000 b EE2000T( )H 282852.00 2500 b EE2500T( )H 327549.00 3000 b EE3000T( )H 421833.00 38D 38D 45D 45D 44F 39F 40F 40F 41F 42F 42F a b Table 14.45: 2200 2420 3080 3630 5500 6600 8140 9900 11990 13420 16940 Single-Phase Transformers Weight (lbs) Enclosure c 2.4 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise 167 EE167S( )H 45444.00 250 EE250S( )H 59253.00 333 EE333S( )H 72783.00 1650 2420 3300 38D 38D 45D 5 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise 167 EE167S( )H 48777.00 250 EE250S( )H 63312.00 333 EE333S( )H 77478.00 1650 2420 3520 38D 38D 45D 15 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise 167 EE167S( )H 56136.00 250 EE250S( )H 72705.00 333 EE333S( )H 86835.00 2640 3740 5500 38D 45D 45D kVA 2.4 kV and 5 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise 112.5 EE112T( )H 51125.00 1540 150 EE150T( )H 62805.00 1760 225 EE225T( )H 84500.00 2090 300 EE300T( )H 101965.00 2310 500 EE500T( )H 119077.00 3520 750 b EE750T( )H 149110.00 4290 1000 b EE1000T( )H 185080.00 8140 1500 b EE1500T( )H 222440.00 9900 2000 b EE2000T( )H 255265.00 11990 2500 b EE2500T( )H 308692.00 13420 c Catalog No. Table 14.44: kV Class 2.4 30 kV BIL 5 30 kV BIL Three-Phase Voltage Codes Code 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 Primary 2400 Delta 2400 Delta 2400 Delta 2400 Delta 2400 Delta 4160 Delta 4160 Delta 4160 Delta 4160 Delta 4160 Delta 4160Y/2400 4160Y/2400 4160/2400 4800 Delta 4800 Delta 4800 Delta 4800 Delta 4800 Delta 7200 Delta 7200 Delta 7200 Delta 7200 Delta 7200 Delta 12000 Delta 12000 Delta 12000 Delta 12000 Delta 12000 Delta 12470 Delta 12470 Delta 12470 Delta 12470 Delta 12470 Delta 12470Y/7200 12470Y/7200 12470Y/7200 13200 Delta 13200 Delta 13200 Delta 13200 Delta 13200 Delta 13200Y/7620 13200Y/7620 13200Y/7620 13800 Delta 13800 Delta 13800 Delta 13800 Delta 13800 Delta PE6D Secondary 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta 208Y/120 480Y/277 240 Delta 480 Delta 600 Delta Discount Schedule $ Price See 14-10 for enclosures. Enclosures are for indoor use only. Transformers suitable for outdoor use are available on special order. Adding a weather shield will not make medium voltage transformer suitable for outdoor use. Table 14.46: Single-Phase Voltage Codes kV Class 2.4 30 kV BIL 5 30 kV BIL See 14-10 for enclosures. Enclosures are for indoor use only. Transformers suitable for outdoor use are available on special order. Adding a weather shield will not make medium voltage transformer suitable for outdoor use. Dimensions and prices listed for 480 volt secondary only. For 240 V or 208 V, contact your local Schneider Electric representative. 15 60 kV BIL 14-20 www.schneider-electric.us 1201–15,000 V, Three-Phase, Indoor Transformers 15 60 kV BIL Code 14 25 13 15 16 24 26 27 17 18 28 29 19 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 34 Primary 2400 Delta 2400 Delta 2400/4160Y 4800 Delta 4160 Delta 2400/4160Y 4800 Delta 4160 Delta 4160/7200Y 7200 4160/7200Y 7200 4160/12470Y 7620/13200Y 12470 13200 13800 4160/12470Y 7620/13200Y 12470 13200 13800 Secondary 120/240 277 120/240 20/240 20/240 277 277 277 120/240 120/240 277 277 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 277 277 277 277 277 Special Notes 1. Distribution class lightning arresters are recommended as good practice, but are not included in the above prices. Arrester addition may affect dimensions. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative. 2. For 15 kV transformers requiring bottom entrance or exit, a separate compartment is required for adequate termination space and clearance. Transformers 1500 kVA and above with top entrance or exit may require a separate compartment to provide adequate wiring space. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for special requirements. 3. If the transformer requires a 94-inch high enclosure for a switchgear line-up, or if a special enclosure is required, contact your local Schneider Electric representative. 4. For 95 kV BIL, consult your local Schneider Electric representative. (May affect dimensions.) © 2011 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 15 Medical Products Operating Room Isolated Power Panel (see page 15-2) Isolated Power Panels Operating Room Panels 15-2 ICU/CCU Panels 15-2 Controlled Panels 15-3 X-ray and Laser Receptacles 15-3 Duplex Panels 15-3 Dual Output Voltage Panels 15-3 Line Isolation Monitor (LIM) Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Remote Indicators/Displays 15-4 15-4 15-4 Remote Alarm Indicators 15-4 Nurses’ Station Indicators/Alarm Annunciator 15-5 IGT Dual Clock/Timer 15-5 IGT1550 Remote Control 15-5 Accessories Iso-Gard Series 6 LIM (see page 15-4) 15-2 15-6 Power/Ground Modules 15-6 Hospital Ground Cords and Jacks 15-6 MEDICAL PRODUCTS All Square D™ brand Isolated Power Panels meet or exceed UL® 1022 and 1047 and are cUL Listed. All products listed in this section are available through standard ordering procedures from authorized Schneider Electric distributors. For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Call 1-888-778-2733 or visit www.schneider-electric.us. 15 Iso-Gard IGR Nurses’ Station Indicator (see page 15-5) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 15-1 Medical Products Isolated Power Panels Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Life Safety from Schneider Electric Medical Products Schneider Electric has been deeply involved in isolated power systems since 1944. The current Iso-Gard™ brand of isolated power panels has evolved over the years and will continue to do so. With the ever-changing needs of the health care industry, Schneider Electric is the leader in innovation and design. Recent updates to some of our current panels include the ability to use bolt-on or plug-on circuit breakers in all panels. With the growing need for X-ray and laser use, the controlled power panel solves many difficult situations where both of these technologies are required, but at different ampere ratings. Mixing and matching components is easier today than ever before, with panels that can serve up to 16 circuits. The Iso-Gard Series 6 line isolation monitor (LIM) has communication capabilities and the ability to monitor the transformer temperature and current flow. Schneider Electric can work with facility managers, design engineers, contractors, or anyone else trying to design an isolated power system. We can provide custom configurations to fit your needs. Simply configure the panel desired by starting with the basic operating room (OR) panel and adding the intensive care unit (ICU)/critical care unit (CCU) or controlled power panel options you need. • Panels are field expandable to 16 circuits for all panels by adding Square D™ brand QO™ or QOB circuit breakers from Schneider Electric. • Panels come with a main circuit breaker. • Panels are 5 mA and field adjustable to 2mA. • Six-inch deep panels are not available for all kVA ratings. Orders can be automatically configured on the Schneider Electric brand ordering system available from your nearest Schneider Electric distributor. To request drawings and/or product design and availability information, send an e-mail to: medical_products@us.schneider-electric.com Operating Room Panels 15 First introduced in the 1960s, but newly redesigned in 2011, this standard unit is most often used to supply 120 V service to the receptacles in an operating room. However, its use is not restricted to that application; it can also be used in critical care areas. This panel incorporates the following Schneider Electric components: • Primary circuit breaker • Isolation transformer — low-leakage — electrostatically shielded — 180 °C insulat ion system — 115 °C temperature rise — 30 dB sound level • Reference ground bus bar • Iso-Gard LIM • NQ panelboard interior MEDICAL PRODUCTS Operating room panels are non-ventilated and are supplied with a #304 stainless steel trim with a brushed finish. Under continuous full load and normal hospital ambient conditions, the surface temperature of the front trim panel will be no greater than 50 °C. The panels are UL Listed under Section 1047, Isolated Power Systems Equipment Table 15.1: Operating Room Panel Ordering Information Catalog No. kVA Rating Backbox Depth (in inches) 3 and 5 6 7.5 and 10 8 SIP Width/Height (in inches) 24 W x 43 H ICU/CCU Panels Redesigned in 2011, these panels incorporate the same components and features as the operating room panels, but have the added feature of eight power receptacles and six approved grounding jacks connected to a ground bus for attaching fixed equipment and building structural grounds. The power receptacles are “hospital only,” locking-type receptacles. Duplex or single receptacles are available on request. Although the panel is designed to serve the needs of a coronary care or intensive care bed, it has been widely applied to provide power within special procedure rooms, cardiovascular laboratories, and general operating rooms. Table 15.2: 15-2 ICU/CCUPanel Ordering Information Catalog No. kVA Rating Backbox Depth (in inches) Width/Height (in inches) SIP 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 8 24 W x 45 H © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medical Products Isolated Power Panels Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Controlled Panels Controlled isolated power panels from Schneider Electric are designed to provide power for portable equipment outlets. In the past, most equipment operated on 60 A circuits. Today, these loads vary from 20 to 60 A and multiple pieces of equipment are being used. By applying the proper kVA loading, a panel can now provide power to multiple rooms and maintain safe operating conditions. All these panels are available in both one-phase and three-phase configurations with 5 to 25 kVA ratings. The type of controls applied depends on the need. Schneider Electric has a variety of control schemes from push buttons to switches located in the operating room. The NEC requires that an audible and visual indication of alarm be available wherever isolated power is used. We use a receptacle module with a remote alarm indicator built into it for this purpose. A receptacle module without a remote alarm indicator is also available. The control of these circuits is important not only for the safety of turning them on and off, but they also turn the remote alarm indicators on and off at the same time. This reduces any confusion caused by an alarm going off in the operating room from circuits that don’t need to be energized. The basic control scheme is the mechanical interlock panel. The panel will serve various locations within the hospital. Interlocking circuitry allows predetermined locations to be used at any given time. Consequently, the line isolation monitor (LIM) monitors only the wiring and its inherent leakage to that receptacle. Remote indicator alarm stations must be located at the receptacle location. A push button station located in the panel controls the interlocking system. If the panel location is inaccessible or inconvenient for operating personnel, the push button station is available in a separate module that can be installed at the nurses' station or any other convenient location. This can be an inconvenience since this type of control system requires someone to select which room will be turned on. It also poses a potential problem in that someone could easily push a button to turn the power on in another room, thus turning off the power in a room that may actually be usinga piece of equipment. Table 15.3: Controlled Panel Ordering Information Catalog No. SIP kVA Rating Backbox Depth (in inches) 15 12 25 14 Width/Height (in inches) 30 W x 51 H Receptacle Modules for Controlled Panels X-ray/laser power receptacle modules from Schneider Electric provide a convenient source of power for portable X-ray and laser equipment. The receptacle provided in each module is matched to the NEMA plug configuration of the equipment with which it will be used, and is mounted behind the door on the stainless steel face plate. The door features a concealed hinge and a touch latch. The Duplex Isolation Power Panel is a single enclosure containing two complete hospital isolation systems. A divider in the unit’s backbox separates the systems from top-to-bottom and front-to-back. Each system has its own set of equipment, all of which is manufactured by Schneider Electric: • Primary circuit breaker • Isolation transformer • Reference ground bus bar • Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM) • NQ panelboard interior a Duplex Isolation Panel Ordering Information Catalog No. kVA Rating a Backbox Depth (in inches) Width/Height (in inches) SIX 3–10 8 34 W x 71 H 15 Table 15.4: Panels are available in any combination of two kVA ratings. Dual Output Voltage Panels The dual output voltage, hospital isolated power panel is a single, ungrounded panel that can supply two different output voltages simultaneously. Similar to a standard distribution panel or load center, it can supply both 120/208 V or 120/240 V of ungrounded, isolated, single-phase power using only one isolation transformer. Other hospital isolation panels can supply only one output voltage. Typically, the 208 or 240 V circuits of the dual output voltage panel supply power to operating room equipment such as mobile X-ray machines or surgical lasers. At the same time, the panel’s 120 V circuits can supply power to convenience receptacles, surgical lights, X-ray film illuminators, sterilizers, and other 120 V appliances commonly found in operating rooms. This panel is ideally suited as a power supply for power/ground modules and X-ray indicator/receptacle modules. Table 15.5: Catalog No. SIDV © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MEDICAL PRODUCTS Duplex Panels Dual Output Panel Ordering Information Output Voltage Rating (in Vac) 120/208 120/240 Backbox Depth (in inches) Width/Height (in inches) 14 34 W x 51 H 15-3 Medical Products Line Isolation Monitor, Remote Alarm Indicators Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Line Isolation Monitor—UL Recognized The Square D brand, Iso-Gard Series 6, microprocessor-controlled, line isolation monitor (LIM) is included as standard equipment in all Schneider Electric hospital isolation panels. This LIM is also available as a replacement unit for older LIMs, is a direct replacement for all previous Schneider Electric LIMs, and is electrically compatible with all hospital isolated power systems. • • • • • Automatic and manual self-test and self-calibration that reduces the frequency of required periodic testing Digital and analog display Unique audible alarm that will not be confused with other equipment UL component recognized and CSA classified Microprocessor-controlled circuitry for highest accuracy and stability Table 15.6: Iso-Gard LIM Ordering Information and Specifications Catalog No. Operating Voltage Hazard Current Alarm Level Mode Monitor Hazard Current IG6 85–265 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz 2 or 5 mA (selectable) Single-phase 25 µA or less 15 Remote Alarm Indicators The National Electrical Code® (NEC®) requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160). Schneider Electric offers the IG2000P and RA1 remote alarm indicators for this purpose. MEDICAL PRODUCTS IG2000P 15-4 RA1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Medical Products Nurses’ Station Indicators, Clock/Timer Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Nurses’ Station Indicators/Alarm Annunciators Nurses’ station indicators are available by combining the standard IG2000P remote onto a ganged plate or by using the new IGR or IGRD indicators/alarm annunciators. The IGR unit can support up to 199 panels on a single, twisted-pair connector. The IGRD unit has a larger capacity. IGR IGRD Iso-Gard™ IGT Dual Clock/Timer The IGT unit displays both time of day and elapsed time information. The top, four-digit display shows the current time. It can operate in both 12- and 24-hour time modes. The bottom, four-digit display is an elapsed time counter controlled by the Count/Reset and Hold/Resume buttons. • Bright-red LED display for enhanced readability under the intense lighting conditions found in hospital operating rooms • 12/24 hour selectable mode • Power outage backup for at least 24 hours without batteries • Designed for flush wall mounting MEDICAL PRODUCTS A multi-display unit is available by combining the IGT unit into a four display unit and utilizing an IGT 1550 four-point remote control. Iso-Gard™ IGT1550 Remote Control The IGT1550 remote control provides the ability to control a clock/elapsed timer, such as the IGT, from a more convenient location. IGT 15 IGT1550 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 15-5 Medical Products Accessories Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Power/Ground Modules When both ground jacks and power receptacles are required, these UL Listed modules offer convenience and save labor in field wiring. The units include four power receptacles, four twist-to-lock ground jacks, and a ground bus with a generous number of lugs for external ground connections. The main ground connection in the module accommodates up to a #1/0 cable. The units are completely factory wired; only field power connections and ground connections are necessary. They are furnished with Type 304, brushed stainless steel face plates. 4 Red Duplex Receptacles and 4 Ground Jacks 4 Locking Receptacles and 4 Ground Jacks Hospital Ground Cords and Jacks 15 Schneider Electric provides hospital-grade devices for the supply and grounding of portable equipment. • Hospital ground cords — Highly flexible wire with a heavy duty lug or clip end — Ground cord with lug end is UL Listed (UL 467) — Various lengths available • Hospital ground jacks Ground Cord with Lug End Ground Jack Ground Cord with Clip End MEDICAL PRODUCTS 15-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 16 NEMA Contactors and Starters NEMA AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters Catalog Numbering System 16-13 Combination Starters—NEMA Style Manual Starters and Switches (p. 16-4) Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters (p. 16-70) Non-Reversing Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Class 8538 Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8539 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539 Reversing Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8738 Fusible Disconnect Class 8738, 8739 Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8739 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739 16-32, 16-34 16-31, 16-33, 16-34 16-35, 16-36, 16-37 16-38, 16-39 16-52 16-51, 16-52 16-53 16-55 Contactors—NEMA Style NEMA Style Type S Contactors and Starters (p. 16-14) Non-Reversing Class 8502 Reversing Class 8702 Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8502 Vacuum, Low Voltage, Reversing Class 8702 16-14 16-44 16-28 16-50 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 16-70 Class 8910, 8965 Duplex Motor Starters Class 8941 16-78 Enclosures Class 9991 16-93 External Reset Mechanisms Class 9065 16-92 Factory Modifications (Forms) Lighting Contactors Class 8903 Lighting Contactors (p. 16-59) Panel Board (PB) Lighting Contactors Manual Starters and Switches Class 2510, 2511, 2512 Multispeed Starters Class 8810 16-100 16-59 See Supplemental Digest 16-4 See Supplemental Digest Overload Relays Bimetallic Class 9065 Melting Alloy Class 9065 Motor Logic/Motor Logic Plus Class 9065 TeSys T Motor Management System 16-89 16-82 16-83 16-84 Pump Panels Pump Panel (p. 16-75) Combination Starters (p. 16-31) Full Voltage Class 8940 16-75 Reduced Voltage Starters Electro-Mechanical Class 8600 See Supplemental Digest Non-Reversing Class 8536 Reversing Class 8736 TeSys U Simple Motor Starter Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8536 16-18 16-46 16-12 16-29 Additional Products Accessories Class 9998, 9999 Renewal Parts Class 9998 Thermal Units Reversing Drum Switches Class 2601 TeSys N Contactors and Starters See Supplemental Digest 16-139 16 NEMA Style TeSys N Contactors and Starters (p. 16-139) 16-108 16-105 16-116 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Starters, Full Voltage—NEMA Style © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-1 Selection Information www.schneider-electric.us Class 2510, 2511, 2512 Type of Product Manual Starters and Switches, Non-Reversing, Reversing and Two Speed 16-4 Page Type F = N/A NEMA Sizes 8502 & 8702 8536 & 8736 8538 & 8738 NEMA Style Full Voltage NEMA Style Full Voltage NEMA Style Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Reversing Combination Reversing Magnetic Contactors Reversing Magnetic Starters (Disconnect Switch) Magnetic Starters 8539 & 8739 NEMA Style Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Reversing Combination (PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker) Magnetic Starters 8502 16-14 8536 16-18 8538 16-31 8539 16-35 8702 16-44 8736 16-46 8738 16-51 8739 16-53 00 to 7 00 to 7 8538 = 0 to 6 8539 = 0 to 7 8738 = 0 to 5 8739 = 0 to 6 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. Type K = N/A Type M = 0 & 1 Load Voltage Current Ratings (Continuous) Type F = 277 V 600 Vac Max. 9A to 810 A 9 A to 810 A Type F = 16 A Types K & M = 30 A Type F = 1 Horsepower Ratings (Maximum) 600 Vac Max. Types K & M = 600 Vac 1/2 to 600 1/2 to 600 8538 = 18 A to 540 A 8539 = 18 A to 810 A 8738 = 18 A to 270 A 8739 = 18 A to 540 A 8538 =1/2 to 400 8539 = 1/2 to 600 8738 = 1/2 to 200 8739 = 1/2 to 400 Melting Alloy Type K = 20 Type M = 10 Type F = Melting Alloy Overload Relay 16 Enclosure Types NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Approvals 16-2 Melting Alloy Melting Alloy Type K = N/A N/A Bi-Metalic Bi-Metalic Bi-Metalic Type M = Melting Alloy Solid State Solid State Solid State 1, Flush Mount, 3R, 4, 4X, 7 & 9 and Open 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R, 7 & 9 and Open 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R, 7 & 9 and Open 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R UL File E42243 NLRV UL File E78351 NLDX UL File E78351 NLDX UL File E152395 NKJH7 UL File E152395 NKJH7 UR File E42243 NLRV2 CSA 60905 Class 3211-04 CSA 60905 Class 3211-04 CSA LR584 Class 3211 04 CSA LR584 Class 3211 04 CSA File LR 25490 CE IEC 947-4-1 Sizes 00–5 Only CE IEC 947-4-1 Sizes 00–5 Only © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selection Information www.schneider-electric.us 8903L & 8903S 8903 8910, 8911, 8965 8940 8941 Definite Purpose non- reversing contactors available as compact 1 or 2 pole to 40 A and 2 to 4 pole to 90 A. Reversing and Starter Configurations also available. Well-Guard Control™ Pumping Plant Panels available with disconnect switches or PowerPact™ circuit breakers. NEMA Style AC Duplex Motor Controllers available as a combination starter or without disconnecting means. 8910 16-70 16-75 16-78 Combination Devices Multipole electrically held and mechanically held contactors available in 30 A configurations to 12 poles and 800 A configurations to 3 poles. Type S lighting contactors electrically held and mechanically held available with disconnect switches or PowerPact™ circuit breakers 16-59 16-61 8911 16-74 8965 16-81 N/A N/A N/A 1 to 7 1 to 4 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 600 Vac Max. 27 A to 810 A 27 A to 135 A 8903L to 30 A 300 A (Disconnect) 20 A to 40 A (Compact) 8903S to 800 A 600 A (Circuit Breaker) 20 A to 90 A N/A N/A 1/2 to 50 1/2 to 600 1/2 to 100 N/A N/A Melting Alloy (8911) Melting Alloy Melting Alloy Bi-Metallic Bi-Metallic Solid State Solid State 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R 1 3R 1, 4, 4X, 12/3R and Open UL File E78427 NRNT UL File E16151 NRNT UR E3190 NLDX2 UL/cUL 152395 NKJH UL File E152395 NKJH7 CSA LR60905 Class 3231 01 cUL File E16151 NRNT CSA LR25490 Class 3211 04 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R and Open © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-3 Manual Starters Type F—Fractional Horsepower Class 2510, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Fractional Horsepower Manual Starters with Melting Alloy Type Thermal Overload Relay Table 16.1: Single-Unit Types—Class 2510—Rated 16 A — Thermal Units Prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Type of Operator NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting No. of Poles General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box) Features Standard Type Oversized $ Price Type Standard Stainless Steel Flush Plate Gray Flush Plate $ Price Type $ Price Type NEMA Type 4a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Jumbo Stainless Steel Flush Plate $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA Types 3R, 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I Groups B, C, & D & Class II Groups E, F & G Enclosure Type $ Price Type Basic Starter—Class 2510 Standard FG1 86.00 FGJ1 99.00 FF1 78.00 FS1 83.00 — — — — — — FO1 1 With Red Pilot Lightc FG1P 129.00 FGJ1P 143.00 FF1P 122.00 FS1P 129.00 FSJ1P 149.00 — — — — FO1P Toggle Standard FG2 99.00 FGJ2 116.00 FF2 93.00 FS2 99.00 — — — — — — FO2 2 With Red Pilot Lightc FG2P 143.00 FGJ2P 158.00 FF2P 120.00 FS2P 143.00 FSJ2P 165.00 — — — — FO2P Standard FG3 116.00 FGJ3 129.00 FF3 107.00 FS3 114.00 — — — — — — FO3 1 With Red Pilot Lightc FG3P 158.00 FGJ3P 171.00 FF3P 149.00 FS3P 158.00 FSJ3P 179.00 — — — — FO3P Key Standard FG4 129.00 FGJ4 143.00 FF4 122.00 FS4 129.00 — — — — — — FO4 2 With Red Pilot Lightc FG4P 171.00 FGJ4P 185.00 FF4P 165.00 FS4P 171.00 FSJ4P 192.00 — — — — FO4P Starter with Handle Guard/Lock-Off—Class 2510 Standard FG5 99.00 FGJ5 114.00 FW1 320.00 FR1 350.00 1 b With Red Pilot Light c FG5P 143.00 FGJ5P 158.00 FW1P 435.00 — — Order basic starter plus Toggle separate handle guard kit. Standard FG6 116.00 FGJ6 129.00 FW2 336.00 FR2 363.00 2 b With Red Pilot Lightc FG6P 158.00 FGJ6P 171.00 FW2P 449.00 — — a Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in bottom (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $19.10 to price. b For replacement starter, order open type above. For NEMA 4 with pilot light, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device. Table 16.2: Type of Operator Number of Thermal Units Required Open Type $ Price 71.00 116.00 86.00 129.00 99.00 143.00 114.00 158.00 1 1 1 1 — — — — 1 1 Duplex Units—Class 2510 No. of Poles NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting Features One Starter in Duplex Enclosure—Class 2510 Standard Toggle 2 With Red Pilot Light c Key 2 With Red Pilot Light c Two Starters in One Enclosure—Class 2510 Standard Toggle 2 Each Str. With Red Pilot Light on Eachc Key 2 Each Str. With Red Pilot Light on Eachc Starter and “AUTO-OFF-HAND” SPDT Selector Switch (AC Only)—Class 2510 Standard 1 With Red Pilot Light c Toggle Standard 2 With Red Pilot Lightc Key 2 With Red Pilot Lightc General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box) Gray Flush Plate for Wall or Cavity Mounting $ Price Stainless Steel Flush Plate for Wall or Cavity Mounting Type $ Price Type FG02 FG02P FG04P 158.00 201.00 201.00 — — — FG22 FG22P FG44P 243.00 399.00 458.00 FF22 FF22P FF44P 228.00 386.00 441.00 — FS22P FS44P FG71 FG71P FG72 FG72P FG74P 221.00 264.00 234.00 278.00 306.00 FF71 FF71P FF72 FF72P FF74P 207.00 251.00 221.00 264.00 293.00 — FS71P — FS72P FS74P — — — Type — — — $ Price — — — Replacement Starter Class 2510 Type Number of Thermal Units Required $ Price — — — — — — — 399.00 458.00 — — — — — — 2 — 264.00 — 278.00 306.00 — — — — — — — — — — 1 1 1 2 1 1 Replacement Starter Class 2510 Two Speed Starters (AC Only)—Class 2512 With Mechanical Interlock: Standard With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc With HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch: With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc Toggle With Mechanical Interlock: Standard 2 With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc With HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch: With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc c For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510FG2PG). 1 Table 16.3: FG11 FG11P — FG22 FG22P — 314.00 471.00 — 342.00 500.00 — FF11 FF11P — FF22 FF22P — 300.00 458.00 — 329.00 485.00 — — — FS101P — — FS202P — — 471.00 — — 500.00 FO1T FO1PT 86.00 129.00 FO1PT 129.00 FO2T FO2PT 99.00 143.00 FO2PT 143.00 2 2 Horsepower Ratings Type F 16 Maximum Horsepower Volts AC Single Phase NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 1-Pole 2-Pole DC 2-Pole Only 115–230 1 1 3/4 277 1 1 — Note: Continuous current rating—16 A. Table 16.4: Type FG2P Table 16.5: • • 16-4 Approvals—2510 Type F and K Enclosed Open (UL Listed) File E42243 (UL Component Recognized) CCN NLRV CSA Certified File LR25490 Class 3211-05 File E42243 CCN NLRV2 Type FO2 How to Order To Order Specify: Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 2510 FG1 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Manual Switches 30 A, Reversing, Non-Reversing, Two Speed—Type K Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Non-Reversing—Class 2510 Type of Operator NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting No. of Poles General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box) Features Standard Standard Stainless Steel Flush Plate Gray Flush Plate Oversized NEMA Types 3R, 7 & 9 a Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I Groups B, C & D & Class II Groups E, F, and G Enclosure NEMA Type 4 a Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Jumbo Stainless Steel Flush Plate Open Type Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Standard KG1 66.00 KGJ1 81.00 KF1 59.00 KS1 66.00 — — KW1 314.00 KR1 342.00 With Pilot Lightc 2 115 Vac KG1A 138.00 KGJ1A 153.00 KF1A 131.00 KS1A 138.00 KSJ1A 161.00 KW1A 428.00 — — 230 Vac KG1B 138.00 KGJ1B 153.00 KF1B 131.00 KS1B 138.00 KSJ1B 161.00 KW1B 428.00 — — Standard KG2 149.00 KGJ2 165.00 KF2 143.00 KS2 149.00 — — KW2 386.00 KR2 442.00 With Pilot Lightc 3 208-277 Vac KG2B 221.00 KGJ2B 234.00 KF2B 215.00 KS2B 221.00 KSJ2B 243.00 KW2B 500.00 — — 440-600 Vac KG2C 221.00 KGJ2C 234.00 KF2C 215.00 KS2C 221.00 KSJ2C 243.00 KW2C 500.00 — — Toggle Standard KG5 78.00 KGJ5 93.00 — — — — — — KW5 327.00 — — With Pilot Lightc — 2 115 Vac KG5A 149.00 — — — — — — — — KW5A 440.00 — — 230 Vac KG5B 149.00 — — — — — — — — KW5B 440.00 — — Standard KG6 162.00 KGJ6 176.00 — — — — — — KW6 396.00 — — With Pilot Lightc 3 208-277 Vac KG6B 233.00 — — — — — — — — KW6B 512.00 — — 440-600 Vac KG6C 233.00 — — — — — — — — KW6C 512.00 — — Standard KG3 95.00 KGJ3 110.00 KF3 89.00 KS3 95.00 — — — — — With Pilot Lightc 2 115 Vac KG3A 167.00 KGJ3A 179.00 KF3A 161.00 KS3A 167.00 KSJ3A 185.00 — — — 230 Vac KG3B 167.00 KGJ3B 179.00 KF3B 161.00 KS3B 167.00 KSJ3B 185.00 — — — — Key Standard KG4 179.00 KGJ4 192.00 KF4 171.00 KS4 179.00 — — — — — — With Pilot Lightc 3 208-277 Vac KG4B 251.00 KGJ4B 264.00 KF4B 243.00 KS4B 251.00 KSJ4B 270.00 — — — — 440-600 Vac KG4C 251.00 KGJ4C 264.00 KF4C 243.00 KS4C 251.00 KSJ4C 270.00 — — — — a Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in bottom (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $28.70 to price. b When replacing starter with pilot light in NEMA 4 enclosure, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device. Table 16.7: Type of Operator Type of Operator Number of Poles Motor Types for Which Suitable 2 Single Ø 3-Lead Repulsion-Induction 3 Three Ø; Also Single Ø Capacitor, Split Ø, or 4-Lead Repulsion-Induction Features (Including Mechanical Interlock) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting Standard With Pilot Light:c 115 Vac 230 Vac Standard With Pilot Light:c 110–120 Vac 208–220 Vac 440–600 Vac KO1A b KO1B b KO2 125.00 125.00 120.00 KO2B b KO2C b KO5 207.00 207.00 64.00 KO5Ab KO5Bb KO6 120.00 120.00 147.00 KO6Bb KO6Cb KO3 219.00 219.00 81.00 KO3A KO3B KO4 153.00 153.00 165.00 KO4B KO4C 234.00 234.00 With Flush Plate for Cavity Mounting (Without Pull Box) Replacement Switch Class 2510 Type KG11 $ Price 287.00 Type KF11 $ Price 270.00 Type KO1T $ Price 66.50 KG11A KG11B KG22 399.00 399.00 441.00 KF11A KF11B KF22 386.00 386.00 428.00 KO1AT KO1BT KO2T 138.00 138.00 149.00 KG22A KG22B KG22C 557.00 557.00 557.00 KF22A KF22B KF22C 543.00 543.00 543.00 KO2AT KO2BT KO2CT 221.00 221.00 221.00 Two Speed—Class 2512 Number of Poles Motor Types for Which Suitable Features (Including Mechanical Interlock) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Surface Mounting Standard With 2 Pilot Lights:c 2 115 Vac 230 Vac Toggle Standard Three Ø With 2 Pilot Lights:c 3 Separate Winding 208–240 Vac (Wye-Connected) 440–600 Vac For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510KW2CG). Single Ø Two Winding (3-Lead) c $ Price 52.00 Reversing—Class 2511 Toggle Table 16.8: Type KO1 Table 16.9: Class 2510 Horsepower Ratings Maximum Hp Motor Type AC KO1 KO3 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 3 1 2 1-1/2 KO2 KO4 3 Three Ø 2 7-1/2 10 10 1 2 1-1/2 KO5 2 Single Ø 2 3 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2 KO6 3 115 230 460 575 90 115 230 Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Three Ø 2 7-1/2 15 20 1 2 Note: Continuous current rating 30 A at 600 Vac maximum. Table 16.10: How to Order To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Type KF11 $ Price 270.00 Type KO1T $ Price 66.50 KG11A KG11B KG22 513.00 513.00 441.00 KF11A KF11B KF22 500.00 500.00 428.00 KO1AT KO1BT KO2T 138.00 138.00 152.00 KG22B KG22C 671.00 671.00 KF22B KF22C 656.00 656.00 KO2BT KO2CT 221.00 221.00 1-1/2 Device Class 2511 Class 2512 Class 2511 and 2512 Horsepower Ratings Type K Maximum Hp DC Ratings No. of Poles Motor Type AC 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 1 2 1-1/2 3 Three Ø 2 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2 2 Single Ø 2 2 3 1 2 1-1/2 2 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2 2 7-1/2 10 1 2 1-1/2 3 3 3 Ø, Constant or Variable Torque 3 Ø, Constant Horsepower 115 230 460–575 90 115 230 Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Catalog Number Class Type 2510 KO2 16 • • $ Price 287.00 DC Rating No. of Poles Replacement Switch Class 2510 Type KG11 Table 16.11: Class 2510 With Flush Plate for Cavity Mounting (Without Pull Box) NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 16.6: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-5 Manual Starters and Switches Type F and K—Approximate Dimensions Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 Open Type www.schneider-electric.us NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Flush Mount) MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2) PILOT LIGHT MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2) PILOT LIGHT 1.69 .84 43 21 OFF OFF 1.69 43 .84 21 OFF 2.38 3.28 60 83 4.13 105 2.38 60 3.28 83 4.13 105 43 A .75 .91 19 23 Types KO1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C Types KO5, 5A, 5B, 6, 6B, 6C Motor Starting Switch Device (2) .22 DIA. MTG. HOLE 6 Type of Operator Toggle Fractional Hp Starter PILOT LIGHT ON OFF 3.75 95 Key 4.38 111 1.13 .31 29 8 CONDUIT CENTER LINE Toggle .28 DIA. PADLOCK HOLE 7 Motor Starting Switch .78 20 3" 14 PIPE TAP 4 Key Table 16.12: Device Fractional Hp Starter Motor Starting Switch Class 2510 2510 PILOT LIGHT Table 16.13: 4.56 116 4.25 108 3 76 2.75 1.13 70 29 1.78 45 D .50 13 .66 17 1.69 43 NEMA 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure .25 6 B 2.34 1.7060 2.22 56 1.59 40 Types FO1, 1P, 2 Fractional Hp Starter 2.56 65 C D Dimensions Class 2510 Type A B C FF1, 1P, 2, 2P FS1, 1P, 2, 2P 1-7/16 2-3/4 4-1/2 FSJ1P, 2P 1-7/16 3-1/2 5-1/4 FF3, 3P, 4, 4P FS3, 3P, 4, 4P 1-7/16 2-3/4 4-1/2 FSJ3P, 4P 1-7/16 3-1/2 5-1/4 KF1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C KS1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C 1-3/4 2-3/4 4-1/2 KSJ1A, 1B, 2B, 2C 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 KF3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C KS3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C 1-3/4 2-3/4 4-1/2 KSJ3A, 3B, 4B, 4C 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 Type FW1, 1P, 2, 2P KW1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Surface Mount) Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2) 6 3.00 76 OFF Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2) 6 4.25 108 3.00 76 OFF 4.25 108 4.86 123 1.63 41 2.44 62 2.75 70 16 2.88 73 Pilot Light 2.88 73 0.56 14 3.28 83 Pilot Light 4.35 110 OFF 0.56 14 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 0.41 10 2.20 56 0.69 17 1.06 27 1/2-3/4" Conduit Knockout, Both Ends Standard (Class 2510 Types FG & KG, Single Unit) 16-6 1.63 41 2.88 73 2.75 70 0.71 18 1.06 27 Pilot Light 3.09 78 1/2-3/4" Conduit Knockout, Both Ends Oversized (Class 2510 Types FGJ & KGJ, Single Unit) Jumbo (Class 9991Type KE2, see page 16-11) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Manual Starters and Switches Approximate Dimensions—Type F and K Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations 3.95 100 4.35 110 2X .30 8 1.37 35 OFF OFF C 2.56 65 6.36 161 ON PILOT LIGHT A 5.75 146 OFF .75 19 .91 23 D .28 PADLOCK HOLE 7 CONDUIT CENTERLINE 2X .31 MTG. HOLES 8 Table 16.14: 1.37 35 3/4-14 PIPE TAP, BOTTOM ONLY .70 18 1.19 30 NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations Device Class 2510 2510 Fractional Hp Starter Motor Starting Switch Type FR1, 2 KR1, 2 Key .25 DIA. MTG. HOLES 6 .38 10 2.75 70 2.88 73 1.88 48 OFF 1.88 4.50 48 114 Type of Operator Class .56 14 2.56 65 2.63 67 B C D FF22, 22P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-7/16 FS22P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 1-7/16 FF44P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-7/16 FS44P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 1-7/16 2510 5-1/4 5-1/4 2 FS71P, 72P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 2 FF74P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 2 FS74P 4-9/16 3-1/2 4-1/2 2 KF11, 11A, 11B KF22, 22A KF22B, 22C 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 1-3/4 Two Speed Toggle 2512 FF11, 11P, 22, 22P 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 Starter Two Speed KF11, 11A, 11B, Toggle 2512 5-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/4 Switch KF22, 22B, 22C c Dimensions include factory wired power connections. d Selector Switch is on left, extends 1-5/8" from mounting surface. 1-7/16 Reversing Switch 3.81 97 Dimensionsc A FF71, 71P, 72, 72P One Starter and One Selector Switchd 3.00 76 4.25 108 Type 2510 Two Starters PILOT LIGHT OFF Device General Purpose Flush Mounting Plate for Duplex Devices Toggle Dimensions for Duplex Devices (4) Table 16.16: B Toggle Key Toggle 3/4 2510 2510 2511 1-3/4 1.06 27 1/2 - 3/4 CONDUIT KNOCKOUT, BOTH ENDS. Table 16.15: NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mount Enclosure for Duplex Devices Type of Class Type Operator Toggle 2510 FGO2, 02P One Starter Key 2510 FGO4P Toggle 2510 FG22, 22P Two Starters Key 2510 FG44P Toggle 2510 FG71, 71P, 72, 72P One Starter and One Selector Switcha Key 2510 FG74P Reversing Switchb Toggle 2511 KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22A, 22B, 22C Two Speed Starter Toggle 2512 FG11, 11P, 22, 22P Two Speed Switch Toggle 2512 KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22B, 22C a Selector switch is on left, increases overall depth to 3-1/2". b Only one pilot light (located on right) is used on Class 2511 switches. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Device © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-7 Manual Starters Type M and T—Integral Horsepower Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Types M and T integral horsepower manual starters provide convenient “On-Off” operation of small single phase, polyphase or DC motors. Typical applications include small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors. • • • Push button (M) or toggle (T) operators Reliable overload protection Pilot light and auxiliary contact available Table 16.17: Integral Horsepower Manual Starters Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each; see page 16-116 for selection information. Non-Reversing No. of Poles 2Pole NEMA Size b Square Toggle P.B. Operator Operator M-0 115 230 — — 1 2 MBG1 TBG1 264.00 MBW11b M-1 115 230 — — 2 3 MCG1 TCG1 336.00 M-1P 115 230 — — 3 5 MCG2 TCG2 115 200-230 380-575 115 200-230 380-575 — 3 5 — 7-1/2 10 — — — — — — MBG2 M-1 a Max. Hp Single Phase M-0 Max. Voltage: 600 Vac a NEMA 4/4X NEMA 4/4X NEMA 7 & 9 Watertight, Watertight and For Hazardous Dusttight and Dusttight Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant Locations Class I Brushed – Groups C, D Glass-Polyester Stainless Steel Class II – Enclosure $ Price Groups E, F & G PolyPhase 3Pole DC 2Pole Motor Voltage Class 2510 NEMA 1 Surface Mounting Ratings Type Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price 720.00 MBW1b 720.00 MCW11 891.00 MCW1 891.00 MCR1 1197.00 491.00 MCW12 1089.00 MCW2 1089.00 MCR2 1382.00 TBG2 314.00 MBW12b MCG3 TCG3 386.00 NEMA 12 Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type MBR1b 1004.00 MBA1b Open Type Square Toggle P.B. Operator Operator $ Price $ Price Type 363.00 MBO1 TBO1 234.00 MCA1 435.00 MCO1 TCO1 306.00 MCA2 593.00 MCO2 TCO2 309.00 414.00 MBO2 TBO2 287.00 770.00 MBW2b 770.00 MBR2b 1062.00 MBA2b MCW13 941.00 MCW3 941.00 MCR3 1254.00 MCA3 485.00 MCO3 TCO3 356.00 M-0 115 230 1 hp–D.C. 1-1/2 hp–D.C. MBG4 TBG4 264.00 MBW14 720.00 MBW4 720.00 — — MBA4 363.00 MBO4 TBO4 234.00 M-1 115 230 1-1/2 hp–D.C 2 hp–D.C. MCG5 TCG5 336.00 MCW15 891.00 MCW5 891.00 MCR5 1188.00 MCA5 435.00 MCO5 TCO5 306.00 NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures are cast-iron. NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures (cast aluminum) are available for outdoor use; to order these type of enclosures, replace the “R” in the catalog number with a “T”. For additional information, contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center. Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c). All Except NEMA 7 & 9 File E42243 CCN NLRV File LR60905 Class 3211-05 NEMA 7 & 9 Only Table 16.18: File E58760 CCN NPXZ File LR26817 Class 3218-04 How to Order To Order Specify: • • Class Number Type Number Catalog Number Class Type 2510 MCA1 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-8 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Manual Starters Integral Horsepower—Type M and T Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Reversing and Two Speed Class 2511 reversing and Class 2512 two-speed manual starters consist of two mechanically interlocked Class 2510 Types M or T manual starters. . Table 16.19: Class Reversing Class 2511 Description Number of Poles NEMA 1 Surface Mounting Ratings NEMA Size Motor Voltage Maximum Hp 200-230 3 380-575 5 200-230 7-1/2 380-575 10 M-0 2511 Standard Toggle Operator MBG1 MCG1 Description Number of Poles NEMA Size Motor Voltage Constant Hp Constant Torque or Variable Torque 200-230 2 3 380-575 3 5 Standard TBG1 984.00 MBO1 TBO1 899.00 TCG1 1197.00 MCO1 TCO1 1112.00 200-230 5 7-1/2 380-575 7-1/2 10 Open Type Square P.B. Operator Toggle Operator $ Price Square P.B. Operator Toggle Operator $ Price MBG1 TBG1 984.00 MBO1 TBO1 899.00 MCG1 TCG1 1197.00 MCO1 TCO1 1112.00 Thermal Units Starters will not operate without properly installed thermal units and device reset. Thermal unit must be installed so that markings face the front of starter. Operator–Available with a push button or toggle operator in open and NEMA 1 versions. NEMA 4/4X (stainless) and 12 versions utilize a direct acting push button only. NEMA 4/4X (polyester) and 7/9 versions utilize an external toggle to actuate a push button device inside. Application Data Maintenance of Equipment Size–Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1, and M-1P. Poles–Two poles single phase; three poles polyphase; 2 poles DC. Voltage–600 volts AC max.; 250 volts DC max. Overload Relays–Melting alloy thermal overload relays have provisions for one Type B thermal unit for single phase starters and three Type B thermal units for three phase starters. All thermal units must be installed and the device reset before the starter contacts will operate. After overload relays have tripped, allow one or two minutes for the alloy to solidify before resetting. For proper performance, all equipment should be periodically inspected and maintained. Replacement contacts and interlocks are available in kit form to facilitate servicing and stocking. In addition, the service bulletin contains an exploded view of the device with components clearly marked for easy identification by description and part number. Mechanism Lock Off–Both open devices and starters in NEMA 1 surface and flush mounting, and NEMA 4, 4X, 7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can be locked in the OFF or STOP position. The NEMA 1 surface mounting, 4, 4X, 7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can also be locked closed to prevent unauthorized entry. Terminal information and Replacement Contact Kits Power Terminals NEMA Size $ Price 3-Pole M-1 Table 16.21: Toggle Operator NEMA 1 Surface Mounting M-0 2512 $ Price Two Speed (Wye-Connected Separate Winding Motors Only) Class 2512 Ratings Class Open Type Square P.B. Operator 3-Pole M-1 Table 16.20: Square P.B. Operator Type of Lug Wire Size (Solid or Stranded Copper Wire) Min.-Max. Auxiliary Interlock Terminals Type of Lug Replacement Contact Kit Wire Size (Solid or Stranded Copper Wire) Min.-Max. Number of Poles Service Bulletin Class Type M-0 Pressure Wire #14–#8 Pressure Wire #16–#12 2 or 3 312AS 9998 ML1 M-1 Pressure Wire #14–#8 Pressure Wire #16–#12 2 or 3 312AS 9998 ML2 M-1P Box Lug #14–#6 Pressure Wire #16–#12 2 312AS 9998 ML2 A unique red pilot light assembly that clips into place is available factory installed on NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12 and flush enclosures or as a field modification kit on the NEMA 1 surface or flush mounting enclosures. See page 16-11. The color cap assembly snaps into a knockout in the enclosure cover on the NEMA 1 enclosures. Pilot light kits are available for use on Various voltages (110-600 volts). Pilot light assemblies are not available for NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures. 16 One auxiliary contact, either N.O. or N.C. can easily be added internally to any open or enclosed Type M or T manual starter. It occupies the space provided in either the upper right hand or left hand corners of the device. These contacts are for AC loads only. For electrical ratings, refer to page 16-110, Class 9999 Types SX11 or SX12. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Accessories and Modification Kits © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-9 Manual Starters Type M and T—Integral Horsepower—Approximate Dimensions Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us .28 3.50 1.75 89 4.03 7 102 44 1.25 32 START 5.13 130 STOP RESET 5.72 1.13 145 29 .69 NEMA 12 Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Stainless Steel NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting START STOP STOP RESET 29 11 Reset 3.97 101 Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P, Open Type Approximate Shipping Weight—3 lb .22 (3) .5 -.75 K.O. Top and Bottom .28 Dia. Mtg. Holes START RESET .44 Travel to Prov. for (3) #10 Mounting Screws 1.13 18 6 9.34 237 4.25 108 7.88 200 7.25 184 8.94 .84 227 3.38 .94 1.69 24 .22 .88 86 22 .22 2.13 54 5.00 6 27 1.06 STOP RESET 254 29 .22 Dia. (3) Mounting Holes 1.00 .94 4.13 24 1.00 25 105 25 (1) .50 - .75 K.O. (2) .75 - 1.00 K.O. Top and Bottom 6.00 152 3.00 5.00 6.50 .75 1.28 33 222 16 R ON E S E T OFF 7.31 10.34 263 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 3.69 94 5.13 130 .72 18 .81 21 .34 9 4.69 119 6.13 156 .75 Conduit Hub Top and Bottom R ON E S E T 8.75 OFF 10.50 267 9.94 252 308 (4) .13 Wide Mtg. Slots 1.69 43 1.41 36 Class 2510 Type M Size M-0 (AC–DC) and Size M-1 (DC) NEMA 4/4X Watertight Corrosion-Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lb 16-10 152 17 12.13 (2) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 18 6.00 .66 222 (2) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes .72 146 43 8.75 186 5.76 Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P NEMA 4/4X Watertight Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 12 Dusttight Industrial Use Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lb 163 19 127 (2) .31 Wide Slots NEMA 4 Only 73 26 6.41 .75 165 5.00 1.69 OFF 277 254 2.89 1.02 (2) .50 - .75 K.O. Top and Bottom 76 Class 2510 Types M & T Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lb 19 R E ON S E T 10.92 10.00 STOP RESET 146 127 5.78 147 273 37 1.06 27 5.75 STOP 12 10.75 START .50 - .75 K.O. Each Side 219 RESET .47 .31 Dia. (2) Mounting Holes 1.44 1.00 25 Class 2510 Type M & T Size M-1P NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lb 8.63 START .22 Dia. (4) Mounting Holes 207 33 10 83 1.14 .50 - .75 K.O. (2) Each Side 8.13 1.31 .38 3.25 32 25 START .75 Conduit Hub Top and Bottom 147 1.27 26 1.00 10.00 1.28 33 86 5.78 99 1.02 27 .50 - .75 K.O. (2) Top Back 19 21 3.91 6 1.06 127 43 43 3.38 Classes 2511, 2512, Types M & T Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lb NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Cast Iron NEMA 4/4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester 1.69 .75 2.19 56 .75 Conduit Hub In Top and Bottom Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-1 and M-1P (AC) NEMA 4/4X Watertight Corrosion-Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lb 2.34 59 (1) .75 Conduit Top and Bottom (Std.) (1) 1.50 Conduit Top and Bottom (Max.) Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Location Cast Iron Enclosure Approximate Shipping Weight—18 lb © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Manual Starters and Switches Accessories and Modifications Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.22: Accessories—Class 2510 Types F and K Description Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provisiona Emergency Off Actuator Additional Key for Key Operated Devices a Standard on Type K devices. Table 16.24: Table 16.23: Class & Type 2510FL1 2510PB1 2510FK1 $ Price 14.30 35.60 4.80 Pilot Light Kits—Class 2510 Types F and K Application Red Pilot Light Voltage Green Pilot Light $ Price Class & Type Class & Type 110–120 Vac 9999PL11 9999PL11G 71.00 Type KF, KG, KWb 208–277 Vac 9999PL12 9999PL12G 71.00 440–600 Vac 9999PL13 9999PL13G 71.00 Type FF, FG, FWb 115–240 Vac/dc 9999PL10 9999PL10G 42.80 b Lens cannot be replaced. Pilot light kits for NEMA 4 Enclosed Units are for replacement purposes only. Replacement Nameplates—Class 2510 Types F and K Nameplate Type Number—Class 2510 Description Nameplate Marking Application 1-3/4" x 2-13/16" Nameplate Standard commercial switch with Embossed box cover or flush plate, Mounting Holes including Square D for #6 Oval Head Screws stainless steel plates 1-29/32" x 3-27/32" Flat Nameplate with Mounting Holes for #6 Pan Head Screws Square D NEMA 1 surface mounted enclosure or gray flush plate For Type F Starter (Includes “Reset” Indication) For Type K Switch (Blank) (Special marking – Specify marking desired.) (Blank) High Low Forward Reverse (Special marking— Specify marking desired.) $ Price Without Pilot Light With Pilot Light Without Pilot Light With Pilot Light FN1 — FN2 — 21.50 FN5 FN10 FN11 FN12 FN13 FN14 — FN20 FN21 FN22 — FN24 FN6 FN30 FN31 FN32 — — — FN40 FN41 FN42 — — 42.80 21.50 21.50 21.50 21.50 21.50 FN15 FN25 FN35 FN45 42.80 Contact Kits See page 16-107 for Class 9998 Replacement Contact Kits. Table 16.25: Description Red Pilot Lightc Table 16.27: Modifications (Types M & T only) Factory Modifications and Forms Form Number P11f Description Field Modifications Price Addition Kit Class & Type 9999MP1 (110–120 V ) 116.00 9999MP2 (208–240 V ) 9999MP3 (440–600 V ) 9999SX11 (N.O.) 158.00 9999SX12 (N.C.) $ Price Replacement Toggle Kits: Type FW and KW (NEMA 4) Type FR and KR (NEMA 7 & 9) 140.00 Replacement Handle Kits: NEMA 12 (Ser. B) Type MBA, MCA NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. A & B) Type MBW, MCW NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. C) Type MBW, MCW NEMA 4/4X (Polyester) Type MBW, MCW NEMA 7 and 9 Type MBR, MCR Auxiliary X1 (1 N.O.) 99.00 Contactsd X2 (1 N.C.) Jumper N/A — 9998SO31 14.30 Straps e Contactor Y76 No Charge N/A — only c May only be field-added to NEMA 1 enclosures. For green pilot light, order 9999SPG1 additionally. d For proper operation, only one auxiliary contact kit per device may be added. e Used to control a single phase motor utilizing a three phase starter. f P11 Pilot Light Voltage Codes: 120 V—V02 200/208 V—V08 230 V—V03 460 V—V06 575 V—V07 The pilot light Form P11 requires a voltage code. Catalog number example: 2510MBG1V02P11. Table 16.26: How to Order To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Catalog Number Class Type 9991 KE1 Internal Lever Table 16.28: Class and Type $ Price 9998HW1 9998HR2 29.30 30.90 9998HWA1 9998HWA1 31085-381-50 9998HWA1 9998HR3 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 9998IL1 14.30 Enclosures For use with Class 2510 Type F and K M–Sizes M0 & M1 M–Size M1P FO1, FO1P, FO2, FO2P, FO3, FO3P, FO4, FO4P KO1, KO1A, KO1B, KO2, KO2B, KO2C, KO3, KO3A, KO3B, KO4, KO4B, KO4C, KO5, KO5A, KO5B, KO6, KO6B, KO6C Catalog Number 9991EN1 9991MG1 9991MG2 $ Price NEMA 1 Oversized 9991FE1 42.80 NEMA 1 Oversized 9991KE1 42.80 NEMA 1 Jumbo 9991KE2 86.00 NEMA 3R 9991KE3 215.00 Enclosure NEMA 1 Standard 29.30 57.00 57.00 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS • • Replacement Parts © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-11 Motor Starters NEMA Style TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA style TeSys U motor starter is integrated, simple to choose and to install, consisting of a control unit snapped in a powerbase. NEMA style TeSys U can be configured to fit specific applications as well. The NEMA style TeSys U uses the same optional accessories: reverser, current limiter, predictive maintenance options and communication options as the IEC TeSys U. To get detailed information about TeSys U, visit our website at www.schneider-electric.us.com. Step 1 Power Base Step 2 Control Unit = Step 3 NEMA TeSys™ U Motor Starter Function Modules Auxiliary Contacts Selecting a NEMA TeSys U Motor Starter in Three Steps Table 16.29: Step 1. Select Power Base Three Phase (HP max.) Control Connection NEMA Size With screw terminations 1 Table 16.30: Single Phase (HP max.) Power Bases 200/208 V 220/240 V 460 V 575/600 V 240 V Catalog Number $ Price 7.5 7.5 10 10 3 LUB32NR 488.00 Step 2. Select Control Unit b Standard Advanced Advanced Advanced 3-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price single-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price Class 10 trip a Class 10 trip a Class 10 trip a Class 20 trip a 0.15–0.6 LUCAX6•• 120.00 LUCBX6•• 150.00 LUCCX6•• 150.00 LUCDX6•• 150.00 120.00 LUCB1X•• 150.00 LUCC1X•• 150.00 LUCD1X•• 150.00 0.3–1.4 LUCA1X•• 1.25–5.0 LUCA05•• 120.00 LUCB05•• 150.00 LUCC05•• 150.00 LUCD05•• 150.00 3–12 LUCA12•• 120.00 LUCB12•• 150.00 LUCC12•• 150.00 LUCD12•• 150.00 120.00 LUCB18•• 150.00 LUCC18•• 150.00 LUCD18•• 150.00 4.5–18 LUCA18•• 8–32 LUCA32•• 120.00 LUCB32•• 150.00 LUCC32•• 150.00 LUCD32•• 150.00 a Complete catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below. For example: LUCAX6FU. b The control unit contains solid state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U. For more details on the different control units, their functions, and placement on the power base see page 18-29. Setting Range A Power Base Table 16.31: Voltage Codes Volts 24 48–72 110–240 DC BLc — — AC B — — DC or AC — ESd FU c DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal. d 48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac Table 16.32: Control Unit Contact State for Each Modee Terminals Auxiliary Contact Step 3. Select Auxiliary Contacts (optional) Auxiliary Contact Blocks Contact Indicates Ready condition Fault condition Ready condition Screw Fault condition Auxiliary Contact Function Modules Screw Contact Normal Status Off Ready Run Short Circuit Trip Overload Trip (Manual Reset) N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. O I O O I I I O I I I O O O O I O O O I Overload Trip (Remote/ Auto Reset)f I I I O 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LR43364 Class 3211 08 16-12 $ Price LUA1C11 LUA1C20 Screw Power pole status 2 N.O. — — — — — — LUFN20 Screw Power pole status 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. — — — — — — LUFN11 — — LUFN02 Screw Power pole status 2 N.C. — — — — e I–indicates closed contact; O–indicates open contact f Requires multifunction or advanced control unit plus fault differentiation module LUFDDA10. E164862 CCN NLDX Catalog Number 34.50 34.50 Accessories for LUB32/LUB32NR Quick Description For details & selection, see pages: Current Limiter Increases the breaking capacity to 130kA @ 460 V 18-30 Reverser Stacked or side mounted (LU6MB0•• a only) 18-30 Line phase barrier Required for use as a self-protected combination starter (UL508E) 18-30 Multifunction Control Unit Has functions for monitoring and predictive maintenance 18-30 Function modules Fault differentiation, Thermal overload, Motor load indication 18-30 Communication modules Integrates into existing networks, major protocols available 18-31 Soft Starter + TeSys U Use Altistart U01Soft Starter with TeSys U 18-32 Powerbus Use TeSys U with a prewired system 18-31 Configuration and connection accessories PowerSuite software, busbar, external handle 18-31 a Complete catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below. For example: LUCAX6FU. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-29 to 18-31 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-50 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved NEMA AC Magnetic Contactors and Starter Catalog Numbering System Class 8502, 8536, 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8536 Type S C G - 3 V02 Form S General Classification Numerals 8502 Contactor Page 16-14 8536 Starter Page 16-18 8538 Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch Page 16-31 8539 Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker Page 16-35 Used to designate specific, physical arrangements, such as number of poles, fuse clip size, etc.; but the numbering varies with Class of equipment. Consult Digest listings for specific device numbers. 8702 Reversing Contactor Page 16-44 8736 Reversing Starter Page 16-46 8738 Reversing Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch Page 16-54 8739 Reversing Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker Voltage Code 8810 Two Speed Starter a 8903 Type S Lighting Contactors Page 16-60 a 8940 AC operated devices without control transformer Code Pumping Plant Panel a 8941 Duplex Controller Page 16-78 a Voltage/Frequency V01 24/60 V02 120/60 or 110/50 V06 480/60 or 440/50 V07 600/60 or 550/50 V08 208/60 V81 - 480V Primary, 120V Secondary for units using a fused transformer control circuit Form (F4T). This is only a partial listing consult Digest pages 16-14 and 16-101 for more information. Design Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters Common Forms (factory modifications) Page 16-100 8903 (only) “Start-Stop” pushbuttons in the enclosure cover Bb Bimetallic overload relays C “Hand-Off-Auto” selector switch in the enclosure cover Size 00 B Size 0 M 30 Amperes C Size 1 P 60 Amperes D Size 2 Q 100 Amperes F4T Fused transformer control circuit (primary fuses only) E Size 3 V 200 Amperes FF4T Fused transformer control circuit (primary & secondary fuses) F Size 4 X 300 Amperes H Solid state overload relay G Size 5 Y 400 Amperes P1 Red ON pilot light in the enclosure cover H Size 6 Z 600 Amperes P2 Green OFF pilot light in cover J Size 7 J 800 Amperes S Separate control circuit X01 One “normally closed” auxiliary contact N.C. Enclosure X10 One “normally open” auxiliary contact N.O. A NEMA 12 Industrial Use F NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose Consult Digest pages 16-100 to 16-104 for additional form letters, When more than one form is applied to a single device, arrange Forms in alphabetical order. G NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting a H NEMA 3R Rainproof O Open Style Device (no enclosure) R NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Spin Top T NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Bolted W NEMA 4 Watertight, 4X Corrosion Resistant Table 16.33: Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s) see pages 16-100–16-104 b How to Order To Order Specify: • • • • A A Combination two speed starters will replace the “S” with a “C”, “U” or “D”. Pumping plant panels have Various leading characters. Not all use Type S contactors. Duplex controllers use “N”, “C”, “U”, and “D”. May also designate Motor Logic Plus overload relay IMPORTANT - This information is intended for general interpretation of catalog numbers. Do not use to create catalog numbers for this product line. Catalog Number Class Type Voltage Code Form(s) 8539 SCG44 V06 AH20P1X11 Devices are wired from factory according to customer preference as follows: • • • Common control Separate control (Form S) Control power transformer (CPT) 16 Note: Description: NEMA Size 1, (10 Hp) Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Combo Starter in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure with a 480V coil, start/stop pushbutton (A), class 20 SSOLR (H20), red pilot light (P1), 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact (X11) Note: The terms Type and Form do not appear in the catalog number. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS NEMA Size © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-13 Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Style General Information Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers, and electric motors where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA sizes 00 through 7. Type S contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz. Table 16.34: NEMA Size 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Continuous Current Ratings 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Size 0-5)a NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Max. Hp Type $ Price Type $ Price Type SAO12b 329.00 SAG12b 360.00 Use Size 0 $ Price 00 9 200 230 460 575 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBO2b 414.00 SBG2b 446.00 SBW12b 945.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO2b 485.00 SCG2b 518.00 SCW12b 1031.00 2 45 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 SDO2b 882.00 SDG2b 1031.00 SDW12b 1391.00 3 90 200 230 460 575 25 30 50 50 SEO2b 1425.00 SEG2b 1715.00 SEW12b 3167.00 4 135 200 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 SFO2b 3419.00 SFG2b 4022.00 SFW12b 6501.00 5 270 200 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 SGO2b 7451.00 SGG2b 8550.00 SGW12b 11685.00 6 540 200 230 460 575 150 200 400 400 SHO2b 20339.00 SHG2b 25172.00 SHW2b 32378.00 7 810 200 230 460 575 — 300 600 600 SJO2b 29028.00 SJG2b 33875.00 SJW2b 40995.00 Type SCO2 Size 1, 3-Pole Contactor a b Motor Voltage Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown below. Table 16.35: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 16 24c — V01 No Charge 120d 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 c 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8502SBO2V01S). d 120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control Form S must be specified (i.e., order as 8502SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-14 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Style Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.36: NEMA Size 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage Max. Hp NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Bolted Type Type 00 9 200 230 460 575 0 18 200 230 460 575 1 27 200 230 460 575 2 45 3 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 $ Price Use Size 0 3 3 5 5 NEMA 12/3R a Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F, & G Cast Aluminumd Cast Ironb $ Price Use Size 0 SPIN TOP™ Type $ Price Use Size 0 Type $ Price Use Size 0 SBW22c 945.00 SBT2c SBT42c 2070.00 SBR2c 2591.00 SBA2c 617.00 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCW22c 1031.00 SCT2c SCT42c 2163.00 SCR2c 2705.00 SCA2c 689.00 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 SDW22c 2057.00 SDT2c SDT42c 3482.00 SDR2c 4350.00 SDA2c 1344.00 90 200 230 460 575 25 30 50 50 SEW22c 3959.00 — SET42c 5205.00 SER2c 2007.00 SEA2c 2084.00 4 135 200 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 SFW22c 8123.00 — SFT42c 8415.00 SFR2c 10524.00 SFA2c 5247.00 5 270 200 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 — — — SGT42c 18542.00 SGR2c 23178.00 SGA2c 11685.00 6 540 200 230 460 575 150 200 400 400 — — — — — — — SHA2c 29016.00 7 810 200 230 460 575 – 300 600 600 — — — — — — — SJA2c 37719.00 a b c d NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Limited to one Pilot Light and a Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push Button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown on page 16-14. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed. Auxiliary Units Auxiliary contacts and power poles can be added by the factory or in the field on all Type S starters and contactors. The table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit contact) that can be added to a given size starter or contactor. In addition, it is possible to add a second internal contact on NEMA Size 0, 1, and 2 contactors and starters. Table 16.37: Maximum Number of External Auxiliary Units (In addition to holding circuit contact) NEMA Size Type No. of Poles of Basic Contactor 00 SA 2–3 0, 1 and 2 SB SC SD 1, 2 or 3 4 or 5 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 2–5 (Size 3 and 4) 3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 3, 4 and 5 SE SF SG 6 and 7 SH SJ 2–3 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.) 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0-1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.) 3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 2–3 (Size 5) 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) if second internal auxiliary contact is not used. 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-15 Full Voltage Contactors—NEMA Style Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 Table 16.38: NEMA Size www.schneider-electric.us 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Max. Hp Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X –Watertight, Dusttight, Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Size 0-5)a Type $ Price 1-Pole Single Phase 1 2 2 3 SBO5b 329.00 SBG5b 360.00 SBW15b 860.00 27 115 230 115 230 SCO5b 399.00 SCG5b 432.00 SCW15b 945.00 00 9 115 230 1/3 1 SAO11b 287.00 SAG11b 318.00 Use Size 0 0 18 115 230 1 2 SBO1b 372.00 SBG1b 404.00 SBW11b 903.00 1 27 115 230 2 3 SCO1b 441.00 SCG1b 476.00 SCW11b 989.00 2 45 115 230 3 7-1/2 SDO1b 827.00 SDG1b 975.00 SDW11b 1998.00 3 90 — — — — SEO1b 1310.00 SEG1b 1601.00 SEW11b 3054.00 4 135 — — SFO1b 3162.00 SFG1b 3765.00 SFW11b 6245.00 5 270 — — SGO1b 6852.00 SGG1b 7952.00 SGW11b 11087.00 6 540 — — SHO1b 17433.00 SHG1b 22266.00 SHW1b 29388.00 7 810 — — SJO1b 25452.00 SJG1b 30285.00 SJW1b 37407.00 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBO3b 527.00 SBG3b 561.00 SBW13b 1074.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 SCO3b 599.00 SCG3b 633.00 SCW13b 1146.00 2 45 SDO3b 1139.00 SDG3b 1287.00 SDW13b 2712.00 3 90 SEO3b 1823.00 SEG3b 2114.00 SEW13b 3965.00 4 135 SFO3b 4757.00 SFG3b 5360.00 SFW13b 8864.00 0 18 1 2-Pole Single Phase 4-Pole Polyphase 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 5-Pole Polyphase 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBO4b 684.00 SBG4b 719.00 SBW14b 1229.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO4b 755.00 SCG4b 788.00 SCW14b 1301.00 1857.00 SDW14b 3281.00 3024.00 SEW14b 4877.00 7182.00 SFW14b 10688.00 200 10 230 15 SDO4b 1710.00 SDG4b 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 3 90 SEO4b 2735.00 SEG4b 460 50 575 50 200 40 230 50 4 135 SFO4b 6579.00 SFG4b 460 100 575 100 Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-14. 2 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS a b 45 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-16 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Contactors— NEMA Style Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 \ www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.39: NEMA Size 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Max. Hp Type $ Price NEMA 12/3R a Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA 7 & 9, Div. 1 & 2 Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type Cast Iron b Cast Aluminumd $ Price SPIN TOP™ Type $ Price Type $ Price 1-Pole Single Phase 0 18 1 27 115 230 115 230 1 2 2 3 — — — — — SBT5c SBT45c 1979.00 SBR5c 2475.00 SBA5c 531.00 — SCT5c SCT45c 2070.00 SCR5c 2591.00 SCA5c 603.00 2-Pole Single Phase 00 9 115 230 1/3 1 0 18 115 230 1 2 SBW21c 903.00 SBT1c SBT41c 2021.00 SBR1c 2528.00 SBA1c 575.00 1 27 115 230 2 3 SCW21c 989.00 SCT1c SCT41c 2100.00 SCR1c 2627.00 SCA1c 647.00 2 45 115 230 SDW21c 1998.00 SDT1c SDT41c 3402.00 SDR1c 4257.00 SDA1c 1287.00 3 90 — — — — — — SET41c 5076.00 SER1c 6344.00 SEA1c 1971.00 4 135 — — — — SFT41c 8139.00 SFR1c 10175.00 SFA1c 4991.00 5 270 — — — — — — — — — SGR1c 22350.00 SGA1c 11087.00 6 540 — — — — — — — — — — — SHA1c 26112.00 7 810 — — — — — — — — — SJA1c 34131.00 3 3 5 5 SBW23c 1074.00 SBT3c 2199.00 SBR3c 2748.00 SBA3c 732.00 SCW23c 1146.00 SCT3c 2291.00 SCR3c 2867.00 SCA3c 804.00 4199.00 SDR3c 5255.00 SDA3c 1601.00 — SER3c 7604.00 SEA3c 2484.00 — SFR3c 14283.00 SFA3c 7011.00 Use Size 0 3 7-1/2 Use Size 0 Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) Use Size 0 Use Size 0 4-Pole Polyphase 0 18 200 230 460 575 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 19 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 2 45 3 90 4 135 SDW23c 2712.00 SDT3c Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 — — — — — SBA4c 890.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 — — — — — SCA4c 959.00 2 45 — — — — — SDA4c 2169.00 3 90 — — — — — SEA4c 3396.00 4 135 — — — — — SFA4c 8837.00 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 25 30 50 50 40 50 100 100 a b c d Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Limited to 1 pilot light and a selector switch or Start-Stop push button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-14. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed. 16 Coil Voltage Codes and page number reference for additional information are shown on page 16-14. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 5-Pole Polyphase © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-17 Full Voltage Starters— NEMA Style Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us General Information Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Motor overload protection is provided via melting alloy type thermal overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7, and are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz. ™ Solid State Overload Relay Protection (Motor Logic ) These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on Sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7. They provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection. To order, add Form H30 (for selectable trip class 10 or 20 protection). For more information about Motor Logic, see pages 16-83 and 16-102. Adapted Bimetal (NEMA Sizes 00–1) Type SCO3 Size 1, 3-Pole Starter The Adapted Bimetal motor starter consists of a specially designed adapter that attaches with bus bars to the NEMA Type S contactor and holds the LRD or LR3D (IEC Style) bimetal overload relay. This starter configuration can be ordered by adding Form E (adapater only) to the standard catalog number. Once the FLA of the motor has been determined, the LRD or LR3D bimetal overload can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date. For more information see Table 16.269. TeSys T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6) TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication protocols. TeSys T can predict what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power over a wide range. For additional information about TeSys T Motor Management System, see pages 16-84 to 16-88 and page 16-103. 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.40: NEMA Size Schneider Electric offers express shipping for factory modified NEMA Type 1 and Type 12/3R Enclosed Starters. When you need them fast, our Laser™ Delivery program is the answer to getting your product when you need it most. Ask for Laser™ Delivery, then select the product and the modifications you need when you place your order. It’s as easy as that! Motor Voltage Max. Hp 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Size 0-5)a Type $ Price SAO12b 386.00 SAG12b 419.00 Use Size 0 Open Type NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price 16 00 9 200 230 460 575 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBO2b 485.00 SBG2b 518.00 SBW12b 1017.00 SBW22b 1017.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO3b 557.00 SCG3b 590.00 SCW13b 1103.00 SCW23b 1103.00 2 45 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 SDO1b 1013.00 SDG1b 1160.00 SDW11b 2186.00 SDW21b 2186.00 3 90 200 230 460 575 25 30 50 50 SEO1b 1638.00 SEG1b 1929.00 SEW11b 3380.00 SEW21b 4226.00 4 135 200 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 SFO1b 3747.00 SFG1b 4350.00 SFW11b 6827.00 SFW21b 8535.00 5 270 200 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 SGO1b 9152.00 SGG1b 10254.00 SGW11b 15795.00 — — 6 540 200 230 460 575 150 200 400 400 SHO2b 21756.00 SHG2b 28881.00 SHW2b 36003.00 — — 7 810 200 230 460 575 — 300 600 600 SJO2b 31256.00 SJG2b 38381.00 SJW2b 45503.00 — — NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS a b 16-18 Continuous Current Ratings Use Size 0 Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Starters— NEMA Style Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.41: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage NEMA 7 & 9 For Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2 Class I–Groups C, D Class II–Groups E, F, & G Max. Hp Bolted Type Cast Ironb a b c d 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 Cast Aluminumd $ Price NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure SPIN TOP™ Type $ Price Type $ Price 00 9 200 230 460 575 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBT2c SBT42c 2150.00 SBR2c 2690.00 SBA2c 689.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCT3c SCT43c 2241.00 SCR3c 2804.00 SCA3c 761.00 2 45 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 SDT1c SDT41c 3623.00 SDR1c 4527.00 SDA1c 1472.00 3 90 200 230 460 575 25 30 50 50 — SET43c 5439.00 SER3c 6800.00 SEA1c 2298.00 4 135 200 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 — SFT41c 8778.00 SFR1c 10971.00 SFA1c 5574.00 5 270 200 230 460 575 75 100 200 200 — SGT41c 20970.00 SGR1c 26211.00 SGA1c 13386.00 6 540 200 230 460 575 150 200 400 400 — — — — — SHA2c 32727.00 7 810 200 230 460 575 – 300 600 600 — — — — — SJA2c 42227.00 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection Table 16.41 shown on page 16-18. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed. Table 16.42: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz 24e 120f 208 240 277 480 600 Specify 50 Hz — 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify Code $ Price Adder V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SBO2V01S). 120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS f © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16 Schneider Electric offers express shipping for factory modified NEMA Type 1 and Type 12/3R Enclosed Starters. When you need them fast, our Laser™ Delivery program is the answer to getting your product when you need it most. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. Ask for Laser™ Delivery, then select the product and the modifications you need when you place your order. It’s as easy as that! 16-19 Full Voltage Starters Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Table 16.43: Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Max. Hp Type $ Price Type $ Price 1/3 1 SAO11a 386.00 SAG11a 419.00 Type $ Price NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price 00 9 115 230 0 18 115 230 1 2 SBO1a 435.00 SBG1a 468.00 SBW11a 966.00 SBW21a 966.00 1 27 115 230 2 3 SCO1a 507.00 SCG1a 539.00 SCW11a 1052.00 SCW21a 1052.00 1P 36 115 230 3 5 SCO2a 662.00 SCG2a 696.00 SCW12a 1209.00 SCW22a 1209.00 2 45 115 230 3 7-1/2 SDO6a 918.00 SDG6a 1067.00 SDW16a 2091.00 SDW26a 2091.00 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 4-Pole, 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Table 16.44: Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price SBO3a 629.00 SBG3a 675.00 SBW13a 1229.00 SBW23a 1229.00 0 18 200 230 460 575 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO4a 714.00 SCG4a 761.00 SCW14a 1301.00 SCW24a 1301.00 2 45 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 SDO2a 1283.00 SDG2a 1430.00 SDW12a 2910.00 SDW22a 2910.00 3 90 200 230 460 575 25 30 50 50 SEO2a 2096.00 SEG2a 2357.00 SEW12a 4206.00 200 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 SFO2a 4 135 3 3 5 5 NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Max. Hp a Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) 5142.00 SFG2a 5715.00 SFW12a 9221.00 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below. Table 16.45: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 16 60 Hz 50 Hz 24b 120c 208 240 277 480 600 Specify — 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify Code $ Price Adder V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 b NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SBO2V01S). 120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. c Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-20 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Starters Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Table 16.46: Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F, & G Max. Hp Bolted Type Cast Ironc Cast Aluminuma $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure SPIN TOP™ Type $ Price Type $ Price 00 9 115 230 1/3 1 0 18 115 230 1 2 SBT1d SBT41 2091.00 SBR1d 2619.00 SBA1d 639.00 1 27 115 230 2 3 SCT1d SCT41 2186.00 SCR1d 2732.00 SCA1d 710.00 1P 36 115 230 3 5 SCT2d SCT42 2363.00 SCR2d 2952.00 SCA2d 867.00 2 45 115 230 SDT6d SDT46 3513.00 SDR6d 4400.00 SDA6d 1380.00 a Use Size 0 3 7-1/2 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed. 4-Pole 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Table 16.47: Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size Continuous Current Ratings Motor Voltage Max. Hp NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F, & G Coil Voltage Bolted Type Cast Ironc Cast Aluminum NEMA 12/3R b Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure $ Price SPIN TOP™ Type $ Price Type $ Price 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 208 240 480 600 SBT3d 2348.00 SBR3d 2939.00 SBA3d 846.00 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 208 240 480 600 SCT4d 2433.00 SCR4d 3047.00 SCA4d 932.00 2 45 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 208 240 480 600 SDT2d 4797.00 SDR2d 6002.00 SDA2d 1742.00 3 90 200 230 460 575 25 30 50 50 208 240 480 600 — SER2d 8679.00 SEA2d 2726.00 4 135 200 230 460 575 40 50 100 100 208 240 480 600 — — SFA2d 7370.00 b c d Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) — NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-20. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-21 Full Voltage Starters— NEMA Style Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Types SB–SD With Auxiliary Load Terminals It is sometimes desirable to use capacitors in motor branch circuits to improve power factor. The Size 0–2 Type SB–SD starters listed below include three auxiliary terminals to allow easy connection of power factor correction capacitors. When capacitors are connected using these terminals, no adjustment to the selection of thermal units is necessary. The auxiliary terminals accept #12–16 solid or stranded wire. NEMA Size 3 & 4 starters have provisions for auxiliary connections. User must supply lugs as necessary. The Type S starters with auxiliary load terminals may also be used to control two motors simultaneously from a single starter. However, this application is tightly restricted by Section 430-53 of the National Electrical Code. Refer to the NEC for restrictions regarding overload protection, size of controller and motor branch circuit protection. Table 16.48: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size Motor Voltage Max. Hp Open Type $ Price 0 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBTO2a 485.00 1 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCTO3a 557.00 2 200 230 460 575 10 15 25 25 SDTO1a 1011.00 Extra Capacity Single Phase Starters (Not NEMA Style) 2-Pole Single Phase—250 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Table 16.49: Note that prices shown do not include thermal unit. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal unit is $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Open Type Motor Voltage Max. Hp 115 230 5 10 115 230 7-1/2 15 a b c NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 3R Rainproof, Sleet Resistant, Outdoor Use Enclosure Type $ Price Type SDH8ab 1787.00 — 2091.00 SEW16a Type $ Price Type SDO8ab 1304.00 — SEO6a 1431.00 SEG6a $ Price — 1722.00 SEH6a NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure $ Price — 3176.00 NEMA 4X Watertight Corrosion Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 12/3R c Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type — — — SEW26a 3969.00 SEA6a $ Price — 2091.00 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Uses a Size 3 overload relay. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Table 16.50: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 16 Code $ Price Adder 60 Hz 50 Hz 24d — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified. e 120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control and must be ordered with Form S (i.e., 8536SCO2V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-22 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Application Data for Selection Table 16.51: Load Voltage Single Phase PolyPhase Maximum Hp Rating— Plugging and Jogging Duty a Single Phase PolyPhase c d 3Ø Rating for Inrush Currents Switching (Worst Case Peak) Capacitors > 20–40 Times Peak e of Continuous Current Rating Single Phase PolyPhase Single Phase PolyPhase Single Phase PolyPhase KVAR 00 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 — — — — — — — — — — — — 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 5 5 5 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0 115 200 230 380 460 575 1 — 2 — — — — 3 3 5 5 5 1/2 — 1 — — — — 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 18 18 18 18 18 18 21 21 21 21 21 21 10 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0.6 — 1.2 — 2.4 3.0 — 1.8 2.1 — 4.2 5.2 0.3 — 0.6 — 1.2 1.5 — 0.9 1.0 — 2.1 2.6 — — — — — — 1 115 200 230 380 460 575 2 — 3 — — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 1 — 2 — — — — 3 3 5 5 5 27 27 27 27 27 27 32 32 32 32 32 32 15 15 15 — — — 3 — 6 — 12 15 5 9.1 10 16.5 20 25 1.2 — 2.4 — 4.9 6.2 — 3.6 4.3 — 8.5 11.0 0.6 — 1.2 — 2.5 3.1 — 1.8 2.1 — 4.3 5.3 — — — — — — 1P 115 230 3 5 — — 1-1/2 3 — — 36 36 42 42 24 24 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7-1/2 10 15 15 15 — 15 20 30 30 30 25 30 50 60 60 60 75 125 150 150 125 150 250 300 300 — — — 45 45 45 45 45 45 90 90 90 90 90 90 135 135 135 135 135 270 270 270 270 270 540 540 540 540 540 810 810 810 52 52 52 52 52 52 104 104 104 104 104 104 156 156 156 156 156 311 311 311 311 311 621 621 621 621 621 932 932 932 Ratings shown are for applications requiring repeated interruptions of stalled motor current or repeated closing of high transient currents encountered in rapid motor reversal, involving more than five openings or closings per minute and more than ten in a tenminute period, such as plug-stop, plug-reverse or jogging duty. Ratings apply to single speed and multi-speed controllers. Per NEMA Standards paragraph ICS 2-321.20, the service-limit current represents the maximum rms current, in Amperes, which the controller may be expected to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises may exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The ultimate trip current of over-current (overload) relays or other motor protective devices shall not exceed the service-limit current ratings of the controller. FLUORESCENT LAMP LOADS—300 VOLTS AND LESS—The characteristics of fluorescent lamps are such that it is not necessary to derate Class 8502 contactors below their normal continuous current rating. Class 8903 contactors may also be used with fluorescent lamp loads. For controlling tungsten and infrared lamp loads, and resistance heating loads, Class 8903 AC lighting contactors are recommended. These contactors are specifically designed for such loads and are applied at their full rating as listed in the Class 8903 Section. Ratings apply to contactors which are employed to switch the load at the utilization voltage of the heat producing element with a duty which requires continuous operation of not more than five openings per minute. Class 8903 Types L and S lighting contactors are rated for resistance heating loads. When discharged, a capacitor has essentially zero impedance. For repetitive switching by a contactor, sufficient impedance should be connected in series to limit inrush current to not more than 6 times the contactor rated continuous current. In many installations, the impedance of connecting conductors may be sufficient for this purpose. When switching to connect additional banks, the banks already on the line may be charged and can supply additional available short-circuit current which should be considered when selecting the impedance to limit the current. 30 5 8.5 2.1 — 1.0 — — 30 — 15.4 — 6.3 — 3.1 — 30 10 17 4.1 7.2 2.1 3.6 8 — — 28 — — — — — — 20 34 8.3 14 4.2 7.2 16 — 25 43 10.0 18 5.2 8.9 20 60 10 17 4.1 — 2.0 — — 60 — 31 — 12 — 6.1 — 60 20 34 8.1 14 4.1 7.0 27 — — 56 — — — — — — 40 68 16 28 8.1 14 53 — 50 86 20 35 10 18 67 120 — 45 — 20 — 10 — 120 30 52 14 23 6.8 12 40 — — 86.7 — — — — — — 60 105 27 47 14 23 80 — 75 130 34 59 17 29 100 240 — 91 — 41 — 20 — 240 60 105 27 47 14 24 80 — — 173 — — — — — — 120 210 54 94 27 47 160 — 150 260 68 117 34 59 200 480 — 182 — 81 — 41 — 480 120 210 54 94 27 47 160 — — 342 — — — — — — 240 415 108 188 54 94 320 — 300 515 135 234 68 117 400 — 180 315 — — — — 240 — 360 625 — — — — 480 — 450 775 — — — — 600 The ratings for capacitor switching above assume the following maximum available fault currents: — NEMA Size 00–3: 5,000 A RMS Sym. — NEMA Size 4–5: 10,000 A RMS Sym. — NEMA Size 6: 18,000 A RMS Sym. — NEMA Size 7: 30,000 A RMS Sym. Note: If available fault current is greater than these values, connect sufficient impedance in series as noted in the previous paragraph. f For NEMA Size 6 & 7, the operation rate is as follows: Continuous operation rate is 3 operations per minute maximum; Jogging or Plugging Duty operation rate is 15 operations per minute for a maximum of three minutes. The motor ratings in Table 16.51 are NEMA standard ratings and apply only when the code letter of the motor is the same as or occurs earlier in the alphabet than is shown in the Table 16.52. Motors having code letters occurring later in the alphabet may require a larger controller. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Table 16.52: Motor Hp Rating Maximum Allowable Motor Code Letter 1-1/2–2 3–5 7-1/2 and above L K H 16 e Inrush Currents (Worst Case Peak) ? 20 Times Peak of Continuous Current Rating 1/2 — 1 — — — 115 3 — 2 200 — 10 — 230 7-1/2 15 5 380 — 25 — 460 — 25 — 575 — 25 — 115 — — — 200 — 25 — 230 — 30 — 3 380 — 50 — 460 — 50 — 575 — 50 — 200 — 40 — 230 — 50 — 4 380 — 75 — 460 — 100 — 575 — 100 — 200 — 75 — 230 — 100 — 5 380 — 150 — 460 — 200 — 575 — 200 — 200 — 150 — 230 — 200 — 6f 380 — 300 — 460 — 400 — 575 — 400 — 230 — 300 — 7f 460 — 600 — 575 — 600 — Tables and footnotes are taken from NEMA Standards. b Service— Limit Current Rating, (A) b KVA Rating for Switching Transformer Primaries at 50 or 60 Cycles 115 200 230 380 460 575 2 a Continuous Current Rating, (A) 600 Volt Max. Resistance Heating Loads, KW— other than Infrared Lamp Loads d Tungsten and Infrared Lamp Load, (A) 250 Volts Max. c NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS NEMA Size Maximum Hp Rating— Nonplugging and Nonjogging Duty © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-23 Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.53: Dimensions for Class 8502 Open Type Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure) NEMA Size Type No. of Poles Fig. No. A IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN 00 SAO 2–3 1 3-7/32 4-11/32 4-7/32 1-5/8 1-5/8 7/32 3-15/16 — — 4 0 SBO 1–3 3-7/32 4-11/32 4-7/32 1-5/8 1-5/8 7/32 3-15/16 — — 4 4-1/4 4-11/32 4-7/32 1-5/8 2-5/8 7/32 3-15/16 — — 4-1/2 B C D E F G H Wt I (lb) A D E C F 1 1 SCO 2 SDO 4–5 2–3 2–3 3 4 4-5/16 5-1/8 4-15/16 2-5/32 2-5/32 7/32 4-19/32 17/32 1-1/16 6-3/4 5-5/8 5-1/8 4-15/16 2-5/32 3-15/32 7/32 4-19/32 17/32 1-1/16 8-1/4 1-7/8 G B 1 4–5 5-15/32 7-3/32 6-1/2 3-17/32 5/16 6-1/32 3-1/4 4-3/4 14 4–5 9-3/4 7-7/8 6-1/2 3-15/16 5-13/16 5/16 7 4-17/32 9-1/16 22 2–3 6 8-3/16 6-1/2 2-1/16 3-15/16 5/16 7 3-19/32 5-5/16 18 9-3/4 8-3/16 6-1/2 3-15/16 5-13/16 5/16 7 4-17/32 9-1/16 22 45 SEO 1 SFO H I Figure 1 Class 8502 1 4–5 5 SGO 2–3 1 8-2/3 12-5/16 8-3/4 5/8 11-1/8 4-3/4 7-1/4 6 SHO 2–3 1 10-35/64 28-1/16 9 3-17/32 7-1/32 3-1/4 5-13/16 5-1/16 18-9/16 4-3/4 7-1/4 80 7 SJO 2–3 1 10-35/64 37-1/4 10-7/8 3-17/32 7-1/32 7-7/32 22-3/8 4-3/4 7-1/4 135 A F Table 16.54: NEMA Size Type 00, 0, 1, 1P 0, 1 SAO– SCO SBO– SCO 2 SDO Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure) No. of Poles Fig. No. 2–3 4 B C D E F G H I IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN (lb) 2 3-1/2 6-49/64 4-7/32 1/2 1 1-39/64 13/64 6-1/4 3-31/32 5 2 4-17/32 6-49/64 4-7/32 1/2 1 2-2/3 13/64 6-1/4 3-31/32 5-1/2 4-5/16 7-13/16 4-15/16 1/2 1 2-5/32 13/64 7-11/32 4-1/16 7-3/4 5-5/8 7-13/16 4-15/16 1/2 1 3-15/32 13/64 7-11/32 4-1/16 9-1/4 17 2–3 5-15/32 11-3/32 6-1/2 7/8 1-3/4 3-19/32 5/16 10-3/16 5-3/4 4 9-3/4 12-1/8 6-1/2 1-13/16 1-3/4 5-13/16 5/16 11-3/16 5-3/4 25 3 6 12-7/8 6-1/2 1-13/16 1-3/4 3-15/16 5/16 11-3/16 5-3/4 22 9-3/4 12-7/8 6-1/2 1-13/16 1-3/4 5-29/32 5/16 11-3/16 5-3/4 25 8-3/4 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-12/32 5/8 16-3/8 6 62 SEO RESET I D E Figure 2 Class 8536 2 SFO 2 4 5 SGO 3 2 8-9/16 17-9/16 6 SHO 3 2 12-11/32 28-1/16 9 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-25/32 5-1/16 18-9/16 8-11/16 85 7 SJO 3 2 12-11/32 37-1/4 10-7/8 4-3/4 7-1/4 5-25/32 7-7/32 22-3/8 9 140 Table 16.55: H B 2 4 4 Wt A 2–3 3 C G Dimensions for 8536 Open Type K D A L C E K F B J Pilot Light Dimensions for NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure RESET NEMA Size Type Dimensions—Inches No. of Poles Fig. No. A B 6 10 G C D E F G 5-9/16 3 7/8 8-1/8 1 8502 8536 5-9/32 H I J K L 5 — — I H Figure 3 00 0 1 SAG SBG SCG All All All 3 3 3 2 SDG All 3 7-13/16 12-11/16 6-1/32 6-5/16 — 1-3/32 10-1/2 1-3/32 3 SEG All 3 11-7/16 21-13/16 8 8-3/8 — 1-17/32 18-3/4 1-17/32 1-17/32 8-3/8 7-3/4 1-17/32 8-3/8 9 9 25-5/32 H 15/16 4-1/8 1-3/32 5-5/8 5-3/4 1-3/32 5-5/8 4 SFG All 5 11-1/4 8-19/32 1-1/4 1-1/4 22-5/16 1-7/16 7/16 5 SGG All 5 17-7/32 44-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16 13 2-1/8 2-1/8 6 SHG All 4 65-3/4 20-7/32 13-1/8 13-1/8 — 11 7 SJG All 4 93 34-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2 40 64-1/2 2-5/16 — — 2-1/8 9/16 — — — 5-1/2 — — — — H B E (3) Closing Plates — G A Floor Mounting F 16 C Figure 4 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes H A B G RESET E F D Figure 5 16-24 C H © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.56: NEMA Size Class 0 and 1 8502 8536 NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosuresa No. of Poles Type SBW SCW SBW SCW Bot. Hub Only Dimensions—Inches A B I J All 6-3/8 7-1/8 13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4 C D E 12 F 19/32 1-3/16 G H 11-25/32 1-5/8 2-5/16 5/16 All 6-3/8 7-13/16 13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4 12 19/32 11-25/32 1-5/8 2-5/16 5/16 1-7/8 K L W X 3/4'' Dia. Hub 1'' Dia. Hub 3/4'' Dia. Hub 1-1/2'' Dia. Hub Dia. 2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4'' Hub 2-1/2'' Dia. Hub SDW All 8-1/8 7-7/8 16-3/16 1-9/16 5 15 1-3/32 1-15/16 14-3/4 2 2-5/8 5/16 8536 SDW All 8-1/8 8-9/16 16-3/16 1-9/16 5 15 1-3/32 14-3/4 2 2-5/8 5/16 12 30-1/2 7/8 2-7/8 SEW 8502 All 18-5/32 8-3/4 32-7/32 3-5/64 3-11/16 26-23/32 SFW All 18-5/32 9-9/16 32-7/32 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 26-23/32 Dia. 2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4" Hub 2-1/2" Dia. Hub All 17-7/32 12-5/8 47-7/32 4-1/8 9 46 5/8 4-19/32 28-5/16 3-1/8 Dia. 5-3/4 9/16 3/4" Hub 3-1/2" Dia. Hub Dia. 4-19/32 30-13/16 2-11/16 4-1/2 9/16 3/4" Hub (2) 3" Dia. Hub SEW 8536 SFW 8502 & SGW 8536 5 8502 & SHW 8536 6a 7a a All 20-7/32 12-1/8 65-7/32 4-1/8 12 64 5/8 NEMA Size B D G C G (4) "L" DIA. MTG.HOLES I W X J H Floor Mounting NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosures with Form F4Tb Class Type No. of Poles A B All 12-5/8 7-1/8 All 12-5/8 7-13/16 14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2 All 14-7/8 7-9/16 16-5/16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 21/32 3-3/16 20-7/8 2 2-5/8 5/16 14-7/8 8-1/4 16-5/16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 21/32 20-7/8 2 2-5/8 5/16 SBW 8502 0 and 1 A E K 8502 & SJW All 34-1/2 23-1/2 101 8536 Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only. Table 16.57: D F 8502 2 3 and 4 Top & Bot. Hub SCW SBW 8536 SCW 8502 SDW 8536 SDW All SEW 2–3 SFW 2–3 SEW 2–3 SFW 2–3 Dimensions—Inches C D E F 14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2 G H I J K L 13-1/2 19/32 3-3/16 18-13/16 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16 13-1/2 19/32 3-7/8 18-13/32 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16 2 8502 3 and 4 8536 5 8502 & 8536 SGW All 6b 8502 & 8536 SHW All 3-7/8 Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above. Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above. Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above. Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page 16-101. 7b 8502 & 8536 SJW All b Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only. NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures Size Type No. of Poles C D E F 0, 1 SBW SCW All 6-1/2 6-7/16 12-1/8 3/4 5 8-3/4 2 SDW All 8-1/2 7-1/16 13-7/8 3/4 7 Dimensions—Inches (see the figure below) A B A D E G H I J K Bot. Hub Only Top & Bot. Hub Weight (lb) L W X 1-11/16 3-11/32 10-1/16 1-5/16 2-1/8 5/16 3/4 1 17 10-1/2 1-11/16 3-29/32 11-15/16 1-5/8 5/16 3/4 1-1/2 22 2-3/8 B D SIZE 2 ONLY NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 16.58: G F I C SIZE 2 ONLY (2) "L" DIA. MTG. HOLES (SIZE 1) (4) "L" DIA. MTG. HOLES (SIZE 2) J RESET G H K 1" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 1 1 1/2" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 2 16 3/4" CONDUIT HUB IN SIZE 1 & SIZE 2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-25 Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.59: A NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures E NEMA Size No. of Poles Type Dimensions—Inches (see Figure 1) A B C E F SBW 0-2a SCW All 16-7/8 9-25/32 22-3/4 10-1/8 21-1/2 SDW SEW 3-4b All 25-13/16 11-15/16 33-1/2 18-1/2 32-1/4 SFW a With control power transformer (Form F4T). b Dimensions also for Form F4T. Note: Devices with Form F4T may use larger enclosure. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) for dimensions. C F B NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Iron Figure 1 NEMA 4X See Figure 2 for dimensions for NEMA size 0 and 1 (weight is 59 pounds). See Figure 3 for NEMA size 2 (weight is 75 pounds). 11.00 279 9.75 248 9.25 235 4.90 125 .63 16 2.40 61 .63 16 (1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Top Standard 7.00 .25 179 6 Optional Mounting .63 16 2.40 61 12.00 304 10.75 273 10.25 260 5.90 150 .63 16 (1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Top Standard 7.50 .25 191 6 Optional Mounting 13.25 7.90 337 201 12.00 305 12.70 322 8.25 210 (1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard 9.63 245 14.44 367 (4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes 10 (1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard 13.75 15.00 349 381 9.25 235 (1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard Figure 3 Size 2 Figure 2 Size 0 and 1 Table 16.60: (4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes 10 (1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap at Bottom Standard NEMA 7 & 9—SPIN TOP™ Enclosure Conduit Sizes Loc. A, B, C & D NEMA Size Std. 0–1 2 Dimensions—Inches (See Figure 4) 1-1/4 Type SBR SCR 10-5/8 26 15-1/4 8 4-3/4 5-3/8 1-1/2 SDR 13-7/8 30-1/2 19-1/4 8 4-3/4 5-1/4 3–4 2-1/2 SER SFR 13-3/8 39-1/2 20-1/4 8 4-3/4 7-1/2 5 4 SGR 19 53-1/2 27-3/4 — — 11-1/4 Top View E F G H J K L S T Wt. (lb) M N P Q R 3-3/4 1-1/16 7-1/2 11 7-5/16 2-1/16 — — 70 3-3/4 1-1/16 7 18 9-3/8 2-3/4 — — 100 3-3/4 — 7-3/4 23 8-5/8 3 — — 165 195 5-3/4 1/8 16 20-5/8 11-3/8 4-5/16 12 6-1/2 375 Rear View Space Required to Remove Top Cover N E Q Rear Seal R Threaded Cover Enclosure G A C B D F H S K L 16 Overload Reset J T NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Circuit Breaker Operator Handle - Combination Form Only (Add 1 IN to overall width) M Mtg. Holes and/or Slots (3) P Space Required to Remove Bottom Cover Figure 4 NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP™ Enclosure 16-26 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.61: V U Q NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum Dimensions—Inches NEMA Size Type G H J K L N P Q, R S, T, U, V Z Dia. Wt. (lb) 0–1 SBT SCT 14-1/4 17-1/4 9-1/2 12-1/4 8-7/8 4-1/2 11 2-3/8 3-1/8 1-1/2 75 2 SDT 13-5/8 27-5/8 9-1/2 12-1/4 19-1/4 9-5/8 11 2-3/8 3-1/8 1-1/2 115 3–4 SET SFT 18-1/8 31-5/8 10 16-1/4 19-1/4 9-5/8 12-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/4 2-1/2 180 5 SGT 24-1/2 45-5/8 13-3/4 22-1/2 27-1/2 13-3/4 15-3/8 3-7/16 4 4 500 L H N R S T G Circuit Breaker Handle not supplied on Class 8502 or 8536 J P Mtg. for 4 Bolts Z 1/2" NPT for breather and drain K NEMA 7 & 9 Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum Table 16.62: NEMA Size NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight Enclosure Dimensions—Inches No. of Poles Type 0 SBA All 1 SCA All 2 SDA All 3 SEA All 4 SFA All 5 SGA 6 SHA 7 SJA All A B 6-3/8 8-17/32 8-1/8 9-9/32 C D 12-3/4 1-9/16 16 1-9/16 Weight (lb) E F G H I J Class 8502 Class 8536 3-1/4 12 3/8 3-9/16 12-1/4 5/16 15 16 5 15 1/2 3-9/16 15-3/8 5/16 22 23 65 68 69 73 D A E D G F 18-5/32 9-9/16 31-1/2 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 1/2 4-1/2 All 17-7/32 13-7/16 47 4-1/8 9 46 1/2 5-13/32 28-5/16 9/16 160 177 All 20-7/32 13 65 4-1/8 12 64 1/2 30-7/8 11/16 228 233 34-1/2 23-1/2 93 — — 6-7/16 26-23/32 7/16 Floor Mounting C G B (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight Enclosure With Form F4T NEMA Size Type No. of Poles 0 SBA All 1 SCA All 2 SDA All 3 SEA 2–3 4 SFA 2–3 5 SGA All 6 SHA All 7 SJA All Table 16.64: Size Type No. of Poles I Dimensions—Inches A B C D E F G H I J 11-7/8 8 13-1/2 2-13/16 6-3/4 12-3/4 3/8 3-29/32 18-3/8 5/16 14-7/8 8-1/8 16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 3/8 3-21/32 21-1/2 5/16 H NEMA 12 Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above. Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above. Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page 16-101. NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet Resistant Enclosures Dimensions—Inches A B C D1 D2 E F G1 G2 H1 H2 J K L M N P K.O. X K.O. Y C A E D1 P SBH 0, 1 SCH All 8-27/32 12-9/32 7-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 6 7-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 14-9/32 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 4-3/8 1-27/32 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 4-7/8 1-27/32 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 D2 N G1 F B 2 SDH All 9-27/32 16-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 7 11-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 16-25/32 1-5/16 1-3/4 2-1/8 G2 3/4 (4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 (3) Closing Plates 3 SEH All 12-27/32 25-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 20-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 19-25/32 1-5/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 6-3/8 1-27/32 1 1-1/4 2 2-1/2 1/2 J 3/4 M X M SFH All 12-27/32 40-9/32 9-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 35-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 20-9/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/8 1-27/32 1/2 3/4 H1 H2 NEMA 3R 16 4 1 1-1/4 2 2-1/2 X K L Y NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 16.63: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-27 Full Voltage Vacuum Contactors 600 Volt Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us General Information Class 8502 Type W non-reversing vacuum contactors used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is separately provided. Type W vacuum contactors are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. (See page 16-50 for Class 8702 Reversing Vacuum Contactors.) Table 16.65: Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors Locked Rotor Current (A) Enclosed Ampere Rating NEMA Size a Table 16.66: Type 4 5 6 3 3 3 91 $ Price WFO3a 3965.00 WGO3a 8004.00 WHO3a 22383.00 240 V 220 V 240 240 240 480 V 440 V 480 480 480 $ Price 600 V 550 V 600 600 600 732.00 1724.00 1904.00 Class 9999 Type $ Price WX11 116.00 WCX11 WLX01 153.00 476.00 LUW5 261.00 LUW6 270.00 Class 9999—Vacuum Contactor Kits Type WF–WG WH Size 4–5 6 WF WG–WH 4 5–6 WG 5 WH 6 Volts 50 Hz 60 Hz 120 V 110 V 120 120 120 9998WF 9998WG 9998WH For Use With Table 16.68: Type Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number) Class and Type Poles WF WG WH Table 16.67: 40 50 100 100 75 100 200 200 150 200 400 400 Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 Vacuum Contactors (Includes Rectifier) Size Auxiliary Interlock Max. Hp 200 230 4 135 1080 460 575 200 230 5 270 2160 460 575 200 230 6 540 4320 460 575 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below. Class 8502 Type WH 3.60 Open Type Motor Voltage Kit Description Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1-N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included Lug Kits (6) lugs included Coil Voltage Codes 110 V02 120 220 V03 V02 440 V06 V03 7.00 178 5.00 Front View Shown Without Cover Plate and Overtravel Gauge 240 480 550 V07 V06 V07 6.13 2.67 2.67 68 600 68 156 5.22 127 Coil Interlock 133 Line Term. 12.50 12.90 Overtravel Gauge 328 Term. Holes 16 1.44 1.44 37 37 4.63 118 3.72 94 33 2.50 2.50 5.09 1.28 2.63 2.63 67 67 7.90 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 201 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WF Size 4 227 355 168 151 8.94 185 13.99 6.63 5.96 318 7.28 129 Load Term. 5.93 151 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WH Size 6 1.45 37 64 64 7.90 201 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WG Size 5 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-28 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Vacuum Contactors 1500 Volt Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us General Information The Class 8502 Type V vacuum contactor is a three-pole, 1500 V rated device which meets UL508 (1.5 kV) and CSA. Vacuum technology offers long life and low maintenance in a compact, lightweight design. The contactor is suitable for contaminated atmospheres because the main contacts are sealed in vacuum bottles. Also, since gravity is not used to assist contactor operation, the Class 8502 contactor may be mounted in any plane without special modifications. Type V vacuum contactors are designed for the control of inductive or non-inductive loads at voltages between 200 and 1500 Vac. Table 16.69: Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors Class 8502 Type VH 3.60 Overtravel Gauge 91 a Size Type 4 5 6 3 3 3 Type VF–VG VH Size 4–5 6 VF VG–VH 4 5–6 VG 5 VH 6 4.63 Table 16.72: Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VF Size 4 Volts 50 Hz 60 Hz 110 V02 240 Volts 220 Volts 240 240 240 480 Volts 440 Volts 480 480 480 Kit Description Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1 N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included Lug Kits (6) lugs included 37 118 3965.00 8004.00 22383.00 $ Price 600 Volts 550 Volts 600 600 600 732.00 1724.00 1904.00 Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits 1.44 1.44 37 120 Volts 110 Volts 120 120 120 9998WF 9998WG 9998WH For Use With 168 $ Price Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number) Class and Type Poles VF VG VH Table 16.71: 6.63 Type Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 (Contains Rectifier) 149 Front View Shown Without Overtravel Gauge Max. Hp 200 50 230 60 460 125 4 160 1080 575 150 VFO3a 800 200 1000 250 1500 400 200 100 230 125 460 250 5 320 2160 575 300 VGO3a 800 400 1000 — 1500 800 200 150 230 200 460 400 6 540 4320 575 400 VHO3a 800 — 1000 — 1500 1300 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below. Table 16.70: 5.87 Open Type Motor Voltage Class 9999 Type $ Price WX11 116.00 WCX11 WLX01 153.00 476.00 LUW5 261.00 LUW6 1715.00 Coil Voltage Codes 120 220 V03 240 V02 440 V06 V03 480 550 V07 600 V06 V07 Line Terminals: Six 3/0 - 16 Tapped Holes 6.20 157 5.20 Line 7.00 132 178 14.00 1 8.00 Coil Terminal A 8.94 203 Mtg. 2 227 Coil Terminal C 5.05 Load 7.90 171 5.75 7.75 197 201 356 171 Mtg. Line and Load Terminals: One .50 - 13 Tapped Hole Per Terminal Coil Terminal A 2 Coil Terminal C Load Terminals: Six 3/0 - 16 Tapped Holes 6.75 Mtg. 128 6.75 1 7.00 146 Std. 178 1 Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor. 1 Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor. 2 Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor. 2 Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor. Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VG Size 5 Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VH Size 6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Recess for Auxiliary Contact Locked Rotor Current (A) Enclosed Ampere Rating NEMA Size 16-29 Full Voltage Vacuum Starters—NEMA Style 600 Volt Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us General Information Class 8536 Type W non-reversing vacuum starters are used to switch electric motors where overload protection is not separately provided. Type W vacuum starters are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. Starters are available exclusively with Motor Logic™ Feature Base Solid State Overload Relays. Table 16.73: Class 8536—Full Voltage Vacuum Starters Enclosed Ampere Rating NEMA Size Locked Rotor Current (A) Motor Voltage Open Type Max. Hp Type $ Price 200 40 230 50 4 135 1080 WFO3a 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 2160 WGO3a 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 6 540 4320 WHO3a 460 400 575 400 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table at left. a Table 16.74: Type 4 5 6 All All All 240 Volts 220 Volts 240 240 240 480 Volts 440 Volts 480 480 480 $ Price 600 Volts 550 Volts 600 600 600 732.00 1724.00 1904.00 Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits Type WF–WG WH Size 4–5 6 WF WG–WH 4 5–6 WG 5 110 V02 120 Volts 110 Volts 120 120 120 9998WF 9998WG 9998WH For Use With Volts 50 Hz 60 Hz 24008.00 Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number) Class and Type Poles WF WG WH Table 16.76: 10125.00 Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8536 Vacuum Starters Size Table 16.75: 4433.00 Kit Description Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1 N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included Class 9999 Type $ Price WX11 122.00 WCX11 WLX01 114.00 503.00 LUW5 275.00 Coil Voltage Codes 120 220 V03 240 V02 440 V06 V03 480 550 V07 600 V06 V07 8.59 1.13 29 218 4.30 109 3.28 83 8.59 218 .94 24 1.13 5.21 132 9.07 4.30 29 230 109 6.47 2.60 164 66 19.96 507 26.25 18.56 .42 11 17.77 451 13.06 332 12.21 16.37 16 11.20 310 667 471 416 284 .24 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 6 (Reset Travel) Reset Reset .24 .88 1.75 22 6 (Reset Travel) .24 3.62 4.28 109 44 7.25 92 6 (Reset Travel) 7.84 199 Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WF Size 4 8.74 222 184 Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WG Size 5 Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WH Size 6 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-30 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters— NEMA Style Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us General Information Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection into one package. These starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL Listed (although some Form numbers may not be listed—contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center for information). Class 8538 and 8539 combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac maximum, 50 to 60 Hz—and are supplied with melting alloy overload relays as standard. 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. For class J fuse clip, use Form Y1072 (no charge). Table 16.77: Fusible Full Voltage Type (Class H Fuse Clips), with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase NEMA Size 0 7-1/2 10 20 25 40 75 150 3 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 7-1/2 1 $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0-5)c NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type $ Price 30 30 SBG12a SCG12a 1344.00 1416.00 SBW12a SCW12a 2712.00 2781.00 SBW22a SCW22a 3123.00 3195.00 SBA22a SCA22a SBA12a SCA12a 1686.00 1758.00 60 SCG13a 1443.00 SCW13a 2811.00 SCW23a 3239.00 SCA23a SCA13a 1785.00 60 100 200 200 400 600 30 30 SDG12a SEG15a SEG12a SFG15a SGG15a SHG13a SBG12a SCG12a 2228.00 3752.00 4064.00 7199.00 16122.00 42305.00 1344.00 1416.00 SDW12a SEW15a SEW12a SFW15a SGW15a SHW13a SBW12a SCW12a 4334.00 7425.00 7739.00 11898.00 28112.00 54077.00 2712.00 2781.00 SDW22a SEW25a — — — — SBW22a SCW22a 4778.00 8166.00 — — — — 3123.00 3195.00 SDA22a SEA25a SEA22a SFA25a SGA25a SHA23a SBA22a SCA22a SDA12a SEA15a SEA12a SFA15a SGA15a SHA13a SBA12a SCA12a 2712.00 4377.00 4692.00 8936.00 20336.00 47219.00 1686.00 1758.00 60 SCG13a 1443.00 SCW13a 2811.00 SCW23a 3239.00 SCA23a SCA13a 1785.00 15 2 60 SDG12a 2228.00 SDW12a 4334.00 SDW22a 4778.00 SDA22a SDA12a 2712.00 230 25 100 SEG15a 3752.00 SEW15a 7425.00 SEW25a 8166.00 SEA25a SEA15a 4377.00 (240) 3 30 200 SEG12a 4064.00 SEW12a 7739.00 — — SEA22a SEA12a 4692.00 50 4 200 SFG15a 7199.00 SFW15a 11898.00 — — SFA25a SFA15a 8936.00 100 5 400 SGG15a 16122.00 SGW15a 28112.00 — — SGA25a SGA15a 20336.00 200 6 600 SHG13a 42305.00 SHW13a 54077.00 — — SHA23a SHA13a 47219.00 5 0 30 SBG13a 1344.00 SBW13a 2712.00 SBW23a 3123.00 SBA23a SBA13a 1686.00 10 1 30 SCG14a 1443.00 SCW14a 2811.00 SCW24a 3239.00 SCA24a SCA14a 1785.00 15 30 SDG16a 2241.00 SDW16a 4350.00 SDW26a 4791.00 SDA26a SDA16a 2712.00 2 25 60 SDG14a 2271.00 SDW14a 4377.00 SDW24a 4820.00 SDA24a SDA14a 2754.00 460 (480) 50 3 100 SEG13a 3824.00 SEW13a 7497.00 SEW23a 8244.00 SEA23a SEA13a 4449.00 100 4 200 SFG13a 7254.00 SFW13a 11955.00 — — SFA23a SFA13a 8991.00 200 5 400 SGG13a 16122.00 SGW13a 28112.00 — — SGA23a SGA13a 20336.00 400 6 600 SHG12a 42305.00 SHW12a 54077.00 — — SHA22a SHA12a 47219.00 5 0 30 SBG13a 1344.00 SBW13a 2712.00 SBW23a 3123.00 SBA23a SBA13a 1686.00 10 1 30 SCG14a 1443.00 SCW14a 2811.00 SCW24a 3239.00 SCA24a SCA14a 1785.00 15 30 SDG16a 2241.00 SDW16a 4350.00 SDW26a 4791.00 SDA26a SDA16a 2712.00 2 25 60 SDG14a 2271.00 SDW14a 4377.00 SDW24a 4820.00 SDA24a SDA14a 2754.00 575 (600) SEG13a 3824.00 SEW13a 7497.00 SEW23a 8244.00 SEA23a SEA13a 4449.00 50 3 100 100 4 200 SFG13a 7254.00 SFW13a 11955.00 — — SFA23a SFA13a 8991.00 200 5 400 SGG13a 16122.00 SGW13a 28112.00 — — SGA23a SGA13a 20336.00 400 6 600 SHG12a 42305.00 SHW12a 54077.00 — — SHA22a SHA12a 47219.00 a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-32. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Table 16.78: Motor Voltage Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips), Single Phaseef NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Fuse Clip Max. Coil NEMA Size Hp Voltage Size Poles (A) Type 120 240 d e f 1 2 3 2 3 7-1/2 $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) Type $ Price NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 120 0 1 2 2 30 30 60 SBG62V02 SCG62V02 SDG62V02 1344. 1416. 2228. SBW62V02 SCW62V02 SDW62V02 2712. 2781. 4334. SBW65V02 SCW65V02 SDW65V02 3123. 3195. 4778. SBA65V02 SCA65V02 SDA65V02 SBA62V02 SCA62V02 SDA62V02 1686. 1758. 2712. 240 0 1 2 2 30 30 60 SBG62V03 SCG62V03 SDG62V03 1344. 1416. 2228. SBW62V03 SCW62V03 SDW62V03 2712. 2781. 4334. SBW65V03 SCW65V03 SDW65V03 3123. 3195. 4778. SBA65V03 SCA65V03 SDA65V03 SBA62V03 SCA62V03 SDA62V03 1686. 1758. 2712. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Schneider Electric offers express shipping for factory modified NEMA Combo Starters. When you need them fast, our Laser™ Delivery program is the answer to getting your product when you need it most. Ask for Laser™ Delivery, then select the product and the modifications you need when you place your order. It’s as easy as that! NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type 3 5 200 (208) Fuse Clip Size (A) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-31 Combination Starters— NEMA Style Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50-60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.79: Non-Fusible Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Max. Hp Polyphase 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 150 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 200 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 5 10 25 50 100 200 400 230 (240) 460 (480) 575 (600) 120 240 a b c d e Note: Coil Voltage Max. Hp Motor Voltage Table 16.80: 1 2 3 Type SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c SBG11c SCG11c SDG11c SEG11c SFG11c SGG11c SHG11c 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 $ Price 1301.00 1373.00 2169.00 3609.00 6956.00 15609.00 41174.00 1301.00 1373.00 2169.00 3609.00 6956.00 15609.00 41174.00 1301.00 1373.00 2169.00 3609.00 6956.00 15609.00 41174.00 1301.00 1373.00 2169.00 3609.00 6956.00 15609.00 41174.00 NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)b NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c SBW11c SCW11c SDW11c SEW11c SFW11c SGW11c SHW11c Type SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — SBW21c SCW21c SDW21c SEW21c — — — $ Price 2669.00 2739.00 4278.00 7284.00 11655.00 27599.00 52568.00 2669.00 2739.00 4278.00 7284.00 11655.00 27599.00 52568.00 2669.00 2739.00 4278.00 7284.00 11655.00 27599.00 52568.00 2669.00 2739.00 4278.00 7284.00 11655.00 27599.00 52568.00 $ Price 3068.00 3153.00 4706.00 8010.00 — — — 3068.00 3153.00 4706.00 8010.00 — — — 3068.00 3153.00 4706.00 8010.00 — — — 3068.00 3153.00 4706.00 8010.00 — — — NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset $ Price Type SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c SBA21c SCA21c SDA21c SEA21c SFA21c SGA21c SHA21c Type SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c SBA11c SCA11c SDA11c SEA11c SFA11c SGA11c SHA11c 1643.00 1715.00 2654.00 4235.00 8693.00 19823.00 45710.00 1643.00 1715.00 2654.00 4235.00 8693.00 19823.00 45710.00 1643.00 1715.00 2654.00 4235.00 8693.00 19823.00 45710.00 1643.00 1715.00 2654.00 4235.00 8693.00 19823.00 45710.00 Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type, Single Phasede NEMA Size 200 (208) Refer to page 16-31 for details. NEMA Size Poles Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure 120 0 1 2 2 2 3 240 7-1/2 0 1 2 2 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset $ Price Type SBG61V02 SCG61V02 SDG61V02 $ Price 1301.00 1373.00 2169.00 Type SBW61V02 SCW61V02 SDW61V02 $ Price 2669.00 2739.00 4278.00 Type SBW64V02 SCW64V02 SDW64V02 $ Price 3068.00 3153.00 4706.00 Type SBA64V02 SCA64V02 SDA64V02 Type SBA61V02 SCA61V02 SDA61V02 1643.00 1715.00 2654.00 SBG61V03 SCG61V03 SDG61V03 1301.00 1373.00 2169.00 SBW61V03 SCW61V03 SDW61V03 2669.00 2739.00 4278.00 SBW64V03 SCW64V03 SDW64V03 3068.00 3153.00 4706.00 SBA64V03 SCA64V03 SDA64V03 SBA61V03 SCA61V03 SDA61V03 1643.00 1715.00 2654.00 NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosure. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Table 16.81: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 60 Hz 50 Hz 24gf 120g 208 240 277 480 600 Specify — 110 — 220 — 440 550 Specify Code $ Price Adder V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 V99 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 f 16 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified(i.e., order as 8538SBG11V01S). These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG11V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. g NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-32 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters— NEMA Style Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase – 600 Vac Maximum – 50-60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.82: Fusible (with Class R Fuse Clips) Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays—(100,000 AIC Rated) Fuse Clip Size (A) NEMA Size NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type $ Price Type NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)c $ Price Type $ Price With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 3 0 30 SBG32b 1367.00 SBW32b 2732.00 SBW42b 3140.00 SBA42b SBA32b 1709.00 5 1 30 SCG32b 1436.00 SCW32b 2804.00 SCW42b 3225.00 SCA42b SCA32b 1778.00 1808.00 7-1/2 1 60 SCG33b 1466.00 SCW33b 2834.00 SCW43b 3252.00 SCA43b SCA33b 2732.00 10 2 60 SDG32b 2249.00 SDW32b 4356.00 SDW42b 4791.00 SDA42b SDA32b 200 4419.00 20 3 100 SEG35b 3794.00 SEW35b 7469.00 SEW45b 8216.00 SEA45b SEA35b (208) 4734.00 25 3 200 SEG32b 4108.00 SEW32b 7781.00 — — SEA42b SEA32b 8978.00 40 4 200 SFG35b 7241.00 SFW35b 11942.00 — — SFA45b SFA35b 75 5 400 SGG35b 16221.00 SGW35b 28214.00 — — SGA45b SGA35b 20435.00 150 6 600 SHG33b 42782.00 SHW33b 54176.00 — — SHA43b SHA33b 47696.00 1709.00 3 0 30 SBG32b 1367.00 SBW32b 2732.00 SBW42b 3140.00 SBA42b SBA32b 1778.00 5 1 30 SCG32b 1436.00 SCW32b 2804.00 SCW42b 3225.00 SCA42b SCA32b 1808.00 7-1/2 1 60 SCG33b 1466.00 SCW33b 2834.00 SCW43b 3252.00 SCA43b SCA33b 2732.00 15 2 60 SDG32b 2249.00 SDW32b 4356.00 SDW42b 4791.00 SDA42b SDA32b 230 4419.00 25 3 100 SEG35b 3794.00 SEW35b 7469.00 SEW45b 8216.00 SEA45b SEA35b (240) 4734.00 30 3 200 SEG32b 4108.00 SEW32b 7781.00 — — SEA42b SEA32b 8978.00 50 4 200 SFG35b 7241.00 SFW35b 11942.00 — — SFA45b SFA35b 100 5 400 SGG35b 16221.00 SGW35b 28214.00 — — SGA45b SGA35b 20435.00 SHA33b 47696.00 200 6 600 SHG33b 42782.00 SHW33b 54176.00 — — SHA43b 5 0 30 SBG33b 1394.00 SBW33b 2762.00 SBW43b 3176.00 SBA43b SBA33b 1736.00 10 1 30 SCG34b 1466.00 SCW34b 2834.00 SCW44b 3252.00 SCA44b SCA34b 1808.00 15 2 30 SDG36b 2262.00 SDW36b 4370.00 SDW46b 4805.00 SDA46b SDA36b 2748.00 460 25 2 60 SDG34b 2291.00 SDW34b 4400.00 SDW44b 4841.00 SDA44b SDA34b 2775.00 (480) 50 3 100 SEG33b 3866.00 SEW33b 7541.00 SEW43b 8294.00 SEA43b SEA33b 4491.00 100 4 200 SFG33b 7298.00 SFW33b 11997.00 — — SFA43b SFA33b 9035.00 200 5 400 SGG33b 16221.00 SGW33b 28214.00 — — SGA43b SGA33b 20435.00 400 6 600 SHG32b 42782.00 SHW32b 54176.00 — — SHA42b SHA32b 47696.00 5 0 30 SBG33b 1394.00 SBW33b 2762.00 SBW43b 3176.00 SBA43b SBA33b 1736.00 10 1 30 SCG34b 1466.00 SCW34b 2834.00 SCW44b 3252.00 SCA44b SCA34b 1808.00 15 2 30 SDG36b 2262.00 SDW36b 4370.00 SDW46b 4805.00 SDA46b SDA36b 2748.00 575 25 2 60 SDG34b 2291.00 SDW34b 4400.00 SDW44b 4841.00 SDA44b SDA34b 2775.00 (600) 50 3 100 SEG33b 3866.00 SEW33b 7541.00 SEW43b 8294.00 SEA43b SEA33b 4491.00 100 4 200 SFG33b 7298.00 SFW33b 11997.00 — — SFA43b SFA33b 9035.00 200 5 400 SGG33b 16221.00 SGW33b 28214.00 — — SGA43b SGA33b 20435.00 400 6 600 SHG32b 42782.00 SHW32b 54176.00 — — SHA42b SHA32b 47696.00 a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. c NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Fuse Clip Size (A) Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class R Fuses), Single Phasede Poles Coil Voltage Max. Hp Motor Voltage Table 16.83: NEMA Size Refer to page 16-31 for details. Max. Hp Polyphase Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Ratings NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type 120 240 d e 1 2 3 $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel Type NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure NEMA 12/3R Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With Without External Reset External Reset $ Price Type $ Price Type Type $ Price 120 0 1 2 2 30 30 60 SBG63V02 SCG63V02 SDG63V02 1367.00 SBW63V02 1436.00 SCW63V02 2249.00 SDW63V02 2732.00 2804.00 4356.00 SBW66V02 SCW66V02 SDW66V02 3140.00 3225.00 4791.00 SBA66V02 SCA66V02 SDA66V02 SBA63V02 SCA63V02 SDA63V02 1709.00 1178.00 2732.00 2 3 240 7-1/2 0 1 2 2 30 30 60 SBG63V03 SCG63V03 SDG63V03 1367.00 SBW63V03 1436.00 SCW63V03 2249.00 SDW63V03 2732.00 2804.00 4356.00 SBW66V03 SCW66V03 SDW66V03 3140.00 3225.00 4791.00 SBA66V03 SCA66V03 SDA66V03 SBA63V03 SCA63V03 SDA63V03 1709.00 1178.00 2732.00 Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Table 16.84: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 24gf — V01 No Charge 120g 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 f 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG32V01S). g These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG32V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-33 Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Full Voltage Type With Melting Alloy Overload Relays Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units, standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.85: Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase NEMA Size Fuse Clip Size (A) Type 3 0 N/A 7-1/2 1 N/A 15 2 N/A 5 0 N/A 460 10 1 N/A (480) 25 2 N/A 5 0 N/A 575 10 1 N/A (600) 25 2 N/A Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2bg 3 0 30 With External Reset Without External Reset $ Price $ Price Type $ Price Type Type SBG11S8c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c SBG11S8c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c SBG11S8c SCG11S8c SDG11S8c 1656.00 1728.00 2528.00 1656.00 1728.00 2528.00 1656.00 1728.00 2528.00 1656.00 1728.00 2528.00 SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c SBW11S8c SCW11S8c SDW11S8c 3738.00 3807.00 3564.00 3738.00 3807.00 3564.00 3738.00 3807.00 3564.00 3738.00 3807.00 3564.00 SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA21S8c SCA21S8c SDA21S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c SBA11S8c SCA11S8c SDA11S8c 2285.00 2327.00 2178.00 2285.00 2327.00 2178.00 2285.00 2327.00 2178.00 2285.00 2327.00 2178.00 Class 8538 Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2bg 3 0 N/A SBG11S8c 200 7-1/2 1 N/A SCG11S8c (208) 10 2 N/A SDG11S8c 230 (240) NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dustight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure SBG12S8c 1700.00 SBW12S8c 3780.00 SBA22S8c SBA12S8c 2327.00 1 1 30 60 SCG12S8c SCG13S8c 1772.00 1800.00 SCW12S8c SCW13S8c 3851.00 3879.00 SCA22S8c SCA23S8c SCA12S8c SCA13S8c 2370.00 2399.00 10 3 2 0 60 30 SDG12S8c SBG12S8c 2583.00 1700.00 SDW12S8c SBW12S8c 5403.00 3780.00 SDA22S8c SBA22S8c SDA12S8c SBA12S8c 3324.00 2327.00 5 7-1/2 1 1 30 60 SCG12S8c SCG13S8c 1772.00 1800.00 SCW12S8c SCW13S8c 3851.00 3879.00 SCA22S8c SCA23S8c SCA12S8c SCA13S8c 2370.00 2399.00 15 2 60 SDG12S8c 2583.00 5 0 30 SBG13S8c 1728.00 460 10 1 30 SCG14S8c 1800.00 (480) 15 2 30 SDG16S8c 2597.00 25 2 60 SDG14S8c 2627.00 5 0 30 SBG13S8c 1728.00 575 10 1 30 SCG14S8c 1800.00 (600) 15 2 30 SDG16S8c 2597.00 25 2 60 SDG14S8c 2627.00 Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips—NEMA Size 0–2bg 3 0 30 SBG32S8c 1722.00 SDW12S8c SBW13S8c SCW14S8c SDW16S8c SDW14S8c SBW13S8c SCW14S8c SDW16S8c SDW14S8c 5403.00 3807.00 3879.00 5418.00 5445.00 3807.00 3879.00 5418.00 5445.00 SDA22S8c SBA23S8c SCA24S8c SDA26S8c SDA24S8c SBA23S8c SCA24S8c SDA26S8c SDA24S8c SDA12S8c SBA13S8c SCA14S8c SDA16S8c SDA14S8c SBA13S8c SCA14S8c SDA16S8c SDA14S8c 3324.00 2357.00 2399.00 3338.00 3366.00 2357.00 2399.00 3338.00 3366.00 200 (208) 5 7-1/2 230 (240) 200 (208) 230 (240) SBW32S8c 3753.00 SBA42S8c SBA32S8c 2348.00 5 7-1/2 1 1 30 60 SCG32S8c SCG33S8c 1794.00 1821.00 SCW32S8c SCW33S8c 3873.00 3900.00 SCA42S8c SCA43S8c SCA32S8c SCA33S8c 2390.00 2420.00 10 3 2 0 60 30 SDG32S8c SBG32S8c 2604.00 1722.00 SDW32S8c SBW32S8c 5426.00 3753.00 SDA42S8c SBA42S8c SDA32S8c SBA32S8c 3344.00 2348.00 5 7-1/2 1 1 30 60 SCG32S8c SCG33S8c 1794.00 1821.00 SCW32S8c SCW33S8c 3873.00 3900.00 SCA42S8c SCA43S8c SCA32S8c SCA33S8c 2390.00 2420.00 SDA32S8c SBA33S8c SCA34S8c SDA36S8c SDA34S8c SBA33S8c SCA34S8c SDA36S8c SDA34S8c 3344.00 2376.00 2420.00 3360.00 3387.00 2376.00 2420.00 3360.00 3387.00 15 2 60 SDG32S8c 2604.00 SDW32S8c 5426.00 SDA42S8c 5 0 30 SBG33S8c 1751.00 SBW33S8c 3830.00 SBA43S8c 460 10 1 30 SCG34S8c 1821.00 SCW34S8c 3900.00 SCA44S8c (480) 15 2 30 SDG36S8c 2619.00 SDW36S8c 5439.00 SDA46S8c 25 2 60 SDG34S8c 2646.00 SDW34S8c 5468.00 SDA44S8c 5 0 30 SBG33S8c 1751.00 SBW33S8c 3830.00 SBA43S8c 575 10 1 30 SCG34S8c 1821.00 SCW34S8c 3900.00 SCA44S8c (600) 15 2 30 SDG36S8c 2619.00 SDW36S8c 5439.00 SDA46S8c 25 2 60 SDG34S8c 2646.00 SDW34S8c 5468.00 SDA44S8c a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. b For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, contact factory for pricing and TAG number. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown to the right. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41. . 16 Table 16.86: Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type for Horizontal Mountingg Table 16.87: Voltage Code NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase NEMA Size 200 (208) 2 7-1/2 1 230 (240) 2 7-1/2 1 60 Hz With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type 30 60 SCA22S1d SCA23S1d SCA12S1d SCA13S1d 1754.00 1781.00 30 60 SCA22S1d SCA23S1d SCA12S1d SCA13S1d 1754.00 1781.00 Fuse Clip Size (A) $ Price 460 10 1 30 SCA24S1d SCA14S1d 1781.00 (480) 575 10 1 30 SCA24S1d SCA14S1d 1781.00 (600) d Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection Table 16.87. 16-34 Coil Voltage Codes CP1 $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24fe — V01 No Charge 120f 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG1158V01S). f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG1158V02S). g Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.88: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relay Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Hp Range Polyphase NEMA Size NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)a NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-32 for Breaker Adjustment Range) Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type 1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814.00 SBW43c 3182.00 \SBW53c 3653.00 SBA53c 1/4–5 HLL36030M71 SCG44c SCW44c SCW54c SCA54c 1 1886.00 3252.00 3738.00 7-1/2 HLL36050M72 SCG45c SCW45c SCW55c SCA55c 1-1/2–5 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c 2 2669.00 4778.00 5255.00 7-1/2–10 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDW43c SDW53c SDA53c 200 15–25 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 3879.00 SEW42c 7554.00 SEW52c 8310.00 SEA52c (208) 30–40 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508.00 SFW44c 13208.00 SFW54c 14534.00 SFA54c 50–60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — SGA54c 5 19724.00 31716.00 — 70 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — SGA55c 100 LJL36400M36 SHG43c SHW43c — SHA53c 6 42825.00 49946.00 — 125–150 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c 1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814.00 SBW43c 3182.00 SBW53c 3653.00 SBA53c 1/4–7-1/2 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 1886.00 SCW44c 3182.00 SCW54c 3738.00 SCA54c SDA52c 1-1/2–7-1/2 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDW53c 5255.00 SDA53c 10 2 HLL36050M72 SDG43c 2669.00 SDW43c 4778.00 SDW54c SDA54c 15 HLL36100M73 SDG44c SDW44c 15–30 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 3879.00 SEW42c 7554.00 SEW52c 8310.00 SEA52c 230 (240) 40–50 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508.00 SFW44c 13208.00 SFW54c 14534.00 SFA54c 60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — SGA54c 5 19724.00 31716.00 — 75–100 LJL36400M36 SGG46c SGW45c — SGA55c 125–150 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c 6 42825.00 49946.00 — 200 PLL34080M68 SHG46c SHW46c — SHA56c 250–300 7 PLL36100M69 SJA43c 57837.00 SJW43c 64958.00 — — SJA53c a NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Table 16.89: SBA43c SCA44c SCA45c SDA42c SDA43c SEA42c SFA44c SGA44c SGA45c SHA43c SHA45c SBA43c SCA44c SDA42c SDA43c SDA44c SEA42c SFA44c SGA44c SGA45c SHA45c SHA46c — $ Price 2156.00 2228.00 3153.00 4505.00 10245.00 22859.00 46670.00 2156.00 2228.00 3153.00 4505.00 10245.00 22859.00 46670.00 61682.00 Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-42 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 Refer to page 16-31 for details. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure with 30 mm Operators 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-35 Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.90: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Hp Range Polyphase NEMA Size Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-32 for Breaker Adjustment Range) Type NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)a $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type SBA53c SCA54c SDA52c SDA53c SEA51c SEA52c SFA54c SGA54c SGA55c SHA55c SHA56c SJA52c SJA53c SBA53c SCA54c SDA52c SDA53c SEA51c SEA52c SFA54c SGA54c SGA55c SHA53c SHA55c SJA51c Type SBA43c SCA44c SDA42c SDA43c SEA41c SEA42c SFA44c SGA44c SGA45c SHA45c SHA46c — — SBA43c SCA44c SDA42c SDA43c SEA41c SEA42c SFA44c SGA44c SGA45c SHA43c SHA45c — 1/4–5 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814. SBW43c 3182. SBW53c 3653. 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 1886. SCW44c 3252. SCW54c 3738. 5–15 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c 2 2669. 4778. 5255. 20–25 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDW43c SDW53c 20–25 HLL36050M72 SEG41c SEW41c SEW51c 3 3879. 7554. 8310. 30–50 HLL36100M73 SEG42c SEW42c SEW52c 460 60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508. SFW44c 13208. SFW54c 14534. (480) SGG44c SGW44c — 125 JLL36250M75 19724. 31716. — 5 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — 150–200 250–350 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — 6 42825. 49946. — 400 PLL34080M68 SHG46c SHW46c — 500 PLL36080M68 SJA42c SJW42c — 7 57837. 64958. — 600 PLL36100M69 SJA43c SJW43c — 1/4–5 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 1814. SBW43c 3182. SBW53c 3653. 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 1886. SCW44c 3252. SCW54c 3738. 5–20 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c 2 2669. 4778. 5255. 25 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDW43c SDW53c 25–30 HLL36050M72 SEG41c SEW41c SEW51c 3 3879. 7554. 8310. 40–50 HLL36100M73 SEG42c SEW42c SEW52c 575 (600) 60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 8508. SFW44c 13208. SFW54c 14534. 125–150 JLL36250M75 SGG44c SGW44c — 5 19724. 31716. — 200 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — 250 LJL36400M36 SHG43c SHW43c — 6 42825. 49946. — 300–400 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — 500–600 7 PLL34100M69 SJG41c 57837. SJW41c 64958. — — a NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Table 16.91: $ Price 2156. 2228. 3153. 4505. 10245. 22859. 46670. 61682. 2156. 2228. 3153. 4505. 10245. 22859. 46670. 61682. Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-42 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 Refer to page 16-31 for details. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-36 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters— NEMA Style NEMA Size 0–2 Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) in Oversized Enclosure 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.92: Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) in Oversized Enclosure, NEMA Size 0–2bf Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Hp Range Polyphase NEMA Size NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-32 for Breaker Adjustment Range) NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type 1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43S8c 2169.00 SBW43S8c 4248.00 SBA53S8c SBA43S8c 2798.00 1/4–5 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c SCW44S8c SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 200 1 2241.00 4320.00 2867.00 71/2 HLL36050M72 SCG45S8c SCW45S8c SCA55S8c SCA45S8c (208) 1-1/2–5 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDW42S8c SDA52S8c SDA42S8c 2 3024.00 5844.00 3794.00 71/2–10 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c SDW43S8c SDA53S8c SDA43S8c 1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43S8c 2169.00 SBW43S8c 4248.00 SBA53S8c SBA43S8c 2798.00 1/4–7-1/2 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c 2241.00 SCW44S8c 4320.00 SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 3867.00 230 SDA42S8c 1-1/2–7-1/2 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDW42S8c SDA52S8c (240) SDA43S8c 3794.00 10 2 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c 3024.00 SDW43S8c 5844.00 SDA53S8c SDA54S8c SDA44S8c 15 HLL36100M73 SDG44S8c SDW44S8c 1/4–5 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43S8c 2169.00 SBW43S8c 4248.00 SBA53S8c SBA43S8c 2798.00 460 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c 2241.00 SCW44S8c 4320.00 SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 2867.00 (480) 5–15 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDW42S8c SDA52S8c SDA42S8c 2 3024.00 5855.00 3794.00 20–25 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c SDW43S8c SDA53S8c SDA43S8c 1/4–5 0 HLL36060M71 SBG43S8c 2169.00 SBW43S8c 4248.00 SBA53S8c SBA43S8c 2798.00 575 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44S8c 2241.00 SCW44S8c 4320.00 SCA54S8c SCA44S8c 3867.00 (600) 5–20 HLL36030M71 SDG42S8c SDA42S8c 2 3024.00 SDW42S8c 5844.00 SDA52S8c 3794.00 25 HLL36050M72 SDG43S8c SDW43S8c SDA53S8c SDA43S8c a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. b For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, contact factory for pricing and TAG number. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Table 16.93: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41S8V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41S8V02S). f Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-42 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-37 Combination Starters— NEMA Style Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 0-6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.94: Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase NEMA Size 200 (208) Circuit Breaker Type Type 2 3 NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight Watertight, and Dusttight Dusttight and Enclosure Resistant Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a Ampere Rating 15 20 Type $ Price Type $ Price With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 0 HLL36015 HLL36020 1400. SBW1c SBW3c 2768. SBW11c SBW13c 3182. SBA11c SBA13c SBA1c SBA3c 1742. 5 7-1/2 1 HLL36035 HLL36050 35 50 SCG5c SCG2c 1472. SCW5c SCW2c 2840. SCW15c SCW12c 3267. SCA15c SCA12c SCA5c SCA2c 1814. 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60–75 100–125 150 2 3 2 60 100 125 150 200 250 250 400 600 800 15 20 SDG1c SEG3c SEG1c SEG5c SFG3c SFG4c SGG6c SGG4c SHG4c SHG5c SBG1c SBG3c 2255. 3182. SDA11c SEA13c SEA11c SEA15c SFA13c SFA14c SGA16c SGA14c SHA14c SHA15c SBA11c SBA13c SDA1c SEA3c SEA1c SEA5c SFA3c SFA4c SGA6c SGA4c SHA4c SHA5c SBA1c SBA3c 2739. 2768. SDW11c SEW13c SEW11c SEW15c SFW13c SFW14c — — — — SBW11c SBW13c 4805. 1400. SDW1c SEW3c SEW1c SEW5c SFW3c SFW4c SGW6c SGW4c SHW4c SHW5c SBW1c SBW3c 4364. 0 HLL36060 HLL36100 HLL36125 HLL36150 JLL36200 JLL36250 JLL36250 LLL36400E20 LLL36600E20 MJL36800 HLL36015 HLL36020 5 7-1/2 1 HLL36035 HLL36045 35 45 SCG5c SCG6c 1472. SCW5c SCW6c 2840. SCW15c SCW16c 3267. SCA15c SCA16c SCA1c SCA6c 3 4 5 6 SBG1c SBG3c $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure 3879. 8508. 19724. 42825. 7554. 13208. 31716. 49946. 8310. 14534. — — 4505. 10245. 22859. 46670. 1742. 1814. 10 HLL36060 60 SDG1c SDA1c 2 2255. SDW1c 4364. SDW11c 4805. SDA11c 2739. 15 HLL36090 90 SDG7c SDW7c SDW17c SDA17c SDA7c 20 HLL36100 100 SEG3c SEW3c SEW13c SEA13c SEA3c 3 3879. SEW5c 7554. SEW15c 8310. SEA15c 4505. 230 25–30 HLL36150 150 SEG5c SEA5c (240) 40 JLL36225 225 SFG1c SFW1c SFW11c SFA11c SFA1c 4 8508. 13208. 14534. 10245. 50 JLL36250 250 SFG4c SFW4c SFW14c SFA14c SFA4c 60 JLL36250 250 SGG6c SGW6c — SGA16c SGA6c 75 5 LLL36400E20 400 SGG4c 19724. SGW4c 31716. — — SGA14c SGA4c 22859. 100 LLL36600E20 600 SGG2c SGW2c — SGA12c SGA2c 125 LLL36600E20 600 SHG4c SHW4c — SHA14c SHA4c 6 42825. SHW5c 49946. — 46670. 150–200 MJL36800 800 SHG5c — SHA15c SHA5c 250–300 7 PKL36100 1200 SJG3c 57837. SJW3c 64958. — — SJA13c — 61682. a NEMA Size 6 & 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Table 16.95: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 16 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG1V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG5V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-42 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 Refer to page 16-31 for details. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-38 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters— NEMA Style Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00-6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.96: Line Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase NEMA Size 460 (480) 575 (600) Table 16.97: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NEMA Size 1 2 3 2 3 7.5 0 1 2 0 1 2 240 Type HLL36015 HLL36025 HLL36030 HLL36045 HLL36060 HLL36070 HLL36080 HLL36100 HLL36150 JLL36150 JLL36200 JLL36250 LLL36400E20 LLL36600E20 LLL36600E20 MJL36800 PLL36120 HLL36015 HLL36020 HLL36025 HLL36035 HLL36045 HLL36060 HLL36070 HLL36090 HLL36100 JLL36150 JLL36250 JLL36250 LLL36400E20 LLL36600E20 MJL36800 PKL36100 Ampere Rating 15 25 30 45 60 70 80 100 150 150 200 250 400 600 600 800 1200 15 20 25 35 45 60 70 90 100 150 250 250 400 600 800 1200 SBG1c SCG3c SCG7c SDG3c SDG1c SDG5c SEG7c SEG3c SEG5c SFG5c SFG3c SFG4c SGG4c SGG2c SHG4c SHG5c SJG3c SBG1c SCG8c SCG3c SDG8c SDG3c SDG1c SEG4c SEG6c SEG3c SFG5c SFG4c SGG6c SGG4c SHG4c SHG5c SJG2c $ Price 1814. 1886. 2669. 3879. 8508. 19724. 42825. 57837. 1814. 1886. 2669. 3879. 8508. 19724. 42825. 57837. Type SBW1c SCW3c SCW7c SDW3c SDW1c SDW5c SEW7c SEW3c SEW5c SFW5c SFW3c SFW4c SGW4c SGW2c SHW4c SHW5c SJW3c SBW1c SCW8c SCW3c SDW8c SDW3c SDW1c SEW4c SEW6c SEW3c SFW5c SFW4c SGW6c SGW4c SHW4c SHW5c SJW2c $ Price 3182. 3252. 4778. 7554. 13208. 31716. 49946. 64958. 3182. 3252. 4778. 7554. 13208. 31716. 49946. 64958. Type SBW11c SCW13c SCW17c SDW13c SDW11c SDW15c SEW17c SEW13c SEW15c SFW15c SFW13c SFW14c — — — — — SBW11c SCW18c SCW13c SDW18c SDW13c SDW11c SEW14c SEW16c SEW13c SFW15c SFW14c — — — — — $ Price 3653. 3738. 5255. 8310. 14534. — — — 3653. 3738. 5255. 8310. 14534. — — — NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type SBA11c SCA13c SCA17c SDA13c SDA11c SDA15c SEA17c SEA13c SEA15c SFA15c SFA13c SFA14c SGA14c SGA12c SHA14c SHA15c SJA13c SBA11c SCA18c SCA13c SDA18c SDA13c SDA11c SEA14c SEA16c SEA13c SFA15c SFA14c SGA16c SGA14c SHA14c SHA15c SJA12c SBA1c SCA3c SCA7c SDA3c SDA1c SDA5c SEA7c SEA3c SEA5c SFA5c SFA3c SFA4c SGA4c SGA2c SHA4c SHA5c — SBA1c SCA8c SCA3c SDA8c SDA3c SDA1c SEA4c SEA6c SEA3c SFA5c SFA4c SGA6c SGA4c SHA4c SHA5c — $ Price 2156. 2228. 3153. 4505. 10245. 22859. 46670. 61682. 2156. 2228. 3153. 4505. 10245. 22859. 46670. 61682. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type, Single Phasede Motor Max. Coil Voltage Hp Voltage 120 NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Circuit Breaker Type 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125–150 200 250 300–400 500–600 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60–75 100 125–150 200 250–350 400 500–600 NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0–5)a NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings 120 240 NEMA 12/3Rb NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4 & 4X Dusttight and Driptight Watertight and Dusttight Watertight, Dusttight and Industrial Use Enclosure Enclosure Ampere Corrosion Resistant Poles Stainless Steel (304) Rating With Without Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0–2) External Reset External Reset $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type HLL26030 30 SBG72V02 1400.00 SBW72V02 2768.00 SBW75V02 3182.00 SBA75V02 SBA72V02 1742.00 2 HLL26050 50 SCG72V02 1474.00 SCW72V02 2840.00 SCW75V02 3267.00 SCA75V02 SCA72V02 1814.00 HLL26080 80 SDG71V02 2255.00 SDW71V02 4364.00 SDW74V02 4805.00 SDA74V02 SDA71V02 2739.00 HLL26025 25 SBG71V03 1400.00 SBW71V03 2768.00 SBW74V03 3182.00 SBA74V03 SBA71V03 1742.00 2 HLL26035 35 SCG71V03 1474.00 SCW71V03 2840.00 SCW74V03 3267.00 SCA74V03 SCA71V03 1814.00 HLL26080 80 SDG71V03 2255.00 SDW71V03 4364.00 SDW74V03 4805.00 SDA74V03 SDA71V03 2739.00 a NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-38. d Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays. e Not included in Laser™ Delivery program. Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. Circuit Breaker (Type) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure 16 Refer to page 16-31 for details. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-39 Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Application Data Table 16.98: Table 16.101: Class 8538—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Class 8539—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Motor Circuit Protector Type NEMA Size Enclosure 0, 1 Standarda 100,000 2 thru 5 Standarda 6 Standarda Table 16.99: 460 Vac Class H or K Standardc 5,000 Class R/J Standardc 100,000 100,000 50,000 0–2 Class H or K Oversize 5,000 65,000 18,000 0–2 Class R/J Standard 100,000 30,000 4–5 Class H or K Standardc 10,000 4–5 Class R/J Standardc 100,000 6 Class H or K Standardc 18,000 575 Vac Full-Load (A) c Suffix Table 16.100: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type Enclosure AIC at 480 Vac (RMS) Table 16.102: Table 2: Motor Code Letter Table Motor Code Letters 1/2 or less A-L 3/4–1-1/2 A-K 2–3 A-J 5–25 A-H 30–125 A-G 150 or more A-F Note: The combination starter selection tables on pages 16-36–16-37 are suitable for motors with Locked-Rotor Current letters per NEC Table 430-7(b) as listed in Table 16.102. For other motors a special thermal magnetic circuit breaker with adjustable magnetic trip settings for the specific motor is required. When ordering for these special applications, specify the motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full load current and code letter (or locked rotor current) to assure proper protection. AIC at 600 Vac (RMS) 0, 1 Standardb 100,000 2 thru 5 Standardb 100,000 6 Standardb 65,000 7 Standardb 65,000 Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless and 12/3R. b 6 Class R/J Standardc 100,000 Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12. Horsepower .5–5 .5–7.5 .75–15 1–20 1.5–25 M71 5–10 5–15 10–30 15–40 14–42 M72 10–25 15–30 25–60 30–75 30–80 M73 20–40 25–50 50–100 60–125 58–130 M74 40–60 50–75 100–150 125–200 114–217 M75 Note: The MCP adjustable trip range is determined by the suffix of the circuit breaker catalog number. Table 16.99 indicates the trip range which corresponds to a given suffix number. The MCP Motor Circuit Protector should be adjusted to a level just above Locked-Rotor Current of the motor. This setting will provide optimum overcurrent protection for the motor. For more information on MCP instantaneous trip circuit breakers, refer to the MCP circuit breaker section of this Catalog. NEMA Size Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical 0–3 Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Selection by HP Ratings of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage Motors 230 Vac Enclosure 0–3 3Ø 60 Hz Voltages 200 Vac NEMA Fuse Class 35,000 7 Standarda 65,000 Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless and 12/3R. a NEMA Size AIC at 480 Vac (RMS) AIC at 600 Vac (RMS) 35,000 50,000 18,000 30,000 Table 16.103: Terminals Line Terminals on Disconnect NEMA Size Type Type of Lug Wire Range Switch Circuit Breaker Power Terminals On Magnetic Starter Type of Lug Wire Range Wires Per Terminal Control Terminals On Magnetic Starter Type of Lug Wire Range Wires Per Terminal 0&1 SB & SC Box Lug #14–1/0 Cu/Al (1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu Pressure Wire #14–#8 Cu 1 or 2 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2 2 SD Box Lug #14–1/0 Cu/Al (1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu Box Lug #14–#4 Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2 3 SE Box Lug #14–1/0 Cu/Al (1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu Box Lug #14–#0 Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2 Box Lug #6–300 MCM Cu/Al (1) 4-4/0 Al or Cu ( JLL Breaker 150 A - 175 A ) (1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Al or Cu ( JLL Breaker 200 A - 250 A ) Box Lug #8–250 MCM Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2 Box Lug One #4–500 MCM Cu (1) 2 - 500 MCM Al or (1) 2 - 350 MCM Cu (DJL36400 Breaker) (2) 2/0 - 500 MCM Al or (2) 2/0 - 350 MCM Cu (DLL36600 Breaker) (1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Al or (1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu (JLL36250 Breaker) Box Lug #4–500 MCM Cu 1 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cu 2 4 5 16 6 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 7 d e 16-40 SF SG SH Box Lug — (2) 2/0 - 500 MCM Al or (2) 2/0 - 350 MCM Cu (DJL36600 Breaker, DLL Breaker) (1) 2 - 600 MCM Al or (1) 2 - 350 MCM Cu (DJL36400 Breaker) (3) 3/0 - 500 MCM Al or (3) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu (MJL36800 Breaker ) (3) 3/0 - 500 MCM Al or (3) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu (PLL34080M68 Breaker) SJ Box Lug — (4) 3/0 - 300 MCM Al or CU (PJL, PKL, PLL Breaker) Parallel Groove Parallel Groove 250–500 MCM Cud 250–500 MCM Cu 1 or 2 1–4 Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cue 2 Pressure Wire 2 #16–#12 Cu Order Class 9999 Type SCU6 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept sizes 2/0–300 MCM wire. Terminal block range limited to #16–#14. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories Interlocks and Control Transformers A one or two pole electrical interlock can be added to the disconnect switch or circuit breaker. Thus, if a separate control circuit is used, the magnetic starter can be de-energized when the disconnect is switched to the OFF position. See Table 16.104 for proper interlock selection. For electrical ratings of disconnect and circuit breaker interlocks, see Table 16.105 below. An electrical interlock may also be factory installed in either a disconnect switch or circuit breaker combination starter. Specify Form Y74 for single pole, or Form Y75 for two pole interlocks. For pricing see factory modifications (Forms). Table 16.104: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlocks Class SPDT (Y74) Type 8538 a DPDT (Y75) Class 9999 Type R6 R43 R45 R8 R41 R39 R35 R26 TC11 TC10 TC10 TC11 TC10 TC10 TC10 SBa, SCa, SDa (Series B) SD (Series C) SB, SC (Series C) 8538 SE, SF (Series A) & SE (Series B & C) 8738 SF (Series B & C) SG 8539, 8739 SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SG (Series K) 8538 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series D and above) 8538 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series D and above) 8738 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series E and above) 8738 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series E and above) 8538 SDA, SDAa, SDG, SDGa (Series D and above) 8738 SDA, SDG (Series E and above) 8538, 8738 SEA, SEG (Series D and above) Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”. $ Price 116.00 116.00 107.00 131.00 131.00 135.00 435.00 131.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 120.00 Class 9999 Type R7 R44 R46 R9 R42 R40 R36 R27 TC21 TC20 TC20 TC21 TC20 TC20 TC20 $ Price 221.00 221.00 207.00 243.00 243.00 243.00 521.00 243.00 239.00 239.00 239.00 239.00 239.00 239.00 239.00 Table 16.105: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlock Electrical Ratings Class 9999 Type R6, 8, 26, 35, 39, 41, 43, 45, TC10, & TC11 Class 9999 Type R7, 9, 27, 36, 40, 42, 44, 46 & TC 20, 21 AC—50 or 60 Hz AC—50 or 60 Hz Volts Make Break (A) (A) 40 20 10 8 15 10 6 5 120 240 480 600 Maximum Current Continuous Carrying Current (A) 15 15 15 15 Make Volts (A) 120 240 480 600 30 15 7.5 6 Table 16.106: Control Transformer Selection NEMA Size Starter Type Standardd Capacity (Form F4T) 50 VAd Additional Capacity (Form F4T10) 100 VAd Additional Capacity (Form F4T11) 200 VAd Additional Capacity (Form F4T12) 3450 3450 3450 3450 (A) VA 3 1.5 .75 .6 345 345 345 345 Continuous Carrying Current (A) 10 10 10 10 Internal Auxiliary Switch—Circuit breakers can be supplied with a factory installed auxiliary switch for remote indication of an open and/or tripped or a closed breaker. One (specify Form Y741) or two (specify Form Y751) auxiliary switches can be supplied. The switches are supplied with normally open and normally closed circuits with a common connection. Contacts must be used on the same polarity and are rated 15 A at 240 Vac. The auxiliary switches are located internally and are furnished with 19-20 inch long leads. Alarm Switch—The alarm switch only operates when the breaker is tripped. It is used to actuate bell alarms and warning lights. The alarm switch is factory installed only (specify Form Y742) and consists of a single pole single throw switch which is normally open except when the breaker is tripped. The contacts are rated 4 A at 240 Vac. This switch is located in the breaker and is supplied with 19-20 inch long leads. Transformer Selection—Space and drilling are provided in all disconnect switch and circuit breaker combination starters in NEMA 1, 4 & 4X stainless and polyester, 12 and 7 & 9 bolted enclosures for the field addition (or factory installation) of a Class 9070 control circuit transformer and Class 9999 Type SFR4 fuse holder. This kit can be either panel mounted or side mounted on the Type S starter. For standard control transformer selection in combination starters, see Table 16.106. Consult field office for transformer additions to NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP™ enclosures. For secondary fuse holder order 9080PF1. Fuse Block Mounting Brackets—The standard capacity transformer, Class 9070 Type T100, for the Size 0 and 1 starters mounts to the right of the magnetic starter. Standards—Most combination starters and forms are UL Listed in file E152395, Category NKJH, and CSA File CR 584. 16 Class 9070 Class 9070 Class 9070 Class 9070 Type Type Type Type 0&1 SB & SC TF100 TF150 TF200 TF300b 2 SD TF100 TF150 TF200 TF300c 3 SE TF150 TF200 TF300 TF500 4 SF TF300 TF300 TF500 T500 TF100 and TF100 and TF150 and TF300 and 5 SG 8501XO20 8501XO20 8501XO20 8501XO20 EO3S2 is EO3FS2 and EO3S2 and 6 SH N/A standard T100 TF200 EO19S2 is EO19S2 and EO3S2 and 7 SJ N/A standard TF100 TF200 Note: 9070TF transformers are now standard in Series K combination starters. b Requires oversized enclosure. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.) c Available in standard enclosure with Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker and non-fusible disconnect switch. Requires oversized enclosure with thermal-magnetic circuit breakers and fusible disconnect switches. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.) d Complete the contactor or starter Class and Type with Voltage Code, see page 16-101. Break VA NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Maximum Current © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-41 Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.107: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 1 NEMA Size Class Type 8538 SBG SCG SBG SCG SDG 0–1 8539 2 8538 & 8539 A B C D E Dimensions in Inchesa G H I F J K L M N O P Top & Bottom W X Sides Y Wt. (lb) 9-1/2 22-1/2 8-11/32 6-3/8 20-1/2 14-21/32 1-13/16 1-11/16 3 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1/2–3/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 38 9-1/2 22-1/2 9-27/32 6-3/8 20-1/2 14-21/32 1-13/16 1-11/16 3 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1/2–3/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 38 7-3/8 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 — 1–1-1/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 54 Sides Y Wt. (lb) 10-1/2 26 9-19/32 24 16-29/32 2-1/8 2 4 2-5/16 1-1/16 Table 16.108: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 2 NEMA Size Class Type 3b 8538 & 8539 Dimensions in Inchesa G H I J A B C D E F SEG 15-1/4 42 10-19/32 9-1/4 3 22-23/32 1/2 — 8538 SFG 16 52-1/2 10-17/32 10 3 23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2 8539 SFG 16 52-1/2 10-17/32 10 3 8538 SGG 20 78 15-1/2 12 8539 SGG 20 66 13-23•32 8538 & 8539 SHG 36 90 21-1/32 N O Top & Bottom W X L M 2-53/64 3-17/32 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32 1–1-1/4 2–2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 102 — 2-53/64 3-17/32 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 163 23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2 — 2-53/64 3-17/32 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 163 4 29-13/32 77 1/2 — 3-33/64 4-39/64 9-1/4 3-3/16 — 1/2–3/4c 3 — 450 12 4 29-13/32 65 1/2 — 3-33/64 4-39/64 5 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4 3 — 420 — — 41-3/8 — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — — 41 K P 4 — — 5 6e Table 16.109: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Figure 3 NEMA Size Class Type 8538 Dimensions in Inchesd E F G H I J Wt. (lb) 4-1/2 23-1/2 19/32 4-7/16 14-5/16 40 4-1/2 23-1/2 19/32 4-7/16 14-5/16 40 2-1/2 5-1/2 27 3/8 4-1/8 16-9/16 55 A B C D 9-1/2 8-11/32 24 3-1/4 2-1/2 9-1/2 9-27/32 24 3-1/4 2-1/2 10-1/2 9-19/32 27-3/4 3-1/4 2 8538 & 8539 SBA SCA SBA SCA SDA 3b 8538 & 8539 SEA 15-1/4 10-19/32 42 5 3 9-1/4 41 1/2 5-1/16 22-5/16 111 8538 SFA 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 5 3 10 51-1/2 1/2 4-3/16 22-31/32 170 8539 SFA 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 5 3 10 51-1/2 1/2 5-3/16 22-31/32 170 8538 SGA 20 13-23/32 78 9-1/4 4 12 77 1/2 7-25/32 29-13/32 — 8539 SGA 20 13-23/32 66 5 4 12 65 1/2 7-25/32 27-13/32 440 8538 & 8539 SHA 36 17 90 5 — — — — — 47-3/8 — 0–1 8539 4 5 6e Table 16.110: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Enclosures—Figure 4 NEMA Size Class Type 8538 2 8538 & 8539 SBW SCW SBW SCW SDW 3b 8538 & 8539 SEW 0–1 8539 Dimensions in Inches a F G A B C D E 9-1/2 8-11/32 24-1/16 3-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 9-1/2 9-27/32 24-1/16 3-1/4 2-1/2 4-1/2 10-1/2 9-19/32 27-3/4 3-1/4 2-1/2 15-1/4 10-19/32 42 5 3-3/16 Bottom Top & Bot. W X Wt. (lb) 14-9/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub 40 14-9/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub 40 2-5/8 16-17/32 3/4 Hub 1-1/2 Hub 55 3-3/16 223/16 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 111 H I J K L 23-1/2 19/32 3-1/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 23-1/2 19/32 3-1/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 5-1/2 27 19/32 3 2 10-1/4 40-1/2 19/32 3 2-9/16 8538 SFW 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 5 3-9/16 11 51 19/32 3 2-9/16 3-3/16 22-15/32 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 158 8539 SFW 16 10-17/32 52-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/2 11 51 19/32 3 2-9/16 3-3/16 22-15/32 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 120 8538 SGW 20 13-23/32 78 9-1/4 4 12 77 9/16 4-1/2 3 3-1/2 29-13/32 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub — 8539 SGW 20 13-23/32 66 5 4 12 65 9/16 4-1/2 3 3-1/2 29-13/32 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub 440 8538 & 8539 SHW 36 17 90 — — — — — — — — 47-7/8 — — — 4 5 6e a Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer). Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity) could require the use of an oversized enclosure. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41. b Class 8538 Size 3 devices with 200 A fuse clips use dimensions for Class 8538 Size 4. c Left side only. d Dimensions include space for control circuit transformers. e Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting. Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. f (4) .31 in (8 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 0, 1, and 2, (4) .44 in (11 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 3 and 4, (4) .56 in (14 mm) dia. mtg. holes located on external flanges for size 5. 16 A D Handle Swing L C M K A D E N Y A F C O NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS f Cover Open 90° Cover Open 90° L J F W K X J W X W J Figure 1 NEMA 1 Enclosure 16-42 G C f f Cover Open 90° G I H Y Cover Open 90° H E G C G B F W X W Handle Swing D B A F H P Y J Handle Swing B D E Y O E B f Handle Swing L H I I K M N Figure 2 NEMA 1 Enclosure Figure 3 NEMA 12 Enclosure Figure 4 NEMAs 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Combination Starters— NEMA Style Approximate Dimensions Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.111: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure—Figure 1 NEMA Size A E Dimensions in Inches a Class Type A B C E F 0, 1 8538 SBW SCW 13.72 11.4 26.94 6.25 25.75 0, 1 8539 SDW 0, 1, & 2 8738, 8739 SBW SCW 25.25 11.4 27.00 17.88 25.75 2 8538, 8539 SDW 8538, 8738 SEW 3–4 26.31 11.4 33.50 18.50 32.25 8539, 8739 SFW b a Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer) and Form F4T10 (50 VA additional capacity). Other control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41. b 8539 Size 4 only. C F B Figure 1 NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure Table 16.112: NEMA 1, 4, 4X Stainless, 12/3R Oversize Enclosure—Figure 2 NEMA Size 0–2 Dimensions in Inches Handle Swing L A NEMA Type Encl. Wide A High B Deep C Handle L D E 1 15 28-1/3 9-19/32 3-1/4 11-5/8 26-1/4 4 15 30-1/32 9-19/32 3-1/4 10 29-3/4 12 15 31 10-31/32 3-1/4 9 30-1/4 Mounting C D E B Information on Hubs Hubs are supplied with each NEMA Type 4X combination starter as shown in the table below. Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures; they are not installed in polyester enclosures. (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 Figure 2 Class 8538 and 8539 in Oversize Enclosures — NEMA 1, 4 & 4X Stainless and 12 Table 16.113: Hub Sizes NEMA Size Quantity 1 2 1 2 1 2 0&1 2 3&4 Hub Size 0.75" 1.00" 0.75" 1.50" 0.75" 2.50" Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. Table 16.114: Conduit Sizes LOC A, B, C and D NEMA Size Standard 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 3—4 2-1/2 5 4 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 0—1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-43 Full Voltage Reversing Contactors—NEMA Style 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA Size NEMA 00, 0, 1 Reversing Contactor Continuous Current Ratings Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping, and reversing AC motors where overload protection is separately provided. Class 8702 reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices, Size 00–7, use horizontally arranged components. Type S reversing contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz. Table 16.115: NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Motor Voltage Max. Hp Vertical Horizontal Type Type 00 9 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 1 27 200 230 460 575 — — — — SAO4b SBO12b SBO4b 7-1/2 7-1/2 SCO7b 10 10 SCO8b $ Price Type 855.00 SAG4b $ Price 917.00 NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a Type $ Price Use Size 0 NEMA 7 & 9 c Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type $ Price Aluminum Use Size 0 SPIN TOP™ Type NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure $ Price Use Size 0 Type $ Price Use Size 0 1026.00 SBG4b 1088.00 SBW14b 1742.00 SBT49b 3716.00 SBR9b 4649.00 SBA4b 1344.00 1169.00 SCG8b 1259.00 SCW14b 2241.00 SCT49b 3900.00 SCR9b 4877.00 SCA4b 1515.00 200 10 230 15 SDO1b SDO2b 2222.00 SDG2b 2456.00 SDW11b 3936.00 SDT43b 6507.00 SDR3b 8139.00 SDA1b 2883.00 460 25 575 25 200 25 30 3 90 230 SEO1b SEO2b 3689.00 SEG2b 4094.00 SEW11b 6287.00 — — — — SEA1b 5034.00 460 50 575 50 200 40 — — 50 — — 4 135 230 SFO1b SFO3b 9201.00 SFG3b 9945.00 SFW11b 13820.00 — — SFA1b 11399.00 460 100 — — 575 100 — — 200 75 — — 100 — — 5 270 230 SGO1b SGO3b 16592.00 SGG3b 20885.00 SGW11b24017.00 — — SGA1b 24017.00 460 200 — — 575 200 — — 200 150 — — — 200 — — — 6 540 230 SHO1b 41489.00 SHG1b 48614.00 SHW1b 55736.00 — — SHA1b 52461.00 460 400 — — — 575 400 — — — 200 — — — — 300 — — — 7 810 230 SJO1b 59372.00 SJG1b 66816.00 SJW1b 73619.00 — — SJA1b 70343.00 460 600 — — — 575 600 — — — a NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only. b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below. c NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed. d NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information. 2 45 Table 16.116: Coil Voltage Codes 16 Voltage Code $ Price Adder 60 Hz 50 Hz 24ef — V01 No Charge 120f 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4-7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V01S). f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-48 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-44 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Reversing Contactors—NEMA Style Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.117: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz NEMA Continuous Motor Current Size Voltage Ratings Max. Hp NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Type of Motor Vertical Type Horizontal $ Price Type Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 7 & 9 b Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2 Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure TOP™ $ Price $ Price SPIN Type Type $ Price 2-Pole Single Phase 00 9 0 18 1 27 115 230 115 230 115 230 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 Single Phase 3-Wire 115 230 1/3 1 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 1/3 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 — — SAO1a 827. SAG1a 887. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 SBO9a SBO1a 998. SBG1a 1061. SBW11a 1715. SBT46a 3686. SBR6a 4613. SBA1a 1314. SCO1a SCO2a 1139. SCG2a 1229. SCW11a 2142. SCT46a 3873. SCR6a 4841. SCA1a 1485. 4-Wire Rep.-Ind. — — SAO2a 855. SAG2a 917. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep.-Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph. 4-Wire Rep.Ind. 4-Wire Split Ph. — — SAO3a 855. SAG3a 917. SBO10a SBO2a 1026. SBG2a 1088. SBO11a SBO3a 1026. SBG3a SCO3a SCO4a 1169. SCG4a SCO5a SCO6a 1169. SCG6a 3-Pole Single Phase 00 0 1 9 18 27 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 SBW12a 1742. 1088. SBW13a 1259. SCW12a 1259. SCW13a Use Size 0 Use Size 0 SBT47a 3716. 1742. SBT48a 2169. SCT47a 2169. SCT48a Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 SBR7a 4649. 3716. SBR8a 3900. SCR7a 3900. SCR8a Use Size 0 SBA2a 1344. 4649. SBA3a 1344. 3227. SCA2a 1515. 3227. SCA3a 1515. 4-Pole Polyphase 0 18 1 27 2 45 3 90 4 135 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 3 3 SBO13a SBO5a 1310. SBG5a 1368. SBW15a 2028. SBR10a 5040. SBA5a 1629. 5 5 7-1/2 Consult 7-1/2 Electric SCR10a SCO9a SCO10a 1497. SCG10a 1557. SCW15a 2469. Schneider 5297. SCA5a 1814. 10 CCC at 10 (1-888-778-2733) 10 — 15 2 Phase — SDO4a 2820. SDG4a 3054. SDW12a 4620. SDR4a 9071. SDA2a 3528. 25 4-Wire — 25 — 25 — — — 30 — — — SEO4a 4671. SEG4a 5103. SEW12a 7238. — — SEA2a 6017. 50 — — — 50 — — — — — 40 — — — 50 — SFG4a 12653. SFW12a 16556. — — SFA2a 14129. SFO4a 11879. — — 100 — — — 100 — a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table on page 16-44. b NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed. c NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information. Table 16.118: Auxiliary Units—Class 8702, 8736 and 8810 The table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit and interlocking contacts) that can be added to either the forward or reverse contactor or starter. NEMA Size (Type) No. of Poles of Basic Contactor Maximum number of auxiliary units on each contactor, forward or reverse. (In addition to internal holding circuit and interlocking contacts.) 00 (SA) 2 or 3 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 0, 1 and 2 (SB, SC and SD) 2 or 3 4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)d 4 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (SE, SF, Any 2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) SG, SH, and SJ) d When adding 4 external auxiliary contacts to one Size 0 or 1 contactor, remove one of the return springs. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-48 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-45 Full Voltage Reversing Starters—NEMA Style 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Class 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping, and reversing AC squirrel cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S starters are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz. Overload Relays NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1 Reversing Starter (Horizontal Type) Class 8736 Type S Size 00–6 reversing starters are provided with melting alloy thermal overload relay as standard. Interchangeable thermal units are available in standard trip Sizes 00–6, as are bimetallic overload relays. Ambient compensated and non-compensated versions are supplied with manual or automatic reset, trip current adjustment, and an alarm contact on Sizes 0–2. Quick trip is available on Sizes 00–4, and slow trip on Sizes 00–3. Single phase starters use one thermal unit; three phase starters use three thermal units. See page 16-116 for selection information. Adapted Bimetal (NEMA Sizes 00–1) The Adapted Bimetal motor starter consists of a specially designed adapter that attaches with bus bars to the NEMA Type S contactor and holds the LRD or LR3D (IEC Style) bimetal overload relay. This starter configuration can be ordered by adding Form E (adapater only) to the standard catalog number. Once the FLA of the motor has been determined, the LRD or LR3D bimetal overload can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date. For more information see Table 16.269. Solid State Overload Relay Protection (Motor Logic™) These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on three phase sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7. They provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection. To order, add Form H30 (for selectable trip class 10 or 20 protection). For more information about Motor Logic overload relays, see pages 16-83 and 16-102. TeSys T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6) TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication protocols. TeSys T can predict what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power over a wide range. For additional information about TeSys T Motor Management System, see pages 16-84 to 16-88 and page 16-103. NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1 Reversing Starter (Vertical Type) Continuous Current Ratings NEMA Size Table 16.119: NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight NEMA 1 Brushed General Purpose Stainless Steel Enclosure Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a Open Type Motor Voltage Max. Hp Vertical Horizontal $ Price Type Type Type $ Price Type NEMA 7 & 9 c Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G SPIN$ Price Bolted Type $ Price TOP™ $ Price Type NEMA 12/3Rd Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type $ Price 00 9 200 230 460 575 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 — — — — SAO16b 926. SAG16b 989. Use Size 0 0 18 200 230 460 575 3 3 5 5 SBO10b SBO4b 1097. SBG4b 1160. SBW14b 1814. SBT49b 3794. SBR9b 4742. SBA4b 1416. 1 27 200 230 460 575 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 SCO7b SCO8b 1241. SCG8b 1331. SCW14b 2241. SCT49b 3978. SCR9b 4976. SCA4b 1587. 2 3 4 5 16 6 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 7 a b c d Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 200 10 230 15 SDO1b SDO2b 2349. SDG2b 2583. SDW11b 4064. SDT43b 6642. SDR3b 8064. SDA1b 3011. 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 4307. SEW11b 6501. — — — — SEA1b 5247. 90 SEO1b SEO2b 3902. SEG2b 460 50 575 50 200 40 — — 230 50 — — 135 SFO1b SFO3b 9530. SFG3b 10274. SFW11b 14148. — — SFA1b 11727. 460 100 — — 575 100 — — 200 75 — — 230 100 — — 270 SGO1b SGO3b 18309. SGG3b 22602. SGW11b 25734. — — SGA1b 25734. 460 200 — — 575 200 — — 200 150 — — — 230 200 — — — 540 SHO1b 43205. SHG1b 50331. SHW1b 57452. — — SHA1b 54176. 460 400 — — — 575 400 — — — 200 – — — — 230 300 — — — 810 SJO1b 61250. SJG1b 68736. SJW1b 75497. — — SJA1b 72221. 460 600 — — — 575 600 — — — NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-47. NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed. NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information. 45 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-46 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Reversing Starters—NEMA Style Class 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.120: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Continuous Motor Current Size Voltage Ratings Max. Hp Type of Motor Vertical Type 2-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required 115 1/3 00 9 230 1 Single 115 1 0 18 Phase 230 2 3-Wire 115 2 1 27 230 3 3-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required 115 1/3 4-Wire 230 1 Rep.-Ind. 00 9 115 1/3 4-Wire 230 1 Split Ph. 115 1 4-Wire 230 2 Rep.-Ind. 0 18 115 1 4-Wire 230 2 Split Ph. 115 2 4-Wire 230 3 Rep.Ind. 1 27 115 2 4-Wire 230 3 Split Ph. 4-Pole Polyphase—2 Thermal Units Required 0 18 1 27 2 45 3 90 4 135 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 200 230 460 575 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Open Type Horizontal $ Price Type Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight & Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure NEMA 7 & 9 b Hazardous Locations Class I, Groups C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Bolted Type TOP™ $ Price $ Price SPIN Type Type $ Price — — SAO13a 863. SAG13a 923. SBO7a SBO1a 1034. SBG1a 1094. SBW11a 1751. SBT46a 3722. SBR6a 4656. SBA1a 1350. SCO1a SCO2a 1175. SCG2a 1265. SCW11a 2177. SCT46a 3909. SCR6a 4883. SCA1a 1521. — — — — SAO14a 891. SAG14a 953. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 SAO15a 594. SAG15a 635. Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 Use Size 0 SBO8a SBO2a 1062. SBG2a 1124. SBW12a 1778. SBT47a 3752. SBR7a 4692. SBA2a 1380. SBO9a SBO3a 1062. SBG3a 1124. SBW13a 1778. SBT48a 3752. SBR8a 4692. SBA3a 1380. SCO3a SCO4a 1205. SCG4a 1295. SCW12a 2205. SCT47a 3942. SCR7a 4932. SCA2a 1551. SCO5a SCO6a 1205. SCG6a 1295. SCW13a 2205. SCT48a 3942. SCR8a 4932. SCA3a 1551. 3 Consult 3 Electric SBO11a SBO5a 1382. SBG5a 1443. SBW15a 2100. Schneider SBR10a 5133. SBA5a 1670. 5 CCC at 5 (1-888-778-2733) 7-1/2 Consult 7-1/2 Electric SCO9a SCO10a 1566. SCG10a 1629. SCW15a 2541. Schneider SCR10a 5396. SCA5a 1886. 10 CCC at 10 (1-888-778-2733) 10 Consult 15 2 Phase Electric — SDO4a 2948. SDG4a 3182. SDW12a 4748. Schneider SDR4a 9248. SDA2a 3609. 25 4-Wire CCC at 25 (1-888-778-2733) 25 30 — SEO4a 4886. SEG4a 5318. SEW12a 7482. — — — — SEA2a 6228. 50 50 40 50 — SFO4a 12207. SFG4a 12981. SFW12a 16883. — — — — SFA2a 14462. 100 100 a Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. b NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed. c NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information. Table 16.121: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8736SCO1U01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8736SBO7V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-48 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-47 Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8702, 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.122: Open Type—2 or 3-Pole Only Class NEMA Size Type Mounting Dimensions—Inches Figure Number A B C D E F G H I J K L M Weight (lb) 00 SAO Horizontal 1 7-1/8 5 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 4-11/32 3/16 5-1/2 29/32 — — 12 0, 1 SBO, SCO Horizontal Vertical 1 1a 7-1/8 5-15/32 5 9-7/32 5-5/16 5-5/16 — 5-1/2 — 7/32 3-13/32 — 15/32 39/64 4-11/32 8 3/16 39/64 5-1/2 5-1/32 29/32 7/32 — — — — 12 12 2 SDO Horizontal Vertical 1 1a 9 6-3/4 6-7/8 11-3/8 6-1/32 6-1/32 — 6-1/4 — 1/4 4-1/2 — 3/8 1/2 5-5/8 10-3/8 1/4 1/2 6 1/4 1-1/2 1/4 — — — — 16 16 3 SEO Horizontal Vertical 1 1a 12-23/32 7-13/64 7-31/32 19 7 7 11-3/4 6-1/4 31/64 31/64 — — 31/64 1-1/64 7 17 31/64 63/64 11-3/4 6-1/4 31/64 31/64 — — — — 35 35 4 SFO Horizontal Vertical 1 1a 14-1/4 11-11/16 7-31/32 23-29/32 7 7 13-1/4 7 1/2 31/64 — — 1/2 1-13/16 8 20-1/4 1-27/32 1-3/16 13-1/4 7 1/2 31/64 — — — — 45 45 5 SGO Horizontal Vertical 1 1a 19-5/16 16-3/16 10-3/4 34-13/32 9-3/8 9-3/8 18 9-1/2 21/32 5/8 — — 1-1/32 1-1/4 14 32 1-5/32 1-5/32 18 9-1/2 21/32 5/8 — — — — 98 98 6 SHO Horizontal 1 22-3/8 28-3/64 9-33/64 18 40/64 — 3-53/64 21-3/16 3-1/32 18 49/64 — — 195 7 SJO Horizontal 1 24-1/4 37-1/4 13-13/16 19-3/4 1-33/64 — — 30 — — — — — 310 00 SAO Horizontal 2 7-1/8 6-29/32 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 4-11/32 6-7/32 4-17/32 5-1/16 21/32 — 13 0, 1 SBO, SCO Horizontal Vertical 2 2a 7-1/8 6-29/32 5-15/32 11-33/64 5-5/16 5-5/16 — 5-1/32 — 7/32 3-13/32 — 15/32 39/64 4-11/32 6-7/32 8 10-45/64 4-17/32 2-33/64 5-1/16 5-1/16 21/32 7/32 — 5-1/32 13 13 2 SDO Horizontal Vertical 2 2a 6-1/32 6-1/32 — 6-1/4 — 1/4 4-1/2 — 3/8 25/32 5-5/8 10-3/8 7-1/2 12-31/32 5 3-1/8 5-5/32 5-5/32 1-1/2 1/4 — 6 18 18 3 SEO Horizontal Vertical 2 2a 12-23/32 11-23/32 7-5/16 22-1/4 7 7 11-3/4 6-1/4 31/64 31/64 — — 31/64 1-1/64 10-3/4 20-3/4 10-3/4 — 11-3/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 31/64 31/64 11-3/4 6-1/4 38 38 4 SFO Horizontal Vertical 2 2a 14-1/4 14-19/32 7-31/32 26-13/16 7 7 13-1/4 7 1/2 31/64 — — 1-27/32 1-27/32 12-1/4 24-1/2 12-1/4 — 13-1/4 4-3/64 6-1/4 6-1/4 1/2 31/64 13-1/4 7 48 48 5 SGO Horizontal Vertical 2 2a 19-5/16 20-29/32 10-3/4 39-5/32 9-3/8 9-3/8 18 9-1/2 21/32 21/32 — — 1-9/32 1-9/32 19 371/4 19 37-1/4 18 9-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 5/8 5/8 18 9-1/2 115 115 6 SHO Horizontal 2 22-3/8 28-3/64 9-33/64 18 44/64 — 3-53/64 21-3/16 3-1/32 18 49/64 — — 200 7 SJO Horizontal 1 24-1/4 37-1/4 13-13/16 19-3/4 1-33/64 — — 30 — — — — — 315 8702 9 6-3/4 8-1/2 13-31/64 8736 a Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure. A D A E D E F G F C C G B H H I B RESET L J I K J K M 16 Figure 2 (Class 8736 Open Type) Figure 1 (Class 8702 Open Type) Table 16.123: NEMA 1 (Class 8702 and 8736) NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Weight (lb) Dimensions—Inches NEMA Size A B 11-7/8 2b 14-7/8 3c 4c 00, 0c 1b b c D E F G 9-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 9-3/4 12 8736 11-7/8 7-13/32 7-17/32 14-1/8 7-9/16 7-21/32 12-3/4 18-5/32 29-5/32 9-1/4 9-1/4 H I 8702 8736 1-1/16 5/16 16 17 25 H 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 5/16 24 15-1/2 1-21/64 1-21/64 26-1/2 1-21/64 7/16 95 98 31 2-7/64 2-7/64 2-7/64 9/16 298 315 B 5 35-7/32 46-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16 6 36-7/32 62-7/32 7 (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes A C 8702 42 19-15/32 400 405 Floor Mounting. 34-1/2 93 23-1/2 — — Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. 3-Pole only. G RESET H E D F C Figure 3—NEMA 1 16-48 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style Class 8702, 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.124: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steelc Hub Dia. NEMA Size A B 0a 1a 8702 & 8736 12-5/8 2a 8702 & 8736 14-7/8 8702 3b 4b Weight (lb) X Top & 8702 8736 Bot. Dimensions—Inches Class Number C D 7-13/16 14-11/16 18-5/32 E F G 2-9/16 7-1/2 13-1/2 19/32 8-1/4 15-3/4 2-9/16 9-3/4 8-3/4 32-7/32 3-5/64 15 3/8 12 30-1/2 7/8 H I J 3-7/8 18-13/32 1-21/32 3-7/8 20-7/8 1-23/32 2-5/8 5/16 3/4 1-1/2 33 2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4 2-1/2 96 3-11/16 26-23/32 4-1/2 K W Bot. Only L 2-5/16 5/16 3/4 1 25 G (4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes 18-5/32 9-9/16 32-7/32 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 7/8 26-23/32 2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4 2-1/2 — 35-7/32 12-1/8 49-7/32 4-7/64 27 48 5/8 4-19/32 45-13/16 2-31/32 3-1/2 9/16 3/4 3-1/2 300 — 99 8736 35-7/32 12-15/16 49-7/32 4-7/64 27 48 5/8 5-13/32 45-13/16 2-31/32 3-1/2 9/16 3/4 3-1/2 — 317 500 505 — — I W X Floor Mounting 7 8702 & 8736 34-1/2 a b c 23-1/2 B 35 8702 70-1/8 G F C — 8736 8702 & 8736 36-7/32 19-15/32 D 26 5 6 A E D J 101 H K Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. 3-Pole only. Size 6 & 7 are sheet steel enclosures and are rated NEMA 4 only. NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Steel Table 16.125: NEMA 7 and 9 Bolted Enclosure See page 16-27 for drawing of enclosure. NEMA Size Dimensions—Inchesd Type G H K L N P Q, R S, T, U, V Wt. (lb) 12-1/4 19-1/4 9-5/8 11-1/2 2-3/8 3-1/8 115 22-1/2 27-1/2 13-3/4 15-3/8 3-7/16 4 180 J SBT SCT 14-1/4 27-5/8 9-1/2 SDT SET 3–4 24-1/2 45-5/8 13-3/4 SFT d Dimensions shown for 2 or 3-Pole devices only. 0–2 Table 16.126: NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP™ Enclosure See page 16-26 for drawing of enclosure. NEMA Size Type 0-1 SBR SCR 2 3 e f Dimensions—Inches A 12 Be Bf Ce Cf D Ee 41-1/16 46-1/8 68-1/16 79-1/8 16-3/4 SDR 16-1/8 48-1/2 50-1/2 81-1/2 85 Ef F 7-1/4 12-1/4 20-1/4 12-1/8 Gf He 7-11/16 26-1/8 26-1/8 9-1/8 SER Without control transformer. With control transformer (Form F4T). Ge 8-5/8 27-3/4 32-3/4 Wt. (lb) Hf Je Jf K L M N P R 3 9 24 24 8-1/2 2-1/16 9-3/8 5-1/4 1-1/2 3/8 70 8 4-1/2 25 30 12 2-5/8 11 5-1/2 2-1/2 3/8 100 Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) Table 16.127: NEMA 12/3R Weight (lb) Dimensions—Inches NEMA Size Class Number A B C D E F G J 8702 8736 0g 1g 8702 & 8736 11-7/8 7-3/4 13-3/4 2-9/16 6-3/4 12-3/4 1/2 3-21/32 18-1/8 5/16 23 24 2g 8702 & 8736 14-7/8 7-7/8 16 2-9/16 9-3/4 15 1/2 3-21/32 21-1/4 5/16 31 32 3h 4h 8702 18-5/32 9-1/4 31-1/2 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 1/2 3-11/16 26-23/32 7/16 96 — 8736 18-5/32 9-9/16 31-1/2 3-5/64 12 30-1/2 1/2 4-1/2 26-23/32 7/16 — 99 8702 35-7/32 13-1/8 8736 35-7/32 13-15/16 H I 49 4-1/8 27 48 1/2 5-5/16 45-7/8 9/16 302 — 49 4-1/8 27 48 1/2 6-1/8 45-7/8 9/16 — 319 490 495 — — D 8702 & 8736 36-7/32 19-15/32 62-7/32 D G F C G 5 6 A E B (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes Floor Mounting 7 g h 8702 & 8736 34-1/2 23-1/2 93 I Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices. 3-Pole only. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS H 16 NEMA 12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-49 Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors—NEMA Style Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8702 Type W Reversing Vacuum Contactors are used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is separately provided. Type W reversing vacuum contactors are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. Auxiliary Contacts—An auxiliary contact block, Class 9999 Type WX11, with one normally open contact and one normally closed contact, is used with Size 4, 5 and 6 vacuum contactors. Additional auxiliary contact units may be added to the Size 4 and 5 reversing contactors in the field. A maximum of 2 units may be added to the Size 4; a maximum of 1 unit may be added to the Size 5. Termination Means—The Size 4 reversing vacuum contactor is supplied with line and load side lugs. The Size 5 and 6 reversing vacuum contactors are supplied without line and load side lugs. Table 16.128: Class 8702 Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors (Horizontal Only) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Enclosed Ampere Rating NEMA Size a 4 135 5 270 6 540 Motor Voltage Maximum Horsepower 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 40 50 75 100 100 75 100 150 200 200 150 200 300 400 400 Open Type Type $ Price WFO3a 10659.00 WGO3a 18678.00 WHO3Va 45666.00 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-51. Replacement coils are listed on page 16-28. Table 16.129: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8702 Reversing Contactors Size Type Poles Class and Type 4 5 6 WF WG WH All All All 9998WF 9998WG 9998WH Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number) 120 Volts 110 Volts 120 120 120 240 Volts 220 Volts 240 240 240 480 Volts 440 Volts 480 480 480 $ Price 600 Volts 550 Volts 600 600 600 732.00 1724.00 1904.00 Table 16.130: Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits For Use With Type WF–WG WH Size 4–5 6 WF WG–WH 4 5–6 WG 5 Kit Description Class 9999 Type $ Price Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break 1 N.C. Isolated Contact Lug Kits (6) lugs included WX11 122.00 WCX11 WLX01 114.00 503.00 22.00 5.81 4.00 2.50 3.65 6.90 .60 LUW5 275.00 .86 2.75 Table 16.131: Coil Voltage Codes Volts 50 Hz 60 Hz 110 V02 120 220 V03 V02 440 V06 V03 480 550 V07 V06 600 1 2 3 4 5 6 V07 7 8 9 14.00 0 1 2 Approximate Dimensions 18.00 1.5 Over travel Gauge Mechanical Interlock 4.88 3.50 .281 dia 3 mtg. holes .44 0.38 1.76 240 2.00 Name Plate 2.48 Recess For Auxiliary Interlock 3.98 3.75 4.20 2.50 1.89 9.56 1.40 4.26 8.80 max 6.00 6.88 overtravel gauge 24.00 Size 5 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs Class 8702 WG 16 4.40 2.70 2.70 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 7.00 Rear View Drilling Plan 1.44 1.44 6.50 1.13 9.75 Front View 6.54 3.90 3.40 Side View Size 4 Reversing Contactor Outline with Lugs Class 8702 WF 16.40 5.00 14.00 18.00 1.50 7.75 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. Name Plate 3.75 2.00 22.00 24.00 2.70 2.70 4.40 7.75 1.40 Size 6 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs Class 8702 WH 16-50 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8738 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8738 and 8739 Type S reversing combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection into one convenient package. Type S reversing combination starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards, and are UL Listed (although some Form numbers may not be listed—contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for further information). Class 8738 and 8739 reversing combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz—and are supplied with melting alloy overload relays as standard. For Class J fuses, use form Y1072 (No Charge). Class 8738 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.132: Class 8738 Full-Voltage Type, Fusible (With Class H Fuse Clips) Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays—3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase 3 5 7-1/2 200 (208) b Type $ Price Type $ Price Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 30 SBG12b 2169.00 SBW12b 3909.00 SBW22b 4491.00 SBA22b SBA12b 2654.00 30 SCG12b 2313.00 SCW12b 4050.00 SCW22b 4656.00 SCA22b SCA12b 2798.00 2825.00 60 SCG13b 2340.00 SCW13b 4077.00 SCW23b 4692.00 SCA23b SCA13b SDG12b 3851.00 SDW12b 6501.00 SDW22b 7149.00 SDA22b SDA12b 4478.00 20 3 100 SEG15b 6357.00 SEW15b 11001.00 — SEA25b SEA15b 7182.00 40 4 200 SFG15b 13409.00 SFW15b 19277.00 — — SFA25b SFA15b 15672.00 75 5 400 SGG15b 25605.00 SGW15b 40589.00 — — SGA25b SGA15b 30990.00 3 0 30 SBG12b 2169.00 SBW12b 3909.00 SBW22b 4491.00 SBA22b SBA12b 2654.00 30 SCG12b 2313.00 SCW12b 4050.00 SCW22b 4656.00 SCA22b SCA12b 2798.00 60 SCG13b 2340.00 SCW13b 4077.00 SCW23b 4692.00 SCA23b SCA13b 2825.00 7149.00 4478.00 1 — 15 2 60 SDG12b 3851.00 SDW12b 6501.00 SDW22b SDA22b SDA12b 25 3 100 SEG15b 6357.00 SEW15b 11001.00 — — SEA25b SEA15b 7182.00 50 4 200 SFG15b 13409.00 SFW15b 19277.00 — — SFA25b SFA15b 15672.00 100 5 400 SGG15b 25605.00 SGW15b 40589.00 — — SGA25b SGA15b 30990.00 5 0 30 SBG13b 2199.00 SBW13b 3936.00 SBW23b 4527.00 SBA23b SBA13b 2682.00 10 1 30 SCG14b 2340.00 SCW14b 4077.00 SCW24b 4692.00 SCA24b SCA14b 2825.00 30 SDG16b 3873.00 SDW16b 6515.00 SDW26b 7163.00 SDA26b SDA16b 4491.00 60 SDG14b 3893.00 SDW14b 6543.00 SDW24b 7199.00 SDA24b SDA14b 4521.00 25 2 50 3 100 SEG13b 6443.00 SEW13b 11087.00 — — SEA23b SEA13b 7268.00 100 4 200 SFG13b 13464.00 SFW13b 19332.00 — — SFA23b SFA13b 15728.00 200 5 400 SGG13b 26204.00 SGW13b 41187.00 — — SGA23b SGA13b 31589.00 5 0 30 SBG13b 2199.00 SBW13b 3936.00 SBW23b 4527.00 SBA23b SBA13b 2682.00 10 1 30 SCG14b 2340.00 SCW14b 4077.00 SCW24b 4692.00 SCA24b SCA14b 2825.00 30 SDG16b 3873.00 SDW16b 6515.00 SDW26b 7163.00 SDA26b SDA16b 4491.00 60 SDG14b 3893.00 SDW14b 6543.00 SDW24b 7199.00 SDA24b SDA14b 4521.00 15 a $ Price With External Reset 60 15 575 (600) 1 Type NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure 2 7-1/2 460 (480) 0 Fuse Clip Size (A) NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure 10 5 230 (240) NEMA Size NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure 25 2 50 3 100 SEG13b 6443.00 SEW13b 11087.00 — — SEA23b SEA13b 7268.00 100 4 200 SFG13b 13464.00 SFW13b 19332.00 — — SFA23b SFA13b 15728.00 200 5 400 SGG13b 26204.00 SGW13b 41187.00 — — SGA23b SGA13b 31589.00 NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. For class J fuse clip, use Form Y1072 (no charge). Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. Table 16.133: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 24dc — V01 No Charge 120d 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 c 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8738SBG12V01S). d These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8738SC13V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57 Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 16 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-51 Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Non-Fusible and Fusible Disconnect Switch Type Class 8738 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.134: Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—Full-Voltage Type Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) 200 (208) 230 (240) 460 (480) 575 (600) Max. Hp PolyPhase NEMA Size 3 7-1/2 10 25 40 75 3 7-1/2 15 30 50 100 5 10 25 50 100 200 5 10 25 50 100 200 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 a b Fuse Clip Size (A) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure NEMA 12/3Ra Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type None SBG11b 2127.00 SBW11b 3866.00 SBW21b 4442.00 SBA21b SBA11b 2613.00 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00 None SDG11b 3794.00 SDW11b 6443.00 SDW21b 7083.00 SDA21b SDA11b 4419.00 None SEG11b 6287.00 SEW11b 10929.00 — — SEA21b SEA11b 7113.00 None SFG11b 13166.00 SFW11b 19034.00 — — SFA21b SFA11b 15431.00 None SGG11b 25691.00 SGW11b 40674.00 — — SGA21b SGA11b 31076.00 None SBG11b 2127.00 SBW11b 3866.00 SBW21b 4442.00 SBA21b SBA11b 2613.00 2754.00 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b None SDG11b 3794.00 SDW11b 6443.00 SDW21b 7083.00 SDA21b SDA11b 4419.00 None SEG11b 6287.00 SEW11b 10929.00 — — SEA21b SEA11b 7113.00 None SFG11b 13166.00 SFW11b 19034.00 — — SFA21b SFA11b 15431.00 None SGG11b 25691.00 SGW11b 40674.00 — — SGA21b SGA11b 31076.00 None SBG11b 2127.00 SBW11b 3866.00 SBW21b 4442.00 SBA21b SBA11b 2613.00 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00 None SDG11b 3794.00 SDW11b 6443.00 SDW21b 7083.00 SDA21b SDA11b 4419.00 None SEG11b 6287.00 SEW11b 10929.00 — — SEA21b SEA11b 7113.00 None SFG11b 13166.00 SFW11b 19034.00 — — SFA21b SFA11b 15431.00 None SGG11b 25691.00 SGW11b 40674.00 — — SGA21b SGA11b 31076.00 None SBG11b 2127.00 SBW11b 3866.00 SBW21b 4442.00 SBA21b SBA11b 2613.00 None SCG11b 2271.00 SCW11b 4008.00 SCW21b 4607.00 SCA21b SCA11b 2754.00 None SDG11b 3794.00 SDW11b 6443.00 SDW21b 7083.00 SDA21b SDA11b 4419.00 None SEG11b 6287.00 SEW11b 10929.00 — — SEA21b SEA11b 7113.00 None SFG11b 13166.00 SFW11b 19034.00 — — SFA21b SFA11b 15431.00 None SGG11b 25691.00 SGW11b 40674.00 — — SGA21b SGA11b 31076.00 NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-53. Table 16.135: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type With Class R Fuse Clips—100,000 AIC Rating Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) 200 (208) 230 (240) 16 460 (480) NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 575 (600) Max. Hp PolyPhase 3 5 7-1/2 10 20 40 75 3 5 7-1/2 15 25 50 100 5 10 15 25 50 100 200 5 10 15 25 50 100 200 NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 c d e Fuse Clip Size (A) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosuree NEMA 12/3Rc Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Type 30 SBG32d 2192.00 SBW32d 3929.00 SBW42d 4521.00 SBA42d SBA32d 2676.00 30 SCG32d 2334.00 SCW32d 4071.00 SCW42d 4685.00 SCA42d SCA32d 2817.00 60 SCG33d 2363.00 SCW33d 4100.00 SCW43d 4706.00 SCA43d SCA33d 2847.00 60 SDG32d 3873.00 SDW32d 6521.00 SDW42d 7176.00 SDA42d SDA32d 4499.00 100 SEG35d 6399.00 SEW35d 11043.00 — — SEA45d SEA35d 7226.00 200 SFG35d 13451.00 SFW35d 19319.00 — — SFA45d SFA35d 15714.00 400 SGG35d 25707.00 SGW35d 40689.00 — — SGA45d SGA35d 31089.00 2676.00 30 SBG32d 2192.00 SBW32d 3929.00 SBW42d 4521.00 SBA42d SBA32d 30 SCG32d 2334.00 SCW32d 4071.00 SCW42d 4685.00 SCA42d SCA32d 2817.00 60 SCG33d 2363.00 SCW33d 4100.00 SCW43d 4706.00 SCA43d SCA33d 2847.00 60 SDG32d 3873.00 SDW32d 6521.00 SDW42d 7176.00 SDA42d SDA32d 4499.00 100 SEG35d 6399.00 SEW35d 11043.00 — — SEA45d SEA35d 7226.00 200 SFG35d 13451.00 SFW35d 19319.00 — — SFA45d SFA35d 15714.00 400 SGG35d 25707.00 SGW35d 40689.00 — — SGA45d SGA35d 31089.00 30 SBG33d 2219.00 SBW33d 3959.00 SBW43d 4548.00 SBA43d SBA33d 2705.00 30 SCG34d 2363.00 SCW34d 4100.00 SCW44d 4712.00 SCA44d SCA34d 2847.00 30 SDG36d 3893.00 SDW36d 6534.00 SDW46d 7191.00 SDA46d SDA36d 4514.00 60 SDG34d 3915.00 SDW34d 6564.00 SDW44d 7433.00 SDA44d SDA34d 4541.00 100 SEG33d 6485.00 SEW33d 11129.00 — — SEA43d SEA33d 7311.00 200 SFG33d 13508.00 SFW33d 19376.00 — — SFA43d SFA33d 15771.00 400 SGG33d 26303.00 SGW33d 41288.00 — — SGA43d SGA33d 31688.00 30 SBG33d 2219.00 SBW33d 3959.00 SBW43d 4548.00 SBA43d SBA33d 2705.00 30 SCG34d 2363.00 SCW34d 4100.00 SCW44d 4712.00 SCA44d SCA34d 2847.00 30 SDG36d 3893.00 SDW36d 6534.00 SDW46d 7191.00 SDA46d SDA36d 4514.00 60 SDG34d 3915.00 SDW34d 6564.00 SDW44d 7433.00 SDA44d SDA34d 4541.00 100 SEG33d 6485.00 SEW33d 11129.00 — — SEA43d SEA33d 7311.00 200 SFG33d 13508.00 SFW33d 19376.00 — — SFA43d SFA33d 15771.00 400 SGG33d 26303.00 SGW33d 41288.00 — — SGA43d SGA33d 31688.00 NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-53. 5,000 AIC Rating For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-52 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.136: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Hp Range Polyphase NEMA Size Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-32 for Breaker Adjustment Range) Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0-5)a Type $ Price NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 2555. SBW43c 4292. SBW53c 4932. SBA53c SBA43c 3038. 1/4–5 HLL36030M71 SCG44c SCA44c 1 2726. SCW44c 4463. SCW54c 5133. SCA54c 3209. 7-1/2 HLL36050M72 SCG45c SCW45c SCW55c SCA55c SCA45c 1-1/2–5 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c SDA42c 2 4350. SDW43c 6998. SDW53c 7695. SDA53c 4976. 71/2–10 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDA43c 200 15–25 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 6501. SEW42c 11142. SEW52c 12254. SEA52c SEA42c 7326. (208) 30–40 4 JJL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982. 50–60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c — SGA54c SGA44c 35190. 5 29808. SGW44c 44792. — 75 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — SGA55c SGA45c 100 LJL36400M36 SHG43c SHW43c — SHA53c SHA43c 68120. 6 64274. 71396. — 125–150 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c SHA45c 1/4–3 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 2555. SBW43c 4292. SBW53c 4932. SBA53c SBA43c 3038. 1/4–7-1/2 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 2726. SCW44c 4463. SCW54c 5133. SCA54c SCA44c 3209. 1-1/2–7-1/2 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDW42c SDW52c SDA52c SDA42c 10 2 HLL36050M72 SDG43c 4350. SDW43c 6998. SDW53c 7695. SDA53c SDA43c 4976. 15 HLL36100M73 SDG44c SDW44c SDW54c SDA54c SDA44c 230 15–30 3 HLL36100M73 SEG42c 6501. SEW42c 11142. SEW52c 12254. SEA52c SEA42c 7326. (240) 40–50 4 JJL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982. 60 JLL36250M75 SGG44c — SGA54c SGA44c 35190. 5 29808. SGW44c 44792. — 75–100 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — SGA55c SGA45c 125–150 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c SHA45c 68120. 6 64274. 71396. — 200 PLL34080M68 SHG46c SHW46c — SHA56c SHA46c a NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below. Table 16.137: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG41V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG41V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-53 Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.138: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Hp Range Polyphase NEMA Size Circuit Breaker (See Page 7-32 for Breaker Adjustment Range) Type $ Price NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Watertight Watertight, and Dusttight Dusttight and Enclosure Resistant Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0–5)a Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 1/4–5 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 2555. SBW43c 4292. SBW53c 4932. SBA53c SBA43c 3038. 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 2726. SCW44c 4463. SCW54c 5133. SCA54c SCA44c 3209. 5–15 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDA42c 2 4350. SDW42c 6998. SDW52c 7695. SDA52c 4976. 20–25 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDW43c SDW53c SDA53c SDA43c 20–25 HLL36050M72 SEG41c SEW41c SEW51c SEA51c SEA41c 460 3 6501. SEW42c 11142. SEW52c 12254. SEA52c 7326. 30–50 HLL36100M73 SEG42c SEA42c (480) 60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982. 125 JLL36250M75 SGG44c — SGA54c SGA44c 5 29808. SGW44c 44792. — 35190. 150–200 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — SGA55c SGA45c 250–350 LJL36600M42 SHG45c SHW45c — SHA55c SHA45c 6 64274. SHW46c 71396. — 68120. 400 PLL34080M68 SHG46c — SHA56c SHA46c 1/4–5 0 HLL36030M71 SBG43c 2555. SBW43c 4292. SBW53c 4932. SBA53c SBA43c 3038. 1/4–10 1 HLL36030M71 SCG44c 2726. SCW44c 4463. SCW54c 5133. SCA54c SCA44c 3209. 5–20 HLL36030M71 SDG42c SDA42c 2 4350. SDW42c 6998. SDW52c 7695. SDA52c 4976. 25 HLL36050M72 SDG43c SDW43c SDW53c SDA53c SDA43c 25–30 HLL36050M72 SEG41c SEW41c SEW51c SEA51c SEA41c 575 3 6501. SEW42c 11142. SEW52c 12254. SEA52c 7326. 40–50 HLL36100M73 SEG42c SEA42c (600) 60–100 4 JLL36250M75 SFG44c 14718. SFW44c 20586. SFW54c 22644. SFA54c SFA44c 16982. 125–150 JLL36250M75 SGG44c — SGA54c SGA44c 5 29808. SGW44c 44792. — 35190. 200 LJL36400M36 SGG45c SGW45c — SGA55c SGA45c 250 LJL36400M36 SHG43c SHW43c — SHA53c SHA43c 6 64274. SHW45c 71396. — 68120. 300–400 LJL36600M42 SHG45c — SHA55c SHA45c a NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below. Table 16.139: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG41V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG41V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-57 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-54 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.140: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase Circuit Breaker Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 0 HLL36015 HLL36020 Ampere Rating 15 20 2228. SBW1c SBW3c 3965. SBW11c SBW13c 4563. SBA11c SBA13c SBA1c SBA3c 2712. 5 7-1/2 1 HLL36035 HLL36050 35 50 SCG5c SCG2c 2399. SCW5c SCW2c 4136. SCW15c SCW12c 4761. SCA15c SCA12c SCA5c SCA2c 2883. 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60–75 100–125 150 2 3 2 60 100 125 150 200 250 250 400 600 800 15 20 SDG1c SEG3c SEG1c SEG5c SFG3c SFG4c SGG6c SGG4c SHG4c SHG5c SBG1c SBG3c 4022. 4563. SDA11c SEA13c SEA11c SEA15c SFA13c SFA14c SGA16c SGA14c SHA14c SHA15c SBA11c SBA13c SDA1c SEA3c SEA1c SEA5c SFA3c SFA4c SGA6c SGA4c SHA4c SHA5c SBA1c SBA3c 4649. 3965. SDW11c SEW13c SEW11c SEW15c SFW13c SFW14c — — — — SBW11c SBW13c 7340. 2228. SDW1c SEW3c SEW1c SEW5c SFW3c SFW4c SGW6c SGW4c SHW4c SHW5c SBW1c SBW3c 6672. 0 HLL36060 HLL36100 HLL36125 HLL36150 JLL36200 JLL36250 JLL36250 LLL36400E20 LLL36600E20 MJL36800 HLL36015 HLL36020 1 HLL36035 HLL36045 35 45 SCG5c SCG6c 2399. SCW5c SCW6c 4136. SCW15c SCW16c 4761. SCA15c SCA16c SCA5c SCA6c 2 3 200 (208) NEMA Size NEMA 4 & 4X NEMA 4X Watertight Watertight, and Dusttight Dusttight and Enclosure Resistant Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion Polyester Enclosure (Sizes 0-5)a 5 7-1/2 Type 3 4 5 6 SBG1c SBG3c 6501. 14718. 29808. 64274. 11142. 20586. 44792. 71396. 12254. 22644. — — 7326. 16982. 35190. 68120. 2712. 2883. 10 HLL36060 60 SDG1c SDA1c 2 4022. SDW1c 6672. SDW11c 7340. SDA11c 4649. 15 HLL36090 90 SDG7c SDW7c SDW17c SDA17c SDA7c 20 HLL36100 100 SEG3c SEW3c SEW13c SEA13c SEA3c 3 6501. SEW5c 11142. SEW15c 12254. SEA15c 7326. 25–30 HLL36150 150 SEG5c SEA5c 40 JLL36225 225 SFG1c SFW1c SFW11c SFA11c SFA1c 4 14718. 20586. 22644. 16982. 50 JLL36250 250 SFG4c SFW4c SFW14c SFA14c SFA4c 60 JLL36250 250 SGG6c SGW6c — SGA16c SGA6c 75 5 LLL36400E20 400 SGG4c 29808. SGW4c 44792. — — SGA14c SGA4c 35190. 100 LLL36600E20 600 SGG2c SGW2c — SGA12c SGA2c 125 LLL36600E20 600 SHG4c SHW4c — SHA14c SHA4c 68120. 6 64274. 71396. — 150–200 MJL36800 800 SHG5c SHW5c — SHA15c SHA5c NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. 230 (240) a b c Table 16.141: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz $ Price Adder 50 Hz 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 277 — V04 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 d 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG1V01S). e These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG5V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57 Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100 Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105 Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-55 Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Table 16.142: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (304) (Sizes 0 - 5)a NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion Resistant Polyester Enclosure Circuit Breaker NEMA Size Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price NEMA 12/3Rb Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure With External Reset Without External Reset Type Type $ Price 0 HLL36015 Ampere Rating 15 SBG1c 2555. SBW1c 4292. SBW11c 4932. SBA11c SBA1c 3038. 1 HLL36025 HLL36030 25 30 SCG3c SCG7c 2726. SCW3c SCW7c 4463. SCW13c SCW17c 5133. SCA13c SCA17c SCA3c SCA7c 3209. 45 60 70 80 100 150 150 200 250 400 600 600 800 15 SDG3c SDG1c SDG5c SEG6c SEG3c SEG5c SFG5c SFG3c SFG4c SGG4c SGG2c SHG4c SHG5c SBG1c 14718. 0 HLL36045 HLL36060 HLL36070 HLL36080 HLL36100 HLL36150 JJL36105 JJL36200 JJL36250 LLL36400E20 LLL36600E20 LLL36600E20 MJL36800 HLL36015 2555. SDW3c SDW1c SDW5c SEW6c SEW3c SEW5c SFW5c SFW3c SFW4c SGW4c SGW2c SHW4c SHW5c SBW1c 4932. SDA13c SDA11c SDA15c SEA16c SEA13c SEA15c SFA15c SFA13c SFA14c SGA14c SGA12c SHA14c SHA15c SBA11c SDA3c SDA1c SDA5c SEA6c SEA3c SEA5c SFA5c SFA3c SFA4c SGA4c SGA2c SHA4c SHA5c SBA1c 1 HLL36020 HLL36025 20 25 SCG8c SCG3c 2726. SCW8c SCW3c 5133. SCA18c SCA13c SCA8c SCA3c 15 HLL36035 35 SDG8c SDW8c SDW18c SDA18c 20 2 HLL36045 45 SDG3c 4350. SDW3c 6998. SDW13c 7695. SDA13c 25 HLL36060 60 SDG1c SDW1c SDW11c SDA12c 30 HLL36070 70 SEG4c SEW4c SEW14c SEA14c 575 40 3 HLL36090 90 SEG6c 6501. SEW6c 11142. SEW16c 12254. SEA16c (600) 50 HLL36100 100 SEG3c SEW3c SEW13c SEA13c 60–75 JLL36150 150 SFG5c SFW5c SFW15c SFA15c 4 14718. 20586. 22644. 100 JLL36250 250 SFG4c SFW4c SFW14c SFA14c 125–150 JLL36250 250 SGG6c SGW6c — SGA16c 5 29808. 44792. — 200 LLL36400E20 400 SGG4c SGW4c — SGA14c 250–350 LLL36600E20 600 SHG4c SHW4c — SHA14c 6 64274. 71396. — 400 MJL36800 800 SHG5c SHW5c — SHA15c a NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures. b NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below. SDA8c SDA3c SDA1c SEA4c SEA6c SEA3c SFA5c SFA4c SGA6c SGA4c SHA4c SHA5c 5 7-1/2 10 460 (480) 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125–150 200 250 300–400 5 7-1/2 10 Type 2 3 4 5 6 4350. 6501. 29808. 64274. Table 16.143: Class 8738 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings d Table 16.144: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code $ Price Adder 50 Hz 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 24fe — V01 No Charge 120f 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 e 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG2V01S). f These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SDG3V02S). Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge. 16-56 4463. SCW18c SCW13c 6998. 11142. 20586. 44792. 71396. 7695. 12254. 22644. — — 4976. 7326. 16982. 35190. 68120. 3038. 3209. 4976. 7326. 16982. 35190. 68120. Table 16.145: Class 8739 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings NEMA Fuse Clip Ampere Interrupting Enclosure Size Type Capability Rating (AIC) 0-3 Standard Standardd 5,000 0-3 Class R Standardd 100,000 4-5 Standard Standardd 10,000 4-5 Class R Standardd 100,000 Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R. 60 Hz 4292. SDW13c SDW11c SDW15c SEW16c SEW13c SEW15c SFW15c SFW13c SFW14c — — — — SBW11c CP1 Motor Circuit Protector Type NEMA Size 0, 1 0, 1 2, 3, 4, 5 2, 3, 4, 5 6 6 Ampere Interrupting Capability Rating (AIC) 480 Standardg 100,000 481 – 600 Standardg 35,000 480 Standardg 100,000 481 – 600 Standardg 50,000 480 Standardg 65,000 600 Standardg 18,000 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type 0, 1 480 Standardg 100,000 0, 1 481 – 600 Standardg 35,000 2, 3, 4, 5 480 Standardg 100,000 2, 3, 4, 5 481 – 600 Standardg 50,000 6 480 Standardg 65,000 6 600 Standardg 18,000 g Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R. Voltage Enclosure For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style Class 8738, 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.146: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 0–2) Figure 1 NEMA Size Class Type 0–1 8738 & 8739 2 8738 & 8739 SBG SCG SDG Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 1 A B 13-3/4 15 C 23 D 8-11/32 10-5/8 E F G H 21 18-29/32 1-7/8 1-7/8 28-3/4 9-19/32 11-5/8 26-1/4 21-15/32 2-3/16 I Top & Bottom J K L M N O 3-3/4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 2 4 2-9/16 1-1/4 P 7/8 — 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4 29/32 — L O P W Sides X 1/2–3/4–1 1/2–3/4–1 1–1-1/4 Wt. (lb) Y 1–1-1/4 1/2 49 1/2 80 Table 16.147: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 3–6) Figure 2 NEMA Size 3 Class Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 2 Type 8738 & 8739 SEG 8738 A B 18-1/2 44 SFG 21 C D E 10-19/32 12-1/2 51-1/2 10-17/32 15 F G H I J Top & Bottom K M N SFG 18-1/2 44 10-19/32 12-1/2 8738 SGG 30 77 15-1/2 8739 SGG 30 65 13-23/32 8738 & 8739 SHG 36 90 17-1/32 X Y Wt. (lb) 1–1-1/4 2–2-1/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 245 3 25-31/32 43-1/2 1/4 — 2-13/16 3-1/2 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 3 30-23/32 1/4 — 2-13/16 3-1/2 5 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2 — 2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32 1–1-1/4 2–2-1/4 1/2–3/4 1/2 — 51 4 8739 Sides W 3 25-31/32 43-1/2 1/4 — 2-13/16 3-1/2 5 22 4 39-13/32 76 1/2 — 3-1/2 6-9/32 9-1/4 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4 3 — — 22 4 39-13/32 64 1/2 — 3-1/2 6-9/32 5 3-3/16 — — — 1/2–3/4 3 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5 6 Table 16.148: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure Figure 3 NEMA Size Class Type 0–1 8738 & 8739 SBA SCA 2 8738 & 8739 SDA 3 8738 & 8739 SEA Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 3 A B C D E F 13-3/4 10-3/32 15 10-31/32 18-1/2 G 24-3/4 3-1/4 2-1/2 8-3/4 24 31 3-1/4 3 9 30-1/4 10-19/32 45 5 3 12-1/2 44 I J Wt. (lb) 3/8 3-3/4 20-5/16 52 3/8 3-3/4 23-7/16 95 1/2 3-3/4 25-19/32 255 H 8738 SFA 21 10-19/32 52-1/2 5 3 15 51-1/2 1/2 3-3/4 30-11/32 — 8739 SFA 18-1/2 10-19/32 45 3-1/4 3 12-1/2 44 1/2 3-3/4 25-19/32 — 8738 SGA 30 15-1/2 78 9-1/4 4 22 77 1/2 7-1/2 39-13/32 — 8739 SGA 30 15-1/2 66 — 4 22 65 1/2 7-1/2 37-7/8 — 8739 SHA 36 17-1/32 90 — — — — — — — — 4 5 6a a Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting. Table 16.149: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosureb Figure 4 NEMA Size A E Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 4 Class Type A B C E F SBW 0-2 SCW 25.25 11.4 27.00 17.88 25.75 SDW SEW 3-4 8739 26.31 11.4 33.50 18.50 32.25 SFW b See page 16-58 for important information on hubs for NEMA 4X enclosures. c The dimensions shown in all tables above are also for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra-capacity), and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra-capacity). 8738 & 8739 F C B Figure 4: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. A Handle Swing L M D K A D C Handle Swing L E C H O A F N E H Y Handle Swing D B P Y G B E B G C Y Y (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 3 and 4) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 5) Cover Open 90º F F K I Figure 1: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 0–2) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 3 and 4) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 5) J G J H J W X W W X W Cover Open 90º M N Figure 2: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 3–6) I Figure 3: NEMA 12 Enclosure 16 Cover Open 90º NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS O 16-57 Reversing Combination Starters Class 8738, 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.150: NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure Figure 1 Dimensions (in inches)a—see Figure 1 NEMA Size Class Bottom Top & Bot. Type A B C D E F G H I J K L W X 1 Hub Wt. (lb) 0–1 8738 & 8739 SBW SCW 13-3/4 8-11/32 25-3/16 3-1/4 2-1/2 8-3/4 24 19/32 3 1-5/8 2-5/16 18-17/32 3/4 Hub 2 8738 & 8739 SDW 15 9-19/32 30-1/32 3-1/4 2-1/2 10 29-3/4 5/8 3 2 2-5/8 21-1/32 3/4 Hub 1-1/2 Hub 95 3 8738 & 8739 SEW 18-1/2 10-9/16 45-3/16 5 3 12-1/2 44 19/32 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/16 25-1/2 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 255 — 52 8738 SFW 21 10-17/32 52-11/16 5 3 15 51-1/2 19/32 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/16 30-1/4 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub 8739 SFW 18-1/2 10-9/16 45-3/16 5 3 12-1/2 44 19/32 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/16 25-1/2 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub — 8738 SGW 30 15-1/2 78-3/32 9-1/4 4 22 77 9/16 6-3/32 3 3-1/2 39-13/32 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub — 8739 SGW 30 13-57/64 66-3/32 5 4 22 65 9/16 6-3/32 3 3-1/2 37-7/8 3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub — 8739 SHW 36 17-1/32 98 — — — — — — — — — 4 5 6 a — — — Above dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity). NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. Information on Hubs Hubs are supplied with each NEMA 4X combination starter as shown in the table below. Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures; they are supplied but not installed in polyester enclosures. Table 16.151: NEMA Size Quantity Hub Size 0&1 1 2 0.75" 1.00" 2 1 2 0.75" 1.50" 3&4 1 2 0.75" 2.50" A F H E Handle Swing D B G C (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 0, 1, & 2) 8 Cover Open 90º (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 3 & 4) 11 (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (for Size 5) W X L J I K Figure 1: NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-58 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Multipole Lighting Contactors, Type L & LX Features • • • • 30 A fluorescent lighting rating, 20 A tungsten lighting rating Electrically and mechanically held 2 through 12-pole versions Field-convertible contacts with N.O. and N.C. indicators (8 N.C. contacts maximumd) Silver-Cadmium-Oxide double break contacts • File E78427 CCN NRNT Type L File LR60905 Class 3211 07 Type LX Table 16.152: Multipole Lighting Contactors (50–60 Hz) Contact Ampere Ratings No. of Poles NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosure with Plaster Adjustment $ Pricea Type $ Pricea NEMA 3R Rainproof Enclosuree Type $ Pricea NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and CorrosionResistant GlassPolyester Enclosure Type NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight Brushed Stainless Steel Enclosure $ Pricea Type $ Pricea NEMA 12/3Rf Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type $ Pricea Open Typeb Type $ Pricea Electrically Heldd 2 LG20c 446.00 LF20c 689.00 LH20c 860.00 LWW20c 1146.00 LW20c 917.00 LA20c 860.00 LO20c 404.00 3 LG30c 489.00 LF30c 732.00 LH30c 903.00 LWW30c 1197.00 LW30c 959.00 LA30c 903.00 LO30c 446.00 4 LG40c 617.00 LF40c 860.00 LH40c 1031.00 LWW40c 1358.00 LW40c 1088.00 LA40c 1031.00 LO40c 575.00 30c 6 LG60c 890.00 LF60c 1031.00 LH60c 1202.00 LWW60c 1571.00 LW60c 1259.00 LA60c 1202.00 LO60c 746.00 8 LG80c 1160.00 LF80c 1301.00 LH80c 1472.00 LWW80c 1908.00 LW80c 1529.00 LA80c 1472.00 LO80c 1017.00 10 LG1000c 1331.00 LF1000c 1472.00 LH1000c 1643.00 LWW1000c 2123.00 LW1000c 1700.00 LA1000c 1643.00 LO1000c 1188.00 12 LG1200c 1529.00 LF1200c 1673.00 LH1200c 1844.00 LWW1200c 2372.00 LW1200c 1899.00 LA1200c 1844.00 LO1200c 1386.00 Mechanically Heldeg 2 LXG20c 702.00 LXF20c 975.00 — — LXWW20c 1728.00 LXW20c 1728.00 LXA20c 1017.00 LXO20c 590.00 3 LXG30c 738.00 LXF30c 1008.00 — — LXWW30c 1764.00 LXW30c 1764.00 LXA30c 1052.00 LXO30c 624.00 4 LXG40c 761.00 LXF40c 1031.00 — — LXWW40c 1785.00 LXW40c 1785.00 LXA40c 1074.00 LXO40c 647.00 LXO60c 1044.00 30c 6 LXG60c 1160.00 LXF60c 1430.00 — — LXWW60c 2186.00 LXW60c 2186.00 LXA60c 1472.00 LXO80c 1173.00 8 LXG80c 1287.00 LXF80c 1557.00 — — LXWW80c 2313.00 LXW80c 2313.00 LXA80c 1601.00 1314.00 10 LXG1000c 1430.00 LXF1000c 1700.00 — — LXWW1000c 2456.00 LXW1000c 2456.00 LXA1000c 1742.00 LXO1000c 12 LXG1200c 1580.00 LXF1200c 1850.00 — — LXWW1200c 2604.00 LXW1200c 2604.00 LXA1200c 1893.00 LXO1200c 1466.00 a Price does not include holding circuit contact. b Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991 enclosure. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard. d Factory conversion of N.O. contacts to N.C., order by catalog number and add $42.80 to price (i.e. For 6 N.O. and 2 N.C. poles on an 8 pole contactor, order as 8903LG62V02). Versions are available from the factory with up to 12 N.C. poles electrically held or 2, 4, 6 and 12 N.C. poles mechanically held. For field conversion, there is a maximum of eight N.C. poles for Type L and a maximum of six N.C. poles for Type LX contactors. NOTE: For contactors with more than 8 poles, the catalog number configuration will be the number of normally open contacts followed by a 0 and then the number of normally closed contacts (i.e. for 4 NO and 6 NC on a 10 pole contactor order 8903LG406V02). e f g Cannot support control transformer forms. NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information. When ordering Form C, Form R6 must be included. Table 16.153: Power Poles for Type L or LX The kits below are used to add 30 Ampere power poles to existing Type L contactors when additional circuits are required. Type L lighting contactors are supplied with mounting brackets, so that adder poles may be mounted from the front by a single captive screw. Adder poles are supplied standard with N.O. contacts which are convertible to N.C. Power Pole Adder Kith Class 8903 Type Can Only Be Added to Contactor Typei $ Price Single Pole L1L L1R LO60 LXO60 LO80 LXO80 LO1000 LXO1000 86.00 86.00 Double Pole h i L3L 171.00 L3R 171.00 8903LO (electrically held) devices can accommodate 10 or 12 N.C. contacts use only 120 V 60Hz coils. LO60 & LXO60—add 1-pole kits only, 1 on each side, for converting to 8-pole. To maintain proper operation, it cannot be converted to greater than 8-pole contactor. LO80 & LXO80—use single-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 10-pole and use two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole. LO1000 & LXO1000—remove existing single pole kit and install two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole. Type L3L Type LO80 Type L3R Voltage 60 Hz Code $ Price Adder V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V99 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 50 Hz 24 — 120 110 208 — 240 220 277 — 480 440 Specify Specify Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-63 Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-105, 16-106 Replacement Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-107 Type L1L Type LO60 Type L1R Table 16.155: How to Order Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Number Class Type Voltage Code Form(s) 8903 LXG60 VO4 CF4R6 CP1 Discount Schedule 16 To Order Specify: • • • • NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 16.154: Coil Voltage Codes 16-59 Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 Features • Electrically and mechanically held • 30–800 A lighting ratings • 2- through 5-pole versions (5-poles through 200 A) • • • www.schneider-electric.us UL Listed short-circuit rating up to 100,000 Amperes Factory wired controls and clearly marked termination points Quick ship on most items in 5–7 days Electrically Held Mechanically Held File E78427 CCN NRNT File LR60905 (Open Devices Only) Class 3231 01 No. of Poles Contact Ampere Ratings Table 16.156: Multipole Lighting Contactors—Type S (50–60 Hz) NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Type $ Priceb NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosure with Plaster Adjustment Type $ Priceb NEMA Type 3R Rainproof Enclosuref Type $ Priceb NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester Enclosure Type $ Priceb NEMA Type 4 & 4Xa Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure NEMA Type 12 / 3Rh Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type Type $ Priceb Open Type $ Priceb Type $ Priceb Electrically Heldc 2 SMG1d 476. SMF1d 660. SMH1d 647. SMW21d 989. SMW1d 989. SMA1d 647. SMO1de 446. SMG2d 518. SMF2d 689. SMH2d 689. SMW22d 1031. SMW2d 1031. SMA2d 810. SMO2de 488. 30 3 4 SMG3d 633. SMF3d 818. SMH3d 804. SMW23d 1146. SMW3d 1146. SMA3d 804. SMO3de 603. 5 SMG4d 831. SMF4d 1017. SMH4d 1002. SMW24d 1344. SMW4d 1344. SMA4d 1002. SMO4de 534. 2 SPG1d 975. SPF1d 1215. SPH1d 1287. SPW21d 1998. SPW1d 1998. SPA1d 1287. SPO1de 831. 3 SPG2d 1031. SPF2d 1272. SPH2d 1344. SPW22d 2057. SPW2d 2057. SPA2d 1344. SPO2de 890. 60 4 SPG3d 1287. SPF3d 1529. SPH3d 1601. SPW23d 2712. SPW3d 2712. SPA3d 1601. SPO3de 1146. 5 SPG4d 1857. SPF4d 2100. SPH4d 2142. SPW24d 3281. SPW4d 3281. SPA4d 2142. SPO4de 1715. 1971. SQO1de 1314. 2 SQG1d 1601. SQF1d 2015. SQH1d 1971. SQW21d 3815. SQW1d 3054. SQA1d 2084. SQO2de 1430. SQG2d 1715. SQF2d 2127. SQH2d 2084. SQW22d 3959. SQW2d 3167. SQA2d 100 3 2484. SQO3de 1827. 4 SQG3d 2114. — — SQH3d 2484. — — SQW3d 3965. SQA3d 3396. SQO4de 2739. 5 SQG4d 3024. — — SQH4d 3396. — — SQW4d 4877. SQA4d 2 SVG1d 3765. — — SVH1d 4991. — — SVW1d 6245. SVA1d 4991. SVO1d 3167. 3 SVG2d 4022. — — SVH2d 5247. — — SVW2d 6501. SVA2d 5247. SVO2d 3423. 200 4 SVG3d 5285. — — — — — — SVW3d 8864. SVA3d 7011. SVO3d 4761. 5 SVG4d 7127. — — — — — — SVW4d 10646. SVA4d 8793. SVO4d 6543. 2 SXG1d 7952. — — — — — — SXW1d 11087. SXA1d 11087. SXO1d 6857. 300 3 SXG2d 8550. — — — — — — SXW2d 11685. SXA2d 11685. SXO2d 7455. SYG1d 20813. — — — — — — SYW1d 27935. SYA1d 24659. SYO1d 16299. 400g 2 3 SYG2d 23534. — — — — — — SYW2d 30654. SYA2d 27378. SYO2d 19020. SZG1d 25550. — — — — — — SZW1d 32670. SZA1d 29394. SZO1d 20879. 600g 2 3 SZG2d 28704. — — — — — — SZW2d 35825. SZA2d 32549. SZO2d 24026. SJG1d 30285. — — — — — — SJW1d 37535. SJA1d 33845. SJO1d 25457. 800g 2 3 SJG2d 33875. — — — — — — SJW2d 40995. SJA2d 37719. SJO2d 29033. Mechanically Heldc 2 SMG10d 738. SMF10d 923. — — SMW31d 1251. SMW10d 1251. SMA10d 912. SMO10de 710. SMG11d 782. SMF11d 966. — — SMW32d 1295. SMW11d 1295. SMA11d 953. SMO11de 752. 30 3 4 SMG12d 824. SMF12d 1008. — — SMW33d 1337. SMW12d 1337. SMA12d 995. SMO12de 795. 5 SMG13d 1025. SMF13d 1209. — — SMW34d 1538. SMW13d 1538. SMA13d 1196. SMO13de 995. 2 SPG10d 1485. SPF10d 1758. — — SPW31d 2511. SPW10d 2511. SPA10d 1800. SPO10de 1373. SPG11d 1544. SPF11d 1814. — — SPW32d 2570. SPW11d 2570. SPA11d 1857. SPO11de 1430. 60 3 4 SPG12d 1827. SPF12d 2100. — — SPW33d 3252. SPW12d 3252. SPA12d 2142. SPO12de 1715. 5 SPG13d 2399. SPF13d 2669. — — SPW34d 3824. SPW13d 3824. SPA13d 2712. SPO13de 2285. 2 SQG10d 2084. SQF10d 2241. — — SQW31d 4419. SQW10d 3537. SQA10d 2456. SQO10de 1827. 3 SQG11d 2199. SQF11d 2357. — — SQW32d 4563. SQW11d 3653. SQA11d 2570. SQO11de 1943. 100 4 SQG12d 2627. — — — — — — SQW12d 4478. SQA12d 2996. SQO12de 2370. 5 SQG13d 3537. — — — — — — SQW13d 5390. SQA13d 3909. SQO13de 3281. 2 SVG10d 5333. — — — — — — SVW10d 7811. SVA10d 6557. SVO10d 4505. 200 3 SVG11d 6015. — — — — — — SVW11d 8495. SVA11d 7241. SVO11d 4877. 4 SVG12d 7353. — — — — — — SVW12d 10859. SVA12d 9008. SVO12d 6215. 2 SXG13d 9320. — — — — — — SXW13d 12455. SXA13d 12455. SXO13d 7554. 300 3 SXG14d 10232. — — — — — — SXW14d 13365. SXA14d 13365. SXO14d 7811. SYG16d 22593. — — — — — — SYW16d 29714. SYA16d 26441. SYO16d 18080. 400 2 3 SYG17d 25316. — — — — — — SYW17d 32436. SYA17d 29160. SYO17d 20799. SZG18d 27329. — — — — — — SZW18d 34451. SZA18d 31175. SZO18d 22658. 600 2 3 SZG19d 30483. — — — — — — SZW19d 37605. SZA19d 34329. SZO19d 25806. a NEMA 4 & 4X enclosures are brush finished stainless steel for contactors sized 30 A through 300 A. Sizes 400–800 A are painted sheet steel. b Price does not include holding circuit contact. c All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with common control. d Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes above left. e Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991 enclosure from pages 16-93 and 16-94. f Cannot support control transformer forms. g Form F4T is provided as standard; include line voltage when ordering. Control voltage is 120–60. For 400, 600 and 800 ampere devices—must specify line voltage, not coil voltage. h NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information. Poles for Type S Only 16 Table 16.157: Coil Voltage Codesc Voltage NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Price Code Adder 60 Hz 50 Hz 24i — V01 N/C 120 110 V02 N/C 208 — V08 N/C 240 220 V03 N/C 277 — V04 N/C 480 440 V06 N/C Specify Specify V99 35.60 i 24 volt coils are not available for 200–800 A devices. Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional information. 16-60 A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or 3-pole 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or 5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and 5-pole contactors utilize the basic 3-pole device with a single or double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be added per contactor. Sufficient room is provided in all enclosure styles for the addition of a power pole kit. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. Table 16.158: Ampere Rating Description Class 9999 Type $ Price One N.O. SB6 158.00 One N.C. SB7 158.00 30 One N.O. and One N.C. SB8 365.00 Two N.O. SB9 365.00 Two N.C. SB10 365.00 One N.O. SB21j 306.00 One N.C. SB22j 306.00 60 One N.O. and One N.C. SB23j 656.00 Two N.O. SB24j 656.00 Two N.C. SB25j 656.00 j When power pole is added to 60 Ampere contactor, a 4-pole coil is also required. Order from Coil Table page 16-105. 60 A power poles are suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire. Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-63 Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-105, 16-106 Replacement Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-107 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Lighting Contactors Combination Lighting Contactors, Type S Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Features The features include: disconnect switch and circuit breaker versions; rugged flange-mounted handle; easy installation; occupation of less space; increased operator protection; room to spare for modifications; Class R fuse clips standard; electrically and mechanically held; 30–600 Amperes. It is desirable to install the branch-circuit protective device and lighting contactor, combining switching and over-current protection, in one enclosure. Combination lighting contactors are well suited for industrial, highway and area lighting applications, or where a lighting circuit may have to be disconnected for periodic maintenance. They may also be used for resistance heating loads. Table 16.159: Fusible or Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz) Contactor Ampere Rating File E16151 CCN NRNT Fuse Clip Size (A) Fuse Clip Spacing (V) Electrically Heldc None 30 30 30 None 60 60 60 None 100 100 100 None 200 200 200 None 300 400 400 Mechanically Heldc None 30 30 30 None 60 60 60 None 100 100 100 None 200 200 200 None 300 400 400 NEMA 4 & 4X b Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 12/3Re Dusttight, Oiltight Driptight, Industrial Use Enclosure Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea Type $ Pricea — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 SMG60d SMG61d SMG62d SPG60d SPG61d SPG62d SQG60d SQG61d SQG62d SVG60d SVG61d SVG62d SXG60d SXG61d SXG62d 1301.00 1373.00 1344.00 2042.00 2142.00 2100.00 3396.00 3609.00 3537.00 6629.00 6926.00 6870.00 13905.00 14418.00 14418.00 SMW60d SMW61d SMW62d SPW60d SPW61d SPW62d SQW60d SQW61d SQW62d SVW60d SVW61d SVW62d SXW60d SXW61d SXW62d 2669.00 2739.00 2712.00 4149.00 4248.00 4206.00 7070.00 7284.00 7212.00 11327.00 11627.00 11570.00 25898.00 26411.00 26411.00 SMA60d SMA61d SMA62d SPA60d SPA61d SPA62d SQA60d SQA61d SQA62d SVA60d SVA61d SVA62d SXA60d SXA61d SXA62d 1643.00 1715.00 1686.00 2528.00 2627.00 2583.00 4022.00 4235.00 4163.00 8366.00 8585.00 8607.00 18122.00 18635.00 18635.00 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 — 600 250 SMG70d SMG71d SMG72d SPG70d SPG71d SPG72d SQG70d SQG71d SQG72d SVG70d SVG71d SVG72d SXG70d SXG71d SXG72d 1458.00 1529.00 1502.00 2583.00 2682.00 2640.00 3909.00 4121.00 4050.00 8081.00 8379.00 8324.00 14261.00 14774.00 14774.00 SMW70d SMW71d SMW72d SPW70d SPW71d SPW72d SQW70d SQW71d SQW72d SVW70d SVW71d SVW72d SXW70d SXW71d SXW72d 2825.00 2897.00 2867.00 4692.00 4791.00 4748.00 7583.00 7797.00 7725.00 12780.00 13080.00 13023.00 26253.00 26766.00 26766.00 SMA70d SMA71d SMA72d SPA70d SPA71d SPA72d SQA70d SQA71d SQA72d SVA70d SVA71d SVA72d SXA70d SXA71d SXA72d 1800.00 1871.00 1844.00 3068.00 3167.00 3123.00 4535.00 4748.00 4676.00 9818.00 10116.00 10061.00 18477.00 18990.00 18990.00 Table 16.160: Circuit Breaker (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz) Ampere Rating Maximum Volts Type $ Pricea NEMA 4 & 4Xb Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel (30-300 A) Type $ Pricea NEMA 12/3Re Dusttight, Oiltight, Driptight, Industrial Use Enclosure Type $ Pricea Electrically Heldc 30 30 600 SMG81d 1814.00 SMW81d 3182.00 SMA81d 2156.00 60 60 600 SPG81d 2541.00 SPW81d 4649.00 SPA81d 3024.00 100 100 600 SQG81d 3666.00 SQW81d 7340.00 SQA81d 4292.00 200 200 600 SVG81d 8181.00 SVW81d 12879.00 SVA81d 9918.00 300 300 600 SXG81d 18023.00 SXW81d 30014.00 SXA81d 21155.00 400 400 600 SYG81d 40085.00 SYW81d 47205.00 SYA81d 43929.00 600 600 600 SZG81d 45090.00 SZW81d 52212.00 SZA81d 48936.00 Mechanically Heldc 30 30 600 SMG91d 1971.00 SMW91d 3338.00 SMA91d 2313.00 60 60 600 SPG91d 3081.00 SPW91d 5189.00 SPA91d 3567.00 100 100 600 SQG91d 4179.00 SQW91d 7853.00 SQA91d 4805.00 200 200 600 SVG91d 9633.00 SVW91d 14333.00 SVA91d 11970.00 300 300 600 SXG91d 18378.00 SXW91d 30371.00 SXA91d 21510.00 400 400 600 SYG91d 41864.00 SYW91d 48986.00 SYA91d 45710.00 600 600 600 SZG91d 46728.00 SZW91d 53991.00 SZA91d 50715.00 a Price does not include holding circuit contact. b For NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester enclosure pricing, multiply stainless steel enclosed price by 1.25 and add Form G18 (limited to 100 A max.). 400 & 600 A enclosures are painted sheet steel (NEMA Type 4 & 4X). c Control/coil voltage must be specified. d Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page 16-60. e NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information. Table 16.161: Coil Voltage Codesc 16 f Voltage $ Price Code Adder 60 Hz 50 Hz 24f — V01 N/C 120 110 V02 N/C 208 — V08 N/C 240 220 V03 N/C 277 — V04 N/C 480 440 V06 N/C Specify Specify V99 35.60 24 volt coils are not available for 200 A or larger devices. Contact Schneider Electric CCC for additional information. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Contactor Ampere Rating NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Circuit Breaker 16-61 NIGHT-MASTER® Combination Lighting Contactors Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactors offer disconnecting means, overcurrent protection and a lighting contactor in one NEMA 3R Rainproof enclosure. These combination units satisfy requirements of the National Electrical Code and UL 508 for service entrance equipment. Features: • • • • • • • Solid neutral standard Grounding lug standard Padlocking provisions Short and long versions available Electrically held Type S lighting contactor Eliminates the need for separate mounted safety switches Additional panel space eliminates the need for external mounting of time clocks Table 16.162: Disconnect Switch Typeb (3-Pole) Short Version Long Version Contactor Ampere Rating Fuse Clip Size (A) Fuse Clip Spacing (V) Class 8903 Type 3R $ Pricea 30 30 30 60 60 100 100 200 200 600 250 600 250 600 250 600 250 SMC61c SMC62c SPC61c SPC62c SQC61c SQC62c SVC61c SVC62c 2015.00 1956.00 2664.00 2505.00 4571.00 4454.00 8171.00 7986.00 60 100 200 Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel SMH61c SMH62c SPH61c SPH62c SQH61c SQH62c SVH61c SVH62c Long Version $ Pricea Class 8903 Type 3R $ Pricea 3263.00 3150.00 4275.00 4050.00 7425.00 7200.00 12525.00 12825.00 SMC63c SMC64c SPC63c SPC64c SQC63c SQC64c SVC63c SVC64c 2199.00 2177.00 2933.00 2825.00 4797.00 4626.00 8949.00 8868.00 Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel SMH63c SMH64c SPH63c SPH64c SQH63c SQH64c SVH63c SVH64c $ Price a 3600.00 3488.00 4725.00 4500.00 7875.00 7650.00 13725.00 13725.00 Table 16.163: Circuit Breaker Typeb (3-Pole) Circuit Breaker Short Version UL Approved for Service Entrance File E16151 CCN NRNT Contactor Ampere Rating Ampere Rating Maximum Volts Short Version Class 8903 Type 3R $ Pricea Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel SMH81c SPH81c SQH81c SVH81c Long Version $ Pricea Class 8903 Type 3R 30 30 600 SMC81c 2475.00 4050.00 SMC83c 60 60 600 SPC81c 3159.00 5175.00 SPC83c 100 100 600 SQC81c 4544.00 7425.00 SQC83c 200 200 600 SVC81c 8711.00 14175.00 SVC83c a Price does not include holding circuit contact. b All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard. c Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. $ Pricea 2807.00 3320.00 4841.00 9909.00 Class 8903 Type 3R Stainless Steel SMH83c SPH83c SQH83c SVH83c $ Price a 4500.00 5625.00 7875.00 14625.00 NIGHT-MASTER Combination Lighting Contactors The Class 8903 NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactor is the only product on the market that is UL Listed for Service Entrance. This allows the contactor to be pole mounted when used to control lighting in remote locations such as parks, monuments, group sports facilities, and streets and highways. Factory modifications such as photocells, time switches, key operated selector switches, and the combination of photocells and time switches (photocell on, time switch off) allow the NIGHT-MASTER to be located in applications where manual operation of lights is not practical. NIGHT-MASTER comes in long and short versions in sizes 30 through 200 Amperes. Most common modifications can be provided from the factory, or added in the field to the pre-drilled and pre-tapped panels. Table 16.164: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 16 d 60 Hz 50 Hz 24d 120 208 240 277 480 Specify — 110 — 220 — 440 Specify Code $ Price Adder V01 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V99 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge 35.60 24 volt coils are not available for 200 A devices. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for additional information. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-62 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Lighting Contactors Modifications (Forms) Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Standard Equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are added. Such cases should be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are required. NOTE: If UL label is required, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Some Forms are not UL Listed. Table 16.165: NEMA Enclosure Type A3 A3 A12 C 1 3R, 4, 12 Any 1 Used On NIGHT- Type L 30 A Elec. Mech. Elec. Mech. MASTER a Held Held Held Held Std. Combo Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 A 300 A 400, 600, 800 A 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. “ON-OFF” push button (with holding circuit interlock) Y Y Y “HAND–OFF–AUTO” selector switch. To substitute a Y Yj Y Yj key operated selector switch, use Form C33 and specify positions, legend marking, and key removal. This form C 3R, 4, 12 Y Yj Y Yj Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. must be used with another selector switch form (example: CC33). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C) = $490. “ON-OFF” selector switch. To substitute a key operated C6 1 Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. selector switch, use Form C33 and specify positions, legend marking, and key removal. This form must be C6 3R, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. used with another selector switch form (example: C33C6). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C6) = $490. Control circuit fuse (1 fuse) F Any Y Y Y Y Y 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. Control circuit fuses (2 fuses) F4 Any Y Y Y Y Y 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. Control circuit transformer standard capacity 50/60 Hz Fuses Transformer capacity Primary Secondary 2b 0 Std. F4T 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 386. 386. 543. 797. 968. 1097. i 1097. c 2 1 Std. FF4T 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 698. 698. 855. 1112. 1283. 1412. i 1412. c 2 1 100 VA Add. FF4T11 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 975. 975. 1197. 1425. 1566. i 1710. i 1710. c 2 1 200 VA Add FF4T12 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 1241. 1241. 1467. 1695. i 1839. i 1839. i 1839. c 2 1 300 VA Add FF4T13 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Y 1481. i 1481. i 1737. i 1967. i 2109. i 2109. i 2109. c Noise reduced enclosure and shock mounted panel G4 Any Y 1389. 1389. 1596. 1674. 2307. 2921. 3924. Addition of photoelectric receptacle G10 1d, 3R, 12 Y Y Y 185. 185. 185. 185. 185. 185. 185. Addition of photoelectric receptacle with photo-cell G101 1d, 3R, 12 Y Y Y 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 399. 912. 1326. 1467. 1467. Addition of photoelectric receptacle and relay (R6)e G10R6 1d, 12 Y Y 549. 912. 912. With photo-cell installed e G101R6 1d, 12 Y Y 509. 750. 750. 750. 1026. 1121. 1121. Addition of terminal blocks (other than standard). “xx” Represents the number of terminals needed. Available in multiples of 5 only. (PER TERMINAL PRICE) WIRED G56xx Any Y Y Y Y Y 116. 116. 116. 116. 116. 116. 116. (PER TERMINAL PRICE) UNWIRED G50xx Any Y Y Y Y Y 57. 57. 57. 57. 57. 57. 57. Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only) K14 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. Addition of 24 hour time clock w/day omission (120-277 V) K141 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. 1197. Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V) K142 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. 1368. Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only) K14 3R Y N/A 783. 783. 783. 783. N/A N/A Addition of 24 hr time clock w/skip day (120-277 V) K141 3R Y N/A 783. 783. 783. 783. N/A N/A Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V) K142 3R Y N/A 954. 954. 954. 954. N/A N/A Addition of solid neutral terminal block N 1, 4, 12 Y Y Y Y Std. 116. 116. 116. 171. 342. 714. 855. Red Pilot Light P1 Any Y Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. Two or more lights f (each) P Any Y Y Y Y Y 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. 336. Red Push-To-Test Pilot Light P21 Any Y Y Y Y Y 435. 435. 435. 435. 435. 435. 435. Interlock necessary for pilot light g Any Y Y Y Y Y h 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. one needed for each additional pilot light Two Wire Interface for Mechanically Held e R6 Any Y Y 363. 728. 728. 728. 1139. 1283. 1283. Addition of under and overvoltage relay R46 Any Y Y Y Y Y 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. 1463. Three wire control for long distance applicationse R62 Any Y Y 728. 1454. 1454. 1454. 2280. 2564. 2564. Auxiliary contacts (specify number of N.O. + N.C.) X Any Y Y Y Y Y h 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. Addition of DC coil to Type L (7 poles max) Y48 Any Y 243. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Auxiliary electrical interlock installed on disconnect switch Y74 Any Y Y Y N/A 158. 158. 158. 158. 414. 414. or circuit breaker operating mechanism Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only) Y145 Any Y Y Y 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. 158. N/A Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only) Y145 Any Y Y 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. 314. Addition of lightning arrestor Y1532 Any Y Y Y Y Y 570. 570. 570. 570. 570. 570. 570. Substitute copper only lugs for standard Y157 Any Y Y Y Y Y N/A N/A N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C a NIGHT-MASTER maximum 200 A, minimum 30 A. b Transformer Voltage Codes. c Mechanically held only. Electrically held device has a control circuit requiring a 120 V secondary, therefore, a transformer is supplied. The transformer comes wired to L1 and L2 unless Form S is called for. It is supplied with two primary and one secondary fuse. d Photocell mounted on a NEMA 1 enclosure is designed for indoor areas which rely on natural light. Addition of the photocell does not make the enclosure suitable for outdoor (NEMA Type 3R) installations. e Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V, 277 V and 480 V applications only. f For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights. Mechanically held devices require operating interlocks for all pilot lights. g DO NOT use Form X for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but DO specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit. h Electrically held 20 A multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX) provide one double throw auxiliary (or status) contact as standard. i Single primary voltage must be specified using the codes shown below: j Form R6 must be used with Form C on mechanically held devices. Voltage 60 Hz 120–24 208–120 240–24 240–120 277–120 480–24 480–120 480–240 600–120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Code V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 CP1 Discount Schedule Order Example You have previously selected a Class 8903SMG2V02. V02 means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary. The new and complete Class, Type, Voltage Code and Form number: k Class Type Voltage Code Formk 8903 SMG2 V81 FF4T Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. 16-63 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS “ON-OFF” (momentary contact) push button Form Letter 16 Description Lighting Contactors Field Modifications Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.166: Types L & LX Kit Auxiliary Contacts 1 N.O. LH or RH Mounting 1 N.C. LH or RH Mounting 1 N.C. & 1 N.O. Isolated LH or RH 1 N.O. Overlapping LH or RH 1 N.C. Overlapping LH or RH Control Circuit Fuse Holder Single Fuse Unit Two Fuse Unit Type S 30 A Description — — — — — 9999LLX and 9999SFR3 9999LLX and 9999SFR4 30 A $ Price 60 A $ Price 86.00 9999SX6 86.00 9999SX7 116.00 9999SX8 116.00 9999SX9 116.00 9999SX10 9999SFR3 9999SFR4 Kit — 9999SX6 — 9999SX7 — 9999SX8 — 9999SX9 — 9999SX10 $ Price 100 A 200 A Kit $ Price 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 86.00 9999SFR4 Kit 300 A Kit $ Price 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10 9999SFR3 64.00 86.00 9999SFR4 — 400, 600, 800 A Kit $ Price 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 9999SX6 9999SX7 9999SX8 9999SX9 9999SX10 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 X 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 9999SFR3 64.00 F 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 9999SFR4 86.00 F4 9070T150 — 9070T300 — 9070T500 — 9070T750 — T — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 23.70 42.80 23.70 57.00 Transformers (For Prices 9070T50 — See Class 9070 Section) Oversized Enclosures (Non-Combo) NEMA 1 9991SDG3 266.00 NEMA 4 9991SDW3 779.00 NEMA 12 9991SDA3 456.00 Standard Enclosures NEMA 1–Surface Mount 9991LXG1 95.00 NEMA 3R 9991SDH1 323.00 NEMA 4–Standard 9991SDW1 779.00 NEMA 4–With 2 Cvr Mtd. Clsng 9991SDW11 798.00 Plts 9991SDW20 779.00 NEMA 4X–Glass Polyester 9991SDA11 323.00 NEMA 12 — — NEMA 1–Flushmount–Complete — — NEMA 1–Flush Mount Parts — — FLUSH PARTS 9991SDF13 114.00 Standard–Elec. held 9991SDF13 114.00 Standard–Mech. held 9991SDF2 66.00 Mounting Strap 9991SDF1 77.00 Pull Box Internal Operator 3010215901 26.10 Mounting Bracket Solid Neutral 9999SN1 89.00 9070T100 — 9070T100 9991SDG3 339.00 9991SDG3 339.00 9991SDW3 1169.00 9991SDW3 1169.00 9991SDA3 684.00 9991SDA3 684.00 9991SCG7a 9991SCH2 9991SCW1 9991SCW11 9991SCW20 9991SCA11 — — — 9991SCF11 9991SCF13 9991SCF2 9991SCF1 3010215901 9999SN1 57.00 372.00 684.00 714.00 684.00 372.00 — — — 57.00 201.00 71.00 86.00 9991SDG7a 143.00 9991SFG8 599.00 9991SDH1 485.00 9991SEH1 684.00 9991SDW1 1169.00 — — 9991SDW11 1197.00 9991SEW11 1767.00 9991SDW20 1169.00 — — 9991SDA11 485.00 9991SEA11 684.00 — — 9991SEF11 882.00 — — — — — — — — 9991SDF11 171.00 — — 9991SDF13 171.00 — — 9991SDF2 99.00 — — 9991SDF1 116.00 — — 39.20 3010215901 134.00 9999SN1 39.20 3010215901 134.00 9999SN1 9991SFG4 9991SFH1 — — — — — — — — — — — 1259.00 1853.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 9991SGG8 1241.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 39.20 3010215901 39.20 3010215901 134.00 9999SN2 392.00 9999SN2 392.00 9999SN3b 624.00 9999R26 9999R27 131.00 243.00 9999R26 9999R27 131.00 243.00 9999R26 9999R27 131.00 243.00 9999R8 9999R9 131.00 243.00 9999R35 9999R36 435.00 521.00 9999R26 9999R27 131.00 243.00 Y74 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 Combination Lighting Contactor Disconnect Interlock Kit Breaker Type 1-Pole — — 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00 9999R26 131.00 2-Pole — — 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00 9999R27 243.00 Disconnect Type 1-Pole — — 9999TC11 120.00 9999TC10 116.00 9999TC10 120.00 2-Pole — — 9999TC21 239.00 9999TC20 221.00 9999TC20 239.00 Lightning Arrestor 175 Vac to Ground Max SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175 92.00 2 or 3 wire Grounded 650 Vac to Ground Max SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 SDSA3650 248.00 3 or 4 wire Grounded a For electrically held only. b Limited to 400 and 600 A versions. 800 A is a factory modification only. 39.20 3010215901 39.20 G53 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS CP1 Discount Schedule N Y1532 16 16-64 Form No. Kit $ Price © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Lighting Contactors Field Modifications Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.167: Mechanically Held TYPE LX Description Form No. PUSH BUTTON (ON-OFF) NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 Enclosure SELECTOR SWITCH (2 POSITION) NEMA 1 Enclosure NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 Enclosure SELECTOR SWITCH (3 POSITION) NEMA 1 Enclosure (MUST INCLUDE TWO WIRE CONTROL RELAY, Form R6 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 Enclosure TWO WIRE CONTROL RELAY (Form R6)f A3 C6 C TYPE S 30 A 30 A 60 A Kit $ Price Kit $ Price 9999BLX 9999LXPB 35.60 116.00 a 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 100 A 200 A 300 A 400, 600, 800 A Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price Kit $ Price — 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9001KA2 9999SA3b 21.50 215.00 9999BLX 9999LXS 35.60 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 116.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 4.40 96.00 9001KN244 9001KS11BH1 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 4.40 96.00 9999BLX 9999SC2 35.60 116.00 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KN260 4.40 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KN260 4.40 9001KS46BH2 138.00 R6 9999RLX CA2SK11g 35.60 95.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 8501XO11 $ Price Kit 201.00 8501XO11 201.00 Table 16.168: Electrically Held TYPE L Description Form No. TYPE S 30 A $ Price Kit 60 A $ Price Kit 100 A $ Price Kit 200 A $ Price Kit 300 A 400, 600, 800 A $ Price Kit $ Price PILOT LIGHTS (RED and GREEN) c d d NEMA 1 Enclosure P1 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP2R 215.00 9999SP3R 215.00 9999SP14R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 Enclosure PUSH BUTTONSe 9999BLX 35.60 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 NEMA 1 Enclosure 9999SA10 116.00 9999SA10 116.00 9999SA10 116.00 A12 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 9999SA3 215.00 Enclosure SELECTOR SWITCH 9999BLX 35.60 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 (2 POSITION) 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 NEMA 1 Enclosure C6 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 4.40 9001KN244 Enclosure 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BM1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 SELECTOR SWITCH 9999BLX 35.60 (3 POSITION) 9999SC2 116.00 9999SC2 116.00 9999SC2 116.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC2 116.00 NEMA 1 Enclosure C NEMA 3R, 4 or 12 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 9999SC8 215.00 Enclosure a No field installed kit available. b Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. An N.O. contact block must be added to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit. c Selection for 2- or 3-Pole only; for 4- or 5-Pole use Class 9999SP15R $215. d The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one (1) Class 9001, Type KP1R6 120 V/60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001, Type KP Control Section. e Requires holding circuit interlock for Type S or additional power pole on Type L devices. f Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only. g Insert CA2SK11( ) voltage code from page 23-21. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Kit 30 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-65 Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.169: Open Type Electrically Held Ampere Rating Type Number of Poles 2–4 30 LO 6 8–12 2–3 30 SMO 4–5 2–3 60 SPO 4–5 2–3 100 SQO 4–5 2–3 A 2.88 73 4.25 108 5.63 143 4.34 110 4.34 110 5.33 135 6.22 158 7.09 180 7.82 199 9.14 232 9.14 232 12.31 313 200 SVO 300 SXO 400 600 SYO SZO 2–3 — SJO 2–3 — 4 & 5a 800 a 2–3 Mechanically Held Dimensions B 5 127 5 127 5 127 3.22 82 4.25 108 4.31 110 5.61 142 5.45 138 9.75 248 6.00 152 9.75 248 8.66 220 12.33 313 12.33 313 C 4.62 117 4.62 117 4.62 117 4.22 107 4.22 107 4.94 125 4.94 125 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 6.50 165 8.74 222 9.00 229 11.94 303 E 3.12 79 3.12 79 3.12 79 3.50 89 3.50 89 5.50 140 5.50 140 7.26 184 7.26 184 9.14 232 9.14 232 12.25 311 27.78 706 42.70 1085 A E Dimensions Type A 2.88 73 4.25 108 5.63 143 7.15 182 7.15 182 8.25 210 8.70 221 10.13 257 10.56 268 11.35 288 11.55 293 12.31 313 LXO B C — — — — — — 4.68 119 4.68 119 5.23 133 5.23 133 6.72 171 6.72 171 6.72 171 6.72 171 10.50 267 10.50 267 — SYO SZO — 3.79 96 4.54 115 4.61 117 5.90 150 5.94 151 9.75 248 6.00 152 9.75 248 8.66 220 8.66 220 — — — — — — — — — SVO SXO D 8.81 224 8.81 224 8.81 224 F 7.70 196 7.70 196 7.70 196 — E 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 6.04 153 6.04 153 7.81 198 7.81 198 7.26 184 7.26 184 9.14 232 9.14 232 12.31 313 21.00 533 — — — — — — — — — — — — B D C Mtg. Mtg. 2.25 57 F Mtg. — — — Open Type L & LX — — — — — — — A E 5-Pole, electrically held only. Table 16.170: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Non-Combination) Electrically and Mechanically Held Ampere Rating Number Type of Poles Form(s) Dimensions SVG All 300 SXG All Width Height Depth Standard, A3, A12, C, C6, 7.81 12.69 6.03 F, R6, Y48 198 322 153 11.88 11.88 7.44 P, T 302 302 189 16.00 22.00 7.13 K14, K141, K142 406 559 181 Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 6.00 10.00 5.28 152 254 134 Mechanically Held Std., X 6.34 15.88 5.19 T 161 403 132 Electrically Held N 14.88 14.12 7.56 378 359 192 T, N, R6 Mechanically Held 8.12 14.12 9.73 A3, C, C6, P 206 359 247 12.69 6.03 Electrically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 7.81 198 322 153 Electrically Held & 14.88 14.12 7.56 T, N, R6 Mechanically Held 378 359 192 8.12 14.12 9.73 Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, X 206 359 247 Std., A12, C, C6, F, Electrically Held 11.25 25.15 8.99 P, X, T 286 639 228 Mechanically Held Std., F, X, T Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13,b 18.15 29.15 9.24 A3, C, C6, N, R6, T, 461 740 235 Mechanically Held T10-T13,b Std., A12, C, C6, F, Electrically Held 11.25 25.15 8.99 P, X 286 639 228 Mechanically Held Std., F, X Electrically Held b 18.15 29.15 9.24 461 740 235 Mechanically Held A3, C, C6, b Electrically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13 22.15 39.15 10.24 563 994 260 Mechanically Held N, R6, T, T10-T13 Electrically and Standard and 22.15 39.15 10.24 Mechanically Held All Forms 563 994 260 Electrically and Standard and 17.21 44.21 12.83 Mechanically Held All Forms 437 1123 326 400 and 600 SYG & SZG All Electrically and Mechanically Held SJG 2–3 30 LG, LXG Any SMG 2–5 30 30 2–5 60 SPG 2–5 2–5 2&3 100 SQG 16 4&5 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 200 800 b Standard and All Forms With or without any Forms 20.21 513 65.75 1670 13.10 333 34.50 876 93.00 2362 23.50 597 C B Open Type S Table 16.171: NEMA 1 Flush Mounted Ampere Type Rating 30 30 60 100 LF LXF SMF SPF SQF Dimensions Form(s) Standard, F, Y48, R6 A3, A12, C, C6, T, P Electrically Std., A12, Held C, C6, P, X Mechanically Std., X Held Electrically T, N Held Mechanically A3, C, C6, Held T, N, P, R6 Electrically Std., A12, Held C, C6, P, X Mechanically Std., X Held Electrically T, N Held Mechanically A3, C, C6, Held T, N, P, R6 With or without any Forms H A 15.19 386 24.00 610 B 8.94 227 17.50 445 C 7.63 194 15.00 381 D 12.88 327 19.25 489 E F G 5.44 10.94 5.13 138 278 130 7.12 — — 181 13.44 341 7.19 183 5.88 149 11.13 283 4.75 121 24.00 610 17.50 445 15.00 381 19.25 489 5.75 146 15.19 386 8.94 227 7.63 194 12.88 327 5.44 10.94 5.13 138 278 130 24.00 610 17.50 445 15.00 381 19.25 489 5.75 146 — — 31.00 787 16.75 425 14.25 362 26.25 667 8.00 203 — — E F D B Enclosure — — G H All Type K Forms. A 9.19 4.50 233 114 C Saddle NEMA 1 Flush Mounted 16-66 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.172: NEMA 3R Ampere Rating Type Number of Poles A B C D1 D2 E F G1 G2 H1 H2 J K L M N P K.O. X K.O. Y 30 SMH All 8.83 224 12.30 312 7.12 181 1.39 35 1.44 37 6.00 152 7.50 191 2.64 67 2.16 55 2.08 53 2.62 66 14.28 363 1.37 35 1.37 35 1.88 48 4.38 111 1.83 46 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 30 60 LH SPH All 9.83 250 16.30 414 8.62 219 1.39 35 1.44 37 7.00 178 11.50 292 2.64 67 2.16 55 2.08 53 2.62 66 16.78 426 1.31 33 1.75 44 2.13 54 4.88 124 1.83 46 1/2 3/4 100 SQH All 12.83 326 25.30 643 8.62 219 1.39 35 1.44 37 10.00 254 20.50 521 2.64 67 2.16 55 2.08 53 2.62 66 19.78 502 1.31 33 1.94 49 2.44 62 6.38 162 1.83 46 200 SVH All 12.83 326 40.30 1024 9.12 232 1.39 35 1.44 37 10.00 254 35.50 902 2.64 67 2.16 55 2.08 53 2.62 66 20.28 515 1.31 33 2.31 59 2.69 68 6.38 162 1.83 46 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1 1/4 2 2 1/2 1 1 1/4 2 2 1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 Table 16.173: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Onlyc Ampere Rating 30 30 60 Type Number of Poles Standard, F, R6, Y48 LW LXW Any A3, A12, C, C6, P, T SMW Electrically Held Mechanically Held Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., F, X Electrically Held T Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., A3, C, C6, P, X T, N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X Std., A3, C, C6, F, N, P, R6, T, T10-13, X Std., A12, C, C6, F, P, b Std., A3, C, C6, P, b N, R6, T, T10-13 N, R6, T, T10-13 Standard and All Forms Standard and All Forms Standard and All Forms 2–5 SPW 2–5 Electrically Held 2&3 Mechanically Held 100 SQW 200 SVW All 300 SXW All Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held 400 & 600 SYW & SZW All Electrically and Mechanically Held 4&5 A 8.13 206 12.62 321 6.38 162 12.63 321 14.88 378 B 7.88 200 7.81 198 7.13 181 7.11 181 7.25 184 C 16.19 411 14.69 373 13.19 335 14.69 373 16.31 414 D 1.56 40 2.56 65 1.56 40 2.56 65 2.56 65 E 5.00 127 7.50 191 3.25 83 7.50 191 9.75 248 F 15.00 381 13.50 343 12.00 305 13.50 343 15.00 381 G .60 15 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 H 1.94 49 3.38 86 1.19 30 3.19 81 3.19 81 I 14.75 375 18.44 468 11.81 300 18.50 470 20.88 530 J 2.00 51 1.69 43 1.63 41 1.64 42 2.06 52 K 2.63 67 2.31 59 2.31 59 2.31 59 2.63 67 L .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 8.13 206 7.88 200 16.19 411 1.56 40 5.00 127 15.00 381 .60 15 1.94 49 14.75 375 2.00 51 2.63 67 .31 8 14.88 378 7.25 184 16.31 414 2.56 65 9.75 248 15.00 381 .63 16 3.88 98 20.88 530 2.06 52 2.63 67 .31 8 18.15 461 8.77 223 32.21 818 3.08 78 12.00 305 30.50 775 .61 15 3.67 93 26.71 678 2.58 66 3.19 81 18.15 461 8.77 223 32.21 818 3.08 78 12.00 305 30.50 775 .61 15 3.67 93 26.71 678 2.58 66 22.15 563 22.15 563 17.21 437 9.77 248 9.77 248 12.63 321 42.21 1072 42.21 1072 47.21 1199 3.08 78 3.08 78 4.11 104 16.00 406 16.00 406 9.00 229 40.50 1029 40.50 1029 46.00 1168 .61 15 .61 15 .61 15 3.67 93 3.67 93 4.59 117 31.71 805 31.71 805 28.32 719 20.21 513 12.13 308 65.21 1656 4.11 104 12.00 305 64.00 1626 .61 15 4.59 117 30.82 783 Bottom Hub Only Top & Bottom Hub W X 3/4" 1 1/2" 3/4" 1" 3/4" 1" 3/4" 1" 3/4" 1 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/2" .44 11 3/4" 2 1/2" 3.19 81 .44 11 3/4" 2 1/2" 2.33 59 2.33 59 3.11 79 2.88 73 2.88 73 5.75 146 .44 11 .44 11 .56 14 3/4" 2 1/2" 3/4" 2 1/2" 3/4" 3 1/2" 2.67 68 4.50 114 .56 14 3/4" a Two 3"a 34.50 23.50 101.00 Floor Mounting 876 597 2565 X hub is 1/4" left of center. W hub shown is another X hub. K dimension is distance between two X hubs. Actual W hub is located 3-3/16" to the right of X hub shown. All “K” forms. For glass polyester (through 100A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-25. 800 a b c Dimensions for Stainless Steel Enclosures For Glass Polyester (through 100 A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-25. Form(s) SJW 2–3 With or without any Forms A E D1 D2 D C A E D G B P N G1 F C F B NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS G G2 (4) L. Dia. Mtg. Holes (4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes (3) Closing Plates D30060-118-D C30054-260-A I W X J M M X J X Y H K L K NEMA 4 and 4X H1 H2 16 NEMA 3R © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-67 Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.174: NEMA 12/3R Ampere Rating 30 Type Number of Poles Standard, F, R6, Y48 LA LXA Any A3, A12, C, C6, P, T Electrically Held Mechanically Held 30 60 SMA 2-5 SPA Electrically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held 2-5 Electrically Held 2&3 Mechanically Held 100 SQA 200 SVA All 300 SXA All Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically Held Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held Electrically and Mechanically Held 400 & 600 SYA & SZA All Electrically and Mechanically Held 800 SJA 2-3 4&5 a b Dimensionsa Form(s) Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., F, P, X T A 8.13 206 11.88 302 6.38 162 11.88 302 14.88 378 B 8.50 216 7.75 197 8.53 217 7.75 197 7.88 200 C 15.75 400 13.50 343 12.75 324 13.50 343 16.00 406 D 1.56 40 3.81 97 1.56 40 2.56 65 2.56 65 E 5.00 127 4.25 108 3.25 83 6.75 171 9.75 248 F 15.00 381 12.75 324 12.00 305 12.75 324 15.00 381 G .31 8 .38 10 .38 10 .38 10 .50 13 H 2.13 54 4.94 125 3.56 90 3.66 93 3.66 93 I 14.75 375 18.12 460 12.50 318 18.12 460 21.25 540 J .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 .31 8 8.13 206 9.28 236 16.00 406 1.56 40 5.00 127 15.00 381 .50 13 3.66 93 15.38 391 .31 8 N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, P, X Std., A3, C, C6, P, X T, N, R6 A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6 Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X Std., A3, C, C6, F, N, P, R6, T, T10-13, X Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, P, b Std., A3, C, C6, P, b N, R6, T, T10-13, b N, R6, T, T10-13, b Standard and All Forms Standard and All Forms 14.88 378 7.88 200 15.75 400 2.56 65 9.75 248 15.00 381 .38 10 3.66 93 21.25 540 .31 8 18.15 461 9.24 235 31.50 800 3.08 78 12.00 305 30.50 775 .50 13 3.67 93 26.71 678 .44 11 22.15 563 22.15 563 17.21 437 10.24 260 10.24 260 13.33 339 41.50 1054 41.50 1054 47.00 1194 3.08 78 3.08 78 4.11 104 16.00 406 16.00 406 9.00 229 40.50 1029 40.50 1029 46.00 1168 .50 13 .50 13 .50 13 3.67 93 3.67 93 4.59 117 31.71 805 31.71 805 28.32 719 .44 11 .44 11 .56 14 Standard and All Forms 20.21 513 13.00 330 65.00 1651 4.11 104 12.00 305 64.00 1626 .50 13 5.31 135 30.87 784 .69 18 93.00 2362 34.50 876 23.50 597 With or without any Forms Floor Mounting See Figure 1 for all dimensions except 800 A; for 800 A dimensions, see Figure 2. All Type “K” Forms using Class 9001 Type K Control Units. Table 16.175: NIGHT-MASTER® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Short Version)—NEMA 3R Ampere Rating Description 30 Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch Type Circuit Breaker Type 60 100 200 Type Number SMC61, 62 & 81 SPC61, 62 & 81 SQC61, 62 & 81 SVC61 & 62 SVC81 A B C D E F G H Jc K L M 23.50 597 15.00 381 8.42 214 10.50 267 19.00 483 22.38 568 7.00 178 2.18 55 1.50 38 2.13 54 2.13 54 34.53 877 48.37 1229 20.00 508 19.00 483 8.42 214 9.12 232 10.50 267 10.53 267 30.04 763 44.00 1118 33.41 849 47.25 1200 7.00 178 7.00 178 2.18 55 2.18 55 2.0 51 2.50 64 2.68 68 2.68 68 Knockouts N P Q 2.13 54 .50– .75 1.–1.25 1.50 .50– .75 2.68 68 2.68 68 3.44 87 3.44 87 .50– .75 .50– .75 1.–1.25 2.-2.50 1.–1.25 2.–2.50 1.–1.25 1.5-2.0 1.–1.25 1.5–2.0 Table 16.176: NIGHT-MASTER® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Long Version)—NEMA 3R Ampere Rating Description Type Number Disconnect Switch & Circuit Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit 60 Breaker Types Disconnect Switch & Circuit 100 Breaker Types Disconnect Switch Type 200 Circuit Breaker Type c Conduit size. 30 16 D A E SMC63, 64 & 83 SPC63, 64 & 83 SQC63, 64 & 83 SVC63 & 64 SVC83 A B C D E F G H Jc K L M 38.88 987 15.00 381 8.42 214 10.42 265 34.38 873 37.76 959 7.00 178 2.18 55 1.50 38 2.13 54 2.13 54 42.53 1080 56.37 1432 20.00 508 19.00 483 8.42 214 9.12 232 10.42 265 10.53 267 38.04 966 52.00 1321 41.41 1052 55.25 1403 7.00 178 7.00 178 2.18 55 2.18 55 2.0 51 2.50 64 2.68 68 2.68 68 2.68 68 2.69 68 P Q 2.13 54 .50– .75 1.–1.25 1.50 .50– .75 3.44 87 3.44 87 .50– .75 .50– .75 1.–1.25 2.–2.50 1.–1.25 2.–2.50 1.–1.25 1.5–2.0 1.–1.25 1.5–2.0 (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 G D Knockouts N D G NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS F H J C B C E F A B G (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes A I B K L M C N H Figure 1: NEMA 12 (30–600 A) 16-68 Figure 2: NEMA 12 (800 A) P Q Figure 3: NIGHT-MASTER © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Lighting Contactors Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions A D Table 16.177: Combination Lighting Contactors—NEMA 1 Enclosure Ampere Rating Dimensionsa (see Figure 1) Type SMG6– & 8– SMG7– & 9– 13.75 23.00 349 584 8.36 10.63 21.00 20.07 1.87 212 270 533 510 47 1.88 48 3.76 96 2.06 52 1.06 27 3.25 83 2.18 55 1.25 32 .87 22 SPG6– & 8– 10.50 26.00 267 660 15.00 28.75 381 730 9.62 7.37 24.00 17.00 2.12 2.00 244 187 610 432 54 51 9.62 11.62 26.25 21.50 2.18 2.00 244 295 667 546 55 51 4.00 102 4.00 102 2.06 52 2.56 65 1.06 27 1.31 33 3.25 83 3.25 83 2.18 55 2.18 55 1.25 32 1.25 32 .87 22 .87 22 30 60 SPG7– & 9– B 22.50 572 C 8.37 213 D 6.38 162 Top & Bot. A 9.50 241 E F G 20.50 14.68 1.81 521 373 46 H 1.69 43 I 3.37 86 J 3.38 86 K 1.06 27 L 3.25 83 M 2.18 55 N 1.25 32 O .87 22 W .50.75 .50.751.0 1.01.25 1.01.25 X .50.75 .50.751.0 .50.75 .50.75 Handle Swing L M C N K Y Sides Y O E B .50 Y .50 (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A) Cover Open 90 .50 F .50 W X W G J H I Figure 1 NEMA 1 Enclosure Combination Devices Table 16.178: NEMA 1 Enclosure Ampere Rating Type 100 SQG6– & 7– SQG81 & 91 SVG6– & 7– SVG81 & 91 200 SXG6– & 7– 300 SXG81 & 91 400 600 SYG81 & 91 SZG81 & 91 Dimensionsa (see Figure 2) A 15.25 387 16.00 406 20.00 508 20.00 508 36.00 914 B 39.50 1003 50.00 1270 75.00 1905 63.00 1600 90.00 2286 Top & Bot. C D E F G H I J K 10.60 9.25 3.00 22.68 41.00 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74 269 235 76 576 1041 68 137 72 95 10.68 10.00 3.00 23.68 51.50 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74 271 254 76 601 1308 68 137 72 95 14.37 12.00 4.00 29.43 77.00 3.19 — 3.52 7.00 365 305 102 748 1956 81 89 178 14.37 12.00 4.00 27.43 65.00 3.19 — 3.52 7.00 365 305 102 697 1651 81 89 178 17.00 Floor Mounting Enclosure 432 L 5.00 127 5.00 127 9.25 235 5.00 127 M — — N 1.21 31 1.21 31 Sides O .90 23 .90 23 W 1.-1.25 2.-2.50 .50.75 .50.75 3.00 — 3.00 — — — — — — — — — — 2.50 X .50.75 .50.75 Handle Swing L Y A D .50 E C N Y .50 G O B Y Cover Open 90 (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A) F W X W J K H Table 16.179: NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure Ampere Rating Type SMW6–& 8– 30 SMW7– & 9– SPW6– & 8– 60 SPW7– & 9– 100 200 SQW6– & 7– SQW81 & 91 SVW6– & 7– SVW81 & 91 SXW6– & 7– 300 SXW81 & 91 400 600 SYW81 & 91 SZW81 & 91 Figure 2 NEMA 1 Enclosure Dimensionsa (see Figure 3) A 9.50 241 13.75 349 10.50 267 15.00 381 15.25 387 16.00 406 20.00 508 20.00 508 36.00 914 B 8.36 212 8.36 212 9.61 244 9.61 244 10.60 269 10.56 268 14.21 361 14.21 361 17.71 450 C 24.76 629 25.26 642 28.26 718 31.01 788 41.76 1061 52.26 1327 78.12 1984 66.12 1679 98.00 2489 D 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 3.25 83 5.00 127 5.00 127 9.25 235 5.00 127 E 2.50 64 4.75 121 2.50 64 5.38 137 2.50 64 2.50 64 4.00 102 4.00 102 F 4.50 114 4.25 108 5.50 140 4.25 108 10.25 260 11.00 279 12.00 305 12.00 305 G 23.50 597 24.00 610 27.00 686 29.75 756 40.50 1029 51.00 1295 77.00 1956 65.00 1651 H .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .63 16 .56 14 .56 14 I 3.00 76 5.25 133 3.00 76 5.88 149 3.24 82 3.24 82 4.77 121 4.77 121 J 1.62 41 1.62 41 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.61 66 2.61 66 2.96 75 2.96 75 Floor Mounting Enclosure I K 2.31 59 2.31 59 2.63 67 2.63 67 3.19 81 3.19 81 3.50 89 3.50 89 L 14.31 363 20.14 512 16.56 421 21.06 535 22.18 563 23.00 584 29.43 748 27.43 697 W X .75 Hub 1.0 Hub .75 Hub 1.0 Hub .75 Hub 1.50 Hub .75 Hub 1.50 Hub .75 Hub 2.50 Hub .75 Hub 2.50 Hub Handle Swing D A F E B H G C .75 Hub 3.50 Hub .75 Hub 3.50 Hub — — Cover Open 90º (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A) L W X J I K Figure 3 NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure Table 16.180: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure Ampere Rating Type A F Dimensionsa (see Figure 4) A B C D E F G H I J 9.50 8.36 24.26 3.25 2.50 4.50 23.50 .38 3.25 14.31 241 212 616 83 64 114 597 10 83 363 30 13.75 10.10 24.76 3.25 4.75 4.25 24.00 .38 5.50 22.00 SMA7– & 9– 349 257 629 83 121 108 610 10 140 559 10.50 9.61 27.76 3.25 2.50 5.50 27.00 .38 3.25 16.56 SPA6– & 8– 267 244 705 83 64 140 686 10 83 421 60 15.00 10.98 30.51 3.25 5.38 4.25 29.75 .38 6.13 23.43 SPA7– & 9– 381 279 775 83 137 108 756 10 156 595 SQA6– & 7– 15.25 10.59 42.00 5.00 3.00 9.25 41.00 .50 3.75 22.31 100 SQA81 & 91 387 269 1067 127 76 235 1041 13 95 567 SVA6– & 7– 16.00 10.52 52.50 5.00 3.00 10.00 51.50 .50 3.75 23.00 L 200 SVA81 & 91 406 267 1334 127 76 254 1308 13 95 584 20.00 14.21 78.00 9.25 4.00 12.00 77.00 .50 7.75 29.43 SXA6– & 7– 508 361 1981 235 102 305 1956 13 197 748 300 20.00 14.21 66.00 5.00 4.00 12.00 65.00 .50 7.75 27.43 SXA81 & 91 508 361 1676 127 102 305 1651 13 197 697 400 SYA81 & 91 36.00 17.71 90.00 Floor Mounting Enclosure 914 450 2286 600 SZA81 & 91 a Dimensions are the same for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity). Handle Swing D E B H G C Cover Open 90º (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes 8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A) (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes 11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A) (4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on 14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A) I 16 Figure 4 NEMA 12/3R Enclosure NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS SMA6– & 8– © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-69 Definite Purpose Contactors Types DP, DPA Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 • • • • • • Compact Design Industry Standard Mounting Double Break Contacts Low Coil VA Straight-Through Wiring Low Cost www.schneider-electric.us Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air conditioning, refrigeration, data processing, and food service equipment. New compact 1 and 2-Pole contactors are available along with standard size 2, 3, and 4-Pole devices. They feature quick connect terminals and binder head screws for easy wiring. Box lugs are standard on 40 A contactors and larger. An exclusive DIN track mounting option may reduce installation costs. Coils can be changed on the Type DPA contactors (50 to 90 A) quickly without a tool. Auxiliary contact modules snap on either side of the Type DPA contactors. Table 16.181: Compact 1-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Locked Rotor (A) Full Load (A) 277 V 120 150 150 240 20 25 30 40 8910DP22V09 Definite Purpose Contactor 460 V 100 125 125 200 575 V 80 100 100 160 Resistive Load (A) N.O. Poles Type 30 35 40 50a 1 1 1 1 DP11c DP21c DP31c DP41c Resistive Load (A) N.O. Poles Type 30 35 40 50 2 2 2 2 DP12c DP22c DP32c DP42c $ Price 32.80 38.20 45.90 54.00 Table 16.182: Compact 2-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximumb Locked Rotor (A) Full Load (A) 277 V 120 150 150 240 20 25 30 40 8910DP42V14 Definite Purpose Contactor 460 V 100 125 125 200 575 V 80 100 100 160 $ Price 38.20 50.00 55.00 65.00 Table 16.183: 2, 3, and 4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximumb 8910DPA33V04 Definite Purpose Contactor a b c Locked Rotor (A) Full Load (A) 230 V 460 V 575 V 20 120 100 80 25 150 125 30 180 40 Resistive Load (A) Horsepower Ratings 115 V 1Ø 230 V 1Ø 230 V 3Ø 460/575 V 3Ø 30 1.5 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 100 35 2 5 10 15/20 150 120 40 2 5 10 15/20 240 200 160 50 3 7-1/2 10 20/25 50 300 250 200 65 3 10 15 30 60 360 300 240 75 5 10 25 30 75 450 375 300 94 5 15 25 40 90 540 450 360 120 7-1/2 20 30 50 N.O. Poles Type $ Price 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 DPA12c DPA13c DPA14c DPA22c DPA23c DPA24c DPA32c DPA33c DPA34c DPA42c DPA43c DPA44c DPA52c DPA53c DPA62c DPA63c DPA72c DPA73c DPA92c DPA93c 53.00 61.00 76.00 58.00 67.00 86.00 71.00 75.00 99.00 79.00 88.00 114.00 164.00 174.00 185.00 193.00 221.00 247.00 286.00 311.00 16 50 A Resistive, maximum 277 V. All others rated 40 A Resistive (above 277 V). Above 240 V, all lines must be switched. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. Table 16.184: Coil Voltage Codes NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Voltage 60 Hz d e 16-70 50 Hz Code Type DP, DPA 24 24 V14 24 — — 120 110 V02 208 — — 208-240 220 V09 230-240 220 — 277 — V04 480 440 V06d 600 550 V07e Not available for Type DP11 through DP31 single-pole devices. Not available for Type DP one- and two-pole devices. CP1B Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Definite Purpose Contactors Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 www.schneider-electric.us Types DP, DPA Application Data Table 16.185: 2 Normally Open & 2 Normally Closed 4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Table 16.190: Terminals Full Resistive Class 8910 N.O. N.C. Load Load $ Price Poles Polesb Type Form (A) (A) 20 25 2 2 DPA14a Y392 148.00 25 35 2 2 DPA24a Y392 159.00 30 40 2 2 DPA34a Y392 171.00 a Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes below. b Above 240 volts, all lines must be switched. Note: N.C. poles on outside. N.C. poles open before N.O. poles close. Contact Arrangement 20–40 A 50–90 A DPA 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. 2 N.O. DD10 DD01 DD11 DD20 D10 D01 D11 D20 Class 9999 Type $ Price 16.40 16.40 29.50 29.50 Table 16.187: NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosures for Type DP, DPA Contactors Class 8910 Type DP DPA c Full Load (A) 20–40 20–40 50 DPA 20–40 DPA 60–75 DPA 90 CP1 discount schedule. Poles 1&2 2&3 2&3 4 2&3 2&3 g Type of Lug 20–30 A Binder Head 40 A Box Lug 50–60 A Box Lug 75–90 A Box Lug Solid or stranded copper wire only. Wire Rangeg #14–#8 #14–#6 #14–#2 #14–#I/O Table 16.191: Miscellaneous Parts Class 9999 Type DMB1 DPC1 Description DIN mounting bracket attachment (Type DPA, 20 A to 60 A only) Type DP Series B Cover Table 16.186: Auxiliary Contacts, 5 A, 600 Vac Rated For Use With Class 8910 Type Power Terminals Full Load (A) Class 9991 Type DPG1 DPG1 $ Price c 78.00 78.00 DPG2 99.00 DPG3 DPG4 143.00 287.00 $ Price 15.00 2.10 Table 16.192: Factory Modifications Auxiliary contacts can be factory installed along with a DIN mounting bracket option. Special terminations are also available. Modification Factory installed auxiliary contacts Pressure wire connectors (20–30 A) Type — DPA DP Box lugs (20–30 A) DPA DP DIN mounting bracket attached (35 mm style)i DPA Contact cover for Type DP Series B — UL Listed label on device DP h Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. i Available for 20 through 60 A only. Form h Y122 $ Price h 1.70 per pole Y124 3.30 per pole Y135 3.30 8.70 2.10 No Charge Y248 U1 Table 16.188: Application Data Mechanical Life: 500,000 operations Electrical Life: Type DP 100,000 operations Type DPA 200,000 operations Duty Cycle: Continuous Approvals: UL Component Recognized UL Listed (Form U1) File E3190, CCN NLDX2 CSA Certified File E3190, CCN NLDX DPA is CE marked File LR25490, Class 321104 Note: See page 16-107 for replacement contacts. Coil Replacement No tools required (DPA50–60A) Table 16.189: Class 8910 Type DPA Replacement Coils Poles Class 9998 Type Table 16.193: Type DPA Coil Voltage Codes Voltage, 50 Hz Voltage Code 24 120 208–240 277 480 600 24 110 220 — 440 550 V14 V02 V09 V04 V06j V07j Available for Type DPA contactors only. 16 j Voltage, 60 Hz NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Volt-Amperese $ Pricef Inrush Sealed 50–60 A 2&3 DA2d 109 10 92.00 75–90 A 2&3 DA3d 214 19 114.00 d Replace diamond with suffix from DPA Coil Table 16.193. Example: Coil for Class 8910 DPA53V02 120 V 60 Hz would be a Class 9998 Type DA2V02. e For Types DP11 through DP32: Inrush 30 VA; Sealed 5 VA. f CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. Full Load (A) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1B CP1 CP10 Discount Schedule 16-71 Definite Purpose Contactors Type DP—1-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes Types DP, DPA Approximate Dimensions Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 www.schneider-electric.us Type DP—2-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes Type DPA—4-Pole 20 through 40 Full Load Amperes 16-72 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Definite Purpose Contactors Types DP, DPA Approximate Dimensions Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 www.schneider-electric.us .23 6 .51 13 2.11 1.54 39 3.27 .23 6 .07 2 .09 4.06 3.72 2 94 103 83 2.56 65 .26 2.87 .44 2.50 7 54 .24 Provisions for (4) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws 93 6 .26 .06 7 2 4.63 5.20 64 4.44 113 118 3.39 86 5.12 132 130 4.37 Provisions for #10 or M5 Mounting Screws 111 .39 10 Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole 75 and 90 Full Load Amperes 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole 50 and 60 Full Load Amperes 3.67 11 73 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-73 Definite Purpose Starters Types DPS and H through M Class 8911 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 Class 8911 definite purpose starters are inexpensive starters for applications with relatively low duty cycles. Typical applications include air compressors, agricultural equipment, pumps, and HVAC equipment. Definite purpose starters offer: • • • • • • www.schneider-electric.us Low cost Small size Melting alloy overload block Trip-free reset mechanism Open type or enclosed 500,000 mechanical operations Table 16.194: 2- and 3-Pole Starters—600 Vac Maximum No. of Poles Horsepower Ratings Full Load (A) Table 16.195: Cross Reference Existing/Replacement Class 8911 Type DPSG23V02 Approximate Dimensions 4.00 102 d 7.00 178 6.20 157 Existing Device Replacement Device HO33 DPSO13 HG33 DPSG13 JO33 DPSO23 JG33 DPSG23 KO33 DPSO33 KG33 DPSG33 KO43 d KG43 d LO33 DPSO43 LG33 DPSG43 MO33 DPSO53 MG33 DPSG53 MO43 d MG43 d Type DPS 4-Pole starter not available. Suggest 3-Pole device with auxiliary contact. 0.5 13 1.50 38 Provisions for (3) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws 6.00 152 .88 22 16 8.13 207 Poles Class 9998 Type Table 16.198: Coil Voltage Codes Description Class & Type $ Price Start-Stop push button kitef 8911DPB1 134.00 Hand-Off-Auto selector switch kite 8911DSS1 134.00 Standard N.C. overload relay contact 9998SO1 42.80 N.C. and N.O. isolated overload relay 9999SO4 116.00 alarm contacts Overload relay jumper strap 9998SO31 14.30 e Use for 20 to 40 A starters. For 50 A starters, use the 9999BLX bracket. f Does not include holding circuit interlock—order auxiliary contact. Voltage, 60 Hz Voltage, 50 Hz Voltage Code 24 120 208–240 277 480 600 24 110 220 — 440 550 V14 V02 V09 V04 V06 V07 Table 16.199: Auxiliary Contacts For Type DPS Starters 20–40 A Description Class 9999 Type 1 N.O. DD10 1 N.C. DD01 1 N.O./1 N.C. DD11 2 N.O. DD20 i CP1B discount schedule. 50 A Class 9999 Type D10 D01 D11 D20 $ Price i 16.40 16.40 29.50 29.50 NOTE: Auxiliary contacts must be field installed. Table 16.200: Ratings—Overload Contacts and Auxiliary Contacts Pilot Duty – AC Only (35% Power Factor) Volts AC Device 10.00 254 3 Volt A $ Priceg Inrush Sealed 50 A 2&3 DA2h 109 10 92.00 See page 16-107 for replacement contacts for DPS devices. g CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. h Replace with Voltage Code from the Coil Table shown below. Full Load (A) Type DPSO—2 and 3-Pole and DSO 20–50 Full Load Amperes 3.00 76 1 Table 16.197: Class 8911 Type DPS Replacement Parts Table 16.196: Miscellaneous Parts and Kits Reset No. of Thermal Unitsa 115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V Typeb $ Pricea Typeb $ Pricea 1Ø 1Ø 3Ø 3Ø 20 1 1/2 3 — — DPSO12c 270.00 DPSG12c 332.00 2-Pole 25 2 5 — — DPSO22c 296.00 DPSG22c 354.00 Single 30 2 5 — — DPSO32c 333.00 DPSG32c 392.00 Phase 40 3 7 1/2 — — DPSO42c 365.00 DPSG42c 426.00 50 3 10 — — DPSO52c 482.00 DPSG52c 539.00 20 1 1/2 3 7 1/2 7 1/2 DPSO13c 297.00 DPSG13c 356.00 3-Pole 25 2 5 10 15/20 DPSO23c 320.00 DPSG23c 381.00 Poly30 2 5 10 15/20 DPSO33c 363.00 DPSG33c 423.00 Phase 40 3 7 1/2 10 20/25 DPSO43c 399.00 DPSG43c 459.00 50 3 10 15 30 DPSO53c 638.00 DPSG53c 696.00 a Prices do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are priced at $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. b Holding circuit contacts are not provided as standard; refer to table below for kit. c Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. 8911DPSO33V09 Definite Purpose Starter 3.50 89 1.60 41 NEMA 1 Enclosed Open Type NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 9998 SO1 9999 SO4 9999 R20 & R21 9999 D10, D01, D11 & D20 120 or Less Make 30 A Carry and Break 3A 120–600 3600 VA 360 VA Continuous Current Rating 5A 5A Reset Table 16.201: How to Order .94 24 4.13 105 .94 24 1.00 25 Type DPSG—2 and 3-Pole 20–40 Full Load Amperes 16-74 To Order Specify: • • • • Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Form(s) Catalog Number Class Typse Coil Voltage Code 8911 DPSG33 V02 CP1 CP1B CP10 Form(s) Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved WELL-GUARD Control™ Pump Panels Full Voltage Type, Type NS, SS, XS Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Motor Logic™SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used. Class 8940 Type NS, SS, and XS panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment. • Type S Contactor provided as standard • Approved for submersible pump applications • Motor Logic™ Class 10/20 (Selectable) SSOLR through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only (Includes rubber boot.) • All prices include a START push button and a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch • Adjustable trip current • Phase failure sensitive through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only • Ambient temperature compensated overload • All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT” NOTE: Class 10 Motor Logic SSOLR does not protect for phase imbalance. Table 16.202: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Fusible or Thermal Magnetic Breakera Volts 240 Type SSD4030 480 Maximum Hp Polyphase 3, 5, 7-1/2 10, 15 20, 25, 30 40, 50 75 100 100 200 250, 300 3, 5, 7-1/2, 10 15, 20, 25 30 40, 50 60, 75, 100 150 200 200 300, 350, 400 500, 600 Coil Voltage 240–60 220–50 480–60 440–50 Fuse Clip (A)c 30 60 100 200 LLL36400E20e 400 LLL36600E20e MJL36800e PLL34120e 30 60 60 100 200 LLL36400E20e 400 LLL36600E20e MJL36800e PLL34120e Type $ Price SSC2007d SSD2015d SSE2030d SSF2050d XSG2075b SSG2100d XSG2100b XSH2200b XSJ2300b SSC4010d SSD4025d SSD4030d SSE4050d SSF4100d XSG4150b SSG4200d XSG4200b XSH4400b XSJ4600b 2003.00 2480.00 4194.00 7718.00 19890.00 16286.00 19890.00 43133.00 58145.00 2003.00 2480.00 3338.00 4194.00 7718.00 19890.00 16286.00 19890.00 4313300 58145.00 Table 16.203: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Max. Hp Coil Circuit Type $ Price Polyphase Voltageb Breakerf 30 HLL36100M73 XSE2030V03 4599.00 240–60 240 40 220–50 JLL36250M75 XSE2040V03 7650.00 50 JLL36250M75 XSF2050V03 8258.00 40 XSE4040V06 4599.00 HLL36100M73 50 XSE4050V06 4599.00 480–60 480 440–50 75 JLL36250M75 XSE4075V06 7650.00 100 JLL36250M75 XSF4100V06 8258.00 To substitute an IEC ambient compensated bimetallic overload relay (up to size 5) for the Motor Logic SSOLR, request Form B12 and state motor hp (no charge). This applies to the above (SSx) devices only. See page 16-76 for coil voltage codes and pricing. Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. Voltage code not required for 240 V or 480 V common control with 8940SS controllers. Circuit breaker disconnect supplied. (See page 7-32 for circuit breaker adjustment range.) See page 7-32 for circuit breaker adjustment range. Volts b c d e f Table 16.206: Class 8940—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Table 16.204: Class 8940—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type g NEMA Size NEMA Available Amperes Voltage Enclosure Size RMS Symmetrical 0-5 0-480 Standard 100,000 6, 7 0-480 Standard 65,000 Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12. Table 16.205: Class 10 Pump Panel Replacement Motor Logic SSOLR (with rubber boot) Catalog Number 3116154764 (Size 1) 3116154883 (Size 2) 3116155158 (Size 3) 3116155368 (Size 4) 3116118474 (Size 5) 3116118476 (Size 6) 3116118477 (Size 7) 9999MRB12 (5 boots) 9999MRB34 (5 boots) $ Price $192.00 270.00 329.00 477.00 221.00 221.00 221.00 50.00 50.00 Enclosure Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Available Amperes RMS Symmetrical 5,000 100,000 5,000 100,000 10,000 100,000 18,000 100,000 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16 Description Pump Panel SSOLR 27A Special Pump Panel SSOLR 45A Special Pump Panel SSOLR 90A Special Pump Panel SSOLR 135A Special Pump Panel SSOLR 270A Special Pump Panel SSOLR 540A Special Pump Panel SSOLR 810A Special Replacement Boot Size 1 & 2 Replacement Boot Size 3 & 4 0–3 0–3 0–2 0–2 4–5 4–5 6 6 NEMA Fuse Class Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R Class H or K Class R NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS a Type SSE4050 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-75 WELL-GUARD Control™ Pump Panels Full Voltage Type, Type “S2” Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8940 “S2” Pumping Plant Panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for oil field applications. All panels are supplied with an Electonic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) or a visible blade, fused, disconnect switch. This line of pumping plant panels features: • Rugged spring latches for easy access without a tool • Side mounted control units for convenient operation • Door retainer available for windy areas • Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch • UL Listed for use as service equipment for motors • Extra panel space for additional electrical controls • All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT” Thermal units must be ordered separately at $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NOTE: Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Table 16.202: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Type WC3S2V06 Volts Max. Hp Polyphase Coila Voltage Type $ Price Frame Size Type $ Price 1 30 WC1S2V03 2109.00 HLL36030M71 XC1S2V03 2228.00 2 60 WD1S2V03 2880.00 HLL36050M72 XD1S2V03 2997.00 HLL36100M73 XD2S2V03 2997.00 30 3 100 WE1S2V03 4649.00 HLL36100M73 XE1S2V03 4886.00 50 4 200 WF1S2V03 8724.00 JLL36250M75 XF2S2V03 8963.00 10 1 30 WC3S2V06 2109.00 HLL36030M71 XC4S2V06 2262.00 15 2 60 WD3S2V06 2919.00 HLL36030M71 XD3S2V06 3036.00 HLL36050M72 XD4S2V06 3036.00 100 WE3S2V06 4748.00 HLL36100M73 XE3S2V06 4986.00 100 4 200 WF3S2V06 8801.00 JLL36250M75 Coil voltage code must be supplied to order this product. See Coil Voltage Codes table to the left for codes. Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. XF4S2V06 9036.00 10 480 15 25 240–60 220–50 480–60 440–50 2 50 a b Circuit Breaker Type Fuse Clip (A)b 7-1/2 240 Fusible Disconnect Type NEMA Size 3 Table 16.203: Factory Modifications (Forms) Type XE3S2V02B12S 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Description Form Letter $ Price Substitute Class 10 IEC overload relay – state motor hp (NEMA Sizes 0–4 only) B12 No Charge Control transformer with fused primary: Types: NPD, NPE, NPF, SSC, WC, XC (50 VA) 386.00 NPG, SSD, XD, WD (100 VA) F4T 539.00 NPJ, SSE, XE, WE (150 VA) 797.00 SSF, XF, WF (300 VA) 968.00 SSG, NSG, XSG (50 VA and an interposing control relay) 1097.00 Factory installed door wind latch assembly in a standard 8940NPD, NPE, NPF, NPG, NPJ, SSC, SSD, SSE and SSF G45 113.00 Elapsed time meter G97 827.00 Substitute Class 10 Motor Logic™ SSOLRe H10 64.00 ON Delay Timer K25 1197.00 OFF Delay Timer K26 1197.00 Program timer with day omission feature K141 1197.00 Backspin timer (time delay upon energization) K15 1112.00 Start Pushbutton (S2 panels only) A28 No Charge “Slim” panel (Types WC, WD, WE, XC, XD, XE only) L8 No Charge “Short” panel (Types SSE, SSF, XE-S2 and XF-S2 only) L9 No Charge Pilot light (specify lens color). Does not include auxiliary contact. Pc 336.00 Separate control S No Charge Auxiliary contacts (specify N.O. or N.C.) Xd 158.00 Special UL panel label for modified UL Listed devices on non-standard panels, requires approval Y1 267.00 by manufacturing plant Lightning arrestor Y1532 570.00 Phase failure, phase reversal relay with time delay including under and over voltage protection R44 1463.00 Substitute standard trip melting alloy overload relays Y61 No Charge Substitute quick-trip melting alloy overload relay (Sizes 1 and 2 only) – Not available on IEC style contactors Y611 No Charge Substitution of Class R rejection fuse clips for standard fuse clip. (8940 RD, RE, RF, RG, MD, ME, MF, MG, SSC, SSD, Y1071 No Charge SSE, SSF, SSG, WC, WD, WE and WF) c Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green). See page 16-100, footnote f for more selections. d To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form,” refer to tables in the Class 8536 section. e Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used. Table 16.204: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage f g 60 Hz 50 Hz 24fg 120g 208g 240 — 480 600g Specify — 110g — 220 380 440 550g Specify Code $ Price Adder V01 V02 V08 V03 V05 V06 V07 V99 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 35.60 24 V coils are not available on Size 4 starters. On Size 1–3, 24 V coils are available. Form S must be used. Form S required for separate control. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-76 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved WELL-GUARD Control™ Pump Panels Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.205: Replacement Overload Relay for Square D Class 8940 Pump Panel with IEC Style Bi-metallic Overload Relays Mounted on Current Transformers Number of Form Series Typea Poles 40A-63A 3 B12 B TJF40 63A-100A 3 B12 B TJF63 100A-160A 3 B12 B TJF100 160A-250A 3 B12 B TJF160 h A retro-fit reset kit is required for pre-series B pump panels. See page 16-92 for selection. AMP Range $ Price 428.00 428.00 468.00 468.00 Approximate Dimensions Table 16.206: Type NPD/E/F SSC SSD NPG/J SSE/F XSE/F WC—S2 WD—S2 XC—S2 XD—S2 WE—S2 WF—S2 XE—S2 XF—S2 SSG XSG XSH XSJ Fig. A IN B mm IN C mm IN D mm IN E mm IN 9.70 246 33.05 F mm IN IN H mm IN J mm IN K mm IN L M mm Conduit IN mm Knockouts R S 1-1/4– 1-1/2 V T IN mm 1 39.05 992 13.73 349 6.67 169 963 7.00 178 2.41 61 3.00 76 3.00 76 2-1/2 2.41 61 1/2–3/4 1 49.00 1245 19.15 486 8.81 224 10.37 263 44.07 1119 47.88 1216 7.00 178 2.17 55 2.69 68 3.44 87 2-1/2 1–1-1/4 2.57 65 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4 1–2-1/2 1-1/2–2 1.41 36 1 38.50 978 19.00 483 7.29 185 949 7.00 178 2.18 55 2.13 54 2.13 54 1-1/2 2.12 54 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4 1-1/2 1/2–3/4 1 56.50 1435 23.00 584 8.23 209 10.33 262 52.00 1321 55.38 1407 7.00 178 2.18 55 2.69 68 3.44 87 2 1 75.50 1892 22.00 559 13.80 351 17.55 446 73.00 1854 74.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.50 38 2 2 82.50 2096 36.00 914 20.00 508 23.25 591 80.00 2032 33.75 857 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 92.50 2350 34.00 864 20.00 508 23.25 591 90.00 2286 31.75 806 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 9.39 239 34.00 839 37.93 G mm 864 37.38 13 14.00 356 N/A N/A .56 14 1/2–3/4 1.41 36 — — 1–1-1/4 2.68 68 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4 2–2-1/2 1-1/2–2 1.50 38 NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Figure 2 16 Figure 1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-77 AC Duplex Motor Controllers Class 8941 www.schneider-electric.us Duplex Motor Controllers are used to control two motors, and consist of two starters in a common enclosure. Two separate disconnect switches or circuit breakers with operators are included with all combination devices. Unless Form Y68 is specified, an alternation circuit (a Class 8501 Type XO40 relay) is included, which alternately operates first one motor and then the other on each successive closing of a pilot device. Both motors will be energized should a second pilot device close. All devices incorporate a terminal block to simplify wiring of pilot devices A and B. Typical applications include pump motors where a second pump is required for peak demand periods yet alternation is desirable to equalize pump wear. Table 16.207: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Non-Combination Type—Without Disconnect—With Electric Alternation Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. NEMA Size 0 1 2 3 4 NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Maximum Rating Each Motor Voltage Hp Polyphase 200–230 460–575 200–230 460–575 200 230 460–575 200 230 460–575 200 230 460–575 3 5 7-1/2 10 10 15 25 25 30 50 40 50 100 NEMA 12 (NEMA 3 and 3R)a Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Open Type Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price NBG10b 2322.00 NBW10b 3105.00 NBA10b 2564.00 NBO10b 2138.00 NCG20b 2478.00 NCW20b 3290.00 NCA20b 2721.00 NCO20b 2294.00 NDG30b 3731.00 NDW30b 5427.00 NDA30b 4359.00 NDO30b 3290.00 NEG40b 5112.00 NEW40b 8303.00 NEA40b 5925.00 NEO40b 4487.00 NFG50b 10440.00 NFW50b 15881.00 NFA50b 13131.00 NFO50b 9116.00 Table 16.208: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Combination Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type—With Electric Alternation Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Motor Starter Voltage Max. Hp Polyphase Coil Voltage b 2 3 5 7-1/2 200 (208) 10 15 20 25 30 40 2 3 208–60 NEMA Size NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure Frame Size Ampere Rating Type 0 HLL36015 HLL36020 15 20 CBG06b CBG08b 1 HLL36035 HLL36050 35 50 CCG12b CCG15b 2 0 HLL36060 HLL36100 HLL36125 HLL36150 JLL36200 JLL36250 HLL36015 HLL36020 60 100 125 150 200 250 15 20 CDG22b CEG32b CEG36b CEG38b CFG41b CFG44b CBG06b CBG08b 1 HLL36035 HLL36045 35 45 CCG14b CCG16b 3 4 5 7-1/2 230 (240) Circuit Breaker 240–60 220–50 NEMA 12 NEMA 4/4X (NEMA 3 and 3R)a Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight and Driptight Stainless Steel Enclosure Industrial Use Enclosure $ Price Type 3945.00 CBW06b CBW08b 4103.00 CCW12b CCW15b 5826.00 3945.00 CDW22b CEW32b CEW36b CEW38b CFW41b CFW44b CBW06b CBW08b 4103.00 CCW14b CCW16b 9401.00 19584.00 16 10 HLL36060 60 CDG22b CDW22b 2 5826.00 15 HLL36090 90 CDG24b CDW24b 25 3 HLL36150 150 CEG38b 9401.00 CEW38b 30 40 JLL36225 225 CFG43b CFW43b 4 50 JLL36250 250 CFG44b 19584.00 CFW44b 5 0 HLL36015 15 CBG10b 4859.00 CBW10b 7-1/2 HLL36025 25 CCG18b CCW18b 1 5013.00 10 HLL36030 30 CCG20b CCW20b 15 HLL36045 45 CDG26b CDW26b 460 20 480–60 2 HLL36060 60 CDG28b 6737.00 CDW28b (480) 25 440–50 HLL36070 70 CDG30b CDW30b 30 HLL36080 80 CEG39b CEW39b 3 9401.00 50 HLL36150 150 CEG40b CEW40b 75 JLL36200 200 CFG45b CFW45b 4 100 JLL36250 250 CFG47b 19584.00 CFW47b a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page 16-95. b Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page 16-80. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS $ Price Type $ Price 6951.00 CBA06b CBA08b 4701.00 7109.00 CCA12b CCA15b 4859.00 10470.00 6894.00 6951.00 CDA22b CEA32b CEA36b CEA38b CFA41b CFA44 b CBA06b CBA08b 7109.00 CCA14b CCA16b 4859.00 10470.00 CDA22b CDA24b 6894.00 17490.00 CEA38b 10782.00 29924.00 CFA43b CFA44b CBA10b CCA18b CCA20b CDA26b CDA28b CDA30b CEA39b CEA40b CFA45b CFA47b 23400.00 17490.00 29924.00 7862.00 8019.00 12881.00 17490.00 29924.00 10782.00 23400.00 4701.00 5612.00 5769.00 7806.00 10782.00 23400.00 For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. 16-78 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Duplex Motor Controllers Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 8941 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.209: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Combination Disconnect Switch Type—With Electric Alternation Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. Motor Voltage (Starter Voltage) Max. Hp Polyphase Coil Voltage c NEMA Size Fuse Clip Size (A)b NEMA 4/4X Watertight and Dusttight Enclosure Stainless Steel NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure NEMA 12 (NEMA 3 and 3R)a Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use Enclosure Type $ Price Type $ Price None UBG10c 3731.00 UBW10c 6737.00 30 DBG08c 3816.00 DBW08c 6822.00 None UCG20c 3888.00 UCW20c 6894.00 7-1/2 1 60 DCG18c 3974.00 DCW18c 6980.00 200 208-60 (208) None UDG30c 5642.00 UDW30c 10283.00 10 2 60 DDG28c 5754.00 DDW28c 10398.00 None UEG40c 8798.00 UEW40c 16892.00 25 3 200 DEG38c 9072.00 DEW38c 17163.00 None UBG10c 3731.00 UBW10c 6737.00 3 0 30 DBG08c 3816.00 DBW08c 6822.00 None UCG20c 3888.00 UCW20c 6894.00 7-1/2 1 60 DCG18c 3974.00 DCW18c 6980.00 230 240-60 (240) 220-50 None UDG30c 5642.00 UDW30c 10283.00 15 2 60 DDG28c 5754.00 DDW28c 10398.00 None UEG40c 8802.00 UEW40c 16892.00 30 3 200 DEG38c 9072.00 DEW38c 17163.00 None UBG10c 3731.00 UBW10c 6737.00 5 0 30 DBG10c 3833.00 DBW10c 6836.00 None UCG20c 3888.00 UCW20c 6894.00 480-60 10 1 30 DCG20c 3987.00 DCW20c 6993.00 460 440-50 (480) 575 None UDG30c 5642.00 UDW30c 10283.00 25 2 (600) 60 DDG30c 5796.00 DDW30c 10440.00 None UEG40c 8802.00 UEW40c 16892.00 50 3 100 DEG40c 9230.00 DEW40c 17319.00 a NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page 16-95. b Hp rating applies only when dual element time delay fuses are used. c Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page 16-80. Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101. 3 0 Type UBA10c DBA08c UCA20c DCA18c UDA30c DDA28c UEA40c DEA38c UBA10c DBA08c UCA20c DCA18c UDA30c DDA28c UEA40c DEA38c UBA10c DBA10c UCA20c DCA20c UDA30c DDA30c UEA40c DEA40c $ Price 4487.00 4572.00 4644.00 4730.00 6708.00 6822.00 10184.00 10454.00 4487.00 4572.00 4644.00 4730.00 6708.00 6822.00 10184.00 10454.00 4487.00 4586.00 4644.00 4743.00 6708.00 6866.00 10184.00 10611.00 Table 16.210: Factory Modifications (Forms) PILOT DEVICES IN COVERd “START-STOP” push buttons—one supplied for each motor. (Form C or Form Y68 required.) “HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch—one supplied for each motor. “NO. 1 LEAD—NO. 2 LEAD” selector switch for manual selection of lead pump. (Form Y68 required.) Red "ON" pilot light—one supplied for each motor. Push-to-test red “ON” pilot light—one supplied for each motor. Non-standard markings for pilot devices. “TEST” push button for each starter. CONTROL CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS Fused control circuit without transformer One fuse Two fuses Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, with 600, 480, 240 or 208 V primary and 120 V secondary –one supplied for each starter. Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, one fuse in secondary— one supplied for each starter. 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity Extra capacity control circuit transformer—two fuses in primary—one supplied for each starter (See Table 16.211) 100 VA additional capacity 200 VA additional capacity Elapsed time meter for each starter Pressure switch for each starter (Square D pressure switch 9012GAW25) Addition of 2 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole pilot devices. Addition of 3 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole mercury float switches. Control circuit wired for separate 120 V source. Form Price/NEMA Size 0–1 2 3 4 671.00 1, 4, 12 A 671.00 671.00 671.00 1, 4,12 Any C 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 12 Any Any C13 P1 513.00 671.00 513.00 671.00 513.00 671.00 513.00 671.00 P21 G12 Y29 869.00 28.70 671.00 869.00 28.70 671.00 869.00 28.70 671.00 869.00 28.70 671.00 Any Any F F4 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00 627.00 F4T 770.00 1083.00 1596.00 1938.00 Any Any Any Any FF4T 1395.00 FF4T11 1994.00 FF4T12 2478.00 1710.00 2222.00 2564.00 2393.00 2849.00 3135.00 g 2934.00 3392.00 g 3675.00 g Any Any Any Any Any Any F4T11 F4T12 G97 1446.00 1853.00 1652.00 1767.00 2222.00 2303.00 2763.00 1652.00 1652.00 — f — f 1652.00 D R7 R8 Any S 755.00 1454.00 2178.00 No Charge 755.00 755.00 1454.00 1454.00 2178.00 2178.00 No No Charge Charge 755.00 1454.00 2178.00 No Charge Addition of 1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter for use by customer. (1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter is supplied as standard.) Any X10 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 Addition of 1 N.C. unwired interlock per starter for customer use. Any X01 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 Modified wiring for use with double pole mercury float switches. Any Y24 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 Deduct for omission of electrical alternating circuit. Any Y68 869.00 869.00 869.00 869.00 Additional Control circuit terminals—per wired terminal. Any G56e 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 (5 point terminal block is standard) Any G50e 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 Unwired d Not available on open style devices. e Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. 5 point terminal block is provided as standard for custom connection. A wiring diagram must be supplied for factory wiring. f Not available on this size. Use Form FF4T_ _. g Single primary voltage must be specified. h These Forms are most commonly used. Other Forms may be available. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) for additional information. Table 16.211: 0&1 2 3 4 Standard Capacity 100 VA Additional Capacity 200 VA Additional Capacity (Form F4T) (Form F4T11) (Form F4T12) Class 9070 Type T100 T100 T150 T300 Class 9070 Type T200 T200 T300 T500 Class 9070 Type T300 T300 T500 T500 16 NEMA Size For How to Order Information, see page 16-13. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Enclosure Type Descriptionh 16-79 AC Duplex Motor Controllers Class 8941 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.212: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 1) Starter Size A B C D 0, 1, or 2 20-1/2 24-1/8 8-11/16 17-7/8 3 or 4 22-1/8 34 9-3/4 16 A E F F G H 21-1/2 1-5/16 1-5/16 5/16 Dia. 35-1/2 3-1/16 3/4 7/16 Dia. F D C E Table 16.213: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 2) B Starter Size A B C D E F G H 0, 1, or 2 (For FAL Circuit Breaker and 20-3/8 35 9-5/8 17 32-1/2 3-5/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) 3 or 4 (For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker 32 44 10-3/4 24 46 a 1 2-1/2 and 100 A Disconnect Switch) a For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker. Dimension F=3-5/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch Dimension F=4-7/8 J K 1-1/4 7/16 Dia. 2-1/2 9/16 Dia. G H Figure 1 Table 16.214: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3) A B C D E F G H J 0, 1, or 2 20-1/2 24 8 25 15-3/8 26 2-9/16 1/2 5/16 3 or 4 22 34 9-1/8 35 17 36 2-1/2 1/2 9/16 D H Handle Swing C F A Starter Size J Table 16.215: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4) Starter Size A B C D E 0, 1, or 2 (For FA Circuit Breaker and 20-1/2 35 9-9/16 36 15-3/8 30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) 3 or 4 (For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32 44 10-11/16 46 26 and 100 A Disconnect Switch) b For FA or KA Circuit Breaker K = 3-1/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch K = 4-7/8 F G H J K 37 2-9/16 1/2 5/16 3-5/16 47 3 1/2 9/16 b E B Table 16.216: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3) Starter Size A B 0, 1, or 2 20-1/2 24-1/4 3 or 4 22 34 C D E 8 25-1/2 9-1/8 35-1/2 K F G H J 14-3/8 26-1/2 3-1/16 1/2 7/16 16 36-1/2 3 1/2 7/16 G Figure 2 G H G E J Mtg. Holes Table 16.217: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4) Starter Size A B C D E F 0, 1, or 2 (For FA Circuit Breaker and 20-1/2 35 9-9/16 36-1/2 14-3/8 37-1/2 30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch) 3 or 4 (For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32-1/4 44-1/4 10-11/16 46 24 47 and 100 A Disconnect Switch) c For FA or KA Circuit Breaker K = 3-5/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch K = 4-7/8 G H J K 3 1/2 7/16 3-5/16 4-1/8 1/2 9/16 c D B F Table 16.218: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code 60 Hz d e $ Price Adder H 24ed — V01 No Charge 120e 110 V02 No Charge 208 — V08 No Charge 240 220 V03 No Charge — 380 V05 No Charge 480 440 V06 No Charge 600 550 V07 No Charge Specify Specify V99 35.60 24 V coil is not available on Size 4. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified. These voltage codes must include Form S (No additional charge). C A 50 Hz Figure 3 G H E G J Mtg. Holes D 16 NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only. Dimensions are in inches. B F NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS H A K C Handle Swing Figure 4 16-80 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Definite Purpose Contactors Reversing Hoist, Type DPR Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8965 Type DPR reversing/hoist contactors are designed for the control of motors in hoists, overhead doors, small elevators, commercial laundry equipment, and other related products which use reversing motors. They are rated to perform in the short periods of jogging experienced in hoist service. 8965DPR33V02 Hoist Contactor 600 Vac, 25 A DPR, Angled 50 or 60 Hz only. Coils are easily replaced with external base removed. Auxiliary contacts may be easily field–added to any Class 8965 reversing contactor. Type DPR contactors accept one auxiliary contact module with up to two isolated circuits per side (two modules per device). When auxiliary contacts are ordered separately, two modules are normally used for each device; one for forward, one for reverse. The coils are designed to operate on line voltages of 85% to 110% of rated voltage, and are for applications at Table 16.219: Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum Horsepower Ratingsa No. of Poles 3Pole PolyPhase 115 V 1Ø 1 2 2 3 4-Pole PolyPhase 1 2 2 3 a b c Open Type 230 V 3Ø 5 7-1/2 10 15 460/575 V 3Ø 7-1/2 10 15 20 Type $ Price DPR13c DPR23c DPR33c DPR43c 998.00 1139.00 1283.00 1425.00 Class 9998 Type DA1c DA1c DA1c DA1c 2 3 5 7-1/2 5 7-1/2 10 10 7-1/2 10 15 20 DPR14c DPR24c DPR34c DPR44c 1070.00 1211.00 1353.00 1497.00 DA2c DA2c DA2c DA2c For rapid operation (jogging duty), use the next larger size contactor. CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. Description Class 9999 Type 1 N.O. DD10 1 N.C. DD01 1 N.O.–1 N.C. DD11 2 N.O. DD20 Order two modules for Type DPR, one for each side. $ Price 35.60 24.60 64.00 44.30 68.00 68.00 68.00 68.00 92.00 92.00 92.00 92.00 Volts, 60 Hz Volts, 50 Hz Voltage Code 24 120 208–240 277 480 600 24 110 220 — 440 550 V14 V02 V09 V04 V06 V07 Approvals UL Component Recognized—File E42240, CCN NLDX CSA Certified—File LR25490, Class 3211 04 Table 16.221: Factory Installed Description 1 N.O. Each Side 1 N.C. Each Side 1 N.O.–1 N.C. Each Side 2 N.O. Each Side $ Priceb Table 16.222: Coil Voltage Codes Table 16.220: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Moduled d Replacement Coil 230 V 1Ø 2 3 5 7-1/2 Form X1010 X0101 X1111 X2020 $ Price 95.00 95.00 153.00 153.00 Approximate Dimensions 3.37 86 6.87 174 95 3.76 (Fastons) 3.86 (Box Lugs) 96 3.72 3.19 81 3.98 3.07 101 78 98 5.87 149 Type DPR13 through DPR43 4.39 111.60 2.64 6.03 67.10 3.73 3.27 94.70 2.98 82.10 75.70 3.12 3.25 79.20 82.60 5.08 129.00 16 Type DPR14 through DPR44 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 153.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 CP10 Discount Schedule 16-81 Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Melting Alloy Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA-styled Thermal Overload Relays feature: • • • • Exclusive One-Piece Thermal Unit Inverse Time Delay Trip Trip Free Reset Mechanism on Types G & S Replaceable Contact Units on Types G & S Note that the prices shown on this page do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. Slow trip (Class 30) and quick trip (Class 10) melting alloy thermal units are available for all Size 1, 2, 5 and 6, and some Size 3 and 4 applications. Table 16.223: For Separate Mounting—Melting Alloy—600 Volts Maximum, AC or DCa NEMA Size Type CO1R Maximum Full Load Current (A) Open Type for Separate Panel Mounting Left Hand Type Right Hand Type For Terminal Block Channel Mounting Order Open Type Relay and Bracket Kit Below $ Price Type $ Price Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact)—1 Thermal Unit Required 1 25 CO1b CO1Rb 64.00 — — 2 45 TO1b TO1b 100.00 — — 3 86 UO1b UO1b 122.00 — — Three Pole Construction (One Common N.C. Contact on Type S Only)—3 Thermal Units Required 1 25 SEO5 129.00 SM2 35.60 2 45 SEO8 185.00 SM2 35.60 3 86 SEO12 243.00 — — 4 133 SEO15 386.00 — — 5 266 Use 3 Type GO11R Relays Listed Above — — a Maximum power circuit rating for separate mounting overload relays, Types C, F, G, T and U, is 600 Vac or Vdc; Type S is 600 Vac only. Maximum control circuit contact rating for Types C, F, G, T, U and SDO18 is 600 Vac and 250 Vdc; the remaining Type S versions are 600 Vac only b Not UL listed. Table 16.224: Replacement Melting Alloy Overload Relays for Square D Class 8536 Starters Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this Column Number Number of Type Series of Type $ Price Thermal Units Poles Required 2 SDO4 86.00 1 00 SA A&B 3 SDO5 149.00 3 2 SDO4 86.00 1 0 SB A 3–5 SDO5 149.00 3c 2 SDO4 86.00 1 1 SC A 3–5 SDO5 149.00 3c 1P SC A 2 SDO10 116.00 1 2 SDO7 116.00 1 2 SD A 3–5 SDO8 207.00 3c 2 SDO11 143.00 1 3 SDO12 264.00 3 3 SE A 4 SDO13 264.00 2 5 SDO14 264.00 3 3 SDO15 414.00 3 4 SF A 4 SDO16 414.00 2 5 SDO17 414.00 3 5 SG A 3 Form Y500 and Series B use SEO5 129.00 3 6 SH A&B 3 SEO5 129.00 3 For 4-pole starters used on two phase systems order two thermal units plus one Class 9998 Type SO31 jumper strap kit for every two starters. Each kit includes two jumper straps. NEMA Size Type SE05 c Table 16.225: Special Features for Melting Alloy Types Substitute 1-N.O. isolated alarm contact and 1-N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only)e Substitute 2-N.C. contacts for standard N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only) Modify Type SDO12 relays to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units, and Type F and Type SDO15 relays to accept Type FB quick trip thermal units. (Rejects Type CC standard trip units) d This form cannot be field modified. e Field modification possible. Order 9999S04 (for Form Y342) or 9999S05 (for Form Y344). Form Y342e Y344e $ Price 179.00 179.00 Y81d No Charge 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-82 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Logic Solid State Overload relays feature: 3 to 1 adjustment for trip current; phase loss and unbalance protection; direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. They are ambient insensitive and self–powered. Switch selectable trip class; Class II ground fault detection; and direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. Electrical remote reset is also available. NOTE: Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used. Table 16.226: Class 10/20 (Selectable): For Separate Mounting Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum Full Load Current Range (A) NEMA Sizeg (3-Pole) f g Open Type Trip Class 10/20 $ Price 00B 1.5–4.5f SFB20 221.00 00C 3–9f SFC20 221.00 0 6–18f SF020 221.00 1 9–27f SF120 221.00 2 15–45 SF220 309.00 3 30–90 SF320 378.00 4 45–135 SF420 545.00 Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Lugs are available. See page 16-111. NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay. Table 16.227: Class 10/20 (Selectable): Replacement SSOLR for Retrofit of Square D Type S Starter Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum Locate 8536 Starter in this column Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this column Full Load Open Type Current Range $ Price Trip Class 10/20 (A) 00Bh 1.5–4.5 SFB20 221.00 00Ch 3–9 SFC20 221.00 0h 6–18 SF020 221.00 1h 9–27 SF120 221.00 2 15–45 ST220 288.00 3 30–90 ST320 351.00 4 45–135 ST420 516.00 5i 90–270 ST520 221.00 5j 90–270 SF520 1074.00 6i 180–540 ST620 221.00 7i 270–810 ST720 221.00 Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Size 5, 6 and 7 Replacement Overloads are only for existing NEMA S starters with Motor Logic overload relay. External CTs and additional components are not included. Size 5 is a complete drop-in replacement for Square D NEMA S melting alloy, bimetallic, and Y500 overload relays only. NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay. NEMA Sizek h i 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS j k © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-83 Protection components TeSys™ T Motor Management System www.schneider-electric.us TeSys T is a motor management system that provides full motor monitoring, control, and protection when used with short circuit protection and a contactor. TeSys T manages most critical processes while reducing downtime and increasing productivity. TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication protocols. TeSys T predicts what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power over a wide range. TeSys T is a green motor management system with unique power monitoring capabilities for better energy management. TeSys T carries all appropriate and necessary third party certifications. To get detailed information about TeSys T, visit our website at www.schneider-electric.us.com. TeSys T detailed functionalities and possible configuration: Communication: TeSys T is a flexible motor management system that supports five major communication protocols: Modbus, CANopen, DeviceNet, Profibus, and Ethernet Modbus TCP. These communication protocols allow the TeSys T controller to integrate seamlessly into your automation systems. Ethernet Modbus TCP provides Faulty Device Replacement to reduce maintenance time to a minimum. Protection functions: Motor control modes: • • • • • • • • • 10 predefined motor control modes are incorporated in the controller. Each listed mode is available as 2 or 3 wire control. thermal overload phase imbalance and phase failure thermal motor protection via PTC probes phase reversal ground fault detection long starting times and motor stalling automatic load shedding and restarting load fluctuations (current, voltage, power) variations of Cos (power factor) • • • • Metering functions: • • Measurements (rms values): — — — — • current on the 3 phases voltage on the 3 phases (shedding) motor temperature ground fault sensing Values calculated: — — — average current frequency Power factor, power, power consumption Motor control functions: A motor managed by a TeSys T controller can be controlled: • • locally, using the logic inputs present on the product, or via the human machine interface (HMI) remotely, via the network overload mode: monitoring of motors whose control is not managed by the controller independent mode: starting of full voltage non-reversing motors reverser mode: starting of full voltage reversing motors 2-step mode: 2-step starting of motors (star-delta, by autotransformer and by resistor) 2-speed mode: 2-speed starting of motors (Dahlander, pole changer) A custom mode is available to allow the user to create a specific motor control mode that is not predefined in the controller. Custom Logic has the basic functions of a small programmable logic controller (PLC). Programming can be done in Structured Text mode or in Block Diagrams through PowerSuite V2.6 software. To ensure consistency, the same software used to commission the TeSys T controller is used for Custom Logic programming. Statistical and diagnostic functions: • • • • history of the last five detected faults motor statistics controller operations warning of pending faults Standards and Certifications Product Type Conforming to standards Product certifications LTMR Controllers LTMEV40 Expansion Modules IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL 508, UL E164353 NKCR, CSA 22-2 n°14, CSA LR43364 Class 3211 03, IACS E10 UL, CSA, BV, LROS, DNV, GL, RINA, ABS, RMRos, NOM, CCC, C-TIC’K, ATEX, GOST, KERI Possible Configurations: TeSys T controller is a flexible motor management system using PowerSuite V2.6 commissioning tool. PowerSuite is the configuration software for the TeSys T controllers. See page 16-86 for details. 16 LTM CU PLC (automation platform) NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Network or bus TeSys T PowerSuite LTM CU TeSys T connector PowerSuite LTMR PowerSuite 16-84 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Protection Components TeSys™ T Motor Management System www.schneider-electric.us LTMR Controller: LTME Expansion Module: The controller is the central component in the motor management system. It manages the basic functions such as: The expansion module adds the following functionalities to the TeSys T controller: • • • • measurement of 3-phase current via integral current transformers from 0.4 to 100 A (up to 1000 A by external current transformers) measurement of ground current internally or LTMR27EBD external ground sensors measurement of motor temperature inputs and outputs for the various motor control modes, detected fault management, and other functions • Inputs • • Table 16.229: Expansion Module overload mode independent mode reverser mode 2-speed mode 2-step mode Custom mode Input Control Voltage 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac • Current Range (A) Catalog Number $ Price ® 0.4–8 0.4–8 1.35–27 1.35–27 5–100 5–100 LTMR08MBD LTMR08MFM LTMR27MBD LTMR27MFM LTMR100MBD LTMR100MFM 675.00 675.00 675.00 675.00 765.00 765.00 0.4–8 0.4–8 1.35–27 1.35–27 5–100 5–100 LTMR08EBD LTMR08EFM LTMR27EBD LTMR27EFM LTMR100EBD LTMR100EFM 825.00 825.00 825.00 825.00 935.00 935.00 0.4–8 0.4–8 1.35–27 1.35–27 5–100 5–100 LTMR08CBD LTMR08CFM LTMR27CBD LTMR27CFM LTMR100CBD LTMR100CFM 750.00 750.00 750.00 750.00 850.00 850.00 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 0.4–8 0.4–8 1.35–27 1.35–27 5–100 5–100 LTMR08DBD LTMR08DFM LTMR27DBD LTMR27DFM LTMR100DBD LTMR100DFM 750.00 750.00 750.00 750.00 850.00 850.00 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 0.4–8 0.4–8 1.35–27 1.35–27 5–100 5–100 LTMR08PBD LTMR08PFM LTMR27PBD LTMR27PFM LTMR100PBD LTMR100PFM 750.00 750.00 750.00 750.00 850.00 850.00 For DeviceNet 8 27 100 For Probibus DP 8 27 300.00 300.00 Control/monitoring of a 1 to 1 LTMR controller Control/monitoring of 1 to 8 LTMR controllers Configure the parameters Display information Monitor the alarms and detected faults Local control of the motor via the local control interface (keys can be customized) Three different languages can be loaded into the LTMCU controller at the same time: English, French, Spanish are the defaults. LTM9KCU (Holder Only) A language download utility (LangTool), together with all the other languages, are available on the website www.schneider-electric.com. LTMCU This tool allows the languages present in the LTMCU control until to be adapted. The LTMCU HMI control unit has an additional front panel RJ45 port, protected by a flexible cover. Magelis Display: Two applications have been predefined for the TeSys T controller. Depending on the application loaded, the HMI terminal makes it possible to: • • Configure and monitor a motor starter (LTM_1T1_V1.dop) Monitor and modify certain parameters up to 8 motor starters (LTM_1T8_X_V1.dop) Vijeo Designer programming software is needed for loading applications into the XBT HMI terminal. Table 16.230: HMI Modules and Software Description Operator Control unit Holder for LTMCU (with magnetic back) Magelis compact display Configuration software Windows 99, 2000, XP Supply Voltage via the LTMR controller 24 Vdc Catalog Number $ Price LTMCU 265.00 LTM9KCU 30.00 XBTN410 300.00 VJD SND TMS V13M 161.00 16 100 • • • • • 24 Vdc 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 27 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100 100–240 Vac For EtherNet Modbus TCP 24 Vdc 8 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 27 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100 100–240 Vac For CANopen 24 Vdc 8 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 27 100–240 Vac 24 Vdc 100 100–240 Vac via the LTMR controller LTMCU Compact Display: Table 16.228: Controllers 8 $ Price LTMEV40BD LTMEV40FM A Magelis XBTN410 terminal — connection for a thermistor probe connections for a ground sensor For Modbus Catalog Number The LTMCU operator control unit: — • Measurements Control Voltage (V) Supply to the Electronics Depending on the application, two types of HMI can be used with the motor management system. 6 discrete logic inputs 3 relay logic outputs (1 N.O. contact each) 1 relay output for detected fault signalling (1 N.O. + 1 N.C.) overload relay Setting Range (A) Number of Inputs 4 4 HMI — Human Machine Interface: Inputs/Outputs • • A 24 Vdc LTMR controller can be assembled with a 240 Vac expansion module and vice versa The LTMVE must be connected to the LTMR controller by a connecting cable. As standard, the controller manages the following: Control Modes • • • LTMEV40FM 4 discrete logic inputs (isolated) 2 types of power for the inputs: 24 Vdc and 100 to 240 Vac — Characteristics • • • • • • voltage measurement between phases up to 690 V nominal 4 additional inputs NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule 16-85 Protection Components TeSys™ T Motor Management System www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.231: Current Transformers Current Transformer Ratio a Catalog Number 100:1 LT6CT1001 200:1 LT6CT2001 400:1 LT6CT4001 800:1 LT6CT8001 a For use with LTMR08•• controllers. Three current transformers are required for 3-phase applications. $ Price 300.00 300.00 700.00 1000.00 Table 16.232: Ground Fault Sensors Rated Operational Current le (A) LT6CT4001 Internal Toroid Ø (mm) Catalog Number $ Price 50437 50438 50439 50440 50441 50442 250.00 325.00 410.00 555.00 835.00 1530.00 50485 50486 1145.00 2010.00 Closed Toroids, Type A 65 30 85 50 160 80 250 120 400 200 630 300 Split Toroids, Type QA 85 46 250 110 Note: Dimensional drawings are in catalog DIA1ED2061002EN-US. Table 16.233: PTC Thermistor Probes b Nominal Operating Temperature Color (NOT) °C Triple Probes 90 Green/green 110 Brown/brown 120 Grey/grey 130 Blue/blue 140 White/blue 150 Black/black 160 Blue/red 170 White/green b PTC: Positive Temperature Coefficient. c Sold in lots of 10. Description DA1TT•• Catalog Number c $ Price Each DA1TT090 DA1TT110 DA1TT120 DA1TT130 DA1TT140 DA1TT150 DA1TT160 DA1TT170 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 Configuration with PowerSuite The TeSys T configurator is incorporated in the PowerSuite software application, versions 2.6 and higher. PowerSuite software allows configuration, commissioning and maintenance of motor starters protected by a TeSys T controller. A library containing predefined motor control mode functions is available in order to: • • • allow standardization avoid errors reduce motor starter setup times By using logic functions, a custom mode makes it possible to: • • easily adapt these predefined motor control mode functions to the specific needs of your applications create new functions The functions thus defined can be saved and used to build your function library for future applications. To create special functions, a logic editor is incorporated in the configurator and allows a choice of 2 programming languages: • • function block structured text Table 16.234: Configuration Tools Description Connection kit for PC serial port for Modbus® PLC multidrop connection Composition 1 x 3 m length cable with two RJ45 connectors Catalog Number VW3A8106 $ Price 75.00 16 1 RS232/RS485 converter with one 9-pin female SUB-D connector and one RJ45 connector. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS USB serial port adapterd for connecting a TeSys T controller to 1 USB / serial port adapterd your PC USB serial port cable for connecting a 1 USB / serial port cable TeSys T controller to your PC d Modbus (RS485) cable required, not included. TSXCUSB485 250.00 TCSMCNAM3M002P 52.00 TeSys T and SMS PowerLogic: TeSys T is integrated in PowerLogic SMS Version 4.0. and will address energy management needs by fully utilizing the TeSys T power/energy management features. For more information on PowerLogic products, see Power Monitor Control Section 4. 16-86 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Protection Components TeSys™ T Motor Management System www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.235: Connecting Cables Number and type of connectors Description 2 x RJ45 LTMCU control unit XBTN410 SUB-D 25-pin female to RJ45 2 x RJ45 LTME expansion module 180 degree Ethernet external connector 1 x RJ45 Length m (ft) 1 (3) 3 (10) 5 (16) 2.5 (8) 0.04 (0.13) 0.3 (1) 1 (3) Catalog Number $ Price VW3A1104R10 VW3A1104R30 VW3A1104R50 XBTZ938 LTMCC004 LU9R03 LU9R10 35.00 35.00 35.00 30.00 125.00 20.00 25.00 – LTM9CE180T 20.00 Length m (ft) Catalog Number $ Price 2 (7) 5 (16) 12 (39) 40 (131) 80 (263) 490NTW00002 490NTW00005 490NTW00012 490NTW00040 490NTW00080 48.60 58.00 77.00 150.00 266.00 2 (7) 5 (16) 12 (39) 40 (131) 80 (263) 490NTW00002U 490NTW00005U 490NTW00012U 490NTW00040U 490NTW00080U 48.00 57.00 75.00 159.00 258.00 0.3 (1) 1 (3) 3 (10) 0.3 (1) 1 (3) — VW3A8306R03 VW3A8306R10 VW3A8306R30 VW3A8306TF03 VW3A8306TF10 VW3A8306R 20.00 25.00 30.00 75.00 85.00 N/A 50 (164) 100 (328) 300 (984) — TSXCANCA50 TSXCANCA100 TSXCANCA300 TSXCANKCDF90T 112.00 467.00 1323.00 52.00 52.00 Table 16.236: Connection Accessories Description For EtherNet (Modbus TCP) connection Shielded twisted pair cables to standard EIA/TIA568 Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal equipment Straight Shielded twisted pair cables, UL and CA 22.1 approved Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 connectors for connection to terminal equipment Straight For Modbus® PLC connection Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 connectors T-junctions RS485 line terminator For CANopen connection Cables 8536SCO3V02H626 IP20 connectors SUB-D 9-pin female Line end adapter switch Elbowed (90°) Straight — TSXCANKCDF180T Elbowed (90°) SUB-D 9-pin connector for connection to PC or diagnostic tool — TSXCANKCDF90TP 78.00 For DeviceNet connection Cables 50 (164) 100 (328) 300 (984) TSXCANCA50 TSXCANCA100 TSXCANCA300 112.00 467.00 1323.00 100 (328) 400 (1313) — — — TSXPBSCA100 TSXPBSCA400 490NAD01103 490NAD01104 490NAD01105 826.00 2990.00 73.00 62.00 Sold in lots of Catalog Number For Profibus DP connection Connectors With line terminator Without line terminator With line terminator and terminal port 101.00 Table 16.237: Marking Accessories Description Composition $ Price Each 0.52 0.52 16 Strips of 10 identical 25 AB1R•a numbers (0 to 9) Clip-in markers (maximum of 5 per unit) Strips of 10 identical 25 AB1G•a capital letters (A to Z) a When ordering replace the • in the catalog number with the number or letter required. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Cables © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule 16-87 Protection Components TeSys™ T Motor Management System www.schneider-electric.us LTMR•• controllers ■ 122.5 ▲ 91 61 30.2 5.2 ■ ■ ■ LTMEV40•• expansion modules 120.7 ▲ 45 61 ■ ▲ 30.2 5.5 LTMCU operator control unit Panel mounting, cut-out 92 70 45 117 23 50 a b 140 mm with RJ45 connector for connection to expansion module and to network, 166 mm with Profibus DP/CANopen connector. Leave a gap around the device of: 9 mm at 45 °C, 9 to 40 mm from 45 to 50 °C, 40 mm at 60 °C. HMI Terminal LT6CT XBTN410 42 Current Transformers NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 30 d 35 107 16 5 25 35 25 5 42,5 42,5 5 2,5 10 10 20 5 2,5 74 c 95 16-88 132 6 c d 104 mm with mounting clips (supplied with the product). 58 mm with SUB-D 25-pin elbowed cable XBTZ9680 for Twido®, TSX Micro™ and Premium™ PLCs or XBTZ998 for Advantys™ STB distributed I/O system. 104 mm with SUB-D 25-pin cable XBTZ68/Z9681 for Twido®, TSX Micro™ and Premium™ PLCs I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Bimetallic Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 20 protection with automatic reset or hand reset and a trip-free mechanism. There are ambient temperature-compensated versions. Note that thermal units are not included in the shown prices. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. Table 16.238: For Separate Mounting—Bimetallic—600 V Maximum AC or DCa Description Size Maximum Full Load Current (A) Open Type Bracket Kit for Terminal Block Channel Mounting Type Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact) 00, 0, 1 25 2 60 Compensated 3 100 4 180 Class 9065 Type SEO6B2 Three Pole Construction Non-Compensated $ Price DA2 GA2 HA2 JA2 107.00 149.00 261.00 306.00 — — — — $ Price — — — — Number of Thermal Units Required 1 Three Pole Construction (One Common SPDT Contact on Type S) 1 26 SEO6B2 392.00 SM2 35.60 Non-Compensated 3 2 45 SEO9B2 441.00 SM2 35.60 1 26 SEO6B 441.00 SM2 35.60 3 Ambient Temperature2 45 SEO9B 441.00 SM2 35.60 Compensated For additional selections see International Control Products. a Maximum power contact rating for separate mounting overload relays. Maximum control circuit contact rating for Type S versions is 600 Vac only. Table 16.239: Replacement Overload Relay for Square D Class 8536 Bimetallic Overload Relay on an Existing Starter Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this Column Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column NEMA Size Type Series Number of Poles 0 SB A&B Any 1 SC A&B Any 2 SD A Any A A B A A B 3 3e 4e c d e SF Type $ Price Bb B1b B2b Bb B1b B2b Bb B1b B2b Y59c SDO6B SDO5B1 SDO6B2 SDO6B SDO5B1 SDO6B2 SDO9B SDO8B1 SDO9B2 26005-11000 441.00 392.00 392.00 441.00 392.00 392.00 512.00 464.00 464.00 243.00 Number of Thermal Units Required 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 1 SHA01Y59 1089.00 3 Y59c 26005-11500 306.00 1 SJA01Y59 1431.00 3 3 3 3 B2d SEO6B2 392.00 3 Bd SEO6B 441.00 3 B SEO6B 441.00 3 6 SH A&B 3 B2 SEO6B2 392.00 3 B indicates ambient temperature-compensated bimetallic overload relay. B1 indicates single phase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay. B2 indicates polyphase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay. Y59 indicates single phase ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay. B2Y500 indicates bimetallic overload relay with current transformer sensing. BY500 indicates ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay with current transformer sensing. This part number does not include the current transformer assembly. Non-compensated Size 3 & 4 OLRs are no longer available. Select an ambient compensated OLR from appropriate table above. 5 b SE Form SG A&B 3 Adapted Bimetal Overload Relay Adapter (NEMA Sizes 00–1) The adapted bimetallic Type S starter incorporates a mounting bracket for use with a self-contained adjustable bimetal overload relay. A separate mount version of the bracket is also available for use with contactors that do not offer the same terminal configuration as the Type S or for applications with height restraints that demand mounting mext to the contactor rather than directly below as is typical for most starter configurations. The bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 10 or Class 20 protection with automatic and hand reset and a tripfree mechanism. These overloads are ambient temperature compensated and are available with or without phase imbalance protection. The component is available as a replacement on a starter or as a separately mounted overload relay adapter. The overload relay (LRD or LR3D) can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date. For more information see Table 16.269. Table 16.240: Replacement Catalog Number 00, 0, 1 27 SADR751 89.00 00, 0, 1 27 SADR75 89.00 Sizes Two Pole Three Pole List $ Price NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Maximum Full Load Current (A) of Overload Relay Description Table 16.241: Stand Alone Description Sizes Maximum Full Load Current (A) of Overload Relay Catalog Number List $ Price Two Pole 00, 0, 1 27 SAD751 89.00 Three Pole 00, 0, 1 27 SAD75 89.00 16 NOTE: The LRD or LR3D bimetal overload relay must be purchased separately. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-89 Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.242: Melting Alloy Type NEMA Style E Dimensions (IN) A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P SEO5 3-5/16 — 15/32 3-31/32 3-17/32 2-13/16 7/32 11/16 2-5/16 1/2 1/2 1/2 27/32 1 1-3/8 #10 1 SEO8 3-5/16 — 15/32 3-31/32 1/2 1/8 27/32 1 1-3/8 #10 1-1/4 3-1/2 2-13/16 3/16 11/16 2-5/16 1/2 SEO12 — 5-19/32 9/16 5-3/4 5-5/16 4-3/4 9/32 1-7/16 3-9/16 3/4 9/16 7/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 #1/4 3 SEO15 — 6-31/32 9/16 5-3/4 5-5/16 4-3/4 9/32 7/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 #1/4 4 2-1/8 3-9/16 3/4 9/16 F Shipping Weight (lb) Type G H A I K B J L C M N D O Prov for (4) - p - Mtg Screws Type SEO .28 7.1 .41 10.4 .25 6.4 1.38 35 (2) 8-32 Mtg Screws 0.5 12.7 0.22 5.6 .44 11 2.0 50.8 .28 7 (2) 3/16 Dia Mtg Holes .6 15.2 6.19 157.23 0.38 9.7 4.75 0.22 5.59 RESET .75 .77 19 19.6 Over Thermal Unit RESET 0.66 16.8 Over Thermal Unit .69 17.5 1.34 34 .27 6.86 0.31 7.9 0.38 9.65 Reset Travel Tripped Reset Travel Tripped 3.25 82.5 1.0 25.4 1.0 25.4 2.75 69.85 5 Dia 16 Locating Dowels 0.94 (2) 23.9 2.93 74.4 2.75 69.8 a 0.125 3.18 Type UO1a Weight–11•2 lb Type TO1a Weight–1•2 lb Type CO1 Weight–1•2 lb 3.25 82.5 0.94 23.8 3.25 82.5 2.75 69.8 Tripped 120.7 Reset Travel Dimensions shown for Types TO1 and UO1 do not apply when Form Y342 or Y34 is supplied. 2.13 54 1.06 27 1.06 27 4.06 103 Reset 0.44 Travel 11 1.41 36 1.41 36 4.94 125 0.38 10 3.13 79 9.13 232 Alarm 1.81 46 R E S E T O.L. C om . 16 Prov for (3) 1/4 - 20 Mtg Screws 0.44 Reset 11 Travel 3.02 76 3.88 98 1.56 40 Terminal Connections 6.03 153 2.63 67 R E S E T 1.81 46 Alarm Com O.L. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Left Hand 1.00 25 Right Hand 16-90 Dual Dim In. mm 1.00 25 Left Hand Types GO11L and GO11R Weight–5 lb Prov for (3)#10-24 Mtg Screws Dual Dim In mm Right Hand Terminal Connections 0.47 12 0.47 12 Types FO1L and FO1R Weight–2 lb © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Bimetallic Overload Relays 3.75 95 .50 13 3.50 89 .50 13 2.81 71 2.81 71 3.34 85 2.30 58 3.59 91 2.30 58 Reset Reset .80 20 .80 20 .31 8 .31 Reset Travel 8 Prov. for (4) #10 Mtg. Screws .06 2 1.00 25 .89 23 .06 2 1.00 25 .89 23 3.94 100 .31 8 Reset Travel .31 8 Prov. for (4) #10 Mtg. Screws 3.94 100 Types SEO9B and SEO9B2 Weight—11•4 lb Types SEO6B and SEO6B2 Weight—1lb Table 16.243: Mounting Dimensions Outline Dimensions Class Ampere 9065 Rating Reset Dimensions Mounting Screw A B C D E K L G Maximum Wire Size Approximate Shipping Weight (lb) 2 DA 25 3-1/2 7/8 3-3/16 3 1/2 3/8 1/8 10 8 GA 60 4-7/8 7/8 3-3/16 3 1/2 3/8 1/8 10 1 2 HA 100 4-7/8 1-1/4 3-3/16 3-1/2 1/16 1/2 1/8 10 00 3 JA 180 5-15/16 1-1/4 3-3/16 3-1/2 1/2 3/16 1/8 10 250 MCM 4 A D J NOTE: Dimensions shown in inches. Motor Logic™ Solid State Overload Relay 2.81 71 K G (2 Holes) .31 8 L Reset Travel E C B (2) Holes and (2) Slots for 8-32 Mtg. Screws 2.23 57 2.69 68 RESET .89 23 1.00 25 1.59 40 .36 9 .24 6 Reset Travel 3.90 99 .27 7 .28 7 3.26 83 NEMA Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Devices Note: NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay. 3.91 99 4.28 109 1.70 1.84 43 47 3.51 89 2.19 56 3.24 82 RESET 1.24 31 Size 2 Devices 5.32 135 .29 7 1.50 38 3.25 83 5.32 135 4.74 120 .29 7 .30 8 1.50 38 3.25 83 4.74 120 4.53 115 .30 8 4.45 113 1.08 27 1.08 27 2.96 75 3.56 90 5.02 128 .31 8 2.96 75 3.56 90 2.26 57 4.16 106 2.26 57 5.92 150 .31 8 4.16 106 RESET RESET .24 6 Reset Travel .38 10 1.57 40 3.80 97 1.57 40 5.33 135 Size 3 Devices © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved .32 8 .38 10 1.57 40 1.57 40 5.33 135 3.80 97 .32 8 16 .24 6 Reset Travel NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS .24 6 Reset Travel 1.24 31 Size 4 Devices 16-91 Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style Approximate Dimensions Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 7.38 187 8.25 210 31161-184-51 SERIES B PWR A600 P300 AC 3 Ph 50-60HZ TRIP 270 FLA 210 90 180 150 120 TRIP=125% CLASS10 5.88 149 SQUARE D COMPANY LISTEDIND.CONT.EQ.A159 MADE IN USA Note: The dimensions are for reference only. 2.25 57 1.18 NEMA Size 5 Type S Device 30 7.75 197 External Reset Mechanisms Class 9066 Type RB1 Type W1 Type RA kits provide a convenient external means for resetting overload relays mounted in control enclosures of almost any depth. Designed for use on NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, they can be used with any Square D open type magnetic starter or Class 9065 overload relay. All kits are individually packaged for easy stocking and include complete installation instructions. Only a single mounting hole is required in the enclosure door. Each kit contains one or more threaded reset rods, grooved at intervals of 3/4" so they can be cut to the approximate length required without thread damage. Final adjustment is easily made after installation by rotating a plunger and tightening the lock nut. Mechanisms with more than one reset rod include a steel cross bar with mounting holes located at 1/2" intervals, providing a choice of rod locations to suit any application. All steel parts are electrically isolated from the enclosure and the operator. Type RB kits make it possible to field install external reset mechanisms to Type S combination starters in NEMA 12 enclosures. They may also be used to replace external reset mechanisms on Type S combination starters in NEMA 1, 4 and 12 enclosures. Table 16.244: Where Used Type RA2 Series B Type of Enclosure Type SC1 Type RA1 RA2 RA3 RB1 RB2 W1 28.70 NEMA 1 with slip-on covers SC1 SD1 SE1 7.20 12.00 14.30 NEMA 3R Reset for use with 9065TJF Series B OLR RTJF 42.80 OEM Kit for commercial enclosures NEMA 1, 12 Replacement on 8538, 8539 starters On commercial enclosures or Type S combination starters NEMA 1, 12 NEMA 4 Replacement on Class 8536 Type S starters Retro-fit kit Class 8940 Pump Panel Reset Mechanism Kit Description With 1 Rod With 2 Rods With 3 Rods Size 0 and 1 Size 2 W1 is a boot only and must be used with RA or RB Kit listed above Size 00, 0 and 1 Size 2 Size 3 $ Price 57.00 71.00 86.00 42.80 42.80 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-92 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Separate Enclosures NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us Separate enclosures can be used with open style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures, plus the open style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device. Separate enclosures are to be used only with the equipment listed below: • • • Type SCW21 NEMA 4X Enclosure NEMA 4 and 12 Class 9991 separate enclosures for Type S devices are supplied as standard with closing plates. See selection chart below for specific number of closing plates on Various enclosures. For applications requiring enclosures without closing plates, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. NEMA 3R enclosures for field assembly of equipment for outdoor applications are provided with three closing plates, a reset mechanism and predrilled panel as standard. For conduit connection to the top of these enclosures, select watertight hubs from listing on Digest page 3-10 in accordance with applicable code requirements. Square D’s NEMA 12 enclosures can also be modified for outdoor use. For details, refer to NEMA 12 enclosure modification information on page 16-95. NOTE: Not for use in high-corrosive outdoor locations or sea coast environments. NEMA 4X enclosures for Type S devices, Sizes 0–2 and 30–60 Ampere, are provided as standard without closing plates. Cover mounted control units for NEMA 4X separate enclosures are available as a factory modification only. When closing plates are removed from NEMAs 4, 12 & 3R enclosure covers, the openings can be used for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or Type SK cover mounted control units. Convenient Class 9999 modification kits containing Class 9001 Type K control kits can be found on page 16-109. Table 16.245: Enclosure Classification For Use With Class Types (All Pole Arrangements) NEMA 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester NEMA Size or Ampere Rating Type $ Price NEMA 4d Watertight and Dusttight Stainless Steel NEMA 12/3R Dusttight and Driptight NEMA 3R Rainproof, Sleet Resistant, Outdoor Use Type $ Price Number of Closing Plates Type $ Price Number of Closing Plates Type MW11 485.00 — MA1 129.00 — — $ Price Manual Starters 2510 Type SCA11 NEMA 12 Enclosure Type SCW11 NEMA 4 Enclosure MBO, MCO MO M1 M1P MW1e 485.00 — Magnetic Contactors SAO, SBO, SCO 00, 0, 1 SCW20 684.00 SCW11 714.00 2 SCA11f 372.00 3 SCH2 372.00 SDO 2 SDW20 1169.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00 8502a SEO 3 — — SEW11 1767.00 3 SEA11f 684.00 3 SEH1 684.00 SFO 4 — — SFW11 3119.00 3 SFA11f 1853.00 3 SFH1 1853.00 Magnetic Starters SAO, SBO, SCO 00, 0, 1 SCW21 684.00 SCW11 714.00 2 SCA11f 372.00 3 SCH2 372.00 SDO 2 SDW21 1169.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00 8536 SEO 3 — — SEW11c 1767.00 3 SEA11cf 684.00 3 SEH1 684.00 SFO 4 — — SFW11c 3119.00 3 SFA11cf 1853.00 3 SFH1 1853.00 Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination, Electrically and Mechanically Held LO, LXO 20 Amp SDW20 1107.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00 SMO 30 Amp SCW20b 684.00 SCW11 714.00 2 SCA11f 372.00 3 SCH2 372.00 8903a SPO 60 Amp SCW20b 1169.00 SDW11 1197.00 2 SDA11f 485.00 3 SDH1 485.00 SQO 100 Amp — — SEW11c 1767.00 3 SEA11cf 684.00 3 SEH1 684.00 SVO 200 Amp — — — — — — — — SFH1 1853.00 Reversing and Two Speed Horizontally Arranged Contactors and Starters 8702a SBO, SCO 0, 1 — SCW12 1182.00 SCA12f 527.00 — — — 3 3 8736 SDO 2 — SDW12 1754.00 SDA12f 728.00 — — 8810 SBO & SCO 0, 1 — — SCW13 1610.00 3 SCA13f 714.00 3 — — a For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate; for NEMA 4 use Class 9001 Type K52, for NEMAs 3R and 12 use Class 9001 Type K51. Class 9991 Types SCW20 and SDW20 are designed for contactors only, reset closing plates not required. b For electrically held devices only. c Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy and solid state overload relays only. d The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. e Type MBO, Size MO only. f NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. Table 16.246: How to Order Class Number Type Number Catalog Number Class Type 9991 SCW11 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS To Order Specify: • • 16 Type SCH2 NEMA 3R Enclosure © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-93 Separate Enclosures Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA Type 1 and Flush Mounting Flush Mounting Selection Table Flush Mounting General Purpose separate enclosures for Type S Sizes 0–2, 30–60 ampere are provided with knock-outs in the cover for field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and one Class 9999 pilot light kit. (Refer to Class 9999 for selection.) For Type S Size 3, 100 ampere, three closing plates are provided for installation of Class 9001 Type K oiltight control units. For enclosure dimensions, refer to page 16-96. NEMA 1 Selection Table The NEMA 1 General Purpose separate enclosures listed below, when used with open style components, are equivalent to a standard factory assembled control device. Table 16.248: Table 16.247: Class 9991 Flush Mounting General Purpose (Components) For Use With Class 2510 Types (All Pole Arrangements) MBO & MCO NEMA Size or Ampere Rating MO M1 M1P Magnetic Contactors SBO & 0, 1 SCO 8502a SDO 2 SEO 3 Mounting Strap Flush Plates Standard Stainless Steelb Pull Box 2510 Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price MF1 215.00 (with pullbox and plaster adjustment) MF2 129.00 (without pullbox but with mounting strap) SCF11 Type Class $ Price 57.00 SCF12 201.00 SCF2 71.00 SCF1 8501 86.00 SDF11 171.00 SDF12 386.00 SDF2 99.00 SDF1 116.00 SEF11 882.00 (Enclosure Complete) 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Flush Mounting Starter With Pull Box and Mounting Strap Having Plaster Adjustment Feature Type SCG8 NEMA 1 Enclosure CP1 CP2 Type F and K M–Sizes M0 and M1 M–Size M1P CO XO XDO Magnetic Starters SBO & 0, 1 SCF11 57.00 SCF12 201.00 SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00 SCO 8536 SDO 2 SDF11 171.00 SDF12 386.00 SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 Lighting Contactors Non-Combination Electrically and Mechanically Held LO, LXO 20 A SDF13 171.00 — — SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 SMO 1–4 30 A SCF11 57.00 — — SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00 SMO 10–13 30 A SCF13 201.00 — — SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00 8903a SPO 1–4 60 A SDF11 171.00 — — SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 SPO 10–13 60 A SDF13 171.00 — — SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00 SQO 1–13 100 A SEF11 882.00 (Enclosure Complete) a For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate. For Flush Mounting use Class 9999 Type SG2 except for Class 9991 Type SDF11 which requires a Class 9001 Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Types SEF11 and LF1 are designed for contactors only, reset closing plates not required. b The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. 16-94 NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure For Use With No. of Poles All All All All 2–12, 2–4 w/Attachments 2–8 w/o Attachments Type $ Price EN1 MG1 MG2 UE1c 29.30 57.00 57.00 39.40 UE7 99.00 SAO, SBO, 2–4 SCG7 57.00 SCO SDO 2–4 SDG7 143.00 8502 SEO 2–4 SEG7 287.00 SFO 2–4 SFG8 599.00 SAO, SBO, 2–4 SCG8 57.00 SCO SDO 2–4 SDG8 143.00 8536 SEO 2–4 SEG8d 287.00 SFO 2–4 SFG8d 599.00 SGO 3 SGG8dg 1241.00 SAO, SBO, SCO All SCG9e 171.00 8702, 8736 SDO All SDG9e 372.00 LO, LXO All LXG1h 143.00 SMO All SCG7f 57.00 8903 SPO All SDG7f 143.00 SQO All SFG8 599.00 SVO All SFG4 1259.00 DP 1–2 DPG1 78.00 DPA12, 13, 22, 23, 2–3 DPG1 78.00 32, 33, 42, 43 DPA14, 24, 34, 44, 2–4 DPG2 99.00 52, 53 8910 2–3 DPG3 143.00 DPA62, 63 DPA72, 73, 92, 93, 2–3 DPG4 287.00 122, 123 H, J, K, L & M All UE6 99.00 DPSO13, 23, 33, 43 3 DPSG1 59.00 8911 DPSO53 3 DPSG2 102.00 DPSO63, 73, 93 3 SEG8 287.00 AO All UE6 99.00 (Single Head) 9050 HO All UE6 99.00 EO51, EO61, EO71, K750, — SDG4 458.00 K1000 EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15, EO16 9070 EO18, EO19, — LG1 143.00 T75, T100, T150, T200, T250, T300, T350, T500 EO1, EO17, T50 — UE7 99.00 c CP2 Discount Schedule, not CP1. d Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy or solid state overload relay only. e For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors replace reset assembly with a Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate. f For electrically held contactors only. See page 16-95 for mechanically held contactors. g Series B starter enclosure. h If cover mounted control units are required, select oversized enclosure listed on page 16-95. Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Separate Enclosures NEMA Types 1, 4, and Oversize Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us NEMA 1, 4 and Oversized For Addition of Control Circuit Transformer Type SCW4 NEMA 4 Enclosure The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open type Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P, or 2 contactor or starter along with a fused control circuit transformer (Form F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed controllers. In the cover of the Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class 9999 cover-mounted control units. All other Class 8502 & 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type device and a fused control circuit transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Oversized enclosures for open type Class 8903 Type L & LX, 20 A and Type S, 30 and 60 A electrically and mechanically held lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open- type contactor and fused control circuit transformer (Form F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single pole pilot devices (Form R6). When an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class 8501 Type XO11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Note: A Class 9991 Type SCG1 NEMA 1 separate enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO, 30 A electrically held lighting contactor if Form F4T (control transformer), with or without cover control units is required. Table 16.249: For Use With Class Type SCG1 With Starter, Transformer and Fuse Block Installed NEMA Size or Ampere Rating Type No. of Poles General Purpose NEMA 1 Type $ Price Magnetic Contactors and Starters SAO, 1–3 d SBO 00, 0 & 1 SCG1 270.00 8502 & 4–5 & SCO 8536 SDO 2 2–5 SDG4 458.00 Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination LO, LXO 8903 a b c d e f Recommended Class 9070c Transformer Selection Class 9991 Enclosure 20 A Watertight and Dusttight Stainless Steel NEMA 4e Dusttight and Driptight Industrial Use NEMA 12b Type Type $ Price $ Price Standard Type T50 100 VA 150 VA 300 VA Type Type Type 50 VA T100a T150a — 100 VA — T150a — 705.00 T100 100 VA — T150 T300 T50 T50 684.00 T100a 50 VA 50 VA 100 VA — T100a — — T150a T150a — — — SCW4 827.00 SCA4 485.00 SDW4 1488.00 SDA4 All VA Fuse Block Extra Capacity T100a Class 9999 Type SFR4 1–3 SDG3 399.00 SDW3 1169.00 SDA3 4–5 T100 100 VA — T150 T300 SPOf 60 A 2–5 For mounting in SCG1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required — $44.00 NEMA 12 modified for outdoor use (see below). For price list and complete description, see the Class 9070 section. Note: Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure is provided with a Class 9999 Type SF4 fuse block as standard. For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism with the exception of Class 9991 Type SCG1 which requires a separate reset closing plate. Class 9999 Type SG2 — $14.30 The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. Mechanically held. SMOf 30 A NEMA 12/3R Enclosures Modified for Outdoor Applications (not to be used in salt air or corrosive environments) Type SCA11 NEMA 12 Enclosure Field Modifications for NEMA 3 dusttight, raintight and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows: Watertight conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance shall be used. Field Modifications for NEMA 3R rainproof and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows: 1. 2. Watertight conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance, when the conduit enters at a level higher than the lowest live part, shall be used. Drain holes of 1/8 inch diameter shall be added to the bottom of the enclosure. Class 9001 Type K oiltight/watertight control units can be easily installed in NEMAs 4, 12, and oversized NEMA 1 separate enclosures provided with closing plates. When installing control units simply remove the closing plates and install the proper Class 9001 Type K components. Convenient control unit kits complete with assembled and pre-wired operators for quick installation are available as Class 9999 user modification kits. See Table 16.250 for contents of each control unit kit. Class 9001 Type SK NEMA 4X corrosion resistant control units may be used as an alternate. Table 16.250: Control Unit Selection Table Kit Contents Control Function Class and Type Description Start Operator Stop Operator Start Legend Plate Stop Legend Plate Contact Block Start-Stop Pushbutton SC8 Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 1-9001 KS43B 1-9001 KN260 1-9001 KA1 Selector Operator Switch Hand-Off-Auto Legend Plate Contact Block SP28R Pilot Light (120 V) 1-9001 KP1R31 Red Pilot Light 16 SA3 1-9001 KR1B 1-9001 KR1R 1-9001 KN201 1-9001 KN202 2-9001 KA1 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 9999 Type © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-95 Separate Enclosures Approximate Dimensions Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.251: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Standard) For Use With Dimensions (inches/millimeters) Class 9991 Type Class Type Size No. of Poles Fig. No. Mounting Screws (in.) A B C D E F G H I J K L Weight (lb) LXG1 8903 LO, LXO 20 A 2–12 1 — 6.03 153 4.03 102 10.50 267 5.75 146 1.09 28 .531 13 1.09 28 .92 23 5.63 143 3.00 76 5.75 146 3.75 95 5.63 143 8 2.42 62 1.09 28 .109 3 1.09 28 (4)#10 12.69 322 8.5 216 — 1 7.81 198 4.85 123 — — 2 3.00 76 .88 22 8.13 206 1.00 25 .94 24 4.13 105 5.00 127 — — 4 — 1.09 28 10.50 267 1.09 28 1.09 28 5.63 143 5.75 146 1.09 28 5.63 143 8 — 1.53 39 18.75 476 1.53 39 1.53 39 8.38 213 7.75 197 1.53 39 8.38 213 23 8.99 228 8.60 218 1.25 32 1.25 32 22.31 567 1.42 36 .44 11 — — — 34 7.41 188 9.75 248 1.06 27 1.06 27 9.75 248 1.06 27 .31 8 — — — 16 7.56 192 12.75 324 1.06 27 1.06 27 12.00 305 1.06 27 .31 8 — — — 24 DPG1 8910 8903 SCG7 8502 SCG8 8536 DPG2 DPSG1 8910 8911 8903 8502 8536 8910 8911 8502 8536 8911 SDG7 SDG8 DPG3 DPSG2 SEG7 SEG8 DPG4 DP DPA SMO (E.H.) SAO SBO SCO SAO SBO SCO DPA DPS SPO (E.H.) SDO SDO DPA DPS SEO SEO DPSG63 to 93 8910 DPA 1–2 1–3 All 2–3 20–40 A 30 A 00 0 1 00 0 1 — — 60 A 2 2 — — 3 3 — 5.28 134 All 2–3 1 6.00 152 (3)#10 10.00 254 All — — 2–12 All All — — All All All — 5.56 141 6.03 153 1 (4)1/4 7.81 198 12.69 322 1 (4)3/8 11.44 291 21.81 554 8.00 203 8.38 213 — 8502 8536 SFO 4 All SFO 4 All 11.25 25.15 2 (4)7/16 286 639 SQO 8903 100 A All (E.H. & M.H.) SBO, 8702a 0&1 SCO 11.88 11.88 SCG9 All 2 (4)5/16 302 302 ETBC20, 8922 — ETBC36 8702a SCO 2 14.88 14.13 SDG9 All 2 (4)5/16 378 359 8922 ETBC60 — a Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0–2. SFG8 6.31 160 Table 16.252: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Oversize) For Use With Class 9991 Type Class SDG3 8903 8502 8536 SDG4 9070 8502 SCG1 8536 8903 Type Size No. of Poles LO, LXO SMO (M.H.) SPO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T) EO51, EO61, EO71, T750, T1000 SBO, SCO (Form F4T) SBO, SCO (Form F4T) SMO (E.H.) (Form F4T) 20 A 30 A 60 A All 2 All Fig. No. Mounting Screws (in.) A B C E F G H Weight (lb) I 15 7.56 192 2 14.88 378 (4)5/16 14.13 359 All 7.66 194 — — 7.56 192 0, 1 All 0, 1 All 30 A All 2 D 3 6.34 161 (4)9/32 15.88 403 5.19 132 12.75 324 1.06 27 1.06 27 12.00 305 1.06 27 .31 8 21 4.66 118 .84 21 14.38 365 .75 19 .28 7 .35 9 8 H A D C 16 K L K (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes A J H E B NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Pilot Light F G B G B RESET RESET H G H I E H Figure 1 16-96 D F Figure 2 C E D C A (4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes Figure 3 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Separate Enclosures Approximate Dimensions Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.253: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures For Use With Class 9991 Type Class UE1 Dimensions (See Figure 4) Weight (lb) Type No. of Poles A B C D E F G H 8501 CO All 3.63 92 5.28 134 3.31 84 1.88 48 3.63 92 1.06 27 1.50 38 1/4 in.a 8910 H, J, K L&M AO (Single Head) HO All 4.91 125 5.75 146 5.53 140 3.50 89 4.38 111 1.56 40 2.00 51 9/32 in. 1.31 33 1.88 48 #10 1/2–3/4 in. 4 1.31 33 1.88 48 9/32 in. 1/2–3/4–1 in. b 10 UE6 9050 All All 2–12, 2–4 w/Attachments 2–8 XO 4.87 7.79 7.53 3.50 6.38 XDO 124 198 191 89 162 EO1, EO17 9070 — T25, & T50 EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15, EO16, EO18, EO19 7.53 9.78 5.91 6.13 8.38 LG1 9070 T75, T100, T150, — 191 248 150 156 213 T200, T250, T300, T350, & T500 a Class 9991 UE1 has only (3) -H diameter mounting holes; 2 in the bottom as shown and 1 centered at the top. b Class 9999 LG1 has three knockouts, top and bottom. 8501 UE7 J L 1/2–3/4 in. 1/2–3/4 in. 1–1-1/4 in. 2 1/2–3/4 in. 2 Table 16.254: NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet-Resistant Enclosures Class 9991 Type For Use With Class Type Size 8502 8536 8903 8502 8536 SBO, SCO SMO 30 A SDO 2 SDH1 8903 20 A SEO 3 SEH1 8903 8502 8536 LO LXO SPO SCH2 8903 SFH1 SQO Dimensions (see Figure 5) No. of Poles A B C D1 D2 E F G1 G2 H1 H2 J K L M N P All 8.83 224 12.30 312 7.12 181 1.39 35 1.44 37 6.00 152 7.50 191 2.61 66 2.19 56 2.08 53 2.62 66 14.28 363 1.37 35 1.37 35 1.88 48 4.38 111 1.83 46 All 9.83 250 16.30 414 8.62 219 1.39 35 1.44 37 7.00 178 11.50 292 2.61 66 2.19 56 2.08 53 2.62 66 16.78 426 1.31 33 1.75 44 2.13 54 4.88 124 1 1.83 1-1/4 46 1-1/2 All 12.63 321 25.30 643 8.62 219 1.39 35 1.44 37 10.00 254 20.60 523 2.61 66 2.19 56 2.08 53 2.62 66 19.78 502 1.31 33 2.31 59 2.69 68 6.38 162 12.63 321 40.30 1024 9.12 232 1.39 35 1.44 37 10.00 254 35.50 902 2.61 66 2.19 56 2.08 53 2.62 66 20.28 515 1.31 33 2.31 59 2.69 68 6.38 162 0, 1 K.O. K.O. X Y 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 60 A 100 A 8502 8536 SFO 4 All 8903 SVO 200 A 2-3 1 1.83 1-1/4 46 2 2-1/2 1 1.83 1-1/4 46 2 2-1/2 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 A D1 E D2 C N P G1 A F B G2 E B (4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 (3) Closing Plates (4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes D J M X NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS M "J" KO Top and Bottom X "L" KO Top and Bottom Y K L C H1 F G H2 Figure 5 G 2 16 Figure 4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-97 Separate Enclosures Approximate Dimensions Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.255: NEMA 4X—Watertight and Corrosion Resistant Enclosures Class 9991 Type For Use With Class Type Size 8903 SMO (E.H.) SBO, SCO SBO, SCO LO, LXO SPO (E.H.) SDO SDO 30 A All 0, 1 All 0, 1 All 20 A All 60 A All 2 2 All All SCW20 8502 SCW21 Dimensions (see Figure 6) No. of Poles 8536 8903 SDW20 8903 SDW21 8502 8536 Hub Dia. Top & Bot. X Weight (lb) A B C D E F G H I J K L Bot. Only W 6.50 165 6.44 164 12.13 308 .75 19 5.00 127 8.25 210 1.69 43 3.34 85 10.06 256 1.31 33 2.13 54 .31 8 3/4 in. 1 in. 7 8.50 216 7.06 179 13.88 352 .75 19 7.00 178 10.50 267 1.69 43 3.91 99 11.94 303 1.63 41 2.38 60 .31 8 3/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 13 Table 16.256: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Standard) For Use With Class 9991 Type Class Type SCW11 8903 8502 SDW11 SEW11 SFW11 Dimensions (see Figure 6) Hub Dia. L Bot. Only W Top & Bot. X Weight (lb) 2.31 59 2.31 59 .31 8 .31 8 3/4 in. 1 in. 12 2.00 51 2.63 67 .31 8 3/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 18 14.75 375 2.00 51 2.63 67 3.67 93 26.71 678 2.58 66 3.19 81 .31 8 .44 11 4.48 114 3.67 93 26.71 678 26.71 678 2.58 66 2.58 66 3.19 81 3.19 81 .44 11 .44 11 3/4 in. 2-1/2 in. 51 Size No. of Poles A B C D E F G H I J K SMO SBO, SCO 30 A 0, 1 All All 8536 SBO, SCO 0, 1 All 6.38 162 6.38 162 7.13 181 7.81 198 13.19 335 13.19 335 1.56 40 1.56 40 3.25 83 3.25 83 12.00 305 12.00 305 .59 15 .59 15 1.88 48 1.88 48 11.78 299 11.78 299 1.63 41 1.63 41 8903 8903 8502 LO, LXO SPO SDO 20 A 60 A 2 All All All 8.13 206 7.88 200 16.19 411 1.56 40 5.00 127 15.00 381 1.09 28 1.94 49 14.75 375 8536 SDO 2 All 8.13 206 8.56 217 16.19 411 1.56 40 5.00 127 15.00 381 1.09 28 2.88 73 8903 8502 8536 8536 SQO SEO SEO SFO 100 A 3 3 4 All All All All 18.15 461 8.77 223 32.21 818 3.08 78 12.00 305 30.50 775 .86 22 8502 SFO 4 All 18.15 461 18.15 461 9.58 243 8.77 223 32.21 818 32.21 818 3.08 78 3.08 78 12.00 305 12.00 305 30.50 775 30.50 775 .86 22 .86 22 Table 16.257: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Oversize) For Use With Dimensions (see Figure 7) Hub Dia. Class 9991 Type Class Type SCW2 8702 8736 SCO 1 All SCW3 8810 0 1 All SCW4 8502 8536 8702 8736 SBO SCO SBO, SCO (Form F4T) 0, 1 All 24 SDO 2 All 25 LO, LXO SMO, SPO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T) 20 A 30 A 60 A All 2 All SDW2 SDW3 8903 SDW4 8502 8536 D No. of Poles Size A E A B C D E F G H I J K L Bot. Only W 12.63 321 7.81 198 14.69 373 2.56 65 7.50 191 13.50 343 .59 15 3.88 98 18.41 468 1.66 42 2.31 59 .31 8 3/4 in. G F 1 in. Weight (lb) 23 14.88 378 7.25 184 16.19 411 2.56 65 9.75 248 15.00 381 .38 10 3.88 98 20.88 530 1.72 44 2.63 67 .31 8 3/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 19 29 28 A E D D Top & Bot. X D G B B F C 16 C NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS G G (4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes I I W X W X J H H K Figure 6 16-98 J K Figure 7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Separate Enclosures Class 9991 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions Table 16.258: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Standard) For Use With Class 9991 Type SCA11 SDA11 SEA11 SFA11 D Dimensions (see Figure 8) Class Type Size 8502 8536 8903 8502 8536 8903 8903 8903 8502 8536 8536 SBO, SCO SBO, SCO SMO SDO SDO LO, LXO SPO SQO SEO SEO SFO 0, 1 0, 1 30 A 2 2 20 A 60 A 100 A 3 3 4 No. of Poles All All All All All All All All All All All 8502 SFO 4 All A B C D E F G H I J Weight (lb) 6.38 162 8.53 217 12.75 324 1.56 40 3.25 83 12.00 305 .38 10 3.56 90 12.50 318 .31 8 10 8.13 206 9.28 236 16.00 406 1.56 40 5.00 127 15.00 381 .50 13 3.56 90 15.38 391 .31 8 15 18.15 461 9.24 235 31.50 800 3.08 78 12.0 305 30.50 775 .50 13 3.67 93 26.71 678 .44 11 18.15 461 18.15 461 9.58 243 9.24 235 31.50 800 31.50 800 3.08 78 3.08 78 12.0 305 12.0 305 30.50 775 30.50 775 .50 13 .50 13 4.48 114 3.67 93 26.71 678 26.71 678 .44 11 .44 11 A E D G F C G B (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes 51 I H Figure 8 Table 16.259: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Oversized) For Use With Dimensions (see Figure 9) Class 9991 Type Class Type SCA2 8702 8736 SCO 1 All SCA3 8810 0 1 All SCA4 8502 8536 SBO SCO SBO, SCO (Form F4T) 0, 1 All 19 SDA2 8702 8736 SDO 2 All 24 LO, LXO SMO, SPO (Form F4T) SDO (Form F4T) 20 A 30 A 60 A All 2 All SDA3 8903 SDA4 8502 8536 No. of Poles Size A B C D E F G H I J 11.88 302 7.75 197 13.5 343 2.56 65 6.75 171 12.75 324 .38 10 3.66 93 18.13 460 .31 8 D Weight (lb) A E D G 17 F C 18 G B (4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes 14.88 378 7.88 200 16.00 406 2.56 65 9.75 248 15.00 381 .50 13 3.66 93 21.25 540 .31 8 27 I 27 H Figure 9 Table 16.260: Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosures SDF13 (w/SDF1 & SDF2) SCF11 (w/SDF1 & SDF2) SDF11 (w/SDF1 & SDF2) Type Dimensions (see Figure 10) Size No. of Poles 8903 LO, LXO 20 A All 8502 8536 SBO, SCO SBO, SCO SMO (E.H.) SDO SDO SPO (E.H.) SEO SQO 0, 1 0, 1 All All 30 A All 2 2 All All 60 A All 3 100 A All All 8903 8502 8536 8903 8502 8903 A B C D E F G H Weight (lb) C 15.19 386 8.94 227 7.63 194 12.88 327 5.44 138 10.94 278 5.13 130 .38 10 17 13.44 341 7.19 183 5.88 149 11.13 283 4.75 121 9.19 233 4.50 114 .38 10 10 15.19 386 8.94 227 7.63 194 12.88 327 5.44 138 10.94 278 5.13 130 .38 10 17 31.00 787 16.75 425 14.25 362 26.25 667 8.00 203 — — .18 5 48 H H E A G D F B Figure 10 16 SEF11 For Use With Class NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 9991 Type © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-99 Factory Modifications (Forms) For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters www.schneider-electric.us Factory installed modifications are available for the classes of control equipment listed in the respective tables. Prices shown are additions to standard equipment prices and are not to be used as separate selling prices. Kits are also available for many field modifications and normal parts replacement on most control items. Refer to Classes 9998 and 9999 for complete listings. Standard equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are added. Such cases should be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are required. NOTE: If UL label is required, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Some Forms are not UL Listed. Table 16.261: Full Voltage Starters Factory Modifications Enclosure Type Form 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 A A A16 Start-Stop push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector switch 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 On-Off 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 — — — 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 336.00 599.00 378.00 AC — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 A3 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 A11 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1, 3R, 4, 12 C C C6 C6 G12d — — — — — 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 30.00 1, 3R, 4, 12 G122 — 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 44.00 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 Xf 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 High-Low-Stop 1, 4, 4X, 12 7, 9 1, 4, 12 A1 A1 A2 — 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 — 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 — 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 Fast-Off-Slow 1, 4, 12 A9 — 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 High-Low push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector 1, 4, 12 A10C — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 1, 4, 4X, 12 A11 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 1g, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1g, 4, 4X 7&9 1, 4, 12 1, 4, 4X, 12 7&9 1, 4, 12 C C C6 C6 C7 — — — — 224.00 C14 — CC17 — 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 599.00 336.00 336.00 599.00 671.00 Slow-Fast 1, 4, 4X, 12 C19 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 Forward-Reverse 1, 4, 4X, 12 C20 — 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 High-Low-Off-Auto 1, 4, 12 C25 — 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 671.00 Push Buttons a Start-Stop PILOT DEVICES IN COVER Full Voltage NonReversing Controllers Only Classes 8502 8536 8538 8539 Start-Stop (maintained contact)e Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking) Selector Switches Hand-Off-Auto On-Off NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices Addition of padlock attachment to Class 9001 operators Pilot Lights (specify color/type) b See Table 16.262 below. With Operating Interlock: Add price of each interlock per light Push Buttons a Forward-Reverse-Stop PILOT DEVICES IN COVER Full Voltage Reversing and Multi-Speed Controllers Only Classes 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812 a b c d e f 16 g Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking) Selector Switches Hand-Off-Auto On-Off High-Off-Low Forward-Off-Reverse High-Low and Hand-Off-Auto NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices Any G12d — 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 Pilot Lights b With Operating Interlock: 1, 4, 4X, 12 Xf 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 Add price of each interlock per light All push buttons are momentary contact unless specified otherwise. Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green), etc. as shown in the table below. Unless otherwise requested, standard practice is to wire red pilot light to indicate device is energized. No additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire green pilot light to indicate device is de-energized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is supplied. A wiring diagram must be supplied for other pilot light colors and/or arrangements. Pilot lights available at 120 to 600 V only. Specify marking and/or Class 9001 Type KN or Type SKN legend plate required. Specify appropriate Class 9001 Type K or SK operator required. To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on page 16-15 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page 16-52 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Various form combinations selected may force the use of a larger enclosure. Table 16.262: Pilot Light Forms NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Standard Red ON Red OFF Red Unwired Green ON Green OFF Green Unwired Amber Clear Yellow Blue White Red LOW - Green HI Green LOW - Red HI Red OFF - Green FWD/REV Green OFF - Red FWD/REV 16-100 Form P1 P71 P38 P72 P2 P39 P3 P4 P35 P36 P37 P73 P74 P75 P76 Ty 1/4/12 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 672.00 672.00 1008.00 1008.00 Push-to-Test Ty 7/9 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 1197.00 1197.00 1796.00 1796.00 Form P21 P81 P28 P82 P22 P29 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 P83 P84 P85 P86 Ty 1/4/12 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 435.00 870.00 870.00 1305.00 1305.00 LED Ty 7/9 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 1197.00 1197.00 1796.00 1796.00 Form P51 P91 P58 P92 P52 P59 P53 P54 P55 P56 P57 P93 P94 P95 P96 Ty 1/4/12 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 383.00 765.00 765.00 1184.00 1184.00 LED-Push-to-Test Ty 7/9 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 1197.00 1197.00 1796.00 1796.00 Form P42 P43 P44 P45 P46 P47 P63 P64 P48 P66 P67 P77 P78 P79 P80 Ty 1/4/12 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 482.00 963.00 963.00 1445.00 1445.00 Ty 7/9 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 599.00 1197.00 1197.00 1796.00 1796.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 8536 www.schneider-electric.us For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters Table 16.263: Full Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 NEMA SIZE Enclosure Type Factory Modifications Separate Control Circuit— (specify voltage and frequency) Form 00 Any Sa 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge Fused Control Circuit (without control transformer) CONTROL CIRCUIT Full Voltage and Multi-Speed Controllers Only Classes 8502 8536 8538 8539 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 F 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 — — 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12 F4 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 — — Control Circuit Transformersb—Standard capacity (50 or 60 Hz) Note: All orders requesting Form FT will be supplied as Form F4T. FUSES Primary Secondary 2 1 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T 698.00 698.00 698.00 855.00 1112.00 1283.00 1412.00 c 1412.00 1412.00 2 1 7&9 FF4T 755.00 755.00 755.00 1053.00 1353.00 1640.00 1839.00 c 1839.00 1839.00 2 2 1, 4, 4X, 12 F4F10T 698.00 698.00 698.00 855.00 1112.00 1283.00 1412.00 c 998.00 — — Additional Capacity (50 or 60 Hz) Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary 100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T11 998.00 998.00 1197.00 1425.00 1566.00 c 1710.00 c 1710.00 100 VA additional capacity 7&9 FF4T11 1053.00 1053.00 1053.00 1395.00 1668.00 1925.00 c 2138.00 c — — 200 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T12 1241.00 1241.00 1241.00 1467.00 1695.00 c 1839.00 c 1839.00 c 1839.00 1839.00 2109.00 1710.00 300 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T13 1481.00 1481.00 c 1481.00 c 1737.00 c 1967.00 c 2109.00 c 2109.00 c 2109.00 400 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T14 1967.00 1967.00 c 1967.00 c 2280.00 c 2507.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 500 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 4X, 12 FF4T15 2250.00 2250.00 c 2250.00 c 2564.00 c 2793.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c All combination style devices such as 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739, that use Form S should also use Form Y74 (auxiliary contact installed on disconnect switch) per NEC Article 430-74. Table 16.266 at right. Single primary voltage must be specified. bSelection of Control Circuit Transformers Table 16.264: Marine Control Factory Modification Class 8502 8536 8538 8539 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8941 Enclosure Type Form The standard primary/secondary voltages for control circuit transformers are indicated in the following table. $ Price Table 16.266: Modification of standard device for use as marine control per UL508 12/3R 4/4X (S.S. only) AC-OPERATED DEVICES With Control Transformers M10 See Below Voltage 60 Hz (Primary–Secondary) Table 16.265: Form NEMA Sized 00e 0e 1 2 M10 — — 338.00 450.00 d Not available for NEMA Size 7. e Cannot be used with Marine controls. 3 720.00 4 5 6 1260.00 3015.00 4725.00 f 120–12f 120–24f 208–120 240–24f 240–120 277–120 480–24f 480–120 480–240 600–120 Specify 12 V coils are not available on Sizes 3–7. 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. Code V88 V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86 V99 To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously selected voltage code (V• •) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The secondary voltage should equal the previously selected coil voltage of the device. Example: You have previously selected a Class 8536SDG1V02S. V02S means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary with Solid State Overload Relay Protection Class 20 Trip Class (H20). The new and complete class, type, voltage code and form number will be: 16 g Class Type Voltage Code Form g 8536 SDG1 V81 FF4H20T Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. Each letter indicates the beginning of a new form and may be followed by one or more numbers. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS a b c One fuse Two fuses © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-101 Factory Modifications (Forms) For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters and Solid State Overload Relays www.schneider-electric.us Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 Solid State Overload Relay Factory Modifications (Forms) The solid state overload relay is available on NEMA Size 00–7. For Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810 devices. H Form Description Type S Starter with MOTOR LOGIC™ Solid State Overload Relay 3—MOTOR LOGIC, Class 10/20 (Selectable) # # # 0—No additional modifications 1—N.O. Auxiliary Contact (Field Convertible to N.C.) Special Overload/Contactor Size Combinations (Base Unit & Feature Units): (Must Be Specified On Size 00 Starter Orders) Blank -Overload Matched to Starter Size (i.e., Size 1 contactor & 9-27 A overload) 0—A 6–18 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 1—A 9–27 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 2—A 15–45 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 3—A 30–90 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 4—A 45–135 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number 8—A 1.5–4.5 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number (only offered on Feature Units) 9—A 3–9 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number SPECIAL NOTE for Class 8810 devices: You MUST SPECIFY TWO SEPARATE FORM NUMBERS TO GET MOTOR LOGIC OVERLOADS ON TWO SPEED STARTERS. The catalog number will be alphanumeric. EXAMPLE: Open Style, Size 4 Two Speed Starter with MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relays Required. Single Winding, 460 V, Constant or Variable Torque High Speed FLA = 96 A Low Speed FLA = 27 A (use Size 2 Overload) Catalog Number to Order: 8810SF01V02H20H202S Where: Form H20 is a Size 4 Contactor with a 45-135 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay for the High Speed and form H202 is a 15–45 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay on the low speed contactor. Table 16.267: Classes 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810 NEMA Size (Overload Current Range) Factory Modifications Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay with Auxiliary Contact Form 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A 15–45 A 30–90 A 45–135 A 90–270 A 180–540 A 270–810 A Class 10/20 (Selectable) H30 93.00 93.00 93.00 102.00 116.00 131.00 215.00 215.00 Std. Class 10/20 (Selectable) H31 149.00 149.00 149.00 161.00 171.00 188.00 270.00 270.00 56.00 Table 16.268: Special Starter Combinations with Motor Logic Overload Relay Protection NEMA Solid State Overload Relay Size Contactor 00B 00C 0 1 2 Size 00 h Std 0 h h Std 1 h h h Std h Possible factory starter combinations available. 3 NEMA Contactor Size 2 3 4 4 Solid State Overload Relay Size 00B 00C 0 1 2 3 4 h n/a n/a h n/a n/a h n/a n/a h n/a n/a Std n/a n/a Std h Std Table 16.269: Adapted Bimetal Overload Relay for NEMA Type S Starter This bimetallic overload relay is available on NEMA Sizes 00, 0 & 1 for Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738 and 8739 devices. To order a astarter with the adapter ONLY add Form E to the catalog number (8536SBG2V02ES). When ordering with the adapter and bimetallic overload relay installed, please use the Q2C product configurator. E Form Description Bimetal Overload Relay X YY Z 1—Class 10 Balanced Loads 2—Class 20 Balanced Loads 3—Class 10 Unbalanced Loads (single phase) 4—Class 20 Unbalanced Loads (single phase) YY—Numbers (suffix from O/L table below i.e. 4 to 6 FLA use suffix 10 Z—0 for Screw Terminal and 6 for Ring Tongue Terminals 16 Sample Catalog Number: 8536SCO3V02E2160S NEMA Size 1 Starter controlling a 7.5 hp motor (FA 11) Bimetal would be: LRD16L (9 to 13 FLA) NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 16.270: TeSys N Size 5–7, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Current Setting Range Amperes 0.40 to 0.63 0.63 to 1 1 to 1.6 1.6 to 2.5 2.5 to 4 4 to 6 5.5 to 8 7 to 10 9 to 13 12 to 18 17 to 24 23 to 32 16-102 Class 20 with Single Phase Class 20 without Single Phase Class 20 with Single Phase Class 20 without Single Phase Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity W/O Lugs W/O Lugs With Lugs With Lugs LRD04L LRD05L LRD06L LRD07L LRD08L LRD10L LRD12L LRD14L LRD16L LRD21L LRD22L LRD32L LR3D04L LR3D05L LR3D06L LR3D07L LR3D08L LR3D10L LR3D12L LR3D14L LR3D16L LR3D21L LR3D22L LR3D32L LRD04L6 LRD05L6 LRD06L6 LRD07L6 LRD08L6 LRD10L6 LRD12L6 LRD14L6 LRD16L6 LRD21L6 LRD22L6 LRD32L6 LR3D04L6 LR3D05L6 LR3D06L6 LR3D07L6 LR3D08L6 LR3D10L6 LR3D12L6 LR3D14L6 LR3D16L6 LR3D21L6 LR3D22L6 LR3D32L6 CP1 Discount Schedule Adder CP1 List $ Price 85.28 85.28 85.28 85.28 85.28 85.28 87.46 87.46 87.46 87.46 87.46 87.46 Factory Installed Catalog Number Suffix 04 05 06 07 08 10 12 14 16 21 22 32 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Factory Modifications (Forms) For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.271: TeSys T Motor Management System Modifications - H6xx or H7xx for use with Class 8536 and 8736 (Open Starters) NOTE: Product Configurator Must Be Used To Order TeSys T Open Starters. Used on Size Control Voltage 100-240 Vac Form Range Control Voltage 24 Vdc Form Code Communication Type List Price Adder 00, 0, 1 0.4–8 A H61Xa H71Xa 2 Modbus $2,295.00 0, 1 1.35–27 A H62Xa H72Xa 3 ProfiBus $2,550.00 2, 3 5.0–100 A H63Xa H73Xa 4 CANopen $2,550.00 4 8–160 (CT 300:5 3 turns) H65Xa H75Xa 5 DeviceNet $2,550.00 5 24–480 A (CT 300:5 1 turn) H66Xa H76Xa 6 Ethernet $2,805.00 6 48–960 A (CT 600:5 1 turn) H67Xa H77Xa or a Where X is the communication option per table (i.e.H612) NOTE: Auxiliary contact for control of starter coil has a maximum rating of 240V AC. Table 16.272: Full Voltage Controllers Only Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812 Factory Modifications Enclosure Type Form NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A single pole N.O. unit Any Y428 287.00 287.00 287.00 b 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A single pole N.C. unit Any Y429 287.00 287.00 287.00 b 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00 287.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A double pole N.O./N.O. unit Any Y430 441.00 441.00 441.00 b 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A double pole N.C./N.C. unit Any Y434 441.00 441.00 441.00 b 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 1, — 30 A double pole N.O./N.C. unit Any Y435 441.00 441.00 441.00 b 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 441.00 Power Poles Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — single pole N.O. unit Any Y436 414.00 b 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — single pole N.C. unit Any Y437 414.00 b 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00 414.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — double pole N.O./N.O. unit Any Y438 698.00 b 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — double pole N.C./N.C. unit Any Y439 698.00 b 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 Addition of one NEMA Size 2 — — — double pole N.O./N.C. unit Any Y440 698.00 b 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 698.00 Coil transient suppressor (120 Volt only). Per Coil. Any Y145 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired). Miscellaneous Addition Wired, per terminal. Each 1, 4, 12 G56a — 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 Unwired, per terminal. Each 1, 4, 12 G50a — 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 a Addition of terminal block type 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. Number of circuits is same as ending of form number. (Ex.: G505 is 5 un-wired terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only. b When adding a power pole to a Size 2 device, also specify Form Y118 and add $140.00. Table 16.273: Reversing Full Voltage Starters Onlyc Class 8810 Form NEMA Size 1 2010.00 2862.00 2037.00 1340.00 2172.00 1368.00 1566.00 2421.00 1596.00 1566.00 2421.00 1596.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2 2451.00 3533.00 2564.00 1710.00 2646.00 1823.00 — — — 1823.00 2885.00 1938.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3 2664.00 4886.00 2862.00 2165.00 4388.00 2366.00 — — — — — — 1336.00 4559.00 2537.00 2885.00 5129.00 3105.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — 4 5 6 7 4872.00 9471.00 13944.00 19328.00 7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00 5079.00 10839.00 14990.00 20397.00 2165.00 5355.00 — — 5327.00 7691.00 — — 4815.00 5925.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 3596.00 — — — 5840.00 — — — 5327.00 — — — — 5868.00 11039.00 — — 8204.00 15354.00 — — 6438.00 12861.00 — — — 13802.00 — — — 18075.00 — — — 14871.00 — — — 15425.00 15425.00 — — 19697.00 19697.00 — — 17562.00 17562.00 — — 12293.00 13004.00 — — 16565.00 17276.00 — — 13361.00 14072.00 16 0 1 Y791 2010.00 Molded case circuit breaker 4, 7d, 9d Y791 2862.00 12 Y791 2037.00 1 Y792 1340.00 Non–fusible disconnect switch 4, 9d Y792 2172.00 12 Y792 1368.00 1 Y793 1566.00 Fusible switch with 30 A fuse clips 4 Y793 2421.00 12 Y793 1596.00 1 Y794 — Fusible switch with 60 A fuse clips 4 Y794 — 12 Y794 — 1 Y795 — Fusible switch with 100 A fuse clips 4 Y795 — Circuit Breaker 12 Y795 — or 1 Y796 — Disconnect Switch Fusible switch with 200 A fuse clips 4 Y796 — 12 Y796 — 1 Y797 — Fusible switch with 400 A fuse clips 4 Y797 — 12 Y797 — 1 Y798 — Automatic molded case switch with 600 A fuse clips 4 Y798 — 12 Y798 — 1 Y799 — Automatic molded case switch with 1200 A or less fuse clips 4 Y799 — 12 Y799 — 1 Y7910 — Automatic molded case switch 4 Y7910 — 12 Y7910 — c For non-reversing 2-speed starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker, see pages 16-60–16-64. d NEMA 7 & 9 adders apply to 8810 non-reversing devices Sizes 0, 1 and 2 only. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Factory Modifications Enclosure Type © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-103 Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, and 8810 www.schneider-electric.us For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters Table 16.274: Full Voltage Controllersf Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, and 8810 NEMA Size Factory Modifications Control relay (4 & 8 poles) Enclosure Type Form 1, 12 4, 4Xb 7, 9 1, 12 4, 4Xb 7, 9 R174 R174 R174 R178 R178 R178 $ 485.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 1112.00 1112.00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW 7 PW 1 YD 2 YD 3 YD 4 YD 5 YD 6 YD 7 YD $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 — — 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 741.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 — — 1 3R, 4, 4Xb, 12 7, 9 1 3R, 4, 4Xb, 12 7, 9 1, 3R, 4, 12 4Xb, 7, 9 1, 3R, 4, 12 4Xb, 7, 9 K25 K25 K25 K26 K26 K26 K37 K37 K38 K38 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 0 Pneumatic Timing Relay – specify Class 9050 Type A or B 0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—On delay 0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—Off delay 1.0 to 3.0 minute—On delay 1.0 to 3.0 minute—Off delay 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1566.00 1566.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1197.00 1566.00 — 1197.00 1566.00 — 1197.00 — 1197.00 — 1197.00 1566.00 — 1197.00 1566.00 — 1197.00 — 1197.00 — Solid State Timing Relay (specify timing range) and timer 1, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12 K1070 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 449.00 (120 V control required) Motor driven timing relayac 1, 4, 12 K5 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 Phase failure and phase reversal relay with time delay option including under and over voltage protection. Addition of a protective relay with options of Phase Failure with Time Delay, Phase Reversal and Under/ 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9, 12 R44 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 Over Voltage Protection. (RM3TR1). Both motor voltage and control voltage (V8• voltage code) must be specified with device even if Form S is specified. Form replaces Forms Y444, Y445, Y447, Y448 and Y449. For multispeed controllers: 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R1 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 941.00 Compelling relay (requires motor to be started in low speed) Accelerating relay (provides timed acceleration to selected speed): For Class 8810 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 For Class 8811 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 For Class 8812 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R2 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 Decelerating relay (imposes a timing delay during transfer from a higher to a lower speed): For Class 8810 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 For Class 8811 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 For Class 8812 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R3 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 Antiplugging timers and relays 1, 4, 7, 9, 12 R10 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 Ammeter in cover (includes current transformer if required) 1, 12 G91 1994.00 1994.00 1994.00 1994.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 Ammeter and switch with two current transformers 1, 12 G92 — 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 d Ammeter and switch with three current transformers 1, 12 G93 — 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 Meters Voltmeter mounted 1, 12 G94 — 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 and Voltmeter and switch mounted 1, 12 G95 — 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 Metering Elapsed time meter 1, 12 G97 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 827.00 Operation counter 1, 12 G99 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 Additional starter (contactor) auxiliary contacts (Specify number of additional N.O. or N.C. contacts required Any Xe 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 per contactor.) Each will be X_ _ (2 digits) i.e. X01 Auxiliary contacts installed on disconnect switch or circuit breaker operating mechanism. Auxiliary Contacts SPDT 1, 4, 4X, 12 Y74 192.00 192.00 192.00 221.00 221.00 413.00 413.00 413.00 DPDT 1, 4, 4X, 12 Y75 386.00 386.00 386.00 441.00 441.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 (Note: Above contacts do not switch with automatic tripping of circuit breaker. If such operation is required, consult your nearest Schneider Electric Sales Office.) Space heater with N.C. auxiliary contact 1, 4, 4X, 12 G51 386.00 386.00 684.00 1097.00 1767.00 2622.00 3987.00 3987.00 Function identification plate, with marking as specified Any G11 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 42.80 Drain and breather installed 7 & 9g Y41 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 372.00 — Cover gaskets added to NEMA 1 enclosures: For Classes 8538 and 8539 1 Y47 143.00 143.00 Std. Std. Std. Std. — — For Classes 8738 and 8739 1 Y47 Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. Std. — — Enclosures For other full voltage controllers 1 Y47 143.00 143.00 215.00 320.00 534.00 1070.00 1710.00 1710.00 For reduced voltage controllers 1 Y47 143.00 143.00 215.00 320.00 534.00 1070.00 1710.00 1710.00 Brushed stainless steel watertight device (add to catalog price of sheet steel watertight device): Class 8606 — Y56 — — 1710.00 2138.00 3419.00 4773.00 8546.00 8546.00 Classes 8630 and 8640 — Y56 — Std. Std. Std. Std. 4773.00 8546.00 8546.00 a If controller has a control transformer, price that transformer with additional capacity for the relay provided. b This adder, used with a NEMA 4X enclosure, applies only to Classes 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739 and 8810 non-reversing. c Specify control and line voltage. d Motor hp and voltage required when placing order. Meters will be panel mounted in NEMA 12 enclosures. e To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on page 16-15 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page 16-45 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). f NEMA Type 7 & 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices. g Available only on SPIN TOP™ and cast aluminum NEMA 7/9 enclosures. Auxiliary Relays 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-104 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Magnetic Coils Class 9998 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.275: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Contactors and Starters (Refer to Table 16.277 on page 16-106 for listing of mechanically held unlatch coils.) Poles Coil Prefix or Class and Type 2–6 9998L 8–12 9998LH 2–4 9998L Equipment To Be Serviced Device Size Type a b c Hz Coil VA $ Price 24 V 23 24 23 24 23 24 23 24 23 — 110-115 V — 44 — 44 — 44 — 44 a 45 120 V 44 45 44 45 44 45 44 45 45 — 208 V 50 52 50 — 50 52 50 — 52 — 220 V a 53 a 53 — 53 — 53 a 54 240 V 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 54 — 277 V 55 — 55 — 55 — 55 — 55 — 380 V — 60 — 60 — 60 — 60 59 — 440 V — 62 — 62 — 62 — 62 a 62 480 V 62 63 62 — 62 63 62 — 62 — 550 V — 65 — 65 — 65 — 65 a 65 600 V 65 66 65 — 65 66 65 — 65 — Inrush 150 140 180 170 150 140 180 170 165 — Sealed 30 30 35 35 — — — — 33 — 85.00 98.00 6–12 9998LH 00 SAb (Series B) All 9998SAC 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 00 0, 1, 1–P & 30 A SA (Series A) SB, SC & SM All 31041-400 60 50 20 22 a 42 42 43 48 — a 51 51 53 52 — 56 57 58 60 60 a 61 62 62 64 245 232 27 26 2&3 31063-409 2 & 60 A SD & SP 4&5 31063-400 2&3 31074-400 4&5 31091-400 All 31091-400 All 31096-400 All 31096-320 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 60 50 16 17 16 17 16 17 — — — — — — — — a 38 a 38 a 38 a 38 a 38 a 09 50 50 38 39 38 39 38 39 38 39 38 39 09 10 50 50 44 — 44 — 44 — 44 — 44 — 15 — 51 — a 47 a 47 a 47 a 47 a 47 a 18 52 52 47 48 47 48 47 48 47 48 47 48 18 — 52 52 49 — 49 — 49 — 49 — 49 — 19 — 53 — 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 53 54 21 22 54 54 a 57 a 57 a 57 a 57 a 57 a 24 55 55 57 — 57 — 57 — 57 58 57 58 24 — 55 55 a 60 a 60 a 60 a 60 a 60 a 29 — — 60 61 60 61 60 61 60 61 60 61 29 30 — — 311 296 438 429 700 678 1185 1260 1185 1260 2970 2970 1300 — 1780 37 36 38 37 46 47 85 89 85 89 212 250 14 — 48 1960 59 1530 1250 — — L Coils for Present Design Magnetic Contactors and Starters Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8651, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811, 8812, 8903, 8910c and 8940 (except NP) Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number.) 30 A LX (Latch) 3 & 100 A DPA12_, SE, SQ & SYD138 SF, SV & 4 & 200 A SYD230 SG, SX & SYD368 Series A 5 & 300 A SG, SX & SYD368 Series B 6&7 SH & SJ SY, SZ, SJ (Elect. Held) 400, 600 & 800 A SY, SZ, SJ (Mech. Held) Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil. Use on Type S Series B devices only. For 8910DPA1x to DPA9x, see page 16-71. 2–3 2–3 Coil Part Number 3110440050 (All System Voltages) 31104-418 60 50 a 09 — — 09 — 15 — a 18 18 — 19 — — — a 24 24 — a 29 29 — 85.00 85.00 85.00 85.00 128.00 128.00 254.00 254.00 254.00 354.00 600.00 860.00 860.00 NEMA S Size 5 E-Coil Modification Kit Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8651, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811, 8812, 8910 and 8903 Consisting of: • E-Coil • Armature • 15 A, 600 V Fuse and Holder (Class 9999SFR) • Bottom Magnet • Instruction Material Table 16.276: Description Coil Modification Kit 120 V Coil Modification Kit 480 V Coil Modification Kit 277 V Coil Modification Kit 208 V Coil Modification Kit 240 V Coil Modification Kit 380 V $ Price 1506.00 1506.00 1506.00 1506.00 1506.00 1506.00 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Catalog Number 9998SG120 9998SG480 9998SG277 9998SG208 9998SG240 9998SG380 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP10 Discount Schedule 16-105 Magnetic Coils Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.277: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Relays, Timers and Contactors Equipment To Be Serviced Poles Coil Prefix or Class and Type All 9998-Xa A All 2959-S49- Bb All 31017-400- Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number) Hz Coil VA $ Price 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 440 V 480 V 550 V 600 V Inrush Sealed 51 52 W34A W34B 61 — 52 53 W34B W35A 61 63 53 — W35A W35B 63 64 55 — W35B W36A 65 — — — — — — — — 62 W37B W38A 70 72 62 — W38A W38B 72 73 — 65 W38B W39A 73 75 65 — W39A W39B 75 76 148 143 74 68 165 155 23 25 17 17 27 27 Mechanically Held Unlatch Coils—Classes 8508 and 8903 Note: A latch coil is also used with mechanically held devices. For selection of latch coils for mechanically held relays, refer to page 16-105. 60 23 — 44 51 — 53 55 — — 62 LX All 9998LX 50 — 44 — — 53 — — — 62 — 60 W23B c W30B W33A c W33B W34A — c W36B SM, SP All 2959-S13 8903 50 W24B W30B W31B — W33B W34B — W36A W36B — (Lighting SQ, SV, SX, 60 03 c 09 15 c 18 20 — c 24 Contactors) All 31096-416 SY, SZ 50 — 09 — — 18 — — 22 24 — 60 03 c 09 15 c 18 20 — c 24 31123-403 SJ All 50 — 09 — — 18 — — 22 24 — — 65 c W37B c 28 c 28 65 — W37B — 28 — 28 — 25 — 80 — 550 — 2100 — — — — — — — — — Device Type Classes 8501 and 9050 8501 X (Relays) 9050 (Timer) 24 V 60 50 60 50 60 50 23 24 W25A W25B 33 34 110–115 V 120 V — 44 W31B W32A — — 44 — W32A W32B 54 55 69.00 132.00 98.00 118.00 202.00 202.00 202.00 Table 16.278: Replacement DC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Relays and Timers Equipment To Be Serviced Class 8501 (Relays) 9050 (Timers) Type Poles XD XDL XUD C H All — All Suffix Number (Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number.) Coil Prefix or Class and Type 6V 12 V 18 V 24 V 32 V 48 V 64 V 72 V 90 V 110 V 9998 XD 9998 XDL 9998 XUD 31018-4004491S1 19 19 19 22 W21 28 28 28 31 W24 34 34B — — — 37 37B 37 40 W27 40 40B — — — 46 46B 46 49 W30 49 49B — — — 52 52B — — — 55 55B — — — — — — — — 115/ 125 V 220 V 58 — 58B — 58d — 61 — W34 — 230/ 250 V 67 67B 67d 70 W37 Coil Burden Watts $ Price 18 50 16 14 14 168.00 216.00 168.00 312.00 210.00 Table 16.279: Replacement Coil for 8903 Panel Board Lighting Contactors Replacement Catalog Number $ Price e Solenoid 120 V 9998PBV02 428.00 208 V 9998PBV08 428.00 8903 PB 240/277 V 9998PBV39 428.00 480 V 9998PBV28 428.00 To order an unlatch coil add the letter “L” to the type number and the letter “B” to the suffix number. Example: For a 120 V 60 Hz unlatch coil order a Class 9998 Type XL44B. Price for the 9998 Type XL coil series is $114.00. Series C (Double Pole) and Series E (Single Pole). Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil. Not dual rated. 125 Vdc or 250 Vdc only. CP1 discount schedule. Class a b c d e Type 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-106 CP10 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Replacement Parts Kits Class 9998 www.schneider-electric.us Class 9998 replacement parts kits are available for servicing Square D relays, contactors, and starters as well as pressure, vacuum, and float switches. Each kit contains the necessary movable and stationary contacts, contact springs (when required—NEMA Size 3 and above do not include contact springs, and springs are not available), and additional hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it may be necessary to order an additional kit. Table 16.282: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits Device Device Type Series DPR53 A DPR63 A RO10 A&B RO11 A&B RO12 A&B RO13 A&B b Single pole kits. Class Type SA-, (Series B) SB- 8502 8536 8538 8539 8547 8549 8606 8630 8640 8647 8702 8736 8738 8739 8810 8811 8812 8940 SB-, SC-(Power Pole Adder) SCSDSD-(Power Pole Adder) SESFSGSHSJ- 8903 No. of Class 9998 NEMA Size Poles Parts Kit or in Kit Type No. Ampere Rating 00 3 SJ1 3 SL2 0 4 SL12 0&1 1 SL22 1 & 1P 3 SL3 1 4 SL13 3 SL4 2 4 SL14 2 1 SL24 2 SL6 3 3 SL7 2 SL8 4 3 SL9 2 SL10 5 3 SL11 2 SL25 6 3 SL26 2 SL30 7 3 SL31 L (Series C) & LX (Series B) 30 A SM- 30 A SP- 60 A SQ- 100 A SV- 200 A SX- 300 A SY- 400 A SZ- 600 A SJ- 800 A PBM, PBP PBN, PBQ PBM, PBP PBN, PBQ PBR, PBV, PBW PBR, PBV, PBW 30, 60 A 75, 100 A 30, 60 A 75, 100 A 150, 200, 225 A 150, 200, 225 A 4 RA5B Equipment To Be Serviced Class Class 8502 & 8536a Type SA-, (Series A) 2510 Manual Starters $ Price 90.00 130.00 176.00 63.00 188.00 246.00 370.00 494.00 124.00 442.00 662.00 848.00 1270.00 2104.00 3120.00 3762.00 5606.00 5454.00 8162.00 Type M-, T- Class 9998 Kit Type $ Price — — C C C C RA14 RA15 RA16 RA17 52.00 59.00 202.00 202.00 236.00 236.00 3 4 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 SL3 SL13 SL4 SL14 SL6 SL7 SL8 SL9 SL10 SL11 SL25 SL26 SL32 SL33 SL30 SL31 188.00 246.00 370.00 494.00 442.00 662.00 848.00 1270.00 2104.00 3120.00 3762.00 5606.00 3762.00 5606.00 5454.00 8162.00 2 PB2 520.00 3 PB3 780.00 2 3 PB14 PB15 850.00 1276.00 No. of Class 9998 NEMA Poles in Parts Kit Type $ Price Kit No. Size M-0 3 ML1 90.00 M-1 & 3 ML2 106.00 M-1P Table 16.284: Replacement Control Transformers (150 VA) Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 6 Voltage 60 Hz 240/480–120 208–120 277–120 — 600–120 120–120 240–120 50 Hz 220/440–110 — — 380–110 550–110 110–110 220–110 Part Number $ Price 3110451250 3110451252 3110451253 3110451254 3110451251 3110451255 3110451256 188.00 Table 16.285: Replacement Control Transformers (200 VA) Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 7 Voltage 174.00 Table 16.281: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits for Obsolete Designs Equipment To Be Serviced Device Series Table 16.283: Manual Starter Contact Kits Table 16.280: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits for Present Designs Equipment To Be Serviced Class 9998 Kit Type DRC5b DRC6b RA10 RA11 RA12 RA13 60 Hz 240/480–120 208–120 277–120 — 600–120 120–120 240–120 50 Hz 220/440–110 — — 380–110 550–110 110–110 220–110 Part Number $ Price 3112350150 3112350152 3112350153 3112350154 3112350151 3112350155 3112350156 236.00 Table 16.286: Class 8910, 8911 & 8965 Replacement Contact Kits Device To Be Serviced Class 8910 Type SYD138 SYD230 SYD368 DPA_50A DPA_60A DPA_75A DPA_90A Class 8911 Type — — — DPSO5_ — — — Class 9998 Series — — — A, B A, B A A 1-Pole Type — — — DRC5 DRC6 DRC7 DRC9 $ Price 3-Pole Type SL27 SL28 SL29 — — — — 662.00 1270.00 3120.00 52.00 59.00 100.00 132.00 Table 16.287: How to Order To Order Specify: NEMA Size No. of Poles in Kit Class 9998 Parts Kit Type No. $ Price 00 3 4 SL2 SL12 130.00 176.00 • • Class Number Type Number Catalog Number Class Type 9998 SL6 LL, L (Series A, B) & 20 A 4 RA5 174.00 LX (Series A) Includes reversing, two speed and similar devices. Select coil based on NEMA size of basic starter or contactor. 16 a NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 8903 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP10 Discount Schedule 16-107 Replacement Parts Kits Starter Accessories Class 9998, 9999 www.schneider-electric.us Contact Units for Melting Alloy Type Overload Relays One normally closed contact, Class 9998 Type SO1, is provided in each overload relay block on Type S starters Sizes 00-6. The Class 9998 Type SO1 contact unit listed below is provided as standard in each Class 9065 melting alloy overload relay. Contact modules can be easily replaced and are identified in the table below. Isolated overload relay alarm circuit contacts are available as an optional feature. A pilot light or alarm bell can be wired in series with this contact to indicate that the overload relay has tripped. For further information on isolated alarm contacts refer to Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 (page 16-113). Table 16.288: Class 9998 Type SO1 Magnetic Starter NEMA Size 00–4 &6 5 a b Type Series SA–SF SH A&B SG Description a Standard N.C. contact unit Standard N.C. contact unit N.C. and N.O. alarm (three point) contact unit A Parts Kit Number $ Price Class 9998 Type SO1b 39.40 3110251450 3110251451 134.00 196.00 Refer to page 16-110 for contact ratings. The Type SO1 is also the replacement contact unit for Class 9065 Type M melting alloy overload relays. Class 9998 Type UB Universal Baseplate Overload Contact Unit Part No. 31102-514-50. Used on Size 5 Starter (8536SGO) with Melting Alloy Overload Relay. L1 L1 L2 Table 16.289: Competitor Starter Allen Bradley 509 Allen Bradley 709 Cutler Hammer Freedom Series Furnas ESP100 Furnas INNOVA General Electric CR306 Telemecanique “A” Line and Pre-type “S” NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate 0, 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 00, 0, 1 2 3 4 UB01 UB02 UB03 UB04 0, 1 2 3 4 0, 1 2 3 4 00, 0, 1 2 3 4 0, 1 UB11 2 UB12 3 UB13 4 UB14 $ Price No charge Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits L2 Disconnecting Means, Provided by User, or with Controller 1 A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently using a competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location of the starter to be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00 through 4, and mounting screws are provided with each plate. The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters: L3 Jumper strap kits are for use on three-phase manual or magnetic starters with melting alloy overload relays only, where a three-phase starter is used to control a single-phase motor. These kits will include two jumper straps, a wiring diagram showing how to wire a three-phase starter to control a single-phase motor, and single-phase (one thermal unit) selection tables. Table 16.290: Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits T1 T2 T1 T3 For Starter Class Size 00, 0, 1, 2 and M0 & M1 3,4 5 T2 Three Phase Starter Motor Wired to Control a Single Phase Motor Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits ALL c Type SA, SB, SC, SD and M & T (Manual) SE, SF SG Class 9998 Kit Type $ Price c SO31 14.30 SO32 None Available 50.00 CP1 discount schedule. How to Order Table 16.291: How to Order To Order Specify: • • Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 9998 UB01 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-108 CP10 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories Class 9999 www.schneider-electric.us Cover-Mounted Control Units Class 9999 push button, selector switch and pilot light cover-mounted control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1, 3R, 4 or 12 Type S contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are furnished with many enclosure covers for convenient field installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions. The Class 9999 cover mounted control unit kits are identical to the units which are factory installed. Table 16.292: NEMA 1 Kit 8538, 8539 and 8903 Pre-Series K Description For Use With Push Button Red or Green Pilot Lightb Type NEMA No. Size of or Ampere Poles Rating Voltage Class With Control Transformer (Form F4T) Type SA, SB & 00, 0, 1 & 1P SC SD 2 8502 & SE 3 8536 8538 8539 8702 8736 All Standard OnOff $ Hand- On- Price OffOff Auto 120 V 60 Hz Type Type Type Type SA10 SC2 SA3 SC8 SA10 SC2 Price Type Price Type SP2R 215. SF SG–SJ SB & SC SD SE SF SG–SJ 4 5–7 0&1 2 3 4 5–7 L 20 A All 215. SP3R 215. SA2 215. SP4R 215. 215. SP5R 215. 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3 215. SP28Rc 215. 215. SP12R 215. 215. SP13R 215. SA2 215. SP14R 215. 215. SP15R 215. 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3 SP28Rc 215. — Red or Green Pilot Light Selector Switch StartStop SP28Rc 215. All SP28Rc 2–3 SP28Rc 4–5 SP28Rc All SP28Rc All SP28Rc All SP12R All 6–600 SP13R Volts All SP14R All 50–60 SP15R Hz All SP28Rc NEMAs 1, 3R & 12 Kit 8538, 8539 and 8903 Series K and Later Descriptiond — — SA3 SC8 SA10e — Push Button Selector Switch NEMA 4/4X Kit (Stainless) Descriptiond Red or Green Push Selector Pilot Button Switch Light $ StartStart-Stop Hand-Off- Price or 120 V 60 Hz Stop Auto or On-Off On-Off Type Type Type $ Hand- Price OffAuto Type Type SP29Rcb (incandescent) SPL29R 215. (LED–Red) SA13 SPL29G (LED–Green) SC9 SC22 116. — 215. SP28Rcb SC22 116. (incandescent) SPL28R (LED–Red) SPL28G — 215. (LED–Green) SC22 116. e SA3a SC8 215. f SM 30 A All SP28Rc 215. SP2R 215. SA2a SA10a SC2 SC22 116. 8903 SP 60 A All SP28Rc 215. SP3R 215. (ElecSQ 100 A All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3a SA3a SC8 — 215. trically Held) SJ, SV, SX 200–800 A All SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3a SA3a SC8 — 215. SY, SZ a Also requires N.O. auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 electrically held lighting contactors. b Each pilot light kit contains 1 red and 1green lens cap. c The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to Class 9001 Type KP. d User made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0–2, and 8903 Sizes 30–60 A NEMAs 4 and 12 enclosures. e To mount control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required, $35.60. f For Class 8903 (mechanically held contactor) control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section, page 16-65. Note: There are no field modification kits available for the polyester enclosures. Table 16.293: NEMA 1 Enclosure Closing Plates For Use With Class Type NEMA Size or Ampere Rating 8502, 8536, 8903 SA–SE or SM–SP 00–3 or 30–60A SB–SF 0–4 8538 & 8539 Pre-series “K” 8538 & 8539 Series J and later 8903 SB–SF 0–4 SM–SV 30–400 A Description For Pilot Light or Reset— Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure For Push Button or Selector Switch— Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure For Push Button or Selector Switch— Hinged Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure For Pilot Light—Hinged Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure Pushbutton or Pilog Light NEMA Combination Starter Combination Lighting Contactor Type $ Price SG2 29.00 SG3 29.00 SG1 29.00 SG2 14.30 9001K51 14.30 9001K51 14.30 Table 16.294: How to Order Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Type 9999 SP29R Class 9999 Type SA2 Push Button Kit Class 9999 Type SC2 Selector Switch Kit Class 9999 Type SA3 Push Button Kit 16 Class 9999 Type SP2R Pilot Light Kit Class NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS To Order Specify: • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-109 Accessories Auxiliary Contacts Class 9999 www.schneider-electric.us Auxiliary Contacts for Manual and Magnetic Contactors and Starters Internal Contacts External Contacts Class 9999 Type SX11 internal contact kit is a replacement unit for the N.O. holding circuit contact supplied as standard on Type S Sizes 00–2 three phase starters and contactors. The Class 9999 Type SX12 is a replacement unit for the N.C. electrical contact which is furnished as standard on Type S, Internal Auxiliary Sizes 00–2 mechanically interlocked Contact devices (e.g., Class 8736 reversing starters). Internal contacts are also used on Class 2510 Types M & T manual starters. The internal contacts can be used for other applications as long as the electrical rating is not exceeded. See table below for electrical ratings. Class 9999 Type SX6 external auxiliary contact is supplied as standard for the N.O. holding circuit contact on Type S Sizes 3–7 starters and contactors. Additional auxiliary contacts can be added to Type S contactors, External Single Circuit starters and lighting Auxiliary Contact contactors. These contacts mount on either side of the basic contactor and are available with convertible or nonconvertible contacts. The contacts of the convertible version can be changed from N.O. to N.C. or vice versa in the field. The non-convertible version has fixed contacts, either N.O. or N.C. To determine the number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the Class 8536 or Class 8736 section. See table below for electrical ratings. Table 16.295: Maximum Ratings for Type S Auxiliary Contacts and Timers Contact Ratings Contact Ratings Class 9999 Type AC Only (35% Power Factor) Volts AC SX11, SX12 Make 30 A 3600 VA 120 or Less 120-600 Continuous Break 3A 360 VA 3A 3A Table 16.296: Class 8502, 8536 and 8903 Type S For Use With Type NEMA Size Ordering Information Kit Description Class 9999 Type SX6-SX10 SX13-SX17 Device To Be Serviced $ Price External—Field Convertible 1-N.O. Contact SX6 86.00 1-N.C. Contact SX7 86.00 SA-SJ 00–7 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts SX8 116.00 1-N.O. Overlapping Contact SX9a 116.00 1-N.C. Overlapping Contact SX10a 116.00 External—Non-Convertible 1-N.O. Contact SX13 99.00 1-N.C. Contact SX14 99.00 SA-SJ 00–7 1-N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts SX15 134.00 1-N.O. Overlapping Contact SX16a 134.00 1-N.C. Overlapping Contact SX17a 134.00 Internal—Non-Convertible Contact SX11b 99.00 SA-SD 00–2 1-N.O. 1-N.C. Contact SX12b 99.00 a Types SX9 and SX10 or Types SX16 and SX17 must be used together and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to overlap a normally closed contact. b Types SX11 and SX12 are not applicable for use on NEMA Sizes 3 or larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types M and T manual starters. 120 or Less 120–600 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Device To Be Serviced 16-110 Continuous Break 6A 720 VA 10 A 10 A Auxiliary Contact Kit Class 8965 Type Contact Arrangement Type of Connector Class 9999 Type DPR 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O./1 N.C. 2 N.O. Screw/ Quick-Connect D10 D01 D11 D20 RO2 & RG2 RO10 Form X1 RO11 Form X1 RO3 & RG3 RO10 Form X2 RO11 Form X2 RO5 & RG5 RO12 Form X1 RO13 Form X1 RO6 & RG6 RO12 Form X2 RO13 Form X2 1 N.O. each side $ Price Each 35.60 64.00 R10 50.00 R11 75.00 R12 50.00 R13 75.00 Slip-on 1 N.C. each side 1 N.O. each side Screw 1 N.C. each side Table 16.299: How to Order To Order Specify: Table 16.297: Class 8910 and 8911 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters – Auxiliary Contacts Make 60 A 7200 VA Table 16.298: Class 8965 Reversing/Hoist Contactors –Auxiliary Contacts Class 9999 Type AC Only (35% Power Factor) Volts AC • • Class Number Type Number Catalog Number Class Type 9999 SX6 Auxiliary Contact Kit Class 8910 or 8911 Type Contact Arrangement DPA DPS 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O./1 N.C. 2 N.O. Class 9999 Series B (20-90 A) D10 D01 D11 D20 CP1 Series C (20-40 A) DD10 DD01 DD11 DD20 Discount Schedule $ Price Each 24.60 44.30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Class 9999, 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Logic—Class 9999 Isolated Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Logic Overload Relays Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation on Motor Logic overload relays. These contacts may be used for isolated alarm contact applications. Table 16.300: For Use With Class & Type 8536 SA-SJ NEMA Sizec 00B through 7 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST Parts Kit Description Class 9999 $ Price Type N.O. or N.C. Auxiliary Contact 00B through 7 (Field Convertible) AC04 57.00 DIN Adapter The DIN adapter provides a method to mount the Motor Logic overload relay to a 35 mm DIN rail. Table 16.301: For Use With Class & Type 9065 SS or SF NEMA Sizec 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Parts Kit Description Class 9999 Type DIN Adapter DA01 $ Price 23.90 Lug-Lug and Lug-Extender Kits A Class 9999 LL0 Lug-Lug Kit can be field installed on separately mounted overload relays. The standard Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Class 9065 Type SS and SF overload relays are supplied without lugs. A Class 9999 LB0 LugExtender Kit is designed for Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Retrofit Starter Applications. This kit allows the lugs to be in the same location as the Class 9065 melting alloy overload relay, eliminating the need for additional wire length. Table 16.302: For Use With Class & Type NEMA Sizec Parts Kit Description Class 9999 Type Kit for 9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Lug-Lug separate mounting Lug-Extender Kit for 9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 retrofitting existing NEMA S starters $ Price LL0 42.80 LB0 35.60 Remote Reset Module The Remote Reset Module can be easily field installed on solid state overload relays. This module will allow the overload relay to be reset from a remote location. Table 16.303: 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For Use With Parts Kit Class 9999 $ Price Description Type Class and Type NEMA Sizec 536 SA-SJ 00B through 7 Remote Reset RR04b 162.00 Module 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B through 7 8536 SE-SF 3 and 4 Top Mounting RB34ab 100.00 Bracket 9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 3 and 4 a To be used to mount the remote reset module on the top of the overload relay. b 120 Vac power required. c NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-111 Accessories Class 9999 Class 9999 Type SB9 Double Power Pole Adder www.schneider-electric.us Power Pole Adders Control Circuit Fuse Holder One single or double circuit power pole kit may be field added to a basic 2 or 3-Pole Type S contactor or starter Sizes 0, 1 and 2, or 30–60 A lighting contactors. See table below for selection. The ratings for these power pole adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found on page 16-105. A two or three pole contactor or starter accepts only one single or double circuit unit. A power pole cannot be used on four or five pole devices or devices which are mechanically interlocked. The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00–7, when either one or two control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are required. The Type SF3 and SF4 fuse holders will accept standard 600 V Bussmann Type KTK or equivalent fuses (13/32" x 1-1/2"); 6 A maximum. The SFR3 and SFR4 will accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann Type KTK-R or equivalent fuses only. Table 16.305: To add a power pole to a Size 0 and 1 device, remove return springs. When adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a coil change is required. Select a 4- and 5-Pole coil from the coil selection table on page 16-105, or specify Form Y118 as noted in the footnote below. Class 9999 Descriptionb Type SF3 SFR3 SF4 SFR4 Single Fuse Unit Single Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuse Two Fuse Unit Two Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuses b Fuses not included. $ Price 64.00 64.00 86.00 86.00 When adding Sizes 0–2 power pole kits to a Size 3–7 or 100–800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT1) is required. The Class 9999 Types SB6 through SB15 power pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB21 through 25 are supplied with lugs suitable for copper and aluminum wire. Table 16.304: For Use With Class 9999 Type SB9 Double Power Pole Adder Class 9999 Type SB6 Single Power Pole Adder Type Size Class 9999 Type SF4 Fuse Kit Power Pole Adder Kit Description Class 9999 Type SB6 SB11a SB21a SB7 SB12a SB22a SB8 SB13a SB23a SB9 SB14a SB24a SB10 SB15a SB25a $ Price SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A 158.00 One N.O. power pole SD 2 adder 287.00 SP 60 A SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A 158.00 One N.C. power pole SD 2 adder 287.00 SP 60 A SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A 365.00 One N.O. and one SD 2 N.C. 656.00 power pole adder SP 60 A SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A 365.00 Two N.O. power pole SD 2 adders 656.00 SP 60 A SB, SC & SM 0, 1 & 30 A 365.00 Two N.C. power pole SD 2 adders 656.00 SP 60 A SE-SJ 3-7 & & Adapter Bracket SBT1 100.00 SQ-SZ & SJ 100-800 A a To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter coil, specify Form Y118, voltage and frequency and add $140.00 to the price of the kit (e.g., Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60 cycles. Priced at $426.00). Transient Suppression Module The transient suppression module is designed to be used where the transient voltage, generated when opening the coil circuit, interferes with the proper operation of nearby integrated or solid state control circuits. The module consists of an RC circuit and is designed to suppress the coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil supply voltage. The module is wired across the coil for Type S, Sizes 00–5 and is designed for coil voltages of 120 volts only. Table 16.306: Class 9999 Description Type ST1 ST2 For Sizes 00-2 For Sizes 3-5 $ Price 62.00 62.00 Class 9999 Type ST1 Transient Suppression Module Table 16.307: How to Order To Order Specify: • • Class Number Type Number Catalog Number Class Type 9999 SM1 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-112 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories Class 9999 www.schneider-electric.us Isolated Alarm Contacts For Melting Alloy Overload Relays Isolated overload relay alarm contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation in Type S, NEMA Size 00–6a starters and Class 9065 Types M and S melting alloy overload relays. Type S, NEMA Size 7, utilizes a solid state overload relay which has isolated alarm contacts as a standard feature. The alarm contacts allow the starter to be used in applications which require isolated contacts, such as inputs to a computer. Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 modules are interchangeable with the standard module (Class 9998 Type SO1) and may be installed on starters already in service. The case is made of clear plastic (polycarbonate) to allow for visual inspection of contacts. Table 16.308: Contact Unit For Melting Alloy Overload Relays Magnetic Starter NEMA Size Type SO4 Class 9999 Type $ Price N.O. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus SO4 Standard N.C. Overload Contact 116.00 N.C. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus SO5 Standard N.C. Overload Contact Isolated alarm contacts cannot be added in the field to the Type S Size 5 starter. Current transformers and a Size 1 overload block must be used. For factory installation specify Form Y342. 00-6a a Parts Kit Description Type SA-SH Solid Neutral The Class 9999 Type SN kit can be used on Class 8903 Type S lighting contactors and other controllers where field addition of a solid neutral is required. Each kit has lugs suitable for both copper and aluminum wire, and mounts with two screws. Table 16.309: Number of Lugs Wire Capacity Per Lug (Cu/Al) 4 3 14–2/0 (1) 4–600 MCM or (2) 1/0–250 MCM (2) 2–600 MCM (2) 6–350 MCM 3 (Dual) 2 (Dual) Class 9999 Type SN1 $ Price 134.00 SN2 392.00 SN3 SN4 624.00 392.00 Tie Point Terminal Block The tie point terminal block provides easy wiring of a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch or Start-Stop push buttons with separate control. The T7 terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps on Type S Sizes 00–4 contactors and starters by two tabs and is secured to the left hand coil terminal. Table 16.310: Tie Point Terminal Block Magnetic Contactor or Starter NEMA Size 00–4 Type SA-SF Class 9999 Type $ Price T7 33.30 Table 16.311: How to Order To Order Specify: Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 9999 SO4 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-113 Accessories Mechanical Interlocks Class 9999 www.schneider-electric.us Mechanical Interlock General: Type S contactors or starters can be mechanically interlocked so that only one device is energized at a time. The mechanical interlock is an interference (non-jamming) type, locking at the beginning of the stroke of any starter or contactor. Type SM1 Type S Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2—The mechanical interlock is mounted on the underside of the reversing baseplate. Two pins extend from the mechanical interlock through openings in the baseplate and engage the contact carrier of each contactor. Two styles of mechanical interlocks are used: one version for three pole contactors, a different version for four or five pole contactors. When adding a power pole to the left-hand side of an existing Size 0, 1, or 2 threepole reversing contactor, a new mechanical interlock must also be installed. When added to the right-hand side only, the power pole will not be mechanically interlocked with the left-hand contactor. Type S Sizes 3 and 4—The mechanical interlock is separate from the mounting pan on Sizes 3 and 4. Cams on the mechanical interlocks are operated by the contact carrier of each contactor. The mechanical interlock is attached to the underside of the two contactor baseplates on Sizes 3 and 4. Table 16.312: Mechanical Interlock for Two Contactors The following mechanical interlock kits can be used to interlock 2–5 pole contactors. Mechanical interlocks for horizontal and vertical arrangement are listed in Various pole arrangements. Horizontal Type SM1 for Size 00–1 Type SM6 for Size 2 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4 Horizontal Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a Type SM7 for Size 2 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4 Vertical Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a Type SM10 for Size 2 Type SM11 for Size 3 Type SM13 for Size 4 Contactor NEMA Size Class 9999 Type $ Price 00, 0, 1 SM1 116.00 0, 1 SM2 116.00 0, 1 SM3 116.00 0, 1 SM4 116.00 0, 1 SM5 116.00 2 SM6 257.00 2 SM7 257.00 2 SM8 257.00 2 SM9 257.00 2 SM10 257.00 3 SM11 257.00 Vertical Vertical 3, 4 SM12 257.00 Type SM4 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM5 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM9 for Size 2 Type SM11 for Size 3 4 SM13 257.00 Type SM11 for Size 3 Type SM13 for Size 4 Type SM13 for Size 4 The Type SM2 interlock is factory assembled for horizontal mounting, but can easily be converted to vertical mounting. Conversion instructions are included. Horizontal Type SM3 for Size 0 or 1 Type SM8 for Size 2 Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4 a Overload Relay Mounting Bracket Table 16.313: Overload Relay Mounting Bracket Mechanical interlock Types SM1 through SM10 for Sizes 00-2 devices use overload relay mounting brackets to support the overload relay portion of the starter. Class 9999 Type Kit Description Bracket for one overload relay used with horizontal mechanical interlocks, Types SM1 through SM10 Bracket for two overload relays used with vertical mechanical interlocks, Types SM2, SM4, SM5, SM9 and SM10 $ Price SO11 14.30 SO12 42.80 Table 16.314: How to Order To Order Specify: 16 • • Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 9999 SM1 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type SM12 16-114 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories Fuse Block Replacement Parts Kits Class 9422, 9999 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 8538 (Series D and newer), Class 8738 (Series E and newer), and Class 8903 (Series C and newer) Type S non-fusible combination starters and lighting contactors (sizes 0–2, 30 to 60 A) can be converted to the fusible type by installing a Class 9422 Fuse Clip Kit. Both fusible and non-fusible combination devices have the same size enclosure in NEMAs 1, 4, and 12 construction, which permits this conversion. The 9422 Fuse Clip Kits contain line and load fuse clips, load base, and fuse pullers. Table 16.315: Class 9422 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits NEMA Class H, K, J, R Fuses Device Used on Disconnect Ampere Rating Fuse Clip Ratings (A) Size or Ampere Rating Class 9422 TC33 Fuse Block a b Class R Fuse Clip Kits $ Price Class & Type 250 V Max. $ Price 600 V Max. 0, 1 & 30 A 30 0–30 — 9422TC30a 42.80 RFK03b 0, 1 & 30 A 30 31–60 0–30 9422TC33a 71.00 RFK06b 32.60 34.00 2 & 60 A 60 31–60 0–30 9422TC33 71.00 RFK06b 36.50 2 & 60 A 60 — 31–60 9422TD63 99.00 RFK06Hb 34.00 When using with a 9422FTCN or FTCF disconnect switch in 8538 or 8738 combination starters, remove and discard metal base plate. No Class Number required Discount Schedule DE1. Table 16.316: Class 9999 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits (8538 Pre-Series D, 8738 Pre-Series E) NEMA Class H Fuses Device Used on Disconnect Ampere Rating 250 V Max. 600 V Max. NEMA Class J Fuses Fuse Clip Ratings (A) Type Size or Ampere Rating Class 9999 Type S2 Interchangeable Fuse Clips NEMA Class R Fuses Fuse Clip Ratings (A) $ Price 250 V Max. 600 V Max. Type $ Price Fuse Clip Ratings (A) 600 V Max. Type $ Price 0, 1 & 30 A 30 0–30 — 31–60 — 0–30 0–30 S1 S2 S2 35.60 35.60 35.60 0–30 — 31–60 — 0–30 0–30 SR1 SR2 SR2 35.60 47.60 47.60 — 0–30 0–30 — SJ2 SJ2 — 105.00 105.00 2 & 60 A 60 31–60 — 0–30 31–60 S2 S3 35.60 50.00 31–60 — 0–30 31–60 SR2 SR3 47.60 64.00 0–30 31–60 SJ2 SJ3 105.00 125.00 3 & 100 A 100 61–100 101–200 61–100 — S4d S5d 144.00 270.00 61–100 101–200 61–100 — SR4c SR4c 47.60 47.60 61–100 — SJ4 — 201.00 — 4 & 200 A 200 101–200 101–200 S5d 270.00 101–200 101–200 SR4c 47.60 — — — 5 & 300 A 400 — — — — 201–400 201–400 SR5c 107.00 — — — 600 — — — — 401–600 401–600 SR5c 107.00 — — 6 & 400, 600 A Fuse clips are not provided in the Type SR4 and SR5 kits. On new installations Class 9999 Type S fuse clips must also be purchased. Three non-removable pins are supplied and can be installed only in the latest production devices, which have a hole in the lower fuse clips. d Cannot be used in Series B or newer 8538 devices. — c Table 16.317: Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers Class DPDT Class Type Type $ Price Type $ Price 8538, 8738 SB, SC (Series C) R45 71.00 R46 207.00 8539, 8739 SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SG R26 131.00 R27 243.00 9422 8538 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series K) TC11 120.00 TC21 239.00 9422 BTCF, BTCN, BTDF, BTEF, BTEN TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TEF, TEN 8738 SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series K) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 9422 TF 8538 SBe, SCe, SDe (Series B) 8538 SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8, (Series K) SPDT DPDT Type $ Price Type $ Price TC11 120.00 TC21 239.00 TC10 120.00 Disconnect Switches TC11 239.00 R8 87.00 R9 243.00 Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms R6 113.00 R7 221.00 TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 9421 LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR, LT, LW R47 131.00 R48 221.00 R43 116.00 R44 221.00 9422 RM, RN, RP, RQ, RR, RT R26 131.00 R27 243.00 8538 SDA, SDAe, SDG, SDGe (Series K) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 9422 CFA, CKA, CLA, CSF, CMP R26 131.00 R27 243.00 8738 SDA, SDG (Series K) TC10 120.00 TC20 239.00 8538, 8738 SE (Series B & C) R41 131.00 R42 243.00 8538, 8738 SE, SF (Series A) R8 131.00 R9 243.00 8538, 8738 SF (Series B & C) R39 135.00 R40 243.00 8538, 8738 SG R35 435.00 R36 521.00 8538, 8738 SD (Series C) e NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Class 9999 Type TC10 SPDT Type Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”. Table 16.318: How to Order To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Type 9999 R6 16 • • Catalog Number Class © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 DE1 Discount Schedule 16-115 Thermal Unit Selection www.schneider-electric.us General All tables are based on the operation of the motor and controller in the same ambient temperature, 40oC (104oF) or less. Always be certain the correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the motor. Each thermal unit shall be installed such that its catalog number is visible. See page 16-120, Figure 1 for complete thermal unit installation instructions. On melting alloy thermal units the ratchet wheel must engage the pawl assembly. Selection Procedure 1. Determine motor data: a. Full load current rating b. Service factor NOTE: If motor full load current (FLC) is not known, a tentative thermal unit selection could be made, based on horsepower and voltage. Refer to page 16-120. 2. Motor and controller in same ambient temperature: a. b. 3. For 1.0 service factor motors use 90% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection. Class 8198 only: 1. For 1.0 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection. 2. For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 110% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection. Multiply motor FLC by the multiplier in Table A. Use the resultant full load current for thermal unit selection. Locate proper selection table from index, pages 16-117 and 16-118. a. 5. For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection. 2. Motor and controller in different ambient temperatures: a. 4. All starter classes, except Class 8198: 1. The proper thermal unit number will be found adjacent, to the right of the range of full load currents in which the motor FLC or resultant full load current falls. See page 16-119 for calculation of trip current rating. Table A: Selection of Thermal Units for Special Applications Slow Trip Thermal Unit Selection To select Type SB slow trip thermal units, the selection table for a standard Type B thermal unit may be used with the following modifications: For continuous rated motors having service factors of 1.15 to 1.25, select thermal units from the standard Type B table using 93% (102% for Class 8198) of the full load current shown on the motor nameplate and then substitute an SB for the B in the thermal unit type number. Example: A motor with a full load current of 12 A controlled by an 8536SCG3 would require B22 thermal units for standard trip applications and SB19.5 thermal units for slow trip applications. The SB is selected by multiplying 12 A times 93% for 11.16 A and using this value to select B19.5. Then add the S prefix to arrive at SB19.5. For continuous rated motors having a service factor of 1.0, select thermal units in the same manner using 84% (93% for Class 8198) of full load current shown on the motor nameplate. NOTE: SB thermal units are used on Size 0, 1, 2 and only some Size 3 applications. Check thermal unit tables for current ranges. Class of Controller Continuous Duty Motor Service Factor Ambient Temperature of Motor Same as Controller Ambient Constant 10oC (18oF) Higher Than Controller Ambient Class 8198 1.15 to 1.25 1.0 1.0 0.9 1.15 to 1.25 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 Constant 40oC (104oF) or less, for Any Controller Ambient 1.05 1.0 0.8 .95 0.9 1.0 1.15 1.1 1.05 1.0 Table 16.382: Thermal Unit Prices Melting Alloy 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Standard Quick Slow CP1 Constant 10o C (18oF) Lower Than Controller Ambient Full Load Current Multiplier All Classes, Except 8198 Type of Trip 16-116 Ambient Temp.Comp. Relays Melting Alloy and Non-Compensated Bimetallic Relays Discount Schedule Thermal Unit Type A B C CC DD FB SB Bimetallic $ Price 21.50 21.50 21.50 21.50 21.50 35.60 57.00 Type of Trip Standard Thermal Unit Type AR AF AU E $ Price 21.50 21.50 21.50 21.50 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: For thermal unit selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Table 16.383: Thermal Unit Selection Thermal Unit Selection Table Number Controller Hand Reset Melting Alloy Starter Type Class Type Seriesa Manual Starters FHP Manual Starters (Small Enclosure) Manual Starters (Large Enclosure) DC Magnetic Starters EC & M Crane Control Product 2510 2512 8908 F A FHP AC Magnetic Starters (Small Enclosure) Size Standard Trip (20) Bimetallic Quick Trip (10) Slow Trip (30) Non-Compensated 43h — — — — 1 1 1 72 72 72 j j j — — — — — — 2 2 2 73 73 73 j j j — — — — — — Compensated 2510 M, T A M–0 M–1 M–1P 2510 2511 2512 8925 M, T A M–0 M–1 M–1P — — — — 1, 2 3 4 5 65 9 10 12 — — — — j — — — — — — — — — — — 8536 8904b (Starter In Own Enclosure) C, D E F G A (8536 only) SA SB B, C 00 17h — — — — 8933 SC 8998 8999 (Model 3 Control Center) I-LINE® and QMB Motor Starter Centers SD SH A, B A A A A A B A B A Bl A, B 33 A j j j j j 134ij — — — — — — — — — — 134ij 133ij — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 64 SD — 74 74 — 75 76i — 77i — — 83 — 74 74 75 75 76i 76i — 77i — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 33 33 — 70 37g — 29g — 46 42 47 A 13 13 13 41 56 18 — 54 — 49 59 21 66 15 67 58f 16 68f — 61 — 24 20 109 104 110 111 112 113 103 114 135 145 146 — 8 8 — 62 63 142g 11 144g 38 23 39 SC 00 0 1 1P 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 1 Fusible 1 Circuit Breaker 2 Fusible 2 Circuit Breaker 3 Small Enclosure 3 Large Enclosure 3 4 4 5 6 1 1 COMPAC 6 2 3 4 5 5 CT 6 20–30 A 40 A 50 A 7135 7136 7735 7736 8998 8999 (Model 4 Control Center) SE SF SG SE SG SH SCk A SDk SEk SFk A A A A B A SF 8998 (Model 5 and Model 6 MCCs) SGk SHk 8911 A B A B A A DPSG C A Table continued on the next page; see page 16-118 for Footnotes. 57 70 51 37g 141g 35 143g 52 48 — — — — — — — — — — — — 29f — 46 47 97 — 98 99g 100g 101 — 102 — — — NOTE: For thermal unit selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Thermal Unit Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-116. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-117 Thermal Unit Selection www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.384: Thermal Unit Selection Thermal Unit Selection Table Number Controller Hand Reset Melting Alloy Bimetallic Standard Trip Quick Trip Slow Trip Non-Compensated Compensated (20) (10) (30) 8198 G, S — — 5 — j — 6 A (8536 only) B, C 00 14h — — — — 8536 SA A, B 00 53 — j 55 25 (Starter Used in SB, NB A 0 15 78 j 64 33 Multi-Motor Panel) 8538 8904e SC, NC A 1 15 78 j 64 33 8539 8906 SD, ND A 2 58 79 j 57 70 8606 8907 A 3 16 80i 133ij 51 37g 8630c 8920 SE, NE 8640d 8922 B 3 — — — 141g — 9089 8924 A 4 61 81i — 35 29g 8647 8925 SF, NF B 4 — — — 143g — 8650 8930 8736 8941 A 5 24 — — 52 46 SG 8738 Bl 5 59 83 — 23 42 8739 SH A, B 6 20 — j 48 47 CB, DB, SB, UB A 0 15 78 j 64 33 CC, DC, SC, UC A 1 15 78 j 64 33 AC CD, DD, SD, UD A 2 58 79 j 57 70 Magnetic Starters CE, DE, SE, UE A 3 16 80i 133ij 51 37g 8810 (Large CF, DF, SF, UF A 4 61 81i — 35 29g 8811 Enclosure) SE B 3 — — — 141g — 8812 SF B 4 — — — 143g — A 5 24 — — 52 46 CG, DG, SG, UG Bl 5 59 83 — 23 42 CH, DH, SH, UH A 6 20 — j 48 47 WC, XC A 1 13 78 — — 33 WD, XD, MD, RD, A 2 56 79 — — 70 WE, XE, ME, RE, A 3 18 80i — — 37g 8940 ™ WELL-GUARD PF, WF, XF, MF, RF, A 4 54 81i — — 29g Control A 5 — — — — 46 XSG, NSG, MG,RG, VGh Bl 5 — — — — 42 XSH, VH A 6 — — — — 47 20–30 A 136 — — — — C 8911 DPSO 40 A 147 — — — — A 50 A 148 — — — — SCk A 1 127 — — — 121 SDk A 2 128 — — — 122 AC 8998 SEk A 3 129 — — — 123g Magnetic (Model 5 and PartSF A 4 105 — — — 117g Model 6 MCCs) Winding A 5 115 — — — 118 SG Bl 5 CT 116 — — — — AF B 4(133 A) — — — 30 — AG A 5(266 A) — — — 36 — AR A 1(25 A) — — — 32 — AT A 2(45 A) — — — 60 — AU — 3(86 A) — — — 50 — DA2 A 1(25 A) — — — — 140g GA2 A 2(60 A) — — — — 139g HA2 A 3(100 A) — — — — 138g Separately JA2 A 4(180 A) — — — — 137g Mounted 9065 C A 1(25 A) 44 82 j — — Overload F B 4(133 A) 19 85i — — — Relays G A 5(266 A) 22 — — — — MEO A (32 A) 86 — — — — 1(26 A) 59 83 j 23 42 2(45 A) 69 84 j 27 71 S A 3(86 A) 34 — — — — 4(133 A) 28 — — — — T A 2(45 A) 31 — j — — U — 3(86 A) 40 — — — — a Series letters listed refer to the marking on the nameplate of the basic open type starter. When the starter is supplied in a controller containing other devices, the controller may have a different series letter marked on the enclosure nameplate. b Small enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 non-combination and non-reversing starters. For combination and reversing Class 8904 starters refer to the large enclosure selections, index above. c For Class 8630 starters divide the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73, and use this quotient to select thermal units. d For Class 8640 and Class 8940 (MD, PD, ME, PE, MF, PF, MG and PG) starters use the full load current of each motor winding as a basis for thermal unit selection—normally one-half total motor current. e Large enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 combination and reversing starters. For non-combination and non-reversing Class 8904 starters refer to small enclosure selections, page 16-117. f Use for Autotransformer Starters (Fusible and Circuit Breaker). g Order Type E thermal units by number from Schneider Electric, Furnas Electric Company, Batavia, Illinois or a Furnas distributor at $13.50 each, subject to motor control discounts. h Type A thermal units for full load currents lower than those listed in this table are available. For complete information, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). i Form Y81 must be specified to use quick trip (Class 10) or slow trip (Class 30) thermal units on Size 3 starters and quick trip (Class 10) thermal units on Size 4 starters. j This device will accept Type SB slow trip (Class 30) thermal units. For selection, see page 16-116. k Refers to type number of starter in MCC, not actual type number of MCC. l Divide the motor FLC by 60 and use this quotient to select the appropriate thermal units. Starter Type 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-118 Class Type Seriesa Size © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection www.schneider-electric.us Calculation of Trip Current Rating Trip Current Rating—Trip current rating is a nominal value which approximates the minimum current to trip an overload relay in an ambient temperature, outside of the enclosure, of 40oC (104oF). In all selection tables except Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.25 times the minimum full load current shown for the thermal unit selected. For Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.15 times the minimum full load current. This applies to bimetallic overload relays with the trip adjustment set at 100 percent. Calculation Procedure 1. Use the selection table for the specific controller involved. 2. Find the minimum motor full load current listed for the thermal unit in question. 3. Multiply that current by 1.25 (1.15 for Class 8198). The result is the trip current rating. Example 1: Determine the thermal unit selection and trip current rating for thermal units in a Class 8536 Type SCG3 Size 1 magnetic starter used to control a three-phase, 1.15 service factor motor with a full load current of 17.0 Amperes, where the motor and controller are both located in a 40oC (104oF) ambient temperature. 1. From Table 13 the proper selection is B32. 2. The minimum motor full load current is 16. 0 Amperes. 3. Trip current rating is 16.0 x 1.25= 20.0 Amperes. Protection Level is the relationship between trip current rating and full load current. Protection level, in percent, is the trip current rating divided by the motor full load current times 100. In Example 1 the protection level for the B32 thermal unit is: 20.0/17.0 x 100=118%. National Electrical Code, Section 430-32, allows a maximum protection level of 125% for the motor in the above example. Minimum Trip Current (also called ultimate current) may vary from the trip current rating value, since ratings are established under standardized test conditions. Factors which influence variations include: the number of thermal units installed, enclosure size, proximity to heat producing devices, size of conductors installed, ambient (room) temperature, and others. Except for ambient temperature-compensated overload relays, an ambient temperature higher than 40oC would lower the trip current, and a lower temperature would increase it. This variation is not a factor in selecting thermal units for the average application, since most motor ratings are based on an ambient temperature of 40oC, and motor capacity varies with temperature in about the same proportion as the change in trip current. Temperature-compensated relays maintain a nearly constant trip current over a wide range of ambient temperature, and are intended for use where the relay, because of its location, cannot sense changes in the motor ambient temperature. Calculation of Trip Current For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40oC For a controller ambient temperature other than 40oC (104oF) trip current can be calculated by applying a correction factor from the curve in Figure 1. The approximate trip current for a particular ambient temperature is the product of (1) the multiplier M corresponding to the temperature and (2) the 40oC trip current rating. NOTE: Ambient temperature is the temperature surrounding the starter enclosure. Normal temperature rise inside the enclosure has been taken into account in preparing the thermal unit selection tables. Example 2: Determine the trip current for the motor and controller in Example 1, except the controller is in a 30oC (86oF) ambient temperature. From the curve in Figure 1 the multiplier M is 1.1 at 30oC. Approximate Trip Current is 16.0 x 1.25 x 1.1=22 Amperes 212 194 176 158 140 122 104 86 68 50 32 14 -4 Ambient Temperature Correction Curve for Thermal Overload Relays 100 Ambient Temp - Degrees Centigrade Ambient Temp - Equiv. Degrees Farenheit . 80 60 40 20 0 -20 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-119 Thermal Unit Selection www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Thermal Unit Selection Based On Horsepower and Voltage General—Thermal units selected using approximate full load currents from the table below will provide a trip current between 101% and 125% of full load current for many 4-pole, single speed, normal torque, 60 Hz motors. Since full load current rating of different makes and types of motors vary so widely, these selections may not be suitable. Thermal units should be selected on the basis of motor nameplate full load current and service factor. Thermal unit sizes originally selected on an approximate basis should always be rechecked and corrected at the time of installation if required. Instructions: 1. 2. 3. Locate motor horsepower and voltage. Determine approximate full load current from the table below. Use approximate full load current in place of actual nameplate full load current and follow instructions on page 16-116. Only Use This Table When Motor Full Load Current Is Not Known Table 16.385: Motor Full Load Current Motor Horsepower Three Ø Single Ø 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 115 V 230 V 1/6 — — — — 4.4 2.2 1/4 — — — — 5.8 2.9 1/3 — — — — 7.2 3.6 1/2 2.5 2.2 1.1 0.9 9.8 4.9 3/4 3.7 3.2 1.6 1.3 13.8 6.9 1 4.8 4.2 2.1 1.7 16 8 1-1/2 6.9 6.0 3.0 2.4 20 10 2 7.8 6.8 3.4 2.7 24 12 3 11.0 9.6 4.8 3.9 34 17 5 17.5 15.2 7.6 6.1 56 28 7-1/2 25.3 22 11 9 80 40 10 32.2 28 14 11 — 50 15 48.3 42 21 17 — — 20 62.1 54 27 22 — — 25 78.2 68 34 27 — — 30 92 80 40 32 — — 40 120 104 52 41 — — 50 150 130 65 52 — — 60 177 154 77 62 — — 75 221 192 96 77 — — 100 285 248 124 99 — — 125 359 312 156 125 — — 150 414 360 180 144 — — 200 552 480 240 192 — — NOTE: These currents should not be used for selection of fuses, circuit breakers or wire sizes. See NEC tables 430-248 through 430-250. For motors rated 208-220 volts, use 230 V column. For motors rated 440 to 550 volts, use 460 and 575 V columns, respectively. Mounting Thermal Units 16 Always be certain the correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the motor. Thermal units should always be mounted so that their type designation can be read from the front of the starter (see Figure 1). Melting alloy thermal units should be mounted so that the tooth of the pawl assembly can engage the teeth of the ratchet wheel when the reset button is pushed. Mounting surfaces of starter and thermal units should be clean and care should be taken to insure that thermal unit mounting screws are fastened securely. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Figure 1 16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 1–6 www.schneider-electric.us Table 1 Table 2 Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.41–0.45 0.46–0.52 0.53–0.59 0.60–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.91 0.92–1.02 1.03–1.14 1.15–1.29 1.20–1.42 1.43–1.64 1.65–1.80 1.81–2.10 2.11–2.30 2.31–2.61 2.62–2.99 3.00–3.37 3.38–3.94 3.95–4.24 4.25–4.54 4.55–5.29 5.30–5.73 5.74–6.35 6.36–7.08 7.09–7.83 7.84–8.47 8.48–9.83 9.84–10.5 10.6–11.4 11.5–12.8 12.9–13.9 14.0–16.1 16.2–18.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 0.29–0.32 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.47 0.48–0.56 0.57–0.63 0.64–0.69 0.70–0.77 0.78–0.86 0.87–0.96 0.97–1.11 1.12–1.23 1.24–1.37 1.38–1.55 1.56–1.75 1.76–1.92 1.93–2.16 2.17–2.50 2.51–2.81 2.82–3.16 3.17–3.40 3.41–3.76 3.77–4.00 4.01–4.68 4.69–5.18 5.19–5.51 5.52–6.19 6.20–7.12 7.13–8.15 8.16–8.60 8.61–9.21 9.22–10.1 10.2–11.2 11.3–12.0 — — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.3–12.1 — 12.2–13.6 16.2–17.6 13.7–15.3 17.7–20.6 15.4–17.3 20.7–23.1 17.4–19.1 23.2–26.0 19.2–21.7 — 21.8–24.2 — 24.3–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only 23.2–27.1 — 27.2–29.2 — 29.3–33.0 — 33.1–36.0 — B B B B B B B B 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 B B B B 36.0 40.0 45.0 50.0 Table 3 Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.35–0.38 0.30–0.32 0.39–0.43 0.33–0.37 0.44–0.48 0.38–0.39 0.49–0.56 0.40–0.48 0.57–0.63 0.49–0.57 0.64–0.71 0.58–0.64 0.72–0.78 0.65–0.70 0.79–0.88 0.71–0.78 0.89–0.99 0.79–0.87 1.00–1.15 0.88–0.98 1.16–1.23 0.99–1.13 1.24–1.43 1.14–1.25 1.44–1.51 1.26–1.40 1.52–1.75 1.41–1.58 1.76–1.93 1.59–1.79 1.94–2.25 1.80–1.91 2.26–2.47 1.92–2.20 2.48–2.81 2.21–2.55 2.82–3.20 2.56–2.87 3.21–3.63 2.88–3.24 3.64–4.19 3.25–3.48 4.20–4.53 3.49–3.85 4.54–4.89 3.86–4.10 4.90–5.68 4.11–4.79 5.69–6.27 4.80–5.31 6.28–6.85 5.32–5.65 6.86–7.73 5.66–6.35 7.74–8.50 6.36–7.31 8.51–9.29 7.32–8.34 9.30–10.4 8.35–8.84 10.5–11.3 8.85–9.47 11.4–12.3 9.48–10.4 12.4–13.9 10.5–11.5 14.0–15.0 11.6–12.0 15.1–18.0 — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.6–12.4 15.1–17.4 12.5–14.0 17.5–19.2 14.1–15.8 19.3–22.0 15.9–17.8 22.1–24.6 17.9–19.7 24.7–26.0 19.8–22.4 — 22.5–25.1 — 25.1–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only. 24.7–29.1 — 29.2–31.7 — 31.8–36.0 — Thermal Unit Number B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B 0.44 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1.03 1.16 1.30 1.45 1.67 1.88 2.10 2.40 2.65 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 6.25 6.90 7.70 8.20 9.10 10.2 11.5 12.8 14.0 15.5 17.5 19.5 22.0 B B B B B B B B 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 Table 4 Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.29–0.31 0.28–0.29 0.32–0.36 0.30–0.33 0.37–0.39 0.34–0.36 0.40–0.47 0.37–0.44 0.48–0.56 0.45–0.52 0.57–0.63 0.53–0.59 0.64–0.69 0.60–0.64 0.70–0.77 0.65–0.71 0.78–0.86 0.72–0.80 0.87–0.97 0.81–0.90 0.98–1.12 0.91–1.03 1.13–1.24 1.04–1.14 1.25–1.39 1.15–1.27 1.40–1.57 1.28–1.44 1.58–1.78 1.45–1.63 1.79–1.96 1.64–1.79 1.97–2.20 1.80–2.01 2.21–2.41 2.02–2.19 2.42–2.75 2.20–2.52 2.76–3.25 2.53–2.95 3.26–3.50 2.96–3.17 3.51–3.87 3.18–3.50 3.88–4.13 3.51–3.73 4.14–4.69 3.74–4.22 4.70–5.20 4.23–4.68 5.21–5.53 4.69–4.98 5.54–6.23 4.99–5.59 6.24–7.18 5.60–6.43 7.19–8.20 6.44–7.41 8.21–8.98 7.42–8.02 8.99–9.63 8.03–8.59 9.64–10.6 8.60–9.52 10.7–11.8 9.53–10.5 11.9–12.7 10.6–11.2 12.8–14.3 11.3–12.0 14.4–16.1 — 16.2–18.0 — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 11.3–12.7 — 12.8–14.3 16.2–18.3 14.4–16.1 18.4–20.2 16.2–17.8 20.3–23.0 17.9–20.1 23.1–26.0 20.2–22.6 — 22.7–25.5 — 25.6–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only 25.9–29.0 — 29.1–30.8 — 30.9–32.7 — 32.8–36.0 — B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B B B B B B B B B B B B 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 50.0 45.0 50.0 56.0 62.0 Motor FLC (A) 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.32–0.33 0.34–0.38 0.39–0.41 0.42–0.50 0.51–0.61 0.62–0.68 0.69–0.74 0.75–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.05 1.06–1.21 1.22–1.34 1.35–1.50 1.51–1.70 1.71–1.93 1.94–2.12 2.13–2.38 2.39–2.61 2.62–2.99 3.00–3.53 3.54–3.80 3.81–4.21 4.22–4.49 4.50–5.10 5.11–5.66 5.67–6.03 6.04–6.79 6.80–7.84 7.85–8.96 8.97–9.82 9.83–10.4 10.5–11.6 11.7–12.9 13.0–13.9 14.0–15.7 15.8–18.0 0.29–0.30 0.31–0.35 0.36–0.37 0.38–0.45 0.46–0.54 0.55–0.61 0.62–0.66 0.67–0.74 0.75–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.07 1.08–1.19 1.20–1.33 1.34–1.51 1.52–1.70 1.71–1.87 1.88–2.10 2.11–2.29 2.30–2.63 2.64–3.09 3.10–3.32 3.33–3.67 3.68–3.91 3.92–4.43 4.44–4.91 4.92–5.23 5.24–5.88 5.89–6.77 6.78–7.90 7.91–8.44 8.45–9.05 9.06–9.99 10.0–11.0 11.1–11.9 12.0–12.0 — Following Selections for Size M-1 & M-1P Only. — 12.0–13.4 — 13.5–15.1 17.8–20.1 15.2–17.0 20.2–22.2 17.1–18.9 22.3–25.3 19.0–21.4 25.4–26.0 21.5–24.0 — 24.1–26.0 Following Selections for Size M-1P Only. 25.4–28.4 — 28.5–33.1 — 33.2–36.0 — Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B B B B B B B 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 Table 5 Current Transformer Ratio 25/5 50/5 75/5 100/5 10.6–11.7 11.8–13.2 13.3–14.8 14.9–17.2 17.3–19.6 19.7–22.3 21.1–23.6 23.7–26.5 26.6–29.6 29.7–34.5 34.6–39.2 39.3–44.6 31.7–35.4 35.5–39.8 39.9–44.5 44.6–51.8 51.9–58.9 59.0–67.0 42.3–47.2 47.3–53.1 53.2–59.4 59.5–69.2 69.3–78.6 78.7–89.3 25/5 50/5 75/5 100/5 10.6–11.9 12.0–13.4 13.5–15.0 15.1–16.6 16.7–18.7 18.8–20.7 20.8–22.8 21.2–23.9 24.0–26.9 27.0–30.0 30.1–33.4 33.5–37.5 37.6–41.4 41.5–45.7 31.8–35.9 36.0–40.3 40.4–45.1 45.2–50.1 50.2–56.3 56.4–62.2 62.3–68.5 42.4–47.9 48.0–53.8 53.9–60.1 60.2–66.9 67.0–75.1 75.2–82.9 83.0–91.4 150/5 200/5 Motor FLC 63.4–70.9 84.5–94.6 71.0–79.7 94.7–105. 79.8–89.1 106.–118. 89.2–103. 119.–138. 104.–117. 139.–156. 118.–133. 157.–178. Thermal Unit Number 250/5 300/5 400/5 500/5 106.–117. 118.–132. 133.–148. 149.–172. 173.–196. 197.–223. 127.–141. 142.–159. 160.–177. 178.–207. 208.–235. 236.–267. 169.–188. 189.–212. 213.–237. 238.–276. 277.–314. 315.–357. 211.–236. 237.–265. 266.–296. 297.–345. 346.–360. — 250/5 300/5 400/5 500/5 Thermal Unit Number 106.–119. 120.–134. 135.–150. 151.–166. 167.–187. 188.–207. 208.–228. 127.–143. 144.–161. 162.–180. 181.–200. 201.–225. 226.–248. 249.–274. 170.–191. 192.–215. 216.–240. 241.–267. 268.–300. 301.–331. 332.–365. 212.–239. 240.–269. 270.–300. 301.–334. 335.–360. — — AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 B B B B B B 3.00 3.30 3.70 4.15 4.85 5.50 Current Transformer Ratio 150/5 200/5 16 Motor FLC 63.6–72.0 84.8–96.0 72.1–80.8 96.1–107. 80.9–90.2 108.–119. 90.3–99.9 120.–133. 100.–112. 134.–149. 113.–124. 150.–165. 125.–136. 166.–182. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-121 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 8–12 www.schneider-electric.us Table 8 Table 9 Motor FLC (A) 2.T.U.1Ø 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.54 0.55–0.59 0.60–0.65 0.66–0.71 0.72–0.78 0.79–0.86 0.87–0.94 0.95–1.04 1.05–1.14 1.15–1.25 1.26–1.42 1.43–1.62 1.63–1.75 1.76–1.91 1.92–2.07 2.08–2.25 2.26–2.47 2.48–2.73 2.74–2.99 3.00–3.31 3.32–3.71 3.72–4.15 4.16–4.65 4.66–5.11 5.12–5.68 5.69–6.24 6.25–7.15 7.16–7.84 7.85–8.56 8.57–9.40 9.41–10.2 10.3–10.7 10.8–12.2 12.3–14.1 14.2–15.9 16.0–18.0 — — — 16.0–18.1 18.2–20.8 20.9–23.6 23.7–26.0 — — 2 T.U.2Ø 3 T.U. 0.37–0.39 0.30–0.31 0.40–0.42 0.32–0.34 0.43–0.46 0.35–0.37 0.47–0.50 0.38–0.41 0.51–0.54 0.42–0.45 0.55–0.59 0.46–0.49 0.60–0.65 0.50–0.54 0.66–0.71 0.55–0.56 0.72–0.78 0.57–0.62 0.79–0.86 0.63–0.68 0.87–0.94 0.69–0.75 0.95–1.04 0.76–0.82 1.05–1.14 0.83–0.91 1.15–1.25 0.92–1.00 1.26–1.42 1.01–1.18 1.43–1.62 1.19–1.30 1.63–1.75 1.31–1.41 1.76–1.91 1.42–1.53 1.92–2.07 1.54–1.69 2.08–2.25 1.70–1.79 2.26–2.47 1.80–2.02 2.48–2.73 2.03–2.19 2.74–2.99 2.20–2.43 3.00–3.31 2.44–2.81 3.32–3.71 2.82–3.12 3.72–4.15 3.13–3.47 4.16–4.65 3.48–3.89 4.66–5.11 3.90–4.30 5.12–5.68 4.31–4.69 5.69–6.24 4.70–5.19 6.25–7.15 5.20–5.93 7.16–7.84 5.94–6.45 7.85–8.56 6.46–7.08 8.57–9.40 7.09–7.71 9.41–10.2 7.72–8.39 10.3–10.7 8.40–8.64 10.8–12.2 8.65–9.74 — 9.75–11.0 — 11.1–12.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 Only 10.8–12.2 — 12.3–14.1 — 14.2–15.9 11.1–12.4 16.0–18.1 12.5–13.9 18.2–20.8 14.0–15.9 20.9–23.6 16.0–17.7 23.7–26.0 17.8–20.3 — 20.4–22.8 — 22.9–26.0 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR 13.6 15.4 17.6 20.5 23.0 27.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 Thermal Unit Number C 20.0 C 22.0 C 26.0 C 30.0 C 34.0 C 40.0 C 42.0 C 45.0 C 51.0 C 58.0 C 66.0 C 75.0 C 83.0 C 90.0 C 103.0 C 114.0 Motor FLC (A) 15.3–16.7 16.8–19.8 19.9–22.8 22.9–25.8 25.9–30.4 30.5–31.9 32.0–34.2 34.3–38.8 38.9–44.2 44.3–50.2 50.3–57.1 57.2–63.2 63.3–68.6 68.7–78.6 78.7–86.9 87.0–100.0 Table 10 Thermal Unit Number CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 Motor FLC (A) 43.6–47.3 47.4–51.3 51.4–54.6 54.7–59.7 59.8–65.1 65.2–70.1 70.2–75.1 75.2–82.2 82.3–89.2 89.3–96.5 96.6–104. 105.–113. 114.–123. 124.–132. 133.–150. Table 11 Motor FLC (A) 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 33.0–36.1 36.2–40.2 40.3–44.5 45.6–51.3 51.4–58.5 58.6–62.6 62.7–71.3 71.4–77.1 77.2–86.9 87.0–93.3 93.4–102. 103.–107. 108.–112. 113.–121. 122.–123. 124.–133. ——— 30.5–33.4 33.5–37.1 37.2–42.0 42.1–47.0 47.1–53.5 53.6–57.5 57.6–64.4 64.5–69.4 69.5–77.4 77.5–83.6 83.7–92.9 93.0–100. 101.–104. 105.–115. 116.–119. 120.–123. 124.–133. Thermal Unit Number AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 AU 135.0 AU 152.0 AU 169.0 AU 183.0 AU 198.0 AU 217.0 AU 235.0 Table 12 Motor FLC (A) 16 92.–100. 101.–109. 110.–119. 120.–131. 132.–139. 140.–156. 157.–166. 167.–180. 181.–189. 190.–209. 210.–225. 226.–238. 239.–263. 264.–300. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-122 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 Thermal Unit Number DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 213.0 DD 220.0 DD 230.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 13–18 www.schneider-electric.us Table 15 Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.29–0.31 0.29–0.31 0.28–0.30 0.32–0.34 0.32–0.34 0.31–0.34 0.35–0.38 0.35–0.38 0.35–0.37 0.39–0.45 0.39–0.45 0.38–0.44 0.46–0.54 0.46–0.54 0.45–0.53 0.55–0.61 0.55–0.61 0.54–0.59 0.62–0.66 0.62–0.66 0.60–0.64 0.67–0.73 0.67–0.73 0.65–0.72 0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.73–0.80 0.82–0.94 0.82–0.94 0.81–0.90 0.95–1.05 0.95–1.05 0.91–1.03 1.06–1.22 1.06–1.22 1.04–1.14 1.23–1.34 1.23–1.34 1.15–1.27 1.35–1.51 1.35–1.51 1.28–1.43 1.52–1.71 1.52–1.71 1.44–1.62 1.72–1.93 1.72–1.93 1.63–1.77 1.94–2.14 1.94–2.14 1.78–1.97 2.15–2.40 2.15–2.40 1.98–2.32 2.41–2.72 2.41–2.72 2.33–2.51 2.73–3.15 2.73–3.15 2.52–2.99 3.16–3.55 3.16–3.55 3.00–3.42 3.56–4.00 3.56–4.00 3.43–3.75 4.01–4.40 4.01–4.40 3.76–3.98 4.41–4.88 4.41–4.88 3.99–4.48 4.89–5.19 4.89–5.19 4.49–4.93 5.20–5.73 5.20–5.73 4.94–5.21 5.74–6.39 5.74–6.39 5.22–5.84 6.40–7.13 6.40–7.13 5.85–6.67 7.14–7.90 7.14–7.90 6.68–7.54 7.91–8.55 7.91–8.55 7.55–8.14 8.56–9.53 8.56–9.53 8.15–8.72 9.54–10.6 9.54–10.6 8.73–9.66 10.7–11.8 10.7–11.8 9.67–10.5 11.9–13.2 11.9–12.0 10.6–11.3 13.3–14.9 — 11.4–12.0 15.0–16.6 — — 16.7–18.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 Only — 11.9–13.2 — — 13.3–14.9 11.4–12.7 — 15.0–16.6 12.8–14.1 16.7–18.9 16.7–18.9 14.2–15.9 19.0–21.2 19.0–21.2 16.0–17.5 21.3–23.0 21.3–23.0 17.6–19.7 23.1–25.5 23.1–25.5 19.8–21.9 25.6–26.0 25.6–26.0 22.0–24.4 — — 24.5–26.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B B B B B B B B B 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 50.0 Table 17 Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.31–0.33 0.31–0.33 0.29–0.31 0.34–0.36 0.34–0.36 0.32–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.40 0.37–0.38 0.41–0.48 0.41–0.48 0.39–0.46 0.49–0.57 0.49–0.57 0.47–0.55 0.58–0.64 0.58–0.64 0.56–0.61 0.65–0.70 0.65–0.70 0.62–0.66 0.71–0.77 0.71–0.77 0.67–0.75 0.78–0.85 0.78–0.85 0.76–0.83 0.86–0.99 0.86–0.99 0.84–0.93 1.00–1.10 1.00–1.10 0.94–1.06 1.11–1.28 1.11–1.28 1.07–1.18 1.29–1.41 1.29–1.41 1.19–1.31 1.42–1.58 1.42–1.58 1.32–1.47 1.59–1.80 1.59–1.80 1.48–1.67 1.81–2.03 1.81–2.03 1.68–1.83 2.04–2.25 2.04–2.25 1.84–2.04 2.26–2.51 2.26–2.51 2.05–2.38 2.52–2.83 2.52–2.83 2.39–2.60 2.84–3.29 2.84–3.29 2.61–3.13 3.30–3.75 3.30–3.75 3.14–3.59 3.76–4.22 3.76–4.22 3.60–3.94 4.23–4.65 4.23–4.65 3.95–4.19 4.66–5.16 4.66–5.16 4.20–4.72 5.17–5.53 5.17–5.53 4.73–5.21 5.54–6.09 5.54–6.09 5.22–5.51 6.10–6.80 6.10–6.80 5.52–6.17 6.81–7.60 6.81–7.60 6.18–7.07 7.61–8.35 7.61–8.35 7.08–8.05 8.36–9.04 8.36–9.04 8.06–8.69 9.05–9.99 9.05–9.99 8.70–9.32 10.0–11.1 10.0–11.1 9.33–10.2 11.2–12.3 11.2–12.0 10.3–11.3 12.4–13.7 — 11.4–12.0 13.8–15.4 — — 15.5–18.0 — — Following Selections for Size 1 Only — 11.2–12.3 — — 12.4–13.7 11.4–12.1 — 13.8–15.4 12.2–13.7 15.5–17.2 15.5–17.2 13.8–15.2 17.3–19.4 17.3–19.4 15.3–17.2 19.5–21.7 19.5–21.7 17.3–18.9 21.8–23.9 21.8–23.9 19.0–21.4 24.0–26.0 24.0–26.0 21.5–23.7 — — 23.8–26.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B B B B B B B B B 17.5 19.5 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 45.0 Table 16 Table 14 Motor FLC (A) Motor FLC (A) 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.41–0.45 0.46–0.50 0.51–0.55 0.56–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.72 0.73–0.81 0.82–0.88 0.89–0.97 0.98–1.08 1.09–1.18 1.19–1.32 1.33–1.40 1.41–1.48 1.49–1.60 1.61–1.72 1.73–1.84 1.85–2.00 2.01–2.22 2.23–2.45 2.46–2.82 2.83–3.08 3.09–3.39 3.40–3.75 3.76–4.16 4.17–4.51 4.52–4.83 4.84–5.49 5.50–5.67 5.68–6.16 6.17–6.75 6.76–7.00 — — 0.40–0.41 0.42–0.46 0.47–0.51 0.52–0.57 0.58–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.75 0.76–0.80 0.81–0.89 0.90–1.02 1.03–1.09 1.10–1.21 1.22–1.29 1.30–1.37 1.38–1.48 1.49–1.58 1.59–1.72 1.73–1.85 1.86–2.05 2.06–2.29 2.30–2.62 2.63–2.84 2.85–3.10 3.11–3.46 3.47–3.85 3.86–4.16 4.17–4.46 4.47–5.08 5.09–5.35 5.36–5.82 5.83–6.34 6.35–6.95 6.96–7.00 — 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 16.2–17.5 17.6–18.8 18.9–20.5 20.6–22.2 22.3–23.7 23.8–25.4 25.5–27.3 27.4–29.3 29.4–31.5 31.6–33.9 34.0–36.2 36.3–39.3 39.4–42.3 42.4–45.3 45.4–48.3 48.4–52.0 52.1–54.9 55.0–59.7 59.8–65.4 65.5–69.6 69.7–74.8 74.9–79.7 79.8–83.1 83.2–86.0 — — — — 15.1–16.2 16.3–17.3 17.4–19.5 19.6–20.7 20.8–22.3 22.4–24.0 24.1–25.7 25.8–27.5 27.6–29.6 29.7–31.7 31.8–33.9 34.0–36.6 36.7–39.3 39.4–42.3 42.4–44.9 45.0–48.3 48.4–50.9 51.0–55.5 55.6–59.9 60.0–64.2 64.3–68.7 68.8–71.4 71.5–74.8 74.9–78.0 78.1–80.7 80.8–86.0 — — 14.3–15.4 15.5–16.4 16.5–18.5 18.6–19.6 19.7–21.1 21.2–22.7 22.8–24.4 24.5–26.1 26.2–28.1 28.2–30.0 30.1–32.1 32.2–34.7 34.8–37.3 37.4–40.1 40.2–42.6 42.7–45.8 45.9–48.3 48.4–52.6 52.7–56.8 56.9–60.9 61.0–65.1 65.2–67.7 67.8–70.9 71.0–73.9 74.0–76.5 76.6–80.2 80.3–83.1 83.2–86.0 Thermal Unit Number CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 0.42–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.55 0.56–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.89 0.90–0.98 0.99–1.12 1.13–1.20 1.21–1.34 1.35–1.41 1.42–1.51 1.52–1.62 1.63–1.73 1.74–1.86 1.87–2.02 2.03–2.25 2.26–2.46 2.47–2.77 2.78–2.99 3.00–3.26 3.27–3.59 3.60–3.99 4.00–4.42 4.43–4.61 4.62–5.23 5.24–5.39 5.40–5.88 5.89–6.56 6.57–7.18 7.19–7.80 7.81–9.00 0.39–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.52 0.53–0.58 0.59–0.64 0.65–0.68 0.69–0.77 0.78–0.84 0.85–0.93 0.94–1.05 1.06–1.13 1.14–1.25 1.26–1.33 1.34–1.42 1.43–1.52 1.53–1.63 1.64–1.75 1.76–1.90 1.91–2.13 2.14–2.33 2.34–2.73 2.74–2.86 2.87–3.14 3.15–3.47 3.48–3.83 3.84–4.16 4.17–4.43 4.44–5.00 5.01–5.16 5.17–5.56 5.57–6.22 6.23–6.89 6.90–7.00 — 0.38–0.40 0.41–0.44 0.45–0.49 0.50–0.55 0.56–0.60 0.61–0.65 0.66–0.72 0.73–0.79 0.80–0.88 0.89–0.98 0.99–1.07 1.08–1.17 1.18–1.25 1.26–1.33 1.34–1.44 1.45–1.53 1.54–1.65 1.66–1.79 1.80–1.99 2.00–2.18 2.19–2.45 2.46–2.65 2.66–2.90 2.91–3.19 3.20–3.56 3.57–3.83 3.84–4.08 4.09–4.64 4.65–5.00 5.01–5.36 5.37–5.87 5.88–6.43 6.44–6.79 6.80–7.00 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 Table 18 Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U. 2 T.U. 3 T.U. 15.5–16.4 16.5–17.6 17.7–19.1 19.2–20.4 20.5–22.1 22.2–23.4 23.5–25.6 25.7–27.3 27.4–29.4 29.5–31.5 31.6–33.7 33.8–36.5 36.6–39.1 39.2–41.7 41.8–44.8 44.9–48.0 48.1–50.7 50.8–54.9 55.0–59.9 60.0–63.3 63.4–67.2 67.3–72.4 72.5–74.9 75.0–77.4 77.5–80.7 80.8–83.1 83.2–86.0 — — 14.4–15.3 15.4–16.4 16.5–18.4 18.5–19.6 19.7–21.0 21.1–22.7 22.8–24.2 24.3–25.9 26.0–27.8 27.9–29.8 29.9–31.7 31.8–34.2 34.3–36.9 37.0–39.8 39.9–42.3 42.4–45.3 45.4–47.9 48.0–51.9 52.0–56.5 56.6–60.7 60.8–64.8 64.9–67.1 67.2–70.1 70.2–72.9 73.0–74.9 75.0–77.9 78.0–80.9 81.0–82.9 83.0–86.0 13.6–14.5 14.6–15.5 15.6–17.4 17.5–18.5 18.6–19.9 20.0–21.5 21.6–22.9 23.0–24.5 24.6–26.3 26.4–28.2 28.3–30.0 30.1–32.3 32.4–34.9 35.0–37.6 37.7–40.0 40.1–42.8 42.9–45.3 45.4–49.1 49.2–53.4 53.5–57.4 57.5–61.3 61.4–63.5 63.6–66.3 66.4–69.0 69.1–70.9 71.0–73.7 73.8–76.5 76.6–78.4 78.5–86.0 Thermal Unit Number CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 16 1.T.U. 0.43–0.47 0.48–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.64 0.65–0.69 0.70–0.76 0.77–0.84 0.85–0.91 0.92–1.01 1.02–1.15 1.16–1.23 1.24–1.37 1.38–1.45 1.46–1.56 1.57–1.67 1.68–1.77 1.78–1.92 1.93–2.09 2.10–2.31 2.32–2.56 2.57–2.92 2.93–3.16 3.17–3.48 3.49–3.83 3.84–4.24 4.25–4.62 4.63–4.92 4.93–5.61 5.62–5.85 5.86–6.36 6.37–6.99 7.00–7.67 7.68–8.15 8.16–9.00 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 Motor FLC (A) 1.T.U. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 13 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-123 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 19–27 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19 Motor FLC (A) 43.6–47.3 47.4–51.3 51.4–54.6 54.7–59.7 59.8–65.1 65.2–70.1 70.2–75.1 75.2–82.2 82.3–89.2 89.3–96.5 96.6–104. 105.–113. 114.–123. 124.–133. Table 23 Thermal Unit Number CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 Table 20 Motor FLC (A) 133.–148. 149.–174. 175.–195. 196.–219. 220.–239. 240.–271. 272.–308. 309.–348. 349.–397. 398.–429. 430.–495. 496.–520. Thermal Unit Number B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 Table 21 Motor FLC (A) 128.–140. 141.–163. 164.–179. 180.–201. 202.–227. 228.–251. 252.–278. 279.–308. 309.–346. 347.–380. 381.–426. 427.–454. 455.–489. 490.–520. Thermal Unit Load B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 Table 22 Motor FLC (A) 92.0–100. 101.–109. 110.–119. 120.–131. 132.–139. 140.–156. 157.–166. 167.–180. 181.–189. 190.–209. 210.–225. 226.–238. 239.–266. Thermal Unit Number DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 213.0 DD 220.0 DD 230.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 Table 25 Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U. Large Enclosure 0.31–0.32 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.52 0.53–0.58 0.59–0.60 0.61–0.62 0.63–0.69 0.70–0.76 0.77–0.84 0.85–0.93 0.94–1.03 1.04–1.23 1.24–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.61 1.62–1.76 1.77–1.93 1.94–2.12 2.13–2.35 2.36–2.61 2.62–2.79 2.80–3.14 3.15–3.48 3.49–3.89 3.90–4.30 4.31–4.73 4.74–5.20 5.21–5.95 5.96–6.49 6.50–7.08 7.09–7.77 7.78–8.48 8.49–9.15 9.16–10.3 10.4–11.9 12.0–13.4 13.5–15.4 15.5–17.5 17.6–19.8 19.9–22.5 22.6–26.0 — Small Enclosure 0.29–0.30 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.37 0.38–0.41 0.42–0.45 0.46–0.50 0.51–0.55 0.56–0.57 0.58–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–0.99 1.00–1.18 1.19–1.30 1.31–1.42 1.43–1.49 1.50–1.69 1.70–1.85 1.86–2.03 2.04–2.25 2.26–2.50 2.51–2.68 2.69–3.01 3.02–3.35 3.36–3.74 3.75–4.14 4.15–4.57 4.58–5.03 5.04–5.76 5.77–6.29 6.30–6.87 6.88–7.54 7.55–8.25 8.26–8.60 8.61–9.63 9.64–11.1 11.2–12.5 12.6–14.3 14.4–16.1 16.2–18.2 18.3–20.6 20.7–23.4 23.5–26.0 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 Table 24 Motor FLC (A) 88.2–95.1 95.2–101. 102.–111. 112.–119. 120.–131. 132.–149. 150.–170. 171.–180. 181.–197. 198.–204. 205.–213. 214.–237. 238.–243. 244.–266. Thermal Unit Number DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-124 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 Motor FLC (A) 0.28–0.30 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.52 0.53–0.56 0.57–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–1.05 1.06–1.15 1.16–1.25 1.26–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.58 1.59–1.74 1.75–1.94 1.95–2.20 2.21–2.47 2.48–2.76 2.77–3.07 3.08–3.45 3.46–3.81 3.82–4.20 4.21–4.65 4.66–5.29 5.30–5.84 5.85–6.27 6.28–7.00 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 Table 26 Size 7 Type J Size 8 Type K 2000/5 Thermal Unit Number 277.–312. 313.–352. 353.–388. 389.–445. 446.–503. 504.–561. 562.–640. 641.–708. 709.–777. 778.–870. 871.–978. 979.–1093. 1094.–1215. B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 Current Transformer Ratio 120/5 Motor FLC 166.–187. 188.–211. 212.–232. 233.–267. 268.–301. 302.–336. 337.–383. 384.–425. 426.–466. 467.–522. 523.–587. 588.–656. 657.–764. Table 27 Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U. Large Enclosure 4.32–4.93 4.94–5.40 5.41–5.95 5.96–6.13 6.14–6.81 6.82–7.84 7.85–8.97 8.98–10.1 10.2–11.6 11.7–13.2 13.3–15.0 15.1–17.1 17.2–19.6 19.7–21.9 22.0–23.8 23.9–25.6 25.7–27.9 28.0–30.5 30.6–33.0 33.1–35.7 35.8–39.5 39.6–41.5 41.6–45.0 — Small Enclosure 4.14–4.71 4.72–5.18 5.19–5.74 5.75–5.98 5.99–6.47 6.48–7.42 7.43–8.46 8.47–9.56 9.57–10.9 11.0–12.3 12.4–14.0 14.1–15.9 16.0–18.1 18.2–20.3 20.4–22.0 22.1–23.6 23.7–25.5 25.6–27.8 27.9–30.0 30.1–32.4 32.5–35.7 35.8–38.3 38.4–40.9 41.0–45.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 28–42 www.schneider-electric.us Table 31 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 2 or 3 T.U. Large Small Enclosure Enclosure 45.3–48.2 40.3–42.8 CC 64.3 48.3–52.4 42.9–46.2 CC 68.5 52.5–56.4 46.3–49.8 CC 74.6 56.5–61.2 49.9–54.9 CC 81.5 61.3–66.1 55.0–57.9 CC 87.7 66.2–71.4 58.0–62.5 CC 94.0 71.5–77.0 62.6–67.3 CC 103.0 77.1–80.7 67.4–73.4 CC 112.0 80.8–87.7 73.5–78.9 CC 121.0 87.8–94.9 79.0–84.9 CC 132.0 95.0–102. 85.0–91.0 CC 143.0 103.–110. 91.1–97.2 CC 156.0 111.–117. 97.3–104. CC 167.0 118.–133. 105.–121. CC 180.0 — 122.–133. CC 196.0 Table 29 Motor FLC (A) 50.0–55.9 56.0–60.9 61.0–65.9 66.0–69.9 70.0–75.9 76.0–81.9 82.0–86.9 87.0–92.9 93.0–97.9 98.0–107.9 108.0–113.9 114.0–125.9 Thermal Unit Number E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102 Table 30 Motor FLC (A) Small Enclosure 37.0–40.8 40.9–45.6 45.7–51.8 51.9–58.8 58.9–67.4 67.5–70.4 70.5–79.4 79.5–86.3 86.4–96.7 96.8–105. 106.–117. 118.–133. AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 AU 135.0 AU 152.0 0.31–0.35 0.36–0.39 0.40–0.44 0.45–0.50 0.51–0.61 0.62–0.68 0.69–0.73 0.74–0.82 0.83–0.92 0.93–1.03 1.04–1.19 1.20–1.34 1.35–1.50 1.51–1.74 1.75–1.97 1.98–2.14 2.15–2.47 2.48–2.91 2.92–3.31 3.32–3.75 3.76–4.05 4.06–4.94 4.95–5.52 5.53–6.11 6.12–6.52 6.53–7.31 7.32–8.43 8.44–9.83 9.84–10.7 10.8–11.6 11.7–12.9 13.0–14.3 14.4–15.7 15.8–17.8 17.9–20.3 20.4–23.3 23.4–26.6 26.7–30.3 30.4–35.3 35.4–41.5 41.6–45 Table 32 Motor FLC (A) 0.33–0.35 0.36–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.62 0.63–0.68 0.69–0.75 0.76–0.83 0.84–0.91 0.92–1.00 1.01–1.10 1.11–1.21 1.22–1.33 1.34–1.47 1.48–1.62 1.63–1.77 1.78–1.96 1.97–2.16 2.17–2.37 2.38–2.62 2.63–2.88 2.89–3.17 3.18–3.48 3.49–3.83 3.84–4.20 4.21–4.62 4.63–5.08 5.09–5.57 5.58–6.13 6.14–6.83 6.84–7.41 7.42–8.05 8.06–8.98 8.99–9.93 9.94–10.9 11.0–12.4 12.5–14.3 14.4–15.8 15.9–17.9 18.0–20.0 20.1–22.4 22.5–25.0 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 Table 36 Thermal Motor FLC (A) Unit Number 0.28–0.30 AR .45 0.31–0.33 AR .49 0.34–0.36 AR .54 0.37–0.39 AR .59 0.40–0.42 AR .65 0.43–0.46 AR .71 0.47–0.50 AR .78 0.51–0.52 AR .86 0.53–0.56 AR .95 0.57–0.60 AR 1.05 0.61–0.66 AR 1.15 0.67–0.73 AR 1.26 0.74–0.81 AR 1.39 0.82–0.90 AR 1.53 0.91–1.05 AR 1.68 1.06–1.15 AR 1.85 1.16–1.25 AR 2.04 1.26–1.35 AR 2.24 1.36–1.47 AR 2.46 1.48–1.58 AR 2.71 1.59–1.74 AR 2.98 1.75–1.94 AR 3.28 1.95–2.20 AR 3.62 2.21–2.47 AR 3.98 2.48–2.76 AR 4.37 2.77–3.07 AR 4.80 3.08–3.45 AR 5.3 3.46–3.81 AR 5.8 3.82–4.20 AR 6.4 4.21–4.65 AR 7.0 4.66–5.29 AR 7.7 5.30–5.84 AR 8.5 5.85–6.27 AR 9.3 6.28–6.97 AR 10.2 6.98–7.59 AR 11.2 7.60–7.89 AR 12.4 7.90–8.95 AR 13.6 8.96–10.3 AR 15.4 10.4–11.7 AR 17.6 11.8–12.0 AR 20.5 Following Selections for Size 1 Only 11.8–13.3 AR 20.5 13.4–15.2 AR 23.0 15.3–17.2 AR 27.0 17.3–19.7 AR 30.0 19.8–22.4 AR 35.0 22.5–26.0 AR 40.0 Motor FLC (A) 90.6–97.4 97.5–111. 112.–129. 130.–149. 150.–163. 164.–189. 190.–213. 214.–240. 241.–266. Table 37 Motor FLC (A) 27.1–30.0 30.1–33.2 33.3–35.7 35.8–39.4 39.5–43.4 43.5–46.9 47.0–51.5 51.6–57.0 57.1–62.8 62.9–69.1 69.2–75.0 75.1–83.3 Motor FLC (A) 85.0–95.9 96.0–108. 109.–127. 128.–136. 137.–147. 148.–162. 163.–185. 186.–202. 203.–219. 220.–233. 234.–266. 15.1–16.2 16.3–17.5 17.6–19.1 19.2–20.7 20.8–22.2 22.3–24.0 24.1–25.7 25.8–27.8 27.9–30.1 30.2–32.5 32.6–35.1 35.2–38.0 38.1–41.1 41.2–44.0 44.1–47.2 47.3–51.1 51.2–55.8 55.9–59.5 59.6–64.5 64.6–69.5 69.6–75.0 75.1–78.1 78.2–82.3 82.4–86.0 148.–173. 174.–189. 190.–205. 206.–222. 223.–243. 244.–261. 262.–289. 290.–324. 325.–367. 368.–389. 390.–404. 405.–451. 452.–495. 496.–520. Motor FLC (A) 3 T.U. Thermal Unit Number 36.3–39.9 40.0–44.1 44.2–50.0 50.1–56.4 56.5–64.4 64.5–68.4 68.5–77.7 77.8–84.2 84.3–94.8 94.9–101. 102.–115. 116.–122. 123.–133. — 34.7–37.1 37.2–41.5 41.6–47.1 47.2–53.4 53.5–60.7 60.8–64.9 65.0–73.4 73.5–79.5 79.6–89.0 89.1–96.9 97.0–108. 109.–115. 116.–120. 121.–133. AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 AU 135.0 AU 152.0 AU 169.0 AU 183.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 Table 40 Table 35 2 T.U. Thermal Unit Number AF 123.0 AF 135.0 AF 150.0 AF 159.0 AF 168.0 AF 188.0 AF 205.0 AF 220.0 AF 240.0 AF 260.0 AF 308.0 Table 39 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 Thermal Unit Number E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80 Table 38 Table 34 Motor FLC (A) Table 41 Thermal Unit Number AF 110.0 AF 123.0 AF 135.0 AF 150.0 AF 159.0 AF 168.0 AF 188.0 AF 205.0 AF 220.0 Motor FLC (A) 15.3–16.7 16.8–19.8 19.9–22.8 22.9–25.8 25.9–30.4 30.5–31.9 32.0–34.2 34.3–38.8 38.9–44.2 44.3–50.2 50.3–57.1 57.2–63.2 63.3–68.6 68.7–78.6 78.7–86.0 Thermal Unit Number C 20.0 C 22.0 C 26.0 C 30.0 C 34.0 C 40.0 C 42.0 C 45.0 C 51.0 C 58.0 C 66.0 C 75.0 C 83.0 C 90.0 C 103.0 Motor FLC (A) 0.81–0.92 0.93–1.07 1.08–1.14 1.15–1.26 1.27–1.49 1.50–1.73 1.74–1.89 1.90–2.16 2.17–2.37 2.38–2.66 2.67–2.99 3.00–3.40 3.41–3.94 3.95–4.15 4.16–4.49 4.50–5.15 5.16–5.77 5.78–6.61 6.62–7.14 7.15–7.97 7.98–8.15 8.16–9.32 9.33–9.97 9.98–10.7 10.8–12.0 12.1–13.9 14.0–15.7 15.8–18.4 18.5–21.6 21.7–24.0 24.1–28.6 28.7–30.7 30.8–33.5 33.6–36.0 Thermal Unit Number B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 Table 42 Motor FLC (A) 0.28–0.30 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.42 0.43–0.46 0.47–0.50 0.51–0.52 0.53–0.56 0.57–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–1.05 1.06–1.15 1.16–1.25 1.26–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.58 1.59–1.74 1.75–1.94 1.95–2.20 2.21–2.47 2.48–2.76 2.77–3.07 3.08–3.45 3.46–3.81 3.82–4.20 4.21–4.65 4.66–5.29 5.30–5.84 5.85–6.27 6.28–6.97 6.98–7.59 7.60–7.89 7.90–8.95 8.96–10.3 10.4–11.7 11.8–13.3 13.4–15.2 15.3–17.2 17.3–19.7 19.8–22.4 22.5–26.0 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 16 Large Enclosure 39.0–42.9 43.0–48.0 48.1–54.7 54.8–62.2 62.3–71.3 71.4–76.0 76.1–85.5 85.6–92.4 92.5–103. 104.–111. 112.–123. 124.–133. Thermal Unit Number Motor FLC (A) Table 33 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-125 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 43–58 www.schneider-electric.us Table 43 Motor FLC (A) 0.41–0.44 0.45–0.49 0.50–0.53 0.54–0.58 0.59–0.65 0.66–0.71 0.72–0.78 0.79–0.85 0.86–0.96 0.97–1.04 1.05–1.16 1.17–1.29 1.30–1.37 1.38–1.47 1.48–1.56 1.57–1.65 1.66–1.79 1.80–1.95 1.96–2.15 2.16–2.38 2.39–2.75 2.76–2.84 2.85–3.06 3.07–3.45 3.46–3.70 3.71–4.07 4.08–4.32 4.33–4.90 4.91–5.35 5.36–5.85 5.86–6.41 6.42–6.79 6.80–7.57 7.58–8.15 8.16–8.98 8.99–9.67 9.68–9.95 9.96–10.8 10.9–12.1 12.2–13.1 13.2–13.9 14.0–15.0 15.1–16.0 Table 45 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 19.8 A 21.3 A 25.2 Table 49 Size 7 Size 8 Type J Type K Current Transformer Ratio 1200/5 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 0.34–0.38 0.39–0.43 0.44–0.48 0.49–0.53 0.54–0.62 0.63–0.69 0.70–0.78 0.79–0.88 0.89–0.99 1.00–1.10 1.11–1.26 1.27–1.43 1.44–1.59 1.60–1.81 1.82–2.00 2.01–2.28 2.29–2.52 2.53–2.87 2.88–3.28 3.29–3.75 3.76–4.27 4.28–4.77 4.78–5.27 5.28–5.91 5.92–6.25 6.26–6.83 6.84–7.65 7.66–8.55 8.56–9.56 9.57–10.3 10.4–11.3 11.4–12.4 12.5–14.1 14.2–15.7 15.8–17.9 18.0–20.1 20.2–22.5 22.6–25.0 16-126 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.65 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 Thermal Unit Number 2000/5 Motor FLC (A) Non-Compensated 136.–150. 227.–251. AR 1.05 151.–165. 252.–276. AR 1.15 166.–183. 277.–305. AR 1.26 184.–202. 306.–337. AR 1.39 203.–224. 338.–373. AR 1.53 225.–267. 374.–445. AR 1.68 268.–293. 446.–489. AR 1.85 294.–319. 490.–532. AR 2.04 320.–349. 533.–582. AR 2.24 350.–381. 583.–636. AR 2.46 382.–418. 637.–697. AR 2.71 419.–459. 698.–766. AR 2.98 460.–509. 767.–849. AR 3.28 510.–565. 850.–942. AR 3.62 566.–604. 943.–1007. AR 3.98 605.–697. 1008.–1133. AR 4.37 698.–753. — AR 4.80 Compensated 161.–177. 268.–295. AR 1.26 178.–196. 296.–327. AR 1.39 197.–217. 328.–363. AR 1.53 218.–253. 364.–423. AR 1.68 254.–277. 424.–463. AR 1.85 278.–301. 464.–503. AR 2.04 302.–325. 504.–543. AR 2.24 326.–354. 544.–592. AR 2.46 355.–381. 592.–635. AR 2.71 382.–419. 636.–699. AR 2.98 420.–467. 700.–779. AR 3.28 468.–529. 780.–883. AR 3.62 530.–594. 884.–991. AR 3.98 595.–664. 992.–1107. AR 4.37 665.–738. 1108.–1231. AR 4.80 739.–829. — AR 5.3 Table 46 Table 44 Motor FLC (A) Motor FLC (A) Motor FLC (A) 105.–116. 117.–132. 133.–148. 149.–165. 166.–184. 185.–207. 208.–229. 230.–266. Thermal Unit Number AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 Table 47 Motor FLC (A) 146.–169. 170.–185. 186.–201. 202.–217. 218.–236. 237.–253. 254.–279. 280.–311. 312.–353. 354.–396. 397.–442. 443.–492. 493.–520. Thermal Unit Number AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 Table 48 Motor FLC (A) 158.–187. 188.–206. 207.–224. 225.–244. 245.–267. 268.–289. 290.–324. 325.–361. 362.–406. 407.–445. 446.–463. 464.–520. Thermal Unit Number AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 82.5–88.2 88.3–95.9 96.0–102. 103.–109. 110.–121. 122.–139. 140.–154. 155.–163. 164.–175. 176.–184. 185.–195. 196.–215. 216.–224. 225.–243. 244.–266. Table 53 Thermal Unit Number DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0 DD 340.0 Table 50 Motor FLC (A) 14.4–16.1 16.2–18.6 18.7–20.5 20.6–23.4 23.5–26.9 27.0–28.3 28.4–30.8 30.9–35.0 35.1–38.8 38.9–44.3 44.4–49.3 49.4–55.5 55.6–61.0 61.1–68.6 68.7–76.3 76.4–86.0 Thermal Unit Number AU 20.0 AU 23.0 AU 26.0 AU 29.0 AU 33.0 AU 38.0 AU 40.0 AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 Table 51 Motor FLC (A) 15.7–17.7 17.8–19.9 20.0–22.7 22.8–25.7 25.8–29.1 29.2–30.8 30.9–34.3 34.4–38.3 38.4–42.3 42.4–47.5 47.6–53.0 53.1–60.5 60.6–64.9 65.0–71.5 71.6–77.3 77.4–86.0 Thermal Unit Number AU 20.0 AU 23.0 AU 26.0 AU 29.0 AU 33.0 AU 38.0 AU 40.0 AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 Table 52 Motor FLC (A) 92.0–103. 104.–116. 117.–139. 140.–150. 151.–167. 168.–177. 178.–205. 206.–222. 223.–232. 233.–247. 248.–266. Thermal Unit Number AF 123.0 AF 135.0 AF 150.0 AF 159.0 AF 168.0 AF 188.0 AF 205.0 AF 220.0 AF 240.0 AF 260.0 AF 308.0 Table 56 Motor FLC (A) 1 T. U. 3 T. U. 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.41–0.48 0.49–0.57 0.58–0.64 0.65–0.70 0.71–0.77 0.78–0.85 0.86–0.99 1.00–1.10 1.11–1.28 1.29–1.41 1.42–1.58 1.59–1.80 1.81–2.03 2.04–2.25 2.26–2.51 2.52–2.83 2.84–3.29 3.30–3.75 3.76–4.22 4.23–4.65 4.66–5.16 5.17–5.53 5.54–6.09 6.10–6.80 6.81–7.60 7.61–8.35 8.36–9.00 0.29–0.31 0.32–0.36 0.37–0.38 0.39–0.46 0.47–0.55 0.56–0.61 0.62–0.66 0.67–0.75 0.76–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.06 1.07–1.18 1.19–1.31 1.32–1.47 1.48–1.67 1.68–1.83 1.84–2.04 2.05–2.38 2.39–2.60 2.61–3.13 3.14–3.59 3.60–3.94 3.95–4.19 4.20–4.72 4.73–5.21 5.22–5.51 5.52–6.17 6.18–7.00 — — Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 3 T. U. 3.29–3.74 3.75–4.23 4.24–4.68 4.69–5.22 5.23–5.67 5.68–6.13 6.14–6.91 6.92–7.70 7.71–8.56 8.57–9.39 9.40–10.4 10.5–11.6 11.7–12.9 13.0–14.6 14.7–16.5 16.6–18.5 18.6–21.0 21.1–23.6 23.7–26.3 26.4–29.3 29.4–35.1 35.2–36.1 36.2–39.1 39.2–41.5 41.6–45.0 — — 3.18–3.40 3.41–3.76 3.77–4.00 4.01–4.57 4.58–5.03 5.04–5.32 5.33–5.97 5.98–6.88 6.89–7.82 7.83–8.47 8.48–9.15 9.16–10.1 10.2–11.2 11.3–12.0 12.1–13.6 13.7–15.2 15.3–17.1 17.2–19.0 19.1–21.5 21.6–24.1 24.2–27.0 27.1–28.7 28.8–30.4 30.5–32.2 32.3–35.4 35.5–38.2 38.3–45.0 2 T. U. Motor FLC (A) 3 T. U. Thermal Unit Number 43.6–45.5 45.6–49.6 49.7–53.1 53.2–57.6 57.7–62.4 62.5–67.5 67.6–71.1 71.2–75.9 76.0–81.9 82.0–84.6 84.7–90.7 90.8–98.4 98.5–105. 106.–117. 118.–123. 124.–133. — 41.1–43.5 43.6–46.8 46.9–50.0 50.1–54.9 55.0–57.5 57.6–61.8 61.9–66.2 66.3–72.4 72.5–78.1 78.2–80.7 80.8–86.5 86.6–93.9 94.0–100. 101.–112. 113.–117. 118.–123. 124.–133. CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 CC 208.0 CC 219.0 Table 55 Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U. 3 T. U. 0.38–0.40 0.41–0.43 0.44–0.48 0.49–0.52 0.53–0.56 0.57–0.61 0.62–0.67 0.68–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.89 0.90–0.97 0.98–1.07 1.08–1.17 1.18–1.31 1.32–1.49 1.50–1.69 1.70–1.83 1.84–2.00 2.01–2.17 2.18–2.35 2.36–2.60 2.61–2.87 2.88–3.14 3.15–3.47 3.48–3.90 3.91–4.36 4.37–4.88 4.89–5.37 5.38–5.97 5.98–6.55 6.56–7.50 7.51–8.23 8.24–9.00 0.31–0.33 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.39 0.40–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.58 0.59–0.64 0.65–0.70 0.71–0.77 0.78–0.85 0.86–0.94 0.95–1.03 1.04–1.22 1.23–1.34 1.35–1.46 1.47–1.58 1.59–1.76 1.77–1.85 1.86–2.08 2.09–2.27 2.28–2.51 2.52–2.90 2.91–3.23 3.24–3.58 3.59–4.02 4.03–4.43 4.44–4.86 4.87–5.37 5.38–6.12 6.13–6.65 6.66–7.00 Thermal Unit Number AR .45 AR .49 AR .54 AR .59 AR .65 AR .71 AR .78 AR .86 AR .95 AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 Thermal Unit Number B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0 Table 57 Motor FLC (A)) Table 54 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 Motor FLC (A) 1 or 2 T. U. 2 T. U. 3 T. U. 5.09–5.59 5.60–6.11 6.12–6.72 6.73–7.37 7.38–7.67 7.68–8.68 8.69–9.94 9.95–11.1 11.2–12.9 13.0–14.7 14.8–16.9 17.0–19.2 19.3–21.9 22.0–24.4 24.5–26.3 26.4–28.0 28.1–30.3 30.4–32.2 32.3–34.4 34.5–36.6 36.7–39.5 39.6–45.0 — 5.15–5.97 5.98–6.50 6.51–7.04 7.05–7.59 7.60–7.93 7.94–9.04 9.05–10.2 10.3–11.5 11.6–13.2 13.3–14.9 15.0–16.9 17.0–19.3 19.4–21.7 21.8–25.0 25.1–27.0 27.1–29.1 29.2–30.8 30.9–32.9 33.0–35.0 35.1–37.1 37.2–39.1 39.2–41.5 41.6–45.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 Table 58 Motor FLC (A) 1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. 3.37–3.82 3.83–4.33 4.34–4.79 4.80–5.33 5.34–5.79 5.80–6.27 6.28–7.03 7.04–7.88 7.89–8.73 8.74–9.55 9.56–10.6 10.7–11.8 11.9–13.1 13.2–14.9 15.0–16.9 17.0–18.8 18.9–21.5 21.6–24.1 24.2–26.8 26.9–29.9 30.0–35.5 35.6–36.5 36.6–39.6 39.7–41.5 41.6–45.0 — 3.28–3.51 3.52–3.89 3.90–4.14 4.15–4.73 4.74–5.22 5.23–5.53 5.54–6.21 6.22–7.17 7.18–8.19 8.20–8.90 8.91–9.57 9.58–10.6 10.7–11.8 11.9–12.7 12.8–14.4 14.5–16.1 16.2–18.2 18.3–20.2 20.3–22.8 22.9–25.6 25.7–28.8 28.9–30.6 30.7–32.4 32.5–34.6 34.7–38.6 38.7–45.0 Thermal Unit Number B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 59–66 www.schneider-electric.us Table 62 Motor FLC (A) 1 or 2 T. U. 0.34–0.38 0.39–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.53 0.54–0.60 0.61–0.68 0.69–0.76 0.77–0.86 0.87–0.97 0.98–1.07 1.08–1.23 1.24–1.39 1.40–1.55 1.56–1.77 1.78–1.96 1.97–2.15 2.16–2.41 2.42–2.71 2.72–3.03 3.04–3.53 3.54–4.01 4.02–4.56 4.57–5.03 5.04–5.59 5.60–5.95 5.96–6.58 6.59–7.31 7.32–8.15 8.16–9.13 9.14–9.91 9.92–10.7 10.8–12.1 12.2–13.5 13.6–15.1 15.2–17.0 17.1–18.9 19.0–21.5 21.6–24.0 24.1–26.0 — 3 T. U. 0.29–0.31 0.32–0.35 0.36–0.38 0.39–0.46 0.47–0.55 0.56–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.75 0.76–0.84 0.85–0.95 0.96–1.09 1.10–1.21 1.22–1.35 1.36–1.53 1.54–1.73 1.74–1.90 1.91–2.14 2.15–2.34 2.35–2.67 2.68–3.22 3.23–3.48 3.49–3.87 3.88–4.14 4.15–4.73 4.74–5.28 5.29–5.64 5.65–6.39 6.40–7.43 7.44–8.55 8.56–9.40 9.41–10.0 10.1–11.2 11.3–12.5 12.6–13.5 13.6–15.4 15.5–17.5 17.6–19.9 20.0–22.2 22.3–25.5 25.6–26.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 Table 60 Motor FLC (A) 6.84–7.49 7.50–8.05 8.06–9.10 9.11–9.99 10.0–11.1 11.2–12.7 12.8–14.8 14.9–16.6 16.7–19.3 19.4–21.4 21.5–25.1 25.2–28.3 28.4–31.2 31.3–33.3 33.4–35.7 35.8–38.5 38.6–41.5 41.6–45.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 Table 64 Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U. 4.83–5.33 5.34–5.84 5.85–6.43 6.44–7.03 7.04–7.30 7.31–8.29 8.30–9.49 9.50–10.7 10.8–12.3 12.4–14.0 14.1–16.0 16.1–18.4 18.5–21.0 21.1–23.0 23.1–25.5 25.6–26.7 26.8–28.3 28.4–30.3 30.4–32.5 32.6–34.5 34.6–37.6 37.7–39.7 39.8–41.4 41.5–45.0 3 T. U. 4.90–5.68 5.69–6.19 6.20–6.71 6.72–7.14 7.15–7.49 7.50–8.48 8.49–9.66 9.67–10.8 10.9–12.4 12.5–13.9 14.0–15.7 15.8–18.1 18.2–20.3 20.4–23.0 23.1–25.2 25.3–26.6 26.7–28.2 28.3–30.2 30.3–32.3 32.4–34.3 34.4–36.7 36.8–39.3 39.4–45.0 — Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0 Table 63 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 or 2 T. U. 3 T. U. 15.1–17.0 17.1–19.1 19.2–21.8 21.9–24.5 24.6–27.9 28.0–29.5 29.6–32.9 33.0–36.6 36.7–40.3 40.4–45.1 45.2–50.4 50.5–57.3 57.4–62.4 62.5–68.3 68.4–73.9 74.0–80.6 80.7–86.0 AU 20.0 AU 23.0 AU 26.0 AU 29.0 AU 33.0 AU 38.0 AU 40.0 AU 44.0 AU 50.0 AU 56.0 AU 64.0 AU 72.0 AU 81.0 AU 88.0 AU 99.0 AU 110.0 AU 123.0 Motor FLC (A) 2 T. U. 2 T. U. 3 T. U. 1Ø 2Ø 0.38–0.40 0.38–0.40 0.31–0.33 AR .45 0.41–0.43 0.41–0.43 0.34–0.36 AR .49 0.44–0.48 0.44–0.48 0.37–0.39 AR .54 0.49–0.52 0.49–0.52 0.40–0.43 AR .59 0.53–0.56 0.53–0.56 0.44–0.47 AR .65 0.57–0.61 0.57–0.61 0.48–0.51 AR .71 0.62–0.67 0.62–0.67 0.52–0.56 AR .78 0.68–0.73 0.68–0.73 0.57–0.58 AR .86 0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.59–0.64 AR .95 0.82–0.89 0.82–0.89 0.65–0.70 AR 1.05 0.90–0.97 0.90–0.97 0.71–0.77 AR 1.15 0.98–1.07 0.98–1.07 0.78–0.85 AR 1.26 1.08–1.17 1.08–1.17 0.86–0.94 AR 1.39 1.18–1.31 1.18–1.31 0.95–1.03 AR 1.53 1.32–1.49 1.32–1.49 1.04–1.22 AR 1.68 1.50–1.69 1.50–1.69 1.23–1.34 AR 1.85 1.70–1.83 1.70–1.83 1.35–1.46 AR 2.04 1.84–2.00 1.84–2.00 1.47–1.58 AR 2.24 2.01–2.17 2.01–2.17 1.59–1.76 AR 2.46 2.18–2.35 2.18–2.35 1.77–1.85 AR 2.71 2.36–2.60 2.36–2.60 1.86–2.08 AR 2.98 2.61–2.87 2.61–2.87 2.09–2.27 AR 3.28 2.88–3.14 2.88–3.14 2.28–2.51 AR 3.62 3.15–3.47 3.15–3.47 2.52–2.90 AR 3.98 3.48–3.90 3.48–3.90 2.91–3.23 AR 4.37 3.91–4.36 3.91–4.36 3.24–3.58 AR 4.80 4.37–4.88 4.37–4.88 3.59–4.02 AR 5.3 4.89–5.37 4.89–5.37 4.03–4.43 AR 5.8 5.38–5.97 5.38–5.97 4.44–4.86 AR 6.4 5.98–6.55 5.98–6.55 4.87–5.37 AR 7.0 6.56–7.50 6.56–7.50 5.38–6.12 AR 7.7 7.51–8.23 7.51–8.23 6.13–6.65 AR 8.5 8.24–8.99 8.24–8.99 6.66–7.31 AR 9.3 9.00–9.86 9.00–9.86 7.32–7.96 AR 10.2 9.87–10.7 9.87–10.7 7.97–8.69 AR 11.2 10.8–11.2 10.8–11.2 8.70–8.99 AR 12.4 11.3–12.8 11.3–12.0 9.00–10.1 AR 13.6 12.9–14.8 — 10.2–11.5 AR 15.4 14.9–16.7 — 11.6–12.0 AR 17.6 16.8–18.0 — — AR 20.5 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. — 11.3–12.8 — AR 13.6 — 12.9–14.8 — AR 15.4 — 14.9–16.7 11.6–13.0 AR 17.6 16.8–19.0 16.8–19.0 13.1–14.6 AR 20.5 19.1–22.0 19.1–22.0 14.7–16.5 AR 23.0 22.1–24.9 22.1–24.9 16.6–18.5 AR 27.0 25.0–26.0 25.0–26.0 18.6–21.0 AR 30.0 — — 21.1–23.6 AR 35.0 — — 23.7–26.0 AR 40.0 Table 61 Motor FLC (A) 3 T. U. 45.3–48.2 48.3–52.4 52.5–56.4 56.5–61.2 61.3–66.1 66.2–71.4 71.5–77.0 77.1–79.0 79.1–84.7 84.8–91.1 91.2–98.1 98.2–104. 105.–113. 114.–123. 124.–133. Thermal Unit Number CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 0.31–0.35 B 0.44 0.36–0.39 B 0.51 0.40–0.44 B 0.57 0.45–0.50 B 0.63 0.51–0.58 B 0.71 0.59–0.65 B 0.81 0.66–0.73 B 0.92 0.74–0.82 B 1.03 0.83–0.92 B 1.16 0.93–1.03 B 1.30 1.04–1.19 B 1.45 1.20–1.34 B 1.67 1.35–1.50 B 1.88 1.51–1.67 B 2.10 1.68–1.89 B 2.40 1.90–2.14 B 2.65 2.15–2.36 B 3.00 2.37–2.65 B 3.30 2.66–2.97 B 3.70 2.98–3.47 B 4.15 3.48–3.94 B 4.85 3.95–4.44 B 5.50 4.45–4.94 B 6.25 4.95–5.52 B 6.90 5.53–5.88 B 7.70 5.89–6.52 B 8.20 6.53–7.31 B 9.10 7.32–8.21 B 10.2 8.22–9.18 B 11.5 9.19–9.90 B 12.8 10.0–11.0 B 14.0 11.1–12.4 B 15.5 12.5–13.9 B 17.5 14.0–15.7 B 19.5 15.8–17.8 B 22.0 17.9–20.0 B 25.0 20.1–22.9 B 28.0 23.0–25.0 B 32.0 Following Selections for Size 2 Only. 23.0–25.7 B 32.0 25.8–28.6 B 36.0 28.7–32.2 B 40.0 32.3–35.8 B 45.0 35.9–40.1 B 50.0 40.2–44.4 B 56.0 44.5–50.0 B 62.0 Table 66 Motor FLC (A) 0.31–0.32 0.33–0.36 0.37–0.41 0.42–0.49 0.50–0.54 0.55–0.61 0.62–0.67 0.68–0.76 0.77–0.87 0.88–0.98 0.99–1.05 1.06–1.25 1.26–1.33 1.34–1.56 1.57–1.71 1.72–1.97 1.98–2.15 2.16–2.42 2.43–2.78 2.79–3.28 3.29–3.88 3.89–4.13 4.14–4.43 4.44–4.96 4.97–5.35 5.36–5.91 5.92–6.79 6.80–7.56 7.57–7.83 7.84–8.09 8.10–9.51 9.52–10.1 10.2–11.3 11.4–13.1 13.2–14.9 15.0–16.1 16.2–17.8 17.9–19.1 19.2–22.4 22.5–23.5 23.6–26.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.44 B 0.51 B 0.57 B 0.63 B 0.71 B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.5 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 16 2 T. U. 46.8–50.0 50.1–54.2 54.3–58.3 58.4–63.6 63.7–68.5 68.6–74.0 74.1–79.8 79.9–83.0 83.1–88.9 89.0–95.6 95.7–102. 103.–109. 110.–119. 120.–133. — Table 65 Thermal Unit No. NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 59 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-127 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 67–73 www.schneider-electric.us Table 67 Table 72 Table 70 Motor FLC (A) 3.79–4.14 4.15–4.44 4.45–5.22 5.23–5.29 5.30–5.99 6.00–6.82 6.83–7.68 7.69–7.92 7.93–8.47 8.48–9.99 10.0–10.8 10.9–12.3 12.4–12.9 13.0–15.1 15.2–16.7 16.8–17.9 18.0–20.1 20.2–23.8 23.9–25.8 25.9–28.3 28.4–29.6 29.7–32.1 32.2–34.4 34.5–38.3 38.4–39.9 40.0–45.0 Thermal Unit Number B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0 Table 68 Motor FLC (A) 14.9–16.1 16.2–17.3 17.4–19.5 19.6–20.7 20.8–22.4 22.5–23.9 24.0–25.8 25.9–27.6 27.7–29.7 29.8–31.8 31.9–34.2 34.3–37.0 37.1–39.6 39.7–42.5 42.6–45.0 45.1–48.6 48.7–51.2 51.3–56.0 56.1–60.1 60.2–64.3 64.4–68.9 69.0–71.9 72.0–75.4 75.5–78.9 79.0–82.1 82.2–86.0 Thermal Unit Number CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 Motor FLC (A) 4.24–4.62 4.63–5.05 5.06–5.54 5.55–6.13 6.14–6.44 6.45–7.48 7.49–8.55 8.56–9.74 9.75–11.1 11.2–12.7 12.8–14.4 14.5–16.4 16.5–18.9 19.0–21.6 21.7–23.3 23.4–24.9 25.0–26.9 27.0–29.1 29.2–31.3 31.4–33.5 33.6–36.9 37.0–39.1 39.2–40.9 41.0–45.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0 Table 71 Motor FLC (A) 3.98–4.53 4.54–5.03 5.04–5.46 5.47–6.01 6.02–6.31 6.32–7.19 7.20–8.29 8.30–9.49 9.50–11.0 11.1–12.6 12.7–14.3 14.4–16.5 16.6–19.2 19.3–21.9 22.0–23.8 23.9–25.5 25.6–27.7 27.8–30.1 30.2–32.5 32.6–34.8 34.9–38.5 38.6–41.5 41.6–45.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 Motor FLC (A) Table 73 Thermal Unit Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. 2.38–2.62 2.38–2.62 FB 3.33 2.63–2.94 2.63–2.94 FB 3.71 2.95–3.31 2.95–3.31 FB 4.1 3.32–3.43 3.32–3.43 FB 4.5 3.44–3.81 3.44–3.81 FB 4.75 3.82–4.32 3.82–4.32 FB 5.3 4.33–4.75 4.33–4.75 FB 6.1 4.76–5.38 4.76–5.38 FB 6.75 5.39–5.75 5.39–5.75 FB 7.45 5.76–5.97 5.76–5.97 FB 7.8 5.98–6.30 5.98–6.30 FB 8.21 6.31–6.55 6.31–6.55 FB 8.6 6.56–6.89 6.56–6.89 FB 9.0 6.90–7.14 6.90–7.14 FB 9.5 7.15–7.36 7.15–7.36 FB 10.0 7.37–8.30 7.37–8.30 FB 10.6 8.31–8.59 8.31–8.59 FB 11.2 8.60–9.01 8.60–9.01 FB 12.1 9.02–9.68 9.02–9.68 FB 13.1 9.69–9.99 9.69–9.99 FB 13.9 10.0–10.9 10.0–10.9 FB 14.8 11.0–11.3 11.0–11.3 FB 15.6 11.4–12.4 11.4–12.0 FB 16.4 12.5–12.9 — FB 17.6 13.0–14.0 — FB 18.4 14.1–14.5 — FB 19.4 14.6–15.7 — FB 21.1 15.8–16.6 — FB 22.6 16.7–18.0 — FB 23.6 Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only. — 11.4–12.4 FB 16.4 — 12.5–12.9 FB 17.6 — 13.0–14.0 FB 18.4 — 14.1–14.5 FB 19.4 — 14.6–15.7 FB 21.1 — 15.8–16.6 FB 22.6 16.7–17.6 16.7–17.6 FB 23.6 17.7–18.3 17.7–18.3 FB 24.8 18.4–19.4 18.4–19.4 FB 26.7 19.5–20.5 19.5–20.5 FB 28.3 20.6–21.7 20.6–21.7 FB 29.6 21.8–22.8 21.8–22.8 FB 30.5 22.9–24.3 22.9–24.3 FB 32.5 24.4–24.7 24.4–24.7 FB 34.1 24.8–25.4 24.8–25.4 FB 35.0 25.5–26.0 25.5–26.0 FB 36.6 Following Selections for Size M–1P Only. 26.1–27.7 — FB 38.3 27.8–28.9 — FB 40.2 29.0–30.6 — FB 42.0 30.7–32.5 — FB 44.0 32.6–36.0 — FB 46.0 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. 2.42–2.67 2.42–2.67 FB 3.33 2.68–3.00 2.68–3.00 FB 3.71 3.01–3.36 3.01–3.36 FB 4.1 3.37–3.53 3.37–3.53 FB 4.5 3.54–3.91 3.54–3.91 FB 4.75 3.92–4.41 3.92–4.41 FB 5.3 4.42–4.83 4.42–4.83 FB 6.1 4.84–5.45 4.84–5.45 FB 6.75 5.46–5.89 5.46–5.89 FB 7.45 5.90–6.04 5.90–6.04 FB 7.8 6.05–6.55 6.05–6.55 FB 8.21 6.56–6.72 6.56–6.72 FB 8.6 6.73–7.00 6.73–7.00 FB 9.0 7.01–7.39 7.01–7.39 FB 9.5 7.40–7.54 7.40–7.54 FB 10.0 7.55–8.41 7.55–8.41 FB 10.6 8.42–8.91 8.42–8.91 FB 11.2 8.92–9.16 8.92–9.16 FB 12.1 9.17–10.0 9.17–10.0 FB 13.1 10.1–10.3 10.1–10.3 FB 13.9 10.4–11.4 10.4–11.4 FB 14.8 11.5–11.8 11.5–11.8 FB 15.6 11.9–12.9 11.9–12.9 FB 16.4 13.0–13.4 — FB 17.6 13.5–14.2 — FB 18.4 14.3–15.1 — FB 19.4 15.2–18.0 — FB 21.1 Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only. — 11.5–11.8 FB 15.6 — 11.9–12.9 FB 16.4 — 13.0–13.4 FB 17.6 — 13.5–14.2 FB 18.4 — 14.3–15.1 FB 19.4 15.2–17.1 15.2–17.1 FB 21.1 17.2–18.0 17.2–18.0 FB 22.6 18.1–18.9 18.1–18.9 FB 23.6 19.0–19.7 19.0–19.7 FB 24.8 19.8–20.9 19.8–20.9 FB 26.7 21.0–21.9 21.0–21.9 FB 28.3 22.0–23.1 22.0–23.1 FB 29.6 23.2–24.3 23.2–24.3 FB 30.5 24.4–25.5 24.4–25.5 FB 32.6 25.6–26.0 25.6–26.0 FB 34.1 Following Selections for Size M–1P Only. 26.1–26.8 — FB 35.0 26.9–27.3 — FB 36.6 27.4–28.7 — FB 38.3 28.8–30.2 — FB 40.2 30.3–31.9 — FB 42.0 32.0–36.0 — FB 44.0 Table 69 Motor FLC (A) 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 1 or 2 T. U. 3.46–3.90 3.91–4.44 4.45–4.91 4.92–5.51 5.52–5.84 5.85–6.54 6.55–7.33 7.34–8.31 8.32–9.22 9.23–10.0 10.1–11.2 11.3–12.5 12.6–14.2 14.3–16.1 16.2–18.4 18.5–20.5 20.6–23.2 23.3–26.6 26.7–29.6 29.7–33.5 33.6–37.2 37.3–41.5 41.6–45.0 — 16-128 3 T. U. 3.38–3.65 3.66–4.07 4.08–4.36 4.37–5.19 5.20–5.59 5.60–5.98 5.99–6.78 6.79–7.91 7.92–9.12 9.13–10.0 10.1–10.7 10.8–12.0 12.1–13.5 13.6–14.6 14.7–16.7 16.8–18.9 19.0–21.6 21.7–24.1 24.2–27.6 27.7–31.2 31.3–35.5 35.6–37.8 37.9–41.5 41.6–45.0 Thermal Unit Number B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 74–83 www.schneider-electric.us Table 76 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. 2.23–2.47 2.23–2.47 FB 3.33 2.48–2.76 2.48–2.76 FB 3.71 2.77–3.04 2.77–3.04 FB 4.1 3.05–3.24 3.05–3.24 FB 4.5 3.25–3.61 3.25–3.61 FB 4.75 3.62–4.19 3.62–4.19 FB 5.3 4.20–4.62 4.20–4.62 FB 6.1 4.63–5.14 4.63–5.14 FB 6.75 5.15–5.39 5.15–5.39 FB 7.45 5.40–5.69 5.40–5.69 FB 7.8 5.70–5.99 5.70–5.99 FB 8.21 6.00–6.29 6.00–6.29 FB 8.6 6.30–6.64 6.30–6.64 FB 9.0 6.65–6.99 6.65–6.99 FB 9.5 7.00–7.39 7.00–7.39 FB 10.0 7.40–7.79 7.40–7.79 FB 10.6 7.80–7.94 7.80–7.94 FB 11.2 7.95–8.49 7.95–8.49 FB 12.1 8.50–8.99 8.50–8.99 FB 13.1 9.00–9.59 9.00–9.59 FB 13.9 9.60–10.1 9.60–10.1 FB 14.8 10.2–10.6 10.2–10.6 FB 15.6 10.7–11.3 10.7–11.3 FB 16.4 11.4–12.0 11.4–12.0 FB 17.6 12.0–12.6 — FB 18.4 12.7–13.8 — FB 19.4 13.9–14.7 — FB 21.1 14.8–15.2 — FB 22.6 15.3–16.2 — FB 23.6 16.3–18.0 — FB 24.8 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. — 12.0–12.6 FB 18.4 — 12.7–13.8 FB 19.4 13.9–14.7 13.9–14.7 FB 21.1 14.8–15.2 14.8–15.2 FB 22.6 15.3–16.2 15.3–16.2 FB 23.6 16.3–17.4 16.3–17.4 FB 24.8 17.5–18.5 17.5–18.5 FB 26.7 18.6–19.6 18.6–19.6 FB 28.3 19.7–20.2 19.7–20.2 FB 29.6 20.3–21.5 20.3–21.5 FB 30.5 21.6–22.4 21.6–22.4 FB 32.6 22.5–23.2 22.5–23.2 FB 34.1 23.3–24.3 23.3–24.3 FB 35.0 24.4–25.4 24.4–25.4 FB 36.6 25.5–26.0 25.5–26.0 FB 38.3 Table 75 Thermal Unit Number FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35.0 FB 36.6 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 Table 79 Thermal Unit Number FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 Table 77 Motor FLC (A) 48.0–50.9 51.0–53.7 53.8–57.0 57.1–60.4 60.5–64.0 64.1–71.9 72.0–83.9 84.0–93.1 93.2–104 105–109 110–123 124–133 Thermal Unit Number FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 FB 105.0 FB 115.0 Table 78 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit 2 T. U. or Number 3 T. U. 2.26–2.51 2.26–2.51 FB 3.33 2.52–2.82 2.52–2.82 FB 3.71 2.83–3.09 2.83–3.09 FB 4.1 3.10–3.30 3.10–3.30 FB 4.5 3.31–3.69 3.31–3.69 FB 4.75 3.70–4.27 3.70–4.27 FB 5.3 4.28–4.72 4.28–4.72 FB 6.1 4.73–5.25 4.73–5.25 FB 6.75 5.26–5.53 5.26–5.53 FB 7.45 5.54–5.81 5.54–5.81 FB 7.8 5.82–6.14 5.82–6.14 FB 8.21 6.15–6.44 6.15–6.44 FB 8.6 6.45–6.81 FB 9.0 6.45–6.81 6.82–7.19 6.82–7.19 FB 9.5 7.20–7.59 7.20–7.59 FB 10.0 7.60–7.99 7.60–7.99 FB 10.6 8.00–8.17 8.00–8.17 FB 11.2 8.18–8.74 8.18–8.74 FB 12.1 8.75–9.31 8.75–9.31 FB 13.1 9.32–9.94 9.32–9.94 FB 13.9 9.95–10.5 9.95–10.5 FB 14.8 10.6–11.1 10.6–11.1 FB 15.6 11.2–11.9 11.2–12.0 FB 16.4 12.0–12.4 — FB 17.6 12.5–13.1 — FB 18.4 13.2–14.3 — FB 19.4 14.4–15.3 — FB 21.1 15.4–15.9 — FB 22.6 16.0–18.0 — FB 23.6 Following Selections for Size 1 Only. — 12.0–12.4 FB 17.6 — 12.5–13.1 FB 18.4 — 13.2–14.3 FB 19.4 14.4–15.3 14.4–15.3 FB 21.1 15.4–15.9 15.4–15.9 FB 22.6 16.0–16.9 16.0–16.9 FB 23.6 17.0–18.3 17.0–18.3 FB 24.8 18.4–19.5 18.4–19.5 FB 26.7 19.6–20.5 19.6–20.5 FB 28.3 20.6–21.1 20.6–21.1 FB 29.6 21.2–22.6 21.2–22.6 FB 30.5 22.7–23.7 22.7–23.7 FB 32.6 23.8–24.3 23.8–24.3 FB 35.0 24.4–26.0 24.4–26.0 1 T. U. Motor FLC (A) 3.31–3.67 3.68–4.23 4.24–4.69 4.70–5.21 5.22–5.49 5.50–5.74 5.75–6.07 6.08–6.35 6.36–6.71 6.72–7.03 7.04–7.53 7.54–7.91 7.92–8.53 8.54–9.14 9.15–9.71 9.72–10.2 10.3–10.8 10.9–11.5 11.6–12.3 12.4–13.0 13.1–13.9 14.0–15.1 15.2–16.1 16.2–16.9 17.0–17.9 18.0–19.4 19.5–20.7 20.8–21.7 21.8–22.3 22.4–23.9 24.0–25.1 25.2–25.9 26.0–27.1 27.2–28.6 28.7–30.1 30.2–31.7 31.8–33.3 33.4–34.5 34.6–36.5 36.6–38.5 38.6–39.9 40.0–45.0 Table 81 Thermal Unit Number FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35.0 FB 36.6 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 Table 80 Motor FLC (A) 20.5–21.7 21.8–23.1 23.2–24.8 24.9–26.5 26.6–28.4 28.5–30.4 30.5–32.8 32.9–34.9 35.0–37.3 37.4–39.8 39.9–42.5 42.6–45.8 45.9–48.2 48.3–50.6 50.7–53.1 53.2–56.5 56.6–59.4 59.5–63.4 63.5–71.0 71.1–78.8 78.9–86.0 Thermal Unit Number FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 Motor FLC (A) 52.2–55.6 55.7–58.8 58.9–62.5 62.6–66.0 66.1–70.1 70.2–78.6 78.7–92.0 92.1–102 103–114 115–123 124–133 Thermal Unit Number FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 FB 105.0 Table 82 Motor FLC (A) 2.36–2.63 2.64–2.96 2.97–3.23 3.24–3.45 3.46–3.86 3.87–4.44 4.45–4.95 4.96–5.47 5.48–5.75 5.76–6.09 6.10–6.42 6.43–6.75 6.76–7.16 7.17–7.43 7.44–7.99 8.00–8.46 8.47–9.19 9.20–9.74 9.75–10.3 10.4–10.8 10.9–11.6 11.7–12.2 12.3–13.1 13.2–13.7 13.8–14.3 14.4–15.5 15.6–16.7 16.8–17.6 17.7–18.6 18.7–19.9 20.0–21.1 21.2–25.0 Thermal Unit Number FB 3.33 FB 3.71 FB 4.1 FB 4.5 FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 92.0 FB 105.0 Table 83 Motor FLC (A) 2.30–2.60 2.61–2.87 2.88–3.17 3.18–3.37 3.38–3.76 3.77–4.29 4.30–4.75 4.76–5.26 5.27–5.51 5.52–5.78 5.79–6.13 6.14–6.41 6.42–6.75 6.76–7.09 7.10–7.57 7.58–7.90 7.91–8.81 8.82–9.47 9.48–10.0 10.1–10.7 10.8–11.4 11.5–12.1 12.2–13.1 13.2–13.7 13.8–14.7 14.8–16.0 16.1–17.3 17.4–18.2 18.3–19.4 19.5–20.7 20.8–22.3 22.4–23.5 23.6–24.2 24.3–26.0 Thermal Unit Number FB 3.33 FB 3.71 FB 4.1 FB 4.5 FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 16 Motor FLC (A) 3.22–3.57 3.58–4.14 4.15–4.56 4.57–5.10 5.11–5.39 5.40–5.64 5.65–5.96 5.97–6.25 6.26–6.58 6.59–6.91 6.92–7.41 7.42–7.82 7.83–8.32 8.33–8.89 8.90–9.47 9.48–10.0 10.1–10.5 10.6–11.1 11.2–12.0 12.1–12.7 12.8–13.5 13.6–14.6 14.7–15.7 15.8–16.5 16.6–17.4 17.5–18.8 18.9–20.1 20.2–21.0 21.1–21.6 21.7–23.3 23.4–24.3 24.4–25.0 25.1–26.3 26.4–27.6 27.7–29.1 29.2–30.4 30.5–32.0 32.1–33.3 33.4–35.2 35.3–37.0 37.1–38.5 38.6–40.7 40.8–45.0 Motor FLC (A) 19.9–20.8 20.9–22.2 22.3–23.8 23.9–25.4 25.5–27.2 27.3–29.2 29.3–31.9 32.0–33.8 33.9–36.1 36.2–38.5 38.6–41.4 41.5–43.6 43.7–45.9 46.0–48.2 48.3–50.7 50.8–53.9 54.0–56.7 56.8–60.8 60.9–67.6 67.7–73.6 73.7–82.9 83.0–86.0 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 74 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-129 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 84–93 www.schneider-electric.us Table 84 Motor FLC (A) 3.38–3.78 3.79–4.37 4.38–4.87 4.88–5.51 5.52–5.73 5.74–6.09 6.10–6.44 6.45–6.75 6.76–7.15 7.16–7.57 7.58–8.07 8.08–8.47 8.48–8.81 8.82–9.46 9.47–10.1 10.2–10.8 10.9–11.4 11.5–12.1 12.2–13.1 13.2–13.8 13.9–14.8 14.9–16.1 16.2–17.4 17.5–18.3 18.4–19.5 19.6–21.0 21.1–22.5 22.6–23.7 23.8–24.5 24.6–26.4 26.5–27.7 27.8–28.7 28.8–29.9 30.0–31.8 31.9–33.5 33.6–35.1 35.2–37.1 37.2–38.8 38.9–41.1 41.2–45.0 Table 86 Thermal Unit Number FB 4.75 FB 5.3 FB 6.1 FB 6.75 FB 7.45 FB 7.8 FB 8.21 FB 8.6 FB 9.0 FB 9.5 FB 10.0 FB 10.6 FB 11.2 FB 12.1 FB 13.1 FB 13.9 FB 14.8 FB 15.6 FB 16.4 FB 17.6 FB 18.4 FB 19.4 FB 21.1 FB 22.6 FB 23.6 FB 24.8 FB 26.7 FB 28.3 FB 29.6 FB 30.5 FB 32.6 FB 34.1 FB 35.0 FB 36.6 FB 38.3 FB 40.2 FB 42.0 FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 Table 85 Motor FLC (A) 42.9–45.4 45.6–48.3 48.4–52.4 52.5–55.9 56.0–59.8 59.9–63.8 63.9–67.9 68.0–72.6 72.7–83.2 83.3–94.7 94.8–105 106–116 117–121 122–133 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-130 Thermal Unit Number FB 44.0 FB 46.0 FB 48.0 FB 50.5 FB 52.5 FB 55.5 FB 58.0 FB 60.0 FB 63.5 FB 69.0 FB 77.0 FB 84.0 FB 92.0 FB 105.0 Motor FLC (A) 0.43–0.44 0.45–0.47 0.48–0.53 0.54–0.61 0.62–0.65 0.66–0.71 0.72–0.79 0.80–0.86 0.87–0.96 0.97–1.04 1.05–1.17 1.18–1.31 1.32–1.38 1.39–1.47 1.48–1.57 1.58–1.65 1.66–1.77 1.78–1.93 1.94–2.18 2.19–2.46 2.47–2.68 2.69–2.87 2.88–3.07 3.08–3.59 3.60–3.79 3.80–4.27 4.28–4.59 4.60–4.90 4.91–5.06 5.07–5.44 5.45–6.24 6.25–7.21 7.22–7.69 7.70–8.24 8.25–8.81 8.82–9.32 9.33–9.99 10.0–10.5 10.6–11.5 11.6–12.2 12.3–13.3 13.4–15.8 15.9–18.4 18.5–20.5 20.6–21.5 21.6–23.9 24.0–26.8 26.9–28.2 28.3–29.8 29.9–32.0 Table 88 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 132 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 21.3 A 25.2 A 27.1 A 29.5 A 31.9 A 33.8 A 35.9 A 40.0 A 42.3 A 44.7 Table 87 Motor FLC (A) 0.40–0.41 0.42–0.45 0.46–0.51 0.52–0.58 0.59–0.63 0.64–0.68 0.69–0.76 0.77–0.83 0.84–0.93 0.94–1.01 1.02–1.14 1.15–1.28 1.29–1.34 1.35–1.44 1.45–1.55 1.56–1.61 1.62–1.71 1.72–1.85 1.86–2.04 2.05–2.38 2.39–2.60 2.61–2.77 2.78–2.98 2.99–3.40 3.41–3.64 3.65–4.08 4.09–4.38 4.39–4.68 4.69–4.79 4.80–5.11 5.12–5.84 5.85–6.70 6.71–7.18 7.19–7.70 7.71–8.14 8.15–8.56 8.57–9.15 9.16–9.80 9.81–10.6 10.7–11.0 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.54 A 1.63 A 1.75 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 Motor FLC (A) 0.39–0.40 0.41–0.44 0.45–0.49 0.50–0.57 0.58–0.61 0.62–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.80 0.81–0.90 0.91–0.97 0.98–1.09 1.10–1.23 1.24–1.57 1.58–1.66 1.67–1.79 1.80–1.99 2.00–2.31 2.32–2.50 2.51–2.66 2.67–2.85 2.86–3.26 3.27–3.49 3.50–3.92 3.93–4.20 4.21–4.49 4.50–4.64 4.65–4.94 4.95–5.62 5.63–6.39 6.40–6.82 6.83–7.27 7.28–7.71 7.72–8.13 8.14–8.64 8.65–9.15 9.16–9.97 9.98–11.0 Table 91 Thermal Unit Number A .49 A .54 A .59 A .65 A .71 A .78 A .86 A .95 A 1.02 A 1.16 A 1.25 A 1.39 A 1.86 A 1.99 A 2.15 A 2.31 A 2.57 A 2.81 A 3.61 A 3.95 A 4.32 A 4.79 A 5.30 A 5.78 A 6.20 A 6.99 A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 Table 89 Motor FLC (A) 10.0–11.1 11.2–12.0 12.1–13.3 13.4–15.1 15.2–17.1 17.2–18.6 18.7–21.4 21.5–25.7 25.8–28.2 28.3–29.7 29.8–31.2 31.3–32.1 32.2–35.7 35.8–40.7 40.8–48.0 Thermal Unit Number B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0 Table 90 Motor FLC (A) 4.88–5.13 5.14–5.85 5.86–6.67 6.68–7.09 7.10–7.62 7.63–8.04 8.05–8.46 8.47–9.11 9.12–9.69 9.70–10.5 10.6–11.6 11.7–12.3 12.4–14.6 14.7–16.8 16.9–17.9 18.0–18.7 18.8–19.8 19.9–21.4 21.5–22.8 22.9–23.8 23.9–26.0 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 Thermal Unit Number A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 21.3 A 25.2 A 27.1 A 29.5 A 31.9 A 33.8 A 35.9 A 40.0 A 42.3 A 44.7 Motor FLC (A) 4.80–5.07 5.08–5.73 5.74–6.48 6.49–6.90 6.91–7.25 7.26–7.81 7.82–8.29 8.30–8.81 8.82–9.40 9.41–10.0 10.1–11.1 11.2–11.7 11.8–13.7 13.8–16.0 16.1–16.9 17.0–17.7 17.8–18.7 18.8–20.2 20.3–21.4 21.5–22.5 22.6–23.8 23.9–26.0 Thermal Unit Number A 7.65 A 8.38 A 9.25 A 9.85 A 11.0 A 11.9 A 13.2 A 14.1 A 14.8 A 16.2 A 17.9 A 21.3 A 25.2 A 27.1 A 29.5 A 31.9 A 33.8 A 35.9 A 40.0 A 42.3 A 44.7 A 48.0 Table 92 Motor FLC (A) 10.5–11.7 11.8–12.5 12.6–14.0 14.1–15.8 15.9–18.0 18.1–19.6 19.7–23.5 23.6–27.4 27.5–30.5 30.6–32.2 32.3–34.0 34.1–35.2 35.3–39.5 39.6–43.9 44.0–48.0 Thermal Unit Number B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0 Table 93 Motor FLC (A) 23.8–25.2 25.3–26.8 26.9–28.4 28.5–30.3 30.4–32.1 32.2–34.2 34.3–36.3 36.4–40.2 40.3–43.1 43.2–45.9 46.0–49.2 49.3–51.6 51.7–54.2 54.3–55.7 55.8–60.3 60.4–63.5 63.6–67.1 67.2–70.3 70.4–74.1 74.2–78.3 78.4–83.3 83.4–86.0 Thermal Unit Number CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 94–102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 94 Motor FLC (A) 25.8–27.5 27.6–29.4 29.5–31.4 31.5–33.2 33.3–36.2 36.3–38.8 38.9–41.6 41.7–44.7 44.8–47.9 48.0–50.9 51.0–54.4 54.5–57.4 57.5–60.6 60.7–63.9 64.0–68.4 68.5–73.4 73.5–78.7 78.8–83.8 83.9–86.0 Table 95 Motor FLC (A) 42.5–44.7 44.8–47.9 48.0–51.2 51.3–55.2 55.3–59.4 59.5–63.8 63.9–68.8 68.9–73.8 73.9–77.7 77.8–82.5 82.6–86.6 86.7–91.9 92.0–97.2 97.3–104 105–114 115–123 124–150 Thermal Unit Number CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 CC 208.0 CC 219.0 Table 96 Thermal Unit Number CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 CC 208.0 CC 219.0 Motor FLC (A) 0.57–0.60 0.61–0.66 0.67–0.73 0.74–0.81 0.82–0.90 0.91–1.05 1.06–1.15 1.16–1.25 1.26–1.35 1.36–1.47 1.48–1.58 1.59–1.74 1.75–1.94 1.95–2.20 2.21–2.47 2.48–2.76 2.77–3.07 3.08–3.45 3.46–3.81 3.82–4.20 4.21–4.65 4.66–5.29 5.30–5.84 5.85–6.27 6.28–6.97 6.98–7.59 7.60–7.89 7.90–8.95 8.96–10.3 10.4–11.7 11.8–13.3 13.4–15.2 15.3–17.2 17.3–19.7 19.8–22.4 22.5–26.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 Table 98 Motor FLC (A) 4.24–4.62 4.63–5.05 5.06–5.54 5.55–6.13 6.14–6.44 6.45–7.48 7.49–8.55 8.56–9.74 9.75–11.1 11.2–12.7 12.8–14.4 14.5–16.4 16.5–18.9 19.0–21.6 21.7–23.3 23.4–24.9 25.0–26.9 27.0–29.1 29.2–31.3 31.4–33.5 33.6–36.9 37.0–39.1 39.2–40.9 41.0–45.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0 Motor FLC (A) 27.1–30.0 30.1–33.2 33.3–35.7 35.8–39.4 39.5–43.4 43.5–46.9 47.0–51.5 51.6–57.0 57.1–62.8 62.9–69.1 69.2–75.0 75.1–83.3 Thermal Unit Number E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80 Table 100 Motor FLC (A) 50–55.9 56–60.9 91–65.9 66–69.9 70–75.9 76–81.9 82–86.9 87–92.9 93–97.9 98–107.9 108–113.9 114–125.9 Thermal Unit Number E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102 Table 101 Motor FLC (A) 105–116 117–132 133–148 149–165 166–184 185–207 208–229 230–266 Thermal Unit Number AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 Table 102 Motor FLC (A) 146–169 170–185 186–201 202–217 218–236 237–253 254–279 280–311 312–353 354–396 397–442 443–492 493–520 Thermal Unit Number AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Motor FLC (A) 49.5–52.0 52.1–54.8 54.9–58.7 58.8–63.3 63.4–68.3 68.4–73.6 73.7–79.4 79.5–85.5 85.6–89.7 89.8–94.8 94.9–99.9 100–105 106–111 112–126 127–131 132–141 142–150 Table 99 Table 97 Thermal Unit Number CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-131 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 103–110 www.schneider-electric.us Table 103 Table 105 Motor FLC (A) 40.8–45.5 45.6–49.9 51.0–57.5 57.6–65.9 66.0–73.1 73.2–81.5 81.6–92.3 92.4–104 105–114 115–128 129–140 141–160 161–193 194–209 210–232 233–248 249–266 Thermal Unit Number B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 Table 104 Motor FLC (A) 0.65–0.73 0.74–0.82 0.93–0.91 0.92–1.04 1.05–1.16 1.17–1.26 1.27–1.47 1.48–1.65 1.66–1.89 1.90–2.17 2.18–2.49 2.50–2.79 2.80–3.13 3.14–3.36 3.37–3.69 3.70–3.92 3.93–4.42 4.43–4.99 5.00–5.27 5.28–5.84 5.85–6.61 6.62–7.42 7.43–8.02 8.03–8.53 8.54–9.34 9.35–10.1 10.2–10.8 10.9–12.0 12.1–13.0 13.1–15.5 15.6–17.9 18.0–21.4 21.5–25.1 25.2–27.0 Thermal Unit Number B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 Max. Fuse Rating (A) 1.50 1.50 1.60 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.60 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00 5.60 6.00 7.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 17.5 17.5 20.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 600 V Max. 30 30 30 30 250 V Max. 30 40 40 40 Motor FLC (A) 105–112 113–122 123–131 132–142 143–153 154–157 158–169 170–181 182–195 196–209 210–227 228–247 248–266 Thermal Unit Number CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 CC 196.0 Table 109 Motor FLC (A) 0.56–0.63 0.64–0.68 0.69–0.77 0.78–0.85 0.86–0.97 0.98–1.09 1.10–1.21 1.22–1.33 1.34–1.53 1.54–1.73 1.74–1.89 1.90–2.17 2.18–2.53 2.54–2.87 2.88–3.22 3.23–3.49 3.50–3.85 3.86–4.11 4.12–4.70 4.71–5.21 5.22–5.53 5.54–6.17 6.18–7.02 7.03–7.92 7.93–8.61 8.62–9.17 9.18–10.0 10.1–11.0 11.1–11.8 11.9–13.5 13.6–15.3 15.4–17.4 17.5–19.4 19.5–22.2 22.3–25.1 25.2–27.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 Table 110 16 Motor FLC (A) 3.94–4.45 4.46–4.97 4.98–5.28 5.29–5.97 5.98–6.89 6.90–7.92 7.93–8.71 8.72–9.27 9.28–10.2 10.3–11.4 11.5–12.3 12.4–13.9 14.0–15.8 15.9–17.9 18.0–19.9 20.0–22.8 22.9–25.4 25.5–28.9 29.0–30.8 30.9–32.5 32.6–34.9 35.0–39.7 39.8–44.7 Thermal Unit Number B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-132 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 111–116 www.schneider-electric.us Table 111 Motor FLC (A) 14.0–14.9 15.0–16.2 16.3–17.2 17.3–18.7 18.8–20.2 20.3–21.7 21.8–23.3 23.4–25.2 25.3–27.1 27.2–29.4 29.5–31.6 31.7–34.0 34.1–36.8 36.9–39.8 39.9–42.3 42.4–45.7 45.8–49.2 49.3–52.8 52.9–56.8 56.9–61.2 61.3–66.1 66.2–71.2 71.3–76.7 76.8–82.9 83.0–90.0 Table 114 Thermal Unit Number CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 Table 112 Motor FLC (A) 44.0–46.8 46.9–50.6 50.7–54.5 54.6–58.4 58.5–62.9 63.0–67.7 67.8–72.9 73.0–78.1 78.2–83.9 84.0–91.1 91.2–97.5 97.6–104 105–113 114–133 Thermal Unit Number CC 64.3 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 CC 156.0 CC 167.0 CC 180.0 Table 113 Thermal Unit Number DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 280.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0 Thermal Unit Number B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 Table 115 Motor FLC (A) 176–190 191–203 203–223 224–239 240–253 254–299 300–341 342–361 362–395 396–409 410–427 428–475 476–487 488–532 Thermal Unit Number DD 112.0 DD 121.0 DD 128.0 DD 140.0 DD 150.0 DD 160.0 DD 185.0 DD 220.0 DD 240.0 DD 250.0 DD 265.0 DD 289.0 DD 300.0 DD 320.0 Table 116 Motor FLC (A)) 81.6–91.1 91.2–101 102–115 116–131 132–146 147–163 164–184 185–209 210–229 230–257 258–281 282–321 322–387 388–419 420–465 466–497 496–532 Thermal Unit Number B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.35 B 5.60 B 6.25 B 6.90 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Motor FLC (A) 88.2–95.1 95.2–101 102–111 112–119 120–131 132–149 150–170 171–180 181–197 198–204 205–213 214–237 238–243 244–266 Motor FLC (A) 133–148 149–174 175–195 196–219 220–239 240–271 272–308 309–348 349–397 398–429 430–495 496–520 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-133 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 117–127 www.schneider-electric.us Table 117 Motor FLC (A) 100–111.9 112–121.9 122–131.9 132–139.9 140–151.9 152–163.9 164–173.9 174–185.9 186–195.9 196–215.9 216–227.9 228–251.9 Table 122 Thermal Unit Number E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102 Table 118 Motor FLC (A) 210–233 234–265 266–297 298–331 332–369 370–415 416–459 460–532 Thermal Unit Number AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.8 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 Table 121 Motor FLC (A) 1.14–1.21 1.22–1.33 1.34–1.47 1.48–1.63 1.64–1.81 1.82–2.11 2.12–2.31 2.32–2.51 2.52–2.71 2.72–2.95 2.96–3.17 3.18–3.49 3.50–3.89 3.90–4.41 4.42–4.95 4.96–5.53 5.54–6.15 6.16–6.91 6.92–7.63 7.64–8.41 8.42–9.31 9.32–10.59 10.60–11.69 11.70–12.55 12.56–13.95 13.96–15.19 15.20–15.79 15.80–17.91 17.92–20.7 20.8–23.5 23.6–26.7 26.8–30.5 30.6–34.5 34.6–39.5 39.6–44.9 45.0–52.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 1.05 AR 1.15 AR 1.26 AR 1.39 AR 1.53 AR 1.68 AR 1.85 AR 2.04 AR 2.24 AR 2.46 AR 2.71 AR 2.98 AR 3.28 AR 3.62 AR 3.98 AR 4.37 AR 4.80 AR 5.3 AR 5.8 AR 6.4 AR 7.0 AR 7.7 AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 Motor FLC (A) 8.48–9.25 9.26–10.11 10.12–11.09 11.10–12.27 12.28–12.89 12.90–14.97 14.98–17.11 17.12–19.49 19.50–22.3 22.4–22.5 22.6–28.9 29.0–32.9 33.0–37.9 38.0–43.3 43.4–46.7 46.8–49.9 50.0–53.9 54.0–58.3 58.4–62.7 62.8–67.1 67.2–73.8 74.0–78.3 78.4–81.9 82.0–90.0 Thermal Unit Number AR 8.5 AR 9.3 AR 10.2 AR 11.2 AR 12.4 AR 13.6 AR 15.4 AR 17.6 AR 20.5 AR 23.0 AR 27.0 AR 30.0 AR 35.0 AR 40.0 AR 44.0 AR 47.0 AR 51.0 AR 55.0 AR 60.0 AR 66.0 AR 72.0 AR 79.0 AR 86.0 AR 94.0 Table 123 Motor FLC (A) 54.2–60.1 60.2–66.5 66.6–71.5 71.6–78.9 79.0–86.9 87.0–93.9 94.0–103.1 103.2–114.1 114.2–125.7 125.8–138.3 138.4–150.1 150.2–166.6 Thermal Unit Number E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80 Table 127 16 Motor FLC (A) 1.12–1.27 1.28–1.37 1.38–1.55 1.56–1.71 1.72–1.95 1.96–2.19 2.20–2.43 2.44–2.67 2.68–3.07 3.08–3.47 3.48–3.79 3.80–4.35 4.36–5.07 5.08–5.75 5.76–6.45 6.46–6.99 7.00–7.71 7.72–8.23 8.24–9.41 9.42–10.43 10.44–11.07 11.08–12.35 12.36–14.05 14.06–15.85 15.86–17.23 17.24–18.35 18.36–20.1 20.2–22.1 22.2–23.7 23.8–27.1 27.2–30.7 30.8–34.9 35.0–38.9 39.0–44.5 44.6–50.3 50.4–54.0 Thermal Unit Number B 0.81 B 0.92 B 1.03 B 1.16 B 1.30 B 1.45 B 1.67 B 1.88 B 2.10 B 2.40 B 2.65 B 3.00 B 3.30 B 3.70 B 4.15 B 4.85 B 5.50 B 6.25 B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-134 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 128–134 www.schneider-electric.us Table 128 Motor FLC (A) 7.88–8.91 8.92–9.95 9.96–10.57 10.58–11.95 11.96–13.79 13.80–15.85 15.86–17.43 17.44–18.55 18.56–20.5 20.6–22.9 23.0–24.7 24.8–27.9 28.0–31.7 31.8–35.9 36.0–39.9 40.0–45.7 45.8–50.9 51.0–61.7 61.8–65.1 65.2–69.9 70.0–79.5 79.6–89.4 Table 133 Thermal Unit Number B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 Table 129 Thermal Unit Number CC 20.9 CC 22.8 CC 24.6 CC 26.3 CC 28.8 CC 31.0 CC 33.3 CC 36.4 CC 39.6 CC 42.7 CC 46.6 CC 50.1 CC 54.5 CC 59.4 CC 64.5 CC 68.5 CC 74.6 CC 81.5 CC 87.7 CC 94.0 CC 103.0 CC 112.0 CC 121.0 CC 132.0 CC 143.0 Thermal Unit Number B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0 Table 134 Motor FLC (A) 4.30–4.98 4.99–5.57 5.58–5.94 5.95–6.71 6.72–7.79 7.80–8.93 8.94–9.77 9.78–10.5 10.6–11.7 11.8–13.0 13.1–14.0 14.1–15.0 15.1–17.2 17.3–19.9 20.0–22.3 22.4–26.0 26.1–29.8 29.9–34.0 34.1–36.7 36.8–39.5 39.6–42.1 42.2–46.6 46.7–51.5 51.6–54.0 Thermal Unit Number B 6.90 B 7.70 B 8.20 B 9.10 B 10.2 B 11.5 B 12.8 B 14.0 B 15.5 B 17.5 B 19.5 B 22.0 B 25.0 B 28.0 B 32.0 B 36.0 B 40.0 B 45.0 B 50.0 B 56.0 B 62.0 B 70.0 B 79.0 B 88.0 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Motor FLC (A) 28.0–29.9 30.0–32.5 32.6–34.5 34.6–37.5 37.6–40.5 40.6–43.5 43.6–46.7 46.8–50.5 50.6–54.3 54.4–58.9 59.0–63.3 63.4–68.1 68.2–73.7 73.8–79.7 79.8–84.7 84.8–91.5 91.6–98.5 98.6–105.7 105.8–113.7 113.8–122.5 122.6–132.3 132.4–142.5 142.6–153.5 153.6–165.9 166.0–180.0 Motor FLC (A) 4.60–5.23 5.24–5.86 5.87–6.25 6.26–7.09 7.10–8.25 8.26–9.49 9.50–10.3 10.4–11.2 11.3–12.5 12.6–13.8 13.9–15.0 15.1–16.9 17.0–19.1 19.2–22.0 22.1–24.4 24.5–28.0 28.1–31.8 31.9–36.0 36.1–38.5 38.6–41.2 41.3–44.4 44.5–50.3 50.4–56.9 57.0–59.0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-135 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 135–139 www.schneider-electric.us Table 135 Table 137 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. 0.77–0.88 0.85–0.95 B 1.30 0.89–1.02 0.96–1.09 B 1.45 1.03–1.19 1.10–1.21 B 1.67 1.20–1.37 1.22–1.35 B 1.88 1.38–1.62 1.36–1.56 B 2.10 1.63–1.90 1.57–1.76 B 2.40 1.91–2.12 1.77–1.94 B 2.65 2.13–2.46 1.95–2.22 B 3.00 2.47–2.83 2.23–2.57 B 3.30 2.84–3.19 2.58–2.87 B 3.70 3.20–3.61 2.88–3.21 B 4.15 3.62–3.89 3.22–3.50 B 4.85 3.90–4.32 3.51–3.79 B 5.50 4.33–4.57 3.80–4.04 B 6.25 4.58–5.19 4.05–4.53 B 6.90 5.20–5.79 4.54–5.03 B 7.70 5.80–6.16 5.04–5.36 B 8.20 6.17–6.94 5.37–5.97 B 9.10 6.95–7.99 5.98–6.89 B 10.2 7.80–8.99 6.90–7.79 B 11.5 9.00–9.98 7.80–8.53 B 12.8 9.99–10.6 8.54–9.09 B 14.0 10.7–11.6 9.10–9.99 B 15.5 11.7–13.1 10.0–10.9 B 17.5 13.2–14.2 11.0–11.7 B 19.5 14.3–15.4 11.8–13.4 B 22.0 15.5–17.6 13.5–15.4 B 25.0 17.7–20.0 15.5–17.9 B 28.0 – 18.0–20.0 B 32.0 For Type DPSG12 & DPSG13, 20 A Starter. Select Thermal Units from above. 20.1–22.7 18.0–20.2 B 32.0 22.8–25.0 20.3–23.2 B 36.0 – 23.3–25.0 B 40.0 For Type DPSG22 & DPSG23, 25 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. 22.8–26.1 – B 36.0 26.2–29.6 23.3–25.8 B 40.0 29.7–30.0 25.9–28.6 B 45.0 For Type DPSG32 & DPSG33, 30 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. Table 136 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T. U. 3 T. U. 0.98–1.09 0.88–0.98 B 1.30 1.10–1.24 0.99–1.13 B 1.45 1.25–1.41 1.14–1.26 B 1.67 1.42–1.59 1.27–1.38 B 1.88 1.60–1.81 1.39–1.62 B 2.10 1.82–2.04 1.63–1.82 B 2.40 2.05–2.19 1.83–2.04 B 2.65 2.20–2.52 2.05–2.36 B 3.00 2.53–2.90 2.37–2.72 B 3.30 2.91–3.29 2.73–3.07 B 3.70 3.30–3.69 3.08–3.44 B 4.15 3.70–3.99 3.45–3.69 B 4.85 4.00–4.42 3.70–4.11 B 5.50 4.43–4.69 4.12–4.34 B 6.25 4.70–5.37 4.35–4.89 B 6.90 5.38–5.94 4.90–5.44 B 7.70 5.95–6.34 5.45–5.80 B 8.20 6.35–7.05 5.81–6.47 B 9.10 7.06–8.14 6.48–7.45 B 10.2 8.15–9.39 7.46–8.49 B 11.5 9.40–10.3 8.50–9.29 B 12.8 10.4–11.1 9.30–9.99 B 14.0 11.2–12.2 10.0–10.8 B 15.5 12.3–13.5 10.9–12.1 B 17.5 13.6–14.7 12.2–13.1 B 19.5 14.8–16.1 13.2–14.6 B 22.0 16.2–18.3 14.7–16.4 B 25.0 18.4–20.0 16.5–18.9 B 28.0 – 19.0–20.0 B 32.0 For Type DPSO12 & DPSO13, 20 A Starter. Select Thermal Units from above. 18.4–20.9 – B 28.0 21.0–23.6 19.0–20.9 B 32.0 23.7–25.0 21.0–24.1 B 36.0 – 24.2–25.0 B 40.0 For Type DPSO22 & DPSO23, 25 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. – B 36.0 23.7–27.2 24.2–27.2 B 40.0 27.3–30.0 27.3–30.0 B 45.0 Motor FLC (A) 50–55.9 56–60.9 61–65.9 66–69.9 70–75.9 76–81.9 82–86.9 87–92.9 93–97.9 98–107 108–113 114–125 126–138 139–153 154–163 164–180 Thermal Unit Number E 88 E 89 E 91 E 92 E 93 E 94 E 96 E 97 E 98 E 99 E 101 E 102 E 103 E 104 E 106 E 107 Table 138 Motor FLC (A) 22.6–25.5 25.6–26.4 26.5–28.9 29.0–31.9 32.0–34.5 34.6–36.9 37.0–40.6 40.7–44.0 44.1–47.4 47.5–53.1 53.2–58.3 58.4–63.5 63.6–69.9 70.0–77.1 77.2–83.3 83.4–86.9 87.0–92.9 93.0–100 Thermal Unit Number E 62 E 65 E 66 E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 E 79 E 80 E 96 E 97 E 98 Table 139 Motor FLC (A) 13.7–15.2 15.3–16.8 16.9–18.7 18.8–20.0 20.1–22.5 22.6–23.3 23.4–25.5 25.6–27.9 28.0–30.8 30.9–33.2 33.3–36.6 36.7–38.9 39.0–43.1 43.2–47.4 47.5–50.0 50.1–55.2 55.3–60.0 Thermal Unit Number E 57 E 59 E 60 E 61 E 62 E 65 E 66 E 67 E 69 E 70 E 71 E 72 E 73 E 74 E 76 E 77 E 78 For Type DPSO32 & DPSO33, 30 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. 16-136 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Thermal Unit Selection Tables 140–143 www.schneider-electric.us Table 142 Motor FLC (A) 0.34–0.36 0.37–0.40 0.41–0.43 0.44–0.47 0.48–0.51 0.52–0.56 0.57–0.62 0.63–0.67 0.68–0.73 0.74–0.77 0.78–0.84 0.85–0.93 0.94–1.00 1.01–1.08 1.09–1.15 1.16–1.27 1.28–1.45 1.46–1.61 1.62–1.81 1.82–2.00 2.01–2.12 2.13–2.29 2.30–2.43 2.44–2.66 2.67–2.98 2.99–3.16 3.17–3.39 3.40–3.69 3.70–4.00 4.01–4.48 4.49–5.00 5.01–5.44 5.45–5.99 6.00–6.60 6.61–6.96 6.97–7.26 7.27–7.99 8.00–8.89 8.90–9.74 9.75–10.50 10.6–11.5 11.6–12.3 12.4–13.4 13.5–15.2 15.3–17.2 17.3–18.4 18.5–20.6 20.7–21.3 21.4–23.4 23.5–24.0 Thermal Unit Number E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E 11 E 12 E 13 E 14 E 16 E 17 E 18 E 19 E 23 E 24 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 31 E 32 E 33 E 34 E 36 E 37 E 38 E 39 E 41 E 42 E 44 E 46 E 47 E 48 E 49 E 50 E 51 E 52 E 53 E 54 E 55 E 56 E 57 E 60 E 61 E 62 E 65 E 66 E 67 Table 141 Motor FLC (A) 12.2–14.4 14.5–17.8 17.9–18.8 18.9–21.4 21.5–23.0 23.1–25.7 25.8–28.0 28.1–31.0 31.1–32.7 32.8–35.5 35.6–38.2 38.3–43.3 43.4–46.9 47.0–50.1 Thermal Unit Number Max. Fuse Rating (A) E56 E57 E60 25 30 40 E61 E62 E65 E66 E67 E69 E70 E71 E73 E73A E74 40 45 50 50 60 60 70 80 80 90 100 E76 54.1–58.0 58.1–60.0 60.1–67.0 67.1–70.5 70.6–75.9 76.0–82.0 82.1–86.0 E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E97 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 250 V Max. 110 110 125 125 125 125 125 125 Thermal Unit Number E56 E57 E60 E61 E62 E65 Max. Fuse Rating (A) 25 30 35 40 40 45 24.3–26.2 26.3–29.2 29.3–32.0 32.1–34.3 34.4–36.2 36.3–39.9 40.0–43.8 43.9–46.2 46.3–50.0 E66 E67 E69 E70 E71 E73 E73A E74 E76 50 50 60 70 70 80 50.1–53.9 54.0–56.0 56.1–61.0 61.1–65.9 66.0–72.0 72.1–75.9 76.0–79.9 80.0–86.0 E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E98 E101 90 90 100 600 V Max. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 250 V Max. 110 110 125 125 125 125 125 125 Table 143 Motor FLC (A) 18.9–20.0 20.1–22.8 22.9–24.7 24.8–26.9 27.0–29.2 29.3–32.8 32.9–34.9 35.0–37.5 37.6–39.6 39.7–46.1 46.2–49.9 50.0–56.3 56.4–61.0 61.1–64.0 64.1–66.0 66.1–72.4 72.5–78.2 78.3–83.9 84.0–86.0 86.1–92.8 92.9–97.9 98.0–105.0 105.1–117.0 117.1–133.0 Thermal Unit Number E60 E61 E62 E65 E66 E67 E69 E70 E72 E73 E73A E74 E76 E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E97 E98 E101 E102 E103 Max. Fuse Rating (A) 40 45 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 100 110 125 125 125 125 150 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 16 50.2–54.0 600 V Max. 100 Motor FLC (A) 11.7–13.5 13.6–16.7 16.8–18.1 18.2–20.0 20.1–21.9 22.0–24.2 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 140 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 16-137 Thermal Unit Selection Tables 144–148 www.schneider-electric.us Table 144 Table 146 Motor FLC (A) 18.2–19.1 19.2–22.1 22.2–23.1 23.2–25.7 25.8–27.7 27.8–31.3 31.4–33.3 33.4–35.9 36.0–38.4 38.5–44.2 44.3–46.8 46.9–52.6 52.7–56.0 56.1–58.4 58.5–61.9 62.0–67.1 67.2–72.3 72.4–75.9 76.0–85.6 85.7–91.2 91.3–100.0 100.1–108.9 109.0–119.9 120.0–133.0 Thermal Unit Number E60 E61 E62 E65 E66 E67 E69 E70 E71 E73 E73A E74 E76 E77 E78 E79 E80 E94 E96 E98 E101 E102 E103 E104 Max. Fuse Rating (A) 40 40 45 50 50 60 70 70 80 80 90 100 110 125 125 125 150 150 150 175 200 200 200 200 Table 145 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 1.00–1.11 0.91–1.02 B1.30 1.12–1.27 1.03–1.15 B1.45 1.28–1.36 1.16–1.27 B1.67 1.37–1.53 1.28–1.39 B1.88 1.54–1.78 1.40–1.61 B2.10 1.79–2.02 1.62–1.84 B2.40 2.03–2.20 1.85–2.03 B2.65 2.21–2.52 2.04–2.34 B3.00 2.53–2.94 2.35–2.69 B3.30 2.95–3.30 2.70–3.02 B3.70 3.31–3.70 3.03–3.39 B4.15 3.71–4.02 3.40–3.65 B4.85 4.03–4.46 3.66–4.04 B5.50 4.47–4.69 4.05–4.28 B6.25 4.70–5.37 4.29–4.85 B6.90 5.38–5.94 4.86–5.38 B7.70 5.95–6.34 5.39–5.71 B8.20 6.35–7.09 5.72–6.39 B9.10 7.10–8.46 6.40–7.53 B10.2 8.47–9.32 7.54–8.34 B11.5 9.33–10.2 8.35–9.14 B12.8 10.3–10.9 9.15–9.74 B14.0 11.0–12.1 9.75–10.7 B15.5 12.2–13.4 10.8–11.8 B17.5 13.5–14.2 11.9–12.2 B19.5 14.3–16.0 12.3–14.4 B22.0 16.1–18.1 14.5–16.4 B25.0 18.2–20.5 16.5–18.9 B28.0 20.6–23.5 19.0–21.3 B32.0 23.6–27.2 21.4–23.3 B36.0 27.3–30.8 23.4–27.9 B40.0 30.9–35.0 28.0–31.4 B45.0 35.1–37.2 B50.0 37.3–40.0 B56.0 For Type DPSG42 & DPSG43, 40 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. Table 148 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 3.90–4.22 3.60–3.89 B5.50 4.23–4.49 3.90–4.15 B6.25 4.50–5.14 4.16–4.76 B6.90 5.15–5.78 4.77–5.30 B7.70 5.79–6.23 5.31–5.70 B8.20 6.24–7.03 5.71–6.46 B9.10 7.04–8.23 6.47–7.65 B10.2 8.24–9.31 7.66–8.55 B11.5 9.32–10.1 8.56–9.36 B12.8 10.2–10.7 9.37–9.9 B14.0 10.8–11.9 10.0–10.9 B15.5 12.0–13.1 11.0–12.0 B17.5 13.2–13.9 12.1–12.8 B19.5 14.0–15.9 12.9–14.2 B22.0 16.0–18.0 14.3–16.0 B25.0 18.1–20.8 16.1–18.5 B28.0 20.9–23.1 18.6–21.2 B32.0 23.2–26.9 21.3–24.9 B36.0 27.0–31.4 25.0–28.0 B40.0 31.5–36.0 28.1–31.7 B45.0 36.1–38.8 31.8–34.6 B50.0 38.9–41.7 34.7–37.4 B56.0 41.8–46.3 37.5–40.0 B62.0 46.4–50.0 40.1–46.4 B70.0 — 46.5–50.0 B79.0 For Type DPSG52 & DPSG53, 50 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 4.14–4.45 3.70–4.09 B5.50 4.46–4.88 4.10–4.35 B6.25 4.89–5.44 4.36–5.07 B6.90 5.45–6.08 5.08–5.79 B7.70 6.09–6.42 5.80–6.27 B8.20 6.43–7.28 6.28–7.16 B9.10 7.29–8.42 7.17–8.58 B10.2 8.43–9.64 8.59–9.55 B11.5 9.65–10.4 9.56–10.2 B12.8 10.5–11.2 10.3–10.9 B14.0 11.3–12.3 11.0–11.9 B15.5 12.4–13.7 12.0–13.1 B17.5 13.8–14.8 13.2–14.0 B19.5 14.9–16.5 14.1–14.8 B22.0 16.6–18.7 14.9–17.0 B25.0 18.8–21.4 17.1–19.6 B28.0 21.5–24.3 19.7–22.1 B32.0 24.4–28.0 22.2–26.0 B36.0 28.1–33.3 26.1–29.4 B40.0 33.4–37.6 29.5–34.0 B45.0 37.7–41.1 34.1–36.4 B50.0 41.2–44.1 36.5–39.2 B56.0 44.2–47.8 39.3–42.4 B62.0 47.9–50.0 42.5–49.3 B70.0 — 49.4–50.0 B79.0 For Type DPSO52 & DPSO53, 50 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. Table 147 Motor FLC (A) Thermal Unit Number 1 T.U. 3 T.U. 1.04–1.14 0.93–1.04 B1.30 1.15–1.29 1.05–1.18 B1.45 1.30–1.43 1.19–1.33 B1.67 1.44–1.56 1.34–1.43 B1.88 1.57–1.79 1.44–1.67 B2.10 1.80–2.03 1.68–1.88 B2.40 2.04–2.26 1.89–2.09 B2.65 2.27–2.51 2.10–2.41 B3.00 2.52–3.03 2.42–2.79 B3.30 3.04–3.31 2.80–3.15 B3.70 3.32–3.73 3.16–3.54 B4.15 3.74–4.07 3.55–3.75 B4.85 4.08–4.49 3.76–4.22 B5.50 4.50–4.76 4.23–4.46 B5.25 4.77–5.44 4.47–5.09 B6.90 5.45–6.04 5.10–5.61 B7.70 6.05–6.46 5.62–5.99 B8.20 6.47–7.24 6.00–6.70 B9.10 7.25–8.64 6.71–8.19 B10.20 8.65–9.59 8.20–8.79 B11.5 9.60–10.5 8.80–9.66 B12.8 10.6–11.3 9.67–10.2 B14.0 11.4–12.6 10.3–11.4 B15.5 12.7–13.9 11.5–12.6 B17.5 14.0–14.9 12.7–13.5 B19.5 15.0–16.5 13.6–15.1 B22.0 16.6–18.9 15.2–17.2 B25.0 19.0–22.2 17.3–19.9 B28.0 22.3–24.6 20.0–22.5 B32.0 24.7–28.6 22.6–26.2 B36.0 28.7–32.4 26.3–29.9 B40.0 32.5–37.3 B45.0 37.4–39.5 B50.0 39.6–40.0 B56.0 For Type DPSO42 & DPSO43, 40 A Starter. Select any of the Thermal Units from above. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-138 Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Number System TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.386: TeSys N Catalog Numbering System T Product Family T — TeSys N Device Type 02 — Contactor 36 — Starter 40 — Self-Protected Combination Starter NEMA Size 40 C A 1 3 V80 M Forms Most Common Forms S — Separate control circuit P51 — Red LED Light ON P52 — Green LED Light OFF A — Start-Stop pushbutton C — Hand-Off-Auto selector switch CP1 — Abbreviated Forms: Form C + Form P51m AP1 — Abbreviated Forms: Form A + Form P51m This is only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for more information. T02 and T36 devices T40 devices (only) A — Size 00 A — Size 00 B — Size 0 B — Size 0 C — Size 1 C — Size 1 D — Size 2 E — Size 3 F — Size 4 G — Size 5 H — Size 6a J — Size 7a a Not available for reversing type T36 devices When more than one form is applied to a single device, arrange forms in alphabetical order. Enclosure Type T02 and T36 devices T40 devices (only) N—No enclosure A — NEMA Type 12/3R Industrial Use G — NEMA Type 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting W — NEMA Type 4/4X Stainless Steel M — Modbus C — CANopen D — DeviceNet P — Profibus N — No communication Direction 1 — Non-reversing 2 — Reversing Numerals Used to define specific, physical arrangements such as number of poles for devices type T02 or protection type for devices type T36 and T40. Numbering varies with type of device. Consult Digest listings for specific device numbers. m Abbreviated Forms cannot be used with other forms (with the exception of Form S). To use other forms, non-abbreviated forms must be used. E.g: CP51P68 Communication Code Mandatory for T40 devices This field is not applicable to T02 and T36 devices This only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for more information. Voltage Code B7 — 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz G7 — 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz LE7 — 208 Vac, 50/60 Hz U7 — 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz T7 — 480 Vac, 50/60 Hz BD — 24 Vdc coil V81 — 480/120 Vac Control Power Transformer V83 — 480/24 Vac Control Power Transformer V89 — 120/24 Vac Control Power Transformer BD4 — 480 Vac/24 Vdc Power Supply 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS CPT includes fuse protection on primary and secondary as standard. This is only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for more information. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-139 Contactors and Starters TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters www.schneider-electric.us TeSys N Contactors TeSys N contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is provided separately. TeSys N contactors are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7. Target market segments include Hospitals, Retail, Food & Beverage, Marine, Oil & Gas and Mining, Metals & Minerals. Table 16.387: TeSys N Non-Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max. NEMA Size TeSys N non-reversing contactor, Size 1 TeSys N non-reversing contactor, Size 3 a b Continuous Current Rating (A) Motor Voltage Open Max HP Catalog Number 200 1.5 230 1.5 00 9 460 2 575 2 200 3 230 3 0 18 460 5 575 5 200 7.5 230 7.5 1 27 460 10 575 10 200 10 230 15 2 45 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 3 90 460 50 575 50 200 40 230 50 4 135 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 6 540 460 400 575 400 200 — 230 300 7 810 460 600 575 600 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below. Lugs ordered separately. See Table 16.410 on page 16-146. $ Price T02AN13a 296.00 T02BN13a 373.00 T02CN13a 437.00 T02DN13a 795.00 T02EN13ab 1285.00 T02FN13ab 3080.00 T02GN13ab 6705.00 T02HN13ab 18305.00 T02JN13ab 26125.00 Table 16.388: TeSys N Non-Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Single Phase, 600 Vac Max. NEMA Size Continuous Current Rating (A) Open Max HP Catalog Number 115 1/3 230 1 115 1 0 18 230 2 115 2 1 27 230 3 115 3 2 45 230 7.5 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below. 00 a Motor Voltage 9 $ Price T02AN13a 296.00 T02BN13a 373.00 T02CN13a 437.00 T02DN13a 795.00 Table 16.389: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 16 24 Vac 24 Vdc 120 Vac 208 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac Voltage Code by NEMA Size Size 00 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 0 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 1 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 2 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 3 B6 BD G6 L6 U6 Q5 Size 4 B6 BD G6 L6 U6 Q5 Size 5 G7 L7 U7 S7 Size 6 n/a n/a F7 L7 U7 N7 Size 7 $ Price Adder F7 L7 U7 N7 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151 TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146 Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-146 16-140 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactors and Starters TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters www.schneider-electric.us TeSys N Reversing Contactors TeSys N reversing contactors are used for starting, stopping and reversing AC motors where overload protection is provided separately. TeSys N reversing contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked and are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7. Target market segments include Hospitals, Retail, Food & Beverage, Marine, Oil & Gas and Mining, Metals & Minerals. Table 16.390: TeSys N Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max. NEMA Size TeSys N reversing contactor, Size 00 TeSys N reversing contactor, Size 4 a b Continuous Current Rating (A) Motor Voltage Open Max HP Catalog Number 200 1.5 230 1.5 00 9 460 2 575 2 200 3 230 3 0 18 460 5 575 5 200 7.5 230 7.5 1 27 460 10 575 10 200 10 230 15 2 45 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 3 90 460 50 575 50 200 40 230 50 4 135 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 6 540 460 400 575 400 200 — 230 300 7 810 460 600 575 600 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below. Lugs ordered separately. See Table 16.410 on page 16-146. $ Price T02AN23a 770.00 T02BN23a 923.00 T02CN23a 1052.00 T02DN23a 2000.00 T02EN23ab 3320.00 T02FN23ab 8280.00 T02GN23ab 14935.00 T02HN23ab 37340.00 T02JN23ab 53435.00 Table 16.391: TeSys N Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Single Phase, 600 Vac Max. NEMA Size a Continuous Current Rating (A) 00 9 0 18 1 27 2 45 Open Motor Voltage Max HP 115 230 115 230 115 230 115 230 1/3 1 1 2 2 3 3 7.5 Catalog Number $ Price T02AN23a 770.00 T02BN23a 923.00 T02CN23a 1052.00 T02DN23a 2000.00 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below. Voltage 24 Vac 24 Vdc 120 Vac 208 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac Voltage Code by NEMA Size Size 00 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 0 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 1 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 2 B7 BD G7 LE7 U7 T7 Size 3 B6 BD G6 L6 U6 Q5 Size 4 B6 BD G6 L6 U6 Q5 Size 5 G7 L7 U7 S7 Size 6 n/a n/a F7 L7 U7 N7 Size 7 $ Price Adder F7 L7 U7 N7 No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge No Charge NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 16.392: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes 16 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151 TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146 Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-146 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-141 Contactors and Starters TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters www.schneider-electric.us TeSys N Starters TeSys N starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7 and come standard with Motor Logic Class 10/20 selectable solid state overload relays. Starters with bimetal overload protection can be assembled from TeSys N contactors and TeSys D overload relays. For more information on TeSys D relays, see Table 16.395 below. Table 16.393: TeSys N Non-Reversing Starters, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max. NEMA Size TeSys N non-reversing starter, Size 1 TeSys N non-reversing starter, Size 3 a b Continuous Current Rating (A) Motor Voltage Open Max HP Catalog Number $ Price 200 1.5 230 1.5 00 9 T36AN13a 431.00 460 2 575 2 200 3 230 3 0 18 T36BN13a 520.00 460 5 575 5 200 7.5 230 7.5 1b 27 T36CN13a 585.00 460 10 575 10 200 10 230 15 2 45 T36DN13a 1005.00 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 3 90 T36EN13a 1580.00 460 50 575 50 200 40 230 50 4 135 T36FN13a 3490.00 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 T36GN13a 8430.00 460 200 575 200 200 150 230 200 6 540 T36HN13a 19775.00 460 400 575 400 200 — 230 300 7 810 T36JN13a 28130.00 460 600 575 600 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below. Special contactor/Motor Logic overload relay size combinations available: Add ‘0’ to catalog number before coil voltage for Size 0 overload (6–18 A), ‘9’ for Size 00C overload (3–9 A), and ‘8’ for Size 00B overload (1.5–4.5 A). (i.e. T36CN130G7). Table 16.394: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code by NEMA Size $ Price Adder Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 24 Vacb B7 B7 B7 B7 B6 B6 n/a No Charge 24 Vdca BD BD BD BD BD BD n/a No Charge 120 Vacb G7 G7 G7 G7 G6 G6 G7 F7 F7 No Charge 208 Vac LE7 LE7 LE7 LE7 L6 L6 L7 L7 L7 No Charge 240 Vac U7 U7 U7 U7 U6 U6 U7 U7 U7 No Charge 480 Vac T7 T7 T7 T7 Q5 Q5 S7 N7 N7 No Charge a 24 Vdc coil requires separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13BDS). b 24 and 120 Vac coils available with optional separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13B7S). Voltage Table 16.395: TeSys D Overload Relays—Ambient Compensated, Bimetallic, Direct Mounting Current Setting Range (A) 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS TeSys N Size 1 Contactor + TeSys D Bimetal Overload Relay 0.10–0.16 0.16–0.25 0.25–0.40 0.40–0.63 0.63–1 1–1.6 1.6–2.5 2.5–4 4–6 5.5–8 7–10 9–13 12–18 16–24 17–25 23–32 23–28 25–32 9-13 12-18 16-25 23-32 30-40 37-50 For Direct Mounting to TeSys N contactors Size 00–1 Size 00–1 Size 00–1 Size 0–1 Size 0–1 Size 0–1 Size 0–1 Size 1 Size 2 Class 10 with Single-Phase Sensitivity Class 10 without Single-Phase Sensitivity Class 20 with Single-Phase Sensitivity Class 20 without Single-Phase Sensitivity LRD01 LRD02 LRD03 LRD04 LRD05 LRD06 LRD07 LRD08 LRD10 LRD12 LRD14 LRD16 LRD21 LRD22 — LRD32 — — LRD313 LRD318 LRD325 LRD332 LRD340 LRD350 LR3D01 LR3D02 LR3D03 LR3D04 LR3D05 LR3D06 LR3D07 LR3D08 LR3D10 LR3D12 LR3D14 LR3D16 LR3D21 LR3D22 — LR3D32 — — LR3D313 LR3D318 LR3D325 LR3D332 LR3D340 LR3D350 — — — — — — — LRD1508 LRD1510 LRD1512 LRD1514 LRD1516 LRD1521 — LRD1522 — LRD1530 LRD1532 LRD313L LRD318L LRD325L LRD332L LRD340L LRD350L — — — — — — — LR3D1508A1 LR3D1510A1 LR3D1512A1 LR3D1514A1 LR3D1516A1 LR3D1521A1 — LR3D1522A1 — LR3D1530A1 LR3D1532A1 — — — — — — $ Price 60.00 62.00 73.00 107.00 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151 TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146 16-142 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactors and Starters TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters www.schneider-electric.us TeSys N Reversing Starters TeSys N reversing starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping and reversing of AC squirrel cage motors. Reversing starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked and are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 5. Starters come standard with Motor Logic Class 10/20 selectable solid state overload relays. Reversing starters with bimetal overload protection can be assembled from TeSys N reversing contactors and TeSys D overload relays. For more information on TeSys D relays, see Table 16.395 on page 16-142. Table 16.396: TeSys N Reversing Starters, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max. NEMA Size TeSys N reversing starter, Size 00 a b TeSys N reversing starter, Size 4 Continuous Current Rating (A) Motor Voltage Max HP Open Catalog Number $ Price 200 1.5 230 1.5 00 9 T36AN23a 1019.00 460 2 575 2 200 3 230 3 0 18 T36BN23a 1190.00 460 5 575 5 200 7.5 230 7.5 1b 27 T36CN23a 1335.00 460 10 575 10 200 10 230 15 2 45 T36DN23a 2450.00 460 25 575 25 200 25 230 30 3 90 T36EN23a 4020.00 460 50 575 50 200 40 230 50 4 135 T36FN23a 9660.00 460 100 575 100 200 75 230 100 5 270 T36GN23a 18525.00 460 200 575 200 Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below. Special contactor/Motor Logic overload relay size combinations available: Add ‘0’ to catalog number before coil voltage for Size 0 overload (6–18 A), ‘9’ for Size 00C overload (3–9 A), and ‘8’ for Size 00B overload (1.5–4.5 A). (i.e. T36CN230G7). Table 16.397: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes Voltage Code by NEMA Size $ Price Adder Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 24 Vacb B7 B7 B7 B7 B6 B6 n/a No Charge 24 Vdca BD BD BD BD BD BD n/a No Charge 120 Vacb G7 G7 G7 G7 G6 G6 G7 No Charge 208 Vac LE7 LE7 LE7 LE7 L6 L6 L7 No Charge 240 Vac U7 U7 U7 U7 U6 U6 U7 No Charge 480 Vac T7 T7 T7 T7 Q5 Q5 S7 No Charge a 24 Vdc coil requires separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN23BDS). b 24 and 120 Vac coils available with optional separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13B7S). E164862 CCN NLDX NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Voltage Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151 TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-144 to 16-146 16 LR43364 Class 3211 04 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-143 Contactor Accessories TeSys™ N Auxiliary Contacts, Time Delay, Mechanical Latch www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.398: Standard, Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks Composition Catalog Number $ Price N.O. N.C. 2 2 LADN22 a 41.50 1 3 LADN13 a 41.50 4 0 LADN40 a 41.50 To front of 4 0 4 LADN04 a 41.50 Size 00–2 or 3 1 LADN31 a 41.50 To right side of 2b 2b LADC22 ab 41.50 Size 3–7 1 1 LADN11 a 20.70 2 2 0 LADN20 a 20.70 0 2 LADN02a 20.70 1 0 LADN10 13.10 To left side of 1 Size 3–7 0 1 LADN01 13.10 1 1 LAD8N11 c 20.70 To side of 2 Size 00–2 2 0 LAD8N20 c 20.70 For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN223). There is no charge for this modification. For slip-on versions, add 9 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN229). Including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break overlapping contacts. 1 block may be added to the left side of Size 00–1, AC coils only; only 1 block may be added to either side of the Size 2 contactor, AC coil only. Cannot be installed on Size 00–2 contactors with DC coils. Snap-On Mounting Front Mounted Auxiliary Blocks a b c Number of Contacts Table 16.399: Instantaneous Blocks with Dust-Tight Auxiliary Contacts (IP54) NEMA 12 Standard Contacts Snap-On Mounting d Dust-Tight Contacts N.O. N.C. To front of — — Size 00–2 2 — or 1 1 To right side of Size 3–7 — — Device supplied with 4 ground terminal points. N.O. 2 2 2 2 N.C. — — — — Catalog Number $ Price LA1DX20 LA1DZ40 LA1DZ31 LA1DY20d 65.00 82.00 82.00 77.00 Catalog Number f $ Price Table 16.400: Pneumatic Time Delay Contact Blocks Time Delay Contacts Snap-On Mounting N.O. f g Range of Time Delay 0.1 to 3 se LADT0 131.00 0.1 to 30 s LADT2 131.00 10 to 180 s LADT4 131.00 1 to 30 sg LADS2 131.00 0.1 to 3 se LADR0 131.00 On de-energization 1 1 0.1 to 30 s LADR2 131.00 (off-delay) 10 to 180 s LADR4 131.00 Scale range is expanded between 0.1 and 0.6 seconds on the dial for more accurate settings at the lower end of the range. For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADT23). There is no charge for this modification. Switching time between the opening of the N.C. contact and the closing of the N.O. contact: 40 ms ± 15 ms . To front of Size 00–2 or To right side of Size 3–7 e Type N.C. 1 On energization (on delay) 1 Table 16.401: Mechanical Latch Blocks with Manual or Electrical Unlatch Front snap-on mounting onto h i Application Catalog Number For silent operation and Size 00–2 LAD6K10hi energy conservation Does not include internal coil clearing contact. Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code (for example, LAD6K10F). $ Price 77.00 Table 16.402: Coil Voltage Codes for LA6DK Mechanical Latch Blocks j Volts 24 120 208 240 480 AC or DCj B F L M R DC available at 24 V only. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-144 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactor Accessories TeSys™ N Coil Suppressors, Cabling Accessories www.schneider-electric.us RC Coil Suppressor • • Limitation of transient voltage to 300% of nominal voltage maximum. Oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times normal). Table 16.403: Resistor/Capacitor Circuit (RC) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils Installed by LA4DA1U Mounting on Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsk Size 00–1 Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the contactor coil terminals Size 2 Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz 24 V 120 V 120–240 V 24 V 120 V 120-240 V Catalog Number LAD4RCE LAD4RCG LAD4RCU LAD4RC3E LAD4RC3G LAD4RC3U $ Price 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 Varistor Coil Suppressor • • Limitation of transient voltage value to 200% of nominal voltage maximum. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times normal). Table 16.404: Varistor (Peak Limiting) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils Installed by Mounting on Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsk Size 00–1 Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the contactor coil terminals Size 2 Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz 24 V 120 V 120–240 V 24 V 120 V 120-240 V Catalog Number LAD4VE LAD4VG LAD4VU LAD4V3E LAD4V3G LAD4V3U $ Price 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 Diode Coil Suppressor • • No overvoltage or oscillating frequency. Polarized component. Increased drop-out time (6–10 times normal). Table 16.405: Diode for Reduction of Electrical Noise in DC Contactor Coils Installed on the upper part by Snap-on mounting and connection w/o tools to the contactor coil terminals Clip-on front mounting Mounting on Size 00–1 Size 2 Operating Voltage, DC 24 Vdc 24 Vdc Catalog Number LAD4DDL LAD4D3U $ Price 26.20 26.20 Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz and DC Catalog Number 24 (AC only) LAD4TB 24 V LAD4T3B Clip-on front mounting and connection without tools Size 2 120 V LAD4T3G to the contactor coil terminals l 208–240 V LAD4T3U k Installing the suppressor into the cavity makes the electrical connection. Overall width of the contactor remains the same. l For Size 00–2 with DC coils, 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in bidirectional diode suppression as standard. $ Price 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 Bidirectional Diode Coil Suppressor • • Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks Table 16.406: Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode Installed by Snapping into the cavity on the right side of the contactor k Mounting on Size 00–1l LAD4T3B Table 16.407: Cabling Accessories Usage Mounting on For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with top-mounting accessory. Size 00–1, AC only For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with top-mounting accessory Size 2, AC only Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz Without coil suppression 24 V With coil suppression 120 V (varistor) 120-240 V — Catalog Number LAD4BB LAD4BBVE LAD4BBVG LAD4BBVU LAD4BB3 $ Price 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 26.20 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LAD4BB• • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule 16-145 Contactor Accessories TeSys™ N Electronic Timers and Interface Modules www.schneider-electric.us The following accessories require use of cabling accessories (LAD4BB●●) for proper mounting. See page 16-145 for illustration. Table 16.408: Electronic Serial Timer Modules These solid state modules delay the energizing of the contactor coil, and feature built-in varistor surge suppression. Operational Voltage Type Time Delay 24–250 Vac On-delay 0.1–2 s 1.5–30 s 25–500 s Size 00–2 Catalog Number LA4DT0U LA4DT2U LA4DT4U $ Price 82. 82. 82. Table 16.409: Interface Modules a These modules allow the contactor coils to be energized from low voltage and low current level signals. They come in mechanical relay and solid state versions. The relay plus manual operation versions include a lever for manually turning the contactor on and off. When a module receives a low level signal, it allows the separate-sourced control voltage to flow to the contactor coil. It saves space and wiring time compared to conventional interposing relays. Operational Voltage Interface Type LA4DFB a Input Voltage Catalog Number 24 Vdc LA4DFB 55. Size 00–2 24 Vdc LA4DLB 71. Size 00–2 24 Vdc LA4DWB 71. 24–250 Vac Size 00–2 Relay Relay Plus Manual Operation Solid State $ Price Adapter required, see Table 16.407 on page 16-145. Table 16.410: Lugs and Lug Kitsa Lugs Lug Kitsb Cable size AWG range Line Size Load Side Size 3 3 each DZ2FF1 3 each DZ2FF1 DZ2FF6 14 to 2/0 Size 4 3 each DZ2FG1 3 each DZ2FG1 DZ2FG6 6 to 3/0 Size 5 3 each DZ2FJ1 3 each DZ2FJ1 DZ2FJ6 4 to 500 MCM Size 6 3 each DZ2FK1 3 each DZ2FK1 DZ2FK6 2 x 2 to 600 MCM 1 each DZ2FL1 1 each DZ2FL1 Size 7 DZ2FL2 DZ2FL2 DZ2FL6 3 x 2 to 600 MCM DZ2FL3 DZ2FL3 Mounting hardware (screws, washers and nuts) are provided with the contactors, not the lugs. Starters Sizes 3–7 supplied with lugs. See Table 16.411 for pricing. Lug kits incude 6 lugs. TeSys N Contactor a b Table 16.411: Lug Pricing Lug Catalog Number DZ2FF1 DZ2FG1 DZ2FJ1 DZ2FK1 DZ2FL1 DZ2FL2 DZ2FL3 $ Price 6.50 11.00 11.00 21.80 27.30 27.30 27.30 Lug Kit Catalog Number DZ2FF6 DZ2FG6 DZ2FJ6 DZ2FK6 DZ2FL6 $ Price 39.30 65.00 65.00 131.00 164.00 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-146 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ N Contactors www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.412: TeSys N Contactors, Size 00–1, Non-Reversinga Dimensions Dimensional Diagram Dimension b Minimum electrical clearance b b1 c c1 c2 c .39 10 c1 1.77 45 c2 c3 c3 Description AC Coil Without add-on accessories With LAD4BB With LA4D•2 With LA4DF, DT With LA4DR, DW, DL Without cover or add-on blocks With cover, without add-on blocks With LADN or LADC With LAD6K10 With LADT, R, S In 3.35 3.86 4.49 4.84 5.12 3.54 3.62 4.84 5.31 5.63 mm 85 98 114 123 130 90 92 123 135 143 DC Coil In mm 3.35 85 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3.90 99 3.98 101 5.20 132 5.67 144 5.98 152 With LADT, R, S and sealing cover 5.79 147 6.14 156 DIN rail and panel mountable. a Table 16.413: TeSys N Contactors, Size 2, Non-Reversinga Dimensions Dimensional Diagram Dimension AC or DC Coils With LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3 With LA4 DF, DT With LA4 DM, DW, DL Without cover or add-on blocks With cover, without add-on blocks With LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) With LAD 6K10 or LA6 DK With LAD T, R, S In 2.17 5.35 6.18 6.54 4.65 4.72 5.91 6.42 6.73 mm 55 136 157 166 118 120 150 163 171 With LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 6.89 175 a Minimum electrical clearance 4.61 117 4.80 122 b1 b1 0.47 12 Description c c1 c2 c c1 0.49 12.5 (LAD 8N) c2 0.49 12.5 (LAD 8N) a c3 c3 DIN rail and panel mountable. a Table 16.414: TeSys N Contactors, Size 3–7, Non-Reversing Dimensions Dimension Ø S X1 b1 M H M b X1 P P Q Q1 L f a c Dimensional Diagram, Size 6 S Dimension Ø X1 M b1 H M b X1 Q P Q1 P a L c f Dimensional Diagram, Size 7 S X1 b1 H M b X1 Q P P Q1 f L c mm 163.5 37 29.5 60 20 M6 5.2 131 6.4 162 5.4 137 5.8 147 4.9 124 6.7 171 4.2 107 0.4 10 T02HN13 In 9.2 2.2 1.8 3 1.2 T02GN13 mm 163.5 40 26 57.5 20 In 8.4 1.9 1.7 2.9 1 131 170 137 150 124 171 107 10 5.8 8.1 5.7 7.1 6.2 8.6 5.7 0.4 M8 5.2 6.7 5.4 5.9 4.9 6.7 4.2 0.4 mm 213 48 43 74 25 M10 147 206 145 181 158 219 145 10 mm 233 55 46 77 30 5.9 9.4 8.2 8.2 6.8 9.1 5.7 150 238 209 208 172 232 146 X1 220–500 V 0.6 15 a P Q Q1 S ø f b b1 M H c L X1 220–500 V T02FN13 In 6.4 1.6 1 2.3 0.8 M10 T02JN13 In 12.2 3.2 2.4 3.5 1.6 mm 309 80 60 89 40 M12 7.1 12 11 10.4 8 10 6.1 0.8 181 304 280 264 202 255 155 20 16 a In 6.4 1.5 1.2 2.4 0.8 a P Q Q1 S ø f b b1 M H c L Dimension Ø M a P Q Q1 S ø f b b1 M H c L X1 220–500 V T02EN13 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Dimensional Diagram, Size 3–5 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-147 Dimensions TeSys™ N Reversing Contactors www.schneider-electric.us Table 16.415: TeSys N Size 00–1, Reversing Contactorsa Dimensions Dimension b 60/70 e1 2xM4 = G = e2 c Description AC Coil DC Coil In mm In mm a Without side-mount accessories 3.54 90 3.54 90 b Contactor base 3.35 85 3.35 85 c With cover, without add-on blocks 3.62 92 3.98 101 e1 0.35 9 0.35 9 e2 0.20 5 0.20 5 3.15 80 3.15 80 = Dimensional Diagram = a G Mounting holes DIN rail and panel mountable. a Table 16.416: TeSys N Size 2, Reversing Contactorsa Dimensions Dimensional Diagram 26,5 37,5 120 6xM4 128 122 37,5 Description 18,7 64 AC and DC Coils In mm Width 4.69 119 Height 4.80 122 Depth with cover, without add-on blocks 4.72 120 Load side mounting hole width 2.52 64 Line side mounting hole width 3.40 101.5 Mounting hole height 5.04 128 18,7 119 DIN rail and panel mountable. a Table 16.417: TeSys N Size 3–7, Reversing Contactors Dimensional Diagram D W L Dimension R N H M 16 X NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-148 X T02EN23 In mm T02FN23 In mm Dimensions T02GN23 In mm T02HN23 In mm T02JN23 In mm D 0.38 9, 7 0.38 9, 7 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 H 7.96 202, 2 7.96 202, 2 15.27 387, 9 15.27 387, 9 22.25 565, 2 L 11.75 298, 5 11.75 298, 5 18 457, 2 18 457, 2 30 762, 0 M 7 177, 8 7 177, 8 14 355, 6 14 355, 6 19.75 501, 7 N 0.49 12, 5 0.49 12, 5 0.62 15, 8 0.62 15, 8 1.25 31, 8 R 0.49 12, 5 0.49 12, 5 0.62 15, 8 0.62 15, 8 0.69 17, 5 W 12.71 322, 8 12.71 322, 8 19.27 489, 5 19.27 489, 5 31.38 797, 0 X 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0 5.79 147, 0 5.91 150, 0 7.13 181, 0 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 00–2 www.schneider-electric.us Non-reversing T36AN13 / T36BN13 / T36CN13 / T36DN13 A Reversing T36AN23 / T36BN23 / T36CN23 / T36DN23 A G F J G F B H Depth H B R K E D E D Table 16.418: TeSys N Size 00–2, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing Dimension Size 00 T36AN13 Size 0 T36BN13 Reversing Size 1 T36CN13 Size 2 T36DN13 Size 00 T36AN23 Size 0 T36BN23 Size 1 T36CN23 Size 2 T36DN23 In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm In mm A 3.19 81, 0 3.19 81, 0 3.19 81, 0 3.19 81, 0 43.9 111, 5 43.9 111, 5 43.9 111, 5 5.19 131, 8 B 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 8.61 218, 7 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 6.64 168, 7 8.61 218, 7 D 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 0.5 12, 7 E 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 1.0 25, 4 F 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 1.59 40, 5 G 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 0.20 5, 2 H 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 8.22 208, 8 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 6.16 156, 5 8.22 208, 8 4.94 125, 4 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 4.17 104, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 J (AC Coil) 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 4.17 105, 9 J (DC Coil) 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.52 114, 9 4.94 125, 4 K 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 3.90 99, 0 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS a Ra 0.24 Reset travel. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-149 Dimensions TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 3–4 www.schneider-electric.us Non-Reversing T36EN13 / T36FN13 A F Reversing T36EN23 / T36FN23 G G A/2 Depth N A E X M J X H B H K P F B X M L RESET RESET O O E D T D R N Table 16.419: TeSys N Size 3–4, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing Size 3 T36EN13 Dimension a b Reversing Size 4 T36FN13 Size 3 T36EN23 Size 4 T36FN23 In mm In mm In mm In mm A 5.31 134, 9 5.31 134, 9 12.71 322, 8 12.71 322, 8 B 10.82 274, 8 10.82 274, 8 11.71 297, 4 11.71 297, 4 D 0.88 22, 4 0.88 22, 4 6.0 152, 4 6.0 152, 4 E 1.75 44, 5 1.75 44, 5 11.75 298, 5 11.75 298, 5 F 1.78 45, 0 1.78 45, 0 0.48 12, 2 0.48 12, 2 G 0.32 8, 1 0.32 8, 1 0.48 12, 2 0.48 12, 2 H 10.19 258, 8 10.19 258, 8 10.75 273, 1 10.75 273, 1 J 6.03 153, 2 6.03 153, 2 — — — — K 0.59 15, 0 0.59 15, 0 — — — — L 0.22 5, 6 0.22 5, 6 — — — — M 11.91 302, 4 11.91 302, 4 11.96 303, 8 11.96 303, 8 N 6.57 166, 8 6.57 166, 8 13.58 344, 9 13.58 344, 9 O 0.375 9, 5 0.375 9, 5 0.375 9, 5 0.375 9, 5 P 6.96 176, 7 6.96 176, 7 7.18 182, 4 7.18 182, 4 R 3.8 97 3.8 97 3.8 97 3.8 97 Ta 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 0.24 6.1 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0 5.16 131, 0 Xb 5.16 131, 0 Reset travel. Minimum distance for coil removal. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 16-150 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 5–7 www.schneider-electric.us Non-reversing T36GN13 / T36HN13 / T36JN13 G Reversing T36GN23 A F G F P X B A G Depth X X H H B RESET RESET K J K D E E D T R Table 16.420: TeSys N Size 5–7, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters Non-Reversing Size 5 T36GN13 Dimension Size 7 T36JN13 Size 5 T36GN23 In mm In mm In mm In mm A 8.58 217, 9 8.58 217, 9 8.58 217, 9 19.3 489, 4 B 17.56 446, 0 19.75 501, 7 23.58 598, 9 20.3 514, 8 D 4.75 120, 7 4.75 120, 7 4.75 120, 7 4.75 120, 7 E 7.25 184, 2 7.25 184, 2 7.25 184, 2 7.25 184, 2 F 3.17 80, 4 3.17 80, 4 3.17 80, 4 18.0 457, 2 G 0.63 16, 0 0.63 16, 0 0.63 16, 0 0.63 16, 1 H 16.37 415, 8 18.56 463, 6 22.38 565, 9 19.0 482, 6 J 9.91 251, 6 9.91 251, 6 9.91 251, 6 — — K 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 0.56 14, 2 P 9.32 236, 8 9.32 236, 8 9.32 236, 8 9.95 252, 7 R 7.38 187, 0 9.16 232, 7 8.07 205, 0 7.38 187, 0 Ta 0.24 6, 1 0.24 6, 1 0.24 6, 1 0.24 6, 1 5.91 150, 1 7.13 181, 1 5.79 147, 1 Xb 5.79 147 1 Reset travel. Minimum distance for coil removal. 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS a b Reversing Size 6 T36HN13 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16-151 TeSys N Self-Protected Combination Starters www.schneider-electric.us TeSys N Self-Protected combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short-circuit protection into one smaller package. These next-generation starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL listed. They offer superior performance and efficiency and are easier to install and maintain. In order to select a TeSys N Self-Protected combination starter, follow the 5-step process described below. 1. Choose a base configuration Table 16.421: Base Configurations Ratings Type 1 enclosure Max. HP Motor Voltage (V) Single phase 115 1/3 230 1 Non-reversing starter Threephase 200 1.5 230 1.5 460 2 575 NEMA Size Type 12/3R enclosure Reversing starter Non-reversing starter Type 4/4X enclosure Reversing starter Non-reversing starter Reversing starter Base Base Base Base Base Base Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Number Number Number Number Number Number 00 T40AG1 1575. T40AG2 2331. T40AA1 1883. T40AA2 2639. T40AW1 2805. T40AW2 3561. 0 T40BG1 1575. T40BG2 2331. T40BA1 1883. T40BA2 2639. T40BW1 2805. T40BW2 3561. 1 T40CG1 1575. T40CG2 2331. T40CA1 1883. T40CA2 2639. T40CW1 2805. T40CW2 3561. 2 115 1 230 2 200 3 230 3 460 5 575 5 115 2 230 3 200 7.5 230 7.5 460 10 575 10 Type 1 enclosure 2. Choose Thermal Overload Relay (Plug-in Control Unit) 2.1 Choose the thermal overload protection type. The thermal overload relay is a control unit that plugs into the TeSys U starter. No tool is needed to install or remove the control unit. If you do not wish to select the thermal overload relay at this time, select Thermal Overload Relay Type codes N1 or N3 in function of the motor configuration (single phase or 3-phase) in Table 16.422. A thermal overload relay can be selected and ordered later on independently before installation. In order to select a thermal overload relay, you must follow the next 2 steps. First, select the thermal overload protection type code in Table 16.422. Secondly, select the full load amperage code in Table 16.423 on page 16-153. Table 16.422: Thermal Overload Protection Types Advanced Control Unit Multifunction Control Unit No Control Unit (Ordered later on independently) Single Phase $ Price Thermal Overload Protection Type Code 180.00 4a 1a 2a 3-Phase 738.00 — 3a 180.00 Protection Type Single phase, Class 10 b b 3-phase, Class 10 b 3-phase, Class 20 b 3-phase, Selectable Class 5–30 Protection Functions 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Short circuit b b b b Over current b b b b Thermal overload b b b b Phase loss b b b Phase imbalance b b b Ground fault b b b b Underload, long start, jam c c c b Automatic or local/remote reset c c c b Fault differentiation c c c b Thermal alarm c c c b Motor load display c c c Control Functions b Alarm threshold adjustment Tripping test a b c 16-152 CP1 Discount Schedule b b Fault history b b b b Complete the Thermal Overload Relay Selection by adding the full load amperage code after the thermal overload protection type code. Built-in Control Unit. Available when combined with appropriate Function module. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved TeSys N Self-Protected Combination Starters www.schneider-electric.us 4 Choose Communication Type 2.2 Choose the Motor Full Load Amperage If you do not need communication capabilities, select communication code N. If a Communication protocol is selected, Control Voltage must be 24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, BD4 or BD6 only. Refer to Table 16.424) Table 16.423: Full Load Amperage Code Full Load Amperage Setting Range (A) Full Load Amperage Code 0.15–0.6 5 0.3–1.4 6 1.25–5.0 9 8 0 8–27 1 Communication Protocol 3 Choose the Power Source Table 16.424: Control Power Source Code Control Circuit Source Common Control Motor Voltage System Type 262.00 E 712.00 CANopen C 262.00 DeviceNet D 262.00 Beckoff B 262.00 Profibus P 262.00 Advantys STB A 262.00 AS-interface J 226.00 Voltage Single Phase 120 AC 120 AC G7 — AS-interface V2 K 226.00 240 AC 240 AC U7 — No Communication N — ThreePhase 208 AC 208 AC LE7 — 240 AC 240 AC U7 — 120 AC 24 AC B7a — 120 AC 24 DC BDa — 120 AC 120 AC G7a — 240 AC 24 AC B7a — 5.1 Abbreviated Forms 240 AC 24 DC BDa — 240 AC 120 AC G7a — 208 AC 24 AC B7a — 208 AC 24 DC BDa — 208 AC 120 AC G7a — 240 AC 24 AC B7a — 240 AC 24 DC BDa — 240 AC 120 AC G7a — 480 AC 24 AC B7a — 480 AC 24 DC BDa — 480 AC 120 AC G7a — Abbreviated forms are defined combinations of the most commonly ordered standard forms and are part of the profiled configurations with short lead time. For example, abbreviated form CP1 is a combination of standard forms C and P51. Abbreviated forms cannot be mixed with other standard forms, with the exceptions of forms S and S6. If your combination of forms is not available as an abbreviated form, use only standard forms and arrange them in alphabetical order. For example, T40CG1CFG7NCP1S is a valid catalog number with the abbreviated form CP1. If you want to add Form P68, the valid catalog number is T40CG1CFG7NCP51P68S. T40CG1GFG7NCP1P68S is invalid because abbreviated form CP1 cannot be used with standard form P68. 600 AC 24 AC B7b — 600 AC 24 DC BDb — 600 AC 120 AC G7b — Single Phase ThreePhase Single Phase ThreePhase 5 Choose Factory Modifications When choosing Factory modifications, the Form code must be added at the end of the catalog number. If several forms are selected, they must be arranged in alphabetical order. There are two types of Forms available: abbreviated forms and standard forms. Table 16.426: Abbreviated Forms Factory Modifications Form $ Price CP1 672.00 120 AC 24 AC V89 698.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light 240 AC 120 AC V80 698.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light CP2 672.00 240 AC 24 AC V82 698.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C12 1008.00 1008.00 208 AC 24 AC V90 698.00 208 AC 120 AC V84 698.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C21 240 AC 24 AC V82 698.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light AP1 672.00 240 AC 120 AC V80 698.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light AP2 672.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light 480 AC 24 AC V83 698.00 480 AC 120 AC V81 698.00 A12 1008.00 600 AC 24 AC V91 698.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light A21 1008.00 600 AC 120 AC V86 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light C61 672.00 120 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light C62 672.00 240 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 208 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C66 1008.00 240 AC 24 DC BD1 698.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C67 1008.00 480 AC 24 DC BD4 867.00 Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light P12 672.00 600 AC 24 DC BD6 1072.00 Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light P21 672.00 Form S must be added at the end of the catalog number. Form S6 must be added at the end of the catalog number. Current limiter is provided and factory installed. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary provided as standard. Fuse holder with 2 fuses provided as standard. 16 c d M Modbus TCP/IP Voltage ThreePhase a b $ Price Modbus Voltage Type Separate Control Factory Installed Power Supply d Control Power Source Code $ Price Voltage Type Single Phase Factory Installed Control Power Transformer c Control Voltage Communication Code NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 3–12 4.5–18 Table 16.425: Communication Code © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1 Discount Schedule 16-153 TeSys N Self-Protected Combination Starters www.schneider-electric.us 5.2 Standard Forms Table 16.431: Separate Control Forms Table 16.427: Push Button Forms Factory Modifications Factory Modifications Form $ Price 336.00 Form S — Separate Control for starters with line voltage equalt to 600 V — Current Limiter is factory installed. S6 205.00 Start/Stop A Forward/Reverse/Stop A1 570.00 ON/OFF A3 336.00 Table 16.432: Additional Capacity Forms Miscellaneous A11 336.00 NOTE: Fuses are provided. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary. Stop A13 336.00 Start Push Button + Stop Mushroom Head A22 336.00 Emergency Stop Mushroom Head A31 336.00 Turn-To-Release Emergency Stop Mushroom Head A32 336.00 Form $ Price 50VA additional capacity Factory Modifications T10 215.00 100VA additional capacity T11 372.00 Table 16.433: Auxiliary Contact Forms Table 16.428: Selector Switch Forms Factory Modifications Form Factory Modifications $ Price Hand/Off/Auto C 336.00 Start/Stop C1 336.00 ON/Auto C2 336.00 ON/OFF C6 336.00 Hand/Auto C8 336.00 Forward/OFF/Reverse C14 336.00 Forward/Reverse C20 336.00 Three position C34 336.00 Two position C35 336.00 Keyed Hand/Off/Auto C36 735.00 Keyed Start/Stop C37 735.00 Keyed ON/Auto C38 735.00 Keyed ON/OFF C39 735.00 Keyed Forward/Off/Reverse C43 735.00 Keyed Forward/Reverse C47 735.00 U8 41.00 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. U9 41.00 2 N.C. U10 41.00 1 N.C. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state U6 41.00 1 N.O. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state U7 41.00 Table 16.434: Auxiliary Relay Forms NOTE: Auxiliary Relays are not factory wired. Factory Modifications Form $ Price 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 4 N.O. R1740 485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures 741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 3 N.O. and 1 N.C. R1731 485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures 741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. R1722 485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures 741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures Programmable Timer Relay K1070 449.00 Factory Modifications Form Form $ Price 2 N.O. Table 16.435: Enclosure Forms Table 16.429: 30mm Standard LED Pilot Light Forms Factory Modifications $ Price Red ON P51 336.00 Green OFF P52 336.00 White — Not Factory wired P54 336.00 Blue — Not Factory wired P56 336.00 Amber Overload Trip P68 336.00 Yellow SSC Trip P69 336.00 Red OFF P91 336.00 Green ON P92 336.00 Green Forward/Reverse P95 672.00 Red Forward/Reverse P96 672.00 Factory Modify Type 12/3R enclosure for Type 3R application Form $ Price G26 — Oversized enclosure G28 $425.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures $690.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures Plain Blank Door — No covered pre-stamped holes G30 TAG Table 16.436: Miscellaneous Forms Factory Modifications Table 16.430: 30mm Push-To-Test LED Pilot Light Forms Factory Modifications Form P42 $ Price 435.00 Red OFF P43 435.00 Green ON P45 435.00 16 NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Green OFF P46 435.00 Blue — Not Factory wired P66 435.00 White — Not Factory wired P67 435.00 Green Forward/Reverse P79 870.00 Red Forward/Reverse P80 870.00 Amber Overload Trip P88 435.00 Yellow SSC Trip P89 435.00 Form $ Price Function Nameplate G11 43.00 Non-standard control unit marking G12 30.00 Unwired Terminal Block G50a 57.00 G56ab 116.00 Space Heater - thermostat control G55 770.00 Wire markers G105 675.00 Padlock attachment G122 75.00 Transient suppressor U11 47.00 Special factory orders SPL TAG Custom control wiring Y217 Wired Terminal Block Red ON $ Price Separate Control for starters with line voltage less or equal to 480 V Solid neutral Terminal Block a b N TAG 116.00 Add number of terminal block points required. Number must be in increments of 5. Wiring diagram must be provided by customer. Table 16.437: Increase Short Circuit Current Rating Forms Factory Modifications 130 kA @480 V — Current Limiter factory installed Form Y1261 $ Price 205.00 Table 16.438: Starter Status Indication Forms Factory Modifications 16-154 CP1 Form $ Price Fault Differentiation Module — Manual Reset U1 Fault Differentiation Module — Automatic or remote reset U2 187.00 Thermal Overload Alarm Module U3 187.00 Motor Load Indication Module U4 226.00 Discount Schedule 187.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Motor Control Centers Model 6 Motor Control Centers 17-2 Merchandised Units General Information 17-2 Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects 17-3 Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects 17-4 Compac™ 6 Combination Starters 17-5 Branch Feeder Units 17-6 17 Structure and Unit Features MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Section 17 Overview Designed and manufactured to tackle the toughest power and process control challenges, the Model 6 Motor Control Center features industry-finest innovations that provide unmatched performance, high reliability, and low maintenance. The Model 6 Motor Control Center has integrated industry-leading components into the smallest and most flexible footprint possible to meet your power, control, and automation needs. The Model 6 provides superior performance, as well as long, reliable operation with enhanced safety features. Model 6 Unit Model 6 Motor Control Center © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 17-1 Model 6 MCC Features, Merchandised Units Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Model 6 Structure Features • Horizontal main bus uses captive splice bar assembly; allows splicing without removing units • Horizontal bus is located at the top of the structure for easy installation, inspection and maintenance MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Available ampacity 600 A, 800 A, 1200 A, 2000 A, and 2500 A Sliding non-conductive bus barrier 300 A and 600 A vertical bus Vertical bus openings built on 3-inch centers Optional automatic vertical bus shutters are available Mounting channel includes leveling notches for ease of alignment Full depth vertical wireway available, either 4-inch or 9-inch width Vertical ground bus is standard • • • • • • • Model 6 Motor Control Center Model 6 Unit Features • Cast metal handle, color coded for clear indication of disconnect position (including “Tripped”) • Twin-handle cam (“Butterfly”) mechanism standard on all plug-on units (except Compac™ 6) • Rugged unit construction features solid rear, side and hinged bottom plates • Forward tilted pull-apart control terminal blocks standard with NEMA Type B or C wiring • Starter units available with Class 8536 Type S NEMA or D-Line IEC • Available overload relays on starter include: melting alloy, bimetallic, Motor Logic™, and TeSys T ™ • Control station plate for pilot devices is mounted on front of unit (no cables across door hinge) • Easily accessible control transformer • Starter mounted on right-hand side of unit, adjacent to wireway, for ease of cable termination Available units include: — — — — — — Automation equipment Altivar™ AC drives Altistart™ soft starts Surge Protection Device (SPD) units PowerLogic™ circuit monitor and power meter Compac 6 starters and branch feeders — — — — — — Reduced voltage starters Distribution transformers and panelboards Empty mounting units Masterpact™ drawout main circuit breakers Master terminal compartments Automatic transfer switches — — — — — — — — Full voltage non-reversing Full voltage reversing Circuit breaker branch feeders Fusible switch branch feeders Full voltage 2-speed Programmable logic controllers Incoming devices Tie breakers Model 6 Intelligent Motor Control Center—Model 6 iMCC Streamline troubleshooting and maximize uptime by incorporating “intelligent” components and cabling solutions into your motor control center. Access the information you need in real time—anywhere, anytime. Designed to work on open network protocols, the Square D™ brand Model 6 iMCC allows you to monitor AC drive parameters, view full voltage starter status, spot abnormal conditions immediately and quickly diagnose equipment failures from any networked computer. Communication protocols available: CANopen, DeviceNet™, Ethernet, Modbus™, and PROFIBUS. Connect to your network control system and communcate with every unit in the iMCC regardless of your communication protocol. Monitor each motor and load so you can know what’s going on at all times and take action before problems arise. Merchandised Units (shipment in 3 days) Model 6 Industrial Package units (white) are available for ordering by catalog number. A listing of types available by quick shipment may be found on the following pages. This limited offering includes popular combinations of types and options. Catalog numbers consist of class number (8998), disconnect and device types, horsepower or ampacity ratings and options (for example, 8998SBA001XFTMA). See table below. All units are UL Listed. Combination Starters Catalog Numbering System Units rated as follows: • • Model 6 Industrial Package, 480 V, 60 Hz, NEMA 12 enclosure Type 1B wiring, 100,000 AIR rating, 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary interlock on each contactor Table 17.1: Numbering System First 8998 Second S Third B Class Type Disconnect 8998 S- Standard Size H- High Density (Compac 6)a a b c d B- Circuit Breaker (PowerPact™ MCP) F- Fusible (Class R except Compac 6 Class J) Fourth A Fifth Sixth 005 A Motor Pilot Device Device Hp Function 001=1 hp 002=2 hp 003=3 hp 005=5 hp 007=7.5 hp 010=10 hp X=None A-FVNR hpb A=Start-Stop PB, On/Off Lightsc C-FVRb 015=15 025=25 hpb C=HOA Sel.Switch, On/Off Lightsa 040=40 hpb 050=50 hpb 060=60 hpb 075=75 hpb 100=100 hpb Seventh FT Control Power Eighth MA Overload Relay FT- 480-120 V CPTd MA-Melting Alloy (Thermal Units not Included) FS- 120 V Fused Separate Ctl w/intlk SS-Motor Logic SSOL (Class 20 Base Unit) Not available with FVR Not available with Compac 6 Includes forward, reverse and stop push-buttons; and forward and reverse pilot lights with FVR starters Includes extra 50 VA CPT on Sz 1 FVNR (T1) For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office. Complete Model 6 Motor Control Centers are available from the factory. 17-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Model 6 MCC Combination Starters Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 17.2: FVNR Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects Control Transformer Ratings No Pilot Devices Fused Separate Control Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights HOA Red On/Green Off Lights NEMA Max. Space Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Size Hp (IN) Catalog Number No Pilot Devices $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog Number Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay 1 SBA001XFTMA SBA001AFTMA SBA001CFTMA SBA001XFSMA SBA001AFSMA 2 SBA002XFTMA SBA002AFTMA SBA002CFTMA SBA002XFSMA SBA002AFSMA 3 SBA003XFTMA SBA003AFTMA SBA003CFTMA SBA003XFSMA BA003AFSMA 1 12 2988.00 3530.00 3530.00 2672.00 5 SBA005XFTMA SBA005AFTMA SBA005CFTMA SBA005XFSMA SBA005AFSMA 7.5 SBA007XFTMA SBA007AFTMA SBA007CFTMA SBA007XFSMA SBA007AFSMA 10 SBA010XFTMA SBA010AFTMA SBA010CFTMA SBA010XFSMA SBA010AFSMA 15 SBA015XFTMA SBA015AFTMA SBA015CFTMA SBA015XFSMA SBA015AFSMA 2 12 3322.00 3864.00 3864.00 3006.00 25 SBA025XFTMA SBA025AFTMA SBA025CFTMA SBA025XFSMA SBA025AFSMA 40 SBA040XFTMA SBA040AFTMA SBA040CFTMA SBA040XFSMA SBA040AFSMA 3 18 4798.00 5340.00 5340.00 4362.00 50 SBA050XFTMA SBA050AFTMA SBA050CFTMA SBA050XFSMA SBA050AFSMA 60 SBA060XFTMA SBA060AFTMA SBA060CFTMA SBA060XFSMA SBA060AFSMA 4 75 21 SBA075XFTMA 6644.00 SBA075AFTMA 7186.00 SBA075CFTMA 7186.00 SBA075XFSMA 6086.00 SBA075AFSMA 100 SBA100XFTMA SBA100AFTMA SBA100CFTMA SBA100XFSMA SBA100AFSMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic™) 1 SBA001XFTSS SBA001AFTSS SBA001CFTSS SBA001XFSSS SBA001AFSSS 2 SBA002XFTSS SBA002AFTSS SBA002CFTSS SBA002XFSSS SBA002AFSSS 3 SBA003XFTSS SBA003AFTSS SBA003CFTSS SBA003XFSSS SBA003AFSSS 1 12 3184.00 3726.00 3726.00 2868.00 5 SBA005XFTSS SBA005AFTSS SBA005CFTSS SBA005XFSSS SBA005AFSSS 7.5 SBA007XFTSS SBA007AFTSS SBA007CFTSS SBA007XFSSS SBA007AFSSS 10 SBA010XFTSS SBA010AFTSS SBA010CFTSS SBA010XFSSS SBA010AFSSS 15 SBA015XFTSS SBA015AFTSS SBA015CFTSS SBA015XFSSS SBA015AFSSS 2 12 3518.00 4060.00 4060.00 3202.00 25 SBA025XFTSS SBA025AFTSS SBA025CFTSS SBA025XFSSS SBA025AFSSS 40 SBA040XFTSS SBA040AFTSS SBA040CFTSS SBA040XFSSS SBA040AFSSS 3 18 5074.00 5616.00 5616.00 4638.00 50 SBA050XFTSS SBA050AFTSS SBA050CFTSS SBA050XFSSS SBA050AFSSS 60 SBA060XFTSS SBA060AFTSS SBA060CFTSS SBA060XFSSS SBA060AFSSS 4 75 21 SBA075XFTSS 6920.00 SBA075AFTSS 7462.00 SBA075CFTSS 7462.00 SBA075XFSSS 6362.00 SBA075AFSSS 100 SBA100XFTSS SBA100AFTSS SBA100CFTSS SBA100XFSSS SBA100AFSSS Table 17.3: Control Transformer Max. Hp $ Price 3214.00 3548.00 4904.00 6628.00 3410.00 3744.00 5180.00 6904.00 Catalog Number SBA001CFSMA SBA002CFSMA SBA003CFSMA SBA005CFSMA SBA007CFSMA SBA010CFSMA SBA015CFSMA SBA025CFSMA SBA040CFSMA SBA050CFSMA SBA060CFSMA SBA075CFSMA SBA100CFSMA SBA001CFSSS SBA002CFSSS SBA003CFSSS SBA005CFSSS SBA007CFSSS SBA010CFSSS SBA015CFSSS SBA025CFSSS SBA040CFSSS SBA050CFSSS SBA060CFSSS SBA075CFSSS SBA100CFSSS $ Price 3214.00 3548.00 4904.00 6628.00 3410.00 3744.00 5180.00 6904.00 FVR Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects Ratings NEMA Size HOA Red On/Green Off Lights Space (IN) Catalog Number Fused Separate Control Forward-Rev.-Stop PB, Forward/Reverse Lights No Pilot Devices $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay 1 SBC001XFTMA SBC001AFTMA SBC001XFSMA 2 SBC002XFTMA SBC002AFTMA SBC002XFSMA 3 SBC003XFTMA SBC003AFTMA SBC003XFSMA 1 18 3884.00 4494.00 5 SBC005XFTMA SBC005AFTMA SBC005XFSMA 7.5 SBC007XFTMA SBC007AFTMA SBC007XFSMA 10 SBC010XFTMA SBC010AFTMA SBC010XFSMA 15 SBC015XFTMA SBC015AFTMA SBC015XFSMA 2 18 4760.00 5370.00 25 SBC025XFTMA SBC025AFTMA SBC025XFSMA 40 SBC040XFTMA SBC040AFTMA SBC040XFSMA 3 27 6246.00 6856.00 50 SBC050XFTMA SBC050AFTMA SBC050XFSMA 60 SBC060XFTMA SBC060AFTMA SBC060XFSMA 4 75 33 SBC075XFTMA 9826.00 SBC075AFTMA 10436.00 SBC075XFSMA 100 SBC100XFTMA SBC100AFTMA SBC100XFSMA Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic) 1 SBC001XFTSS SBC001AFTSS SBC001XFSSS 2 SBC002XFTSS SBC002AFTSS SBC002XFSSS 3 SBC003XFTSS SBC003AFTSS SBC003XFSSS 1 18 4160.00 4690.00 5 SBC005XFTSS SBC005AFTSS SBC005XFSSS 7.5 SBC007XFTSS SBC007AFTSS SBC007XFSSS 10 SBC010XFTSS SBC010AFTSS SBC010XFSSS 15 SBC015XFTSS SBC015AFTSS SBC015XFSSS 2 18 5116.00 5566.00 25 SBC025XFTSS SBC025AFTSS SBC025XFSSS 40 SBC040XFTSS SBC040AFTSS SBC040XFSSS 3 27 6682.00 7132.00 50 SBC050XFTSS SBC050AFTSS SBC050XFSSS 60 SBC060XFTSS SBC060AFTSS SBC060XFSSS 4 75 33 SBC075XFTSS 10102.00 SBC075AFTSS 10712.00 SBC075XFSSS 100 SBC100XFTSS SBC100AFTSS SBC100XFSSS © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE4A Discount Schedule Forward-Rev.-Stop PB, Forward/Reverse Lights No Pilot Devices $ Price 3568.00 4484.00 5810.00 9268.00 3764.00 4640.00 6086.00 9544.00 Catalog Number SBC001AFSMA SBC002AFSMA SBC003AFSMA SBC005AFSMA SBC007AFSMA SBC010AFSMA SBC015AFSMA SBC025AFSMA SBC040AFSMA SBC050AFSMA SBC060AFSMA SBC075AFSMA SBC100AFSMA SBC001AFSSS SBC002AFSSS SBC003AFSSS SBC005AFSSS SBC007AFSSS SBC010AFSSS SBC015AFSSS SBC025AFSSS SBC040AFSSS SBC050AFSSS SBC060AFSSS SBC075AFSSS SBC100AFSSS $ Price 4178.00 5054.00 6420.00 9878.00 4374.00 5250.00 6696.00 10154.00 17-3 17 Model 6 NEMA-rated FVNR combination starters use PowerPact™ Motor Circuit Protectors. Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type. Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for five 22 mm devices. Thermal units are not included with melting alloy overloads. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects Model 6 MCC Combination Starters Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Model 6 NEMA-rated FVNR combination starters listed below use fusible switches with Class R fuse clips (fuses not included). Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type. Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for five 22 mm devices. Thermal units are not included with melting alloy overloads. Table 17.4: FVNR Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects Control Transformer Ratings No Pilot Devices NEMA Max. Space Size Hp (IN) Catalog No. $ Price Fused Separate Control Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. HOA Red On/Green Off Lights $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay 1 SFA001XFTMA SFA001AFTMA SFA001CFTMA SFA001XFSMA 2 SFA002XFTMA SFA002AFTMA SFA002CFTMA SFA002XFSMA 3 SFA003XFTMA SFA003AFTMA SFA003CFTMA SFA003XFSMA 1 12 2330.00 2872.00 2872.00 2014.00 5 SFA005XFTMA SFA005AFTMA SFA005CFTMA SFA005XFSMA 7.5 SFA007XFTMA SFA007AFTMA SFA007CFTMA SFA007XFSMA 10 SFA010XFTMA SFA010AFTMA SFA010CFTMA SFA010XFSMA 15 SFA015XFTMA SFA015AFTMA SFA015CFTMA SFA015XFSMA 2 12 2750.00 3292.00 3292.00 2434.00 25 SFA025XFTMA SFA025AFTMA SFA025CFTMA SFA025XFSMA 40 SFA040XFTMA SFA040AFTMA SFA040CFTMA SFA040XFSMA 3 18 3960.00 4502.00 4502.00 3524.00 50 SFA050XFTMA SFA050AFTMA SFA050CFTMA SFA050XFSMA 60 SFA060XFTMA SFA060AFTMA SFA060CFTMA SFA060XFSMA 4 75 30 SFA075XFTMA 6344.00 SFA075AFTMA 6886.00 SFA075CFTMA 6886.00 SFA075XFSMA 5786.00 100 SFA100XFTMA SFA100AFTMA SFA100CFTMA SFA100XFSMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic™) 1 SFA001XFTSS SFA001AFTSS SFA001CFTSS SFA001XFSSS 2 SFA002XFTSS SFA002AFTSS SFA002CFTSS SFA002XFSSS 3 SFA003XFTSS SFA003AFTSS SFA003CFTSS SFA003XFSSS 1 12 2526.00 3068.00 3068.00 2210.00 5 SFA005XFTSS SFA005AFTSS SFA005CFTSS SFA005XFSSS 7.5 SFA007XFTSS SFA007AFTSS SFA007CFTSS SFA007XFSSS 10 SFA010XFTSS SFA010AFTSS SFA010CFTSS SFA010XFSSS 15 SFA015XFTSS SFA015AFTSS SFA015CFTSS SFA015XFSSS 2 12 2946.00 3488.00 3488.00 2630.00 25 SFA025XFTSS SFA025AFTSS SFA025CFTSS SFA025XFSSS 40 SFA040XFTSS SFA040AFTSS SFA040CFTSS SFA040XFSSS 3 18 4236.00 4778.00 4778.00 3800.00 50 SFA050XFTSS SFA050AFTSS SFA050CFTSS SFA050XFSSS 60 SFA060XFTSS SFA060AFTSS SFA060CFTSS SFA060XFSSS 4 75 30 SFA075XFTSS 6620.00 SFA075AFTSS 7162.00 SFA075CFTSS 7162.00 SFA075XFSSS 6062.00 100 SFA100XFTSS SFA100AFTSS SFA100CFTSS SFA100XFSSS Table 17.5: Control Transformer Max. Hp SFA001AFSMA SFA002AFSMA SFA003AFSMA SFA005AFSMA SFA007AFSMA SFA010AFSMA SFA015AFSMA SFA025AFSMA SFA040AFSMA SFA050AFSMA SFA060AFSMA SFA075AFSMA SFA100AFSMA SFA001AFSSS SFA002AFSSS SFA003AFSSS SFA005AFSSS SFA007AFSSS SFA010AFSSS SFA015AFSSS SFA025AFSSS SFA040AFSSS SFA050AFSSS SFA060AFSSS SFA075AFSSS SFA100AFSSS $ Price 2556.00 2976.00 4066.00 6328.00 2752.00 3172.00 4342.00 6604.00 Catalog No. SFA001CFSMA SFA002CFSMA SFA003CFSMA SFA005CFSMA SFA007CFSMA SFA010CFSMA SFA015CFSMA SFA025CFSMA SFA040CFSMA SFA050CFSMA SFA060CFSMA SFA075CFSMA SFA100CFSMA SFA001CFSSS SFA002CFSSS SFA003CFSSS SFA005CFSSS SFA007CFSSS SFA010CFSSS SFA015CFSSS SFA025CFSSS SFA040CFSSS SFA050CFSSS SFA060CFSSS SFA075CFSSS SFA100CFSSS $ Price 2556.00 2976.00 4066.00 6328.00 2752.00 3172.00 4342.00 6604.00 Space (IN) Catalog No. Fused Separate Control Forward-Rev.-Stop PB, Forward/Reverse Lights No Pilot Devices $ Price Catalog No. $ Price PE4A Discount Schedule Forward-Rev.-Stop PB, Forward/Reverse Lights No Pilot Devices Catalog No. Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay 1 SFC001XFTMA SFC001AFTMA SFC001XFSMA 2 SFC002XFTMA SFC002AFTMA SFC002XFSMA 3 SFC003XFTMA SFC003AFTMA SFC003XFSMA 1 18 3322.00 3932.00 5 SFC005XFTMA SFC005AFTMA SFC005XFSMA 7.5 SFC007XFTMA SFC007AFTMA SFC007XFSMA 10 SFC010XFTMA SFC010AFTMA SFC010XFSMA 15 SFC015XFTMA SFC015AFTMA SFC015XFSMA 2 18 4460.00 5070.00 25 SFC025XFTMA SFC025AFTMA SFC025XFSMA 40 SFC040XFTMA SFC040AFTMA SFC040XFSMA 3 27 6328.00 6938.00 50 SFC050XFTMA SFC050AFTMA SFC050XFSMA 60 SFC060XFTMA SFC060AFTMA SFC060XFSMA 4 75 39 SFC075XFTMA 10358.00 SFC075AFTMA 10968.00 SFC075XFSMA 100 SFC100XFTMA SFC100AFTMA SFC100XFSMA Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic) 1 SFC001XFTSS SFC001AFTSS SFC001XFSSS 2 SFC002XFTSS SFC002AFTSS SFC002XFSSS 3 SFC003XFTSS SFC003AFTSS SFC003XFSSS 1 18 3518.00 4128.00 5 SFC005XFTSS SFC005AFTSS SFC005XFSSS 7.5 SFC007XFTSS SFC007AFTSS SFC007XFSSS 10 SFC010XFTSS SFC010AFTSS SFC010XFSSS 15 SFC015XFTSS SFC015AFTSS SFC015XFSSS 2 18 4656.00 5266.00 25 SFC025XFTSS SFC025AFTSS SFC025XFSSS 40 SFC040XFTSS SFC040AFTSS SFC040XFSSS 3 27 6604.00 7214.00 50 SFC050XFTSS SFC050AFTSS SFC050XFSSS 60 SFC060XFTSS SFC060AFTSS SFC060XFSSS 4 75 39 SFC075XFTSS 10634.00 SFC075AFTSS 11244.00 SFC075XFSSS 100 SFC100XFTSS SFC100AFTSS SFC100XFSSS 17-4 Catalog No. HOA Red On/Green Off Lights FVR Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects Ratings NEMA Size Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights No Pilot Devices $ Price 3006.00 4144.00 5892.00 9800.00 3202.00 4340.00 6168.00 10076.00 Catalog No. SFC001AFSMA SFC002AFSMA SFC003AFSMA SFC005AFSMA SFC007AFSMA SFC010AFSMA SFC015AFSMA SFC025AFSMA SFC040AFSMA SFC050AFSMA SFC060AFSMA SFC075AFSMA SFC100AFSMA SFC001AFSSS SFC002AFSSS SFC003AFSSS SFC005AFSSS SFC007AFSSS SFC010AFSSS SFC015AFSSS SFC025AFSSS SFC040AFSSS SFC050AFSSS SFC060AFSSS SFC075AFSSS SFC100AFSSS $ Price 3616.00 4754.00 6502.00 10410.00 3812.00 4950.00 6778.00 10686.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Model 6 MCC Compac™ 6 Combination Starters Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 17.6: Compac 6 Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects Control Transformer Ratings No Pilot Devices NEMA Max. Space Size Hp (IN) Catalog No. $ Price Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price Fused Separate Control HOA, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price No Pilot Devices Catalog No. $ Price Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay 1 HBA001XFTMA HBA001AFTMA HBA001CFTMA HBA001XFSMA HBA001AFSMA 2 HBA002XFTMA HBA002AFTMA HBA002CFTMA HBA002XFSMA HBA002AFSMA 3 HBA003XFTMA HBA003AFTMA HBA003CFTMA HBA003XFSMA HBA003AFSMA 1 6 2860.00 3402.00 3402.00 2544.00 3086.00 5 HBA005XFTMA HBA005AFTMA HBA005CFTMA HBA005XFSMA HBA005AFSMA 7.5 HBA007XFTMA HBA007AFTMA HBA007CFTMA HBA007XFSMA HBA007AFSMA 10 HBA010XFTMA HBA010AFTMA HBA010CFTMA HBA010XFSMA HBA010AFSMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic™) 1 HBA001XFTSS HBA001AFTSS HBA001CFTSS HBA001XFSSS HBA001AFSSS 2 HBA002XFTSS HBA002AFTSS HBA002CFTSS HBA002XFSSS HBA002AFSSS 3 HBA003XFTSS HBA003AFTSS HBA003CFTSS HBA003XFSSS HBA003AFSSS 1 6 3056.00 3598.00 3598.00 2740.00 3282.00 5 HBA005XFTSS HBA005AFTSS HBA005CFTSS HBA005XFSSS HBA005AFSSS 7.5 HBA007XFTSS HBA007AFTSS HBA007CFTSS HBA007XFSSS HBA007AFSSS 10 HBA010XFTSS HBA010AFTSS HBA010CFTSS HBA010XFSSS HBA010AFSSS HOA, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price HBA001CFSMA HBA002CFSMA HBA003CFSMA 3086.00 HBA005CFSMA HBA007CFSMA HBA010CFSMA HBA001CFSSS HBA002CFSSS HBA003CFSSS HBA005CFSSS HBA007CFSSS HBA010CFSSS 3282.00 Compac 6 Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects NEMA-rated Compac 6, half-height FVNR combination starters listed below use fusible switches with Class J fuse clips (fuses not included). Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type. Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for four 22 mm devices. Thermal units are not included with melting alloy overloads. Table 17.7: Compac 6 Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects Control Transformer Ratings NEMA Max. Space Size Hp (IN) No Pilot Devices Catalog No. $ Price Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price Fused Separate Control HOA, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price No Pilot Devices Catalog No. $ Price Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay 1 HFA001XFTMA HFA001AFTMA HFA001CFTMA HFA001XFSMA 2 HFA002XFTMA HFA002AFTMA HFA002CFTMA HFA002XFSMA 3 HFA003XFTMA HFA003AFTMA HFA003CFTMA HFA003XFSMA 1 6 2492.00 3034.00 3034.00 2176.00 5 HFA005XFTMA HFA005AFTMA HFA005CFTMA HFA005XFSMA 7.5 HFA007XFTMA HFA007AFTMA HFA007CFTMA HFA007XFSMA 10 HFA010XFTMA HFA010AFTMA HFA010CFTMA HFA010XFSMA Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic) 1 HFA001XFTSS HFA001AFTSS HFA001CFTSS HFA001XFSSS 2 HFA002XFTSS HFA002AFTSS HFA002CFTSS HFA002XFSSS 3 HFA003XFTSS HFA003AFTSS HFA003CFTSS HFA003XFSSS 1 6 2688.00 3230.00 3230.00 2372.00 5 HFA005XFTSS HFA005AFTSS HFA005CFTSS HFA005XFSSS 7.5 HFA007XFTSS HFA007AFTSS HFA007CFTSS HFA007XFSSS 10 HFA010XFTSS HFA010AFTSS HFA010CFTSS HFA010XFSSS © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PE4A Discount Schedule Start-Stop PB, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. HFA001AFSMA HFA002AFSMA HFA003AFSMA HFA005AFSMA HFA007AFSMA HFA010AFSMA HFA001AFSSS HFA002AFSSS HFA003AFSSS HFA005AFSSS HFA007AFSSS HFA010AFSSS $ Price HOA, Red On/Green Off Lights Catalog No. $ Price 2718.00 HFA001CFSMA HFA002CFSMA HFA003CFSMA 2718.00 HFA005CFSMA HFA007CFSMA HFA010CFSMA 2914.00 HFA001CFSSS HFA002CFSSS HFA003CFSSS HFA005CFSSS HFA007CFSSS HFA010CFSSS 2914.00 17-5 17 NEMA-rated Compac 6, half-height FVNR combination starters use GJ frame Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors. Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type. Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for four 22 mm devices. Thermal units are not included with melting alloy overloads. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Compac™ 6 Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects Model 6 MCC Branch Feeder Units Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 17 Branch Feeder Units Catalog Numbering System MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Units rated as follows: • 480 V, 60 Hz, NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, Industrial Package • Short Circuit rating: 100,000 AIR Table 17.8: Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder Units First Position Second Position Fourth Position Fifth Position 8998 S B F 015 Class Type Disconnect Device 8998 S- Standard Size H- Compac™ 6 B- Breaker (Thermal-Mag) F- Feeder Amps 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 200 250 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 200 250 Breaker Frame Space (IN) Catalog No. HBF015 HBF020 HBF030 HBF040 HBF050 HBF060 HBF070 HBF080 HBF100 HBF125 HBF150 HBF200 HBF250 SBF015 SBF020 SBF030 SBF040 SBF050 SBF060 SBF070 SBF080 SBF100 SBF125 SBF150 SBF200 SBF250 Feeder Amps 015 080 020 100 030 125 040 150 050 200 060 250 070 $ Price Table 17.9: HL 6 JL HL JL 12 18 2300.00 2650.00 4850.00 4950.00 6400.00 2200.00 2550.00 4370.00 4800.00 5510.00 Fusible Branch Feeder Units First Position Second Position Third Position Fourth Position 8998 S F F 015 Class Type Disconnect Device 8998 S- Standard Size H- Compac 6 F- Fusiblea F- Feeder Fuse Clips Space (IN) Class J 6 (Compac 6) Catalog No. HFF030 HFF060 HFF100 SFF030 SFF060 SFF100 SFF200 Feeder Amps 030 060 100 200 b $ Price Amps 30 60 100 30 60 100 200 a b Third Position Class R 12 24 Fifth Position 1272.00 1746.00 1160.00 1592.00 1960.00 Class R except Compac 6, fuses not included. Not available with Compac 6. Model 6 Blank Doors These doors may be used to cover an unused space in the MCC. A blank door will be required when placing a new unit in an existing space that is larger than the new unit. Table 17.10: Model 6 Blank Doors Catalog Number 8998CP03 8998CP06 8998CP09 8998CP12 8998CP15 8998CP18 8998CP24 17-6 Description 3 Inch High Blank Cover Plate 6 Inch High Blank Door 9 Inch High Blank Door 12 Inch High Blank Door 15 Inch High Blank Door 18 Inch High Blank Door 24 Inch High Blank Door PE4A Discount Schedule $ Price 58.00 58.00 70.00 82.00 96.00 112.00 140.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 18 TeSys™ IEC Contactors and Starters Contactors TeSys D 18-4 TeSys D Reversing 18-6 TeSys F 18-5 TeSys D and F Accessories TeSys D Contactors (p. 18-4) 18-8 TeSys K 18-24 TeSys K Accessories 18-27 18-28 GV2, GV3, GV7 Manual Motor Protectors 18-33 Enclosed D-Line 18-21 GV Accessories 18-34 LS1D Fuse Block 18-36 TeSys F Contactors (p. 18-5) Overload Relays TeSys D 18-4 TeSys F 18-5 TeSys D and F Accessories 18-16 TeSys K 18-24 TeSys K Accessories TeSys T Motor Management System 18-27 Section 16 Soft Start Module ATS01 GV7 Manual Motor Starters and Protectors (p. 18-35) 18-32 Replacement Parts TeSys D Coils 18-17 TeSys F Coils 18-20 TeSys F Contact Tips, etc. 18-13 Wiring Systems GV-Line Bus Bars 18-37 TeSys D Quickfit 18-38 AK5 18-39 Dimensions Dimensions GV3P (p.18-33) LUB•2 (p. 18-28) 18-40 GV2P21 (p.18-33) For more information on lighting, definite purpose (DP), and elevator ratings for TeSys D and TeSys F contactors, refer to catalog 8502CT9901. For more information on machine safety applications using TeSys D and TeSys F contactors, refer to catalog MKTED208051EN-US. See our website, www.schneider-electric.us, for UL 508A short circuit ratings (SCCR). © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 18-1 18 TeSys F1700, F2100 TeSys U IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Motor Starters and Protectors 3-Pole Contactors TeSys™ D AC and DC Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.1: www.schneider-electric.us TeSys D Contactors—Interpretation of the Catalog Number LC D _____ Full Voltage, Non-Reversing 1 Full Voltage, Reversing 2 _____ _____ _____ _____ TeSys D 3 Pole Contactors, 9–150 A Contactor AC-3 Full Load Amperes (FLA) 18 9 A FLA 12 A FLA 18 A FLA 25 A FLA 32 A FLA 09 12 18 25 32 40 A FLA 50 A FLA 65 A FLA 80 A FLA 40 50 65 80 115 A FLA 150 A FLA 115 150 Everlink Power Connection (40–65 A only) A IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS No Everlink Power Connection (9–32 A, 80–150 A) Blank Termination Options (choose one) Screw Termination Spring Terminations s Ring Tongue Terminations t Slip-on Terminations (9–12 A only) Blank 3 6 9 Coil Voltage (choose one) AC Coils (50/60 Hz) DC Coils (standard) 12 V 21 V 24 V 36 V 42 V 12 V 21 V 24 V 36 V 48 V 60 48 V E7 60 V 100 V 110 V 115 V 120 V 127 V 200 V 208 V 220 V 230 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 480 V 500 V 575 V 600 V EE7 K7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7 LE7 M7 P7 U7 W7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 SC7 X7 Y5 (50 Hz only) 660 V s t J7 Z7 B7 C7 D7 72 V 110 V 125 V 220 V 250 V 440 V JD ZD BD CD ED DC Coils low consumption available for 9–38 A only 5V AL 12 V JL 21 V ZL 24 V BL 48 V EL ND 72 V SL SD FD GD MD UD RD 96 V 110 V 220 V 250 V DL FL ML UL For spring terminal versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A, add 3 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D12G7 becomes LC1D123G7, and LC1D40AG7 becomes LC1D40A3G7. Note that 40–65 A spring terminals are only on the control terminations and not on power terminations). There is no charge for this modification. For ring tongue versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A and LC1DT20–LC1DT80A, add 6 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D09G7 becomes LC1D096G7, and LC1D50AG7 becomes LC1D50A6G7). There is no charge for this modification. Note: Use this table only to interpret current catalog numbers. Some combinations are not available. 18-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2, 3, and 4 Pole Contactors TeSys™ F AC and DC Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.2: TeSys F Contactors—Interpretation of the Catalog Number LC _____ Full Voltage, Non-Reversing 1 Full Voltage, Reversing 2 F _____ _____ _____ _____ TeSys F 2, 3, and 4 Pole Contactors 115–800 A Contactor AC-3 Full Load Amperes (FLA) 115 A FLA 150 A FLA 185 A FLA 225 A FLA 265 A FLA 330 A FLA 400 A FLA 500 A FLA 630 A FLA 780 A FLA 800 A FLA 115 150 185 225 265 330 400 500 630 780 800 Number of Poles 2 Poles (400 A, 500 A, and 630 A only) 2 3 Poles (all sizes) 4 Poles (all sizes except 800 A) IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Blank 4 Termination Options—Purchase Lugs Separately Blank Coil Voltage (choose one, noting the contactor size it can be used on) 24 V (50 Hz) 24 V (60 Hz) 24 V (40-400 Hz) 42 V (50 Hz) 48 V (50 Hz) 48 V (60 Hz) 48 V (40-400 Hz) 110 V (50 Hz) 110 V (60 Hz) 110 V 110 V (40-400 Hz) 115 V (50 Hz) 115 V (40-400 Hz) 120 V (60 Hz) 120 V 120 V (40-400 Hz) 120 V (40-400 Hz) 127 V (60 Hz) 127 V (40-400 Hz) 200/208 V (60 Hz) 200/208 V (40-400 Hz) 208 V (40-400 Hz) 220 V (50 Hz) 220 V (60 Hz) 220 V (40-400 Hz) 220 V 230 V (50 Hz) 230 V (40-400 Hz) B5 B6 B7 D5 E5 E6 E7 F5 F6 F7 F7 FE5 FE7 G6 G7 G7 F7 G6 G7 L6 L7 L7 M5 M6 M7 M7 P5 P7 DC Coils 24 V 48 V 110 V 110 V 110 V 125 V 125 V 220 V 250 V 220/240 V 250 V 380/400 V 440 V 440 V © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved For use on: AC Coils LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F225–F400 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F630 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F780 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F115–F225 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F400 LC1F500–F780 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F115–F225 LC1F265–F780 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F800 230 V 240 V (50 Hz) 240 V (60 Hz) 240 V (40-400 Hz) 240 V 277 V (50 Hz) 277 V (40-400 Hz) 277 V 380 V (50 Hz) 380 V (60 Hz) 380 V (40-400 Hz) 380 V 400 V (50 Hz) 400 V (40-400 Hz) 400 V 415 V (50 Hz) 415 V (40-400 Hz) 415 V 440 V (50 Hz) 440 V (40-400 Hz) 440 V 460/480 V (60 Hz) 480 V (40-400 Hz) 500 V (50 Hz) 500 V (40-400 Hz) 500 V 600 V (40-400 Hz) 660 V (60 Hz) For use on: P7 U5 U6 U7 U7 W5 W7 W7 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q7 V5 V7 V7 N5 N7 N7 R5 R7 R7 Q6 N7 S5 S7 S7 X7 Y6 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F800 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F225 LC1F780 LC1F115–F225 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F500–F630 LC1F115–F225 18 AC Coils For use on: BD ED FD FD FW GD GD MD UD MW UD QW RD RD LC1F115–F400 LC1F115–F630 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F800 LC1F115–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F265–F780 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F800 LC1F115–F780 LC1F800 LC1F1700, F2100 LC1F115–F780 18-3 Contactors & Overload Relays TeSys™ D Non-reversing Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.3: TeSys D Contactors—3 or 4 Pole, Screw Terminal Connections Maximum Current Utilization Categories Maximum Horsepower Ratings 18 LC1D093 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LC1D40A Table 18.4: LRD22 LRD3 E164862 CCN NLDX LR43364 Class 3211 04 18-4 Instantaneous Auxiliary Contacts Three-Phase TeSys D Overload Relays—Ambient Compensated, Bimetallic, Direct Mounting Class 10 with Class 10 without Single-Phase Single-Phase Sensitivity Sensitivity 0.10–0.16 LRD01 LR3D01 0.16–0.25 LRD02 LR3D02 0.25–0.40 LRD03 LR3D03 0.40–0.63 LRD04 LR3D04 0.63–1 D09–D32 LRD05 LR3D05 1–1.6 LRD06 LR3D06 1.6–2.5 LRD07 LR3D07 2.5–4 LRD08 LR3D08 4–6 LRD10 LR3D10 5.5–8 D09–D32 LRD12 LR3D12 7–10 D09–D32 LRD14 LR3D14 9–13 D12–D32 LRD16 LR3D16 12–18 D18–D32 LRD21 LR3D21 17–24 D25–D32 — — 23–32 D25–D32 LRD32 LR3D32 30–38 D32 LRD35 LR3D35 9-13 D40A-D65A f LRD313 LR3D313 12-18 D40A-D65A f LRD318 LR3D318 16-25 D40A-D65A f LRD325 LR3D325 23-32 D40A-D65A f LRD332 LR3D332 30-40 D40A-D65A f LRD340 LR3D340 37-50 D40A-D65A f LRD350 LR3D350 48-65 D40A-D65A f LRD365 LR3D365 17-25 D40-D80 g LRD3322 LR3D3322 23-32 D40-D80 g LRD3353 LR3D3353 30-40 D40-D80 g LRD3355 LR3D3355 37-50 D50-D80 g LRD3357 LR3D3357 48-65 D50-D80 g LRD3359 LR3D3359 55–70 D65–D80 LRD3361 LR3D3361 63–80 D65–D80 LRD3363 LR3D3363 80–104 D80 LRD3365 — 80–104 D115–D150 LRD4365 — 95–120 D115–D150 LRD4367 — 110–140 D150 LRD4369 — f Overload relays with Everlink termination—direct mount to D40A to D65A only. g Direct mount to old D2 style D40 to D65 (no Everlink terminations) and to D80 only. NOTE: For Stand Alone Adapter order LAD7B205. Current Setting Range (A) LC1D115 No. of Poles $ Price Catalog Number a Inductive Resistive AC3 AC1 N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. 115 V hp 230 V hp 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp AC Coils DC Coils (A) (A) 94.00 119.00 0.5 1 2 2 5 7.5 9 3 LC1D09 cde 0 — — — — — — — 4 LC1DT20 c 94.00 119.00 20 1 1 — — — — — — — 2 2 LC1D098 c 94.00 119.00 119.00 149.00 1 2 3 3 7.5 10 12 3 LC1D12 cde 0 — — — — — — — 4 LC1DT25 c 25 1 1 119.00 149.00 119.00 149.00 — — — — — — — 2 2 LC1D128 c 1 3 5 5 10 15 18 3 LC1D18 cd 136.00 160.00 0 32 1 1 — — — — — — — 4 LC1DT32 c 149.00 183.00 149.00 183.00 — — — — — — — 2 2 LC1D188 c 2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 25 3 LC1D25 cd 151.00 181.00 0 40 1 1 — — — — — — — 4 LC1DT40 c 193.00 240.00 193.00 240.00 — — — — — — — 2 2 LC1D258 c 2 5 10 10 20 30 32 50 3 0 1 1 LC1D32 cd 172.00 213.00 3 5 10 10 30 30 40 3 1 1 LC1D40A c 218.00 275.00 60 0 — — — — — — — 4 0 0 LC1DT60Ac 296.00 353.00 3 7.5 15 15 40 40 50 3 LC1D50A c 234.00 291.00 0 1 1 5 10 20 20 40 50 65 80 3 LC1D65A c 322.00 379.00 — — — — — — — 4 0 0 0 LC1DT80Ac 446.00 503.00 7.5 15 25 30 60 60 80 3 1 1 LC1D80 363.00 420.00 0 — — — — — — — 125 4 LC1D80004 b 489.00 524.00 0 0 489.00 524.00 — — — — — — — 2 2 LC1D80008 b — — 30 40 75 100 115 3 LC1D115 479.00 479.00 1 1 — — 40 50 100 125 150 200 3 0 LC1D150 696.00 696.00 — — — — — — — 4 0 0 LC1D115004 630.00 630.00 a Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code from Table 18.11 on page 18-6 (for example, LC1D09G7). b For DC version of these devices, replace the C with a P (for example, LC1D80004•• becomes LP1D80004••). This applies only to 80 A, 4-pole devices. c For ring tongue versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A and LC1DT20–LC1DT80A, add 6 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D09G7 becomes LC1D096G7 and LC1D50AG7 becomes LC1D50A6G7). There is no charge for this modification. d For spring terminals versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A, add 3 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D12G7 becomes LC1D123G7 and LC1D40AG7 becomes LC1D40A3G7. Note that 40–65 A spring terminals are only on the control terminations and not on power terminations). Ring tongue terminations have a 10% adder to list price. e For slip-on connector versions of LC1D09 and LC1D12 only, add 9 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D09G7 becomes LC1D099G7). There is no charge for this modification. Single-Phase LC1D09 www.schneider-electric.us For Direct Mounting to LC1... Class 20 with Single-Phase Sensitivity — — — LRD04L LRD05L LRD06L LRD07L LRD08L LRD10L LRD12L LRD14L LRD16L LRD21L LRD22L LRD32L — LRD313L LRD318L LRD325L LRD332L LRD340L LRD350L LRD365L LR2D3522 LR2D3553 LR2D3555 LR2D3557 LR2D3559 LR2D3561 LR2D3563 — — — — Class 20 without Single-Phase Sensitivity — — — LR3D04L LR3D05L LR3D06L LR3D07L LRD08L LRD10L LR3D12L LR3D14L LR3D21L LR3D21L LR3D22L LR3D32L — — — — — — — — LR3D3522 LR3D3553 LR3D3555 LR3D3557 LR3D3559 LR3D3561 LR3D3563 — — — — $ Price 60.00 62.00 73.00 107.00 107.00 127.00 362.00 NOTE: To add ring tongue terminations, add ‘6’ to end of part number. Only devices 0.4 A–32 A. TeSys D contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-8 to 18-11 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 TeSys T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-91 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactors & Overload Relays TeSys™ F Non-reversing Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys D Overload Relays—Solid State Current Setting Range (A) 60–100 90–150 Maximum Current 200 V / 208 V 220 V / 240 V 460 V / 480 V 575 V / 600 V AC-3 AC-1 HP HP HP HP A A LC1F115 a Class 20 LR9D5567 LR9D5569 $ Price 298.00 298.00 TeSys F Contactors—2, 3, and 4 Pole Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3 Catalog Number a Number of Poles $ Price Panel Mounting with Screws 3 LC1F115 479.00 4 LC1F1154 630.00 3 LC1F150 696.00 40 50 100 125 150 250 4 LC1F1504 825.00 3 LC1F185 938.00 50 60 125 150 185 275 4 LC1F1854 1439.00 3 LC1F225 1059.00 Current Rated 225 315 4 LC1F2254 1935.00 3 LC1F265 1179.00 60 75 150 175 265 350 4 LC1F2654 1646.00 3 LC1F330 1621.00 75 100 200 250 330 400 4 LC1F3304 1846.00 2 LC1F4002 1521.00 100 125 250 300 400 500 3 LC1F400 1874.00 4 LC1F4004 2133.00 2 LC1F5002 4324.00 150 200 400 500 500 700 3 LC1F500 4970.00 4 LC1F5004 5617.00 2 LC1F6302 5917.00 250 300 600 800 630 1000 3 LC1F630 6474.00 4 LC1F6304 7582.00 3 LC1F780 7788.00 Current Rated 780 1600 4 LC1F7804 9940.00 — 450 800 900 800 1000 3 LC1F800 6676.00 1700 3 LC1F1700 10,000.00 Current Rated 2100 3 LC1F2100 12,050.00 Complete the part number by adding the coil voltage code from Table 18.8 (for example, LC1F115G7). All contactors except F780 include 1 N.O. coil interlock contact. 30 LC1F1700, F2100 Class 10 LR9D5367 LR9D5369 40 Table 18.7: 75 100 115 200 TeSys F 3-Phase Overload Relays—Solid State, Separate Mounting b Current Setting Range For Direct Mounting to Contactor Class 10 Trip c Class 20 c $ Price A LC1●●●● Catalog Number Catalog Number 30–50 F115–F185 LR9F5357 LR9F5557 298.00 48–80 F115–F185 LR9F5363 LR9F5563 298.00 60–100 F115–F185 LR9F5367 LR9F5567 298.00 90–150 F115–F185 LR9F5369 LR9F5569 298.00 132–220 F185 d –F265 LR9F5371 LR9F5571 298.00 200–330 F265–F500 LR9F7375b LR9F7575b 333.00 300–500 F265–F500 LR9F7379b LR9F7579b 737.00 380–630 F400–F630 LR9F7381b LR9F7581b 905.00 b When mounting overload relays LR9F5●57–LR9F5●71 directly beneath the contactor, supporting the relays with a mounting plate is recommended. With overload relays LR9F7●75–LR9F7●81, use of a support mounting plate is mandatory. c IEC standard 60947-4 specifies the following trip times when the overload relay senses 7.2 times the setting current: Class 10—between 4 and 10 seconds; Class 20—between 6 and 20 seconds. d Interconnection kit LA7F407 is required to mount an LR9F●71 to an LC1F185. Table 18.8: Coil Voltage Codes h Contactor D09–D150 LC1D80–LC1D150 only F115, F150, and F185 F265, and F330 F400— F780 F1700— F2100 Contactor e f g h i j LR43364 Class 3211 04 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 24 V 50/60 60 50 50 60 40–400 40–400 40–400 Hz 48 V B7 B6 B5 B5 B6 B7 — — 24 V E7 E6 E5 E5 E6 E7 E7 — 48 V 110 V 120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 440 V 480 V 500 V 600 V F7 F6 F5 F5 F6 F7 F7 F7 110 V AC G7 G6 — — G6 G7 G7 G7 125 V LE7 L6 — — L6 L7 L7 — 220 V M7 M6 M5 e M5 M6 M7 M7 M7 250 V U7 U6 U5 U5 U6 U7 U7 U7 440 V — — — — — — — R7 T7 e T6 — — Q5 S7i N7 — — — — — — — — S7 X7 ef X6 f — — S7 X7 X7 g — DC j D09-D32, DT20-D258 — BL EL FL — ML UL — Low Consumption D09–D150 — BD ED FD GD MD UD RD F115-F330 — BD ED FD GD MD UD RD F400–F780 — — ED FD GD MD UD RD F1700— F2100 — — — FD GD MD UD RD Not available for LC1D80. Not available for LC1D115 or LC1D150. Not available for LC1F780. The 600 V coils for LC1F400–LC1F630 do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits. For additional voltage codes refer to the IEC Contactor and Starter Catalog 8502CT9901. For use with F265–F330 only. DC coils 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in surge suppression as standard. Table 18.9: E164862 CCN NLDX Hz Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Voltages for F800 (includes built-in surge suppressor) Vac/Vdc 50/60 HZ 110 FW 120 FW 127 FW 220 MW 240 MW 380 QW 415 QW 440 QW TeSys F contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-11 TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-42 to 18-49 I12 Discount Schedule 18-5 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.6: For Direct Mounting Beneath Contactor LC1 D115–D150 D115–D150 18 Table 18.5: Contactors TeSys™ D 3- and 4-Pole Reversing, AC or DC Operating Coil Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Each 3-pole device is prewired with line and load side power wiring for reversing applications. Each 4-pole device is prewired with load side power wiring. Table 18.10: 3-Pole and 4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors Maximum Horsepower Ratings Built In Auxiliary $ Price No. of N.O. Catalog Contacts Power Number (per contactor) Inductive Resistive AC DC Poles ab AC3 (A) AC1 (A) Control Control 115 V hp 230 V hp 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp N.O. N.C. 0.5 1 2 2 5 7.5 9 3 1 1 LC2D09c 234.00 317.00 20 — — — — — — — 4 1 1 LC2DT20 234.00 317.00 1 2 3 3 7.5 10 12 3 1 1 LC2D12c 317.00 368.00 25 — — — — — — — 4 1 1 LC2DT25 317.00 368.00 1 3 5 5 10 15 18 35 3 1 1 LC2D18c 344.00 400.00 — — — — — — — 32 4 1 1 LC2DT32 419.00 443.00 2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 25 3 1 1 LC2D25c 374.00 436.00 40 — — — — — — — 4 1 1 LC2DT40 456.00 477.00 2 5 10 10 20 30 32 50 3 1 1 LC2D32c 415.00 503.00 3 5 10 10 30 30 40 60 3 1 1 LC2D40A 565.00 650.00 3 7.5 15 15 40 40 50 70 3 1 1 LC2D50A 596.00 680.00 5 10 20 20 50 50 65 80 3 1 1 LC2D65A 778.00 857.00 7.5 15 30 30 60 60 80 3 1 1 d — 125 — — — — — — — 4 — — d — — — 30 40 75 100 115 3 1 1 LC2D115 e 1165.00 1165.00 200 — — — — — — — 4 — — LC2D115004 e 1391.00 1391.00 — — 40 50 100 125 150 200 3 1 1 LC2D150e 1598.00 1598.00 a Use voltage codes from Table 18.11 to complete the catalog number (for example, LC2D09G7). b Includes mechanical interlock without electrical contacts. Installer to complete wiring for electronically interlocking contactor operating coils by using a N.C. auxiliary contact integrated in the contactor or optional LADN or LAD8N auxiliary contact block. c For LC2D09–LC2D32, electrical interlock can be included by adding a V to the end of the catalog number (for example LC2DO9B7V). List price adder: $5.00. d For these items, order two non-reversing contactors and one mechanical interlock separately. See page 18-4 and 18-14 for selection. e Includes mechanical interlock (LA9D11502) with prewired electrical contacts for interlocking contactor operating coils. Single Phase LC2D09 18 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.11: Maximum Current Three Phase Coil Voltage Codes i Contactor Hz D09–D150 50/60 50 60 50 Hz F115, F150, F185 60 Hz F265, F330 40–400 Hz F400–F780 40–400 Hz LC1D80–LC1D150 24 V B7 B5 B6 B5 B6 B7 — 48 V E7 E5 E6 E5 E6 E7 E7 110 V 120 V 125 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 250 V 440 V 480 V 600 V G7 — G6 — G6 G7 F7 AC — — — — — — — DC LE7 — L6 — L6 L7 L7 M7 M5 f M6 M5 M6 M7 M7 U7 U5 U6 U5 U6 U7 U7 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — T7 f — T6 — Q5 S7 j N7 X7 f — X6 gf — SC X7 X7 h — — — RD RD RD — — — — — — F7 F5 F6 F5 F6 F7 F7 D09-D32, DT20-D258 — BL EL FL — — — ML — UL Low Consumption D09–D150 — BD ED FD — GD — MD — UD F115–F330 — BD ED FD — GD — MD — UD F400–F780 — — ED FD — GD — MD — UD f Not available for LC1D80–LC1D150. g Not available for LC1D115 or LC1D150. h Not available for LC1F780. The 600 V coils for LC1F400–LC1F630 do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits. i For additional voltage codes refer to the IEC Contactor and Starter catalog, 8502CT9901. j For use with F265–F330 only. Table 18.12: Vac/Vdc 50/60 Hz Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Coil Voltages for F800 (includes built-in surge suppressor) 24 — 48 — 110 FW 120 FW 127 FW 208 — 220 MW 240 MW 277 — 380 QW 415 QW 440 QW 480 — 575 — 600 — 660 — TeSys D contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-8 to 18-11 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 E164862 CCN NLDX LR43364 Class 3211 04 18-6 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactors TeSys™ F 3-Pole Reversing, AC or DC Operating Coil Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us How to Order: Components are available for customer assembly of TeSys F reversing contactors. For example, the following components must be ordered to build a reversing contactor, 75 hp @ 460 V, with a 120 V / 60 Hz coil: Example of Components Description Contactors Lugs (page 18-12) Auxiliary contacts Power connections Mechanical interlock 3-Pole Contactors Maximum Horsepower Ratings LC1F265 Catalog Number LC1F115G6 DZ2FF1 LADN11 LA9FF976 LA9FF970 Three Phase Maximum Current Inductive AC3 (A) Holding Circuit Contact Built Into Coil Resistive AC1 (A) Catalog Numbera $ Price 230 V 460 V 575 V N.O. N.C. hp hp hp 40 75 100 115 200 1 0 LC1F115 479.00 50 100 125 150 250 1 0 LC1F150 696.00 60 125 150 185 275 1 0 LC1F185 938.00 75 150 200 265 350 1 0 LC1F265 1179.00 100 200 250 330 400 1 0 LC1F330 1621.00 125 250 300 400 500 1 0 LC1F400 1874.00 200 400 500 500 700 1 0 LC1F500 4970.00 300 600 800 630 1000 1 0 LC1F630 6872.00 Current rated 780 1600 0 0 LC1F780 7788.00 — 450 800 900 800 1000 0 0 LC1F800 6676.00 a Use coil voltage codes from the Voltage Codes table on page 18-6 to complete the contactor catalog number. 200 V hp 30 40 50 60 75 100 150 250 Table 18.15: Auxiliary Contact (Electrical Interlocking)—2 must be purchased For use with Number of Contacts Maximum Number of Blocks Per Contactor 1 1 2 2 4 2 LC1F to be ordered separately b 1 — 1 2 2 1 4 — 3 2 Catalog Number — 1 1 2 3 — 4 1 2b $ Price LADN10 LADN01 LADN11 LADN20 LADN22 LADN13 LADN40 LADN04 LADN31 LADC22 13.10 13.10 20.70 20.70 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break Table 18.16: Accessories—For the Assembly of 3-Pole Reversing Contactors (Horizontal Mounting) With 2 Identical Contactors c c Contact Arrangement Set of Power Connections Catalog Number LC1F115 LA9FF976 LC1F150 LA9F15076 LC1F185 LA9FG976 LC1F265 LA9FH976 LC1F330 LA9FJ976 LC1F400 LA9FJ976 LC1F500 LA9FK976 LC1F630, F800 LA9FL976 For two contactors of different size, refer to pages 18-15. $ Price 106.00 96.00 113.00 151.00 225.00 198.00 306.00 568.00 Horizontal Mounting Mechanical Interlock Kit Catalog Number LA9FF970 LA9FF970 LA9FG970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FL970 $ Price 53.00 53.00 53.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 TeSys F contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-11 TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-42 Table 18.17: E164862 CCN NLDX LR43364 Class 3211 04 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Definite Purpose Ratings, 3-Phase, Breaking All Lines (Hermetic Refrigeration Compressor) Device FLA LC1D09 (AC coil only) LC1D12 (AC coil only) LC1D18 (AC coil only) LC1D25 (AC coil only) LC1D32 (AC coil only) LC1D40A LC1D50A LC1D65A LC1D80 LC1D95 LC1D115 LC1D150 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 65 75 — 115 150 I12 Discount Schedule LRA 240V 54 72 108 150 192 240 300 390 450 — 690 900 480V 45 60 90 125 160 200 250 325 375 — 575 750 600V 36 48 72 100 128 160 200 260 300 — 460 600 18-7 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.14: Quantity 2 6 2 1 1 18 Table 18.13: Contactor Accessories TeSys™ D & F Auxiliary Contacts, Time Delay, Mechanical Latch Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.18: Standard, Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks Snap-On Mounting Composition Number of Contacts To front of LC● DT20–D258 (4P), LC●D09–D150a or To right side of LC ● F 4a 2 To front of LC ●D80 and D115 or To left side of LC●F 1 To side of LC●D09 to D150 only (not for use on TeSys F) 2 Front Mounted Auxiliary Blocks 18 a b c d IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS e Standard Contacts N.O. — 2 1 To front of LP● D40–D80, LC ● DT20–D258 (4P), LC ● D09 to D80 or To right side of — LC ●F f Device supplied with 4 ground terminal points. Table 18.20: 1 0 0 1 Catalog Number a $ Price LADN22 b LADN13 b LADN40 b LADN04 b LADN31 b LADC22 bc LADN11 b LADN20 b LADN02b 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 20.70 20.70 20.70 LADN10 d LADN01 d 13.10 13.10 Dust-Tight Contacts N.C. — — 1 N.O. 2 2 2 N.C. — — — — 2 — Catalog Number $ Price LA1DX20 LA1DZ40 LA1DZ31 65.00 82.00 82.00 LA1DY20f 77.00 Catalog Number h $ Price Pneumatic Time Delay Contact Blocks Time Delay Contacts Snap-On Mounting N.O. Type N.C. Range of Time Delay 0.1 to 3 sg LADT0 131.00 0.1 to 30 s LADT2 131.00 10 to 180 s LADT4 131.00 1 to 30 si LADS2 131.00 0.1 to 3 sg LADR0 131.00 On de-energization 1 1 0.1 to 30 s LADR2 131.00 (off-delay) 10 to 180 s LADR4 131.00 Scale range is expanded between 0.1 and 0.6 seconds on the dial for more accurate settings at the lower end of the range. For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADT23). There is no charge for this modification. Switching time between the opening of the N.C. contact and the closing of the N.O. contact: 40 ms ± 15 ms . To front of LP● D40–D80, LC● DT20–D258 (4P), LC ● D09 to D150 or To right side of LC● F i N.C. 2 3 0 4 1 2c 1 0 2 Instantaneous Blocks with Dust-Tight Auxiliary Contacts (IP54) NEMA 12 Snap-On Mounting h N.O. 2 1 4 0 3 2c 1 2 0 1 1 LAD8N11 e 20.70 2 0 LAD8N20 e 20.70 For low consumption coils (LC1D09–D32 only), only one front-mounted two-contact block allowed. No sidemounted contact blocks allowed. For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN223). There is no charge for this modification. For slip-on versions, add 9 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN229). Including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break overlapping contacts. This block cannot be added to the LC1D 09–D32 contactors; a maximum of 2 blocks can be mounted on the LC1D40A–LC1/LP1D80 contactors only. 1 block may be added to the left side of LC1D09–D32, AC coils only; only 1 block may be added to either side of the LC1D40A–D80 contactors, AC coils only. Cannot be installed on TeSys D contactors with DC coils. Table 18.19: g www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.21: 1 On energization (on delay) 1 Mechanical Latch Blocks with Manual or Electrical Unlatch (TeSys D only) Front snap-on mounting onto Catalog Number k Application $ Price For silent operation and LC●D09 to D65A LAD6K10jkl 77.00 energy conservation For silent operation and LC1 D80 to D150 LP1 D80 LA6DK20jk 77.00 energy conservation j Does not include internal coil clearing contact. k Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code (for example, LAD6K10F). l Low consumption DC contactors (and relays) (code coil xL) are not compatible with the LAD6K10x mechanical latching blocks. Table 18.22: E164862 CCN NLDX Coil Voltage Codes for LA6DK Mechanical Latch Blocks Volts 12 24 32/36 42/48 60/72 100 110/ 127 200/ 208 220/ 240 380/ 415 440/ 480 500/ 600 AC or DC J B C E EN K F L M Q R S TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-18 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 LR43364 Class 3211 04 18-8 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactor Accessories TeSys™ D Coil Suppressors, Cabling Accessories Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us RC Coil Suppressor • • Limitation of transient voltage to 300% of nominal voltage maximum. Oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times normal). Table 18.23: Resistor/Capacitor Circuit (RC) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils Installed by LA4DA1U Mounting on Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsm Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the contactor coil terminals Screw connection to the contactor coil terminals Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz 24–28 V 50–127 V 110–240 V 24-48 V LC1D40A to LC1D65A (3P), 50-127 V LC1DT60A to LC1DT80A 110-240 V (4P) 380-415 V 24–48 V LC●D80 to D150 (3P or 4P) 50–127 V LC●D80 to D115 (4P) 110–240 V 380–415 V Catalog Number LAD4RCE LAD4RCG LAD4RCU LAD4RC3E LAD4RC3G LAD4RC3U LAD4RC3N LA4DA2E LA4DA2G LA4DA2U LA4DA2N LC1D09 to LC1D32 (3P) LC●DT20 to DT40 (4P), $ Price 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 Varistor Coil Suppressor Limitation of transient voltage value to 200% of nominal voltage maximum. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times normal). Table 18.24: Varistor (Peak Limiting) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils Installed by Mounting on Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsm Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the contactor coil terminals Screw connection to the contactor coil terminals Screw connection to the contactor coil terminals Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz 24–48 V 50–127 V 110–250 V LC1D40A to LC1D65A (3P), 24-48 V LC1DT60A to LC1DT80A 50-127 V (4P) 110-250 V 24–48 Vac LC●D80 to D115 (3P or 4P) 50–127 Vac LC●D12, D25 (4P) 110–250 Vac 24–48 Vdc LC●D80 (3P or 4P) 50–127 Vdc 110–250 Vdc Catalog Number LAD4VE LAD4VG LAD4VU LAD4V3E LAD4V3G LAD4V3U LA4DE2E LA4DE2G LA4DE2U LA4DE3E LA4DE3G LA4DE3U LC●D09 to D32 TeSys D contactors $ Price 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS • • Diode Coil Suppressor No overvoltage or oscillating frequency. Polarized component. Increased drop-out time (6–10 times normal). Table 18.25: Diode for Reduction of Electrical Noise in DC Contactor Coils Installed on the upper part by Snap-on mounting and connection w/o tools to the contactor coil terminals LA4DC3U 18 • • Clip-on front mounting Screw connection of wire to the contactor coil terminals Mounting on LC●D09–D32 LC●D40A to D65, D65A to DT80A D80 (3P) D80 (4P) Operating Voltage, DC 24–250 Vdc Catalog Number LAD4DDL $ Price 26.20 24–250 Vdc LAD4D3U 26.20 24–250 Vdc LA4DC3U 26.20 Bidirectional Diode Coil Suppressor • • Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks Table 18.26: Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode Installed by Mounting on Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz and DC Catalog Number $ Price 24 (AC only) LAD4TB 26.20 72 (AC only) LAD4TS 26.20 12–24 V LAD4T3B 26.20 25–72 V LAD4T3S 26.20 LC1D40A to LC1D65A (3P), Clip-on front mounting and connection without tools LC1DT60A to LC1DT80A 73–125 V LAD4T3G 26.20 to the contactor coil terminals n (4P) 126–250 V LAD4T3U 26.20 251–440 V LAD4T3R 26.20 24 (AC only) LA4DB2B 56.00 72 (AC only) LA4DB2S 26.20 Screw mounting o LC●D80 24 (DC only) LA4DB3B 56.00 72 (DC only) LA4DB3S 56.00 m Installing the suppressor into the cavity makes the electrical connection. Overall width of the contactor remains the same. n For LC●D09–LC●D65A with DC or low consumption DC coils, 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in bidirectional diode suppression as standard. o Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2. D09 to LC●D32 (3P)n Snapping into the cavity on the right side of the contactor m LC●DT20 to DT40 (4P) LAD4T3B Table 18.27: Cabling Accessories Usage Mounting on For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with top-mounting accessory. LC1D09 to D38 LC1DT20 to DT60 AC only For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with LC1D40A to LC1D65A top-mounting accessory (with no coil suppressor) LAD4BB• • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz Without coil suppression 24-48 V With coil suppression 50-127 V (varistor) 110-250 V — Catalog Number LAD4BB LAD4BBVE LAD4BBVG LAD4BBVU LAD4BB3 $ Price 23.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 26.20 TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-18 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 I12 Discount Schedule 18-9 Contactor Accessories TeSys™ D Electronic Timers and Interface Modules Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us The following accessories require use of cabling accessories (LAD4BB●●) for proper mounting. See page 18-9 for illustration. Table 18.28: Electronic Serial Timer Modules These solid state modules delay the energizing of the contactor coil, and feature built-in varistor surge suppression. Operational Voltage a Type Catalog Number $ Price 0.1–2 s LA4DT0U On-delay LC1D09–D65A LC1D80–D150 1.5–30 s LA4DT2U 25–500 s LA4DT4U a For 24 V operation, the contactor must be fitted with a 21 V coil: coil voltage code Z5 for 50 Hz; Z6 for 60 Hz; and ZD for DC. 82. 82. 82. 24–250 Vac 100–250 Vac Time Delay Table 18.29: Interface Modules b These modules allow the contactor coils to be energized from low voltage and low current level signals. They come in mechanical relay and solid state versions. The relay plus manual operation versions include a lever for manually turning the contactor on and off. When a module receives a low level signal, it allows the separate-sourced control voltage to flow to the contactor coil. It saves space and wiring time compared to conventional interposing relays. Interface Type 18 Relay Relay Plus Manual Operation Solid State LA4DFB IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS b Operational Voltage 24–250 Vac LC1D09–D150 LC1D09–D150 LC1D09–D150 LC1D09–D150 LC1D09–D65 100–250 Vac — — — — LC1D80–D115 Input Voltage Catalog Number 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 24 Vdc LA4DFB LA4DFE LA4DLB LA4DLE LA4DWB $ Price 55. 55. 71. 71. 71. Adapter required for D09–D65A, see table 18.27. Table 18.30: Automatic-Manual-Stop Control Modules These modules allow for local and/or remote operation of the contactor coil. Each module includes a lever to switch from automatic to manual operation and a dial to turn the contactor on and off. Operational Voltage 24–100 Vac LC1D09–D150 18-10 100–250 Vac — I12 Discount Schedule Catalog Number LA4DMK $ Price 35. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactor Accessories TeSys™ D and F Accessories Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us For Power Pole or Control Connection For use with contactors LC1/LP1 Sold in lots of Catalog Number D09, D12 D09–D32 1 1 LAD92560 LA9D3260 8.70 12.00 D40A–D65A 1 LAD96560 10.00 D09–D32 D40A–D65A D80 F115 F150, F185 F265, F330, F400 F500 F630, F800 D09–D32 D40A-D65A D80 F115 F150, F185 F265, F330, F400 F500 F630, F800 DT20, DT25 D80 LP1D40–D80 D115, D150 D80 D115, D150 D115, D150 10 1 2 4 4 4 4 4 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 10 10 10 3 1 LA9D2561 LAD9P32 LA9D80961 LA9FF602 LA9FG602 LA9FH602 LA9FK602 LA9FL602 LAD9P3 LAD9P33 LA9D80962 LA9FF601 LA9FG601 LA9FH601 LA9FK601 LA9FL601 LA9D1263 LA9D80963 LA9D09966 LA9D11567 LA9D8067 GV7AC03 LA9D115603 26.20 6.00 6.50 55.00 65.00 169.00 228.00 278.00 10.00 25.00 6.50 6.80 8.20 12.00 21.80 38.20 8.70 17.50 2.20 4.00 5.50 31.10 55.00 For use with contactors LC1/LP1 4-pole contactors D80–D115 D09-D65A, DT20-DT80A, LADN, LADT, LADR For holder LA9D92 Sold in lots of Catalog Number $ Price each 100 LA9D92 .06 Description LA9D3260 LAD92560 Connectors for larger cable sizes 4 poles 3 poles Everlink™ terminal block 3 poles #8 AWG (10 mm2) #4 AWG (25 mm2) 2 poles Links for the parallel connection of: 3 poles (wye-delta shorting strap) LA9D2561 4 poles Second coil connection Control circuit take-off from main pole Spreaders for increasing pole pitch to 45 mm Replacement power terminal block Table 18.32: For Marking Description LA9D80962 Reference label holder snap-on 8 x 22 mm Reference label holder snap-on 8 x 18 mm 3 poles Set of shims for mounting LAD8N and LA8DN Retrofit plate for replacement of LC1D40-D65 with LC1D40A-D65A 35 mm DIN Rail – 2 meters long LA9D11567 .06 LA9D93 4.30 For use with contactors LC1/LP1 D80 Sold in lots of Catalog Number $ Price each 1 LA9D511 9.80 D40A-D65A 1 LAD7X3 25.00 LC1D09 to D80 10 AM1DP200 5.20 $ Price 3 poles 3 poles 4 poles Catalog Number LA5D1158031 LA5D150803 LA5D115804 $ Price 3 poles 3 poles 4 poles Catalog Number LA5D11550 LA5D15050 LA5D115450 Replacement Contacts For use with contactors LC1D115 LC1D150 LC1D115 Three-pole Four-pole Table 18.35: LAD90 1 For Mounting Description Table 18.34: 100 18 Sheet of 300 labels self adhesive 7 x 21 mm Table 18.33: $ Price each 239.00 239.00 318.00 Arc Chambers For use with contactors LC1D115 LC1D150 LC1D115 Three-pole Four-pole 90.00 90.00 119.00 TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-18 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-47 TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20 LA9D511 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.31: I12 Discount Schedule 18-11 Contactor Accessories TeSys™ F Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.36: LA9D09981 www.schneider-electric.us Suppressor Blocks Operating limit: up to 220 V, 50/60 Hz coils Description For Use Catalog Number With coils LX1FF, FG, FH, F115, F150, F185, F225, F265, F330 LA9F980 FK, FL, FX, F400, F500, F630, F780, LX9FF, FG, FH, F115, F150, F185, F225, With coils LX1FJ, LA9D09980 F265, F330 Mounting bracket (for 35 mm DIN rail or panel mounting) for suppressor block LA9D09981 $ Price 21.80 Suppressor block (clip-on mounting to coil) Table 18.37: LA9F980 20.70 5.50 Lugs and Lug Kits a Lug Kit Contactor Cable Size AWG Catalog Number Type LC1 range Contactor Only Overload Relay Directly mounted to contactor Lugs Required Cable size AWG range — — — F115 F150, F185 — F225, F265, F330 F400 F500 DZ2FF6 DZ2FG6 — 14 to 2/0 6 to 3/0 — Line side of Load side of Line side of LC1• contactor overload contactor LR9F5•57 to F5•69 F115 3 each DZ2FF1 3 each DZ2FG1 14 to 2/0 LR9F5•57 to F5•71 F150 to F185 1 each DZ2FG6 6 to 3/0 F225, F265 1 each DZ2FH6 6 to 300 MCM LR9F5•71 Load side of overload 6 to 3/0 DZ2FH6 6 to 300 MCM LR9F7•75 to F7•79 F265 or F330 3 each DZ2FH1 — 4 to 500 MCM DZ2FJ6 DZ2FK6 4 to 500 MCM 2 x 2 to 600 MCM LR9F7•75 to F7•81 F400 LR9F7•75 to F7•81 F500 — 6 to 300 MCM 18 3 each DZ2FJ1 — 4 to 500 MCM 4 to 500 MCM 3 each DZ2FK1 — 2x2 to 600 MCM 4 to 500 MCM 1 each DZ2FL1 F630, F800 DZ2FL6 3 x 2 to 600 MCM LR9F7•81 F630 DZ2FL2 1 each DZ2FR1 3x2 to 600 MCM 4 to 500 MCM DZ2FL3 F780 DZ2FX6 4 x 1/0 to 750 MCM — — — — — — a Lug kits ending in the number 6 include 6 identical lugs. In some cases the LR9F overload relay mounted directly on the load side of an LC1F contactor will require a different size lug for your choice of contactor and overload. If the two sizes are different, order 3 of each size lug. Mounting hardware (screws, washers, and nuts) are provided with the contactors and overload relays, not with the lugs. See Table 18.39 for pricing. IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.38: Lugs, 2- and 4-Pole c Lug Kit Catalog Number Contactor Type LC1 b c Qty. Required 2-Pole 4 4 4 4 4 b 4 AL/CU Cable Size 4-Pole 8 8 8 8 8 b 8 F115 DZ2FF1 14 to 2/0 F150, F185 DZ2FG1 6 to 3/0 F225, F265, F330 DZ2FH1 6 to 300 MCM F400 DZ2FJ1 4 to 500 MCM F500 DZ2FK1 2 X 2 to 600 MCM F630 DZ2FLb 3 X 2 to 600 MCM F780 DZ2FX1 4 X 1/0 to 750 MCM For 2-pole F630 contactors, order two DZ2FL1 (L1 and T2), and two DZ2FL3 (L2 and T1). For 4-pole F6304, order two DZ2FL1 (L1 and T4), four DZ2FL2 (L2, T2, L3, T3) and two DZ2FL3 (L4 and T1). Lugs for LC1F contactors and overload relays must be ordered separately. Each kit consists of one lug. Mounting hardware (screws, washers, nuts) are provided with the contactors, not the lugs. See Table 18.39 for pricing. Table 18.39: Lugs Pricing Lug Catalog Number DZ2FF6 DZ2FG6 DZ2FH6 DZ2FJ6 DZ2FK6 DZ2FL6 DZ2FX6 DZ2FF1 DZ2FG1 $ Price 39.30 65.00 65.00 65.00 131.00 164.00 163.80 6.50 11.00 Lug Catalog Number DZ2FH1 DZ2FJ1 DZ2FK1 DZ2FL1 DZ2FL2 DZ2FL3 DZ2FR1 DZ2FX1 $ Price 11.00 11.00 21.80 27.30 55.00 27.30 173.30 27.30 These clear plastic protective shrouds are an effective means to meet international touch-safe requirements for power terminals. They are designed to be used with power cables that have been bolted to the terminal. NOTE: The protection shrouds do not attach to contactors or overloads using DZ2F lug kits. Table 18.40: Power Terminal Protection Shrouds For Use With 2-, 3-, And 4-pole Contactors LA9F70 LC1F115 LC1F150, F185 LC1F225, F265, F330, F400 and F4002, F500 and F5002 LC1F630, F6302 and F800 LC1F1154 LC1F1504 and F1854 LC1F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004, F5004 LC1F6304 Number of Shrouds Per Set 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 Catalog Number $ Price LA9F701 LA9F702 LA9F703 LA9F704 LA9F706 LA9F707 LA9F708 LA9F709 42.40 61.00 82.00 93.00 58.00 80.00 111.00 120.00 For contactors LC1F115, LC1F150, and LC1F185, an available touch-safe terminal block may be used in place of lugs for power connections. Table 18.41: Insulated Terminal Blocks For contactor type LC1 F115, F150, F185 For overload relay LR9 F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 Maximum Cable Size 300 MCM Catalog Number LA9F103 $ Price 55.00 TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-5, 18-7 TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-18, 18-18, 18-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-47 18-12 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Replacement Parts TeSys™ F Contact Kits, Arc Chambers Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Replacement Contact Sets a Catalog Number LA5F400802 LA5F500802 LA5F630802 LA5FF431 LA5FG431 LA5FH431 LA5F400803 LA5F500803 LA5F630803 LA5F780801d LA5F800803 LA5FF441 LA5FG441 LA5FH441 LA5F400804 LA5F500804 LA5F630804 LA5F780801d $ Price 717. 1111. 1651. 239. 418. 793. 1076. 1589. 2488. 1651. 2488. 318. 549. 966. 1435. 2461. 3304. 1651. For use on contactors Number of Poles Catalog Number LC1F4002 2 poles LA5F400250 Two-pole LC1F5002 2 poles LA5F500250 LC1F6302 2 poles LA5F630250 LC1F115 3 poles LA5F11550 LC1F150 3 poles LA5F15050 LC1F185 3 poles LA5F18550 LC1F265 3 poles LA5F26550 LC1F330 3 poles LA5F33050 Three-pole LC1F400 3 poles LA5F40050 LC1F500 3 poles LA5F50050 LC1F630 3 poles LA5F63050 LC1F780 1 pole LA5F780150d LC1F800 3 poles LA5F80050 LC1F1154 4 poles LA5F115450 LC1F1504 4 poles LA5F150450 LC1F1854 4 poles LA5F185450 LC1F2654 4 poles LA5F265450 Four-pole LC1F3304 4 poles LA5F330450 LC1F4004 4 poles LA5F400450c LC1F5004 4 poles LA5F500450c LC1F6304 4 poles LA5F630450b LC1F7804 1 pole LA5F780150d Supplied per pole are: 2 fixed contacts, 1 moving contact, 2 deflectors, 1 backplate, mounting screws and washers. Comprises single-pole components. Comprises 2-pole components. 2 identical components per pole are supplied. $ Price 280. 305. 431. 90. 101. 179. 269. 287. 305. 341. 646. 431. 750. 119. 131. 248. 299. 414. 573. 610. 861. 431. Two-pole Three-pole LA5FG431 Four-pole LA5F11550 a b c d NUmber of Poles 2 poles 2 poles 2 poles 3 poles 3 poles 3 poles 3 poles 3 poles 3 poles 1 pole 3 poles 4 poles 4 poles 4 poles 4 poles 4 poles 4 poles 1 pole Arc Chambers TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7 TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-42 to 18-47 Table 18.44: AC and DC Coil Part Numbers for LC1F1700 and LC1F2100 Control Circuit Voltage of the Contactor Voltage Code Spare Coil Part Number Quantity LX1FK065 LX1FK070 LX1FK110 LX1FK110 LX1FK127 LX1FK140 LX1FK200 LX1FK200 LX1FK220 LX1FK220 LX1FK240 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 LX4FK055 LX4FK065 LX4FK110 LX4FK125 LX4FK220 2 2 2 2 2 AC Coils 110 V 120 V 220 V 230 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V F7 G7 M7 P7 U7 W7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 110 V 125 V 220 V 250 V 440 V FD GD MD UD RD DC Coils Note: These coills are standard parts included when a voltage code is added to the contactor part number LC1F1700 or LC1F2100. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule 18-13 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.43: For use on contactors LC1F4002 LC1F5002 LC1F6302 LC1F115, F150 LC1F185 LC1F265 LC1F330, F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 LC1F780 LC1F800 LC1F1504, F1154 LC1F1854 LC1F2654 LC1F3304, F400, F4004 LC1F5004 LC1F6304 LC1F7804 18 Table 18.42: Contactors Accessories TeSys™ D Reversing Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.45: www.schneider-electric.us Contactors Reversing contactors comprising two identical, horizontally mounted contactors: Mechanical interlock Without electrical interlock Catalog Number Set of power connections With incorporated electrical interlock (2 N.C. contacts) $ Price Catalog Number 32.10 Reversing contactors for motor control $ Price Catalog Number LAD9R1a LC1DT20, LC1DT25, LC1DT32, LC1DT40 LADT9R1a 36.90 LADT9R1Va 45.50 a Kit including mechanical interlock and wiring. LAD9R1Va 45.50 LC1D40, LC1D50, LC1D/LP1D65 LA9D50978 LC1D40A, D50A, D65A LAD4CM 45.00 — LAD9R3 b 65.00 — b Kit combines both LAD4CM and LA9D65A69 $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Included with kit — — Included with kit 18 LC1D09, LC1D12, LC1D18, LC1D25, LC1D32 Four pole contactors IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 31.70 LA9D4002 45.90 LA9D6569 53.00 LA9D65A69 75.00 LA9D6570 63.00 — — — LC1D80 AC coil LA9D50978 31.70 LA9D4002 45.90 LA9D8069 65.00 LA9D8070 79.00 LC1D80 DC coil LA9D80978 31.70 LA9D8002 65.00 LA9D8069 65.00 LA9D8070 79.00 LA9D11502 78.00 LA9D11569 129.00 LA9D11571 (3P) LA9D11570 (4P) (D115 only) 53.00 LC1D115 and LC1D150 Not Available — 53.00 TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 18-14 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactor Accessories TeSys™ F Reversing Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us With 2 Identical Contactors a Set of Power Connections Catalog Number Horizontal Mounting LC1F115 LC1F150 LC1F185 LC1F265 LC1F330 LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 or F800 LA9FF976 LA9F15076 LA9FG976 LA9FH976 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ976 LA9FK976 LA9FL976 Vertical Mounting LC1F115 or F150 LC1F185 LC1F265 LC1F330 LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 or F800 LC1F780 LA9F•976 Table 18.47: d d d d d d d b Horizontal Mounting LC1F115/4 LC1F150/4 LC1F185/4 LC1F265/4 LC1F330/4 LC1F400/4 LC1F500/4 LC1F630/4 Vertical Mounting LC1F115/4 LC1F185/4 LC1F265/4 LC1F330/4 LC1F400/4 LC1F500/4 LC1F630/4 LC1F780/4 Table 18.48: Upper Contactor LA9FX970 L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 A1 1 3 5 1 3 5 2 4 6 2 4 6 U V A2 W Reversing (motors) Application A1 A2 1L1 2L1 2L3 2L2 2N 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 A1 A2 LA9FF970 LA9FF970 LA9FG970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FL970 53.00 53.00 53.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 LA9FF4F LA9FG4G LA9FH4H LA9FJ4J LA9FJ4J LA9FK4K LA9FL4L LA9FX970 b 97.00 113.00 126.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 508.00 Three-Pole Four-Pole LA9FF982 LA9F15082 LA9FG982 LA9FH982 LA9FJ982 LA9FJ982 LA9FK982 LA9FL982 LA9FF977 LA9F15077 LA9FG977 LA9FH977 LA9FJ977 LA9FJ977 LA9FK977 LA9FL977 d d d d d d d b d d d d d d d c Mechanical Interlock Kit Catalog Number $ Price 53.00 53.00 53.00 83.00 113.00 113.00 154.00 233.00 — — — — — — — — $ Price LA9FF970 LA9FF970 LA9FG970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FJ970 LA9FL970 53.00 53.00 53.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 76.00 LA9FF4F LA9FG4G LA9FH4H LA9FJ4J LA9FJ4J LA9FK4K LA9FL4L LA9FX970 c 97.00 113.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 508.00 Vertical Mounting of 2 Contactors of Different Ratings a Lower Contactor e LC1F185 or 1854 LC1F265 or 2654 LC1F330 or 3304 1L2 — — — — — — — — $ Price Component Parts for the Assembly of TeSys F 3-pole or 4-pole Transfer Contactors Horizontal Mounting LA9F•4• 1L3 106.00 96.00 113.00 151.00 225.00 225.00 306.00 568.00 Set of Power Connections LA9F•977 1N Mechanical Interlock Kit Catalog Number $ Price Mechanical Interlock Kit Catalog Number LA9FG4F LA9FH4F LA9FH4G LA9FJ4F LA9FJ4G LA9FJ4H LA9FK4F LA9FK4G LA9FK4H LA9FK4J LA9FL4F LA9FL4G LA9FL4H LA9FL4J LA9FL4K LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504 LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504 LC1F185/1854 or 265/265A LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504 LC1F400 or 4004 LC1F185 or 1854 LC1F265/2654 or 330/330A LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504 LC1F185 or 1854 LC1F500 or 5004 LC1F265/2654 or 330/330A LC1F400 or 4004 LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504 LC1F185 or 1854 LC1F630, 6304 or LC1F265/2654 or 330/330A LC1F800 LC1F400 or 4004 LC1F500 or 5004 a With identical or different numbers of poles. b Double mechanical interlock with 2 mechanical links and 3 power connection bars. c Double mechanical interlock with 2 mechanical links and 4 power connection bars. d Power connection to be assembled by the customer, except for contactors LC1F780 and F7804. e Lower contactor must have equal or lower current rating. $ Price 113.00 126.00 126.00 126.00 126.00 149.00 149.00 126.00 149.00 149.00 116.00 126.00 149.00 149.00 149.00 TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7 TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-18 to 18-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-42 to 18-47 L1 L2 L3 N Transfer/Changeover Applications © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule 18-15 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LA9F•970 Component Parts for the Assembly of F-Line 3-pole Reversing Contactors 18 Table 18.46: Overload Relays TeSys™ D and F Overload Relay Accessories Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys D Overload Relay Accessories Table 18.49: Mounting Kits and Platesa Description LA7D901 For use with overload relays: LRD01–35 and LR3D01–35 LRD01–35 and LRD01–35 for ring tongue terminals Separate mounting kits for mounting to 35 mm DIN rail LRD15•• or for panel mounting with screws LR2D15••, LR3D15 LR2D25•• LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LR2D35•• LRD01–35, LR3D01–35, LR2D15•• Mounting plates for screw mounting LR2D25•• at 110 mm (4.3 in.) centers LRD3•••, LR3D3••, LR2D35•• a When using mounting plates, separate mounting kits are also required. Table 18.50: Catalog Number LAD7B10 LAD7B106 LAD7B105 LA7D1064 LA7D2064 LA7D3064 DX1AP25 DX1AP26 LA7D902 Accessories Description Standard Packaging 10 10 10 1 1 1 For use with 18 Prewiring kit allows direct connection of the N.C. contact LC1D09 through D18 of relay LRD01–D32 or LR3D01–D32 to the contactor LC1D25, D32 Stop button locking device All relays except LRD01–D32, LR3D01–D32 and LR9D LRD01-D32, LRD3, LR3D01-D32, LR3D3 Remote stop/tripping or electrical resetc All relays except LRD01–D32, LR3D01–D31 Reset by flexible cable 500 mm (19.6 in.) LRD01-D32, LRD3, LR3D3 b Part number to be completed by adding coil voltage code, (for example, LAD703F). Table 18.51: IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LA7D03 c d $ Price 8.70 8.70 10.40 8.70 13.10 17.50 11.00 12.00 16.40 Catalog Number $ Price LAD7C1 LAD7C2 LA7D901 LAD703b LA7D03b LAD7305 8.70 8.70 2.20 43.70 43.70 100.00 Control Circuit Voltages for LA7D03 and LAD703 Volts 12 24 48 110 220/230 380/400 415/440 AC 50/60 Hz Jd B E F M Q N DC J B E F M — — The time that the LA7D03 can remain energized depends on its rest time; 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse with 30 s rest time; 10 s pulse with 90 s rest time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Consumption on inrush and sealed: < 100 VA Not available for LRD01–D32, LR3D01–D32. TeSys F Overload Relay Accessories Table 18.52: Mounting Plate for Overload Relay For use with relays LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 and F5•71 LR9F7•75, F7•79 and F7•81 Catalog Number LA7F901 LA7F902 $ Price 27.30 38.20 LA7F90• These clear plastic protective shrouds are an effective means to meet international finger-safe requirements for power terminals. They are designed to be used with power cables that have been bolted to the terminal. NOTE: The protection shrouds do not attach to contactors or overloads utilizing DZ2F lug kits. Table 18.53: Power Terminal Protection Shrouds, Single-Pole For use with relays LR9F5•57 LR9F5•63, F5 67, F5•69 LR9F5•71 LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 t Table 18.54: LA9F70• For relays LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 LR9F5•57, F5 63 LR9F5•71 LR9F7•75, F7 •• 79 LR9F7•81 LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 LR9F7•81 e Mounting plate required. t Table 18.56: Catalog Number LA7F701 LA7F702 LA7F703 $ Price 27.30 38.20 49.20 Connection Accessories (for Mounting Overload Relays Beneath Reversing Contactors)e Application LA7F701 $ Price 42.40 61.00 86.00 82.00 Power Terminal Protection Shrouds, 3-Pole For use with relays LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 LR9F5•71 LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 Table 18.55: Catalog Number LA9F701 LA9F702 LA9F705 LA9F703 For contactor LC1F115 LC1F150 and F185 LC1F265 LC1F265...F400 LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 Set of 3 Bars Catalog Number LA7F401 LA7F402 LA7F403 LA7F404 LA7F404 LA7F405 LA7F406 $ Price 19.70 21.80 27.30 30.50 30.50 38.20 43.70 Marking Accessories Description Marker holder, snap-in Sold in units of: 100 Catalog Number LA7D903 $ Price 0.03 each Main overload selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-2, 18-3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-45 to 18-47 TeSys T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-91 18-16 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactor Repair Parts TeSys™ D and Old D2 AC Coils Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Rated Nominal Voltage LX1D2 Catalog Number 50/60 Hz 12 21a 24 32 36 42 48 60 100 110 115 120 127 200 208 220/230 230 230/240 277 380/400 400 415 440 480 575 600 LXD1J7 LXD1Z7 LXD1B7 LXD1C7 LXD1CC7 LXD1D7 LXD1E7 LXD1EE7 LXD1K7 LXD1F7 LXD1FE7 LXD1G7 LXD1FC7 LXD1L7 LXD1LE7 LXD1M7 LXD1P7 LXD1U7 LXD1W7 LXD1Q7 LXD1V7 LXD1N7 LXD1R7 LXD1T7 LXD1SC7 LXD1X7 Specifications Average consumption - Inrush (inductance 0.75) - Sealed (inductance 0.3) $ Price For LC1D09, D12, D18—For old D2 style contactors where the catalog number includes the auxiliary contact arrangement Rated Nominal Voltage V 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 26.20 50/60 Hz 70 VA 7 VA 80–110% of nominal @ 50 Hz, oC Operating range@ 60 85–110% of nominal @ 60 Hz a Voltage for special coils fitted in contactors with serial timer modules, with 24 V supply. Table 18.59: Table 18.58: 21 b 24 32 42 48 110 120 127 208 220 230 240 256 277 380 400 415 440 480 500 575 600 660 Specifications R Catalog Number 50 Hz LX1D2Z5 LX1D2B5 LX1D2C5 LX1D2D5 LX1D2E5 LX1D2F5 — LX1D2G5 — LX1D2M5 LX1D2P5 LX1D2U5 LX1D2W5 — LX1D2Q5 LX1D2V5 LX1D2N5 LX1D2R5 — LX1D2S5 — — LX1D2Y5 50 Hz Catalog Number 60 Hz LX1D2Z6 LX1D2B6 — — LX1D2E6 LX1D2F6 LX1D2G6 — LX1D2L6 LX1D2M6 — LX1D2U6 — LX1D2W6 LX1D2Q6 — — LX1D2R6 LX1D2T6 — LX1D2S6 LX1D2X6 — 60 Hz Catalog Number $ Price 50/60 Hz LX1D2Z7 LX1D2B7 — 52.40 LX1D2D7 LX1D2E7 LX1D2F7 LX1D2G7 — 52.40 — LX1D2M7 LX1D2P7 LX1D2U7 — 52.40 — LX1D2Q7 LX1D2V7 LX1D2N7 LX1D2R7 52.40 — — — — 52.40 — 50/60 Hz 60 VA 70 VA 70 VA at 50 or 60 Hz ts c u d k o oc Pr t S ys d ite TeS m Li by ed c la p e Average consumption Inrush (inductance .75) Sealed 7 VA 7.5 VA (inductance .3) Operating range 80–110 % of 80–110% of at 55oC / 131oF nominal voltage nominal voltage 8 VA at 50 or 60 Hz 85–110% of nominal voltage For LC1D25, D32—For old D2 style contactors where the catalog number includes the auxiliary contact arrangement Rated Nominal Voltage (V) 21b 24 32 42 48 110 120 127 208 220 230 240 256 277 380 400 415 440 480 500 575 600 660 Catalog Number 50 Hz Catalog Number 60 Hz Catalog Number 50/60 Hz LX1D4Z5 LX1D4B5 LX1D4C5 LX1D4D5 LX1D4E5 LX1D4F5 — LX1D4G5 — LX1D4M5 LX1D4P5 LX1D4U5 LX1D4W5 — LX1D4Q5 LX1D4V5 LX1D4N5 LX1D4R5 — LX1D4S5 — — LX1D4Y5 LX1D4Z6 LX1D4B6 — — LX1D4E6 LX1D4F6 LX1D4G6 — LX1D4L6 LX1D4M6 — LX1D4U6 — LX1D4W6 LX1D4Q6 — — LX1D4R6 LX1D4T6 — LX1D4S6 LX1D4X6 — LX1D4Z7 LX1D4B7 — LX1D4D7 LX1D4E7 LX1D4F7 LX1D4G7 — — LX1D4M7 LX1D4P7 LX1D4U7 — — LX1D4Q7 LX1D4V7 LX1D4N7 LX1D4R7 — — — — — ct u k od c r o St s P d y ite TeS m Li by ed c la p Re s $ Price 72.00 72.00 72.00 72.00 72.00 Specifications 50 Hz 60 Hz Average consumption - Inrush (inductance .75) 90 VA 100 VA - Sealed (inductance .3) 7.5 VA 8.5 VA 80–110% of 80–110% of Operating range 55 °C / 131 °F nominal voltage nominal voltage at b For use in 24 V applications involving serial timer modules refer to page 18-10. 50/60 Hz 100 VA at 50 or 60 Hz 8.5 VA at 50 or 60 Hz 85–110% of nominal voltage TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule 18-17 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS For LC1D09–D32, LC1DT20–40 (TeSys D) Contactors and CAD Relays 18 Table 18.57: Contactor Repair Parts TeSys™ D, Old D2, and F AC Coils Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.60: 18 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Rated Nominal Voltage V 24 32 42 48 110 120 127 208 220 230 240 256 277 380 400 415 440 480 500 575 600 660 For Old D2 Style LC1D40, D50, D65, D80 Catalog Number 50 Hz LX1D6B5 LX1D6C5 LX1D6D5 LX1D6E5 LX1D6F5 — LX1D6G5 — LX1D6M5 LX1D6P5 LX1D6U5 LX1D6W5 — LX1D6Q5 LX1D6V5 LX1D6N5 LX1D6R5 — LX1D6S5 — — LX1D6Y5 Catalog Number 60 Hz LX1D6B6 — — LX1D6E6 LX1D6F6 LX1D6G6 — LX1D6L6 LX1D6M6 — LX1D6U6 — LX1D6W6 LX1D6Q6 — — LX1D6R6 LX1D6T6 — LX1D6S6 LX1D6X6 — Catalog Number 50/60 Hz LX1D6B7 — LX1D6D7 LX1D6E7 LX1D6F7 LX1D6G7 — LX1D6LE7 LX1D6M7 LX1D6P7 LX1D6U7 — — LX1D6Q7 LX1D6V7 LX1D6N7 LX1D6R7 — — — — — Table 18.61: $ Price 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 170.00 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 170.00 41.50 41.50 41.50 For old style and new TeSys style contactors where the catalog number may or may not include the auxiliary contact arrangement. Specification Average consumption: -inrush (inductance 0.75) -sealed (inductance 0.3) Operating range at 55oC / 131oF 50 Hz 60 Hz 200 VA 220 VA 20 VA 22 VA 80–110% of nominal voltage 50/60 Hz 245 VA 26 VA 85–110% of nominal voltage Table 18.63: Rated Nominal Voltage V 12 24 32 42 48 100 110 115 120 127 200 208 220 230 240 277 380 400 415 440 480 500 575 600 660 690 For TeSys D LC1D40A, D50A, D65A, DT60A, DT80A Catalog Number 50 Hz LXD3J5 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Specification Average consumption: -inrush (inductance 0.3) -sealed (inductance 0.3) Operating range at 55 °C / 131 °F Catalog Number 60 Hz — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 Hz Catalog Number 50/60 Hz — LXD3B7 LXD3C7 LXD3D7 LXD3E7 LXD3K7 LXD3F7 LXD3FE7 LXD3G7 LXD3FC7 LXD3L7 LXD3LE7 LXD3M7 LXD3P7 LXD3U7 LXD3W7 LXD3Q7 LXD3V7 LXD3N7 LXD3R7 LXD3T7 LXD3S7 LXD3SC7 LXD3X7 LXD3YC7 LXD3Y7 60 Hz 160 VA 140 VA 7.0 VA 7.5 VA 85–110% of nominal voltage Table 18.62: Rated Nominal Voltage V 24 32 42 48 110 115 120 127 208 220/230 230 240 277 380/400 400 415 440 480 500 $ Price 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 www.schneider-electric.us For TeSys D LC1D115, D150 Catalog Number 50 Hz LX1D8B5 LX1D8C5 LX1D8D5 LX1D8E5 LX1D8F5 LX1D8FE5 — LX1D8FC5 — LX1D8M5 LX1D8P5 LX1D8U5 — LX1D8Q5 LX1D8V5 LX1D8N5 LX1D8R5 — LX1D8S5 Catalog Number 60 Hz LX1D8B6 — — LX1D8E6 LX1D8F6 — LX1D8G6 — LX1D8L6 LX1D8M6 — LX1D8U6 LX1D8W6 LX1D8Q6 — — LX1D8R6 LX1D8T6 — Catalog Number 50/60 Hz LX1D8B7 LX1D8C7 LX1D8D7 LX1D8E7 LX1D8F7 LX1D8FE7 LX1D8G7 LX1D8FC7 LX1D8L7 LX1D8M7 LX1D8P7 LX1D8U7 LX1D8W7 LX1D8Q7 LX1D8V7 LX1D8N7 LX1D8R7 LX1D8T7 LX1D8S6 $ Price 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 For old style and new TeSys style contactors where the catalog number may or may not include the auxiliary contact arrangement. 50/60 Hz 140 VA (Inductance: 0.9) 7.5 VA (Inductance: 0.9) 80–115% of nominal voltage Specification 50 Hz 60 Hz Average consumption: -inrush (inductance 0.8) 300 VA 300 VA -sealed (inductance 0.3) 22 VA 22 VA Operating range at 85–110% of 55 °C / 131 °F nominal voltage 50/60 Hz 350 VA (Inductance: 0.9) 18 VA (Inductance: 0.9) 80–115% of nominal voltage For LC1F115, F150, F185, F265, F330, F400, F500, F630, F780, F800 LX1 coils are the standard coils that are included when a voltage code is added to the contactor part number. The LX9 coils may be ordered separately for special applications. LX9 coils do not include a built-in normally open holding circuit contact; a separate auxiliary contact block with a N.O. contact should be added to the contactor. Both the LX1 and LX9 coils can be used on the previous F-line contactors. Device Type LX1D6 Hz Catalog Number Suffixg Catalog Number 24 V 48 V 110 V 120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 415 V 440 V 480 V 600 V $ Price 50 LX1FF• 024 048 110 127 200 220 240 264 380 415 415 500 600 78.00 F115–F150 60 LX1FF• 020 040 092 095 162 184 187 220 316 340 360 380 475 78.00 — 048 110 127 200 220 220 260 380 415 415 500 — 78.00 40–400 LX9FF• 50 LX1FG• 024 048 110 127 200 220 240 264 380 415 415 450 600 108.00 F185 60 LX1FG• 020 040 092 095 162 184 187 220 316 340 360 380 475 108.00 F225 — 048 110 127 200 220 220 260 380 415 415 500 — 108.00 40–400 LX9FG• 40–400 LX1FH• 0242 0482 1102 1272 2002 2202 2402 2772 3802 3802 4402 5002 6002 138.00 F265–F330 40–400 LX9FH• — 0482 1102 1272 2002 2202 2402 2772 3802 3802 ... 5002 — 138.00 — 048 110 110 200 220 240 280 380 415 415 415 600 287.00 40–400 LX1FJ• F400d 40–400 LX9FJ• f 910 917 925 925 930 931 932 932 936 936 937 937 — 287.00 40–400 LX1FK• — 048 110 110 200 220 240 280 380 415 415 415 600 360.00 F500d 40–400 LX9FK• f 910 917 925 925 930 931 932 932 936 936 937 937 — 360.00 40–400 LX1FL• — 048 110 110 200 220 240 260 380 415 415 415 600 398.00 F630d 40–400 LX9FL• f 910 917 924 925 930 930 931 932 935 936 936 937 — 483.00 — — 110 110 200 220 220 280 380 415 415 415 — 795.00 F780, FX c 40–400 LX1FX• F800 50/60 LX4F8• e — — FW FW — MW MW — QW QW QW — — 725.00 c LC1F780 contactors operate on 2 coils as a set. The LX1FX part number includes both coils. d The 600 V coils for the F400, F500 and F630 do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits. If required, select appropriate contacts from page 18-8. e Also requires rectifier DR5TE4U for 110–240 V coils, DR5TE4S for 380–440 V coils. See Table 18.64 for pricing. f Coil circuit requires a separately mounted rectifier. Order from Table 18.64. g Complete the catalog number by adding the suffix (for example, LX1FF024). Application Note on Contactor Drop-out Times: Contactors using LX1, FH, FJ, FK, FL, and FX coils have longer drop-out times. For critical applications such as emergency stop functions: • • • Select a fast drop-out coil (LX9), or Use a maintained contact Stop button, or Use an interposing relay. TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-17 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-40 to 18-47 18-18 I12 Discount Schedule Table 18.64: Coil LX9F•910 LX9F•917 LX9F•925 LX9F•926 LX9F•931 LX9F•936 LX9F•937 LX9F•938 Rectifier Table Rectifier Catalog Number DR5TF4V DR5TF4V DR5TE4U DR5TE4U DR5TE4U DR5TE4S DR5TE4S DR5TE4S $ Price 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactor Repair Parts TeSys™ D, and Old D2 DC Coils Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us For Old D2 LP1D09, D12, D18 ac Rated Nominal Voltage V Catalog Number Catalog Number Wide Range 12 21b 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 600 LX4D2JD LX4D2ZD LX4D2BD LX4D2CD LX4D2ED LX4D2ND LX4D2SD LX4D2FD LX4D2GD LX4D2MD LX4D2UD LX4D2RD LX4D2XD LX4D2JW — LX4D2BW LX4D2CW LX4D2EW — LX4D2SW LX4D2FW — LX4D2MW — — — Table 18.67: $ Price ced a ep l R k— ducts c o t o e d S ys P r t i L i m y T eS b 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 79.00 For Old D2 LP1D40, D50, D65 ac Rated Nominal Voltage V Catalog Number Catalog Number Wide Range 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 600 LX4D6JD LX4D6BD LX4D6CD LX4D6ED LX4D6ND LX4D6SD LX4D6FD LX4D6GD LX4D6MD LX4D6UD LX4D6RD LX4D6XD LX4D6JW LX4D6BW LX4D6CW LX4D6EW — LX4D6SW LX4D6FW — LX4D6MW — — — ce a l p Re ts — k toc roduc S ited Sys P m i L Te by Specifications Table 18.66: 12 21 b 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 600 124.00 124.00 124.00 Specifications 9W 80–110% of nominal voltage 11 W 70–125% of nominal voltage For Old D2 LP1D25, D32 ac Rated Nominal Voltage V d Table 18.68: Catalog Number Catalog Number Wide Range $ Price LX4D4JD LX4D4ZD LX4D4BD LX4D4CD LX4D4ED LX4D4ND LX4D4SD LX4D4FD LX4D4GD LX4D4MD LX4D4UD LX4D4RD LX4D4XD LX4D4JW — LX4D4BW LX4D4CW LX4D4EW — LX4D4SW LX4D4FW — LX4D4MW — — — 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 d ace l p Re ts — k toc roduc S ited eSys P m i L T by Specifications Average consumption 11 W 13 W Operating range at 80–110% of nominal 70–125% of nominal < 55 °C / 131 °F voltage voltage a For old style contactors where the catalog number includes the auxiliary contact arrangement (for example, LP1D2510). The new style TeSys DC controlled contactors (for example, LC1D25BD) do not have replaceable coils. b For use in 24 V applications with serial timer modules. Refer to page 18-10. c No replacement DC coils for TeSys D contactors. TeSys DC Coil Specifications Average consumption Operating range Inrush 5.4 W 70–125% @ 60oC Sealed 5.4 W Inrush 19 W LCID••A 75–125% @ 60oC Sealed 7.4 W Low consumption Inrush 2.4 W LC1D09-D32, 70–125% @ 60oC LC1DT20–LC1DT40 Sealed 2.4 W Note: DC coils for LC1D09–D32, LC1DT20–LC1DT40, and LCID••A contactors are not replaceable. LC1D09-D32, LC1DT20–LC1DT40 Average consumption Operating range at < 55 °C /131 °F 22 W 80–110% of nominal voltage 23 W 75–120% of nominal voltage For Old D2 LP1D80 and LC1D80a Rated Nominal Voltage V Catalog Number Catalog Number Wide Range d 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 600 LX4D7JD LX4D7BD LX4D7CD LX4D7ED LX4D7ND LX4D7SD LX4D7FD LX4D7GD LX4D7MD LX4D7UD LX4D7RD LX4D7XD LX4D7JW LX4D7BW LX4D7CW LX4D7EW — LX4D7SW LX4D7FW — LX4D7MW — — — $ Price 134.00 134.00 134.00 Specifications Average consumption 22 W 23 W Operating range 80–110% 70–120% at < 55 °C / 131 °F nominal voltage nominal voltage d Wide range coils cannot be used with contactors using both front- and side-mounting auxiliaries. Table 18.69: For TeSys D LC1D115, 150 Rated Nominal Voltage V Catalog Number 24 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LX4D8BD LX4D8ED LX4D8ND LX4D8SD LX4D8FD LX4D8GD LX4D8MD LX4D8UD LX4D8RD Average Consumption Operating range at < 55 °C / 131 °F $ Price 78.00 78.00 Inrush 365 W, Sealed 5 W 70%–120% of nominal voltage TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6 TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16 TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I12 Discount Schedule IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Average consumption Operating range at –55 °C / 131 °F $ Price 18-19 18 Table 18.65: Contactor Repair Parts TeSys™ F DC Coils Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys F DC Coils LX4 coils are the standard coils when a voltage code is added to the part number. The LX9 coils may be ordered separately for special applications. LX9 coils do not include a built-in normally open holding circuit contact; a separate auxiliary contact block with a N.O. contact should be added to the contactor. Both the LX4 and LX9 coils can be used on previous F-line devices. Table 18.70: Device Type LX4 Coils for LC1F115, F150, F185, F265, F400, F500, F630, F780, F800 • Catalog Number 24 V • • • • • • • • • • • F115, F150 F185, F225 F265, F330 36V 48 V 60 V 72 V Catalog Number Suffix 110 V 125 V 18 LX4FF 024 035 048 060 070 110 125 LX4FG 024 035 048 060 070 110 125 024 035 048 060 070 110 125 LX4FH LX4FJ — — 048 060 070 110 125 F400 LX9FJ c — — 918 — — 926 927 — — 048 060 070 110 125 LX4FK F500 LX9FK c — — 918 — — 926 927 — — 048 060 070 110 125 LX4FL F630 — — 918 — — 926 927 LX9FK c F780 LX4FX a — — — — — 110 125 F800 LX4F8 b — — — — — FW FW a LC1F780 contactors operate on 2 coils as a set. The LX4FX part number includes both coils. b Also requires rectifier DR5TE4U, $72.00 list price. c Coil circuit requires a separately mounted resistor. Order from Table 18.71 below. Table 18.71: 220 V 250 V 440 V 220 220 220 220 932 220 932 220 932 220 MW 250 250 250 250 — 250 — 250 — 250 — 440 440 440 440 938 440 938 440 938 440 QW $ Price 78.00 108.00 138.00 287.00 287.00 360.00 360.00 398.00 398.00 795.00 725.00 LX9 Coils and Resistors IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Coil Resistor Catalog Number LX9FJ918 LX9FJ926 LX9FJ927 LX9FJ932 LX9FJ938 DR2SC0047 DR2SC0030 DR2SC0390 DR2SC1200 DR2SC4700 Qty. Required $ Price 1 1 1 1 1 13.70 13.80 13.70 13.70 13.70 Coil Resistor Catalog Number Qty. Required LX9FK918 LX9FK926 LX9FK927 LX9FK932 LX9FK938 DR2SC0039 DR2SC0220 DR2SC0330 DR2SC1000 DR2SC3300 1 1 1 1 1 $ Price 13.70 13.70 13.70 13.70 13.70 Coil Resistor Catalog Number Qty. Required LX9FL918 LX9FL925 LX9FL926 LX9FL931 LX9FL937 DR2SC0047 DR2SC0270 DR2SC0330 DR2SC1000 DR2SC3900 2 2 2 2 2 $ Price 13.70 13.70 13.70 13.70 13.70 TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-5, 18-7 TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16 TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-18, 18-18, 18-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-42 to 18-47 18-20 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosed Starters TeSys™ D in Metal Enclosures Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys D enclosed full-voltage starters are available in Type 1 and Type 12/3R enclosures through 50 hp at 460 V. The enclosed D-line accepts standard D-Line accessories and all Insta-Kits™ control units and control power transformer kits. Standard capacity control power transformers with built-in fuse block can be installed in the standard enclosure. For extra capacity, please refer to your local distributor or Schneider Electric sales office. Table 18.72: Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 1 Phase 3 Phase 115 230 200 V 230 V 460 V 575V 0.333 1 2 3 3 5 5 7.5 10 15 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 12 20 30 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 15 20 30 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 40 40 60 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 Table 18.73: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auxiliary Contacts On Each Contactor 200V 230 V 460 V 575 V N.O. N.C. 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 12 20 30 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 15 20 30 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 40 40 60 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 65 80 LE1D093A62 O G 7 1 07 Wiring Method Control Power Transformer f Contactor/Starter Coil Voltage g Coil Frequency h Overload Relay Type j Overload Relay Range i fControl Power Transformer Add price from page 18-23. Select letter for primary voltage of CPT: No Transformer used 208 240 480 600 Code Oa L M T X a Letter O, not zero. Note: If control transformer is used, the only options available are 24 or 120 V as the secondary of the transformer. Also, DC voltages are not available when control power transformer is used. gContactor/Starter Coil Voltage Select coil voltage from table: Voltage 24 120 208 240 480 AC B G L U T X DC B — — — — — 600 Frequency Select: 7 = dual frequency coils (50/60 Hz.) 6 = 60 Hz. D=DC Note: For 9 to 65 A contactors, only dual frequency coils are available; 80 A contactors, the 24–240 V coils are dual frequency only (50/60 Hz.). The 480–600 V coils are 60 Hz. only. See catalog 8502CT9901 for other restrictions. jOverload 109. 137. 153. 170. 191. 273. 300. 393. 473. $ Price LE2D093A62••••• LE2D123A62••••• LE2D183A62••••• LE2D253A62••••• LE2D323A62••••• LE2D403A62••••• LE2D503A62••••• LE2D653A62••••• LE2D803A62••••• Table 18.75: Base Catalog Number hCoil LE1D093A62••••• LE1D123A62••••• LE1D183A62••••• LE1D253A62••••• LE1D323A62••••• LE1D403A62••••• LE1D503A62••••• LE1D653A62••••• LE1D803A62••••• Current Rating Catalog Number of Contactor Type 1 Catalog Number Nomenclature Catalog Number Example: Voltage $ Price Type 12/3R LE1D093A72••••• LE1D123A72••••• LE1D183A72••••• LE1D253A72••••• LE1D323A72••••• LE1D403A72••••• LE1D503A72••••• LE1D653A72••••• LE1D803A72••••• 175. 202. 219. 235. 245. 393. 420. 514. 610. Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 3 Phase Table 18.74: 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 65 80 Catalog Number Code 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 12 13 14 16 18 21 Catalog Number $ Price Type 12/3R 305. 355. 385. 415. 464. 655. 710. 900. 1248. LE2D093A72••••• LE2D123A72••••• LE2D183A72••••• LE2D253A72••••• LE2D323A72••••• LE2D403A72••••• LE2D503A72••••• LE2D653A72••••• LE2D803A72••••• 382. 453. 483. 513. 573. 819. 874. 1030. 1412. iOverload Relay Range (Select code from the table below) Range For use on Contactors D09–D32b D09–D32b D09–D32b D09–D32b D09–D32b D09–D32b D09–D32b D09–D32 D09–D32 D09–D32 D40, D50, D65 D09–D32 D12–D32 D40, D50, D65 D18–D32 D25–D32b D25–D32c D80 D40, D50, D65 D25–D32c D25–D32 D40, D50, D65 D40, D50, D65 D40, D50, D65 D80 D80 D80 D80 D65–D80 D65–D80 D40, D50, D65 $ Price Adder 0.1–0.16 60. 0.16–0.25 60. 0.25–0.40 60. 0.40–0.63 60. 0.63–1.0 60. 1.0–1.6 60. 1.6–2.5 60. 2.5–4 60. 4–6 60. 5.5–8 60. 9–13 107. 7–10 62. 9–13 62. 12–18 107. 12–18 62. 62. 16–24 17–25 62. 22 17–25 107. 25 17–25 107. 30 23-28 73. 32 23–32 73. 32 23–32 107. 40 30–40 107. 50 37–50 107. 53 30–38 107. 55 30–40 107. 57 37–50 107. 59 48–65 107. 61 55–70 107. 63 63–80 107. 65 48–65 107. b Available for Class 10 only. c Available for Class 20 only. Note: If no overload relay is required, leave this portion of the catalog blank. Add appropriate price adder to the base price of the starter. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-48 relay type Select: 0 = No overload relay 1 = Class 10 Trip 2 = Class 20 Trip © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 1 2 2 3 3 5 7.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 $ Price 18-21 18 0.5 Auxiliary Contacts Current Rating Catalog Number of Contactor N.O. N.C. Type 1 Enclosed Combination Starters TeSys™ D Fusible Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us IEC combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection in one convenient compact package. All devices provide Type 2 Coordination through 30 hp at 460 V. Devices are available in Type 1 and Type 12/3R enclosures. The IEC combination starter line accepts standard TeSys D accessories and all Insta-Kits™ pilot devices and control power transformer kits. Standard capacity control power transformers with built-in fuse block can be installed in the standard enclosure. For extra capacity, please refer to your local distributor or nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office. NOTE: Use tables and notes from page 18-21 to complete the catalog numbers. Table 18.76: Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Fusible Combination Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) Fuse Clip Rating 3 Phase 200 V 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 230 V 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 18 Table 18.77: 460 V 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 575 V 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 Amperes 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 60 A 60 A Fuse Clip Rating 3 Phase IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 230 V 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 Table 18.78: 460 V 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 575 V 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 Amperes 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 60 A 60 A 230 V 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 460 V 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 575 V 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 230 V 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 460 V 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 575 V 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 230 V 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 460 V 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 575 V 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 426. 468. 484. 500. 653. 708. Type 12/3R LE1D096B72••••• LE1D126B72••••• LE1D186B72••••• LE1D256B72••••• LE1D326C72••••• LE1D406C72••••• $ Price 551. 592. 607. 623. 829. 877. Aux. Contacts Each Contactor N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Rating of Contactor 9 12 18 25 32 40 Catalog Number $ Price Type 1 LE2D096B62••••• LE2D126B62••••• LE2D186B62••••• LE2D256B62••••• LE2D326C62••••• LE2D406C62••••• 712. 778. 808. 833. 1089. 1179. Catalog Number Type 12/3R LE2D096B72••••• LE2D126B72••••• LE2D186B72••••• LE2D256B72••••• LE2D326C72••••• LE2D406C72••••• $ Price 837. 915. 950. 980. 1281. 1371. Circuit Breaker Maximum Current Rating Current Rating of Contactor 15 A 15 A 30 A 30 A 50 A 50 A 9 12 18 25 32 40 Catalog Number $ Price Type 1 LE1D097D62••••• LE1D127D62••••• LE1D187E62••••• LE1D257E62••••• LE1D327F62••••• LE1D407F62••••• 569. 622. 647. 668. 870. 944. Catalog Number Type 12/3R LE1D097D72••••• LE1D127D72••••• LE1D187E72••••• LE1D257E72••••• LE1D327F72••••• LE1D407F72••••• $ Price 730. 789. 808. 834. 1088. 1179. N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Circuit Breaker Maximum Current Rating Current Rating of Contactor 15 A 15 A 30 A 30 A 50 A 50 A 9 12 18 25 32 40 Catalog Number $ Price Type 1 LE2D097D62••••• LE2D127D62••••• LE2D187E62••••• LE2D257E62••••• LE2D327F62••••• LE2D407F62••••• 836. 944. 1010. 1075. 1403. 1522. Catalog Number Type 12/3R LE2D097D72••••• LE2D127D72••••• LE2D187E72••••• LE2D257E72••••• LE2D327F72••••• LE2D407F72••••• $ Price 972. 1096. 1174. 1251. 1631. 1770. N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Rating of Contactor 9 12 18 25 32 40 Catalog Number Type 1 LE1D096A62••••• LE1D126A62••••• LE1D186A62••••• LE1D256A62••••• LE1D326A62••••• LE1D406A62••••• $ Price 416. 458. 474. 490. 643. 698. Catalog Number Type 12/3R LE1D096A72••••• LE1D126A72••••• LE1D186A72••••• LE1D256A72••••• LE1D326A72••••• LE1D406A72••••• $ Price 541. 532. 597. 613. 819. 867. Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Non-Fused Combination Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) Aux. Contacts Each Contactor 3 Phase 200 V 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auxiliary Contacts 3 Phase Table 18.81: Type 1 LE1D096B62••••• LE1D126B62••••• LE1D186B62••••• LE1D256B62••••• LE1D326C62••••• LE1D406C62••••• Catalog Number Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Non-Fused Combination Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 200 V 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auxiliary Contacts Each Contactor 3 Phase Table 18.80: 9 12 18 25 32 40 $ Price Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Circuit Breaker Combination Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 200 V 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 UL Class CC CC J J J J Auxiliary Contacts 3 Phase Table 18.79: N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog Number Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Circuit Breaker Combination Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 200 V 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Rating of Contactor Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Fusible Combination Starters Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 200 V 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 UL Class CC CC J J J J Auxiliary Contacts 230 V 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 460 V 5 7.5 10 15 20 30 575 V 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Rating of Contactor 9 12 18 25 32 40 Catalog Number Type 1 LE2D096A62••••• LE2D126A62••••• LE2D186A62••••• LE2D256A62••••• LE2D326A62••••• LE2D406A62••••• $ Price 702. 768. 798. 823. 1079. 1169. Catalog Number Type 12/3R LE2D096A72••••• LE2D126A72••••• LE2D186A72••••• LE2D256A72••••• LE2D326A72••••• LE2D406A72••••• $ Price 827. 905. 940. 970. 1271. 1361. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-48 18-22 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosed Combination Starters Enclosure Modifications/Insta-Kits™/Overload Relay Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Factory Modifications and Insta-Kits™ Selection Add the factory modification code to the end of the catalog number created from page 18-21. With the use of Insta-Kits™, only one operator scheme is allowed. Only the combinations of operators and pilot lights shown below can be ordered. L2 13 OLR 95 96 B Pilot lights will be at the coil voltage indicated in the catalog number for the starter. M Table 18.82: 14 Start/Stop Control Units Only For-Rev-Stop Push Button Start/Stop Push Button I/O (Start/Stop) Push Button I/O Push Button (double touch) Emergency Stop Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch On/Off Selector Switch Start/Mushroom Head Stop Push Button Pilot Lights only LED Pilot light, 24, 120 or 240 V Green-Red Pilot Light, Direct Supply, 24 or 120 V b Green-Red Transformer Pilot Light, 120, 208/240, 480 or 600 V b Available Combination of Control Units and Pilot Lights Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch w/24, 120, or 240 V LED Pilot Light Start/Stop Push Button w/ 24, 120 or 240 V LED Pilot Light On/Off Selector w/ 24, 120 or 240 V LED Pilot Light Start/Stop Push Button w/ Green-Red Transformer Pilot Light Start/Stop Push Button w/Green-Red Pilot Light Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch w/Green-Red Pilot Light Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch w/Green-Red Transformer Pilot Light On/Off Selector w/Green-Red Pilot Light On/Off Selector w/Green-Red Transformer Pilot Light L2 ON X1 X2 OLR B 95 96 PL 1 23 4 A 61 M 62 X1 X2 PL On-Off Selector Switch L1 L2 OFF X1 HAND AUTO 3 4 3 PL X2 95 96 M 4 61 62 X1 PL X2 Remote by Customer Connection HOA Selector Switch L1 L2 L3 13 M A 14 98 96 97 95 T2 Table 18.83: T3 D-Line AC Magnetic Starter 2-3 Poll d L1 L2 L3 21 + 21 + B R A 95 98 96 A06L A06G N/A A06I N/A A06E A06D A06X 131. 65. — 83. — 65. 65. 65. LA9CA06LT LA9CA06GT N/A LA9CA06IO N/A LA9CA06ET LA9CA06DT LA9CA06XT 71.00 32.80 — 41.50 — 32.80 41.50 63.00 A16S A06S 134. 112. LA9CA16STd LA9CA06STd 66.00 62.00 A06F 207. LA9CA06FTd 113.00 A16U 213. LA9CA16UTd 177.00 A16V 213. LA9CA16VTd 177.00 A16W 213. LA9CA16WTd 177.00 A06N 177. LA9CA06NTd 95.00 A06V A06U 177. 273. LA9CA06VT LA9CA06UT 95.00 97.00 A06J 273. LA9CA06JTd 147.00 A06W A06H 177. 273. LA9CA06WT LA9CA06HTd 95.00 147.00 Insta-Kits™ Selection Voltage Codes for Pilot Lights 24 120 208/240 480 600 Code B G M T X Table 18.85: Voltage Codes for Control Power Transformers 120 208 240 480 600 208 240 24 480 600 T X 120 + Secondary Voltage Code 97 $ Price Voltage (Vac) Primary Voltage 22 + 22 Insta-Kits (for field installation) Total VA Insta-Kits™ Catalog Number $ Price 50 LA9TFD32d 140.00 100 LA9TFD80d 246.00 150 LA9TFD15d 343.00 Complete the part number for the Insta-Kits™ by selecting the voltage code from the appropriate tables below. Table 18.84: B F A $ Price Control Power Transformer Standard VA, 2 Fuses in Primary, 1 Fuse in Secondary A206P 260. c — 50 VA extra, 2 Fuses in Primary, 1 Fuse in Secondary A207P 456. c — 100 VA extra, 2 Fuses in Primary, 1 Fuse in Secondary A208P 634. c — a Add these forms to the catalog number selected on page 18-21. The numbers as shown are for use in NEMA 1 Enclosures. For uses in NEMA 12/3R change the 6 to a 7 (ex A06U becomes A07U). Price remains the same. The change DOES NOT apply to control power transformer forms. b Pilot lights are wired such that the light is on when the contactor is energized. For non-LED type pilot lights, a green lens is installed on the unit when shipped. A red lens is included for use as applicable. c Select Insta-Kits™ from table below. B T1 Factory Modification Codea Description L1 OFF Factory Modifications E D C B A L M "C" T1 T2 T3 D-Line AC Magnetic Reversing Starter 3-Pole © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule 18-23 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS START STOP 1 23 4 A 18 L1 Contactors TeSys™ K 3-Pole Non-Reversing Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Non-Reversing Mini-Contactors Table 18.86: AC Operating Coils Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1Ø Maximum Current Auxiliary Contacts Type of Connection 3Ø Inductive Resistive AC1 (A) 115 V hp 230 V hp 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp AC3 (A) 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 6 15 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 9 20 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 10 12 20 Screw-clamp LC1K09● Table 18.87: Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 1 — 1 — 1 — — 1 — 1 — 1 $ Price LC1K0610 a b LC1K0601 ab LC1K0910 ab LC1K0901 ab LC1K1210 ab LC1K1201 ab 57. 57. 75. 75. 86. 86. Coil Voltage Codes for AC Contactors Up to and including 240 V coil with integral suppression device available. Add 2 to the code required (for example, J72). Price adder $10.00. Vac 50/60 Hz 12 24 42 48 110 120 127 200/ 208 220/ 230 230 230/ 240 277 380/ 400 400/ 415 440 480 660/ 690 Code J7 B7 D7 E7 F7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7 UE7 Q7 N7 R7 T7 Y7 18 Table 18.88: DC Operating Coils IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 6 15 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 9 20 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 10 12 20 Screw-clamp a 1 — 1 — 1 — LP1K0610 ab LP1K0601 ab LP1K0910 ab LP1K0901 ab LP1K1210 ab LP1K1201 ab — 1 — 1 — 1 75. 75. 92. 92. 106. 106. See Table 18.89: For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K06103G7). For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K09105B7). For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K12107M7). Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7). b Table 18.89: Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors Coil with integral suppression device available. Add 3 to the code required (for example, JD3). Price adder $10.00 a Vdc Code 3 W inrush. a 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 200 220 230 240 250 JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD LD MD MPD MUD UD , Table 18.90: DC–Low Consumption Operating Coils (devices have built-in transient suppression) LP4K09● 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 6 15 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 9 20 Screw-clamp 1.5 3 3 7.5 10 12 20 Screw-clamp 0.5 a b LR2K0316 E164862 CCN NLDX (screw terminals) LR43364 Class 3211 04 E164862 CCN NLDX2 (slip-on & solder-pin terminals) 18-24 — 1 — 1 — 1 LP4K0610 LP4K0601 LP4K0910 LP4K0901 LP4K1210 LP4K1201 ab ab ab ab ab ab 92. 92. 110. 110. 126. 126. See Table 18.91: For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K06103G7). For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K09105B7). For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K12107M7). Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7). Table 18.91: a 1 — 1 — 1 — Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors—Low Consumption a Vdc 12 24 48 72 Code JW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 1.8 inrush sealed. Table 18.92: Overload Relays for 3-Pole Contactors with Screw-Clamp Terminals Class 10, Relay setting range–A Catalog Number 0.1 to 0.16 0.16 to 0.23 0.23 to 0.36 0.36 to 0.54 0.54 to 0.8 0.8 to 1.2 1.2 to 1.8 1.8 to 2.6 2.6 to 3.7 3.8 to 5.5 5.5 to 8 8 to 11.5 10 to 14 LR2K0301 LR2K0302 LR2K0303 LR2K0304 LR2K0305 LR2K0306 LR2K0307 LR2K0308 LR2K0310 LR2K0312 LR2K0314 LR2K0316 LR2K0321 $ Price 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. 59. LR2K overload relays: • • • • • • AC or DC protection Ambient compensated bimetallic Class 10 Single phase sensitivity Manual or auto reset Full load current dial Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-27 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-49 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactors TeSys™ K 3-Pole Reversing Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us 3-Pole Reversing Mini-Contactors AC Operating Coils Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1Ø Maximum Current 3Ø 115V hp 230V hp 200V hp 230V hp 460V hp 575V hp 0.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 Inductive Resistive AC3 AC1 A A Auxiliary Contacts Type of Connection 6 15 Screw-clamp 5 9 20 Screw-clamp 10 12 20 Screw-clamp LC2K09107 Vac 50/60 Hz Code Table 18.95: 12 24 42 48 110 120 127 J7 B7 D7 E7 F7 G7 FC7 200/ 208 L7 220/ 230 M7 230 P7 1.5 1.5 3 3 6 15 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 9 20 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 10 12 20 Screw-clamp 12 JD 20 ZD 24 BD 36 CD 48 ED 60 ND 72 SD 100 KD 110 FD 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 6 15 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 9 20 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 10 12 20 Screw-clamp a b 130. 130. 167. 167. 191. 191. 230/ 240 U7 380/ 400 Q7 277 UE7 400/ 415 N7 440 480 R7 T7 660/ 690 Y7 1 — 1 — 1 — LP2K0610 ab LP2K0601 ab LP2K0910 ab LP2K0901 ab LP2K1210 ab LP2K1201 ab — 1 — 1 — 1 167. 167. 202. 202. 232. 232. 125 GD 200 LD 220 MD 230 MPD 240 MUD 250 UD DC–Low Consumption Operating Coils (devices have built-in transient suppression) 0.5 Table 18.98: LC2K0610 ab LC2K0601 ab LC2K0910 ab LC2K0901 ab LC2K1210 ab LC2K1201 ab Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors Coil with integral suppression device available. Add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3. Price adder $20.00. Vdc Code Table 18.97: — 1 — 1 — 1 DC Operating Coils 1.5 LP2K0910 1 — 1 — 1 — $ Price Coil Voltage Codes for AC Contactors Up to and including 240 V coil with integral suppression device available. Add 2 to the code required. Example: J72. Price adder $20.00. 0.5 Table 18.96: N.C. 1 — 1 — 1 — — 1 — 1 — 1 LP5K0610 ab LP5K0601 ab LP5K0910 ab LP5K0901 ab LP5K1210 ab LP5K1201 ab 202. 202. 238. 238. 274. 274. Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors—Low Consumption Vdc 12 24 48 Code JW3 BW3 EW3 For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP2K09103BD). For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP5K09105BW3). For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC2K06107B7). Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7). 72 SW3 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-24 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-27 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-49 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule 18-25 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.94: Catalog Number N.O. 18 Table 18.93: Contactors TeSys™ K 4-Pole Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 Table 18.99: AC Operating Coils Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1Ø 115 V hp www.schneider-electric.us Maximum Current 3Ø 230 V hp Inductive Resistive AC3 AC1 (A) (A) Type of Connection 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp 2 3 5 5 9 15 Screw-clamp 10 12 20 5 10 9 12 20 20 Power Poles Catalog Number $ Price N.O. N.C. Screw-clamp 4 2 4 — 2 — LC1K09004 ab LC1K09008 ab LC1K12004 ab 75. 81. 86. Screw-clamp Screw-clamp 4 4 — — LC2K09004 ab LC2K12004 ab 167. 191. 4-Pole Mini Contactor 0.5 LC2K090045 1.5 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 Table 18.100: Coil Voltage Codes for AC Contactors Up to and including 240 V coil with integral suppression device available. Add 2 to the code required. Example: J72. Price adder $10.00 ($20.00 for mechanically interlocked contactors) Vac 50/60 Hz Code 12 J7 24 B7 42 D7 48 E7 110 F7 120 G7 127 200/208 220/230 FC7 L7 M7 230 P7 230/ 240 277 380/400 400/415 U7 UE7 Q7 N7 440 R7 480 T7 660/690 Y7 Table 18.101: DC Operating Coils 18 4-Pole Mini Contactor IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Screw-clamp 4 2 4 — 2 — LP1K09004 ab LP1K09008 ab LP1K12004 ab 92. 98. 106. Screw-clamp Screw-clamp 4 4 — — LP2K09004 ab LP2K12004 ab 202. 232. 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 5 9 15 Screw-clamp 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 10 12 20 4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 5 10 9 12 20 20 Table 18.102: Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors Coil with integral suppression device available. Add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3. Price adder $10.00 ($20.00 for mechanically interlocked contactors) Vdc 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 200 220 230 240 250 Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD LD MD MPD MUD UD Table 18.103: DC–Low Consumption Operating Coils (devices have built-in transient suppression) 4-Pole Mini Contactor 0.5 Screw-clamp 4 2 4 — 2 — LP4K09004 ab LP4K09008 ab LP4K12004 ab 110. 116. 126. Screw-clamp Screw-clamp 4 4 — — LP5K09004 ab LP5K12004 ab 238. 274. Vdc 12 24 48 Code JW3 BW3 EW3 For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K09103L7). For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP4K06015JW3). For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP2K090047BD). Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7). 72 SW3 1.5 2 3 5 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors 0.5 1.5 2 3 5 0.5 1.5 3 3 7.5 5 9 15 Screw-clamp 10 12 20 5 10 9 12 20 20 Table 18.104: Coil Voltages for DC Contactors—Low Consumption a b Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-24 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-27 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-49 18-26 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Contactors and Accessories TeSys™ K Contactors and Accessories Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.105: Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor and 2 blocks per pair of mechanically interlocked contactors. Auxiliary Contacts Type of connection LA1KN11 N.O. 2 — 1 4 Screw clamp 3 2 1 — 2 — 1 4 Slip-on 1 x 0.250 in. or 2 x 0.110 in. 3 2 1 — a Block of 4 contacts cannot be used with LP4K or LP5K contactors. Catalog Number N.C. — 2 1 — 1 2 3 4 — 2 1 — 1 2 3 4 $ Price LA1KN20 LA1KN02 LA1KN11 LA1KN40 a LA1KN31 a LA1KN22 a LA1KN13 a LA1KN04 a LA1KN207 LA1KN027 LA1KN117 LA1KN407 a LA1KN317 a LA1KN227 a LA1KN137a LA1KN047 a 14.20 14.20 14.20 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 14.20 14.20 14.20 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 Table 18.106: Electronic Time Delay Auxiliary Contact Blocks Timing Range (S) Type 24–48 Vac or Vdc On-delay 1–30 110–240 Vac On-delay 1–30 Note: Relay outputs, with single pole double throw, 240 Vac/Vdc, 2 A max. Maximum switching capacity 250 VA / 150 W Operating temperature: –10 to + 60°C (14 to 140°F) Reset time: 1.5 s during time delay, 0.5 after time delay Contacts Catalog Number $ Price SPDT SPDT LA2KT2E LA2KT2U 32.80 32.80 Table 18.107: Suppressor Module with Incorporated LED Indicator Clip-on front mounting $ Price each 12–24 Vac/Vdc Varistor 5 LA4KE1B b 9.80 32–48 Vac/Vdc Varistor 5 LA4KE1E b 9.80 50–129 Vac/Vdc Varistor 5 LA4KE1FC b 9.80 130–250 Vac/Vdc Varistor 5 LA4KE1UG b 9.80 12–24 Vdc Diode + Zener 5 LA4KC1B c 9.80 32–48 Vdc Diode + Zener 5 LA4KC1E c 9.80 220–250 Vac RC 5 LA4KA1U d 9.80 b Protection by limitation of the transient voltage to 2 Uc maximum. Maximum reduction of the transient voltage peaks. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1–1.5 times normal). c No overvoltage or oscillation frequency. Polarized component. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1–1.5 times normal). d Protection by limitation of the transient voltage to 3 Uc maximum and limitation of the oscillation frequency. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.2 times normal). Voltage range LA2KT2U Type Table 18.108: Paralleling Links Sold in lots of Catalog Number Table 18.109: Power Connectors Description Sold in lots of Catalog Number For 2 poles with screw-clamp terminals For 4 poles with screw-clamp terminals 4 2 LA9E01 LA9E02 $ Price each 2.20 3.50 $ Price each Description Sold in lots of Catalog Number Set of 6 power connections for reversing contactors with screw-clamp terminals Set of 4 power connections for changeover contactors with screw-clamp terminals 100 LA9K0969 6.20 100 LA9K0970 6.20 Table 18.110: Marking Strips Description Sold in lots of Catalog Number Clips onto front of the contactor 100 LA9D90 $ Price each .06 Table 18.111: Accessories for Overload Relays Description Terminal block for separate clip-on mounting of the overload relay onto 35 mm omega rail (AM1DP200) Type of Connection Catalog Number Screw-clamp LA7K0064 $ Price 11.90 E164862 CCN NLDX LR43364 Class 3211 04 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule 18-27 18 Voltage (V) IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor and 2 blocks per pair of mechanically interlocked contactors. LA1KN22 Motor Starters TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us The TeSys U motor starter is integrated, making it simple to choose and install. It consists of a control unit snapped in a power base. TeSys U can be configured to fit specific applications as well. Optional accessories include a reverser, a current limiter, predictive maintenance options, and communication options. For detailed information about TeSys U, visit our website. 1 Power Base 2 + Function Modules 3 Control Unit TeSys U Motor Starter = Auxiliary Contacts Selecting TeSys U Motor Starters in Three Steps Table 18.112: Step 1. Select Power Base (Only two different bases up to 32 A) 18 Control Connection Max. Current (A) Three Phase (HP max.) 200/208 V 220/240 V Single Phase (HP max.) 460 V 575/600 V IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 12 3 3 7.5 With screw terminations 32 10 10 20 12 3 3 7.5 Without screw terminations 32 10 10 20 • For use with reversng modules or communication modules with prewired connector 10 25 10 25 120 V 240 V 1.5 2 1.5 2 2 5 2 5 Self-Protected Power Base Catalog Number LUB12 LUB32 LUB120• LUB320• $ Price 246.00 345.00 276.00 375.00 Table 18.113: Step 2. Select Control Unit g Standard Advanced Advanced Advanced 3-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price single-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price Class 10 trip e Class 10 trip e Class 10 trip e Class 20 trip e 0.15–0.6 LUCAX6•• 120.00 LUCBX6•• 150.00 LUCCX6•• 150.00 LUCDX6•• 150.00 0.3–1.4 LUCA1X•• 120.00 LUCB1X•• 150.00 LUCC1X•• 150.00 LUCD1X•• 150.00 1.25–5.0 LUCA05•• 120.00 LUCB05•• 150.00 LUCC05•• 150.00 LUCD05•• 150.00 120.00 LUCB12•• 150.00 LUCC12•• 150.00 LUCD12•• 150.00 3–12 LUCA12•• 4.5–18 LUCA18•• 120.00 LUCB18•• 150.00 LUCC18•• 150.00 LUCD18•• 150.00 8–32 LUCA32•• 120.00 LUCB32•• 150.00 LUCC32•• 150.00 LUCD32•• 150.00 e Complete the catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below (for example, LUCAX6FU). f The control unit contains solid-state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U. For more details on the different control units, their functions, and placement on the power base, see 18-29 Setting Range (A) Power Base Table 18.114: Voltage Codes Control Unit Volts 24 48–72 110–240 DC BLg — — AC B — — DC or AC — ESh FU g DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal. h 48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac Table 18.115: Step 3. Select Auxiliary Contacts (optional) Contact State for Each Modea Terminals Auxiliary Contact Contact Indicates Auxiliary Contact Blocks Ready condition Screw Fault condition Ready condition Screw Fault condition Auxiliary Contact Function Modules Contact Normal Status Off Ready Run Short Circuit Trip Overload Trip (Manual Reset) Overload Trip (Remote/ Auto Reset)b N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. O I O O I I I O I I I O O O O I O O O I I I I O Screw Pole state 2 N.O. Screw Pole state 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. O O O I O I I I O O O O I O Screw Pole state 2 N.C. 1 I O I a I indicates closed contact; O indicates open contact b Requires multifunction or advanced control unit plus fault differentiation module LUFDA10. $ Price LUA1C11 LUA1C20 34.5 LUFN20 I I Catalog Number LUFN11 34.5 LUFN02 Table 18.116: Accessories E164862 CCN NLDX LR43364 Class 3211 08 18-28 Accessory Current limiter Reverser Line phase barrier Multifunction control unit Function modules Communication modules Soft starter + Tesys U Powerbus Configuration and connection accessories Quick Description Increases the breaking capacity to 130kA @ 460 V Stacked or side mounted (LU6MB0••• only) Required for use as a self-protected combination starter (UL508E) Has functions for monitoring and predictive maintenance Fault differentiation, thermal overload, motor load indication Integrates into existing networks, major portocols are available Use Altistart U01soft starter with TeSys U Use TeSys U with a prewired system PowerSuite software, busbar, external handle For details & selection, see: Table 18.123 Table 18.119 Table 18.118 Table 18.124 Table 18.125 Table 18.126 Table 18.132 Table 18.128 Table 18.129 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-29 to 18-31 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-50 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control Units TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.117: Control Units and Functions Standard Reference Advanced LUCA LUCB Multifunction LUCC LUCD LUCM IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Protection type Class 10 Class 20 Class 5–30 Single Phase: LUCC Class 10 only Protection functions Short circuit Over current Thermal overload Phase loss Phase imbalance Ground fault Underload, long start, jam Control functions Manual reset Automatic or local/remote reset Fault differentiation Thermal alarm Motor load display Fault history Alarm threshold adjustment Tripping test 18 = built-in the control unit = works with the related function modules (see Table 18.119 on page 30) Power Base and Plug-in Accessories See below where to install accessories on the power base. Only one accessory can be installed in each location. b e j m b j Control Unit or mMultifunction Control Line Phase Barrier Reverser Unit mounts under power base Current Limiter attaches above power base Multifunction Control Unit Control Circuit Contact Block Auxiliary Function or Communication Module Auxiliary Contact Block e Power Base (Front View) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Side View 18-29 Accessories TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.118: Line Phase Barrier (optional) a Catalog Number LU9SP0 Description Line Phase Barrier Incoming line phase barrier to allow the TeSys U to be used as a self protected combination starter according to UL508E a See page 18-29 for placement on the power base. $ Price 15.00 Table 18.119: Reverser Max. Current (A) Control Connection Self-Protected Starter Base 200/208 V 220/240 V 460 V 575 V 3 10 3 10 7.5 20 10 25 12 32 With screw terminations b Three Phase (HP max.) Catalog Number LU2B12b LU2B32b $ Price 488.00 720.00 Voltage code required. Table 18.120: Select Control Unit Optionsde Standard Advanced Advanced Advanced 3-phase $ Price 3-phase $ Price single-phase $ Price 3-phase Class 10 trip c Class 10 trip c Class 10 trip c Class 20 trip c 0.15–0.6 LUCAX6•• 120.00 LUCBX6•• 150.00 LUCCX6•• 150.00 LUCDX6•• 120.00 LUCB1X•• 150.00 LUCC1X•• 150.00 LUCD1X•• 0.3–1.4 LUCA1X•• 1.25–5.0 LUCA05•• 120.00 LUCB05•• 150.00 LUCC05•• 150.00 LUCD05•• 3–12 LUCA12•• 120.00 LUCB12•• 150.00 LUCC12•• 150.00 LUCD12•• 120.00 LUCB18•• 150.00 LUCC18•• 150.00 LUCD18•• 4.5–18 c LUCA18•• 120.00 LUCB32•• 150.00 LUCC32•• 150.00 LUCD32•• 8–32 c LUCA32•• c Complete the catalog number by adding the appropriate code from Table 18.121 (for example, LUCAX6FU). d Control units for 4.5–18 and 8–32 can be used only with 32 A rated power bases (LUB32 / LU2B32). e The control unit contains solid-state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U. For more details on the different control units, their functions, and placement on the power base see page 18-29. Setting Range (A) 18 Reverser Unit Assembled under the Power Base $ Price 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.121: Voltage Codes f g h Volts 24 DC BLfg AC B DC or AC — Voltage code to use for a power base with a communication module. DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal. 48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac 48–72 — — ESh 110–240 — — FU Table 18.122: Reversing Modules for Field Addition Mounting Beneath Beside Catalog No. LU2MB0 LU6MB0 $ Price 192.00 222.00 Wiring Adapter LU9MR1C LU9MR1 $ Price 31.50 15.00 Note: For LU2MB0 and LU6MB0, voltage code required; must match control unit. Table 18.123: Current Limiter ij Application Technical Data Mounting Catalog Number $ Price Current limiter/isolator Additional current limiting aspects for the starter Direct mounting to LUB• and LU2B• LUALB1 171.00 Limiter cartridge Replacement cartridge for LUALB1 130 kA at 460 V 60 kA at 575 V 130 kA at 460 V 65 kA at 575 V — LUALF1 78.00 Accessory i j Increases the breaking capacity of the motor starter. See page 18-29 for placement on the power base. Table 18.124: Control Unit Multifunction kl Control Unit Multifunction k l Setting Range (A) Multifunction programmable 0.15–0.6 LUCMX6BL 0.3–1.4 LUCM1XBL 1.25–5.0 LUCM05BL 3–12 LUCM12BL 4.5–18 LUCM18BL 8–32 LUCM32BL Offers motor management system capabilities. For more details see the LUCM on page 18-31. See page 18-29 for placement on the power base. $ Price 615.00 Table 18.125: Function Modules mn Module Alarm Differentiation Parallel Wiring Fault differentiation with manual reset (thermal overload) Fault differentiation with auto reset Thermal overload pre-alarm Description Provides indication between an overload trip and a short circuit trip. Signals when the motor current reaches 1.05 of the full load setting on the control unit. Provides a signal proportional to the average currents in the three phases divided by the full Motor load indication load current setting of the control unit. The output corresponds to a load status of 0–2 times the full load setting of the control unit. Provides a convenient way to reduce control wiring and allow for connecting starters to a Parallel wiring communications network by providing 24 Vdc for the starters. m Offers customization for specific application requirements. n See page 18-29 for placement on the power base. For use with: Operation Requirements Advanced control units only 24–250 Vac or Vdc (power from control unit) Advanced control units only 24–250 Vac or Vdc (power from control unit) Advanced or multi-function control units 4–20 mA (requires separate 24 Vdc power supply) Advanced or multi-function LU9G02 control units(24 Vdc only) box and PLC and LU9BN11C or LU9MRC splitter network prewired connector Catalog Number $ Price LUFDH11 156.00 LUFDA10 156.00 LUFW10 156.00 LUFV2 188.00 LUFC00 57.00 Motor Load Indicator 18-30 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us AS-Interface Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Description Catalog Number $ Price ASILUFC5 188.00 ASILUFC51 188.00 LULC033 218.00 LULC15 218.00 LULC08 218.00 LULC14 218.00 LULC07 218.00 LULC09 218.00 Configuration and Connection Accessories \ Table 18.127: Control Circuit Accessories q Accessory Application Technical Data Mounting Catalog Number $ Price Control circuit contact block Switches control circuit power via LUB• handle (NEC430-74 compliance) 5 A at 600 Vac 5 A at 250 Vdc Side mounting to LUB• and LU2B• only LUA8E20 71.00 Kit LU9APN21 140.00 Use to enclose TeSys LUB• only. NEMA 1, 12 Black w/ trip indication NEMA 1, 12 Red/Yellow w/ trip indication NEMA 3R, 4, 4X Red/Yellow without trip indication Kit LU9APN22 140.00 Kit LU9APN24 161.00 LUA4F11 LUA4F12 GVAPK12 39.30 39.30 19.00 CANopen Through-the-door operating mechanism Use with electronic or triac output controllers Angle bracket Support shaft, for use with LUB• q See page 29 for placement on the power base. Control circuit filters Up to 150 Vac max. Directly to coil terminals — — Non-reversing Reversing Table 18.128: PowerSuite Configuration Software and Accessories Item a Catalog Number PowerSuite software VW3A8104 PC connection kit VW3A8106 Pocket PC connection kit VW3A8111 a For complete details on all components included with each item, refer to catalog 8502CT0201. b Items under discount schedule CP4C. $ Price b 225.00 113.00 143.00 Powerbus Table 18.129: GV2 Cabling Accessories—Bus Bars Description Application For feeding 2 GV2 starters or TeSys U controllers 3-Pole, 63 A Bus Bar For feeding 3 GV2 starters or TeSys U controllers For feeding 4 GV2 starters or TeSys U controllers For feeding 5 GV2 starters or TeSys U controllers Pitch 45 54 72 45 54 45 54 72 Standard Pack 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog Number GV2G245 GV2G254 GV2G272 GV2G345 GV2G354 GV2G445 GV2G454 GV2G472 54 1 GV2G554 $ Price Each 23.30 23.30 23.30 28.70 28.70 34.20 34.20 34.20 34.20 Additional accessories and components are available, including: • • • • Mounting accessories Gateways Cabling accessories Magelis™ remote display unit For the complete line of TeSys U-Line motor starter accessories and all technical details (specifications, wiring diagrams, etc.) pertaining to the product line, refer to Catalog 8502CT0201. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule 18-31 18 Operation For use with: Requirements Advanced or multi-function Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc AS-Interface directly to the network using AS-Interface supply and AS-Interface Communication and LU9BN11C or LU9MRC power protocols. network prewired connector or multi-function Requires separate 24 Vdc Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected Advanced AS-Interface V2 units (24 Vdc only) directly to the network using AS-Interface V2 control supply and AS-Interface Communication and LU9BN11C or LU9MRC power protocols. V2 network prewired connector or multi-function Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected Advanced Modbus™ control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc to the network using Communication Protocol directly and LU9BN11C or LU9MRC power supply Modbus protocols. prewired connector or multi-function Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected to Advanced Advantys™ STB control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc the network using the Advantsys STB Communication and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply protocol prewired connector Advanced or multi-function CANopen Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc Communication the network using the CANopen protocol and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply prewired connector Advanced or multi-function the TeSys Ustarter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc Beckoff Communication Allows the network using the Beckoff protocol and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply prewired connector Advanced or multi-function the TeSys U starter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc Profibus Communication Allows the network using the Profibus protocol and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply prewired connector Advanced or multi-function DeviceNet™ Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only) Requires separate 24 Vdc Communication the network using the Device Net protocol and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply prewired connector o Communication capabilities can be integrated into existing automation architecture via a variety of protocols. p See 18-29 for placement on the power base. Module IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.126: Communication Modules op Soft Starters ATSU01 Altistart™ Drive and TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Altistart Drive and TeSys U Motor Starter Table 18.130: Soft Start / Soft Stop Unit for 0.75 to 15 kW Motors (can be combined with the TeSys U starter) Motor Starter Motor Powera 230 V 460 V HP HP Nominal Current Catalog Number $ Price ATSU01N206LT 133.00 ATSU01N209LT ATSU01N212LT 152.00 175.00 ATSU01N222LT 219.00 ATSU01N232LT 300.00 A 3-phase supply voltage: 200 ... 480 V 50/60 Hz 1 2 6 1.5 3 2 5 9 3 7.5 12 5 10 22 7.5 15 10 20 32 a Standard motor power ratings, HP power ratings indicated according to standard UL 508. Table 18.131: Accessories 18 Description Power connector between ATSU 01N2••LT and TeSys U Used for Starter Catalog Number ATSU01N2••T VW3G4104 $ Price 10.00 Table 18.132: TeSys U Starter and Soft Start Unit Combinations Motor Power TeSys U IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Voltage 200 V ATSU01•• b Soft Starter 460 V Power Base Control Unit b HP HP 1 2 ATSU01N206LT LUC•05BL 1.5 3 ATSU01N206LT LUC•12BL 2 5 ATSU01N209LT LUC•12BL LUB 12 3 — ATSU01N212LT LUC•12BL — 7.5 ATSU01N212LT LUC •18BL 5 10 ATSU01N222LT LUC•18BL 7.5 15 ATSU01N222LT LUC•32BL LUB 32 10 20 ATSU01N232LT LUC•32BL Depending on the configuration of the chosen TeSys U starter, replace the • with A for standard, B for advanced, and M for multifunction. See page 18-28 for a complete list of available control units. Control voltage must be 24 Vdc. E231693 CCN NLDX LR96921 Class 3211 06 18-32 CP1G I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Starters TeSys™ GV2, GV3, and GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us The GV family of products are 3-pole, horsepower rated, UL 508 listed manual starters. They include a manual disconnect, class 10 ambient-compensated thermal overload relay, and instantaneous, magnetic trip mechanism in one compact unit. Any GV manual starter can be used alone for local manual control of a motor with individual full-load currents up to 220 A. The GV products may also be used in group motor installations in accordance with National Electric Code article 430-53. Group motor installations give you greater panel density for smaller size and require fewer parts and less wiring for installation when compared to conventional panel designs. The GV2P and GV3P products also have an additional UL 508 type E rating as a stand-alone, self-protected manual combination starter. The UL 508 type E rating requires the addition of line side insulating barrier GV2GH7 for the GV2P, or GV3G66 for the GV3P. The GV2P and GV3P self-protected manual combination starters may also be combined with specific size contactors from the LC1D product family for a UL 508 Type F combination starter construction. These products have a UL-listed short circuit current rating from 10–100 kA depending on application size and voltage. See the Schneider Electric website for more information. How to Order GV2ME To order a basic motor starter, select the model number (GV2ME••, GV2P••, or GV3P••) with the appropriate thermal setting from the table below. The thermal trip range and setting should be determined from the motor nameplate full-load current. Table 18.133: GV2, GV3 Group Motor Applications 3Ø GV2/3M push button GV2/3P rotary handle 120 V 208 V 240 V 120 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Max. Fuse or Catalog Catalog $ Price $ Price hp hp hp hp hp hp hp hp Circuit Breaker Number Number 0.11–0.16 — — — — — — — — 450 A GV2ME01a 159. GV2P01 212. 0.16–0.25 — — — — — — — — 450 A GV2ME02a 159. GV2P02 212. 0.25–0.40 — — — — — — — — 450 A GV2ME03a 159. GV2P03 212. 0.40–0.63 — — — — — — — — 450 A GV2ME04a 180. GV2P04 233. 0.63–1 — — — — — — — 0.5 450 A GV2ME05a 180. GV2P05 233. 1–1.6 — — 1/10 — — — 0.75 0.75 450 A GV2ME06a 180. GV2P06 233. 1.6–2.5 — 1/6 1/6 — 0.5 0.5 1 1.5 450 A GV2ME07a 180. GV2P07 233. 2.5–4 1/8 0.25 1/3 — 0.75 0.75 2 3 450 A GV2ME08a 180. GV2P08 233. 4–6.3 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 3 5 450 A GV2ME10a 180. GV2P10 233. 6–10 0.5 1 1.5 1 2 3 5 7.5 450 A GV2ME14a 180. GV2P14 233. 9–14 0.75 2 2 2 3 3 10 10 450 A GV2ME16a 224. GV2P16 278. 13–18 1 2 3 2 5 5 10 15 450 A GV2ME20a 224. GV2P20 278. 17–23 1.5 3 3 3 5 7.5 15 20 450 A GV2ME21a 224. GV2P21 278. 20–25 2 — — — 7.5 7.5 15 20 450 A GV2ME22a 224. GV2P22 278. 24–32 2 5 5 5 7.5 10 20 25 450 A GV2ME32 224. GV2P32 278. 9–13 0.5 — 1.5 — 3 3 7.5 10 — — — GV3P13 404. 12–18 0.75 — 2 — 5 5 10 15 — — — GV3P18 404. 17–25 1.5 — 3 — 5 7.5 15 20 — — — GV3P25 404. 23–32 2 — 5 — 7.5 10 20 25 — — — GV3P32 404. 30–40 3 — — — 10 — 25 30 — — — GV3P40 504. 37–50 — — 7.5 — 10 15 30 40 — — — GV3P50 504. 48–65 5 — 10 — 15 20 40 50 — — — GV3P65 504. a For spring terminals add 3 to the catalog number (for example, GV2ME013). GV2ME32 is not available with spring terminals. For ring terminals, add 6. Table 18.134: GV7 Maximum Horsepower Ratings GV3P Thermal Setting (A) 1Ø 115 V 230 V hp hp 12–20 — — 15–25 — — 25–40 — — 30–50 — — 48–80 — — 60–100 — — 90–150 — — 132–220 — — Specifications: page 18-36 Accessories: pages 18-34 to 18-35 Dimensions: pages 18-52 to 18-55 GV7RE20 Toggle Operator 3Ø 200 V hp — — — — — — — — 230 V hp 5 7.5 10 15 30 30 50 75 Standard Interrupt 460 V hp 10 15 30 30 60 75 100 150 575 V hp 15 20 30 40 75 100 150 200 Catalog Number GV7RE20 GV7RE25 GV7RE40 GV7RE50 GV7RE80 GV7RE100 GV7RE150 GV7RE220 High Interrupt $ Price 417. 417. 417. 417. 417. 456. 502. 502. Catalog Number GV7RS20 GV7RS25 GV7RS40 GV7RS50 GV7RS80 GV7RS100 GV7RS150 GV7RS220 $ Price 813. 813. 813. 813. 813. 891. 978. 978. Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Motor protector circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor feeder solutions to provide protection against short circuits, overloads, and phase imbalance. Table 18.135: Two-Device Solutions—Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers with UL Ratings: H-Frame (150A), J-Frame (250 A), and L-Frame (600 A)b (refer to discount schedule DE2) Electronic Trip Unit Type E164864 CCN NLRV LR81630 Class 3211 05 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Full Load G Interrupting J Interrupting Isd Ampere (x FLA) Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Rating (FLA) 30 14-25 5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X 1608. HJL36030M38X 1658. 50 14-42 5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X 1938. HJL36050M38X 1998. H-Frame 100 2.2 M 30-80 5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X 2229. HJL36100M38X 2298. Standardc 150 58-130 5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X 2701. HJL36150M38X 2785. J-Frame 250 114-217 5-13 x FLA JGL36250M38X 3105. JJL36250M38X 3201. 400 190-348 5-13 x FLA LGL36400M38X 6041. LJL36400M38X 6160. L-Frame 2.3 M 600 312-520 5-13 x FLA LGL36600M38X 8429. LJL36600M38X 8604. b Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection): —1 contactor, plus —1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M c The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10, and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection. Sensor Rating Frame Trip Unit . I11 Discount Schedule L Interrupting Cat. No. HLL36030M38X HLL36050M38X HLL36100M38X HLL36150M38X JLL36250M38X LLL36400M38X LLL36600M38X $ Price 1812. 2191. 2506. 3057. 3253. 6468. 9156. 18-33 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS GV2P21 with GV2GH7 installed 1Ø 18 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Thermal Setting (A) Starter Accessories TeSys™ GV2 and GV3 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.136: Voltage Trips Only one trip or fault signaling contact can be installed per GV2/GV3 device. Description Characteristics Voltage Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 48 V 60 Hz 100–110 V 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 110–115 V 60 Hz 120–127 V 50 Hz 127 V 60 Hz Undervoltage or 200 V 50 Hz Voltage trips Shunt trip 200–220 V 60 Hz GV2 & GV3P (external mounting, 50 Hz 1 block right side only) 220–240 V 60 Hz 50 Hz 380–400 V 60 Hz 415–440 V 50 Hz 415 V 60 Hz 440 V 60 Hz 480 V 60 Hz 500 V 50 Hz 600 V 60 Hz a To order an undervoltage trip: replace the bullet ( •) with a U (for example, GVAU025). To order a shunt trip: replace the bullet ( •) with an S (for example, GVAS025). Catalog Numbera GVA•025 GVA•026 GVA•055 GVA•056 GVA•107 GVA•115 GVA•116 GVA•125 GVA•115 GVA•207 GVA•207 GVA•225 GVA•226 GVA•385 GVA•386 GVA•415 GVA•416 GVA•385 GVA•415 24 V GVAU116 $ Price 81.00 18 GVA•505 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.137: Auxiliary Contact Blocks Description GVAE11 Instantaneous auxiliary contacts GV2 + GV3P Fault signaling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact GV2 + GV3P Mounting Location Max. No. of Blocks Frontbg 1 Left Hand Side 2 Left Hand Sided 1 Contact Type Sold in lots of Catalog Number N.O. or N.C.c N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.O. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.O. N.O. (fault) + N.O. N.O. (fault) + N.C. N.C. (fault) + N.O. N.C. (fault) + N.C. 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GVAE1 GVAE11e GVAE20e GVAN11e GVAN20e GVAD1010 GVAD1001 GVAD0110 GVAD0101 21.80 35.70 35.70 35.70 35.70 54.00 54.00 54.00 54.00 GVAM11 35.70 Short circuit signaling contact Left Hand Side 1 SPDT 1 GV2 + GV3P b Mounting of a GVAE contact block or a GV2AK00 visible isolation block on GV2P. c Choice of N.C. or N.O. contact operation, depending on which way the reversible block is mounted. d The GVAD is always mounted next to the starter. e For spring terminals, add 3 to the catalog number (for example, GVAE113). f One trip or one fault signaling can be fitted per GV3. g Cannot be used with GV2GH7 insulator. $ Price Table 18.138: Voltage Trips–Technical Data (GV2AU, GV2AS) Rated Voltage—660 Vac GVAD0101 h Model Inrush Sealed Pick-Up Voltage GVAU 12 VA / 8 W 3.5 VA / 1.1 W 0.8—1.1 GVAS 14 VA / 10.5 W 5 VA / 1.6 W 0.7—1.1 From the loss of voltage at the trip terminals to the opening of the starter contacts. Drop-Out Voltage 0.35—0.7 0.2—0.75 Operating Timeh 10—15 ms 10—15 ms Catalog Number GV3APN01 $ Price 136.00 GV3APN02 136.00 GV3APN04 149.00 GVAPK12 GVAPH03 GV3G264 GV3G364 19.00 30.00 25.00 45.00 GV3P•• GV3G66 18.00 GV3P•• LAD96570 12.00 GV3P•• GV3P••• GV2V03 15.00 Table 18.139: GV3P Accessories Accessory Through-the-door operating mechanism (Qty: 1) Angle bracket (Qty: 1) Hard bracket (Qty: 1) Set of 3-pole 115 A busbars (tap-offs: 2, pitch: 64 mm) Set of 3-pole 115 A busbars (tap-offs: 3, pitch: 64 mm) Cover “Larger Spacing” UL 508 type E (Only one cover required on supply side) IP 20 cover (Two covers required per starter) Padlocking device For use with up to 4 padlocks (not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank maximum Application / Use With NEMA 1, 12, Black with trip indication, for use with GV3P NEMA 1, 12, Red/Yellow, with trip indication, for use with GV3P NEMA 3R, 4, 4X Red/Yellow without trip indication, for use with GV3P Support shaft, for use with GV2P and GV3P — GV3P•• GV3P•• GVAN11 18-34 CP10 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Starter Accessories TeSys™ GV2, GV3, GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.140: Auxiliary Contact Blocks (auxiliary contact functions depends on location inside the device) Description Mounting Location Max. No. of Blocks Contact Type 2 per device N.O. + N.C. 1 per device N.O. + N.C. 1 per device N.O. + N.C. 2 per device N.O. + N.C. 1 per device N.O. + N.C. 1 per device N.O. + N.C. Catalog Number $ Price Standard Instantaneous Trip Indication Inside Device Fault Indication GV7AE11 35.70 GV7AB11 35.70 Low Level Instantaneous Trip Indication Inside Device Fault Indication GV7AC01 Table 18.141: Voltage Trips Max. No. of Blocks Voltage 48 Vac Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Inside Device 1 per device Inside Device 1 per device GV7RE20 GV7AU055 110–130 Vac 50/60 Hz GV7AU107 200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz GV7AU207 380–440/480 Vac 50/60 Hz GV7AU387 525 Vac 50 Hz GV7AU525 48 Vac 50 Hz GV7AS055 110–130 Vac 50/60 Hz GV7AS107 200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz GV7AS207 380–440/480 Vac 50/60 Hz GV7AS387 525 Vac Fault Indication Inside Device 1 per device Catalog Number 50 Hz 50 Hz $ Price 64.00 64.00 GV7AS525 24–130 GV7AD111 110–415 GV7AD112 72.00 Table 18.142: Wiring Accessories Description Catalog Number $ Price GV7AC021 19.70 each Sold in lots of 3 for GV7R•220i GV7AC022 24.90 each Terminal Extension Kit Increases center distance between phases to 45 mm GV7AC03 46.70 Terminal Shroud Kit Covers terminal connections for touch safe protection GV7AC01 41.90 Phase Barriers Provides maximum phase separation at connection points GV7AC04 31.10 Insulating Barriers Provides insulation between connectors and backplate GV7AC05 24.90 Connect to LC1F115–185 contactor GV7AC06 46.70 Connect to LC1F225–265 contactor GV7AC07 46.70 Black rotary operating handle with black legend plate (mounts directly on device) GV7AP03 86.00 Red rotary operating handle with yellow legend plate (mounts directly on device) GV7AP04 86.00 Conversion accessory to mount the device directly on panel door GV7AP05 14.00 Black rotary operating handle with black legend plate and extension kit (185–600 mm) GV7AP01 102.00 Red rotary operating handle with yellow legend plate and extension kit (185–600 mm) GV7AP02 102.00 GV7V01 14.00 Catalog Number $ Price Box Lugs GV7AD111 Application Sold in lots of 3 for GV7R•20–150i Phase Barriers, Bus Bars & Shrouds Busbars and Covers Operating Handles and Accessories GV7AS055 Padlocking device for toggle handle (max. 38 mm padlocks) i GV7AP03 Wire size: GV7AC021 = 14 to 3/0 AWG; GV7AC022 = 14 AWG to 350 kcmil. Table 18.143: Operating Handles For use with GV2, GV3, and TeSys U through-the-door operating mechanisms Accessory Description Operating Handle (Qty: 1) NEMA 1, 12, Black with trip indication GVAPB54 31.00 NEMA 1, 12, Red/Yellow, with trip indication GVAPR54 31.00 NEMA 3R, 4, 4X Red/Yellow without trip indication GVAPR65 37.00 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-52 to 18-55 GVAPB54 GVAPR54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved GV7AC021 GV7V01 I11 GV7AE11 Discount Schedule 18-35 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Mounting Location 18 Description Starter Accessories TeSys™ Manual Starters and Protectors LS1 Fuseholders Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 • • • • • • www.schneider-electric.us 45 mm wide (same dimensions as GV2ME) Available with screw clamp and spring type terminals Mounts directly to LC1D09–D32 contactors (with use of GV2AF3 or GV2AF4) Meets application needs for fusible starter Uses GV2AE instantaneous contact blocks to open control circuits DIN rail mounted Table 18.144: LS1 Fuseholders Description Dimensions Fuse Type in. mm Spring terminals, 3-pole CC, KTK-R 0.41 x 1.5 10.3 x 38 Screw clamp terminals, 3-pole CC, KTK-R 0.41 x 1.5 10.3 x 38 Spring terminals, 3-pole aM, gG 0.39 x 1.5 10 x 38 Screw clamp terminals, 3-pole aM, gG 0.39 x 1.5 10 x 38 Auxiliary main pole adder aM, gG 0.39 x 1.5 10 x 38 a Can be mounted on left-hand or right-hand side of the 3-pole LS1D32 block. Use In Catalog Number US Markets US Markets European Markets European Markets European Markets LS1D303 LS1D30 LS1D323 LS1D32 LA8D324a $ Price 86. 86. 101. 86. 65. Table 18.145: Specifications 18 LS1D30 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Type LS1D30, LS1D303 Max. voltage 600 V 3 Phase Max. current Product approvals 30 A IEC 60947-1, 60947-2, 60947-4-1, EN60204, BS4841, UL 508, CSA 222.2 No. 14, NFC 63-650, 63-120, 79-130, VDE 0113, 0660 UL, CSA BV Protective treatment “TH” Ambient air temperature—operation -58 to 158o F (-50 to +70o C) Wiring Number of conductors and cross sectional area (c.s.a.) Conforming to standards LS1D32, LS1D323, LS1DT32 “TH” Solid cable 2 x 16–8 AWG (1–6 mm2) Flexible cable without cable end 2 x 14–8 AWG (1–6 mm2) Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 16–10 AWG (1–4 mm2) Resistance to mechanical impact conforming to IEC 60947-1 §7-1-6 0.5 J Tightening torque 15 in-lb (1.7 N•m) Sensitivity to phase failure No 30 90 90 30 Operating Positions Rated voltage—600 V 600 V Rated thermal current 25 A (GV2), 63 A (GV3) Mechanical life (varies by application) GV2: 100,000 operations Table 18.146: Environmental Specifications and Approvals Shock resistance Vibration resistance 30 g (conforming to IEC 600 68-2-27) 5 g (5 to 150 Hz) (IEC 600 68-2-26) –40 to 176 °F (–40 to +80 °C) for storage –4 to 140 °F (–20 to +60 °C) open operation –4 to 104 °F (–20 to +40 °C) enclosed operation 25 operations per hour Approximately 13 times the maximum thermal trip (non-adjustable setting) Ambient temperature Maximum operating rate Operating current of magnetic trip File LR81630 Class 3211 05 File E164864 CNN NLRV 18-36 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Starter Accessories TeSys™ GV2 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.147: GV2 Mounting Accessories Description 7.5 mm compensation plate Application For GV2 plus any 3-pole LC1D09 thru LC1D25 contactor. (supplied with GV1G02 connector) For screw mounting of GV2M Interconnect for GV2 plus any 3-pole LC1K or LP1K contactor Interconnect GV2 and LC1D09 thru D32 Interconnect GV2 and LC1D09 thru D32 mounted on LAD31 To allow mounting of GV2M and GV2P on a common bus bar Mounting plate For mounting GV2ME or GV2P and contactor LC1D09 thru D32 Common mounting plate Adapter plate Combination block GV2GH7 Standard Pack b Catalog Number 1 GK2AF01 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 GV2AF02 GV2AF01 GV2AF3 GV2AF4 GV1F03 LAD31 LAD311 $ Price 21.60 7.10 14.00 3.20 3.20 5.40 6.20 12.30 Table 18.148: GV2 Cabling Accessories—Bus Bars Description Application Pitch 45 54 72 45 54 45 54 72 54 For feeding 2 GV2 starters 3-Pole, 63 A Bus Bar For feeding 3 GV2 starters For feeding 4 GV2 starters For feeding 5 GV2 starters Standard Pack b Catalog Number 1 GV2G245 1 GV2G254 1 GV2G272 1 GV2G345 1 GV2G354 1 GV2G445 1 GV2G454 1 GV2G472 1 GV2G554 $ Price 23.30 23.30 23.30 28.70 28.70 34.20 34.20 34.20 34.20 LAD31 Application Top feed for use with bus bars Terminal blocks Bottom feed, to be used with bus bars; can be fitted with GV1L3 current limiter Protective end cover To cover unused bus bar outlets 3-pole flexible connector For connecting a GV2 to an LC1D09 thru D25 contactor Conduit adapter (1/2" NPT) — Incoming line insulator For GV2P when used in UL 508 Type E applicationsa a Cannot be used with front-mounted auxiliary contact block. Standard Pack b Catalog Number 1 GV1G09 $ Price 34.20 1 GV2G05 34.20 5 10 1 10 GV1G10 GV1G02 GV2AK1 GV2GH7 3.60 14.30 16.20 15.00 Table 18.150: GV2 Other Accessories Description Visible isolation block—GV2P Current limiter—GV2M Through-the-door operating mechanism Angle bracket Hard bracket Application Front mounting, 3-pole visible isolation on incoming side of GV2P Increases interrupt capacity when attached to GV2M NEMA 1, 12, Black with trip indication, for use with GV2P NEMA 1, 12, Red/Yellow with trip indication, for use with GV2P NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, Red/Yellow without trip indication, for use with GV2P Support shaft, for use with GV2P — Standard Pack b Catalog Number 1 GV2AK00 1 GV1L3 1 GV2APN01 1 GV2APN02 $ Price 71.40 117.00 131.00 131.00 1 GV2APN04 144.00 1 1 GVAPK11 GVAPH02 19.00 30.00 Rating NEMA 1, IP41 IP55 NEMA 1, IP41 IP55 NEMA 1, IP41 IP55 Catalog Number GV2MC01 GV2MC02 GV2MP01 GV2MP02 GV2MP03 GV2MP04 $ Price 54.00 78.00 31.10 54.00 27.90 49.70 Standard Packb Catalog Number $ Price Table 18.151: GV2 Enclosures Description Enclosures for GV2M with or without accessories (maximum of 1 accessory on right and left) Enclosures are not UL or CSA listed. Mounting Surface mounting Flush mounting Flush mounting reduced width (max. of 1 accessory on right) Table 18.152: GV2 Enclosures Accessories LAD311 Description Padlocking device for GV2M (when padlocked, starter is automatically in Off position) Type — Spring return Mushroom head stop push button (40 mm, red) c GV2AF3 / GV2AF4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Key release (Ronis key no. 455) Turn to Release Latching / Padlockable Turn to Release Sealing kit For enclosures GV2MC01 and GV2MP01 110 V Green 110 V Red 110 V Orange 110 V White 220/240 V Green 220/240 V Red Pilot Light (neon) 220/240 V Orange 220/240 V White 380/440 V Green 380/440 V Red 380/440 V Orange 380/440 V White b Orders must specify multiples of quantities listed. c Supplied with IP55 sealing kit. Latching I11 Discount Schedule 1 GV2V01 26.90 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 GV2K011 GV2K021 GV2K031 GV2K04 GV2E01 GV2SN13 GV2SN14 GV2SN15 GV2SN17 GV2SN23 GV2SN24 GV2SN25 GV2SN27 GV2SN33 GV2SN34 GV2SN35 GV2SN37 35.90 104.00 52.00 117.00 18.00 26.90 18-37 18 Description IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.149: GV2 Other Cabling Accessories Wiring, Communications, and Busbar System TeSys™ Contactors and Motor Protectors witH Spring Terminals Refer to Catalog 8502CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.153: Splitter Boxes A total of up to eight starters is permissible after extensions. Use multiple quantities of the same catalog number to create the desired line-up. Description APP2R4H1 Type of Control-Command Connection on Control System Side 50 A power splitter box No. of I/O per Starter — $ Price LAD322 LAD324 APP2R4H1 APP2R4H2 APP2R2E APP2R4E APP2R2AS APP2R4AS 52.00 93.00 124.00 124.00 124.00 124.00 124.00 124.00 1I/1O 2I/1O via module APP1C••• a — 2I/1O 1I/1O AS-Interface a Catalog Number 2 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 — 1 x HE10 8I/8O 1 x HE10 16I and 1 x HE10 8O 50 A power and control splitter box No. of Starters per Unit Connection to an APP1C••• module via APP2CX adapter (LAD35). Table 18.154: Power Connection Components for One Starter 18 LAD35 Description Kit Consists Of: Catalog Number Assembly and power connection kit One LAD31 plate for GV2ME and two LAD34 power connection modules LAD351 Reversing kit b One set of bus bars and one mechanical interlock LAD32 b To create a TeSys D reverser, use two LC1D contactors, one assembly and power connection kit, and one reversing kit. $ Price 21.00 20.70 Table 18.155: Power Connection Accessories for One Starter Description IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Upstream terminal block (50 A max) Downstream terminal block (50 A max) Max. Connection Cross-Section 16 mm2 (6 AWG) 6 mm2 (10 AWG) Use Catalog Number Power supply for one or two power splitter boxes Connection of motor cables LAD3B LAD331 $ Price 83.00 5.00 Table 18.156: Control Connection Module for One Starter Description LAD3B Control connection module (integrating contact block GVAE20) c d LAD33 D-Line Coil Voltage 12–240 Vac or 24–125 Vdc 24–48 Vdc Type of Coil Control Relay Electromechanical c Without relay d Type of Starter Catalog Number Non-reversing Reversing Non-reversing Reversing APP2D1 APP2D2 APP2D1D APP2D2D $ Price 41.40 72.00 31.10 31.10 Relay supplied mounted on the front panel of the control connection. The use of TeSys D low consumption contactors is recommended. Table 18.157: Spare or Replacement Parts Type of Control-Command Connection on Control System Side No. of I/O per Starter — — Power connection module — 1 x HE10 8I/8O 1 x HE10 16I and 1 x HE10 8O — 1I/1O 2I/1O Control-command splitter box (single, for mounting on a power splitter box) Per module APP1C••• e Description Plate for mounting a GV2ME manual starter AS-Interface Replacement electromechanical relay (for control connection module) e Connection to an APP1C••• module via APP2CX adapter (LAD35). — 2I/1O 1I/1O — No. of Starters Sold in Lots of Catalog Number 1 1 1 4 4 2 4 2 4 1 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 LAD31 LAD311 LAD341 APP2R4H3 APP2R4H4 APP2R2C APP2R4C APP2R2A APP2R4A APP2ER $ Price 6.20 12.30 7.50 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 7.50 APP2D1• 18-38 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Busbar Accessories TeSys™ AK5 Panel Busbar System Refer to Catalog 8502CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us The AK5 pre-fabricated bus bar system provides a quick and easy method of mounting control devices. All components are finger safe, UL Listed, CSA approved and CE marked. Although the AK5 system can be screw mounted onto any type of support, it must be mounted on the AM1DL201 DIN rail when component mounting plates incorporating a tapoff are used. When using tap-offs, the nominal operating current of the bus bar (160 A @ 35°) must not be exceeded. Table 18.158: 160 A, 3-Phase Busbar System Maximum number of mounting plates Length Tap-off 1.42 in. AK5JB143 Standard Width Plate 36 mm 2.13 in. 54 mm Extension Plate 2.80 in. 71 mm in. mm Catalog Number $ Price 6 4 2 13.39 344 AK5JB143 210.00 9 6 3 17.64 452 AK5JB144 266.00 12 8 4 21.85 560 AK5JB145 286.00 15 10 5 26.05 668 AK5JB146 345.00 24 16 8 38.69 992 AK5JB149 393.00 27 18 9 42.90 1100 AK5JB1410 540.00 Table 18.159: Mounting Plate Tap-off (plugs into busbar mounted on AM1DL201 DIN rail) AK5PA231 mm Thermal Current Amperes 2.13 54 25 A 2.13 54 25 A 4.25 108 25 A Application GV2 with Catalog Number $ Price LUS or LUB 12 and 32 AK5PA231 98.00 contactor AK5PA232 120.00 AK5PA232S 206.00 reversing contactor Table 18.160: Bus Tap-off (plugs into busbar for wiring to a separately mounted device) Width AK5PA232S Length of Leads in. mm Thermal Current Amperes 1.42 36 32 A 9.84 250 AK5 PC33 23.00 1.42 36 32 A 39.37 1000 AK5 PC33L 37.80 Catalog Number in. $ Price mm Table 18.161: Extension Plates Used to mount wider components. Bolt to standard mounting plates (after DIN rails are removed). IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Width in. Width mm 2.80 71 Application Catalog Number $ Price GV & Reversing contactor AK5PE27 26.30 $ Price Table 18.162: Mounting Rail (must be used for mounting plates with tap-offs) Depth Length mm mm Catalog Number 15 2000 AM1DL201 Description 75 mm Omega Rail 41.10 AM1DL201 Table 18.163: Approvals: IEC 439, UL, CSA, DNV, LROS File E161251 CCN NMTR © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved File LR 89150 Class 6228-01 I11 Discount Schedule 18-39 18 AK5PC33 in. Dimensions TeSys™ D Contactors, AC Coil Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.164: TeSys D Contactors AC Control Circuits LC1D09 to D18 (3-pole) and LC1DT12 to LC1DT40 (4 pole) LC1D25 to D38 (3-pole) Minimum electrical clearance Minimum electrical clearance Minimum electrical clearance 1.73 44 Minimum electrical clearance b b b1 b b LA4 c .39 10 b1 18 c c2 c3 c3 c2 c3 a b .51 13 (LAD8) c .39 10 1.77 45 c .39 10 c1 c1 c2 c2 c3 c3 1.77 45 DC Coil AC coil, without add-on accessories 3.03 (77) DC coil — AC coil, with LAD4BB b 3.70 (94) AC coil, with LA4D*2 b 4.33 (110) a AC coil, with LA4DF, DT b 4.68 (119) a AC coil, with LA4DR, DW, DL b 4.96 (126) a AC coil, without cover or add-on blocks 3.30 (84) AC coil, with cover, without add-on blocks 3.38 (86) DC coil, without cover or add-on blocks 3.66 (93) DC coil, with cover, without add-on blocks 3.76 (95) AC coil, with LADN or C (two or four contacts) 4.60 (117) DC coil, with LADN or C (two or four contacts) 4.96 (126) AC coil, with LAD6K10 5.07 (129) DC coil, with LAD6K10 5.43 (138) AC coil, with LADT,R,S 5.39 (137) AC coil, with LADT,R,S and sealing cover 5.55 (141) DC coil with LADT,R,S 5.76 (146) DC coil with LADT,R,S and sealing cover 5.90 (150) Including LAD4BB Not applicable to devices with DC coils 3.89 (99) 3.14 (80) 3.36 (85) — — — 4.21 (107) 3.75 (95.5) 3.85 (98) 4.84 (123) a 4.30 (111.5) a 4.48 (114) a 5.19 (132) a 4.76 (120.5) a 4.84 (123) a 5.67 (139) a 5.0 (127.5) a 5.11 (130) a 3.30 (84) 3.30 (84) 3.54 (90) 3.38 (86) 3.38 (86) 3.62 (92) 3.66 (93) 3.66 (93) 3.89 (99) 3.76 (95) 3.76 (95) 3.97 (101) 4.60 (117) 4.60 (117) 4.84 (123) 4.96 (126) 4.96 (126) 5.19 (132) 5.07 (129) 5.07 (129) 5.31 (135) 5.43 (138) 5.43 (138) 5.66 (144) 5.39 (137) 5.39 (137) 5.62 (143) 5.55 (141) 5.55 (141) 5.78 (147) 5.76 (146) 5.76 (146) 5.98 (152) 5.76 (146) 5.76 (146) 6.14 (156) 3.89 (99) — 4.21 (107) 4.84 (123) a 5.19 (132) a 5.47 (139) a 3.54 (90) 3.62 (92) 3.89 (99) 3.97 (101) 4.84 (123) 5.19 (132) 5.31 (135) 5.66 (144) 5.62 (143) 5.78 (147) 5.98 (152) 6.14 (156) 3.34 (85) — 3.85 (98) 4.48 (114) 5.02 (129) 7.48 (190) 3.54 (90) 3.62 (92) — 3.90 (99) 4.84 (123) 4.84 (123) 5.31 (135) 5.31 (135) 5.62 (143) 5.78 (147) 5.62 (143) 5.78 (147) 3.89 (99) — — — — — 3.54 (90) 3.62 (92) — 3.90 (99) 4.84 (123) 4.84 (123) 5.31 (135) 5.31 (135) 5.62 (143) 5.78 (147) 5.62 (143) 5.78 (147) 3.58 (91) — — — — — 3.85 (98) 3.93 (100) — 4.21 (107) 5.15 (131) 5.15 (131) 5.62 (143) 5.62 (143) 5.94 (151) 6.10 (155) 5.94 (151) 6.10 (155) 4.13 (105) — — — — — 3.85 (98) 3.93 (100) — 4.21 (107) 5.15 (131) 5.15 (131) 5.62 (143) 5.62 (143) 5.94 (151) 6.10 (155) 5.94 (151) 6.10 (155) Table 18.165: AC Coil LC1D80004 (4P) 5.75* (LA1) 146 .51 13 (LA8) 6.50** (LA2, LA3, LA6 DK1) 165 2.95 (3P) 3.34 (4P) 85 75 4.92 125 5.00 127 5.00 127 5.20 (LA4 DA2, DE2) 132 5.59 (LA4 DF, DT) 142 5.91 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ) 150 4.49 114 6.02* (LA1) 153 .51 13 (LA8) *except LA1DN10, DN01 = 136 ** +4 mm with lead sealing device 6.77** (LA2, LA3, LA6 DK2) 172 Minimum electrical clearance b1 b1 18-40 4.61 117 c c1 c c3 .51 13 (LA8) DT60A–DT80A D40008 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 2.17 (55) 2.76 (70) 3.35 (85) — — 5.31 (135) with LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3 5.35 (136) — — with LA4 DF, DT 6.18 (157) — 5.59 (142) with LA4 DM, DW, DL 6.54 (166) — 5.91 (150) without cover or add-on blocks 4.65 (118) 4.65 (118) 4.92 (125) with cover, without add-on blocks 4.72 (120) 4.72 (120) — — — 5.47 (139) with LA4 D•2 c2 3.34 (3P) 3.78 (4P) 96 85 D40A–D65A LC1 a c1 .51 13 (LA8) *except LA1DN10, DN01 = 136 ** +4 mm with lead sealing device LC1 D40A–D65A (3P), LC1 DT60A–DT80A (4P) AC OR DC 0.47 12 5.51 (LA4 DA2, DE2) 140 5.79 (LA4 DF, DT) 147 6.18 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ) 157 LC1D40, D50, D65 (3P), LC1D65004 (4P) 4.80 122 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS c1 c1 c2 AC Coil b c .39 10 c1 0.49 12.5 (LAD 8N) a 0.49 12.5 (LAD 8N) with LAD N (1 contact) with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 5.91 (150) 5.91 (150) 5.79 (147) 6.42 (163) 6.42 (163) 6.26 (159) with LAD T, R, S 6.73 (171) 6.73 (171) 6.57 (167) with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 6.89 (175) 6.89 (175) 6.73 (171) c2 with LAD 6K10 or LA6 DK c3 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ D Contactors, DC Coil Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.166: DC Coil LC1D40, D50, D65 (3P), LC1D650004, (4P) LC1D80 (3P), LC1D800004(4P) Minimum electrical clearance 2.95(3P) 3.34(4P) 75 85 8.03* (LA1) 204 8.78d (LA6 DK2, LA2, LA3) 223 7.13 181 4.96 126 4.96 126 5.20 (LA4 DC3) 132 5.47 (LA4 DF, DT) 139 5.75 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ) 146 6.73 171 .47 12 5.51 (LA4 DC3) 140 5.79 (LA4 DF, DT) 147 6.06 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ) 154 Minimum electrical clearance .47 12 8.27* (LA1) 210 9.02d (LA6 DK3, LA2, LA3) 223 3.34 (3P) 3.78(4P) 85 96 *except LA1DN10, DN01 = 143 d + 4 mm with lead sealing device *except LA1DN10, DN01 = 136 d + 4 mm with lead sealing device D115 D1156 D150 D1506 c 5.12 (132) 4.53 (115) 5.12 (132) 4.53 (115) G (3-poles) 3.78/4.33 (96/110) 3.78/4.33 (96/110) 3.78/4.33 (96/110) 3.78/4.33 (96/110) G (4-poles) 5.12/5.67 (130/144) 5.12/5.67 (130/144) — — = c = G = IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LC1 5.12 130 6.22 158 = LC1D115, D150 6.61c (LA2, LA3) 168 6.85 (LA4D•2, D•3) 174 7.28 (DF, DT) 185 7.40 (DM, DR, DW, DL) 188 LA4 6.22 158 LA8 c LC1 C A D115, D150 D115004 D1156, D1506 D1150046 5.12 (132) 5.12 (132) 4.53 (115) 4.53 (115) 4.72 (120) 6.10 (155) 4.72 (120) 6.10 (155) 18 LC1D115, D150 a 5.91q (LA1) 150 6.10 (LA6-DK20) 155 a b With 2 or 4 contacts. + 4 mm with sealing cover. LR9D solid-state overload relay Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1D115 and D150 5.20 132 d 35 mm DIN rail dimensions AM1DP200 and DR200 d 0.10 (2.5) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 10.04 255 4.72 120 AM1DE••• and ED••• .41 (10.5) 5.20 132 d 35 mm DIN rail dimensions AM1DP200 and DR200 d 0.10 (2.5) Note: All dimensions are in Inches (mm). 5.35 136 6.85 174 5.91 150 7.44 189 10.51 267 LR2D4 bimetallic overload relay Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1D115 and D150 4.72 120 AM1DE••• and ED••• .41 (10.5) 18-41 Dimensions TeSys™ F Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 S a Table 18.167: LC1F115–F330 Dimensions s1 = F115 X1 M b b2 c = L 18 c a F150 F185 F265 F330 LC1 X1 (see Table 18.168) www.schneider-electric.us All dimensions shown in mm. To convert to inches, divide by 25.4. LC1F115 to F330 Q P Q1 P a f = J J1 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS b1 = Protective cover Type LA9F70•. G1 = = G Z Y 34343434Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole a 163.5 200.5 163.5 200.5 168.5 208.5 201.5 243.5 b 162 162 170 170 174 174 203 203 b1 137 137 137 137 137 137 145 145 b2 265 265 301 301 305 305 370 370 c 165b 165b 165b 165b 176 176 207 207 f 131 131 131 131 130 130 147 147 G 106 143 106 143 111 151 142 190 G1 80 80 80 80 80 80 96 96 J 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 J1 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 L 107 107 107 107 113.5 113.5 141 141 M 147 147 150 150 154 154 178 178 P 37 37 40 40 40 40 48 48 Q 29.5 29.5 26.5 26 29 29 39 34 Q1 60 60 57.5 55.5 59.5 59.5 66.5 66.5 S 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25 S1 27 27 34 34 34 34 38 38 Y 44 44 44 44 44 44 38 38 Z 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 21.5 21.5 b +6 mm with time delay block (for F115 and F150). c Optimal terminal shroud f = minimum distance required for coil removal. 3Pole 213 206 145 375 219 147 154.5 96 106 120 145 181 48 43 74 25 44.5 38 20.5 4Pole 261 206 145 375 219 147 202.5 96 106 120 145 181 48 43 74 25 44.5 38 20.5 Table 18.168: LC1F115–F330 Voltage 220/380 V 415/440 V 500 V 660 V 1000 V LC1F115, F150 20 25 30 40 20 LC1F185 20 25 30 40 30 LC1F265 20 25 40 50 40 LC1F330 25 35 40 50 50 X1: Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking capacity. Table 18.169: LC1F400–F500 Dimensions LC1F400 to F500 LC1 2.20 56 S 1.49 38 X1 = M10 X 30 dia. M b2 = X1 (see Table 18.170) b 8.23 209 e c Q L P Q1 P a f = 7.09 180 F500 2-Pole 233 238 400 226 141 80 66 120 170 156 210 39.5 146 208 55 76 102 30 3-Pole 233 238 400 226 141 80 66 120 170 156 210 39.5 146 208 55 46 77 30 4-Pole 288 238 400 226 141 140 66 175 230 156 265 34.5 146 208 55 46 77 30 Table 18.170: LC1F400–F500 Voltage 220/230 V 415/440 V 500 V 660 V 1000 V LC1F400 30 40 40 50 60 LC1F500 40 45 50 60 60 X1: Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking capacity. = = 4.7 120 = 8 X 8.5 dia. F400 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole a 213 213 261 b 206 206 206 b2 375 375 375 c 213 213 213 f 119 119 119 Gd 80 80 80 G min. 66 66 66 G max. 102 102 150 G1d 170 170 170 G1 min. 156 156 156 G1 max. 192 192 240 J 19.5 19.5 67.5 L 145 145 145 M 181 181 181 P 48 48 48 Q 69 43 43 Q1 96 74 74 S 25 25 25 d Supplied e Protective cover f = Minimum distance required for coil removal. G .92 23.5 G1 Dual Dimensions: 18-42 J INCHES Millimeters © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ F Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.171: LC1F Dimensions LC1F630 and LC1F800 2.52 64 1.57 40 2.83 72 Dual Dimensions: 6 x M12 x 45 INCHES Millimeters c 7.09 180 10.39 264 18.28 464 = = X1 11.02 280 11.97 304 X1 = = 4 x Dia. 10.5 mm 3.15 80 G supplied G min. G max. J1 Q Q1 LC1F630 * = minimum distance required for coil removal. c Protective terminal cover. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm 2P 12.17 309 7.09 180 3.94 100 7.68 195 2.70 68.5 4.02 102 5.00 127 3P 12.17 309 7.09 180 3.94 100 7.68 195 2.70 68.5 2.36 60 3.50 89 4P 15.31 389 9.45 240 5.91 J1 7.13* 181 a a G 2.38 60 Q1 150 10.83 275 2.70 68.5 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 7.76 197 3.15 80 2.36 60 3.50 LC1F780, F7804 X1:Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking capacity. 89 Voltage (V) 380 415/440 X1 in mm 60 60 500 660 1000 60 70 80 12 x M14 x 45 1.02 26 = X1 15.74 400 13.70 348 17.08 434 11.02 280 .86 22 18 X1 = 2.36 60 1.02 26 9.84 250 Q 6.10 155 6.50 165 9.84 250 6.30 160 7.52 191 27.64f 702 7.20* 183 380 415/440 660 1000 X1 in mm 90 100 120 120 7.20* 183 a Overall length (4 poles) *minimum distance required for coil removal. LC1F7804 mounting 5.00 127 5.00 127 LC1F780 mounting 7.52 191 f Overall length (3 poles) X1: Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking capacity. Voltage (V) 6.30 160 33.93a 862 8 x Dia. 10.5 mm 5.00 127 5.00 127 7.09 180 7.09 180 6 x Dia. 10.5 mm 3.50 90 9.45 240 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 9.45 240 5.20 132 3.50 90 9.45 240 7.48 190 9.45 240 4.00 102 18-43 Dimensions TeSys™ D Reversing Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.172: Reversing Contactor Dimensions LC2D09–D32 LC2DT20–DT60 2 x LC1DT20–DT60 2 x LP1D40, D65, D80, D95 = .31 8 G1 = = = G = e2 c 3.94 100 b 2.36 60 b 4.33 110 2.76 70 2xM0.16 2xM4 e1 6xØ0.26 6xØ6.5 = a b c G in. (mm) 3.34 (85) 3.58 (91) in. (mm) 3.54 (90) 3.85 (98) in. (mm) 3.14 (80) 3.14 (80) a LC2 or 2 x LC1 b c G e1 e2 a 1.57 40 G = G1 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) D40 to D65 7.16 (182) 5.0 (127) 7.4 (190) 1.19 (5) 0.43 (11) 2.2 (57) 3.8 (97) D80 and D95 8.14 (207) 5.0 (127) 8.4 (215) 0.51 (13) 0.78 (20) 3.7 (96) 4.3 (111) c, e1 and e2: includes cabling. LC2D115 and D150 2 x LC1D115 and D150 Panel mounted with 1/4 in. screw = 5.12 130 6.22 158 = e1 Dimensions shown in millimeters (mm ÷ 25.4 = inches) e2 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS in. (mm) DT20 and DT25 3.54 (90) DT32 to DT60 3.54 (90) c, e2: includes cabling. 1.57 40 .51 13 18 a LC2 or 2 x LC1 = e2 c = G c LC2 or 2 x LC1 (3-pole) D115, D150 LC2 or 2 x LC1 (4-pole) D115 c, e1 and e2 includes cabling = a a c e1 e2 G 266 a 334 148 c 148 56 e1 — 18 e2 60 242/256 G 310/324 NOTE: For dimensions of TeSys F reversing contactors, please refer to catalog 8502CT9901. 18-44 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ D Overload Relays Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.173: TeSys D Overload Relay Dimensions LRD-01-35 Independent mounting on 50 mm centers or on rail AM1DP200 or DE200 1.38 35 Independent mounting on 110 mm centers .39 10 1.81 46 = = LAD7B106 1.77 45 = 4.33 110 4.92 125 .08 2 .24 6 3.15 80 .20 5 1.50 38 1.97 50 3.15 80 .59 15 LAD7B106 = Remote tripping or electrical reset LAD703 a DX1AP25 3.54 90 2xØ0.26 2xØ6.5 LRD, LR2D and LR9D Reset by flexible cable LA7D305 and LAD7305 Mounting with cable straight Mounting with cable bent e Can only be mounted on RH side of relay LRD-01 to 35 e c: up to 21.6 in. (550 mm) e: up to 0.79 in. (20 mm) LRD3tt Beneath LC1DttA contactor Separate mounting LC1D pp A 2.17 55 4.57 116 4.84 123 2.17 55 LA7-D2064 2xØ0.18 2xØ4.5 3.54 90 0.31 8 0.67 17 3.86 98 LR2D1, LR3D1 Separate mounting at 110 mm (4.33 in.) centers d = 2xØ0.18 2xØ4.5 0.51 0.87 13 22 LR2D2, LR3D2 Separate mounting at 110 mm (4.33 in.) centers 2.24 57 = = LA7D2064 = 1.81 46 = DX1AP25 2.17 55 1.57 40 = 1.97/2.56 50/65 = 1.97/2.56 50/65 0.16 4 1.48 43.5 3.11 79 1.77 45 1.38 35 1.71 43.5 = LA7-D1064 LR2D2, LR3D2 Separate mounting at 50 mm (1.97 in.) centers or on AM1DP200 or DE200 rail 0.12 3 LR2D1, LR3D1 Separate mounting at 50 mm (1.97 in.) centers or on AM1DP200 or DE200 rail d LA7D1064 DX1AP25 = Mounting Holes 1.97 50 = = 4.33 110 4.92 125 4.33 110 4.92 125 1.97 50 Mounting Holes 4.25 108 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 18 3.43 87 7.28 185 3.86 98 M10x0.04 M10x1 = a c IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 1.26 32 2 x Ø6.5 mm Screws 4.25 108 2 x Ø6.5 mm Screws 18-45 Dimensions TeSys™ D Thermal Overload Relays Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.174: TeSys D Thermal Overload Relay Dimensions, in. (mm) LRD-01-35 Direct mounting beneath contactors with screw 18 LC1• b c LRD-013-353 Direct mounting beneath contactors with spring terminal connections LC1• b D09–D18 D25–D38 4.84 (123) 5.39 (137) See Catalog 8502CT9901 pages 122, 123. D093–383 4.84 (123) See Catalog 8502CT9901 pages 122, 123. c IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS LRD-3••• Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1-D40 to D95 and LP1-D40 to D80 AM1• DL201 d LRD4••• Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1D115 and D150 a AM1DL200 and DR200 AM1DE200 and ED••• d 0.10 (2.5) 0.41 (10.5) For additional specifications and selection information, see catalog 8502CT9901 18-46 0.28 (7) DL200 0.67 (17) b g(3P) g(4P) LC1D80 LC1D95 AC Control Circuit 4.55 (115.5) 4.88 (124) 3.03 (76.9) 4.55 (115.5) 4.88 (124) 3.03 (76.9) c e 0.37 (9.5) 0.37 (9.5) 0.87 (22) — LC1D40, LP1D40 LC1D50 LC1D65, LP1D65 LC1D80, D95, LP1D80 DC Control Circuit 4.37 (111) 6.93 (176) 2.85 (72.4) 4.37 (111) 6.93 (176) 2.85 (72.4) 4.37 (111) 6.93 (176) 2.85 (72.4) 4.55 (115.5) 7.06 (179.4) 3.03 (76.9) 0.18 (4.5) 0.18 (4.5) 0.18 (4.5) 0.37 (9.5) 0.51(13) — 0.51(13) 0.87(22) LR9D Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1D115 and D150 d AM1DP200 and DR200 0.10 (2.5) AM1DE200 and ED••• 0.41 (10.5) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ F Overload Relays Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.175: TeSys F Overload Relay Dimensions LR9F5•71 LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 Common side view 1.97 50 LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 LR9F7•81 Common side view (for mounting beneath LC1F630) P1 P2 Ø11 1.18 30 4xØ5.5 2.36 60 Ø13 3.15 80 2.44 62 1.57 40 3.23 82 5.39 137 .24 6 .87 22 2.76 70 5.94 151 7.44 189 .98 25 2.05 52 2.60 66 9.02 229 1.77 45 4.29 109 2.05 52 2.60 66 .24 6 LR9F7•75 LR9F7•79, F7•81 Terminal shroud LA9-F70• 7.87 200 .79 20 3.15 80 4xØ5.5 .79 20 18 1.65 42 .55 14 5.04 128 c 2.80 71 4.53 115 1.85 .11 47 3 Terminal shroud LA9F70• 6.5 x 13.5 for LR9F5•57 and 8.5 x 13.5 for LR9F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 cf 1.97 50 1.57 40 2.99 76 2.80 71 2.36 60 2.99 76 4xØ5.5 4.53 115 a b 1.97 50 1.97 50 1.57 40 bc IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS .98 25 4.72 120 3.78 96 Ø11 1.89 48 .22 6 1.89 48 .22 6 2.24 57 1.77 45 .11 3 3.98 101 4.88 124 aq 1.57 40 P1 48 55 P2 48 55 3.03 77 3.03 77 Direct mounting beneath reversing contactors or star-delta contactors b H3 H3 Direct mounting beneath contactor LC1F 7.60 193 b H4 H2 H2 H1 LA7F40 e LA7F40p Bus Bar Busbar d LC1 contactors F115 F150 F185 F225 d e With LR9 relays F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 F5•71 F7•75, F7•79 F265 F5•71 F7•75, F7•79 F330 F7•75, F7•79 F400 F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 F500 F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 F630 F7•81 Relay mounting plate, see page 18-16. Connection accessories, see page 18-16. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved b 240 246 250 273 308 279 314 317 317 346 510 H1 30 30 30 40 50 40 60 60 60 70 110 H2 76 76 76 76 108.8 76 108.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 H3 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 180 180 180 LC1 contactors F115 F150 F185 F225 F265 F330 F400 F500 F630 With LR9 relays F5•57, F5 • 63, F5•67, F5•69 F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 F5•71 F7•75, F7•79 F5•71 F7•75, F7•79 F7•75, F7•79 F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 F7•75, F7•79, F7•81 F7•81 b 279 283 285 319 360 332 363 364 364 390 509 H4 60 60 60 80 100 90 100 100 100 110 120 H2 76 76 76 76 108.8 76 108.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 H3 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 180 180 180 18-47 Dimensions TeSys™ D Combination and Non-combination Starters Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.176: TeSys D Combination Starter Dimensions, Reversing and Non-Reversing NEMA 1 D09–25 (FVNR) D09–40 (FVR); D32-40 (FVNR) 10.00 254 5.00 7.50 127 191 3.00 7.50 76 191 18.00 203 419 16.50 14.02 R 318 12.52 18 18 356 .69 457 8.00 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS R Provision for 1/4" Screw Provision for 1/4" Screw NEMA 12/3R D09–25 (FVNR) D09–40 (FVR); D32–-40 (FVNR) 10.00 254 5.00 7.75 127 197 8.00 3.00 7.75 457 18.00 499 19.63 356 14.00 378 18.88 197 397 15.63 14.88 76 480 203 R R Provision for 1/4" Screw Provision for 1/4" Screw Table 18.177: Non-Combination Starter Dimensions A 13 .50 Non-Combination Starters .75 E B 19 J K C R F 56 14 D/2 D G H Provision for 1/4" Screw Type 1 Non-Reversing Reversing D09-32 — D40-65 D09-32 D80 D40-80 Note: All dimensions in inches. 18-48 A 6.77 8.66 10.63 B 10.04 10.83 13.98 C 6.25 7.21 7.21 D 5.38 7.25 9.22 E 9.00 9.75 12.94 F G 1–1.25 0.5–0.75 1.25–1.5 0.5–0.75 1.25–1.5 0.5–0.75 Type 12/3R H — 1–1.25 1–1.25 J 1–0.25 1–0.25 1–1.25 K 0.5–0.75 0.5–0.75 0.5–0.75 D 5.38 5.38 5.38 E 11.37 12.15 15.30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ K Contactors Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.178: TeSys K Contactor Dimensions LR2K Direct mounting under the contactor Separate mounting with LA7-K0064 terminal block on 35 mm rail (AM1DP200 or AM1DE200) 1.38 35 4.57 116 2.28 58 2.56 65 3.15 80 1.50 38 4 x Ø4 1.97 50 .31 8 1.77 45 1.77 45 13 A1 13 5 3 Wiring Scheme 1 Three-phase 2.95 75 3.09 (DP200) 78 3.38 (DE200) 86 A H 95 Internal Links 96 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 14 A2 6 4 A2 96 Test LC1, LP1, LP4K Mini-contactors On baseplate 96 98 6 95 4 2 97 A1 – KM1 Reset/Stop LC2, LC8, LP2, LP5K Reversing mini-contactors On baseplate 8 x Ø4 1.97 50 2.28 58 1.38 35 1.77 45 2.24 57 2.24 57 1.22 31 3.15 80 3.54 90 On AM1DP200 or DE200 rail (35 mm) 2.28 58 2.28 58 On AM1DP200 or DE200 rail (35 mm) 2.24 57 2.24 57 1.77 45 3.54 90 On printed circuit board for reversing contactors or 2 mini-contactors side-by-side On printed circuit board 1.77 45 .34 A1 9 A1 2.28 58 1.97 50 2.05 52 2.28 58 10 x Ø.051 10 x Ø1.3 .34 9 A1 .34 9 A2 20 x Ø.051 20 x Ø1.3 A2 LA2KT Electronic time delay contact blocks 1.97 50 2.05 52 1.22 31 LA1-K 2.28 58 4 x Ø4 1.97 50 LA1-K 1.77 45 1.77 45 A2 On mini-contactors or reversing mini-contactors 1.34 34 Dual Dimensions: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2.28 58 1.06 27 LA2-KT 1.50 38 INCHES Millimeters 1.34 34 2.24 57 18-49 18 2 97 95 96 95 O 98 5 3 6 4 2 1 14 – KM1 Dimensions TeSys™ U Motor Starters Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.179: TeSys U Starter Dimensions Starter Controllers Reversing Rail Mounting Screw Mounting 126 4.96 1.18 Ø4 .15 1.14 163 6.42 224 8.82 73 2.87 154 6.06 X1 45 X2 1.77 Screw Mounting 29 30 X2 135a 5.31 Rail Mounting 135a 5.31 120/125 4.72/4.92 X1 126 4.96 Ø4 .15 233 9.17 Non-Reversing 45 1.77 18 Note: Minimum electrical clearance: X1: 35 mm for Ue = 440 V; and 70 mm for Ue = 500 and 690 V X2: 0 a Maximum depth (with Modbus™ communication module) Reversing Block for Mounting Separately from Power Base Rail Mounting Screw Mounting 104 4.09 115 4.53 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Ø4 .15 113 4.45 113 4.45 45 1.77 36 1.41 154 6.06 93 3.66 Limiter Disconnector LUALB1 135a 5.31 a 45 1.77 Maximum depth (with Modbus communication module) Door interlock Mechanisms LU9AP00 Door Cut-out = = 54 2.12 55 2.16 230 9.06 Ø43 1.69 = = 54 2.12 4xØ3.5 .13 Dual Dimensions: 508 20.01 18-50 11.5 .45 8 .31 INCHES Millimeters Ø7 .27 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions Altistart™ U01 and TeSys™ U Soft Starters Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.180: Altistart U01 and TeSys U Soft Starters TeSys U Combination (non-reversing or reversing power base) and ATSU01N2206LT to ATSU01N212LT Side-by-side mounting TeSys U Combination (non-reversing power base) and ATSU01N212LT Mounting on (35mm) rail with VW3 G4104 connector 135 5.31 99 3.9 284 11.18 150 5.91 124 4.88 154 6.06 72.2 2.84 45 1.77 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 9 0.354 9 0.354 TeSys U Combination (non-reversing power base) and ATSU01N222LT to ATSU01N232LT Mounting on (35mm) rail with VW3G4104 connector TeSys U Combination (non-reversing or reversing power base) and ATSU01N222LT to ATSU01N232LT Side-by-side mounting 135 5.31 99 3.9 154 6.06 18 72.2 2.84 45 1.77 314 12.36 170 6.69 9 0.354 VW3G4104 Power Connector 46.6 1.83 9 0.354 44.8 1.76 6 0.24 28 1.10 20 0.79 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 18-51 Dimensions TeSys™ Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.181: TeSys GV2 and GV3 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions GV2AD, AM, AN, AU, AS, AX GV2AE Block GV2AD, AM, AN Block GV2AU, AS, AX Mounting of GV2M On 35 mm rail C = 78.5 mm (3.09") on AM1DP200 (35 x 7.5 mm) C = 86 mm (3.39") on AM1DE200, ED200 (35 x 15 mm) 16 44 .63 1.73 66 2.60 44.5 1.75 44.5 1.75 9.3 .37 GV2P 9.3 .37 81 3.19 18 .71 c GV2AD, AM, AN, AU, AS, AX 14 .55 On 35 mm rail C = 98.5 mm (3.88") on AM1DP200 (35 x 7.5 mm) C = 106 mm (4.17") on AM1DE200, ED200 (35 x 15 mm) 98 3.86 32 1.26 = Block GV2AD, AM, AN Block GV2AU, AS, AX Mounting of GV2P 44.5 1.75 9.3 .37 9.3 .37 81 3.19 18 .71 44.5 1.75 GV2AF4 + LAD31 GV2P + GV2GH7 GV2P + GV2GH7 + TeSys D contactor for UL 508 Type E application b b c1 45 1.77 c c1 d1 3.6 (91.4) 3.6 (91.4) 3.8 (96.52) 3.8 (96.52) 44 1.73 45 1.77 c 13.5 .53 for UL 508 Type E application 103 4.07 Combination GV2P + TeSys D range contactor d GV2ME + b c1 c d1 d LC2D09 to D18 7.4 (188.6) 3.6 (92.7) 3.9 (98.2) 3.9 (98.3) 4.1 (103.8) LC2D25 and D32 7.8 (199) 3.9 (99) 4.11 (104.5) 3.9 (98.3) 1.4 (103.8) GV2P + b c1 c — — • LC2D25 and D32 7.9 (199.5) 4.6 (116.8) 4.8 (122.3) — — Flush mounting enclosure GV2MP0 = a LC2D09 to D18 6.61 (168.1) 4.6 (116.8) 4.8 (122.3) — — • (bracket cut-out) Surface mounting enclosure GV2MC0 130 5.12 = 84 3.31 93 3.66 a = 13 0.51 = 1...6 /0.04...0.24 84 3.31 = 93.5 3.68 106.5 4.19 = 71 2.8 6.5 0.25 92.8 3.65 4 knock-outs for 16 mm plastic cable glands or no. 16 conduit. GV2 MP01, MP02 MP03, MP04 18-52 b b1 = 2xØ5.3x6.3 147 5.79 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Combination GV2ME + TeSys D range contactor c 191 7.50 50 1.97 82 3.23 = 18 26 1.02 15 .59 44.5 1.75 = 44.5 1.75 45 1.77 61 2.40 89 3.50 GV2AK00 84 3.31 11 .43 44.5 1.75 = 89 3.5 45 1.77 = 15 .59 10 .39 GV2M b in. 5.51 5.24 b1 mm 140 133 in. 5.00 4.61 mm 127 117 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.182: TeSys GV2 and GV3 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions (cont’d) GV2M with GK2AF01 and LC1K GV2M with GV2AF01 and LC1K GV2M with GV2AF01 and LC2K Adapter Plate GK2AF01 5 .2 35 1.38 Dimensions (mm) 4xØ3.5 Ø43 0.14 1.7 50/60 1.97/2.36 = 54 2.13 = = 54 2.13 5.2 0.21 = = Sets of bus bars with terminal block GV1G09 Sets of bus bars GV2G245, GV2G254, GV2G272 p l 1.2 30 l 18 2.5 63 .71 18 .12 3 35 1.38 13 0.51 35 1.38 80 3.15 Sets of bus bars, GV2G445, GV2G454, GV2G472 with terminal block GV2G05 7.5 mm height compensation plate GV1F03 4.2 .17 = 1.5...5/0.06...0.20 min.=150 max.=290 5.91 11.42 35 1.38 GV2M on panel with GV2AF02 adapter plate Door cut-out 7 .276 53 2.1 54 2.13 9.5 .37 39 1.54 Mounting external operator GV2AP0• 65 2.56 24 .94 90 3.54 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 45 1.77 79 3.11 105 ± 5 4.13 ± .2 135 5.31 45 1.77 45 1.77 152 6.0 152 6.0 55 2.17 Ø5.5 .22 1.8 45 GV2G445 GV2G454 GV2G472 0.16 x 1.8 in. (4 x 45 mm) 0.16 x 2.1 in. (4 x 54 mm) 0.16 x 1.8 in. (4 x 45 mm) I 7.0 in. (179 mm) 8.1 in. (206 mm) 10.2 in. (260 mm) P 1.8 in. (45 mm) 2.1 in. (54 mm) 2.8 in. (72 mm) GV2G245 GV2G254 GV2G272 GV2G354 I 3.5 in. (89 mm) 3.9 in. (98 mm) 4.6 in. (116 mm) 6.0 in. (152 mm) 0.08 x 1.8 in. (2 x 45 mm) 0.08 x 2.1 in. (2 x 54 mm) 0.08 x 2.8 in.(2 x 72 mm) 0.12 x 2.1 in. (3 x 54 mm) GV3P Dimensions Mounting on rail AM1 DE200 or AM1 ED201 X1 (1) 64 64 132 68 68 (2) 144 55 X1 136 9 X1 = Electrical clearance (ISC max) 40 mm for Ue < 500 V; 50 mm for Ue < 690 V Mounting on panel, using M4 screws 18 Blocks GV AN••, GV AD••, GV AM11 Block GV3 AU•• and GV3 AS•• Mounting on pre-slotted mounting plate AM1PA 16 183 3xØ4 136 37,5 137,5 137,5 AF1 EA4 136 18,7 18,7 Note: Leave a space of 9 mm between 2 manual motor protectors: either an empty space or side-mounting add-on contact blocks. Horizontal mounting is possible: please consult your regional sales office. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 18-53 Dimensions TeSys™ GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.183: TeSys GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions 1 GV7R Panel Mounting Flush Mounting Side by Side 4.25 108 = = 4.25 108 = = 4.92 125 1.85 3.0 47 76 = 2xØ0.24 2xØ6 = 1.14 29 3.46 88 == 1.14 29 3.27 83 Minimum Clearance 18 Painted or insulated metal plate, insulation or insulated bar U <440V 440 V < U < 600 V = = 4.25 108 x1 x2 in. (mm) 0 (0) 0.20 (5) 0.39 (10) in. (mm) 1.18 (30) 1.38 (35) 1.38 (35) 0.79 (20) 1.38 (35) x2 1.38 1.38 1.38 35 35 35 x1 x1 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS U > 600 V x2 Bare metal plate Note: Minimum distance between 2 units mounted side by side = 0. 21 22 24 82 84 81 92 94 91 11 14 12 Add-on Auxiliary Contacts, GV7AE11, GV7AB11 5/L3 3/L2 1/L1 Motor Controllers GV7R 6/T3 4/T2 2/T1 Note: A self-adhesive label, supplied with the contact, can be affixed to the front face of the starter to allow personalized marking according to the function of the contact or contacts. GV7AS••• GV7AD111, AD112 50 ms 98 97 50 ms 13 97 D4 C2 97 D1 C1 GV7AU••• 50 ms 21 23 98 14 98 – KA1 18-54 A1 – KM1 A2 – KA1 A2 – KA1 B1 A1 22 24 – KA1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimensions TeSys™ GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.184: TeSys GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions (cont’d) GV7AC03 Spreaders 1.61 41 4.49 114 1.77 1.77 45 45 1.18 30 Smooth Terminals a Connectors Z 0.75 19 Z X X IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS X a (in./mm) 0.77/19.5 0.85/21.5 • • GV7R GV7R 220 2.76 70 2.76 70 Z 0.41 10.5 Cabling GV7AP03, GV7A04 60 0 1.10 28 6.10 155 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4.76 121 3.58 91 2.17 55 1.42 36 1.14 29 3.5 89 = = 18 DD 73 1.77 2.87 45 I 60 Flush Mounting 1.85 3.0 47 76 Direct Rotary Handle 3.82 97 18-55 Dimensions TeSys™ GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 18.185: TeSys GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions (cont’d) GV7AP03 or GV7AP04, GV7AP05 Direct Rotary Handle Front Fuse Center Enclosure Vewed from Top 0.36 9.25 = 0.35 9 3.94 100 4.72 120 2.32 59 = h e 1.61 41 4.92 125 4.72 120 2.72 69 = 2.0 51 = d Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center of the manual motor protector and the door hinge point (h) of d ≥ 3.94 in (100 mm) + (h x 5) 3.94 100 GV7AP01, GV7AP02 Extended Rotary Handle 0.35 9 60 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS = = I 2.95 75 18 0.36 9.25 0 60 L = = 2.95 75 L: 7.28 in. (185 mm) minimum, 23.62 in. (600 mm) maximum. The shaft of the extended rotary handle GV7AP01 or GV7AP02 must be cut to length: L – 4.96 in. (126 mm) 18-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved TeSys U Self-Protected Combination Starters www.schneider-electric.us TeSys U Self-Protected combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short-circuit protection into one compact package. These next-generation starters offer superior performance, efficiency, and a unique modular design to fit your needs with optional communication and predictive maintenance capabilities. They are UL listed, easy to install and maintain. In order to select a TeSys U Self-Protected combination starter, follow the 5-step process described below. 1. Choose a base configuration Table 18.186: Base Configurations Ratings Type 1/12/3R enclosure Max. HP Motor Voltage (V) Single phase 115 1.5 230 2 Non-reversing starter Three-phase 200 Max. Current Base (A) Configuration Number 3 230 3 460 7.5 Base Configuration Number $ Price Non-reversing starter Base Configuration Number $ Price $ Price Reversing starter Base Configuration Number $ Price 12 LE1U16 1917.00 LE2U16 2673.00 LE1U19 2112.00 LE2U19 2868.00 32 LE1U36 2115.00 LE2U36 2871.00 LE1U39 2310.00 LE2U39 3066.00 2 230 5 200 10 230 10 460 20 575 25 2. Choose Thermal Overload Relay (Plug-in Control Unit) The thermal overload relay is a control unit that plugs into the TeSys U starter. No tool is needed to install or remove the control unit. If you do not wish to select the thermal overload relay at this time, select Thermal Overload Relay Type codes N1 or N3 in function of the motor configuration (single phase or 3-phase) in Table 18.187. A thermal overload relay can be selected and ordered later on independently before installation. In order to select a thermal overload relay, you must follow the next 2 steps. First, select the thermal overload protection type code in Table 18.187. Secondly, select the full load amperage code in Table 18.188. Type 4/4Xenclosure Type 1/12/3R enclosure 2.1 Choose the thermal overload protection type. 2.2 Choose the Motor Full Load Amperage Table 18.187: Thermal Overload Protection Types Advanced Control Unit Multifunction Control Unit Table 18.188: Full Load Amperage Code No Control Unit (Ordered later on independently) Single Phase $ Price Thermal Overload Protection Type Code 180.00 Aa Ba 738.00 Ca Da 3-Phase Full Load Amperage Setting Range (A) Full Load Amperage Code 0.15–0.6 A 0.3–1.4 B 1.25–5.0 C 3–12 D 4.5–18 E 8–32 F — N1 N3 Protection Type Single phase, Class 10 3-phase, Class 10 3-phase, Class 20 3-phase, Selectable Class 5–30 b b b b Protection Functions Short circuit Over current Thermal overload Phase loss Phase imbalance Ground fault Underload, long start, jam b b b b c b b b b b b c b b b b b b c b b b b b b b Control Functions Automatic or local/remote reset c c c b Fault differentiation c c c b Thermal alarm c c c b Motor load display c c c b Fault history b Alarm threshold adjustment b Tripping test b b b b a Complete the Thermal Overload Relay Selection by adding the full load amperage code after the thermal overload protection type code. b Built-in Control Unit. c Available when combined with appropriate Function module. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule 18-57 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 10 115 18 575 Type 4/4X enclosure Reversing starter TeSys U Self-Protected Combination Starters www.schneider-electric.us 3 Choose the Control Power Source 5 Choose Factory Modifications Table 18.189: Control Power Source Code Control Circuit Source Common Control System Type Single Phase ThreePhase Single Phase Separate Control 18 ThreePhase IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Single Phase Factory Installed Control Power Transformer c Factory Installed Power Supply d a b c d ThreePhase Single Phase ThreePhase Motor Voltage Voltage 120 240 208 240 120 120 120 240 240 240 208 208 208 240 240 240 480 480 480 600 600 600 120 240 240 208 208 240 240 480 480 600 600 120 240 208 240 480 600 Voltage Type AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC Control Voltage Voltage 120 240 208 240 24 24 120 24 24 120 24 24 120 24 24 120 24 24 120 24 24 120 24 120 24 24 120 24 120 24 120 24 120 24 24 24 24 24 24 Voltage Type AC AC AC AC AC DC AC AC DC AC AC DC AC AC DC AC AC DC AC AC DC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC DC DC DC DC DC DC Control $ Power Source Code Price G7 U7 LE7 U7 B7a BDa G7a B7a BDa G7a B7a BDa G7a B7a BDa G7a B7a BDa G7a B7b BDb G7b V89 V80 V82 V90 V84 V82 V80 V83 V81 V91 V86 BD1 BD2 BD2 BD2 BD2 BD6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 698. 827. 827. 827. 827. 1072. Form S must be added at the end of the catalog number. Form S6 must be added at the end of the catalog number. Current limiter is provided and factory installed. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary provided as standard. Fuse holder with 2 fuses provided as standard. When choosing Factory modifications, the Form code must be added at the end of the catalog number. If several forms are selected, they must be arranged in alphabetical order. There are two types of Forms available: abbreviated forms and standard forms. 5.1 Abbreviated Forms Abbreviated forms are defined combinations of the most commonly ordered standard forms and are part of the profiled configurations with short lead time. For example, abbreviated form CP1 is a combination of standard forms C and P51. Abbreviated forms cannot be mixed with other standard forms, with the exceptions of forms S and S6. If your combination of forms is not available as an abbreviated form, use only standard forms and arrange them in alphabetical order. For example, LE1U16BDG7NCP1S is a valid catalog number with the abbreviated form CP1. If you want to add standard Form P68, the valid catalog number becomes LE1U16BDG7NCP51P68S. LE1U16BDG7NCP1P68S is invalid because abbreviated form CP1 cannot be used with standard form P68. Table 18.191: Abbreviated Forms Form $ Price Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light Factory Modifications CP1 344.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light CP2 344.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C12 516.00 Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C21 516.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light AP1 344.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light AP2 344.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light A12 516.00 Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light A21 516.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light C61 344.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light C62 344.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C66 516.00 ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light C67 516.00 Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light P12 344.00 Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light P21 344.00 5.2 Standard Forms Table 18.192: Push Button Forms Factory Modifications 4 Choose Communication Type If you do not need communication capabilities, select communication code N. If a Communication protocol is selected, Control Voltage must be 24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, BD2 or BD6 only. Refer to Table 18.189). If additional I/O is needed with communication, select communication code N in Table 18.190 and choose between Forms W10, W11, W12, W13 and W14 in Table 18.204. Table 18.190: Communication Code Communication Protocol Form $ Price Start/Stop A 172.00 Forward/Reverse/Stop A1 172.00 ON/OFF A3 172.00 Miscellaneous A11 172.00 Stop A13 172.00 Start Push Button + Stop Mushroom Head A22 172.00 Emergency Stop Mushroom Head A31 172.00 Turn-To-Release Emergency Stop Mushroom Head A32 172.00 Table 18.193: Selector Switch Forms Communication Code $ Price Factory Modifications Form $ Price Modbus M 262.00 Hand/Off/Auto C 172.00 Modbus TCP/IP E 712.00 Start/Stop C1 172.00 CANopen C 262.00 ON/Auto C2 172.00 DeviceNet D 262.00 ON/OFF C6 172.00 Beckoff B 262.00 Hand/Auto C8 172.00 Profibus P 262.00 Forward/OFF/Reverse C14 172.00 Advantys STB A 262.00 Forward/Reverse C20 172.00 AS-interface J 226.00 Three position C34 172.00 AS-interface V2 K 226.00 Two position C35 172.00 No Communication N — Keyed Hand/Off/Auto C36 376.00 Keyed Start/Stop C37 376.00 Keyed ON/Auto C38 376.00 Keyed ON/OFF C39 376.00 Keyed Forward/Off/Reverse C43 376.00 Keyed Forward/Reverse C47 376.00 18-58 I11 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved TeSys U Self-Protected Combination Starters www.schneider-electric.us Factory Modifications Table 18.201: Miscellaneous Forms Form $ Price Factory Modifications Form $ Price Red ON P51 172.00 Nameplate — 2”x1/2” screwed A241 Green OFF P52 172.00 Nameplate — 3”x1” screwed A242 43.00 43.00 White — Not Factory wired P54 172.00 Unwired Terminal Block G50a 57.00 Blue — Not Factory wired P56 172.00 Wired Terminal Block G56ab 116.00 Amber Overload Trip P68 172.00 Wire markers G105 675.00 Yellow SSC Trip P69 172.00 Padlock attachment G122 75.00 Red OFF P91 172.00 Transient suppressor U11 47.00 Green ON P92 172.00 Black IP65 Through the door Rotary Disconnect Handle G40 50.00 Green Forward/Reverse P95 344.00 Special factory orders SPL TAG Red Forward/Reverse P96 344.00 Custom control wiring Y217 Solid neutral Terminal Block Table 18.195: 22mm Push-To-Test LED Pilot Light Forms Form a b $ Price Red ON P42 223.00 Red OFF P43 223.00 Green ON P45 223.00 Green OFF P46 223.00 Blue — Not Factory wired P66 223.00 White — Not Factory wired P67 223.00 Green Forward/Reverse P79 446.00 Red Forward/Reverse P80 446.00 Amber Overload Trip P88 223.00 Yellow SSC Trip P89 223.00 Table 18.196: Separate Control Forms Factory Modifications Form $ Price Separate Control for starters with line voltage less or equal to 480 V S — Separate Control for starters with line voltage equalt to 600 V — Current Limiter is factory installed. S6 205.00 116.00 Add number of terminal block points required. Number must be in increments of 5. Wiring diagram must be provided by customer. Table 18.202: Increase Short Circuit Current Rating Forms Factory Modifications 130 kA @480 V — Current Limiter factory installed Form $ Price Y1261 205.00 Table 18.203: Soft Starter Forms NOTE: Motor Voltage must be equal to or less than 480 Vac and Control Voltage must be 24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, or BD2 only. Refer to Table 18.189). Factory Modifications Form $ Price Motor FLA < 6A H1 160.00 6 < Motor FLA < 9A H2 182.00 9 < Motor FLA < 12A H3 210.00 12 < Motor FLA < 22A H4 263.00 22 < Motor FLA < 32A H5 360.00 Table 18.204: Distributed 6 Input/6 Output Modicon STB with communication Forms Table 18.197: Additional Capacity Forms 18 Factory Modifications TAG N NOTE: Distributed I/O Modicon STB is factory wired. NOTE: Fuses are provided. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary. Form $ Price Form $ Price 50VA additional capacity T10 215.00 DeviceNet Bus W10 1340.00 100VA additional capacity T11 372.00 Modbus TCP Bus W11 1417.00 Ethernet IP Bus W12 1503.00 CANOpen Bus W13 1298.00 Profibus Bus W14 1251.00 Form $ Price Factory Modifications Table 18.198: Auxiliary Contact Forms Factory Modifications Form $ Price 2 N.O. U8 41.00 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. U9 41.00 2 N.C. U10 41.00 Factory Modifications Table 18.205: Starter Status Indication Forms Factory Modifications 1 N.C. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state U6 41.00 Fault Differentiation Module — Manual Reset 1 N.O. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state U7 41.00 Fault Differentiation Module — Automatic or remote reset Table 18.199: Auxiliary Relay Forms U1 187.00 U2 187.00 Thermal Overload Alarm Module U3 187.00 Motor Load Indication Module U4 226.00 NOTE: Auxiliary Relays are not factory wired. Factory Modifications Form $ Price 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 4 N.O. R1740 485.00 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 3 N.O. and 1 N.C. R1731 485.00 4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. R1722 485.00 Programmable Timer Relay K1070 449.00 Table 18.200: Enclosure Forms Factory Modifications Form $ Price Oversized enclosure — Only available for Type 1/12/3R G28 $425.00 Plain Blank Door — No covered pre-stamped holes G30 TAG © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I11 Discount Schedule IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS Table 18.194: 22mm Standard LED Pilot Light Forms 18-59 www.schneider-electric.us 18 IEC CONTACTORS AND STARTERS 18-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 19 Push Buttons and Operator Interface Product Panorama Type O Compact Light (p. 19-11) XVL Compact Light (p. 19-11) Push Buttons Control Stations Pendant Stations Tower Lights 19-2 19-4 19-5 19-6 22 and 30 mm Most Common Complete Operators 16 mm XB6 (p. 19-12) Type J Compact Light (p. 19-10) XB4, XB5 (22 mm) and Class 9001 Type K, SK (30 mm) most common complete operators assembled with contact blocks and and light modules. Start-Stop, Hand-Off-Auto, and other configurations are offered in this simplified quick selector. 19-8 Compact Pilot Lights The Compact Pilot Light ranges include the XVL miniature LED type; the Type O lowcost incandescent; and the Type J incandescent, push-to-test types. 19-10 16 mm Push Buttons 22 mm XB4 (p. 19-23) 22 mm XB5 (p. 19-42) XB6 16 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a plastic bezel are intended for high density panels such as laboratory and test fixtures. 19-12 22 mm Push Buttons XB5R Wireless, Batteryless Push Button (p. 19-63) XB5S Biometric Switch (p. 19-65) XB4 22 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a metal bezel are designed for industrial applications, and combine ease of installation and robustness. XB5 22 mm Push Buttons, the plastic version of the XB4 unit, is particularly suited to applications requiring a resistance to chemical agents and/or double electrical insulation. XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons XB5S Biometric Switches 19-23 19-42 19-63 19-65 30 mm Push Buttons 30 mm Type KX (p. 19-94) 19-77 19-94 Control Stations and Enclosures Type KY Enclosure (p. 19-105) Type B Wall Station (p. 19-103) 19-100 XAL control stations are available pre-assembled or custom assembled. These control stations use push buttons and pilot lights from the XB5 22 mm range. XAP enclosures are available in glass reinforced polyester, die cast metal and flush mount. Type B Standard Duty Control Stations in 1, 2, and 3 button configurations are 19-103 available as predetermined complete stations. Class 9001 Type KY/SKY Heavy Duty Control Stations are ideally suited for 19-105 commercial and industrial applications. Available in die cast metal, stainless steel, painted sheet steel, and reinforced polyester. Tower Lights Tower Lights and Beacons. XVB, XVC, XVE, and XVP tower lights and beacons provide long distance indication of the operation status or sequences of a machine with with lights or buzzers. 19-107 Pendant Stations Our full line of pendant stations for most crane and hoist applications range from the 19-117 light to medium duty BW and XAC pendants to the heavy duty SKYP pendants. Foot Switches Pendant Stations (p. 19-117) Tower Lights (p. 19-107) The Type A foot switch is a heavy duty industrial foot switch which can be used in a variety of industrial applications. 19-124 Rotary Cam Switches K2 and K30–K150 Rotary Cam Switches. Miniature, Custom, and Power Switching 19-126 Cam Switches provide an inexpensive and versatile means of switching from 10 A logic control through 150 A power switching. Type A Foot Switch (p. 19-124) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Rotary Cam Switch (p. 19-126) 19-1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 30 mm Type SK (p. 19-77) 19-67 19 30 mm Type K (p. 19-67) Class 9001 Type K Chrome-Plated Oiltight/Watertight Push Buttons are intended primarily for machine tool and heavy-duty industrial applications. Class 9001 Type SK Non-Metallic Watertight operators are designed for use in highly corrosive areas. Class 9001 Type KX operators are Square-Shaped Multifunction Control Units that mount in a Type K mounting hole. This highly versatile line saves space by combining push buttons and pilot lights into one common operator. Push Buttons and Pilot Lights Family Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 XVL Type O Type J XB6 www.schneider-electric.us XVLA1•• XVLA2•• XVLA3•• Type of Product Mini Pilot Light Compact Pilot Light Compact Pilot Light 16 mm Push Button (plastic) Mounting Hole Diameter 8 mm / 12 mm 17.5 mm (0.68 in) 17.5 mm (0.68 in) 16.2 mm UL Recognized File E164353, CCN NKCR UL Recognized File E179183, CCN NKCR UL File E78403, CCN NKCR UL File E164353, CCN NKCR CSA File LR44078, Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490, Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490, Class 3211-03 CSA File LR44087 Class 3211-03 Approvals Conforming to Standards CE Marked RoHS Compliant IEC337-2 NF C 63-140 VDE 0660-200 CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-5 EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action and mechanical latching Emergency Stop push buttons) JIS C 4520 and 853 UL 508 and CSA C22-2 no. 14 Gost CCC Degree of Protection IP40 (IP65 with seal) NEMA 13 NEMA 4, 13 IP65 NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12 Electric Shock Protection Electrical Consumption LED 6-30 Vac/Vdc: 15 mA 48–120 Vac: 20 mA 25 mA 19 AC-15; B300 Ue = 240 Vac and le = 1.5A Ue = 120 Vac and le = 3 A Continuous 5 A Rated Operational Characteristics PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Connection Type DC-13; R300 Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.22 A XVLA1** and XVLA2** = 2.8mm x 0.5mm Faston Faston Screw Terminal — 19-10 19-11 Quick Connect/ Solder Tabs 0.11 x 0.02 in. (2.8 x 0.5 mm) XVLA3** = Screw Terminals Cable Size 1 x 1.5 mm² max. Digest Page 19-10 19-2 2 x 14 AWG (copper only) 19-13 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Push Buttons and Pilot Lights Selection Guide www.schneider-electric.us Family XB4 XB5 9001K 9001SK 9001KX Type of Product *22 mm Push Button (metal) *22 mm Push Button (plastic) **30 mm Push Button (metal) **30 mm Push Button (plastic) **30 mm Push Button (metal, square) Mounting Hole Diameter 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 31 mm (1.22 in) 31 mm (1.22 in) 31 mm (1.22 in) UL Listed File E164353, CCN NKCR UL Listed File E164353, CCN NKCR UL File E78403. CCN NKCR UL File E78403. CCN NKCR UL File E78403. CCN NKCR UL Recognized File E164353. CCN NKCR2 UL Recognized File E164353., CCN NKCR2 CSA File LR44087. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR44087. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490. Class 3211-03 CSA File LR25490. Class 3211-03 CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant CE Marked RoHS Compliant EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-5-5 EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-5-5 EN/IEC 60947-1 EN/IEC 60947-1 EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action and mechanical latching emergency stop push buttons) EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action and mechanical latching emergency stop push button). EN/IEC60947-5-1 EN/IEC60947-5-1 EN/IEC 60364-5-53 (emergency switching of mechanical latching push buttons) EN/IEC 60364-5-53 (emergency switching of mechanical latching push buttons) EN/IEC60947-5-4 EN/IEC60947-5-4 — EN81-1 (emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching push buttons with mechanical state indicator) JIS C 4520 and 852 Approvals Conforming to Standards Degree of Protection Electric Shock Protection JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 and 852 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.-2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 GOST GOST CCC CCC IP65 IP65 IP66 IP66 IP66 for booted IP66 for booted NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Class I Class I Class II Class II Incandescent and LED bulbs see ratings on page 19-86 Incandescent and LED bulbs see ratings on page 19-86 IP66 Class II Electrical Consumption Rated Operational Characteristics Connection Type 24 Vac/Vdc: 18 mA 24 Vac/Vdc: 18 mA 120 Vac: 14 mA 120 Vac: 14 mA 240 Vac: 14 mA 240 Vac: 14 mA AC-15; B600 Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3A Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6A Continuous 10 A AC-15; B600 Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3 A Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6 A Continuous 10 A AC-15; A600 Continuous 10 A AC-15; A600 Continuous 10 A AC-15; A600 Continuous 10 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A DC-13; Q600 Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A 19 LED IP20 Fingersafe Screw or Spring Terminal IP20 Fingersafe Screw Terminal Screw Terminal: Spring Terminal: Cable Size 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) max. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max. 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) max. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max. 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max 1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max 1 x 24 AWG (0.2 2mm²) min. 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max Digest Page 19-23 19-42 19-67 19-77 19-94 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Refer to Catalogs DIA4ED2060507BEN-US* and 9001CT1103** 19-3 Control Stations Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 Family XAL XAP 9001B www.schneider-electric.us 9001KY/SKY NEMA 1 Surface Mounting 9001BG•• NEMA 1 Flush Mounting 9001BF•• 9001KYSS3 9001KY3 XAPA1100 NEMA 4 9001BW•• XAPA1104 XALD02 NEMA 7 and 9 9001BR•• 9001SKY2 9001KYAF3 XALD—Polycarbonate XALK—Polycarbonate XAPA—glass filled polyester XAPG—die cast zinc XAPE—anodized aluminum 9001BG—plastic cover 9001BF—stainless steel 9001BW—die cast zinc 9001BR—cast aluminum 9001KYAF—sheet steel 9001KYSS—stainless steel 9001KY—die cast zinc 9001KZ—die cast zinc 9001SKY—Polyester Number of holes 1 to 3 0 to 16 1 to 3 1 to 6 Type of Operators XB5 (22mm) XB5 (22mm) Built in 9001K/SK (30mm) Available without Operators Yes Yes No Yes Available with Operators Yes No Yes Yes UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E78403 CCN NKCR UL File E78403 CCN NKCR CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 CSA File LR 25490 Class 3211-03 CSA File LR 25490 Class 3211-03 CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-4, 19 Type of Product/Material Approvals PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Conforming to Standards JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 JIS C 4520 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA C22.2 No.14 9001KYAF—customer provided 9001KYSS—G conduit hub 9001KY—customer provided 9001KZ—1/2 & 3/4 knockout 9001SKY—G conduit hub 19-105 Cable Entry No. 13 knock out XAPA—undrilled XAPG—Tapped 3/4NPT XAPE—flush mount (n/a) 9001BG—1/2 &3/4 knockout 9001BF—N/A 9001BW—1/2-14NPT 9001BR—1/2-14NPT Digest Page 19-100 19-100 19-103 19-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Selection Guide Family 9001BW XACA2 XACA0 9001SKYP Type of Product 2-Button Pendant 2-Button Pistol Grip Pendant General Purpose Pendant Heavy Duty Pendant Number of operators 2 2 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Approvals UL File E78403 CNN NKCR CSA File LR25490 Class 3211-03 UL File E164353 CNN NKCR CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 UL File E164353 CNN NKCR CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211-03 UL File E78403 CNN NKCR CSA File LR25490 Class 3211-03 Conforming to Standards CE Marked EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/IEC 60947-5-5, and EN/ISO 13850 (for versions with trigger action emergency stop) UL 508 CSA C22-2 No. 14 RoHS compliant EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN/IEC 60204-32, EN/IEC 60947-5-5, and EN/ISO 13850 (for versions with trigger action emergency stop) UL 508 CSA C22-2 No. 14 RoHS compliant CE Marked Degree of Protection NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 5 IP65 IK08 NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 5 IP65 IK08 NEMA 1,2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Housing Material Polycarbonate / PET Polyester Blend Yellow Polypropylene Yellow Polypropylene Yellow Polycarbonate AC - B600 AC-15: A600 or Ue = 600V, le = 1.2A or Ue = 240V, le = 3A AC-15: A600 or Ue = 600V, le = 1.2A or Ue = 240V, le = 3A SKRU2-SKRU5 AC - B300 DC - P600 DC - P600 DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 600V. le = 0.1A or Ue = 250V, le = 0.27A DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 600V. le = 0.1A or Ue = 250V, le = 0.27A SKRU1, 10, 11 AC - A600 DC - P600 Thermal Current Continuous 5A Continuous 10A Continuous 10A — Connection Type 1/2 in. NPT screw clamp terminals 8–26 mm cable entry screw clamp terminals 8–26 mm cable entry screw clamp terminals NPT threaded conduit entry screw clamp terminals Cable Size — 1 x 0.5 mm² (20AWG) min. 2 x 1.5 mm² (16AWG) max. 1 x 2.5 mm² (14AWG) max. 1 x 14 AWG (copper only) — Digest Page 19-117 19-118 19-118 19-121 Rated Operational Characteristics a a 19 www.schneider-electric.us PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 OSHA Section 1910.179, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits voltage at pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc max. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19-5 Tower Lights and Beacons Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Family XVB L XVB C XVP XVE Type of Product Beacon Tower Light Tower Light Tower Light and Beacon Diameter 70mm 70 mm 50 mm 70 mm Features Product for Customer Configuration Product for Customer Configuration Product for Customer Configuration Product for Customer Configuration Approvals Conforming to Standards UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR UL File E164353 CCN NKCR 19 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03 CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-5-1 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA 22.2 No 14 CSA 22.2 No 14 CSA 22.2 No 14 CSA 22.2 No 14 Degree of Protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP42 Light Source LED / Incandescent LED / Incandescent LED / Incandescent LED / Incandescent PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Electrical Consumption LED Steady LED Flashing with Buzzer Strobe (Energized) Audible Sounders 24 Vac/dc: < 30 mA 24 Vac/dc: < 80 mA 24V ac/dc: < 25mA 120–230 Vac: < 30 mA 120–230 Vac: < 30mA 120–230 Vac: |< 25 mA 24 Vac/dc: < 40 mA 24 V ac/dc: < 40mA 24 V ac/dc: < 30mA 120–230 Vac: < 15mA 120–230 Vac: < 15 mA 120–230Vac: < 25 mA 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 24 Vdc: 5 Joules unit < 430 mA; 10 J unit: < 850 mA 24 Vdc: ≤40mA 24 Vdc: ≤85 mA 120 Vac: 5 Joules unit: < 130 mA; 10 J unit: < 260 mA 120 Vac: ≤20mA 120 Vac: ≤35 mA 230 Vac: 5 Joules unit: < 105 mA; 10 J unit: < 210 mA 230 Vac: ≤11mA 230 Vac: ≤25 mA 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 1 Hz (1 flash per second) 12–48 Vac/dc: < 20 mA 24 Vdc: ≤15 mA 85 decibels at 1 meter 120–230 Vac: < 50 mA 120 Vac: ≤15 mA — 90 decibels at 1 meter 230 Vac: ≤12mA — 55 to 85 decibels at 1 meter — Connection Type — Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Screw Clamp Cable Size 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End 1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) With Cable End Digest Page 19-110 19-111 19-114 19-113 19-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons Selection Guide Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us XVC 4 XVC 6 XVC 1 XVS XVR Type of Product Tower Light Tower Light Tower Light Siren and Electronic Alarm Rotating Mirror Beacon Diameter 40 mm 60 mm 100 mm — 84/106/120/130 mm Features All devices are pre-assembled and pre-wired Adjustable Tones XVS14BMW, 0 to 105 decibels, 43 tones XVS72BM••, 0 to 90 decibels, 16 tones All devices are pre-assembled and pre-wired. XVR12••• S includes buzzer: 70 to 90 decibels Approvals UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR UL Recognized E164353 CNN UCST UL Recognized E164353 CNN NKCR CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CSA LR44087 Class 3211-03 CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked CE Marked EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-2 — EN61000-6-2 EN61000-6-3 EN61000-6-3 EN61000-6-3 — EN61000-6-4 — EN61000-6-4 EN61000-6-4 — — UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 UL 508 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 CSA 22.2 No. 14 Degree of Protection IP54 IP54 IP54 IP53 / IP54 IP23 / IP65 / IP66 Light Source LED LED LED — LED Conforming to Standards Electrical Consumption 24 V: 1 unit = 40mA; 2 unit = 80mA; 3 unit = 120mA 4 unit = 160mA; 5 unit = 200mA 24 V: 1 unit = 100mA; 2 unit = 200mA; 3 unit = 300mA 4 unit = 400mA; 5 unit = 500mA — XVR08, XVR10, XVR12, and XVR13 (without buzzer) 12 Vac/dc: 360mA 24 Vac/dc: 180mA LED Flashing ** with Buzzer **24 V: 1 unit = 90 mA; 2 unit = 130 mA; 3 unit = 170 mA 4 unit = 210 mA; 5 unit = 250 mA 0.7 to 3 Hz (1 flash per 0.7 to 3 seconds) 24 V: 1 unit = 150mA; 2 unit = 250mA; 3 unit = 350mA 4 unit = 450mA; 5 unit = 550mA 3 to 3.5 Hz (1 flash per 3 to 3.5 seconds) — XVR12 with buzzer: 12 Vac/dc: 400 mA 24 Vac/dc: 230 mA 3 Hz (1 flash per 3 seconds) Strobe (Energized) — — — — 70 to 85 decibels at 1 meter 60 to 85 decibels at 1 meter XVS14BMW 12 Vdc: 350mA 24 Vdc: 400 mA 105 decibels at 1 meter — — — XVS72BM 12 Vdc: 280 mA 24 Vdc: 190 mA 90 decibels at 1 meter — Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 600mm XVC6•• 850mm XVC6•• K 550mm XVC6•• 5S 850mm XVC6•• 5SK Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 500mm XVC1•• K 500mm XVC1•• SK 550mm XVC6•• 5S 850mm XVC6•• 5SK — 70 to 85 decibels at 1 meter Audible Sounders Connection Type Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 600mm XVC4•• 900mm XVC4•• K 500mm XVC4•• 5S XVS14BMW Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires cable length: 500mm XVS14 XVS72BM•• Not Pre-Wired 19 LED Steady Pre-Wired cable length: 500mm XVR08••• 400mm XVR10••• 400mm XVR12••• 400mm XVR13••• Cable Size 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) — 18 AWG (0.75 mm²) Digest Page 19-111 19-109 19-109 19-116 19-107 For Tower Lights catalog numbers: first dot denotes voltage selection second dot denotes color selection © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Family 19-7 22 mm Push Buttons XB4–XB5 Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.1: Operator Style BLACK—Start Push Buttons (flush head) Description Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome Type XB4BA21 $ Price Legend Plate Table 19.5: $ Price 38.50 ZBY2303 3.40 Operator Style RED—Stop Push Buttons (extended head) Description 38.50 ZBY2303 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 1 N.O. Operator Style Description XB4 Die Cast Chrome Type XB4BD21 $ Price Legend Plate Table 19.6: $ Price 51.00 ZBY2367 3.40 1 N.O. XB5 Double Insulated XB5AD21 51.00 ZBY2367 3.40 Operator Style Operator Style Contact Block XB4BL42 38.50 ZBY2304 3.40 XB5AL42 38.50 ZBY2304 3.40 Description XB4 Die Cast Chrome Contact Block Type $ Price Legend $ Price Plate XB4BD33 68.00 ZBY2387 3.40 XB5AD33 68.00 ZBY2387 3.40 2 N.O. XB5 Double Insulated 2 N.O. RED—120 Vac LED—On Pilot Light Description Legend $ Price Plate Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch 1 N.O. Table 19.3: $ Price 1 N.C. BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch Contact Block Type 1 N.C. XB5AA21 Table 19.2: Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome 1 N.O. XB5 Double Insulated www.schneider-electric.us Type $ Price Legend Plate Table 19.7: $ Price Operator Style GREEN—120 Vac LED—Off Pilot Light Description Contact Block Type $ Price Legend $ Price Plate 19 XB4 Die Cast Chrome 120 Vac Red LED XB4BVG4 72.00 ZBY2311 3.40 XB4 Die Cast Chrome 120 Vac Green LED XB4BVG3 72.00 ZBY2312 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 120 Vac XB5AVG4 Red LED 72.00 ZBY2311 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 120 Vac Green LED XB5AVG3 72.00 ZBY2312 3.40 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.4: Operator Style RED—40 mm Mushroom Stop (Push-Pull) Description Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome Type XB4BT42 Table 19.8: Legend Plate $ Price 68.00 ZBY9330 3.40 $ Price Operator Style RED—40 mm Mushroom Emergency Stop (Trigger Action, Turn-to-Release) Description Contact Block XB4 Die Cast Chrome 1 N.C. Type $ Price Legend Plate 60 mm $ Price Round XB4BS8445 165.00 ZBY9330 3.40 XB5AS8445 165.00 ZBY9330 3.40 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. XB5 Double Insulated XB5AT42 68.00 ZBY9330 3.40 XB5 Double Insulated 1 N.C. 1 N.O./ 1 N.C. When ordering, please specify: • • 19-8 Quantity Type or Catalog Number I Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us BLACK—Start Push Buttons Contact Block 30 mm Industrial (Metal) KR1BH13 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) Table 19.10: Type Table 19.13: $ Price Legend Plate $ Price 89.00 KN201 SKR1BH13 89.00 KN101SP 4.40 30 mm Industrial (Metal) 4.40 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch Operator Description Style Contact Sequence (Contact Block Included) 30 mm Industrial (Metal) Type KS11BH13 106.00 KN244 2.90 Table 19.11: Operator Style 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) Table 19.12: Operator Style 2.90 RED—120 Vac—On Pilot Light 30 mm Industrial (Metal) Type $ Price Legend Plate KP1R31 153.00 KN203 SKP1R31 153.00 KN103SP 30 mm Industrial (Metal) 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) KN202 4.40 4.40 BLACK—Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch Operator Description Style Contact Sequence (Contact Block Included) 30 mm Industrial (Metal) Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price KS43BH13 106.00 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) KN260 4.40 $ Price 4.40 4.40 Operator Style 4.40 GREEN—120 Vac—Off Pilot Light Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price 30 mm Industrial (Metal) KP1G31 153.00 KN204 4.40 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) SKP1G31 153.00 KN104SP 4.40 Description Table 19.16: Operator Style Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price KT1R31 197.00 KN203 4.40 30 mm Industrial (Metal) 4.40 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) SKT1R31 197.00 KN103SP SKS43BH13 106.00 KN160SP Table 19.15: RED—120 Vac—On Push-To-Test Pilot Light Description 89.00 1 0 0 0 0 1 SKS11BH13 106.00 KN144SP Description $ Price Legend Plate $ Price Type SKR1RH13 89.00 KN102RP 1 0 0 1 30 mm Corrosion Resistant (NonMetallic) Contact Block KR1RH13 Table 19.14: $ Price Legend Plate $ Price RED—Stop Push Buttons Operator Description Style GREEN—120 Vac—Off Push-To-Test Pilot Light Description Type $ Price Legend Plate $ Price KT1G31 197.00 KN204 4.40 SKT1G31 197.00 KN104RP 4.40 When ordering, please specify: • • • © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Quantity Class Number (if appropriate) Type or Catalog Number CS1 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Operator Description Style 19 Table 19.9: 19-9 Compact Pilot Lights Type XVL and Type O www.schneider-electric.us XVL Miniature LED Table 19.17: XVLA1•• Specifications Conforming to standards IEC 337-2, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200 Degree of protection IP40 (IP65 with seal) conforming to IEC 529 and NF C 20-010 Current consumption 25 mA XVLA1••, XVLA2••: tags for 2.8 x 0.5 mm Faston connectors, also for soldered connections. XVLA3••: threaded connectors, clamping, capacity: min. 1 x 0.2 mm2, max. 1 x 1.5 mm2 Cabling Table 19.18: With Black Bezel, Raised LED Description Supply Voltage DC Ø 8 mm a with integral ballast resistor and reverse polarity protection diode Degree of protection IP40 LED pilot lights Ø 8 mm, with black bezel, visible LED XVLA1•• XVLA2•• Table 19.19: XVLA3•• 12 V 24 V a b Catalog Number XVLA123 XVLA124 XVLA125 XVLA133 XVLA134 XVLA135 $ Price Each Catalog Number XVLA223 XVLA224 XVLA225 XVLA233 XVLA234 XVLA235 XVLA323 XVLA324 XVLA325 XVLA333 XVLA334 XVLA335 $ Price Each 32.80 With Integral Lens Cap, Covered LED Description Supply Voltage DC Ø 8 mma with integral ballast resistor and reverse polarity protection diode Degree of protection IP40 Ø 8 mm, with lens incorporated, LED XVLA2 12 V Color Green Red Amber Green Red Amber Green Red Amber Green Red Amber 24 V Ø 12 mm b with integral ballast resistor and reverse polarity protection diode Degree of protection IP40 Ø 12 mm, with lens incorporated, LED XVLA3 XVLX•• Color Green Red Amber Green Red Amber 12 V 24 V 32.80 52.00 Quick connects (2.8 x 0.5 mm). Screw termination. Table 19.20: Accessories Tightening tools (Sold singly) Seals (IP65) (Sold in lots of 10) XVLZ91• Description For Ø 8 mm pilot lights For Ø 12 mm pilot lights For Ø 8 mm pilot lights For Ø 12 mm pilot lights Catalog Number XVLX08 XVLX12 XVLZ911 XVLZ912 $ Price Each 18.60 24.00 0.65 19 Class 9001 Type O, NEMA 13 Pilot Lights Table 19.21: Red Green Amber Lens Lens Lens Typec Typec Typec 12 .170 OR12 OG12 OA12 24 .073 OR24 OG24 OA24 120 .025 OR120 OG120 OA120 c To order, add prefix 9001 to the beginning of the catalog number. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Voltage Vac/Vdc Type O Instrument Type Incandescent Pilot Lights—Type O NEMA 13 Avg. Current (A) Table 19.22: Yellow Lens Typec OY12 OY24 OY120 White Lens Typec OW12 OW24 OW120 Fluted Blue Lens Typec — FB24 FB120 $ Price 28.70 Replacement Lamps—Class 9001, Type O Sylvania Lamp Number 12PSB 24PSB 120PSB Voltage 12 V 24 V 120 V 19-10 Clear Lens Typec OC12 OC24 OC120 CP1 CS1 CS2 Discount Schedule Square D Part Number 2550105003 2550105004 2550105005 $ Price 16.50 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Compact Pilot Lights Type J Compact Pilot Lights www.schneider-electric.us Standard, Push-To-Test, and Remote Test Pilot Lights Class 9001 Type J compact pilot lights are designed to be mounted in a 0.69 in. (11•16 in. or 17.5 mm) diameter mounting hole. Each terminal accepts up to two 14 AWG wires (CU only). Type J compact pilot lights meet NEMA 4 (watertight) and NEMA 13 (oiltight). Type JT push-to-test pilot lights have contacts built into the encapsulated body. Type JTR remote test pilot lights have dual inputs for one push remote testing—all you need is a push button with a current rating equal to or greater than the total lamp draw. Type JTR remote test pilot lights can also be energized from two separate input signals of the same voltage and polarity. This is done by wiring the Test terminal to the second input signal. Standard Pilot Light a Style/Voltage Color Capb None $ Price Red Green $ Price Transformer, 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz JP1 143.00 JP1R29 JP1G29 JP1Y29 153.00 Incandescent, 120 Vac/Vdc JP38 116.00 JP38R29 JP38G29 JP38Y29 126.00 Incandescent, 24–28 Vac/Vdc LED, 24–28 Vac LED, 24–28 Vdc LED, 120 Vac Red Replacement LED, Yellow 120 Vac Green JP35 — — — — — — 116.00 — — — — — — JP35R29 JP35LRR29 JP35DRR29 JP38LRR29 — — — JP35G29 JP35LGG29 JP35DGG29 JP38LGG29 — — — JP35Y29 JP35LYY29 JP35DYY29 JP38LYY29 — — — 126.00 153.00 153.00 153.00 — — — Table 19.24: Transformer, 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Incandescent, 120 Vac/Vdc Incandescent, 24-28 Vac/Vdc LED, 24–28 Vac LED, 24–28 Vdc LED, 120 Vac Red Replacement LED, Yellow 120 Vac Green Table 19.25: Color Red Green Amber Blue White Yellow Table 19.26: Color Capb None $ Price JT1 JT38 JT35 — — — — — — 185.00 158.00 158.00 — — — — — — Red Green Yellow $ Price JT1R29 JT38R29 JT35R29 JT35LRR29 JT35DRR29 JT38LRR29 — — — JT1G29 JT38G29 JT35G29 JT35LGG29 JT35DGG29 JT38LGG29 — — — JT1Y29 JT38Y29 JT35Y29 JT35LYY29 JT35DYY29 JT38LYY29 — — — 195.00 168.00 168.00 195.00 195.00 195.00 — — — Replacement Lamp 6.3 V, 0.15 A 120 V, 0.015 A 28 V, 0.040 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A — — — 2550101020 12.50 2550101040 12.50 2550101024 — — — 6508805207 6508805208 6508805209 12.50 — — — 43.00 43.00 43.00 $ Price Lamp 6.3 V, 0.15 A 120 V, 0.015 A 28 V, 0.040 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A 28 V, 0.03 A — — — Replacement Lamp 2550101020 2550101040 2550101024 — — 6508805207 6508805208 6508805209 $ Price 12.50 12.50 12.50 — — — 43.00 43.00 43.00 Color Caps, Class 9001 Type J Replacement Color Caps Plasticb R29 G29 A29 L29 W29 Y29 $ Price 9.90 Legend Plates Maximum Number of Lines Description Maximum Number of Characters Black Field Red Field Blank Special Marking (Specify Marking) Black Field Red Field Blank Aluminum Field Special Marking (Specify Marking) a b Lamp Push-To-Test Pilot Light a Style/Voltage © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Yellow Aluminum Field 2 2 8 16 Catalog Numberb $ Price JN100 JN100R 4.40 JN199 JN199R 18.50 JN700 4.40 JN799 18.50 Other voltages are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. To order, add prefix 9001 to the beginning of the catalog number. CS1 I Discount Schedule 19-11 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Type JP1R29 19 Table 19.23: 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.27: Type of Operator Illuminated Push Buttons (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact N.O. XB6DW•••B Flush, spring return XB6CE•••B Flush, maintained Extended, spring return 19 Type of Operator 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Flush, maintained Extended, spring return $ Price Rectangular Square Round White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue XB6DW1B1B XB6DW3B1B XB6DW5B1B XB6DW6B1B XB6DW4B2B XB6DW1B5B XB6DW3B5B XB6DW4B5B XB6DW5B5B XB6DW6B5B XB6DF1B1B XB6DF3B1B XB6DF5B1B XB6DF6B1B XB6DF4B2B XB6DF1B5B XB6DF3B5B XB6DF4B5B XB6DF5B5B XB6DF6B5B XB6DE1B1B XB6DE3B1B XB6DE5B1B XB6DE6B1B XB6DE4B2B XB6DE1B5B XB6DE3B5B XB6DE4B5B XB6DE5B5B XB6DE6B5B Catalog Number XB6CW1B1B XB6CW3B1B XB6CW5B1B XB6CW6B1B XB6CW4B2B XB6CW1B5B XB6CW3B5B XB6CW4B5B XB6CW5B5B XB6CW6B5B XB6CF1B1B XB6CF3B1B XB6CF5B1B XB6CF6B1B XB6CF4B2B XB6CF1B5B XB6CF3B5B XB6CF4B5B XB6CF5B5B XB6CF6B5B XB6CE1B1B XB6CE3B1B XB6CE5B1B XB6CE6B1B XB6CE4B2B XB6CE1B5B XB6CE3B5B XB6CE4B5B XB6CE5B5B XB6CE6B5B XB6AW1B1B XB6AW3B1B XB6AW5B1B XB6AW6B1B XB6AW4B2B XB6AW1B5B XB6AW3B5B XB6AW4B5B XB6AW5B5B XB6AW6B5B XB6AF1B1B XB6AF3B1B XB6AF5B1B XB6AF6B1B XB6AF4B2B XB6AF1B5B XB6AF3B5B XB6AF4B5B XB6AF5B5B XB6AF6B5B XB6AE1B1B XB6AE3B1B XB6AE5B1B XB6AE6B1B XB6AE4B2B XB6AE1B5B XB6AE3B5B XB6AE4B5B XB6AE5B5B XB6AE6B5B 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 Illuminated Push Buttons (120 Vac LED included) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact N.O. Flush, spring return Color N.C. XB6AF•••B Table 19.28: www.schneider-electric.us Color $ Price Rectangular Square Round XB6DW1G1B XB6DW3G1B XB6DW5G1B XB6DW6G1B XB6DW4G2B XB6DW1G5B XB6DW3G5B XB6DW4G5B XB6DW5G5B XB6DW6G5B XB6DF1G1B XB6DF3G1B XB6DF5G1B XB6DF6G1B XB6DF4G2B XB6DF1G5B XB6DF3G5B XB6DF4G5B XB6DF5G5B XB6DF6G5B XB6DE1G1B XB6DE3G1B XB6DE5G1B XB6DE6G1B XB6DE4G2B XB6DE1G5B XB6DE3G5B XB6DE4G5B XB6DE5G5B XB6DE6G5B Catalog Number XB6CW1G1B XB6CW3G1B XB6CW5G1B XB6CW6G1B XB6CW4G2B XB6CW1G5B XB6CW3G5B XB6CW4G5B XB6CW5G5B XB6CW6G5B XB6CF1G1B XB6CF3G1B XB6CF5G1B XB6CF6G1B XB6CF4G2B XB6CF1G5B XB6CF3G5B XB6CF4G5B XB6CF5G5B XB6CF6G5B XB6CE1G1B XB6CE3G1B XB6CE5G1B XB6CE6G1B XB6CE4G2B XB6CE1G5B XB6CE3G5B XB6CE4G5B XB6CE5G5B XB6CE6G5B XB6AW1G1B XB6AW3G1B XB6AW5G1B XB6AW6G1B XB6AW4G2B XB6AW1G5B XB6AW3G5B XB6AW4G5B XB6AW5G5B XB6AW6G5B XB6AF1G1B XB6AF3G1B XB6AF5G1B XB6AF6G1B XB6AF4G2B XB6AF1G5B XB6AF3G5B XB6AF4G5B XB6AF5G5B XB6AF6G5B XB6AE1G1B XB6AE3G1B XB6AE5G1B XB6AE6G1B XB6AE4G2B XB6AE1G5B XB6AE3G5B XB6AE4G5B XB6AE5G5B XB6AE6G5B N.C. 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red White Green Red Yellow Blue 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 44.40 44.40 52.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 19-12 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.29: Pilot Lights (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Color XB6DV••B $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue Rectangular Square Round XB6DV1BB XB6DV3BB XB6DV4BB XB6DV5BB XB6DV6BB Catalog Number XB6CV1BB XB6CV3BB XB6CV4BB XB6CV5BB XB6CV6BB XB6AV1BB XB6AV3BB XB6AV4BB XB6AV5BB XB6AV6BB 27.30 XB6CV••B Pilot Lights (120 Vac LED) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs $ Price Color XB6AV••B Rectangular Square Round XB6DV1GB XB6DV3GB XB6DV4GB XB6DV5GB XB6DV6GB Catalog Number XB6CV1GB XB6CV3GB XB6CV4GB XB6CV5GB XB6CV6GB XB6AV1GB XB6AV3GB XB6AV4GB XB6AV5GB XB6AV6GB White Green Red Yellow Blue Table 19.31: Push Buttons (Non-Illuminated) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact Type of Push Color $ Price XB6DA••B N.O. Flush, spring return Square Round XB6DA11B XB6DA21B XB6DA31B XB6DA51B XB6DA61B XB6DA22B XB6DA42B XB6DA15B XB6DA25B XB6DA35B XB6DA45B XB6DA55B XB6DA65B Catalog Number XB6CA11B XB6CA21B XB6CA31B XB6CA51B XB6CA61B XB6CA22B XB6CA42B XB6CA15B XB6CA25B XB6CA35B XB6CA45B XB6CA55B XB6CA65B XB6AA11B XB6AA21B XB6AA31B XB6AA51B XB6AA61B XB6AA22B XB6AA42B XB6AA15B XB6AA25B XB6AA35B XB6AA45B XB6AA55B XB6AA65B 1 — — 1 1 1 White Black Green Yellow Blue Black Red White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 26.20 26.20 34.10 Trigger Action Emergency Stop Mushroom Head Push Buttons (Color Red)a Shape of Head Type of Push Type of Contact N.O. N.C. Diameter of Head (mm) Catalog Number — 1 30 XB6AS8342B 65.00 1 1 30 XB6AS8345B 73.00 — 1 30 XB6AS9342Bb 78.00 1 1 30 XB6AS9345Bb 87.00 $ Price 19 Table 19.32: Rectangular N.C. XB6CA••B XB6AA••B 27.30 Turn-to-release XB6AS8345B Key release a b XB6AS9345B Complies with EN418/ISO13850 standards for Emergency Stop push buttons when used with circular Legend Plate ZB6Y7330 (see page 19-22) Ronis 200 key Table 19.33: Circular Legends, 45 mm Description Color Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow Text Blank Emergency stop Catalog Number ZB6Y7001 ZB6Y7330 $ Price 3.40 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 ZB6Y7330 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.30: CS2 Discount Schedule 19-13 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 o Table 19.34: Type of Operator Selector Switches (Switching Angle: Handle: 60 , Key: 70 ) Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs Type of Contact Number and Type of Positions $ Price Rectangular XB6DD•••B N.O. N.C. 1 — 1 1 Handle www.schneider-electric.us o Square Round Catalog Number 2-maintained XB6DD221B XB6CD221B XB6AD221B 29.70 2-maintained XB6DD225B XB6CD225B XB6AD225B 37.60 3-maintained XB6DD235B XB6CD235B XB6AD235B 37.60 3-maintained XB6DD233B XB6CD233B XB6AD233B 37.60 Rectangular Square Round XB6CD•••B 2 Type of Operator — Type of Contact N.O. Number and Type of Positions $ Price N.C. XB6AD•••B 1 1 Catalog Number 2-maintained XB6DGC5B XB6CGC5B XB6AGC5B 68.00 2-maintained XB6DGB5B XB6CGB5B XB6AGB5B 68.00 3-maintained XB6DGH5B XB6CGH5B XB6AGH5B 68.00 3-maintained XB6DGH3B XB6CGH3B XB6AGH3B 68.00 Key 2 XB6DG••B Note: — Indicates key withdrawal position. Table 19.35: Selector Switch Sequence 19 2 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide a PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XB6CG••B O X O X O X X O 1 N.O. (left or right) 1 N.C. (left or right) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 3 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide a XB6AG••B O X X O X O a O O O X X X X X O X O O 1 N.O. (left) 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side) 1 N.O. (right) 1 N.C. (right) 1 N.C. (left) 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side) As viewed from the front of the panel. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 19-14 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.36: Contact Blocks and Light Modules for Illuminated Push Buttonsa Description Type of Contact Supply Voltage N.O. N.C. 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — — 1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 1 Color of Light Source Catalog Number White Green Yellow Blue Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Yellow Blue Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow Blue — — — ZB6ZB11B ZB6ZB31B ZB6ZB51B ZB6ZB61B ZB6ZB42B ZB6ZB52B ZB6ZB15B ZB6ZB35B ZB6ZB45B ZB6ZB55B ZB6ZB65B ZB6ZG11B ZB6ZG31B ZB6ZG51B ZB6ZG61B ZB6ZG42B ZB6ZG52B ZB6ZG15B ZB6ZG35B ZB6ZG45B ZB6ZG55B ZB6ZG65B ZB6ZH01B ZB6ZH02B ZB6ZH05B $ Price Quick connectors/solder tabs ZB6ZB••B 12–24 Vac/Vdc Integral LED b ZB6ZH••B 120 Vac Direct for incandescent bulb (not included)d Table 19.37: < 24 Vac/Vdc 28.00 28.00 35.20 28.00 28.00 35.20 23.80 23.80 31.00 Contact Blocks for Push Buttons and Selector Switches Type of Contact Description Catalog Number $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — 2 — 1 — 1 — 2 1 ZB6Z1B ZB6Z2B ZB6Z3B ZB6Z4B ZB6Z5B 9.40 9.40 16.60 16.60 16.60 Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price 110 Vac 230 Vac White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue — — ZB6EB1B ZB6EB3B ZB6EB4B ZB6EB5B ZB6EB6B ZB6EG1B ZB6EG3B ZB6EG4B ZB6EG5B ZB6EG6B ZB6EG0B ZB6EM0B < 24 Vac/Vdc — ZB6EH0B Quick connectors/solder tabs ZB6Z•B Contact blocks with mounting base Table 19.38: Light Modules for Pilot Lights Description Quick connectors/solder tabsf 120 Vac With resistor for 95 V neon bulb (not included) de ZB6E•0B Direct supply for 0.6 W max. incandescent bulb (not included)d Table 19.39: 14.40 Type of Contact Catalog Number $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — ZB6E1B 7.20 Silver alloy Quick connectors/solder tabs — 1 ZB6E2B 7.20 1 — ZB6E1E 12.40 Gold flashed Quick connectors/solder tabs — 1 ZB6E2E 12.40 a Illuminated selector switches can be assembled by using a contact block/light module assembly in conjunction with a selector switch head, supplied without handle, and a transparent handle. See page 19-16. b The LED must be the same color as the push button cap. c The LED must be the same color as the lens. d Order bulbs separately. See page 19-22. e Neon bulb can only be used with a red, yellow, or white cap. f Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. See page 19-22. Table 19.40: ZB6Y010 15.60 15.60 Separate Contact Blocks (Maximum of 3 contacts per mounting base.) Contact Material ZB6E•B 16.60 For use with mounting base Accessories for Printed Circuit Board Installations Description for use with Plug-in Socket Adapter contact blocks and light modules Catalog Number ZB6Y010 Body Bracket plug-in socket adapter ZB6Y011 ZB6Y011 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-15 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Integral LEDc 16.60 19 12–24 Vac/Vdc ZB6E••B 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.41: Heads for Illuminated Push Buttons (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15) Type of Push Color $ Price Rectangular ZB6DW• ZB6CE• ZB6AF• a Square Catalog Number White ZB6DW1 ZB6CW1 Green ZB6DW3 ZB6CW3 Red ZB6DW4 ZB6CW4 Flush, spring return Yellow ZB6DW5 ZB6CW5 Blue ZB6DW6 ZB6CW6 5 colors a ZB6DW9 ZB6CW9 White ZB6DF1 ZB6CF1 Green ZB6DF3 ZB6CF3 Red ZB6DF4 ZB6CF4 Flush, maintained Yellow ZB6DF5 ZB6CF5 Blue ZB6DF6 ZB6CF6 5 colors a ZB6DF9 ZB6CF9 White ZB6DE1 ZB6CE1 Green ZB6DE3 ZB6CE3 Red ZB6DE4 ZB6CE4 Extended, spring return Yellow ZB6DE5 ZB6CE5 Blue ZB6DE6 ZB6CE6 5 colorsa ZB6DE9 ZB6CE9 Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue). Table 19.42: ZB6DV• Round ZB6AW1 ZB6AW3 ZB6AW4 ZB6AW5 ZB6AW6 ZB6AW9 ZB6AF1 ZB6AF3 ZB6AF4 ZB6AF5 ZB6AF6 ZB6AF9 ZB6AE1 ZB6AE3 ZB6AE4 ZB6AE5 ZB6AE6 ZB6AE9 16.40 14.40 16.40 14.40 16.40 $ Price Rectangular 19 b 14.40 Heads for Pilot Lights (To combine with light modules, see page 19-15.) Color ZB6CV• www.schneider-electric.us Square Catalog Number White ZB6DV1 ZB6CV1 Green ZB6DV3 ZB6CV3 Red ZB6DV4 ZB6CV4 Yellow ZB6DV5 ZB6CV5 Blue ZB6DV6 ZB6CV6 5 colors b ZB6DV9 ZB6CV9 Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue). Round ZB6AV1 ZB6AV3 ZB6AV4 ZB6AV5 ZB6AV6 ZB6AV9 8.20 10.20 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB6AV• 19-16 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Non-Illuminated Operators and Selector Switches Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Non-Illuminated Operators Table 19.43: Heads for Push Buttons (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Type of Push Color $ Price Rectangular ZB6DA• Square Round Catalog Number White ZB6DA1 ZB6CA1 Black ZB6DA2 ZB6CA2 ZB6AA1 ZB6AA2 Green ZB6DA3 ZB6CA3 ZB6AA3 Red ZB6DA4 ZB6CA4 ZB6AA4 Yellow ZB6DA5 ZB6CA5 ZB6AA5 Blue ZB6DA6 ZB6CA6 ZB6AA6 6 colorsa ZB6DA9 ZB6CA9 ZB6AA9 14.40 ZB6CA• Flush, spring return a 16.40 Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue). ZB6AA• Table 19.44: Mushroom Heads for Trigger Action Push Buttons (30 mm)b Shape of Head Type of Push Cap Color Catalog Number $ Price Turn-to-release Red ZB6AS834 49.60 Key release Red ZB6AS934c 62.60 ZB6AS834 Table 19.45: ZB6AS934 Circular Legends, 45 mm Description Color Circular legends, 45 mm b c Text Catalog Number Blank ZB6Y7001 Emergency stop ZB6Y7330 $ Price Yellow 3.40 Complies with EN418/ISO13850 standards for Emergency Stop push buttons when used with circular Legend Plate ZB6Y7330 (see page 19-22) Ronis 200 key ZB6Y7330 Table 19.46: Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Number and Type of Positions Color of Handle $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number ZB6DD•• ZB6CD•• ZB6AD•• 2-maintained Black ZB6DD22 ZB6CD22 ZB6AD22 2-maintained Black ZB6DD28b ZB6CD28b ZB6AD28b 3-maintained Black ZB6DD23 ZB6CD23 ZB6AD23 2-spring return to center Black ZB6DD24 ZB6CD24 ZB6AD24 3-spring return to center Black ZB6DD25 ZB6CD25 ZB6AD25 3-spring return from right to center Black ZB6DD26 ZB6CD26 ZB6AD26 3-spring return from left to center Black ZB6DD27 ZB6CD27 ZB6AD27 a b c 19 Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45° 17.60 For bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum. Switching angle: maintained positions 90o. See selector switch sequence charts on page 19-19. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Non-Illuminated Selector Switches 19-17 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Selector Switches Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.47: www.schneider-electric.us Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Number and Type of Positions Color of Handle $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45° 2-maintained Black ZB6DD22 ZB6CD22 ZB6AD22 2-maintained Black ZB6DD28b ZB6CD28b ZB6AD28b 3-maintained Black ZB6DD23 ZB6CD23 ZB6AD23 2-spring return to center Black ZB6DD24 ZB6CD24 ZB6AD24 3-spring return to center Black ZB6DD25 ZB6CD25 ZB6AD25 3-spring return from right to center Black ZB6DD26 ZB6CD26 ZB6AD26 3-spring return from left to center Black ZB6DD27 ZB6CD27 ZB6AD27 ZB6DD•• 17.60 ZB6CD•• ZB6AD•• a b c For bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum. Switching angle: maintained positions 90o. See selector switch sequence charts on page 19-14. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-18 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Keyed Selector Switches Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.48: Heads for Ronis Key Operated Selector Switches a (To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.) Number and Type of Positions Key Withdrawal $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number Switching angle: maintained positions 70o, spring return positions 45o 2-maintained Right-hand position ZB6DGA ZB6CGA ZB6AGA Center position ZB6DGB ZB6CGB ZB6AGB Both positions ZB6DGC ZB6CGC ZB6AGC Center position ZB6DGL ZB6CGL ZB6AGL Left-hand position ZB6DGD ZB6CGD ZB6AGD Center position ZB6DGE ZB6CGE ZB6AGE Left-hand and center positions ZB6DGF ZB6CGF ZB6AGF Right-hand position ZB6DGG ZB6CGG ZB6AGG All 3 positions ZB6DGH ZB6CGH ZB6AGH Left-hand and right-hand positions ZB6DGJ ZB6CGJ ZB6AGJ Right-hand and center positions ZB6DGK ZB6CGK ZB6AGK Left-hand position ZB6DGQ ZB6CGQ ZB6AGQ Center position ZB6DGR ZB6CGR ZB6AGR Left-hand and center positions ZB6DGS ZB6CGS ZB6AGS Center position ZB6DGT ZB6CGT ZB6AGT ZB6DG• 2-spring return from right to center 3-maintained ZB6CG• 3-spring return from right to center ZB6AG• 3-spring return to center 45.60 Table 19.49: PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Note: Indicates key withdrawal position. a Ronis 200 key standard. Selector Switch Sequence (using contact block assemblies, page 19-15) 2 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide b X O X X O 1 N.O. (left or right) 1 N.C. (left or right) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 19 O X O 3 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide b b O O X X O X X O O O X X X X O O X O As viewed from the front of the panel. 1 N.O. (left) 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side) 1 N.O. (right) 1 N.C. (right) 1 N.C. (left) 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side) Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-19 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.50: www.schneider-electric.us Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a Description Without legend insert With blank legend insert Background Color of Legend — White or yellow Black or red Catalog Number ZB6YD20 ZB6YD21 ZB6YD22 $ Price 2.00 3.40 3.40 ZB6YD20 Table 19.51: 8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a Color ZB6Y2178 P STO ZB6Y2304 Marking Catalog Number O-I ZB6Y2178 I-II ZB6Y2179 International I-O-II ZB6Y2186 O ZB6Y2190 HAND-O-AUTO ZB6Y2387 CLOSE ZB6Y2314 DOWN ZB6Y2308 FORWARD ZB6Y2305 FAULT ZB6Y2334 White Text Red Background (Stop and Fault) LEFT ZB6Y2310 Black Background (all others) OFF ZB6Y2312 English ON ZB6Y2303 OPEN ZB6Y2313 RESET ZB6Y2323 REVERSE ZB6Y2306 RIGHT ZB6Y2309 RUN ZB6Y2311 STOP ZB6Y2304 UP ZB6Y2307 a Additional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT1102. $ Price 1.60 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-20 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.52: Push Button Caps—Marked Ink Marking Color: White on colored cap Black on white cap Color $ Price Rectangular Square Round Catalog Number For non-illuminated push buttons 1 2 3 4 ZB6YC•10 5 6 7 ZB6YA•10 8 9 ON OFF ZB6YD•17 I O R START ZB6YD•19 STOP II III ZB6YC•19 + UP DOWN ZB6YA•19 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CLOSE CS2 ZB6YD100 ZB6YD200 ZB6YD101 ZB6YD201 ZB6YD102 ZB6YD202 ZB6YD103 ZB6YD203 ZB6YD104 ZB6YD204 ZB6YD105 ZB6YD205 ZB6YD106 ZB6YD206 ZB6YD107 ZB6YD207 ZB6YD108 ZB6YD208 ZB6YD109 ZB6YD209 ZB6YD117 ZB6YD317 ZB6YD224 ZB6YD424 ZB6YD111 ZB6YD311 ZB6YD210 ZB6YD410 ZB6YD226 ZB6YD626 ZB6YD140 ZB6YD340 ZB6YD241 ZB6YD441 ZB6YD112 ZB6YD212 ZB6YD113 ZB6YD213 ZB6YD114 ZB6YD214 ZB6YD115 ZB6YD215 ZB6YD127 ZB6YD227 ZB6YD128 ZB6YD228 ZB6YD132 ZB6YD232 ZB6YD119 ZB6YD219 ZB6YD120 ZB6YD220 ZB6YD121 ZB6YD221 ZB6YD122 ZB6YD222 Discount Schedule ZB6YC100 ZB6YC200 ZB6YC101 ZB6YC201 ZB6YC102 ZB6YC202 ZB6YC103 ZB6YC203 ZB6YC104 ZB6YC204 ZB6YC105 ZB6YC205 ZB6YC106 ZB6YC206 ZB6YC107 ZB6YC207 ZB6YC108 ZB6YC208 ZB6YC109 ZB6YC209 ZB6YC117 ZB6YC317 ZB6YC224 ZB6YC424 ZB6YC111 ZB6YC311 ZB6YC210 ZB6YC410 ZB6YC226 ZB6YC626 ZB6YC140 ZB6YC340 ZB6YC241 ZB6YC441 ZB6YC112 ZB6YC212 ZB6YC113 ZB6YC213 ZB6YC114 ZB6YC214 ZB6YC115 ZB6YC215 ZB6YC127 ZB6YC227 ZB6YC128 ZB6YC228 ZB6YC132 ZB6YC232 ZB6YC119 ZB6YC219 ZB6YC120 ZB6YC220 ZB6YC121 ZB6YC221 ZB6YC122 ZB6YC222 ZB6YA100 ZB6YA200 ZB6YA101 ZB6YA201 ZB6YA102 ZB6YA202 ZB6YA103 ZB6YA203 ZB6YA104 ZB6YA204 ZB6YA105 ZB6YA205 ZB6YA106 ZB6YA206 ZB6YA107 ZB6YA207 ZB6YA108 ZB6YA208 ZB6YA109 ZB6YA209 ZB6YA117 ZB6YA317 ZB6YA224 ZB6YA424 ZB6YA111 ZB6YA311 ZB6YA210 ZB6YA410 ZB6YA226 ZB6YA626 ZB6YA140 ZB6YA340 ZB6YA241 ZB6YA441 ZB6YA112 ZB6YA212 ZB6YA113 ZB6YA213 ZB6YA114 ZB6YA214 ZB6YA115 ZB6YA215 ZB6YA127 ZB6YA227 ZB6YA128 ZB6YA228 ZB6YA132 ZB6YA232 ZB6YA119 ZB6YA219 ZB6YA120 ZB6YA220 ZB6YA121 ZB6YA221 ZB6YA122 ZB6YA222 4.20 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB6YD•10 White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Green Black Red White Green Black Red Black Blue White Green Black Red White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black White Black 19 0 19-21 16 mm Push Buttons XB6 Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102 Table 19.53: ZB6Y002 ZB6Y009 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories Description Application Body Fitting contact blocks ZB6Y009 2.00 Bezel tightening tool + bulb extractor Fixing the switch and changing bulbs ZB6Y905 4.20 Three piece tool kit — ZB6Y019 12.40 Nut Fixing head to panel ZB6Y002 2.00 Adaptor Flush mounting a circular head push button or pilot light in Ø 22 mm cut-out ZB6YA002 6.20 Shroud Protecting contacts against touching ZB6Y001 3.40 Protective cover Catalog Number $ Price Circular and square head push buttons and switches ZB6YA001 16.60 Rectangular head push buttons and switches ZB6YD001 16.60 Female Quick connector/Solder tab Sold in lots of 100 pieces ZB6Y004 0.42 Blanking plug Plugging an unused knockout ZB6Y005 4.20 Ronis key, 2 pieces Key operated selector switches and emergency stop mushroom ZB6Y007 6.20 6V ZB6YA006 2.00 12 V ZB6YJ012 2.00 28 Va ZB6YB028 2.00 110/230 V b ZB6YG095 4.20 ZB6Y905 Incandescent bulbs, bayonet T1 1/4 ZB6Y005 ZB6Y007 ZB6Y001 Neon bulbs a b 28 V bulb supplied, for use on 24 V. 95 V bulb supplied, for use on 110/230 V. Table 19.54: ZB6YA001 Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a Description Without legend insert ZB6YD001 ZB6YD20 With blank legend insert Table 19.55: Background Color of Legend — White or yellow Black or red Catalog Number ZB6YD20 ZB6YD21 ZB6YD22 8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a Color 19 ZB6Y2178 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE P STO ZB6Y2304 Marking Catalog Number O-I ZB6Y2178 I-II ZB6Y2179 International I-O-II ZB6Y2186 O ZB6Y2190 HAND-O-AUTO ZB6Y2387 CLOSE ZB6Y2314 DOWN ZB6Y2308 FORWARD ZB6Y2305 FAULT ZB6Y2334 White Text Red Background (Stop and Fault) LEFT ZB6Y2310 Black Background (all others) OFF ZB6Y2312 English ON ZB6Y2303 OPEN ZB6Y2313 RESET ZB6Y2323 REVERSE ZB6Y2306 RIGHT ZB6Y2309 RUN ZB6Y2311 STOP ZB6Y2304 UP ZB6Y2307 a Additional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT0001. Table 19.56: ZB6Y7330 ZB6Y010 $ Price 1.60 Circular Legends, 45 mm Description Color Text Catalog Number Circular legends, 45 mm Yellow Blank Emergency stop ZB6Y7001 ZB6Y7330 Table 19.57: $ Price 2.00 3.40 3.40 $ Price 3.40 Accessories for Printed Circuit Board Installations Description for use with Plug-in Socket Adapter contact blocks and light modules Catalog Number ZB6Y010 Body Bracket plug-in socket adapter ZB6Y011 ZB6Y011 19-22 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.58: Shape of Head Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push Type of Contact Marking Cap Color Catalog Number Black Green Yellow Blue Red Black Green Red Yellow Blue XB4BA21 XB4BA31 XB4BA51 XB4BA61 XB4BA42 XB4BA25 XB4BA35 XB4BA45 XB4BA55 XB4BA65 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA2) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA3) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA5) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA6) (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA4) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA2) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA3) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA4) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA5) (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA6) “I” (white) Green XB4BA3311 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA331) 44.70 1 “O” (white) Red XB4BA4322 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA432) 44.70 1 — — — — 1 1 — — Black Green Yellow Blue Red Red XB4BP21 XB4BP31 XB4BP51 XB4BP61 XB4BP42 XB4BL42 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP2) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP3) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP5) (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP6) (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BP4) (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BL4) 1 1 — Red XB4BL45 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL4) 56.00 1 — — Black XB4BC21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BC2) 56.00 N.O. N.C. 1 — — — 1 — 1 1 — Flush 1 — Flush — XB4BA31 Flush XB4BA4322 Flush with clear silicone boot (color of pusher unobscured) XB4BP51 Extended Mushroom head Ø 40 mm Components $ Price 38.50 38.50 56.00 53.00 53.00 38.50 XB4BL42 Shape of Head Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push One flush green push* One extended red push** XB4BC21 Table 19.60: Shape of Head N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of Protection Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K XB4BL73415 Components (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL7341) $ Price 69.00 Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary + one white central pilot light (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push XB4BL73415 Type of Contact One flush green push* One extended red push** Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of ProtectionPilot Light Voltage Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K 24 XB4BW73731B5 120 XB4BW73731G5 240 XB4BW73731M5 $ Price 130.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.59: 19 One white central pilot light block XB4BL73731p5 Table 19.61: Shape of Head Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push Two flush pushes + one central projecting red push* Type of Contact N.O. 2 N.C. 1 Degree of Protection IP66 IP69K Marking and Cap Color Catalog Number White “I” on green background White “II” on green background *White “Stop” on red background XB4BA731327 Black “V” on white background White “B” on black background *White “Stop” on red background XB4BA711237 $ Price 120.00 XB4BA731327 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-23 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.62: Shape of Head www.schneider-electric.us Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm, Red (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Push Type of Contact Catalog Number Components $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 1 XB4BT845 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BT84) 1 1 XB4BS8445 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS844) 1 2 XB4BS84441 (ZB4BZ141 + ZB4BS844) Trigger action Key release a (No. 455) 1 1 XB4BS9445 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS944) Push-pull — 1 XB4BT42 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BT4) 68.00 Turn-to-release — 1 XB4BS542 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS54) 110.00 Key release (No. 455) — 1 XB4BS142 (ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS14) 147.00 Trigger action push-pulla 101.00 XB4BT845 Trigger action turn-to-releasea 165.00 165.00 XB4BS9445 XB4BS542 a Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). Table 19.63: Shape of Head Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections)b Type of Operator Type of Contact Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number Components $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — 2-maintained XB4BD21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BD2) 51.00 1 1 2-maintained XB4BD25 (ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BD2) 68.00 3-maintained XB4BD33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD3) 68.00 2 — 3-momentary to center XB4BD53 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD5) 75.00 2-maintained XB4BJ21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BJ2) 51.00 3-maintained XB4BJ33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ3) 68.00 3-momentary to center XB4BJ53 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ5) 75.00 XB4BG21 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG2) 123.00 XB4BG41 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG4) 123.00 XB4BG61 (ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG6) 123.00 XB4BG03 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG0) 141.00 XB4BG33 (ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG3) 141.00 Standard lever, black 19 XB4BD33 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 1 — 2 — Extended lever, black XB4BJ33 2-maintained 1 — 2-momentary to left Key (No. 455) 2 — 3-maintained XB4BG33 Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s). b See page 19-29 for contact configurations. Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 19-24 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.64: Pilot Lights with Protected LED™ (screw clamp terminal connections) a Shape of Head Supply Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac XB4BVB5 Table 19.65: Catalog Number XB4BVB1 XB4BVB3 XB4BVB4 XB4BVB5 XB4BVB6 XB4BVG1 XB4BVG3 XB4BVG4 XB4BVG5 XB4BVG6 Components (ZB4BVB1 + ZB4BV013) (ZB4BVB3 + ZB4BV033) (ZB4BVB4 + ZB4BV043) (ZB4BVB5 + ZB4BV053) (ZB4BVB6 + ZB4BV063) (ZB4BVG1 + ZB4BV013) (ZB4BVG3 + ZB4BV033) (ZB4BVG4 + ZB4BV043) (ZB4BVG5 + ZB4BV053) (ZB4BVG6 + ZB4BV063) $ Price 72.00 72.00 Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head XB4BV64 Color White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number Components Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) White XB4BV61 Green XB4BV63 < 250 Vac/Vdc Red XB4BV64 Yellow XB4BV65 Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included White XB4BV31 Green XB4BV33 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz Red XB4BV34 Yellow XB4BV35 $ Price (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV01) (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV03) (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV04) (ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV05) 51.00 (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV01) (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV03) (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV04) (ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV05) 117.00 XB4BV33 Table 19.66: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a Shape of Head Description Type of Contact N.O. N.C. Supply Voltage Color of Push Catalog Number Components $ Price Flush XB4BW33B5 1 1 110–120 Vac Direct supply for BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb not included 1 1 XB4BW3465 Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included < 250 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 1 1 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz XB4BW31B5 XB4BW33B5 XB4BW34B5 XB4BW35B5 XB4BW36B5 XB4BW31G5 XB4BW33G5 XB4BW34G5 XB4BW35G5 XB4BW36G5 XB4BW3165 XB4BW3365 XB4BW3465 XB4BW3565 XB4BW3135 XB4BW3335 XB4BW3435 XB4BW3535 XB4BW3145 XB4BW3345 XB4BW3445 XB4BW3545 (ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW313) (ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW333) (ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW343) (ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW353) (ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW363) (ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW313) (ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW333) (ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW343) (ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW353) (ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW363) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW31) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW33) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW34) (ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW35) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW31) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW33) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW34) (ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW35) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW31) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW33) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW34) (ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW35) 119.00 119.00 99.00 163.00 163.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 24 Vac/Vdc White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow XB4BW3545 a White XB4BW11B5 (ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW113) Green XB4BW13B5 (ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW133) 24 Vac/Vdc Red XB4BW14B5 (ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW143) 113.00 Yellow XB4BW15B5 (ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW153) Blue XB4BW16B5 (ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW163) 1 1 White XB4BW11G5 (ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW113) Green XB4BW13G5 (ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW133) 110–120 Vac Red XB4BW14G5 (ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW143) 113.00 Yellow XB4BW15G5 (ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW153) Blue XB4BW16G5 (ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW163) For 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, XB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes XB4BVM1 (240 V—AC only). Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-25 19 Extended 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.67: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked Shape of Head Type of Push Cap Color Catalog Number Flush, without color cap a — ZB4BA0 11.00 ZB4BA9 13.00 Flush, with set of 6 color caps ZB4BA0 Flush ZB4BA4 Flush with transparent cap, for insertion of legend b ZB4BA38 Booted Flush (clear silicone) Cap color unobscured Booted Extended (clear silicone) Cap color unobscured ZB4BP18 Booted (colored silicone) Cap color unobscured ZB4BL1 Booted (clear silicone) for insertion of legend b Cap color unobscured 19 Extended PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BA36 Guarded Head a b Shape of Head ZB4BL432 c ZB4BA1 ZB4BA2 ZB4BA3 ZB4BA4 ZB4BA5 ZB4BA6 ZB4BA8 ZB4BA18 ZB4BA38 ZB4BA48 ZB4BA58 ZB4BA68 ZB4BPA1 ZB4BPA2 ZB4BPA3 ZB4BPA4 ZB4BPA5 ZB4BPA6 ZB4BP1 ZB4BP2 ZB4BP3 ZB4BP4 ZB4BP5 ZB4BP6 ZB4BP1S ZB4BP2S ZB4BP3S ZB4BP4S ZB4BP5S ZB4BP6S ZB4BP18 ZB4BP38 ZB4BP48 ZB4BP58 ZB4BP68 ZB4BL1 ZB4BL2 ZB4BL3 ZB4BL4 ZB4BL5 ZB4BL6 ZB4BA16 ZB4BA26 ZB4BA36 ZB4BA46 ZB4BA56 ZB4BA66 13.00 16.00 25.80 25.80 25.80 29.00 13.00 35.00 Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked Type of Push Marking Text Cap Color Green White Green START White Green ON White RESET Black JOG Black Flush Red O White Black Red STOP White Black Red OFF White Black Black White c White Black Red O White Black Red Extended STOP White Black Red OFF White Black Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: I ZB4BA334 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Gray White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue $ Price Color cap to be ordered separately, see page 19-39. For legend ordering information, see page 19-39. Table 19.68: ZB4BA331 www.schneider-electric.us Marking Color White Black White Black White Black White White Catalog Number ZB4BA331 ZB4BA131 ZB4BA333 ZB4BA133 ZB4BA341 ZB4BA141 ZB4BA222 ZB4BA245 ZB4BA432 ZB4BA232 ZB4BA434 ZB4BA234 ZB4BA435 ZB4BA235 ZB4BA334 ZB4BA335 ZB4BL432 ZB4BL232 ZB4BL434 ZB4BL234 ZB4BL435 ZB4BL235 $ Price 18.60 18.60 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 19-26 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.69: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Push White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Flush ZB4BH02 Extended Table 19.70: Catalog Number ZB4BH01 ZB4BH02 ZB4BH03 ZB4BH04 ZB4BH05 ZB4BH06 ZB4BH1 ZB4BH2 ZB4BH3 ZB4BH4 ZB4BH5 ZB4BH6 $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 17.60 17.60 Three Head Operators, Momentary Shape of Head Premarked Description ZB4BA73133 Two flush + one central projecting red push marked “Stop” Two flush Marking Cap Color Degree of Protection “I” “II” “X” “V” “A” “E” “+” “-” “+” “-” “X” “V” “A” “E” “A” “E” Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green White White White Black White Black Black Black IP66 IP69K — — IP66 IP69K ZB4BA73132 ZB4BA73133 ZB4BA73134 ZB4BA73135 ZB4BA71115 60.00 ZB4BA71123 ZB4BA71124 ZB4BA72124 Without caps Two flush without caps ZB4BA71124 51.00 Two Head Operators, Momentary Shape of Head No Marking Description Marking Cap Color — Green Red — White Black Two flush Degree of Protection Catalog Number ZB4BA7340 ZB4BA7120 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended $ Price 37.20 — Green Red ZB4BL7340 “I” “O” Green Red ZB4BA7341 “I” “O” White Black ZB4BA7121 Premarked Two flush ZB4BA7121 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended “I” “O” Green Red Two flush without caps — — 41.40 ZB4BL7341 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.71: ZB4BA791 ZB4BL7341 19 Without caps IP66 IP69K ZB4BA79 35.00 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-27 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Operators and Emergency Stop Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.72: Mushroom Heads, Momentary Shape of Head Diameter of Head ZB4BC24 Color of Head Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue 30 mm 40 mm ZB4BC2 60 mm Table 19.73: www.schneider-electric.us Catalog Number ZB4BC24 ZB4BC34 ZB4BC44 ZB4BC54 ZB4BC64 ZB4BC2 ZB4BC3 ZB4BC4 ZB4BC5 ZB4BC6 ZB4BR2 ZB4BR3 ZB4BR4 ZB4BR5 ZB4BR6 $ Price 29.40 29.40 35.00 Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons Shape of Head ZB4BR2 Type of Push Diameter of Head Color Catalog Number Trigger action Push-pull a 40 mm Red ZB4BT84 54.00 30 mm Red ZB4BS834 112.00 60 mm Red Red marked “EMO” Red ZB4BS844 ZB4BS84430 ZB4BS864 112.00 118.00 112.00 30 mm Red ZB4BS934 112.00 40 mm Red ZB4BS944 b 112.00 60 mm Red Black Red Black ZB4BS964 ZB4BT2 ZB4BT4 ZB4BX2 112.00 Red ZB4BX4 Trigger action Turn-to-release a 40 mm ZB4BS834 Trigger action Key release (No. 455) a 40 mm Push-pull 60 mm ZB4BT4 $ Price 40.40 46.00 Black ZB4BS42 78.00 Red ZB4BS44 Black ZB4BS52 78.00 Red ZB4BS54 Red marked “EMO” ZB4BS5430 85.00 Turn-to-release 40 mm Yellow ZB4BS55 78.00 Yellow marked ZB4BS5550 85.00 “Robot Stop” Black ZB4BS62 60 mm 90.00 Red ZB4BS64 Black ZB4BS72 30 mm 112.00 Red ZB4BS74 Black ZB4BS12 Key release 40 mm 112.00 (No. 455) Red ZB4BS14 b Black ZB4BS22 60 mm 112.00 Red ZB4BS24 Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). Other key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. Example: The catalog number for a head with key No. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, becomes: ZB4BG212. 30 mm 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BS64 a b ZB4BS74 Table 19.74: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background) Diameter 60 mm 90 mm Text Blank EMERGENCY STOP Blank EMERGENCY STOP Catalog Number ZBY9101 ZBY9330 ZBY8101 ZBY8330 $ Price 3.40 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-39 ZBY9330 19-28 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Selector Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.75: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches b Color Number and Type of Positions $ Price Standard Lever a Extended Lever Catalog Number ZB4BD4 Standard Lever ZB4BJ3 Extended Lever a Black 2-maintained ZB4BD2 ZB4BJ2 24.00 Black 2-momentary from right to left ZB4BD4 ZB4BJ4 29.40 Black 3-maintained ZB4BD3 ZB4BJ3 24.00 Black 3-momentary to center ZB4BD5 ZB4BJ5 29.40 Black 3-momentary from left to center ZB4BD7 ZB4BJ7 29.40 Black 3-momentary from right to center ZB4BD8 ZB4BJ8 29.40 For colored lever, add the following code to the end of part number: 01–white, 03–green, 04–red, 05–yellow, 06–blue (Example: ZB4BD204). Table 19.76: Non-Illuminated Key Switches b Type of Operator Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number $ Price ZB4BG2 ZB4BG02 2-maintained ZB4BG4 Key (No. 455) c Note: The symbol 2-momentary from right to left ZB4BG6 indicates the key withdrawal position(s). ZB4BG0 ZB4BG3 90.00 ZB4BG03 ZB4BG8 3-maintained ZB4BG04 ZB4BG5 ZB4BG09 b c See Table 19.77 for contact configurations. Other key numbers: ZB4BG1 3-momentary from left to center —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. ZB4BG01 3-momentary to center ZB4BG7 116.00 ZB4BG8 3-momentary from right to center ZB4BG05 Example: For a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, order ZB4BG212. ZB4BG08 19 Table 19.77: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position 3-position 45° 315° Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed 0° 315° 45° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location Contacts L C R L C R L C R L C R L C N/O O O O X X X X X O O O O O X R X N/C X X X O O O O O X X X X X O O Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Selector Switch Sequence (Table 19.91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-33 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BG9 Discount Schedule 19-29 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Specialty Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.78: www.schneider-electric.us Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar) Shape of Head Description Application Catalog Number For shaft Ø 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) ZB4BD922 For potentiometer with shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in. (45 to 50 mm) (potentiometer not included) 142.00 For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm) ZB4BD922 Table 19.79: Contact Operation 2 direction Action Catalog Number Maintained XD4PA12 Momentary XD4PA22 Maintained XD4PA14 Momentary XD4PA24 Color Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse Catalog Number Color Type of Positions Catalog Number Black Maintained ZB4BD28 Black Momentary ZB4BD48 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 4 direction • $ Price 250.00 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 316.00 • Do not use standard contact blocks ZBE10 (single) or ZBE20 (double). Table 19.80: Legends for Joysticks Description XD4PA12 ZB4BD912 Joysticks (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) a Description a $ Price For use with Legends 30 x 48 mm for customer engraving 2 direction Legends 48 x 48 mm for customer engraving 4 direction $ Price ZBG2201 ZBG2401 3.40 ZBG4201 ZBG4401 19 Table 19.81: Two Position Toggle Switch PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Shape of Head $ Price 46.60 ZB4BD28 Table 19.82: Reset Operators, Flush, Adjustable Shaft Shape of Head Travel in. 0.39 Actuation Distance mm in. mm 0.24–0.63 6–16 0.63–1.02 16–26 1.18–5.12 30–130 5.12–10.12 130–257 10 XB4BA8•1 0.55 14 Color Catalog Number Black Red Blue Black Red Blue Black Red Blue Black Red Blue XB4BA821 XB4BA841 XB4BA861 XB4BA822 XB4BA842 XB4BA862 XB4BA921 XB4BA941 XB4BA961 XB4BA922 XB4BA942 XB4BA962 $ Price 30.10 30.10 36.10 45.10 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 19-30 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Pilot Lights Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.83: Pilot Light Heads Shape of Head For Use with Body Comprising Light Module Type Protected LED™ only ZB4BV063 Protected LED only Fresnel (jeweled) lens a For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED only b ZB4BV04 For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Fresnel (jeweled) lens b Direct supply Direct supply Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary 7.60 Light Source Supply Voltage (V) Catalog Number BA9s bulb 2.4 W max. Not included b BA9s incandescent bulb included BA9s incandescent bulb included <250 ZB4BV6 38.60 BA9s incandescent bulb included Supply Voltage $ Price 24 v 2 Watt ZB4BV624 49.20 120 v 2.4 Watt ZB4BV6120 49.20 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 400–50 Hz 440–480 Vac 60 Hz 550–600 Vac 60 Hz ZB4BV3 ZB4BV4 ZB4BV5 98.00 ZB4BV8 ZB4BV9 Color of Light Source Catalog Number White ZB4BVJ1 Green ZB4BVJ3 Red ZB4BVJ4 Yellow ZB4BVJ5 Blue ZB4BVJ6 White ZB4BVB1 Green ZB4BVB3 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB4BVB4 Yellow ZB4BVB5 Blue ZB4BVB6 White ZB4BVBG1 Green ZB4BVBG3 24–120 Vac/Vdc Red ZB4BVBG4 Yellow ZB4BVBG5 Blue ZB4BVBG6 White ZB4BVG1 Green ZB4BVG3 110–120 Vac Red ZB4BVG4 Yellow ZB4BVG5 Blue ZB4BVG6 White ZB4BV18B1 Green ZB4BV18B3 Flashing 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB4BV18B4 Yellow ZB4BV18B5 Blue ZB4BV18B6 White ZB4BV18G1 Green ZB4BV18G3 110–120 Vac Red ZB4BV18G4 Yellow ZB4BV18G5 Blue ZB4BV18G6 For 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, ZB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes ZB4BVM1 (240 V). For Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 1/40" or 2 x 0.110"). 12 Vac/Vdc c d 7.60 Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED™) c Light Source Screw clamp terminal connections d ZB4BV•• 7.60 Order bulb separately; see page 19-40. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120. Table 19.85: ZB4BV• 7.60 Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED) Direct supply b $ Price For use in bright ambient conditions, for example, in sunlight. Table 19.84: Description Screw clamp terminal connections ZB4BV6 ZB4BV013 ZB4BV033 ZB4BV043 ZB4BV053 ZB4BV063 ZB4BV013S ZB4BV033S ZB4BV043S ZB4BV053S ZB4BV063S ZB4BV01 ZB4BV03 ZB4BV04 ZB4BV05 ZB4BV06 ZB4BV07 ZB4BV01S ZB4BV03S ZB4BV04S ZB4BV05S ZB4BV06S ZB4BV07S $ Price 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 66.00 66.00 Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BV043S Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Amber Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Amber Blue Clear 19 a Color of Lens 19-31 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.86: www.schneider-electric.us Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear Green Red Yellow Blue ZB4BW313 ZB4BW333 ZB4BW343 ZB4BW353 ZB4BW363 ZB4BW513 ZB4BW533 ZB4BW543 ZB4BW553 ZB4BW563 ZB4BA18 ZB4BA38 ZB4BA48 ZB4BA58 ZB4BA68 ZB4BW113 ZB4BW133 ZB4BW143 ZB4BW153 ZB4BW163 ZB4BW413 ZB4BW433 ZB4BW443 ZB4BW453 ZB4BW463 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZB4BW31 ZB4BW33 ZB4BW34 ZB4BW35 ZB4BW36 ZB4BW37 ZB4BW11 ZB4BW13 ZB4BW14 ZB4BW15 ZB4BW16 ZB4BW17 Type of Push Color of Lens Catalog Number Push/Pull Mushroom (40 mm) Clear Green Red Yellow Blue ZB4BW613 ZB4BW633 ZB4BW643 ZB4BW653 ZB4BW663 Color of Lens Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB4BH013 ZB4BH033 ZB4BH043 ZB4BH053 ZB4BH063 ZB4BH13 ZB4BH33 ZB4BH43 ZB4BH53 ZB4BH63 $ Price Only use with Protected LED™ light modules Flush ZB4BW333 Flush with clear silicone boot Flush for insertion of legend ZB4BW563 Extended ZB4BW113 Mushroom (40 mm) 18.60 31.00 16.00 13.00 29.40 Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Flush ZB4BW33 Extended 19 Table 19.87: 18.60 13.00 Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head $ Price Only use with Protected LED light modules ZB4BW14 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.88: ZB4BW643 46.00 Illuminated Push-On/Push-Off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push $ Price Only use with Protected LED light modules Flush ZB4BH033 Extended ZB4BH63 19-32 24.80 19.60 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.89: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary Shape of Head No Marking Description Marking Cap Color — Green Red — White Black Two flush Degree of Protection Catalog Number $ Price ZB4BW7A3740 ZB4BW7A1720 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended 48.00 — Green Red ZB4BW7L3740 “I” “O” Green Red ZB4BW7A3741 “I” “O” White Black ZB4BW7A1721 “I” “O” Green Red ZB4BW7l3741 ZB4BW7A3741 Premarked Two flush One flush One extended ZB4BW7A1721 IP66 IP69K 52.00 Two flush “A” “E” White Black ZB4BW7A1724 Two flush “+” “-” White Black ZB4BW7A1715 Two flush without caps — — Without caps Table 19.90: IP66 IP69K ZB4BW7A9 35.00 Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever Shape of Head Catalog Number e Number and Type of Positions $ Price 2-maintained ZB4BK12•3 35.00 2-momentary from right to left ZB4BK14•3 51.00 3-maintained ZB4BK13•3 35.00 3-momentary to center ZB4BK15•3 51.00 3-momentary from right to center ZB4BK18•3 51.00 3-momentary from left to center ZB4BK17•3 51.00 ZB4BK1343 e Designate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue. Table 19.91: Sequence of Contacts on Illuminated Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Only use with Protected LED light modules 3-position 45° 0° 315° 45° 19 315° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location N/O Contacts N/C Note: L=Left, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed L R L R L R L R L O O X X X O O O O X X X O O O X X X X O 2 Position Selector Switch 3 Position Selector Switch Contact block guide O X O X O X X O R Contact block guide 1 N.O. (left or right) 1 N.C. (left or right) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. O X X O X O O O O X X X X X O X O O 1 N.O. (left) 2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side) 1 N.O. (right) 1 N.C. (right) 1 N.C. (left) 2 N.C. wired in series (side by side) Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page19-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-33 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.92: www.schneider-electric.us Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks) Type of Contact Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 1 — ZB4BZ101 — 1 ZB4BZ102 2 — ZB4BZ103 Screw clamp terminal connections — 2 ZB4BZ104 1 1 ZB4BZ105 1 2 ZB4BZ141 For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB4BZ1029). Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. Description ZB4BZ101 Table 19.93: 22.00 22.00 38.20 38.20 38.20 55.00 Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED™) Type of Contact f Light Source $ Price N.O. Supply Voltage g Color N.C. 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac $ Price Catalog Number Screw clamp terminal connections ZB4BW0••3 ZB4BW06• f g White ZB4BW0B11 ZB4BW0G11 Green ZB4BW0B31 ZB4BW0G31 1 — Red ZB4BW0B41 ZB4BW0G41 Yellow ZB4BW0B51 ZB4BW0G51 Blue ZB4BW0B61 ZB4BW0G61 White ZB4BW0B12 ZB4BW0G12 Green ZB4BW0B32 ZB4BW0G32 — 1 Red ZB4BW0B42 ZB4BW0G42 Yellow ZB4BW0B52 ZB4BW0G52 Blue ZB4BW0B62 ZB4BW0G62 White ZB4BW0B13 ZB4BW0G13 Green ZB4BW0B33 ZB4BW0G33 2 — Red ZB4BW0B43 ZB4BW0G43 Yellow ZB4BW0B53 ZB4BW0G53 Blue ZB4BW0B63 ZB4BW0G63 White ZB4BW0B15 ZB4BW0G15 Green ZB4BW0B35 ZB4BW0G35 1 1 Red ZB4BW0B45 ZB4BW0G45 Yellow ZB4BW0B55 ZB4BW0G55 Blue ZB4BW0B65 ZB4BW0G65 Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-35. For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB4BW0B11 (24V) to ZB4BW0M11 (240V)) 19 Table 19.94: Supply 73.00 73.00 90.00 90.00 Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) h Light Source Supply Voltage Type of Contact h N.O. N.C. Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price 1 — 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — — — — — — — — — — ZB4BW061 ZB4BW062 ZB4BW063 ZB4BW065 ZB4BW031 ZB4BW035 ZB4BW041 ZB4BW045 ZB4BW081 ZB4BW085 55.00 55.00 71.00 71.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 Screw clamp terminal connections PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Direct supply BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb Not included h Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary BA9s incandescent bulb included < 250 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 440–480 Vac 60 Hz h i Order bulb separately, see page 19-40. Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-35. ZB4BW0•5 19-34 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Body/Mounting Collar For use with Electrical block (contact or light module) Catalog Number ZB4BZ009 Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de Table 19.96: Type of Contact Description N.O. 1 — 2 — 1 1 — 1 — ZB4BZ009 Standard single contact blocksab Standard double contact blocksab Special contact blocks for low power switching c N.C. — 1 — 2 1 — 1 — 1 Catalog Number ZBE101 ZBE102 ZBE203 ZBE204 ZBE205 ZBE1016 ZBE1026 ZBE1016P ZBE1026P Dusty environment c (IP5X, 50 µm dust) Early make 1 – ZBE201 N/O Late break — 1 ZBE202 N/C Staggered contacts Overlapping 1 1 ZB4BZ106 N/O+N/C Staggered — 2 ZB4BZ107 N/O+N/O a For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZBE1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). b For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029). c Cannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks. Low-power switching ZBE101 Table 19.97: $ Price 5.40 $ Price 16.40 16.40 33.20 33.20 33.20 32.80 32.80 32.80 32.80 16.40 16.40 32.80 32.80 Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections) de Description Supply Voltage ZBE203 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 24–120 Vac/Vdc 230–240 Vac ZBVB• Color of Light Source White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Catalog Number ZBVJ1 ZBVJ3 ZBVJ4 ZBVJ5 ZBVJ6 ZBVB1 ZBVB3 ZBVB4 ZBVB5 ZBVB6 ZBVG1 ZBVG3 ZBVG4 ZBVG5 ZBVG6 ZBVBG1 ZBVBG3 ZBVBG4 ZBVBG5 ZBVBG6 ZBVM1 ZBVM3 ZBVM4 ZBVM5 ZBVM6 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 33.20 19 Direct supply for BA9s — ZBV6 2.4 W max. bulb < 250 Vac/Vdc Not included f d Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. e Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. f See page 19-40 for bulb information. $ Price PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.95: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-35 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Spring Terminal Products Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US Table 19.98: www.schneider-electric.us Spring Terminal Products for XB4 22 mm Push Buttons Body/Mounting Collar For use with Catalog Number Contact block or light module ZB4BZ009 ZB4BZ009 $ Price 5.40 Contact Blocks a Spring Terminal Connections, Contacts for Standard Applications Description Type of contact Catalog Number N/O Single Contact blocks Single with body/mounting collar ZBE1015 $ Price N/C 1 – ZBE1015 18.00 – 1 ZBE1025 18.00 1 – ZB4BZ1015 24.00 – 1 ZB4BZ1025 24.00 2 – ZB4BZ1035 42.00 – 2 ZB4BZ1045 42.00 1 1 ZB4BZ1055 42.00 Light Modules a Spring Terminal Connections Description Supply voltage Color of light source 12 Vac/Vdc ZB4BZ1015 Integral LED (to combine with heads for integral LED) 24 Vac/Vdc 19 110–120 Vac PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 230–240 Vac a 19-36 Catalog Number $ Price White ZBVJ15 Green ZBVJ35 57.00 57.00 Red ZBVJ45 57.00 Orange ZBVJ55 57.00 Blue ZBVJ65 57.00 White ZBVB15 57.00 Green ZBVB35 57.00 Red ZBVB45 57.00 Orange ZBVB55 57.00 Blue ZBVB65 57.00 White ZBVG15 57.00 Green ZBVG35 57.00 Red ZBVG45 57.00 Orange ZBVG55 57.00 Blue ZBVG65 57.00 White ZBVM15 57.00 Green ZBVM35 57.00 Red ZBVM45 57.00 Orange ZBVM55 57.00 Blue ZBVM65 57.00 Additional blocks cannot be attached to the back of these contact blocks or light modules. However, spring terminal contact blocks can be mounted behind screw terminal contact blocks. CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Legend Holders Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends Description ZBZ32 Legend Color Without legend a With blank legend (for engraving) Custom Legend (Specify Engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line — Black or red background White or yellow background Black background Red background White background Yellow background With legend marked with international language Black or red background b ZBY•101 Black or red backgroundb ZBY2303 With legend marked with English language ZBZ33 ZBY610• a b Text — — — White White Black Black O (black background) O (red background) I II O-I I-II I-O-II AUTO AUTO-HAND AUTO-O-HAND CLOSE DOWN EMERGENCY STOP FAST FORWARD FOR-REV HAND HAND-OFF-AUTO INCH JOG LEFT OFF OFF-ON ON OPEN POWER ON RESET (red background) RESET (black background) REVERSE RIGHT RUN SLOW START STOP STOP-START UP Catalog Number ZBZ32 ZBY2101 ZBY4101 ZBY2002 ZBY2004 ZBY4001 ZBY4005 ZBY2146 ZBY2931 ZBY2147 ZBY2148 ZBY2178 ZBY2179 ZBY2186 ZBY2115 ZBY2364 ZBY2385 ZBY2314 ZBY2308 ZBY2330 ZBY2328 ZBY2305 ZBY2371 ZBY2316 ZBY2387 ZBY2321 ZBY2382 ZBY2310 ZBY2312 ZBY2367 ZBY2311 ZBY2313 ZBY2326 ZBY2323 ZBY2322 ZBY2306 ZBY2309 ZBY2334 ZBY2327 ZBY2303 ZBY2304 ZBY2366 ZBY2307 $ Price 2.00 3.40 14.20 3.40 3.40 For marked legends, see page 19-38. Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). Table 19.100: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends Description c Without legend insert Color — Black or red background White or yellow background With blank legend insert Catalog Number ZBZ33 ZBY6101 ZBY6102 $ Price 2.00 3.40 Table 19.101: 30 x 40 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends ZB Y• H101 Description c Without legend Color — Black or red background White or yellow background With blank legend Catalog Number ZBZ34 ZBY2H101 ZBY4H101 $ Price 2.00 3.40 3.40 19 ZB Z3 4 Table 19.102: 30 x 50 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 18 x 27 mm legends Description c Without legend With blank legend ZB Z3 5 Color — Black or red background White or yellow background Catalog Number ZBZ35 ZBY6H101 ZBY6H102 $ Price 4.20 5.40 5.40 ZB Y6H10• c © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved For custom Legends, see page 19-38. CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.99: 19-37 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Legend Inserts Only Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.103: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32) Color ZBY02178 ZBY02303 Marking Text Catalog Number O (black background) ZBY02146 O (red background) ZBY02931 I ZBY02147 International II ZBY02148 O-I ZBY02178 I-II ZBY02179 I-O-II ZBY02186 AUTO ZBY02115 AUTO-HAND ZBY02364 AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385 CLOSE ZBY02314 DOWN ZBY02308 EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330 English FAST ZBY02328 FORWARD ZBY02305 FOR-REV ZBY02371 HAND ZBY02316 HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387 Black or red background a INCH ZBY02321 JOG ZBY02382 LEFT ZBY02310 OFF ZBY02312 OFF-ON ZBY02367 ON ZBY02311 OPEN ZBY02313 POWER ON ZBY02326 RESET (red background) ZBY02323 RESET (black background) ZBY02322 REVERSE ZBY02306 RIGHT ZBY02309 RUN ZBY02334 SLOW ZBY02327 START ZBY02303 STOP ZBY02304 STOP-START ZBY02366 UP ZBY02307 a Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). $ Price 1.70 1.70 19 Table 19.104: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only) Description For use with PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 8 x 27 mm 30 x 40 mm legend holders 18 x 27 mm 30 x 50 mm legend holders Color Black or red background White or yellow background Black or red background White or yellow background Text Color White Black White Black Catalog Number ZBY0101 ZBY0102 ZBY5101 ZBY5102 $ Price Text Color White White Black Black White White Black Black Catalog Number ZBY01002 ZBY01004 ZBY01001 ZBY01005 ZBY05002 ZBY05004 ZBY05001 ZBY05005 $ Price 1.70 Table 19.105: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only) Description 19-38 For use with 8 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify Engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line (Example: ZBY01002 marked “Robot”) 30 x 40 mm legend holders 18 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify Engraving) 3 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line (Example: ZBY05002 marked “Robot”) 30 x 50 mm legend holders CS2 Discount Schedule Color Black background Red background White background Yellow background Black background Red background White background Yellow background 12.20 12.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.106: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights Description Marking Blank Text O I II III STOP International Sheets of 66 circular peel-off transparent self-adhesive legends 10.40 ZBY1316 ZBY1312 ZBY1311 ZBY1303 XBY2U 10.40 104.00 Table 19.107: Push Button Caps—Unmarked For use with Type of Push Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a Catalog Number ZBA1 ZBA2 ZBA3 ZBA4 ZBA5 ZBA6 ZBA9 ZBL1 ZBL2 ZBL3 ZBL4 ZBL5 ZBL6 ZBL9 $ Price Cap Color Catalog Number $ Price Green White Green White Green White White ZBA331 ZBA131 ZBA333 ZBA133 ZBA341 ZBA141 ZBA343 White Black ZBA344 White Green ZBA345 White Black ZBA245 White Green ZBA346 Flush ZBA• ZB4BA0 push button heads Extended ZBL• $ Price 6.20 ZBY1912 HAND OFF English ON START Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian SiS Label Software ZBY1101 Catalog Number ZBY1101 ZBY1146 ZBY1147 ZBY1148 ZBY1149 ZBY1304 a 2.00 4.20 2.00 4.20 Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue. For use with Type of Push Marking Text b Ic START c ON UP c DOWN c c ZBA•33 Color White Black White Black White Black Black c ZB4BA0 push button heads Flush 4.20 White ZBA334 d Black ZBA335 d Red ZBA432 Oc White Black ZBA232 Red ZBA434 STOP c White Black ZBA234 Red ZBA435 OFF White Black ZBA235 Rc White Blue ZBA639 Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified). Double injection molded marking. Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: b c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19 Black White PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.108: Push Button Caps—Marked 19-39 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.109: Multiple-head and XB5R Push Button Capsa For use with ZBA7235 Type of Push Marking Unmarked “I” black “V” black “+” black Unmarked “O” white “+” white “V” white “I” white Unmarked “I” white “+” white “A” white “II” white Unmarked “O” white Unmarked Unmarked Assorted ZBA7331 ZBA7432 Double push button heads Tripe push button heads ZB4RZA0 ZB5RZA0 ZBA79 a b Flush Cap Color Catalog Number ZBA71 ZBA7131 ZBA7134 ZBA7138 ZBA72 ZBA7232 ZBA7233 ZBA7235 ZBA7237 ZBA73 ZBA7331 ZBA7333 ZBA7335 ZBA7336 ZBA74 ZBA7432 ZBA75 ZBA76 ZBA79 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 10 colorsb $ Price 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 4.00 4.00 3.00 Sold in lots of 10. Set of 10 different caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on black background. Table 19.110: Accessories m imu min um mm xim Ø 6 m ma m Ø8 ZBZ3605 Description Padlocking kit Conforming to EN/ISO 13850 e (See legends below) Ø6 Metal guards Padlockable ZBZ160• Metal guard 19 Plastic guardsd ZBZ1800 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB4BZ6• Application For Emergency Stop function only, with the following Ø 40 trigger-action push buttons: XB4BT8• XB4BS8• XB4BS9• ZB4BT8• ZB4BS8• ZB4BS9• For Emergency Stop function only with the following Ø 40 mm trigger-action push buttons: XB4BT8• XB4BS8• XB4BS9• ZB4BT8• (except ZB5AT8643M) ZB4BS8• ZB4BS9• For XB4 illuminated push buttons Round Guard for ZB4BS5430, 2.5” dia EMO Mushroom Operators Narrow Flange Guard for ZB4BS5430 or ZB4BS84430 EMO Mushroom Operatorsf Trigger Action Guard for ZB4BS84430, 3” dia EMO Mushroom Operators Color Catalog Number $ Price Yellow ZBZ3605 108.00 Chromium Plated Black Red Yellow ZBZ1600 ZBZ1602 ZBZ1604 ZBZ1605 108.00 Blue ZBZ1606 Chromium-plated ZBZ1800 Yellow ZB4BZ1905 Yellow ZB4BZ2005 Yellow ZB4BZ2105 Black Red ZB4BZ62 ZB4BZ64 32.80 ZB4BZ011 16.60 ZB4SZ3 11.00 Padlockable flaps For push buttons Mounting kit For push buttons ZB4B• with flush mounting bezel head For 30 mm mounting hole. Minimum quantity 10 Metal blanking plug, round chromium plated c Plastic blanking plug, round black with mounting nut For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units Description Marking Color Without Yellow Ø 60 mm Legend for padlocking device ZBZ3605 EMERGENCY STOP Yellow c Requires a ZB4BZ009 body/mounting collar for mounting, see page 19-35. d For additional information, refer to publication 9001DB0601R6/06. e Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above. f Maximum panel thickness is 2.5 mm. 108.00 25.80 ZB5SZ3 11.00 Catalog Number ZBY9101T ZBY9330T $ Price Characteristics 6 V, 1.2 W 12 V, 2 W 24 V, 2 W 120–130 V, 2.4 W 120–130 V, 1.8 mA 230–240 V, 1,8 mA — Illuminated push buttons with flush push Catalog Number DL1CB006 DL1CE012 DL1CE024 DL1CE130 DL1CF110 DL1CF220 XBFX13 ZBZ8 $ Price Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) ZB4BZ905 52.00 ZBZ41 10.40 3.40 ZB4BZ011 Table 19.111: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories Description DL1CE••• DL1CF••• Replacement bulbs (Type BA9s) Incandescent Neon bulbs XBFX13 19-40 ZBZ8 Bulb extractor Lens cap tightening tool Power driver bits for mounting and wiring (package of 5) Mounting Adapter For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm KO CS2 Discount Schedule 11.00 15.20 11.00 6.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB4 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.112: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) a Description For use with Bellows seals for harsh environments (Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning) Any Harmony XB4 metal, mushroom head push button d, Ø 40 mm or Ø 60 mm (except ZB4BR•16) ZBZ•8 a Color & Material Red Silicone Black EPDM Yellow EPDM Sold in Lots of Catalog Number 2 ZBZ48 2 ZBZ28 2 ZBZ58 $ Price 12.40 Only when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T. Table 19.113: Boot for Standard Selector Switch Handle Description Boot for standard handle For use with ZB4BD•• Catalog Number ZBD D2 $ Price 12.40 ZBDD2 Table 19.114: Replacement Keys Description Key Number 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A Set of 2 keys Set of 2 keys, One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot) ZBG455 ZBG455P Catalog Number ZBG455 ZBG421E ZBG458A ZBG520E ZBG3131A ZBG455P ZBG421EP ZBG458AP ZBG520EP ZBG3131AP $ Price 11.00 23.40 Table 19.115: Clear Boots Description Single boots Double boots ZBP0 Triple boot For use with Booted push buttons with circular head Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications Double-headed push buttons, two flush Double-headed push buttons, one flush + one projecting Triple-headed push buttons, two flush + one projecting Material Catalog Number ZBP0 ZBP0A ZBA708 ZBA709 ZBA710 $ Price 12.40 12.40 10.80 10.80 10.80 Color Black Green Red Yellow Blue Catalog Number ZB2 BP012 ZB2 BP013 ZB2 BP014 ZB2 BP015 ZB2 BP016 $ Price Color Catalog Number $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZBV0113 ZBV0133 ZBV0143 ZBV0153 ZBV0163 ZBW9113 ZBW9133 ZBW9143 ZBW9153 ZBW9163 ZBW9313 ZBW9333 ZBW9343 ZBW9353 ZBW9363 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZBV011 ZBV013 ZBV014 ZBV015 ZBV016 ZBV017 ZBW911 ZBW913 ZBW914 ZBW915 ZBW916 ZBW917 ZBW931 ZBW933 ZBW934 ZBW935 ZBW936 ZBW937 Silicone Table 19.116: Colored boots 13.00 Table 19.117: Lens Caps For use with ZBA709 Lens caps for Protected LED™ light modules Pilot lights Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push 5.40 5.40 5.40 Lens caps for BA9 light modules ZBV01•3 Pilot lights Illuminated push buttons with flush push ZBV01• Illuminated push buttons with extended push © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 5.40 5.40 5.40 19-41 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Single boot (can be replaced without dismantling the head) 19 Description 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.118: Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head Type of Push XB5AA31 Type of Contact Marking Cap Color Catalog Number Black Green Yellow Blue Red Black Green Red Yellow Blue XB5AA21 XB5AA31 XB5AA51 XB5AA61 XB5AA42 XB5AA25 XB5AA35 XB5AA45 XB5AA55 XB5AA65 “I” (white) Green XB5AA3311 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA331) 44.70 1 “O” (white) Red XB5AA4322 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA432) 44.70 1 — — — — 1 1 — — Black Green Yellow Blue Red Red XB5AP21 XB5AP31 XB5AP51 XB5AP61 XB5AP42 XB5AL42 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP2) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP3) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP5) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP6) (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AP4) (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AL4) 1 1 — Red XB5AL45 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL4) 38.50 1 — — Black XB5AC21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AC2) 56.00 N.O. N.C. 1 — — — 1 — 1 1 — Flush 1 — Flush — Flush Components $ Price (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA2) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA3) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA5) (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA6) (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA4) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA2) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA3) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA4) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA5) (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA6) 38.50 38.50 56.00 XB5AA4322 Flush with clear silicone boot (color of pusher unobscured) XB5AP51 Extended Mushroom head Ø 40 mm XB5AL42 53.00 53.00 38.50 Table 19.119: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head Type of Push One flush green push* One extended red push** Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of Protection Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K XB5AL73415 Components $ Price (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL7341) 80.75 19 XB5AC21 Table 19.120: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary + one white central pilot light (screw clamp terminal connections) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Shape of Head Type of Push One flush green push* One extended red push** XB5AL73415 Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 1 1 Marking Degree of Protection Pilot Light Voltage Catalog Number *“I” (white) **“O” (white) IP66 IP69K $ Price 24 XB5AW73731B5 120 XB5AW73731G5 240 XB5AW73731M5 123.50 One white central pilot light block Table 19.121: Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) XB5AW73731p5 Shape of Head Type of Push Two flush pushes + one central projecting red push* XB5AA731327 19-42 Type of Contact N.O. N.C. 2 1 Degree of Protection IP66 IP69K Marking and Cap Color Catalog Number $ Price White “I” on green background White “II” on green background *White “Stop” on red background XB5AA731327 Black “V” on white background White “B” on black background *White “Stop” on red background XB5AA711237 114.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-39 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.122: Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm (Red) (screw clamp terminal connections) Type of Contact Shape of Head Type of Push Catalog Number Components $ Price (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AT84) 101.00 N.O. N.C. 1 1 XB5AT845 1 1 XB5AS8445 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS844) — 2 XB5AS8444 (ZB5AZ104 + ZB5AS844) Trigger action Key release (No. 455)a 1 1 XB5AS9445 (ZB5AZ105+ ZB5AS944) Push-pull — 1 XB5AT42 Turn-to-release — 1 XB5AS542 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS54) 110.00 Key release (No. 455) — 1 XB5AS142 (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS14) 147.00 XB5AS9445 Trigger action push-pulla Trigger action turn-to-releasea 165.00 XB5AT42 XB5AS542 a (ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AT4) 165.00 68.00 Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). Table 19.123: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections) b Shape of Head Type of Contact Type of Operator XB5AD33 Number and Type of Positions Catalog Number Components $ Price N.O. N.C. 1 — 2-maintained XB5AD21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AD2) 51.00 1 1 2-maintained XB5AD25 (ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AD2) 68.00 3-maintained XB5AD33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD3) 68.00 2 — 3-momentary to center XB5AD53 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD5) 75.00 2-maintained XB5AJ21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AJ2) 51.00 3-maintained XB5AJ33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ3) 68.00 3-momentary to center XB5AJ53 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ5) 75.00 XB5AG21 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG2) 123.00 XB5AG41 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG4) 123.00 XB5AG61 (ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG6) 123.00 XB5AG03 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG0) 141.00 XB5AG33 (ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG3) 141.00 1 — 2 — Extended lever, black XB5AJ33 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Standard lever, black 1 — 2-momentary to left Key (No. 455) XB5AG33 2 — 3-maintained b See 19-49 for contact configurations. Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s) Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-43 19 2-maintained 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Complete Devices Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.124: Pilot Lights with Protected LED™ (screw clamp terminal connections) a Shape of Head Supply Voltage Color White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue 24 Vac/Vdc XB5AVB1 110–120 Vac Catalog Number XB5AVB1 XB5AVB3 XB5AVB4 XB5AVB5 XB5AVB6 XB5AVG1 XB5AVG3 XB5AVG4 XB5AVG5 XB5AVG6 Components (ZB5AVB1 + ZB5AV013) (ZB5AVB3 + ZB5AV033) (ZB5AVB4 + ZB5AV043) (ZB5AVB5 + ZB5AV053) (ZB5AVB6 + ZB5AV063) (ZB5AVG1 + ZB5AV013) (ZB5AVG3 + ZB5AV033) (ZB5AVG4 + ZB5AV043) (ZB5AVG5 + ZB5AV053) (ZB5AVG6 + ZB5AV063) $ Price 72.00 72.00 Table 19.125: Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections) Shape of Head XB5AV63 Supply Voltage Color Catalog Number Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) b White XB5AV61 Green XB5AV63 < 250 Vac/Vdc Red XB5AV64 Yellow XB5AV65 Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included White XB5AV31 Green XB5AV33 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz Red XB5AV34 Yellow XB5AV35 Components $ Price (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV01) (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV03) (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV04) (ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV05) 51.00 (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV01) (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV03) (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV04) (ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV05) 117.00 Table 19.126: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a XB5AV34 Shape of Head Description Type of Contact N.O. N.C. Supply Voltage Color of Push Catalog Number Components $ Price Flush 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 110–120 Vac XB5AW31B5 19 Direct supply for BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb not included PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included XB5AW3465 1 1 < 250 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 1 1 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow White Green Red Yellow XB5AW31B5 XB5AW33B5 XB5AW34B5 XB5AW35B5 XB5AW36B5 XB5AW31G5 XB5AW33G5 XB5AW34G5 XB5AW35G5 XB5AW36G5 XB5AW3165 XB5AW3365 XB5AW3465 XB5AW3565 XB5AW3135 XB5AW3335 XB5AW3435 XB5AW3535 XB5AW3145 XB5AW3345 XB5AW3445 XB5AW3545 (ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW313) (ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW333) (ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW343) (ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW353) (ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW363) (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW313) (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW333) (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW343) (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW353) (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW363) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW31) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW33) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW34) (ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW35) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW31) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW33) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW34) (ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW35) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW31) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW33) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW34) (ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW35) 119.00 119.00 99.00 163.00 163.00 Extended XB5AW3335 a b White XB5AW11B5 (ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW113) Green XB5AW13B5 (ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW133) 24 Vac/Vdc Red XB5AW14B5 (ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW143) Yellow XB5AW15B5 (ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW153) Blue XB5AW16B5 (ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW163) 1 1 White XB5AW11G5 (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW113) Green XB5AW13G5 (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW133) 110–120 Vac Red XB5AW14G5 (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW143) Yellow XB5AW15G5 (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW153) Blue XB5AW16G5 (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW163) For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: XB5APVB1 (24 V) to XB5APVM1 (240 Vac only)) For bulb information, refer to page 19-61 113.00 113.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 19-44 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.127: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked Type of Push Cap Color Catalog Number Flush, without color cap a — ZB5AA0 11.00 Flush, with set of 6 color caps 6 colors b ZB5AA9 13.00 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Gray White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AA1 ZB5AA2 ZB5AA3 ZB5AA4 ZB5AA5 ZB5AA6 ZB5AA8 ZB5AA18 ZB5AA38 ZB5AA48 ZB5AA58 ZB5AA68 ZB5AL1 ZB5AL2 ZB5AL3 ZB5AL4 ZB5AL5 ZB5AL6 ZB5APA1 ZB5APA2 ZB5APA3 ZB5APA4 ZB5APA5 ZB5APA6 ZB5AP1 ZB5AP2 ZB5AP3 ZB5AP4 ZB5AP5 ZB5AP6 ZB5AP1S ZB5AP2S ZB5AP3S ZB5AP4S ZB5AP5S ZB5AP6S ZB5AP18 ZB5AP38 ZB5AP48 ZB5AP58 ZB5AP68 ZB5AA14 ZB5AA24 ZB5AA34 ZB5AA44 ZB5AA54 ZB5AA64 ZB5CA1 ZB5CA2 ZB5CA3 ZB5CA4 ZB5CA5 ZB5CA6 ZB5CL1 ZB5CL2 ZB5CL3 ZB5CL4 ZB5CL5 ZB5CL6 ZB5 AA16 ZB5 AA26 ZB5 AA36 ZB5 AA46 ZB5 AA56 ZB5 AA66 ZB5 CA16 ZB5 CA26 ZB5 CA36 ZB5 CA46 ZB5 CA56 ZB5 CA66 Flush Flush with transparent cap, for insertion of legend c ZB5AA5 Extended Booted Flush (clear) Cap color unobscured ZB5AL3 Booted Extended (clear) Cap color unobscured Booted (colored) Cap color unobscured Booted (clear) for insertion of legend c Cap color unobscured ZB5AP1 Flush Plunger (with high guard) Flush ZB5CA2 Extended Heads only Recessed (high guard) Heads only Recessed (high guard) a b c 13.00 16.00 13.00 25.80 25.80 25.80 29.00 32.20 27.00 27.00 32.20 Order color cap separately, see page 19-60. Six colored caps included with head (white, black, green, red, yellow, blue). For legend ordering information see page 19-60. Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB5AA0 $ Price 19 Shape of Head 19-45 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.128: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked Shape of Head Type of Push Marking Text T Color White Black White Black White Black White O White STOP White OFF White I START ON ZB5AA331 Flush ZB5AA432 Extended a Catalog Number Green White Green White Green White Green Red Black Red Black Red Black White ZB5AA331 ZB5AA131 ZB5AA333 ZB5AA133 ZB5AA341 ZB5AA141 ZB5AA345 ZB5AA432 ZB5AA232 ZB5AA434 ZB5AA234 ZB5AA435 ZB5AA235 ZB5AA343 ZB5AA344 ZB5AA334 ZB5AA335 ZB5AL432 ZB5AL232 ZB5AL434 ZB5AL234 ZB5AL435 ZB5AL235 ZB5CA331 ZB5CA432 32.00 Catalog Number ZB5AC24 ZB5AC34 ZB5AC44 ZB5AC54 ZB5AC64 ZB5AC2 ZB5AC3 ZB5AC4 ZB5AC5 ZB5AC6 ZB5AR2 ZB5AR3 ZB5AR4 ZB5AR5 ZB5AR6 $ Price UP Black DOWN a White Black White O White STOP White OFF White I White Black White Black Red Black Red Black Red Black Green O White Red ZB5AL232 Flush Cap Color $ Price 18.60 18.60 32.00 Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: Table 19.129: Mushroom Heads, Momentary ZB5AC24 Shape of Head Diameter of Head 30 mm 19 40 mm PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB5AC2 60 mm Color of Head Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue Black Green Red Yellow Blue 29.40 29.40 35.00 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 ZB5AR4 19-46 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.130: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push Color of Push White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Flush ZB5AH04 Extended Flush Catalog Number ZB5AH01 ZB5AH02 ZB5AH03 ZB5AH04 ZB5AH05 ZB5AH06 ZB5AH1 ZB5AH2 ZB5AH3 ZB5AH4 ZB5AH5 ZB5AH6 ZB5CH01 ZB5CH02 ZB5CH03 ZB5CH04 ZB5CH05 ZB5CH06 $ Price 17.60 17.60 35.20 Table 19.131: Two Head Operators, Momentary Shape of Head No Marking Description Marking Cap Color — Green Red — White Black Two flush Degree of Protection Catalog Number ZB5AA7340 ZB5AA7120 IP66 IP69K One flush One extended $ Price 35.50 — Green Red ZB5AL7340 “I” “O” Green Red ZB5AA7341 “I” “O” White Black ZB5AL7341 Premarked ZB5AA7121 IP66 IP69K ZB5AA7121 39.50 One flush One extended “I” “O” Green Red Two flush without caps — — IP66 IP69K ZB5AA79 Marking Cap Color Degree of Protection Catalog Number “I” “II” “X” “V” “A” “E” “+” “-” “+” “-” “X” “V” “A” “E” “A” “E” Green Green Green Green Green Green Green Green White White White Black White Black Black Black IP66 IP69K — — IP66 IP69K ZB5AL7341 Without caps 33.25 Table 19.132: Three Head Operators, Momentary ZB5AA73133 Two flush + one central projecting red push marked “Stop” Description Two flush $ Price ZB5AA73132 ZB5AA73133 ZB5AA73134 19 Shape of Head Premarked ZB5AA73135 ZB5AA71115 57.00 ZB5AA71123 ZB5AA71124 ZB5AA72124 Without caps Two flush without caps ZB5AA71124 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ZB5AA791 48.50 Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-60 CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Two flush 19-47 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Emergency Stop Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.133: Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Diameter of Head Color Catalog Number $ Price Trigger action Push-pull b 40 mm Red ZB5AT84 54.00 30 mm Red ZB5AS834 112.00 40 mm Red ZB5AS844 112.00 30 mm Red ZB5AS934 112.00 40 mm Red ZB5AS944 a 112.00 112.00 ZB5AS844 Trigger action Turn-to-release b Trigger action Key release (No. 455) b ZB5AS934 60 mm 30 mm Push-pull 40 mm 60 mm ZB5AT4 30 mm Turn-to-release 40 mm 60 mm 30 mm ZB5AS54 Key release (No. 455) 40 mm 60 mm a 19 b Red ZB5AS964 Black ZB5AT24 Red ZB5AT44 Black ZB5AT2 Red ZB5AT4 Black Red Black Red Black Red Yellow Black Red Black Red Black Red Black Red ZB5AX2 ZB5AX4 ZB5AS42 ZB5AS44 ZB5AS52 ZB5AS54 ZB5AS55 ZB5AS62 ZB5AS64 ZB5AS72 ZB5AS74 ZB5AS12 ZB5AS14 a ZB5AS22 ZB5AS24 40.40 40.40 46.00 78.00 78.00 90.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 Other key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. Example: The catalog number for a Ø 40 mm red mushroom head for a trigger action, maintained push button, with release by key no. 421E becomes: ZB5AS94412. Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850). ZB5AS64 Table 19.134: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Diameter Text Blank EMERGENCY STOP Blank EMERGENCY STOP 60 mm 90 mm Catalog Number ZBY9101 ZBY9330 ZBY8101 ZBY8330 $ Price 3.40 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 ZBY9330 19-48 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Selector Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.135: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches Color Number and Type of Positions $ Price Standard Lever a Extended Lever Catalog Number ZB5AD• Standard Lever ZB5AJX• Extended Lever a Black 2-maintained ZB5AD2 ZB5AJ2 24.00 Black 2-momentary from right to left ZB5AD4 ZB5AJ4 29.40 Black 3-maintained ZB5AD3 ZB5AJ3 24.00 Black 3-momentary to center ZB5AD5 ZB5AJ5 29.40 Black 3-momentary from left to center ZB5AD7 ZB5AJ7 29.40 Black 3-momentary from right to center ZB5AD8 ZB5AJ8 29.40 For colored lever, add the following code to the end of catalog number: 01—white, 03—green, 04—red, 05—yellow, 06—blue (Example: ZB5AD204). Table 19.136: Non-Illuminated Key Switches Type of Operator Catalog Number b Number and Type of Positions $ Price ZB5AG2 Key (No. 455) 2-maintained ZB5AG4 ZB5AG02 ZB5AG• 2-momentary from right to left ZB5AG6 ZB5AG0 90.00 ZB5AG3 3-maintained ZB5AG9 ZB5AG09 3-momentary from left to center ZB5AG1 3-momentary to center ZB5AG7 ZB5AG8 3-momentary from right to center PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Note: The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s). b Other key numbers: —key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number. —key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number. —key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number. —key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number. —key no. 8D1: add the suffix D to the catalog number. Example: The catalog number for a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, becomes: ZB5AG212 ZB5AG5 116.00 ZB5AG08 ZB5AG05 19 Table 19.137: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position 3-position 315° 45° 315° 45° 0° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location Contacts N/O L C R L C R L C R L C R L C O O O X X X X X O O O O O X X X X O O O O O X X X X X O O N/C X Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed R Selector Switch Sequence (Table 19.91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-33 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-49 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Specialty Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.138: Reset Operators Shape of Head Flush Actuation Distance in Text mm Color Catalog Number O R Green Red Blue Red Blue Green Red Blue Red Blue XB5AA831 XB5AA841 XB5AA861 XB5AA84101 XB5AA86102 XB5AA832 XB5AA842 XB5AA862 XB5AA84201 XB5AA86202 $ Price Adjustable Shafta Without 0.67–4.72 17–120 O R Without 4.72–10.12 120–257 XB5AA 37.60 45.40 45.40 43.40 50.00 50.00 Extended a 0.67–4.72 17–120 O Red XB5AL84101 45.40 4.72–10.12 120–257 O Red XB5AL84201 50.00 Shaft only (short) is W40437632 (Price = $20.00) Table 19.139: Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar) Shape of Head Description For potentiometer with shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in. (44 to 50 mm) (potentiometer not included) Application Catalog Number For shaft Ø 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) ZB5AD922 For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm) ZB5AD912 $ Price 142.00 Table 19.140: Joystick (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) b Description Contact Operation 2 direction 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 4 direction b Action Catalog Number Maintained XD5PA12 Momentary XD5PA22 Maintained XD5PA14 Momentary XD5PA24 $ Price 250.00 1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction 316.00 Do not use standard contact blocks ZBE10• (single) or ZBE20• (double) 19 Table 19.141: Legends for Joystick Description For use with Catalog Number Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse Black one side Red reverse White one side Yellow reverse XD5PA12 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Legends 30 x 48 mm for engraving 2 direction Legends 48 x 48 mm for engraving 4 direction $ Price ZBG2201 ZBG2401 3.40 ZBG4201 ZBG4401 Table 19.142: Hour Counters c Characteristics XB5DS• Indication 0–9999.9 (IP40 NEMA 1) Supply Voltage 12–24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz 120 Vac, 60 Hz 230–240 Vac, 50 Hz Catalog Number XB5DSB XB5DSG XB5DSM $ Price Supply Voltage 24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz 120 Vac, 60 Hz 230–240 Vac, 50 Hz Catalog Number XB5KSB XB5KSG XB5KSM $ Price $ Price 383.00 Table 19.143: Buzzer c Characteristics 85 db buzzer:4kHz, continuous or intermittent (IP40 NEMA 1) XB5KS• c 183.00 UR E191025, XHNR2 and XHNR8. Table 19.144: Two Position Toggle Switch Shape of Head Color Type of Positions Catalog Number Black Maintained ZB5AD28 Black Momentary ZB5AD48 46.60 ZB5AD28 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 19-50 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Pilot Lights Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.145: Pilot Light Heads Shape of Head For use with Body Comprising Light Module Type Protected LED™ only ZB5AV053 Protected LED only Fresnel (jeweled) lens a For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED only b ZB5AV01 For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Fresnel (jeweled) lens b Protected LED only ZB5CV063 a b Color of Lens Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Amber Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Amber Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AV013 ZB5AV033 ZB5AV043 ZB5AV053 ZB5AV063 ZB5AV013S ZB5AV033S ZB5AV043S ZB5AV053S ZB5AV063S ZB5AV01 ZB5AV03 ZB5AV04 ZB5AV05 ZB5AV06 ZB5AV07 ZB5AV01S ZB5AV03S ZB5AV04S ZB5AV05S ZB5AV06S ZB5AV07S ZB5CV013 ZB5CV033 ZB5CV043 ZB5CV053 ZB5CV063 $ Price 7.60 7.60 7.60 7.60 27.00 For use in bright ambient conditions (i.e., sunlight). Order bulb separately; see page 19-40. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120. 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-51 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Pilot Lights Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.146: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED) Description Light Source Supply Voltage (V) Catalog Number $ Price Screw clamp terminal connections Direct supply Direct supply Direct supply BA9s bulb 2.4 W max. Not included a BA9s incandescent bulb included BA9s incandescent bulb included ZB5AV6 Transformer type 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary a BA9s incandescent bulb included <250 ZB5AV6 38.60 24 V 2 W ZB5AV624 49.20 120 V 2.4 W ZB5AV6120 49.20 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 230–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 400–50 Hz 440–480 Vac 60 Hz 550–600 Vac 60 Hz ZB5AV3 ZB5AV4 ZB5AV5 98.00 ZB5AV8 ZB5AV9 Order bulb separately, see page 19-61. Table 19.147: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED™) bc Light Source ZB5AV3 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZB5AV•• 19-52 Supply Voltage Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price Screw clamp terminal connections White ZB5AVJ1 Green ZB5AVJ3 12 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AVJ4 Yellow ZB5AVJ5 Blue ZB5AVJ6 White ZB5AVB1 Green ZB5AVB3 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AVB4 Yellow ZB5AVB5 Blue ZB5AVB6 White ZB5AVBG1 Green ZB5AVBG3 24–120 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AVBG4 Yellow ZB5AVBG5 Blue ZB5AVBG6 White ZB5AVG1 Green ZB5AVG3 110–120 Vac Red ZB5AVG4 Yellow ZB5AVG5 Blue ZB5AVG6 White ZB5AV18B1 Green ZB5AV18B3 Flashing 24 Vac/Vdc Red ZB5AV18B4 Yellow ZB5AV18B5 Blue ZB5AV18B6 White ZB5AV18G1 Green ZB5AV18G3 110–120 Vac Red ZB5AV18G4 Yellow ZB5AV18G5 Blue ZB5AV18G6 b For Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB5AVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). c For 240 V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: ZB5AVB1 (24V) to ZB5AVM1 (240V)) CS2 Discount Schedule 57.00 57.00 57.00 57.00 66.00 66.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.148: Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Color Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AW313 ZB5AW333 ZB5AW343 ZB5AW353 ZB5AW363 ZB5AW513 ZB5AW533 ZB5AW543 ZB5AW553 ZB5AW563 ZB5AA18 ZB5AA38 ZB5AA48 ZB5AA58 ZB5AA68 ZB5AW113 ZB5AW133 ZB5AW143 ZB5AW153 ZB5AW163 ZB5CW313 ZB5CW333 ZB5CW343 ZB5CW353 ZB5CW363 ZB5CW113 ZB5CW133 ZB5CW143 ZB5CW153 ZB5CW163 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZB5AW31 ZB5AW33 ZB5AW34 ZB5AW35 ZB5AW36 ZB5AW37 ZB5AW11 ZB5AW13 ZB5AW14 ZB5AW15 ZB5AW16 ZB5AW17 Color of Lens Catalog Number White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AH013 ZB5AH033 ZB5AH043 ZB5AH053 ZB5AH063 ZB5AH13 ZB5AH33 ZB5AH43 ZB5AH53 ZB5AH63 $ Price Only use with Protected LED™ light modules Flush ZB5AW313 Flush with clear boot Flush for insertion of legend ZB5AW363 Extended Flush for insertion of legend ZB5AW143 Extended 18.60 31.00 16.00 13.00 27.00 27.00 Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED ZB5CW313 Extended 18.60 13.00 Table 19.149: Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators Shape of Head Type of Push $ Price Only use with Protected LED light modules ZB5AW33 Flush 19.60 19 Extended 24.80 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Flush Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-53 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Illuminated Operators Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.150: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary Shape of Head Description Marking Cap Color Degree of Protection Catalog Number — Green Red — White Black — Green Red ZB5AW7L3740 “I” “O” Green Red ZB5AW7A3741 “I” “O” White Black ZB5AW7A1721 “I” “O” Green Red $ Price No Marking Two flush One flush One extended ZB5AW7A3740 ZB5AW7A1720 IP66 IP69K 45.60 Premarked Two flush One flush One extended ZB5AW7A3741 ZB5AW7l3741 IP66 IP69K ZB5AW7A1721 49.50 Two flush “A” “E” White Black ZB5AW7A1724 Two flush “+” “-” White Black ZB5AW7A1715 Two flush without caps — — Without caps IP66 IP69K ZB5AW7A9 42.75 Color Catalog Number $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AW713 ZB5AW733 ZB5AW743 ZB5AW753 ZB5AW763 Table 19.151: Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons Shape of Head Type of Push Only use with Protected LED light modules Turn-to-Release Mushroom (40 mm) 63.00 19 Table 19.152: Emergency Stop, Trigger Action and Mechanical Latching Push Button with Mechanical State Indicator for Elevator Inspection Box Applications—Heads Only Shape of Head ZB5AW7• PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Type of Reset Color Catalog Number $ Price Push-pull (40 mm) Red ZB5AT8643M 124.00 Catalog Number d $ Price NOTE: ZB5AT8643M not to be used with ZBZ16* guard. Table 19.153: Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever Shape of Head Number and Type of Positions Only use with Protected LED light modules ZB 5AT8643M ZB5AK1213 d 2-maintained ZB5AK12d3 35.00 2-momentary from right to left ZB5AK14d3 51.00 3-maintained ZB5AK13d3 35.00 3-momentary to center ZB5AK15d3 51.00 3-momentary from right to center ZB5AK18d3 51.00 3-momentary from left to center ZB5AK17d3 51.00 Designate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue Table 19.154: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies Selector Switches Unit Type 2-position 3-position 45 315° ZB5AK1463 0° 315° 45° Up Operator Plunger Position Down Contact Block Location L N/O O N/C X Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed Contacts C O X R O X L X O C X O R X O L X O C X O R O X L O X C O X R O X L O X C X O R X O Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-60 19-54 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: For the Quick-Connect version, add the numeral 3 to the end of the catalog number. Example: ZB5AZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). Table 19.155: Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks) abc Type of Contact Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 1 — ZB5AZ101 — 1 ZB5AZ102 2 — ZB5AZ103 Screw clamp terminal connections — 2 ZB5AZ104 1 1 ZB5AZ105 1 2 ZB5AZ141 a For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB5AZ1029). b Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information. c Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information. Description ZB5AZ101 $ Price 22.00 22.00 38.20 38.20 38.20 55.00 Table 19.156: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED™) Type of Contact e Supply Voltage d Light Source Color N.O. 24 Vac/Vdc N.C. 110–120 Vac $ Price Catalog Number Screw clamp terminal connections ZB5AW0••1 d 1 — — 1 2 — 1 1 White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZB5AW0B11 ZB5AW0B31 ZB5AW0B41 ZB5AW0B51 ZB5AW0B61 ZB5AW0B12 ZB5AW0B32 ZB5AW0B42 ZB5AW0B52 ZB5AW0B62 ZB5AW0B13 ZB5AW0B33 ZB5AW0B43 ZB5AW0B53 ZB5AW0B63 ZB5AW0B15 ZB5AW0B35 ZB5AW0B45 ZB5AW0B55 ZB5AW0B65 ZB5AW0G11 ZB5AW0G31 ZB5AW0G41 ZB5AW0G51 ZB5AW0G61 ZB5AW0G12 ZB5AW0G32 ZB5AW0G42 ZB5AW0G52 ZB5AW0G62 ZB5AW0G13 ZB5AW0G33 ZB5AW0G43 ZB5AW0G53 ZB5AW0G63 ZB5AW0G15 ZB5AW0G35 ZB5AW0G45 ZB5AW0G55 ZB5AW0G65 73.00 73.00 90.00 90.00 For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB5AW0B11 (24 V) to ZB5AW0M11 (240 V)) Supply Light Source Supply Voltage Type of Contact e N.O. N.C. Color of Light Source Catalog Number $ Price — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — — — — — — — — — — ZB5AW061 ZB5AW062 ZB5AW063 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW031 ZB5AW035 ZB5AW041 ZB5AW045 ZB5AW081 ZB5AW085 55.00 55.00 71.00 71.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 114.00 130.00 ZB5AW065 ZB5AW035 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 1 — 2 1 1 110–120 Vac 50/60 Hz 1 Transformer type BA9s 1 230–240 Vac 1.2 VA, 6 V incandescent 50/60 Hz 1 secondary bulb included 1 440–480 Vac 60 Hz 1 e Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-56. f Order bulb separately, see page 19-61. Direct supply BA9s 2.4 W max. bulb Not included f < 250 Vac/Vdc CS2 Discount Schedule 19 Screw clamp terminal connections PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.157: Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) e 19-55 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Electrical Components Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.158: Body/Mounting Collar For use with Electrical block (contact or light module) Catalog Number ZB5AZ009 $ Price 5.40 Table 19.159: Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de Type of Contact Description ZB5AZ009 N.O. 1 — 2 — 1 1 — 1 — Standard single contact blocksab Standard double contact blocksab Special contact blocks for low-power switching c Catalog Number $ Price ZBE101 ZBE102 ZBE203 ZBE204 ZBE205 ZBE1016 ZBE1026 ZBE1016P ZBE1026P Dusty environment c (IP5X, 50 µm dust) Early make 1 – ZBE201 N/O Late break — 1 ZBE202 N/C Staggered contacts Overlapping 1 1 ZB4BZ106 N/O+N/C Staggered — 2 ZB4BZ107 N/O+N/O a For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1013) (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110"). b For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029). c Cannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks. Low-power switching ZBE101 N.C. — 1 — 2 1 — 1 — 1 16.40 16.40 33.20 33.20 33.20 32.80 32.80 32.80 32.80 16.40 16.40 32.80 32.80 Table 19.160: Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections)de ZBE203 Description Supply Voltage 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 19 24–120 Vac/Vdc PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZBVB• 230–240 Vac Color of Light Source White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue Catalog Number ZBVJ1 ZBVJ3 ZBVJ4 ZBVJ5 ZBVJ6 ZBVB1 ZBVB3 ZBVB4 ZBVB5 ZBVB6 ZBVG1 ZBVG3 ZBVG4 ZBVG5 ZBVG6 ZBVBG1 ZBVBG3 ZBVBG4 ZBVBG5 ZBVBG6 ZBVM1 ZBVM3 ZBVM4 ZBVM5 ZBVM6 $ Price 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 Direct supply for BA9s — ZBV6 < 250 Vac/Vdc (2.4 W max. bulb not included—see page 19-61) d Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. e Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details. 19-56 CS2 Discount Schedule 33.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Spring Terminal Products Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.161: Spring Terminal Products for XB5 22 mm Push Buttons Body/Mounting Collar For Use With Catalog Number Contact block or light module ZB5AZ009 ZB5AZ009 $ Price 5.40 Contact Blocks a Spring Terminal Connections, Contacts for Standard Applications Description Type of Contact Catalog Number N/O Single Contact blocks Single with body/mounting collar ZBE1015 $ Price N/C 1 – ZBE1015 18.00 – 1 ZBE1025 18.00 1 – ZB5AZ1015 24.00 – 1 ZB5AZ1025 24.00 2 – ZB5AZ1035 42.00 – 2 ZB5AZ1045 42.00 1 1 ZB5AZ1055 42.00 Light Modules a Spring Terminal Connections Supply Voltage 12 Vac/Vdc ZB5AZ1015 Integral LED (to combine with heads for integral LED) 24 Vac/Vdc 110–120 Vac 230–240 Vac Catalog Number $ Price ZBVJ15 57.00 Green ZBVJ35 57.00 Red ZBVJ45 57.00 Orange ZBVJ55 57.00 Blue ZBVJ65 57.00 White ZBVB15 57.00 Green ZBVB35 57.00 Red ZBVB45 57.00 Orange ZBVB55 57.00 Blue ZBVB65 57.00 White ZBVG15 57.00 Green ZBVG35 57.00 Red ZBVG45 57.00 Orange ZBVG55 57.00 Blue ZBVG65 57.00 White ZBVM15 57.00 Green ZBVM35 57.00 Red ZBVM45 57.00 Orange ZBVM55 57.00 Blue ZBVM65 57.00 Additional blocks cannot be attached to the back of these contact blocks or light modules. 19 a Color of Light Source White PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-57 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Legend Holders Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.162: Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends Description Without legend insert a With blank legend insert (for engraving) Custom legend plate and insert (specify engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line Legend Color — Black or red background White or yellow background Black background Red background White background Yellow background ZBZ32 With international language marked legend Black or red backgroundb ZBY•101 Black or red backgroundb ZBY2303 With English language marked legend 19 ZBZ33 ZBY610• PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE a b Text — — — White White Black Black O (black background) O (red background) I II O-I I-II I-O-II AUTO AUTO-HAND AUTO-O-HAND CLOSE DOWN EMERGENCY STOP FAST FORWARD FOR-REV HAND HAND-OFF-AUTO INCH JOG LEFT OFF OFF-ON ON OPEN POWER ON RESET (red background) RESET (black background) REVERSE RIGHT RUN SLOW START STOP STOP-START UP Catalog Number $ Price 2.00 ZBZ32 ZBY2101 ZBY4101 ZBY2002 ZBY2004 ZBY4001 ZBY4005 ZBY2146 ZBY2931 ZBY2147 ZBY2148 ZBY2178 ZBY2179 ZBY2186 ZBY2115 ZBY2364 ZBY2385 ZBY2314 ZBY2308 ZBY2330 ZBY2328 ZBY2305 ZBY2371 ZBY2316 ZBY2387 ZBY2321 ZBY2382 ZBY2310 ZBY2312 ZBY2367 ZBY2311 ZBY2313 ZBY2326 ZBY2323 ZBY2322 ZBY2306 ZBY2309 ZBY2334 ZBY2327 ZBY2303 ZBY2304 ZBY2366 ZBY2307 3.40 14.20 3.40 3.40 For legends, see page 19-59. Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). Table 19.163: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends ZB Z3 4 ZB Y• H101 Description c Without legend insert For use with Circular and square heads With blank legend insert Circular and square heads Color — Black or red background White or yellow background Catalog Number ZBZ33 ZBY6101 ZBY6102 $ Price 2.00 3.40 Table 19.164: 30 x 40 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends Description c Color Without legend — Black or red background White or yellow background With blank legend Catalog Number $ Price 2.00 ZBZ34 ZBY2H101 ZBY4H101 3.40 Table 19.165: 30 x 50 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 18 x 27 mm legends ZB Z3 5 Description c Color Without legend — With blank legend Black or red background ZBY6H101 White or yellow background ZBY6H102 ZB Y6H10• c 19-58 Catalog Number ZBZ35 $ Price 4.20 5.40 For custom legends, please see page 19-59 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Legends, Inserts Only Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.166: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32) Color ZBY02178 ZBY02303 Marking Text Catalog Number O (black background) ZBY02146 O (red background) ZBY02931 I ZBY02147 International II ZBY02148 O-I ZBY02178 I-II ZBY02179 I-O-II ZBY02186 AUTO ZBY02115 AUTO-HAND ZBY02364 AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385 CLOSE ZBY02314 DOWN ZBY02308 EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330 English FAST ZBY02328 FORWARD ZBY02305 FOR-REV ZBY02371 HAND ZBY02316 HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387 Black or red backgrounda INCH ZBY02321 JOG ZBY02382 LEFT ZBY02310 OFF ZBY02312 OFF-ON ZBY02367 ON ZBY02311 OPEN ZBY02313 POWER ON ZBY02326 RESET (red background) ZBY02323 RESET (black background) ZBY02322 REVERSE ZBY02306 RIGHT ZBY02309 RUN ZBY02334 SLOW ZBY02327 START ZBY02303 STOP ZBY02304 STOP-START ZBY02366 UP ZBY02307 a Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above). $ Price 1.70 1.70 Table 19.167: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only) For use with 8 x 27 mm 30 x 40 mm legend holders 18 x 27 mm 30 x 50 mm legend holders Color Black or red background White or yellow background Black or red background White or yellow background Text Color White Black White Black Catalog Number ZBY0101 ZBY0102 ZBY5101 ZBY5102 $ Price Color Black background Red background White background Text Color White White Black Catalog Number ZBY01002 ZBY01004 ZBY01001 $ Price Yellow background Black ZBY01005 Black background Red background White background White White Black ZBY05002 ZBY05004 ZBY05001 Yellow background Black ZBY05005 1.70 Table 19.168: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved For use with 30 x 40 mm legend holders 30 x 50 mm legend holders 12.20 12.20 19 Description 8 x 27 mm Custom legend/insert only (specify engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line Example: ZBY01002 marked “Robot” 18 x 27 mm Custom legend/insert only (specify engraving) 3 lines of 11 characters (including spaces) maximum per line Example: ZBY05002 marked “Robot” PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description CS2 Discount Schedule 19-59 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.169: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights Description Marking Blank–Round Blank–Square legends Text O I II III STOP International Sheets of 66 circular peel-off transparent selfadhesive legends Catalog Number ZBY1101 ZBCY1101 ZBY1146 ZBY1147 ZBY1148 ZBY1149 ZBY1304 $ Price 6.20 6.20 10.40 ZBY1912 ZBY1101 SiS Label Software HAND OFF English ON START Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian ZBY1316 ZBY1312 ZBY1311 ZBY1303 XBY2U 10.40 104.00 Table 19.170: Push Button Caps—Unmarked For use with Type of Push Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 6 colors a Flush ZBA• ZB5AA0 push button heads Extended Catalog Number ZBA1 ZBA2 ZBA3 ZBA4 ZBA5 ZBA6 ZBA9 ZBL1 ZBL2 ZBL3 ZBL4 ZBL5 ZBL6 ZBL9 $ Price 2.00 4.20 2.00 4.20 ZBL• Table 19.171: Push Button Caps—Marked For use with Marking Type of Push Text 19 Ib START b ON PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE UP b DOWNb Cap Color Catalog Number Green White Green White Green White White Black ZBA331 ZBA131 ZBA333 ZBA133 ZBA341 ZBA141 ZBA343 ZBA344 White Green ZBA345 White Black ZBA245 White Green ZBA346 Black White ZBA334c White Black ZBA335c Red Black Red Black Red Black Blue ZBA432 ZBA232 ZBA434 ZBA234 ZBA435 ZBA235 ZBA639 Color White Black White Black White Black Black White $ Price b ZBA•33 ZB5AA0 push button heads a b c 19-60 Flush Ob White STOPb White OFF White Rb White Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue. Double injection molded marking. Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions: CS2 Discount Schedule 4.20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.172: Multiple-head and XB5R Push Button Capsb For use with ZBA7235 Type of Push Marking Unmarked “I” black “V” black “+” black Unmarked “O” white “+” white “V” white “I” white Unmarked “I” white “+” white “A” white “II” white Unmarked “O” white Unmarked Unmarked Assorted ZBA7331 ZBA7432 Double push button heads Tripe push button heads ZB4RZA0 ZB5RZA0 ZBA79 a b Flush Cap Color Catalog Number ZBA71 ZBA7131 ZBA7134 ZBA7138 ZBA72 ZBA7232 ZBA7233 ZBA7235 ZBA7237 ZBA73 ZBA7331 ZBA7333 ZBA7335 ZBA7336 ZBA74 ZBA7432 ZBA75 ZBA76 ZBA79 White Black Green Red Yellow Blue 10 colorsc $ Price 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 4.00 4.00 3.00 Sold in lots of 10. Set of 10 different caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on black background. Table 19.173: Accessories m imu min um mm xim Ø 6 m ma m Ø8 Padlocking kit Conforming to EN / ISO 13850 e (See legends below) ZBZ3605 Ø6 Metal guards Padlockable ZBZ160• Plastic guardsd Padlockable flaps Color Catalog Number $ Price Yellow ZBZ3605 108.00 Chromium Plated Black Red Yellow ZBZ1600 ZBZ1602 ZBZ1604 ZBZ1605 108.00 Blue ZBZ1606 Yellow ZB4BZ1905 Yellow ZB4BZ2005 Yellow ZB4BZ2105 Black Red Black Black Black — — — Color Yellow Yellow ZB4BZ62 ZB4BZ64 ZB5SZ3 ZB5SZ5 ZB5AZ31 ZB5AZ901 ZB5AZ905 ZB5AZ902 Catalog Number ZBY9101T ZBY9330T For push buttons Plastic blanking plug, roundc Plastic blanking plug, squarec Square insert Mounting nut Tool Plate Description ZB4BZ6• ZB4SZ3 Application For Emergency Stop function only, with the following Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons: XB5AT8• XB5AS8• XB5AS9• ZB5AT8• ZB5AS8• ZB5AS9• For Emergency stop function only with the following Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons: XB5AT8• XB5AS8• XB5AS9• ZB5AT8• (except ZB5AT8643M) ZB5AS8• ZB5AS9• Round Guard for ZB5AS5430 EMO Mushroom Operators Narrow Flange Guard for ZB5AS5430 or ZB5AS84430 EMO Mushroom Operatorsf Trigger Action Guard for ZB5AS84430 EMO Mushroom Operators ZB5SZ3 For Ø22 mm units with round heads For Ø22 mm units with square heads To give square appearance to ZB5A round heads Operator For tightening mounting nut ZB5AZ901 Anti-rotation of head Marking Without Ø60 mm Legend for padlocking device ZBZ3605 EMERGENCY STOP c Mounting nut included with blanking plug. d For additional information, refer to publication 9001DB0601R6/06. e Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above. f Maximum panel thickness is 2.5 mm. 25.80 32.80 11.00 11.00 2.00 4.40 12.40 2.00 $ Price 3.40 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description Description DLCE••• DL1CF••• Replacement bulbs (Type BA9s) Incandescent Neon bulbs XBFX13 ZBZ8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Bulb extractor Lens cap tightening tool Power driver bits for mounting and wiring (package of 5) Mounting Adapter Characteristics 6 V, 1.2 W 12 V, 2 W 24 V, 2 W 120–130 V, 2.4 W 120–130 V 230–240 V — Illuminated push buttons with flush push Catalog Number DL1CB006 DL1CE012 DL1CE024 DL1CE130 DL1CF110 DL1CF220 XBFX13 ZBZ8 Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1) ZB4BZ905 52.00 ZBZ41 10.40 For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm knockout CS2 Discount Schedule $ Price 11.00 15.20 11.00 6.20 19-61 19 Table 19.174: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories 22 mm Push Buttons XB5 Accessories Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.175: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) a ZBZ•8 Description For use with Bellows Seals for harsh environments (Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning) XB5 plastic mushroom head push button a, Ø40 mm or Ø60 mm a Color & Material Red Silicone Black EPDM Yellow EPDM Sold in Lots of Catalog Number 2 ZBZ48 2 ZBZ28 2 ZBZ58 $ Price 12.40 Only when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T. Table 19.176: Boot for standard selector switch handle ZBDD2 Description Boot for standard handle For use with ZB5A•• Catalog Number ZBDD2 $ Price 12.40 Catalog Number ZBG455 ZBG421E ZBG458A ZBG520E ZBG3131A ZBG455P ZBG421EP ZBG458AP ZBG520EP ZBG3131AP $ Price Table 19.177: Replacement Keys Description Key Number 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A 455 421E 458A 520E 3131A Set of 2 keys ZBG455 ZBG455P Set of 2 keys, One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot) 11.00 23.40 Table 19.178: Clear Boots Description Single boots Double boots Triple boot ZBP0 For use with Booted push buttons with circular head Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications Double-headed push buttons, two flush Double-headed push buttons, one flush + one projecting Triple-headed push buttons, two flush + one projecting Material Catalog Number ZBP0 ZBP0A ZBA708 ZBA709 ZBA710 $ Price 12.40 12.40 10.80 10.80 10.80 Catalog Number ZB2 BP012 ZB2 BP013 ZB2 BP014 ZB2 BP015 ZB2 BP016 $ Price Color Catalog Number $ Price White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZBV0113 ZBV0133 ZBV0143 ZBV0153 ZBV0163 ZBW9113 ZBW9133 ZBW9143 ZBW9153 ZBW9163 ZBW9313 ZBW9333 ZBW9343 ZBW9353 ZBW9363 White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear White Green Red Yellow Blue Clear ZBV011 ZBV013 ZBV014 ZBV015 ZBV016 ZBV017 ZBW911 ZBW913 ZBW914 ZBW915 ZBW916 ZBW917 ZBW931 ZBW933 ZBW934 ZBW935 ZBW936 ZBW937 White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue ZBCV0113 ZBCV0133 ZBCV0143 ZBCV0153 ZBCV0163 ZBCW9113 ZBCW9133 ZBCW9143 ZBCW9153 ZBCW9163 ZBCW9313 ZBCW9333 ZBCW9343 ZBCW9353 ZBCW9363 Silicone Table 19.179: Colored boots Description Color Black Green Red Yellow Blue Single boot (can be replaced without dismantling the head) 13.00 19 Table 19.180: Lens Caps For use with Lens caps for Protected LED™ light modules ZBA709 Pilot lights PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push ZBV01•3 Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push Square lens caps for Protected LED light modules (ZB5C operators only) Pilot lights Illuminated push buttons with flush push Illuminated push buttons with extended push 19-62 5.40 5.40 Circular lens caps for BA9s light modules Pilot lights ZBV01• 5.40 CS2 Discount Schedule 5.40 5.40 5.40 9.40 9.40 9.40 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons Harmony™ XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.181: Ready-to-use Packsa Description Packs include: - 1 push button/transmitter - 1 receiver The push button and receiver are factory-pairedb Packs include: - 1 push button/transmitter in handy boxe - 1 receiver The push button and receiver are factory-pairedb Transmitter Type Ø 22 mm plastic head + 1 set of 10 different colored caps Ø 22 mm metallic head + 1 set of 10 different colored caps Ø 22 mm plastic head Ø 22 mm metallic head Ø 22 mm plastic head + 1 set of 10 different colored caps Ø 22 mm metallic head + 1 operator head Voltage Receiver V Receiver Type a/c 24 to 240 Programmable receiver with: - 2 relay outputs type RT 3Ac c 24 a/c 24 to 240 Non-programmable receiver with: - 1 relay output type RT 3Ad Programmable receiver with: - 2 relay outputs type RT 3Ac XB5RMA04 590.00 c 24 Non-programmable receiver with: - 1 relay output type RT 3Ad XB5RMB03 290.00 Catalog Number $ Price ZBRT1 110.00 Catalog Number $ Price XB5RFA02 510.00 XB4RFA02 510.00 XB5RFB01 XB4RFB01 210.00 210.00 Table 19.182: Transmitter Components for Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Type of Push Cap Color – – Plastic Metal Without caph Without caph White Black Green Green with white “I” Red Red with white “O” Yellow Blue White Black Green Green with white “I” Red Red with white “O” Yellow Blue Plastic ZBRT1 Wireless, batteryless push buttons including: - a transmitter fitted with mounting collar - a spring return push button head with clipped-in capi Metal ZB4RZA0 a b c d e f g h i ZB5RZA0 ZB4RZA0 ZB5RTA1 ZB5RTA2 ZB5RTA3 ZB5RTA331 ZB5RTA4 ZB5RTA432 ZB5RTA5 ZB5RTA6 ZB4RTA1 ZB4RTA2 ZB4RTA3 ZB4RTA331 ZB4RTA4 ZB4RTA432 ZB4RTA5 ZB4RTA6 18.60 130.00 130.00 Wireless and batteryless push button and receiver, factory-paired. For additional components, these devices can be field-paired. Supplied with output function set to momentary. Outputs programmable to maintained and Start-Stop. Non-programmable momentary output function. Supplied with a magnet. Mounting collar ZB5AZ009 (plastic) or ZB4BZ009 (metal) to be ordered separately. Only heads ZB4RZA0 and ZB5RZA0 are mechanically compatible. Cap to be ordered separately: see Table 19.184 on page 19-64. This cap is fitted by Schneider Electric and cannot be removed (risk of damage). PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XB5RFA02 Description Transmitter for wireless, batteryless push buttonsf g Spring return push button heads for transmitter ZBRT1 19 ZB5RTA4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-63 22 mm Push Buttons Harmony™ XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.183: Programmable Receivers Description Output Type 4 PNP outputs, 200 mA / 24 V Programmable receivers equipped with: - 2 buttons (“Scroll-through”, “Ok”) - 6 indicating LEDs (power ON, outputs, signal strength) 2 relay outputs type RT 3Aa Voltage Receiver V Catalog Number $ Price c 24 ZBRRC 430.00 a/c 24 to 240 ZBRRA 430.00 Catalog Number $ Price Table 19.184: Caps for Harmony Push Button Heads ZB5RZA0 and ZB4RZA0 ZBRRA ZBA7235 Description ZBA7331 ZBA7432 Sets of 10 different colored caps with identical markingb Set of 10 different colored caps with different markingsb ZBA79 Background Color Marking Sold in lots of 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Without “I” (black) White “A” (black) “+” (black) Without “O” (white) Black “+” (white) “R” (white) “I” (white) Without “I” (white) Green “+” (white) “Z” white “II” (white) Without Red “O” (white) Yellow Without Blue Without White, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on 10 black background ZBA71 ZBA7131 ZBA7134 ZBA7138 ZBA72 ZBA7232 ZBA7233 ZBA7235 ZBA7237 ZBA73 ZBA7331 ZBA7333 ZBA7335 ZBA7336 ZBA74 ZBA7432 ZBA75 ZBA76 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 4.00 5.30 4.00 4.00 ZBA79 3.00 Table 19.185: Boxes for Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons Description For use with: Marking Sold in lots of Handy box, plastic, empty c d Mobile wireless,batteryless push buttons Mounted or on-board wireless,batteryless push buttons 1 cut-out 1 cut-out 2 cut-outs 1 1 1 Empty enclosures e Catalog Number ZBRM01 XALD01H7 XALD02H7 $ Price 80.00 32.80 38.20 19 Table 19.186: Accessories Description PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE ZBRM01 For use with: Marking a/c 24 to 240 V - 5m cable Between transmitter and receiver, used to External antenna f power-ON LED increase the range and/or get around obstacles -- 1 2 LEDs reception/transmission Plastic Mounting collar – Metal Legend plate, 27 x 8 mm, Self-adhesive, blank, For adhering to handy box ZBRM01 for engraving black background a Supplied with output function set to momentary Outputs programmable to maintained and Start-Stop. b Cap can be clipped-in at 90° steps, through 360°. c Cannot be used for wired contacts (no cable gland outlet). d Supplied with a magnet. e Box equipped with cable gland outlets, compatible with Harmony ZB5 push button heads. f Not wired to the receiver. Sold in lots of Catalog Number $ Price 1 ZBRA1 170.00 10 10 ZB5AZ009 ZB4BZ009 5.40 5.40 10 ZBY0101T 1.70 XALD02H7 ZBRA1 19-64 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22 mm Push Buttons XB5S Biometric Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Biometric Switches The fingerprint-reading biometric switch is designed for use in industry to restrict access to systems or machines. No interface is required to program or operate the switch: it is an independent unit. Two types of products are available: • • Maintained biometric switches, Type XB5S1B, with two fixed states Momentary biometric switches, Type XB5S2B, with pulse output The biometric switch is aimed at two types of users: • • The administrator who manages the registration and deletion of fingerprints The operator who, once registered, uses the product as a control unit The product is of monolithic design (a single plastic housing) and is mounted by a nut (hand-tightened without the need for tools) in a standard 22 mm diameter hole. It operates on a 24 Vdc supply. The product connects to the power supply and to the control output (relay or PLC) with a 2 meter cable or with an M12 connector. It can be installed on a flat, horizontal, or vertical surface. Two protective covers are available (see table below) • • One to protect the active face of the sensing screen. This cover is attached with a self-adhesive hinge One made of 12 gauge stainless steel — designed to cover the entire switch — which protects the entire switch from the outdoor environment (rain, sleet, snow, sunlight, UV protection). It also gives some protection from someone trying to break into the switch Description The product consists of a dark gray housing, with the following on its front face: • • XB5 S•B•••• • • • • A sensing screen (1) that allows the registration of fingerprints and subsequent recognition of the registered fingerprints A green LED output state indicator (2), which illuminates when the output is activated (N.O. solid state contact) An orange LED (3), indicating an administrator’s Registration mode An orange LED (4), indicating an operator’s Registration mode A red Reset LED (5), which indicates in Delete mode that the administrator is deleting all or part of the memory A red LED (6) which flashes to indicate an unrecognized fingerprint or incorrect operation Description Output Maintained biometric switch, 24 Vdc PNP Momentary biometric switch, 24 Vdc with 0.5 s output pulse PNP Connection Catalog Number $ Price XB5S1B2L2 580.00 XB5S1B2M12 595.00 XB5S2B2L2 580.00 XB5S2B2M12 595.00 2 m cable M12 connector 2 m cable M12 connector Table 19.188: Accessories Description ZB5 SZ70 Function Catalog Number $ Price Protective cover, translucent and self-adhesive Protection of the sensing screen ZB5SZ70 10.00 Mounting nut, Ø 22 mm Replacement part ZB5SZ71 6.00 ZBY0101T 1.70 ZBZ41 10.40 ZB5SZ72 220.00 Legend plate, 28 x 7 mm, self-adhesive, blank, with black background, for engraving Stainless-steel protective cover Protects switch from outside elements and vandalism 19 Mounting adapter Allows this product to mount in a 30 mm mounting hole PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.187: Complete Units ZB5SZ72 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule 19-65 22 mm Push Buttons XB5S Biometric Switches Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.189: Biometric Switch Specifications Biometric Switch, Types XB5S1B•••• and XB5S2B•••• Product certifications UL, CSA, Degree of protection Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Electric shock resistance Connection method Materials IEC 61000-6-2 / IEC 61000-6-4 Conforming to EN/IEC 60529 IP 65, NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 12 Storage -25 to +70°C Operation -5 to +50°C Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 1 gn, 9 to 500 Hz. Amplitude 3 mm, 5 to 9 Hz Conforming to IEC60068-2-27 50 gn, duration 11 ms Cable Length: 2 m, 3-wire, pre-wired Connector M12 Housing Polyamide PA66 Cable PvR 3 x 0.34 mm2 Memory capacity 200 records (100 users, operators, or administrators, each registering 2 fingerprints) Output state indicator Green LED Short-circuit protection By gG fuse, 250 mA Rated supply voltage 24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity Voltage limits (including ripple) 20–30 Vdc Switching capacity < 200 mA with protection against overloads and short-circuits Residual voltage, closed state <1V No-load current consumption < 50 mA First-up Delays <2s Response time <1s Recovery time <1s NOTE: Momentary switch has 0.5 s output pulse. Figure 19.1: Connector M12 4 1 3 Connections 1 (+) 3 (-) 4 Output Cable BU: Blue BN: Brown BK: Black PNP BN/1 PNP BK/4 + 2 BU/3 Dimensions XB5 Biometric Switch e 39.7 1.56 69.3 2.73 54 2.13 Ø 22 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 38.8 1.53 42.3 1.67 19 Figure 19.2: mm Dim. = in. e = 1 to 6 mm (0.04 to 0.24 in.) Stainless-Steel Cover 4.875 123.82 2.730 69.34 0.057 1.45 1.098 27.89 3.124 79.35 1.680 42.67 3.875 98.42 1.098 27.89 0.312 7.92 19-66 4.124 104.75 Back view (for mounting) 1.072 27.23 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.190: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless otherwise noted. Full Guard 9001KR1B No Guard 9001KR3B Extended Guard 9001KR2B 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button 9001KR4B 1-1/2 in. (40 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button 9001KR24BM 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button 9001KR5B 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) Diameter Mushroom Button Other b KR1bH13 KR1bH5 KR1bH6 KR1b Black Red Green Universal a KR3BH13 KR3RH13 KR3GH13 KR3UH13 KR3BH5 KR3RH5 KR3GH5 KR3UH5 KR3BH6 KR3RH6 KR3GH6 KR3UH6 KR3B KR3R KR3G KR3U Other b KR3bH13 KR3bH5 KR3bH6 KR3b Black Red Green Universal a KR2BH13 KR2RH13 KR2GH13 KR2UH13 KR2BH5 KR2RH5 KR2GH5 KR2UH5 KR2BH6 KR2RH6 KR2GH6 KR2UH6 KR2B KR2R KR2G KR2U Otherb KR2bH13 KR2bH5 KR2bH6 KR2b $ Price 89.00 Operator with 1 N.C. Contact (KA3) KR1BH6 KR1RH6 KR1GH6 KR1UH6 Snap-In Plastic Mushroom Button Black KR4BH13 KR4BH5 Red KR4RH13 KR4RH5 Red c KR4R05H13 138.00 KR4R05H5 Green KR4GH13 KR4GH5 Other d KR4dH13 KR4dH5 Black KR24BH13 KR24BH5 Red KR24RH13 KR24RH5 138.00 Green KR24GH13 KR24GH5 Otherd KR24dH13 KR24dH5 Screw-in Metal Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security Black — — Red — — — Green — — Snap-In Plastic Mushroom Button Black KR5BH13 Red KR5RH13 Red c KR5R05H13 c 138.00 Green KR5GH13 Otherd KR5dH13 Black KR25BH13 Red KR25RH13 138.00 Green KR25GH13 Otherd KR25dH13 KR5BH5 KR5RH5 KR5R05H5 c KR5GH5 KR5dH5 KR25BH5 KR25RH5 KR25GH5 KR25dH5 Screw-in Metal Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security Black — — Red — — — Green — — KR4BH6 KR4RH6 KR4R05H6 KR4GH6 KR4dH6 KR24BH6 KR24RH6 KR24GH6 KR24dH6 — — $ Price 66.00 112.00 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 — — KR5BH6 KR5RH6 KR5R05H6 c KR5GH6 KR5dH6 KR25BH6 KR25RH6 KR25GH6 KR25dH6 — — — 9001KR25BM The universal push button operators contain one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white. See Table 19.191 for color code. Knob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability. See Table 19.191 for color code. Operator Only with No Contacts KR1B KR1R KR1G KR1U KR4B KR4R KR4R05 KR4G KR4d KR24B KR24R KR24G KR24d 9001KR24BM 9001KR24RM $ Price 38.60 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 90.00 9001KR24GM 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 — KR5B KR5R KR5R05 c KR5G KR5d KR25B KR25R KR25G KR25d 9001KR25BM 9001KR25RM 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 101.00 9001KR25GM 19 a b c d Black Red Green Universal a Color Operator with 1 N.O. Contact (KA2) KR1BH5 KR1RH5 KR1GH5 KR1UH5 Table 19.191: Color Codes Color Blue Yellow White Orange Gray KR1, 2, 3 Place Color Code in Type Number b L Y W S E KR4, 5, 24, 25 Place Color Code in Type Number d L Y — S — NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Operator with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) KR1BH13 KR1RH13 KR1GH13 KR1UH13 CS1 Discount Schedule 19-67 30 mm Push Buttons............................................................................Type K Heavy Duty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.192: 30 mm Multifunction Operators www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Description l Color With 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (1 KA1) $ Price Without Contacts i Red Green Other e KR8RH25 KR8GH25 KR8eH25 — — — 142.00 KR8R KR8G KR8e 86.00 Red k Green Other e — — — KR9RH13 KR9GH13 KR9eH13 188.00 KR9R KR9G KR9e 129.00 Red — KR9R94H13 194.00 KR9R94 134.00 $ Price Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Position, Plastic Head 1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n Momentary Pull Maintained Neutral Momentary Push m 2 Position, Plastic Head 1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n Maintained Pull Maintained Push n 2 Position , Plastic Head 1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n Head with Set Screw Maintained Pull Maintained Push n KR9R94H13 Set Screw Style Black — — 9001KR9BM94 Red — — 9001KR9RM94 Green — — 9001KR9GM94 Black — — 9001KR9BM95 Red — — 9001KR9RM95 Green — — 9001KR9GM95 2 Position, Metal Head 1-1/2 in. (40 mm) Diameter — 138.00 9001KR9RM94 2 Position, Metal Head 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) Diameter — 149.00 9001KR9RM95 Description Color With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) Red KR16H13 2 N.O. & 2 N.C. $ Price With Contacts (KA2) $ Price Without Contacts $ Price 172.00 218.00 KR16 113.00 Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators 9001KR16H2 Trigger Action 2 Position, Plastic Head Turn-to-Release Trigger Action KR16H2 Screw-On Plastic Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description l Voltage With Red Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) With Other Color Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) $ Price With Other Color Knob Without Contacts i $ Price 3 Position Illuminated Momentary Pull Maintained Neutral Momentary Pushm 110-120 V, 50-60 Hz Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h KR8P1RH25 KR8PfRH25 KR8PfRH25 KR8P1eH25 KR8PfeH25 KR8PfeH25 267.00 267.00 215.00 KR8P1e KR8Pfe KR8Pfe 201.00 201.00 171.00 With Redk Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) KR9P1RH13 KR9PfRH13 KR9PfRH13 With Other Color Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) KR9P1eH13 KR9PfeH13 KR9PfeH13 $ Price With Other Color Knob Without Contacts $ Price 316.00 316.00 257.00 KR9P1e KR9Pfe KR9Pfe 9001KR9P1 Description l 1.625 in. Diameter Knob For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Diameter Knob l Includes Type KN379 2 Position Illuminated Legend Plate Marked Maintained Pull Pull To Start Push To Stop Maintained Push e f g h i j k l m n Voltage 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h Choose one color from the Color Codes table here, and insert the color code in Type number. Example: KR9 with a yellow knob = KR9Y Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: KR8P with a 277 V 50–60 Hz voltage = KR8P8 The knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, for a green LED, use a green knob. On neon light modules, use clear knobs only. These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator Type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. KR11UH1 has 1 KA1 (1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and KR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1 (2 N.O., 2 N.C.). To obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red knob—substitute “R05” in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price. For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Dia. Knob: a) Order Type -20 or -21 knob from page 19-92. b) Order 9001K54 adapter (no charge)—allows Type -20 or -21 knob to fit on push pull operators. Voids UL and NEMA 6 rating. c) Can order assembled operator by adding color code to Type -20 or -21. Example: 9001KR9R would be 9001KR9R20 or 9001KR9R21. No price adder. See page 19-67 for contact sequences. See Table 19.193. 243.00 243.00 215.00 Table 19.193: Color Codes o Color KR8, KR9 Black o B Red R Green G Blue L Yellow Y White W Orange o S Clear C Amber A Gray — These colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators. Table 19.194: Contact Sequences KA3 KA2 (KA1) KA3 KA5 KA2 9001 KR8RH1 or H13 Pull X O Ctr O O Push O X 9001 KR8RH25 X X O O X O O O X NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-68 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.195: Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact block not included unless otherwise noted. Voltage and Frequency Description Full Guard Illuminated Push Button Clear Plastic Top 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc For other voltages see Table b 9001K1L1 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Full Guard Illuminated Push Button Metal Top For other voltages see Table b NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neonc With Red Color Cap and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) K1L1RH13 K1L7RH13 K1L35RH13 K1LbRH13 K1LbRH13 K1LbRH13 With Green Color Cap and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) K1L1GH13 K1L7GH13 K1L35GH13 K1LbGH13 K1LbGH13 K1LbGH13 LED d K1LbRH13 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c Style $ Price g With Other Color Cap Without Contact Block a $ Price h 231.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 198.00 198.00 K1L1e K1L7e K1L35e K1Lbe K1Lbe K1Lbe 184.00 184.00 138.00 184.00 138.00 138.00 K1LbGH13 231.00 K1Lbe 184.00 K3L1RH13 K3L7RH13 K3L35RH13 K3LbRH13 K3LbRH13 K3LbRH13 K3L1GH13 K3L7GH13 K3L35GH13 K3LbGH13 K3LbGH13 K3LbGH13 231.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 K3L1e K3L7e K3L35e K3Lbe K3Lbe K3Lbe 184.00 184.00 138.00 184.00 138.00 138.00 LED d K3LbRH13 K3LbGH13 231.00 K3Lbe 184.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c K2L1RH13 K2L7RH13 K2L35RH13 K2LbRH13 K2LbRH13 K2LbRH13 K2L1GH13 K2L7GH13 K2L35GH13 K2LbGH13 K2LbGH13 K2LbGH13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 K2L1e K2L7e K2L35e K2Lbe K2Lbe K2Lbe 153.00 153.00 125.00 153.00 125.00 125.00 LED d K2LbRH13 K2LbGH13 217.00 K2Lbe 153.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c K2L1R20H13 K2L7R20H13 K2L35R20H13 K2LbR20H13 K2LbR20H13 K2LbR20H13 K2L1G20H13 K2L7G20H13 K2L35G20H13 K2LbG20H13 K2LbG20H13 K2LbG20H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 9001K3L1 No Guard Illuminated Push Button For other voltages see Table b 9001K2L1 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On Plastic Head 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc For other voltages see Table b 9001K2LR20 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On Plastic Head 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc For other voltages see Table b 9001K2LR21 a b c d e f g h LED d K2LbR20H13 K2LbG20H13 217.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer or Flashing Full Voltage Resistor or Neon c K2L1R21H13 K2L7R21H13 K2L35R21H13 K2LbR21H13 K2LbR21H13 K2LbR21H13 K2L1G21H13 K2L7G21H13 K2L35G21H13 K2LbG21H13 K2LbG21H13 K2LbG21H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 LED d K2LbR21H13 K2LbG21H13 217.00 Order K2L be Above f Order K2L be Above f PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on page 19-86. Example: K2La with 240 Vac/Vdc = K2L25 On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for red LED, use red color cap. Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table. Example: K2L25c with a blue 13•8 mushroom button = K2L25L20 The only difference between a no guard (K2Lq) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap. Price includes operator, light module, contact block, and color cap. Price includes operator, light module, and color cap. Table 19.196: Color Caps Red Green Blue Yellow White Clear Amber Color Codes e K1L, K2L, K3L R G L Y W C A e 1-3/8 in. Mushroom R20 G20 L20 Y20 W20 C20 A20 19 Color e 2-1/4 in. Mushroom R21 G21 L21 Y21 W21 C21 A21 NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-69 30 mm Push Buttons 9001K and SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.197: 2-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Mount on Side KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Left KA3 KA1 or Side 2 Side 1 KA1 #2 KA2 Locating Notch KA1 or Top View KA1 #1 KA2 Right Left Right KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 KA3 #1 1 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 1 0 or KA3 Operator www.schneider-electric.us or Cam (see page 19-73) E D Non-Illuminated Operators Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code1,2,3) KS11 KS11* KS11K** KS12 KS12* KS12K** 42.80 42.80 138.00 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob With 1 KA1 on Side #2 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 2 only)d KS11BH13 KS11BH1 KS11BH2 — — — 106.00 106.00 152.00 KS25 KS25* KS25K2 — — — 71.00 71.00 167.00 Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 1 only) — — — KS34 KS34* KS34K1 71.00 71.00 167.00 Illuminated Operators Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price K11J1 K11J1R K11Jbc K12J1 K12J1R K12Jbc 158.00 167.00 167.00 K25J1 K25J1R K25Jbc — — — 185.00 197.00 197.00 K34J1 K34J1R K34Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c — a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208 Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from Table 19.198. For LED, knob color must match LED. d Add the key withdrawal code from Table 19.199. Table 19.199: d Key Withdrawal Codes Table 19.198: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC $ Price Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 70 Code Position 1 2 3 Left Only Right Only Left and Right 9.90 2 Position NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-70 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons 9001 K and SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.200: 3-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Block Required 1 - Contact Closed Center Contact Block Position Quantity and Type Center Center Center Center 0- Contact Open Center Center Center Center Mount on Side Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right KA3 or Side 2 Side 1 Operator Locating Notch KA2 KA3 KA1 or Top View KA2 KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 KA3 #1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 KA2 #1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 KA1 #2 or KA1 #1 or Cam (see page 19-73) Non-Illuminated Operators Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4 through 10) e Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob d With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13) With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1) With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2) B C D E F G J L M Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price KS42 KS42c KS42Ke KS43 KS43c KS43Ke KS44 KS44c KS44Ke KS45 KS45c KS45Ke KS46 KS46c KS46Ke KS47 KS47c KS47Ke KS49 KS49c KS49Ke KS401 KS401c KS401Ke KS402 KS402c KS402Ke 43.00 53.00 138.00 KS42BH13 KS43BH13 KS44BH13 KS45BH13 KS46BH13 KS47BH13 KS49BH13 KS401BH13 KS402BH13 KS42BH1 KS43BH1 KS44BH1 KS45BH1 KS46BH1 KS47BH1 KS49BH1 KS401BH1 KS402BH1 KS42BH2 KS43BH2 KS44BH2 KS45BH2 KS46BH2 KS47BH2 KS49BH2 KS401BH2 KS402BH2 Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob KS62 KS63 With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) KS62c KS63c Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 5, 6 or 9 only)e KS62Ke KS63Ke Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob KS72 KS73 With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) KS72c KS73c Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 only) KS72Ke KS73Ke Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob KS52 KS53 With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) KS52c KS53c Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 only) KS52Ke KS53Ke 106.00 106.00 152.00 KS64 KS64c KS64Ke KS65 KS65c KS65Ke KS66 KS66c KS66Ke KS67 KS67c KS67Ke KS69 KS69c KS69Ke KS601 KS601c KS601Ke KS602 KS602c KS602Ke 71.00 81.00 167.00 KS74 KS74c KS74Ke KS75 KS75c KS75Ke KS76 KS76c KS76Ke KS77 KS77c KS77Ke KS79 KS79c KS79Ke KS701 KS701c KS701Ke KS702 KS702c KS702Ke 71.00 81.00 167.00 KS54 KS54c KS54Ke KS55 KS55c KS55Ke KS56 KS56c KS56Ke KS57 KS57c KS57Ke KS59 KS59c KS59Ke KS501 KS501c KS501Ke KS502 KS502c KS502Ke 71.00 81.00 167.00 Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K42J1 K42J1R K42Jbc K43J1 K43J1R K42Jbc K44J1 K44J1R K44Jbc K45J1 K45J1R K45Jbc K46J1 K46J1R K46Jbc K47J1 K47J1R K47Jbc K49J1 K49J1R K49Jbc K401J1 K401J1R K401Jbc K402J1 K402J1R K402Jbc 158.00 167.00 158.00 K64J1 K64J1R K64Jbc K65J1 K65J1R K65Jbc K66J1 K66J1R K66Jbc K67J1 K67J1R K67Jbc K69J1 K69J1R K69Jbc K601J1 K601J1R K601Jbc K602J1 K602J1R K602Jbc 185.00 197.00 167.00 K74J1 K74J1R K74Jbc K75J1 K75J1R K75Jbc K76J1 K76J1R K76Jbc K77J1 K77J1R K77Jbc K79J1 K79J1R K79Jbc K701J1 K701J1R K701Jbc K702J1 K702J1R K702Jbc 185.00 197.00 167.00 K59J1 K59J1R K59Jbc K501J1 K501J1R K501Jbc K502J1 K502J1R K502Jbc 185.00 197.00 167.00 Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K62J1 K63J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K62J1R K63J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K62Jbc K62Jbc Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K72J1 K73J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K72J1R K73J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K72Jbc K72Jbc Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K52J1 K53J1 K54J1 K55J1 K56J1 K57J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer K52J1R K53J1R K54J1R K55J1R K56J1R K57J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c K52Jbc K53Jbc K54Jbc K55Jbc K56Jbc K57Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks.00 Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from Table 19.201. For LED, knob color must match LED. d For other color knobs replace the B with knob color code from Table 19.201. e Add the key withdrawal code from table Table 19.202. Example: KS43Ke with key withdrawal in the right position only = KS43K6. Table 19.202: e Key Withdrawal Codes Table 19.201: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 19 Illuminated Operators $ Price 70 70 9.90 3 Position Code Position 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Left Only Center Only Right Only Left and Center Left and Right Center and Right Left, Center, and Right NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE KA1 19-71 30 mm Push Buttons 9001 K and SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.203: 4-Position Selector Switches www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Block Required Quantity and Type KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Contact Block Position Mount on Side KA1 or KA2 or KA3 KA3 KA1 or KA1 #2 KA2 Side 2 Side 1 KA3 #2 Locating Notch KA1 or Top View KA1 #1 KA2 1 0 0 0 KA2 #2 0 0 1 0 KA3 #1 0 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 0 0 or KA3 Operator 1—Contact Closed 0—Contact Open or Cam (see page 19-73) H Non-Illuminated Operators Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below) Key Operated with E10 Key (Codes 11, 12, 13, 14, 15) Cat. No. $ Price KS88 KS88c KS88Kd Illuminated Operators 42.80 53.00 138.00 Cat. No. $ Price Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer KS88J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer KS88J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c KS88Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from table 19.204. For LED, knob color must match LED. d Add the key withdrawal code from Table 19.205. Table 19.204: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Standard Knob Color c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C 19 Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 158.00 167.00 158.00 Table 19.205: d Key Withdrawal Codes Code Position 46 47 9.90 47 4 Position PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 11 12 13 14 15 1 and 4 4 only 1 only 1, 2, 3 and 4 2, 3, and 4 Potentiometers with Dial Plate Table 19.206: Potentiometers with Dial Plate (not UL listed)—Maximum Voltage 300 Vac Power 2W Description Operator Only, for Single Potentiometer Operator with Single Potentiometer Operator Only, for Tandem Potentiometer Operator with Tandem Potentiometer Ratings NEMA 4, 13 Type K20 K21 K22 K23 $ Price 201.00 287.00 314.00 399.00 Table 19.207: Potentiometer Suffixes Single Potentiometer Suffix e Resistance 01 50 Ω 02 100 Ω 04 500 Ω 05 1 kΩ 39 2 kΩ 06 2.5 kΩ Tandem Potentiometer Suffix e 82 e Suffix e 07 08 09 13 37 14 Resistance 5 kΩ 10 kΩ 25 kΩ 500 kΩ 750 kΩ 1 MΩ Resistance Front Rear 1 kΩ 1 kΩ For the complete part number, add the suffix from Table 19.207 to the catalog number from Table 19.206. Example: 9001K2105. Any potentiometer with a shaft 7/8" long and 1/4" diameter may be used with these operators NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-72 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, KX, and SK Selector Switch Guide Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Shown below is a simplified method of selecting a selector switch to meet almost any combination of contact sequences. Step No. 1 NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.208: 2 Position Selector Switch If you require contact sequence— Determine the contact sequence(s) required. Set up a target table like the one shown for the example below. Contact Sequence 0—contact open 1—contact closed A B C 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 If you require contact sequence— 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 Use Mount on Contact side no. Block (See page Type 19-88) Use Cam Type G M L 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Next, use the cam type common to all the sequences (if several cam types are common, choose one) to find the operator type number. Go to the proper page number as indicated in the table below: Page Number 19-70, 19-80, 19-88, 19-95, 19-97 19-71, 19-81, 19-88, 19-95, 19-97 19-72, 19-82, 19-93 C B C B E E F G J G J D E J L D E F L C F B D G L D B M B If for the example above a manual return operator with a standard black knob is required and: The F cam type is chosen, the operator type number is: 1 1 0 C F M B Type K—Class 9001 Type KS46B (from page19-71) Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS46B (from page 19-81) Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDFB (from page 19-97) 0 1 G J G 1 L M The L cam type is chosen, the operator type number is: • • • KA3 KA2 KA2 KA3 Table 19.209: 3 Position Selector Switch Look for a cam type common to all sequences in Table 19.208, Table 19.209, or Table 19.210. For the example above, Table 19.209 would be used. For the contact sequences A (1 0 0), B (0 1 0) and C (0 0 1) of the example above, cam types F and L are common to all three sequences. Step No. 3 • • • E D E D 0 0 1 Step No. 2 Number of Push Button Line Positions 2 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 3 Type K, Type SK, Type KX 4 Type K, Type SK, Type KX Use Mount on Contact side no. Block Type (See page 19-88) Use Cam Type 1 0 1 D E D E Type K—Class 9001 Type KS401B (from page 19-71) Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS401B (from page 19-81) Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDLB (from page 19-97) J J L KA2 KA2 KA3 KA3 KA5a KA2 KA2 KA3 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA3 KA5a KA2 KA2 KA5a KA3 KA2 KA5a KA5a KA3 KA3 KA5a KA5a 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 or 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 or 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 Step No. 4: Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0). Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence B (0 1 0). Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or 2 for sequence C (0 0 1). If, for the example above, the L cam type is chosen: • • • Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0). Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence B (0 1 0). Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence C (0 0 1). One Type KA1 double circuit block can be used in place of one Type KA2 single circuit block plus one Type KA3 single circuit block mounted on the same side. If you require contact sequence— Use Cam Type Mount on Use Contact no. Block Type (Seeside page 19-88) 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 a 0 0 0 H (A) KA3 2 1 0 0 H (B) KA2 1 0 1 0 H (C) KA2 2 0 0 1 H (D) KA3 1 0 0 1 H A & D Wired in Parallel 1 0 0 H A & B Wired in Parallel 1 1 0 H B & C Wired in Parallel 0 1 1 H C & D Wired in Parallel 1 1 0 H A, B & C Wired in Parallel 1 1 1 H B, C & D Wired in Parallel 0 1 0 H A & C Wired in Parallel 1 0 1 H B & D Wired in Parallel 1 0 1 H KA5a 2 0 1 1 H KA5a 1 Type KA5 must be the last block on either side. If more than one KA5 is required on either side—contact your local Square D sales office. Note: For Outline Dimensions see Catalog 9001CT1103 KA1 = KA3 = + KA2 + When ordering, please specify: • • • Quantity Class Number Type or Catalog Number For “H” Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-88 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-73 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE • • • Table 19.210: 4 Position Selector Switch 19 Determine the contact blocks required by using the same table in Step No. 2. If, for the example above, the F cam type is chosen: 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Pilot Lights Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.211: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4 & 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plates not included. Description Voltage 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Without $ Price $ Price Color Cap KP1b KP7b KP35b 153.00 153.00 125.00 KP1 KP7 KP35 143.00 143.00 116.00 KPaR31 KPaR31 KPaG31 KPaG31 KPab KPab 153.00 125.00 KPa KPa 143.00 116.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage KT1R31 KT7R31 KT35R31 KT1G31 KT7G31 KT35G31 KT1b KT7b KT35b 197.00 197.00 167.00 KT1 KT7 KT35 185.00 185.00 158.00 For other voltages see page 19-86. Transformer, Flashing or LED c Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d KTaR31 KTaR31 KTaG31 KTaG31 KTab KTab 197.00 167.00 KTa KTa 185.00 158.00 120 Vac Only 24–28 Vac Only for other voltages Resistor e Full Voltage e KTR38R31 KTR35R31 KTR38G31 KTR35G31 KTR38b KTR35b 197.00 197.00 KTR38 KTR35 185.00 185.00 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Push-To-Test Pilot Light (Glass Color Cap Shown) With Other Color Cap Transformer, Flashing or LED c Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d For other voltages see page 19-86. Standard Pilot Light (Plastic Fresnel Color Cap Shown) NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. With Red With Green Fresnel Color Fresnel Color Cap Cap KP1R31 KP1G31 KP7R31 KP7G31 KP35R31 KP35G31 Style www.schneider-electric.us See page 19-86.e Full Voltage or Resistor e KTRaR31 KTRaG31 KTR ab 197.00 KTRa 185.00 Remote Test Pilot Light (Glass Color Cap Shown) a Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on 19-86. EXAMPLE: KTaR31 with 208 Vac red LED = KT37LRR31 b Add the color code as chosen from Table 19.212. EXAMPLE: KP1b with a blue fresnel cap = KP1L31 c The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for green LED, use green color cap. d On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. e On remote test pilot lights use only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only. Table 19.212: Color Caps Plastic Fresnel Plastic Domed Glass A31 L31 C31 G31 R31 W31 Y31 A9 L9 C9 G9 R9 W9 Y9 A6 L6 C6 G6 R6 W6 Y6 Color 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow Typical Wiring Diagram L2 L1 START 1 STOP M 3 2 M L1 TEST BUTTON L2 M L2 (TEST) C O.L. STOP START L1 (SIG) (TEST) C L2 LSI C L2 L1 (SIG) R (TEST) C Test M3 L1 Push-To-Test Pilot Light M1 M2 L2 L1 (SIG) CR Remote Test Pilot Light NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-74 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.213: Joy Stick Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 for use in hazardous locations. See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless noted. NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Operator Operator $ Price Without $ Price With Contacts Contacts a Without Latch K71H7 K71 Momentary Contact— Spring Return to Center With Latch K70H7 K70 3 Position— 326.00 252.00 Center Off Without Latch K73H7 K73 Maintained Contact With Latch K72H7 K72 Without Latch K31H8 K31 Momentary Contact— Spring Return to Center With Latch K30H8 K30 3 Position— 326.00 252.00 Center Off Without Latch K33H8 K33 Maintained Contact With Latch K32H8 K32 Without Latch K35H2 K35 Momentary Contact— Spring Return to Center With Latch K34H2 K34 5 Position— 435.00 309.00 Center Off Without Latch K37H2 K37 Maintained Contact With Latch K36H2 K36 These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks—a total of four (4) contact blocks can be used. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Description Without Latch With Latch a Table 19.214: Contact Arrangements Operator Positions Contact Block Type KA3 Contact Block Location POS 1 (3) KA3 KA2 3 Handle position (with reference to Nib) Contact 1 2 A — POS 2 (4) A POS 1 (3) B KA2 POS 2 (4) B KA1 POS 1 (3) OFF 3 4 1 0 — 0 — 0 0 — 1 1 — 0 0 — 0 — 0 1 — 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 3 5 KA1 A 0 1 B 1 0 A 0 0 POS 2 (4) B 0 0 (1) Contact Closed (0) Contact Open The joy stick operator is ideal for applications where only one circuit is to be energized at one time. The three position joy stick closes one circuit in each Up-Down or Right-Left position with all circuits open in center position. The five position operator closes one circuit in each Up, Down, Left and Right position with all circuits open in center position. Momentary contact operators are spring return to the center position. Maintained operators remain in position and must be returned manually. Operators with latch cannot be operated until the latch button in center of handle is pressed. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact block not included. Inserts are field convertible. For colors not listed, order operator without insert, plus separate color insert from page 19-92. Up to two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks). Selector push buttons cannot be illuminated. Table 19.215: Selector Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Two Position Operators #2 1 KA1 #1 1 KA1 Cam c Color Insert Without Insert b Black b c 1—Contact Closed F—Free D—Depressed Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right FD 0 0 FD 1 0 FD 0 0 FD 1 0 FD 0 0 FD 1 1 FD 1 1 FD 1 0 FD 1 0 FD 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 Order Contact Blocks 0 1 From Pages 19-85 and 19-87. 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Selector Push Button 9001KQ Quantity and Mount on Type Side 0—Contact Open 0 1 P R S T Y Type KQ11 KQ11B Type KQ12 KQ12B Type KQ13 KQ13B Type KQ14 KQ14B Type KQ15 KQ15B $ Price 80. 81. Order color inserts from page 19-92. Cams are not interchangeable. For use in hazardous locations. See page 19-87. Key operated push buttons are used wherever unauthorized use of a push button is discouraged. Examples are locking a Start push button in the extended position or locking a Stop push button in the depressed position. The operator can also be locked in the flush position—holding all contacts open. Up to two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks). Legend Plate and Contact Block Not Included (“X” = locked position) d Table 19.216: Key Operated Push Button – UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Lockable Positions Type $ Price Extended Flush Depressed X — — KR131 — X — KR132 Push button operable only with key in lock. Key is removable in locked position only. — — X KR133 X X X KR137 X — — KR141 125.00 Push button operable with or without key in lock. Push button can be locked with key — X — KR142 only. Key removable in both locked or unlocked position. — — X KR143 X X X KR147 To lock the unit, rotate the key with the button in the extended position. Then, push the — X — KR152 button to lock it in the position indicated at right. Key is removable only in this position. — — X KR153 d All key operated push buttons are furnished as standard with Square D no. E10 key change. See catalog 9001CT0001 for other key changes. Description Key Operated Push Button 9001KR © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-75 19 Contact Block Required 30 mm Push Buttons Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us . Table 19.217: Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Dual Operators Meets UL Type 13/NEMA 13 and UL Type 6/NEMA 6, which UL and NEMA consider an equivalent to UL Type 4/NEMA 4. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted. 9001KR7U 9001KR11U a b c d NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Description Color Momentary Dual Function Momentary Interlocked Dual Function Maintained Interlocked Dual Function Universal a Green-Red Other b Universala Green-Red Other b Universal a Green-Red Other b Description Color Both Buttons Maintained Interlocked Assembly Universal c Other d One Button Momentary One Button Maintained Interlocked Assembly Universal c Otherd With 2 N.O. Contacts (2 KA2) KR6UH7 KR6GRH7 KR6bH7 KR67UH7 KR67GRH7 KR67bH7 KR7UH7 KR7GRH7 KR7bH7 With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Contact (KA2, KA3) KR6UH37 KR6GRH37 KR6bH37 KR67UH37 KR67GRH37 KR67bH37 KR7UH37 KR7GRH37 KR7bH37 $ Price Without Contacts d $ Price Contacts (KA1) $ Price KR6U KR6GR KR6b KR67U KR67GR KR67b KR7U KR7GR KR7b Without Contacts d — KR11UH1 KR11dH1 178.00 KR11U KR11d 120.00 — KR12UH1H1 KR12dH1H1 273.00 KR12U KR12d 162.00 138.00 184.00 184.00 81.00 125.00 125.00 $ Price Universal for KR6, KR67, KR7 includes 2 inserts each of black, red and green. Choose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black. Example: 9001KR6 with left red and right black = 9001KR6RB. See Table 19.193. Universal for KR11, KR12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white. Choose one color for each button from Table 19.193 and insert color code in type number. Example: 9001KR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = 9001KR11ES Table 19.218: Emergency Break-Glass Operator— UL 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13e Emergency Break-Glass Operator 9001K15 Type $ Price K15 125.00 Operator is held in a depressed position by a glass disc. When the glass disc is broken with the hammer, button returns to a normal extended position. Package of 5 discs included with operator. e For enclosed versions see page 19-106. Table 19.219: 9001K15 Replacement Parts Description Yellow bumper Hammer and chain Lower ring nut Top ring nut Package of 5 replacement discs Clip to hold hammer Part Number 3105211101 3105206750 6512232801 9001K40 9001K57 2540902240 $ Price 14.30 57.30 16.70 4.40 16.70 2.60 Table 19.220: Rocker Arm Operating Lever 19 Type $ Price K50 77.00 Allows two standard push buttons to be operated independently of each other. Price does not include push buttons or legend plates. Order push buttons and legend plates from pages 19-67, 19-89, and 19-90—specify which marking is to be inverted. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Rocker Arm Operating Lever 9001K50 Table 19.221: Alternate Action—Push-on, Push-off Module Type $ Price K85 42.80 This module can be added to standard 9001 Type K, KX, SK or T momentary push button operators. Contact blocks mounted behind this module (maximum of 2) are held in the depressed position when the operator is pressed once, and released to their normal position when the operator is pressed again. For a N.C. circuit, use a 9001KA3 or the N.C. contact of either a 9001KA1 or 9001KA4. For a N.O. circuit, use the N.O. contact of either a 9001KA4 or 9001KA6. Push-on Push-off Module 9001K85 Table 19.222: Off Delay Push Button— UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Type (All Colors) Description Full Guard Extended Guard No Guard $ Price KRD1UH1 KRD2UH1 KRD3UH1 277.00 KRD1UH2 KRD2UH2 KRD3UH2 514.00 Timed Contact 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Time Delay Push Button 9001KRD 19-76 Table 19.223: Wobble Stick For easy operation of any standard push button. Type K8 $ Price 42.80 Timed Contact 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. Timing period is adjustable from 0.1 second to 60 seconds and begins after button has been released. Devices include a pack of seven color inserts for color coding the push button. See 19-92 for Universal color insert. Contacts are quick makequick break. Note: When mounted in top or bottom hole of a Type K enclosure, device requires one additional space below or above operator. When mounted other than in top or bottom hole, device may require two additional spaces, one above and one below operator. Closing plates must be installed on unused holes. CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Non-Illuminated Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.224: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. not included unless otherwise noted. 9001SKR3B No Guard 9001SKR2B Extended Guard 9001SKR4B 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Mushroom Button 9001SKR5 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Mushroom Button Operator with 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact (KA1) Operator with $ Price 1 N.O. Contact (KA2) Operator with 1 N.C. Contact (KA3) Operator Only $ Price No Contacts e $ Price Black SKR1BH13 89.00 SKR1BH5 SKR1BH6 66.00 SKR1B 38.60 Red SKR1RH13 89.00 SKR1RH5 SKR1RH6 66.00 SKR1R 38.60 Green SKR1GH13 89.00 SKR1GH5 SKR1GH6 66.00 SKR1G 38.60 Universal a SKR1UH13 89.00 SKR1UH5 SKR1UH6 66.00 SKR1U 38.60 Other b SKR1bH13 89.00 SKR1bH5 SKR1bH6 66.00 SKR1b 38.60 Black SKR3BH13 89.00 SKR3BH5 SKR3BH6 66.00 SKR3B 38.60 Red SKR3RH13 89.00 SKR3RH5 SKR3RH6 66.00 SKR3R 38.60 Green SKR3GH13 89.00 SKR3GH5 SKR3GH6 66.00 SKR3G 38.60 Universal a SKR3UH13 89.00 SKR3UH5 SKR3UH6 66.00 SKR3U 38.60 Other b SKR3bH13 89.00 SKR3bH5 SKR3bH6 66.00 SKR3b 38.60 Black SKR2BH13 89.00 SKR2BH5 SKR2BH6 66.00 SKR2B 38.60 Red SKR2RH13 89.00 SKR2RH5 SKR2RH6 66.00 SKR2R 38.60 Green SKR2GH13 89.00 SKR2GH5 SKR2GH6 66.00 SKR2G 38.60 Universal a SKR2UH13 89.00 SKR2UH5 SKR2UH6 66.00 SKR2U 38.60 Other b SKR2b 89.00 SKR2bH5 SKR2bH6 66.00 SKR2b 38.60 112.00 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 SKR4B SKR4R SKR4R05 SKR4G SKR4d 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 SKR24B SKR24R SKR24G SKR24d 81.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 112.00 112.00 119.00 112.00 112.00 SKR5B SKR5R SKR5R05 SKR5G SKR5d 81.00 81.00 86.00 81.00 81.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 SKR25B SKR25R SKR25G SKR25d 81.00 81.00 81.00 81.00 Snap-In Mushroom Button Black SKR4BH13 138.00 SKR4BH5 SKR4BH6 Red SKR4RH13 138.00 SKR4RH5 SKR4RH6 Red c SKR4R05H13 142.00 SKR4R05H5 SKR4R05H6 Green SKR4GH13 138.00 SKR4GH5 SKR4GH6 Other d SKR4dH13 138.00 SKR4dH5 SKR4dH6 Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security Black SKR24BH13 138.00 SKR24BH5 SKR24BH6 Red SKR24RH13 138.00 SKR24RH5 SKR24RH6 Green SKR24GH13 138.00 SKR24GH5 SKR24GH6 Other d SKR24dH13 138.00 SKR24dH5 SKR24dH6 Snap-In Mushroom Button, Plastic Head Black SKR5BH13 138.00 SKR5BH5 SKR5BH6 Red SKR5RH13 138.00 SKR5RH5 SKR5RH6 Red c SKR5R05H13 142.00 SKR5R05H5 SKR5R05H6 Green SKR5GH13 138.00 SKR5GH5 SKR5GH6 Other d SKR5dH13 138.00 SKR5dH5 SKR5dH6 Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security, Plastic Head Black SKR25BH13 138.00 SKR25BH5 SKR25BH6 Red SKR25RH13 138.00 SKR25RH5 SKR25RH6 Green SKR25GH13 138.00 SKR25GH5 SKR25GH6 Other d SKR25dH13 138.00 SKR25dH5 SKR25dH6 Table 19.225: Color Codes a b c d e Color b SKR1, 2, 3 Place Color Code in Type Number d SKR4, 5, 24, 25 Place Color Code in Type Number Blue L L Yellow Y Y White W — Orange S S Gray E — The universal push button operators include one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white. See Table 19.225. Knob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability. See Table 19.225. These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-77 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 9001SKR1B Full Guard Color 19 Description 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.226: 30 mm Multifunction Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Screw-on Mushroom Operators, Plastic Head Description With 2 N.C. With 1 N.O. /1 Contacts N.C. (1 KA3, 1 KA5) Contact (1 KA1) Color $ Price Without Contacts k $Price 3 Position Momentary PullMaintained NeutralMomentary Push j Red SKR8RH25 — SKR8R Green SKR8GH25 — Other g SKR8gH25 — SKR8g Red — SKR9RH13 SKR9R Green — SKR9GH13 Other g — SKR9gH13 142.00 SKR8G 86.00 2 Positionf 9001SKR9R Non-Illuminated 1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob Includes Type KN179WP Legend Plate Marked Pull To Start Push To Stop Maintained PullMaintained Push 188.00 SKR9G 129.00 SKR9g Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators Description Color With 1 N.O. Contact (KA1) With 2 N.O. /2 $ Price N.C. Contacts (2 KA1) $ Price Without Contacts $Price 2 Position, Plastic Head Turn-to-Release Trigger Action Red SKR16H13 172.00 218.00 SKR16 113.00 With Other Color Knob Without Contacts k $ Price SKR16H2 9001SKR16H2 Screw-On Plastic Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators Illuminated Description With Red Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts (1 KA3, 1 KA5) Voltage With Other Color Knob and 2 N.C. Contacts $ Price 3 Position 19 Momentary PullMaintained NeutralMomentary Push m 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing i Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon j PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description SKR8P1RH25 SKR8P1gH25 SKR8PhRH25 SKR8PhgH25 SKR8PhRH25 SKR8PhgH25 SKR8P1g 267.00 201.00 SKR8Phg 215.00 SKR8Phg 171.00 With Red f Knob and With Other Color With Other Color 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 $ Price Knob Without Contact (KA1) N.C. Contact (KA1) Contacts Voltage $ Price 2 Position 9001SKR9P1 Illuminated 1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob Includes Type KN179WP Legend Plate Marked Pull to Start Push To Stop f g h i j k l m Maintained PullMaintained Push 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Other—Transformer, L.E.D., Flashing i SKR9P1RH13 SKR9P1gH13 SKR9PhRH13 SKR9PhgH13 Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon j SKR9PhRH13 SKR9PhgH13 To obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red knob—substitute R05 in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price. Choose one color from Table 19.227 and insert the color code in the Type number. Example: SKR9g with a yellow knob = SKR9Y Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: SKR8Ph with 277 V 50–60 Hz = SKR8P8 The knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen; e.g., for green LED, use green knob. On neon light modules, use clear knobs only. These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. SKR11UH1 has 1 KA1(1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and SKR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1 (2 N.O., 2 N.C.). For positions, refer to Tables 19.228 and 19.229. Table 19.228: Positions for 9001SKR8RH1 or H13 SKR9P1g 316.00 243.00 SKR9Phg SKR9Phg 257.00 215.00 Table 19.227: Color Codes n Color SKR11, SKR12 SKR8, SKR9 Black n B B Red R R Green G G Blue L L Yellow Y Y White W W Orange n S S Clear — C Amber — A Gray E — These colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators. Table 19.229: Positions for 9001SKR8H25 9001SKR8H25 9001SKR8RH1 or H13 (KA1) PULL CTR PUSH PULL CTR PUSH KA3 X O O KA3 X O O KA5 X X O KA2 O O X KA2 O O X NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-78 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Illuminated Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.230: Illuminated Push Button Operators UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate not included unless otherwise noted. Style 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK1L1RH13 SK1L7RH13 SK1L35RH13 SK1LbRH13 SK1LbRH13 SK1LbRH13 SK1L1GH13 SK1L7GH13 SK1L35GH13 SK1LbGH13 SK1LbGH13 SK1LbGH13 231.00 231.00 198.00 231.00 198.00 198.00 SK1L1 SK1L7 SK1L35 SK1L b SK1L b SK1L b 158.00 158.00 129.00 158.00 129.00 129.00 For other voltages See Table b 9001SK1L1 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc No Guard Illuminated Push Button With Other Color With Red Color Cap and With Green Color Cap and Cap Without $ Price h 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact 1 N.O.and 1 N.C. Contact $ Price g Contact Blocks (KA1) (KA1) a Voltage and Frequency Description Full Guard Illuminated Push Button NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. For other voltages See Table b LED e SK1LbRH13 SK1LbGH13 231.00 SK1L bd 158.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK2L1RH13 SK2L7RH13 SK2L35RH13 SK2LbRH13 SK2LbRH13 SK2LbRH13 SK2L1GH13 SK2L7GH13 SK2L35GH13 SK2LbGH13 SK2LbGH13 SK2LbGH13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 SK2L1 SK2L7 SK2L35 SK2L b SK2L b SK2L b 143.00 143.00 116.00 143.00 116.00 116.00 LEDe SK2LbRH13 SK2LbGH13 217.00 SK2L bd 143.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK2L1R20H13 SK2L7R20H13 SK2L35R20H13 SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbR20H13 SK2L1G20H13 SK2L7G20H13 SK2L35G20H13 SK2LbG20H13 SK2LbG20H13 SK2LbG20H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 LED e SK2LbR20H13 SK2LbG20H13 217.00 Transformer Transformer Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing Full Voltage Resistor, Neon c SK2L1R21H13 SK2L7R21H13 SK2L35R21H13 SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbR21H13 SK2L1G21H13 SK2L7G21H13 SK2L35G21H13 SK2LbG21H13 SK2LbG21H13 SK2LbG21H13 217.00 217.00 184.00 217.00 184.00 184.00 9001SK2L1 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 24–28 Vac/Vdc 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On For other voltages Plastic Head See Table b Order SK2Lbdf 9001SK2L1R20 b c d e f g h LED e SK2LbR21H13 SK2LbG21H13 217.00 9001SK2L1R21 These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost. Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. EXAMPLE: SK2Lb with 240 Vac/Vdc = SK2L25. On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen e.g., for red LED, use red color cap. Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table below. EXAMPLE: SK2L25e with a blue 1-3/8 in. mushroom button = SK2L25L20. The only difference between a no guard (SK2L) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap. Price includes operator, light module, contact blocks and color cap. Price includes operator, light module and color cap. Table 19.231: Color Caps Color Codes Color Red Green Blue Yellow White Clear Amber SK1L/SK2L R G L Y W C A 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Mushroom R20 G20 L20 Y20 W20 C20 A20 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Mushroom R21 G21 L21 Y21 W21 C21 A21 NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-79 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE a Order SK2Lbdf 19 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 2-1/4 in. 24–28 Vac/Vdc (57 mm) Illuminated Mushroom, Screw-On For other voltages Plastic Head See Table b 30 mm Push Buttons 9001SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.232: 2-Position Selector Switches 1—Contact Closed 0—Contact Open Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type KA1 or KA2 or KA3 Mount on Side KA1 or KA2 or KA3 KA3 KA1 or KA1 #2 KA2 KA3 KA1 Locating or KA1 #1 KA2 Top View Left Right Left Right KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 KA3 #1 1 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 1 or Side 2 Side 1 Operator www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. or Cam (see page 19-73) 0 E Non-Illuminated Operators D Type Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below) Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob With 1 KA1 on Side #2 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below) Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below) Illuminated Operators Type SKS11 SKS11c SKS12 SKS12c SKS11BH13 SKS11BH1 SKS11BH2 — — — 106.00 106.00 152.00 SKS25 SKS25c — — 71.00 81.00 — — SKS34 SKS34c 71.00 81.00 Type 19 Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c $ Price 42.80 53.00 Type $ Price SK11J1 SK11J1R SK11Jbc SK12J1 SK12J1R SK12Jbc 158.00 167.00 167.00 SK25J1 SK25J1R SK25Jbc — — — 185.00 197.00 197.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — SK34J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer — SK34J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c — SK34Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3 c Add the knob color code from Table 19.233. For LED, knob color must match LED. 185.00 197.00 197.00 Table 19.233: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 70 9.90 2 Position NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-80 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons 9001SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.234: 3-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type 1 — Contact Closed Center Mount on Side Center Center Center 0 — Contact Open Center Center Center Center Center KA3 KA1 or Side 2 Side 1 KA2 KA3 #2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 KA2 #2 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 KA3 #1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 KA2 #1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 KA1 or #2 KA3 Locating Notch KA1 or Top View KA2 KA1 or #1 Cam (see page 19-73) Non-Illuminated Operators Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) B C D E F G J L M Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type SKS42 SKS42c SKS43 SKS43c SKS44 SKS44c SKS45 SKS45c SKS46 SKS46c SKS47 SKS47c SKS49 SKS49c SKS401 SKS401c SKS402 SKS402c Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob d With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13) SKS42BH13 SKS43BH13 SKS44BH13 SKS45BH13 SKS46BH13 SKS47BH13 SKS49BH13 SKS401BH13 SKS402BH13 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1) SKS42BH1 SKS43BH1 SKS44BH1 SKS45BH1 SKS46BH1 SKS47BH1 SKS49BH1 SKS401BH1 SKS402BH1 With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2) SKS42BH2 SKS43BH2 SKS44BH2 SKS45BH2 SSKS46BH2 SKS47BH2 SKS49BH2 SKS401BH2 SKS402BH2 Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob SKS62 SKS63 SKS64 With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) SKS62c SKS63c SKS64c Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob SKS72 SKS73 SKS74 With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) SKS72c SKS73c SKS74c Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob SKS52 SKS53 SKS54 With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below) SKS52c SKS53c SKS54c Illuminated Operators Type 42.80 53.00 106.00 106.00 152.00 SKS65 SKS65c SKS66 SKS66c SKS67 SKS67c SKS69 SKS69c SKS601 SKS601c SKS602 SKS602c 71.00 81.00 SKS75 SKS75c SKS76 SKS76c SKS77 SKS77c SKS79 SKS79c SKS701 SKS701c SKS702 SKS702c 71.00 81.00 SKS55 SKS55c SKS56 SKS56c SKS57 SKS57c SKS59 SKS59c SKS501 SKS501c SKS502 SKS502c 71.00 81.00 Type Type Type Type Type Type Type $ Price SK44J1 SK44J1R SK44Jbc SK45J1 SK45J1R SK45Jbc SK46J1 SK46J1R SK46Jbc SK47J1 SK47J1R SK47Jbc SK49J1 SK49J1R SK49Jbc SK401J1 SK401J1R SK401Jbc SK402J1 SK402J1R SK402Jbc 158.00 167.00 167.00 SK64J1 SK64J1R SK64Jbc SK65J1 SK65J1R SK65Jbc SK66J1 SK66J1R SK66Jbc SK67J1 SK67J1R SK67Jbc SK69J1 SK69J1R SK69Jbc SK601J1 SK601J1R SK601Jbc SK602J1 SK602J1R SK602Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 SK79J1 SK79J1R SK79Jbc SK701J1 SK701J1R SK701Jbc SK702J1 SK702J1R SK702Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 SK59J1 SK59J1R SK59Jbc SK501J1 SK501J1R SK501Jbc SK502J1 SK502J1R SK502Jbc 185.00 197.00 197.00 Type Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK42J1 SK43J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK42J1R SK43J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK42Jbc SK43Jbc Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK62J1 SK63J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK62J1R SK63J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK62Jbc SK63Jbc $ Price 19 Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK72J1 SK73J1 SK74J1 SK75J1 SK76J1 SK77J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK72J1R SK73J1R SK74J1R SK75J1R SK76J1R SK77J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK72Jbc SK73Jbc SK74Jbc SK75Jbc SK76Jbc SK77Jbc Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK52J1 SK53J1 SK54J1 SK55J1 SK56J1 SK57J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK52J1R SK53J1R SK54J1R SK55J1R SK56J1R SK57J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK52Jbc SK53Jbc SK54Jbc SK55Jbc SK56Jbc SK57Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3. c Add the knob color code from Table 19.235 below. For LED, knob color must match LED. d For other color knobs replace the B with knob color code from Table 19.235 below. Table 19.235: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Color Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Standard Knob c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 70 70 9.90 3 Position NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Operator Discount Schedule 19-81 30 mm Push Buttons 9001SK Selector Switches Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.236: 4-Position Selector Switches NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open Contact Block Required Contact Block Position Quantity and Type Mount on Side KA3 KA1 or KA1 #2 KA2 Side 2 Side 1 Locating Notch KA1 or KA1 #1 KA2 Top View KA3 #2 1 0 0 0 KA2 #2 0 0 1 0 KA3 #1 0 0 0 1 KA2 #1 0 1 0 0 or KA3 Operator www.schneider-electric.us or Cam (see page 19-73) H Non-Illuminated Operators Type Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.237 below) $ Price SKS88 SKS88c Illuminated Operators 42.80 52.65 Type $ Price Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks) Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK88J1 With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer SK88J1R With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c SK88Jbc a These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application. b Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3 c Add the knob color code from Table 19.237. For LED, knob color must match LED 158.00 167.00 167.00 Table 19.237: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No. Standard Knob Color c Knob Code B R G Y L W A C 19 Black Red Green Yellow Blue White Amber Clear Gloved Hand Knob c Knob Code FB FR FG FY FL FW FA FC Cat. No. B11 R8 G8 Y8 L8 W8 A8 C8 Cat. No. B25 R24 G24 Y24 L24 W24 A24 C24 $ Price 46 47 47 9.90 4 Position Potentiometers with Dial Plate PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.238: Potentiometers with Dial Plate (not UL listed)—Maximum Voltage 300 Vac Power 2W Description Operator Only, for Single Potentiometer Operator with Single Potentiometer Operator Only, for Tandem Potentiometer Operator with Tandem Potentiometer Ratings NEMA 4, 13 Type SK20 SK21 SK22 SK23 $ Price 201.00 287.00 314.00 399.00 Table 19.239: Potentiometer Suffixes Single Potentiometer Suffix d Resistance 01 50 Ω 02 100 Ω 04 500 Ω 05 1 kΩ 39 2 kΩ 06 2.5 kΩ Tandem Potentiometer Suffix d 82 d Suffix d 07 08 09 13 37 14 Resistance 5 kΩ 10 kΩ 25 kΩ 500 kΩ 750 kΩ 1 MΩ Resistance Front Rear 1 kΩ 1 kΩ For the complete part number, add the suffix from Table 19.239 to the catalog number from Table 19.238. Example: 9001K2105. Any potentiometer with a shaft 7/8 in. long and 1/4 in. diameter may be used with these operators. NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92. 19-82 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Pilot Lights Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.240: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13. For use in hazardous locations, see page 19-87. Legend plate not included. Description Voltage 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKP1R31 SKP1G31 SKP1b 153.00 SKP1 143.00 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Standard Pilot Light 24–28 Vac/Vdc (Fresnel color cap shown) For other voltages see Table a Transformer SKP7R31 SKP7G31 SKP7b 153.00 SKP7 143.00 Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LEDc Full Voltage, Neon or Resistord SKP35R31 SKP35G31 SKP35b 125.00 SKP35 116.00 SKPaR31 SKPaG31 SKPab 125.00 SKPa 116.00 SKPaR31 SKPaG31 SKPab 125.00 SKPa 116.00 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKT1R31 SKT1G31 SKT1b 197.00 SKT1 185.00 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer SKT7R31 SKT7G31 SKT7b 197.00 SKT7 185.00 SKT35R31 SKT35G31 SKT35b 167.00 SKT35 158.00 SKTaR31 SKTaG31 SKTab 197.00 SKTa 158.00 SKTaR31 SKTaG31 SKTab 197.00 SKTa 158.00 120 Vac Only Full Voltage Transformer, Flashing or LEDc Full Voltage, Neon or Resistord Resistor SKTR38R31 SKTR38G31 SKTR38b 197.00 SKTR38 185.00 Full Voltage SKTR35R31 SKTR35G31 SKTR35b 197.00 SKTR35 185.00 Push-To-Test Pilot Light 24–28 Vac/Vdc (Fresnel color cap shown) For other voltages see Table a Remote Test 24–28 Vac Only Pilot Light (Fresnel color cap shown) For other voltages see Tables abe a b c d e With Red With Green Other Without Fresnel Color Fresnel Color With Color Cap $ Price Color Cap $ Price Cap Cap Style 9001SKP1 9001SKT1 NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Full Voltage or Resistor SKTRaR31 SKTRaG31 SKTRab 197.00 SKTRa 185.00 e 9001SKTR38 Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on page 19-86. EXAMPLE: SKTqR31 with 208 Vac red LED voltage = SKT37LRR31. Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table below. EXAMPLE: SKP1c with a blue fresnel cap = SKP1L31. The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for a green LED, use a green color cap. On neon light modules, use clear color caps only. Use only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes on remote test pilot lights. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only. Table 19.241: Color Caps b Plastic Fresnel b Plastic Domed A31 L31 C31 G31 R31 W31 Y31 A9 L9 C9 G9 R9 W9 Y9 Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Color Typical Wiring Diagram START 1 STOP M 3 2 M L1 TEST BUTTON L2 M L2 (TEST) C O.L. STOP START L1 (SIG) (TEST) C L2 LSI C L2 L1 (SIG) R (TEST) C Test M3 L1 Push-To-Test Pilot Light M1 M2 L2 L1 (SIG) 19 L2 L1 CR Remote Test Pilot Light NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-83 30 mm Push Buttons Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.242: Multifunction Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13 For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted. Interlocked Assembly Description Interlocked Assembly Both Buttons Maintained Interlocked Assembly One Button Momentary Interlocked Assembly One Button Maintained Color Universal a Other b Contacts SKR11UH1 SKR11bH1 Universal a SKR12UH1H1 Other b SKR12bH1H1 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. $ Price 178.00 Without Contacts SKR11U SKR11b $ Price 120.00 SKR12U 273.00 162.00 SKR12b 9001SKR11U a b Universal for SKR11,12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white. Choose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black. Example: 9001SKR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = 9001SKR11ES. See Table 19.227 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-84 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us The Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks are Fingersafe® contact blocks (meeting VDE 0106 Part 100). They have one screw mounting and captive (backed out) plus/minus terminal screws. These contact blocks are double-break, direct-acting contacts. Because of the wiping action of these contacts, they are suitable for use with programmable controllers. All contact blocks listed below accept up to 2 #12–#24 AWG solid or stranded wires. Recommended tightening torque for screw terminals is 7 lb-in. NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Contact Blocks with Binder Head Screws (not Fingersafe) Symbol Table 19.243: Standard Contact Blocks Description Symbol Type $ Price Direct-Acting KA1 42.80 Gold Flashed Contacts with Standard Pressure Wire Terminals Type Quantityb $ Price Type $ Price KA21 25–Up 42.80 KA31 71.00 KA22 25–Up 21.50 KA32 35.60 KA23 25–Up 21.50 KA33 35.60 KA24 25–Up 42.80 KA34 71.00 KA25 25–Up 21.50 KA35 35.60 N.O. Early Closing (Clear Cover) KA2 N.C. Contact Late Opening 21.50 b Minimum order quantity is 25. The price represents one individual contact block. Contact blocks listed below are not Fingersafe, but provide: (Green Cover) • KA3 Direct-Acting 21.50 Terminals that accept ring tongue/fork tongue connectors Short single circuit contact blocks (0.75" deep vs. 0.97" deep on the Fingersafe) Same as old style Series G product available prior to March, 1989. For assembled operators, use form Y238 (add to catalog number as suffix, for example: 9001KRU1H13Y238) • • (Red Cover) • KA4 42.80 N.O. Contact Early Closing Table 19.245: Contact blocks (not Fingersafe) Symbol KA5 KA1G 42.80 Symbol Type $ Price KA4G 42.80 KA5G 21.50 KA6G 21.50 N.O. Contact Early Closing KA6 KA2G 21.50 KA3G 21.50 N.O. Contact Early Closing Table 19.244: Additional Circuit Arrangements Sequencing a N.O. Contact of KA4 closes before N.O. Contact on KA1 Order One Type KA4 and One Type KA1 N.C. Contact Late Opening 21.50 N.O. Contact Early Closing (Green Cover) $ Price 21.50 N.C. Contact Late Opening (Red Cover) Type 85.60 KA4 KA1 Overlapping a Order One N.O. Contact of KA4 closes Type KA4 and One 64.30 before N.C. Contact of KA5 Type KA5 Opens KA4 KA5 a For push buttons or two-position selector switches only. For sequencing or overlapping contacts on other operators, refer to catalog 9001CT0001. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE (Clear Cover) Table 19.246: Contact blocks with Quick-Connect terminals (not Fingersafe) Symbol Type $ Price KA12 35.60 KA13 35.60 19 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog 9001CT0001 Table 19.247: Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—Types KA1–KA6, KA21–KA25, KA31–KA35, KA1G–KA6G AC V 120 240 480 600 DC Inductive (NEMA / UL Type A600) 35% Power Factor Make Break Amperes VA Amperes VA Continuous Carrying Amperes 60 30 15 12 7200 6.0 3.0 1.5 1.2 720 10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Resistive 75% Power Factor Make, Break and Continuous Amperes 10 CS1 Discount Schedule Inductive and Resistive (NEMA Q600) Volts 125 250 600 Make and Break KA1 KA2 KA3 KA4 KA5 KA6 0.55 0.27 0.10 0.55 0.27 0.10 — — — — — — Continuous Carrying Amperes 2.5 19-85 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. • • With neon type light modules, use a clear color cap only. With LED light modules, use either a clear color cap or a cap the same color as the LED. Table 19.248: Standard Light Modules for Types K, SK, and KX Control Units b NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Light Module Voltage All 19 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 12–14 Vac/Vdc 18 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 24–28 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 208–220 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 220–240 V, 50–60 Hz 240 Vac/Vdc 240 Vac/Vdc 277 V, 50–60 Hz 380–480 V, 50–60 Hz 480 Vac/Vdc 550–600 V, 50–60 Hz PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE a b Description Type Full Voltage (without Bayonet Base Lamp) Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow Resistor Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Full Voltage LED Red LED Green LED Yellow Transformer Flashing Full Voltage/Resistor Neon a LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Transformer LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Transformer LED Red LED Green LED Yellow LED White LED Blue Resistor Neon a Transformer Transformer Neon a Transformer $ Price Voltage Assembly Code Replacement Lamp Rating Part Number b KM40 78.00 40 — None KM31 KM31LR KM31LG KM31LY KM32 KM32LR KM32LG KM32LY KM33 KM35 KM35LR KM35LG KM35LY KM35LW KM35LL KM36 KM1LR KM1LG KM1LY KM1 KMF1 KM38 KM11 KM38LR KM38LG KM38LY KM38LW KM38LL KM3 KM3LR KM3LG KM3LY KM3LW KM3LL KM7 KM7LR KM7LG KM7LY KM7LW KM7LL KM25 KM12 KM8 KM5 KM14 KM6 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 116.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 116.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 143.00 86.00 86.00 116.00 116.00 86.00 116.00 31 31LR 31LG 31LY 32 32LR 32LG 32LY 33 35 35LR 35LG 35LY 35LW 35LL 36 1LR 1LG 1LY 1 F1 38 11 38LR 38LG 38LY 38LW 38LL 3 3LR 3LG 3LY 3LW 3LL 7 7LR 7LG 7LY 7LW 7LL 25 12 8 5 14 6 .9 VA 2550101020 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 2550101037 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 2550101037 2550101002 6508805210 6508805212 6508805211 6508805214 6508805213 2550101025 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 2550101020 2550101036 2550101027 2550101013 6508805210 6508805212 6508805211 6508805214 6508805213 2550101020 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 6508805215 6508805216 2550101020 6508805201 6508805203 6508805202 6508805215 6508805216 2550101027 2550101013 2550101020 2550101020 2550101013 2550101020 1.2 VA 1.4 VA 1.2 VA .28 VA .28 VA .28 VA .28 VA .28 VA 2.6 VA 2.4 VA .85 VA 3.0 VA 0.2 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 1.4 VA 2.5 VA 2.0 VA 6.0 VA 0.3 VA 2.4 VA 2.8 VA 0.5 VA 2.5 VA $ Price — 12.45 42.75 42.75 28.50 12.45 42.75 42.75 28.50 12.45 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 16.50 12.45 32.85 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 42.75 12.45 32.85 12.45 12.45 32.85 12.45 Not for use on KX operators. For use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot. NOTE: Light modules are available in other voltages. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001. For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. • • Reduces the depth of illuminated push buttons with contact blocks by over 33%. With LED light modules, use a cap that is the same color as the LED. Table 19.249: Shallow Depth Light Modules For Types K and SK Control Units c Voltage Description Light Module Type Full Voltage KM55 LED Red KM55LR 24–28 Vac/Vdc LED Green KM55LG LED Yellow KM55LY Full Voltage KM58 LED Red KM58LR 110–120 Vac/Vdc LED Green KM58LG LED Yellow KM58LY c For use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot. File CCN 19-86 E78403 NKCR File Class CS1 LR25490 3211 03 Discount Schedule $ Price 86.00 116.00 86.00 116.00 Voltage Assembly Code Rating 55 55LR 55LG 55LY 58 58LR 58LG 58LY 1.2 VA 0.5 VA 3.0 VA 0.5 VA Replacement Lamp Part Number 2550101002 6508805204 6508805206 6508805205 2550101027 6508805204 6508805206 6508805205 $ Price 12.45 42.75 12.45 42.75 marked © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Hazardous locations do not always require the use of explosion-proof equipment like the Class 9001 Type BR control stations. Selecting the most appropriate device for the location can save you money. For more information on the types of hazardous locations, contact your local electrical inspector. Table 19.250: Square D Offering According to Class, Division, and Group NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. All contact blocks listed below accept #12–18 solid or stranded wire. Table 19.252: Hermetically Sealed Logic Reed Contact Blocks f Suitable for use on low energy level circuits Description For Symbol Intrinsically Safe System 9001 BR station I 1 B, C, D Intrinsically Safe System K, SK, KX control stations 1. 9001 with restrictions a I 2 A 2. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station K, SK, KX control stations I 2 B, C, D 2. 9001 with restrictions a 3. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station II 1 E, F, G 2. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station K, SK, KX control stations II 2 E, F 2. 9001 with restrictions a 3. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR station K, SK, KX control stations II 2 G 2. 9001 with restrictions b 3. Intrinsically Safe System 1. 9001 BR Station K, SK, KX control stations III 1, 2 — 2. 9001 with restrictions b 3. Intrinsically Safe System a Any Class 9001 Type K, SK or KX operator can be used in an area classified as Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations, if: 1. Only logic (KA40 series) or power (KA50 series) reed contact blocks are used. 2. All Type K and SK illuminated operators are UL approved for use in Class I Division 2 areas. c 3. Type KX illuminated operators do not use 4 lamp light modules, or 2 lamp light modules other than the transformer type. c 4. The operators are mounted in any NEMA 4 & 13 enclosures. b Any Class 9001 Type K, SK, or KX operator mounted in a Class 9001 Type KY, KYSS, KYAF, SKY enclosure may be used, except potentiometer operators. c Add Form Y243 to single lamp Push-To-Test pilot lights. Note: For a and b: UL Listed: File E10054(N), CCN NOIV. 1. 1. 2. Resistive .25 A 8 VA 32/30 120/100 KA41 86.00 KA42 42.80 KA43 42.80 KA44 86.00 KA45 86.00 Inductive .10 A 3 VA • • • On 3 position selector switches with cams C, D, E, F, G, L, or M, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem. On 4 position selector switches, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem. On joysticks or on Type KR8 or SKR8 push-pull operators, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem. Table 19.253: Hermetically Sealed Power Reed Contact Blocks f Symbol File Class LR26817 3218 02 Type $ Price KA51 143.00 KA52 101.00 KA53 101.00 KA54 143.00 KA55 143.00 19 E10054(N) NOIV Continuous .5 A .5 A The maximum number of logic and/or power reed contact blocks per operator is as indicated on individual selection tables for standard contact blocks, except: Table 19.251: Hazardous Locations (see page 19-87) File CCN $ Price Maximum Load Max. Vac/Vdc Description Types K, SK Type Use AC NEMA C300 d Make A VA A VA Continuous Carrying Amperes 10.00 5.00 1200 1.000 .500 120 3.0 VA Continuous Carrying Amperes Volts 120 240 Break DC NEMA Q150 e Make Volts A Break VA A 115 .50 58 .50 58 3.0 Note: The power reed contact blocks can be used with standard industrial relays and starters through NEMA Size 4. Minimum voltage is 5 V and the minimum current is 1 mA. d Inductive Rating—35% Power Factor. e Inductive and Resistive Ratings f Not for use in pendant stations. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Class Division Group(s) I 1 A 19-87 30 mm Push Buttons Type K, SK and KX Contact Block “H” Numbers Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Example: A Type KR1B push button with 2 Type KA1 contact blocks would be Class 9001 Type KR1BH2. POS 2 POS 4 POS 6 POS 1 POS 3 POS 5 Side 1 Side 2 Locating Nib The design of the Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks allows them to be mounted side by side and/or in tandem. This enables you to specify an operator and a particular arrangement of contact blocks (shipped completely assembled) with a single Type number. Table 19.254: “H” Codes Suffix No. (Add to Operator Type) H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17 H18 H19 H21 H23 H24 H25 Mounting Hole for All Types K, SK, and KX Control Units .19 5 Positions $ Price 28.50 57.00 86.00 114.00 14.30 14.30 28.50 28.50 57.00 42.80 86.00 57.00 28.50 14.30 42.80 42.80 71.00 71.00 143.00 28.50 171.00 42.80 28.50 1 2 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA4 KA4 KA1 KA2 KA2 KA2 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA2 KA1 KA1 KA5 3 KA1 KA1 KA1 4 KA1 KA1 5 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 6 .25 Dia. 6 .09 2 .69 18 .56 14 KA1 A30464-162 KA2 KA3 KA1 KA5 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA3 KA3 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA2 KA3 *1.22 Dia. 31 Preferred Cover Drilling *1.22 Dia. Alternate Cover Drilling 31 Dual Dimensions: *Units also mount in 1.20 dia. 30 KA1 KA3 KA2 Hole Punch: Use Greenlee Tool #60242 to punch mounting hole and notch. Maximum Contact Block Usage (Includes Types K, SK and KX) KA2 KA3 KA2 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 • KA1 2 blocks mounted side by side only: Any 2, 3 or 4 position spring return selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or keyed). 2 blocks mounted in tandem on one side only: Any 2 operator interlocked push button. 2 blocks mounted in tandem (total of four blocks): Any selector push button, keyed push button, 2, 3, or 4 position maintained selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or keyed), push-pull operators (non-illuminated or illuminated), joy stick, dual push button. 3 blocks mounted in tandem (total of six blocks): Single momentary push buttons (non-illuminated or illuminated). • NOTE: For “H” Codes not shown in this table, contact your local Schneider Electric Customer Care Center. • Table 19.255: Dimensions When Using Contact Blocks • Panel Thickness .25 max. .06 min. 2 6 Panel Thickness 1/16 min.-1/4 max. INCHES Millimeters 2.10 53 C D E D F B 1.60 41 Light KA KA KA KA Module Unit Unit Unit Unit A 0.56 14 19 1.66 42 2.63 67 .97 25 3.66 93 0.56 14 KA KA KA KA Unit Unit Unit Unit Light Light Module Module 1.31 Standard Blocks Enclosure or Grounded Metal Part Reed Blocks 1.13 D D30052-287 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.256: Basic Operators (Without Color Caps, Mushroom Buttons, Knobs, Selector Switch Cams, Contact Blocks, Light Modules, or Legend Plates) Description For UL Types/NEMA $ Price 1, 3R, 4, 4, 4X, 13 12, 13 KR2 SKR2 38.55 KR3 SKR3 38.55 Non-Illuminated Push Button (Extended Guard) Non-Illuminated Push Button (No Guard) Non-Illuminated Push Button (Mushroom KR20 SKR20 38.55 Button/Screw-On) Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary) KR6 — 78.00 Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary KR67 — 121.50 Interlocked) Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Maintained KR7 — 121.50 Interlocked) Momentary Pull—Maintained Neutral— KR8 ad SKR8 a 75.00 Momentary Push Maintained Pull—Maintained Push KR9 ad SKR9 a 120.00 Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Plastic Top) K1L b SK1L b 42.75 Illuminated Push Button and Push-To-Test K2L bc SK2Lb c 28.65 (No Guard) Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Metal Top) K3L b — 42.75 Standard Pilot Light KP SKP 28.65 3 Position Maintained Selector Switch KS4 a SKS4 a 36.30 3 Position Spring Return Both Sides To Center— KS5 a SKS5 a 64.80 Selector Switch 3 Position Spring Return Left To Center— KS6 a SKS6 a 64.80 Selector Switch 3 Position Spring Return Right To Center— KS7 a SKS7 a 64.80 Selector Switch a Operator can be converted to an illuminated operator by removing the liner (6512240601) and adding a light module. b Operator can be converted to a non-illuminated operator by adding liner (6512240601). c Operator includes jumper wires for push-to-test conversion. d These operators can be supplied with 1-3/8 in or 2-1/4 in dia. mushroom buttons. For 1-3/8 in.: add ( ) 20 to type number. The ( ) refers to the color chosen—see page 19-92. For 2-1/4 in.: Add ( ) 21 to type number. The ( ) refers to the color chosen—see page 19-92. Voids UL and NEMA 6 Rating. 19-88 CS1 Discount Schedule Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units Legend Plate Operator Centerline Spacing (in.) A Legend Plate Orientation Position #1 Standard Push Button 1.75 KN2 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.75 Standard Push Button 2.00 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.00 KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 2.00 Standard Push Button 1.94 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.94 KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.74 Standard Push Button 2.38 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38 KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38 Selector Switch Knobs 2.38 Legend Plate Orientation Position #2 Standard Push Button 1.62 KN2 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.62 Standard Push Button 1.75 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75 KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.75 Standard Push Button 1.62 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62 KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 1.62 Standard Push Button 2.25 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25 Selector Switch Knobs 2.25 B C D E F 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.69 1.69 2.25 1.69 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.00 1.94 1.94 2.25 1.94 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.257: Legend Plates NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Plastic Legend Plates for use with Types K and SK Operators 1-3/4" Square Standard Markings Aluminum Legend Plates for use with Type K Operators 2-1/4" Square Black Legend 2-1/2" Square Black Legend Blue Legend © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved KN200 KN300 KN800 KN200 KN300 KN800 KN200R a KN300R a KN800R a KN201 KN301 KN801 KN202 a KN302 a KN802 a KN203 KN303 KN803 KN204 a KN304 a KN804 a KN205 a KN305 a KN805 a KN206 KN306 KN806 KN207 KN307 KN807 KN208 KN308 KN808 KN209 KN309 KN809 KN210 KN310 KN810 KN211 KN311 KN811 KN212 KN312 KN812 KN213 KN313 KN813 KN214 KN314 KN814 KN215 KN315 KN815 KN216 KN316 KN816 KN217 KN317 KN817 KN218 KN318 KN818 KN219 KN319 KN819 KN220 KN320 KN820 KN221 KN321 KN821 KN222 KN322 KN822 KN223 KN323 KN823 KN224 KN324 KN824 KN225 KN325 KN825 KN226 KN326 KN826 KN227 KN327 KN827 KN228 KN328 KN828 KN229 KN329 KN829 KN230 KN330 KN830 KN231 KN331 KN831 KN232 KN332 KN832 KN233 KN333 KN833 KN234 KN334 KN834 KN236 KN336 KN836 KN237 KN337 KN837 KN238 KN338 KN838 KN100WP KN100RP b KN101WP KN102RP b KN103WP KN104RP b KN105RP b KN106WP KN107WP KN108WP KN109WP KN110WP KN111WP KN112WP KN113WP KN114WP KN115WP KN116WP KN117WP KN118WP KN119WP KN120WP KN121WP KN122WP KN123WP KN124WP KN125WP KN126WP KN127WP KN128WP KN129WP KN130WP KN131WP KN132WP KN133WP KN134WP KN136WP KN137WP KN138WP KN100BP KN100RP b KN101BP KN102RP b KN103BP KN104RP b KN105RP b KN106BP KN107BP KN108BP KN109BP KN110BP KN111BP KN112BP KN113BP KN114BP KN115BP KN116BP KN117BP KN118BP KN119BP KN120BP KN121BP KN122BP KN123BP KN124BP KN125BP KN126BP KN127BP KN128BP KN129BP KN130BP KN131BP KN132BP KN133BP KN134BP KN136BP KN137BP KN138BP KN700SP KN700RP b KN701SP KN702RP b KN703SP KN704RP b KN705RP b KN706SP KN707SP KN708SP KN709SP KN710SP KN711SP KN712SP KN713SP KN714SP KN715SP KN716SP KN717SP KN718SP KN719SP KN720SP KN721SP KN722SP KN723SP KN724SP KN725SP KN726SP KN727SP KN728SP KN729SP KN730SP KN731SP KN732SP KN733SP KN734SP KN736SP KN737SP KN738SP KN700WP KN700RP b KN701WP KN702RP b KN703WP KN704RP b KN705RP b KN706WP KN707WP KN708WP KN709WP KN710WP KN711WP KN712WP KN713WP KN714WP KN715WP KN716WP KN717WP KN718WP KN719WP KN720WP KN721WP KN722WP KN723WP KN724WP KN725WP KN726WP KN727WP KN728WP KN729WP KN730WP KN731WP KN732WP KN733WP KN734WP KN736WP KN737WP KN738WP KN700BP KN700RP b KN701BP KN702RP b KN703BP KN704RP b KN705RP b KN706BP KN707BP KN708BP KN709BP KN710BP KN711BP KN712BP KN713BP KN714BP KN715BP KN716BP KN717BP KN718BP KN719BP KN720BP KN721BP KN722BP KN723BP KN724BP KN725BP KN726BP KN727BP KN728BP KN729BP KN730BP KN731BP KN732BP KN733BP KN734BP KN736BP KN737BP KN738BP KN179WP KN179BP KN779SP KN779WP KN779BP N/A KN379 N/A KN139WP KN140WP KN141WP KN142WP KN143WP KN144WP KN145WP KN146WP KN147WP KN148WP KN150WP KN151WP KN153WP KN154WP KN155WP KN156WP KN176WP KN158WP KN159WP KN160WP KN162WP KN163WP KN164WP KN165WP KN167WP KN170WP KN177WP KN178WP KN139BP KN140BP KN141BP KN142BP KN143BP KN144BP KN145BP KN146BP KN147BP KN148BP KN150BP KN151BP KN153BP KN154BP KN155BP KN156BP KN176BP KN158BP KN159BP KN160BP KN162BP KN163BP KN164BP KN165BP KN167BP KN170BP KN177BP KN178BP KN739SP KN740SP KN741SP KN742SP KN743SP KN744SP KN745SP KN746SP KN747SP KN748SP KN750SP KN751SP KN753SP KN754SP KN755SP KN756SP KN776SP KN758SP KN759SP KN760SP KN762SP KN763SP KN764SP KN765SP KN767SP KN770SP KN777SP KN778SP KN739WP KN740WP KN741WP KN742WP KN743WP KN744WP KN745WP KN746WP KN747WP KN748WP KN750WP KN751WP KN753WP KN754WP KN755WP KN756WP KN776WP KN758WP KN759WP KN760WP KN762WP KN763WP KN764WP KN765WP KN767WP KN770WP KN777WP KN778WP KN739BP KN740BP KN741BP KN742BP KN743BP KN744BP KN745BP KN746BP KN747BP KN748BP KN750BP KN751BP KN753BP KN754BP KN755BP KN756BP KN776BP KN758BP KN759BP KN760BP KN762BP KN763BP KN764BP KN765BP KN767BP KN770BP KN777BP KN778BP KN239 KN240 KN241 KN242 KN243 KN244 KN245 KN246 KN247 KN248 KN250 KN251 KN253 KN254 KN255 KN256 KN276 KN258 KN259 KN260 KN262 KN263 KN264 KN265 KN267 KN270 KN277 KN278 KN339 KN340 KN341 KN342 KN343 KN344 KN345 KN346 KN347 KN348 KN350 KN351 KN353 KN354 KN355 KN356 KN376 KN358 KN359 KN360 KN362 KN363 KN364 KN365 KN367 KN370 KN377 KN378 KN839 KN840 KN841 KN842 KN843 KN844 KN845 KN846 KN847 KN848 KN850 KN851 KN853 KN854 KN855 KN856 KN876 KN858 KN859 KN860 KN862 KN863 KN864 KN865 KN867 KN870 KN877 KN878 CS1 Discount Schedule 19-89 19 For Push Button or Pilot Light Blank KN200SP KN200WP KN200BP KN100SP Blank (red) KN200RP b KN200RP b KN200RP b KN100RP b Start KN201SP KN201WP KN201BP KN101SP Stop KN202RP b KN202RP b KN202RP b KN102RP b On KN203SP KN203WP KN203BP KN103SP Off KN204RP b KN204RP b KN204RP b KN104RP b Emerg. Stop KN205RP b KN205RP b KN205RP b KN105RP b Forward KN206SP KN206WP KN206BP KN106SP Reverse KN207SP KN207WP KN207BP KN107SP Close KN208SP KN208WP KN208BP KN108SP Open KN209SP KN209WP KN209BP KN109SP Down KN210SP KN210WP KN210BP KN110SP Up KN211SP KN211WP KN211BP KN111SP Fast KN212SP KN212WP KN212BP KN112SP Slow KN213SP KN213WP KN213BP KN113SP High KN214SP KN214WP KN214BP KN114SP Low KN215SP KN215WP KN215BP KN115SP Inch KN216SP KN216WP KN216BP KN116SP In KN217SP KN217WP KN217BP KN117SP Jog KN218SP KN218WP KN218BP KN118SP Jog For. KN219SP KN219WP KN219BP KN119SP Jog Rev. KN220SP KN220WP KN220BP KN120SP Lower KN221SP KN221WP KN221BP KN121SP Out KN222SP KN222WP KN222BP KN122SP Reset KN223SP KN223WP KN223BP KN123SP Run KN224SP KN224WP KN224BP KN124SP Start Jog KN225SP KN225WP KN225BP KN125SP Test KN226SP KN226WP KN226BP KN126SP Raise KN227SP KN227WP KN227BP KN127SP Decrease KN228SP KN228WP KN228BP KN128SP Increase KN229SP KN229WP KN229BP KN129SP Left KN230SP KN230WP KN230BP KN130SP Right KN231SP KN231WP KN231BP KN131SP Cycle Start KN232SP KN232WP KN232BP KN132SP Feed Start KN233SP KN233WP KN233BP KN133SP Cycle Stop KN234SP KN234WP KN234BP KN134SP Motor Run KN236SP KN236WP KN236BP KN136SP Motor Stop KN237SP KN237WP KN237BP KN137SP Power On KN238SP KN238WP KN238BP KN138SP Pull To Start N/A N/A N/A KN179SP Push To Stop For Selector Switch or Selector Push Button For.-Rev. KN239SP KN239WP KN239BP KN139SP Hand-Auto. KN240SP KN240WP KN240BP KN140SP High-Low KN241SP KN241WP KN241BP KN141SP Jog-Run KN242SP KN242WP KN242BP KN142SP Man.-Auto. KN243SP KN243WP KN243BP KN143SP Off-On KN244SP KN244WP KN244BP KN144SP On-Off KN245SP KN245WP KN245BP KN145SP Open-Close KN246SP KN246WP KN246BP KN146SP Raise-Lower KN247SP KN247WP KN247BP KN147SP Run-Jog KN248SP KN248WP KN248BP KN148SP Slow-Fast KN250SP KN250WP KN250BP KN150SP Start-Stop KN251SP KN251WP KN251BP KN151SP Up-Down KN253SP KN253WP KN253BP KN153SP Low-High KN254SP KN254WP KN254BP KN154SP Stop-Start KN255SP KN255WP KN255BP KN155SP Left-Right KN256SP KN256WP KN256BP KN156SP On-Auto KN276SP KN276WP KN276BP KN176SP Auto-Off-Hand KN258SP KN258WP KN258BP KN158SP For.-Off-Rev. KN259SP KN259WP KN259BP KN159SP Hand-Off-Auto. KN260SP KN260WP KN260BP KN160SP Man.-Off-Auto. KN262SP KN262WP KN262BP KN162SP Open-Off-Close KN263SP KN263WP KN263BP KN163SP Up-Off-Down KN264SP KN264WP KN264BP KN164SP Low-Off-High KN265SP KN265WP KN265BP KN165SP Jog-Stop-Run KN267SP KN267WP KN267BP KN167SP High-Low-Off KN270SP KN270WP KN270BP KN170SP High-Off-Low KN277SP KN277WP KN277BP KN177SP Auto-Man.-Off KN278SP KN278WP KN278BP KN178SP a Legend plate has red background with silver letters. b Legend plate has red background with black letters. For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-90 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Silver White Black Silver White Black Silver White Black Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Black Letters Black Letters White Letters Black Letters Black Letters White Letters Black Letters Black Letters White Letters 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.258: Legend Plates–Special Marking Legend Plate Description Type Standard Markings KN100( )P (Plastic) a 2.25 in Square Silver Field, Black Letters Special Marking White Field, Black Letters b Red Field, Black Letters Black Field, White Letters Standard Markings Special Marking Black Field b Red Field Standard Markings Silver Field, Black Letters Special Marking White Field, Black Letters b Red Field, Black Letters Black Field, White Letters Standard Markings Special Marking Black Field b Red Field Blank Any Marking b KN200 Aluminum KN200( )P (Plastic) a 1.7 in. Square KN300 Aluminum KN400 Aluminum Standard Markings KN500 Aluminum Black Field Special Marking Green Red b Field Black Field Blank Red Field KN600 Aluminum Black Field Any Marking b Red Field Standard Markings KN700( )P Silver Field, Black Letters (Plastic) a Special Marking White Field, Black Letters 2.5 in. b Red Field, Black Letters Square Black Field, White Letters Standard Markings KN800 Special Marking Blue Field Aluminum b Red Field Blank KN900 Aluminum Any Marking b a Other colors available (see Table 19.259). b Specify marking required. $ Price See page 19-89 KN199SP KN199WP KN199RP KN199BP See page 19-89 KN299 KN299R See page 19-89 KN299SP KN299WP KN299RP KN299BP See page 19-89 KN399 KN399R KN400 KN499 Select from Table 19.263 KN599 4.40 18.50 4.40 Legend Plate Position #1 18.50 Table 19.262: Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units 4.40 Legend Plate 18.50 4.40 18.50 8.60 22.80 4.40 18.50 KN519 KN600 KN600R KN699 KN699R Select from page 19-89 KN799SP KN799WP KN799RP KN799BP Select from page 19-89 KN899 KN899R KN900 KN999 9.90 22.80 4.40 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Blank Legend Plates Special Engraved Legend Plates Yellow Green Blue Red Yellow Green Blue Red Letter Color Black White Black White KN100YP KN100GP KN100LP KN100CP KN199YP KN199GP KN199LP KN199CP Legend Plate Orientation Position #1 Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN2 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs KN700YP KN700GP KN700LP KN700CP KN799YP KN799GP KN799LP KN799CP 4.40 18.50 Legend Plate Orientation Position #2 Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN2 KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN3 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN4 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs Standard Push Button 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom KN6 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom Selector Switch Knobs 90 mm Catalog Number 9001KN9100 9001KN9330 9001KN8100 9001KN8330 $ Price 4.40 a Legend plate has red background with silver letters. b Legend plate has red background with black letters. For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-90 19-90 D E F 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.00 1.94 1.94 2.25 1.74 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.69 1.69 2.25 1.69 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.44 1.62 1.62 1.62 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.25 2.00 1.94 1.94 2.25 1.94 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.88 1.12 0.88 CS1 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 1.75 1.75 2.25 1.75 1.62 1.62 2.25 1.62 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 Table 19.263: Special Legend Plates Table 19.261: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background) Text — EMERGENCY STOP — EMERGENCY STOP C Legend Plate Position #2 4.40 18.50 Type KN100 KN200 KN300 KN400 KN500 KN600 KN700 KN800 KN900 Max. No. of 8 18 Characters 16 14 18 18 22 17 18 per field per pos. per Line Max. No. of 2 1 2 1 3 2 4 2 2 Lines per field per pos. Note: The maximum number of characters and lines is a practical maximum, based on a minimum size of characters to facilitate easy reading. 60 mm B 4.40 Table 19.260: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters for Type KN Legend Plates Diameter A 18.50 1.7 in. Square 2.25 in. Square 2.5 in. Square $ Price KN200YP KN200GP KN200LP KN200CP KN299YP KN299GP KN299LP KN299CP Centerline Spacing (in.) Operator 18.50 Table 19.259: Plastic Legend Plates—Other Colors Plate Color www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Discount Schedule Type KN500 (For Use with Dual Function Operators: KR6, KR7 and KR67) Standard Markings Type KN500 KN501 KN502 Green Blank Start On Red Blank Stop Off Type KN520 KN521 KN522 KN523 KN524 KN525 KN526 Black Blank Start On Forward Up High Open Black Blank Stop Off Reverse Down Low Close © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.264: Padlock Attachments Holds button in depressed position and can be padlocked. Type K4 K5 $ Price 42.80 71.00 Types K and SK non-illuminated Holds button in push buttons with or depressed position without protective when padlocked. boots. K97 Types K and SK non-illuminated push buttons, cover type attachment. KR, SKR Attachment can be padlocked. Does not hold button in depressed position. Spring loaded cover Types K and SK cannot be push buttons, cover padlocked. Does not type attachment. hold button in depressed position. Types K and SK push-pull operator and illuminated push buttons. KR8, KR9 Holds button in depressed position and can be padlocked. K6 K60 K62 42.80 Holds maintained button in depressed position and can be padlocked. Type KR9 & SKR9 Push-Pull Holds button in operators— depressed position. Non-Illuminated Can be padlocked. and Illuminated K96 K162 Description Type Types K and SK selector switches and potentiometers (will not work with gloved-hand knob). Cover type attachment that can be padlocked to keep unauthorized personnel from tampering with the operator. K7 42.80 Types K and SK selector switches and Same as 9001K7 but potentiometers (will not with spring loaded work with gloved-hand lockout cover. knob). K107 56.00 Cover type attachment that can be padlocked to keep unauthorized personnel from tampering with the operator. K108 42.80 Types K and SK illuminated push buttons Same as 9001K108 (with or without guard) but with spring loaded K109 and key operated push lockout cover. buttons. 57.00 Types K and SK maintained push-pull operators using 1.375 in. dia. mushroom buttons (-20 series as shown on page 19-92). 54.00 Types K and SK illuminated push buttons (with or without guard) and key operated push buttons. $ Price 42.80 57.00 71.00 42.80 59.00 Table 19.265: Mushroom Button Guards Cover type attachment that holds mushroom button in K110 depressed position and can be padlocked. Table 19.267: Protective Boots KU1 KR11U and KR12U Interlocked Assembly Used On KU17 KU37 KU27 Note: These Type KU protective boots are recommended for very dirty environments or severe hose down, but they are not required for UL Type 4 rating on the Type K operators or UL Type 4 or 4X rating on the Type SK operators. The K1 wrench (see page 19-93) is required for installation of these boots. For Non-Illuminated Clear Color for Type $ Price Push Buttonsd Color Type $ Price Standard knob selector switch Black KU1 Gloved-hand cap for use on standard Red KU2 knob selector switch Blue KU3 28.70 Brown KU4 Standard pilot light and maintained contact Green KU5 push buttons Yellow KU6 Clear KU7 Push-to-test and illuminated push button Clear KU8 42.80 without guard (Provides Full Guard) Illuminated push button with guard d Use KU27 for maintained contact push buttons. KU17 42.80 KU18 42.80 KU27 42.80 KU37 42.80 KU47 57.00 Table 19.268: Closing Plates Round (1-1/2 in. Dia.) Aluminum Mushroom Guard Yellow Plastic Extended Mushroom Aluminum Mushroom Guard for 1.375 in. Mushroom Button Guard for 1.375 in. and 1.625 in. for 2.25 in. Mushroom Button Operator (KR4, KR24) Mushroom Button Operators Operator Type $ Price Type Used On $ Price Type Used On $ Price KR4, K56b 57.00 K68 KR5 57.00 SKR4 K48 57.00 KR8, KR9, K56cMa SKR8, SKR9 68.00 K685 KR25 68.00 a The mushroom guard has finger holes for push-pull operators. b B=Black G=Green R=Red Y=Yellow c R=Red Y=Yellow © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 e Description Type Gray K51e Black K52e Meets UL and NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13. $ Price 14.30 Dimensions see catalog 9001CT0001 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Type K non-illuminated push button — Standard or mushroom (KR4, KR5 mushroom buttons only). Description 19-91 19 Used On Table 19.266: Padlock Attachments 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.269: Accessories Description Package Qty. Color Type 2-1/4 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for KR5 and SKR5 d Black Blue Gray Green Orange Red Universal a White Yellow Black Blue Green Orange Red Red b Yellow Black Blue Green Orange Red Red b Yellow T8BK T8BE T8GY T8GN T8OE T8RD T8U T8WH T8YW K16B K16L K16G K16S K16R K16R05 K16Y K17B K17L K17G K17S K17R K17R05 K17Y K92B K92L K92G K92S K92R K92Y 1 1-3/8 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for KR24 and SKR24e Black Blue Green Orange Red Yellow K93B K93L K93G K93S K93R K93Y 1 2-1/4 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for KR25 and SKR25 f Black Blue Green Orange Red Yellow Amber Black g Blue Clear Green Orange g Red Red j White Yellow Black Green Red A22 B23 L22 C22 G22 S23 R22 R2205 W22 Y22 B19 G19 R19 Universal h U19 Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A7 L7 C7 G7 R7 W7 Y7 Red Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black R94 K92RM K92GM K92BM K93RM K93GM K93BM K94RM K94GM K94BM K95RM K95GM K95BM Color inserts for KR1, KR2, KR3, SKR1, SKR2, SKR3, KR11, KR12, SKR11, SKR12, KRD, T, TRD 1.375 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for KR4 and SKR4 c Push-Pull Knobs for KR8, KR9, SKR8, SKR9 Operators 19 Color Inserts for Dual Function Operators KR6, KR7, KR67 Standard Color PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Caps for Illuminated Push Buttons K1L, K2L, K3L, SK1L, SK2L Knob for KR9R94 Metal Knob for KR24 Metal Knob for KR25 Metal Knob for KR9 (40 mm) Metal Knob for KR9 (60 mm) a b c d e f g h i j 19-92 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. $ Price Each 10 .72 7 5.70 10 .70 42.80 1 Description Color Type Package Qty. A20 L20 C20 G20 R20 W20 Y2 1 9.90 1-3/8 in. Mushroom Knob for Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A21 L21 C21 G21 R21 W21 Y21 1 9.90 2-1/4 in. Mushroom Knob for Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A31 L31 C31 G31 R31 W31 Y31 1 9.90 Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A9 L9 C9 G9 R9 W9 Y9 1 9.90 A6 L6 C6 G6 R6 W6 Y6 1 9.90 Glass Pilot Light Lens for KP, KT Amber Blue Clear Green Red White Yellow A8 B11 L8 C8 G8 S11 R8 W8 Y8 1 9.90 Standard Selector Switch Knob for K and SK Selector Switches Amber Black g Blue Clear Green Orange g Red White Yellow Amber Black g Blue Clear Green Orange g Red White Yellow A24 B25 L24 C24 G24 S25 R24 W24 Y24 1 9.90 Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow T5BK T5BE T5GN T5OE T5RD T5WH T5YW 10 1.40 Cam B C D E F G H J L M K13B K13C K13D K13E K13F K13G K13H K13J K13L K13M 47.60 42.80 42.80 1 42.80 42.80 42.80 Plastic Fresnel Pilot Light Lens for KP, KT, SKP, SKT Domed Plastic Pilot Light Lens for KP, KT, SKP, SKT 42.80 9.90 1 15.80 $ Price Each 9.90 1.40 10 8.60 Gloved-Hand Selector Switch Knob for K and SK Selector Switches 1 9.90 1 9.90 1 51.00 1 63.00 1 51.00 Color Inserts for KQ and TQ Selector Push Buttons Selector Switch Cams 1 63.00 Includes one each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, Green, Yellow, Orange, Blue, and White. “EMERGENCY STOP” is in raised letters and hot stamped white across the front of the mushroom button. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to form a 9001KR4 or SKR4. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to form a 9001KR5 or SKR5. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a 9001KR24 or SKR20 to form a 9001SKR24. The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a 9001KR25 or a SKR20 to form a 9001SKR25. These color caps are opaque and are for use on non-illuminated operators only. Includes two of each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, and Green. May be used on KR8 and KR9 operators. Order mushroom button and K54 adapter (no charge) from page 19-88. Using the K54 adapter voids Type 6 rating. Red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” marked on top of knob. CS1 Discount Schedule Type $ Price Each 6.30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type K and SK Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.270: Ring Nuts KS c K44 K45 K45 K45 SK46 K49 K111 6515802701 K41 K41 K42 K42 K41 K55 K42 K49 K49 K49 K40 K41 K41 K47 K47 K47 K58 K41 K45 SK46 KT a b c Type K49 Used On Type $ Price SK1L SK44 — — — — SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 SK45 SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 c SK46 SK2L SK49 — — — — SKP, SKTR SK41 SKR1 SK41 SKR11 SK42 SKR12 a SK42 SKR12 b SK41 — — SKR2 SK42 — — — — SKR25 SK49 SKR3 SK40 SKR4 SK41 SKR5 SK41 — — — — — — SKR8 6509704401 SKR9 SK41 SKS SK45 SKS c SK46 SKRU11 SK41 SKRU1,2,3,4,5,10 SK40 SKT SK49 18.50 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 18.50 12.00 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40 Description Part Number $ Price E10 Key 2941101100 9.90 Gray cap for KR11, KR12, SKR11, or SKR12 3105217001 13.80 Clear plastic top (only) for 9001K44 & SK44 4487D63XI 7.95 Ring Nut Gasket for Type K and SK Push-Pull Knob 6509701801 1.95 Gasket for Plastic Illuminated Lens 6509701901 3.90 Gasket for Type K and SK selector switch knob 3105406401 1.95 Black Compensating Gasket (Type K and SK 6509702001 3.90 Operators Liner for Non-Illuminated Operators 6509704901 N/C Locking Thrust Washer 6512231201 3.90 Nylon Spacer 6509705001 5.10 Locking Thrust Washer (Std. Type SK Operator) 6512240601 3.90 Push-Pull Mushroom Adaptere K54 N/C Rubber Boot for Joystick 6512243201 7.20 Knob on Joysticks without latch 4458D20X3 12.90 Knob for SK Potentiometer 3105404408 10.65 Fingersafe™ Cover for 9001KM 6508804101 3.00 e Allows Type -20 and -21 mushroom color caps to be used on push-pull operators. Use of 9001K54 voids Type 6 rating. Table 19.273: KU Replacement Ring Nuts (Threaded Inside and Out) Used On Part Number $ Price KU1 through KU8, KU27, KU37, KU47 KU17, KU18 3105204101 3105205901 4.35 10.65 Table 19.274: Interlock For mechanically interlocking two push buttons so that only one button can be depressed at a time. A Type K3 attachment is furnished with the 9001 KR11, KR12, SKR11, SKR12, SKRU1 and SKRU11 operators. However, these are maintained operators and the K3 interlock serves to release one of the buttons when the other is depressed. When used with momentary contact buttons, the K3 interlock does not hold the buttons in the depressed position. It simply prevents pushing both buttons at the same time. The Type K3 interlock is mounted behind the operators. Operators not included. 4.40 4.40 Maintained button of two button operator. Momentary button of two button operator. Secondary ring nut (holds knob on selector switch or potentiometer). Type $ Price K3 Table 19.271: Replacement Lamps For Series A–F (black) Light Modules KM1 KM2 KM3 KM4 KM5 KM6 KM7 KM8 KM9 KM11 Lamp Number (ANSI) GE44d GE1490 GE44d GE1490 GE44d GE44d GE44d GE44d GE755 CMDK1A5 Table 19.275: Screwdriver Square D Replacement Lamps Part Number $ Price — 2550101003 — 2550101003 — — — — 2550101020 2550105014 — 12.45 — 12.45 — — — — 12.45 33.00 KM12 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM13 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM14 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM15 CMDK1A5 2550105014 33.00 KM21 SYL12PSB 2550105003 16.50 KM22 SYL12PSB 2550105003 16.50 KM23 SYL28PSB 2550105008 16.50 KM25 SYL120PSB 2550105005 16.50 KM31 SYL6PSB 2550105007 16.50 KM32 SYL12PSB 2550105003 16.50 KM34 SYL24PSB 2550105004 16.50 KM35 SYL28PSB 2550105008 16.50 KM36 SYL48PSB 2550105009 16.50 KM37 SYL60PSB 2550105010 16.50 KM38 SYL120PSB 2550105005 16.50 d GE44 and GE755 are interchangeable (GE755 gives longer life). If a GE44 lamp is ordered, a GE755 (2550101020) will be substituted. For a replacement lamp in a current series light module see the light module listing on page 19-86. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule Used to tighten mounting screws on contact blocks and light modules. Type $ Price K69 35.50 Table 19.276: Wrenches 19 Light Module Type 28.65 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Used On K1L K30-K37 K70-K73 K20, K21, K22, K23 K20, K21, K22, K23 c K2L K3L (complete) K3L (metal top only) KP, KTR KR1 KR11 KR12 a KR12 b KR13, 14, 15 KR2 KR20 KR24 KR25 KR3 KR4 KR5 KR6 KR67 KR7 KR8 KR9 KS Table 19.272: Repair Parts K95 Where Used For tightening ring nuts on 22 and 30 mm control units For tightening threaded protective caps NOTE: K1 Type $ Price K95 K1 42.75 71.40 For more information, see Instruction Bulletin No. 30072-100-10. 19-93 Push Buttons, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.277: Push Buttons—Single, with Contacts Description NonIlluminated Illuminated www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Button Color Legend Marking Contacts Voltage Type $ Price Green Red Amber Green Blue Amber Green Red Amber Green Red Start Stop blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank blank 1 N/O 1 N/C 2 C/O 2 C/O 2 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O 1 C/O — — — — — 24 24 24 110/120 110/120 110/120 KXRA133 KXRA134 KXRAAH2 KXRAGH2 KXRALH2 KXRB34AH1 KXRB34GH1 KXRB34RH1 KXRB1AH1 KXRB1GH1 KXRB1RH1 64.00 64.00 138.00 138.00 138.00 184.00 184.00 184.00 217.00 217.00 217.00 Table 19.278: Push Buttons—Dual, with Contacts 1 2 Description Top Button (#1) Lower Button (#2) Contacts Momentary Momentary Momentary Momentary Maintaineda Maintained a Maintained a Maintained a Start (Green) Start (Green) Up (Green) blank (Blue) Start (Green) On (Blue)b On (Blue)b On (Blue)b Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Down (Green) blank (Blue) Stop (Red) Off (Blue)b Off (Blue)b Off (Blue)b 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 2 N/O 2 N/O 1 C/O 3 C/O 3 C/O 2 C/O Type $ Price KXRC111 KXRC136 KXRD140 KXRDLLH7 KXRE115 KXRELLH3 KXRELLH3 KXRELLH2 171.00 129.00 135.00 139.00 171.00 273.00 273.00 277.00 Table 19.279: Push Buttons—Dual with One Pilot Light and Contacts 1 2 Description Top Button (#1) Middle Lens (#2) Lower Button (#3) Contacts Voltage Type $ Price 3 Momentary Momentary Maintained a Start (Green) Start (Green) Start (Green) On (Red) On (Red) On (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 1 C/O 110/120 110/120 110/120 KXRG117 KXRG137 KXRJ119 314.00 270.00 329.00 Pilot Light at 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer Table 19.280: Push Buttons—Dual with Two Pilot Lights and Contacts 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 1 2 3 4 Pilot Lights at 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer 19-94 Description Top Button (#1) Left Lens (#2) Right Lens (#3) Lower Button (#4) Contacts Voltage Type $ Price Momentary Momentary Momentary Momentary Start (Green) Start (Green) Start (Green) Start (Green) On (Red) On (Red) On (Red) On (Red) Off (Green) Off (Green) Off (Green) Off (Green) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) Stop (Red) 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 2 C/O 1 N/O, 1 N/C 110/120 110/120 24 24 KXRL121 KXRL138 KXRL34GRGRH2 KXRL34GRGRH37 485.00 441.00 451.00 494.00 a b Maintained operators are mechanically interlocked Text is vertical CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Push Buttons, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.281: Selector Switches—with Contacts Description Legend NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Knob 2-position, maintained Off-On Black 2-position, maintained Off-On Black 3-position, maintained Hand-Off-Auto Black Contacts 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 Type 0 1 $ Price KXSA125 99.00 KXSA139 78.00 KXSD126 99.00 Table 19.282: Pilot Lights Description Voltage Lens 1* Lens 2* Single 24 Amber Single 24 Red Single 24 Green Single 24 White Single 110/120 Amber Single 110/120 Red Single 110/120 Green Single 110/120 White Dual 24 Amber Dual 24 Red Dual 24 Green Dual 24 White Dual 24 Red Dual 110/120 Amber Dual 110/120 Red Dual 110/120 Green Dual 110/120 White Dual 110/120 Red Quad 24 White Quad 110/120 White Quad 110/120 White * Lenses are blank (no markings) 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer 1 2 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz. Transformer Amber Red Green White Green Amber Red Green White Green Amber Amber Blue Lens 3* Green Green Green Lens 4* Red Red Red Type $ Price KXPA35A KXPA35R KXPA35G KXPA35W KXPA1A KXPA1R KXPA1G KXPA1W KXPB34AA KXPB34RR KXPB34GG KXPB34WW KXPB34RG KXPB1AA KXPB1RR KXPB1GG KXPB1WW KXPB1RG KXPC34WAGR KXPC1WAGR KXPC1WLGR 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 153.00 153.00 153.00 153.00 219.00 219.00 219.00 219.00 219.00 278.00 278.00 278.00 278.00 278.00 552.00 552.00 552.00 110–120 V, 50–60 Hz Transformer \ Table 19.283: Potentiometers Power Resistance 2W 3.2 kΩ KXBB06 Type 287.00 Price 2W 5 kΩ KXBB07 287.00 Single 2W 10 kΩ KXBB08 287.00 Tandem 2W 5 kΩ / 5 kΩ KXBD83 399.00 19 Single PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description Single © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-95 Push Buttons, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.284: Push Buttons—without Contacts a Push Button Action www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Lens Color (1) Lens Color (2) Type Price Single Push Button Non-Illuminated Momentary Illuminated 24 V Momentary Illuminated 110/120 V Momentary Amber — KXRAA 38.60 Green — KXRAG 38.60 Blue — KXRAL 38.60 Red — KXRAR 38.60 White — KXRAW 38.60 Amber — KXRB35A 125.00 Green — KXRB35G 125.00 Blue — KXRB35L 125.00 Red — KXRB35R 125.00 White — KXRB35W 125.00 Amber — KXRB38A 125.00 Green — KXRB38G 125.00 Blue — KXRB38L 125.00 Red — KXRB38R 125.00 White — KXRB38W 125.00 Dual Push Button Momentary + Interlock 1 2 Non-Illuminated Maintained + Interlock Green Red KXRCGR 77.00 White White KXRCWW 77.00 Green Green KXRCGG 77.00 Green Red KXREGR 120.00 White White KXREWW 120.00 Green Green KXREGG 120.00 Table 19.285: Dual Push Button with Pilot Light—without Contacts a Action 1 Voltage Lens Color (1) Lens Color (2) Lens Color (3) Lens Color (4) Type Price With One Pilot Light 19 24 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRG35RWG 188.00 3 24 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRG35GWG 188.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRG38RWG 188.00 110/120 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRG38GWG 188.00 24 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRH35RWG 221.00 24 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRH354GWG 221.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRH38RWG 221.00 110/120 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRH38GWG 221.00 24 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRJ35RWG 243.00 24 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRJ35GWG 243.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White Green — KXRJ38RWG 243.00 110/120 Vac/dc Green White Green — KXRJ38GWG 243.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 2 Momentary Momentary + Interlock Maintained + Interlock With Two Pilot Lights Momentary 1 2 3 4 Momentary + Interlock a 24 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRL35RWWG 324.00 24 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRL35GGRR 324.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRL38RWWG 324.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRL38GGRR 324.00 24 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRM35RWWG 368.00 24 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRM35RRGG 368.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red White White Green KXRM38RWWG 368.00 110/120 Vac/dc Red Red Green Green KXRM38RRGG 368.00 Order contact blocks separately (See Table 19.287 on Page 19-97) Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19-99 19-96 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Selectors, 30 mm Square KX Square Multifunction Operators Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.286: Selectors—without Contacts a Description 2-Position, Maintained 3-Position, Maintained 4-Position, Maintained a NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Voltage Knob Color Non-Illuminated — Black KXSAEB Type $ Price 53.00 Illuminated 24 Vac/dc Red KXSJE35R 138.00 Illuminated 24 Vac/dc Green KXSJE35G 138.00 Illuminated 24 Vac/dc White KXSJE35W 138.00 Illuminated 120 Vac/dc Red KXSJE38R 138.00 Illuminated 120 Vac/dc Green KXSJE38G 138.00 Illuminated 120 Vac/dc White KXSJE38W 138.00 Key (Withdraw L) — N/A KXSRE1 140.00 Key (Withdraw R) — N/A KXSRE2 138.00 Key (Withdraw Both) — N/A KXSRE3 138.00 Non-Illuminated — Black KXSDCB 53.00 Key (Withdraw C) — N/A KXSVC5 138.00 Key (Withdraw All) — N/A KXSVC10 138.00 Non-Illuminated — Black KXSHHB 58.00 Order contacts separately (See Table 19.287) Table 19.287: Contact Blocks—Purchase Separately Description Type $ Price 1 N/O, 1 N/C KA1 42.80 1 N/O KA2 21.50 1 N/C KA3 21.50 1 N/C, 1 N/O (Early Make) KA4 42.80 1 N/C (Late Break) KA5 21.50 1 N/O (Early Make) KA6 21.50 (Clear Cover) (Green Cover) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE (Red Cover) (Clear Cover) 19 (Red Cover) (Green Cover) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-97 30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 Table 19.288: Legend Plates for Push Buttons or Pilot Lights Table 19.290: Letter Height For Standard Legends Used On 1.23 31 Square 1.23 31 1.23 31 0.56 14 Marking A A B 0.26 7 C 0.43 11 $ Price D E F D E F KXRA, KXRB KXRG, KXRN, KXRH KXRC, KXRG, KXRP KXRJ, KXRL, KXRD KXPB KXRH KXPA, KXRK KXRM KXRE, KXTD c KXRJ, KXPC KXRL, KXTC a KXRF KXRKa KXTA, KXRM KXTB KXTC b KXTE Blank KXN100 KXN200 KXN200 KXN300 KXN400 KXN500 Start KXN101 KXN201 KXN201V KXN301 KXN401 KXN501 Stop KXN102 KXN202 KXN202V KXN302 KXN402 KXN502 On KXN103 KXN203 KXN203V KXN303 KXN403 KXN503 Off KXN104 KXN204 KXN204V KXN304 KXN404 KXN504 Emerg. Stop KXN105 KXN205 KXN205V KXN305 KXN405 KXN505 Forward KXN106 KXN206 KXN206V KXN306 KXN406 KXN506 Reverse KXN107 KXN207 KXN207V KXN307 KXN407 KXN507 Close KXN108 KXN208 KXN208V KXN308 KXN408 KXN508 Open KXN109 KXN209 KXN209V KXN309 KXN409 KXN509 Down KXN110 KXN210 KXN210V KXN310 KXN410 KXN510 Up KXN111 KXN211 KXN211V KXN311 KXN411 KXN511 Jog KXN118 KXN218 KXN218V KXN318 KXN418 KXN518 Reset KXN123 KXN223 KXN223V KXN323 KXN423 KXN523 Run KXN124 KXN224 KXN224V KXN324 KXN424 KXN524 Cycle Start KXN132 KXN232 KXN232V KXN332 KXN432 KXN532 Motor Run KXN136 KXN236 KXN236V KXN336 KXN436 KXN536 Power On KXN138 KXN238 KXN238V KXN338 KXN438 KXN538 SpecialKXN199 KXN299 KXN299V KXN399 KXN499 KXN599 Marking a These legend inserts are for the pilot lights in the center of the operator. b These legend inserts are for the push button portion of the operator. c These legend inserts have vertical printing. in. 1•4 3•16 3•16 3•16 3•16 1•8 1•8 KXN100 KXN200 KXN300 KXN400 KXN500 KXN600 KXN700 0.56 14 1.23 31 0.48 12 B C (vertical) www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.291: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters For Type KXN Legend Inserts Letter Height in. 1•4 3•16 4.40 mm 6 4.75 4.75 4.75 4.75 3 3 1•8 mm Number of … Characters per Line Lines per Legend Insert Characters per Line 4.75 Lines per Legend Insert Characters per Line 3 Lines per Legend Insert KXN199 KXN299 Horizontal KXN299 Vertical KXN399 KXN499 KXN599 7 7 3 7 7 3 4 2 4 1 1 1 9 9 4 9 9 4 5 2 6 2 1 2 14 14 5 14 14 6 8 4 9 3 2 3 6 Table 19.292: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters for Type KXN699 and KXN799 Legend Plates 18.50 Letter Height Position B A Table 19.289: Legend Plates for Selector Switches Characters Per Marking Area in. mm A and C B 3•16 4.75 6 6 1•8 3 8 9 3•16 4.75 10 5 1•8 3 13 7 C 1.33 34 Square 1.33 34 Square Marking 0.76 19 KXN-600 Blank For.-Rev. Hand-Auto Man-Auto Off-On On-Off Open-Close Start-Stop Auto-Off-Hand Hand-Off-Auto Man-Off-Auto Special Marking KXSA, KXSB, KXSC, KXSD, KXSE, KXSF, KXSG, KXSH, KXSJ, KXSK, KXSL, KXSM, KXSN, KXSO, KXSP, KXSQ KXN600 KXN639 KXN640 KXN643 KXN644 KXN645 KXN646 KXN651 KXN658 KXN660 KXN662 KXN699 KXN200 (Pos. 1) (Pos. 1) KXRA, KXRB KXRN, KXRP KXPA, KXPC KXTA, KXTB 19-98 KXN200 (Pos. 2) KXRC, KXRD KXRE, KXRF All Type KX push buttons and pilot lights have a blank insert as standard. These blank inserts can be custom marked using a marking pen, a mechanical lettering set, press letters, or a tape lettering machine that marks a tape which can then be transferred to the blank insert. To have legend inserts installed into the operators, order the operator as normal and then indicate where to install the legend inserts using the numbered positions shown on the operator ordered. KXSR, KXSS, KXST, KXSV, KXSW, KXSX, KXSY, KXSZ KXN700 KXN739 KXN740 KXN743 KXN744 KXN745 KXN746 KXN751 KXN758 KXN760 KXN762 KXN799 KXN400 (Pos. 3) KXRG, KXRH KXRJ, KXRK KXRL, KXRM KXTC KXN300 (Pos. 2) KXN100 $ Price KXN-700 KXN400 (Pos. 1) KXNKXN500 500 (Pos. 2) (Pos. 3) KXN400 (Pos. 4) KXN400 (Pos. 1) C 4.40 Example: 9001KXRL1GRGRH2 with a 9001KXN 401 in position 1 9001KXN 503 in position 2 9001KXN 504 in position 3 9001KXN 402 in position 4 18.50 K X N 2 0 0 K X N 2 0 0 (Pos. 2) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 0.76 19 B A (Pos. 1) 19 Used On KXPB, KXTD CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Push Buttons Type KX Accessories Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.293: Closing Plate Table 19.297: Button Covers Description KXAK52 Includes 2-KXN200 14.30 UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13 Square Closing Plate (Chrome Plated) Same size as KX bezel For Use On All KX** push buttons and pilot lights Type KXAKU7 All KX** selector switches and potentiometers Full Shroud All push buttons and pilot lights Short Shroud Any KX operator Type Code KXPB KXTD KXAC28a KXAC28a KXAC28a KXAC28a KXAC28a Rb Gb Ab Lb Wb 9.90 KXTC (Position 1 & 4) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR4 KXAG4 KXAA4 KXAL4 KXAW4 R G A L W 9.90 KXTC (Position 2 & 3) ó Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR5 KXAG5 KXAA5 KXAL5 KXAW5 R G A L W 9.90 KXPC Red Green Amber Blue White KXAC48c KXAC48c KXAC48c KXAC48c KXAC48c Rd Gd Ad Ld Wd KXAKU17B 9.90 KXRA KXRB Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR1 KXAG1 KXAA1 KXAL1 KXAW1 R G A L W 6.60 KXRN KXRP Red Green Amber Blue White KXARM1 KXAGM1 KXAAM1 KXALM1 KXAWM1 R G A L W 17.10 KXRC KXRD KXRE KXRF Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR2 KXAG2 KXAA2 KXAL2 KXAW2 R G A L W 9.90 KXRG (Position 2) KXRH (Position 2) KXRJ (Position 2) KXRK (Position 2) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR3 KXAG3 KXAA3 KXAL3 KXAW3 R G A L W 9.90 KXRG (Position 1 & 3) KXRH (Position 1 & 3) KXRJ (Position 1 & 3) KXRK (Position 1 & 3) KXRL (Position 1 & 4) KXRM (Position 1 & 4) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR4 KXAG4 KXAA4 KXAL4 KXAW4 R G A L W 9.90 KXRL (Position 2 & 3) KXRM (Position 2 & 3) Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR5 KXAG5 KXAA5 KXAL5 KXAW5 R G A L W 9.90 KXPA Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR8 KXAG8 KXAA8 KXAL8 KXAW8 R G A L W 9.90 KXTA KXTB Red Green Amber Blue White KXAR1 KXAG1 KXAA1 KXAL1 KXAW1 R G A L W Includes KXN500 $ Price 28.70 42.80 Includes 1–KXN100 Table 19.295: Shrouds For Use On Color Red Green Amber Blue White Includes KXN400 Table 19.294: Boots Description For Use On Color Red Black Red Type KXAK41R KXAK41B KXAK40R $ Price 7.20 7.20 7.20 Includes KXN100 Black KXAK40B 7.20 Includes KXN100 Table 19.296: Lamp and Lens Removal Kit e Type KXALLRT Includes KXN200 $ Price 21.50 Includes KXN300 Used to remove lamp and lens on all illuminated operators and pilot lights. Includes KXN400 Includes KXN500 Includes KXN100 a b c d e © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule $ Price 9.90 Includes KXN100 Each KXAC28 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is required for position #1and #2 of the KXPB operator, order 2 of Type KXAC28. When specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1 and the second in #2. The price for BOTH color codes is $6.60. Each KXAC48 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is required for position #1and #2 of the KXPC operator, order 2 of Type KXAC48. When specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1, the second in #2, the third in #3 and the fourth in #4. The price for ALL FOUR color codes is $6.60. Two required per operator. When ordering an assembled operator—specify two code numbers.The first code will be assembled into #1 and the second code will be assembled into #2. 19-99 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE $ Price 19 Type Control Stations and Enclosures XAL 22 mm Control Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.298: Start or Stop Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016 Description Type of Contact Type of Push Marking on Legend Holder Flush black Flush red Marking on Legend Holder 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, Red momentary 1 momentary push button XALD101H29H7 Marking Catalog Number $ Price — 1 Start Stop XALD101H29H7 XALD111H29H7 73.00 73.00 1 Stop on red legend XALD164H29H7 84.00 Catalog Number $ Price XALK174H7 117.00 N.O. N.C. 1 — — Table 19.299: Emergency Stop or Emergency Off Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Yellow lid, RAL1012 XALK174H7 Description Type 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, red Turn-to-release 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, red Key release (Key No. 455) 1 mushroom head push button Ø 40 mm, red Push-pull a Emergency Off (IEC 60364-5-53) b Emergency Stop (EN / IEC 13850) Type of Contact Standard a N.O. — N.C. 1 Trigger action b — 1 XALK178H7 147.00 Standard a — 1 XALK184H7 147.00 Trigger action b — 1 XALK188H7 147.00 Standard a — 1 XALK194H7 99.00 Table 19.300: Start-Stop Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016 Description 2 momentary push buttons XALD211H29H7 Type of Contact Type of Push N.O. 1 — 1 1 1 flush black 1 flush red 1 flush black 1 flush black N.C. — 1 — — Text Start Stop Forward Reverse Catalog Number $ Price XALD211H29H7 73.00 XALD251H29H7 73.00 19 Table 19.301: Three Function Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016 Description PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 3 momentary push buttons (no markings) Type of Contact Type of Push N.O. 1 — 1 1 — 1 1 — 1 1 flush black 1 flush red 1 flush black N.C. — 1 — — 1 — — 1 — Text Open Stop Close Forward Stop Reverse Up Stop Down Catalog Number $ Price XALD351H29H7 143.00 XALD311H29H7 143.00 XALD321H29H7 143.00 XALD321H29H7 19-100 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control Stations and Enclosures XAL 22 mm Control Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.302: Empty Enclosures a Polycarbonate Description Number of Holes Catalog Number $ Price For normal environments, CSA approved and UL Listed (with stainless steel lid mounting screws) 1 XALD01H7 2 XALD02H7 Light gray base RAL7035 3 XALD03H7 Dark gray lid RAL7016 4 XALD04H7 5 XALD05H7 Light gray base RAL7035 1 XALK01H7 Yellow lid RAL1012 32.80 38.20 49.00 71.00 87.00 35.40 XALD02H7 Table 19.303: Electrical Block and Accessories (for mounting on metal plate at back of enclosure) a Description Type Electrical blocks with screw clamp terminal connections N.O. contact Metal-plate-mounting contact blocks N.C. contact 24 Vac/Vdc ZENL1111 Light blocks with 120 Vac ZALV•• 230 Vac a 52.00 52.00 52.00 Catalog Number ZB5SZ3 ZB5AZ901 XALZ09 ZB5AZ905 $ Price 11.00 4.40 5.40 12.40 Table 19.305: Undrilled Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester H x W Dimensions Without hinges With hinges Undrilled Grounding Plate Sheet steel with ground screw IN mm 3.34 x 5.75 85 x 146 3.34 x 8.90 85 x 226 5.95 x 9.49 151 x 241 5.95 x 9.49 151 x 241 For XAPA1100 For XAPA2100 For XAPA3100 and 4100 Catalog Number XAPA1100 XAPA2100 XAPA3100 XAPA4100 XAPZ100 XAPZ200 XAPZ300 $ Price 110.00 180.00 284.00 378.00 22.00 24.60 32.00 Table 19.306: Drilled Insulated Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester b Type © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 16.60 16.40 Number of Knockouts 22 mm Vertical Number of Rows Horizontal 1 2 4 8 16 1 1 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 4 H x W Dimensions IN mm 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Usable depth 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 3.27 in. (83 mm) 3.35 X 5.75 85 X 146 1.58 in. (40 mm) 3.35 X 8.90 85 X 226 centerline spacing of holes 5.94 X 9.49 151 X 241 For XAPA1110 For XAPA1120 Drilled Grounding Plate Sheet steel with ground screw For XAPA1104 For XAPA2108 For XAPA3116 b Uses standard XB5 products from pages 19-42 through 19-62. Do not use ZENL style contact blocks. CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Application Ø 22 mm units Head mounting Grounding For tightening nut NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Usable depth 3.27 in. (83 mm) XAPA1104 ZENL1111 ZENL1121 ZALVB1 ZALVB3 ZALVB4 ZALVB5 ZALVB6 ZALVG1 ZALVG3 ZALVG4 ZALVG5 ZALVG6 ZALVM1 ZALVM3 ZALVM4 ZALVM5 ZALVM6 Table 19.304: Accessories for electrical blocks Type XAPA1100 — — White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue White Green Red Yellow Blue $ Price For customer assembly using XB5 operators and standard screw-terminal contact blocks, see Push Buttons—ZB5 22 mm starting on page 19-45. Either mounting method can be used: contact block ZENL mounting on metal plate, or contact block ZBE mounting on operator with mounting collar. Description Blanking plug Nut Grounding terminal Key ZB5AZ905 Catalog Number 19 ZB5SZ3 Color Catalog Number XAPA1110 XAPA1120 XAPA1104 XAPA2108 XAPA3116 XAPZ110 XAPZ120 XAPZ104 XAPZ208 XAPZ316 $ Price 114.00 114.00 114.00 182.00 390.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 24.60 32.00 19-101 Control Stations and Enclosures XAP 22 mm Enclosures and Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.307: Undrilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032) Type Usable Depth Material mm 1.93 49 2.93 74.5 2.93 2.93 Zinc NEMA 4, 13 XAPG39400 H x W x D Dimensions IN Aluminum IN 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 6.89 x 3.15 x 2.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 6.89 x 3.15 x 3.03 8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03 12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03 mm 80 x 80 x 51.5 130 x 80 x 51.5 175 x 80 x 51.5 80 x 80 x 77 130 x 80 x 77 175 x 80 x 77 220 x 80 x 77 310 x 85 x 77 Catalog Number XAPG19100 XAPG29100 XAPG39100 XAPG19400 XAPG29400 XAPG39400 XAPG49400 XAPG59400 $ Price 110.00 120.00 142.00 110.00 120.00 142.00 174.00 262.00 Table 19.308: Drilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032) a Usable Depth Type XAPG29703 Material IN mm 1.93 49 2.93 74.5 1.93 1.93 2.93 74.5 Aluminum 2.93 Can use either XB4 or XB5 products. 74.5 NEMA 4, 13 1.18 in. (30 mm) centerline spacing of holes for horizontal mount NEMA 4, 13 1.58 in. (40 mm) centerline spacing of holes for vertical mount XAPE302 a Number of 22 mm holes 2 3 4 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 Zinc Zinc H x W x D Dimensions IN mm 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03 3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03 5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03 6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03 8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03 12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03 80 x 80 x 51.5 130 x 80 x 51.5 175 x 80 x 51.5 80 x 80 x 77 130 x 80 x 77 175 x 80 x 77 80 x 80 x 51.5 130 x 80 x 51.5 175 x 80 x 51.5 80 x 80 x 77 130 x 80 x 77 175 x 80 x 77 220 x 80 x 77 310 x 85 x 77 Catalog Number XAPG19702 XAPG29703 XAPG39704 XAPG19802 XAPG29803 XAPG39804 XAPG19201 XAPG29202 XAPG39203 XAPG19501 XAPG29502 XAPG39503 XAPG49504 XAPG59505 $ Price 120.00 142.00 174.00 120.00 142.00 174.00 110.00 120.00 142.00 110.00 120.00 142.00 174.00 268.00 Table 19.309: Drilled Flush Plates b Type NEMA 4, 13 1.18 in. (30 mm) centerline spacing of holes 19 XAPE303 b Material Number of 22 mm holes Anodized Aluminum 1 2 3 4 5 H x W x D Dimensions IN 2.83 x 2.83 4.13 x 2.83 5.43 x 2.83 6.73 x 2.83 8.03 x 2.83 mm 72 x 72 105 x 72 138 x 72 171 x 72 204 x 72 Catalog Number XAPE301 XAPE302 XAPE303 XAPE304 XAPE305 $ Price 52.00 60.00 68.00 82.00 98.00 Can use either XB4 or XB5 products. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.310: Optional Back Box (for finger protection, if required) 19-102 Type Material Protective rear covers Insulating Fiberglass CS2 Discount Schedule For Use With Flush plate XAPE301 Flush plate XAPE302 Flush plate XAPE303 Flush plate XAPE304 Flush plate XAPE305 Catalog Number XAPE901 XAPE902 XAPE903 XAPE904 XAPE905 $ Price 32.80 60.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Control Stations and Enclosures 9001B Standard Duty Control Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.311: Control Stations NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. 1 2 NEMA 1 Flush Mounting (w/o pullbox) Type BF201 3 NEMA 4 Type BW243 a b c Type $ Price Type $ Price Type Start 1 BG101 86.00 BF101 116.00 BW146 270.00 BR101 Stop 3 BG102 86.00 BF102 116.00 BW147 270.00 — Stop (Mushroom Button) 3 BG103 99.00 — — BW151 287.00 BR103 378.00 Stop (Lockout) 3 BG104 129.00 — — BW148 270.00 BR104 363.00 Universal (w/o legend insert) 16 BG107 83.00 BF107 BW159 269.00 BR107 Off-On (Selector Switch) 19 BG111 86.00 — — — — — — Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch) 17 BG112 86.00 — — — — — — Universal Selector Switch (w/o legend insert) 19 or 17 BG114 83.00 — — — — — — Start-Stop 145 BG201 86.00 BF201 Start-Stop (for latching Applications) 146 BG202 107.00 — Start-Stop (Mushroom on Stop) 145 BG203 Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 145 Start-Stop (Mushroom on both) Type $ Price 111.00 116.00 $ Price 363.00 — 360.00 BW240 270.00 BR204 363.00 — BW252 270.00 BR202 363.00 99.00 — — BW250 287.00 BR203 378.00 BG204 129.00 — — BW241 270.00 BR204 363.00 145 BG205 116.00 — — BW246 300.00 BR205 Forward-Reverse 146 BG206 107.00 — — BW242 270.00 — — — — 392.00 Open-Close 146 BG207 107.00 — Up-Down 146 BG208 107.00 BF208 Raise-Lower 146 BG209 107.00 — On-Off 145 BG210 86.00 BF210 On-Off 146 BG211 107.00 BF211 Universal (w/o legend inserts) 25 BG214 Start-Stop (Maintained Contact) 10 BG215 129.00 BF215 On -Off (Maintained Contact) 10 BG216 129.00 BF216 Universal (Maintained contact w/o legend inserts) 10 BG218 122.00 — — — — BR218 Fast-Slow-Stop 109 BG301 171.00 — — — — — — Forward-Reverse-Stop 109 BG302 171.00 — — — — — — Opn-Close-Stop 109 BG303 171.00 BF303 — — — — Raise-Lower-Stop 109 BG304 171.00 — — — — — Up-Down-Stop 109 BG305 171.00 BF305 — — — — Start-Jog-Stop 109 BG316 171.00 — — — — — — Universal (w/o legend inserts) 8 BG307 162.00 — — — — — — Start-Stop, Red Pilot Light: 120Vac/dc 145 & 121 BG308 — — — — 78.00 — 314.00 BF308 BW244 270.00 — BW243 270.00 BR208 BW253 270.00 — — 116.00 BW245 270.00 — — 135.00 BW254 270.00 — — BW260 264.00 BR214 356.00 158.00 BW255 314.00 BR215 405.00 158.00 BW256 314.00 BR216 405.00 135.00 — — 207.00 — 207.00 342.00 363.00 399.00 See Table 19.314 on page 19-104. Uses standard 2.0 or 2.13 in. deep wall boxes, single gang for Types BF1 and BF2, two gang for Type BF3 Also rated for Class l, Division l and ll, Groups B, C, or D; Class ll, Division l and ll, Groups E, F, or G Table 19.312: Accessories NEMA 7 and 9 Type BR103 For Hazardous Locations NEMA 7 & 9 c Surface Mounting Stainless Steel NEMA1 Flush Plate b Table 19.313: Interchangeable Push Button Legend Inserts Marking For NEMA 1 For NEMA4 For NEMA 4 or 7/9 For NEMA 4 Surface Mushroom $ Price Lever Type Round Button Mount Button 14.30 Start B101 B161 B259 B282 3.60 14.30 Stop B102 B162 B260 B283 3.60 B321 42.80 Fast B103 — — — 3.60 Red B331 10.70 Slow B104 — — — 3.60 Forward B105 — B255 — 3.60 Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Surface Mount Green B332 10.70 Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Flush Mount Red B341 10.70 Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Flush Mount Green B342 10.70 Replacement Covers for BW240 e — BWD219 17.90 Replacement Covers for BW241 de — BWD220 35.60 Replacement Covers for BW242-BW260 e — BWD219 17.90 Description Color Type $ Price Mushroom Caps for NEMA 1 Red B301 Mushroom Caps for NEMA 4 Red B303 Lockout Kit for NEMA 1 — Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1 Surface Mount d e Includes factory installed lockout on the cover. Replacement case/covers are not avaiulable for Type BR devices. Reverse B106 — B256 — 3.60 Open B107 — B263 — 3.60 3.60 Close B108 — B264 — Raise B109 — B261 — Lower B110 — B262 3.60 3.60 Up B111 — B253 B276 3.60 Down B112 — B254 B277 3.60 On B115 B175 B257 — 3.60 Off B116 B176 B258 — 3.60 Hand B117 — B265 — 3.60 Auto B118 — B266 — 3.60 Jog B119 — — — 3.60 Blank (Black) B129 B189 B251 B251 3.60 Blank (Red) B189R B252 B252 3.60 B129R Replacement Interiors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-104 Electrical Contact Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-104 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-103 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NEMA 1 Surface Mounting Type BG201 Watertight and Dusttight NEMA4 Contact Symbol a 19 No. of Nameplate Markings and Features Buttons 30 mm Control Stations and Enclosures Type B Standard Duty Control Stations—Replacement Parts Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 Table 19.314: Replacement Interiors For Type B Standard Duty Push Button Stations www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. For Control Station Types Contact Symbol BF101–BF107 16 BOC107 39.20 BFB107 42.80 BF111–BF114 19 or 17 BOC114 39.20 BFB114 42.80 BF121–BF123 121 BOC123 147.00 BFB123 42.80 BF201–BF214 25 BOC214 35.60 BFB214 42.80 BF215–BF218 10 BOC218 78.00 BFB214 42.80 BF221–BF224 7 or 19 & 121 BOC224 234.00 BFB224 64.00 BF225–BF226 17 or 19 & 16 BOC226 57.00 BFB226 64.00 BF301–BF307 8 & BOC214 BOC107 35.60 39.20 & BFB214 BFB107 42.80 42.80 Type BGC214 BF308–BF309 25 & 121 & BOC214 BOC123 35.60 147.00 & BFB214 BFB123 42.80 42.80 (Type BGC contact block assemblies include cover.) BF310–BF313 10 & 121 & BOC218 BOC123 78.00 147.00 & BFB214 BFB123 42.80 42.80 BF314–BF315 17 or 19 & 25 & BOC214 BOC114 35.60 39.20 & BFB214 BFB114 42.80 42.80 Type BGB214 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE BOC361 Contact Block Assembly q Type Wiring Receptacle $ Price Terminal BlockType $ Price BG101–BG107 16 BGC107 39.20 BGB107 42.80 BG111–BG114 17 or 19 BGC114 39.20 BGB114 42.80 BG121–BG123 121 BGC123 147.00 BGB123 42.80 BG201–BG214 25 BGC214 35.60 BGB214 42.80 BG215–BG218 10 BGC218 78.00 BGB214 42.80 BG221–BG224 17 or 19 & 121 BGC224 234.00 BGB224 64.00 BG225–BG226 17 or 19 & 16 BGC226 57.00 BGB226 64.00 BG301–BG307 BG316–BG326 8 BGC307 39.20 BGB307 57.00 BG308–BG309 25 & 121 BGC309 212.00 BGB309 86.00 BG310–BG313 10 & 121 BGC313 242.00 BGB309 86.00 BG314–BG315 17 or 19 & 25 BGC315 75.00 BGB315 86.00 BR101–BR107 16 BOC107 39.20 BFB107 42.80 BR202–BR214 25 BOC214 35.60 BFB214 42.80 BR215–BR219 10 BOC218 78.00 BFB214 42.80 BW101–BW107 16 BOC107 39.20 BFB107 42.80 BW202–BW214 25 BOC214 35.60 BFB214 42.80 BW215–BW218 10 BOC218 78.00 BFB214 42.80 BW146–BW159 16 BOC360 126.00 BW240–BW260 25 BOC361 126.00 BW255–BW258 10 BOC362 126.00 Note: Contact block assemblies for all Type BG stations include cover and contact block. Replacement contact block assemblies and terminal block wiring receptacles for push buttons have provision for 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. circuit on each button. Unneeded circuits need not be wired. a Order separate legend plates, if required, from listing on page 19-103. C-Shaped Mounting Bracket for 9001BR Interior Catalog Number $ Price 3110112001 8.70 Table 19.315: Electrical Contact Ratings b AC—NEMA B600 DC—NEMA P600 Inductive 35% Power Factor Volts Make A Resistive 75% Power Factor Break VA A Continuous Carrying Amperes VA Make, Break and Continuous Carrying Amperes Inductive and Resistive Volts Make and Break Continuous Amperes Carrying Amperes 120 30.5 3600 3.75 360 5 5 120 1.1 5 240 15 3600 1.5 360 5 5 240 0.55 5 480 7.5 3600 .75 360 5 5 600 0.2 5 600 6 3600 .6 360 5 5 b OSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage of pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc. Contact Symbols 120 V Com 121 100 17 1 3 19-104 8 10 16 CS1 19 Discount Schedule 25 109 145 146 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 30 mm Enclosures 9001KY/SKY Control Stations Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.316: Empty Enclosures (for Customer Assembly) UL Types 1, 3 and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, and 13 UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Sheet Steel No of Holes Type NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13 Die Cast Zinc $ Price Type Stainless Steel (304) $ Price Type $ Price Polymeric (Plastic) Type $ Price 1 KYAF1 143.00 KY1 143.00 KYSS1 257.00 SKY1 171.00 2 KYAF2 158.00 KY2 a 158.00 KYSS2 270.00 SKY2 201.00 228.00 3 KYAF3 185.00 KY3 a 185.00 KYSS3 372.00 SKY3 4 KYAF4 228.00 KY4 a 228.00 KYSS4 485.00 SKY4 269.00 6 KYAF6 287.00 KY6 287.00 KYSS6 714.00 SKY6 287.00 a Only KN200 series legend plates will fit upright on these enclosures with their long axis vertical. NOTE: See Table 19.319 on Page 19-106 for Assembled Control Stations Table 19.317: Guarded Enclosures UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/ NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc No of Holes KYG1Y (mushroom head not included) Cover Color Box Color Type 1 Gray Gray KYG1 b 1 Yellow Gray KYG1Y b b $ Price 150.00 Includes 1” NPT threaded conduit opening. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NOTE: See Table 19.319 on Page 19-106 for Assembled Control Stations Table 19.318: Stainless Steel (302) NEMA 1 Flush Plates c No of Holes Description Type $ Price 1 1 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K25 28.70 2 2 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K26 42.80 3 3 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K27 57.00 4 4 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners K28 86.00 c To be used with a standard 2 x 3 in. general purpose switch box. A 2.5 in. deep switch box should be used if two Type KA contact blocks are mounted side by side. If two Type KA contact blocks are mounted in tandem, a 3.5 in. deep box should be used. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19 K26 CS1 Discount Schedule 19-105 30 mm Control Stations 9001KY/SKY Control Stations Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104 Table 19.319: Assembled Control Stations No of Holes Operator Style and Features www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Type $ Price Consists of Enclosure Operators Contact Blocks Legend Plates UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc Enclosurea 1 2 Type KYK31 3 Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Push Button (Momentary) Push Button (Momentary) Mushroom Button (Momentary) Push Button (with Lockout) Break Glass Operator Break Glass Operator (Red Enclosure) 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (with Sealed Contacts) d 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons (Maintained/Interlocked) 1 Push Button, 1 Mushroom Button 3 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 3 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts & Lockout on Stop) d 3 Push Buttons Red 120v Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) KYK111 KYK110 KYK11 KYK13 KYK14 KYK15 KYK116 KYK117 KYK224 KYK218 KYK26 KYK25 KYK21 KYK223 KYK23 KYK27 KYK22 KYK31 KYK326 KYK322 KYK33 KYK317 KYK32 KYK325 243. 243. 228. 228. 270. 270. 329. 329. 372. 329. 329. 329. 329. 527. 372. 329. 372. 441. 485. 783. 441. 471. 441. 485. KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1 KY1S1 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY2 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KY3 KS43B KS11B KR1B KR1R KR4R KR3R, K4 K15 K15 KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B KR1B, KR1B KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR11GR KR1B, KR4R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4 KR1B, KR1B, KR3R KP1R31, KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 KA51, KA51 KA1, KA1 KA1 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA51, KA51, KA51 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA2, KA3 KA1, KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1, KA1 Hand-Off-Auto Off-On Start Stop Stop Stop To Stop—Break Glass To Stop—Break Glass Jog-Stop On-Off Open-Close Up-Down Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Forward; Reverse; Stop Forward; Reverse; Stop Forward; Reverse; Stop Open; Close; Stop Start; Stop Up; Down; Stop Up ; Down; Stop KR1B KR1B KS11B KS43B KR1B, KR3R KR1B, KR3R, K5 KA1 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA3 Start Stop Off-On Hand-Off-Auto Start; Stop Start; Stop UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13—Stainless Steel (304) b 1 Type KYSS300 2 19 KYSS101 KYSS103 KYSS110 KYSS111 KYSS201 KYSS203 342. 320. 356. 356. 422. 491. KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS2 KYSS2 2 Push Buttons (Maintained with Interlock) KYSS210 441. KYSS2 KR11U KA1, KA1 Start; Stop 2 Push Buttons KYSS205 441. KYSS2 KR1B, KR1B KA1, KA1 Up; Down 342. 320. 356. 356. 422. 491. 441. 441. KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS1 KYSS2 KYSS2 KYSS2 KYSS2 SKR1B SKR3R SKS11B SKS43B SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR3R, K5 SKR11U SKR1B, SKR1B KA1 KA3 KA1 KA1 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA1 KA1, KA1 Start Stop Off-On Hand-Off-Auto Start; Stop Start; Stop Start; Stop Up; Down UL Types 1, 3, 4. 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13—Stainless Steel (304) c 1 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Push Button (Momentary) Push Button (Momentary) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Button (Momentary) Push Button (Momentary) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons (Maintained with Interlock) 2 Push Buttons KYSK101 KYSK103 KYSK110 KYSK111 KYSK201 KYSK203 KYSK210 KYSK205 UL Types 1, 3, 4. 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13—Polymeric (Plastic) c Type SKY201 1 2 3 Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained) Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained with Sealed Contacts) d Push Button (with Lockout) 2 Push Buttons 2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop) 2 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts) d 2 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts) d 2 Push Buttons SKY111 SKY110 SKY122 SKY105 SKY201 SKY203 SKY223 SKY222 SKY205 270. 270. 372. 306. 350. 422. 570. 570. 372. SKY1 SKY1 SKY1 SKY1 SKY2 SKY2 SKY2 SKY2 SKY2 SKS43B SKS11B SKS11B SKR3R, K5 SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR1R, K5 SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR1B KA1 KA1 KA51 KA3 KA1, KA3 KA1, KA3 KA51, KA51 KA51, KA51 KA1, KA1 Hand-Off-Auto Off-On Off-On Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop Start-Stop On-Off Up-Down 3 Push Buttons 3 Push Buttons SKY302 SKY303 464. 464. SKY3 SKY3 KA1, KA1, KA3 KA1, KA1, KA3 Up-Down-Stop Open-Close-Stop SKY315A 531. SKY3 SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R SKP1R31, SKR1B, SKR3R KA1, KA3 Start-Stop KP38LRR9 KP38LGG9 — — Red 120v Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc Enclosures with Integral Guard 1 Type KYG1Y2 Guarded Enclosure (grey) with 120V Red LED Pilot Light Guarded Enclosure (grey) with 120V Green LED Pilot Light Guarded Enclosure (Yellow Cover) with Red Push-Pull Mushroom Guarded Enclosure (Yellow Cover) with Red Turn-To Release Mushroom a b c d e 19-106 KYG11 e KYG12 e 250. 250. KYG1 KYG1 KYG1Y1 e 275. KYG1Y KR9R KA3 order separately order separately Push to Stop/ Pull to Start KYG1Y2 e 275. KYG1Y KR16 KA3 Emergency Stop Uses 9001K metal operators and metal legend plates. Uses 9001K metal operators and plastic legend plates. Uses 9001SK plastic operators and plastic legend plates. Control Station consists of components that are UL listed for use in Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, or D. Includes 1” NPT threaded conduit opening. CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVR Pre-Wired Rotating Mirror Beacons Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.320: XVR Pre-Wired Rotating Mirror Beacons Diameter (mm) Sound Option Enclosure Rating Without buzzer IP 23 (IP 65 with accessories) Voltage 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 84 24 Vac/Vdc XVR 08 ppp 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 106 Without buzzer IP 23 (IP 55 with accessories) 24 Vac/Vdc XVR 10 ppp 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 120 Without buzzer IP 23 24 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc Ø 120 With buzzer IP 23 XVR 12 ppp 24 Vac/Vdc Ø 130 Without buzzer IP 23 Resistant to vibration 12 Vdc 24 Vdc Color Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Green Blue Red Orange Red Orange Catalog Number XVR 08J04 XVR 08J05 XVR 08J03 XVR 08J06 XVR 08B04 XVR 08B05 XVR 08B03 XVR 08B06 XVR 10J04 XVR 10J05 XVR 10J03 XVR 10J06 XVR 10B04 XVR 10B05 XVR 10B03 XVR 10B06 XVR 12J04 XVR 12J05 XVR 12J03 XVR 12J06 XVR 12B04 XVR 12B05 XVR 12B03 XVR 12B06 XVR 12J04S XVR 12J05S XVR 12J03S XVR 12J06S XVR 12B04S XVR 12B05S XVR 12B03S XVR 12B06S XVR 13J04 XVR 13J05 XVR 13B04 XVR 13B05 $ Price Height (mm) — — — — — 300 — Catalog Number XVR ZR1 XVR ZR2 XVR ZR3 XVR Z081 XVR Z082 XVC Z13 XVC Z23 $ Price 180.00 207.00 198.00 216.00 270.00 Table 19.321: XVR Accessories Diameter (mm) 84 106 120/130 84 106 106, 120 and 130 84, 106 and 120 Reflecting prism XVR 13ppp Rubber base to increase the IP degree of protection Mount tube and base L-shape mounting bracket 36.00 270.00 27.00 XVR ZR1 19 XVR Z081 XVC Z13 XVC Z23 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description XV Discount Schedule 19-107 Tower Lights and Beacons XVC, 40 mm, 60 mm, and 100 mm Diameter Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.322: XVC4 Tower Lights — 40 mm diameter (1.5 inches) Description Light source (included) Voltage Signaling colors a Steady Flashing Catalog Number $ Price XVC 4B1 XVC 4B2 XVC 4B3 XVC 4B4 XVC 4B5 XVC 4M1 XVC 4M2 XVC 4M3 XVC 4M4 XVC 4M5 XVC 4B15S XVC 4B25S XVC 4B35S XVC 4B45S XVC 4B55S XVC 4M15S XVC 4M25S XVC 4M35S XVC 4M45S XVC 4M55S 157.50 198.00 229.50 283.50 352.50 181.50 228.00 264.00 379.50 379.50 240.00 271.50 309.00 378.00 441.00 276.00 312.00 355.50 435.00 507.00 XVC 4B1K XVC 4B2K XVC 4B3K XVC 4B4K XVC 4B5K 117.00 154.50 189.00 255.00 331.50 With support tube mounting XVC 4B5 XVC 4B35S Without buzzer LED for steady light only With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b R R, O R, O, G 24 Vdc R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – – – – – – R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C For base mounting Without buzzer LED for steady light only 24 Vdc R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – Table 19.323: Accessories for XVC4 XVC Z11 XVC Z01 Description Diameter mm Minimum height to be added mm Die-cast metal mounting base (for use with XVC4•• and XVC4•• 5S with 90 support tube) Plastic mounting base (for use with XVC4, XVC4•• and XVC4•• 5S — 84 customer must discard the support tube) Catalog Number $ Price 32 XVC Z11 39.00 24.5 XVC Z01 64.50 19 Table 19.324: XVC Tower Lights — 100 mm diameter (4 inches) Description Light source (included) Voltage Vdc Signaling colors a Steady Flashing Catalog Number $ Price XVC 1B1K XVC 1B2K XVC 1B3K XVC 1B4K XVC 1B5K XVC 1M1K XVC 1M2K XVC 1M3K XVC 1M4K XVC 1M5K XVC 1B1SK XVC 1B2SK XVC 1B3SK XVC 1B4SK XVC 1B5SK XVC 1M1SK XVC 1M2SK XVC 1M3SK XVC 1M4SK XVC 1M5SK 631.50 685.50 739.50 793.50 847.50 726.00 787.50 850.50 912.00 975.00 703.50 757.50 811.50 865.50 919.50 808.50 871.50 933.00 996.00 1057.50 For base mounting PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Without buzzer With flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b R R, O 24 R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C XVC 1B5K XVC 1B5SK a b R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C Signaling colors: R = Red, G = Green, O = Orange, B = Blue, C = Clear. The colors are listed in the mounting order of the illuminated units from top to bottom. Flashing light function selected by wiring or programming. Table 19.325: Accessories for XVC1 XVC Z13 Description Mount tube and base L-shape mount bracket Diameter mm 140 — Height mm 300 — Catalog Number $ Price XVC Z13 XVC Z23 270.00 27.00 XVC Z23 19-108 XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVC, 40 mm, 60 mm, and 100 mm Diameter Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.326: XVC6 Tower Lights, 60 mm diameter (2.375 inches) Description Light source (included) Voltage Signaling colors a Steady Flashing Catalog Number $ Price With support tube mounting XVC 6B5K Without buzzer LED for steady light only With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b XVC 6B55SK R R, O R, O, G 24 Vdc R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – – – – – – R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C XVC 6B1 XVC 6B2 XVC 6B3 XVC 6B4 XVC 6B5 XVC 6M1 XVC 6M2 XVC 6M3 XVC 6M4 XVC 6M5 XVC 6B15S XVC 6B25S XVC 6B35S XVC 6B45S XVC 6B55S XVC 6M15S XVC 6M25S XVC 6M35S XVC 6M45S XVC 6M55S 169.50 211.50 252.00 303.00 426.00 195.00 243.00 289.50 348.00 489.00 252.00 292.50 315.00 378.00 472.50 289.50 336.00 363.00 435.00 543.00 R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 24 Vdc R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O 100-240 Vac R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C – – – – – – – – – – R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C R R, O R, O, G R, O, G, B R, O, G, B, C XVC 6B1K XVC 6B2K XVC 6B3K XVC 6B4K XVC 6B5K XVC 6M1K XVC 6M2K XVC 6M3K XVC 6M4K XVC 6M5K XVC 6B15SK XVC 6B25SK XVC 6B35SK XVC 6B45SK XVC 6B55SK XVC 6M15SK XVC 6M25SK XVC 6M35SK XVC 6M45SK XVC 6M55SK 132.00 163.50 214.50 283.50 378.00 151.50 187.50 246.00 325.50 435.00 205.50 252.00 283.50 346.50 426.00 237.00 289.50 327.00 399.00 490.50 For base mounting XVC Z02 Without buzzer LED for steady light only With buzzer + flashing light LED for steady or flashing light b XVC Z12 Description Diameter mm Minimum height to be added mm Catalog Number $ Price 19 Die-cast metal mounting base 30 XVC Z02 27.00 for XVC6B• and XVC6B•5S with support tube. 100 Stamped metal mounting base for 84 21.6 XVC Z12 45.00 XVC6B• K and XVC6B•5SK a Signaling colors: R = Red, G = Green, O = Orange, B = Blue, C = Clear. The colors are listed in the mounting order of the illuminated units from top to bottom. b Flashing light function selected by wiring or programming. PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.327: Accessories for XVC6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Discount Schedule 19-109 Tower Lights and Beacons XVB—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.328: XVB Beacons with Steady Light Description Light Source and Voltage Complete unit, includes: 1 lens unit 1 base unit (direct or tube mounting) Bulb (10 W max) not included 250 V max (must order bulb separately c) Color Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Catalog Number XVBL33 XVBL34 XVBL35 XVBL36 XVBL37 XVBL38 $ Price Catalog Number XVBL4B3 XVBL4B4 XVBL4B5 XVBL4B6 XVBL4B7 XVBL4B8 XVBL4M3 XVBL4M4 XVBL4M5 XVBL4M6 XVBL4M7 XVBL4M8 $ Price 114.00 Table 19.329: XVB Beacons with Flashing Light (one flash per second) Description Light Source and Voltage XVBL3• Complete unit, includes: 1 lens unit 1 base unit (direct or tube mounting) Bulb (10 W max) not included 24 Vac 24–48 Vdc (must order bulb separately c) Bulb (10 W max) not included 48–230 Vac (must order bulb separately c) XVBL4B• Color Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow 193.50 Table 19.330: XVB Beacons with 10 Joule Strobe (2.75 in./70 mm diameter) a Color Catalog Number b $ Price Green XVBL8B3 Red XVBL8B4 Strobe Amber XVBL8B5 24 Vac/Vdc Blue XVBL8B6 (includes bulb) Clear XVBL8B7 Complete unit, includes: Yellow XVBL8B8 1 lens unit 366.00 1 base unit (direct or tube Green XVBL8G3 mounting) Red XVBL8G4 Strobe Amber XVBL8G5 120 Vac Blue XVBL8G6 (includes bulb) Clear XVBL8G7 Yellow XVBL8G8 a Important: Discharge tube elements are not suitable for continuous-operation signaling due to temperature rise caused by the discharge tube. b For 5 Joule units, specify XVBL6••, instead of XVBL8•• ($190.00). c For bulbs, see Table 19.336 on page 19-112. Description Light Source and Voltage 19 NOTE: There are no replacement lenses for strobes. XVBL6B• 5 Joule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XVBL8B• 10 Joule 19-110 XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVB Components—70 mm diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.331: XVB Lens Units for Steady Light Description XVBC8 Illuminated lens unit XVBC081 Light Source and Voltage Color Bulb (10 W max) not included 250 Vac/Vdc max (must order bulb separately b) Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Catalog Number XVBC33 XVBC34 XVBC35 XVBC36 XVBC37 XVBC38 $ Price 60.60 Table 19.332: XVB Lens Unit for Flashing Light XVBC Light Source and Voltage Description Bulb (10 W max) not included 24 Vac 24–48 Vdc (must order bulb separately b) XVBC9 Illuminated lens unit Bulb (10 W max) not included 48–230 Vac (must order bulb separately b) XVBCY2 XVBC1 XVBC07 XVBC23 XVBC081 + XVBC07 = XVBC21 Color Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Catalog Number $ Price XVBC4B3 XVBC4B4 XVBC4B5 XVBC4B6 XVBC4B7 XVBC4B8 XVBC4M3 XVBC4M4 XVBC4M5 XVBC4M6 XVBC4M7 XVBC4M8 141.00 Catalog Number a $ Price XVBC8B3 XVBC8B4 XVBC8B5 XVBC8B6 XVBC8B7 XVBC8B8 XVBC8G3 XVBC8G4 XVBC8G5 XVBC8G6 XVBC8G7 XVBC8G8 313.50 Note: There are no replacement lenses units for the XVBC8•• strobes. Table 19.333: XVB Lens Units with 10 Joule Strobe Light Source and Voltage Description XVBZ0 Strobe 24 Vac/Vdc (includes bulb) Lens unti with integral 10 Joule strobe Strobe 120 Vac (includes bulb) XVBC12 a b Color Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Orange Blue Clear Yellow For 5 Joule units, specify XVBC6••, instead of XVBC8•• ($155.00). For bulbs, see Table 19.336 on page 19-112. Table 19.334: Audible Sounder Units Description Sounder unit 90 dB at 1 m Adjustable from 75–90 dB Continuous or intermittent modes Supply Voltage Catalog Number $ Price 12–48 Vac/Vdc XVBC9B 217.50 120–230 Vac XVBC9M 342.00 Catalog Number $ Price Table 19.335: Base Units + Cover XVBC21 60.60 19 Description Base unit + cover for direct or tube mounting, bottom or side cable entry (includes gasket) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE XVBC22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Discount Schedule 19-111 Tower Lights and Beacons XVB Accessories—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.336: XVB Accessories Characteristics Catalog Number in. mm 4.72 120 XVBZ02 XVBZ02A a Black tube with integral black plastic mounting base 15.75 400 XVBZ03 XVBZ03A a (includes gasket) 31.50 800 XVBZ04 XVBZ04A a 3.94 100 XVBC020 Support tube concealment cover 15.75 400 XVBC030 31.50 800 XVBC040 For direct mounting on base unit or with tulip Wall mount bracket (metal) XVBC12 XVBC11 + tube XVBC0• 12 Vac/Vdc DL1BLJ 24 Vac/Vdc DL1BLB Incandescent bulbs 48 Vac/Vdc DL1BLE bayonet type BA 15d, 10 Watts 120 Vac/Vdc DL1BLG 230 Vac/Vdc DL1BLM 12 Vac/Vdc DL1BEJ 24 Vac/Vdc DL1BEB Incandescent bulbs 48 Vac/Vdc DL1BEE bayonet type BA 15d, 7 Watts 120 Vac/Vdc DL1BEG 230 Vac/Vdc DL1BEM White DL1BDB1 Green DL1BDB3 Red DL1BDB4 24 Vac/Vdc Blue DL1BDB6 Yellow DL1BDB8 Steady-On LED bulbs Amber DL1BDB5 bayonet type BA 15d White DL1BDG1 (sold as single) b Green DL1BDG3 Red DL1BDG4 120 Vac Blue DL1BDG6 Yellow DL1BDG8 Amber DL1BDG5 White DL1BKB1 Green DL1BKB3 Red DL1BKB4 24 Vac/Vdc Amber DL1BKB5 Blue DL1BKB6 Yellow DL1BKB8 Flashing LED bulbs White DL1BKG1 Green DL1BKG3 Red DL1BKG4 120 Vac Amber DL1BKG5 Blue DL1BKG6 Yellow DL1BKG8 Adapter With CM12 (p. 13.5) cable gland, for cable size XVBC14 for side entry through base unit of 0.4 to 0.55 in. (10 to 14 mm) diameter Conduit adapter 1/2 in. NPT (for customer supplied tubing) XVBC00 a Aluminum tube. b For 240 Vac, replace the B or G in the catalog number with M—for example, DL1BDM1. For flashing LEDs, refer to catalog 9001CT0001. Description XVBZ0• XVBC020 19 XVBC12 $ Price 18.75 37.50 75.00 11.70 34.50 62.10 48.45 8.10 108.00 139.50 7.80 3.15 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Table 19.337: XVB Accessories Description Set of colored markers Set of 5 legend holders Characteristics 6 colors Identification of stacked units on base Catalog Number XVBC22 XVBC23 $ Price 3.15 12.45 Wiring Diagrams, Base Units 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) 1 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) Screw terminals Torque to 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m) 5 4 2 1 C 3 5 3 4 2 1 1 C 1 XVBL 19-112 XVBC XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVE Components—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.338: XVE Lens Units with Steady Light Description Light source Supply voltage Color of lens Green Red Lens units only for 5 W max. 24 Vac/Vdc to BA 15d base (must order bulb 240 Vac/Vdc Orange fitting bulb separately a) (Maximum) Blue Clear Green Red 24 Vac/Vdc Orange Blue Integral LED on Clear printed board circuit Illuminated units (separate bulb Green not required) Red 120 Vac Orange Blue Clear a Order clear incandescent bulb separately. See Table 19.336 on Page 19-112. Catalog Number XVEC33 XVEC34 XVEC35 XVEC36 XVEC37 XVEC2B3 XVEC2B4 XVEC2B5 XVEC2B6 XVEC2B7 XVEC2G3 XVEC2G4 XVEC2G5 XVEC2G6 XVEC2G7 $ Price Catalog Number XVEC5B3 XVEC5B4 XVEC5B5 XVEC5B6 XVEC5B7 XVEC5G3 XVEC5G4 XVEC5G5 XVEC5G6 XVEC5G7 $ Price Color of lens Green Red Orange Blue Clear Green Red Orange Blue Clear Catalog Number XVEC6B3 XVEC6B4 XVEC6B5 XVEC6B6 XVEC6B7 XVEC6G3 XVEC6G4 XVEC6G5 XVEC6G6 XVEC6G7 $ Price Supply Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 230/240 Vac Catalog Number XVEC9B XVEC9G XVEC9M $ Price Catalog Number XVEC21 $ Price 24.00 24.00 60.00 Table 19.339: XVE Lens Units with Flashing LED Description Light source Illuminated units Integral LED on printed board circuit (separate bulb not required) Supply voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac Color of lens Green Red Orange Blue Clear Green Red Orange Blue Clear 90.00 Table 19.340: XVE Lens Units with Strobe Light Light source Lens units with integral 1 Joule strobe light Discharge tube, 1 Joule (separate bulb not required) Supply voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 105.00 Table 19.341: XVE Audible Sounder Units Description Audible Sounder Units 85dB 90.00 Table 19.342: XVE Base Units and Covers Discription Base unit + snap on cover for NEMA and UL Type 12, IP42 rating Base unit + screw mounting cover for IP54 rating (includes 5 O-ring seals for lens units and 1 gasket for base unit) 30.00 19 XVEC21P Table 19.343: XVE Accessories Description Height under base unit in. (mm) Plastic mounting bases 0.78 (20) 3.93 (100) 3.15 (80) Mounting bases comprising: Ø 25 mm aluminium support tube + black plastic mounting support 15.7 (400) 31.5 (800) Description Clear incandescent bulbs with BA 15d base fitting for lens units type XVE C3p Electrical characteristics 4 W, z 24 Vac/Vdc 5 W, z 120 Vac/Vdc 5 W, z 230 Vac/Vdc Description Wall mount bracket (metal) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Color Black Black Black aluminium Aluminium Black aluminium Aluminium Black aluminium Aluminium Catalog Number XVEZ13 XVDC02 XVBZ02 $ Price 12.00 15.00 18.75 XVBZ02A XVBZ03 37.50 XVBZ03A XVBZ04 XVBZ04A Catalog Number DL1BEBS DL1EDGS DL1BEMS Catalog Number XVBC12 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description 75.00 $ Price 6.15 $ Price 48.45 19-113 Tower Lights and Beacons XVP Components—50 mm Diameter (2 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.344: Base Units + Covers Description Base unit and cover Base unit and cover Base unit and cover (with ring-tongue compatible terminal) Color Black Off-white Off-white Catalog Number XVPC21 XVPC21W XVPC21WR $ Price Catalog Number $ Price 48.00 Table 19.345: XVP Lens Units Description Ring Color Light Source and Voltage Lens Color Black Bulb (7 W max) not included 250 V (must order bulb separately a) Steady or Flashing 50 mm steady lens unit (See Table 19.347 on page 19-115 and Table 19.348 on page 19-115 for LEDs and incandescent bulbs) Off-white Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Bulb (7 W max) not included 250 V max (must order bulb separately a) XVPC33 XVPC34 XVPC35 XVPC36 XVPC37 XVPC38 XVPC33W XVPC34W XVPC35W XVPC36W XVPC37W XVPC38W 43.50 XVPC6B3 XVPC6B4 XVPC6B5 XVPC6B6 XVPC6B7 XVPC6B8 XVPC6G3 XVPC6G4 XVPC6G5 XVPC6G6 XVPC6G7 XVPC6G8 XVPC6B3W XVPC6B4W XVPC6B5W XVPC6B6W XVPC6B7W XVPC6B8W XVPC6G3W XVPC6G4W XVPC6G5W XVPC6G6W XVPC6G7W XVPC6G8W 186.00 Strobe Green Red Amber Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Strobe 120 Vac Amber 0.6 Joule (separate bulb not required) Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Strobe 24 Vdc Amber 0.3 Joule (separate bulb not required) Blue Clear Yellow Green Red Strobe 120 Vac Amber 0.6 Joule (separate bulb not required) Blue Clear Yellow Strobe 24 Vdc 0.3 Joule (separate bulb not required) Black Lens unit with integral strobe Off-white aFor bulbs see Table 19.336 on page 19-112. 19 Table 19.346: XVP Audible Sounder Units PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-114 Description Ring Color 50 mm sounder unit (IP40 NEMA 1) Black Ten tone selections, 75–85 dB at 1 m Off-white XV Discount Schedule Supply Voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac 24 Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number XVPC09B XVPC09G XVPC09M XVPC09BW XVPC09GW XVPC09MW $ Price 156.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Tower Lights and Beacons XVP Accessories — 50 mm Diameter (2 inches) Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.347: XVP LED Bulbs Description Voltage Color White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow White Green Red Amber Blue Yellow Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear 24 Vac/Vdc Steady-On LED bulb 120 Vac DL1BEJ DL1BDB1 24 Vac/Vdc Flashing LED bulb 120 Vac Incandescent bulbs Bayonet type BA 15d, 7 W XVPC03T 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 230 Vac/Vdc Catalog Number DL1BDB1 DL1BDB3 DL1BDB4 DL1BDB5 DL1BDB6 DL1BDB8 DL1BDG1 DL1BDG3 DL1BDG4 DL1BDG5 DL1BDG6 DL1BDG8 DL1BKB1 DL1BKB3 DL1BKB4 DL1BKB5 DL1BKB6 DL1BKB8 DL1BKG1 DL1BKG3 DL1BKG4 DL1BKG5 DL1BKG6 DL1BKG8 DL1BEJ DL1BEB DL1BEE DL1BEG DL1BEM $ Price 108.00 139.50 8.10 Table 19.348: XVP Accessories Description Color Mounting tube with bracket Silver Characteristics IN 4 10 16 4 10 16 4 10 16 — — — Black Mounting tube with tulip base XVPC02 Off-white Black Off-white — Wall mounting bracket (plastic) Bulb mounting and removal tool mm 100 250 400 100 250 400 100 250 400 Catalog Number XVPC02T XVPC03T XVPC04T XVPC02 XVPC03 XVPC04 XVPC02W XVPC03W XVPC04W XVPC12 XVPC12W XVPCX13 $ Price 32.55 40.35 48.00 32.55 48.00 48.00 40.35 40.35 48.00 15.60 7.80 Wiring Diagram PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Cable Connections, Supply line maximum: 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) XVPC12 +/4 +/5 +/3 +/2 Ø 12 0.47 +/1 –/C 19 wire 5 wire 4 wire 3 wire 2 wire 1 wire 6 green-yellow XVPC21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XV Discount Schedule 19-115 Tower Lights and Beacons XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.349: XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms Description Voltage Color Catalog Number $ Price Multisound siren 105 dB, 43 tones 12/24 Vdc White XVS 14BMW 360.00 PNP, Black XVS 72BMBP PNP, White XVS 72BMWP NPN, Black XVS 72BMBN NPN, White XVS 72BMWN XVS14BMW Electronic alarms 90 dB, 16 tones Panel Mount DIN72 180.00 12/24 Vac/Vdc Table 19.350: Dimensions (mm) XVS 14BMW 223 3xØ9 25 50 = = XVS72BM 52 84 19 114 140 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 20° 97 120 XVS 72BMpp 69,3 63,3 10,9 72 51 72 U 67,5 60,7 24 19-116 XV Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Type BW Pendant Stations Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us This pre-assembled, two-button station now comes complete with internal and external strain relief. Oversized finger grips on the rear of the enclosure make it easy to grip and operate. • • • • Well suited for standard hoist applications Push button legend inserts Field-installable mushroom button Full cover gasket, to exclude harmful contaminants Table 19.351: BW90 and BW100 Pendant Stations – with cord connector and strain relief Description Single Speed Two Speed BW90 / BW100 a b Enclosure Color Legend Insert Markings Mechanical Interlock Yellow Black Red Up-Down Yes BW92Y BW92B BW92R Forward-Reverse Yes BW93Y BW93B BW93R On-Off a Yes BW94Y BW94B BW94R 180.00 10 Start-Stop No BW95Y BW95B BW95R Start-Stop a Yes BW96Y BW96B On-Off a No BW97Y BW97B Up-Down Yes BW98Y without Inserts Yes without Inserts without Inserts a $ Price Replacement Interior b Contact Symbol Contact Symbol 9001 Type 146 BOC368 146 146 BOC368 146 BOC358 147 136.00 145 BOC359 25 BW96R 180.00 10 BOC358 147 BW97R 136.00 146 BOC359 25 BW98B — 147.00 100 — BW90YU BW90BU BW90RU No BW91YU BW91BU BW91RU Yes BW94YU BW94BU BW94RU 172.00 147 without Inserts Yes BW100YU BW100BU BW100RU 195.00 150 BOC367 150 Up-Down Yes BW102Y BW102B BW102R 202.00 150 BOC367 150 136.00 130.00 147 25 $ Price 90.00 — BOC366 25 BOC359 25 BOC358 147 — 90.00 158.00 Maintained Contact Includes gasket Table 19.353: Interchangeable Legend Inserts c Form External Bracket (cannot be field installed) $ Price Y236 Marking 10.50 Y236 Table 19.354: Replacement Enclosures Description Color Type Yellow $ Price BWRY Box & Cover Red with 4 screws Black BWRR 54.00 BWRB Table 19.355: Strain Relief Replacement Description Type Strain Relief Replacement $ Price BWSR 10.00 Type $ Price Start B259 Stop B260 Forward B255 Reverse B256 Open B263 Close B264 Raise B261 Lower B262 Up B253 Down B254 On B257 Off B258 Blank - black B251 Blank - red B252 c 3.60 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Description Order must specify a quantity of 10 or multiples of 10. Table 19.356: Electrical Contact Ratings d AC—NEMA B600 BWSR DC—NEMA P600 Inductive 35% Power Factor Volts Make A Break VA A VA Resistive 75% Power Factor Continuous Carrying Amperes Make, Break and Continuous Carrying Amperes Inductive and Resistive Volts Make and Break Continuous Amperes Carrying Amperes 120 30.5 3600 3.75 360 5 5 120 1.1 5 240 15 3600 1.5 360 5 5 240 0.55 5 480 7.5 3600 .75 360 5 5 600 0.2 5 600 6 3600 .6 360 5 5 d OSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage of pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc. Contact Symbols 120 V Com Speed 1 121 Speed 2 100 17 1 Speed 1 Speed 2 3 8 10 16 19 25 109 145 146 147 150 NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-117 19 Table 19.352: Hanger Bracket Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us XAC pendant stations are designed for standard- or medium-duty control circuit applications. • • • • • Single- or two-speed versions Double insulated Shock and corrosion resistant 2, 4, 6, 8, 12 element versions Ease of operation Table 19.357: Pistol Grip Stations Description Speeds 1 N.O. contact per operator 2 Mechanically interlocked operators Function 1 speed/2 speed Catalog Number $ Price 1 XACA201a 150.00 2 N.O. (staggered) contacts per operator 2 Mechanically interlocked operators 2 XACA207a 222.00 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 2 Mechanically interlocked operators 1 XACA205a 187.00 1 N.O. contact per direction 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 1 XACD21A0101b 167.00 1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 2 XACD21A1231b 451.00 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. contact per direction 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 1 XACD21A0105b 202.00 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered 1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle 2 XACD21A1241b 480.00 XACA201 a These units are available with factory installed E-stops. Add a “3” to the end of the catalog number for standard E-stop or add a “4” for a trigger action E-stop. b These units are available with a factory installed E-stop. Use XACD22 ••• for a standard E-stop or XACD24••• for a trigger action E-stop. Note: Legends are required to achieve NEMA4 rating. Table 19.358: General Purpose Pendantscd XACA06 19 Enclosures Catalog Number 2 hole enclosure XACA02H7 3 hole enclosure XACA03H7 4 hole enclosure XACA04H7 6 hole enclosure XACA06H7 8 hole enclosure XACA08H7 12 hole enclosure XACA12H7 c Standard enclosures include internal mounting plate, cable sleeve for 8 to 26 mm, internal cable clamp, suspension ring and cable tie. d For ordering information on custom built XACA pendants, visit our website at www.Schneider-Electric.us. $ Price 192.00 220.00 250.00 306.00 382.00 478.00 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE To place a custom pendant order, use the worksheet on page 19-121 as a guide. Orders must be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly. XACA03 with operators 19-118 CS2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.359: Contact Blocks for Operators in Cover ZB2BE10 XENG37 Description 1 N.O./spring return/1 speed 1 N.C./spring return/1 speed 1 N.O. early close & 1 N.C. & 1 N.O./spring return/2 speed 1 N.C. & 2 N.O./spring return/1 speed 1 N.O. & 1 N.O. latching/1 speed/interlocked 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. latching/1 speed/interlocked 3 N.C.—all direct acting Wiring Diagram — — Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Catalog Number ZB2BE101 ZB2BE102 XENG1191 XENG1491 XENG3781 XENG3791 XENT1192 $ Price 16.40 49.00 Table 19.360: Contact Blocks for Operators in Base of Enclosure a 1 N.O./1 speed 1 N.C./1 speed 2 N.O./1 speed 2 N.C./1 speed 1 N.O. & 1 N.C./1 speed a Cannot be used with XACA03 pendant. XENG1191 XACS101 XACS102 XACS103 XACS104 XACS105 28.60 38.20 XACS10 33 34 Figure 1 33 11 12 34 Figure 2 Figure 3 N/C + N/C + N/C with positive opening operation Figure 4 31 13 14 13 14 13 14 21 14 22 32 13 21 22 14 22 12 13 21 11 Wiring Diagrams Figure 5 Table 19.361: Operators b Description Color White Black Green Red Yellow Blue Brown Catalog Number XACA9411 XACA9412 XACA9413 XACA9414 XACA9415 XACA9416 XACA9419 $ Price Mushroom Size 30 mm 30 mm 40 mm 30 mm 40 mm 30 mm 40 mm Color Red Red Red Red Red Red Red Catalog Number ZA2BC44 ZA2BS44 ZA2BS54 ZA2BS834 ZA2BS844 ZA2BS74 ZA2BS14 $ Price 36.80 40 mm Red Booted push button Booted Push Button 8.20 Table 19.362: Mushroom Operators Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release (trigger action)c Mushroom Head Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release (trigger action)c 79.00 112.00 ZA2BS944 Table 19.363: Selector Switches and Wobble Stick Selector Switch Description Selector switch/2 position—maintainedd Selector switch/3 position—maintainedd Selector switch/2 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiond Selector switch/3 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiond Wobble stick (bottom mounting recommended) Color Black Black NA NA Black Red Catalog Number ZA2BD2 ZA2BD3 ZA2BG4 ZA2BG5 ZA2BB2 ZA2BB4 $ Price 30.00 112.00 102.00 Table 19.364: Pilot Light Components Description Direct supply base/without lamp (for 6 to 120 V applications) (AC/DC) e Selector Switch (key operated) b c d e Color — Catalog Number ZB2BV006 $ Price 24.60 Booted push buttons are for cover mounting only. All other operators can be mounted on cover or bottom. Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. Not for use with XEN G contact blocks. For lamps, see page 19-120. Wobble Stick © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS2 Discount Schedule PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release 19-119 19 Description Mushroom head, momentary Pendant Stations XAC Standard Duty Operators—Accessories Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.365: Enclosure Accessories XACA971 XACB961 Description Blank hole plug Mechanical interlock (momentary). For use with XAC booted operators only Screw adapter for self-supporting cable Low suspension ring for single row station Protective guard for bottom mounted mushroom head Protective guard for bottom mounted selector switch or key switch Catalog Number ZB2SZ3 XACA009 XACB961 XACA971 XACA982 XACA983 $ Price 13.60 8.20 6.80 Watts 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.4 2.6 Catalog Number DL1CB006 DL1CE012 DL1CE024 DL1CE048 DL1CE130 $ Price Voltage 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 6 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc Catalog Number DL1CJUS0063 DL1CJUS0064 DL1CJUS0065 DL1CJUS0243 DL1CJUS0244 DL1CJUS0245 DL1CJ0241 DL1CJ0246 DL1CJUS1203 DL1CJUS1204 DL1CJUS1205 $ Price 19.20 27.40 Table 19.366: Lamps Type DL1CE0•• (Incandescent) Voltage 6 Vac/Vdc 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 130 Vac/Vdc Replacement bulbs (Type BA9s) Incandescent XACA982 11.00 Table 19.367: LED, BA9s Base Type DL1CJUS•••• (LED) Color Green Red Amber Green Red Amber White Blue Green Red Amber LED, BA9s base for Direct Supply blocks 25.00 XACA983 Table 19.368: PVC Standard Legend Plates 30 x 40 mm 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Texta Catalog Number $ Price Texta Catalog Number $ Price Texta Bridge Forward ZB2BY2343 Left ZB2BY2310 Stop Bridge Reverse ZB2BY2344 Low ZB2BY2336 Stop Start Close ZB2BY2314 Lower ZB2BY2337 Trolley Right Down ZB2BY2308 Man Auto ZB2BY2372 Trolley Left Emergency Stop ZB2BY2330 Off ZB2BY2312 Up Fast ZB2BY2328 On ZB2BY2311 Up Down Forward ZB2BY2305 Off On ZB2BY2367 Up-O-Down For Rev ZB2BY2371 Open ZB2BY2313 North For-O-Rev ZB2BY2384 Open Close ZB2BY2376 South Hand Off Auto ZB2BY2387 4.20 Open-O-Close ZB2BY2388 4.20 East High ZB2BY2338 Out ZB2BY2339 West High Low ZB2BY2369 Power On ZB2BY2326 Hoist Down ZB2BY2342 Raise ZB2BY2335 Hoist Up ZB2BY2341 Reseta ZB2BY2323 In ZB2BY2503 Reverse ZB2BY2306 Inch ZB2BY2321 Right ZB2BY2309 Jog For ZB2BY2381 Run ZB2BY2334 Jog Rev ZB2BY2380 Slow ZB2BY2327 Jog Run ZB2BY2365 Start ZB2BY2303 a All nameplates are black with white lettering except “Stop”, “Emergency Stop” and “Reset” which are red with white lettering. For black “Reset” change final digit of catalog number to 2. Catalog Number ZB2BY2304 ZB2BY2366 ZB2BY2345 ZB2BY2346 ZB2BY2307 ZB2BY2370 ZB2BY2389 6516002379 6516002380 6516002381 6516002382 $ Price Type Catalog Number ZB2BY2101 ZB2BY4101 ZB2BY2002 ZB2BY4001 $ Price Description Blank Black or red background—30 mm x 40 mm Blank Yellow or white background—30 mm x 40 mm PVC custom Special engravingb Black background, white letters—30 mm x 40 mm engraved Special engravingb White background, black letters—30 mm x 40 mm b Please specify lettering when ordering. Two lines with 11 characters (including spaces) maximum on each plate. PVC blank legend 19-120 CS2 Discount Schedule 4.20 4.20 17.80 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Type XACA Worksheet Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Type XACA Worksheet Use this worksheet to assist in component selection. Custom orders for XACA pendant stations must be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly. XACA Order Guide Instructions 14 Custom built pendant stations 1. Determine the number of operators needed, then choose an enclosure with a corresponding number of holes. 2. Select the type of operator, contact block, and appropriate nameplate for each function required. 3. Check for special functions that may be required. These items could include mechanical interlocks, adapters for self-supporting cable, lower support rings, protective guards, etc. Catalog number of enclosure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Mechanical interlock (draw a vertical line between the 2 units to be interlocked ) Functions (optional) XACA Legends Contact blocks and pilot light bodies Push button Pilot light or Blanking plug 1 2 3 4 5 13 6 15 7 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 8 16 9 10 17 11 12 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 2 3 4 3 4 Mechanical interlock XACA009 Number of XACA009 required 19 Mechanical Interlock (XACA009) Unit mounted in base of station (facing downwards) 13 Attachments Position Type Catalog No. 14 Adapters for self-supporting cable type BBAP (available only with cable sleeve Ø8–26 mm) XACB961 5 5 5 15 Lower support ring XACA971 6 6 6 16 Protective guard for base mounted selector switch or 40 mm emergency-stop push button XACA982 Impossible Combinations 17 Protective guard for key switch XACA983 Possible Combinations © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19-121 Pendant Stations Application and Ordering Information Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us This line of pendant stations consists of polymeric enclosures (2 through 10 units), push button units (1 through 5 speed) and laminated legend plates. All enclosures have an extra single unit space near the top which permits the installation of a toggle switch, a Type SK operator or pilot light, or a warning label. All enclosures come with a stainless steel hanger bracket and internal strain relief post. Enclosures are yellow and have a threaded opening in the top. LIFETIME ENCLOSURE WARRANTY NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number. Table 19.369: Enclosure Catalog Numbers Enclosure Onlya Number of Buttons Conduit Entrance Size 2 4 6 8 10 3/ "-14 NPT 3/4"-14 NPT 4 1"-111/2 NPT 11/4"-111/2 NPT 1 1 /4"-111/2 NPT $ Price Enclosure For Assembled Stationb Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. SKYP2 189.00 SKYP20 SKYP4 239.00 SKYP40 SKYP6 287.00 SKYP60 c SKYP8 356.00 SKYP80 SKYP10 428.00 SKYP100 Class 9001 SK push-to-test pilot lights and remote test pilot lights will not fit in these enclosures. Assembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators and legend plates. All custom orders must include the pendant key sheet available as shown on page 19-123. The price of an assembled pendant SKYP station includes the enclosure and components plus a 10% assembly charge. (Example: 9001 SKYP2 ($189), + SKRU1 ($129), + SKN201 ($8.60) = $326.60 + 10% = $360. a b c Hanger bracket (Part no. 65091-061-01) Threaded conduit hole Space for toggle switch, a type SK operator or pilot light. Use appropriate legend plates. Table 19.371: Legend Plate Catalog Numbers Where Used Type SKYP enclosure Marking Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators. Any Type SK pilot light▲ or operator can be mounted in this enclosure. The enclosure depth will accommodate 1 Type KA1 thru KA6 (total of 2) contact blocks. For SKRU1 through SKRU11 Type SKN2 legend plate Table 19.370: Push Button Units Number of Buttons per Unit Cat. No.d $ Price 2 Single Speed – Momentary Interlocked Single Speed – Momentary NonInterlocked Single Speed – Maintained Interlock 10 SKRU11 149.00e 2 Two Speed – Momentary Interlocked 87 SKRU2 270.00f 2 Three Speed – Momentary Interlocked 88 SKRU3 320.00f 2 Four Speed – Momentary Interlocked 89 SKRU4 341.00f 2 Five Speed – Momentary Interlocked 90 SKRU5 356.00f 19 2 2 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE d Contact Symbol – See Below Description 7 SKRU1 129.00e 5 SKRU10 107.00e Types SKRU 1, 10 and 11 use Type KA contact blocks. Types SKRU 2 thru 5 are factory enclosed contact blocks. Boot part number is 9001KU1. Boot part number is 9001KU37. e f Figure 19.3: With 9001SKh operator or pilot light in top space of enclosure h i j k SPEED POSITION OFF 1 2 Terminals C 1 2 Terminals SPEED POSITION OFF 1 2 3 3 2 1 C 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 Figure 19.4: Terminals C Terminals C SPEED POSITION OFF 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 Terminals C 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 2868-D31 89 19-122 12.90 Specify Marking SKN599 i 27.00 Blank On Off Emerg. Stop Run Power On Off-On SKN100 j SKN103 SKN104 SKN105 SKN124 SKN138 SKN144 4.40 Specify Marking SKN199 j 18.50 $ Price 14.30 Single Speed Contact Symbols 2868-D29 1 4 37.20 SKN500 i SKN544 i SKN545 i Cat. No. 7 Terminals C SKN299k Blank Off-On On-Off Table 19.372: Closing Plate Catalog Number 88 SPEED POSITION OFF 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 Specify Marking Terminals 1 87 8.60 SK52 C 2868-D30 $ Price SKN200k SKN201 SKN202 SKN203 SKN204 SKN205 SKN206 SKN207 SKN208 SKN209 SKN210 SKN211 Can be supplied by Square D as Class 9001 Type SKSTS1- includes boot for NEMA Type 4X. See 9001SK on pages 19-77 thru 19-84. Includes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be used with toggle switch. Tri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red background on a black core. 19 characters each side max. Multispeed Contact Symbols (X = Contact Closed) 2 1 Terminals C With toggle switchg in top space of enclosure g Cat. No. Blank-Blank Hoist: Up-Down Trolley: East-West Trolley: Fwd.-Rev. Trolley: North-South Bridge: Fwd.-Rev. Bridge: East-West Bridge: North-South Start-Stop Reset-Stop Aux Hoist: Up-Down Power: On-Off 5 10 Worksheet for Custom Assembled Pendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19-123 5 2868-D32 90 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pendant Stations Application and Ordering Information Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Type SKYP Worksheet Use this worksheet to assist in component selection. SKYP Custom Pendant orders must be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly. 9001 Type TYPE NUMBER KEY 1. Operator or Closing Plate. Example - SKRU1 2. Legend Plate Type Number Example - SKN201 3. Legend Plate Marking – Used Only if Special Marking is Required Example: Line 2 - SKN299 Line 3 - A.) Hoist B.) FWD C.) REV When operator and legend plate use 2 adjacent holes - specify same in both locations. Example: A Type 2 Button 3/ " 4 -14 NPT SKYP20 4 Button 3/ " 4 -14 NPT SKYP40 6 Button 1" -14 NPT SKYP60 8 Button 11/4" -11 1/2 SKYP80 10 Button 11/4" -11 1/2 SKYP100 Contact Symbol Type 2 Single Speed - Momentary Interlocked 7 SKRU1 2 Single Speed - Momentary Non-Interlocked 5 SKRU10 2 Single Speed - Maintained Interlocked 10 SKRU11 2 Two Speed - Momentary Interlocked 87 SKRU2 2 Three Speed - Momentary Interlocked 88 SKRU3 2 Four Speed - Momentary Interlocked 89 2 Five Speed - Momentary Interlocked 90 CLOSING PLATE Type SK52 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2 3 Where Used C) 1 The price of the total station consists of the price of each individual component plus a 10% charge for assembly. Type Blank-Blank Hoist: Up-Down Trolley: East-West Trolley: Fwd.-Rev. Trolley: North-South Bridge: Fwd.-Rev. Bridge: East-West Bridge: North-South Start-Stop Reset-Stop Specify Marking SKN200 SKN201 SKN202 SKN203 SKN204 SKN205 SKN206 SKN207 SKN208 SKN209 SKN299 With Toggle Switch in Top Space of Enclosure Blank Off-On On-Off Specify Marking SKN500 SKN544 SKN545 SKN599 With Type SK Operator or Pilot Light in Top Space of Enclosure Blank On Off Emerg. Stop Run Power On Off-On Specify Marking Specify Marking (Red Background) SKN100 SKN103 SKN104 SKN105 SKN124 SKN138 SKN144 SKN199 SKN199R For SKRU1 through SKRU11 SKRU4 SKRU5 Marking Available as 9001SKSTS1 Includes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be used with toggle switch. Tri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red background on a black core. 19 characters each side. Class 9001 Type SK Push-To-Test Pilot lights and Remote Test Pilot lights will not fit in these enclosures. CS1 Discount Schedule A) B) 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 LEGEND PLATES – NEMA / UL 4X, 13 PUSH BUTTON UNITS – NEMA / UL 4X, 13 Description 1 Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators. Type SKN2 legend plate Assembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators, and legend plates. Number of Buttons per Unit 3 Hanger bracket Threaded conduit hole Space for toggle switch , a Type SK operator or pilot light or a warning label. Use SKN5 or SKN1 legend plates. Type SKYP enclosure Enclosure for Assembled Station Conduit Entrance Size 2 1 SKRU1 2 SKN201 3 C Space for toggle switch , a Type SK operator or pilot light, or a warning label. Use SKN-5 or SKN-1 legend plates. 1 1 SKRU1 2 SKN201 3 B ENCLOSURES – NEMA 4X, 13 Size SKYP -________ A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators or Type SK operators and Type SKN-2 legend plate. 1 2 3 A) B) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Class C) 1 2 3 19 Control Products A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 1 2 3 A) B) C) 19-123 Foot Switches 9002A Heavy Duty Industrial Class 9002 www.schneider-electric.us Heavy Duty Industrial Foot Switches—Oiltight, Watertight, Dusttight and Driptight Enclosure, NEMA 2, 4 and 13 DANGER HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS Do not use foot switches on machines without point-of-operation protection. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. AW2 Type AW Foot Switch with Top Pedal Shield and Side Shields AW132 Type AW with Oversized Pedal Shield and Side Shields Foot Switch Selection Foot switches are used to control many industrial processes, while leaving the operator's hands free to perform other functions. The type or model of foot switch suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government regulations, etc. In some applications more than one foot switch may be required, as when two or more persons are operating a machine. In these cases, safe practice and regulations require that the foot switches be wired in series making it necessary that each operator's foot switch be actuated before the machine will cycle. Only the user can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation and maintenance of the machine; therefore, only the user can determine which foot switch(es) can be properly used. When selecting a foot switch for a particular application, the user should refer to the applicable ANSI standards and OSHA regulations. The National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual also provides much useful information. In some applications, such as power presses, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must be provided when a foot switch is used as an actuator. This is necessary since the operator's hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch point area and serious injury can occur. The shielding provided on foot switches cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the foot switch cannot be substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection. A Trilingual Danger Sign regarding the need for point-of-operation protection is supplied with each foot switch. The sign incorporates three languages: English, Spanish and French. Additional copies of the sign are available by contacting your Square D sales office. Type AW Fully Shielded Foot Switch with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and Safety Door. The Safety Door is interlocked with the pedal to prevent operation due to shock or vibration. It prevents accidental pedal operation by requiring a simple but intentional motion to lift the door before inserting the foot. 19 AW124 Operating Temperature: –30 to +60 °C (–22 to +140 °F) PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NOTE: When ordering, add prefix “9002” to the catalog number. Table 19.373: Foot Switch Catalog Numbers AW117 Type AW with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and Safety Door AW1 Type AW Foot Switch without Pedal Shield Description Fully Shielded with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and Safety Door Features With Oversized Pedal Shield and Side Shields With Pedal Shield and Side Shields UNSHIELDED (See Warning noted) Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Single Poleb Spring Return AW117 750.00 AW132 750.00 AW2 363.00 AW1 396.00 Double Throw With Mechanical Latch — — — — AW7 527.00 — — Two Pole b Spring Return AW124a 903.00 AW133 903.00 AW14 527.00 AW13 575.00 Double Throw With Mechanical Latch — — — — AW15 692.00 — — Two Stage b Spring Return AW119 930.00 AW134 930.00 AW6 543.00 AW5 590.00 (One Pole Each With Mechanical Latch in 1st Stage — — — — AW9 705.00 — — Stage) Table 1 With Mechanical Latch in 2nd Stage — — — — AW10 705.00 — — Four Stage b (One Pole Each Spring Return AW123 1295.00 — — AW22 912.00 AW21 995.00 Stage) Table 2 Single Pole Maintained Contact—Push On/Push Off — — — — AW12 527.00 AW11 575.00 Single Throw Replacement — AC5 363.00 AC7 363.00 AC8c 140.00 AC1 153.00 Cover Assembly a 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. isolated, direct acting contacts. b A single pole snap switch that contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity. A double pole snap switch contains two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set that contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity. c For replacement cover drilled to accept latch. For Series C foot switches order AC9. Price is $182.00 No replacement cover available for Series A or B devices drilled to accept latch. AC8 is spring return only. d WARNING: These foot switches must not be used to operate machines or equipment where the possibility of operator injury exists. Typical uses include Emergency Stop functions, “Dead Man” controls, signal functions (lights, bells, etc.). File CCN E42259 NKCR File Class LR25490 184 N 13.1U For replacement parts for Class 9002 Type AW: See instruction bulletin 65013-010-31. For contact symbol tables, see page 19-125 19-124 CP1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Foot Switches 9002A Heavy Duty Industrial Class 9002 www.schneider-electric.us (3) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 Approximate Dimensions (5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes 9 3.50 89 4.50 6.40 114 163 3.50 89 5.63 2.87 73 5.81 8.56 148 143 216 5.81 147 6.62 Typ. 3/4 14 Pipe Tap 2.94 168 75 1.25 32 11.13 283 .38 10 .94 24 6.26 159 5.73 Types AW1, AW5, AW11, AW13 and AW21 146 (5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Hole 9 2.90 .94 74 24 4.60 117 1.84 5.02 128 47 8.56 217 5.38 3.50 137 3/4 14 Pipe Tap Types AW117, AW119, AW123, AW124 Types AW132, AW133 and AW134 (without safety door) 89 Table 19.374: Maximum Current Ratings For Control Circuit Contacts AC Amperes 37 .94 4.84 Type Volts Resistive Inductive 75% Power 35% Power Factor Factor 24 123 Make 6.87 174 9.00 3/4-14 NPT 229 Types AW2, AW6, AW12, AW14 and AW22 Break DC Amperes Make and Break Make, Break and Continuous 120 40 15 15 240 20 10 10 480 10 6 6 600 8 5 5 120 30 3 3 AW13, AW14, AW15, 240 15 1.5 1.5 AW133 480 7.5 0.75 0.75 600 6 0.6 0.6 115 36 6 — AW11, AW12 230 18 3 — 120 15.0 1.5 10 AW21, AW22, 240 7.5 0.75 10 AW123 480 3.75 0.375 10 600 3.0 0.3 10 120 60 6 10 240 30 3 10 AW124 480 15 1.5 10 600 12 1.2 10 Note: Double throw switches are rated 250 Vdc maximum. AW1 through AW10, AW117, AW119, AW132 Inductive and Resistive Volts Single Throw Double Throw Continuous 125 250 600 2.0 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.2 0.02 15 15 15 125 250 600 — 125 250 — — — — 1.0 0.3 0.1 — 2.2 1.1 — — — — 0.2 0.1 — — — — — — — — 10 10 10 — — — — — — — 120 240 600 1.1 0.55 0.2 — — — 10 10 10 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 1.44 Table 19.375: Contact Symbol—Two Stage Pedal Circuit Up A1 0 1 B1 1 A2 1 2 B2 0 Note: 0 = Open 1 = Closed Half Down 1 0 1 0 Full Down 1 0 0 1 19 Snap Switch Unit Table 19.376: Contact Symbol—Four Stage Snap Switch Unit 1 2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pedal Position Circuit 1A1 1B1 2A1 2B1 1A2 1B2 2A2 2B2 CP1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 Discount Schedule Up 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Down 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 19-125 Rotary Cam Switches K2 Custom and K30–K150 Power Switching Class 9003 www.schneider-electric.us Table 19.377: Rotary Cam Switches Used in building control panels and consoles, Type K cam switches allow control of processes and utilities in industry and buildings, and direct control for simple machines. Applications Off-On/On-Off switches Stepping switches Changeover switches Measurement switches Functions Reversing switches Reversing star-delta switches Pole change switches Conventional rated thermal current (Ith) Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Electrical operating characteristics Front plate degree of protection Product composition 1 to 6-pole 2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole 1 to 5-pole Voltmeter and ammeter 2 and 3-pole 1 to 6-pole – 1 to 4-pole – 2 and 3-pole Star-delta Star-delta 2 and 3-speed 2-speed 20 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 115 A 150 A 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 2.2 kW - 8.3 A AC - 15 230 V - 4 A IP 40 IP 65 (with seal) Complete switches and custom 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 5.5 kW AC - 15 230 V - 14 A 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 7.5 kW AC - 15 230 V - 6 A 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - kW – 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 5 kW – 690 V AC-3 - 3-phase 230 V - 22 kW – IP 40 Complete switches Adaptable sub-assemblies Compatibility Mounting Ø 22 control and signalling units Multi-fixing Single Ø 22 hole Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm centers 45 x 45 60 x 60 (adaptable sub-assemblies) Black and red standard and long handles Key operator Metallic head Metallic legend with black marking or black legend with white marking UL-CSA EN/IEC 60947-3 EN/IEC 60947-5-1 Front mounting Rear mounting Front plate dimensions (mm) 19 Operating heads PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE Approvals – By 4 holes on 48 mm centers By 4 holes on 68 mm centers Screw fixing, 4 holes on 48 mm centers Screw fixing, 4 holes on 68 mm centers 64 x 64 88 x 88 Black standard handle Metallic legend, black marking cULus EN/IEC 60947-3 Type Type K2 Type K30–K150 Cam switch model a Class 9003, K2 K30 K50 K63 K115 K150 Instructions for the Key Sheet on page 19-127 Explanation of the Contact Sequence Example Below 1. 1. 2. 2. From the chart below, choose the switching angle as determined on the key sheet (see page 19-127). This identifies the angular location and the position numbers for the various positions of the rotary cam switch. Zero degrees or straight up is always position 1. Use these position numbers when completing the target table. Terminals on the cam switch have the same numbers as the terminal numbers on the target table. Contact 1-2 is a single contact. NOTE: When indicating a contact closure, place “X” within the square as shown in the contact sequence example. Figure 19.5: 90 ° 60 ° 45 ° 1 1 1 8 4 3 a 12 2 3 4 6 1 Positions 3 10 4 5 1 2 11 3 7 5 Contact Sequence Example 30 ° 2 2 5. NOTE: Position 1 is an off position Table 19.378: Switching Angle Chart 6 3. 4. Contact 1-2 is open in all positions except position 2. Contact 3-4 is closed from the 2nd through the 4th position. The contact does not open while switching from one position to another. Contacts 5-6 and 7-8 overlap between positions 2 and 3. Contact 9-10 is closed in positions 2 and 3. It is open momentarily while switching between positions 2 and 3. Contact 11-12 closes mementarily when switching from position 2 to positiion 3. This contact is not closed in position 2 or position 3. C o n t a c t s 4 5 9 8 7 6 — 2 1-2 X 3-4 X 5-6 7-8 X 9-10 X 11-12 — 3 X X X X — X 4 — X X X X Incomplete part numbers. Contact your local supplier for assistance. 19-126 CS1 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Rotary Cam Switches Application and Ordering Information Class 9003 www.schneider-electric.us See Instructions on page 19-126. Customer Date F,O. NO. P.O. Number Qty To order custom cam switches: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Indicate the contact size at right (9003 K2) Indicate the desired switching angle at right. If the switching angle is not indicated, the factory will determine the angle from the table to the right. From the example shown on page 19-126, fill in the target table on page 19-128. Indicate the operator/handle type. If the operator/handle bezel has a legend and legend marking is desired, indicate the legend marking on the back of this form. If a separate legend is required, indicate the legend type on the right and the marking on the back of this form. xXSwitching AnglexX 90 ° 60 ° 45 ° 30 ° Contact size Maximum xNumber of Positionsx 4 6 8 12 Class 9003 Switching angle See Ordering xInstructions at LeftxX 2-3 4-5 6-7 8-12 Type K 2 Type Operator/Handle type Class 9003 Type Separate legend Class 9003 Type 19 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE NOTE: See page 19-126 for target table explanation © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CS1 Discount Schedule 19-127 Rotary Cam Switches Application and Ordering Information Class 9003 Figure 19.6: www.schneider-electric.us Target Table Target Table Positions 1 T E R M I N A L S 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 19 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 25-26 27-28 29-30 31-32 33-34 35-36 37-38 39-40 PUSH BUTTONS AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 19-128 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 20 Electronic Sensors and Machine Cabling Osisense Photoelectric Sensors XUB Tubular 20-2 XUM Miniature 20-4 XUK and XUX Compact 20-4 Osisense Inductive Proximity Sensors Photoelectric Sensors, p. 20-2 XS Plastic Rectangular 20-5 XS General Purpose Tubular 20-6 XS Basic and Basic Plus Series 20-8 Osisense Capacitive Proximity Sensors XT Proximity 20-9 Accessories 20-10 XUV Label Sensor 20-10 XXV18—Barrel, Ø18 mm 20-10 Virtu™ VM1—Dual Mount, Ø 18 mm and Flat Format 20-11 Virtu™ VM18—Barrel, Ø18 mm 20-11 Virtu™ 30—Barrel, Ø30 mm 20-12 SM900 (1, 2, and 8 m) 20-12 Ultrasonic Sensors Proximity Sensors, p. 20-5 20 ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING Ultrasonic Sensors, p. 20-10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 20-1 Osisense Photoelectric Sensors Table 20.1: XUB Tubular Sensors Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us XUB Tubular Sensors A single product that adapts to most environments. Diffuse Background suppression For multi-mode models (XUB0, XUM0, XUK0, and XUX0) that are programmable to function as Diffuse, Diffuse/Background Suppression, Polarized Retroreflective, or Thru-Beam Receivers, consult the factory. Polarized retroreflective Thru-beam XUB•A 18 mm plastic 0.6 m (2.0 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 4 m (13.1 ft) 15 m (49 ft) M 18 x 1 P / M 18 x 46 — –25 to +55 °C (–13 to +131 °F) IP65, IP67 (XUK: IP65) XUB Tubular Sensors Usable sensing distance Proximity diffuse (adjustable) Polarized retroreflective Retroreflective Thru-beam Mounting (mm) Enclosure: M (metal), P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D Setup LEDs Temperature range Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): Table 20.2: XUB•B 18 mm metal 0.6 m (2.0 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 4 m (13.1 ft) 15 m (49 ft) M 18 x 1 P / M 18 x 46 — Sensors for DC Applications (Solid State Output: Transistor) Precabled, PvR, 2 m c Connection M12 connector Precabled, PvR, 2 m c M12 connector Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No. N.O. XUB5APANL2 XUB5APANM12 XUB5BPANL2 XUB5BPANM12 Proximity diffuse, adjustable N.C. XUB5APBNL2 XUB5APBNM12 XUB5BPBNL2 XUB5BPBNM12 N.O. XUB9APANL2 XUB9APANM12 XUB9BPANL2 XUB9BPANM12 Polarized retroreflective Receiver or N.C. XUB9APBNL2 XUB9APBNM12 XUB9BPBNL2 XUB9BPBNM12 Transmitter/Receiver, N.O. XUB1APANL2 XUB1APANM12 XUB1BPANL2 XUB1BPANM12 3-wire PNP a Retroreflective N.C. XUB1APBNL2 XUB1APBNM12 XUB1BPBNL2 XUB1BPBNM12 N.O. XUB2APANL2R XUB2APANM12R XUB2BPANL2R XUB2BPANM12R Thru-beam N.C. XUB2APBNL2R XUB2APBNM12R XUB2BPBNL2R XUB2BPBNM12R Transmitter XUB2AKSNL2T XUB2AKSNM12T XUB2AKSNL2T XUB2AKSNM12T Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10–36 10–36 10–36 10–36 Switching frequency (Hz) 500 500 500 500 Common characteristics for DC versions Switching capacity, max (mA): 100 / Overload and short-circuit protection / LED output state a For version with NPN output, change “P” to “N”. For example: XUB1APANL2 would become XUB1ANANL2. b These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection. A 0.4 A fast-acting fuse must be connected in series with the load. c For a 5 m cable, change L2 to L5. For example, XUMB5APANL2 becomes XUMB5APANL5. Table 20.3: Metal Body Sensors for Two-Wire AC b or DC Applications (Solid-State Output: Transistor) Connection Precabled, PvR, 2 m c Catalog No. XU8M18MA230 XU8M18MB230 XU5M18MA230 XU5M18MB230 XU9M18MA230 XU9M18MB230 XU2M18MA230 XU2M18MB230 24–240 25 10–200 1/2"-20UNF Connector Catalog No. XU8M18MA230K XU8M18MB230K XU5M18MA230K XU5M18MB230K XU9M18MA230K XU9M18MB230K XU2M18MA230K XU2M18MB230K 24–240 25 10–200 mm 24 x 21 Ø 80 50 x 50 Material Die Cast Zinc Plastic Catalog No. XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50 Catalog No. XUZA118 XUZA218 M8 (4-Pin) 90° Catalog No. XZCP1041L2 Straight Catalog No. XZCP0941L2 M12 (4-pin) XZCP1241L2 XZCP1141L2 XZCP1965L2 XZCP1865L2 Diffuse with adjustable background suppression System XUZC24 Diffuse XUZC50 Polarized retrofeflective d Thru-beame 20 XUZC80 Rated supply voltage (Vac/Vdc) Switching frequency (Hz) Switching capacity (mA) b d A 50 x 50 mm reflector XUZC50 is included with a polarized retroreflective system. e Includes a thru-beam transmitter and receiver. ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING Table 20.4: Accessories Reflectors XUZA118 XUZA218 Mounting brackets for XUB Cables, 2 m, without LED f Suitable plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions XZCP1241L2 20-2 XZCP1141L2 f NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC 1/2"-20UNF For 5 or 10 meter lengths, replace 2 in the cable catalog number with 5 or 10. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense Photoelectric Sensors XUBL and XUBT Sensors Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 20.5: XUVR / XUVA Optical fork without adjustment Connector Sensing Characteristics Thru-beam Sensing range, mm (in.) 2–180 (0.08 –7.09) Sensing frequency Precabled Angular Fork 4000 Hz Minimum size of object detected, mm (in.) Passageway 2–120 mm 0.8 (0.03) 1.2 (0.05) Passageway u 150 mm 1 (0.04) 1.5 (0.06) XUVR• XUVA• Fork type Power Requirements Supply voltage 12–24 Vdc Max. load 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection Environmental Operating temperature range –10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F) Environmental protection ratings IP65 and IP67 Construction Materials Case Painted aluminum and polyamide Catalog numbers of forks type XUVR• Connection—Precabled, length 2 m. Depth (B): 40 mm (1.18 in.) Passageway (A) Function Output 30 mm (1.18 in.) NO PNP Catalog Number XUVR0303PANL2 Connection—M8, 3-Pin. Depth (B): 60 mm (2.36 in.) Passageway (A) Function Output NO 3-Wire NO or NC function PNP or NPN ouput 50 mm (1.97 in.) NC B NO 80 mm (3.15 in.) A NC Catalog Number PNP XUVR0605PANM8 NPN XUVR0605NANM8 PNP XUVR0605PBNM8 NPN XUVR0605NBNM8 PNP XUVR0608PANM8 NPN XUVR0608NANM8 PNP XUVR0608PBNM8 NPN XUVR0608NBNM8 Connection—M8, 3-Pin. Depth (B): 120 mm (4.72 in.) Passageway (A) A = Passageway B = Depth Function Output NO 120 mm (4.72 in.) NC NO 180 mm (7.09 in.) NC Catalog Number PNP XUVR1212PANM8 NPN XUVR1212NANM8 PNP XUVR1212PBNM8 NPN XUVR1212NBNM8 PNP XUVR1218PANM8 NPN XUVR1218NANM8 PNP XUVR1218PBNM8 NPN XUVR1218NBNM8 Catalog numbers of forks type XUVA• A 3-wire NO function PNP ouput Function Output 50 mm (1.97 in.) NO PNP Catalog Number XUVA0505PANM8 80 mm (3.15 in.) NO PNP XUVA0808PANM8 120 mm (4.72 in.) NO PNP XUVA1212PANM8 150 mm (5.91 in. ) NO PNP XUVA1515PANM8 20 A = Passageway Passageway (A) ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING Connection—M8 connector, 3-Pin © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 20-3 Osisense Photoelectric Sensors Table 20.6: XUM Miniature, XUK and XUX Compact Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us XUM Miniature, XUK and XUX Compact A single product that adapts to most environments. Diffuse Background suppression Polarized retroreflective For multi-mode models (XUB0, XUM0, XUK0, and XUX0) that are programmable to function as Diffuse, Diffuse/Background Suppression, Polarized Retroreflective, or Thru-Beam Receivers, consult the factory. Thru-beam XUM Miniature Design XUK Compact Design 50 x 50 XUX Compact Design 1 m (3.28 ft) 5 m (16.40 ft)c — 15 m (49.21 ft) direct: mounting centers 25.5, M3 screws 1 m (3.2 ft) a 5 m (16.4 ft) a 7 m (23.0 ft) a 30 m (98 ft) a direct: mounting centers 40 x 40, M4 screws 2.1 m (6.8 ft) 11 m (36 ft) 14 m (46 ft) 40 m (131.2 ft) direct: mounting centers 30/36 to 40/50/74, M5 screws P / 10.8 x 34 x 20 P / 18 x 50 x 50 P / 30 x 92 x 71 Sensors Usable sensing distance Proximity diffuse (adjustable sensitivity) Polarized retroreflective Retroreflective Thru-beam Mounting (mm) Enclosure: M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D Setup LEDs Common characteristics a LED output state indicator and power on LED ( ): yes Excess gain of 2. Sensors for DC Applications (Solid State Output: Transistor) Catalog No. Screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland XUX0AKSAT16T XUX5APANT16 XUX5APBNT16 Connection Precabled, PVC, 2 m M8 connector Precabled, PVC, 2 m M12 connector Transmitter XUM2AKCNL2T — — XUM2AKCNM8T — — XUK2AKSNL2T XUK5APANL2 XUK5APBNL2 XUK2AKSNM12T XUK5APANM12 XUK5APBNM12 XUM5APCNL2 XUM5APCNM8 — — — — — — — — XUK9APANL2 XUK9APBNL2 XUK9APANM12 XUK9APBNM12 XUX9APANT16 XUX9APBNT16 XUX9APANM12 XUX9APBNM12 XUM9APCNL2 XUM9APCNM8 — — — — — — — — — — — — XUK1APANL2 XUK1APBNL2 XUK2APANL2R XUK2APBNL2R XUK1APANM12 XUK1APBNM12 XUK2APANM12R XUK2APBNM12R XUX1APANT16 XUX1APBNT16 XUX2APANT16R XUX2APBNT16R XUX1APANM12 XUX1APBNM12 XUX2APANM12R XUX2APBNM12R XUM2APCNL2R XUM2APCNM8R — — 10–30 1000 10–30 1000 N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C. convertible N.O. N.C. Receiver or Polarized retroreflective Transmitter/ N.O./N.C. Receiver, convertible 3-wire PNP b N.O. Retroreflective N.C. N.O. N.C. Thru-beam N.O./N.C. convertible Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple Switching frequency (Hz) Common characteristics for DC versions Proximity diffuse, adjustable 10–30 10–30 250 250 indicator ( ): yes / power on LED ( ): yes M12 connector XUX0AKSAM12T XUX5APANM12 XUX5APBNM12 — — 10–36 250 10–36 250 — — — — — — — — Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications, 20–264 Vac/Vdc, including ripple (relay output, 1 C/O, 3 A) 20 Connection — — Precabled, 2 m — Transmitter — — — — — — — — — — — — XUK2ARCNL2T XUK5ARCNL2 XUK9ARCNL2 XUK1ARCNL2 XUK2ARCNL2R 20 — — — — — — Screw terminals ISO 16 cable gland XUX0ARCTT16T XUX5ARCNT16 XUX9ARCNT16 XUX1ARCNT16 XUX2ARCNT16R 20 — — / — / Diffuse Receiver or Polarized retroreflective Transmitter/ Retroreflective Receiver Thru-beam Switching frequency (Hz) LED output state indicator( ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING b c N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. ) / power on LED ( ) For version with NPN output, change “P” to “N”. For example, XUM5APCNL2 would become XUM5ANCNL2. With XUZC50 reflector. Note: M8 is not Snap-C compatible. See page 20-2 for suitable plug-in cables with female connectors. 20-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense Inductive Proximity Sensors XS Plastic Rectangular Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Sensor Flush mountable in metal Non-flush mountable in metal A single product that automatically adapts to most environments. Accurate position detection via teach mode. non-flush mountable in metal flush mountable in metal General Purpose, Plastic Case, Limit Switch Style, 5-Position Turret Head Table 20.7: General Specifications Product certifications Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 Operating temperature UL, CSA, e IP67 –25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 °F) DC Supply Table 20.8: Catalog Numbers Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) PNP, NO + NC 4-wire c (complementary outputs) NPN, NO + NC NO 2-wire c (non-polarized) NO or NC programmable Weight, kg (lb) Table 20.9: 15 (0.59) Increased range 20 (0.79) 15 (0.59) 20 (0.79) Increased range 40 (1.57) 20 (0.79) XS7C40PC440H7 XS7C40PC449H7 — XS8C40PC440H7 XS8C40PC449H7 — XS7C40NC440H7 XS7C40NC449H7 — XS8C40NC440H7 XS8C40NC449H7 — — — XS7C40DA210H7 — — XS8C40DA210H7 — — XS7C40DP210H7 — — XS8C40DP210H7 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) Supplemental Specifications Screw terminals, clamping capacity: 2 or 4 x 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) b 0–12 (0–0.47) 0–16 (0–0.63) 0–12 (0–0.47) ≤3% of effective sensing distance (Sr) 3–20% of effective sensing distance (Sr) Output Yellow LED Yellow LED Status indication Supply on Green LED — Rated supply voltage 12–48 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc Current consumption, no-load y 10 mA — Switching capacity with overload and short-circuit protection 0–200 mA 1.5–100 mA Residual current, open state — y 0.5 mA Voltage drop, closed state y2V y4V Maximum switching frequency 1000 Hz 1500 Hz First-up y 5 ms y 5 ms Delays Response y 0.3 ms y 2 ms Recovery y 0.7 ms y 5 ms Connection a Operating zone, mm (in.) Repeat accuracy Differential travel 0–16 (0–0.63) 0–32 (0–1.26) 0–16 (0–0.63) Yellow LED Green LED Yellow LED — y 10 mA 0–200 mA — y2V 1000 Hz y 5 ms y 0.3 ms y 0.7 ms — 1.5–100 mA y 0.5 mA y4V 800 Hz y 5 ms y 2 ms y 7 ms 500 Hz y 5 ms < 1 ms < 1 ms Plug-in, AC or DC supply Catalog Numbers AC Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.) 2-wire AC NO or NC programmable 2-wire AC or DC universal NO or NC programmable model Weight, kg (lb) AC AC/DC 20 (0.79) XS7C40FP260H7 — XS8C40FP260H7 — — XS7C40MP230H7 — XS8C40MP230H7 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) 0.220 (0.49) Supplemental Specifications Connection Operating zone, mm (in.) Repeat accuracy Differential travel Output state indication Rated supply voltage with protection against reverse polarity Voltage limits (including ripple) Current consumption, no-load Switching capacity c Residual current, open state Voltage drop, closed state Maximum switching frequency Screw terminals, clamping capacity 2 x 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) ab 0–12 (0–0.47) ≤3% of effective sensing distance (Sr) 3–20% of effective sensing distance (Sr) Yellow LED 24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz or 24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 24–210 Vdc 20–264 Vac 20–264 Vac or Vdc — 5–500 mA 5–300 mA AC or (2 A inrush) c 5–200 mA DC c 0.8 mA on 24 V y 1.5 mA 1.5 mA on 120 V y 5.5 V 25 Hz AC: 25 Hz; DC: 50 Hz y 120 ms y 30 ms y 20 ms 0–16 (0–0.63) 24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 20–264 Vac 5–500 mA (2 A inrush) c y 1.5 mA 25 Hz First-up Delays Response Recovery a Delete H7 suffix for PG13 conduit entry. b Cable gland not included with sensor. For suitable metric version PG13 cable gland (XSZPE13), see page 2/131 of 9006CT1007. c These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection. A 0.4 mA fast-acting fuse (XUZE04) must be connected in series with the load. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING Table 20.11: AC/DC 15 (0.59) 24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz or 24–210 Vdc 20–264 Vac or Vdc 5–300 mA AC or 5–200 mA DC c 0.8 mA on 24 V 1.5 mA on 120 V AC: 25 Hz; DC: 50 Hz 20 Table 20.10: 20-5 Osisense Inductive Proximity Sensors XS General Purpose Tubular Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 Table 20.12: www.schneider-electric.us General Purpose, Long Case, Increased Range, Flush Mountable, 3-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Sensors, 3-wire 12–48 V c, long case model Sensing Distance Sn, mm (in.) Function Output Weight Connection Catalog No. kg (lb) Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector 0.035 0.015 0.035 0.015 0.035 0.015 0.035 0.015 (0.08) (0.03) (0.08) (0.03) (0.08) (0.03) (0.08) (0.03) XS608B1PAL2 XS608B1PAM12 XS608B1NAL2 XS608B1NAM12 XS608B1PBL2 XS608B1PBM12 XS608B1NBL2 XS608B1NBM12 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector 0.075 0.020 0.075 0.020 0.075 0.020 0.075 0.020 (0.17) (0.04) (0.17) (0.04) (0.17) (0.04) (0.17) (0.04) XS612B1PAL2 XS612B1PAM12 XS612B1NAL2 XS612B1NAM12 XS612B1PBL2 XS612B1PBM12 XS612B1NBL2 XS612B1NBM12 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Remote screw term. connector Remote DIN 43650 connector Remote M18 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Remote screw term. connector Remote DIN 43650 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Remote screw term. connector Remote DIN 43650 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Remote screw term. connector Remote DIN 43650 connector 0.100 0.040 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.040 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.040 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.040 0.100 0.100 (0.22) (0.09) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) (0.09) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) (0.09) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) (0.09) (0.22) (0.22) XS618B1PAL2 XS618B1PAM12 XS618B1PAL01B b XS618B1PAL01C XS618B1PAL01G XS618B1NAL2 XS618B1NAM12 XS618B1NAL01B b XS618B1NAL01C XS618B1PBL2 XS618B1PBM12 XS618B1PBL01B b XS618B1PBL01C XS618B1NBL2 XS618B1NBM12 XS618B1NBL01B b XS618B1NBL01C Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1 PNP NO NPN 2.5 (0.10) PNP NC XS6ppB1ppL2 NPN Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 PNP NO NPN 4 (0.16) PNP NC XS6ppB1ppM12 NPN Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 PNP NO NPN XS6ppB1ppL01B (2) 8 (0.31) PNP NC NPN Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 XS6ppB1ppL01C XS6ppB1ppL01G Precabled (2 m) a 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PAL2 M12 connector 0.145 (0.32) XS630B1PAM12 PNP Remote screw term. connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PAL01B b Remote DIN 43650 connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PAL01C NO Remote M18 connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PAL01G Precabled (2 m) a 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1NAL2 M12 connector 0.145 (0.32) XS630B1NAM12 NPN Remote screw term. connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1NAL01B b Remote DIN 43650 connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1NAL01C 15 (0.59) Precabled (2 m) a 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PBL2 M12 connector 0.145 (0.32) XS630B1PBM12 PNP Remote screw term. connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PBL01B b Remote DIN 43650 connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PBL01C NC Remote M18 connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1PBL01G Precabled (2 m) a 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1NBL2 M12 connector 0.145 (0.32) XS630B1NBM12 NPN Remote screw term.connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1NBL01B b Remote DIN 43650 connector 0.205 (0.45) XS630B1NBL01C a For a 5 m cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable replace L2 with L10. For example, XS608B1PAL2 becomes XS608B1PAL5 with a 5 m cable. b Protective cable gland included with remote screw terminal connector. 20 Table 20.13: XSZBppp Accessories Description ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING 90° metal mounting brackets Description Weight For use with sensors kg 0.006 0.006 0.010 0.020 Ø8 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Cables 90° Straight Catalog No. XZCP0666L2 XZCP1241L2 XZCP1965L2 Catalog No. XZCP0566L2 XZCP1141L2 XZCP1865L2 Catalog No. (lb) (0.01) 9006PA08 (0.01) 9006PA12 (0.02) 9006PA18 (0.02) 9006PA30 Mounting Bracket with Indexing Pin for Tubular Sensors Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions 2 m, without LED M8 M12 U20 20-6 M12 M18 M30 Catalog No. XSZB112 XSZB118 XSZB130 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense™ Inductive Proximity Sensors Products and Accessories Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 20.14: Sensors, 3-wire 12–24 Vdc, Short Case Model Sensing Distance Function Sn, mm (in.) 1 Output Weight kg (lb) Catalog Number Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector 0.035 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.035 0.025 (0.08) (0.06) (0.06) (0.08) (0.06) (0.08) (0.06) (0.08) (0.06) XS506B1PAL2 XS506B1PAM8 XS506B1PAM12 XS506B1NAL2 XS506B1NAM8 XS506B1PBL2 XS506B1PBM8 XS506B1NBL2 XS506B1NBM8 Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector 0.035 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.025 0.035 0.025 0.025 (0.08) (0.06) (0.06) (0.08) (0.06) (0.06) (0.08) (0.06) (0.06) (0.08) (0.06) (0.06) XS508B1PAL2 XS508B1PAM8 XS508B1PAM12 XS508B1NAL2 XS508B1NAM8 XS508B1NAM12 XS508B1PBL2 XS508B1PBM8 XS508B1PBM12 XS508B1NBL2 XS508B1NBM8 XS508B1NBM12 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector 0.075 0.035 0.075 0.035 0.075 0.035 0.075 0.035 (0.17) (0.08) (0.17) (0.08) (0.17) (0.08) (0.17) (0.08) XS512B1PAL2 XS512B1PAM12 XS512B1NAL2 XS512B1NAM12 XS512B1PBL2 XS512B1PBM12 XS512B1NBL2 XS512B1NBM12 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector 0.120 0.060 0.120 0.060 0.120 0.060 0.120 0.060 (0.26) (0.13) (0.26) (0.13) (0.26) (0.13) (0.26) (0.13) XS518B1PAL2 XS518B1PAM12 XS518B1NAL2 XS518B1NAM12 XS518B1PBL2 XS518B1PBM12 XS518B1NBL2 XS518B1NBM12 0.205 0.145 0.205 0.145 0.205 0.145 0.205 0.145 (0.45) (0.32) (0.45) (0.32) (0.45) (0.32) (0.45) (0.32) XS530B1PAL2 XS530B1PAM12 XS530B1NAL2 XS530B1NAM12 XS530B1PBL2 XS530B1PBM12 XS530B1NBL2 XS530B1NBM12 Connection Ø 6.5, plain PNP NO XS506B1ppL2 NPN 1.5 (0.06) PNP NC NPN Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1 PNP 3 NO XS508B1ppL2 NPN 1.5 (0.06) PNP NC 4 NPN Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 PNP NO 5 XS512B1ppM12 NPN 2 (0.08) PNP NC NPN Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 PNP NO 6 XS518B1ppM12 NPN 5 (0.20) PNP NC NPN Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a NPN M12 connector 10 (0.39) Precabled (2 m) a PNP M12 connector NC Precabled (2 m) a NPN M12 connector a For a 5 m cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable replace L2 with L10. Example: XS508B1PAL2 becomes XS508B1PAL5 with a 5 m cable. PNP NO XS518B1pppL2 8 9 XS530B1ppL2 Accessories Description For use with sensors Mounting brackets Ø 6.5 (plain) Ø8 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Weight kg 0.005 0.006 0.006 0.010 0.020 (lb) (0.01) (0.01) (0.01) (0.02) (0.02) Catalog Number XSZB165 XSZB108 XSZB112 XSZB118 XSZB130 XSZB1pp 20 10 Table 20.15: ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING 7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 20-7 Osisense Inductive Proximity Sensors XS Basic and Basic Plus Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 Table 20.16: www.schneider-electric.us Basic Plus, XS•••B3 Basic, Tubular, Flush-Mountable, Increased Range, 3-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Sensing Characteristics Sensing range Switching frequency Shock resistance Vibration resistance (10–55 Hz) Ø 6.5 Plain Flush Mountable 2 mm (0–0.08 in.) 2500 Hz 50 gn, duration 11 ms 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm Ø M8 Flush Mountable Ø M12 Flush Mountable Ø M18 Flush Mountable Ø M30 Flush Mountable 2 mm (0–0.08 in.) 2500 Hz 50 gn, duration 11 ms 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm 4.0 mm (0–0.15 in.) 2500 Hz 50 gn, duration 11 ms 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) 1000 Hz 50 gn, duration 11 ms 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm 15.0 mm (0.59 in.) 500 Hz 50 gn, duration 11 ms 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm Power Requirements Supply voltage Switching capacity 12–24 (10–36 max) Vdc with protection against reverse polarity, overload, and short circuit 50 mA 50 mA Specifications Operating zone Degree of protection Operating temperature Materials Vibration resistance Shock resistance Rated supply voltage Switching capacity Maximum switching frequency Ø 6.5 and Ø 8 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Conforming to IEC 60529 Case Cable (XS1ppB3ppLp only) Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Ø 6.5, Ø 8, and Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Sensing Distance Sn, Function mm (in.) Output 100 mA XS1ppB3ppM8, XS1ppB3ppM12, XS1ppB3ppL2 0–2.0 mm ( 0–0.07 in.) 0–4.0 mm (0–0.15 in.) 0–8.0 mm ( 0–0.31 in.) 0–15 mm (0–0.59 in.) IP65 and IP67 –25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 ˚F) Nickel-plated brass PvR 3 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG), except Ø 6.5 and Ø 8: 3 x 0.11 mm2 (27 AWG) 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (10 to 55 Hz) 50 gn, duration 11 ms 12–24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity y 200 mA with overload and short-circuit protection 2500 Hz 1000 Hz 500 Hz Weight Sold in Connection Catalog Number lots of kg (lb) Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1 Three-wire 12–24 V c, flush mountable PNP NO XS108B3ppM8 NPN 2 (0.07) PNP NC NPN Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M8 connector M12 connector 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.070 0.030 0.060 0.070 0.030 0.060 0.070 0.030 0.060 0.070 0.030 0.060 (0.15) (0.06) (0.13) (0.15) (0.06) (0.13) (0.15) (0.06) (0.13) (0.15) (0.06) (0.13) XS108B3PAL2 XS108B3PAM8 XS108B3PAM12 XS108B3NAL2 XS108B3NAM8 XS108B3NAM12 XS108B3PBL2 XS108B3PBM8 XS108B3PBM12 XS108B3NBL2 XS108B3NBM8 XS108B3NBM12 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.090 0.030 0.090 0.030 0.090 0.030 0.090 0.030 (0.19) (0.06) (0.19) (0.06) (0.19) (0.06) (0.19) (0.06) XS112B3PAL2 XS112B3PAM12 XS112B3NAL2 XS112B3NAM12 XS112B3PBL2 XS112B3PBM12 XS112B3NBL2 XS112B3NBM12 Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector Precabled (2 m) a M12 connector 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.110 0.060 0.110 0.060 0.110 0.060 0.110 0.060 (0.24) (0.13) (0.24) (0.13) (0.24) (0.13) (0.24) (0.13) XS118B3PAL2 XS118B3PAM12 XS118B3NAL2 XS118B3NAM12 XS118B3PBL2 XS118B3PBM12 XS118B3NBL2 XS118B3NBM12 Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 Three-wire 12–24 Vdc, flush mountable PNP XS112B3ppL2 NO NPN 4 (0.15) PNP NC NPN Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 Three-wire 12–24 V c, flush mountable PNP NO NPN 20 XS118B3ppM12 8 (0.31) PNP NC ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING NPN Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Three-wire 12–24 V c, flush mountable Precabled (2 m) a 1 0.180 (0.39) XS130B3PAL2 M12 connector 1 0.130 (0.28) XS130B3PAM12 Precabled (2 m) a 1 0.180 (0.39) XS130B3NAL2 NPN M12 connector 1 0.130 (0.28) XS130B3NAM12 15 (0.59) Precabled (2 m) a 1 0.180 (0.39) XS130B3PBL2 PNP M12 connector 1 0.130 (0.28) XS130B3PBM12 NC Precabled (2 m) a 1 0.180 (0.39) XS130B3NBL2 NPN M12 connector 1 0.130 (0.28) XS130B3NBM12 a For a 5 m cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable replace L2 with L10. Example: XS106B3PAL2 becomes XS106B3PAL5 with a 5 m cable. PNP NO XS130B3ppL2 20-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense Proximity Sensors Inductive and Capacitive Proximity Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 20.17: Acessories, Basic Plus, XS•••B3 Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket w/ Indexing Pin for Cylindrical Sensors Cables Sensor Body M8 M12 M18 Catalog No. 9006PA08 9006PA12 9006PA18 M30 9006PA30 Diameter M6 M8 M12 M18 M30 Catalog No. XSZB165 XSZB108 XSZB112 XSZB118 XSZB130 See M8 and M12 connector cables on page 20-6. Table 20.18: General Purpose, Long Case, Tubular, Increased Range, Flush Mountable, 2-Wire AC or DC Sensors, 2-wire 24–240 V z, long case model Sensing Distance Sn, mm (in.) Function Connection Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 NO XS6ppB1MpL2 4 (0.16) NC Precabled (2 m) a 1/2"-20UNF connector Precabled (2 m) a 1/2"-20UNF connector XS612B1MAL2 XS612B1MAU20 XS612B1MBL2 XS612B1MBU20 0.075 0.025 0.075 0.025 (0.17) (0.06) (0.17) (0.06) Precabled (2 m) a 1/2"-20UNF connector Remote screw terminal connector Remote DIN 43650A connector Remote M18 connector Precabled (2 m) a 1/2"-20UNF connector Remote screw terminal connector Remote DIN 43650A connector Remote M18 connector XS618B1MAL2 XS618B1MAU20 XS618B1MAL01B c XS618B1MAL01C XS618B1MAL01G XS618B1MBL2 XS618B1MBU20 XS618B1MBL01B c XS618B1MBL01C XS618B1MBL01G 0.100 0.060 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.060 0.100 0.100 0.100 (0.22) (0.13) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) (0.13) (0.22) (0.22) (0.22) Precabled (2 m) b 1/2"-20UNF connector Remote screw terminal connector Remote DIN 43650A connector Remote M18 connector Precabled (2 m) b 1/2"-20UNF connector Remote screw terminal connector Remote DIN 43650A connector Remote M18 connector XS630B1MAL2 XS630B1MAU20 XS630B1MAL01B c XS630B1MAL01C XS630B1MAL01G XS630B1MBL2 XS630B1MBU20 XS6 30B1MBL01B c XS6 30B1MBL01C XS6 30B1MBL01G 0.205 0.145 0.205 0.205 0.205 0.205 0.145 0.205 0.205 0.205 (0.45) (0.32) (0.45) (0.45) (0.45) (0.45) (0.32) (0.45) (0.45) (0.45) For use with sensors Catalog Number Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 NO 8 (0.31) NC XS6ppB1ppU20 Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 NO 15 (0.59) NC XS6ppB1pL01B (2) Accessories Description Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 For a 5 m cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS612B1MAL2 becomes XS612B1MAL5 with a 5 m cable. Available in ø8 plastic with double insulation. See page 2/30 of 9006CT1007. Protective cable gland included with remote screw terminal connector. Mounting brackets XS6ppB1ppL01C Table 20.19: Osisense Capacitive Proximity Sensors, Cylindrical Stainless Steel, DC Ø M12 threaded M12 x 1 XS6ppB1ppL01G Sensing Characteristics Sensing Range Switching Frequency Shock Resistance Vibration Resistance Power Requirements Supply Voltage XSZB1pp © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Max. Load Environment Operating Temperature Range Product Certification Environmental Protection Ratings Connection Catalog Numbers Housing Material Cable (flush mountable) 3-wire / PNP / N.O. function 3-wire / NPN / N.O. function 4-wire / PNP / N.O./N.C. function Connector (flush mountable) 4-wire / PNP / N.O./N.C. function Ø M18 threaded M18 x 1 Ø M30 threaded M30 x 1.5 2 mm (0.078 in.) 5 mm (0.197 in.) 10 mm (0.394 in.) 300 200 150 Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27: 30 gn, 11 ms Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 10 gn, +/- 1 mm (10–55 Hz) 30 mm: 24 Vdc (12–30 Vdc limits) 200 mA ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING b c 32 mm: 24–240 Vac (20–264 Vac limits) –25 +70 °C (–13 +158 °F) CE, ETL IP67, NEMA 4X (Indoor Use Only), IP65 (Ø M12 PCM and Ø18 PCM) Precabled, PvC (2 m) Stainless Steel Catalog No. XT112S1PAL2 XT112S1NAL2 XT112S1PCL2 XT112S1PCM12 Nickel Plated Brass Catalog No. Catalog No. XT118B1PAL2 XT130B1PAL2 XT118B1NAL2 XT130B1NAL2 XT118B1PCL2 XT130B1PCL2 M12 XT118B1PCM12 XT130B1PCM12 20 a XSZB112 XSZB118 XSZB130 Weight kg (lb) 0.006 (0.01) 0.010 (0.02) 0.020 (0.04) 20-9 Ultrasonic Sensors XUV and XXV Sensors Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 Table 20.20: XUV Label Sensor Table 20.21: Sensing Characteristics Nominal Sensing Distance Switching Frequency Power Requirements Supply Voltage Max. Load Environmental Operating Temperature Range Environmental Protection Ratings Construction Flat Profile Dimensions (W x H x D) Housing Material Transducer Connection XXV 18 mm Ultrasonic Sensor Sensing Characteristics Nominal Sensing Distance Switching Frequency 3 mm (0.12 in.) 500 Hz 12–24 Vdc (10–30 Vdc limits) 100 mA +5 to +55 °C (+41 to +131 °F) IP65, NEMA 4X (indoor use only), 5, 12, 12k, 13 92.5 x 47.3 x 16.0 mm (3.64 x 1.86 x 0.63 in.) Aluminium Glass Epoxy Catalog No. M8 Connector XUVU06M3KCNM8 Precabled (2 m) XUVU06M3KCNL2 2 mm to 50.8 mm (0.08 in. to 2.0 in.) 80 Hz Power Requirements Supply Voltage Max. Load Environmental Operating Temperature Range Environmental Protection Ratings Construction Barrel Dimensions (Ø x L) Housing Material Transducer Connection 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F) NEMA Type 4 and 13, and IP67 18 x 1 x 43.2 mm (0.71 x 0.04 x 1.70 in.) Nickel Plated Brass Glass Epoxy Catalog No. Cable Precabled, PvC (2 m) XXV18B1PAL2 XXV18B1PBL2 XXV18B1NAL2 XXV18B1NBL2 M12 XXV18B1PAM12 XXV18B1PBM12 XXV18B1NAM12 XXV18B1NBM12 N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP NPN Connection N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP NPN Table 20.22: www.schneider-electric.us Sensor Accessories Teachable Pushbutton Accessory for Virtu Series Table 20.23: Catalog No. XXZPB100 Python AC/DC Power Convertor Mounting Brackets Body Type Catalog No. M12 9006PA12 M18 9006PA18 M30 9006PA30 Catalog No. XXZPM100M12 Table 20.24: Accessories mm 24 x 21 Ø 80 50 x 50 Catalog No. XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50 M8 (4-Pin) Material Die Cast Zinc Plastic 90° Catalog No. XZCP1041L2 Catalog No. XUZA118 XUZA218 Straight Catalog No. XZCP0941L2 M12 (4-pin) XZCP1241L2 XZCP1141L2 1/2- 20UNF XZCP1965L2 XZCP1865L2 Reflectors XUZC24 XUZC50 Mounting Brackets for XUB Cables (PUR), 2 m, without LED d Suitable plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions XUZC80 d For 5 or 10 meter lengths, replace 2 in the cable catalog number with 5 or 10. 20 ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING XUZA118 XZCP1241L2 20-10 XUZA218 XZCP1141L2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ultrasonic Sensors Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 20.25: Specifications and Catalog Numbers Virtu™ VM1 and VM18 Specifications Sensing Characteristics Sensing Range Max. Switching Frequency 51–508 mm (2–20 in.) 300 Hz Power Requirements Supply Voltage Supply Current 12–24 Vdc 40 mA (excluding load) Environmental Ratings Operating Temperature Environment –30 to 70 °C (–22 to 158 °F) NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67 Construction VM18 Barrel, ØxL VM1 Dual Mount Housing Material Transducer 18 x 1 x 77.62 mm (0.709 x 3.06 in.) Ø 18 mm and Flat Format 43.7 x 18 x 59.7 mm (1.72 x 0.70 x 2.35 in.) PBT Resin Glass Epoxy Output Type Catalog Number Cable Output PNP Sourcing NPN Sinking Proximity PNP Sourcing NPN Sinking Off at loss of echo and at powerup Dual-Level Pump In Normally Open On at loss of echo and at powerup Hold on loss of echo, Off at powerup Off at loss of echo and at powerup Dual-Level Pump Out Normally Open On at loss of echo and at powerup Hold on loss of echo, Off at powerup N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN Dual Mount VM1PNO VM1PNC VM1NNO VM1NNC Barrel VM18PNO VM18PNC VM18NNO VM18NNC Quick Disconnect Dual Mount Barrel VM1PNOQ VM18PNOQ VM1PNCQ VM18PNCQ VM1NNOQ VM18NNOQ VM1NNCQ VM18NNCQ VM1PTO VM18PTO VM1PTOQ VM18PTOQ VM1NTO VM18NTO VM1NTOQ VM18NTOQ VM1PPI0000 VM1NPI0000 VM1PPI1000 VM1NPI1000 VM1PPI2000 VM1NPI2000 VM1PPO0000 VM1NPO0000 VM1PPO1000 VM1NPO1000 VM1PPO2000 VM1NPO2000 VM18PPI0000 VM18NPI0000 VM18PPI1000 VM18NPI1000 VM18PPI2000 VM18NPI2000 VM18PPO0000 VM18NPO0000 VM18PPO1000 VM18NPO1000 VM18PPO2000 VM18NPO2000 VM1PPI0000Q VM1NPI0000Q VM1PPI1000Q VM1NPI1000Q VM1PPI2000Q VM1NPI2000Q VM1PPO0000Q VM1NPO0000Q VM1PPO1000Q VM1NPO1000Q VM1PPO2000Q VM1NPO2000Q VM18PPI0000Q VM18NPI0000Q VM18PPI1000Q VM18NPI1000Q VM18PPI2000Q VM18NPI2000Q VM18PPO0000Q VM18NPO0000Q VM18PPO1000Q VM18NPO1000Q VM18PPO2000Q VM18NPO2000Q VM1VD0000Q VM1VI0000Q VM1VD1000Q VM1VI1000Q VM1VD2000Q VM1VI2000Q VM1VD3000Q VM1VI3000Q VM18VD0000Q VM18VI0000Q VM18VD1000Q VM18VI1000Q VM18VD2000Q VM18VI2000Q VM18VD3000Q VM18VI3000Q VM1CD0000Q VM1CI0000Q VM1CD1000Q VM1CI1000Q VM1CD2000Q VM1CI2000Q VM1CD3000Q VM1CI3000Q VM18CD0000Q VM18CI0000Q VM18CD1000Q VM18CI1000Q VM18CD2000Q VM18CI2000Q VM18CD3000Q VM18CI3000Q Voltage 0–10 Vdc with Temperature Compensation For Direct/Inverse models, change VD or VI to VA. Analog Direct, 0 V at loss of echo and at powerup Inverse, 0 V at loss of echo and at powerup Direct, 10 V at loss of echo and at powerup Inverse, 10 V at loss of echo and at powerup Direct, hold on loss of echo, 0 V at powerup Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 0 V at powerup Direct, hold on loss of echo, 10 V at powerup Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 10 V at powerup VM1VD0000 VM1VI0000 VM1VD1000 VM1VI1000 VM1VD2000 VM1VI2000 VM1VD3000 VM1VI3000 VM18VD0000 VM18VI0000 VM18VD1000 VM18VI1000 VM18VD2000 VM18VI2000 VM18VD3000 VM18VI3000 VM1CD0000 VM1CI0000 VM1CD1000 VM1CI1000 VM1CD2000 VM1CI2000 VM1CD3000 VM1CI3000 VM18CD0000 VM18CI0000 VM18CD1000 VM18CI1000 VM18CD2000 VM18CI2000 VM18CD3000 VM18CI3000 20 Direct, 4 mA at loss of echo and at powerup Inverse, 4 mA at loss of echo and at powerup Direct, 20 mA at loss of echo and at powerup Inverse, 20 mA at loss of echo and at powerup Direct, hold on loss of echo, 4 mA at powerup Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 4 mA at powerup Direct, hold on loss of echo, 20 mA at powerup Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 20 mA at powerup ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING Current 4–20 mA with Temperature Compensation For Direct/Inverse models, change CD or CI to CA © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 20-11 Ultrasonic Sensors Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 20.26: Specifications and Catalog Numbers M30 30 mm (1 or 2 m) Virtu™ 30 mm M30 30 mm (8 m) Specifications Sensing Characteristics Sensing Range Sensing Frequency 102–1000 mm (4–39 in.) 180 kHz 51 mm to 1 m (2–39 in.); 119 mm to 2 m (4.7–79 in.) 200 kHz 304.8 mm to 8 m (12–315 in.) 75 kHz 12–24 Vdc discrete, 15–24 Vdc analog 40 mA discrete, 90 mA analog (excluding load) 12–24 Vdc discrete; 15–24 Vdc analog 80 mA (excluding load) 12–24 Vdc discrete; 15–24 Vdc analog 80 mA (excluding load) NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) discrete –20 to 60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) analog NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67 –20 to 60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) TF option: –40 to 60 °C (–40 to 140 °F) NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67 30 x 1 x 95.26 mm (1.18 x 3.75 in.) PBT Resin Glass Epoxy 30 x 1 x 95 mm (1.18 x 3.74 in.) PEI Resin Silicon Rubber or Fluorosilicone 30 x 1 x 116 mm (9.18 x 4.58 in.) PEI Resin Glass Epoxy Power Requirements Supply Voltage Supply Current Environmental Ratings Operating Temperature 0 to 70 °C (32 to 158 °F) Environment Construction Barrel, ØxL Housing Material Transducer Output Type 1m/2m Description Proximity Output Dual-Level Pump In Catalog No. PNP Sourcing N.O. PNP Sourcing N.C. NPN Sinking N.O. NPN Sinking N.C. XX6V3A1PAM12 XX6V3A1PBM12 XX6V3A1NAM12 XX6V3A1NBM12 Cable 1 m a Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm XX2V3A1PJM12 Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm Quick Disconnect Cable 1 m a Catalog No. XX9V3A1C4M12 XX9V3A1D4M12 XX9V3A1E4M12 4–20 mA Direct/Inverse slope Direct output Inverse output Voltage Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope SM950A100000 SM900A100000 SM950A400000 SM900A400000 PNP, NO SM902A100000 SM902A1560000 SM902A1760000 SM902A110000 SM902A1460000 SM902A1660000 SM902A1260000 SM902A1360000 PNP, NO SM952A100000 SM952A1560000 SM952A1760000 SM952A110000 SM952A1460000 SM952A1660000 SM952A1260000 SM952A1360000 20 0–5 Vdc Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope SM906A180000 SM906A110000 SM906A100000 Catalog No. Cable SM900A800000 Connector SM950A800000 Cable 8 m Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm Connector Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm PNP, NO SM902A800000 SM902A8560000 SM902A8760000 SM902A810000 SM902A8460000 SM902A8660000 SM902A8260000 SM902A8360000 PNP, NO SM952A800000 SM952A8560000 SM952A8760000 SM952A810000 SM952A8460000 SM952A8660000 SM952A8260000 SM952A8360000 Voltage Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Catalog No. SM906A880000 SM906A810000 SM906A800000 Current SM906A190000 SM906A130000 SM906A120000 Connector Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope SM906A890000 SM906A830000 SM906A820000 Connector ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND MACHINE CABLING Direct/Inverse slope XX9V3A1F3M12 Voltage Direct output Inverse output XX9V3A1G3M12 XX9V3A1H3M12 Auto slope Direct slope SM956A180000 SM956A110000 Inverse slope SM956A100000 Direct/Inverse slope XX9V3A1F1M12 Current Direct output Inverse output XX9V3A1G1M12 XX9V3A1H1M12 Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope For the 2 m version, change model from SMxxxA1xxxxx to SMxxxA4xxxxx. Description Cable 8 m Catalog No. Current XX9V3A1C2M12 XX9V3A1D2M12 XX9V3A1E2M12 0–10 Vdc 20-12 Connector NPN XX2V3A1NJM12 Off on loss of echo; Off on power up PNP XX2V3A1PHM12 NPN XX2V3A1NHM12 Direct/Inverse slope Direct output Inverse output a 2m Connector Cable Connector Cable Normally Open Hold on loss of echo; Off on power up PNP XX2V3A1PGM12 NPN XX2V3A1NGM12 Off on loss of echo; Off on power up PNP XX2V3A1PFM12 NPN XX2V3A1NFM12 Hold on loss of echo; Off on power up 0–20 mA Analog 1m Catalog No. Connector PNP Dual-Level Pump Out 8m Description Voltage Auto slope Direct slope SM956A880000 SM956A810000 Inverse slope SM956A800000 Current SM956A190000 SM956A130000 SM956A120000 Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope SM956A890000 SM956A830000 SM956A820000 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 21 Industrial Snap Switches 9007MS, 21-8 9007A, p. 21-6 Part Numbers 9007A and 9007C Basic snap switch without enclosures with or without operators 21-6 9007MS and 9007ML Encapsulated switches with NEMA 6P rating and 10 A contacts 21-8 XCMD Osisense miniature metal modular 21-14 XCMN Osisense compact non-modular 21-14 XCKD Osisense compact metal modular 21-14 XCKP Osisense compact plastic modular 21-14 XCKT Osisense compact plastic with 2 side-cable entries and modular head 21-15 XCDR Osisense compact metal with manual reset 21-15 XCPR Osisense compact plastic with manual reset 21-15 ZCE, ZCY Osisense component heads and lever arms 21-16 ZCD, ZCMC, ZCMD, ZCP, ZCPE Osisense component bodies, cable plug assemblies, and conduit entries 21-17 XCKN, XCNR Osisense compact, plastic, non-modular 21-18 XCKS Standard body, plastic, double insulated 21-19 XCKL Compact general duty, metal, with direct opening contacts 21-22 XCKJ Precision switches with direct acting contacts to meet most international standards 21-26 9007C Heavy duty, oiltight, watertight switches, with compact types available 21-32 9007T and 9007FT Severe duty, oiltight mill and foundry switches with 20 A contacts 21-37 L100/L300 Severe duty, oiltight mill and foundry switches with up to 3 circuits 21-39 Modular, Miniature and Compact XCMD, 21-14 XCKD, 21-14 XCKP, 21-14 XCKT, 21-15 Compact General Duty XCKL, 21-22 9007C, p. 21-32 Heavy Duty Industrial 9007C, p. 21-26 XCKJ, 21-40 Severe Duty 9007T, 21-37 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved L100, 21-39 21-1 21 Encapsulated Miniature LIMIT SWITCHES Limit Switches Limit Switches Product Panorama Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 21 Design Miniature Catalog number Page www.schneider-electric.us Compact 9007 A/O 9007 MS/ML XCMN XCMD XCKP XCKD XCKL 21-6 21-8 21-14 21-14 21-14 21-14 21-22 LIMIT SWITCHES v Enclosure Open, plastic Features A variety of operators are available. Modularity Selected operators Conforming to standards Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) Metal Metal 1 conduit entry Head, body, and lever — 40.1 x 44.4 x 15.8 (1.58 x 1.75 x 0.62) 30 x 50 x 16 (1.18 x 1.97 x 0.63) Linear Linear or rotary Linear movement, plunger Rotary movement, lever Rotary movement, multi-directional a Same heads for ranges XCMD, XCKD, XCKP and XCKT 2 snap action contacts — — N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O. 2 snap action contacts — — N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O. 3 snap action contacts — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. 3 snap action contacts — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. 4 snap action contacts — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. + N.O. — — — 4 snap action contacts — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. + N.O. — — — 2 slow break contacts break before make — — — N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. 2 slow break contacts break before make — — — N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. 2 slow break contacts make before break — — — — N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 2 slow break contacts make before break — — — — N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 2 slow break contacts simultaneous — — — — N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.C. 2 slow break contacts simultaneous — — — — N.O. + N.O. N.O. + N.O. N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. Head 29.0 x 63.5 x 21.0 (1.14 x 2.5 x 0.83) double Metal body, metal head Plastic, Metal Plastic, double insulated insulated Bottom or side cable entry. Full range of Mounting by the body or by the head operating heads. See page 21-8. Operator — Head, body, lever, and connector CENELEC: — — EN 50047 31 x 65 x 30 (1.22 x 2.56 x 1.18) 52 x 72 x 30 (2.05 x 2.83 x 1.18) Linear movement, plunger Rotary movement, lever Rotary movement, multi-directional a Contact blocks 3 slow break contacts break before make — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. 3 slow break contacts break before make — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. 2 snap action contacts N.C. + N.O., N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. — — — — — 4 snap action contacts N.C. + N.C., N.O. + N.O. — — — — — — Pre-cabled 2 contacts: 400 V/6 A 3 contacts: 400 V/4 A 4 contacts: 400 V/3 A Screw terminal: 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A Connector: Integral M12, 4-pin: 250 V/3 A Screw terminal: 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A Connector: Integral M12, 5-pin: 60 V/4 A Screw terminal: 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A Insulation voltage (Ui) / thermal current (Ithe) See page 21-6 Enclosure rating None IP = IEC enclosure rating IK = EN shock test standard Electrical connection a 21-2 Screw terminal or Faston® connector 300 Vac/Vdc 10 A (standard) Screw terminal 2 contacts: 400 V/6 A NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, NEMA Types 1, 2, 6P, 12, 13 13 IP67 IP 65, IK 04 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4X, 6, NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12 12, 13 13 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP 66, IP 67, IP 68, IP 66, IP 67, IK 04 IP 66, IP 67, IK 06 IP 66, IK 06 IK 06 Pre-wired cable or M12 connector Pre-cabled. Connector: Integral or remote M12 or remote 7/8" 16UN Pre-wired cable Screw terminal: M16, M20, Pg 11, PG 13, 1/2" NPT, or PF 1/2 Connector: Integral M12 Screw terminal: M20 or 1/2" NPT Flexible operators do not guarantee direct (positive) opening operation. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Limit Switches Product Panorama Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Design Standard Duty Industrial Severe Duty Mill and Foundry 9007C XCKJ XCKS 9007T/FT L100/L300 Page 21-32 21-32 21-19 21-37 21-39 Enclosure Metal, diecast, zinc alloy Features Plug-in body Modularity Head, body, and lever Conforming to standards / Product certifications UL 508, C22-2-14-95, NEMA 250, IEC 60947, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1 Standard: 39 x 102 x 45 (1.54 x 4.02 x 1.77) Compact: 39 x 80 x 45 (1.54 x 3.15 x 1.77) Linear movement, plunger Rotary movement, lever Multi-directional movement (wobble stick, cat whisker) c 2 snap action contacts 2 snap action contacts Metal Fixed or plug-in body, -40 °C (-40 °F) or +120 °C (+248 °F) versions Plastic, double insulated Metal 21 LIMIT SWITCHES Catalog number Metal • Extra heavy duty — Extra heavy duty contact ratings contact ratings • High temperature option, unique in the marketplace Lever NEMA A600 UL508 UL Listed, CSA Certified NEMA A600 UL508 UL Listed, CSA Certified 40 x 77 x 44 (1.57 x 3.03 x 1.73) 40 x 72.5 x 36 42.5 x 84 x 36 (1.67 x 3.31 x (1.57 x 2.85 x 1.42) 1.42) 58.7 x 114.3 x 64.5 (2.31 x 4.5 x 2.54) 58.7 x 126 x 53.3 (2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10) Linear movement, plunger Rotary movement, lever Rotary movement, multi-directional c Linear movement, plunger Rotary movement, lever Rotary movement, multi-directional c Rotary movement, lever Rotary movement, lever — — N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. — Various options available for L100, 2- and 3-pole devices. — — N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C. — — 3 snap action contacts — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. — 3 snap action contacts N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. — — 4 snap action contacts — — — — — 4 snap action contacts — — — — — Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) Head CENELEC: EN 50041 CENELEC: EN 50041 Contact blocks 2 slow break contacts break before make 2 slow break contacts break before make 2 slow break contacts make before break 2 slow break contacts make before break 2 slow break contacts simultaneous 2 slow break contacts simultaneous 3 slow break contacts break before make 3 slow break contacts break before make 1 slow break contact Form Y1561 a 2 snap action contacts 4 snap action contacts Insulation voltage (Ui) and thermal current (Ithe) Enclosure rating IP = IEC enclosure rating IK = EN shock test standard Electrical connection a b c — N.C. + N.O. — — — — N.C. + N.O. — — — — N.O. + N.C. — — — — N.O. + N.C. — — — — N.C. + N.C. — — — — N.O. + N.O. N.O. + N.O. — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. — — — N.C. + N.C. + N.O. ; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.C. + N.O. ; N.C. + N.O. + N.O. — — 1 N.C — — — — 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 2 C/O 2 C/O 1 N.C. + 1 N.O.b convertible sequence 1 N.C. + 1 N.O.b Some conversions possible — — — — Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A 600 V 20 A (AC/DC) 600 V 20 A (AC), 5 A (DC) IP 65, IK 03 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13 IP65, 66, 67 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 IP65, 66 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. ; 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. , neutral position; 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. , two stage Ui = 600 V, except: 9007C62, 9007C66, 9007C68 (Ui = 250 V) and 9007C84, 9007C86 (Ui = 125 V) Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A Ithe = 10 A, except: 9007C84, 9007C86 (Ithe = 2.5 A) Connector Integral M12, 5-pin: 60 V / 4 A Integral 7/8" 16UN: 250 V / 6 A IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529, NEMA Types 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12 IP 66, IK 07 Cable entry 1/2"-14 NPT, M20 x 1.5 ISO cable entry Screw terminal M20 x 1.5, PG13, or 1/2" PT Connector Integral 5-pin mini-connector Connector Integral M12 or 7/8" 16UN Cable entry 1/2" NPT or 3/4" NPT Other options available Screw terminal M20 x 1.5 or PG13 Cable entry 1/2" NPT or PG13.5 Connector 7/8" 16UN or Cannon MS3102E20-AP or equal; other options available Single pole only. Refer to page 21-29 for details. For other contact options, see catalog 9006CT1007. Flexible operators do not guarantee direct (positive) opening operation. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-3 Application Data All Limit Switch Types Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 21 Table 21.1: Enclosure Ratings NEMA Style IEC Style Type LIMIT SWITCHES 1 2 6 6P 9007C a a 3 a 4 4X a a 9007CR a a a a a 9007FT a a a L100/L300 a 9007MS/ML c a 7 9 a a 12 13 IP65 IP66 IP67 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a Table 21.3: Ambient Temperature Ranges The low temperatures listed below are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Care should be taken to avoid sub-freezing temperatures where dripping or splashing water is present and to avoid bringing a cold switch into a warm humid atmosphere and then back into sub-freezing temperatures. The water or moisture can freeze around the switch lever arm or plunger and cause jamming. Type a a 9007 C Lever Type a XCKJ a a XCKL a a a a a a a a a a a a a XCKN & XCNR XCKP & XCKT b a a a -20 °F (-28.9 °C) +185 °F (+85 °C) 0 °F (-17.8 °C) +185 °F (+85 °C) a a a a +200 °F (+93 °C) -4 °F (-20 °C) +221 °F (+105 °C) -13 °F (-25 °C) +158 °F (+70 °C) -13 °F (-25 °C) +158 °F (+70 °C) XCKS -13 °F (-25 °C) +158 °F (+70 °C) XCMD -13 °F (-25 °C) +158 °F (+70 °C) a a a d The Type FT will withstand hot falling sand up to +300°F (+149 °C); however, ambient temperature for the FT switch is the same as the Type T above (+185 °F, +85 °C). Do not use in higher temperature ambients. Some switches are available with higher or lower temperature limits, by selecting special versions or special options. Refer to the respective product sections for further information. (Ex.: 9007MS/ML, see page 21-9.) Table 21.4: Material Electrical Contact Ratings AC—NEMA A600 Standard shaft seals on lever types Fluorocarbon rubber (FKM) Plunger and wobble stick boots Neoprene; Fluorocarbon optional All other seals Nitrile (Buna N); Fluorocarbon optional PVC Shaft seal DC Max. Current—35% Power Factor Volts A VA Continuous Carrying Amperes Volts VA 120 60 7200 6 720 10 125 240 30 7200 3 720 10 — — — — Nitrile (Buna N) 480 15 7200 1.5 720 10 250 0.27 67.5 2.5 Cover gasket Nitrile (Buna N) 600 12 7200 1.2 720 10 600 0.10 60 2.5 Base plate gasket Cellulose fiber laminate e Nitrile (Buna N) XCMD, XCKD, XCKP, XCKT, XCKN, XCNR Nitrile (Buna N) and silicon Make Break Maximum Current A XCKJ, XCKL, XCKS Make or Break A VA 1.1/0.55 e 138/69 e Continuous Carrying Amperes 5/2.5 e Type C52 compact unit ratings at 125 Vdc—same ratings as C54, CF53 and CR53 at other voltages. Contact Function Diagrams A 21-22 13-14 P B 21-22 13-14 21 - 22 13 - 14 21 - 22 13 - 14 tripping resetting 0C 0 °F (-17.8 °C) 9007 MS/ML XCMN, XCKN, XCNR a R.B.Denison™ L Table 21.5: L100/L300 XCKJ, XCKL, XCKP, XCKT Type 9007T and FT +350 °F (+177 °C) a Sealing 9007C, CR +185 °F (+85 °C) 0 °F (-17.8 °C) a Indicates NEMA or IEC Type Rating available for each product. For indoor use only—not UV protected. Enclosure ratings are NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, and 13 except for option 21 (low force) which is NEMA 1 only. The 9007 MS/ML05 (omni-directional operation) enclosure ratings are NEMA 1, 2, 12, and 13 Table 21.2: -10 °F (-23 °C) HL100/HL300 a a XCMD, XCKD 9007 FTd, T a XCKS, XCMN a b c a High Temperature at Full Rated Load Low Temperature Plunger & Wobble Stick Type 9007T www.schneider-electric.us 21-22 13-14 Make-before-break (overlapping) SPDT The normally open contact closes before the normally closed contact opens. Break-before-make (offset) SPDT The normally closed contact opens before the normally open contact closes. Simultaneous make and break—SPDT The normally closed contact opens at the same time as the normally open contact closes. D A=Maximum travel of the operator in mm or degrees. B=Tripping travel of the contact. C=Reset travel. D=B-C=Differential travel. P=Point from which positive opening is assured Table 21.6: Form A SPST-NO 21-4 Wiring Diagrams Form B SPST-NC Form C SPDT Form AA DPST-NO Form BB DPST-NC Form CC DPDT Form X SPSTNO-DB Form Y Form Zb SPSTNC-DB SPDT-DB Isolated Contacts Form Z Form XX Form YY Form ZZ SPDT-DB DPSTNO-DB DPSTNC-DB DPDT-DB © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Current Ratings All Limit Switch Types Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Contact Configurations—Direct opening contacts meet IEC 60947-5-1 requirements. For contacts used in safety applications (end of travel, emergency stop device, etc.) the assurance of direct opening is required (see IEC 204, EN 60204 or NF C 79-130) after each test. The opening of the contact must be verified by testing with an impulse voltage (2500 V). AC—50 or 60 Hz Switch Type L100/L300 XCKD 2 Contacts XCKD 3 Contacts XCKJ Plug-in Contacts SPDT with 2 or 3 Contacts Form Z Direct Opening Contacts Meet IEC 60947-5-1 Requirements A VA 20 12.5 6.25 5 6 3 3 1.5 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 3 1.5 6 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.5 6 3 2400 3000 3000 3000 720 720 360 360 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 360 360 720 720 360 360 360 360 360 360 720 720 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 3 1.5 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 3 1.5 6 3 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.5 6 3 125 250 600 — 125 250 125 250 125 250 600 — 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 125 250 1.1 0.55 0.2 — 0.55 0.27 0.22 0.11 0.55 0.27 0.1 — 0.55 0.27 0.55 0.27 0.55 0.27 0.55 0.27 0.55 0.27 0.22 0.11 0.55 0.27 0.22 0.11 0.22 0.11 0.22 0.11 0.55 0.27 No 120 240 480 600 40 20 10 8 4800 4800 4800 4800 15 10 6 5 1800 2400 2880 3000 15 10 6 5 125 250 600 — 0.5 0.25 0.05 — No 120 240 480 600 40 20 10 8 4800 4800 4800 4800 15 10 6 5 1800 2400 2880 3000 15 10 6 5 125 250 600 — 2.0 0.5 0.1 — 0.5 0.2 0.02 — 15 No 120 240 480 600 30 15 7.5 6 3600 3600 3600 3600 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 360 360 360 360 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 125 250 600 — 1.0 0.3 0.1 — 0.2 0.1 — — 10 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 120 240 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 60 30 15 12 60 30 15 12 60 30 15 12 60.0 30.0 60.0 30.0 150 75 37.5 30 60 30 15 12 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 18000 18000 18000 18000 7200 7200 7200 7200 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 1.5 1.2 6.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 20 12.5 6.25 5 6 3 1.5 1.2 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 2400 3000 3000 3000 720 720 720 720 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 1.5 1.2 125 250 600 — 125 250 600 — 125 250 600 — 0.55 0.27 0.1 — 0.55 0.27 0.1 — 0.22 0.11 — — — 10/2.5 0.22 0.11 — — 0.22 0.11 — — — — — — No SPDT Form Zb Yes Yes SPDT Form Z 2 SPDT Form ZZ No No SPDT Form Zb Yes XCKN 2 Pole Yes XCKP 2 Contacts XCKP 3 Contacts XCKT 2 Contacts XCKT 3 Contacts XCMD 2-4 Contacts XCMN 2 Contacts SPDT Form Zb Yes 3 Pole Form Zb Yes SPDT Form Zb Yes 9007C 9007MS 9007ML 9007T and FT 3 Pole Form Zb Yes 2,3 or 4 Pole Form Zb SPDT Form Zb Yes 2 Pole Yes Yes SPST Form Y1561 Slow break Yes SPDT Form Z No DPDT Form ZZ No SPDT Form C SPDT Form Z SPDT Quick Make and Break Form Z All Slow Make and Break Form Z No Electrical Symbols For Contacts Symbols for Direct Opening Continuous Carrying Amperes VA XCKL 9007CO3, CO6, CB, CC, CP Make and Break Amperes 18000 18000 18000 18000 7200 7200 3600 3600 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 3600 3600 7200 7200 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 7200 7200 No 9007AO2, AO6, AB, AP V A Yes 9007AO1, AC Break 150 75 37.5 30 60 30 30 15 60 30 15 12 60 30 60 30 60 30 60 30 60 30 30 15 60 30 30 15 30 15 30 15 60 30 3 Pole Form Zb SPST, Form X or Y (rated 0.5 hp @ 110 and 200 Vac) SPDT, Form Z SPST, Form X or Y (rated 0.5 hp @ 110 and 200 Vac) SPDT, Form Z DPST Form AA or BB DPDT Form ZZ Make 120 240 480 600 120 240 120 240 120 240 480 600 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 120 240 SPDT Form Zb XCNR V AC/DC Inductive and Resistive Make and Break Amperes 2 SPDT Form ZZ XCKJ Non-plug-in DC Resistive 75% Power Factor Inductive 35% Power Factor No No No Form Za: the 2 contacts are the same polarity. Simplified Version Single Pole Double Pole — 20/5 — 10/2.5 — 5/1.0 — 10 — — 10 10 10/2.5 10 10/2.5 10 — 10 — 10/2.5 — 10/2.5 — 5/1.0 — 10/2.5 — 5/1.0 — 5/1.0 — 5/1.0 — 10/2.5 0.25 0.1 — — 15 — 10/2.5 10/1.0 — — — — 10 (AC) / 5 (Res. @ 28 Vdc) 10 (AC) / 5 (Res. @ 28 Vdc) 20 12.5 6.25 5.0 6 3 1.5 1.2 125 250 600 — 5.0 1.0 0.2 — — 20 — — — 20 Form Zb: the 2 contacts are electrically separate. Complete symbol Note: Alternate Current Ratings—Several product lines offer special versions or options with alternate contact configurations or contact materials, which may result in current ratings that differ from those listed above. Refer to the respective product sections for further information. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIMIT SWITCHES Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—All Types 21 Table 21.7: 21-5 Industrial Snap Switches 9007AO, 9007CO Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Industrial Snap Switches Without Enclosures Industrial snap switches have been incorporated in many Square D products such as timers, specialty push buttons, foot switches, operating mechanisms, door interlocks, motor control centers, limit switches, and many other control products. LIMIT SWITCHES Recommended Actuator: An adjustable actuator is recommended. If nonadjustable actuator is used, a resilient type or a mechanical stop should be used to prevent “bottoming” of button mechanism. Adjustable Actuator Overtravel: Minimum recommended overtravel in both trip and reset directions is 0.015 in. Adjustable Actuator Total Travel: Maximum differential limit plus 0.030 in. (Example: 0.076 in. for Type AO2.) Nonadjustable Actuator Total Travel: Fully retracted—at least 0.139 in. for Type AO1 and 0.160 in. for Types AO2 and CO3 from mounting surface. Fully engaged—at least 0.061 in. but not closer than 0.045 in. from mounting surface. Type AO2 Contact Configurations: Single-pole snap switches that contain two double-break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of the same polarity. Double-pole snap switches contain two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set contains two double-break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) that must be used on circuits of the same polarity. Table 21.8: Quick Make and Break—600 Volts Max. AC and DC Operator Style Type AB21 Basic Snap Switch Contact Arrangement 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Type AP222 with 2358C22G6 mushroom button Rigid Roller Lever Style One Way Roller Operator Style AO1 Cabinet Door Style AO1A AO1B AO2 AO6 (Plug-in) AO2A AO2B CP221 CO3 Operator Only AP201 1 N.O. 1 N.C. AP321 Two Stage 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CO7 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CP321 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 15/32" width roller 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 7/32" width roller 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 15/32" width roller AB21 (RH) AB22 (LH) AB41 (without side mtg. bracket) AB23 (RH) Roller Plunger Style Panel Mounting Non-Oiltight Operator Only 1 N.O. 1 N.C. AB24 (LH) CB31 (RH) CB41 (without side mtg. bracket) Roller Plunger Style Panel Mounting Oiltight 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CB33 (RH) Operator Only CB34 (LH) 1 N.O. 1 N.C. f g fg AP325 f CP323 CP325 f AP303 g AP305 fg CP222 Operator Only AP202 Mushroom Button Style Panel Mounting AB26 (LH) CB35 (RH) CB36 (LH) 2 N.O. 2 N.C. g CP324 AP301 AP304 AP323 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. AB25 (RH) AP222 g Roller turned 90° from standard (perpendicular to mounting holes). For use with Type AO and CO basic switches. Maximum Current Ratings For Control Contacts—All Types AC—50 or 60 Hz Inductive 35% Power Factor Contacts h Voltage Make A Break VA A Acceptable Wire Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque . . . . . . . . . 6–9 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m) DC Resistive 75% Power Factor VA SPDT 120 40 4800 15 1800 Form Z 240 20 4800 10 2400 AO1, AC SPST 480 10 4800 6 2880 Form X or Y 600 8 4800 5 3000 SPDT 120 40 4800 15 1800 AW, AO2, and AO6, Form Z 240 20 4800 10 2400 AB, AP SPST 480 10 4800 6 2880 Form X or Y 600 8 4800 5 3000 DPDT 120 30 3600 3 360 AW, CO3, and CO6, Form ZZ 240 15 3600 1.5 360 CB, CC, CP DPST 480 7.5 3600 0.75 360 Form AA or BB 600 6 3600 0.6 360 h Do not meet IEC 60947-5-1 requirements for direct opening contacts. 21-6 AP221 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Type AC1 CO6 (Plug-in) g Switch Type CC1 1 N.O. 1 N.C. Plunger Style Panel Mounting f Table 21.9: Contact Arrangement 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 7/32" width roller Rigid Roller Lever Style Type Inductive and Resistive Make and Break Amperes Voltage 15 10 6 5 15 10 6 5 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 125 250 600 — 125 250 600 — 125 250 600 — File E42259 CCN NKCR2 Make and Break Amperes Single Pole 0.5 0.25 0.05 — 2.0 0.5 0.1 — 1.0 0.3 0.1 — Double Pole 0.25 0.1 — — 0.5 0.2 0.02 — 0.2 0.1 — — AC or DC Continuous Carrying Amperes 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 File LR25490 Class 3211-03 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Snap Switches 9007AO, CO, AP, CP Dimensions Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Approximate Dimensions and Operating Data, 9007AO, CO, AP, and CP 9007CO, Two-Pole Snap Switch 1.06 27.0 1.06 27.0 0.19 4.8 .330 .310 2.13 54.1 2.5 63.5 Mounting Surface 2 Holes for #6 Mounting Screws 0.19 4.8 4-#6 Binder head Terminal Screws .167 Max. 0.31 7.9 1B 1A Pole 1 Must Be Same Polarity B AO1, 1A, 1B a 2A 2B Pole 2 Dual Dimensions inches mm 2242-D24 Operating Data, in. (mm) Pre-travel Differential Total travel Operating force Shipping weight 1.14 29.0 2 Holes for #6 Mounting Screws A B A 2.13 54.1 2.5 63.5 Mounting Surface 1.03 26.2 0.19 4.8 0.25 Dia. Operating Button 6.35 0.83 21.1 .167 Max. 0.83 21.1 0.25 Dia. 6.35 Operating Button Operating Data, in. (mm) AO2, 2A, 2B 0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8) 0.015–0.025 (0.6–0.6) 0.103–0.125 2.6–3.2) 7–11 oz (0.05–0.08 N) 0.25 lb (0.11 kg) LIMIT SWITCHES 0.25 R 6.35 0.17 R 4.3 21 9007AO, Single-Pole Snap Switch 0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.16) 0.103–0.125 (2.6–3.2) 10–14 oz (0.07–0.1 N) 0.25 lb (0.11 kg) Pre-travel 1st stage Pre-travel 2nd stage Differential Total travel Operating force Shipping weight CO3 C07 0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8) — 0.025–0.046 (0.6–1.16) 0.103–0.125 (2.6–3.2) 7–12 oz (0.05–0.084 N) 0.25 lb (0.11 kg) 0.035–0.060 (0.9–1.5) 0.060–0.085 (1.5–2.1) a 0.010–0.020 (0.25–0.50) — 7–12 oz (0.05–0.084 N) 0.25 lb (0.11 kg) Separation between first and second stage trip points is 0.020–0.025 (0.5–0.6). 9007AP201, 221, and CP221 9007AP301, 303, 304, 305, 321, 323, 324, 325, and CP321, 323, 324, 325 9007AP201 9007AP301 *6-32 Mtg. Screw 0.38 9.6 *6-32 Mtg. Screw 0.38 9.6 0.25 6.35 0.47" x 32 thread 0.80 20.3 2.20 55.9 0.39 9.9 0.09 2.3 0.19 4.8 Plunger to mount in 1/2" Dia. Hole in panels up to 0.38" (9.6mm) thick. 2.13 54.1 1.59 40.3 A 2.5 63.5 0.47" x 32 thread 0.86 21.8 2.13 54.1 2.69 68.3 0.39 9.9 0.09 2.3 0.19 4.8 .192 0.25 6.35 0.31 7.9 .414 0.83 21.0 9007AP221 Plunger to mount in 1/2" Dia. Hole in panels up to 0.38" (9.6mm) thick. A 2.5 63.5 0.19 4.8 .414 0.83 21.0 9007AP321 . Type Dimension A Type AP221 0.70 (17.8) AP321, 323, 324, 325 0.70 (17.8) CP221 0.80 (20.3) CP321, 323, 324, 325 0.80 (20.3) Operating Data, in. (mm) Pretravel Differential Overtravel Total travel Operating force Shipping weight Operating Data, in. (mm) AP221 CP221 0.070–0.089 (1.8–2.2) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.161–0.180 (4.1–4.6) 0.231–0.269 (5.8–6.8) 10–14 oz (0.07–0.1 N) 0.25 lb (0.11 kg) 0.070–0.089 (1.8–2.2) 0.025–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.161–0.180 (4.1–4.6) 0.231–0.269 (5.8–6.8) 7–12 oz (0.05–0.08 N) 0.25 lb (0.11 kg) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimension A Pretravel Differential Total travel Operating force AP321, 324 AP323, 325 CP321, 324 CP323, 325 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 20 oz (0.14 N) 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 28 oz (0.2 N) 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.025–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 26 oz (0.18 N) 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 28 oz (0.2 N) 21-7 Encapsulated Miniature 9007MS/ML Miniature Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT0101 21 The heavy-duty, miniature MS limit switch is completely encapsulated and intended for difficult applications such as machine tools, earth moving equipment, and general transportation. 9007MS04S0084 The switch has 40 mm mtg hole centers. LIMIT SWITCHES Table 21.10: 9007MS Table 21.11: Electrical Ratings/SPDT Form C (MS Type) MS Circuit—Form C 1 N.O.–1 N.C. -4 °F to +221 °F (-20 °C to +105 °C) Gold Contacts Silver Contacts Vac Make Break 120 60 A 6A 240 30 A 3A 10.0 Amperes Continuous Specifications Temperature range (The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.) Enclosure rating Vibration resistance Shock resistance Contact Characteristics Rated thermal current Rated insulation voltage Gold contact switching ratings Cable www.schneider-electric.us 100 mA @ 125 Vac 30 mA 28 Vdc DC Contact Rating: 5 A (Res), 28 Vdc For -40 °F / -40 °C minimum temperature, see Forms 21 and 80 in Table 21.13 on page 21-9. NEMA 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 10 G (75–1200 Hz) 35 G ML Circuit—Form Z 1 N.O.–1 N.C. 10 A (standard) 300 Vac and Vdc (standard) 0.1A, 24 Vdc; 0.24 VA #18 AWG SJTO Electrical Ratings/SPDT-DB Form Z (ML Type) Silver Contacts Vac Make Break 120 60 A 6A 240 30 A 3A 10.0 Amperes, Continuous DC Contact Rating: 5 A (Res), 28 Vdc Selection (append prefix 9007 to the catalog number) Description / Functional Diagramb MS ML Operating Force/Torque Contact Form Contact Type Catalog Number a 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS01S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS01G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML01S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS02S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS02G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML02S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS03S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS03G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML03S0100 48 oz-in SPDT Form C Silver MS04S0100 48 oz-in SPDT Form C Gold MS04G0100 48 oz-in SPDT Form Z Silver ML04S0100 15 oz-in SPDT Form C Silver MS05S0100 15 oz-in SPDT Form C Gold MS05G0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS06S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS06G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML06S0100 Top plunger .070" max. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. Parallel roller plunger .070" max. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. Cross roller plunger .070" max. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. Rotary lever, CW and CCW 40° 35° Not included (see Table 21.14 on page 21-9) Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 5° 20° 70° 70° Omnidirectional—wire whisker (NEMA 1, 2, 12, 13 only) 15° Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 5° 15° Bushing mounted—top plunger .070" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. Bushing mounted—parallel roller plunger .070" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS07S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS07G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML07S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS08S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS08G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML08S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS09S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS09G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML09S0100 Bushing mounted—cross roller plunger .070" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. Adjustable top plunger .070" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 a b .004" max. .03" max. .19" min. For available options and part number explanations, see page 21-9. Add options to the end of the catalog number. Up to three options may be added, if applicable. If the application includes oil, booted switches are recommended. See page 21-9. File CCN 21-8 .19" min. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 E42259 NKCR File Class LR 25490 3211-03 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Encapsulated Miniature, Lever Arms and Options 9007MS/ML Miniature Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 21.12: Selection—Booted Devices (append prefix 9007 to the catalog number) Description / Functional Diagram MS Operating Force/Torque ML Contact Form Contact Type Cataloga Number b .070" max. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS10S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS10G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML10S0100 Booted parallel roller plunger .070" max. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .004" max. .19" min. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS12S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS12G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML12S0100 LIMIT SWITCHES Booted top plunger .070" max. .080" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 a b .004" max. .19" min. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .03" max. .19" min. 80 oz SPDT Form C Silver MS13S0100 80 oz SPDT Form C Gold MS13G0100 80 oz SPDT Form Z Silver ML13S0100 See available options below. Add to the end of the catalog number. Up to three options may be added, if applicable. This catalog number is for devices with a standard cable and no options.See Table 21.13 for other cable length selections and general options. Table 21.13: Cable Length and General Options Designators: 9007MS01Sxxyy Replace xx and yy in the catalog number above with the designators in the tables below. Some combinations of cable lengths and options are unavailable; consult Schneider Electric. Cable Length (xx)a Shown with side entrance cable, option 06 Designator Designator 00 #16 AWG SJTO cable (MS only) 02 3 ft—standard 6 ft 9 ft 12 ft 18 ft 33 ft c Use with options 54, 55, and 82. 01 02 03 04 05 13 Side entrance #18 AWG SJTO cable Gray #18 AWG SJTO cable #18 AWG individual conductors Male 4 pin mini-connector with 3 ft cable (MS only) Low force (18 oz), low temp (-40 °F / -40 °C ), NEMA 1 only High Pre-travel—adds 0.030 Male 4 pin micro-connector in housing (DC type) (MS only) Male 5 pin micro-connector (DC type) (ML only) Low temperature (-40 °F / -40 °C), 9007MS04 (NEMA 1 only) Tapped holes in top of plunger housing (MS and ML) Male 4 pin micro-connector in housing (AC type) (MS only) Black #18 AWG SJTO cable (ML only) Male 4-pin micro-connector in housing (AC type) (no cable 06 10 11 12 21 30 54 55 80 81 82 83 84 Table 21.14: Style 7 Levers—0.75 in. (19 mm) diameter, nylon or steel roller (9007 prefix is not required on lever catalog numbers) Catalog Number 1/4 in. (6 mm) Wide Length Lever General Options (yy) a No cable c Catalog Number 1/2 in. (13 mm) Wide Catalog Number 3/4 in. (19 mm) Wide Catalog Number 1 in. (25 mm) Wide inch (mm) Nylon Steel Nylon Steel Nylon Nylon 0.875 (22.23) 7A2N 7A2 7B2N 7B2 7F2N 7J2N 1.375 (34.93) 7A3N — 7B3N — 7F3N 7J3N 1.5 (38.10) 7A1N 7A1 7B1N — 7F1N 7J1N 1.75 (44.45) 7A7N — 7B7N — 7F7N 7J7N 2.00 (50.8) 7A4N — 7B4N — 7F4N 7J4N Note: Lever tightening torque for mounting the lever on the shaft: minimum 17 lb-in. Other levers available. See catalog 9006CT1007. For inside (reverse) roller option at no charge, replace 7 with 7X. (Ex: 7A2N changes to 7XA2N.) Table 21.15: Specialty Arms (9007 prefix is not required on lever catalog numbers) Description Style 7D adjustable length 1-3/8" to 3-3/8"—0.75" diameter, 1/4" wide, metal roller Style 7DN adjustable length 1-3/8" to 3-3/8"—0.75" diameter, 1/4" wide, nylon roller Style 7S spring nylon, 6" rod, 0.3" diameter Style 7N nylon rod, 5" long, 0.3" diameter Note: Lever tightening torque for mounting the lever on the shaft: minimum 17 lb-in. Catalog Number 7D 7DN 7S 7N Male plug (face) pin-outs N.C. #3 C #4 N.O. #5 N.C. #3 N.O. #4 #1 C #4 GND G #4 N.C. #3 G #3 N.O. #4 Keys 9007MS04S0084 GND #1 KEY N.O. #2 Option 54 (MS only)—DC GND #1 KEY N.C. #2 Option 55 (ML only)—DC N.O. #2 N.C. #3 Option 12 (MS only)—AC or DC (3 Amps) C #1 N.O. #2 Option 82 (MS only)—AC C #1 Key N.C. #2 Option 84 (MS only)—AC Note: DC connectors are rated 3 A, 250 Vac/Vdc. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-9 21 Booted cross roller plunger Osisense Limit Switches Miniature, Metal 21 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation LIMIT SWITCHES ZCE 21 XCMD Modular Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation ZCE 27 Side metal plunger, adjustable ZCE 62 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal or vertical actuation Retractable steel roller lever plunger ZCE 28 ZCE 24 Side metal plunger Side steel roller plunger, horizontal ZCE 63 ZCE 64 M12 with steel roller plunger M16 with steel end plunger with elastomer boot ZCE F0 ZCE F2 ZCE G1 Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with elastomer boot Spring rod with thermoplastic end ZCE 02 ZCE 29 ZCE 07 M12 with metal end plunger available with silicon boot ZCE 2A Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel ball bearing plunger ZCE 10 ZCE 11 ZCE 13 Body with 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action contact Body with 2-pole N.C. + N.C. snap action contact ZCE 65 Side steel ball bearing plunger ZCE 66 Spring rod Cat’s whisker ZCE 08 ZCE 06 Metal end plunger, adjustable Side cat’s whisker ZCE 67 ZCE 14 Body with 2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break contact Body with 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break contact Body with 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. snap action contact ZCM D21 ZCM D29 ZCM D25 ZCM D37 ZCM D39 Bodies with precabled contacts Bodies with precabled contacts Bodies with precabled contacts Bodies with precabled contacts Bodies with precabled contacts ZCM D21L1 ZCM D21L2 ZCM D21L5 ZCM D29L1 ZCM D29L2 ZCM D29L5 ZCM D25L1 ZCM D25L2 ZCM D25L5 ZCM D37L1 ZCM D37L2 ZCM D37L5 ZCM D39L1 ZCM D39L2 ZCM D39L5 (1) 1. Side steel roller plunger, vertical www.schneider-electric.us (1) (1) (1) (1) Pre-cabled connection components: replace the “•” in the catalog number with the required cable length in meters, either 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 or 10. Example: ZCMC21L• becomes ZCMC21L7 for a 7 m (23.0 ft) cable. Note: only cable lengths of 1, 2 and 5 m (3.3, 6.6, and 16.4 ft) are available for pre-cabled connection components ZCMC37L• and ZCMC39L•. 21-10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense Limit Switches Miniature, Metal XCMD Modular Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Round rod lever, glass fiber, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) ZCY 53 ZCY 54 ZCY 55 ZCY 59 Variable length steel roller lever Variable length steel roller lever, with pliable lever ZCY 46 ZCY 48 Ceramic roller lever Spring lever with thermoplastic end Spring–rod lever, metal ZCY 22 ZCY 81 ZCY 91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, with pliable lever Spring return for actuation from left AND right ZCE 01 Stay put for actuation from left AND right Variable length thermoplastic roller lever 21 Round rod lever, steel, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) ZCY 44 ZCY 45 Thermoplastic roller lever, track 20/36 (0.79/1.42) Steel roller lever, track 20/36 (0.79/1.42) ZCY 18 ZCY 19 Steel ball-bearing mounted roller lever, track 24/31 (0.94/1.22) Thermoplastic roller lever, track 16/39 (0.63/1.54) Steel roller lever, track 16/39 (0.63/1.54) Steel ball-bearing mounted roller lever, track 16/39 (0.63/1.54) ZCY 17 ZCY 25 ZCY 26 ZCY 23 ZCE 09(1) Steel ball-bearing mounted roller lever, track 20/36 (0.79/1.42) ZCY 12 Forked arm with rollers, 2 track, track 21/35 (0.83/1.38) ZCY 61 Pre-cabled bodies with 4-pole, N.C. + N.C. + N.O. + N.O. snap action contact ZCM D41L1 ZCM D41L2 ZCM D41L5 1. LIMIT SWITCHES Dimensions: mm (in.) Bodies with integral connector, with 2-pole snap action contact: N.C. + N.O., M12 5-pin connector Thermoplastic roller lever, track 24/31 (0.94/1.22) ZCY 15 Steel roller lever, track 24/31 (0.94/1.22) ZCY 16 Forked arm with rollers, 1 track, track 28 (1.10) ZCY 71 Body with 7/8" 16UN 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead, with 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action contact ZCM D21C12 ZCM D21L08U78 N.C. + N.C., M12 5-pin connector Body with M12 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead, with 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action contact ZCM D29C12 C/O, M12 4-pin connector ZCM D21M12 ZCM D21L08R12 Can only be used on ZCMD25 bodies. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-11 Osisense Limit Switches Metal and Plastic XCK Modular Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 21 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation ZCE 21 ZCE 27 LIMIT SWITCHES Side metal plunger, adjustable ZCE 62 M18 with metal end plunger Retractable steel roller lever plunger ZCE 28 ZCE 24 Side steel roller plunger, horizontal Side steel roller plunger, vertical Side steel ball bearing plunger ZCE 63 ZCE 64 ZCE 65 ZCE 66 M18 with steel roller plunger ZCE H2 Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with elastomer boot ZCE 02 ZCE 29 Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Spring rod with thermoplastic end Spring rod Steel ball bearing plunger 1. ZCP EP20 ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCP EG11 Pg 11 ZCE 67 Plastic bodies with contacts (1) with 2 cable entries ISO M16 x 1.5 Pg 11 1/2” NPT Pg 11 conduit entries convert to 1/2" NPT using adapter DE9RA1012 (included) ZCP 29M12 ZCP EP16 ISO M16 x 1.5 Side cat’s whisker ZCE 14 Plastic bodies with contacts (1) for use with cable entry (see below) ZCP 21M12 N.C. + N.C. snap action contact ZCE 06 Metal end plunger, adjustable ZCE 13 Plastic bodies with integral M12 connector, with N.C. + N.O. snap action contact Cat’s whisker ZCE 08 ZCE 07 ZCE 11 ZCE 10 Conduit entry, plastic: www.schneider-electric.us Side metal plunger ZCE H0 Metal end plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal or vertical actuation ZCP EG13 Pg 13.5 ZCP EN12 1/2" NPT ZCP EF12 PF 1/2 (G 1/2) For further details, see catalog 9006CT1007. 21-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense Limit Switches Metal and Plastic XCK Modular Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Ceramic roller lever ZCY 22 Spring return, for actuation from left AND right ZCY 55 ZCY 59 ZCY 81 ZCY 91 Variable length steel roller lever ZCY 44 ZCY 45 ZCY 46 ZCY 25 ZCY 15 Steel roller lever, track: 29/36 (1.14/1.42) ZCY 16 Steel ball-bearing mounted roller lever, track: 21/44 (0.83/1.73) Steel roller lever, track: 21/44 (0.83/1.73) ZCY 26 Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) ZCY 39 Thermoplastic roller lever, track: 29/36 (1.14/1.42) ZCY 12 Thermoplastic roller lever, track: 21/44 (0.83/1.73) ZCY 17 Variable length steel roller lever, with pliable lever ZCY 48 Steel ball-bearing mounted roller lever, track: 24/40 (0.94/1.57) ZCY 19 ZCY 69 ZCY 49 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever Steel roller lever, track: 24/40 (0.94/1.57) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97), with adjustable track Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, with pliable lever Steel ball-bearing mounted roller lever, track: 29/36 (1.14/1.42) ZCE 09 ZCY 54 Spring– rod lever, metal ZCY 18 Stay put, for actuation from left AND right (2) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) Spring lever with thermoplastic end Thermoplastic roller lever, track: 24/40 (0.94/1.57) ZCE 01 Round rod lever, glass fiber, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) LIMIT SWITCHES ZCY 53 Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) 21 Round rod lever, steel, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Dimensions: mm (in.) ZCY 23 Forked arm with rollers, 1 track, track: 32 (1.26) Forked arm with rollers, 2 track, track: 25/39 (0.98/1.54) ZCY 61 ZCY 71 Metal bodies with integral M12 connector, with: N.C. + N.O. snap action contact Metal bodies with contacts (1) for use in conjunction with cable entry (see below) ZCD 21M12 N.C. + N.C. snap action contact ZCD ZCD 29M12 Conduit entry, metal: ZCD EP16 ISO M16 x 1.5 1. ZCD EP20 ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCD EG11 Pg 11 ZCD EG13 Pg 13.5 ZCD EN12 1/2" NPT ZCD EF12 PF 1/2 (G1/2) For further details, see catalog 9006CT1007. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-13 Modular, Miniature and Compact XCMD, XCMN, XCKD, XCKP Complete Switches Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 21 Miniature, Precabled Limit Switches, Metal Table 21.16: XCMD Modular and XCMN Non-Modular OsiSense Steel Roller Plastic Roller Plunger Lever Variable Length Plastic Roller Lever M12 Head Steel Roller Plunger Cat Whisker End Plunger (non-modular) BK BK BK WH BU BN GN-YE BK WH BN GN-YE 2-pole contact N.C. + N.O. snap action 2-pole contact N.C. + N.O. slow break Actuation speed (m/s) Switches conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 section 3 Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 Rated operational characteristics Cable entry Mounting holes—in. (mm) Body dimensions—in. (mm), W x D x H 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.1 1 0.5 yes yes yes yes no yes IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP65 0.79 (20) 1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32 (30 x 16 x 59) Cat. No. pre-cabled length = 1 m 0.79 (20) 1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32 (30 x 16 x 59) Cat. No. Vac 15; B 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) / Vdc 13; R 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A) pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 1 m (other lengths available on request) 0.79 (20) 0.79 (20) 0.79 (20) 0.79 (20) 1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32 1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32 1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32 1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32 (30 x 16 x 59) (30 x 16 x 59) (30 x 16 x 59) (30 x 16 x 59) Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Ordering information 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. XCMD2102L1 snap action 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. XCMD2502L1 break before make, slow break Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-10 XCMD2115L1 XCMD2145L1 XCMD21F2L1 XCMD2106L1 XCMN2110L1 XCMD2515L1 XCMD2545L1 XCMD25F2L1 XCMD2506L1 — Compact, Modular Limit Switches, Metal or Plastic Table 21.17: XCKD and XCKP Compact, 30 mm Wide, Conforming to Standard EN 50047 OsiSense 21 22 21 22 13 13 14 XCKP 14 LIMIT SWITCHES BU XCMD, XCMN www.schneider-electric.us Metal End Plunger Plastic Roller Lever Horizontal Actuation M18 Head Metal End Plunger Plastic Roller Lever Variable Length Plastic Roller Lever Rubber Roller Lever Ø 50 mm Cat Whisker 1.5 1.5 1.5 1 yes yes yes no IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 2-pole contact N.C. + N.O. snap action 2-pole contact N.C. + N.O. slow break Actuation speed (m/s) 0.5 1 0.5 Switches conforming to yes yes yes IEC 60947-5-1 section 3 Degree of protection conforming to IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IEC 50 529 Rated operational Vac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / Vdc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A) characteristics Cable entry 1 tapped entry for 1/2" NPT Mounting holes (mm) 20 20 M18 x 1 Body dimensions (mm) 30 x 30 x 73 30 x 30 x 73 30 x 30 x 73 WxDxH Ordering information Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 20 20 20 20 30 x 30 x 73 30 x 30 x 73 30 x 30 x 73 30 x 30 x 73 Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. XCKD Metal, 30 mm Wide 2-pole, N.C.+ N.O. snap action 2-pole, N.C.+ N.O. break before make, slow break XCKD2110N12 XCKD2121N12 XCKD21H0N12 XCKD2118N12 XCKD2145N12 XCKD2139N12 XCKD2106N12 XCKD2510N12 XCKD2521N12 XCKD25H0N12 XCKD2518N12 XCKD2545N12 XCKD2539N12 XCKD2506N12 XCKP21H0N12 XCKP2118N12 XCKP2145N12 XCKP2139N12 XCKP2106N12 XCKP25H0N12 XCKP2518N12 XCKP2545N12 XCKP2539N12 XCKP2506N12 XCKP Plastic, 30 mm Wide, Double Insulated 2-pole, N.C.+ N.O. XCKP2110N12 XCKP2121N12 snap action 2-pole, N.C.+ N.O. XCKP2510N12 XCKP2521N12 break before make, slow break Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-12 21-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Modular, Miniature and Compact XCKT, XCDR, XCPR Complete Switches Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Compact Limit Switches with 2 Cable Entries and Modular Head Table 21.18: XCKT Compact, Plastic, 2 Cable Entries, Standard, 40 mm OsiSense Metal Roller Plunger Plastic Roller Lever Actuation speed (m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 Switches conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 section 3 yes yes yes Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 Rated operational characteristics Vac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / Vdc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A) 21 22 2-pole contact N.C. + N.O. snap action 21 13 14 LIMIT SWITCHES Metal End Plunger XCKT Cable entry Two Pg 11 cable entries. One 1/2" NPT adapter, DE9RA1012, is included. Mounting holes—in. (mm) 0.79 or 1.57 (20 or 40) 0.79 or 1.57 (20 or 40) 0.79 or 1.57 (20 or 40) Body dimensions—in. (mm), W x D x H 2.36 x 1.18 x 2.4 (60 x 30 x 61) 2.36 x 1.18 x 2.4 (60 x 30 x 61) 2.36 x 1.18 x 2.4 (60 x 30 x 61) Ordering information Complete switch 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. snap action Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. XCKT2110N12 XCKT2102N12 XCKT2118N12 Modular, Compact Limit Switches with Manual Reset Table 21.19: XCDR and XCPR Compact, Metal or Plastic, with Manual Reset, 30 mm OsiSense Metal End Plunger Plastic Roller Lever Horizontal Actuation Plastic Roller Lever Vertical Actuation Actuation speed (m/s) 0.5 1 1 Switches conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 section 3 yes yes yes Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 IP66 and IP67 Rated operational characteristics Vac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / Vdc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A) Cable entry 1 tapped entry for 1/2" NPT Mounting holes—in. (mm) 0.79 (20) Body dimensions—in. (mm), W x D x H 1.18 x 1.18 x 3.74 (30 x 30 x 95) 1.18 x 1.18 x 3.74 (30 x 30 x 95) 1.18 x 1.18 x 3.74 (30 x 30 x 95) XCDR and XCPR Ordering information 0.79 (20) 0.79 (20) Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. snap action XCDR2110N12 XCDR2121N12 XCDR2127N12 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break XCDR2510N12 XCDR2521N12 XCDR2527N12 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. snap action XCPR2110N12 XCPR2121N12 XCPR2127N12 2-pole, N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break XCPR2510N12 XCPR2521N12 XCPR2527N12 XCDR Metal Complete switch XCPR Plastic, Double Insulated Complete switch © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-15 Modular, Miniature and Compact Common Heads and Levers Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Common Head and Levers for XCMD, XCKD, XCKP, XCKT Table 21.20: Metal Plunger and Multi-Directional Heads LIMIT SWITCHES Metal End Plunger Metal End Plunger with Elastomer Protective Boot Steel Roller Plunger Retractable Steel Roller Lever Plastic Roller Lever, Horizontal Actuation Plastic Roller Lever, Vertical Actuation Cat. No. ZCE10 Cat. No. ZCE11 Cat. No. ZCE02 Cat. No. ZCE24 Cat. No. ZCE21 Cat. No. ZCE27 Bushing Mounted Bushing Mounted Bushing Mounted Bushing Mounted M12 Head Metal Plungerb M18 Head Metal Plungera M12 Head Steel Roller Plungera M18 Head Steel Roller Plungera Spring Lever Spring Lever with Plastic End Cat Whisker Cat. No. ZCEF0 Cat. No. ZCEH0 Cat. No. ZCEF2 Cat. No. ZCEH2 Cat. No. ZCE08 Cat. No. ZCE07 Cat. No. ZCE06 Table 21.21: Metal Rotary Heads and Levers Rotary Head without Lever, Spring Return, for Actuation from RH or LH Side Rotary Head without Lever, Stay Put, for Actuation from RH or LH Side c Cat. No. ZCE01 Cat. No. ZCE09 Cat. No. ZCY15 Cat. No. ZCY16 Cat. No. ZCY25 Cat. No. ZCY26 Cat. No. ZCY18 Steel Roller Lever, for Track: 20/36 mm (ZCMD) 24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)a Ceramic Roller Lever Variable Length, Rigid Plastic Roller Lever Variable Length, Bendable Plastic Roller Lever Variable Length, Rigid Steel Roller Lever Variable Length, Bendable Steel Roller Lever Metal Spring Lever Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. ZCY19 ZCY22 ZCY45 ZCY44 ZCY46 ZCY48 ZCY91 Recommended for Use with ZCE09 Head Recommended for Use with ZCE09 Head Round Plastic Rod Lever, Ø 6 mm, length = 200 mm Forked Lever Arm with 2 Tracks: 25/39 mm Forked Lever Arm with 1 Track: 32 mm Cat. No. ZCY59 Cat. No. ZCY61 Cat. No. ZCY71 Plastic Roller Lever Ø 50 mm Cat. No. ZCY39 21-16 Adjustable Plastic Roller Lever Ø 50 mm Plastic Roller Lever, Track: Steel Roller Lever, Track: Plastic Roller Lever, Track: Steel Roller Lever, Track: 24/31 mm (ZCMD) 24/31 mm (ZCMD) 16/39 mm (ZCMD) 16/39 mm (ZCMD) 29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)b 29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)b 21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)b 21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)b Square Steel Rod Lever, U 3 mm, length = 125 mm Round, Glass Fiber Rod Lever, Ø 3 mm length = 125 mm Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. ZCY49 ZCY54 ZCY55 a Recommended for use with body ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT... b Recommended for use with body: ZCMD... c Can only be used on ZCMD25 bodies. Plastic, Roller Lever, Track: 20/36 mm (ZCMD) 24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Modular, Miniature and Compact Bodies Body/Contact Assemblies and Connection Components Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us NOTE: Metal components must be used with metal bodies. Plastic components must be used with plastic bodies. Table 21.23: Cat. No. ZCMD29 Cat. No. ZCMD39 Cat. No. ZCMD25 BK WH BN GN-YE Cat. No. ZCMD21C12 Cat. No. ZCMD21M12 Connection of Miniature Body/Contact Assemblies Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. ZCMC21L1 ZCMC21L2 ZCMC21L5 ZCMC29L1 ZCMC29L2 ZCMC29L5 ZCMC39L1 ZCMC39L2 ZCMC39L5 ZCMC25L1 ZCMC25L2 ZCMC25L5 ZCMC37L1 ZCMC37L2 ZCMC37L5 4 3 1 2 1 – 2 = N.C. 3 – 4 = N.O. 5 = Ground 4 3 1 2 1 = Common 2 = N.C. 3 = Ground 4 = N.O. Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-10 Compact, Metal or Plastic Body/Contact Assemblies Cat. No. ZCD29 ZCP29 Cat. No. — ZCP21D44 21 14 22 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Slow break 13 Cat. No. — ZCT21P16 21 Cat. No. — ZCP21M12 22 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 13 21 22 Cat. No. ZCD21M12 — 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 14 13 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 14 21 22 21 13 14 22 13 14 Cat. No. ZCD25 ZCP25 13 21 Cat. No. ZCD39 ZCP39 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 14 31 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Slow break 22 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. Snap action Cat. No. — ZCT25P16 Connection of Compact Body/Contact Assemblies Interchangeable cable entry Table 21.25: 21 Cat. No. ZCD21 ZCP21 22 Metal Plastic 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 13 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 14 Type of contact 32 Table 21.24: Metal Plastic ISO M16 ISO M20 Pg 11 Pg 13.5 1/2” NPT PF 1/2 NPSF Deutsch Connector Cat. No. ZCDEP16 ZCPEP16 Cat. No. ZCDEP20 ZCPEP20 Cat. No. ZCDEG11 ZCPEG11 Cat. No. ZCDEG13 ZCPEG13 Cat. No. ZCDEN12 ZCPEN12 Cat. No. ZCDEF12 ZCPEF12 Cat. No. — ZCPED44 Note: Plastic conduit entries shown. Order plastic conduit entries for plastic bodies (XCKP/ZCP). Order metal conduit entries (chrome color) for metal bodies (XCKD/ZCD). Metal conduit entries do not fit on plastic bodies. Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-17 21 BK BU 1 SPDT contact Snap action 4-pin connector GN-YE BK WH BN Cat. No. ZCMD37 Specific pre-cabled connection components Length (m) 1 2 5 BU GN-YE BK WH RD WH BN BK WH BN Cat. No. ZCMD41 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action 5-pin connector BK BU BK BU BK BU BK WH RD WH BN BK WH BN Cat. No. ZCMD21 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. Slow break GN-YE GN-YE GN-YE Metal body 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Slow break RD 4-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. + N.O. Snap action 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. Snap action BK BK 2-pole N.C. + N.C. Snap action BU 2-pole N.C. + N.O. Snap action Type of contact LIMIT SWITCHES Miniature, Metal Body/Contact Assemblies RD Table 21.22: Light Duty Compact, Plastic, Non-Modular Refer to Catalog 9007CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us XCKN Compact Plastic, Non-Modular, 30 mm Wide 14 22 21 2 pole break before make, slow break Metal end plunger Thermoplastic roller-lever plunger Plastic roller plunger Plastic roller plunger for lateral cam for cross cam Horizontal actuation Vertical actuation in approach approach in 1 direction 1 direction On end By 30° cam 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 30 N (6.75 lb) 0.065 (0.143) Cat. No. XCKN2110P20 XCKN2510P20 XCKN2910P20 0.3 m/s (0.99 ft/s) 12 N (2.70 lb) 20 N (4.50 lb) 0.065 (0.143) Cat. No. XCKN2102P20 XCKN2502P20 XCKN2902P20 Rotary, variable length thermoplastic roller-lever Rotary, Rotary, variable Multi-directional, thermoplastic length, thermoplastic spring rod roller-lever, Ø 50 mm roller-lever, Ø 50 mm By any moving part 22 14 2 pole snap action Switch actuation Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping For positive opening Minimum force of torque 0.065 (0.143) Cat. No. XCKN2103P20 XCKN2503P20 XCKN2903P20 0.1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 6 N (1.35 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.070 (0.154) Cat. No. XCKN2121P20 XCKN2521P20 XCKN2921P20 0.070 (0.154) Cat. No. XCKN2127P20 XCKN2527P20 XCKN2927P20 21 22 21 22 14 14 13 13 Weight, kg (lb) Ordering Information (sold in packs of 20) 2 pole N.C. + N.O. snap action 2 pole N.C. + N.O., break before make, slow break 2 pole N.C. + N.C. snap action 2 pole snap action 2 pole break before make, slow break Switch actuation Rotary, thermoplastic roller-lever By 30° cam Multi-directional, cat’s whisker Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force of torque For positive opening Weight, kg (lb) Ordering Information (sold in packs of 20) 2 pole N.C. + N.O. snap action 2 pole N.C. + N.O., break before make, slow break 2 pole N.C. + N.C. snap action 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in) 0.085 (0.187) Cat. No. XCKN2118P20 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 0.13 N•m (0.11 lb-in) – 0.085 (0.187) 0.075 (0.165) Cat. No. Cat. No. XCKN2108P20 XCKN2106P20 0.090 (0.198) Cat. No. XCKN2145P20 0.110 (0.243) Cat. No. XCKN2139P20 0.115 (0.254) Cat. No. XCKN2149P20 XCKN2518P20 XCKN2545P20 XCKN2539P20 XCKN2549P20 XCKN2508P20 XCKN2506P20 XCKN2918P20 XCKN2945P20 XCKN2939P20 XCKN2949P20 XCKN2908P20 XCKN2906P20 XCNR Compact Plastic, Non-Modular, with Manual Reset, 30 mm Wide 21 13 Table 21.27: 14 22 11 21 2 pole N.C. + N.O. 22 2 pole N.C. + N.C. 12 LIMIT SWITCHES 13 21 Osisense Limit Switches 13 21 Table 21.26: XCKN and XCNR Complete Switches Switch actuation Metal end plunger Plastic roller plunger On end By 30° cam 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 30 N (6.74 lb) 0.080 (0.18) Cat. No. XCNR2110P20 XCNR2510P20 XCNR2910P20 0.3 m/s (0.99 ft/s) 12 N (2.70 lb) 20 N (4.50 lb) 0.080 (0.18) Cat. No. XCNR2102P20 XCNR2502P20 XCNR2902P20 Thermoplastic roller-lever plunger Horizontal actuation in Vertical actuation in 1 direction 1 direction Rotary head, thermoplastic roller-lever plunger 0.1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 6 N (1.35 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.085 (0.19) Cat. No. XCNR2121P20 XCNR2521P20 XCNR2921P20 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in) 0.100 (0.22) Cat. No. XCNR2118P20 XCNR2518P20 XCNR2918P20 Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force of torque For tripping For positive opening Weight, kg (lb) Ordering Information (sold in packs of 20) 2 pole N.C. + N.O.snap action 2 pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break 2 pole N.C. + N.C. snap action Table 21.28: Cable Entries and Contact Configurations M20 Pg 11 1/2” NPT Other cable entries Other contact configurations Function diagrams Cable entry 21-18 0.090 (0.20) Cat. No. XCNR2127P20 XCNR2527P20 XCNR2927P20 Order with suffix P20 for 1 entry tapped to M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry. Clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.) Replace P20 suffix with G11suffix, 18.6 x 1.41 Replace P20 suffix with G11 suffix. Order 1/2" NPT adapter DE91012 For other cable entries, including complete switches with ISO M16 x 1.5 or PF 1/2 (G 1/2) cable entry, please consult your local sales office. For other 2- and 3-pole configurations, please consult your local sales office. See catalog 9006CT1007. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Light Duty Industrial, Standard Body, Plastic XCKS, Double Insulated Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us XCKS Standard Body, Plastic, Double Insulated Environmental Specifications Conforming to standards Products Machine assemblies IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 For operation For storage - 25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) - 40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F) Approvals UL, CSA, CCC Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn (10–500 Hz) Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 50 gn (11 ms) Electric shock protection Class II conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030 Degree of protection IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 03 conforming to EN 50102 Repeat accuracy 0.05 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger Tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread. To convert to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212. For ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the end of the catalog number. Example: XCKS101 becomes XCKS101H29. Depending on model Materials Plastic (body and head) 21 22 21 22 21 14 14 13 13 Table 21.30: 11 21 Cable entry Selection, Plunger and Rotary Heads Form B a Form C a Form A a Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever c Form D a 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action 2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break 22 2-pole N.C. + N.C. 12 LIMIT SWITCHES Table 21.29: Ordering Informationb Elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) c Variable length thermoplastic roller lever c Variable length elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) c Round thermoplastic rod lever, Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.) d e Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action (XE2SP2151) XCKS101 XCKS102 XCKS131 XCKS139 XCKS141 XCKS149 XCKS159 2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) XCKS501 XCKS502 XCKS531 XCKS539 XCKS541 XCKS549 XCKS559 2-pole N.C. + N.C. snap action (XE2SP2141) ZCKS9 + ZCKD01 ZCKS9 + ZCKD02 ZCKS9 + ZCKD31 ZCKS9 + ZCKD39 ZCKS9 + ZCKD41 ZCKS9 + ZCKD49 ZCKS9 + ZCKD59 2-pole N.C. + N.C. simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) ZCKS7 + ZCKD01 ZCKS7 + ZCKD02 ZCKS7 + ZCKD31 ZCKS7 + ZCKD39 ZCKS7 + ZCKD41 ZCKS7 + ZCKD49 ZCKS7 + ZCKD59 Weight, kg (lb) 0.095 (0.209) Contact operation N.C. contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. Table 21.31: 0.105 (0.231) 0.145 (0.320) 0.150 (0.331) 0.155 (0.342) 0.155 (0.342) 0.150 (0.331) — Specifications Switch actuation On end By any moving part By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) For tripping 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in) For positive opening 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.3 N•m (2.66 lb-in) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) — — 1 entry tapped M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.) Cable entry To convert PG 13 to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212. For ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the end of the catalog number. Example: XCKS101 becomes XCKS101H29. a Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 6/92 of catalog 9006CT1007. b Switches with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office. c Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. d Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. e Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-19 Osisense Limit Switches XC Standard, Classic XCKM and XCKL, Metal, Variable Composition Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 LIMIT SWITCHES Spring-rod lever with thermoplastic end (1) Spring-rod lever, metal (1) Variable-length thermoplastic roller lever (1) Round rod lever, thermoplastic,Ø 6 mm(1) ZCKD81 ZCKD91 ZCKD41 ZCKD59 Cat’s whisker Spring rod ZCKD06 ZCKD08 Thermoplastic roller lever (1) Steel roller lever (1) Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (1) ZCKD15 ZCKD16 ZCKD17 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger with protective boot, 1 direction of actuation Steel roller lever plunger, 1 direction of actuation Steel roller lever plunger with protective boot, 1 direction of actuation ZCKD21 ZCKD219 ZCKD23 ZCKD239 Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with protective boot Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with protective boot ZCKD10 ZCKD109 ZCKD02 ZCKD029 Thermoplastic roller lever, 1 direction of actuation Body with 2-pole contact and one 1/2" NPT cable entry using the included adapter, DE9RA1012 ZCKL1 / L5 / L6 / L7 ZCKL8H7 21-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Osisense Limit Switches XC Standard, Classic XCKM and XCKL , Metal, Variable Composition Square-rod lever, steel, Ø 6 mm L = 125 mm (2) Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 mm L = 125 mm (2) ZCKY55 Round rod lever, thermoplastic,Ø 6 mm L = 200 mm (2) ZCKY59 21 ZCKY54 LIMIT SWITCHES Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Spring-rod lever, metal(1) Spring-rod lever, with thermoplastic end (1) ZCKY91 ZCKY81 Variable length elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (1) Variable length steel roller lever (1) ZCKY41 ZCKY43 Thermoplastic roller lever (1) ZCKY31 Steel roller lever (1) ZCKY33 ZCKY49 Elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1) ZCKY39 Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (1) ZCKY34 For actuation from left AND right or from left OR right ZCKG00 (1) (2) ZCKD05 Head assuring positive opening operation when used with a conforming lever. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-21 Compact General Duty XCKL Complete Switches Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 XCKL XCKL is a compact, general-duty limit switch for applications such as machine tools and material handling. Table 21.32: Specifications LIMIT SWITCHES Rated Power (conforms to IEC 947-5-1, duty categories AC15 and DC13) -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) Temperature range The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 12 Enclosure rating IP66 Vibration resistance 25 G (10–500 Hz), conforming to IEC 68-2-6 XCKL110H7 Shock resistance 50 G, conforming to IEC 68-2-27 Repeatability 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) Cable entry Standard: Pg 11 with DE9RA1012 adapter for 1/2" NPT conduit entry Contact Characteristics Rated thermal current 10 A Rated insulation voltage 300 Vac and dc (A300 and Q300) Contact resistance (max.) 25 mΩ Cable (max.) 2 x #16 AWG (1.5 mm2) per terminal Short circuit protection (customer supplied) 10 A fuse type SC. Outside U.S. use gl or N. Complete Switches Table 21.33: Lever Operated Description a Programmable head CW and/or CCW–snap action Delrin® roller lever–adjustable in 5° or 45° in increments (reversible mounting). Functional Diagram 23° 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11° 0 Adjustable length roller lever–adjustable in 5° or 45° increments (reversible mounting). XCKL10011H7 58°(P) 90° 23° 58°(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 11° 90° 26° CW and CCW, Delrin roller lever 58°(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 11° 70° .105 0 Table 21.34: .25(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 One way lever-Delrin roller .05 Operating Torque/Force Contact Configuration Catalog Number 14.2 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL10011H7 14.2 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL50011H7 14.2 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL10041H7 14.2 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL50041H7 21.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL115H7 21.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL515H7 25.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL121H7 25.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL521H7 Operating Torque/Force Contact Configuration Catalog Number 1.84 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL106H7 1.84 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL506H7 Operating Torque/Force Contact Configuration Catalog Number 35.6 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL110H7 35.6 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL510H7 35.6 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap XCKL102H7 35.6 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow XCKL502H7 Omnidirectional Description a Functional Diagram XCKL115H7 30° 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Wobble stick-steel rod 0 Table 21.35: 14° Plunger Operated Description a Functional Diagram .07 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Rod plunger XCKL110H7 0 .035 .217 .07 .177(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Roller plunger 0 a .18(P) .034 Diagrams shown are for XCKL1 • • •. Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-20 Lever arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-23 XCKL102H7 File CCN E39281 NKCR File Class LR44087 3211-03 Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–24 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13 lb-in 21-22 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Compact General Duty XCKL Components Refer to Catalog 9006CT0101 Bodies—Electric Components Body: Single pole, double break, 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap action, positive opening, same polarity Body: Single pole, double break, 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow make, slow break isolated Table 21.37: ZCKL1H7, ZCKL5H7 Contacts Silver Gold Flashed Catalog Number ZCKL1H7 ZCKL18H7 Silver ZCKL5H7 Rotary Heads Components Catalog Number Programmable headb CW and/or CCW Select lever arm separately ZCKG00 Offset Delrin roller levera ZCKD15 Offset steel roller levera ZCKD16 Offset ball-bearing roller levera ZCKD17 a Replacement arms are not available separately. Order complete head as a replacement. b See page 21-22. ZCKG00H7 ZCKD15,16,17H7 ZCKD10H7 ZCKD02H7 ZCKD21,23H7 Table 21.38: ZCKY43H7 ZCKY81H7 ZCKY71H7 ZCKY91H7 Body Head ZCKL5 H7+ ZCKD02 = XCKL502H7 Body Head Lever ZCKL1H7 + ZCKG00 + ZCKY11 = XCKL10011H7 Note: Some combinations are not available as complete switches. Catalog Number ZCKD10 ZCKD109 ZCKD02 ZCKD029 ZCKD21 ZCKD23 Omnidirectional Heads Replacement Parts Description Contact block for ZCKL1 Contact block for ZCKL5 Gold flashed contact block for ZCKL18 Pg 11 to 1/2" NPT conduit entry adapter Table 21.41: ZCKY51H7 Examples: Body Head ZCKL1H7 + ZCKD15 = XCKL115H7 Description Catalog Number Cat whisker—steel rodc ZCKD06 Wobble spring—steel springc ZCKD08 c Replacement cat whiskers and wobble extensions are not available separately. Order complete head as a replacement. Table 21.40: ZCKY11H7 Complete Switch = Body (with contact assembly) + Head + Lever Plunger Heads Description Rod plunger Booted rod plunger Roller plunger Booted roller plunger One-way lever—Delrin roller Steel roller Table 21.39: Building a Complete Switch 21 Table 21.36: Catalog Number XESP2151 XENP2151 XESP2158 DE9RA1012 Levers (for use with ZCKG00 heads only—these arms will not fit ZCKD heads) Description Size Adjustmente Increments Catalog Number Delrin roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long 5° or 45° ZCKY11 Steel roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long 5° or 45° ZCKY13 Ball bearing roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long 5° or 45° ZCKY14 Adjustable length 0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 4.2 in. long (max.) 5° or 90° ZCKY41 Delrin rollerd Steel roller 0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 4.2 in. long (max.) 5° or 90° ZCKY43 Steel rod, squared 1/8 in. side, 5.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY51 Fiberglass rod, roundd 1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY52 Steel rod, roundd 1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY53 Plastic rod, roundd 1/4 in. diameter, 8.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY59 Fork, 2 track Delrin roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide for ZCKE092 5° or 45° ZCKY71 Coil spring lever d 4.41 in. (112 mm) 5° or 45° ZCKY81 Spring rod leverd 7.05 in. (179 mm) 5° or 45° ZCKY91 d Flexible operators do not guarantee positive opening operation. e Reverse mounting (for ZCKG00 head)—The higher increment (45° or 90°) is a positive opening contact feature which ensures no loss of mechanical effort between the actuation point and the moving contact bridge of the N.C. contact even if the lever is loosely mounted on the head shaft. Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–24 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13 lb-in ZCKG00 Programming The ZCKG00 head is field convertible to CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. Reverse Lever Mounting File CCN © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIMIT SWITCHES www.schneider-electric.us 42259 NKCR File Class LR25490 3211 03 21-23 Osisense Limit Switches Standard Industrial, Metal XCKJ Industrial Format EN 50041, Fixed or Plug-in Body Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, 1 direction of actuation Steel roller lever plunger, 1 direction of actuation LIMIT SWITCHES ZCKE21 Side metal plunger ZCKE63 Spring rod ZCKE08 End reinforced steel roller plunger ZCKE67 End metal plunger ZCKE61 ZCKE23 Side steel roller plunger, horizontal (1) ZCKE64 Side steel roller plunger, horizontal (1) ZCKE65 Cat’s whisker ZCKE06 End steel roller plunger with protective boot End steel roller plunger ZCKE629 ZCKE62 End steel ball bearing plunger End metal plunger with protective boot ZCKE66 ZCKE619 Body with 2-pole contact, fixed, 1 step, M12 connector (2) Body with contact, cable entry for 1/2” NPT fixed, 1 step (2) (3) ZCKJ1D / J5D / J6D / J7D ZCKJ8D ZCKJD3p ZCKJ1 / J5 / J6 / J7 / J9H7 Body with contact, cable entry for 1/2” NPT plug-in, 1 or 2 step (2) (3) ZCKJ11 / J21 / J41H7 Body with contact, cable entry for 1/2” NPT fixed, 1 step (2) (3) ZCKJ2 / J8H7 Body with contact, cable entry for 1/2” NPT fixed, 2 step (2) (3) ZCKJ4H7 2 CO snap action (1) (2) (3) Cannot be used with bodies ZCKJ4H7 and ZCKJ41H7. For further information, see page 21-27. For a cable entry tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, change H7 to H29. Example: ZCKJ1H7 becomes ZCKJ1H29. For a cable entry tapped Pg 13.5, delete H7 from the catalog number. Example: JCKJ1H7 becomes ZCKJ1. 21-24 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved XCKJ Industrial Format EN 50041, Fixed or Plug-in Body Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Round rod lever, steel, Ø 3 mm L = 125 mm (5) ZCKY51 ZCKY53 Spring lever with thermoplastic end (4) Spring return, for actuation from left AND right or from left OR right ZCKE05 ZCKY52 ZCKY91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (4) Variable length steel roller lever (4) ZCKY41 ZCKY43 Thermoplastic roller lever (5) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 mm L = 200 mm (5) ZCKY59 Spring-rod lever, metal (4) ZCKY81 ZCKY11 Steel roller lever (5) ZCKY13 Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (5) ZCKY14 Body with double-pole 2 CO, neutral position, snap action contact cable entry for 1/2” NPT, fixed (3) 1 CW, 1 CCW (see page 21-26) Body with double-pole 2 CO, neutral position, snap action contact cable entry for 1/2” NPT, plug-in (3) 1 CW, 1 CCW (see page 21-26) ZCKJ404H7 ZCKJ4104H7 Stay put, for actuation from left AND right (6) ZCKE09 (4) (5) (6) Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 mm L = 125 mm (5) 21 Square-rod lever, steel, Ø 3 mm L = 125 mm (5) LIMIT SWITCHES Osisense Limit Switches Standard Industrial, Metal Forked arm with thermoplastic rollers, 1 track (5) ZCKY71 Forked arm with thermoplastic rollers, 2 track (5) ZCKY61 Head assuring positive opening operation when used with a conforming lever. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. Suitable for bodies with contacts ZCKJ1 / J2 / J31 / J39H7. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-25 Heavy Duty / Industrial Metal Body XCKJ Complete Switches Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 XCKJ fixed body type precision switches with an SPDT configuration have direct opening contacts to meet most international standards. Table 21.42: Specifications Rated Power (conforms to IEC 947-5-1, duty categories AC15 and DC13) –13 to +158 °F (–25 to +70 °C); optional –40 to +248 °F (–40 to +120 °C). The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. NEMA 1,2,3,4,12; IEC Type IP66 25 G (10–500 Hz), conforming to IEC 68-2-6 50 G, conforming to IEC 68-2-27 0.0004 in. (0.01 mm) 1/2" NPT standard Temperature range LIMIT SWITCHES Enclosure rating Vibration resistance Shock resistance Repeatability (max.) Cable entry XCKJ10511H7 Contact Characteristics Rated thermal current Rated insulation voltage Contact resistance (max) Cable (max.) 10 A, conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 No.14, IEC 337-1, NFC 63-140, VDE 0660-200 Non-plug-in: 300 Vac (A300) and DC (Q300) Plug-in: 600 Vac (A600) and DC (Q600) Non-plug-in: 25 m Ω Plug-in: 45 m Ω 2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) per terminal—1 x #16 AWG for 2 SPDT (2 N.O., 2 N.C.) Short circuit protection 10 A fuse type SC; Form I Class J or equivalent. Outside US use type gl or N. Table 21.43: Complete Switches, XCKJ Description and Functional Diagram Operating Torque Contact Type Direct Opening Catalog Number Non-plug-in Housings Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 45° increments (reversible mountings) 33.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) Ya 33.3 oz-in 2 SPDT (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) N XCKJ10541H7 Lever operated 23° 58°(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 90° 0 11° XCKJ161H7 Adjustable length—Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 90° increments 33.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N 33.3 oz-in 2 SPDT (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) N Adjustable length—1/8 in. diameter steel rod adjustable in 5° or 45° increments 33.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N Adjustable length—1/4 in. plastic rod adjustable in 5° or 45° increments 33.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N XCKJ10511H7 XCKJ20511H7 XCKJ10541H7 XCKJ20541H7 XCKJ10553H7 XCKJ10559H7 Neutral Position One SPDT contact switch per direction. Past 20° CW, contact 1 (11-12 / 13-14) switches. Past 20° CCW, contact 2 (21-22 / 23-24) switches. Levers not included. 20° 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11° 0 90° 26.6 oz-in 2 SPDT (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) N ZCKJ404H7 20° 23-22 23-24 21-22 23-24 90" 11 0 Plunger Operated .08° .185(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKJ110511H7 .24 0 Rod plunger 48 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) Ya XCKJ161H7 Steel roller plunger 48 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) Ya XCKJ167H7 .035 Plug-in Housings Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 45° increments (reversible mountings) 33.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N Adjustable length Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 90° increments Lever Operated 23 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 90° 11° 33.3 oz-in SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N XCKJ110511H7 XCKJ110541H7 Neutral Position One SPDT contact switch per direction. Past 20° CW, contact 1 (11-12 / 13-14) switches. Past 20° CCW, contact 2 (21-22 / 23-24) switches. Levers not included. XCKJ1167H7 20° 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 0 23-22 23-24 21-22 23-24 90° 11° 26.6 oz-in 2 SPDT (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) N ZCKJ4104H7 Rod plunger 48 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N XCKJ1161H7 Steel roller plunger 48 oz SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) N XCKJ1167H7 20° 90" 11 0 Plunger Operated .08" XCKJ167H7 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 035" a 24" Direct opening contacts meet IEC 947-5-1 requirements for positive opening contacts. Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-24 21-26 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty / Industrial Metal Body XCKJ Bodies and Options Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Non-plug-in Silver Contacts (10 A) Direct Opening 1 Step 1 Step 1 Step 2 Step SPDT SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) (isolated N.O. + N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) Catalog Number Snap action Slow break-before-make Snap action Snap action Ya Ya N N ZCKJ1H7 ZCKJ5H7 ZCKJ2H7 ZCKJ4H7 (N.O. + N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) Snap action Snap action Ya N ZCKJ18H7 ZCKJ28H7 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) (N.O. + N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) Snap action Snap action Snap action Ya N N ZCKJ15H7 ZCKJ25H7 ZCKJ4045H7 SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) Snap action Snap action Snap action N N N ZCKJ11H7 ZCKJ21H7 ZCKJ41H7 (N.O. + N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.) Snap action Snap action Snap action N N N ZCKJ115H7 ZCKJ215H7 ZCKJ41045H7 Catalog Number Pins Suffix ZCKJ1/J11/J5H7 5 pins 547 ZCKJ2/J4/J21/J41H7 9 pins 947 Gold Flashed Contacts (low power circuits max. 12 V, 0.1 A) 1 Step 1 Step High Temperature: +248 °F (+120 °C) 1 Step 1 Step Neutral Position Table 21.45: Plug-in Silver Contacts (10 A) Direct Opening 1 Step 1 Step 2 Step Catalog Number High Temperature: +248 °F (+120 °C) 1 Step 1 Step Neutral Position ZCKJ11H7 Plug-in Table 21.46: SPDT 2 SPDT 2 SPDT Wiring Options Mini style male receptacle (For example, to order a ZCKJ1H7 body with a mini-style connector option, the part number is ZCKJ1547.) Table 21.47: Plug and Cable Assemblies Matching plug and cable assemblies for the mini style receptacle options may be ordered as follows: Description XZCP1141L* Cable Cable Length 3 ft 6 ft 12 ft 3 ft 6 ft 12 ft 6.56 ft 16.40 ft 32.81 ft Plug and cable Pre-wired connector, female a Pins Matches Receptacle Option 5 547 9 947 4 XCSDMR•L / XCSDMP•L Catalog Number BH2053 BH2056 BH20512 BH2093 BH2096 BH20912 XZCP1141L2 XZCP1141L5 XZCP1141L10 Direct opening contacts meet IEC 947-5-1 requirements for positive opening contacts when using head. Building a Complete Switch Complete Switch = Body (with contact assembly) + Head + Lever Example: Lever = XCKJ10511H7 Rotary Head ZCKE05 with Operating Lever ZCKY11 5 ZCKJ*D 2 62 6.5 Non-Plug-in Body ZCKJ1H7 57 5 21 ZCKY11 13 + 22 Head ZCKE05 14 Body ZCKJ1H7 + 1 3 41 41 (1) 33.5 = 44 30 63 60 76.5 4 1 - 2 = NC 3 - 4 = NO 5 = 4A / 24 V max. = 40 File CCN E39281 NKCR File Class LR44087 3211-03 Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–24 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13 lb-in © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-27 21 ZCKJ1H7 Non-plug-in SPDT 2 SPDT LIMIT SWITCHES Table 21.44: Heavy Duty / Industrial Metal Body 21 Table 21.48: XCKJ Operating Heads Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Lever-Operated Heads Contact Operation with Switch Bodies: 1 Step 2 Step 1 Step ZCKJ1a / J11 / J2 / J21H7 ZCKJ4 / J41H7 ZCKJ5H7 a 23° 23° 58°(P) LIMIT SWITCHES Catalog Number 33 oz-in, 0.25 N ZCKE05 40°(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Standard operation 1 Step CW and/or CCW Operating Force/Torque 0 33° 90° 90° 0 11° 23° 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 2 Step 11-12, 13-14 first step 0 5° 90° 42° 21-22 23-24 21-22 23-24 21-22, 23-24 second step 5° 0 90° ZCKE05 Programming CW and CCW CW CW and CCW CCW 65° 21-22 13-14 0 90° Maintained operation 33 oz-in, 0.25 N ZCKE09 Operating Force/Torque Catalog Number 48 oz 18 N ZCKE61 48 oz 18 N ZCKE66 48 oz 18 N ZCKE67 48 oz 18 N ZCKE21 48 oz 18 N ZCKE23 48 oz 18 N ZCKE63 48 oz 18 N ZCKE64 48 oz 18 N ZCKE65 65° 21-22 13-14 90° 0 Note: Neutral position head ZCKE04 is not available separately. Order the head and body subassemblies from page 21-26. Table 21.49: Plunger-Operated Heads Contact Operation with Switch Bodies: 1 Step 2 Step 1 Step ZCKJ1a / J11 / J2 / J21 / H7 ZCKJ4 / J41H7 ZCKJ5H7 a .08° .08 .08" .185(P) 0 0 .24 0 .135(P) 21-22 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Top rod plunger .035" .125 .24" .24" .035 .4" Ball-bearing top plunger 21-22 23-24 21-22 23-24 0 Steel roller plunger One-way Delrin roller based on actuation by 30° cam One way steel roller based on actuation by 30° cam .114 .035" .24" .114 .261(P) 0 0 .182 .05" .06" .6 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Side rod plunger .193(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 .114 (P) 21-22 13-14 0 0 .106 .217 .22" .035" Side steel roller-plunger, horizontal based on actuation by 30° cam Side steel roller-plunger, vertical based on actuation by 30° cam a Direct opening 21-28 .6 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 .6 .145(P) .107(P) 21-22 13-14 0 .035 .105 when used with any head on this page except ZCKE09 (maintained operation). © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty / Industrial Metal Body XCKJ Operating Heads, Replacement Parts, and Levers Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Omnidirectional Heads Contact Operation with Switch Bodies: Cat whisker-steela Wobble coil springsa a 2 Step 1 Step ZCKJ4, J41 ZCKJ5 20° 21-22 13-14 0 0 ZCKE06 18.4 oz-in, 0.13 N ZCKE08 Catalog Number ZCKY11/13/14 Omnidirectional b High temperature b -13 °F to +248 °F (-25 °C to +120 °C) Standard operations ZCKE056 ZCKE055 Maintained operations ZCKE096 ZCKE095 Top rod plunger ZCKE616 ZCKE615 Ball-bearing top plunger ZCKE666 ZCKE665 Top roller plunger ZCKE676 ZCKE675 One way Delrin roller ZCKE216 ZCKE215 One way steel roller ZCKE236 ZCKE235 Side rod plunger ZCKE636 ZCKE635 Side steel roller plunger-horizontal ZCKE646 ZCKE645 Side steel roller plunger-vertical ZCKE656 ZCKE655 Cat whisker ZCKE066 ZCKE065 Wobble coil spring ZCKE086 ZCKE085 21 Low temperatureb -40 °F to +158 °F (-40 °C to +70 °C) Plunger operated The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Table 21.52: Replacement Parts Description (see page 21-27 for contact description) ZCKY61 18.4 oz-in, 0.13 N 45° 10° Description XE2SP2151 ZCKY51/52/53/59 Catalog Number Operating Heads—for extended temperature ranges Lever operated ZCKY43/41 20° 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Operating Force/Torque Flexible operators do not guarantee direct (positive) opening operation. Table 21.51: Non-plug-in Style Contact Block 1 Step ZCKJ1, J11,J2,J21 Direct Opening Catalog Number Contact block for ZCKJ1H7 Y XE2SP2151 Contact block for ZCKJ2H7 N XESP2021 Contact block for ZCKJ4H7 N XESP2031 Contact block for ZCKJ5H7 Y XE2NP2151 Contact block for ZCKJ18H7 (gold flashed) Y XE2SP2158 Contact block for ZCKJ28H7 (gold flashed) N XESP2028 Plug-in module for ZCKJ11H7 (includes contact block) N ZCKJ01H7 Plug-in module for ZCKJ21 (includes contact block) N ZCKJ02H7 Plug-in module for ZCKJ41 (includes contact block) N ZCKJ04H7 Base receptacle for ZCKJ11H7 — ZCKJ019H7 Base receptacle for ZCKJ21H7 — ZCKJ029H7 Base receptacle for ZCKJ41H7 — ZCKJ029H7 Adjustment Increments Catalog Number Adjustable Delrin roller, 0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 3 in. long (max.) 5° or 90° ZCKY41 Adjustable steel roller, 0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 3 in. long (max.) 5° or 90° ZCKY43 Adjustable rod-square, steel, 1/8 in. side, 5.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY51 Adjustable rod-round, fiberglass, 1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY52 Adjustable rod-round, steel, 1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY53 Adjustable rod-round, plastic, 1/4 in. diameter, 8.4 in. long (max.) 5° or 45° ZCKY59 Coil spring lever 5° or 90° ZCKY81 Spring rod lever 5° or 90° ZCKY91 Delrin roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long 5° or 45° d ZCKY11 Steel roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long 5° or 45° d ZCKY13 Ball bearing roller 0.9' diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long 5° or 45° d ZCKY14 Fork, 2 track, Delrin roller, 0.9 in.diameter, 0.2 in. wide for ZCK-E09 5° or 45° d ZCKY61 Fork, 1 track, Delrin roller, 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide for ZCK-E09 5° or 45° d ZCKY71 Table 21.53: Lever Arms Description ZCKY71 Adjustable or Flexible Operators c ZCKY81 Reverse Mounting ZCKY91 c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIMIT SWITCHES Table 21.50: Adjustable and flexible operators do not guarantee positive opening operation. Reverse mounting: The higher increment (45°) is a direct (positive) opening contact feature which ensures no loss of mechanical effort between the actuation point and the moving contact bridge of the direct (positive) contact (N.C.) even if the lever is loosely mounted. 21-29 Heavy Duty Industrial Metal Plug-in Body 9007C Adaptable Sub-Assemblies Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 LIMIT SWITCHES 9007 H 9007 R + mushroom button 9007 G 9007 K 9007 L 9007 GD 9007 E 9007 ED 9007 D 9007 F 9007 J 9007 JKC 9007 KC 9007 CT52 9007 CT54 9007 CT62 9007 CO54 9007 CO62 9007 CO52 NOTE: Order the mushroom operator cap from Table 21.56 on page 21-33. 21-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Industrial Metal Plug-in Body 9007C Adaptable Sub-Assemblies Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 21 LIMIT SWITCHES www.schneider-electric.us 9007 MA11 9007 HA1 9007 FA1 9007 AA1 9007 EA1 9007 LA4 9007 FA6 9007 KB11 9007 LA19 9007 CA11 9007 A, B, C, N, T5, T10 9007 BA3 9007 KA11 9007 HA21 9007 RA11 9007 HA23 NOTE: Head 9007C is for use with levers LA19 and LA4. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-31 Heavy Duty Industrial Single- and Two-Pole 9007C Limit Switches Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Oiltight, Watertight Switches—Standard and Compact Bodies Table 21.54: All Type C Switches Rated NEMA 6P and UL Type 6P Side Plunger LIMIT SWITCHES Rotary Lever Arm Select Turret Head Standard Pre-travel Spring Return Low Differential Spring Return Neutral Position Standard Pre-travel Spring Return Low Differential Spring Return Light Operating Torque Spring Return Maintained Contact CW & CCW a CW & CCW a CW & CCW CW & CCW CW & CCW a CW (Trip) CCW (Reset) Side RollerPlunger Spring Return Vertical Roller b Type Side PushRod Plunger Spring Return Side PushRod Plunger Adjustablec Spring Return Side PushRod Plunger Maintained Contact Select Basic Switch Contacts Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type C54B2 C54A2 — — C54N2 C54C C54F C54G C54GD C54H Standard Box Plug-in 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Neutral Position 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Two Stage C62B2 C62A2 — — C62N2 C62C C62F C62G C62GD C62H — — C68T10 C68T5 — — — — — — C66B2 C66A2 — — C66N2 — C66F C66G C66GD — 1 N.O. 1 N.C. C52B2 C52A2 — — C52N2 C52C C52F C52G C52GD C52H CR53B2 CR53A2 — — CR53N2 CR53C CR53F CR53G CR53GD CR53H CR61B2 CR61A2 — — CR61N2 CR61C CR61F CR61G CR61GD CR61H Compact Box Plug-in UL Listed for Hazardous Location Division I Class I Groups B, C, D Class II Groups E, F, G 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Neutral Position 2 N.O. –2 N.C. Two Stage Head Only (Example: 9007B) — — — — — — — CR65N2 — CR65F CR65G CR65GD — F G GD T10 T5 N C 5° 10° 5° 10° 45° 0.08 in. (2 mm) 0.14 in. (3.6 mm) 10° 5° — — 10° — 0.08 in. (2 mm) — 2-1/2° 1-1/2° — — 2-1/2° — 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) — Total Travel 90° 90° 90° 90° 90° 90° 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) Differential Reverse Overtravel Operating Torque/Force— 1 Pole & 2 Pole Repeat Accuracy — Linear travel of cam (1-1/2 in. lever arm) 4° 90° 2° 90° 4° 90° 2° 90° 4° 90° — — 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) — 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) — — 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 25 oz-in (0.18 N•m) 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 4 lb (0.45 N•m) 7 lb (0.80 N•m) ± 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) ± 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) ± 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) ± 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) ± 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) ± 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) 0.001 in. (0.3 mm) — First Stage First to Second Stage Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m) Selection Mode Arrow H To order the basic switch and head without the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters “CO” for the first “C” in the type number. Example: Open type replacement for Type C54B2 is Type CO54B2. a These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only. To order factory converted devices—for CCW only operation, change the “2” at the end of the type number to “1” (Example: C54B2 becomes C54B1); for CW only operation, delete the “2” at the end of the type number (Example: C54B2 becomes C54B). b Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter “H” at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type number (Example: C54F would become C54FH). c To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Mode Change—Lever Arm Type Mode of operation is easily convertible to clockwise, counterclockwise, or both. Simply point the arrow to the letters representing the desired direction—CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. All parts are captive. /CCW CW CCW CW CR67T5 — A Plug-in Replacement Units 21-32 CR67T10 B Pretravel Two Stage CW — CR65A2 10° Pre-travel Nominal Operating Data — CR65B2 /C C W Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-30 Lever arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-34, 21-35 Electrical ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-5 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-35, 21-36 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Industrial Single- and Two-Pole 9007C Limit Switches Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us All Type C Switches Rated NEMA 6P And UL Type 6P Top Plunger Top RollerPlunger Spring Return Wobble Stick Top Push- Top Push-Rod Rod Plunger Plunger Palm Spring Adjustable b Operated a Return Spring Return Plug-In Wobble Stick Wobble Stick Wobble Stick Universal d Delrin c Wire Coil Spring Extension d Extension d Extension d Cat Whisker Plug-in Plug-in Unit without Head Receptacle Only LIMIT SWITCHES Select Turret Head Select Basic Switch Contacts Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type C54D C54E C54ED C54Ra C54JKC C54J C54K C54KC C54L CO54 CT54 Standard Box Plug-in 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Neutral Position 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Two Stage C62D C62E C62ED C62Ra C62JKC C62J C62K C62KC C62L CO62 CT62 — — — — — — — — — CO68 CT62 C66D C66E C66ED C66Ra C66JKC C66J C66K C66KC C66L CO66 CT62 1 N.O. 1 N.C. C52D C52E C52ED C52Ra C52JKC C52J C52K C52KC C52L CO52 CT52 1 N.O. 1 N.C. CR53D CR53E CR53ED CR53Ra CR53JKC CR53J CR53K CR53KC CR53L — — 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CR61D CR61E CR61ED CR61Ra CR61JKC CR61J CR61K CR61KC CR61L — — — — — — — — — — — — — CR65D CR65E CR65ED CR65Ra CR65JKC CR65J CR65K CR65KC CR65L — — D E ED Ra JKC J K KC L — — Compact Box Plug-in UL Listed for Hazardous Location Division I Class I Groups B, C, D Class II Groups E, F, G 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Neutral Position 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Two Stage Head Only Pre-travel 0.08 in. (2 mm) 10° (Any Direction) 20° — — First Stage First to Second Stage Total Travel Differential Reverse Overtravel Operating Torque/ Force— 1 Pole and 2 Pole Repeat Accuracy — Linear travel of cam 0.08 in. (2 mm) 10° (Any Direction) 20° — — 0.01 in. (0.06 mm) 4° 5° — — 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) — 90° 3° — 90° 6° — — — — — — — 3 lbs. (0.34 N•m) 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 7 oz-in (0.05 N•m) — — ± 0.001 in. (0.03 mm) — — — — Pretravel Two Stage Nominal Operating Data Plug-in Replacement Units Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m) Table 21.56: To order the basic switch and head without the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters CO for the first C in the Type number. Example: Open type replacement for Type C54D is Type CO54D. a Mushroom button must be ordered separately. See Table 21.56. b To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. c Delrin® is a registered trademark of DuPont. Not for use outdoors. d Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices. See Table 21.57. Mushroom Button For Palm Operated Turret Head 1-3/8 in. Dia. Button Type No. 2358C6G3 2358C6G2 2358C6G6 2358C6G8 Color Black Red Green Yellow 2-1/4 in. Dia. Button Type No. 2358C22G2 2358C22G3 2358C22G6 2358C22G8 Type C File CCN E42259 NKCR File Class LR25490 3211-03 Type CR File CCN E10054 NOIV File Class LR26817 3218-02 Table 21.57: Compact Body © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Wobble Stick Extensions Description Delrin extension Wire extension Coil spring extension Catalog Number 9007WJ 9007WK 9007WKC Hazardous Location Standard Body 21-33 21 Table 21.55: Heavy Duty Industrial Single- and Two-Pole 9007AW and 9007C Lever Arms Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Lever Arms for 9007AW and 9007C Heavy Duty / Industrial Limit Switches Standard roller is hardened oil-impregnated sintered iron. Bold-face Type numbers indicate the most commonly used lever arms. Table 21.58: Cast Zinc Lever Arms Roller LIMIT SWITCHES Length of Arm (A) Standard 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Standard 3/4" Dia. (B) 5/8" Wide (C) Standard 5/8" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Standard 5/8" Dia. (B) 5/8" Wide (C) Nylon 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Nylon 5/8" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Nylon 5/8" Dia. (B) 5/8" Wide (C) Nylon a 1" Dia. (B) 5/8" Wide (C) Type — BA11 MA11 CA11 DA11 EA11 Type — BA12 MA12 CA12 DA12 EA12 Type AA1 BA1 MA1 CA1 DA1 EA1 Type AA2 BA2 MA2 CA2 DA2 EA2 Type — BA18 MA18 CA18 DA18 EA18 Type AA8 BA8 MA8 CA8 DA8 EA8 Type AA17 BA17 MA17 CA17 DA17 EA17 Type — BA13 MA13 CA13 DA13 EA13 Nylon 1" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Ball Bearing 11/16" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Standard 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Roller on Opposite Side to Standard Standard 5/8" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Roller on Opposite Side to Standard Standard 5/8" Dia. (B) 5/8" Wide (C) Roller on Opposite Side to Standard Without Roller Standard 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) (Countersunk Roller Pin) Cable Operated With Eyebolt (3/8" I.D.) Instead of Roller 7/8" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" Length of Arm (A) Cast Lever Arm Type Type Type Type Type Type Type 7/8" — AA9 — AA5 AA6 AA0 — 1-3/8" BA4 BA9 BA15 BA5 BA6 BA0 — 1-1/2" MA4 MA9 MA15 MA5 MA6 MA0 MA31 2" CA4 CA9 CA15 CA5 CA6 CA0 CA31 2-1/2" DA4 DA9 DA15 DA5 DA6 DA0 DA31 3" EA4 EA9 EA15 EA5 EA6 EA0 — Recommended in place of Types BA7, CA7, DA7, EA7 and MA7 lever arms with steel rollers. If necessary, the latter arms can be furnished at an additional cost. a Table 21.59: Flat Steel Lever Arms Length of Arm (A) Flat Steel Lever Arm Table 21.60: Cast Zinc Lever Arm Dimensions Standard Roller 5/8" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Standard Roller 5/8" Dia. (B) 5/8" Wide (C) Nylon Roller 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Nylon Roller 1" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) No Roller Type Type Type Type Type AA1S BA1S — CA1S DA1S EA1S AA2S BA2S — CA2S DA2S EA2S — — MA18S — — — — BA4S — CA4S DA4S EA4S AA0S BA0S — CA0S DA0S EA0S 7/8" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 90° Forked Arm 1-1/2" Length A in. mm B C D 90° Forked Cast Zinc Lever Arms Standard Rollers Standard) Rollers 3/4" Dia. (B) 5/8" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) 1/4" Wide (C Roller Position Type — — MA22 — — — Nylon Rollers 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Nylon Rollers 3/4" Dia. (B) 1" Wide (C) Ball Bearing Rollers 11/16" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Type Type Type Type Type Rollers on Same Side LA4 LA1 LA16 LA10 LA7 R.H. Roller on Opposite Side LA5 LA2 LA17 LA11 LA8 L.H. Roller on Opposite Side LA6 LA3 LA18 LA12 LA9 0.09 2.29 0.156 3.96 A = Length of Lever Arm B = Roller Diameter C = Roller Width D = C + 5/16" See the tables on this page for A, B, and C dimensions. Approximate shipping weights range from 1/8 to 1/4 lb. Table 21.61: Table 21.63: One-Way Cast Zinc Roller Lever Arm Length of Arm One-Way Roller Lever Arm Table 21.62: Cast Arm Flat Steel Arm Type Type 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" BA3 MA3 CA3 DA3 EA3 2" Length 7/16" Offset BA3S — CA3S DA3S EA3S One-Way Lever Arms 21-34 Length of Arm Standard 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) 1-1/2" Length 7/8" Offset Nylon 3/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Ball Bearing 1-1/16" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Rod Type 1-1/2" Type Type Type Type RA11 RA18 RA9 — 5" — — — FA2 Dia. (B) b Width (C) 3/4 3/4 Standard Roller 1/4 5/8 1/4 5/8 Ball Bearing 1/4 Nylon 1/4 1 3/4 3/4 Standard Roller 1/4 1/4 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 11/16 Roller One-Way Lever Arm Offset-style Cast Zinc Lever Arms Offset Lever Arm Roller, 1-1/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C) Type KA1 KA2 KA11 KA12 KA9 KA18 KA21 KB11 KB15 b Roller inside. Table 21.64: Rod Type Lever Arms Rod, in. (mm) Type 10 (254) Stainless Steel Rod FA1 12 (304) Spring Rod, Steel FA3 18 (304) Spring Rod, Steel FA4 12 Spring Rod, Delrin FA5 Looped Delrin Rod FA6 90° Forked Rod LA19 2-1/2" Spring Rods, Steel Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-35 For more information on LA19, refer to catalog 9006CT1007. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Heavy Duty Industrial Single- and Two-Pole 9007AW and 9007C Lever Arms and Special Features Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Lever Arms Standard roller is hardened oil-impregnated sintered iron. Bold-face type numbers indicate the most commonly used lever arms. Adjustable Length Lever Arms B Lever Arm, Length Adjustable from 7/8" to 4" Roller Ball Brg. 11/16" Dia. 1/4" Wide Nylon a 1" Dia. 5/8" Wide Delrin 1-5/8" Dia. 1/4" Wide Nylon 2" Dia. 1/4" Wide Rubber Tire 2-1/8" Dia. 1/2" Wide Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Non-bendable HA0 HA1 HA2 HA4 HA24 HA22 — — — Bendable HA9 HA5 HA6 HA8 HA25 HA23 HA20 HA26 HA21 Description a C 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Nylon 5/8" Dia. 1/4" Wide 2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Standard 5/8" Dia. 5/8" Wide 4 Standard 5/8" Dia. 1/4" Wide 3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Without Roller E D A 0.35 9 F Length of Arm 21 Recommended in place of Types HA3 and HA7 lever arms with steel rollers. If necessary these arms can be furnished at an additional cost. Table 21.66: 360° Angular Adjustable Lever Arms Standard 5/8" Dia. 1/4" Wide Roller Outside 7/8" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" Standard 3/4" Dia. 1/4" Wide Roller Inside Nylon 5/8" Dia. 1/4" Wide Nylon 3/4" Dia. 1/4" Wide A Ball Bearing 11/16" Dia. 1/4" Wide Roller Outside A = Length of Lever Arm B = Roller Diameter C = Roller Width B Roller Outside Type Type Type Type Type Type AA1M BA1M MA1M CA1M DA1M EA1M AA5M BA5M MA5M CA5M DA5M EA5M AA11M BA11M MA11M CA11M DA11M EA11M AA8M BA8M MA8M CA8M DA8M EA8M AA18M BA18M MA18M CA18M DA18M EA18M AA9M BA9M MA9M CA9M DA9M EA9M C 1.05 0.84 27 21 0.87 22 Note: Roller can be changed in the field from roller outside to roller inside position or vice versa. Approximate shipping weights range from 1/8 to 1/4 lb. 0.38 10 0.67 17 Special Features Table 21.67: Special Features (do not apply to Type CR unless noted)—Field Installable Description Part Number Conduit Seal Only Conduit seal fits in conduit entrance and excludes liquids 5 hole seal 9 hole seal 3103248801 3103281501 Adapters Switch with adapter plate permitting substitution of any Type C switch with standard box for any Type T switch with Style B baseplate Adapter plate kit only (plate plus mounting screws) for above Adapter plate to allow direct substitution of Type C plunger switches for Type B plug-in plunger switches— use only if there is a problem in lining up cam tracks Standard Box Compact Box Adapter plate kit permitting direct substitution of any Type C lever arm switch with standard box for ANY Type AW lever arm switch b c Form Y147 Class 9007 Type BT1 Class 9007 Type CT10 b Type CT13 c Class 9007 Type CT11 Class 9007 Type CT12 Metric conduit-connection adapter—male 1/2" NPT on one end, female 20 mm on the other end Dimensions: 0.22 x 2.94 x 1.54 in. Dimensions: 0.22 x 2.07 x 1.54 in. Rotary lever arms 9007C•••• A, B, C, N, T5, T10 Rod type lever arms 9007FA1 0.75 19 1.24 31 2.35 60 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 10.72 272 Ø 0.13 3.3 0.16 4 4.02 102 0.67 17 (3) 1.17 30 1.55 39 Dual dimensions: 9.97 (max) 253 Ø 0.44 11 (1) (2) 9007FA9 2.06 52 2.50 64 1.72 44 0.58 15 1. 2. 3. LIMIT SWITCHES Table 21.65: 1.00 25 0.41 10 5.5 12.7 1.19 30 0.52 13 0.41 10 0.80 20 0.41 10 1.00 25 0.13 3.3 1.19 30 0.41 10 0.80 20 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 21-35 Heavy Duty Industrial Single- and Two-Pole 21 Table 21.68: 9007C Factory Modifications (Forms) Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Special Features (do not apply to Type CR unless noted)—Not Field Installable, Except Where Noted Special Features Form LIMIT SWITCHES Add S9 as a suffix to the catalog number Optional Shaft Equipped With 9007T / 9007FT Hub: Any lever arm Type C, CF or CR switch can be furnished with an optional shaft and hub combination which will accept the lever arms normally used with Type T and FT limit (position) switches. To order, add S9 as suffix to the device type number. For example, to order a 9007 C54B2 with this modification, order as a 9007 C54B2-S9. For details about the switches and lever arms that can be furnished with this modification, see catalog 9007CT1007. Hub Only: Can be field installed on any Type C lever type switch. Cat. No. 9007S9 LED Pilot Light, 24-120 Volts AC or DC on Plug-In Type Switch (Type C52, C54, C62, C64, C66, or C68): Addition of LED pilot light in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on) Form P10 Form P5 Thru P9 L2 L1 Addition of LED pilot light in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off) L2 Light Normally On L1 *Customer Addition of two LED pilot lights, one in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on), Installed one in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off) CR1 Jumper CR1 Addition of two LED pilot lights in parallel with N.O. contacts (lights normally on) B CR2 (Types C62, C64, C66 or C68 only) CR2 A Addition of two LED pilot lights in parallel with N.C. contacts (lights normally off) (Types C62, C64, C66, or C68 only) *Only one of the jumpers may be used Light Normally Off Pilot Light is ON when load is energized Addition of one isolated LED pilot light (light on when load is energized) (Type C54 only. Not available with Y1901.) Plug-in limit (position) switch furnished with pre-wired mini 5 pin male receptacle. For use with Brad Pre-Wired Receptacle Harrison female portable plug No. 41306, 41307, or 41308 (or equal). (Not available with P10 or for hazardous locations.) Single Pole Same as Y1901 but with different wire color coding Tamperproof Screws—Complete Switch Only Same as Y1901 but with tamperproof screws on head and body Other versions with different wiring diagrams per automotive requirements are available. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office. P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 Y1901 Y1905 Y1903 Wiring Diagrams Form Y190__ Forms Y1901 and Y1903 Mating plug and cables available. Orange- 3 4 -Red White- 1 2 -Black Form Y1905 White- 3 4 -Black Orange- 1 2 -Red Green- Green- Potted Limit (Position) Switch Or Plug-In Receptacle Only: With Individual Wires • Single pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with five #16 wires 5 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin • Double pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with nine #16 wires 5 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin With STOWA Cord • Single pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with five conductor #16 STOWA cord 8 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin • Same as Y1851 but with different wire color coding • Double pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with nine conductor #16 STOWA cord 8 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin • Same as Y1852 but with different wire color coding Tamperproof Screws—Complete Switch Only With Individual Wires Same as Y1841 but with tamperproof screws on head and body Same as Y1842 but with tamperproof screws on head and body With STOWA Cord • Same as Y1851 but with tamperproof screws on head and body • Same as Y1852 but with tamperproof screws on head and body • Same as Y1855 but with tamperproof screws on head and body • Same as Y1856 but with tamperproof screws on head and body Other versions with different wiring diagrams for automotive requirements are available. • • Forms Y1851 and Y1853 Red- 3 4 -Orange White- 1 2 -Black Green- Y1853 Y1854 Y1857 Y1858 Orange- 4 8 -Brown White- 3 4 -Black Red- 3 7 -Yellow Orange- 1 2 -Red Black- 2 6 -Blue White- 1 5 -Pink Green- Forms Y1856 and Y1858 Yellow- 4 8 -Black Brown- 3 7 -White Red- 2 6 -Blue 1 5 -Pink Orange- Green- Green- Low Temperature—Lever Types Only: Limit (Position) switch will operate in an ambient temperature range of -40 to +185 °F (standard limit switch ambient temperature range is -20 to +185 °F). Minimum temperature is based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM) Gaskets And Seals Substitute fluorocarbon rubber gaskets and seals on: Lever arm type, standard box (shaft seals on lever arm types are fluorocarbon rubber as standard) Lever arm type, compact box (shaft seals on lever arm types are fluorocarbon rubber as standard) Plunger type, standard box Plunger type, compact box Substitute fluorocarbon rubber boot only on plunger type switches Note: Fluorocarbon rubber has been shown to resist sunlight aging problems. Direct Acting Contacts Substitution of direct acting contact unit for snap switch of single-pole switch: One pole, normally closed, slow-make slow-break, direct acting contact mechanism substituted for standard snap switch on Types C52, C54, CF53, and CR53 devices. This mechanism was designed for use in emergency overtravel applications. The movable contact of this basic switch unit is acted upon directly by the actuating mechanism of the limit switch—it does not depend on the force exerted by a snap-switch blade or a spring to open the circuit. Because these contacts are slow-make slow-break, they are best suited for applications where they are not actuated during normal operation, but only if abnormal overtravel is encountered. d 21-36 Y1851 Y1855 Y1852 Y1856 Y1843 Y1844 Forms Y1855 and Y1857 Forms Y1852 and Y1854 Y1841 Y1842 Y128 Y140 Y140 Y140 Y140 Y1401 Y1561 Direct Acting Contact Mechanism (shown without cover) The direct acting contacts described above come standard on the 9007CLS1 hoist overtravel switch. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Severe Duty, Oiltight, Mill and Foundry 9007T, 9007FT Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us Table 21.69: Complete with Base Plate, Without Lever Arm (bold type numbers indicate the most commonly used switches) Universal Type Initial Position and CCW Initial Position and CCW A B No. 3d Single-Pole Double-Throw Maintained Contact B B A CW A Intermediate Pos. CW B A Select the Basic Switch Base Plate A B Surface Mounting C D Pre-travel Total-travel Nominal Operating Differential Data Oper. Torque Repeat Accuracy b To convert sequences, remove the base plate, positioning plate and latches. Reassemble the positioning plate and latches as shown. B No. 5 Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CCW Only No. 6 Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CCW Only Initial Position Initial Position and CW Initial Position and CW Spring return of arm to initial position, contact position maintained until operated in reverse direction CCW CW Initial Position and CCW A No. 4 Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return Neutral Position A A A B A B CCW CW B A Intermediate Final Position Position CCW CCW CCW B A B A Type Type Type Type Type Type TUA2 TUB2 TUC2 TUD2 Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 88° 5° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA3 TUB3 TUC3 TUD3 7° 81° 7° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA4 TUB4 TUC4 TUD4 6° 81° 5° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA5 TUB5 TUC5 TUD5 14° 88° 12° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA6 TUB6 TUC6 TUD6 Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 88° 5° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA7 TUB7 TUC7 TUD7 10° 85° 12° 2.5 lb-in ±0.004 in. B A No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 No. 1 No. 2 Single-Pole Maintained Double-Throw Neutral Position Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return Slow Make Slow Break Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return Slow Make Slow Break Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return Slow Make Slow Break Single-Pole Double-Throw Maintained Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CW & CCW Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CW & CCW Initial Position and CCW Initial Position Initial Position and CW CCW Initial Position Initial Position A A B B A A B A A B No. 3 Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CW & CCW Slow Make Slow Break Initial Position B A B B B CCW A B C D Pre-travel Total-travel Nominal Operating Differential Data Oper. Torque Repeat Accuracy b To convert sequences, remove the base plate, positioning plate and latches. Reassemble the positioning plate and latches as shown. Standard Type No. 9 CW CCW Surface Mounting c B No. 8d A Base Plate B A Type A A CW B A B TUA1 TUB1 TUC1 TUD1 14° 88° 12° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. Initial Position If high speed cam or snap-back is present use No. 12 Select Basic Switch B If high speed cam or snap-back is present use No. 12 Universal Type Select Operating Sequence If high speed cam or snapback is present use No. 12 B A A Final Pos. CW A B B No. 7d Single-Pole Double-Throw Maintained CW B A CW A B A B CW CCW A B A B A B B CCW & CW A B CW & CCW Intermediate Final Position Position CW & CCW A B A B A B Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type TUA8 TUB8 TUC8 TUD8 6° 81° 10° 2.5 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA9 TUB9 TUC9 TUD9 12° 87° 0° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA10 TUB10 TUC10 TUD10 3° 81° 0° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA11 TUB11 TUC11 TUD11 12° 87° 0° 12 lb-in ±0.004 in. TUA12 TUB12 TUC12 TUD12 45° 90° 0° 8 lb-in ±0.004 in. TSA1 TSB1 TSC1 TSD1 14° 89° 12° 10 lb-in ±0.004 in. TSA2 TSB2 TSC2 TSD2 Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16 89° Int. Pos. 5.5°, Final 7.5° 10 lb-in ±0.004 in. TSA3 TSB3 TSC3 TSD3 9° 89° 5° 10 lb-in ±0.004 in. c A B Not Adjustable A A A Pre-travel listed may vary up to 5° additional for universal switches or up to 2° additional for standard switches due to the free travel of the lever arm at the initial position. Linear travel of cam on 1-1/2 in. lever arm. Remove the spring from the positioning plate. Sequence 3, 7, and 8 devices are available but are not recommended where high speed cams or lever arm snap-back is present. The application should be checked and No. 12 sequence substituted where possible. Note: To obtain a Type FT Foundry Switch, change the “T” at the beginning of the equivalent Type number to “FT” (for example, TUB1 changes to FTUB1). a b c d Lever arms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 21-38 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved LIMIT SWITCHES No. 2 Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CW Only 21 Select the Operating Sequence No. 1 Single-Pole Double-Throw Spring-Return CW Only 21-37 Severe Duty, Oiltight Mill and Foundry 9007T, 9007FT Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Class 9007 Type T and FT, Oiltight Table 21.70: Lever Arms for Types T and FT Limit Switches or Type C with S9 Hub Description Type of Arm LIMIT SWITCHES 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 Straight 2-7/8 5 Adj. 1-1/2 Offset 1-7/8 9007TUB4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/2 Adj. Adj. 3-1/2 1-1/2 120° Forked 90° Forked Cable Operated Rod Weld-On 1-Way Roller Conveyor Side Guide 9007FTUB4 Type Length of Arm Roller Position (in.) 8-7/16 Table 21.71: Roller Width Front or Back Front or Back Front or Back Front or Back 1 B2 B13 B8 B23 1-3/8 B3 B14 B9 B24 — — 1/4 3/4 B1 B12 B7 B22 Without Roller B21 B19 — — 1/4 R18 R19 R20 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 None None None None None 1/4 C1 D1 E4 F4 J1 K1 N1 X1 Y1 Z1 C2 D2 E5 F5 J2 K2 N2 X2 Y2 Z2 C3 D3 E6 F6 — — — — — — 1/4 1/2 1/4 1/2 None None Front or Back Does not include a lever arm clamp or rod. Lever arm clamp is required—use 9007 R16 or R17, plus a customer-supplied rod. Inside Offset Outside Offset Outside Offset Inside Offset Rollers on Same Side LH Roller on Opposite Side RH Roller on Opposite Side Rollers on Same Side RH Roller on Opposite Side LH Roller on Opposite Side None With eyebolt (1/4 in. I.D.) instead of roller Clamp for 3/16 in. Rod (rod not included) Clamp for 1/4 in. Key Stock (key stock not included) None Outside Offset 1-1/2 in. dia. 3-3/4 in. Delrin roller. For use with Type T and FT only. 7/8 in. dia. 3-3/4 in. Delrin roller. For use with Type T, FT, or C with S9. Roller Dia. (in.) Y3 B27 R16 R17 G10 D4 R21 R22 Separate Base Plates Style Mounting Holes Part Number A Nonea 2934D32G1 B End 2934D14G1 C Side 2934D33G1 D End 2934D34G1 a No mounting holes in base plate. Side mounting holes in switch case must be used. For all Type T and FT: Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–18 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13–16 lb-in 2.06 52 .75 19 .21 5 .62 .90 16 23 .56 2.43 14 68 1/2" NPT Style A Baseplate Shown File 42259 CCN NKCR 21-38 2.81 71 .53 13 1.12 28 .56 14 2.62 66 2.25 57 4.21 107 4.65 118 Center of Shaft 3.18 81 .65 16 4.50 Center of 114 3.00 Shaft 76 1.75 44 1.40 35 2.43 62 1.00 25 1.81 46 Style B .21 9 Center of Shaft .53 13 4.31 109 5.09 129 .43 11 1.25 32 3.25 82 Mtg. Holes .257 Dia. Style C 2.25 57 Style D File LR25490 Class 3211 03 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Severe Duty, Oiltight Mill and Foundry L100/300 Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us R.B.Denison™ Lox-Switch™ L General Specifications 0 to +200 °F (-17 to +93 °C) standard. For high and low temperature options, see Table 21.79 on page 21-40. Minimum temperatures are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Enclosure rating NEMA 1, 4, and 13; IP 65, 66 Vibration resistance 30G max. (10–55Hz) Repeatability .03° Cable entry 1/2" NPT standard double circuit, 3/4" NPT triple circuit LIMIT SWITCHES Temperature range Contact Characteristics Rated thermal current 20 A Rated insulation voltage 600 Vac and Vdc Wire (max.) 1 x 12 AWG or 2 x 14 AWG per screw terminal Table 21.73: Switching Ratings: A600 (AC), P600 (DC) Maximum current (A) Contact Rating Designation (M=Make, B=Break) L300WS2M1 120 V 125 V 240 V 250 V Maximum VA < 600 V 480 V M B M B M B M B M B M B M B A600 (AC) 60 6.00 — — 30 3.00 — — 15 1.50 12 1.20 7200 720 P600 (DC) — — 1.1 1.1 — — 0.55 0.55 0.2 0.2 138 138 Table 21.74: Type L Selection Other selections are available. Refer to catalog 9006CT1007. Mounting Plates, L100 and L300 Models Style 1 Description Snap-action CW Spring return Snap-action CCW Spring return Style 2 Maintained contact a CW and CCW Snap action Snap action CW Spring return Contact Diagram 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 Neutral position a N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW Spring return Snap action 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 Neutral position a N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW Maintained in CW only 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 Step Sequence CW Spring return, Snap action, 2 N.O. 5 3 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 6 4 2 Step Sequence CCW Spring return, Snap action, 2 N.O. 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 Step Sequence CW Spring return, Snap action, 2 N.C. 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 Step Sequence CCW Spring return, Snap action, 2 N.C 5 3 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 6 4 2 Step Sequence CW Spring return Snap action N.O./N.C 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 Style 3 Style 4 a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Operating Torque Cat. No. 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) L100WS2M1 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) L300WS2M1 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) L100WS2M2 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) L300WS2M2 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) L100WS2M3 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) L300WS2M3 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) L100WDR2M4 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) L300WDR2M4 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) L100WNS2M26 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) L300WNS2M26 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) L100WNSL2M29 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) L300WNSL2M29 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) L525WDR2M56 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) L525WDL2M57 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) L525WDL2M58 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) L525WDR2M59 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) L100WS0S2M60 The lever must not be allowed to snap freely from any overtravel position. 21-39 21 Table 21.72: Severe Duty, Oiltight Mill and Foundry L100/300 Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007 www.schneider-electric.us 21 Interpreting the Catalog Numbers .25 6.3 .75 19 .25 6.3 Use the table below to interpret the catalog numbers of the L100/L300 switches. Do not generate new catalog numbers from the table. If the required contact sequence is not listed, contact your local field office. The only modifications to the existing catalog numbers are: LIMIT SWITCHES • • • L Mounting Plates—Style 1, 2, 3 or 4 Front Covers—Metal, transparent plastic, or transparent plastic with a neon light. Special Features—Select from catalog 9006CT1007 and add to the type number. Style Housing L .62 15. .50 12. Style A 1 Function 0 0 W Mounting Plate S 2 Standard (mill) 100 1 Extra heavy duty (foundry) 300 2 1.25 Front Cover P Contact Arrangement F See catalog 9006CT1007 Two circuit single operation WS 3 M Standard metal Two circuit dual operation WD 4 PF Transparent plastic Triple circuit WT GF Transparent plastic with neon light Neutral WN 2.230 5.730 3.00 Rolling Pin Table 21.75: .97 2.45 Steel Roller Lever Arms (0.25 in. wide, 0.75 in. dia.) Length (L) .75 19 4.06 103 1.93 23.8 Adjustable Roller in. 1.50 2.00 2.50 2.75 3.00 4.00 6.00 Table 21.76: Lever Number mm (38.1) (50.8) (63.5) (69.8) (76.2) (101.6) (152.4) AA AH AO AK AB AM AR Table 21.79: Ministyle male receptacle Description Suffix 1 in. diameter roller 1-1/4 in. diameter roller 1-1/2 in. diameter roller Nylon roller Ball bearing roller (3/4 in. diameter) Stainless steel roller pin nylon roller Ex: AB1; ABR Table 21.77: Rolling Pin For use with 2 step switches for conveyor or belt applications Length (L), In. (mm) 2.25 (75.1) 2.25 (75.1) (Teflon for high temperature applications) 3 (50.8) Lever Arm Options Lever Number AL1650 AL16501 AL1802 Table 21.78: Roller, Adjustable from 2 to 4 in. (0.25 in. wide, 0.75 in. diameter) Length (L), In. (mm) Lever Number Adjustable 2 to 4 (50.8 to 101.6) AL2820 Housing options a Description Examples 3/4" conduit opening: Available on 2 circuit switches. Standard on 3 circuit switches. High temperature 0 to +350 °F d Metal front cover only Low temperature -20 to +200 °F d L100WS2M1 changes to GL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to HL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to TL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to L526WS2M1 L300WS2M1 changes to L326WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to L522WS2M1 L300WS2M1 changes to L322WS2M1 High shock. Available only on operating sequences 1, 2, 4, 5, 7-11, 13, 14. Gold contacts Table 21.80: 1 4 2 N R NS Prefix Adder or Modifier G H T 526/326 522/322 Wiring Description Examples Straight male receptacle 4 pin b 90° Angle male receptacle 4 pin b Ministyle male receptacle c Potted and prewired Factory prewired Factory prewired—facing right 8 A max., 5 pin (double circuit) 7 A max., 7 pin (triple circuit) 5 wires, 6 ft long 5 wires, 12 ft long 5 wires 18 ft long Prefix Adder or Modifier L100WS2M1 changes to PL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to APL100WS2M1 P AP B B P P12 P18 L100WS2M1 changes to BL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P12 L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P18 Straight male receptacle Table 21.81: Accessories Table 21.82: Front covers Description Catalog Number Description Sealed female plug and cable for P and AP receptacles Standard metal 4 ft 1010004 Transparent plastic cover with metal frame 4 pins, 16 AWG STO cable, 60 °C 6 ft 1010006 10 ft 10100010 Transparent plastic cover with metal frame Sealed female plug and cable for ministyle receptacle (B) and Neon indicator light (not connected) 3 ft cable BH2053 5 pins, 16 AWG STO cable, 105 °C 6 ft cable BH2056 Example: L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2PF1 12 ft cable BH20512 a Other options available—contact your Schneider Electric representative for details. b Receptacle is a 4 pin male APL/PL-SWTS, Cannon part # MS3102E20-4P-F79 or equal. c Ministyle male receptacles are: 5-pin, Brad Harrison #41310 (or equal); 7-pin, Brad Harrison #42805 (or equal) d The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Designator M PF GF 90° angle male receptacle 21-40 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 22 Pressure, Vacuum, and Float Switches Electronic—Industrial XMLG 22-4 Electronic Pressure Transmitters XMLK 22-6 Electronic Pressure Sensors XMLF 22-8 Pressure Switches XMLA, B, C, D Compact International 22-10 9012G General Industrial 22-13 9012G Machine Tool 22-14 9012G Dual Stage and Differential 22-15 9016GAW, GAR 22-19 Vacuum Switches 9016GVG 22-19 Pressure Switches 9013FHG—Air Compressor 22-20 9013FRG, FSG, FYG—Water Pump 22-21 9013G—Air Compressor 22-22 9036D, G—Open Tank 22-23 9036FG—Open Tank 22-24 9037E—Closed Tank 22-24 9037H—Closed Tank 22-25 9038A—Alternators, Open Tank 22-26 9038C—Alternators, Closed Tank 22-26 9038D—Alternators, Closed Tank 22-27 Class 9998, for Class 9012–9038 22-28 Vacuum Switches Electromechanical—Commercial 9012G Industrial Pressure Switch p. 22-13 9012G Machine Tool Pressure Switch p. 22-14 Float Switches XMLA Electromechanical Pressure Switch p. 22-10 9016G Vacuum Switch p. 22-19 Accessories and Renewal Parts 9013F Water Pump Switch p. 22-21 9013G Air Compressor Switch p. 22-22 9036D Open Tank Float Switch p. 22-23 9037H Closed Tank Float Switch p. 22-25 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories and Renewal Parts Kits 22-1 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Electromechanical—Industrial 22 Electronic Pressure Sensors XMLG (p. 22-4), XMLK (p. 22-4), XMLF (p. 22-8) Electronic Pressure Sensors Pressure, Vacuum, and Float Switches Selection Guide Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 or 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us 22 Application Electronic Product Family XMLG XMLK XMLF XMLA, B, C, D 9012G 9016G Type of Installation/ Application Control circuits Control circuits Pumping applications Control circuits Control circuits Control circuits Control/power circuits Fluids Controlled Air, water, hydraulic oils, corrosive fluids Air, fresh water, 0 to + 80 °C (32 to 176 °F) Air, water, hydraulic oils, corrosive fluids PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Pressure/vacuum switches and transmitters Electromechanical Control Pressure transmitters Pressure/vacuum switches and transmitters Configurable units with digital display Analog output 4–20 mA Regulation between 2 trip points (adjustable differential) Pressure/vacuum switches Detection of single trip point (nonadjustable differential) Regulation between 2 trip points (adjustable differential) Pressure switches Detection of single trip point (nonadjustable differential) Regulation between 2 trip points (adjustable differential) 2-stage Vacuum switches Type of Operation and Features Analog output 4–20 mA or 0–10 V Analog output, 4–20 mA or 0–10 V Size/Range –14.5 to 5800 psi 0 to 25 bar or 0 to 300 psi, depending on the model –14.5 to 8700 psi –14.5 to 7250 psi 0.2 to 9000 psi 0 to 29 in. of Hg Type of Output Analog, 4–20 mA or 0–10 V Digital, PNP or NPN normally closed ( N.C.) output Analog, 4–20 mA or 0–10 V Analog, 4–20 mA Digital, PNP or NPN, 200 mA, relay output 2 A Snap action contacts SPDT or DPDT 10 A continuous Snap action contacts SPDT or DPDT 10 A continuous Snap action contacts SPDT 10 A continuous DPST horsepower rated Cable entry for Pg 13 (DIN PG13.5) cable gland, ISO M20, 1/2" NPT, and 1/2" PF 1/2" -14 NPT Cable entry 20 mm 9016G: 1/2" -14 NPT Cable entry 20 mm 9016GVG NEMA Type 1 and 3R: 3 knockouts for 1/2 in. conduit NEMA Type 7 and 9: 2 conduit entries, 3/4"-14 NPT G 1/4" BSP internal, 1/4" NPT internal 1/4"-18 NPT external 1/4" - 18 NPTF internal 7/16"-20 UNF-2B internal G 1/4" BSP internal G 1/4"-19 BSP internal G 1/4" BSP internal, 1/4" NPT internal 1/4"-18 NPT external Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, steam, corrosive fluids, viscous products, 32 to 320 °F (0 to 160 °C) depending on the model Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from –26 to +120 °C (–15 to +250 °F) depending on the model Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, from –26 to +120 °C (–15 to +250 °F) depending on the model NEMA Type 4, 4X, 7, 9, 13 9016G: NEMA Type 4, 4X, 7, 9, 13 9016GVG: NEMA Type 1 M12 connector, Snap-C compatible SAE 7/8-16 UN2A Regulation between 2 trip points (adjustable differential) Electrical Connection M12 connector or Integrated quick connection M12, DIN 43650 A or Metri-Pack connector a Fluid Connection G 1/4" BSP internal, 1/4" NPT internal SAE 7/16"-20 UNF female 1/4" BSP internal, G 1/4 A (male) conforming to G NPT internal ISO7 or 1/4"-18 NPT male a 1/4" SAE 7/16"-20 UNF female Fluid Characteristics Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, Air, fresh water, 0 to + 80 °C sea water, corrosive fluids from (32.0 to 176.0 °F) –15 to +125 °C (5 to +257 °F) Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from –15 to +80 °C (5 to +176 °F) Enclosure Rating IP66, IP67 conforming to IEC/EN 60529, NEMA 4 IP65 conforming to IEC/EN60529, NEMA 4 Screw terminal models: IP67 conforming to IEC/EN IP66 conforming to IEC 60529, NEMA 4/6/12/13 529, NEMA 4 Dimensions of Case, in. (mm) width x height x depth dia. 0.90 x 2.76 (dia. 22.8 x 70.1 mm) dia. 1.40 x 3.10 (dia. 36 x 79.5) 1.81 x 4.45 x 2.28 in. (46 x 113 x 58 mm) 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 in. (113 x 35 x 75 mm) NEMA 4: 3.50 x 3.60 x 2.63 in. (89 x 91 x 67 mm) NEMA 1: 2.06 x 5.03 x 2.75 in. (52 x 128 x 70 mm) NEMA 4: 3.50 x 3.60 x 2.63 in. (89 x 91 x 67 mm) Control circuit: same as 9012G Power circuit: same as 9013G Conforming to Standards CE, IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2, EN 61000-6-2 CE, IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1 EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2, EN 61000-6-2 CE, IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, EN 50081, EN 50082, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-4-2/3/4/5/6/8/11 CE, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, VDE 0660-200, UL 508, CSA C22-2 No. 14 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified UL: File E97729, CCN NKPZ UL Listed, CSA: File 240515, CSA Certified Class 3211-03 UL B300 - R300 Listed. CSA B300 - R300, (BV, GL, RINA, LROS pending) UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified Catalog Number XMLG XMLK XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD 9012GA, 9012GC, 9012GG, 9012GH, 9012GK, 9012GM, 9012GR, 9012GS, 9012GT, 9012GN, 9012GP, 9012GQ 9016GA, 9016GV a 22-2 XMLF For other connections, consult the Sensor Competency Center. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure, Vacuum, and Float Switches www.schneider-electric.us Selection Guide Class 9013, 9036, 9037, 9038 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701 or 9034CT9701 Application Electromechanical Pressure Switches Electromechanical Float Switches Product Family 9013F 9013G 9036D, 9036F 9036G 9037 9038 Type of Installation/ Application Power circuits Power circuits Power circuits Power circuits Power circuits Power circuits Fluids Controlled Fresh water, air Type of Operation and Features Pressure switches Detection of single trip point (fixed differential) Regulation between 2 trip points (adjustable differential) Pressure switches Regulation between 2 trip points (adjustable differential) Size/Range (psi) 6 to 200 psi 10 to 250 psi Type of Output snap action 2-pole, snap action contacts 2-pole, snap action contacts 2-pole, contacts HP rated HP rated HP rated Liquid level control in Open tanks— either pumping in or pumping out of tank Liquid level control in Closed tanks for condensate, return heating water, fuel oil, etc. Light duty Medium duty — — 2-pole, snap action contacts HP rated 2-pole, snap action contacts HP rated 2 sets of 2-pole, snap action contacts HP rated Electrical Connection 2 open side entries, 0.88 in. diameter, with two flats NEMA Type 1 and 3R: 3 knockouts for 1/2 in. conduit NEMA Type 7 and 9: 2 conduit entries, 3/4"-14 NPT 4 screw terminals NEMA Type 1: 2 open side entries, 0.88 in. diameter, with two flats NEMA Type 4, 7, 9: 2 cable entries, 3/4-14 conduit entry 9036FG: 2 cable entries, 0.88 in. (22.4 mm) with 0.84 in. (21.3 mm) across flat 4 screw terminals NEMA Type 1: 3 knockouts for 1/2 in. conduit entry NEMA Type 4, 7, 9: 2 cable entries, 3/4-14 conduit entry 4 screw terminals NEMA Type 1: 2 open side entries, 0.88 in. diameter, with two flats NEMA Type 4, 7, 9: 2 cable entries, 3/4-14 conduit entry 8 screw terminals NEMA Type 1: 4 knockouts for 1/2 in. (9038 AG) or 3/4 in. conduit entry NEMA Type 4, 7, 9: 2 cable entries, 3/4-14 conduit entry Fluid Connection 1/4" NPSF internal, 1/4" NPT external, plus other options 1/4" NPSF internal, 1/4" NPT external Open tank Open tank Closed tank Open tank (9038A) Closed tank (9038C, D) Fluid Characteristics Fresh water, air Enclosure Rating NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 3R IP20 NEMA Type 1, 3R, 7, 9 IP20 NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9 NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9 NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9 NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9 Dimensions of Case width x height x depth in. (mm) 3.76 x 2.8 x 2.78 in. (95.5 x 71.12 x 70.6 mm) 3.68 x 3.85 x 3.44 in. (93.47 x 97.79 x 87.37 mm) See page 22-23 See page 22-23 See pages 22-24, 22-25 See page 22-26 Conforming to Standards NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 Certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified Catalog Number 9013FS, 9013FR, 9013FH, 9013FT, 9013FY 9036DW, 9013GS, 9013GH, 9013GM 9036DG, 9036DR, 9036FG 9036GG, 9036GW, 9036GR 9037EG, 9037EW, 9037ER, 9037HG, 9037HW, 9037HR 9038AG, 9038AW, 9038AR, 9038CG, 9038CW, 9038CR, 9038DG, 9038DW, 9038DR © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Fresh water, sea water, hydraulic oils (and corrosive fluids, depending on the model) with a density ≥ 0.8 22-3 22 Liquid level control in Open or Closed tanks— two pumps alternate, and both pumps run in peak demand Non-alternating option also available Liquid level control in Open tanks— either pumping in or pumping out of tank PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Fresh or sea water, hydraulic oils; suitable for corrosive fluids except for cast iron bushing (shown above) Pressure Sensors XMLG Pressure Transmitters and Switches Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us XMLG pressure transmitters and pressure switches are characterized by their ceramic pressure-measuring cell. The deformation caused by the pressure is transmitted to the resistors of a Wheatstone bridge silk-screened on the ceramic. The change in resistance is then processed by the integrated electronics, providing either a digital or analog output signal. Table 22.1: Specifications Enclosure Rating IP66, IP67 conforming to IEC/EN 60529, NEMA 4 Ambient Temperature (Operation) -15 to +85 °C (+5 to +185 °F) Media Temperature -15 to +125 °C (+5 to +257 °F) 22 Precision (Linearity, Repeat Accuracy, Hysteresis) Transmitters: <0.3%; pressure/vacuum switches: <1% Repeat Accuracy (PNP/NPN output) 0.1% of the measuring range Current Consumption Transmitters: < 20 mA Pressure/vacuum switches: < 4 mA Maximum Load Current Transmitters: < 20mA Pressure/vacuum switches: 150 mA switching capacity Rated Voltage 12/24 V for transmitters and pressure/vacuum switches Voltage Limits 24 V for transmitters and pressure/vacuum switches Fluids Controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh/sea water, corrosive fluids from -15 to +125 °C (+5 to +257 °F) Materials in Contact with Fluid Ceramic Al2O3, stainless steel type AISI 303, Viton® FPM, PPS (leakage protection for P> 40 bar) Output Response Time < 2 ms PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Table 22.2: Interpretation of the Catalog Number (example: XMLG100D23TQ) XMLG 100 Units without Display, 22.8 mm diameter Rated Pressure Range XMLG•••D M12 Connector Code psi bar M01 001 006 010 016 025 100 160 250 400 –14.5 to 0 0 to 14.5 0 to 87.0 0 to 145 0 to 232.1 0 to 362.5 0 to 1450 0 to 2329.6 0 to 3625 0 to 5800 –1 to 0 0 to 1 0 to 6 0 to 10 0 to 16 0 to 25 0 to 100 0 to 160 0 to 250 0 to 400 D 2 3 TQ Electrical Connection Output Fluid Connection Bulk Pack 1: DC Analog, 4–20 mA, shunt calibration 2: Analog, 4–20 mA 3: Solid state, NPN 4: Solid state, PNP 7: Analog, 0–10 V (bulk packs only) 11: DC Analog, 0–10 V shunt calibration 1: G 1/4 A (BSP male) D: M12 Q: Integrated quick connect 3: 1/4" NPT male 7: 7/16-20 UNF male NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available. Table 22.3: Selection Catalog Number ab Rated Pressure Range XMLG•••Q Quick Connect Fluid Connection Electrical Connection Analog Output, 4–20 mA Analog Output, 0–10 Vdc -14.5 to 0 psi -1 to 0 bar XMLGM01D23 XMLGM01D73 0 to 14.5 psi 0 to 1 bar XMLG001D23 XMLG001D73 0 to 87 psi 0 to 6 bar XMLG006D23 XMLG006D73 0 to 145 psi 0 to 10 bar XMLG010D23 XMLG010D73 0 to 232 psi 0 to 16 bar XMLG016D23 XMLG016D73 0 to 362.5 psi 0 to 25 bar XMLG025D23 XMLG025D73 0 to 1450 psi 0 to 100 bar XMLG100D23 XMLG100D73 0 to 2320 psi 0 to 160 bar XMLG160D23 XMLG160D73 0 to 3625 psi 0 to 250 bar XMLG250D23 XMLG250D73 0 to 5800 psi 0 to 400 bar XMLG400D23 XMLG400D73 a b 1/4" NPT Male M12 For devices with a switch output or 0–10 Vdc analog output, contact the Sensor Competency Center at 1-800-435-2121. For a bulk package (25 units), add TQ to the end of the catalog number. The minimum order quantity is 50 units (two bulk packs). When ordering, specify the individual number of units, NOT the number of bulk packs. Minimum order quantity for factory ordered individual items (non-stock) is 50 pieces. NOTE: For units with a solid-state output, the settings must be specified for each order. Table 22.4: Wiring Configurations (M12) Output Pin 1 Pin 3 Analog, 4–20 mA + Power supply Output Pin 4 — Analog, 0–10 Vdc + Power supply Output Ground Solid State, NPN + Power supply Ground Output Solid State, PNP + Power supply Ground Output UL E164865 CCN NKPZ LR 44087 Class 3211-03 For wiring diagrams, refer to Table 22.5 on page 22-5. 22-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure Sensors XMLG Pressure Transmitters and Switches Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us For connectors and cables, see Table 22.15 on page 22-9. Figure 22.1: Dimensions, in. (mm) Dimension A XMLGpppDpp, M12 x 1 Connection XMLG•••D2••1 G 1/4 A (BSAP Male) XMLG•••D2••3 1/4" NPT Male XMLG•••D2••7 7/16-20 UNF Male A Ø 22.8 (0.90) Ø 18.8 ± 0,1 (0.74) SW 21 (0.83) 12 (0.47) 8 (0.31) 56 (2.20) 2.1 (0.08) XMLGpppQpp, Integrated Quick Connection ~ 85 (3.35) PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES A 12 (0.47) 8 (0.31) 64 (2.52) 2.1 (0.08) Table 22.5: Connector Wiring Pressure Transmitters M12 2-wire (4–20 mA) Input + 1 Electronic Pressure Switches Integrated Quick Connection – 2-wire (4–20 mA) Input + 3-wire (PNP) – 3 Output + Input Output 1 4 1 3 2 Integrated Quick Connection 3-wire (PNP) – + Input 4 3 M12 2 – GND GND 3-wire (0–10 V) + – 1 3 Output Output Input 22 Ø 18,8 ± 0,1 (0.74) Ø 22.8 (0.90) SW 21 (0.83) 3-wire (0–10 V) + Input – GND 3-wire (NPN) Input 3-wire (NPN) + + Input GND 1 4 2 3 1 4 1 3 3 Output Output GND – 2 1 3 – GND Output Output For wiring configurations, refer to Table 22.4 on page 22-4. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22-5 Pressure Sensors XMLK Pressure Transmitters Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Type XMLK pressure transmitters are characterized by their ceramic pressure-measuring cell. The deformation caused by the pressure is transmitted to the resistors of a Wheatstone bridge silk-screened on the ceramic. The change in resistance is then processed by the integrated electronics to provide an analog output signal. Table 22.6: Environmental Specifications Enclosure Rating IP65 conforming to IEC/EN 60529, NEMA 4 Ambient Air Temperature 22 XMLK•••••C DIN 43650A Connector For Operation 0 to + 80 °C (32 to 176 °F) For Storage –25 to + 85 °C (13 to 185 °F) Precision (Resolution) Combined sum of linearity, hysteresis, and repeat accuracy <± 0.5% of the measuring range Setting tolerance of zero point and measuring range limit < ± 1% of the measuring range Repeat Accuracy ± 0.3% of the measuring range Current Consumption 4–20 mA: < 20 mA 0–10 V: < 6 mA Rated Supply Voltage 24 Vdc Voltage Limits 4–20 mA: 8–33 V c 0–10 V: 16.2–33 V c Fluids or Products Controlled Air, fresh water (0 to + 80 °C / 32 to 176 °F) Materials in Contact with Fluid Steel, type AISI 303 (stainless steel) nitrile (NBR) Output Response Time < 2 ms PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Table 22.7: Interpretation of the Catalog Number XMLK 100 P Rated Pressure Units Without Display Code 36 mm (1.42 in.) diameter psi bar D 2 3 TQ Unit of Pressure O-Ring Electrical Connection Output Fluid Connection 2: NBR (Nitrile) C: DIN 43650A 2: Analog, 4–20 mA 1: G 1/4 A (male) D: M12 7: Analog, 0-10 V 3: 1/4"-18 NPT (male) 006 0–6 B: bar 010 0–10 P: psi 016 0–16 025 XMLK•••••D M12 Connector 2 Bulk Pack P: Metri-Pack 0–25 100 0–100 150 0–150 200 0–200 300 0–300 NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available. Table 22.8: Selection Catalog Number a Rated Pressure Range 4–20 mA Analog Output DIN M12 0–10 Vdc Analog Output Metri-Pack DIN M12 Metri-Pack Bar Version, G 1/4 A Male Fluid Connector 0–6 bar (0–87 psi) XMLK006B2C21 XMLK006B2D21 — XMLK006B2C71 XMLK006B2D71 — 0–10 bar (0–145 psi) XMLK010B2C21 XMLK010B2D21 — XMLK010B2C71 XMLK010B2D71 — 0–16 bar (0–232 psi) XMLK016B2C21 XMLK016B2D21 — XMLK016B2C71 XMLK016B2D71 — 0–25 bar (0–362.5 psi) XMLK025B2C21 XMLK025B2D21 — XMLK025B2C71 XMLK025B2D71 — PSI Version, 1/4"-18 NPT Male Fluid Connector 0–100 psi (0–6.9 bar) XMLK100P2C23 XMLK100P2D23 XMLK100P2P23 XMLK100P2C73 XMLK100P2D73 XMLK100P2P73 0–150 psi (0–10.3 bar) XMLK150P2C23 XMLK150P2D23 XMLK150P2P23 XMLK150P2C73 XMLK150P2D73 XMLK150P2P73 0–200 psi (0–13.8 bar) XMLK200P2C23 XMLK200P2D23 XMLK200P2P23 XMLK200P2C73 XMLK200P2D73 XMLK200P2P73 0–300 psi (0–.20.7 bar) XMLK300P2C23 XMLK300P2D23 XMLK300P2P23 XMLK300P2C73 XMLK300P2D73 XMLK300P2P73 a XMLK•••••P Metri-Pack Connector For a bulk package (25 units), add TQ to the end of the catalog number. The minimum order quantity is 50 units (two bulk packs). When ordering, specify the individual number of units, not the number of bulk packs. Minimum order quantity for factory ordered individual items (non-stock) is 50 pieces. Table 22.9: Wiring Configurations (M12) Output Pin 1 Pin 3 Analog, 4–20 mA + Power supply Output Pin 4 — Analog, 0–10 Vdc + Power supply Output Ground Solid State, NPN + Power supply Ground Output Solid State, PNP + Power supply Ground Output UL E164865 CCN NKPZ LR 44087 Class 3211-03 For wiring diagrams, refer to Table 22.5 on page 22-5. 22-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure Sensors XMLK Pressure Transmitters and Switches Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us For connectors and cables, see Table 22.15 on page 22-9. Table 22.10: Dimensions XMLK, DIN connector NPT G 1/4 A (male) Ø 36 1.417 1/4-18 NPT 86 3.386 Ø 36 1.417 Dimensions = mm / in. PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 8.7 .343 G 1/4 12.7 0.5 Ø 18.8 (± 0,1) .740 SW19 2.5 .098 56.8 2.236 12 10.7 .472 .421 XMLK, M12 connector NPT G 1/4 A (male) 1/4-18 NPT 93 3.661 22 G 1/4 8.7 .343 Ø 36 1.417 12.7 0.5 Ø 18.8 (± 0,1) .740 Ø 36 1.417 SW19 2.5 .098 56.8 2.236 12 10.7 .472 .421 XMLK, Metri-Pack connector NPT G 1/4 A (male) 12.7 0.5 Table 22.11: 8.7 .343 2.5 .098 G 1/4 Ø 36 1.417 Ø 36 1.417 Ø 18.8 (± 0,1) .740 1/4-18 NPT 91 3.583 56.8 2.236 12 10.7 .472 .421 Connector Wiring DIN 43650A M12 + 2 Metri-Pack – – 1 4 3 + A 3 1 + – C B © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 22-7 Electronic Pressure Switches XMLF Pressure Switches Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us XMLF is a user-friendly electronic pressure switch with an easy-to-read four digit display and finger-operated adjustment buttons for scrolling up and down through the menu functions. Burst pressure is six times the nominal pressure (up to 1,800 bar or 26,100 psi). • DC versions are protected against reverse polarity, short circuit, and overvoltage. • DC versions are double insulated. • Response time display: 3 levels (slow-normal-fast). Available in four versions: • • • • Universal sensor with 1 analog output (4–20 mA) and 1 digital output Universal sensor with 1 analog output (1–10 V) and 1 digital output Dual stage sensor, 2 digital outputs, 24 Vdc (17-33 Vdc) Electronic pressure switch with relay output, 120 Vac (102–132 Vac) 22 The XMLF electronic pressure switch can be set without any tools once connected to a 24 Vdc power supply. It is ergonomically designed to be easy to hold and to set. The pressure connection is on the bottom of the switch and the electrical connector on the top, giving the switch a slim, straight-through profile. It has built-in water hammer resistance. It is available in AC and DC versions, each of which feature a 4-digit LED display. It is programmable to display either bar or psi. Digital solid state outputs are programmable as NPN or PNP, and N.O. or N.C. Window mode (FEN) allows the switch to operate between selected minimum and maximum settings. Outputs change state when the pressure ranges outside the window settings. Table 22.12: Specifications PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Enclosure Rating IP67 NEMA 4, 6, 12, 13 Ambient Air Temperature for Operation DC Models: –25 to +80 °C (–13 to + 176 °F) AC Models: –25 to +80 °C (–13 to + 176 °F) Media Temperature –15 to +80 °C (+5 to + 176 °F) Analog Output ≤0.6% of the measurement range, output offset < 200 mV Digital Output ≤0.6% of the measurement range Precision Repeat Accuracy (PNP/NPN output) ≤0.5% of the measurement range Maximum Load Current DC: 200 mA for 17–33 Vdc; AC: 2.5A AC15 C300 Table 22.13: Interpretation of the Catalog Number (example: XMLF100D2026) XMLF 100 D Rated pressure Configurable Code psi bar 2 Electrical Connection 02 With Viewing Window 6 Output Fluid Connection 01: DC Analog 4–20 mA, shunt calibration 5: 1/4" BSP female 02: DC Analog 4–20 mA, digital single stage 9: SAE 7/16-20 UNF female M01 -14.5 to 0 -1 to 0 D: M12 DC only 002 0 to 36.25 0 to 2.5 010 0 to 145 0 to 10 E: 7/8-16 UN2A AC only 016 0 to 232 0 to 16 025 0 to 362.5 0 to 25 040 0 to 580 0 to 40 070 0 to 1015 0 to 70 100 0 to 1450 0 to 100 12: DC Analog 0–10 V, digital single stage 160 0 to 2320 0 to 160 03: DC digital dual stage 250 0 to 3625 0 to 250 04: AC Relay 120 V 400 0 to 5800 0 to 400 600 0 to 8700 0 to 600 6: 1/4" NPTF female 11: DC Analog 0–10 V, shunt calibration NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available. Table 22.14: Selection Catalog Number Range Output Pressure Connection Electrical Connection AC Versions XMLF010E2046 0 to 145 psi Relay (2.5 A) 1/4" NPT Female SAE7/8-16UNF XMLF070E2046 0 to 1015 psi Relay (2.5 A) 1/4" NPT Female SAE7/8-16UNF 1/4" NPT Female M12 1/4" NPT Female M12 SAE7/16-20 Female M12 M12 DC Versions XMLFM01D2026 -14.5 to 0 psi XMLF010D2026 0 to 145 psi XMLF070D2029 0 to 1015 psi XMLF400D2029 0 to 5800 psi SAE7/16-20 Female XMLF010D2039 0 to 145 psi SAE7/16-20 Female M12 XMLF070D2039 0 to 1015 psi SAE7/16-20 Female M12 XMLF400D2039 0 to 5800 psi SAE7/16-20 Female M12 XMLF010D2036 0 to 145 psi 1/4" NPT Female M12 XMLF070D2036 0 to 1015 psi 1/4" NPT Female M12 File E164865 CCN NKPZ 22-8 Analog with single stage Dual stage Relay (2.5 A) File LR44087 Class 3211-03 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electronic Pressure Switches XMLF Pressure Switches Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Table 22.15: Connectors and Cables Cable Length Weight m (ft) g (oz) Description Catalog Number Phoenix Contact QUICKON connector a XZCP1241Lp XZCP1764Lp XZCC12FDM40V XZCR1511041Cp Table 22.16: Accessories Description Weight g (oz) Catalog Number Straight Elbowed DIN 43650A female connector, with screw terminal connections Sealing gasket Mounting bracket Cooler for versions with 1/4" BSP fluid connection 20 (0.71) 20 (0.71) 35 (1.23) 15 (0.48) 37 (1.19) 370 (11.90) XZCC12FDM40B XZCC12FCM40B XZCC43FCP40B XMLZL010 XMLZL008 XMLZL009 M12 female connector, metal clamping ring, with screw terminal connections XZCC12FDM40B XZCR1512041Cp Table 22.17: XZCC43FCP40B XZCC12FCM40B Table 22.18: Wiring Configurations Version Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 AC (5-pin E) DC (4-pin D), analog or single stage Power supply + Power supply Power supply 4–20 mA Ground – Power supply + Relay Single stage – Relay DC (4-pin D), dual stage + Power supply Second stage – Power supply First stage Electrical Connections AC Connector 1 5 Wiring 2 4 3 Rated Supply Voltage Display \ Figure 22.2: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DC Connector L1 Power L2 Power Ground Relay Relay 2 1 3 4 Analog Dual Stage 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. + Power Supply 4–20 mA – Power Supply Solid State, PNP or NPN + Power Supply 2nd Stage Solid-State Output – Power Supply 1st Stage Solid-State Output 24 Vdc (17–33 Vdc), Analog PNP–NPN, N.O. Outputs, 4 Wire 24 Vdc (17–33 Vdc), Analog + Shunt Calibration, 4 Wire 24 Vdc (17–33 Vdc), Dual Stage N.O. –N.C., PNP–NPN Outputs, 4 Wire The display shows the pressure in the circuit up to a value of twice the maximum pressure size of the device (for example, XMXF.6000… displays values up to 1200 bar). If the pressure is higher than 130% of the pressure range, the display blinks. The display shows two digits after the decimal point from –1 to 2.5 bar (–14.5 to 36.25); one digit after the decimal from 10 to 70 bar (145 to 1015); and no digits after the decimal from 100 to 600 bar (1450 to 8700). In all cases, the display shows no values below 2% at the beginning of the scale. 120 Vac (102–132 Vac), N.O. – N.C. Relays, Output 2.5 A, 5 Wire XMLF•••D2••• Figure 22.3: XMLF•••E2••• M12 x 1 (1) Female fluid entry: XMLF••• D2••5, XMLF••• E2••5: G 1/4 A (BSP) XMLF••• D2••6, XMLF••• E2••6: 1/4” NPTF XMLF••• D2••9, XMLF••• E2••9: SAE 7/16-20UNF © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 88 (3.46) 119 (4.69) 164 (6.46) 113 (4.45) 27 (1.06) 46 (1.81) dimension with cover open: 138 (5.43) (1) 58 (2.28) 15 (0.59) 58 (2.28) 16 (0.63) 10 (0.39) 142 (5.59) 129 (5.08) 88 (3.46) (1) 15 (0.59) dimension with cover open: 138 (5.43) 7/8" 16 UN 27 (1.06) 46 (1.81) Dimensions: in. (mm) 22-9 22 XZCP1141Lp PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES — — XMLGZ001 2 (6.6) 115 (4.06) XZCP1141L2 Straight 5 (16.4) 270 (9.52) XZCP1141L5 black PUR 10 (32.8) 520 (18.34) XZCP1141L10 2 (6.6) 90 (3.17) XSZCD101Y Pre-wired M12 Straight 5 (16.4) 190 (6.70) XSZCD102Y female connector with cable yellow PVC 10 (32.8) 370 (13.05) XSZCD103Y 2 (6.6) 115 (4.06) XZCP1241L2 90° 5 (16.4) 270 (9.52) XZCP1241L5 10 (32.8) 520 (18.34) XZCP1241L10 2 (6.6) 185 (6.53) XZCP1764L2 Pre-wired 7/8" 16UN, Straight 5 (16.4) 460 (16.23) XZCP1764L5 female connector with cable 10 (32.8) 900 (31.75) XZCP1764L10 1 (3.3) 65 (2.29) XZCR1511041C1 Straight female M12–M12 jumper cables connector 2 (6.6) 95 (3.35) XZCR1511041C2 with straight male connector, 1 (3.3) 65 (2.29) XZCR1512041C1 90° female for splitter box connector 2 (6.6) 95 (3.35) XZCR1512041C2 a Connector incorporating IDCs (insulation displacement connectors) for quick, direct, in-line connection to cable without a screwdriver or soldering iron. Pressure Switches XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD International Pressure Switches Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us XML international pressure switches meet IEC, Cenelec, UL, and CSA standards. They are CE marked. • Fixed differential (XMLA), adjustable differential single-pole (XMLB) or double-pole (XMLC), and dual stage (XMLD) • Range listed is on increasing pressure (psi, bar, kPa) • External pressure setting window available • 1 N.O.–1 N.C. snap acting contacts standard • Temperature range: –13 to +158 °F (–25 to +70 °C) • Enclosure rating: IP65 with plug-in connector, IP66 with terminal connections • Operating rate: up to 120 operations per minute for diaphragm and 60 per minute for piston • Media connection: 1/4" NPT • Conduit connection: 1/2" NPT Table 22.19: Specifications Screw terminal models: IP66 conforming to IEC/EN 60529 Connector models: IP65 conforming to IEC/EN 60529 Enclosure Rating Ambient Temperature 22 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES XMLB Table 22.21: –25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 °F) Storage –40 to +70 °C (–40 to 158 °F) Repeat Accuracy < 2% Fluids Controlled Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, 32 to 320 °F (0 to +160 °C), depending on the model Steam, corrosive fluids, viscous products, 32 to 320 °F (0 to +160 °C), depending on the model Operating Rate (operating cycles/minute) Piston version switches: up to 60 cycles/minute for temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C) Diaphragm version switches: up to 120 cycles/minute for temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C) Operational Characteristics a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1) conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60 947-5-1 Type of Contacts Silver tipped contacts XMLA & XMLB: 1 C/O single-pole contact (4 terminal), snap action XMLC: 2 C/O single-pole contacts (8 terminals), simultaneous snap action XMLD: 2 C/O single-pole contacts (8 terminals), staggered snap action Resistance Across Terminals < 25 mΩ conforming to NF C 93-050 method A or IEC 255-7 category 3 Terminal Referencing Conforming to CENELEC EN 50013 Short-Circuit Protections 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gI) recommended Connection Screw clamp terminals Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.2 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Table 22.20: Component Materials in Contact with Fluid Pressure Switch Catalog Number XMLAM01V••••• / XML•M02V•••• XMLBM03S•••• XML•M05A•••• XMLBL05S•••• XML•L35R•••• XML•L35S•••• XML•001S•••• XML•002A•••• XML•002B•••• XMLA004A•••• XMLB004A•••• XML•004B•••• XML•010A•••• XML•010B•••• XML•020A•••• / XML•035A•••• XML•020B•••• / XML•035B•••• XML•070D•••• / XML•160D•••• XML•300D•••• XML•500D•••• a X2GNiMo 17-12-2 (AISI 316L) b X8GNiS 18-09 (AISI 303) XMLD Operation Zinc Alloy X — X — — — — X — X X — X — X — — — — Stainless Steel Xa Xa Xa Xb Xb Xb Xb — — — — — — — — — — — — Brass — — — — — — — — — — — — — X — X X X X1 Steel — — — — X — — — X — — X — — — — X X X Nitrile X — X — — — — X — X X — X — X — — — — PTFE — X — X — X X — — — — — — — — — X X X FPM, FKM — — — — X — — — X — — X — X — X X X X Aluminum — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X — — — — Interpretation of the Catalog Number (example: XMLD070D1S13) XML D Contacts A Fixed differential, single-pole contact 070 Rated Pressure Code psi L05 0 to 0.725 L35 0 to 5.075 B Adjustable differential, M01 -14.5 to -4.06 single-pole contact M02 -14.5 to -2.03 M03 -2.9 to -.029 C 2 adjustable differential, M05 -7.25 to 72.5 single-pole contacts, 001 0 to 14.5 simultaneous 002 0 to 36.25 004 0 to 58 D 2 fixed differential, 010 0 to 145 020 0 to 290 single-pole contacts, staggered 035 0 to 507.5 040 0 to 580 070 0 to 1015 160 0 to 2320 300 0 to 4350 500 0 to 7250 D bar 0 to 0.05 0 to 0.35 -1 to -0.28 -1 to -0.14 -0.2 to -0.02 -0.5 to 5 0 to 1 0 to 2.5 0 to 4 0 to 10 0 to 20 0 to 35 0 to 40 0 to 70 0 to 160 0 to 300 0 to 500 1 Actuator Diaphragm Scale 1 Without A Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water, sea water (0 to 70 °C) 2 With B Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water, sea water (0 to 160 °C) C Corrosive fluids P Viscous fluids R Hydraulic oil, air (0 to 160 °C) S Fresh/sea water, corrosive fluids (0 to 160 °C) S Electrical Connection S Without connector (not available on solid-state devices) 1 3 Output Fluid Connection 1 Contacts Fluid Electrical 1 1/4 Gas Type 13 (PG 13,5) 2 1/4 Gas ISO M20 C Square / DIN 43650 D M12 Micro connector Vacuum V Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water, sea water (0 to 70 °C) 3 1/4 in. NPTF 1/2 in. NPT 4 PT 1/4 (JIS B0203) 1/2 in. PF (JIS B0202) T Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water, sea water (0 to 160 °C) Piston D Hydraulic oil E Fresh / sea water NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available. 22-10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure Switches XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD International Pressure Switches Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 22.22: Terminal Diagrams 13 11 14 12 1 C/O single-pole contact, snap action 11 23 21 12 24 22 XMLC 13 Range on Increasing Pressure (psi) Approximate Differential Across Range Maximum Allowable Pressure Catalog Number 3.5 0.29 low / 0.58 high 1.88 5.07 7.25 5.8 low / 14.5 high 18.12 43.5 low / 108.75 high 79.75 low / 261 high 239.25 low / 507.5 high 290 low / 652.5 high 130.5 32.62 130.5 130.5 326.25 652.5 1160 2320 5220 9787.5 16312.5 XMLAM01V2S13 XMLA001S2S13 XMLA002A2S13 XMLA004A2S13 XMLA010A2S13 XMLA020A2S13 XMLA035A2S13 XMLA070D2S13 XMLA160D2S13 XMLA300D2S13 XMLA500D2S13 Fixed, 1 Single-Pole Contact (XMLA) XMLA, XMLB 14 Fixed Differential Catalog Numbers 2 C/O single-pole contacts, simultaneous snap action -4.06 to -14.5 0.435 to 14.5 2.17 to 36.25 5.8 to 58 8.7 to 145 10.2 to 290 21.75 to 507.5 72.5 to 1015 145 to 2320 290 to 4350 435 to 7250 11 23 21 12 24 22 0.44 1.45 0.44 low / 1.02 high 2.03 low / 2.76 high 2.18 low / 2.76 high 6.53 low / 8.7 high 10.15 low / 18.85 high 21.75 low / 37.7 high 32.62 130.5 32.62 130.5 130.5 326.25 652.5 1160 XMLDL35S1S13 XMLDM02V1S13 XMLD001S1S13 XMLD002B1S13 XMLD004B1S13 XMLD010B1S13 XMLD020B1S13 XMLD035B1S13 136.3 to 1015 239.25 to 2320 522 to 4350 594.5 to 7250 72.5 low / 137.75 high 127.6 low / 290 high 246.5 low / 609 high 304.5 low / 942.5 high 2320 5220 9787.5 16312.5 XMLD070D1S13 XMLD160D1S13 XMLD300D1S13 XMLD500D1S13 Maximum Allowable Pressure Catalog Number Table 22.23: Adjustable Differential Catalog Numbers Range on Increasing Pressure (psi) Approximate Differential Across Range Adjustable, 1 Single-Pole Contact (XMLB) 0.038 to 0.72 0.65 to 5.07 -2 to -14.5 -0.29 to -2.9 -7.25 to 72.5 0.72 to 14.5 4.35 to 36.25 0.02 low / 0.06 high 0.6 low / 0.72 high 1.9 0.26 7.25 0.58 low / 0.87 high 2.32 low / 3.04 high 1.63 32.62 130.5 29 163.12 32.62 130.5 XMLBL05S2S13 XMLBL35R2S13 XMLBM02V2S13 XMLBM03S2S13 XMLBM05A2S13 XMLB001S2S13 XMLB002A2S13 3.62 to 58 10.15 to 145 18.9 to 290 50.75 to 507.5 101.5 to 1015 145 to 2320 319 to 4350 435 to 7250 2.9 low / 3.62 high 8.26 low / 12.32 high 14.5 low / 23.2 high 24.65 low / 36.97 high 68.15 low / 127.6 high 134.85 low / 301.6 high 281.3 low / 536.5 333.5 low / 762.7 high 130.5 326.25 652.5 1160 2320 5220 9787.5 16312.5 XMLB004A2S13 XMLB010A2S13 XMLB020A2S13 XMLB035A2S13 XMLB070D2S13 XMLB160D2S13 XMLB300D2S13 XMLB500D2S13 Adjustable, 2 Single-Pole Contacts, Simultaneous (XMLC) XMLZL006 XMLZL002 0.65 to 5.07 -2 to -14.5 0.29 low / 0.51 high 1.89 low / 2.03 high 32.62 130.5 XMLCL35S2S13 XMLCM02V2S13 -7.97 to 72.5 0.725 to 14.5 4.35 to 36.25 4.35 to 58 10.15 to 145 18.85 to 290 50.75 to 507.5 101.5 to 1015 6.52 0.43 low / 0.58 high 1.89 low / 2.47 high 2.18 low / 2.47 high 6.53 low / 10.15 high 10.15 low / 14.5 high 14.5 low / 21.75 high 65.25 low / 129.05 high 163.12 32.62 130.5 130.5 326.25 652.5 1160 2320 XMLCM05S2S13 XMLC001S2S13 XMLC002B2S13 XMLC004B2S13 XMLC010B2S13 XMLC020B2S13 XMLC035B2S13 XMLC070D2S13 174 to 2320 319 to 4350 435 to 7250 130.5 low / 304.5 high 232 low / 507.5 high 275.5 low / 754 high 5220 9787.5 16312.5 XMLC160D2S13 XMLC300D2S13 XMLC500D2S13 Table 22.24: XMLZL001 XMLZL011 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Accessories for XML Pressure and Vacuum Switches Description For Use with Switches Rear mounting bracket For vibrations > 2 gn Additional top support bracket For vibrations > 4 gn XML•L35 XML•001 XMLAM01 XML•M05 XMLA004 XML•010 … XML•500 XMLA XMLB XMLZL001 All models XMLZL011 Lead sealable protective cover To prevent unauthorized access to the adjustment screws and the switch cover mounting screw Lead sealable protective cover To prevent unauthorized access to adjustment screws Catalog Number XMLZL006 XMLZL002 22-11 22 13 14 2 C/O single-pole contacts, snap action (1 per stage) 0.84 to 5.07 -1.74 to -14.5 1.74 to 14.5 4.93 to 36.25 5.8 to 58 17.4 to 145 2.14 to 20 63.8 to 507.5 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Fixed, 2 Single-Pole Contacts, Staggered (XMLD) XMLD Pressure Switches XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD Dimensions Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 Figure 22.4: www.schneider-electric.us Dimensions XMLAM01, XMLBM05, XMLCM05, XMLA004, X•ML010…500 XMLC / D: 46 XMLA / B: 75 XMLA / B: 35 (2) 5 22 17.5 37 37 113 XMLC / D: 85 23 (1) = 20-22 = 56 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 120 (1) 1 fluid entry, tapped G 1/4 (BSP female) or 1/4” NPT (2) 1 electrical connections entry, tapped M20 x 1.5 or Pg 13.5, or 1/2” NPT Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.2 x 6.7 55 XML•M02, XML•002, XMLB004, XMLC004, XMLD004 XMLC / D: 46 XMLC / D: 90 XMLA / B: 35 XMLA / B: 77.5 106 Ø5.2 34 158 (2) 13 Ø (1) 30 = 37-40 = 122 (1) 1 fluid entry, tapped G 1/4 (BSP female) or 1/4” NPT (2) 1 electrical connections entry, tapped M20 x 1.5 or Pg 13.5, or 1/2” NPT Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 10.2 x 5.2 22-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure Switches Industrial, Type G Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Table 22.25: Fixed Differential, Open Type or NEMA 1 Enclosure UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment Range On Decreasing Pressure psig Approximate Differential at Mid-Range psiga Maximum Allowable Pressure psig Open Type NEMA 1 Type Type GRO1 GRO3 GRO4 GRO5 GRO6 GSO1 GSO2 GRG1 GRG3 GRG4 GRG5 GRG6 GSG1 GSG2 GTO1 GTO2 GTO3 GTO4 GTG1 GTG2 GTG3 GTG4 Open Type NEMA 1 Type Type GNO1 GNO3 GNO4 GNO5 GNO6 GPO1 GPO2 GNG1 GNG3 GNG4 GNG5 GNG6 GPG1 GPG2 GQO1 GQO2 GQO3 GQO4 GQG1 GQG2 GQG3 GQG4 Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing 0.2–10 1–40 1.5–75 3–150 5–250 13–425 20–675 0.4 ±0.1 1.2 ±0.3 2.2 ±0.4 4.2 ±1 7.4 ±2 13 ±3 19 ±5 100 100 240 475 750 850 2000 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton® Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-Ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring 10000 15000 20000 25000 Adjustable Differential, Open Type orNEMA 1 Enclosure UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment Range On Decreasing Pressure psig Approximate Mid-Range Differential Adds to Decreasing Set Pointa Maximum Allowable Pressure psig Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing 0.2–10 1–40 1.5–75 3–150 5–250 13–425 20–675 0.4–0.9 1.2–3.6 2.2–6.6 4.2–13.2 7.4–33.6 13–37.2 19–58.8 100 100 240 475 750 850 2000 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-Ring, Teflon Retaining Ring Open Type 20–1000 90–2900 170–5600 270–9000 a 49–150 141–455 200–950 350–1400 10000 15000 20000 25000 Determines operating point on rising pressure. Table 22.27: Available Modifications Modification Applies to Standard Nitrile (Buna-N) diaphragm in #316 stainless steel housing GNG1, GNO1, GRG1, GRO1 only All other GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO Not available on GNG1, GNO1, GRG1, GRO1. Available on all other GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO GNG1, GNO1, GRG1, GRO1 only All other GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO GNG, GNO, GRG, GRO Ethylene propylene diaphragm in #316 stainless steel housing Viton fluorocarbon diaphragm in #316 stainless steel housing 1/4–18 NPT external thread pressure connection 1/2–14 NPT external thread, 1/4–18 NPTF internal thread pressure connection. Standard actuator only. 7/16–20 UNF-2B internal thread pressure connection Table 22.28: Form Q1 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q4 Z GNG, GNO, GRG, GRO Z16 GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GQG, GQO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO, GTG, GTO Z18 Class 9049 Accessories for Class 9012 Pressure Switches Description Applies to Type Stainless steel surge reducer for use on oils, coolants, and hydraulic fluids (not recommended for air or water) 9012G A26S Acceptable Wire Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 lb-in Electrical Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16 Temperature Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16 Renewal Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-28 File CCN © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved E12158 NKPZ File Class LR25490 3211-03 22-13 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Table 22.26: 49 ±10 141 ±15 200 ±40 350 ±45 22 NEMA 1 20–1000 90–2900 170–5600 270–9000 Pressure Switches Machine Tool, Type G Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Class 9012 single stage pressure switches are control circuit rated devices used in pneumatic or hydraulic systems on a wide variety of machine and process applications to protect the equipment and control or monitor the system pressure. • Type G machine tool switches are available with NEMA Type 4, 4X, and 13 (IEC IP66) enclosure ratings. • The NEMA 7 and 9 devices are UL listed for use in the following hazardous locations: Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups C and D; and Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F, and G. • Enclosure materials are cast aluminum. • To ensure repeatability and minimize setting drift, pressure settings should fall within the middle 80 percent of the pressure range. 9012GAW5 NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Table 22.29: Fixed Differential a NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosure Table 22.31: 22 UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Range on Decreasing Pressure psig bApproximate Differential at Mid-Range psig Maximum Allowable Pressure psig UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment Single Pole Double Throw Double Pole Double Throw Type Type Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing .2–10 0.6 ±0.1 100 GDW1 GDW21 1–40 1.6 ±0.4 100 GDW2 GDW22 1.5–75 3.0 ±0.5 240 GDW4 GDW24 3–150 6.0 ±0.8 475 GDW5 GDW25 5–250 10.0 ±1.5 750 GDW6 GDW26 13–425 16 ±3.5 850 GEW1 GEW21 20–675 27 ±5 2000 GEW2 GEW22 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton® Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring 20–1000 59 ±9 10000 GFW1 GFW21 90–2900 170 ±15 15000 GFW2 GFW22 170–5600 289 ±55 20000 GFW3 GFW23 270–9000 495 ±70 25000 GFW4 GFW24 Table 22.30: Fixed Differential NEMA 7 & 9 Enclosure Class I & II, Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D, E, F, G UL Listed As Industrial Control Equipment. UL Marine Listed for use on vessels greater than 65 feet long where ignition protection is required. Range on Decreasing Pressure psig bApproximate Differential at Mid-Range psig Maximum Allowable Pressure psig Single Pole Double Throw Double Pole Double Throw Type Type Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing 0.2–10 1.0 ±0.1 100 GDR1 GDR21 1–40 2.4 ±0.8 100 GDR2 GDR22 1.5–75 4.5 ±1 240 GDR4 GDR24 3–150 9 ±1.5 475 GDR5 GDR25 5–250 15 ±3 750 GDR6 GDR26 13–425 25 ±7 850 GER1 GER21 20–675 41 ±10 2000 GER2 GER22 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, ® Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon Retaining Ring 20–1000 89 ±18 10000 GFR1 GFR21 90–2900 255 ±30 15000 GFR2 GFR22 170–5600 578 ±110 20000 GFR3 GFR23 270–9000 788 ±140 25000 GFR4 GFR24 Range on Decreasing Pressure psig Table 22.32: 22-14 CCN NOWT CCN NKPZ CCN NTHT G•R G•O, G•G, G•W Marine Use, G•W Maximum Allowable Pressure psig Single Pole Double Throw Double Pole Double Throw Type Type Adjustable Differential NEMA 7 & 9 Enclosure Class I & II, Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D, E, F, G UL Listed As Industrial Control Equipment. UL Marine Listed for use on vessels greater than 65 feet long where ignition protection is required. Range on Decreasing Pressure psig bAdjustable Differential Approximate at Mid-Range Maximum Allowable Pressure psig Single Pole Double Throw Double Pole Double Throw Type Type Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing 0.2–10 1.0–2 100 GAR1 GAR21 1–40 2.4–8 100 GAR2 GAR22 1.5–75 4.5–15 240 GAR4 GAR24 3–150 9–35 475 GAR5 GAR25 5–250 15–49 750 GAR6 GAR26 13–425 25–90 850 GBR1 GBR21 20–675 41–130 2000 GBR2 GBR22 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, ® Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon Retaining Ring 20–1000 89–200 10000 GCR1 GCR21 90–2900 255–560 15000 GCR2 GCR22 170–5600 578–1260 20000 GCR3 GCR23 270–9000 788–1900 25000 GCR4 GCR24 a Electrical Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-16 Temperature Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-16 Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-18 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-18 Renewal Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-17 bAdjustable Differential Approximate at Mid-Range Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing .2–10 0.6–2 100 GAW1 GAW21 1–40 1.6–8 100 GAW2 GAW22 1.5–75 3.5–15 240 GAW4 GAW24 3–150 6.0–30 475 GAW5 GAW25 5–250 10.0–49 750 GAW6 GAW26 13–425 16–90 850 GBW1 GBW21 20–675 27–130 2000 GBW2 GBW22 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, ® Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon Retaining Ring 20–1000 59–200 10000 GCW1 GCW21 90–2900 170–560 15000 GCW2 GCW22 170–5600 289–1260 20000 GCW3 GCW23 270–9000 495–1900 25000 GCW4 GCW24 Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in File E12443 Haz. Loc. File E12158 File E12158 Adjustable Differential a NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosure b For metric threads, add M after the W on all types (offered at an additional cost). To order a Pg13.5 electrical conduit entry and a 1/4”-19 BSP pressure connection, add M12 to the end of the catalog number, as well as adding “M” after “W” for metric threads. For example: 9012GAW1 = 1/2” NPT electrical conduit entry 9012GAWM1 = 20 x 1.5 mm electrical conduit entry 9012GAWM1M12 = Pg13.5 electrical conduit entry and 1/4-19 BSP pressure connection. The differential adds to the range setting and determines the operating point on rising pressure. File LR25490 Class 3211-03 G•W, G•O, G•G File LR26817 Class 3218-02 G*R Complies with IEC 60957.5.1, 5C8.3.4 when protected with a Bussmann CCKTK-R-10 fuse. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure Switches Differential/Dual Stage, Type G Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Differential-Pressure Operation Pressure switches for differential-pressure operation monitor the change in the difference between two pressures. Type G differential-pressure switches are used in applications to signal that a predetermined pressure difference has been reached as a result of a widening or increasing difference between the two pressures. They can also signal that a predetermined pressure difference has been reached as a result of a narrowing or decreasing difference between the two pressures. Table 22.33: Differential-Pressure Switches NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosures UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment a Adjustable Difference on Decreasing Pressure (adds to working pressure) Y (lower) Actuator Working Pressure Range on Decreasing X (upper) Actuator Adjustable Differential Actuates on Increasing Pressure (adds to adjustable difference) Maximum Allowable Pressure psi Single Pole Double Pole Double Throw Double Throw Type Type GGW1 GGW4 GHW1 GGW21 GGW24 GHW21 Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing 0–75 0–175 0–500 9012GGW1 0.25–10 0.5–36 3–175 0.8–2 5–15 22–90 100 240 850 Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton® Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring 80–200 7500 GJW1 GJW21 Dual-Stage Operation Type G dual stage pressure switches are designed for use in applications where two separate pressure operations must be controlled by a single pressure monitoring device. These controls are most commonly used where dual functions are required or in sequencing applications such as alarm, followed by shutdown. Table 22.34: Dual-Stage Pressure Switch NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosure UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment a Range Setting Limits of Pressure Between Which Stage 1 Can Be Adjusted to Operate on Decreasing Pressure Add Adjustable Spread to Range Setting to Obtain Decreasing Operating Point of Stage 2 Fixed Differential—Add to Low (Decreasing) Operating Point to Obtain Approximate High (Rising) Operating Point of Each Stage Stage 1 Stage 2 Maximum Allowable Pressure psi SPDT Each Stage 100 100 240 475 750 850 2000 GKW1 GKW2 GKW4 GKW5 GKW6 GLW1 GLW2 Type Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing .2–10 1–40 1.5–75 3–150 5–250 13–425 20–675 1–5 4–20 6–30 12–75 22–110 40–180 45–250 1.0 ±0.2 4.0 ±1.0 5.0 ±1.5 8.0 ±2.0 14 ±3 20 ±4 30 ±6 1.5 ±0.4 6.0 ±1.5 8.0 ±2.0 12 ±3 21 ±5 30 ±7.5 45 ±11 Piston Actuated—#400 Stainless Steel Piston. #300 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring 9012GKW1 20–1000 90–2900 170–5600 270–9000 a 50–300 140–800 300–1700 500–2500 50 ±10 140 ±30 275 ±60 400 ±80 75 ±19 210 ±52 400 ±100 800 ±150 10000 15000 20000 25000 GMW1 GMW2 GMW3 GMW4 UL Marine Listed for use on vessels greater than 65 feet long where ignition protection is not required. Ordering Dual-Stage Pressure Switches 1. Specify Class 9012 Type..., and indicate the high or low operating point for each stage within the limits shown in the above table. Example: Class 9012 Type GKW4 Set: Stage 1 at 30 psi decreasing pressure Stage 2 at 50 psi decreasing pressure (20 psi spread) Differential of each stage will be approximately as shown in the table above. 2. For available modifications see page 22-18. If one or more of these modifications are desired, add the appropriate Form to the Class and Type. Arrange form letters in alphabetical order when ordering more than one modification. Acceptable Wire Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 lb-in Electrical Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16 Temperature Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-18 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-18 Renewal Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-17 File E12158 File E12158 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CCN NKPZ CCN NTHT - Marine Use File LR25490 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 15–825 Class 3211-03 22-15 22 0–5000 Pressure Switches and Vacuum Switches Table 22.35: Class 9012 and 9016 Electrical Ratings and Dimensions Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 Control Duty Circuit Ratings AC—50 or 60 Hz Contacts SPDT DPDT DC Inductive, 35% Power Factor V Make A 60 30 15 12 60 30 15 12 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 Table 22.36: Resistive 75% Power Factor Break VA 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 A 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 1.5 1.2 VA 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 720 Make and Break Amperes 6 3 1.5 1.2 6 3 1.5 1.2 Type G Industrial AC or DC Inductive and Resistive V 120 250 600 — 125 250 600 — Make and Break Amperes Single Throw 0.55 0.27 0.10 — 0.22 0.11 — — Table 22.40: Contact Arrangement Contact Symbol Continuous Carrying Amperes Double Throw 0.22 0.11 — — 0.22 0.11 — — 10 10 10 — 10 10 10 — Type G Machine Tool and Vacuum (except GVG) Contact Arrangement Single Pole Double Throw 1 N.O.–1 N.C. Contact Symbol 1 (600 Vdc rating does not apply) Minimum -23 °C (-10 °F) -40 °C (-40 °F) -26 °C (-15 °F) -26 °C (-15 °F) Maximum +85 °C (+185 °F) Type Contact Arrangement +120 °C (+250 °F) Double Pole Double Throw 2 N.O.–2 N.C. Same Polarity Types GAW, GBW, GCW, GDW, GEW, GFW, GKW, GLW, and GMW Machine Tool Switches (except 1, 21) 3.50 89 2.63 67 0.48 12 0.40 10 0.38 10 0.48 12 Forms E1, E2, E3, E4 3.60 91 Forms G17, G18, G21, G22, G23 2.72 69 2.30 58 0.27 7 (2) dia. Mtg. Holes Contact Symbol Same Polarity Figure 22.5: 4 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Media Note: Snap switch contains two double-break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) that must be used on circuits of same polarity. Temperature Ratings Actuator All Diaphragm Piston All with Forms Q4 and Q14 Ambient Same Polarity 2 22 Note: Contacts are single pole, double throw—one circuit normally open and one circuit normally closed. These circuits are not electrically separate and can not be used on opposite polarities. 3 Type 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. Table 22.37: www.schneider-electric.us Note: Snap switch contains two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) that must be used on circuits of the same polarity. Figure 22.6: Types GAW, GDW, GKW 1, 21 Form K 1.13 29 0.88 22 Form K1 0.17 4 2.72 69 0.38 10 A 1/2-14 NPT Conduit Electrical Connection 1.22 31 Table 22.38: 1/4-18 NPTF Pipe Thread Pressure Connection 0.58 15 1.61 41 Dual Dimensions: X: Conduit connection: G•W = 1/2-14 NPT; G•WM = 20MMBGS4568, Form M12 = Pg13.5; DIN40430. Y: Pressure connection: G•W = 1/4-18 NPTF; G•WM = 8; Form M14 = G 1/4 BS 2779; RP1/4 ISO 711; R 1/4 DIN 2999; GJ 1/4 UN1339. Dimension A for G•W Switches Type Dimension A, in. (mm) GAW, GDW, GKW 2, 4, 5, 6 22, 24, 25, 26, 52, 54, 55, 56 GBW, GEW, GLW 1, 2, 21, 22, 51, 52 GCW, GFW, GMW 1, 2, 3, 4 21, 22, 23, 24, 51, 52, 53, 54 2.33 (59) 2.23 (57) 3.15 (80) Table 22.39: in. mm Figure 22.7: 4.95 Cover Removal Clearance 126 Dim. = in. mm Dimension A for G•R, Switches Type / Tipo / Type GAR1, 2, 21, 22 GAR4, 5, 6, 24, 25, 26 GBR1, 2, 21, 22; GCR1, 21 GCR2, 3, 4, 22, 23, 24 GDR1, 2, 21, 22 GDR4, 5, 6, 24, 25, 26 GER1, 2, 21, 22; GFR1, 21 GFR2, 3, 4, 22, 23, 24 Dimension A, in. (mm) 2.02 (51.3) 1.42 (36.1) 1.32 (33.5) 2.24 (56.9) 2.02 (51.3) 1.42 (36.1) 1.32 (33.5) 2.24 (56.9) 5.78 147 ∅ 0.44 11.2 3/4-14 NPT 0.41 10 2.91 74 22-16 Types GAR, GBR, GCR, GDR, GER, and GFR 2.34 59 4.90 Turn Radius 125 A 3.69 94 5.88 149 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Pressure Switches Class 9012G Dimensions Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us 9012G Dimensions, in. (mm) GGW1, 21 2.31 59 Ø 4.38 111 GGW4, 24 3.50 89 1.44 37 X 1.31 33 M (4) Ø 0.28 7 0.50 13 Y 1.25 32 3.63 92 C 1.25 32 2.86 Turn Radius 73 1.89 A 48 M (2) Ø Y 1.61 41 B 2.72 69 X Section A–A 1.67 42 2.63 67 A 1/4 Bolt or Screw Figure 22.9: C 3.50 89 Section A–A 1.67 42 Ø 1.22 32 B 2.63 67 9012GNO1, GRO1 Figure 22.11: 9012GNO, GRO 1/4 Bolt or Screw 0.47 Max. 12 Head 2.72 69 M (2) Ø 2.31 59 0.27 M (2) Ø 7 Y 2.63 Turn Radius 1.61 41 0.27 7 2.63 67 A 6.76 172 67 B Y = Higher pressure source 2.63 Turn Radius 67 1.73 A 44 2.72 69 3.20 81 2.72 69 X Ø 0.47 Max 12 Head A X = Lower pressure source GHW1, 21 Mounting Detail 7.08 180 C = Flange Standard = 1/4-18 NPTF Options = G 1/4 C GJW1, 21 3.50 89 Bolt or Screw B = Conduit Standard = 1/2-14 NPT Options = Pg 13.5, 20 mm 2.72 69 2.47 63 2.37 60 2.71 69 1/4 Ø 0.47 Max. Head 12 A 7.08 180 3.76 96 (3) Ø 0.28 7 B 2.72 69 X 7.98 203 7.52 195 Section A–A 1.67 42 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 5.05 128 1.61 41 C 1.22 32 0.27 7 Y 2.63 Turn Radius 67 Dim. = 2.63 67 in. mm 1.22 32 22 Figure 22.8: Figure 22.10: 9012GNG1, GRG1 Figure 22.12: 9012GNG, GRG 1.62 .82 41 21 Hole for 1/2 Conduit 3.59 91 5.53 140 (2) 0.20 Dia. 5 Mounting Hole 1.38 35 4.13 105 5.03 128 3.22 82 1.60 41 A 1.03 26 2.06 52 Type GNO, GRO 3, 4, 5, 6 GPO, GSO 1, 2, 3 GQO, GTO 1, 2, 3, 4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dimension A, in. (mm) 1.41 (35.8) 1.31 (33.3) 2.24 (56.9) 1/4 - 18 NPTF Int. Thread Type GNG, GRG 3, 4, 5, 6 GPG, GSG 1, 2, 3 GQG, GTG 1, 2, 3, 4 1.11 28 2.75 70 2.21 56 Dimension A, in. (mm) 1.41 (35.8) 1.31 (33.3) 2.24 (56.9) 22-17 Pressure Switches Machine Tool, Modifications and Accessories Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 Table 22.41: www.schneider-electric.us Factory Modifications for Class 9012 Pressure Switches Modification Applies to Pressure Switch Type Form Lock on rising pressure, manual reset only Available on GDW, GDWM, GEW, GEWM, GFW, GFWM only with clear lens Available on all GAW–GMW, GAWM–GFWM with red lens For pilot light conversion kits: with clear lens See 9998 PC-306–308. with red lens Complete Class and Type information required E3 G17 G18 G21 24 Vdc LED pilot light with green lens Class 9012 GAW–GMW and GAWM–GFWM, or Class 9016 GAW and Class 9025G G23 SPDT snap switch rated 1.1 A at 125 Vdc (minimum differential doubles) Prewired 5-pin Brad Harrison male receptacle #41310 or interchangeable Crouse-Hinds receptacle. For use with Brad Harrison female portable plug #41306, 41307, 41308, or equivalent. Micro connector, 4-pin, for 24 Vdc pilot light External range adjustment (includes knob and range scale window) External range adjustment slotted for screwdriver (includes range scale window) Pg 13.5 conduit thread and 1/4—19 BSP pressure connection Available on GAR–GFR, GAW–GJW, GAWM–GFWM H3 Available on GAW–GJW single pole devices only H10 or H11 G•W (single pole only), except GAW2 and Form B2. GAW–GFW, GAWM–GFWM, GKW–GMW H17 K 120 Vac or Vdc neon pilot light 24 Vdc only LED 22 Standard Nitrile (Buna-N) diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Ethylene propylene diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange Viton® fluorocarbon diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange GAW–GFW, GAWM–GFWM, GKW–GMW K1 G•WM only GGW1, GGW 21 only All other GGW, GHW only GAR, GAW, GDR, GDW, GAWM, GDWM, GKW1, 21 only All other GAR, GBR, GDR, GER, GAW, GBW, GDW, GEW, GAWM, GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW, GLW Available on all GGW, GHW except GGW1, 21 Available on all GAR, GBR, GDR, GER, GAW, GBW, GDW, GEW, GAWM, GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW, and GLW, except Types 1 and 21 M12 Q1 Q1 Q1 GGW1, 21 only All other GGW, GHW GAR, GAW, GBR, GBW, GDR, GDW, GER, GEW, GAWM, GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW1, 21 only All other GAR, GAW, GBR, GBW, GDR, GDW, GER, GEW, GAWM, GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW, GLW GAW–GMW, GAWM–GFWM Q4 Q4 Range scale window (standard with Forms K and K1) Special setting specified (If indicating only a fixed differential setting, specify whether this setting is on All 9012G increasing or decreasing pressure. ) GAR, GAW, GDR, GDW, GGW, GKW 1/4"-18 NPT external thread pressure connection Not available in combination with Forms Q1, Q3, Q4. 1/2"-14 NPT external thread, 1/4"-18 NPTF internal thread pressure GAR, GAW, GDR, GDW, GGW, GKW connection Not available in combination with Forms Q1, Q3, Q4. GAR–GFR; GAW–GMW 7/16"-20 UNF-2B internal thread pressure connection Not available in combination with Forms Q1, Q3, Q4. Table 22.42: Applies to Parts Kit Type SPDT snap switch rated 1.1 A at 125 Vdc (minimum differential doubles) PC313 Standard Nitrile (Buna-N) diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange Ethylene propylene diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange Viton® fluorocarbon diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange 1/4"-18 NPT external thread pressure connection 1/2"-14 NPT external thread, 1/4"-18 NPTF internal thread pressure connection 7/16"-20 UNF-2B internal thread pressure connection 22-18 Q1 Q3 Q3 Q4 Q4 V1 Y1 Z Z16 Z18 Factory Modifications for Renewal Parts Kits for Class 9012 Pressure Switches Suffixes for renewal parts kits, see page 22-28. Modification Table 22.43: G22 Form H3 PC177–179, PC268, 269 PC265–267 PC177–178, PC268, 269 PC266, 267 PC177–178, PC268, 269 PC265–267 PC265–269 Q1 Q3 Q4 Z PC265–269 Z16 PC177, 178, PC265–273 Z18 Class 9049 Accessories for Class 9012 Pressure Switches Description Applies to Class Type Stainless steel surge reducer for use on oils, coolants, and hydraulic fluids (not recommended for air or water) 9012G A26S © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Vacuum Switches Types GAW and GVG Class 9016 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Type GAW—Sensitive Control Applications 9016GAW vacuum switches are provided with double throw contacts; normally open and normally closed circuits allow these controls to be used for standard or reverse action applications. Standard devices can be mounted from the front with the bracket provided. Two mounting screws are required for a firm attachment to any smooth, flat surface. Allowance must be made for flange projection. Controls with Form F modification include two mounting feet with 9/32" mounting holes on 3-3/4" centers. Range and Differential adjustments are internal and exposed by removal of the front cover. Maximum allowable positive pressure: 100 psig. Diaphragms are oil resistant, nitrile butadiene (Buna N) rubber. Electrical Ratings and Temperature Limitations—See page 22-14 for Type G machine tool. Dimensions—See page 22-17. Table 22.44: Class 9016, Diaphragm Actuated Range on Decreasing Vacuum (In. of Hg) Adjustable Differential Adds to Rangea (In. of Hg) Contact Arrangement Pipe Tap (NPTF) Enclosure NEMA 4, 4X & 13 NEMA 7 & 9 b Type Type At Minimum Range: 0.8–9 1 N.O., 1 N.C. 1/4"-18 GAW1 GAR1 At Mid-Range: 1.3–7.4 0–25 5–20 1 N.O., 1 N.C. 1/4"-18 GAW2 N/A At Minimum Range: 1–9 0–28.3 2 N.O., 2 N.C. 1/4"-18 GAW21 GAR21 At Mid-Range: 1.7–7.4 0–25 5–20 2 N.O., 2 N.C. 1/4"-18 GAW22 N/A a Add Differential to Range to obtain the operating point on increasing vacuum (within vacuum limitations). The differential increases linearly over its range. b The minimum differential doubles with NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures. Table 22.45: Available Modifications Description Form Mounting feet (GAW1 and GAW21 only) Range scale window 1/4"-18 NPT external thread pressure connection 1/2"-14 NPT external thread, 1/4"-18 NPTF internal thread pressure connection (standard actuator only) File E12443 Haz Loc CCN NOWT G*R File E12158 CCN NKPZ G*W CCN NTHT Marine Use, G*W File E12158 F V1 Z Z16 22 File LR25490 Type GAW only File LR26817 Type GAR only (NEMA 7 and 9 Haz Loc) Type GVG—Power Circuit Applications ™ Vacuum Switch The 9016GVG1 vacuum switch is a companion to the 9036GG and 9037GG float switches commonly used on vacuum heating pumps. Electrical ratings of float and vacuum switch types are equal. Table 22.46: Class 9016, Contacts Open on Increasing Vacuum Approximate Adjustable Differential (In. of Hg) Cut-out Range (In. of Hg) Cut-in Range (In. of Hg) Poles NEMA 1 Enclosure Pressure Connection Type 5–25 5–10 0–20 2 1/4"-18 NPSF Note: Maximum allowable positive pressure: 150 psig. In. of Hg = inches of mercury. Table 22.47: GVG1 Available Modifications Description Form 3-way lever—nameplate marked: Float only—Vacuum and Float—Continuous (factory modification only) Mounting bracket (for retrofit, order 9049A53 bracket kit) Reverse action—normally open contacts 1/4" male pipe connection (1/4"-18 NPT, external thread) (for retrofit, use 1/4" pipe nipple) Table 22.48: Class 9016 Type GVG1 Forms E, F Voltage Electrical Ratings—9016GVG AC Single Phase 110 V 2 hp 220 V 3 hp 440–550 V 5 hp 32 V — Note: Control Circuit Rating: A600 Polyphase 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp — Table 22.49: DC 1 hp 1 hp — 1/2 hp E F R Z Vacuum Codes Settings (In. of Hg) Code 3–8 J09 16.5–25 17–22 18–23 20–25 Specify other setting (minimum order quantity is 4 pieces) J10 J11 J12 J13 J99 Ordering Information: Specify Class 9016 Type G. Give vacuum settings within the limits of the listings above. For Setting Codes, see Table 22.49. If special features are desired, add the appropriate Form letter to the Class and Type. Arrange the Form letters in alphabetical order when ordering more than one special feature. File E12158 CCN NKPZ File LR25490 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 0–28.7 22-19 Commercial Pressure Switches Type FHG—Pumptrol™ Compressor Pressure Switch Class 9013 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701 ™ Pressure Switch Table 22.50: Selection Table Description Adjustable Cut-out Range Increasing Pressure (psig) 3.76 96 22 0.75 19 Approximate Differential Fixed (psig) NEMA 1 Enclosure Poles 40-100 20 2 70-150 30 2 100-200 40 2 1.19 30 1.59 40 2.34 59 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Table 22.51: 0.30 8 2.78 71 0.30 8 0.50 13 2.80 2.50 71 64 1/2 - 14 Straight Pipe Thread A 15/16 Hex Shown with Form T Table 22.52: FHG2, 12, 22, 32, 42, 52 FRG2, FSG2, FYG2 FHG3, 13, 33 FRG3, FSG3, FYG3 FHG9, 19, 29, 39, 49, 59 FSG9, FYG9 Table 22.53: Higher hp Type Type FHG2 FHG3 FHG4 FHG9 FHG12 FHG13 FHG14 FHG19 FHG42 FHG44 FHG49 FHG22 — FHG24 FHG29 FHG32 FHG33 FHG34 FHG39 FHG52 FHG54 FHG59 Pressure Connection 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" four way 1/4" NPT external 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" four way 1/4" NPT external 1/4" NPSF internal 1/4" four way 1/4" NPT external Special Features and Modifications for Type FHG Form Bulk pack Addition of a second ground screw Maintained manual cut-out lever (Auto-Off) Pulsation plug—factory order only (available only on 1/4-inch fittings, not to include 4-way) 1/2" conduit bushing—1/2" long thread—on left Slip-on connectors (load side terminals only) Slip-on connectors (line and load terminals) Factory sealed range stud Two-way pressure release valve Quick connect two-way pressure release valve (for use with Polyflow® tubing) Black cover a G4b M1 a A in. Lower hp Description Type F—Net Weight, 1-1/8 lb Switch Type www.schneider-electric.us Class 9013 Type FHG pressure switches are designed for the control of small electrically driven air compressors. • Contacts open on pressure rise. • Diaphragm actuated. • For application data, see page 22-16. For repair parts kits, see page 22-28. b mm P T U U2 W X X1 Z22 For bulk package quantities and Form numbers, see Table 22.61 on page 22-21. If a Form is not specified, devices will be shipped individually packaged. Can be field installed. Nameplate should then be marked with the Form letter and maintenance and ordering records corrected. 2-29/32 23 1-9/32 33 Switch Type Voltage Single Phase AC Polyphase AC e DC 1-3/32 28 FHG2, 9, 12, 13, 14, 19, 42, 43, 44, 49 FSG, FSW FHG22, 29, 32, 33, 34, 39, 52, 54, 59 FYG, FYW 115 230 460/575 115 230 460/575 32 115 230 32 115 230 115 230 460/575 115 230 460/575 1-1/2 hp 2 hp — 2 hp 3 hp — — 1 hp 1 hp — 1 hp 1 hp 1 hp 2 hp 2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 2 hp 3 hp 1 hp 3 hp 5 hp 1 hp — — — — 1 hp 1 hp — — — 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp 1/4 hpc 1/4 hpc — 1/2 hpd 1/2 hpd — — 1/4 hp 1/4 hp 1/4 hp 1/4 hp 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1/2 hp — 1 hp 1 hp — Table 22.54: Pressure Code (fixed differential) Off at... Code 80 psi J43 100 psi J27 110 psi J37 115 psi J38 120 psi J69 125 psi J52 135 psi J39 140 psi J68 155 psi J40 150 psi J55 175 psi J59 Electrical Ratings For All 9013 Switches FRG One Pole All Form H FRG Two Pole All 9013G Form H All 9013G, except Form H Specify other pressure J99 (minimum order quantity is 4 pieces) Note: The existence of a code does not imply that the code is available for any or all devices. c d e Control Circuit Rating A600 A600 A300 A300 A600 A600 DC rating does not apply to Form M4. 1/4 hp with Form MI. See 1993 NEC Article 430-84 Ordering Information File E12158 CCN NKPZ File LR25490 Note: UL Listed control equipment. Type 4 must have Form T; otherwise these Types are component recognized. If conduit or pressure line is rigid, UL; if both are flexible, UR. 1. 2. 3. Specify Class 9013 Type FHG. Select pressure code from Table 22.53, and add the code designation to end of the Type number. Ensure that the pressure rating of the code falls within the limits of the device as shown in Table 22.50. To order special features, add the appropriate Form designation to the Class and Type. Arrange Forms in alphabetical order when specifying more than one feature or modification. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-22 22-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Commercial Pressure Switches Type F—Pumptrol™ Water Pump Pressure Switches Class 9013 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us • • ™ Pressure Switch Table 22.55: Pressure Codesa Standard Action Devices Code Settings Code 5–21 psi 8–20 psi 20–40 psi 20–50 psi 30–50 psi 40–60 psi 50–70 psi 55–85 psi 60–80 psi J15 J16 J20 J18 J21 J24 J33 J34b J25 Specify other pressure J99b 8.5–5.5 psi 10–5 psi 22–12 psi 22–16 psi 35–20 psi 40–20 psi 50–30 psi 80–60 psi 100–80 psi 150–120 psi Specify other pressure J17 J36 J22 J19 J70 J23 J35 J32b J51b J64b J99b Table 22.56: Maximum Allowable Pressure for All 9013 Switches Type FHG, FSG, FYG, FSW, FYW, FRG GHB, GHG, GSB, GSG GMG, GSR, GSW GHR, GHW Table 22.57: • Pressure 220 psig 300 psig 100 psig 250 psig Temperature Limitations for All 9013 Switches Operation (Media) Min. -36 °C (-33 °F) Max. +125 °C (+257 °F) Ordering Information • • Reverse Action Devices Settings Storage Min. -36 °C (-33 °F) Max. +125 °C (+257 °F) Specify Class 9013 Type F. Select the pressure code from Table 22.55, and add the code designation to the end of the Type number. Ensure that the pressure rating of the code falls within the limits of the device as shown in Tables 22.58 and 22.59. To order special features, add the appropriate Form letter to the Class and Type. Arrange the Form letters in alphabetical order when ordering more than one special feature. Electrical Ratings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-20 Dimensions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-20 Renewal Parts Kits: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-28 File E12158 CCN NKPZ File LR25490 Note: Products on this page are UL Listed, however type numbers ending in 8, 10 or 20 (non rigid pressure lines) must have Form T or TI—otherwise these are UL component recognized. a Existence of a code does not imply that the code is available for any or all devices. b Minimum order quantity is 4 pieces. c Must be mounted in vertical position to maintain enclosure rating. d For bulk package quantities and Form numbers, see Table 22.61. If Form C•• is not specified, devices will be shipped individually packaged. e Nylon pulsation plug can be field installed on types having 1/4" NPSF internal connector. Part number 1530S6G1 is one bag of 50 plugs. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table 22.58: Cut-out Range (psig) Standard Action: Contacts Open On Rising Pressure Approximate Adjustable Differential (psig) Cut-in Range (psig) 20–65 15–30 5–45 20–50 20–60 9–30 9–30 10–30 10–30 6–20 6–20 10–30 10–45 3–10 3–10 25–80 20–30 5–60 34–65 15–30 19–45 25–80 20–30 5–60 39–80 20–50 20–60 9–40 9–40 20–30 10–30 10–30 6–30 6–30 19–60 10–30 10–45 3–10 3–10 Table 22.59: Cut-in Range (psig) NEMA 1 NEMA 3Rc Type Type 1/4" NPSF internal FSG2 FSW2 1/4" NPT external FSG9 FSW9 1/4" bayonet (barbed) FSG10 FSW10 90° elbow 1/4" bayonet FSG20 FSW20 1/4" NPSF internal FSG22 FSW22 1/4" NPT external FSG29 FSW29 1/4" NPSF internal FSG42 FSW42 1/4" NPT external FSG49 FSW49 1/4" NPSF internal FSG52 — 1/4" NPT external FSG59 — (FSG1 through 20 with Form M4 is only available in this range) 1/4" NPSF internal FYG2 FYW2 1/4" NPT external FYG9 FYW9 1/4" bayonet (barbed) FYG10 FYW10 90° elbow 1/4" bayonet FYG20 FYW20 (FYG1 through 20 with Form M4 is only available in this range) 1/4" NPSF internal FYG22 FYW22 1/4" NPT external FYG29 FYW29 1/4" NPSF internal FYG42 FYW42 1/4" NPT external FYG49 FYW49 Reverse Action: Contacts Open On Falling Pressure Approximate Adjustable Differential (psig) Cut-out Range (psig) 23–65 15–30 8–45 10–45 6–20 4–25 6–14 5 Fixed 1–9 40–100 20–30 20–80 65–150 30–45 35–120 Table 22.60: 2 Pole Pressure Connection 1-Pole Pressure Connection 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" NPT external 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" NPT external 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" NPT external 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" NPSF internal 3/8" NPSF internal 1/4" NPT external 2-Pole Type Type FRG12 FRG13 FRG19 FRG32 FRG33 FRG39 FRG52 FRG53 FRG59 FRG72 FRG73 FRG92 FRG93 FRG99 FRG2 FRG3 FRG9 FRG22 FRG23 FRG29 FRG42 FRG43 FRG49 FRG62 FRG63 FRG82 FRG83 FRG89 Special Features and Modifications for Type FSG, FYG & FRG Devices Description Applies to Types Bulk package One normally open—one normally closed contact Maintained manual cut-out lever (Auto-Off) Momentary manual cut-in lever (Auto-Start) Low pressure cut-off (Auto-Start-Off) Operates at approximately 10 psig below cut-in and will turn off the pump Maintained manual cut-in lever (Auto-On) Pulsation plug (Type 2 & 9 only) All Type F FRG 2-Pole only FSG, FYG FRG2-59 only d H M1 M3 FSG, FYG M4 Plastic flange (max. temp. 120 °F) (max. pressure 80 psi) Available only on Types FSG2, FYG2, FRG2, FSG•2, FYG•2, FRG•2 1/2" conduit bushing, 1/2" long thread—on left Slip-on connectors (load side terminals only) Slip-on connectors (line and load terminals) Black cover Table 22.61: PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES • Designed for the control of electrically driven water pumps. Diaphragm actuated. Type FSG is the standard water pump switch, suitable for all types of pumps: jets, submersible, reciprocating, etc. Type FYG is designed to meet higher horsepower and pressure requirements. Type FRG is reverse acting: contacts open on falling pressure. 22 • Form FRG2-59 only M5 FRG, FSG, FYG Pe FSG•, FYG•, FRG• Q8 1/4" NPSF internal only All Type F T FSG, FYG U FSG, FYG U2 FSG, FYG Z22 Bulk Package Form Numbers for 9013F Pressure Switches Description 9013FHG (without 1/4" four-way) Product without 9013FHG4, 14, 24, 34, 44, 54 (with 1/4" four-way) Forms M1, M3, M4, 9013FRG M5, T, X1 9013FSG 9013FYG 9013FHG (without 1/4" four-way) 9013FHG4, 14, 24, 34, 44, 54 (with 1/4" four-way) Product with Forms M1, M3, 9013FRG M4, M5 9013FSG 9013FYG 9013FHG (without 1/4" four-way) 9013FHG4, 14, 24, 34, 44, 54 (with 1/4" four-way) Product with 9013FRG Forms T, X1 9013FSG 9013FYG 9013FHG9 Special with Extended Flange Bulk Package Quantity 16 — — — — — — — — — — C16 C16 C16 C16 C16 C16 20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 C20 — — — — — — 40 — — — — C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 C40 — 50 C50 C50 C50 C50 C50 — — — — — — — — — — — 400 — C400 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — C500 22-21 Commercial Pressure Switches Type G—Pumptrol Pressure Switch Class 9013 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701 ™ www.schneider-electric.us Class 9013 Type G Pumptrol pressure switches are designed to control electrically driven water pumps and air compressors. These devices cover higher electrical ratings for directly controlling motors in pump and compressor applications. • Contacts open on pressure rise. • Diaphragm actuated. • For electrical ratings, see page 22-20. For repair parts kits, see page 22-28. Pressure Switch File E12158 CCN NKPZ File E12443 CCN NOWT Haz Loc File 25490 File 26817 Haz. Loc. Shown with Form X Table 22.62: 22 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Code J20 J21 J23 J24 J25 J26 J28 J29 J30 J31 J50 J51 J53 J54 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J63 J64 J65 J99 Pressure Codes Table 22.63: Pressure Setting (Close-Open), psi 20–40 30–50 40–20 (reverse action) 40–60 60–80 70–90 70–100 75–100 80–100 90–120 135–175 100–80 (reverse action) 100–125 110–125 110–150 120–150 125–150 125–175 130–175 140–175 145–175 150–120 (reverse action) 215–250 Specify the required setting Selection Tables Cut-in Range (psig) Enclosure 10–35 20–80 Approximate Adjustable Differential (psig) 4–8 15–30 5.5–30.5 5–60 NEMA 1 (General Purpose) NEMA 3R a (Rainproof) 2 2 20–80 15–30 5–60 NEMA 1 (General Purpose) 2 20–80 20–40 5–50 Cut-out Range (psig) Poles NPSF Internal Pressure Connection 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/8 1/4 3/8 NEMA 7 & 9 (Hazardous Locations) 2 NEMA 4 (Watertight) 65–200 20–40 40–170 NEMA 3R a (Rainproof) 2 65–200 20–40 40–170 NEMA 1 (General Purpose) 2 65–200 30–50 35–150 NEMA 7 & 9 (Hazardous Locations) 2 NEMA 4 (Watertight) Ordering Information • Specify Class 9013 Type G. • Select the pressure code from Table 22.62, and add the code to the end of the Type number. Ensure that the pressure rating of the code falls within the limits of the device. See Table 22.63. • To order special features, add the appropriate Form letter to the Class and Type. Arrange Form letters in alphabetical order when ordering more than one special feature. 80–250 25–45 32–215 NEMA 3R a (Rainproof) 2 80–250 24–45 32–215 NEMA 1 (General Purpose) 2 80–250 40–60 30–190 NEMA 7 & 9 (Hazardous Locations) 2 NEMA 4 (Watertight) Electrical Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-20 a 3.44 87 2.47 63 2.09 53 3.85 98 0.73 18 5.72 145 0.94 24 2.05 52 0.42 11 3.75 99 0.29 (2) 7 Wide Mtg Holes 1.22 31 (3) K.O. Dia. 0.87 22 1 18 NPSF 4 Pipe Thread Note: The mounting bracket shown is available as kit 9049A52. 1.09 28 1.94 49 9013GHG, GSG - with or without Form X 0.06 2 1.99 51 Special Features and Modifications for Type G Devices Description Applies to Standard pack of 10 switchesb All Type G 3-way lever (On-Auto-Off) (not compatible with Form X) GHG, GMG, GSG 1 N.O., 1 N.C. contact All Type G Pulsation plug (not field replaceable.) All Type G Reverse action All Type G (Select pressure code from reverse action table on page 22-21) Slip-on connectors (load side terminals only) All Type G Slip-on connectors (line and load terminals) All Type G GHB, GMG, GSB, GHG, GSG Two-way pressure release valve (Not compatible with Form E) GHR, GHW, GSR, GSW 1/4" male pipe thread on pressure connection All Type G 1/2"-14 NPT external All Type G 1/4"-18 NPT internalc b Available on GHB, GHG, GSB, and GSG. If Form C10 is not speciied, devices will be shipped individually packaged c UL Listed industrial control equipment. Table 22.65: Type A12 A52 A53 A56 22-22 GMG2 GSB2 GSG1 GSG2 GSG3 GSR1 GSR2 GSR3 GSW1 GSW2 GSW3 GHB2 GHG1 GHG2 GHG3 GHR1 GHR2 GHR3 GHW1 GHW2 GHW3 GHB5 GHG4 GHG5 GHG6 GHR4 GHR5 GHR6 GHW4 GHW5 GHW6 Must be mounted in vertical position to maintain enclosure rating. Table 22.64: 3.68 99 Type Form C10 E H P R U U2 X X Z Z16 Class 9049 Accessories for Class 9013 Pressure Switches Description Two-way pressure release valve, replacement only. Cannot be added to switch that originally had no valve. Mtg. bracket—replacing obsolete 9013A with 9013G Mtg. bracket—replacing obsolete 9013A with 9013G, or for current 9016GVG Two-way pressure release valve. Replacement only. Cannot be added to switch that originally had no valve. Applies to Class 9013GHG, GSG, Form X only 9013GHG, GSG 9013GMG, 9016GVG 9013FHG, Form X only © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Float Switches Open Tank, Types D and G Class 9036 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Open Tank or Sump Applications Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F). For accessories, refer to page 22-28. Table 22.66: Class 9036, 2-Pole, Single Lever Operated Contact Operation NEMA 1 NEMA 4 NEMA 7, 9 Type Type Type Close on liquid rise DG2 DW31 DR31 Open on liquid rise DG2R DW31R DR31R Close on liquid rise GG2 GW1 GR1 Open on liquid rise GG2R GW1R GR1R Order the universal mounting bracket and float accessory kits separately from the Class 9049 Accessories section on page 22-28. Types GW and GR use a center-hole float. Devices with Form C use a center-hole float. All others use a tapped-at-top float. Type DG2 Table 22.67: Modifications Description Factory Installed Field Installed Form Class 9049 Kit R C C CR A58 A19 A20 Not available C CR H CH R 9049A13 9049A13 Not available Not available Not available Types DG, DW, DR Reverse action (Type DG) Compensating spring (Type DG) Compensating spring (Type DR, DW) Compensating spring and reverse action Table 22.68: Type GG File No. E12158 File No. E12443 Haz Loc Table 22.69: Type Class 9049 Float Accessory Specifications (oz) Item Type A6 Type A6S Type A6C Type A6CS Type A6A Type A6CA Net buoyancyb (in water) 7" float 60a 60a 70a 70a 60a 70a Weight of 5 ft rod 18.5 16.9 18.5 16.9 6 6 Weight of extra ft of rod (per ft) 3.7 3.4 3.7 3.4 1.2 1.2 Total weight of stops 3 (2 stops) 3 (2 stops) 6 (4 stops) 6 (4 stops) 3 (2 stops) 6 (4 stops) a Net buoyancy of float has been calculated with float 80% submerged, thus allowing 20% factor of safety. b Buoyancy data is calculated for use in water. Consult factory for buoyancy data in media with a different specific gravity than water. When ordering float accessories, first specify the desired float accessory package, such as 9049A6 or 9049A6CS, then as a second item give the number of additional rod kits required. For example, for a 9049A6 with 15 ft of rod, order as follows: Item A = 9049A6, quantity = 1; Item B = 9049T1, quantity = 4. File LR25490 File LR26817 Haz Loc Maximum Forces at Which Switches Are Tested (oz) Force Up To Trip Force Down To Trip Weight Supported with Compensating Spring 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 60 60 66 66 66 DG2 DG2 Form R DW31 DW31 Form R DR31 Type (with or without Form H) Lever Length Position GG2 GG2 GG2 Form R GG2 Form R GR1, GW1 GR1, GW1 DR31 Form R 8 8 66 GR1, GW1 c Compensating spring not effective in combination with Short lever length position. Figure 22.13: Type DG Dimensions 0.30 8 1.31 33 3.93 100 2.20 56 Reverse action 0.31 8 4.38 111 3.50 89 0.63 16 Weight Supported with Compensating Spring at Max. Adjustment (oz) 33 21 30 22 24 22 20 39 27 24 16 31 29 27 c 100 c 150 80 72 64 3.87 98 3.43 87 2.53 64 2 Holes Dia. 0.28 7 1.13 29 1.76 45 2.38 60 1.44 37 Float lever travel between closing and opening of contacts: short = 1 in. (25 mm), medium = 1.12 (28 mm), long = 1.25 in. (31.8) For Type DR/DW dimensions, see catalog 9034CT9701. Table 22.70: Force Down to Trip Figure 22.14: Type GG Dimensions 2.53 64 2 Holes 0.41 Dia. 10 0.94 24 0.78 20 Short Long Short Long Short Medium Long Force Up to Trip 0.87 Dia. Knockout for 0.50 Conduit in 3 Sides 3.61 97 4 Holes Dia. 0.28 7 1.93 49 5.56 141 0.73 19 0.41 Dia. Holes 1.37 35 Pin Position "A" Contacts Open in 1.12 1.12 Up Position 29 29 Form R 2.87 (Reverse action) 73 1.50 Lever arm travel between closing and opening of contacts Standard: short = 0.375 in. (10 mm), long = 0.625 in. (16 mm) 38 Form R: short = 0.5 in. (13 mm), long = 0.75 in. (19 mm) For Type GR/GW dimensions, see catalog 9034CT9701. Pin Position 1.09 "B" Contacts 26 1.87 1.87 Closed in 48 2.18 48 Up Position (Standard action) 55 2.62 67 Short Long Electrical Ratings for All Float Switches Applies to Class and Type 9036DG, DR, DW (2-pole), FG 9036GG, GR, GW (2-pole) 9036G Form H (1 N.O., 1 N.C.) 9037EG, ER, EW; HG, HR, HW (2-pole) 9038 All Devices (2-pole) d See 1993 NEC Article 430-84 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control Circuit A600 A600 A300 A600 A600 Polyphase AC d Single Phase AC 115 V 2 hp 2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 2 hp 230 V 3 hp 3 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 460/ 575 V — 5 hp 2 hp — — 115 V 3 hp 3 hp — 3 hp 3 hp 230 V 5 hp 5 hp — 5 hp 5 hp DC 460/ 575 V 1 hp 5 hp — 1 hp 1 hp 32 V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp — 1/4 hp 1/4 hp 115 V 1/2 hp 1 hp 1/2 hp 1/2 hp 1/2 hp 230 V 1/2 hp 1 hp 1/2 hp 1/2 hp 1/2 hp 22-23 22 Compensating spring for Type GG2 Combination of compensating spring and reverse action (Type GG2) 1 N.O., 1 N.C. contact configuration Combination of comp. spring & 1 N.O., 1 N.C. contact for Type GG2 Reverse action (Type GR, GW) PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Types GG, GW, GR Float Switches Open Tank, 9036FG, and Closed Tank, 9037E Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Open Tank or Sump Applications, Float Switch, Class 9036 Type FG The Class 9036 Type FG30 pedestal style float switch is designed for liquid level control with electric motor operated pumps either directly or through a magnetic starter. It can also be used to activate alarms in liquid level control systems. The upward or downward movement of the lever arm of the Class 9036 Type FG30 float switch controls the On and Off positions corresponding to the water level changes required to turn the pump or alarm on and off. Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F) Table 22.71: Type FG Float Switch and Accessories Description 2-pole, NEMA 1, contacts close on liquid rise Plastic center hole float (1 required) 33.75 inch aluminum rod, 2 float stop assemblies and attaching hardware (1 required) Class 9036 9049 9049 Type FG30 A60 A61 Closed Tank, Class 9037 Type E Table 22.72: Class 9037 Type E Post Length L (in.) Application For maximum water level change Table 22.73: 9037EG with 9049ER3 Rod Kit File No. E12158 and E12443 Haz Loc NEMA 4 NEMA 7 & 9 Type EG8 EG10 EG9 EG13 Type EW8 — EW9 EW13 Type ER8 — ER9 — Class 9049 Floats for Type E Switches Description Type #304 stainless steel EF1 #316 stainless steel EF2 Table 22.74: Class 9049 Float Rod Kits Type A (in.) F (in.) R (in.) H (in.) ER1 1.00 4.75 1.75 8.25 ER2 1.00 4.75 2.5 9.00 ER3 1.00 4.75 3.50 9.50 ER5 1.00 4.75 5.25 11.75 ER7 1.00 5.00 7.25 13.75 ER12 1.00 5.75 12.25 18.75 Figure 22.15: Type EG Dimensions, in. (mm) For 9037ER/EW dimensions and rod positions, see catalog 9034CT9701 3.69 94 1.11 1.06 28 27 File 25490 except Types ER8, ER9 2.69 68 0.25 6 3.97 101 Opening for conduit on both sides NEMA 1 Enclosure, 2.63 Post 67 2.5 64 Net Weight 4 lb (1.8 kg) 1.97 50 4.5 114 5.75 146 of Float R CL of Flange PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 2-5/8 4-11/16 2-5/8 4-11/16 For minimum water level change NEMA 1 diameter 2.38 60 * * Short length 0.97 25 4 Holes 0.41 Dia. 10 13 5. 30 1 ia. d 22-24 4.4 1 112 dia . (Dimension L) DIA. 3.63 92 0.13 Wide Bead 3 CL of Flange 22 9036FG 9049A60 9049A61 Type E switches are flange mounted and float movement is transmitted through a Quad-Ring® seal. Build up the switch to meet your exact requirements from the basic switch, float rod, and float groups below. Switch may be assembled in the field to give contacts that open on liquid rise or close on liquid rise. Consult Schneider Electric for use in media with a different specific gravity than water. Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F) F H Shown with Rod Kit and Float Kit installed, with Pattern for hole in tank. Recommended hole size = 4.19 diameter. 106 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Float Switches Closed Tank, Type H Class 9037 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Type H switches are attached to the tank by means of a 2-1/2 in. screw-in bushing. An external pointer indicates the float position within the tank when the unit is mounted. Switches come complete with stainless steel float and rod. A Buna N Quad-Ring® seal is used between the float rod and sealing connector. Normal application is at atmospheric pressure, but where higher pressures are encountered, the switch will withstand tank pressures up to 50 psi at temperatures up to +220 °F. Occasional replacement of the Quad-Ring seal may be necessary. Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F) Table 22.75: Class 9037 Type H Contacts Close On Liquid Rise Float Position (viewed from front of switch, facing indicator scale) Approximate Water Level Change (Field Adjustable) Float Rod Angle f1 in. (mm) Minimum — 6.22 (158) 2.25 (57) 3.00 (76) 4.25 (108) 2.75 (70) 4.25 (108) 5.50 (140) 3.50 (89) 90° offset 5.00 (127) 6.25 (159) 3.75 (95) 7.00 (178) 8.25 (210) 4.75 (121) a Clearance from the centerline of the hub to the side of the tank. f2 in. (mm) Maximum 4.50 (114) 4.25 (108) 5.50 (140) 6.25 (159) 8.25 (210) 45° Minimum 2.00 (52) 2.25 (57) 2.75 (70) 3.00 (76) 3.75 (95) Maximum 4.50 (110) 4.25 (108) 4.00 (102) 4.50 (110) 5.75 (146) Minimum 4.25 (108) 5.00 (127) 6.25 (159) 6.75 (171) 8.50 (216) Form F3 L R Z19 Z20 Z21 Figure 22.17: Type HG—90° Offset Dimensions Bushing 2.0 Across 51 Flats CL 12.44 316 2.5 Pipe 64 Thread 4.44 113 0.38 10 0.44 12 3.89 99 14.66 372 6.22 158 Bushing 2.0 Across 51 Flats 2.88 73 11.5 292 5.98 152 2.58 65 2.5" NPT 0.38 10 0.44 11 Dual Dimensions: INCHES Millimeters Figure 22.19: Type HR/HW—90° Offset Dimensions 4.75 122 H 6.22 158 6 17 .94 6 CL 12.44 316 R Bushing 2.0 Across Flats 51 2 64 .5 D ia . 1. 27 06 0.66 17 CL Extreme Float Position – See Price Sheet 0.66 17 7.13 184 16.06 408 f1 6.22 158 0.66 0.66 17 17 4.81 122 CL 3.86 98 F CL Figure 22.18: Type HR/HW—45° Angle Dimensions 1.81 3.63 46 92 R f2 Extreme Float Position – See Price Sheet 2 64 .5 D ia . 6 17 .94 6 2.56 65 3.86 98 Bushing 2.0 Across 51 Flats H 1. 27 06 1.22 31 Maximum 9.00 (229) 7.50 (191) 9.50 (241) 10.75 (273) 14.00 (356) Available Modifications For Class 9037 Type H Description Omit 2-1/2" tank connecting bushing Omit float Reverse action, contacts open on rise Viton® packing: 5 oz. float (diesel fuel) for Types shaded in gray in Table 22.75 above. Viton packing (suitable for applications up to +250 °F) #316 stainless steel float and Viton packing Figure 22.16: Type HG—45° Angle Dimensions 2.5 Pipe 64 Thread 4.78 121 1.44 37 Two(2) 0.5 Conduit 13 Openings 0.38 10 5.5 140 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved F in. (mm) 22 Table 22.77: File LR26817 Haz Loc Ha in. (mm) R in. (mm) 0.44 12 3.38 86 15.09 383 16.94 430 f2 2.58 65 F CL 11.5 292 6.22 158 2.5" NPT f1 3.63 92 0.38 10 PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Type H Float Travel Distances Float Rod Angle File LR25490 NEMA 7 & 9 Max. (in.) Type Type Type 5 HG33 HW33 HR33 5 HG35 HW35 HR35 HG37 HW37 HR37 Right 7 90° Offset 2 8-1/4 HG39 HW39 HR39 11-1/2 HG31 HW31 HR31 45° 2 5 HG34 HW34 HR34 5 HG36 HW36 HR36 Left 7 HG38 HW38 HR38 90° Offset 2 HG30 HW30 HR30 8-1/4 11-1/2 HG32 HW32 HR32 Note: For replacement floats, see Class 9049 Type H on page 22-28. Types shaded in gray are available with Form Z19; see Table 22.77. Table 22.76: File No. E12158 and E12443 Haz Loc NEMA 4 Min. (in.) 2 45° Type HG35 Float on Right 90° Offset Rod NEMA 1 7.13 184 0.44 11 6.22 158 22-25 Float Switches Mechanical Alternators, Types A and C Class 9038 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Type A, Open Tank Alternators are designed to provide motor alternation in the operation of two motors. Table 22.78: Class 9038 Type A Application NEMA 1 NEMA 4 NEMA 7 and 9 Type Type Type AW1 AR1 Description Mechanical alternator AG1 float operated Note: For use with Class 9049 float accessories listed on page 22-28. Type AW and AR alternators must use center hole floats. For open tank or sump systems using duplex pumps Type AG1 Mechanical Alternator, Float Operated Table 22.79: Figure 22.20: Type A Dimensions, in. (mm) 1.06 26.92 6.88 174.75 4.69 119.13 22 (4) K.O.’s for .5 to .75 cond. 12.7 to 19.05 (4) .093 dia. 2.36 mtg holes 5.38 136.5 3.63 92.2 4.50 114.3 1.25 31.7 3.5 to 4.19 88.9 to 106.4 3.0 76.2 1.75 44.45 Front 1.47 37.34 .84 21.34 With Compensating Spring (Form C) Maximum Weight of Rod and Length of Rod Supported at Stops Supported the Maximum Adjustment Note: AW1 and AR1 have Aluminum Brass a Stainless Steel a a compensating spring standard. AG1 (min. lever ext.) 18 oz 20 oz 47 oz. 10 ft 12 ft 25 ft AG1 (max. lever ext.) 16 17 41 8 10 21 AG1 Form R (min. lever ext.) 14 16 33 7 8 17 AG1 Form R (max. lever ext.) 11 12 30 6 7 15 AR1, AW1 (standard lever) — — 74 16 20 41 AR1, Form R, AW1 Form R (std. lever) — — 85 19 23 47 a Rod length has been determined using the weight of the rod material furnished on Class 9049 accessories (3/8" O.D. tubing). Other types of rod should be weighed and compared to the Maximum Weight of Rod column in Table 22.79. b Add 2 oz for Form N5 High Water alarm. Force Upb Force Down Type C, Closed Tank, with Bushing Float on left Flange mounted with bushing for control of liquid level within a closed tank. Build up the switch to meet your requirements from the basic switch, rod kit, and float kit groups below. Type C switches are attached to the tank by means of a 2-1/2 in. screw-in bushing. An external pointer indicates the float position within the tank when the unit is mounted. Switches come complete with screw-in connector, stainless steel float and rod. Table 22.80: Class 9038 Type C Approx. Water Float Position Viewed R Level Change from Front of Switch in. (mm) Facing Indicator Scale Min. (in.) Max. (in.) Right 7 (178) 6.5 (165) 13 (330) Left 7 (178) 6.5 (165) 13 (330) Right 4.25 (108) 4 (102) 7.75 (197) Left 4.25 (108) 4 (102) 7.75 (197) Right 5 (127) 4.75 (121) 9.25 (235) Left 5 (127) 4.75 (121) 9.25 (235) Type CG36 File No. E12158 excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products (9038AR, CR, and DR) Table 22.81: R in. (mm) File LR25490 excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products (9038AR, CR, and DR) a b c Figure 22.21: Travel Dimensions A in. (mm) B in. (mm) Type CG31 CG32 CG33 CG34 CG35 CG36 Type CW31 CW32 CW33 — — CW36 Type CR31 CR32 CR33 CR34 — CR36 D in. (mm) F in. (mm) C in. (mm) Min. Max. Min. Max. 5 (152) 7 (178) 10 (254) 14 (495) 4 (102) 5.25 (133) 8 (203) 10.5 (267) 3.5 (89) 4.75 (121) 7 (178) 9.5 (241) Figure 22.22: Type CG Dimensions 1.97 50 6.5 165 max. D A 6.5 165 max. 7.0 178 2.17 55 1.25 32 B 2.63 2.63 67 67 To reverse the float, change the operating link in the holes of the adjusting plate. Combination knockouts, 0.5 in. (13 mm) and 0.75 in. (19 mm), both ends 2.5 Pipe Tap 64 5.94 151 3.42 87 0.88 22 2.59 66 2.5 64 NEMA Type 7, 9 Min. Max. Min. Max. 5 (127) 7 (178) 2 (51) 4 (102) 4 (102) 5.25 (133) 2.75 (70) 3 (76) 3.5 (89) 4.75 (121) 2.5 (64) 3.75 (95) 1.75 44 C NEMA Type 4 CG33, CG34, CW33, CW34, CR33, CR34 CG35, CG36, CW35, CW36, CR35, CR36 CG31, CG32, CW31, CW32, CR31, CR32 2.5 64 F NEMA Type 1 Type C Float Travel Adjustments Min. Max. 7 (178) c 2.5 (64) 5 (127) 5 (127) b 2.25 (57) 3.75 (95) 4.25 (108) a 2 (51) 3.5 (89) R PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES 0.75 19.05 Without Compensating Spring (No Form C) Type 1.125 28.58 pos1 pos 2 pos 3 Operating Forces—Types AG, AR and AW 0.38 10 17.81 452 6.84 174 0.44 0.44 11 11 4.0 102 7.0 179 4.69 119 Bushing 2.0 Across 51 Flats Replacement Float: 9049HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-28 22-26 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Float Switches Mechanical Alternators, Closed Tank, Type D Class 9038 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Type D, Closed Tank, Top Mounted Designed for applications where mounting is to be made at the top of a closed tank. Class 9038 Type D Contacts Close On Liquid Rise Hinge Post Dimension “V” (in.) Water Level Change Min. 2-5/8 Max. Min. 4-11/16 Max. Table 22.83: File No. E12158 excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products (9038AR, CR, and DR) File LR25490 excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products (9038AR, CR, and DR) Float Kits, For Use with Type D Switches Size and Material Diameter x Length (in.) NEMA 1 NEMA 4 NEMA 7 and 9 Type Type Type DG7 DW7 — DG8 DW8 DR8 DG9 — — DG10 — — Table 22.84: Class and Type Float Rod Kit, Class 9049 Type R (in.) H (in.) G (in.) ER1 1.75 8.25 3.25 F (in.) 8.75 ER2 2.50 9.00 3.50 10.50 3.625 x 4.50, #304 stainless steel 9049EF1 ER3 3.25 9.50 3.50 11.00 3.625 x 4.50, #316 stainless steel 9049EF2 ER5 5.25 11.75 3.75 12.75 2.50 x 7, #304 stainless steel 9049HF3 ER7 7.25 13.75 4.00 14.50 2.50 x 7, #316 stainless steel 9049HF4 ER12 12.25 18.75 4.75 19.00 Table 22.85: Available Modifications for All Mechanical Alternators Consult Schneider Electric for use in media with a different specific gravity than water. Description Form Compensating spring (Type AG) C Omit 2-1/2 in. connecting bushing (Type CG, CR, CW) F3 Omit float (Type CG, CR, CW) L Two-level non-alternating unit N4 Addition of a third, high-water alarm circuit (Type AG, AR, AW, CG, DG only) N5 High-water alarm circuit, 2-pole (Type CG only) N25 Reverse action (contacts open on Rise) R Viton® packing, 5 oz. float (diesel fuel) (Type CG) Z19 Viton packing (Type CG, CR, CW) Z20 #316 stainless steel float and Viton packing (Type CG, CR, CW) Z21 Figure 22.23: Type DG Dimensions, in. (mm) V 1.47(2) PLS 37 5.59 142 4 knockout holes for 0.5–0.75 (13–19) conduit on each end R 4.5 114 4.69 119 2.53 64 CL of Flange 5.59 142 CL of Flange 6.84 174 4.44 2.47 113 63 5.75 146 G 1.53 39 0.31 8 F 4.41 112 3.63 92 5.13 Dia. 130 4 Holes 0.41 Dia. 10 H 0.13 Wide Bead Note: Floats shown are Type EF, 4.5 (114) long. 3 The recommended size of the hole in the tank for the entry of the float and the mounting of the control is 4.19 (106). Add 2.5 (64) to "H" if using Type HF Floats, which are 7.0 (178) long. Table 22.86: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Temperature Ratings for Class 9038 Description Rating Ambient Temperature -22 to 200 °F (-30 to 93 °C) Media PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Table 22.82: 22 Type DG Shown with Rod Kit 9049ER5 and Float Kit 9049HF3 Installed. Buna-N Seal Up to 215 °F (102 °C) Viton® Seal Up to 250 °F (121 °C 22-27 Accessories and Renewal Parts Kits for Class 9012–9038 Devices Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories for Float Switches To order, specify the Class and Type number of the kit. Table 22.87: Class 9049 Accessories for Float Switches Description Compensating Spring #304 stainless steel #316 stainless steel #304 stainless steel Dia. 2.5 in. (64 mm), length 7 in. (178 mm) #316 stainless steel Brass rod 7 in. tapped-at-top #304 stainless steel float, 5 ft rod, 2 stops Aluminum rod Brass rod 7 in. center-hole #304 stainless steel float, 5 ft rod, 4 stops Aluminum rod 7 in. center-hole #316 stainless steel float, 5 ft stainless steel rod, 4 stainless steel stops 7 in. tapped-at-top #316 stainless steel float, 5 ft stainless steel rod, 2 stainless steel stops Replacement float—7 in. round center-hole #304 stainless steel Form R Replacing obsolete 9036A with 9036G Replacing 9036A (S or F1) with 9036G Universal 1-3/4 in. long 2-1/2 in. long 3-1/4 in. long Stainless steel 5-1/4 in. long 7-1/4 in. long 12-1/4 in. long Brass rod Additional 2-1/2 ft section with connector Aluminum rod Stainless steel rod Dia. 3.62 in. (92 mm), length 4.5 in. (114 mm) Float Float Kit 22 Lever Mounting Bracket PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND FLOAT SWITCHES Rod Rod Kit Applies to Class Type 9036GG 9038AG 9036DR, DW 9037E, 9038D 9037E, 9038D 9037H, 9038C 9037H, 9038C All 9036, 9038A All 9036, 9038A All 9036, 9038A All 9036, 9038A All 9036, 9038A All 9036, 9038A 9049A6C, A6CA 9036DG 9036GG 9036GG All 9036, 9038AG, AR, AW 9037E, 9038D 9037E, 9038D 9037E, 9038D 9037E, 9038D 9037E, 9038D 9037E, 9038D 9049A6, A6C 9049A6A, A6CA 9049A6S, A6CS A13 A15 A20 EF1 EF2 HF3 HF4 A6 A6A A6C A6CA A6CS A6S AF1 A58 A54 A55 UMS1 ER1 ER2 ER3 ER5 ER7 ER12 T1 T1A T1S Renewal Parts for Class 9012–9038 Devices Renewal parts are generally available for Pump Control Products with a numerical date code—for example, 172 (first quarter, 1972)—or a current date code. Parts are no longer available for devices manufactured before 1965. To order, specify the Class and Type number of the kit. Table 22.88: Class 9998 Renewal Parts Kits for Class 9012–9038 Devices Description / Equipment To Be Serviced9thl Actuator Assembly Contact Kit (2-Pole Contacts) Parts Kit Type 9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR 5, 25, 55 Series C only 9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR 6, 26, 36, 46, 56 Series C only 9012GB, GE, GH1, 21, 31, 41, 51; GL, GP, GS1 9012GB, GE, GH2, 22, 32, 42, 52; GL, GP, GS2 9013FHG22, 29, 32, 39, 52, 59; 9013 FYG; 9036DG, DR, DW; 9037EG, ER, EW, HG, HR, HW30–39; 9038 All Types (2 Kits Required); obsolete 9013HHGY, HSGY; HSWY; 9037HEG, HSG3, 4; 9035DG10, DW10 (This kit also contains a replacement diaphragm for pressure switches. The diaphragm fits pressure switch only.) 9013GHG, GSG, GHR, GSR, GMG; 9036GG, GR, GW; 9037GG Series C All except Forms H & R; 9016GVG, Form R 9013GHG, GSG, GSR, GMG; 9036GG, GR, GW; 9037GG, GR, GW Series C Form H only; 9016GVG, Form H 9013GHG, GSG, GHR, GSR, GMG; 9036GR, GW: Series C Form R only; 9016GVG PC268a PC269a PC177a PC178a PC242 PC205 PC206 PC207 Contact Replacement Kit 9013FHG2 thru 19, 42 thru 49, all FSG PC241 Complete contact replacement kit—includes new diaphragm 9012GA, GD, GN, GR1, 21 Series C only PC265a 9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR 2, 3, 22, 52 Series C only PC266a 9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR4, 24, 54 Series C only PC267a Diaphragm Assembly Convoluted diaphragm assembly for 9013GHG, GSG: Series C PC208 9013GHW, GSW; and GSW, GHR: Series C PC211 9016 GAW-1, 21 PC233 Gasket Kit Contains all replaceable gaskets for all 9012 open, NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 13 devices PC184 Pilot Light, 24 Vdc 9012, 9016G Forms G7, G8, G9, G10, G21, G22 PC305 9012GC, GF, GJ, GQ, GT1, 21, 31, 41, 51 Series C only PC270a Piston Assembly 9012GC, GF, GJ, GQ, GT2, 22, 32, 42, 52 Series C only PC271a 9012GC, GF, GQ, GT4, 24, 34, 44, 54 Series C only PC273a Buna N, for Series A devices: 9037HG/HW/HR30–39; 9038CG/CW/CR31–36 PC337 Seal Kit PC338 Viton®, for Series A devices with Form Z19 or Z20: 9037HG/HW/HR30–39; 9038CG/CW/CR31–36 PC282 Buna N Quad-Ring®, for Series C devices: 9037HG/HW/HR3–12; 9038CG/CW/CR1–6 Seal Tube Kit Viton Quad-Ring, for Series C devices: 9 037HG/HW/HR3–12; 9038CG/CW/CR1–6 PC333 SPDT, for 9012GA, GB, GC, GD, GE, GF, GG, GH, GJ single pole; except Forms E2, E3, E4, H3: Series C only PC313a Snap Switch DPDT, for 9012GA, GB, GC, GD, GE, GF, GG, GH, GJ double pole; except Forms E2, E3, H6, H7: Series C only PC314a Switch Mechanism 9036DR1, DW1 Series B PC285 a If one of these Form designations appears on the pressure switch nameplate, complete the 9998 PC number by adding that same Form suffix from page 22-18, and add the Form price to the kit price. 22-28 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 23 Relays and Timers s General Purpose Relays RXM, p. 23-8 RSL, p. 23-2 /RSB, p. 23-3 Zelio™ Interface Relays Zelio™ Plug-in Relays, Sockets & Access. Square D™ Plug-in Square D™ Alternating Plug-in Square D™ Miniature Plug-in Square D™ Sockets Square D™ Power RSL, RSB RXM, RPM, RUM, RPF Class 8501 Type K Class 8501 Type KA Class 8501 Type R Class 8501 Type N Class 8501 Type C 23-2 23-4 23-10 23-11 23-12 23-14 23-15 TeSys D TeSys K TeSys SK CA2SKE Class 8501 Type X™ 23-16 23-19 23-21 23-21 23-22 SSRP SSRD SSRAH1, SSRAT1 23-25 23-25 23-25 RE11 RE48 REXL RE7, RE8, and RE9 Class 9050 Type JCK 23-26 23-26 23-26 23-27 23-30 REG24 REG48 REG96 RM17JC andRM35JA RM17T and RM35T RM17U and RM35U RM35L RM35BA RM35S RM35HZ RM35AT 23-31 23-31 23-31 23-32 23-33 23-34 23-35 23-35 23-36 23-36 23-36 ABL1, ABL7, and ABL8 RM SR2, SR3 ABS ABR 23-37 23-38 23-39 23-41 23-42 Industrial Relays TeSys™ IEC Style Relays TeSys™ IEC Style - Alternating Relays Square D™ NEMA Style Relays Solid State Relays SSR, p. 23-25 8501X, p. 23-22 Panel Mount DIN Mount SSR Accessories Timers CAD32, p. 23-16 9050JCK, p. 23-30 Zelio™ IEC Style—17.9 mm Zelio™ Panel Mounting Zelio™ Miniature Plug-in Zelio™ IEC Style—22.5 mm Square D™ General Purpose Plug-in ABL8, p. 23-37 Other Products REG24, REG48, REG96 p. 23-31 CA2SKE, p. 23-21 SR2, SR3, p. 23-39 RM17, RM35 p. 23-32 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Phaseo™ DC Power Supplies Zelio™ Analog Interface Modules Zelio™ Logic 2 Smart Relays Zelio™ Solid-State Interface Modules Zelio™ Electromechanical Interface 23-1 23 RE7, p. 23-28 Zelio™ Temperature Controllers—24x48 Zelio™ Temperature Controllers—48x48 Zelio™ Temperature Controllers—48x96 Zelio™Current Measurement Relays Zelio™ Phase Measurement Relays Zelio™ Voltage Measurement Relays Zelio™ Level Control Relays Zelio™ Pump Control Relays Zelio™ Speed Control Relays Zelio™ Frequency Control Relays Zelio™ Temperature Control Relays RELAYS AND TIMERS Control and Measurement Relays General Purpose Relays RSL Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Interface Relays Zelio RSL slim interface relays save valuable panel space with a 6 mm width and have a 6 Amp general purpose load rating. Features include: • Pre-assembled option: relay and socket are combined into one catalog number. • Universal AC/DC sockets have built-in protection from transients and reverse polarity voltages (see catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US for more detailed information). • Accessories, which include isolators, ID tags, and bus jumper save valuable installation time. Table 23.1: Zelio RSL Slim Interface: Pre-assembled Relay + Socket (sold in lots of 10) Socket Type Socket Supply Voltage (Vac/Vdc) RSL 1PV•• RSL 1PR•• a Table 23.3: Catalog Numbera RSL1PRJU RSL1PRBU RSL1PREU RSL1PRFU RSL1PRPU $ Price ea. 12.00 15.70 16.10 16.10 16.10 Catalog No. RSL1AB4JD RSL1AB4BD RSL1AB4ED RSL1AB4ND RSL1AB4ND Zelio RSL Slim Interface: Relay Only (sold in lots of 10) Relay Coil Voltage (Vdc) 12 24 48 60 RSL 1AB•• Catalog Number RSL1AB4JD RSL1AB4BD RSL1AB4ED RSL1AB4ND $ Price ea. 6.20 7.70 7.90 7.90 Zelio RSL Slim Interface: Socket Only (sold in lots of 10) Socket Type Socket Supply Voltage (Vac/Vdc) Screw Connector Catalog Number 12 24 48 60 110 230 RSL ZVA• Spring Terminal Catalog Numbera $ Price ea. 12 RSL1PVJU 12.00 24 RSL1PVBU 14.60 48 RSL1PVEU 14.90 110 RSL1PVFU 14.90 230 RSL1PVPU 14.90 Relays are mounted on sockets equipped with LED and protection circuit. Table 23.2: Replacement Relays Screw Connector Spring Terminal $ Price ea. Catalog Number For use with relays: $ Price ea. RSLZVA1 7.20 RSLZRA1 8.30 RSLZVA2 7.20 RSLZRA2 8.30 RSLZVA3 RSLZVA4 7.40 7.40 RSLZRA3 RSLZRA4 8.60 8.60 RSL1AB4JD RSL1AB4BD RSL1AB4ED RSL1AB4ND RSL1AB4ND RSL1AB4ND RSL ZRA• Table 23.4: Socket Accessories 23 Description ID tags (2 sheets of 64 tags) Bus jumper (10 x 20-pole jumpers) Butterfly isolator (10 isolators) RSL Z2 Compatibility With all sockets With all sockets With all sockets Catalog Number RSLZ5 RSLZ2 RSLZ3 $ Price ea. 4.60 3.80 3.70 Approvals for RSL relays: RELAYS AND TIMERS File CCN E173076 NRNT2, NRNT8 File Class 240278 3211 04 IEC 61810-1 RoHS Compliant 247510 3211 07 IEC RoHS 61810-1 Compliant Approvals for RSLZ sockets: RSL Z3 File CCN 23-2 E172326S SWIV2 SWIV8 File Class CP2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays RSB Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Plug-In Interface Relays Zelio RSB interface relays and sockets provide the optimum combination of robust performance and space saving for the most demanding applications. Relays are rated at 8 A, 12 A, and 16 A (250 Vac / 28 Vdc). Features include: • Optional protection modules for protection against electrical spikes • Optional plastic hold-down ejector clips • Socket or printed circuit board installation options Table 23.5: Relays (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) Coil Voltage 1 C/O -16 A Res. 2 C/O -8 A Res. Catalog Numbera $ Price ea. Catalog Numbera $ Price ea. Catalog Numbera 6 Vdc RSB1A120RD 3.50 RSB1A160RD 4.20 RSB2A080RD 12 Vdc RSB1A120JD 3.50 RSB1A160JD 4.20 RSB2A080JD 24 Vdc RSB1A120BD 3.50 RSB1A160BD 4.20 RSB2A080BD 48 Vdc RSB1A120ED 3.50 RSB1A160ED 4.20 RSB2A080ED 60 Vdc RSB1A120ND 3.50 RSB1A160ND 4.20 RSB2A080ND 110 Vdc RSB1A120FD 3.50 RSB1A160FD 4.20 RSB2A080FD 24 Vac RSB1A120B7 3.50 RSB1A160B7 4.20 RSB2A080B7 48 Vac RSB1A120E7 3.50 RSB1A160E7 4.20 RSB2A080E7 120 Vac RSB1A120F7 3.50 RSB1A160F7 4.20 RSB2A080F7 220 Vac RSB1A120M7 3.50 RSB1A160M7 4.20 RSB2A080M7 230 Vac RSB1A120P7 3.50 RSB1A160P7 4.20 RSB2A080P7 240 Vac RSB1A120U7 3.50 RSB1A160U7 4.20 RSB2A080U7 a To order a relay complete with socket (sold in lots of 20): add suffix S to the catalog numbers selected above. Example: RSB 2A080RD + RSZ E1S48M becomes RSB 2A080RDS. Table 23.6: Sockets – 12 A, 300 Vac (sold in lots of 10) Contact terminal arrangement Relay type RSB1A120•• Separate Box lug connector RSB1A160••b RSB2A080•• b When using the relay with socket RSZ E1S48M, terminals must be jumpered. Table 23.7: RSB2A080BD Relay + RSZE1S48M Socket Connection Catalog Number RSZE1S35M $ Price ea. 4.80 RSZE1S48M 5.30 Protection modules (sold in lots of 10) Description Diode For use with All sockets RC circuit All sockets Diode + green LED All sockets Varistor + green LED All sockets Table 23.8: $ Price ea. 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 Voltage 6–230 Vdc 24–60 Vac 110–240 Vac 6–24 Vdc 24–60 Vdc 110–230 Vdc 6–24 Vac/Vdc 24–60 Vac/Vdc 110–230 Vac/Vdc Catalog Number RZM040W RZM041BN7 RZM041FU7 RZM031RB RZM031BN RZM031FPD RZM021RB RZM021BN RZM021FP $ Price ea. 2.40 4.80 4.80 4.20 4.20 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 Accessories (sold in lots of 10) Description Plastic hold-down ejector clip ID tags For use with All sockets All sockets Catalog Number RSZR215 RSZL300 $ Price ea. .42 .30 Approvals for RSB relays: RSB1A160BD Relay + RSZE1S48M Socket File CCN E173076 NRNT2, NRNT8 File Class 215736 3211 07 IEC 61810-1 RoHS Compliant as of date code 0401 212916 3211 07 RoHS as of date IEC 61984 Compliant code 0501 RELAYS AND TIMERS RSB1A120JD Relay + RZM031FPD Socket + RSZE1S35M Module 1 C/O -12 A Res. File CCN SWIV2 E172326 File Class 23 Approvals for RSB sockets: RZM modules are RoHS compliant as of date code 0610. For mounting track, see page 24-16. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule 23-3 General Purpose Relays RXM Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US Zelio™ Plug-In Relays • Zelio RXM miniature plug-in relays and sockets provide a complete system solution in response to the most demanding applications ranging from 3A to 12A. Some of the features include: • Test button with removable lock-down door for testing the contacts (depending on model) • • • www.schneider-electric.us Green LED indication of relay status (depending on model) Mechanical indication of relay status (standard) Optional protection modules to protect against electrical spikes Bus jumpers for connecting multiple terminals reduce installation time IO Table 23.9: Miniature relays without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 2 C/O -12 A Res. Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 220 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac 240 Vac Table 23.10: Catalog Number RXM2AB1JD RXM2AB1BD RXM2AB1ED RXM2AB1FD — RXM2AB1B7 RXM2AB1E7 RXM2AB1F7 RXM2AB1P7 — 3 C/O - 10 A Res. $ Price ea. 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 — 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 — Catalog Number RXM3AB1JD RXM3AB1BD RXM3AB1ED RXM3AB1FD — RXM3AB1B7 RXM3AB1E7 RXM3AB1F7 RXM3AB1P7 — 4 C/O - 8 A Res. $ Price ea. 5.70 5.70 5.70 5.70 — 5.70 5.70 5.70 5.70 — Catalog Number RXM4AB1JD RXM4AB1BD RXM4AB1ED RXM4AB1FD RXM4AB1MD RXM4AB1B7 RXM4AB1E7 RXM4AB1F7 RXM4AB1P7 RXM4AB1U7 $ Price ea. 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 Miniature relays with LED, Test Button, and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 2 C/O -12 A Res. RXM2AB2F7 Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Table 23.11: Catalog Number RXM2AB2JD RXM2AB2BD RXM2AB2ED RXM2AB2FD — RXM2AB2B7 RXM2AB2E7 RXM2AB2F7 RXM2AB2P7 3 C/O - 10 A Res. $ Price ea. 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 — 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 Catalog Number RXM3AB2JD RXM3AB2BD RXM3AB2ED RXM3AB2FD — RXM3AB2B7 RXM3AB2E7 RXM3AB2F7 RXM3AB2P7 4 C/O - 8 A Res. $ Price ea. 6.60 6.60 6.60 6.60 — 6.60 6.60 6.60 6.60 Catalog Number RXM4AB2JD RXM4AB2BD RXM4AB2ED RXM4AB2FD RXM4AB2GD RXM4AB2B7 RXM4AB2E7 RXM4AB2F7 RXM4AB2P7 $ Price ea. 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 Miniature relays with LED, without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 2 C/O -12 A Res. 23 Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Table 23.12: Catalog Number RXM2AB3JD RXM2AB3BD RXM2AB3ED RXM2AB3FD — RXM2AB3B7 RXM2AB3E7 RXM2AB3F7 RXM2AB3P7 3 C/O - 10 A Res. $ Price ea. 5.70 5.70 5.70 5.70 — 5.70 5.70 5.70 5.70 Catalog Number — — — — — — — — — RELAYS AND TIMERS Miniature relays with low level contacts, without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Table 23.14: Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) Table 23.13: RXM4GB2F7 Catalog Number RXM4AB3JD RXM4AB3BD RXM4AB3ED RXM4AB3FD RXM4AB3GD RXM4AB3B7 RXM4AB3E7 RXM4AB3F7 RXM4AB3P7 $ Price ea. 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 Miniature relays with low level contacts, with LED, without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 4 C/O -3 A Res. Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac 4 C/O - 8 A Res. $ Price ea. — — — — — — — — — 4 C/O -3 A Res. Catalog Number RXM4GB1JD RXM4GB1BD RXM4GB1ED RXM4GB1FD RXM4GB1B7 RXM4GB1E7 RXM4GB1F7 RXM4GB1P7 $ Price ea. 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number RXM4GB3JD RXM4GB3BD RXM4GB3ED RXM4GB3FD — RXM4GB3B7 RXM4GB3E7 RXM4GB3F7 RXM4GB3P7 $ Price ea. 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 — 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 Miniature relays with low level contacts, with LED, Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 4 C/O -3 A Res. Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac 240 Vac Catalog Number RXM4GB2JD RXM4GB2BD RXM4GB2ED RXM4GB2FD RXM4GB2B7 RXM4GB2E7 RXM4GB2F7 RXM4GB2P7 RXM4GB2U7 $ Price ea. 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 For sockets and accessories, see page 23-5. Approvals for Relays: File CCN a a 23-4 E164862 NLDX, NLDX7 File CCN E164862 NLDX2, NLDX8 File 230765 Class 3211 07 RoHS IEC 61810-1 Compliant When used with the appropriate socket. CP2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays RXM Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 23.15: Miniature relays (sold in lots of 100) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 2 C/O - 12 A Res. Coil Voltage RXZE2M114M Socket + RXM4AB2P7 Relay Without LED, with Test Button, and Lock-Down Door 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 220 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac With LED, Test Button, and Lock-Down Door 24 Vdc 24 Vac 230 Vac Table 23.16: 4 C/O - 8 A Res. Catalog Number $ Price ea. Catalog Number $ Price ea. — RXM2AB1BDTQ — — — RXM2AB1B7TQ — RXM2AB1F7TQ RXM2AB1P7TQ — 5.30 — — — 5.30 — 5.30 5.30 RXM4AB1JDTQ RXM4AB1BDTQ RXM4AB1EDTQ RXM4AB1FDTQ RXM4AB1MDTQ RXM4AB1B7TQ RXM4AB1E7TQ RXM4AB1F7TQ RXM4AB1P7TQ 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 — RXM2AB2B7TQ RXM2AB2P7TQ — 6.20 6.20 RXM4AB2BDTQ RXM4AB2B7TQ RXM4AB2P7TQ 6.80 6.80 6.80 Miniature relays with LED without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 100) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) Coil Voltage 2 C/O - 12 A Res. Catalog Number 24 Vdc 24 Vac 230 Vac Table 23.17: 4 C/O - 8 A Res. $ Price ea. RXM2AB3BDTQ RXM2AB3B7TQ RXM2AB3P7TQ 5.70 5.70 5.70 Catalog Number RXM4AB3BDTQ RXM4AB3B7TQ RXM4AB3P7TQ $ Price ea. 6.30 6.30 6.30 Sockets (sold in lots of 10) Contact terminal arrangement Connection Relay type Catalog Number RXM2•••••a RXZE2M114b RXM4•••••a RXM2 ••••• Box lug connector RXZE2M114Mb RXM4••••• RXZE2S108Mc RXM2••••• Separate Box lug connector RXM3••••• RXZE2S111Mb RXM4••••• RXZE2S114Mb When mounting relay RXM2••••• on socket RXZE2M••••, the thermal current must not exceed 10 A. Thermal current Ith: 10 A Thermal current lth: 12 A Screw clamp terminals $ Price ea. 5.00 Mixed Protection modules (sold in lots of 10) Description RXZE2S114M Socket + RXM4AB2F7 Relay Voltage Diode 6–250 Vdc 24–60 Vac 110–240 Vac 6–24 Vac/Vdc 24–60 Vac/Vdc 110–240 Vac/Vdc RC circuit Varistor Table 23.19: RXM040W RXM041BN7 RXM041FU7 RXM021RB RXM021BN RXM021FP $ Price ea. 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.90 All sockets All sockets All sockets with separate contacts All relays All relays All relays (sheet of 108 tags) All sockets except RXZE2M114 Catalog Number RXZ400 RXZR335 RXZS2 RXZE2DA RXZE2FA RXZL520 RXZL420 $ Price ea. .50 .50 .70 .70 .50 .10 .10 Approvals for Sockets: File CCN © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved All sockets All sockets All sockets All sockets All sockets All sockets For use with Metal hold-down clip Plastic hold-down ejector clip Bus jumper, 2-pole (Ith: 5 A) DIN rail mounting adapter Panel mounting adapter ID tags RXZ400 Catalog Number Accessories (sold in lots of 10) Description RXM041BN7 For use with RELAYS AND TIMERS Table 23.18: 5.00 5.00 5.00 23 a b c 5.00 E172326 SWIV2, SWIV8 CP2 File 230765 Class 3211 07 Discount Schedule IEC 61984 RoHS Compliant 23-5 General Purpose Relays RPM Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Plug-In Relays Zelio RPM plug-in relays and sockets provide a complete system solution in response to the most demanding applications up to 15 A. Some of the features include: • Test button with removable lock-down door for testing the contacts (depending on model) • Green LED indication of relay status (depending on model) • Mechanical indication of relay status (standard) • Optional modules to protect against electrical spikes Table 23.20: Power relays without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 1 C/O - 15 A Res. RPM22F7 Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number RPM11JD RPM11BD RPM11ED RPM11FD RPM11B7 RPM11E7 RPM11F7 RPM11P7 Table 23.21: 2 C/O - 15 A Res. $ Price ea. 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 Catalog Number RPM21JD RPM21BD RPM21ED RPM21FD RPM21B7 RPM21E7 RPM21F7 RPM21P7 $ Price ea. 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 3 C/O - 15 A Res. Catalog Number RPM31JD RPM31BD RPM31ED RPM31FD RPM31B7 RPM31E7 RPM31F7 RPM31P7 4 C/O - 15 A Res. $ Price ea. 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 8.10 Catalog Number RPM41JD RPM41BD RPM41ED RPM41FD RPM41B7 RPM41E7 RPM41F7 RPM41P7 $ Price ea. 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 Power relays with LED, Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 1 C/O - 15 A Res. RPM42BD Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number RPM12JD RPM12BD RPM12ED RPM12FD RPM12B7 RPM12E7 RPM12F7 RPM12P7 Table 23.22: 2 C/O - 15 A Res. $ Price ea. 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 Catalog Number RPM22JD RPM22BD RPM22ED RPM22FD RPM22B7 RPM22E7 RPM22F7 RPM22P7 $ Price ea. 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 6.80 3 C/O - 15 A Res. Catalog Number RPM32JD RPM32BD RPM32ED RPM32FD RPM32B7 RPM32E7 RPM32F7 RPM32P7 4 C/O - 15 A Res. $ Price ea. 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 Catalog Number RPM42JD RPM42BD RPM42ED RPM42FD RPM42B7 RPM42E7 RPM42F7 RPM42P7 $ Price ea. 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 Power relays with LED, without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) 1 C/O - 15 A Res. 23 Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac RELAYS AND TIMERS Catalog Number RPM13JD RPM13BD RPM13ED RPM13FD — RPM13B7 RPM13E7 RPM13F7 RPM13P7 2 C/O - 15 A Res. $ Price ea. 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 — 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 Catalog Number RPM23JD RPM23BD RPM23ED RPM23FD — RPM23B7 RPM23E7 RPM23F7 RPM23P7 $ Price ea. 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 — 6.30 6.30 6.30 6.30 3 C/O - 15 A Res. Catalog Number RPM33JD RPM33BD RPM33ED RPM33FD — RPM33B7 RPM33E7 RPM33F7 RPM33P7 4 C/O - 15 A Res. $ Price ea. 8.30 8.30 8.30 8.30 — 8.30 8.30 8.30 8.30 Catalog Number RPM43JD RPM43BD RPM43ED RPM43FD — RPM43B7 RPM43E7 RPM43F7 RPM43P7 $ Price ea. 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 — 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 Approvals for relays: File E164862 CCN a NLDX, NLDX7 a RPZF2 Socket + RPM22F7 Relay File CCN E164862 NLDX2, NLDX8 File 230765 Class 3211 07 RoHS IEC 61810-1 Compliant When used with the appropriate socket Table 23.23: Sockets (sold in lots of 10) Contact terminal arrangement Mixed Connection Relay type RPM1••• RPM2••• RPM3••• RPM4••• Screw terminals Catalog Number RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 $ Price ea. 4.30 5.50 6.30 7.30 Approvals for Sockets: File CCN 23-6 E172326 SWIV2, SWIV8 CP2 File 230765 Class 3211 07 Discount Schedule IEC 61984 RoHS Compliant © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays RPM Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Protection modules (sold in lots of 10) Description Diode Voltage 6–250 Vdc RXM041BN7 24–60 Vac RC circuit 110–240 Vac 6–24 Vac/Vdc 24–60 Vac/Vdc Varistor 110–240 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 240 Vac/Vdc Table 23.25: For use with RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF1 RPZF2 RPZF3 RPZF4 RPZF3 RPZF4 1.90 RUW240BD 2.60 RXM041BN7 1.90 RXM041FU7 2.20 RUW241P7 2.20 RXM021RB 1.90 RXM021BN 1.90 RXM021FP 1.90 RUW242B7 2.70 RUW242P7 2.70 Catalog Number RUW101MW $ Price 47.10 Accessories (sold in lots of 10) Description Metal hold-down clip (for single-pole relays) DIN rail mounting adapter b Panel mounting adapter RPZ1DA $ Price ea. RXM040W Timer modulea (sold in lots of 1) Description Voltage For Use With On-delay timer, interval timer, repeat cycle timer/starting on-delay, RPZF3 repeat cycle timer/starting off-delay, 24–240 Vac/Vdc RPZF4 off-delay timer, one-shot timer, timing on de-energization, on-delay timer a See timer module description (selection of functions and time delays) in catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US. Table 23.26: Catalog Number ID tags (sheet of 108 tags) b Test button and lock-down door become inaccessible For use with RPZF1 RPM1••• RPM2••• RPM3••• RPM4••• RPM1••• RPM2••• RPM3••• RPM4••• All relays Catalog Number RPZR235 RPZ1DA RXZE2DA RPZ3DA RPZ4DA RPZ1FA RXZE2FA RPZ3FA RPZ4FA RXZL520 $ Price ea. 0.50 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.10 RELAYS AND TIMERS Table 23.24: 23 RPZ3FA © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule 23-7 General Purpose Relays RUM Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Plug-In Relays Zelio RUM plug-in relays and sockets provide a complete system solution in response to the most demanding applications up to 16 A. Some of the features include: • Test button with lock-down door for testing the contacts (depending on model) • Green LED indication of relay status (depending on model) • Mechanical indication of relay status (standard) • Optional protection modules to protect against electrical spikes • Bus jumpers for connecting multiple terminals reduce installation time Table 23.27: Relays for standard applications without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) Pins Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 220 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Cylindrical Flat Table 23.28: 2 C/O -16 A Res. Catalog Number RUMC2AB1JD RUMC2AB1BD RUMC2AB1ED — RUMC2AB1FD — — RUMC2AB1B7 RUMC2AB1E7 RUMC2AB1F7 RUMC2AB1P7 RUMF2AB1JD RUMF2AB1BD RUMF2AB1ED RUMF2AB1FD RUMF2AB1B7 RUMF2AB1E7 RUMF2AB1F7 RUMF2AB1P7 3 C/O -16 A Res. $ Price ea. 10.10 10.10 10.10 — 10.10 — — 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 10.10 Catalog Number RUMC3AB1JD RUMC3AB1BD RUMC3AB1ED RUMC3AB1ND RUMC3AB1FD RUMC3AB1GD RUMC3AB1MD RUMC3AB1B7 RUMC3AB1E7 RUMC3AB1F7 RUMC3AB1P7 RUMF3AB1JD RUMF3AB1BD RUMF3AB1ED RUMF3AB1FD RUMF3AB1B7 RUMF3AB1E7 RUMF3AB1F7 RUMF3AB1P7 $ Price ea. 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 Relays for standard applications, with LED, Test Button, and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) Pins Coil Voltage 23 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Cylindrical RUMF3AB2P7 Universal Relay RELAYS AND TIMERS Flat Table 23.29: 2 C/O -16 A Res. Catalog Number RUMC2AB2JD RUMC2AB2BD RUMC2AB2ED — RUMC2AB2FD — RUMC2AB2B7 RUMC2AB2E7 RUMC2AB2F7 RUMC2AB2P7 RUMF2AB2JD RUMF2AB2BD RUMF2AB2ED RUMF2AB2FD RUMF2AB2B7 RUMF2AB2E7 RUMF2AB2F7 RUMF2AB2P7 3 C/O -16 A Res. $ Price ea. 11.30 11.30 11.30 — 11.30 — 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 Catalog Number RUMC3AB2JD RUMC3AB2BD RUMC3AB2ED RUMC3AB2ND RUMC3AB2FD RUMC3AB2GD RUMC3AB2B7 RUMC3AB2E7 RUMC3AB2F7 RUMC3AB2P7 RUMF3AB2JD RUMF3AB2BD RUMF3AB2ED RUMF3AB2FD RUMF3AB2B7 RUMF3AB2E7 RUMF3AB2F7 RUMF3AB2P7 $ Price ea. 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 Relays for standard applications with LED, without Push Button, and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) Pins Coil Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 120 Vac 230 Vac Cylindrical Flat 2 C/O -16 A Res. Catalog Number RUMC2AB3JD RUMC2AB3BD RUMC2AB3ED — RUMC2AB3FD — RUMC2AB3B7 RUMC2AB3E7 RUMC2AB3F7 RUMC2AB3P7 RUMF2AB3JD RUMF2AB3BD RUMF2AB3ED RUMF2AB3FD — RUMF2AB3B7 RUMF2AB3E7 RUMF2AB3F7 RUMF2AB3P7 3 C/O -16 A Res. $ Price ea. 10.40 10.40 10.40 — 10.40 — 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 — 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 Catalog Number RUMC3AB3JD RUMC3AB3BD RUMC3AB3ED RUMC3AB3ND RUMC3AB3FD RUMC3AB3GD RUMC3AB3B7 RUMC3AB3E7 RUMC3AB3F7 RUMC3AB3P7 RUMF3AB3JD RUMF3AB3BD RUMF3AB3ED RUMF3AB3FD RUMF3AB3GD RUMF3AB3B7 RUMF3AB3E7 RUMF3AB3F7 RUMF3AB3P7 $ Price ea. 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 11.60 Approvals for Relays: File CCN a a 23-8 E164862 NLDX, NLDX7 File CCN E164862 NLDX2, NLDX8 File 230765 Class 3211 07 IEC 61810-1 RoHS Compliant When used with appropriate socket For sockets and accessories, see page 23-9 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays RUM Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Table 23.30: Sockets (sold in lots of 10) Contact terminal arrangement Connection Relay type Catalog Number RUMC2••••• RUZC2M RUMC3••••• RUZC3M RUMC2••••• RUZSC2M Box lug connector (screw terminals) RUMC3••••• RUZSC3M Separate b RUMF2••••• RUZSF3M RUMF3••••• a The inputs are mixed with the relay coil terminals, with the outputs located on the opposite side of the socket. b The inputs and outputs are separated from the relay coil terminals. $ Price ea. 3.50 4.20 4.50 5.00 Mixed a RUZ C3M Socket+ RUMC3ppppp Relay Table 23.31: Protection modules (sold in lots of 10) Description For use with Diode RC circuit All sockets Varistor RUW241P7 Table 23.32: RUW101MW RUZS2 Voltage 6–250 Vdc 110–240 Vac 24 Vac/Vdc 240 Vac/Vdc Catalog Number RUW240BD RUW241P7 RUW242B7 RUW242P7 $ Price ea. 2.20 2.20 2.70 2.70 Timer modulec (sold in lots of 1) Description For use with Voltage On-delay timer, interval timer, repeat cycle timer/starting on-delay, repeat cycle timer/starting off-delay, All sockets 24–240 Vac/Vdc off-delay timer, one-shot timer, timing on de-energization, on-delay timer. c See timer module description (selection of functions and time delays) in catalog 8501CT0601. Table 23.33: 5.60 Catalog Number $ Price RUW101MW 47.10 Accessories (sold in lots of 10) Description Metal hold-down clip Bus jumper, 2-pole (Ith: 5 A) For use with All sockets All sockets with separate contacts All relays (sheet of 108 tags) All sockets with separate contacts ID tags Catalog Number RUZC200 RUZS2 RXZL520 RUZ420 $ Price ea. 1.20 0.70 0.10 0.10 Approvals for Sockets: RUZC200 File CCN E172326 SWIV2, SWIV8 File Class 230765 3211 07 RoHS Compliant IEC 61810-1 RELAYS AND TIMERS Zelio™ RPF Power Relays RPF Zelio power relays respond to the most demanding applications up to 30 A. Features include: • UL Listed • Sealed construction • Motor load ratings: 1hp @ 120 Vac / 3hp @ 240 Vac (N/O contacts only) • Dual DIN rail and panel mounting capability • Short circuit rating of 5,000 A @ 240 Vac (N/O contacts only) Table 23.34: Power relays (sold in lots of 10) Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith) RPF2BJD 2 C/O - 30 A on N.O. / 3 A on N.C. a Res. 2 N/O - 30 Aa Res. Catalog Number 12 Vdc RPF2AJD 24 Vdc RPF2ABD 110 Vdc RPF2AFD 24 Vac RPF2AB7 120 Vac RPF2AF7 230 Vac RPF2AP7 a 30 A when mounted with 13 mm gap between two relays. 25 A when mounted side by side without a gap. $ Price ea. 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 10.40 Catalog Number RPF2BJD RPF2BBD RPF2BFD RPF2BB7 RPF2BF7 RPF2BP7 $ Price ea. 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 10.90 23 Coil Voltage Approvals for Relays: File CCN E43641 NLDX, NLDX7 File 040787 Class 3211-07 IEC 61810-1 RoHS Compliant For mounting track, see page 24-16 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule 23-9 General Purpose Relays Type K Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Square D™ Plug-In Relays 8501K relays are designed for multipole switching applications at 240 Vac or lower. These relays have industry standard wiring and pin terminal arrangements which allow for their use as replacements for many competitive relays without wiring or hardware modifications. • • • 12 A relays DPDT or 3PDT Manual operator/ green pilot light options Table 23.35: • • Motor load (hp) ratings DPDT latching models available AC or DC operation RoHS Compliant • • Contact Arrangement Options Type DPDT AC 50/60 Hz 24.60 3PDT KF13d 26.70 DPDT KFD12d 24.60 KFD13d 26.70 Contact Arrangement DPDT DC 23 KP12 KP12P14 KP13 KP13P14 KU12 KU12M1 AC 50/60 Hz DC None Available AC 50/60 Hz Voltage Codes $ Price Table 23.39: Type KL—Latching Relay—Spade Terminals Input Voltage DPDT Options Type None Available None Available 12 24 120 240 Type 45.00 DC Voltage 6 12 24 48 110 125 V35 V36 V14 V20 V24 Voltage Codes V50 V51 V53 V56 V60 V63 S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S KPD12 KPD12P14 KPD13 KPD13P14 KUD12 KUD12M1 S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S RELAYS AND TIMERS KU12P14 S S KUD12P14 S KU12M1P14 S S KUD12M1P14 S KU13 S S S S KUD13 S S S KU13M1 KUD13M1 KU13P14 S S KUD13P14 KU13M1P14 S S S KUD13M1P14 S S KF12 S S S KFD12 S S KF13 S S KFD13 S KL12 S S KLD12 S S Note: S = Stocked. Factory order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of 12 weeks. Table 23.40: Type KP KU KFd KL Note: a b c d File 211269 Class 3211 04 For 8501 KP, KU, and KL: File CCN E78351 NLDX NLDX7 • • • 39.00 45.00 47.30 53.30 39.00 45.00 47.30 53.30 Type $ Price 22.70 KU12M1d 26.70 KU12P14d 28.70 KU12M1P14d 30.80 KU13d 24.60 KU13M1d 28.70 KU13P14d 30.80 KU13M1P14d 35.00 KUD12d 22.70 KUD12M1d 26.70 KUD12P14d 28.70 KUD12M1P14d 30.80 KUD13d 24.60 KUD13M1d 28.70 KUD13P14d 30.80 KUD13M1P14d 35.00 Contact Ratings (Contacts are Silver Tin Oxide) AC Volts 120 240 120 240 120 240 DC Resistive 75% PF Continuous Amperes 10 c 6.5 b 12 12 10 10 Hp 1/3 1/2 1/3 1/2 1/3 1/2 DC Volts Resistive Amperes 28 12 28 12 28 10 All 8501 K relays have a B300 rating. Socket is not required with Type KF relays. 3 pole devices have a 20 A max. total (sum of currents in all 3 poles), continuous rating. 3 pole devices have a 30 A max. total (sum of currents in all 3 poles), continuous rating. Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed in Table 23.37 and insert as shown in Table 23.41: How to Order. Table 23.41: When used with the appropriate 8501NR socket. $ Price KU12d AC For 8501 KP, KU, and KF: File E78351 CCN NLDX2 NLDX8 Type KP12d KP12P14d KP13d KP13P14d KPD12d KPD12P14d KPD13d KPD13P14d Contact Options Arrangement DPDT None Manual DPDT Operator DPDT Pilot Light Manual DPDT Operator and Pilot Light AC 50/60 Hz 3PDT None Manual 3PDT Operator 3PDT Pilot Light Manual 3PDT Operator and Pilot Light DPDT None Manual DPDT Operator DPDT Pilot Light Manual DPDT Operator and Pilot Light DC 3PDT None Manual 3PDT Operator 3PDT Pilot Light Manual 3PDT Operator and Pilot Light 45.00 KLD12d Options None Pilot Light None Pilot Light None Pilot Light None Pilot Light Input Voltage $ Price KL12d Contact Arrangement DPDT DPDT 3PDT 3PDT DPDT DPDT 3PDT 3PDT Type KU—Spade Terminals Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays AC Voltage 50/60 Hz 6 Input Voltage KF12d 3PDT Type Type KP—Tubular Terminals None Available DC Table 23.37: Table 23.38: Type KF —Flange Mounted—Spade Terminals Input Voltage Table 23.36: Pilot Light Option—Available on Types KP and KU. Internal pilot lights are available in both AC and DC versions for positive indication of power to the coil. The pilot light is a green LED. Manual Operator Option—Available on Type KU only. To facilitate speed circuit testing, a manual operator (test button) can be provided. Coil VAC—3.0 VA Coil VDC—1.4 Watts How to Order To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Voltage Code (See Stocked Relay Table above) Catalog Number Class Type Voltage Code 8501 KP12 V20 For 8501 KL: File E78351 CCN NLDX2 NLDX8 23-10 For sockets and accessories, see page 23-14. For track, see page 24-16. File 211268 Class 3211 04 CP2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays 8501KA Refer to Catalog 8501CT9401 www.schneider-electric.us Square D™ Alternating Plug-In Relays 8501KA alternating relay is designed to minimize pump and motor wear by equalizing run time between parallel components in a multi-pump system. The relay is controlled by an external control switch. The switch may be any type of contact closure; for example the contacts of a timing relay or the closure of a float switch. The 8501KA relay also has a toggle switch that allows the operator to lock one side of the duplex system in the “on” position. • • • • 12 A Resistive Rating SPDT or DPDT Toggle switch for load control LED Load Indicators Table 23.42: Horsepower Rated AC and DC Control UL Listed w/ Square D Socket Rohs Compliant Type KA — Alternating Relay Options Type AC & DC AC & DC AC & DC Contact Arrangement SPDT DPDT DPDT (N.C.) LED + Toggle LED + Toggle + Cross Wired LED + Toggle 8501KA81••• 8501KA82••• 8501KA112••• 93.00 95.00 94.00 AC & DC DPDT (N.O.) LED + Toggle 8501KA112A••• 94.00 Input Voltage Table 23.43: $ Price Relay Availability AC & DC Voltage Type Voltage Code AC Voltage 12 24 120 240 V36 V14 V20 V24 8501KA81••• 8501KA82••• 8501KA112••• 8501KA112A••• • • • S S S S Table 23.44: Notes: AC Voltage is 50/60 Hz S = Stocked. “S” items have a 2 week lead time and nominimum order requirement. All other part numbers are considered factory order (FO) and require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead-time of 18 weeks Contact Ratings AC Type AC Volts 120 240 8501KA81••• Table 23.45: Resistive Amperes 12 12 DC HP Pilot Duty DC Volts Resistive Amperes 1/3 1/2 — B300 30 12 Alternating Functions Diagram Toggle Switch Position Detail S1 = Control Switch 1 S2 = Control Switch 2 LA = Load 1 LB = Load 2 Alternate Closing S1 alternates the loads between LA and LB. Lock 1 LA is ON and LB is OFF. S1 is not used in this mode. Lock 2 LA is OFF and LB is ON. S1 is not used in this mode. Alternate Closing S1 alternates the loads between LA an dLB. S2 will only control LA. Lock 1 S1 will control LA and S2 will control LB Lock 2 S1 will control LB and S2 will control LA. The cross wired option allows extra system load capacity through simultaneous operation of both motors when needed (LA and LB energize simultaneously when both S1 and S2 are closed–relay contacts are not isolated) Input voltage must applied at all times for proper alternation. Use of a solid state control switch for S1 or S2 may not initiate alternation corredtly. S1 or S2 voltage must be from the same supply as the unit’s input voltage (see wiring diagrams). Loss of input voltage resets the unit; LA becomes the lead load for the next operation. A, C & D B ALL Wiring Diagrams and Dimensions C. 23 A. RELAYS AND TIMERS • • • • ··· 8501KA112 8501KA81 B. D. ··· 8501KA112A 8501KA82 Socket = 8501NR51 or NR52 Approvals File Class © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ··· Socket = 8501NR61 or NR62 Socket = 8501NR51 or NR52 ··· Socket = 8501NR61 or NR62 E78351 NLDX E78351 NLDX2 CP2 Discount Schedule File Class 242675 3211-07 IEC 61810-1 23-11 General Purpose Relays Type R Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301 Square D™ Miniature Plug-in Relays 8501R miniature plug-in relays have a 10 A resistive rating, the same as the Type K plug-in relays, but are much smaller. The compact size of these relays makes them ideal for downsizing equipment and applications where space is at a premium. • • • • • SPDT through 4PDT AC or DC operated Horsepower rated Socket compatible Table 23.48: SPDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts Input Voltage Options Type None AC 50/60 Hz Manual operator/ green LED pilot light options Silver tin oxide contacts • www.schneider-electric.us 29.60 Manual Operator RS41M1b 31.70 Pilot Light RS41P14b 37.20 RS41M1P14b 39.30 RSD41b 29.60 Manual Operator RSD41M1b 31.70 Pilot Light RSD41P14b 37.20 RSD41M1P14b 29.60 Manual Operator and Pilot Light None DC Manual Operator and Pilot Light Table 23.46: Contact Ratings (Contact material is Silver Tin Oxide) Resistive Rating Voltage General Use Rating 120 Vac 15 8501RS41 a 240 Vac 12 8501RSD41a 28 Vdc 15 120 Vac 10 8501RS42a 240 Vac 10 8501RSD42a 30 Vdc 10 120 Vac 10 8501RS43a 277 Vac 10 8501RSD43a 28 Vdc 10 120 Vac 10 8501RS44a 277 Vac 10 8501RSD44a 28 Vdc 10 a Relays have a B300 rating with UL. 120 Vac 240 Vac 28 Vdc 120 Vac 240 Vac 28 Vdc 150 Vac 250 Vac 28 Vdc 150 Vac 250 Vac 28 Vdc 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 6.6 10 7.5 5 10 Type Table 23.47: Type Table 23.49: Voltage 1/3 1/3 — 1/3 1/2 — — — — — — — 6 12 24 120 240 Type AC 50/60 Hz @120 Vac @240 Vac 35.00 RS42M1b 37.10 Pilot Light RS42P14b 43.10 RS42M1P14b 45.20 RSD42b 35.00 Manual Operator RSD42M1b 37.10 Pilot Light RSD42P14b 43.10 RSD42M1P14b 45.20 None @120 Vac @240 Vac DC Manual Operator and Pilot Light Table 23.50: 3PDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts Input Voltage Options Type None AC 50/60 Hz DC Voltage 12 24 39.30 Manual Operator RS43M1b 41.40 Pilot Light RS43P14b 47.60 RS43M1P14b 49.90 RSD43b 39.30 Manual Operator RSD43M1b 41.40 Pilot Light RSD43P14b 47.60 RSD43M1P14b 49.90 None 110 DC Manual Operator and Pilot Light Table 23.51: $ Price RS43b Manual Operator and Pilot Light 6 $ Price Manual Operator 4PDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts 23 Input Voltage Options Type None AC 50/60 Hz RELAYS AND TIMERS 44.30 Manual Operator RS44M1b 46.20 Pilot Light RS44P14b 52.30 RS44M1P14b 54.50 RSD44b 44.30 Manual Operator RSD44M1b 46.20 Pilot Light RSD44P14b 52.30 Manual Operator and Pilot Light None DC $ Price RS44b RSD44M1P14b 54.50 Manual Operator and Pilot Light Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed in Table 23.47 and insert as shown in Table 23.53: How to Order. b Application Data Class 8501 Type RS41 RSD41 RS42 RSD42 RS43 Pick-Up Time 20 ms Maximum 25 ms Maximum Operating Data Drop-Out Time 20 ms Maximum Operating Temperature -40oC to +70oC (-40oF to +158oF) Duty Cycle Continuous Voltage Range AC coils +10%, -15% of nominal DC coils +10%, -20% of nominal Coil AC Coils–Inrush 9 VA — 6.2 VA — 10.3 VA AC Coils–Sealed 1.5 VA — 1.2 VA — 1.7 VA DC Coils — 0.9 watts — 0.9 watts — File E78351 UR CCN NLDX2, NLDX8 File 211268 CSA Class 3218 07 CE marked yes RoHS Compliant yes File E78351c UL Listed CCN NLDX, NLDX7 c When used with the appropriate 8501NR socket. Table 23.53: RSD43 — — 1.4 watts • • • CP2 Class Number Type Number Voltage Code (see Table 23.47) Discount Schedule RS44 RSD44 20 ms Maximum 11.9 VA 2.1 VA — — — 1.5 watts How to Order To Order Specify: For sockets and accessories, see page 23-14. For track, see page 24-16. 23-12 Type RS42b Manual Operator and Pilot Light Voltage Code V35 V36 V14 V20 V24 Voltage Code V50 V51 V53 V60 RS41 S S RSD41 S S RS41M1 RSD41M1 RS41P14 S S RSD41P14 S RS41M1P14 S S RSD41M1P14 S RS42 S S S S RSD42 S S RS42M1 RSD42M1 RS42P14 S S RSD42P14 S S RS42M1P14 S RSD42M1P14 S RS43 S S RSD43 S RS43M1 RSD43M1 RS43P14 S RSD43P14 RS43M1P14 S RSD43M1P14 RS44 S S S RSD44 S S RS44M1 RSD44M1 RS44P14 S RSD44P14 S RS44M1P14 S RSD44M1P14 Note: S = Stocked. Factory order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of 12 weeks. Table 23.52: Options None Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays AC Voltage 50/60 Hz DPDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts Input Voltage Horsepower Rating $ Price RS41b Catalog Number Class Type 8501 RS42 Voltage Code V20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays Type R Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Pilot Light Option 8501R relays are suited for use as logic elements and power switching output devices. The short stroke motion of the armature provides long mechanical life required for high speed operation of control systems. Different contact compositions allow these relays to be used in a variety of applications. Fine silver (gold flashed) and bifurcated crossbar (gold overlay silver) are suitable for high contact reliability and low level switching requirements. Silver tin oxide is best suited for inductive loads. Class I Division II sealed relays can be used in specified hazardous locations. An internal green pilot light is available in both AC and DC versions for positive indication of power to the coil. Table 23.54: 5A For switching inductive loads Contacts: Silver Tin Oxide 8501RS14M1V14 Input Voltage DC Input Voltage For low level switching AC 50/60 Hz DC Options Table 23.57: Type $ Price RS14a RS14M1a RS14P14a 32.70 35.00 40.90 RS14M1P14a 43.10 RSD14a RSD14M1a RSD14P14a 27.70 30.80 36.80 RSD14M1P14a 39.00 Type None Manual Operator Pilot Light Manual Operator and Pilot Light None Manual Operator Pilot Light Manual Operator and Pilot Light $ Price RS4a RS4M1a RS4P14a 32.70 35.00 40.90 RS4M1P14a 43.10 RSD4a RSD4M1a RSD4P14a 28.70 30.80 36.80 RSD4M1P14a 39.00 Type RS24a DC RSD24a $ Price 53.00 53.00 5 A Version, Class I Division II AC Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays AC Voltage 50/60 Hz Type 6 12 24 48 120 240 V35 V36 V14 S V17 V24 S S V20 S S S S S S S S S S RS4 RS4M1 RS4P14 RS4M1P14 RS14 RS14M1 RS14P14 RS14M1P14 RS24 RS34 Table 23.60: S DC Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays DC Voltage 6 12 24 48 110 Voltage Code V50 V51 V53 V56 V60 RSD4 S S RSD4M1 RSD4P14 S RSD4M1P14 S RSD14 S S S RSD14M1 S RSD14P14 S S S RSD14M1P14 S S RSD24 S RSD34 S S Note: S = Stocked. Factory Order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of 12 weeks. Application Data RS4 RSD4 Pick-Up Time Drop-Out Time Operating Temperature Range Duty Cycle RS14 RSD14 RS24 RSD24 RS34 RSD34 20 ms Maximum 20 ms Maximum 13 ms Max. 6 ms Max. -40oC to +70oC (-40oF to +158oF) -40oC to +70oC (-40oF to +158oF) Continuous Voltage Range AC coils +10%, -15% of nominal and DC coils +10%, -20% of nominal Coil AC Coils—Sealed 1.2 VA — AC Coils—Inrush 6.2 VA — DC Coils — 0.9 watt UR File: E197072 C UR US File: E197072 CSA File: 211268 Approvals CE marked Yes RoHS Compliant Yes UL Listed File E78351 d When used with the appropriate 8501 NR Socket. For sockets and accessories, see page 23-14. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table 23.59: Type Input Voltage AC 50/60 Hz Class 8501 Type Operating Data Horsepower Rating 120/240 Vac 3 1/10 30 Vdc 3 — 120/240 Vac 5 1/6 RS14c RSD14c 28 Vdc 5 — 120/240 Vac 1 1/16 (2.8 FLA) RS24 RSD24 30 Vdc 1 — 120/240 Vac 5 — RS34 RSD34 30 Vdc 5 — c RS4/RSD4, RS14/RSD14 have NEMA C300 pilot duty rating. 1 A Version 5 A, Hermetically Sealed Input Voltage Type $ Price 5 Ampere Resistiveb AC 50/60 Hz RS34a 53.00 Silver Tin Oxide Contacts Suitable for Class I DC RSD34a 53.00 Division 2 Locations a Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in Table 23.59. b Do not ground the frame. Table 23.61: Continuous Current Rating Voltage Voltage Code Options 1A Best for Low Level Switching Bifurcated Silver Gold-Plated Contacts Contact Ratings (Contact material is Silver Tin Oxide) Type 3 A Version 3A Table 23.58: RS4 c RSD4c None Manual Operator Pilot Light Manual Operator and Pilot Light None Manual Operator Pilot Light Manual Operator and Pilot Light AC 50/60 Hz Table 23.56: Horsepower rated AC or DC operation Manual operator/pilot light options 5 A Version Table 23.55: Contacts: Fine Silver (Gold Flashed) 8501RSD34V51 • • • 1, 3, or 5 A versions 4PDT Complete socket line To speed circuit testing, a manual operator (test button) can be provided. The relay can be manually switched to simulate normal operation. NOTE: All Type R relays with a manual operator must be used on circuits of the same polarity. CP2 Discount Schedule 1.2 VA 6.2 VA — — 1.2 VA — — 6.2 VA — 0.9 watt — 0.9 watt CCN: NRNT2 CCN: NRNT8 (Approved but not marked) Class: 3218 07 1.2 VA 6.0 VA — RELAYS AND TIMERS • • • Manual Operation Option 23 8501RSD14P14V53 Square D™ Miniature Plug-in Relays — — 0.9 watt N/A File: E196809 CCN: NQMJ2, NQMJ8 File: 211268 Class: 3218 06 CCN NLDX, NLDX7d For track, see page 24-16. 23-13 General Purpose Relays Type N Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301 www.schneider-electric.us Square D™ Sockets 8501NR51 8501NR61 8501NR sockets are designed for use with plug-in Class 8501 Type K, KA, and R relays, and 9050JCK timers. The 8501NR45 screw terminal sockets have pressure wire clamps that accept 1 or 2 #16–22 wires. All other sockets have pressure clamps that will accept 1 or 2 #12–22 wires. The recommended tightening torque for all terminals is 7-8 lb-in. • All devices stocked in central warehouse • DIN track mount or direct panel mount • Tubular sockets available in easy-to-wire single tier or double tier versions • RoHS compliant Table 23.62: Snapmount Sockets For Use With Class: Socket Rating 8501 Type 8501NR62 8501NR52 9050 Type JCK11–19 JCK31–39 JCK51–59 JCK60 JCK1 F JCK3 F JCK5 F JCK21–29 JCK41–49 JCK70 JCK2F JCK4F KP12 KPD12 KA81 KA82 KP13 KPD13 KA112 KL KU RS41 RSD41 8501NR45 8501NR82 RS42 RSD42 RS43 RSD43 RS44 RSD44 23 8501NR42 8501NR41 Description Type UL 8 Pin Tubular Single Tier Screw Terminal 8 Pin Tubular Double Tier Screw Terminal CSA 600 V, 10 A 300 V, 15 A 600 V, 5 A 300 V, 16 A 300 V, 10 A 300 V, 10 A 11 Pin Tubular Double Tier Screw Terminal 600 V, 5 A 300 V, 15 A 600 V, 5 A 300 V, 16 A — 11 Pin Spade Double Tier Screw Terminal 300 V, 15 A 300 V, 15 A — 5 Pin Spade Double Tier Screw Terminal 300 V, 15 A 300 V, 15 A — 8 Pin Spade Double Tier Screw Terminal 300 V, 10 A 300 V, 10 A — 11 Pin Spade Double Tier Screw Terminal 300 V, 10 A 300 V, 10 A — 14 Pin Spade Double Tier Screw Terminal 300 V, 10 A 300 V, 10 A 11 Pin Tubular Single Tier Screw Terminal 300 V, 10 A 300 V, 10 A $ Price Std. ea. Qty.a NR51 NR51B NR52b 12.30 10.20 12.30 1 10 1 NR52Bb 10.20 10 NR61 NR61B NR62b NR62Bb NR82 NR82B NR41b NR41Bb NR42 NR42B NR43 NR43B NR34 NR34B 18.50 16.50 18.50 16.50 20.60 18.50 28.70 26.70 28.70 26.70 26.70 26.70 28.70 26.70 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 RS4 RSD4 NR45 28.70 1 RS14 RSD14 14 Pin Spade — 300 V, 10 A 300 V, 10 A RS24 Double Tier Screw Terminal RSD24 NR45B 26.70 10 RS34 RSD34 a Must be ordered in multiples of the quantity listed. Units provided in standard quantity of one are individually packaged; devices with B suffix have a standard quantity of 10 per bulk pack. b Finger Safe RELAYS AND TIMERS For DIN 3 mounting track and end clamps, see page 24-16, or refer to: • NEMA Style terminal block section of catalog 9080CT9601 • IEC Style terminal block section of catalog 9080CT9901 Table 23.63: Socket Socket Accessories For Use With 8501NH7 8501NR34 1.00 8.30 1.00 8.30 1.00 8.30 1.00 8.30 1.00 — 1.00 1.00 1.00 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 1 10 — 10 10 10 8501NH45 1.00 10 Approvals: To Order Specify: Catalog Number Class Number Type Number Class Type 8501 NR51B 23-14 $ Price ea. Std. Pack c Type NH51 NH7 NH52 NH7 NH61 NH7 NH52 NH7 NH82 Supplied with socket as standard 8501NH42 8501NH42 8501NH42 8501NR43 How to Order • • Description 8501KP12, KPD12 Hold Down Clip 9050JCK Hold Down Spring 8501KP12, KPD12 Hold Down Clip 8501NR52 9050JCK Hold Down Spring 8501KP13, KPD13 Hold Down Clip 8501NR61 9050JCK Hold Down Spring 8501KP13, KPD13 Hold Down Clip 8501NR62 9050JCK Hold Down Spring 8501NR82 8501KU and KL Hold Down Clip 8501NR41 8501RS41, RSD41 Hold Down Clip 8501NR42 8501RS42, RSD42 Hold Down Clip 8501NR43 8501RS43, RSD43 Hold Down Clip 8501NR34 8501RS44, RSD44 Hold Down Clip 8501RS4, RSD4 8501RS14, RSD14 8501NR45 8501RS24, RSD24 Hold Down Clip 8501RS34, RSD34 c Must be ordered in multiples of the quantity listed. 8501NR51 File CCN E66924 SW1V2 File Class 211268 3211 07 RoHS Compliant as of date code 0639 IEC 61984 CP2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved General Purpose Relays Type C Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT1003 www.schneider-electric.us Square D™ Power Relays 8501C relays are ideally suited for controlling single-phase motors, electric heaters, pumps, conveyors, material handling equipment, and other applications. • • • • • 40 A contact rating Motor load (hp) ratings • • UL listed CSA certified CE approved RoHS compliant Durable open-frame construction 8501CDO6V51 Table 23.64: Selection Table and Application Data Selection Table Number of Fixed Contacts Contact Arrangement N.O. Application Data AC Operated Coil Open Type DC Operated Coil Open Type N.C. Type Type $ Price Maximum Single Phase Horsepower Resistive Ampere Rating 75% Power Factor Maximum Contact Voltage $ Price 277 Vac 600 V 120 V 230 V Maximum Coil Power Consumption 600 V AC Coil DC Coil AC Rated Contacts SPST 1 0 CO6a 32.70 CDO6a 32.70 600 40 10 2 2 2 10 VA 4W DPST 2 0 CO7a 51.30 CDO7a 51.30 600 40 5 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 VA 4W SPST 0 1 CO8a 32.70 CDO8a 32.70 600 40 10 2 2 2 10 VA 4W SPDT 1 1 CO15a 57.30 CDO15a 57.30 600 40 5 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 VA 4W DPDT 2 2 CO16a 69.60 CDO16a 69.60 600 40 5 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 VA 4W 110 V 220 V 10 VA 4W 10 VA 4W DC Rated Contacts 1 0 CO21a 71.70 CDO21a 71.70 500 20 8 2 2 CO22a 84.00 CDO22a 84.00 325 10 4 N.A. Voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed in Table 23.66 and insert as shown in Table 23.68: How to Order. Table 23.65: Operating Data Table 23.66: AC coils – 6 through 480 volts, + 10/-15% of nominal at 25 oC DC coils – 6 through 110 volts, + 10/-20% of nominal at 25 oC Operating Voltages/ Voltage Range Coil Duty Continuous duty rated coils. (Non-replaceable) Operating Temp. Range AC: -67 oF to +131 oF (-55 oC to +55 oC) DC: -67 oF to +131 oF (-55 oC to +55 oC) Storage Temp. Range -67 oF to +212 oF (-55 oC to +100 oC) Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays Class 8501 Type 6 12 AC Voltage—50/60 Hz 24 120 208 240 277 480 Class 8501 Type 6 12 24 110 Voltage Code V35 V36 V14 V20 V08 V24 V04 V29 Voltage Code V50 V51 V53 V60 CO6 S S S S S S S CDO6 S S CO7 S S S S S S S CDO7 S S S S S S S CDO8 S S S S S S CDO15 S S S S S S CDO16 S S S S S CO8 Approvals: CO15 File E78351 CCN NLDX CO16 File 218139 Class 3211 04 IEC 60947-4-1 S CO21 S DC Voltage S CDO21 CO22 S CDO22 S S Note: S = Stocked. Factory order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of 12 weeks. Approximate Dimensions and Wiring Diagrams 8501CO16, 8501CDO16, 8501CO22, 8501CDO22 (DPDT) 8501CO15, 8501CDO15 (SPDT) 14 A1 2.06 (52.4) A1 21 14 A2 11 2.31 (58.8) 2.5 (63.6) 1.874 (47.60) 0.374 (9.50) 0.81 (20.7) 0.19 (4.8) 2.49 (63.2) 12 A2 11 0.374 (9.50) 2.5 (63.6) 1.874 (47.60) 8501CO6, 8501CDO6, 8501CO8, 8501CDO8, 8501CO21, 8501CDO21 (SPST) 14 12 0.19 (4.8) 3.13 (79.4) 8501CO7, 8501CDO7 (DPST) A1 1.98 (50.3) 23 0.31 (8.0) 24 22 24 A1 21 14 A2 11 1.95 (49.6) 2.5 (63.6) Table 23.67: 1.874 (47.60) 13 2.49 (63.2) A2 2.5 (63.6) Class 9991 Enclosure Type Description UE1 NEMA 1 sheet steel enclosure © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table 23.68: $ Price • • • 29.60 CP2 Discount Schedule 1.874 (47.60) 2.49 (63.2) How to Order To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Voltage Code (See Stocked Relay Table above) Catalog Number Class Type Voltage Code 8501 CO6 V20 RELAYS AND TIMERS a SPST DPDT 23-15 Industrial Relays CAD Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys™ D IEC Style Relays These 600 volt relays are approved for use around the world. TeSys D relays are usually mounted on 35 mm DIN 3 track, but can also be mounted directly to a panel. The fixed contacts in these relays have a NEMA A600 and Q600 ratings, in addition to the standard IEC ratings, making them suitable for use in most any control circuit. Low consumption versions of this relay are available for use with low level DC signals from a computer or a PLC. Adder decks can be added to a basic five pole relay to make it up to an 11 pole relay. The serrated silver-nickel contacts with wiping action provide excellent reliability in 12 or 24 volt control circuits. Special auxiliary contacts are available for switching low power down to 5 volts at 10 mA. Timer and mechanical latch attachments are available. Table 23.69: Instantaneous Control Relays Contact Composition Normally Open Terminal Type $ Price Normally Closed Number of Contacts Catalog Number DC or Low Consumption Coil AC Coil CAD32 Screw Clamp Spring Terminal 5 Ring Tongue 5 5 a 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 0 2 0 2 0 2 CAD50a CAD32a CAD503a CAD323a CAD506a CAD326a Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks (for use in normal operation environments) Maximum Number per Device Clip-on Mounting Number of Contacts Contact Composition Termination Type Front Normally Open Normally Closed 23 RELAYS AND TIMERS b c 2 0 1 1 0 2 1 — 2 0 2 Spring Terminal 1 1 0 2 2 0 1 — Not for Screw Clamp 1 1 DC devices 0 2 4 0 3 1 2 2 Screw Clamp 1 3 0 4 4b 1 — 4 0 3 1 Spring Terminal 2 2 1 3 0 4 Screw Clamp 2c 2c 4b 1 — Spring Terminal 2c 2c Auxiliary contact blocks with four contacts cannot be used on relays with low consumption coils. Includes 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. overlapping contact. Table 23.71: Catalog Number $ Price Left Side Only LADN20 LADN11 LADN02 LADN203 LADN113 LADN023 LAD8N20 LAD8N11 LAD8N02 LADN40 LADN31 LADN22 LADN13 LADN04 LADN403 LADN313 LADN223 LADN133 LADN043 LADC22 LADC223 Screw Clamp CAD323 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 110.00 Add the proper voltage code from Table 23.72 to the end of catalog number (for example, CAD50B7). Table 23.70: CAD503 62.00 62.00 62.00 62.00 62.00 62.00 20.70 20.70 20.70 20.70 20.70 20.70 20.70 20.70 20.70 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 Instantaneous Auxiliary Contacts with Dust and Damp Protected Contacts (for use in particularly harsh industrial environments) Approvals: Contact Composition File CCN E164353 NKCR Number of Contacts Maximum Number per Device Catalog Number Sealed d Normal 2 — — — — 2 1 — 2 — — — 2 — 2 — — 2 — — 2 — 4e 1 2 — — 1 1 Grounding terminal points (2 terminals jumpered together; see diagram on page 8 of Catalog 8501CT0101). Auxiliary contact blocks with four contacts cannot be used on relays with low consumption coils. $ Price Front Mounting File LR43364 Class 3211 03 d e Table 23.72: LA1DX20 LA1DX02 LA1DY20 LA1DZ40 LA1DZ31 65.00 65.00 77.00 82.00 82.00 Coil Voltage Codes f AC 50/60 Hz Coil (for additional voltage code options see page 7 of Catalog 8501CT0101). Volts 12 24 48 120 208 240 277 Code J7 B7 E7 G7 LE7 U7 W7 DC Coil (coils have built in suppression as standard) Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 Code JD BD CD ED ND SD FD DC Low Consumption Coil (coils have built in suppression as standard) Volts 5 12 24 48 72 Code AL JL BL EL SL f Add the proper voltage code to the end of catalog number. 480 T7 600 X7 125 GD 220 MD 250 UD 440 RD For replacement AC coils, see page 18-16. DC coils are not replaceable. 23-16 I12 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Relays CAD Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys™ D IEC Style Table 23.73: Time Delay Auxiliary Contact Blocks Number and Type of Contacts Maximum Number per Device Time Delay Type Termination Type Screw Clamp On-Delay 1 N.C. and 1 N.O. 1 Spring Terminal LADT Screw Clamp Off-Delay Spring Terminal (Lockout Cover, See page 7 of Catalog 8501CT0101.) a b LADT0 LADT2 LADT4 LADS2 LADT03 LADT23 LADT43 LADS23 LADR0 LADR2 LADR4 LADR03 LADR23 LADR43 Maximum Number per Device 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 Catalog Number Front mounting $ Price LA6DK10 ed 77.00 LAD6K10 e 77.00 Power should not be simultaneously applied or maintained to the mechanical latching block and the CAD relay. The duration of the control signal to the mechanical latching block and the CAD relay should be Š 100 ms. Repair part for the preceeding version (non-TeSys) of this product. Not for use on CAD devices. Complete the catalog number by adding coil voltage code from Table 23.76. (for example, LA6DK10B) Manual or electrical d e 0.1–3 s a 0.1–30 s 10–180 s 1–30 s b 0.1–3 s a 0.1–30 s 10–180 s 1–30 s b 0.1–3 s a 0.1–30 s 10–180 s 0.1–3 s a 0.1–30 s 10–180 s $ Price Mechanical Latch Blocks c Unlatching Control LA6DK Catalog Number With extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s. With switching time of 40 ms ± 15 ms between opening of the N.C. contact and closing of the N.O. contact. Table 23.74: c Range Front Mounting Table 23.75: 1 Coil Suppressor Modules These modules clip onto the right hand side of the control relay and the electrical connection is instantly made. Adding an input module is still possible. RC Circuits (Resistor-Capacitor) • • • Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to “high frequency” interference. Voltage limited to 3 Uc maximum and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time). For Mounting On: Operational Voltage Catalog Number LAD4RCE LAD4RCU 24 to 48 Vac 110 to 240 Vac CAD (Vac) $ Price 26.20 26.20 LAD4 Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage value to 2 Uc maximum. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time). 24 to 48 Vac 50 to 127 Vac 110 to 250 Vac CAD (Vac) LAD4VE LAD4VG LAD4VU 26.20 26.20 26.20 LAD4TB LAD4TS 26.20 26.20 Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage value to 2 Uc maximum. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. 24 Vac 72 Vac CAD (Vac) Table 23.76: Coil Voltage Codes Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 32/36 Vac/Vdc 42/48 Vac/Vdc 60/72 Vac/Vdc 100 Vac/Vdc 110/127 Vac/Vdc 220/240 Vac/Vdc 256/277 Vac/Vdc 380/415 Vac/Vdc Voltage Code B C E EN K F M U Q CAD (Vdc Coil) or (Low Consumption Vdc Coil) b b CAD (Vac Coil) c 0.49 12.5 (LAD-8) c1 c2 1.77 45 c 1.77 45 c1 c2 c3 c3 in. (mm) b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Without cover or add-on blocks With cover, without add-on blocks in. (mm) 32 50 323 503 3.03 (77) 3.31 (84) 3.39 (86) 3.90 (99) 3.31 (84) 3.39 (86) CAD c 23 • • RELAYS AND TIMERS Varistors (Peak Limiting) • • • I12 Discount Schedule CAD b c Without cover or add-on blocks With cover, without add-on blocks 32 50 323 503 3.03 (77) 3.66 (93) 3.74 (95) 3.90 (99) 3.66 (93) 3.74 (95) 23-17 Industrial Relays CAD Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys™ D IEC Style Relays Table 23.77: Cabling Accessory Description Catalog Number Without coil suppression Mounting Adapter For adapting existing wiring to a new product Table 23.78: • With coil suppression $ Price LAD4BB 23.00 24 to 48 Vac LAD4BBVE 23.00 50 to 127 Vac LAD4BBVG 23.00 110 to 250 Vac LAD4BBVU 23.00 Electronic Serial Timer Modules a Mounted using adaptor LAD4BB, to be ordered separately, see listing above. On-delay Type Operational Voltage 24 to 250 Vac a Time Delay Catalog Number 0.1 to 2 s LA4DT0U $ Price 82.00 1.5 to 30 s LA4DT2U 82.00 25 to 500 s LA4DT4U 82.00 For 24 V operation, the relay must be fitted with a 21 V coil (code Z7). Table 23.79: Auto-Man-Stop Control Modules For local override operation tests with two-position “Auto-Man” switch and “O-I” switch • Mounted using adaptor LAD4BB, to be ordered separately, see listing above. Operational Voltage Catalog Number 24 to 100 Vac Table 23.80: $ Price LA4DMK 35.00 Accessories (ordered separately) For Connection For Mounting On: Must be Ordered in Multiples of: Catalog Number Sheet of 64 self-adhesive blank labels 8 x 33 CAD, LAD (4 contacts), LA6DK 10 LAD21 5.20 Sheet of 112 self-adhesive blank labels 8 x 12 LAD (2 contacts), LADT 10 LAD22 5.20 LADT, LADR 1 LA9D901 5.50 1 LAD9ET1 5.20 Description $ Price ea. For Marking 23 For Protection Lockout cover Relay cover preventing access to the moving contact carrier CAD RELAYS AND TIMERS Table 23.81: Application Data Type CAD (Vac) CAD (Vdc) Low Consumption Conforming to IEC 60947-1-1 Overvoltage category III and degree of pollution 3 690 V 690 V 690 V Conforming to UL, CSA 600 V 600 V 600 V Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 60947-1-1 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV Separation of Electrical Circuits To IEC 536 and VDE 0106 Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) Reinforced insulation up to 400 V IEC 60947-1-1, N-F C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794. EN 60947-5-15 Conforming to Standards UL: File: E164353 CCN: NKCR CSA: File: Class: 3211 03 LR43364 CE Approvals 23-18 CAD (Vdc) Protective Treatment Conforming to IEC 68 “TH” (Tropical Finish). See page 23 of Catalog 8501CT0101 for details. Degree of Protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Front face protected against direct finger contact IP 2X I12 Discount Schedule Protection against direct finger contact © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Relays CA2K and CA3K Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys™ K IEC Style Relays Table 23.82: • • Control Relays • • Mounting on 35 mm DIN 3 track or 4 screw direct mounting. Screws in open “ready-to-tighten” position. Control Circuit Supply CA2KN22 • • CA2KN403 • • a NEMA A600, Q600 IEC AC15, DC13 Contact Configuration Type of Termination Catalog Number a Consumption N.O. $ Price N.C. 4 0 CA2KN40 • • Screw clamp 3 1 CA2KN31 • • 2 2 CA2KN22 • • 4 0 CA2KN403 • • Spring Termination 3 1 CA2KN313 • • 2 2 CA2KN223 • • AC 4.5 VA 4 0 CA2KN407 • • Faston 1 x 6.35 3 1 CA2KN317 • • or 2 x 2.8 2 2 CA2KN227 • • 4 0 CA2KN405 • • Solder pins for printed circuit 3 1 CA2KN315 • • board 2 2 CA2KN225 • • 4 0 CA3KN40 • • Screw clamp 3 1 CA3KN31 • • 2 2 CA3KN22 • • 4 0 CA3KN403 • • Spring Termination 3 1 CA3KN313 • • 2 2 CA3KN223 • • DC 3W 4 0 CA3KN407 • • Faston 1 x 6.35 3 1 CA3KN317 • • or 2 x 2.8 2 2 CA3KN227 • • 4 0 CA3KN405 • • Solder pins for printed circuit 3 1 CA3KN315 • • board 2 2 CA3KN225 • • Complete catalog number by adding proper voltage code from Table 23.84 or Table 23.85 (for example, CA2KN40G7). Table 23.83: 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 35.50 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 Low Consumption Control Relays Compatible with programmable controller outputs. Mounting on 35 mm DIN 3 track or 4 screw direct mounting. Screws in open “ready-to-tighten” position. 4 0 CA4KN40 • •• 3 1 CA4KN31 • • • 2 2 CA4KN22 • • • 4 0 CA4KN403 • •• Spring Termination 3 1 CA4KN313 • •• 2 2 CA4KN223 • •• DC 1.8 W 4 0 CA4KN407 • •• Faston 1 x 6.35 3 1 CA4KN317 • •• or 2 x 2.8 2 2 CA4KN227 • •• 4 0 CA4KN405 • •• Solder pins for 3 1 CA4KN315 • •• printed circuit board 2 2 CA4KN225 • •• Complete catalog number by adding proper voltage code from Table 23.86 (for example, CA4KN40BW3). 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 Screw clamp CA4KN405 • • • a Table 23.84: Vac 50/60 Hz 12 Coil Voltage Codes for CA2K Control Relays (0.8–1.15 Uc) (0.85–1.1 Uc) 24 36 42 48 110 120 127 208 220/ 230 230 230/ 240 380/ 400 400/ 415 400 440 480 500 Voltage J7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 Code Note: Up to and including 240 V, coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72. (Price Adder 9.50) CA3KN407 • • Table 23.85: 660/ 690 Y7 Coil Voltage Codes for CA3K Control Relays (0.8–1.15 Uc) Vdc 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 Voltage Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD Note: Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3. Table 23.86: 125 220 230 240 250 GD LD MD (Price Adder 9.50) 200 MPD MUD UD Coil Voltage Codes for CA4K, Low Consumption Control Relays (Wide Range Coil: 0.7–1.3 Uc) Vdc Voltage Code 12 24 48 72 JW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 Approvals: File CCN © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved RELAYS AND TIMERS • • LED indicator incorporated. Wide range coil (70 to 130% Uc), suppressor fitted as standard. 164353 NKCR File LR43364 Class 3211 03 I12 Discount Schedule 23-19 23 • • Industrial Relays CA2K and CA3K Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys™ K IEC Style Relays Table 23.87: Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks bc Clip-on Front Mounting, 1 Block Per Control Relay Contact Configuration Type of Connection Catalog Number N.O. 2 0 1 4 3 2 1 0 2 1 0 4 3 2 1 0 2 0 1 4 3 2 1 0 LA1KN40 LA1KN20 Screw Clamp Spring Termination LA1KN403 LA2KT electronic time delay contact blocks 1.34 1.45 34 38 1.34 2.24 34 57 58 2.28 Faston 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 27 1.06 LA2KT a b c On panel 4xØ4 2.24 57 = 1.38 35 1.77 45 = = = = 250 VA or 150 W Operating temperature –10 to + 60oC (+14o F to 140o F) 1.5 s during the time delay period, 0.5 s after the time delay. 1.97 50 58 45 Clips on front of relay mm 59 66 in. mm Conforming to Standards Approvals Catalog No. 100 LA9D90 $ Price ea. 0.06 IEC 947, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 5424, CE UL, CSA, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, FI Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 68 (DIN 50016) “TC” (Climateproof) Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Storage Operation Ambient air temperature Maximum operating altitude 23-20 Sold in lots of Environment Product AM1DP200 AM1DE200 32.80 AB1R•g 4 maximum per Strip of 10 identical numbers, 0 to 9 25 0.70 device Strip of 10 identical capital letters A to Z AB1G•g For AC and DC voltages 12 to 24 V (varistor) LA4KE1Bd LA4KE1Ed Clips onto front For AC and DC voltages 32 to 48 V (varistor) Suppressor of relay with For AC and DC voltages 50 to 129 V (varistor) LA4KE1FCd modules with locating device. For AC and DC voltages 130 to 250 V (varistor) 5 LA4KE1UG d 9.80 incorporated No tools LED indicator required for For DC voltages 12 to 24 V (diode + Zener diode) LA4KC1Be connection. For DC voltages 32 to 48 V (diode + Zener diode) LA4KC1Ee For AC voltages 220 to 250 V (RC) LA4KA1Uf d Protection by the limitation of the transient voltage to 2 Uc maximum. Maximum reduction of the transient voltage peaks. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1 to 1.5 times normal). e No overvoltage or oscillation frequency. Polarized component. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1 to 1.5 times normal). f Protection by limitation of the transient voltage to 3 Uc max. and limitation of the oscillation frequency. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.2 times to twice normal). g See “Clip-in Marker Strips” in Catalog 8501CT0101 for information on completing the catalog number. Table 23.91: in. 2.22 2.60 $ Price Clip-on markersg A2 1.77 Catalog No. LA2KT2E LA2KT2U Accessories (supplied separately) Description n AM1DP200 or AM1DE200 mounting rail—35 mm DIN rail (see page 22-16 for additional DIN rail) C Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per control Relay Voltage (V) Type Timing Range, s Composition C.O. AC or DC / 24 to 48 On-delay 1 to 30 1 AC / 110 to 240 Note: For other electronic timers see Type RE7 and 9050 Type JCK, pages 23-28 and 23-30. A1 2.05 53 2.28 58 1.77 45 2.28 0.85–1.1 Uc Maximum switching capacity Marker holderg 10xØ1.3 C 240 Vac/Vdc, 2 A maximum Table 23.90: On printed circuit board 0.34 8.65 Electronic Time Delay Contact Blocks Control voltage Table 23.89: 1.97 50 = 2.28 58 RELAYS AND TIMERS 1.22 31 14.20 14.20 14.20 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 14.20 14.20 14.20 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 14.20 14.20 14.20 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 27.30 Relay output, with common point changeover contact Reset time = 23 LA1-K LA1KN20 LA1KN02 LA1KN11 LA1KN40a LA1KN31a LA1KN22a LA1KN13a LA1KN04a LA1KN203 LA1KN113 LA1KN023 LA1KN403a LA1KN313a LA1KN223a LA1KN133a LA1KN043a LA1KN207 LA1KN027 LA1KN117 LA1KN407a LA1KN317a LA1KN227a LA1KN137a LA1KN047a Not to be used on CA4KN relays. Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per control relay. Auxiliary contact module not suitable for safety circuits. Table 23.88: Approximate dimensions for CA2, CA3, CA4K control relays N.C. 0 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 0 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 $ Price I12 Discount Schedule Without derating Protection against direct finger contact -58 to 176 oF (-50 to 80oC) -13 to 122 oF (-25 to 50oC) 6562 ft (2000 m) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Industrial Relays CA2SK and CA3SK Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us TeSys™ SK IEC Style Relays Table 23.92: • • • IEC Style Industrial Control Relays Miniature size saves space. Mounts on 35 mm DIN 3 track Up to 4 poles. Contact Configuration Control Circuit Supply Consumption AC Type of Termination Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 1 1 CA2SK11 •• a 2 0 CA2SK20 •• a 1 1 CA3SK11 •• a 2 0 CA3SK20 •• a 4.2 VA Screw clamp DC CA2SK11G7 a 2.2 W $ Price 43.70 51.00 Use the appropriate voltage code to complete the catalog number (for example: CA2SK11G7) Table 23.93: Contact Adder Decks (for CA2SK20 only) Contact Configuration Type of Termination Catalog Number N.O. N.C. 2 0 LA1SK20 1 1 LA1SK11 0 2 LA1SK02 Screw clamp $ Price 16.90 Transient Suppressor Module Dampens the voltage spike that may occur when the relay coil is de-energized. The spike may adversely affect solid state equipment near the relay. The transient suppressor module snaps into a cavity located in the side of the relay. These modules can be used with CA2SK and CA3SK relays. LA1SK11 Table 23.94: Transient Suppressor Module Control Circuit Voltage Catalog Number 24–48 Vac 50/60 Hz, 24–48 Vdc LA4SKEIE 110–250 Vac 50/60 Hz, 110–250 Vdc LA4SKEIU Table 23.95: 21.80 Coil Voltage Codes for Control Relays Voltage 50/60 Hz DC b $ Price 12 24 36 48 72 110 120 220 230 240 380 400 480 — B7 b — E7 b — F7 G7 b M7 b P7 U7 b Q7 V7 T7 b — — — — — JD BD CD ED SD — — — Alternating relays CA2SKE available in these voltages only. No other voltages are available. These alternating relays are used to alternate the use of 2 motor circuits. When the coil is energized the first time, one contact closes and will open when the coil is de-energized. When the coil is energized again, the other contact will close and will open when the coil is de-energized. The contacts from these alternators are to be used in the control circuit of the starters that are controlling pump or compressor motors. Approvals: UL File: E164353 CCN: NKCR; CSA File: LR43364 Class: 3211 03. Table 23.96: Alternating Relays Coil Voltage (Voltage-Hz) $ Price a Table 23.97: Contact Ratings for CA2SK, CA3SK, AND CA2SKE20 Relays AC DC Inductive 35% PF Approvals: Volts Make Resistive 75% PF Break Continuous Amperes NEMA Rating A File CCN E164353 NKCR A VA Volts Continuous Amperes 3 60 6 24 240 30 3 60 2 110 0.8 240 0.2 A600 600 7200 15 12 720 1.5 10 10 1.2 1.06 2.19 .20 27 56 5 .16 (4) 56 2.20 Approximate Dimensions for CA2SKE Relay #8 or 4mm 1.93 (49) 2.28 (58) .14 4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Make, Break and Continuos Amperes 120 480 File LR43364 Class 3211 03 VA 23 CA2SKE20 Type 24–50/60 CA2SKE20••a 120.00 Use the appropriate voltage code to complete the catalog number (for example, CAZSK11G7). Only available with voltages indicated above. RELAYS AND TIMERS Alternating Relays, CA2SKE Refer to Catalog 8501CT9701 Dual Dimensions: I12 INCHES Millimeters Discount Schedule 1.77 (45) 2.68 (68) 1.36 (34.5) 23-21 Industrial Relays Square D™ NEMA Style Type X Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT9601 Table 23.102: AC Contact Ratings (for DC ratings, see page 23-23) AC Control Relays • • Straight-through wiring Plug-in contact cartridges for easy contact conversion and replacement Contact conversion without removing terminal screws or wires Self-lifting pressure wire connectors Replaceable coil • • • Table 23.98: AC Control Relays Normally Open Convertible Instantaneous Contacts Type XMO40 Control Relay a Table 23.99: Type XMO40 Master Relay b V Make NEMA Rating A VA 120 Standard 240 or Overlapping 480 600 Masterd — A600 — — Device AC Relay AC Latching Relay Pick-Up 15 15 Drop-Out 16 13 Table 23.104: Voltage Codes Open Typeb Typec 2 XMO20 4 XMO40 6 XMO60 Attachments not permitted on this relay. $ Price 204.00 336.00 457.00 AC Voltages - Hz 12–60 24–60 24–50 48–60 48–50 120–60/110–50 208–60 240–60/220–50 277–60 480–60/440–50 600–60/550–50 Code V11 V01 V12 V18 V16 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 AC Control Relays and AC Master Relays A 2.23 1.12 57 28 .19 5 23 Easily convertible On Delay or Off Delay Two adjustable timing ranges Repeat accuracy well above ±10% Convertible 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. timed contacts Large knob for easy adjustment of time delay Off Delay mode times out even after loss of power. Dual Dimensions: INCHES Millimeters 3.50 89 3.12 79 Prov. for (2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws B30080-064 Table 23.100: AC Timing Relays RELAYS AND TIMERS Type XO40XTE1 Timing Relay VA Maximum of six 8501 Type XC4 Master Cartridges may be used on only 7 and 8 pole AC Devices AC Timing Relays • • • • • • A Make, Break Continuous and Amperes Continuous Amperes 60 6 30 7200 3 720 10 10 15 1.5 12 1.2 Same as standard cartridge above except substitute 20 A for the continuous ampere rating 150 Vac, 150 mA, 8 W Maximum A600 Logic Reed Break Table 23.103: Average Operating Time (ms) AC Master Relays Number of N.O. 20 Ampere Convertible Contacts Type of Cartridge d 20 ampere contact rating due to use of master contact cartridges. d Provisions for standard cartridges to be used in contact cavities not occupied by master cartridges in 2-8 pole AC relay. • Resistive 75% Power Factor Inductive 35% Power Factor Control Relay a Typec $ Price 0 XO00 98.00 2 XO20 144.00 3 XO30 169.00 4 XO40 192.00 6 XO60 242.00 8 XO80 288.00 10 XO1000 336.00 12 XO1200 385.00 A maximum of 8 N.C. contacts is allowed on 9–12 pole relays. AC Master Relays • www.schneider-electric.us Timed Timing Relay N.O. Timing Convertible Convertible 0.2–60 s 5–180 s Mode Instantaneous Contacts Contacts N.O. N.C. Typec Typec 0 1 1 XO00XTE1 XO00XTE2 On 2 1 1 XO20XTE1 XO20XTE2 Delay 4 1 1 XO40XTE1 XO40XTE2 0 1 1 XO00XTD1 XO00XTD2 Off 2 1 1 XO20XTD1 XO20XTD2 Delay 4 1 1 XO40XTD1 XO40XTD2 Table 23.105: Dimensions and Weight $ Price 432.00 480.00 529.00 432.00 480.00 529.00 No. of Poles 0–4 6–8 10–12 Dim. A in. mm 3.95 100 5.16 131 6.36 162 Shipping Weight, lb 2.0 2.3 2.7 AC Latching Relay Dimensions AC Latching Relays • Mechanical latch holds all contacts switched even after removal of power from replaceable latching coil. Provides sequence memory in the event of power loss. Ideal for press control, process control and punch presses. Replaceable unlatch coil to switch contacts back to original state. • • A .19 5 N.O. Convertible Instantaneous Contacts 2 3 4 6 8 c 3.50 89 Dual Dimensions: INCHES Latching Relay Typec XO20XL XO30XL XO40XL XO60XL XO80XL 2.23 57 3.12 79 Table 23.101: AC Latching Relays Type XO40XL Latching Relay 1.12 28 Millimeters $ Price 313.00 336.00 360.00 408.00 457.00 Table 23.106: Dimensions and Weight No. ofPoles 2–4 6–8 Voltage Code must be specified to order these products. Refer to Table 23.104 and insert the code as shown in Table 23.107: How to Order. Dim. A in. mm 6.54 166 7.74 197 Shipping Weight, lb 2.8 3.1 For replacement coils, see page 23-24. Approvals: Table 23.107: How to Order File E78403 CCN NKCR File Class 060905 3211 03 IEC 60947-1 23-22 CP2 Discount Schedule • • • To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Catalog Number Class Type 8501 XO40 Voltage Code V02 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Type X™ Relays Industrial Relays Square D™ NEMA Style Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us DC Latching Relays • DC Control Relays • Replaceable, highly reliable pure DC power plant: no economizing resistors, overlapping contacts or dualwound coil. Utilizes the same Type XB adder decks and attachments as the AC version. Offers all the features of the AC relay. Available in up to 8 poles. All contact poles are usable since no overlapping contacts are needed. • • • • Type XDO40 Control Relay • • • Type XDO40XDL Latching Relay Mechanical latch holds all contacts switched even after removal of power from replaceable latching coil. Provides sequence memory in the event of power loss. Ideal for sequencing applications such as press control, process control and punch presses. Replaceable unlatch coil to switch contacts back to original state. Table 23.112: DC Latching Relays Latching Relay Normally Open Convertible Instantaneous Contacts Table 23.108: DC Control Relays Control Relay Normally Open Convertible Instantaneous Contacts Type XDO00e XDO20e XDO40e XDO60e XDO80e 0 2 4 6 8 $ Price 216.00 264.00 313.00 360.00 408.00 Type $ Price 2 XDO20XDL e 485.00 4 XDO40XDL e 534.00 6 XDO60XDL e 582.00 8 XDO80XDL e 629.00 Note: Unlatch coil is rated for intermittent duty and should be connected through a N.O. contact of the relay if the input signal is maintained. Order one more N.O. contact than the application requires to use as a coil clearing contact. A 2.23 57 .25 6 DC Control Relay Utility Auxiliary Relay 1.12 28 No. of Poles Table 23.109: Dimensions A 2.23 1.12 57 28 .25 6 Dim. A No. of Poles in. 5.17 6.37 7.60 0–4 6–8 10–12 3.56 90 3.12 79 mm 131 162 193 3.56 90 Shipping Weight lb. 3.1 3.4 3.8 Shipping Weight, lb. mm 197 228 3.9 4.2 DC Utility Relays Ideal for utility plant applications where reliable performance and a pure DC power plant is required. In addition to the Type XDO relay features, the Type XUDO provides: • • DC Timing Relays • • • • • • 2–4 6–8 3.12 79 Dim. A in. 7.76 8.98 Prov. for (2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws B30080-159 Prov. for (2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws B30080-066 Table 23.113: Dimensions Easily convertible On Delay or Off Delay. Two adjustable timing ranges. Repeat accuracy well above ±10%. Convertible 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. timed contacts. Large knob for easy adjustment of time delay. Off Delay mode times out even after loss of power. Type XUDO40 Utility Relay • Up to 12 poles N.O. or N.C. Nominal 125 Vdc coil, capable of handling 140 Vdc continuously and picking up at 105 Vdc after having been operated at 140 Vdc continuously. Other voltages with comparable operating characteristics are available. Enclosed device capable of operating in 145°F ambient. Number of Convertible Contacts N.O. 4 0 8 0 12 0 Table 23.110: DC Timing Relays 0 2 4 0 2 4 On Delay Off Delay 7.77 197 Timed Convertible Contacts N.O. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Timing Relay N.C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 .25 6 0.2–60 s 5–180 s Type XDO00XTE1 e XDO20XTE1 e XDO40XTE1 e XDO00XTD1 e XDO20XTD1 e XDO40XTD1 e Type XDO00XTE2 e XDO20XTE2 e XDO40XTE2 e XDO00XTD2 e XDO20XTD2 e XDO40XTD2 e $ Price 522.00 601.00 648.00 522.00 601.00 648.00 Device DC Relay DC Latching Relay DC Voltages for 8501 XUDO Relays ONLY 6 12 24 48 125 250 Pick-Up 37 37 Inductive Resistive Make and Break Continuous Make and Continuous Amperes Break Amperes Amperes 138 VA Max. Amperes 125 1.1 5 4 5 Standard P600 250 0.55 5 0.8 5 Overlapping 125 P150 1.1 5 4 5 Logic Reed — — 30 Vdc, 60 ma Note: Do not use any 8501 Type XC4 Master Cartridges on any DC-operated device. NEMA Rating © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 510.00 629.00 Drop-Out 21 45 DC Voltages for 8501 XDO Relays 6 12 24 32 48 72 90 115/125 230/250 Code V50 V51 V53 V56 V63 V67 Prov. for (2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws e Code V50 V51 V53 V54 V56 V58 V59 V62 V66 Voltage code must be specified to order these products. Refer to Table 23.116 and insert the appropriate code as shown in Table 23.117: How to Order. DC Ratings Volts 390.00 Table 23.116: Voltage Codes—8501 XUDO and XDO Relays 2.23 1.12 57 28 Table 23.111: DC Contact Ratings (for AC ratings, see page 23-22) Type of Cartridge $ Price Table 23.115: Average Operating Times (in ms) 3.56 903.12 79 B30080-075 A Type XUDO40 e XUDO04 e XUDO80 e XUDO08 e XUDO1200 e XUDO0012 e 23 Normally Open Convertible Instantaneous Contacts Timing Mode Open Type N.C. 0 4 0 8 0 12 Table 23.117: How to Order • • • To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Catalog Number Class Type Voltage Code 8501 XDO40 V53 For Replacement coils, see page 23-24 For UL and CSA approvals, see page 23-22 Discount Schedule RELAYS AND TIMERS Table 23.114: DC Utility Relays Type XDO40XTE2 Timing Relay 23-23 Industrial Relays Square D™ NEMA Style Type X™ Relays Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Table 23.118: Type X™ Relays Description Mechanical Latch Attachment—Mounts on any 2 through 8-pole relay (except XMO master relay). The Type XL and XDL latch attachments are identical in size and mounting provisions. The Type XLAC latch attachment has a continuous-duty-rated coil which is replaceable. The Type XDLDC latch attachment has an intermittent–rated coil (replaceable) and should be connected through a N.O. contact of the basic relay if the input signal is maintained to the unlatch coil. AC Latch Attachment DC Latch Attachment Pneumatic Timer Attachment—Mounts only on any 0 through 4-pole AC or DC relays (except XMO master relay). It provides 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. convertible timed contacts, which are the same Type XC1 cartridges used on the basic relay. Two timing ranges are available, and conversion from On Delay to Off Delay or vice versa is easy. Off Delay 0.2–60 seconds 5–180 seconds On Delay 0.2–60 seconds 5–180 seconds Type Timer Lockout Cover—Fits over the time delay adjustment knob of any Type XT timing attachment. The Lockout Cover is designed to protect the time setting against accidental adjustment. It mounts directly to the timing attachment with two included screws. $ Price XLa XDLa 169.00 222.00 XTD1 XTD2 336.00 336.00 XTE1 XTE2 336.00 336.00 XJ1 9.00 XB20 XB40 48.00 98.00 XC1 24.20 XC2 24.20 Adder Decks—Adder decks are used to expand the number of poles on a relay. The basic 4-pole relay can be easily converted to an 8-pole or 12-pole relay by installing one or two adder decks. The Class 8501 Type XB20 comes with 2 convertible contact cartridges and will accept 2 additional convertible contact cartridges. The Class 8501 Type XB40 comes with 4 convertible contact cartridges. The same Type XB adder deck is used for both the middle and upper decks of the AC or DC relay. With 2 N.O. contact cartridges With 4 N.O. contact cartridges Contact Cartridges—The Type X relay offers 4 Types of contact cartridges. All are color–coded for visual identification of each Type. Standard Cartridge—The standard cartridge, used for most applications, has a black case. Overlapping Cartridge—Same NEMA Type A600 AC rating as standard cartridge and a NEMA Type P150 DC rating. When it is used in the N.O. mode it will close early and when used in the N.C. mode it will open late. If two or more are used together, the N.O. contacts will close before the N.C. contacts open as the relay picks up. Overlap also occurs during dropout. Overlapping cartridge has a red case. May be ordered factory installed: • Substitute 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 2 standard cartridges. • Substitute 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 4 standard cartridges. • Substitute 3 N.O. and 3 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 6 standard cartridges. • Substitute 4 N.O. and 4 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 8 standard cartridges. Master Cartridge—Features the same contact ratings as the Type XC1 standard cartridge except it has a 20 ampere continuous current rating instead of 10 amperes. It can be used in circuits where a master relay is required. Master cartridge has a blue case. Maximum of 6 master cartridges may be used on any 7 and 8-pole AC relays. Do not use any master cartridges on 9-12-pole AC or any DC-operated devices. Note: If master cartridges are added to a standard relay, attachments (latch mechanism, timers, etc.) cannot be used. Logic Reed Cartridge—See logic reed adder deck above. Form Y1591 Y1592 Y1593 Y1594 Add 24.20 Add 24.20 Add 24.20 Add 24.20 23 RELAYS AND TIMERS XC4 60.00 Mounting Track—The mounting track has pre-punched mounting holes to simplify mounting the track on the control panel. The relay mounting screws are factory installed on the track so that the relays can be hung prior to tightening the screws. 9 in. long for 4 relays 18 in. long for 8 relays 27 in. long for 12 relays 36 in. long for 16 relays XM4 XM8 XM12 XM16 19.70 29.80 36.40 42.90 Manual Test Tool—Provides a means of manually switching the contacts of a basic relay or timing relay and holding all contacts in their switched state until the tool is removed. This simplifies the checking of control circuits without power on the coil or contacts. XA1 6.10 Transient Suppressor—Consists of an R-C circuit designed to suppress coil generated transients to approximately 200 percent of peak voltage. It is particularly useful when switching the Type X relay near solid state equipment. It is designed for use on coils up to 120 Vac. XS1 48.00 NEMA 1 Enclosure—Formed from sheet steel to provide strength and rigidity. Two conduit knockouts are located in both the top and Class 9991 bottom of the enclosure. The enclosure is furnished with self tapping screws for mounting the relay inside the enclosure. Type Accommodates a single 4 or 8-pole AC or DC relay, 12-pole AC relay, 4-pole AC latching relay, and 4-pole AC timing relay. UE7 Note: The 4-pole DC latching relay, 4-pole DC timing relay, 8-pole AC and DC latching relays and 12-pole utility auxiliary relay will not fit. a 29.60 See Mechanical Latch Attachment Voltage Codes table below: Table 23.119: Mechanical Latch Attachment Voltage Codes AC Voltage 24–60 24–50 120–60/110–50 208–60 240–60/220–50 277–60 480–60/440–50 600–60/550–50 Code V01 V12 V02 V08 V03 V04 V06 V07 DC Voltage 6 12 18 24 48 72 90 115/125 230/250 Table 23.120: How to Order Code V50 V51 V99 V53 V56 V58 V59 V62 V66 • • • • To Order Specify: Class Number Type Number Voltage Code for mechanical latch attachment Form for factory installed overlapping contacts Catalog Number Class Type 8501 XTE1 Table 23.121: Relay Coil Selection and Pricing Device Type DC Device Type Equipment To Be Serviced Class 8501 Type XD XDL XUD Equipment To Be Serviced Coil Prefix, or Class and Type Hz 9998 XD 9998 XDL 9998 XUD — — — SUFFIX (The complete coil number consists of prefix or the Class and Type, followed by suffix.) 6V 19 19 19 12 V 28 28 28 18 V 34 34B — 24 V 37 37B 37 32 V 40 40B — 48 V 46 46B 46 64 V 49 49B — 72 V 52 52B — 90 V 55 55B — Coil Burden Watts 110 V 115/125 V 220 V 230/250 V — 58 — 67 18 — 58B — 67B 50 — 58d — 67c 16 Coil Volt-Amperes Coil Prefix or Class and Type Class Type — 24 V 110-115 120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 440 V 480 V 550 V 600 V In-rush Sealed V 60 23 — 44 51 52 53 55 — — 62 — 65 148 23 XO, AC 8501 9998 X b XMO 50 24 44 — 52 53 — — — 62 — 65 — 143 25 b To order an unlatch coil add the letter “L” to the type number and the letter “B” to the suffix number. Example: for a 120 V 60 Hz unlatch coil order a Class 9998 Type XL44B. c Not dual rated—250 Vdc only d 125 Vdc only 23-24 CP2 Discount Schedule $ Price 168.00 216.00 168.00 $ Price 69.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Solid State Relays Type SSR Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US www.schneider-electric.us Schneider Electric Solid State Relays Solid state relays do not have any moving parts to wear out. Combined with vibration resistance, arc-less switching and the lack of acoustical noise, you have the ideal product for switching applications that demand reliable execution. For added reliability the Zelio™ SSRP and SSRD solid state relays utilize Direct Copper Bonding (DCB) technology to decrease internal temperatures and improve the overall quality of the product. Key features include: SSRPCDS25A1 • • • • • • • • • Input voltage range 3 to 32 Vdc, 90 to 280 Vac Breaking capacities up to 125 A Zero voltage turn on, low EMI / RFI No moving parts Shock and Vibration resistant No acoustical noise Fast response Arc-less switching Long life (>109 operations) Table 23.122: Solid State Relays Voltage Range Switching Input Output Load Current Range V V A 3•••32 DC 24•••280 AC Catalog Number $ Price ea. Panel Mounted 48•••530 AC SSRDCDS10A1 4•••32 DC 48•••660 AC SCR Output Zero voltage switching 24•••280 AC 90•••280 AC 48•••530 AC 48•••660 AC MOSFET Output Instant switching 3.5•••32 DC 0•••100 DC 4•••32 DC 24•••280 AC 3•••32 DC 24•••280 AC 90•••280 AC 24•••280 AC 90•••140 AC 24•••280 AC 10 25 50 75 90 125 10 25 50 75 90 125 12 25 40 SSRPCDS10A1 SSRPCDS25A1 SSRPCDS50A1 SSRPCDS75A2 SSRPCDS90A3 SSRPCDS125A3 SSRPP8S10A1 SSRPP8S25A1 SSRPP8S50A1 SSRPP8S75A2 SSRPP8S90A3 SSRPP8S125A3 SSRPCDM12D5 SSRPCDM25D5 SSRPCDM40D5 40.60 41.90 59.00 100.00 114.00 144.00 43.10 45.70 53.00 114.00 117.00 134.00 66.00 82.00 114.00 10 20 30 45 10 20 30 45 SSRDCDS10A1 SSRDCDS20A1 SSRDCDS30A1 SSRDCDS45A1 SSRDP8S10A1 SSRDP8S20A1 SSRDP8S30A1 SSRDF8S45A1 58.00 81.00 85.00 100.00 61.00 70.00 78.00 106.00 SCR Output Zero voltage switching SSRDCDS45A1 Table 23.123: Accessories For Panel Mount Solid State Relays Description Heat Sink Pre-Cut Thermal Transfer Pad (sold in pack sof 10) For Use With Relays SSRPP8S••• • SSRPCDS••• • SSRPP8S••• • SSRPCDS••• • Load Current Range Catalog Number up to 50 A SSRAH1 $ Price ea. 26.00 up to 125 A SSRAT1 2.30 RELAYS AND TIMERS DIN Rail Mounted 23 SSRAH1 SSRAT1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule 23-25 Timers RE11/RE48/REXL Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio ™ IEC Style—17.9 mm wide Table 23.124: RE11 Modular Timers—17.9 mm wide (Multi-range timers offering 7 selectable ranges) Output 1 C/O contact RE11RLMU Functions Supply Voltages Rated Current Catalog Number $ Price On delay 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RAMU 42.90 Interval 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RHMU 42.90 Asymmetrical repeat cycle 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RLMU 53.00 Asymmetrical repeat cycle 12 Vac/Vdc 8A RE11RLJU 75.00 One shot 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RBMU 52.00 Off delay with control start 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RCMU 52.00 Multi-function a 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RMMU 62.00 Multi-function a 12–240 Vac/Vdc 8A RE11RMMW 75.00 Multi-function a 12–240 Vac/Vdc 8A RE11RMMWS 75.00 Multi-function a 12 Vac/Vdc 8A RE11RMJU 75.00 Multi-function b 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RMEMU 75.00 Multi-function a 24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac 8A RE11RMXMU 75.00 a Timing ranges: 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–10 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr, 10–100 hr b Timing ranges: 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–10 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr IEC 61812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + Conforming to standards EMC directive (89/336/EEC + IEC 60669-2-3) cULus File: E173076 CNN: NRNT File: E173076 CNN: NRNT7 Approvals CSA File: 217698 Class 3211 07 CE GL except RE11 RMX MU and RE11 RME MU o o F ( C) –22 to +140 (–30 to +60) Ambient air temperature around the Storage o o device Operation F ( C) –4 to +140 (–20 to +60) Table 23.125: RE11 Modular Timers—17.9 mm wide (Multi-function, dual function or single function) Functions RE11LHBM Supply Voltages Rated Current Catalog Number 0.7A 0.7A 0.7A 0.7A 0.7A RE11LAMW RE11LHBM RE11LCBM RE11LLBM RE11LMBM Solid state output On delay 24–240 Vac/Vdc Interval 24–240 Vac Off delay with control contact 24–240 Vac Asymmetrical repeat cycle 24–240 Vac Multi-function 24–240 Vac Timing ranges: 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–10 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr, 10–100 hr 45.40 42.90 52.00 75.00 62.00 IEC 61812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + EMC directive (89/336/EEC + IEC 60669-2-3) Conforming to standards cULus File: E173076 CNN: NRNT File: E173076 CNN: NRNT7 File: 217698 Class: 3211 07 23 Approvals Ambient air temperature around the device $ Price CSA CE Storage oF (oC) –22 to 140 (–30 to +60 Operation oF (oC) –4 to 140 (–20 to +60) RELAYS AND TIMERS Table 23.126: RE48 Panel Mount Timers (For required socket, refer to the catalog section) Functions Supply Voltages Rated Current Catalog Number $ Price Single function: on delay, two relay outputs Repeat cycle: two relay outputs Multi-function: on delay, one shot, off delay, repeat cycle Multi-function: on delay and interval, two relay outputs, of which one selectable and instantaneous 24–240 Vac/Vdc 24–240 Vac/Vdc 24–240 Vac/Vdc 2x5A 2x5A 2x5A RE48ATM12MW RE48ACV12MW RE48AML12MW 73.00 88.00 86.00 24–240 Vac/Vdc 2 x 5A RE48AMH13MW 86.00 IEC 61812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EM 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) + ENC directive (89/336/EEC + IEC 60669-2-3) Conforming to standards File: E173076 CNN: NRNT2 File: E173076 CNN: NRNT8 File: 217698 Class: 3211 070 cURus RE48A TM12MW Approvals CSA CE, C-Tick, GL RoHS compliant as of date code 0625 o o F ( C) –40 to 158 (–40 to +70) Storage o o Operation F ( C) –4 to 122 (–20 to +50) Ambient air temperature around the device Table 23.127: REXL Miniature Plug-in Timers (For required socket, refer to the catalog section) 4 pole REXL2TMJD Approvals: 23-26 2 pole Rated Rated Function Supply Voltages Current Catalog Number $ Price Current 12 Vdc 3A REXL4TMJD 56.00 5A 24 Vdc c 3A REXL4TMBD 56.00 5A Single function (On-Delay 24 Vac 50/60 Hz c 3A REXL4TMB7 56.00 5A 120 Vac 50/60 Hz 3A REXL4TMF7 56.00 5A 230 Vac 50/60 Hz 3A REXL4TMP7 56.00 5A Timing Ranges 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–1 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr, 10–100 hr For 48 Vac supply, additional resistor 390 ohm 4 W / 24 V c For 48 Vac supply, additional resistor 560 ohm 2 W / 24 V File CCN E173076 NRNT2 File CCN E173076 NRNT8 CP2 Discount Schedule File Class Catalog Number REXL2TMJD REXL2TMBD REXL2TMB7 REXL2TMF7 REXL2TMP7 217698 321107 $ Price 53.00 53.00 53.00 53.00 53.00 IEC 61812-1 RoHS as of date Compliant code 0625 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Timers RE7 Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio ™ IEC Style—22.5 mm These timers offer multi range timing from 0.05 to 300 hours, in 10 timing ranges. Table 23.128: RE7M 6 Function and 8 Function Timers Function Supply Voltages 6 Function Timer On-Delay Timer Off-Delay Timer Interval Timer • start on energization • start on opening of remote control contact RE7ML Repeat Cycle Timer with start during the OFF period. Repeat Cycle Timer with start during the ON period External control possible for: • start of time delay • partial stop of time delay • adjustment of time delay 8 Function Timer Relay Output Catalog Number $ Price 1 C/O, SPDT 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac RE7ML11BU 226.00 RE7MY13BU 252.00 RE7MY13MW 277.00 2 C/O, DPDT 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac Same as 6 Function Timer a plus Timer for star-delta starting • with double On-Delay timing • with changeover contact to star connection 2 C/O, DPDT 24–240 Vdc or Vac a Except control of partial stop of time delay for RE7MY13BU. Table 23.129: RE7T On-Delay Timers Functions Supply Voltages On-Delay Timer 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac On-Delay Timer External control possible for: start of time delay partial stop of time delay adjustment of time delay b 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110-240 Vac On-Delay Timer Remote control possible for: adjustment of time delay b 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac • • • Relay Output 1 C/O, SPDT Catalog Number $ Price RE7TL11BU 138.00 RE7TM11BU 177.00 RE7TP13BU 189.00 1 C/O, SPDT 2 C/Oc, DPDT RE7T Table 23.130: RE7M Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Timers Supply Voltages Relay Output Catalog Number $ Price RE7MA11BU 194.00 RE7MA13BU 208.00 2 C/O c, DPDT 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac On-Delay and Off-Delay Timer Start control via external contact only RE7M Asymmetrical Timers: On and Off delay times are adjusted separately. On-Delay and Off-Delay Timer 1 C/O, SPDT External control possible for: 24 Vdc or Vac • partial stop of time delay 42–48 Vdc or Vac RE7MV11BU 214.00 • adjustment of time delay b 110–240 Vac Start control via external contact only b By external potentiometer, to be ordered separately (see page 3 of Catalog 9050CT0001 for specifications). If external potentiometer is used, the internal potentiometer is automatically disconnected. c A switch on the front face of the timer allows the second contact to be used in instantaneous mode. Table 23.131: Output Circuit Specifications for RE7 Table 23.132: Output Circuit Specifications for RE8 Maximum Switching Voltage 250 Vac/Vdc Current Limit, Ith 8A Rated Operational Limits at 70oC 24 V 115 V 250 V AC-15 N.C. contact Conforming to IEC60947-5-1/1991 and AC-15 N.O. contact VDE 060 DC-13 N.O. contact 3A 3A 3A Rated Operational Limits at 150oF (70oC) 5A 5A 5A 2A 0.2 A 0.1A Conforming to IEC 60947-51/1991 and VDE 0660 UL and CSA Current NEMA / UL B300 Resistive Rating Inductive Rating Current Limit Ith 8A 24 V 115 V AC-15 3A 3A 3A DC-13 2A 0.2 A 0.1 A UL and CSA Current Ratings (Resistive) 5A 3600 VA Make, 360 VA Break, 5 A Carry NEMA / UL B300 Ratings (Inductive) 250 V 5A 3600 VA Make, 360 VA Break. 5 A Carry RE7, RE8, and RE9 Timers comply to the following: Conforming to Standards IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1 File E164353 NKCR Product Approvals CE Marking Ambient Air Temperature © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved File 089150 Class 3211-07 IEC 61812-1 RE7, RE8, and RE9 Timers conform to European regulations relating to CE Marking Storage -40oF to +185oF (-40oC to +85oC) Operation -4oF to +140oF (-20oC to +60oC) CP2 Discount Schedule 23-27 RELAYS AND TIMERS 1 C/O, SPDT 23 Functions Symmetrical Timers: On and Off delay times are equal. On-Delay and Off-Delay Timer External control possible for: 24 Vdc or Vac • partial stop of time delay 42–48 Vdc or Vac • adjustment of time delay b 110–240 Vac Start control via external contact only Timers RE7 Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio ™ IEC Style—22.5 mm Table 23.133: RE7R Timers Off-Delay Timers Functions Supply Voltages Relay Output Catalog Number $ Price On De-energization, Adjustable from 0.05 s to 10 min, in 7 Ranges 1 C/O Off-Delay Timer (Times without power) 24–240 Vdc or Vac RE7RB11MWa 189.00 RE7RB13MWa 214.00 RE7RA11BU 164.00 RE7RM11BU 177.00 RE7RL13BU 189.00 SPDT 2 C/O Off-Delay Timer Remote control possible for: • adjustment of time delayb 24–240 Vdc or Vac DPDT On Opening of External Control Contact, Adjustable from 0.05 s to 300 h, in 10 Ranges RE7R 1 C/O Off-Delay Timer External control possible for: • partial stop of time delay • adjustment of time delay b 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac SPDT On opening of Low Level External Control Contact, Adjustable from 0.05 s to 300 h, in 10 Ranges 1 C/O Off-Delay Timer 24 Vdc or Vac External control possible for: 42–48 Vdc or Vac • partial stop of time delay 110–240 Vac • adjustment of time delay b SPDT 2 C/Oc, DPDT 24 Vdc or Vac Off-Delay Timer 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac a If the device has been stored de-energized for more than a month, it must be energized for about 15 seconds to activate it. Subsequently, a time of > 1 s is enough to activate the time delay. Note: If this time is not complied with, the relay will remain energized indefinitely. Table 23.134: RE7P Interval Timers Functions Supply Voltages Relay Output Catalog Number $ Price Start on Energization 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac Interval Timer RE7P 151.00 RE7PP13BU 189.00 RE7PM11BU 151.00 RE7PD13BU 189.00 SPDT 2 C/O c Interval Timer External control possible for: • adjustment of time delay b 23 RE7PE11BU 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac DPDT Start on Opening of External Control Contact 1 C/O RELAYS AND TIMERS Interval Timer External control possible for: • partial stop of time delay • adjustment of time delay b 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac Interval Timer 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac SPDT 2 C/O c DPDT Table 23.135: RE7C Timers Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Relays Functions Supply Voltages Relay Output Catalog Number $ Price Symmetrical Relays with Start during Off Period 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac Repeat Cycle Timer RE7CL11BU 164.00 RE7CP13BU 202.00 SPDT 2 C/O c Repeat Cycle Timer External control possible for: • adjustment of time delay b 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac DPDT RE7C Asymmetrical, with Separate Adjustment of On-Delay and Off-Delay Repeat Cycle Timer 1 C/O External control possible for: 24 Vdc or Vac 42–48 Vdc or Vac RE7CV11BU 214.00 • start period 110–240 Vac • adjustment of time delays b SPDT • partial stop b By external potentiometer, to be ordered separately (see page 3 of Catalog 9050CT0001 for specifications). If external potentiometer is used, the internal potentiometer is automatically disconnected. c A switch on the front face of the timer allows the second contact to be used in instantaneous mode. For conformance to standards, see page 23-32 RoHS Compliant as of date code 0626 23-28 CP2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Timers RE8/RE9 Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ IEC Style—22.5 mm Table 23.136: On-Delay (timing starts on energization), TDE Relay Output Timing Range a 0.1–3 s 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s 3–300 s 20 s–30 min Supply Voltages 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac SPDT Catalog Number RE8TA61BUTQ RE8TA11BUTQ d RE8TA31BUTQ d RE8TA21BUTQ d RE8TA41BUTQ Standard Pack Quantity b 10 10 10 10 10 $ Price 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 Table 23.137: Off-Delay (timing starts on de-energization), TDD Control Contact 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac SPDT 110–240 Vac RE8TA Self-Powered (Times without power) 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac d 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s 3–300 s 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s 3–300 s 20 s–30 min RE8RA11BTQ d RE8RA31BTQ RE8RA21BTQ d RE8RA11FUTQ d RE8RA31FUTQ RE8RA21FUTQ d RE8RA41FUTQ 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 0.05–0.5 s 0.1–10 s RE8RB51BUTQ RE8RB11BUTQ 10 10 105.00 105.00 10 105.00 0.3–30 s RE8RB31BUTQ SPDT Also available in pack of one; delete TQ from the end of the catalog number. Example: RE8TA11BU. Table 23.138: Repeat Cycle Timer Relay Output 1 C/O Supply Voltages Timing Range a Catalog Number Standard Pack Quantity b 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac 0.1–10 s RE8CL11BUTQ 10 105.00 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s RE8PE11BUTQ RE8PE31BUTQ 10 10 87.00 87.00 3–300 s RE8PE21BUTQ 10 87.00 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s 3–300 s 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s 3–300 s RE8PD11BTQ RE8PD31BTQ RE8PD21BTQ RE8PD11FUTQ RE8PD31FUTQ RE8PD21FUTQ 10 10 10 10 10 10 101.00 101.00 101.00 101.00 101.00 101.00 0.05–1 s RE8PT01BUTQ 10 107.00 $ Price SPDT On Energization 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac SPDT By Control Contact 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac SPDT 110–240 Vac On De-Energization 1 C/O 24 Vdc or Vac 110–240 Vac RE8PE a b SPDT For easier adjustment, it is preferable to set the time delay between the maximum value in the range and one tenth of this value. Example: RE8TA11BUTQ timing range 0.1–10 s, recommended use 1–10 s. Orders must specify standard pack quantity or multiples of that quantity. For technical information, refer to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 23-32. RELAYS AND TIMERS Table 23.139: Interval Timer Table 23.140: On-Delay Timer (Solid State Output) 24–240 Vac or Vdc Function On-Delay Timing Range c 0.1–10 s 0.3–30 s 3–300 s 40 s–60 min Catalog Number RE9TA11MW RE9TA31MW RE9TA21MW RE9TA51MW $ Price 23 Power Supply Circuit 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 Table 23.141: Off-Delay Timer (Solid State Output) 0.1–10 s RE9RA11MW7 126.00 0.3–30 s RE9RA31MW7 126.00 3–300 s RE9RA21MW7 126.00 40 s–60 min RE9RA51MW7 126.00 For easier adjustment, it is preferable to set the time delay between the maximum value in the range and one tenth of this value. Example: RE9TA11MW timing range 0.1-10 s, recommended use 1-10 s. 24–240 Vac c Off-Delay RoHS Compliant as of date code 0626 RE9TA For technical information, refer to catalog 9050CT0001. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule 23-29 Timers Type JCK Class 9050 / Refer to Catalog 9050CT9601 www.schneider-electric.us Square D™ General Purpose Plug-In • • • • • • • • • • 9050JCK timing relays are designed to provide low-cost timing in a plug-in housing. The Types JCK11 thru 59 provide ±1% repeat accuracy. The Types JCK60 and 70 offer ±0.1% repeat accuracy. These timers are directly interchangeable with many other 8 and 11 pin tube base timers. Up to ±0.1% repeat accuracy Timing from 0.05 seconds to 999 hours Available in 5 timing modes DPDT contacts (2 N.O. and 2 N.C.) 10 A contact rating Transient protected Hold down spring available Variable or fixed time delay Horsepower rated RoHS compliant 9050JCK46V20 Table 23.142: Variable Time Delay Off Delayb $ Price Off Delay Power Trigger 0.1–10 seconds JCK11f 78.00 JCK21f 98.00 JCK21PTf 0.3–30 seconds JCK12f 78.00 JCK22f 98.00 JCK22PTf 0.6–60 seconds JCK13f 78.00 JCK23f 98.00 JCK23PTf 1.2–120 seconds JCK14f 78.00 JCK24f 98.00 JCK24PTf 1.8–180 seconds JCK15f 78.00 JCK25f 98.00 JCK25PTf 0.1–10 minutes JCK16f 87.00 JCK26f 107.00 JCK26PTf 0.3–30 minutes JCK17f 87.00 JCK27f 107.00 JCK27PTf 0.6–60 minutes JCK18f 87.00 JCK28f 107.00 JCK28PTf 1.2–120 minutes JCK19f 87.00 JCK29f 107.00 JCK29PTf a Two dials are provided for independently adjustable repeat cycle timing ranges. b Initiating contact can be up to 50 feet from the timer. $ Price Interval $ Price 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 107.00 107.00 107.00 107.00 JCK31f JCK32f JCK33f JCK34f JCK35f JCK36f JCK37f JCK38f JCK39f 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 78.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 87.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 107.00 107.00 107.00 107.00 $ Price JCK51f JCK52f JCK53f JCK54f JCK55f JCK56f JCK57f JCK58f JCK59f 140.00 140.00 140.00 140.00 140.00 147.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 AC Volts 120 240 30 15 3 1.5 10 10 10 10 Inductive hp DC Volts 1/3 1/2 28 3 3 10 23 AC15 / B300 (NO/NC) DC13 / R300 (NO) Type JCK60 RELAYS AND TIMERS This On Delay timer uses a 5 position rotary switch to select the timing range. The three pushbutton thumbwheels are used to select the time value. Table 23.146: Selection and Pricing Timing Modes Timing Ranges .01s 0.1s S On Delay 0.1m M 0.1h H Class 8501 Sockets For sockets, see page 23-14 For DIN rail, see page 24-16 For all 9050JCK timers: DC Amperes Inductive 35% P.F. Res. Make Break and Continuous AC Amperes $ Price JCK1F(XXXX)cf Type 0.05–9.99 seconds 00.1–99.9 seconds 001–999 seconds 00.1–99.9 minutes 001–999 minutes 00.1–99.9 hours 001–999 hours $ Price JCK60f 152.00 Type JCK70 With appropriate 8501NR Socket: File CCN JCK41PTf JCK42PTf JCK43PTf JCK44PTf JCK45PTf JCK46PTf JCK47PTf JCK48PTf JCK49PTf Table 23.145: Contact Ratings Timing Range (seconds) 0.1 to 180 78.00 181 to 3600 87.00 0.1 to 180 98.00 Off Delay e JCK2F(XXXX)cf 181 to 3600 107.00 0.1 to 180 98.00 Off Delay with JCK2F(XXXX)PTcf Power Trigger 181 to 3600 107.00 0.1 to 180 78.00 Interval JCK3F(XXXX)cf 181 to 3600 87.00 0.1 to 180 98.00 One Shote JCK4F(XXXX)cf 181 to 3600 107.00 0.1 to 180 98.00 One Shot with JCK4F(XXXX)PTcf Power Trigger 181 to 3600 107.00 0.1 to 180 140.00 Repeat Cycle JCK5F(XXXX)cdf 181 to 3600 147.00 c (XXXX) denotes the timing period in seconds. Example: Class 9050 Type JCK1F60 is an On Delay timer fixed at 60 seconds. d Fixed repeat cycle timers can be supplied with the same or different On-Time and Off-Time. e Initiating contact can be up to 50 feet from the timer. f Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below and insert as shown in How To Order. On Delay 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 107.00 107.00 107.00 107.00 Repeat Cyclea Break Type JCK41f JCK42f JCK43f JCK44f JCK45f JCK46f JCK47f JCK48f JCK49f Res. 75% P.F. Make Break and Continuous Timing Mode One Shot $ Price Power Trigger $ Price Make Table 23.143: Fixed Time Delay One Shotb Continuous $ Price Break On Delay Make Knob Adjustable Timing Range E78351 NLDX File Class Two 5 position rotary switches are used to select the timing mode and timing range. The three pushbutton thumbwheels are used to select the time value. 214768 3211 07 Table 23.147: Selection and Pricing Timing Timing Type $ Price Modes Range On Delay Off Delay Same as Interval JCK70f 173.00 JCK60 One Shot Repeat Cycleg g The repeat cycle mode utilizes the same on-time and off-time. Without Socket File CCN RoHS IEC 9050JCK1-5 = 0627 60947-1 as Compliant of date code 9050JCK6070=0648 E78351 NLDX2 Table 23.144: Voltage Codes Voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc 240–50/60 Vac Code V36 V14 V17 V20 V24 Table 23.148: Class 8501 Hold Down Spring For use on Class 9050 Type JCK Timers Hold down spring holds timer in socket during heavy vibration. (See 9050JCK with 8501NH7 photo at the top of this page.) Class Type $ Price ea. 8501 NH7 8.30 Table 23.149: How to Order To Order Specify: • • • 23-30 CP2 Discount Schedule Class Number Type Number Voltage Code Catalog Number Class Type 9050 JCK11 Voltage Code V20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control and Measurement Relays Type REG Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Temperature Controllers The new Zelio REG temperature controllers offer seamless interfacing with solid state relays, electromechanical relays, PLCs, variable speed drives and HMI displays make them a key component to controlling the temperature in your process. Offer includes 3 versions: • • • REG24PTP1RHU A 24x48 mm (1/32 DIN) cost effective solution for basic temperature control needs. A 48x48 mm (1/16 DIN) balanced version for optimal price and functionality. A 96x48 mm (1/8 DIN) full-featured version for complete performance and function. Key features include: • • • • • • • Modbus communication for easy data exchange with other automation products Simple parameter settings IP66 certification enables dust resistance Flash memory (saves configurations) Compatible with a wide range of sensors Advanced Functions (standard): PID, fuzzy logic, auto-tuning, soft start Optimized programming — — — — Common software for all products in the temperature relay range (freely downloadable from www.schneider-electric.us). A single cable enables connection to both a computer and PLCs. Simple adjustment of parameters. Saving of configurations. Table 23.150: Zelio Temperature Controllers REG48PUN1RHU Input Type Number and Type of Outputs Alarms Communication on Modbus Catalog Number 1 electromechanical relay 1 electromechanical relay 1 solid state relay 1 solid state relay 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 electromechanical relay 1 solid state relay 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 electromechanical relay 1 solid state relay 1 electromechanical relay 1 solid state relay No 1 No 1 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes REG24PTP1RHU REG24PTP1ARHU REG24PTP1LHU REG24PTP1ALHU REG24PTP1JHU REG24PTP1RLU REG24PTP1LLU REG24PTP1JLU REG24PUJ1RHU REG24PUJ1LHU REG24PUJ1RLU REG24PUJ1LLU 209.00 186.00 216.00 192.00 219.00 209.00 216.00 219.00 209.00 216.00 219.00 216.00 1 electromechanical relay 2 2 electromechanical relays 2 Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes REG48PUN1RHU REG48PUNL1RHU REG48PUN2RHU REG48PUN1LHU REG48PUNL1LHU REG48PUN2LRHU REG48PUN1JHU REG48PUN2LJHU REG48PUN1RLU REG48PUN2RLU REG48PUN1LLU REG48PUN2LRLU REG48PUN1JLU REG48PUN2LJLU 252.00 226.00 292.00 258.00 234.00 295.00 260.00 298.00 252.00 292.00 258.00 295.00 260.00 298.00 Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes REG96PUN1RHU REG96PUNL1RHU REG96PUN2RHU REG96PUN1LHU REG96PUNL1LHU REG96PUN2LRHU REG96PUN1JHU REG96PUN2LJHU REG96PUN1RLU REG96PUN2RLU REG96PUN1LLU REG96PUN2LRLU REG96PUN1JLU REG96PUN2LJLU 336.00 311.00 381.00 343.00 317.00 383.00 345.00 385.00 336.00 381.00 343.00 384.00 345.00 385.00 Supply Voltage $ Price 28 x 48 Size — 1/32 DIN Standard 100/240 Vac Thermocouple PT100 Probe 24 Vac/Vdc 100/240 Vac Voltage/current 24 Vac/Vdc Universal REG96PUN1RHU 24 Vac/Vdc 1 solid state relay 2 1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 electromechanical relay 2 electromechanical relays 1 solid state relay 1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 electromechanical relay 3 2 electromechanical relays 3 98 x 48 Size — 1/8 DIN Standard 100/240 Vac Universal 24 Vac/Vdc 1 solid state relay 3 1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 electromechanical relay 2 electromechanical relays 1 solid state relay 1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Table 23.151: Temperature Controller Accessories Description For Use With Relays Sold In Lots Of Catalog Number Bracket for mounting on DIN rail 24 x 48 mm (1/32 DIN) 48 x 48 mm (1/16 DIN) 96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN) 4 2 2 REG24PSOC REG48PCOV REG96COV Terminal block cover © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule $ Price 21.90 30.30 37.10 23-31 23 100/240 Vac RELAYS AND TIMERS 48 x 48 Size — 1/16 DIN Standard Control and Measurement Relays RM17JC & RM35JA Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Current Measurement Relays Zelio Current Measurement Relays are designed to measure under and overcurrent, without external sensors. Current measurement relays enable continuous monitoring of the operation of electrical and mechanical loads such as motors and resistors. They are DIN rail mountable and the control status is indicated by an LED. RM17JC Current Control Relay RM35JA Current Control Relays • • • • • • Monitors a.c. currents Designed to monitor overcurrent Equipped with an integrated current transfmormer Selection between overcurrent or undercurrent Automatic d.c. or a.c. recognition Selectable memory function Table 23.152: RM17JC00MW Measurement Range Supply Voltage a Rangea Width Output 5Amps Terminals Inches mm Catalog Number $ Price 2–20 A N/A 1 C/O 0.69 17.50 RM17JC00MW 2–20 mA E1-M RM35JA31MW 10–100 mA E2-M 24–240 Vac/dc 50–500 mA E3-M 2 C/O 1.38 35.00 0.15–1.5 A E1-M RM35JA32MW 0.5–5 A E2-M 1.5–15 A E3-M Above 15A, a current transformer can be connected (for RM35JA3•MW). See page 57 of the catalog for suggested wiring. 130.00 148.00 177.00 Table 23.153: Output Characteristics and Measurement Circuit Characteristics Type of Relay RM17JC00MW RM35JA31MW RM35JA31MW RM35JA32MW Plus or minus 10% of the full scale value Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy (with constant parameters) Hysteresis Time delay accuracy (with constant parameters) Time delay on pick-up Conforming to standards Storage Ambient air temperature around the device Operational 15% of the threshold setting, fixed N/A 500ms Plus or minus 0.5% 5 to 50% of the threshold setting, adjustable plus or minus 2% 300ms NF EN 60255-6 -40 to 158 degrees F (-40 to +70°C) -4 to 122 degrees F (-20 to +50°C) Approvals: 23 File CNN E173076 NRNT File Class 217698 3211 07 CE: 73/23/EEC and EMC 89/336/EEC GL, C-Tick, GOST, RoHS Approximate Dimensions RELAYS AND TIMERS RM35JA32MW RM35JA3•MW RM17JC00MW 35/1.38 72/2.83 17.5 0.69 97/3.82 A1 A2 E3 E2 E1 M 1 C/O = 90/3.54 90/3.54 10/0.39 2.8 0.11 2.8 0.11 2 C/O = 12 11 14 22 21 24 76/2.99 72.5/2.85 101/3.98 97.5/3.84 Dual Dimensions: 23-32 CP2 Discount Schedule INCHES Millimeters © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control and Measurement Relays RM17T•00 Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Phase Measurement Relays Zelio Phase Measurement Relays monitor their own power supply. Relay status is indicated by an LED and they are DIN rail mountable. RM17TG•0 measurement and control relays are for monitoring of 3-phase supplies for the correct sequencing of phases L1, L2, and L3, as well as the total loss of one or more phases. Table 23.154: 3-Phase supply control relays Supply Voltage RM17TG•0 208–480 Vac 208–440 Vac Detection Threshold Output 5 Amps <100 Vac 1 C/O 2 C/O Width inches Catalog Number mm 0.69 $ Price RM17TG00 RM17TG20 17.50 114.00 125.00 Table 23.155: Multifunction 3-phase supply control relays Width Supply Voltage Voltage Range Output 5 Amps inch mm Catalog Number 208–480 Vac Selectable voltages: 208, 220, 380, 400, 415, 440, 480 1 C/O 0.69 17.50 $ Price RM17TT00 RM17TA00 RM17TU00 RM17TE00 136.00 177.00 131.00 217.00 Table 23.156: RM17TT, RM17TA, RM17TU, and RM17TE multifunction control relays monitor the following on 3-phase supplies: RM17TA00 Function Sequence of phases L1, L2 and L3 Phase failure with regeneration (0.7 x selected voltage range) Asymmetry (phase imbalance) Undervoltage Overvoltage and undervoltage RM17TT Yes Yes No No No RM17TA Yes Yes Yes No No RM17TU Yes Yes No Yes No RM17TE Yes Yes Yes No Yes Table 23.157: 3-phase supply and motor temperature control relays Supply Voltage Measurement Range 220–480 Vac Width Output 5 Amps 208–480 Vac inch 2 N.O. Catalog Number mm 1.38 35.00 $ Price RM35TM50MW RM35TM250MW 221.00 231.00 Table 23.158: RM35TM control relays monitor the following on 3-phase supplies: RM17TE00 Function Sequence of phases L1, L2 and L3 Phase failure Motor temperature via PTC probe Selection (with or without memory) Test-reset button RM35TM50MW Yes Yes Yes No No RM35TM250MW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Table 23.159: Multifunction 3-phase supply control relays Supply Voltage Measurement Range Output 5 Amps 220–480 Vac 194–528 Vac 2 C/O Width inch 1.38 mm 35.00 Catalog Number $ Price RM35TF30 273.00 Approvals: RM35TM••MW File CNN E173076 NRNT File Class 217698 3211 07 CE: 73/23/EEC and EMC 89/336/EEC GL, C-Tick, GOST, RoHS RM35• 23 Approximate Dimensions RM17• 35/1.38 72/2.83 17.5 0.69 72/2.83 90/3.54 90/3.54 RM35TF30 2.8 0.11 2.8 0.11 1 C/O = 2 C/O = 2 N/O = 76/2.99 76/2.99 72.5/2.85 72.5/2.85 Dual Dimensions: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP2 Discount Schedule RELAYS AND TIMERS RM35TF30 measurement and control relay is for monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry, undervoltage and overvoltage in window mode. INCHES Millimeters 23-33 Control and Measurement Relays RM17UB, RM35UB, RM17UAS, RM17UBE, RM35UA1•MW Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Voltage Measurement Relays Zelio Voltage Measurement Relays are DIN rail mountable and relay status is indicated by an LED. Single phase and d.c. voltage measurement and control relays RM17UAS•• and RM17UBE•• monitor: • • • • Overvoltage Undervoltage Overvoltage and undervoltage (window mode) Nominal voltages Table 23.160: Single-phase and d.c. voltage control relays RM17UB310 Supply Voltage Ranges Controlled 12 Vdc 24–48 Vac/Vdc 110–240 Vac/Vdc 24–48 Vac/Vdc 110–240 Vac/Vdc 9–15 Vdc 20–80 Vac/Vdc 65–260 Vac/Vdc 20–80 Vac/Vdc 65–260 Vac/Vdc a b Width Output 5 A in. 1 C/O Catalog Number mm 0.69 $ Price RM17UAS14a RM17UAS16a RM17UAS15a RM17UBE16b RM17UBE15b 17.50 138.00 138.00 138.00 146.00 146.00 Provides overvoltage or undervoltage protection. Provides overvoltage and undervoltage protection in window mode. Multifunction voltage control relays RM35UA1•MW monitor both a.c. and d.c. voltages. • • RM35UB3••• Automatic Vdc or Vac recognition Selection between overvoltage and undervoltage Table 23.161: Multifunction voltage control relays Supply Voltage 24–240 Vac/Vdc Measurement Range Ranged 0.05–0.5 V 0.3–3 V 0.5–5 1–10 5–50 10–100 15–150 30–300 60–600 Width Output 5A Terminals E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M in. Catalog Number mm $ Price RM35UA11MW 157.00 RM35UA12MW 2 C/O 1.38 35.00 157.00 RM35UA13MW 157.00 3-phase voltage control relays monitor: RM17UAS•• 23 • • • • • Failure of one or more phases Voltage between phases Absence of neutral Voltage between phases and neutral Overvoltage and undervoltage Table 23.162: Three-phase voltage control relays RELAYS AND TIMERS c d Rated 3-Phase Supply Voltage Vac Measurement Range Output 5A 220–480 phase-phase 120–277 phase-neutral 120–277 phase-neutral 195–528 Vac 183–528 Vac 114–329 Vac 1 C/O + 1 C/O 1 per threshold 1 C/O 1 C/O + 1 C/O 1 per threshold Width in. 1.38 0.69 1.38 mm 35.00 17.50 35.00 Catalog Number $ Price RM35UB330c RM17UB310c RM35UB3N30d 229.00 189.00 254.00 Provides overvoltage and undervoltage protection between phases. Provides overvoltage and undervoltage protection between phases and neutral and absence of neutral. Approvals: File CNN E173076 NRNT File Class 217698 3211 07 CE: 73/23/EEC and EMC 89/336/EEC GL, C-Tick, GOST, RoHS RM35UA1•MW Approximate Dimensions RM35• RM17• 35/1.38 72/2.83 17.5 0.69 72/2.83 1 C/O = 2.8 0.11 2.8 0.11 90/3.54 90/3.54 2 C/O = 76/2.99 76/2.99 72.5/2.85 72.5/2.85 Dual Dimensions: 23-34 CP2 Discount Schedule INCHES Millimeters © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Control and Measurement Relays RM35L•••MW, RM35BA10 Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601 www.schneider-electric.us Zelio™ Level Control Relays and Zelio™ Pump Control Relays Zelio level control relays control one or two levels with fill or empty function. The settings are protected by a sealable cover, control status is indicated by an LED, and they are DIN rail mountable. RM35LM is designed to control levels of conductive liquid, and RM35LV is designed to control levels of other materials. RM35LM33MW Application examples for RM35LM: • • • • • • Application examples for RM35LV: Detecting pump seal failures Spring, town, industrial and sea water Metallic salt, acid or base solutions Liquid fertilizers Non-concentrated alcohol (<40%) • • • • Liquids in the food-processing industry: milk, beer, coffee, etc. Chemically pure water Fuels, liquid gasses (inflammable) Oil, concentrated alcohol (>40%) Ethylene, glycol, paraffin, varnish and paints Table 23.163: Level Control Relays Time Delay on Crossing the Threshold 0.1–5 seconds, 0 + 10% Function Output Relay Detection by resistive probes 2 C/O, 5A Detection by discrete sensors 1 C/O, 5A Supply Voltage 50/60 Hz Measurement Ranges Catalog Number 250 Ω –5 k Ω 5 k Ω –100 k Ω 50 k Ω –1 M Ω 24–240 Vac/Vdc $ Price RM35LM33MW 115.00 — RM35LV14MW 146.00 Table 23.164: Probes °F °C Maximum pressure kg/cm2 Catalog Number 3 176 80 2 RM79696044 78.00 1 392 25 200 RM79696014 95.00 Application No. of probes Recommended for drink vending machines and where installation space is limited (stainless steel)a Suitable for boilers, pressure vessels, and under high temperature conditions (1) (304 stainless steel)a RM35LV14MW a Operating temperature $ Price 3/8” BSP mounting thread with hexagonal head. Use a 24mm spanner for tightening. Table 23.165: Probes Description Protected probe for mounting by suspension, protective shell PUC (S7) Electrode: stainless steel Liquid level control probe, suspended by cable, maximum operating temperature 212°F/100°Cb b Catalog Number RM79696043 LA9RM201 $ Price Catalog Number RM79696006 $ Price 57.00 83.00 3/8” BSP mounting head. RM79696043 Table 23.166: Electrode Holders Description Material Electrode for use up to 662°F (350°C) Stainless steel isolated by ceramic 62.00 Pump control relay RM35BA10 can operate on a single-phase or 3-phase supply. It incorporates three functions in a signal unit: • Over and under current measurement • Phase presence control Single or three phase It has two operating modes which are designed to control a pump via two external signal inputs (Y1 Y2). These two signals are controlled by volt-free contacts. Control inputs Y1 and Y2 can be connected to: • • Level sensor • Level relay • Pressure sensor Push button Table 23.167: Pump Control Relay LA9RM201 Description Current Range Controlled Pump Control Relay Supply Voltage 208–480 Vac, 3 phase 230, single-phase 1–10 A Output Catalog Number 1 C/O 5 A RM35BA10 $ Price 284.00 RELAYS AND TIMERS • Approvals: E173076 NRNT File Class 217698 3211 07 CE: 73/23/EEC and EMC 89/336/EEC GL, C-Tick, GOST, RoHS 23 File CNN RM79696006 Approximate Dimensions RM35BA10 35/1.38 35/1.38 72/2.83 E1 L1 L2 L3 90/3.54 >I 150 + ATV Logic Analog inputs 1 3 3 Analog outputs 1 1 1 Logic inputs 4 6 6 + Safe Torque Off input Logic/Relay outputs 1 L.O., 1 N.O./1 N.C. relay contacts 2: 1 N.O./1 N.C. + 1 N.O. relay contacts 1 L.O., 1 N.O./1 N.C., 1 N.O. Integrated Modbus™ Modbus™ and CANOpen Modbus™ and CANOpen Available as an option — 26 Drives AC DRIVES Drives Output frequency Type of Control: Functions Number of Functions Number of I/O Communication • • • • DeviceNet Profibus DP CANOpen Daisy Chain Ethernet TCP/IP • • • • CANOpen Daisy Chain DeviceNet Profibus DP V1 Ethernet TCP/IP Other Option Cards — — — Enclosure Rating IP20 IP20, Type 1 with optional kit Type 12 available with ATV31C IP20 Standards and Certifications EC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (Environments 1 and 2, categories C1 and C3) CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick, NOM, GOST EN 50178, EN 61800-3, EN 55011 - EN 55002: class A, class B with option, C-TICK, UL, N998, CE, CSA IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC 61800-3 (1 and 2, category C2) IEC/EN 61508 SIL 1 UL508C, CSA, C-Tick, NOM, GOST, CE 26-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Open AC Drives Panel Mounted / Open AC Drive Solutions www.schneider-electric.us Complex, High-power Machines Material handling High performance movement and regulation Lifts, cranes, hoists Extruders, shredders Presses Centrifugal Pumps and Fans • • Pumps Fans Altivar 61 Altivar 212 Single-phase 230 V to 240 V Three-phase 200 V to 240 V Three-phase 380 V to 480 V Three-phase 500 V to 690 V Three-phase 200 V to 240 V Three-phase 380 V to 480 V Single-phase 230 V to 240 V Three-phase 200 V to 240 V Three-phase 380 V to 480 V 1 hp to 30 hp, 208 V/230 B single-phase input 1/2 hp to 100 hp, 200 V/230 V 1 hp to 1800 hp, 400 V/480 V 2 hp to 2100 hp, 575 V/690 V 1 hp to 40 hp, 208 V/230 V 1 hp to 100 hp, 400 V/480 V 1 hp to 30 hp, 208 V/230 V single-phase input 1 hp to 125 hp, 208 V/230 V 2 hp to 2500 hp, 575 V/690 V 0.5 Hz to 599 Hz up to 50 hp 0.5 Hz to 500 Hz from 50 hp to 700 hp 0 Hz to 200 Hz 0.5 Hz to 1000 Hz up to 50 hp 0.5 Hz to 500 Hz from 50 hp to 900 hp Sensorless flux vector control (with or without sensor), volts per hertz ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA system, synchronous motor vector control with or without speed feedback Volts per hertz or sensorless flux vector control Volts per hertz ratio (2 or 5 points) or sensorless flux vector control, energy-saving ratio Vector control with or without speed feedback — — 220% of the nominal motor torque for 2 seconds 170% for 60 seconds Transient overload: 110% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds Transient overload: 110% of the nominal drive current for 60 seconds > 150 50 > 100 2-4 2 2-4 — 1 — 6-20 3 6-20 2-4 2: 1 N.O./1 N.C. and 1 N.O. relay contacts 2-4 Modbus™ and CANopen • • • • DeviceNet Modbus TCP/IP Profibus DP [V1] Ethernet IP Modbus™, Apogee P1, BACnet, Metasys® N2 • • • Modbus/Uni-Telway Modbus Plus Interbus S • LonWorks 26 Altivar 71 Modbus™ and CANopen • • • • • • Apogee FLN ( P1) BACnet Modbus/Uni-Telway LonWorks Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet IP • • • • • Modbus Plus Interbus S DeviceNet Profibus DP [V1] Metasys N2 Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, Controller Inside programmable card — I/O extension cards, Controller Inside programmable card, multi-pump cards IP20, Type 1 with optional kit, Type 12 @460 Vac IP20, Type 1 with optional kit, Type 12 @460 Vac IP20, Type 1 with optional kit, Type 12 @460 Vac IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3), EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4-2/4-3/4-4/4-5/4-6/4-11,CE, UL, CSA, DNV, C-TICK, NOM 117, GOST, ABS EN 50178, IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011, 55022: class A, class B with option, CE, UL, C-TICK, N998, UL 1995 Plenum-rated IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3), EN 55011, EN 55022, UL 1995 Plenum-rated, IEC/EN 61000-4-2/4-3/4-4/4-5/4-6/4-11, CE, UL, CSA, DNV, C-TICK, NOM 117, GOST, ABS © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC DRIVES • • • • • 26-3 Soft Starts Soft Start Solutions www.schneider-electric.us Type of Motor Control Key Application/Market Segment Simple Machines • • • • • • Conveyors Mixers Gate control Machine movement Small pumps and fans Positive displacement pumps Light-duty Machines • • • • • • • • Pumps Fans Turbines Compressors Conveyors Conveyor belts Lifting screws Escalators Altistart 22 Heavy-duty Machines • • • • • • • Pumps Fans Punch presses Band saws Crushers Centrifuges Conveyors (high inertia loads) Altistart 48 Altistart 01 Distribution voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz line supply Single-phase 110 V to 480 V Three-phase 110 V to 690 V Three-phase 208 to 600 Vac Three-phase 230 V to 415 V Three-phase 208 V to 690 V Horsepower ratings for three-phase motors 1/4 hp to 2 hp 115 V/230 V 1/2 hp to 30 hp, 208 V/230 V 1/2 hp to 60 hp, 400 V/480 V 30 hp to 75 hp, 575 V/600 V 3 hp to 500 hp 3 hp to 1200 hp Drives Equals input frequency — Equals input frequency Asynchronous motor Reduced voltage start Controlled starting and stopping, via voltage and torque Reduced voltage start Reduced voltage start and torque control stop Synchronous motor — — — Typical starts per hour rating — 6 10 1 29 36 Analog inputs — 1 PTC probe 1 PTC probe Logic inputs 3 3 4 Relay outputs 1 2 (N.O./N.C) 1 26 Soft Starts AC DRIVES Output frequency Type of Control: Functions Number of Functions Number of I/O Communication Integrated — Embedded Modbus Available as an option Combined with TeSys™ U-Line self-protected starter — Other Option Cards — — Enclosure Rating IP20 IP00, IP20 IP20 Standards and Certifications EC/EN 60947-4/2, C-Tick, CSA, UL, CE, CCC UL, CSA, CE, GOST, C-TICK, CCC, and RoHS directive EC/EN 60947-4/2, EMC class A and B, DNV, C-Tick, GOST, CCIB, NOM, UL, CE, CCC, CSA 26-4 Modbus • • • • DeviceNet Ethernet TCP/IP Fipio Profibus DP V1 — © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosed AC Drives Enclosed Products www.schneider-electric.us Type of Motor Control Key Application/Market Segment Adjustable Speed Drives Commercial HVAC & Retrofits • • Pumps Fans Soft Starts Commercial • • • • Pumps Fans Conveyors Centrifuges Enclosed 22 S-Flex (Altivar 212) Distribution voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz line supply 208 Vac, 240 Vac, 480 Vac 208 Vac, 230 Vac, 460 Vac, 575 Vac Horsepower ratings for three-phase motors Variable torque 1 hp to 40 hp, 200 V/230 V 1 hp to 100 hp, 460 V Type 1 and Type 12 3 hp to 150 hp, 208 V 5 hp to 200 hp, 230 V 10 to 400 hp, 460 V 15 to 500 hp, 575 V 26 AC DRIVES Packaged Products Type 3R or 50 °C Rated: 3 hp to 125 hp, 208 V 5 hp to 150 hp, 230 V 10 to 400 hp, 460 V 15 to 500 hp, 575 V Configurable options Configurable product Drive with isolation/bypass Non-bypass Drive input disconnect switch Line contactor Basic shunt tip Full featured shunt trip non-reversing isolation Reversion isolation Integral Full Voltage Bypass Communication options Enclosure ratings Communication Standards and Certifications © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Type 1 general purpose • • • • • Modbus RJ45 (included as standard) BACnet (embedded) LonWorks (option card) Metasys N2 (embedded) APOGEE FLN (P1) (embedded) UL 508C, Seismic qualification ICC ES AC156 acceptance test protocol Type 1 general purpose Type 12 industrial use (Dust-Tight/Drip-Tight) Type 3R outdoor use • Modbus (embedded) Service Entrance Rating, UL Listed per UL 508 under category NKJH, Conforms to applicable NEMA ICS, NFPA, and IEC standards, Manufactured under ISO9001 standards, Factory modification E10 provides Canadian cUL certification per C22.2, No.14, Seismic qualification 26-5 AC Drives Altivar™ 212 Refer to Brochure 8800BR1102 www.schneider-electric.us The Altivar 212 drive is for use with three-phase asynchronous motors for variable torque pump and fan applications. Select the Altivar 212 drive using the motor nameplate voltage, the full load ampere rating = and the table below. The Altivar 212 drive includes 3 logic inputs, 2 analog inputs, 1 analog output, and 2 relay outputs (with 1 NO and 1 NO/NC contacts). The Altivar 212 drive includes an integrated 4 digit, 7 segment LED display with a 7 button keypad and includes an RJ45 Modbus port plus a four-screw terminal block for BACnet, Modbus, Metasys N2 and Apogee P1 communication protocols. LonWorks™ is available in an option card. Table 26.1: Altivar™ 212 Selection and Pricing ATV212HU15N4 Enclosure Rating AC Input Line Voltage ATV212W075N4 200/240 Vac -15%, +10% Three-Phase 26 ATV212HU30M3X AC DRIVES 380/480 Vac -15%, +10% Three-Phase Three-Phase Motor Powera Continuous Output Current Type 1 Conduit Kit Purchase ATV212 and Conduit Kit for Type 1 Installation IP 20b Open Style Product $ Price Catalog Number $ Price Type 12 / IP54cd HP kW Aa Catalog Number Catalog Number $ Price 1 2 3 4 5 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 4.6 7.5 10.6 13.7 18.7 ATV212H075M3X ATV212HU15M3X ATV212HU22M3X ATV212HU30M3X ATV212HU40M3X 309. 400. 454. 555. 618. VW3A31814 VW3A31814 VW3A31814 VW3A31815 VW3A31815 45. 45. 45. 45. 45. — — — — — — — — — — 7.5 10 15 20 25 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 24.2 32 46.2 61 74.8 ATV212HU55M3X ATV212HU75M3X ATV212HD11M3X ATV212HD15M3X ATV212HD18M3X 799. 963. 1225. 1532. 1795. VW3A31816 VW3A31816 VW3A31817 VW3A31817 VW3A31817 45. 45. 45. 45. 45. — — — — — — — — — — 30 40 22 30 88 117 ATV212HD22M3X ATV212HD30M3X 2188. 2806. VW3A9206 VW3A9208 65. 135. — — — — 1 2 3 4 5 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.2 3.7 5.1 7.2 9.1 ATV212H075N4 ATV212HU15N4 ATV212HU22N4 ATV212HU30N4 ATV212HU40N4 400. 472. 545. 618. 654. VW3A31814 VW3A31814 VW3A31814 VW3A31815 VW3A31815 45. 45. 45. 45. 45. ATV212W075N4 ATV212WU15N4 ATV212WU22N4 ATV212WU30N4 ATV212WU40N4 500. 590. 681. 772. 817. 7.5 10 15 20 25 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 12 16 22.5 30.5 37 ATV212HU55N4 ATV212HU75N4 ATV212HD11N4 ATV212HD15N4 ATV212HD18N4 798. 946. 1145. 1425. 1705. VW3A31815 VW3A31816 VW3A31816 VW3A31817 VW3A31817 45. 45. 45. 45. 45. ATV212WU55N4 ATV212WU75N4 ATV212WD11N4 ATV212WD15N4 ATV212WD18N4 998. 1183. 1489. 1853. 2131. 30 30 40 50 60 75 100 22 22 30 37 45 55 75 43.5 43.5 58.5 79 94 116 160 ATV212HD22N4Sd ATV212HD22N4 ATV212HD30N4 ATV212HD37N4 ATV212HD45N4 ATV212HD55N4 ATV212HD75N4 1780. 1856. 2284. 2686. 3372. 3883. 4433. VW3A31817 VW3A9206 VW3A9206 VW3A9207 VW3A9207 VW3A9208 VW3A9208 45. 65. 65. 65. 65. 135. 135. — ATV212WD22N4 ATV212WD30N4 ATV212WD37N4 ATV212WD45N4 ATV212WD55N4 ATV212WD75N4 — 2412. 2855. 3358. 4215. 4853. 5541. UL File E116875, CSA 2278406, Plenum rated per UL 508C for UL 1995 installations. NOM, CE a ATV212HD37N4 b c d These horsepower, wattage and continuous ampere ratings apply to the default switching frequency and maximum 40 °C ambient. Refer to the installation manual for derating curves as a function of switching frequency, ambient temperature, and mounting conditions. IP20 Altivar 212 drives can be installed as UL Type 1 with an optional conduit box by following the instructions in the Installation Manual. For ATV212W... drives with Class B EMC filter, add the letter “C” to the end of the standard catalog number and multiply $ Price by 1.3. Late 3Q 2011 availability. Table 26.2: Altivar 212 Options and Accessories Description For Use on Drives Catalog Number $ Price User Interface Options VW3A1101 Remote LCD Display Keypad 8 line, 24 characters per line, plain text, 8 keys, rotary wheel, 60 °C IP54 rated Altivar 212, 312, 32 Altivar 61 & 71 VW3A1101b 115. IP54 rated kit for remote mounting LCD keypad on enclosure door. Clear plastic door for use with VW3A1102 for IP65 rating and tamper resistant. Female / Female right angle RJ45 adaptor, to connect cable and keypad.a VW3A1191 VW3A1102 VW3A1101 VW3A1102b VW3A1103b VW3A1105b 55. 35. 35. VW3A1101 VW3A1101 VW3A1101 VW3A1101 VW3A1104R10c VW3A1104R30c VW3A1104R50c VW3A1104R100c 35. 35. 35. 35. Remote LCD Keypad Mounting Remote LCD Keypad Mounting Cables —Equipped with two RJ45 connectors 1 meter length Accessories 3 meter length 5 meter length 10 meter length VW3A1101 VW3A1102 VW3A1103 VW3A1104R10 Multi-loader Use to copy configurations between like drives, PC Soft, or SoMove PC Software Altivar 12, 212, 312 32, 61, 71, & Altistart 22 VW3A8121 350. Potentiometer Operator, mounting collar, 2.5 kilohm, ½ watt potentiometer Altivar 212 ATVPOT25K 69. PC software configuring, monitoring and trouble shooting Altivar 212 drives. Requires one of two cables (noted below) to connect a PC to the RJ45 Modbus port on the drive Altivar 212 Software PCSoft USB/RS485 cable: equipped with USB connector and RJ45 connector SoMobile™ Altivar & Altistart TCSMCNAM3M002Pc 52. RS 232-RS485 converter with SUB-D & RJ45 port, cable with two RJ45 connectors Altivar 212 VW3A8106b 75. Software for compatible moble phones provides wireless interface similar to the LCD display. Requires Modbus™ to Bluetooth® adaptor to connect phone and Altivar 212 drive. Modbus Altivar 212 Bluetooth Adaptor Connects to RJ45 Modbus port on the drive. VW3A8121 Download at www.schneider-electric.us/drives Download at www.schneider-electric.us/drives Altivar 12, 212, 312, 61, 71 VW3A8114 85. Altivar 212 VW3A21212 375. Altivar 212H075M3X...U22M3X Altivar 212H075N4...U22N4 VW3A31852 375. Communication Option LonWorks Communication Card Option Provides a four-screw terminal block for connecton to LonWorks network. Install in place of standard control board that comes mounted in the Altivar 212 drive. The I/O count is reduced to 3LI, 1 AI and 1 NO/NC relay Mounting Kit DIN Rail Mounting For installation on 35 mm wide DIN rail Kit a b Not required if using VW3A1102. LonWorks Option Card VW3A21212 26-6 CP4B Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Drives Altivar™ 312 / 31C Refer to Brochure 8800BR0904 www.schneider-electric.us Table 26.3: Altivar™ 312 Selection and Pricing Three-Phase Motor Powera Open Drivesb Continuous Output Current Input Line Voltage HP kW Catalog Number $ Price b c 0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 1.5 3.3 3.7 4.6 6.9 8 11 ATV312H018M2 ATV312H037M2 ATV312H055M2 ATV312H075M2 ATV312HU11M2 ATV312HU15M2 ATV312HU22M2 268. 287. 306. 335. 363. 402. 468. 208/230 Vac Three-Phase 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 — 5.5 7.5 11 15 1.5 3.3 3.7 4.8 6.9 8 11 13.7 17.5 27.5 33 54 66 ATV312H018M3 ATV312H037M3 ATV312H055M3 ATV312H075M3 ATV312HU11M3 ATV312HU15M3 ATV312HU22M3 ATV312HU30M3 ATV312HU40M3 ATV312HU55M3 ATV312HU75M3 ATV312HD11M3 ATV312HD15M3 258. 287. 306. 325. 363. 421. 478. 554. 650. 841. 1013. 1338. 1721. 400/480 Vac Three-Phase 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 — 5.5 7.5 11 15 1.5 1.9 2.3 3 4.1 5.5 7.1 9.5 14.3 17 27.7 33 ATV312H037N4 ATV312H055N4 ATV312H075N4 ATV312HU11N4 ATV312HU15N4 ATV312HU22N4 ATV312HU30N4 ATV312HU40N4 ATV312HU55N4 ATV312HU75N4 ATV312HD11N4 ATV312HD15N4 363. 392. 421. 449. 497. 574. 650. 688. 860. 1052. 1386. 1721. 575/600 Vac Three-Phasec 1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7/4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 1.7 2.7 3.9 6.1 9 11 17 22 ATV312H075S6 ATV312HU15S6 ATV312HU22S6 ATV312HU40S6 ATV312HU55S6 ATV312HU75S6 ATV312HD11S6 ATV312HD15S6 484. 572. 660. 792. 989. 1209. 1594. 1979. These horsepower, wattage, and continuous ampere ratings apply to 4 kHz switching frequency and maximum 50 °C ambient. Refer to the installation manual for derating curves as a function of switching frequency, ambient temperature, and mounting conditions. Open type Altivar 312 Drives can be installed as UL Type 1 with optional conduit box when following instructions in the installation manual. A minimum 3% line reactor is required on all 575 V drive installations. Table 26.4: Altivar 31 UL Type 12 / IP54 Selection and Pricing Three-Phase Motor Powera Input Line Voltage IP54 / UL Type 12 Enclosed Standard $ Price kW HP Aa Catalog Number 208/230 Vac Single-Phase 0.18 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 1.5 3.3 3.7 4.6 6.9 8 11 ATV31C018M2 ATV31C037M2 ATV31C055M2 ATV31C075M2 ATV31CU11M2 ATV31CU15M2 ATV31CU22M2 362. 387. 413. 452. 490. 543. 632. 400/480 Vac Three-Phase 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 — 5.5 7.5 11 15 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 1.5 1.9 2.3 3 4.1 5.5 7.1 9.5 14.3 17 27.7 33 ATV31C037N4 ATV31C055N4 ATV31C075N4 ATV31CU11N4 ATV31CU15N4 ATV31CU22N4 ATV31CU30N4 ATV31CU40N4 ATV31CU55N4 ATV31CU75N4 ATV31CD11N4 ATV31CD15N4 490. 529. 568. 606. 671. 774. 878. 929. 1162. 1420. 1733. 2151. ATV31C IP54 / UL Type 12 a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Open Drivesb These horsepower, wattage, and continuous ampere ratings apply to 4 kHz switching frequency and maximum 50 °C ambient. Refer to the installation manual for derating curves as a function of switching frequency, ambient temperature, and mounting conditions. CP4B Discount Schedule 26-7 26 a 208/230 Vac Single-Phase 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 AC DRIVES A AC Drives Altivar™ 312 Refer to Brochure 8800BR0904 Table 26.5: www.schneider-electric.us Altivar™ 312 Options and Accessories Description Catalog Number For Use on Drives $ Price Software SoMove™ Lite This software enables the user to configure, set, debug and organize maintenance task for the ATV 312 soft starter. It can also be used to customize the integrated display terminal menus. It can be used with a direct connection or a Bluetooth® wireless connection. Free download www.schneider-electric.us Powersuite™ Test and Commissioning Software on CD-ROM. For use with Microsoft Windows™ 95, 98, NT, ATV312 all ranges VW3A8104 150. Software Kit and XP operating systems for PCs User Interface Kits USB to RJ45 Adaptor Kit For use in connecting to a PC with a USB port Remote Keypad Display Remote Keypad Display Remote Keypad Display and Mounting Kit Remote Keypad Display 1 meter 3 meters 5 meters 10 meters Profibus CANopen Daisy Chain DeviceNet Operator, mounting collar, 2.5 kilohm, ½ watt potentiometer Remote Keypad Options and Accessories Cable for remote mounting LCD graphic keypad. RJ-45 connector on each end. 26 Communication Options Potentiometer a Advantys™ OTB, Altistart™ motor starters, Altivar series TCSMCNAM3M 002P incl. HMI, Altivar controller ATV12 (IP54) — ATV12 (IP65) — ATV312 VW3A31101 ATV312, ATV61, ATV71 VW3A1101 a Any ATV61, Any ATV71 VW3A1104R10 Any ATV61, Any ATV71 VW3A1104R30 Any ATV61, Any ATV71 VW3A1104R50 Any ATV61, Any ATV71VW3A1104R100 ATV312 VW3A31207 ATV312 VW3A31208 ATV312 VW3A31209 Altivar 312 ATVPOT25K 52. — — 175. 115. 35. 35. 35. 45. 185. 185. 185. 69. Refer to page 26-14 for remote mounting kit and IP65 option for this keypad. NOTE: Refer to Catalog MKTED211041EN-US for communication cables. Table 26.6: Configuration Tools AC DRIVES Description Part Number For Use on Drives Bluetooth® Dongle: to establish connection between Altivar drives and PC enabled with Bluetooth VW3A8114 Simple Loader: to transfer configuration between like drives. For use with the Altivar product line. VW3A8120 Multi-loader: to copy a configuration from a drive or from SoMove via an SD card, and transferring to another drive or to a PC VW3A8121 All ATV12, ATV312, ATV32, ATV61 and ATV71 ATV12, ATV312, ATV212, ATV32, ATV61, ATV71 and ATS22 Table 26.7: Conduit Entrance Kit ATV28 Replacement Kit Dynamic Braking Resistor Kit 26-8 85. 175. 350. Options—Field Installed Kits Description DIN Rail Mount Kit $ Price For Use on Drives ATV312H018M2, ATV312H037M2, ATV312H055M2, ATV312H075M2, ATV312H018M3, ATV312H037M3, ATV312H055M3, ATV312H075M3 ATV312HU11M2, ATV312HU15M2, DIN Rail Mounting Plate for 35 mm wide DIN rail ATV312HU11M3, ATV312HU15M3, ATV312HU22M3, ATV312H037N4, ATV312H055N4, ATV312H075N4, ATV312HU11N4, ATV312HU15N4, ATV312H075S6, ATV312HU15S6 ATV312H018M2, ATV312H037M2, ATV312H055M2, ATV312H075M2 ATV312H018M3, ATV312H037M3, ATV312H055M3, ATV312H075M3 ATV312HU11M3, ATV312HU15M3 ATV312HU11M2, ATV312HU15M2, ATV312HU22M3, ATV312H037N4, ATV312H055N4, ATV312H075N4, ATV312HU11N4, ATV312HU15N4, Multiple knockout sizes Installation of conduit entrance kit and retention of vent cover on ATV312H075S6, ATV312HU15S6 top of drive controller provides the ATV31 with UL Type 1 rating. ATV312HU22M2, ATV312HU30M3, ATV312HU40M3, ATV312HU22N4, ATV312HU30N4, ATV312HU40N4, ATV312HU22S6, ATV312HU40S6 ATV312HU55M3, ATV312HU75M3, ATV312HU55N4, ATV312HU75N4, ATV312HU55S6, ATV312HU75S6 ATV312HD11M3, ATV312HD15M3, ATV312HD11N4, ATV312HD15N4, ATV312HD11S6, ATV312HD15S6 ATV312H018M2, ATV312H037M2, ATV312H055M2, ATV312H075M2 ATV312H018M3, ATV312H037M3, This kit contains brackets that adapt the spacing of the ATV312 ATV312H055M3, ATV312H075M3 mounting holes to be equivalent to that of an ATV28 with the ATV312HU11M2, ATV312HU15M2, same rating. This will permit the ATV312 to be secured to the ATV312HU11M3, ATV312HU15M3, panel holes and mounting hardware already in place for the ATV312HU22M3, ATV312H075S6, ATV28. ATV312HU15S6 ATV312HU55M3, ATV312HU75M3, ATV312HU55N4, ATV312HU75N4, ATV312HU55S6, ATV312HU75S6 ATV312H018M2–037M2 ATV312H018M3–037M3 ATV312H037N4–U40N4 ATV312H055M2–U22M2 ATV312H055M3–U22M3 DB resistors are provided in a Type 1 enclosure and are ATV312HU55N4–U75N4 thermally protected. ATV312HU30M3–U40M3 ATV312HD11N4–D15N4 ATV312HU55M3–U75M3 ATV312HD11M3–D15M3 CP4B Discount Schedule Catalog Number $ Price VW3A9804 72. VW3A9805 72. VW3A31812 45. VW3A31811 45. VW3A31813 45. VW3A31814 45. VW3A31815 45. VW3A31816 45. VW3A31817 45. VW3A31821 25. VW3A31822 25. VW3A31823 25. VW3A66711 422. VW3A66712 633. VW3A66713 950. VW3A66714 VW3A66715 1266. 1846. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Drives Altivar™ 312 www.schneider-electric.us Options—Field Installed Kits (Continued) Description For Use on Drives Open Style Line Reactors 575 V Enclosed (Type 1) Single-phase supply voltage: 200–240 V 50/60 Hz RFI Input Filter For compliance with European (CE) conducted emissions standard 55022 Class B (Class A filter built into 230/460 V ATV31 drives) 3 phase supply voltage: 200–240 V 50/60 Hz 3 phase supply voltage: 380–500 V 50/60 Hz Fan Kit © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Catalog Number $ Price See Price Guide 8800PL9701. Installation of the fan kit enables the drive to operate in higher ambient temperatures. The fan mounts on the drive. Consult the product catalog for more information. CP4B CP4C Discount Schedule ATV312H075S6 RL00202 158. ATV312HU15S6 ATV312HU22S6 RL00403 163. ATV312HU40S6 ATV312HU55S6 ATV312HU75S6 ATV312HD11S6 ATV312HD15S6 RL00803 RL00802 RL01202 RL01802 RL02502 245. 179. 200. 253. 291. ATV312H075S6 RL00212 289. ATV312HU15S6 ATV312HU22S6 RL00413 294. ATV312HU40S6 ATV312HU55S6 ATV312HU75S6 ATV312HD11S6 ATV312HD15S6 RL00813 RL00812 RL01212 RL01812 RL02512 379. 310. 332. 388. 507. ATV312H037M2 ATV312H055M2 ATV312H075M2 VW3A31401 58. ATV312HU11M2 ATV312HU15M2 VW3A31403 79. ATV312HU22M2 VW3A31405 108. ATV312H018M3 ATV312H037M3 ATV312H055M3 ATV312H075M3 VW3A31402 72. ATV312HU11M3 ATV312HU15M3 ATV312HU22M3 VW3A31404 90. ATV312HU30M3 ATV312HU40M3 VW3A31406 133. ATV312HU55M3 ATV312HU75M3 VW3A31407 189. ATV312HD11M3 ATV312HD15M3 VW3A31408 297. ATV312HD11N4 ATV312HD15N4 VW3A31409 243. ATV312H037N4 ATV312H055N4 ATV312H075N4 ATV312HU11N4 ATV312HU15N4 VW3A31404 90. ATV312HU22N4 ATV312HU30N4 ATV312HU40N4 VW3A31406 133. ATV312HU55N4 ATV312HU75N4 VW3A31407 189. ATV312HD11N4 ATV312HD15N4 VW3A31409 243. ATV61/71HD18M3X...HD22M3X, ATV61/71HD22N4 VW3A9404 135.00 ATV61/71HD30N4...HD37N4 VW3A9405 145.00 ATV61/71HD30M3X...HD45M3X VW3A9406 165.00 ATV61/71HD45N4...HD75N4 VW3A9407 195.00 26-9 AC DRIVES 230/460 V 26 Table 26.7: AC Drives Altivar™ 61 Refer to Brochure 8800BR0601 www.schneider-electric.us Altivar 61 Three-Phase Drives Table 26.8: Selection and Pricing Variable Torque‘ Input Line Voltage Catalog Number with LCD Keypad (Stocked)f $ Price Catalog Number to have ATV61 and Type 1 conduit \entry kit shipped as one line item. Field installation required (Packaged as kit at warehouse). $ Price Catalog Number with LED Keypad (Non-stocked) $ Price 26 kW A 208/240 Vac Three Phase 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 4.8 8 11 13.7 17.5 27.5 33 54 66 75 88 120 144 176 221 285 359 ATV61H075M3ad ATV61HU15M3ad ATV61HU22M3ad ATV61HU30M3ad ATV61HU40M3ad ATV61HU55M3ad ATV61HU75M3ad ATV61HD11M3Xabd ATV61HD15M3Xabd ATV61HD18M3Xabd ATV61HD22M3Xabd ATV61HD30M3Xabd ATV61HD37M3Xabd ATV61HD45M3Xabd ATV61HD55M3Xbcd ATV61HD75M3Xbcd ATV61HD90M3Xbcd 639. 663. 764. 925. 1035. 1292. 1586. 2011. 2525. 2943. 3586. 4599. 5342. 6326. 7806. 9379. 11954. ATV61H075M3T1d ATV61HU15M3T1d ATV61HU22M3T1d ATV61HU30M3T1d ATV61HU40M3T1d ATV61HU55M3T1d ATV61HU75M3T1d ATV61HD11M3XT1bd ATV61HD15M3XT1bd ATV61HD18M3XT1bd ATV61HD22M3XT1bd ATV61HD30M3XT1bd ATV61HD37M3XT1bd ATV61HD45M3XT1bd ATV61HD55M3XT1bd ATV61HD75M3XT1bd ATV61HD90M3XT1bd 684. 708. 809. 970. 1080. 1337. 1631. 2056. 2570. 3008. 3651. 4684. 5427. 6411. 8266. 9839. 12507. ATV61H075M3Z ATV61HU15M3Z ATV61HU22M3Z ATV61HU30M3Z ATV61HU40M3Z ATV61HU55M3Z ATV61HU75M3Z ATV61HD11M3XZb ATV61HD15M3XZb — — — — — — — — 544. 568. 669. 830. 940. 1197. 1491. 1916. 2430. — — — — — — — — 400/480 Vac Three Phase 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 350 400 500 600 700 900 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 130 160 220 250 315 400 500 630 2.3 4.1 5.8 7.8 10.5 14.3 17.6 27.7 33 41 48 66 79 94 116 160 179 215 259 314 427 481 616 759 941 1188 ATV61H075N4ad ATV61HU15N4ad ATV61HU22N4ad ATV61HU30N4ad ATV61HU40N4ad ATV61HU55N4ad ATV61HU75N4ad ATV61HD11N4ad ATV61HD15N4ad ATV61HD18N4ad ATV61HD22N4ad ATV61HD30N4ad ATV61HD37N4ad ATV61HD45N4ad ATV61HD55N4ad ATV61HD75N4ad ATV61HD90N4cd ATV61HC11N4cd ATV61HC13N4cd ATV61HC16N4cd ATV61HC22N4cd ATV61HC25N4cde ATV61HC31N4ce ATV61HC40N4ce ATV61HC50N4ce ATV61HC63N4ce 754. 857. 999. 1125. 1158. 1299. 1578. 1868. 2322. 2795. 3042. 3744. 4403. 5528. 6365. 7267. 7988. 9022. 10366. 11711. 13993. 16475. 23734. 31783. 44235. 63935. ATV61H075N4T1d ATV61HU15N4T1d ATV61HU22N4T1d ATV61HU30N4T1d ATV61HU40N4T1d ATV61HU55N4T1d ATV61HU75N4T1d ATV61HD11N4T1d ATV61HD15N4T1d ATV61HD18N4T1d ATV61HD22N4T1d ATV61HD30N4T1d ATV61HD37N4T1d ATV61HD45N4T1d ATV61HD55N4T1d ATV61HD75N4T1d ATV61HD90N4T1d ATV61HC11N4T1d ATV61HC13N4T1d ATV61HC16N4T1d ATV61HC22N4T1d ATV61HC25N4T1d — — — — 799. 902. 1044. 1170. 1203. 1344. 1623. 1913. 2367. 2840. 3107. 3809. 4468. 5563. 6500. 7402. 8448. 9575. 10939. 12299. 14581. 17079. — — — — ATV61H075N4Z ATV61HU15N4Z ATV61HU22N4Z ATV61HU30N4Z ATV61HU40N4Z ATV61HU55N4Z ATV61HU75N4Z ATV61HD11N4Z ATV61HD15N4Z ATV61HD18N4Z ATV61HD22N4Z ATV61HD30N4Z ATV61HD37N4Z ATV61HD45N4Z ATV61HD55N4Z ATV61HD75N4Z — — — — — — — — — — 659. 762. 904. 1030. 1063. 1204. 1483. 1773. 2227. 2700. 2947. 3649. 4308. 5433. 6270. 7172. — — — — — — — — — — AC DRIVES HP a b c d e f 26-10 Three-Phase Continuous Output Motor Power Current Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 1 hp to 10 hp at 230 Vac 3 phase and up to 100 hp at 460 V, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 15 hp to 60 hp at 230 Vac 3 phase, add “337” to the end of the catalog number. In both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. This option is standard on 55 kW/75 hp @ 230 Vac 3 phase and higher and 90 kW/125 hp @ 460 Vac and higher. Product does not contain an EMC filter. Product ships with a DC choke that must be field mounted. A 5% line reactor may be purchased and installed in place of the DC choke. Add “D” to the end of the catalog number to receive just the AC drive and multiply the listed price by .96 to obtain new price. These products can be ordered with LonWorks® or BACnet communication option card shipped as one line item. Field installation required. Add “LW” to the end of the part number to receive a LonWorks option card. Add $550 to the price. Add “BN” to the end of the part number to receive a BACnet option card. Add $225 to the price. These products do not contain a dynamic braking transistor. A separate transistor must be added for applications requiring dynamic braking. When ordering replacements for Square D™ brand E-Flex™, MCC and M-Flex™ enclosed drive controllers containing the Altivar 61 drive, identify the replacement catalog number by referring to the applicable instruction manual, the side nameplate on power converter, or using the graphic keypad (menu 1.11 identification). CP4C Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Drives Altivar™ 61 www.schneider-electric.us Table 26.8: Altivar 61 Selection and Pricing (continued) Variable Torque Three-Phase Motor Power 575/690 Vac Three Phase a b c Continuous Output Current HP kW A 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 — 200 250 350 450 550 700 800 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 3.9 5.8 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 150 180 220 290 355 420 543 675 840 Catalog Number with LCD Keypad (Stocked) $ Price ATV61HU30Ya ATV61HU40Ya ATV61HU55Ya ATV61HU75Ya ATV61HD11Ya ATV61HD15Ya ATV61HD18Ya ATV61HD22Ya ATV61HD30Ya ATV61HD37Ya ATV61HD45Ya ATV61HD55Ya ATV61HD75Ya ATV61HD90Ya ATV61HC11Yab ATV61HC13Yab ATV61HC16Yab ATV61HC20Yab ATV61HC25Yabc ATV61HC31Yabc ATV61HC40Yabc ATV61HC50Yabc ATV61HC63Yabc ATV61HC80Yabc 1889. 1990. 2099. 2380. 2799. 3380. 3979. 4790. 5780. 6999. 8579. 10379. 12199. 14399. 16899. 19179. 20795. 24290. 28950. 35950. 46750. 59590. 78490. 103390. Conformal coating is standard. An AC 5% line reactor is mandatory. These products do not contain a dynamic braking transistor. A separate transistor must be added for applications requiring dynamic braking. AC DRIVES Input Line Voltage In an application where it is necessary to use a 240 V single-phase input for a 3-phase motor, the drive must be derated; therefore, the power listed on the drive nameplate will be higher than the power rating on the motor nameplate. For more information on wire and line reactor sizing, refer to Altivar 61 and 71 Supplementary Ratings (30072-451-38) and Price Guide 8800PL9701 for line reactor selection and pricing. Table 26.9: Altivar 61 Selection and Pricing With A 3% Line Reactor Input Line Voltage Motor Power Continuous Output Current HP kW A HP b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Motor Power kW Continuous Output Current Catalog Number with LCD Keypad List Price $ A Catalog Number for ATV61 drive and Type 1 conduit entry kit shipped as one line item. Field installation required (packaged as kit at warehouse). List Price $ Catalog Number with LED Keypad (Non-stocked) List Price $ — — — 0.5 0.37 3 ATV61H075M3ab 639.00 ATV61H075M3T1b 684.00 ATV61H075M3Za 544.00 — — — 1 0.75 4.8 ATV61HU15M3ab 663.00 ATV61HU15M3T1b 708.00 ATV61HU15M3Za 568.00 — — — 2 1.5 8 ATV61HU22M3ab 764.00 ATV61HU22M3T1b 809.00 ATV61HU22M3Za 669.00 — — — 3 2.2 11 ATV61HU30M3ab 925.00 ATV61HU30M3T1b 970.00 ATV61HU30M3Za 830.00 — 3 13.7 — — — ATV61HU40M3ab 1035.00 ATV61HU40M3T1b 1080.00 ATV61HU40M3Za 940.00 17.5 — — — ATV61HU55M3ab 1292.00 ATV61HU55M3T1b 1337.00 ATV61HU55M3Za 1197.00 ATV61HU75M3ab ATV61HU75M3Za 1491.00 5 4 208/ 240 Vac 7.5 5.5 Single Phase 10 7.5 a Without A 3% Line Reactor 27.5 5 4 17.5 1586.00 ATV61HU75M3T1ab 1631.00 33 7.5 5.5 27.5 ATV61HD15M3Xab 2525.00 ATV61HD15M3XT1b 2570.00 ATV61HD15M3XZa 2430.00 — — — 10 7.5 33 ATV61HD18M3Xab 2943.00 ATV61HD18M3XT1b 3008.00 — — 15 11 54 — — — ATV61HD22M3Xab 3586.00 ATV61HD22M3XT1b 3651.00 — — 20 15 66 15 11 54 ATV61HD30M3Xab 4599.00 ATV61HD30M3XT1b 4684.00 — — 25 18 75 20 15 66 ATV61HD37M3Xab 5342.00 ATV61HD37M3XT1b 5427.00 — — 30 22 88 25 18 75 ATV61HD45M3Xab 6326.00 ATV61HD45M3XT1b 6411.00 — — Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 0.5 hp to 5 hp at 230 Vac single phase, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 7.5 hp to 25 hp at 230 Vac single phase, add “337” to the end of the catalog number. In both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain the new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. Product does not contain an EMC filter. CP4C Discount Schedule 26-11 26 Altivar™ 61 Single-Phase Drives AC Drives Altivar™ 71 www.schneider-electric.us Altivar 71 Single-Phase In an application where it is necessary to use a 240 V single-phase input for a 3-phase motor, the drive must be derated; therefore, the power listed on the drive nameplate will be higher than the power rating on the motor nameplate. For more information on wire and line reactor sizing, refer to Altivar 61 and 71 Supplementary Ratings (30072-451-38). Table 26.10: Altivar 71 Selection and Pricing With A 3% Line Reactor Input Line Voltage 26 AC DRIVES b c Catalog Number with LED Keypad (Non-stocked) Price $ 697. ATV71H075M3Za 557. 729. ATV71HU15M3Za 589. ATV71HU22M3T1 841. ATV71HU22M3Za 701. 984. ATV71HU30M3T1 1029. ATV71HU30M3Za 889. 1150. ATV71HU40M3T1 1195. ATV71HU40M3Za 1055. Continuous Output Current HP kW A HP — — — 0.5 0.37 3 ATV71H075M3a 652. ATV71H075M3T1 — — — 1 0.75 4.8 ATV71HU15M3a 694. ATV71HU15M3T1 — — — 2 1.5 8 ATV71HU22M3a 796. — — — 3 2.2 11 ATV71HU30M3a — 3 13.7 — — — ATV71HU40M3a Motor Power kW Continuous Catalog Number Output with LCD Keypadb Current Catalog Number to have ATV71 and Type 1 conduit entry kit shipped as one line item. Field installation required (Packaged as kit at warehouse). Motor Power 5 4 208/ 240 Vac Single 7.5 5.5 Phase 10 7.5 a Without A 3% Line Reactor Price $ A Price $ 17.5 — — — ATV71HU55M3a 1458. ATV71HU55M3T1 1503. ATV71HU55M3Za 1363. 27.5 5 4 17.5 ATV71HU75M3a 1790. ATV71HU75M3T1 1835. ATV71HU75M3Za 1695. 33 7.5 5.5 27.5 ATV71HD15M3Xac 2850. ATV71HD15M3XT1c 2895. ATV71HD15M3XZa 2755. — — — 10 7.5 33 ATV71HD18M3Xac 3422. ATV71HD18M3XT1c 3487. — — 15 11 54 — — — ATV71HD22M3Xac 4170. ATV71HD22M3XT1c 4253. — — 20 15 66 15 11 54 ATV71HD30M3Xac 5348. ATV71HD30M3XT1c 5433. — — 25 18 75 20 15 66 ATV71HD37M3Xac 6212. ATV71HD37M3XT1c 6297. — — 30 22 88 25 18 75 ATV71HD45M3Xac 7356. ATV71HD45M3XT1c 7491. — — Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 0.5 hp to 5 hp at 230 Vac single-phase, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 7.5 hp to 25 hp at 230 Vac single-phase, add “337” to the end of the catalog number. In both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. These products can be ordered with LonWorks® or BACnet communication option card shipped as one line item. Field installation required. Add “LW” to the end of the part number to receive a LonWorks option card. Add $550 to the price. Add “BN” to the end of the partnumber to receive a BACnet option card. Add $225 to the price. Product does not contain an EMC filter. Altivar 71 Three-Phase Table 26.11: Altivar 71 Selection and Pricing Constant Torque Input Line Voltage LCD Keypad 208/240 Vac Three Phase LED Keypad a b c d e 26-12 Three-Phase Motor Power Continuous Output Current d $ Price Catalog Number ATV71 drive and Type 1 conduit entry kit $ Price Catalog Number with LED Keypad (Non-stocked) $ Price HP kW A 0.5 0.37 3 ATV71H037M3a 616. ATV71H037M3T1 661. ATV71H037M3Z 521. 1 0.75 4.8 ATV71H075M3a 652. ATV71H075M3T1 697. ATV71H075M3Z 557. 2 1.5 8 ATV71HU15M3a 684. ATV71HU15M3T1 729. ATV71HU15M3Z 589. 3 2.2 11 ATV71HU22M3a 796. ATV71HU22M3T1 841. ATV71HU22M3Z 701. 4 3 13.7 ATV71HU30M3a 984. ATV71HU30M3T1 1029. ATV71HU30M3Z 889. 5 4 17.5 ATV71HU40M3a 1150. ATV71HU40M3T1 1195. ATV71HU40M3Z 1055. 7.5 5.5 27.5 ATV71HU55M3a 1458. ATV71HU55M3T1 1503. ATV71HU55M3Z 1363. 10 7.5 33 ATV71HU75M3a 1790. ATV71HU75M3T1 1835. ATV71HU75M3Z 1695. 15 11 54 ATV71HD11M3Xab 2270. ATV71HD11M3XT1b 2315. ATV71HD11M3XZb 2175. 20 15 66 ATV71HD15M3Xab 2850. ATV71HD15M3XT1b 2895. ATV71HD15M3XZb 2755. 25 18 75 ATV71HD18M3Xab 3422. ATV71HD18M3XT1b 3487. — — 30 22 88 ATV71HD22M3Xab 4170. ATV71HD22M3XT1b 4235. — — 40 30 120 ATV71HD30M3Xab 5348. ATV71HD30M3XT1b 5433. — — 50 37 144 ATV71HD37M3Xab 6212. ATV71HD37M3XT1b 6297. — — 60 45 176 ATV71HD45M3Xab 7356. ATV71HD45M3XT1b 7491. — — 75 55 221 ATV71HD55M3Xbce 8870. ATV71HD55M3XT1b 9330. — — 100 75 285 ATV71HD75M3Xbce 10658. ATV71HD75M3XT1b 11211. — — Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 0.5 hp to 10 hp at 230 Vac 3 phase and up to 100 hp at 460 V, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 15 hp to 60 hp at 230 Vac 3 phase, add “337” to the end of the catalog number. In both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. This option is standard on 55 kW/75 hp @ 230 Vac 3 phase and higher & 90 kW/125 hp @ 460 Vac and higher. Product does not contain an EMC filter. Product ships with a DC choke that must be field mounted. A 5% line reactor may be purchased and installed in place of the DC choke. Add “D” to the end of the catalog number to receive just the AC drive and multiply the listed price by.96 to obtain new price. Also possible for use with a synchronous motor. Add “383” to the end of the catalog number and multiply the listed price by 1.2 to obtain new price. Conformal coating is standard. CP4C Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Drives Altivar™ 71 Refer to Brochure 8000BR0826 www.schneider-electric.us Table 26.13: Altivar™ 71 Selection and Pricing (continued) 400/480 Vac Three Phase ATV71HC31Y 575/690 Vac Three Phase a b © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved HP kW A 1 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 450 500 600 700 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 350 450 550 700 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 130 160 200 250 280 310 400 500 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 2.3 4.1 5.8 7.8 10.5 14.3 17.6 27.7 33 41 48 66 79 94 116 160 179 215 259 314 387 481 550 616 759 941 2.7 3.9 5.8 6.1 9 11 17 22 27 32 41 52 62 77 99 125 150 180 220 290 355 420 543 675 Catalog Number with LCD Keypad (Stocked) ATV71H075N4ac ATV71HU15N4ac ATV71HU22N4ac ATV71HU30N4ac ATV71HU40N4ac ATV71HU55N4ac ATV71HU75N4ac ATV71HD11N4ac ATV71HD15N4ac ATV71HD18N4ac ATV71HD22N4ac ATV71HD30N4ac ATV71HD37N4ac ATV71HD45N4ac ATV71HD55N4ac ATV71HD75N4ac ATV71HD90N4bc ATV71HC11N4bc ATV71HC13N4bc ATV71HC16N4bc ATV71HC20N4bcf ATV71HC25N4bcf ATV71HC28N4bcf ATV71HC31N4bcf ATV71HC40N4bcf ATV71HC50N4bcf ATV71HU22Yd ATV71HU30Yd ATV71HU40Yd ATV71HU55Yd ATV71HU75Yd ATV71HD11Yd ATV71HD15Yd ATV71HD18Yd ATV71HD22Yd ATV71HD30Yd ATV71HD37Yd ATV71HD45Yd ATV71HD55Yd ATV71HD75Yd ATV71HD90Yd ATV71HC11Yde ATV71HC13Yde ATV71HC16Yde ATV71HC20Ydef ATV71HC25Ydef ATV71HC31Ydef ATV71HC40Ydef ATV71HC50Ydef ATV71HC63Ydef $ Price 794. 912. 1110. 1250. 1316. 1584. 1924. 2278. 2832. 3408. 3710. 4566. 5370. 6742. 7762. 8862. 9742. 11002. 12642. 14282. 16462. 19382. 23002. 27922. 37392. 52041. 1889. 1990. 2009. 2380. 2799. 3380. 3979. 4790. 5780. 6999. 8579. 10379. 12199. 14399. 16899. 19179. 23795. 24290. 28950. 35950. 46750. 59590. 78490. 103390. Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. Up to 100 hp at 460 V, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number and multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. This option is standard on 90 kW/125 hp @ 460 Vac and higher. Product ships with a DC choke that must be field mounted. A 5% line reactor may be purchased and installed in place of the DC choke. Add “D” to the end of the catalog number to receive just the AC drive and CP4C Discount Schedule Catalog Number to have ATV71 drive and Type 1 conduit entry kit shipped as one line item. Field installation required (Packaged as kit at warehouse). ATV71H075N4T1 ATV71HU15N4T1 ATV71HU22N4T1 ATV71HU30N4T1 ATV71HU40N4T1 ATV71HU55N4T1 ATV71HU75N4T1 ATV71HD11N4T1 ATV71HD15N4T1 ATV71HD18N4T1 ATV71HD22N4T1 ATV71HD30N4T1 ATV71HD37N4T1 ATV71HD45N4T1 ATV71HD55N4T1 ATV71HD71N4T1 ATV71HD90N4T1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — c d e f $ Price 839. 957. 1155. 1295. 1361. 1629. 1969. 2323. 2877. 3453. 3775. 4631. 5435. 6877. 7897. 8997. 10202. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Catalog Number with LED Keypad (Non-stocked) ATV71H075N4Z ATV71HU15N4Z ATV71HU22N4Z ATV71HU30N4Z ATV71HU40N4Z ATV71HU55N4Z ATV71HU75N4Z ATV71HD11N4Z ATV71HD15N4Z ATV71HD18N4Z ATV71HD22N4Z ATV71HD30N4Z ATV71HD37N4Z ATV71HD45N4Z ATV71HD55N4Z ATV71HD75N4Z — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ PriceW 699. 817. 1015. 1155. 1221. 1489. 1829. 2183. 2737. 3313. 3615. 4471. 5275. 6647. 7667. 8767. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — multiply the listed price by.96 to obtain new price. Also possible for use with a synchronous motor. Add “383” to the end of the catalog number and multiply the listed price by 1.2 to obtain new price. Conformal coating is standard. An AC 5% line reactor is mandatory. These products do not contain a dynamic braking transistor. A separate transistor must be added for applications requiring dynamic braking. 26-13 AC DRIVES ATV71HC28N4 Three-Phase Continuous Output Motor Power Current 26 Constant Torque Input Line Voltage AC Drives Altivar 61™ / Altivar 71™ www.schneider-electric.us 2 Table 26.12: 3 Options—Field Installed Description 1 For Use on Drives Operator Interface LCD Keypad Mounting Kits 115. Remote mounting kit: includes bezel and mounting hardware VW3A1102 55. Door for use with remote mount kit for IP65 rating VW3A1103 45. VW3A1104R10 35. VW3A1104R30 35. 5 meters VW3A1104R50 35. 10 meters VW3A1104R100 45. VW3A1105 35. Cable for remote mounting LCD graphic keypad RJ-45 connector on each end 3 meters Operator, mounting collar, 2.5 kilohm, 1•2 watt potentiometer 26 Option Card Assembly any ATV61 any ATV71 RJ-45 female—female adaptor to connect LCD keypad and cable. Not required if using VW3A1102. PowerSuite™ Software Options PowerSuite software on CD for PC USB/RS485 cord set (equipped with RJ45 socket) For Wireless Connection Modbus™ to I/O Adaptor 115 Vac logic input adaptor adapts 7 logic inputs for use with user supplied 115 Vac signals I/O Extension Option Cards $ Price VW3A1101 1 meter 4 Catalog No. LCD graphic keypad: IP54 rating Bluetooth® Gateway and RS-485 converter Basic I/O option card—4 logic inputs, 2 logic outputs, 1 Form C relay output, an input for PTC motor probes, a 24 Vdc output, and a 10 Vdc output Extended I/O option card—contains all the I/O on the Basic I/O option card plus 2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, 1 pulse input Altivar 61 ATVPOT25K 69. Altivar AC drives Altistart™ 48 TeSys™ U-line VW3A8104 150. TCSMCNAM3M002P 52. any ATV61 any ATV71 VW3A8114 85. any ATV61 any ATV71 VW3A3101 195. VW3A3201 165. VW3A3202 195. any ATV61 any ATV71 AC DRIVES CANopen Adapter This adaptor connects to the RJ-45 port and provides a 9–pin male SUB–D connector conforming to the CANopen standard (CIA DRP 303–1) any ATV61 any ATV71 VW3CANA71 45. CANopen Connector 9-pin female SUB–D with line terminator (can be disabled). 180º cable outlet CAN–H, CAN–L, CAN–GND connection any ATV61 any ATV71 Incremental Encoder Interface Option Cards VW3CANKCDF180T 45. with RS-422 outputs, 5 Vdc VW3A3401 85. with RS-422 outputs, 15 Vdc VW3A3402 85. with open collector outputs, 12 Vdc VW3A3403 85. with open collector outputs, 15 Vdc VW3A3404 85. with push–pull outputs, 12 Vdc VW3A3405 85. VW3A3406 85. VW3A3407 85. any ATV71 with push–pull outputs, 15 Vdc with push–pull outputs, 24 Vdc I/O Option Card Resolver VW3A3408a 85. Universal with SinCos, SinCos Hiperface®, SinCos EnDat® or SSI output VW3A3409a 85. Incremental with RS422 outputs and encoder emulation VW3A3411a 85. VW3A3302 550. Modbus / Uni-Telway™ card VW3A3303 225. Modbus TCP/IP daisy chain VW3A3310D 275. VW3A3304 550. VW3A3307 550. VW3A3307S371 550. DeviceNet™ card VW3A3309 225. Ethernet/IP™ card VW3A3316 275. LonWorks® card VW3A3312 550. Metasys® N2 card VW3A3313 225. VW3A3314 225. VW3A3315 225. VW3A3521S0 755. Modbus™ Plus card Interbus® S card any ATV61 any ATV71 Profibus DP card Communication Option Cards Communication Option Card Profibus DPv1 card any ATV61 Apogee® FLN P1 card BACnet card IMC Option Card ATV IMC drive controller cardc Controller Inside Option Card Programmable option card, conforms with IEC61131–3 programming standard. any ATV61 any ATV71 VW3A3501b 550. Water Solutions Control Card This option card contains a variety of pre-programmed functions and features to manage multi–pump installations. any ATV61 any ATV71 VW3A3503b 650. Simple Loader Using RJ45 port connections, the configurations of a drive can be downloaded then uploaded to compatible drive. ATV31, ATV61, and ATV71 VW3A8120 175. a b c For use with the ATV71H...383 drive ONLY. The drive cannot support the VW3A3503 water solutions card and the VW3A3501 controller inside option card simultaneously. SoMachine is required to use this product. Incremental Encoder Interface Option Card 26-14 CP4C Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Drives Altivar 61™ / Altivar 71™ Refer to Brochure 8800BR0601 and 8800BR0826 www.schneider-electric.us Description 3 For Use on Drives 1 3 1 4 2 6 5 Flange Kit Kit includes: a metal frame, seals, mounting hardware, and a bracket to mount the fan kit so the fan can be accessed from the front of the drive template. Kit used to mount the heatsink of the drive outside of an enclosure. Flange Kit VW3A9506 Type 1 Conduit Kit Kit includes: a metal box with conduit knockouts. The kit provides conduit landing when wall mounting the drive. ATV61/71H037M3...HU15M3 ATV61/71H075N4...HU22N4 ATV61/71HU22M3...HU40M3 ATV61/71HU30N4...HU40N4 ATV61/71HU55M3 ATV61/71HU55N4, HU75N4 ATV61/71HU75M3 ATV61/71HD11N4 ATV61/71HD11M3X..HD15M3X ATV61/71HD15N4, HD18N4 ATV61/71HD18M3X..HD22M3X ATV61/71HD22N4, ATV61/71HU30Y...HD30Y ATV61/71HD30N4, HD37N4 ATV61/71HD30M3X..HD45M3X ATV61/71HD45N4...HD75N4, ATV61/71HD37Y...HD90Y ATV61HD55M3X...HD75M3X ATV61HD90N4...HC11N4 ATV71HD55M3X, ATV71HD90N4 ATV61HD90M3X, ATV61HC13N4 ATV71HD75M3X, ATV71HC11N4 ATV61HC16N4, ATV61HC20Y, ATV61/71HC11Y...HC16Y, ATV71HC13N4 ATV61HC22N4, ATV71HC16N4 ATV61HC25N4…HC31N4 ATV61HC40Y ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4 ATV71HC20Y ATV61HC25N4…HC31N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor ATV61HC40Y ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor ATV71HC20Y ATV61/71H037M3...HU15M3 ATV61/71H075N4...HU22N4 ATV61/71HU22M3...HU40M3 ATV61/71HU30N4...HU40N4 ATV61/71HU55M3 ATV61/71HU55N4, HU75N4 ATV61/71HU75M3 ATV61/71HD11N4 ATV61/71HD11M3X..HD15M3X ATV61/71HD15N4, HD18N4 ATV61/71HD18M3X..HD22M3X ATV61/71HD22N4 ATV61/71HU30Y...HD30Y ATV61/71HD30N4, HD37N4 ATV61/71HD30M3X..HD45M3X ATV61/71HD45N4..HD75N4 ATV61/71HD37Y...HD90Y ATV61HD55M3X...HD75M3X ATV61HD90N4...HC11N4 ATV71HD55M3X, ATV71HD90N4, ATV61HC11N4 ATV61HD90M3X, ATV61HC13N4 ATV71HD75M3X, ATV71HC11N4 ATV61HC16N4, ATV71HC13N4 ATV61/71HC11Y...HC16Y ATV61HC20Y ATV61HC22N4, ATV71HC16N4 ATV61HC25N4...ATV61HC31N4 ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4 ATV71HC20Y ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y ATV61HC40Y ATV61HC25N4...HC31N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor ATV71HC20Y ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y ATV61HC40Y 230 V Drive controllers ATV61H••••a Profibus Option Card Cover a © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 075M3 U15M3 — U22M3 U30M3 U40M3 U55M3 — U75M3 D11M3X D15M3X Type 1 cover for Profibus Option Card ATV71H•••• 037M3 075M3 U15M3 U22M3 U30M3 U40M3 U55M3 — U75M3 D11M3X D15M3X Catalog No. $ Price VW3A9501 255. VW3A9502 279. VW3A9503 325. VW3A9504 358. VW3A9505 419. VW3A9506 438. VW3A9507 VW3A9508 VW3A9509 469. 469. 477. VW3A9510 500. VW3A9511 667. VW3A9512 1053. VW3A9513 1053. VW3A9514 1053. VW3A9515 1062. VW3A9201 45. VW3A9202 45. VW3A9203 45. VW3A9204 45. VW3A9205 45. VW3A9206 65. VW3A9207 VW3A9217 65. 85. VW3A9208 135. VW3A9209 460. VW3A9210 553. VW3A9211 573. VW3A9212 588. VW3A9213 604. VW3A9214 604. VW3A9201PF 101. VW3A9292PF 102. VW3A9203PF 104. VW3A9204PF 107. VW3A9205PF 112. 480 V Drive controllers ATV61H•••• 075N4 U15N4 U22N4 U30N4 U40N4 — U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4 D18N4 ATV71H•••• 075N4 U15N4 U22N4 U30N4 U40N4 — U55N4 U75N4 D11N4 D15N4 D18N4 The symbol “•” indicates the part of the number that varies with controller size or rating. CP4C Discount Schedule 26-15 AC DRIVES Options—Field Installed (continued) 26 Table 26.14: Enclosed Drives S–Flex™ 212 AC Drives Refer to Brochure 8800BR1104 www.schneider-electric.us Variable Torque AC Drive—208 V, 230 V, and 460 V Ratings Table 26.13: S-Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller Selection and Pricing Options Output Current Input Line Voltage HP Standard Product List $ Price Catalog Number kW A 208 Vac Three-phase 26 230 Vac Three-phase AC DRIVES S-Flex 212 Enclosed Drive Controller Type 1 Rated +14 to +104 °F (-10 to +40 °C) 460 Vac Three-phase a b AFC AFC Power Circuit W M Power Circuit Y Disc Switch Line Contactor MOD W Price $a MOD A07 Price $b MOD B07 Price $b 1 2 3 5 0.75 1.5 2.2 4 4.8 7.8 11 17.5 SFD212CG2Y SFD212DG2Y SFD212EG2Y SFD212FG2Y 1402. 1501. 1593. 1789. 1048. 1123. 1193. 1342. 1584. 1689. 1784. 1992. 1480. 1585. 1682. 1889. 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 25.3 32.2 48.3 62.1 78.2 92 120 SFD212GG2Y SFD212HG2Y SFD212JG2Y SFD212KG2Y SFD212LG2Y SFD212MG2Y SFD212NG2Y 1957. 2253. 2758. 3169. 3865. 4705. 5920. 1468. 1700. 2089. 2389. 2910. 3542. 4911. 2177. 2478. 3023. 3476. 4240. 5171. 6370. 2066. 2378. 2886. 3316. 4044. 4950. 6294. 1 2 3 5 0.75 1.5 2.2 4 4.2 6.8 9.6 15.2 SFD212CG3Y SFD212DG3Y SFD212EG3Y SFD212FG3Y 1402. 1501. 1593. 1789. 1048. 1123. 1193. 1342. 1584. 1689. 1784. 1992. 1480. 1585. 1682. 1889. 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 22 28 42 54 68 80 104 SFD212GG3Y SFD212HG3Y SFD212JG3Y SFD212KG3Y SFD212LG3Y SFD212MG3Y SFD212NG3Y 1957. 2253. 2758. 3169. 3865. 4705. 5920. 1468. 1700. 2089. 2389. 2910. 3542. 4911. 2177. 2478. 3023. 3476. 4240. 5171. 6370. 2066. 2378. 2886. 3316. 4044. 4950. 6294. 1 2 3 5 0.75 1.5 2.2 4 2.1 3.4 4.8 7.6 SFD212CG4Y SFD212DG4Y SFD212EG4Y SFD212FG4Y 1250. 1317. 1419. 1554. 880. 928. 1000. 1095. 1314. 1384. 1491. 1633. 1289. 1358. 1463. 1602. 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 11 14 21 27 34 40 52 SFD212GG4Y SFD212HG4Y SFD212JG4Y SFD212KG4Y SFD212LG4Y SFD212MG4Y SFD212NG4Y 1690. 1892. 2227. 2709. 3229. 3749. 4359. 1190. 1333. 1624. 2060. 2455. 3037. 3641. 1776. 1988. 2361. 2909. 3467. 3956. 4600. 1742. 1950. 2296. 2864. 3409. 3903. 4538. 50 60 75 100 37 45 55 75 65 77 96 124 SFD212PG4Y SFD212QG4Y SFD212RG4Y SFD212SG4Y 5347. 6257. 7102. 8097. 4545. 5444. 6392. 7293. 5643. 6603. 7527. 8581. 5567. 6514. 7379. 8413. When ordering a unit without bypass, insert a "W" in place of the "Y" in the Catalog Number. Options A07 Disconnect Switch and B07 Line Contactor are available only when a full voltage bypass standard "Y" product is selected. Options A07 and B07 are mutually exclusive. Miscellaneous Optionsd M Without Bypass Description Accessories Option Number $ Price Description Altivar 212 PCSoft Test and Commissioning Software. For use with Microsoft Windows™ 95, 98, NT, XP, and Vista operating systems for PCs only. (Cable not included.) Catalog Number $ Price BACnet Factory Set Up A06 50. LonWorks® Communication Card B06 375. Metasys® N2 Factory Set Up C06 50. USB to RJ45 Adaptor Kit TCSMCNAM3M0 For use in connecting to a PC with a USB port 02P 52. Apogee® D06 50. EZ-M Mounting Channel, 72 in. length 42. LCD Text Keypad D07 250. Modbus™ Monitoring (by Default) N06 Seismic Qualification S07 d e FLN P1 Factory Set Up PC Cable for Test and Commissioning Software Includes 3-meter (9.8 ft.) cable, RS-485/RS-232C adaptor, and connectors c N/C VW3A2104c VW3A8106 EZM72MC N/C 75. Can be downloaded from the internet at www.Schneider-Electric.com 215. Miscellaneous Options A06, B06, C06, and D06 are mutually exclusive. Add Misc. Option number to S-Flex 212 Catalog Number when ordering communications card factory installed. For Modbus control, see the Instruction Manual. NOTE: See the Instruction Bulletin for set up instructions. All S-Flex 212 Enclosed Drives are supplied with: • • • • • • • • 26-16 Altivar™ 212 power converter Square D™ circuit breaker disconnect (Power Fuses for 460 V version only) UL 508C coordinated short circuit rating for 100,000 A Adjustable Frequency Controller-Off-Bypass selector switch Local/Remote configurable on controller Power On red LED Bypass Run green LED Fire/Freezestat interlock for Adjustable Frequency Drive and Bypass mode CP4C Discount Schedule • • • • • • • Form C Adjustable Frequency Controller fault auxiliary contact Modbus RJ-45 communication port Smoke Purge Function Bypass Run Auxiliary Contact Drive Run Auxiliary Contact Full Voltage Bypass Power Circuit with overload relay 120 Vac fused control power transformer © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved AC Soft Starts Altistart™ Soft Starts Refer to Brochure 8800SM0101S www.schneider-electric.us Altistart™ 48 Soft Starts The Altistart 48 soft start combines ease of selection with simple installation and high motor control performance. With its exclusive motor Torque Control System, the Altistart 48 helps eliminate uncontrolled motor acceleration and deceleration, a problem inherent with standard voltage—ramp soft starts. The Altistart 48 includes features to help with motor and machine protection and is available for motors ranging from 208 to 575 volts. In addition to a built–in display and programming terminal, a remote keypad option and programming software is available to ease integration and commissioning. The Altistart 48 has a built–in Modbus™ port and is offered with serial communication gateways to such popular networks as Ethernet and DeviceNet™. Open Style Soft Starts 50–60 Hz, Three-Phase, 690 V Maximum—AC3 Duty The Altistart 48 soft start must be selected using the table below, based on nameplate full load ampere rating of the motor. The horsepower ratings shown in table are for reference only. Altistart 48 Selection and Pricinga Standard Duty (Low Inertia Loads)b Maximum Horsepower a b Altistart Soft Starts 208 V 230 V 400 kW 460 V 575 V Rated A 3 5 7.5 10 — 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 — 200 250 350 400 5 7.5 10 — 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 — 200 250 300 350 450 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 220 250 315 355 400 500 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 800 1000 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 17 22 32 38 47 62 75 88 110 140 170 210 250 320 410 480 590 660 790 1000 1200 Catalog Number ATS48D17Y ATS48D22Y ATS48D32Y ATS48D38Y ATS48D47Y ATS48D62Y ATS48D75Y ATS48D88Y ATS48C11Y ATS48C14Y ATS48C17Y ATS48C21Y ATS48C25Y ATS48C32Y ATS48C41Y ATS48C48Y ATS48C59Y ATS48C66Y ATS48C79Y ATS48M10Y ATS48M12Y $ Price 780. 810. 840. 900. 950. 1200. 1280. 1500. 1700. 2100. 2300. 2600. 2900. 3300. 3900. 4700. 5400. 6200. 7200. 8600. 10600. AC DRIVES Table 26.14: Motor full load amperage (FLA) must not exceed the ampere rating of the soft start. Low Inertia—Connected motor load inertia equal or less than 10 times motor rotor inertia. High Inertia—Connected motor load inertia greater than 10 times motor rotor inertia. Table 26.15: 26 NOTE: For severe duty or high inertia loads, derate by 1 hp size. Altistart 48 Options Description Catalog Number Remote Keypad Display Mounting Kit, including: Keypad with 3–character 7–segment display IP65 cover and seal, mounting screws, and 3 meter cable to connect keypad display to Altistart 48 $ Price VW3G48101 165. Cover for power terminals—Set of 6 for ATS48C14Y and ATS48C17Y LA9F702d 61. Cover for power terminals—Set of 6 for ATS48C21Y, ATS48C25Y, and ATS48C32Y LA9F703d Modbus Ethernet Gateway 82. TSXETG100e 1027. DeviceNet Gateway LUFP9f 495. Profibus DP Gateway LUFP7f 495. FIPIO™ Gateway LUFP1f 495. 1/3 meter connection cable (RJ–45 to RJ–45) VW3A8306R03 20. 1 meter connection cable (RJ–45 to RJ–45) VW3A8306R10 25. 3 meter connection cable (RJ–45 to RJ–45) VW3A8306R30 30. 1/3 meter splitter cable (For RJ—45 daisy chain connection) VW3A8306TF03 75. 1 meter splitter cable (For RJ–45 daisy chain connection) VW3A8306TF10 85. RJ45 terminator (2 per package) VW3A8306RC Modbus hub (Eight RJ–45 ports) LU9GC3f 208. 6. Powersuite™ commissioning software on CDc VW3A8104g 150. PowerSuite upgrade CD from most recent to new versionc VW3A8105g 98. PC connection kit. To connect PC to Altistart 48 soft startc VW3A8106g 75. TCSMCNAM3M002P 52. USB to RJ45 Adaptor Kit For use in connecting to a PC with a USB port Size M10 Bolt Kit W808780210111 8. Size M12 Bolt Kit W808780220111 10. c d e f g For more information, see Data Bulletin 8806DB0001. Use discount schedule I12 Use discount schedule PC41 discount schedule I11 discount schedule CP4C For additional information on Altistart 48, refer to Catalog 8636CT0201. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CP1G I12 PC41 I11 CP4C Discount Schedule 26-17 Open Soft Starts AC Softstart Products Refer to Brochure 8800HO1003 www.schneider-electric.us Altistart™ 22 Open Style Softstarter The Altistart 22 unit uses both voltage and torque control to provide a softstart and soft stop for three-phase asynchronous motors between 17 and 590 amps. Table 27: ATS22 Selection and Pricing Select the Altistart 22 softstart using the nameplate full-load ampere rating of the motor and the table below. The horsepower ratings are for reference only. Dimensions (inches) 208 V 400 kW 460 V 575 V Rated A Softstart Reference b or c W H D Frame Size $ Price 26 AC DRIVES 3 5 5.5 10 15 17 ATS22D17S6,S6U 5.1 9.8 6.6 A 613.00 7.5 10 11 20 25 32 ATS22D32S6,S6U 5.1 9.8 6.6 A 654.00 —a 15 18.5 30 40 47 ATS22D47S6,S6U 5.1 9.8 6.6 A 786.00 15 20 22 40 50 63 ATS22D62S6,S6U 5.7 10.9 8.1 B 945.00 20 25 30 50 60 75 ATS22D75S6,S6U 5.7 10.9 8.1 B 1083.00 25 30 37 60 75 88 ATS22D88S6,S6U 5.7 10.9 8.1 B 1266.00 30 40 45 75 100 110 ATS22C11S6,S6U 5.9 13 9 C 1468.00 40 50 55 100 125 140 ATS22C14S6,S6U 5.9 13 9 C 1792.00 50 60 75 125 150 170 ATS22C17S6,S6U 5.9 13 9 C 2056.00 60 75 90 150 200 210 ATS22C21S6,S6U 8.1 15.6 11.8 D 2383.00 75 100 110 200 250 250 ATS22C25S6,S6U 8.1 15.6 11.8 D 2714.00 100 125 132 250 300 320 ATS22C32S6,S6U 8.1 15.6 11.8 D 3083.00 125 150 160 300 350 410 ATS22C41S6,S6U 8.1 15.6 11.8 D 3573.00 150 — 220 350 400 480 ATS22C48S6,S6U 11.9 16.8 13.4 E 4263.00 200 250 400 500 590 ATS22C59S6,S6U 11.9 16.8 13.4 E 4862.00 — a b c 26-18 230 V Value not indicated when there is no corresponding standardized motor. S6 = 208–600 line voltage, 220 V control voltage S6U = 208–600 line voltage, 110 V control voltage CP1G Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Enclosed Soft Starts AC Softstart Products Enclosed Altistart™ 22 Motor Controllers / Refer to Brochure 8800BR1101 Enclosed AltisStart™ 22 Motor Controllers Enclosed Altistart 22 (ATS22) solid-state combination motor controllers are a pre-engineered, integrated solution for reduced voltage starting and soft stopping of standard three-phase asynchronous induction (squirrel cage) motors. The Enclosed 22 controllers consist of a disconnect means and an ATS22 softstarter in a standalone enclosure. Enclosed 22 controllers integrate the ATS22 softstart technology into a combination package for application requirements up to 125 hp at 480 V. 3–50 hp, 208 V 5–60 hp, 230 V 10–125 hp, 460 V Table 28: Catalog Number Description Horsepower 03 5 Enclosure Type 04 6 Voltage 05 7 06 8–10 07 08 09 a b c d e f g h i j k © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 4 11–13 14–16 Power Circuit Control Optionsde Pilot Device Optionsde Metering Options Field — 8639 1 22U PowerPact™ Controller ThermalClass Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2 C 7.5 hp 3 G 4 4 5 B 6 A06 7 A07 Light Type 1 Basic Start-Stop Run (Red), General 460 Shunt Pushbutton Vac Off Light Purpose Trip (Green Control Options (pick one) Field Digit Characteristic Description Controller 8638 = Fused Disconnectc — — Class 8639 = Circuit Breaker Disconnect 22F = Altistart 22 with Class J Fuse Clips and Molded Case Switchc Controller 22T = Altistart 22 with PowerPact Motor Circuit 01 1–3 Style Protector 22U = Altistart 22 with PowerPact Thermal- 02 Catalog Number Example: 863922UCG4BA06A07 A = 3 hp B = 5 hp C = 7.5 hp D = 10 hp E = 15 hp F = 20 hp G = 25 hp H = 30 hp J = 40 hp K = 50 hp L = 60 hp M = 75 hp N = 100 hp P = 125 hp Q = 150 hp G = UL Type 1 General Purpose A = UL Type 12K Industrial Use, Dust-Tight/DripTight H = UL Type 3R Outdoor Use 2 = 208 Vac 3 = 230 Vac 4 = 460 Vac 5 = 575 Vac B = Basic Shunt Trip S = Full-Featured Shunt Trip N = Non-Reversing Isolation R = Reversing Isolation Y = Integral Full-Voltage Bypass A06 = Start-Stop Pushbuttons B06 = Forward-Off-Reverse C06 = Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) Selector Switch D06 = Stop-Run Selector Switch E06 = Hand-Auto Selector Switch/Start-Stop Pushbuttons A07 = Run Light (Red), Off Light (Green) B07 = Push-to-Test Run Light (Red), Push-to-Test Off Light (Green) C07 = Run Light (Red), Off Light (Green), Tripped Light/Reset (Yellow) D07 = PTT Run Light (Red), PTT Off Light (Green), Tripped Light/Reset (Yellow) Mod A06 Mod B06 Mod C06 Mod D06 Mod E06 CP4C Discount Schedule $ Price Provides black start and red stop push buttons (3-wire control scheme). 132.00 Forward-Off-Reverse selector switch $ Price Provides three-position selector switch to select between forward, off and reverse. Uses 2-wire control. 240.00 Hand-Off-Auto selector switch $ Price Provides a three-position selector switch, 2-wire control scheme. 132.00 Stop-Run selector switch $ Price Provides a two-position selector switch. 132.00 Hand-Auto selector switch and Start/Stop push buttons $ Price Provides a two-position selector switch and start/stop push buttons (3-wire control). 264.00 Pilot Light Cluster Options (pick one) Pilot light cluster #1 Mod A07 $ Price Consists of red “RUN”, green “OFF” and yellow “FAULT” pilot lights. Provides standard red “RUN (ON)” green “OFF” and 270.00 yellow “FAULT” pilot lights for status annunciation. Pilot light cluster #4 Mod D07 $ Price Consists of red “RUN” (push-to-test) and green “OFF” (pushto-test) pilot lights. Provides push-to-test type red “RUN 360.00 (ON)” and standard green “OFF” pilot lights for status annunciation. Pilot light cluster #3 Mod C07 $ Price Consists of red “RUN” and green “OFF” pilot lights. Provides standard red “RUN (ON)” and green “OFF” pilot lights for 180.00 status annunciation. Pilot light cluster #2 Mod B07 B08 = Elapsed Run Time Metere A10 = Floor Mounting Kitf B10 = Additional 150 VAg C10 = Power-Up On Delay Relayh D10 = Emergency Stop Pushbuttong E10 = cUL Labela F10 = Auxiliary Run Mode Contacts G10 = Auxiliary FB Bypass Contactsi H10 = Auxiliary Auto Mode Contactsj J10 = Auxiliary Trip Indication Contacts 17–19 Miscellaneous Options L10 = ID Engraved Nameplateg M10 = 10 Spare Terminal Blocksg P10 = Permanent Wire Markersg R10 = MOV-Surge Arrestorg U10 = Omit Door-Mounted Keypad Displayb X10 = 50 °C Operation Z10 = Service Entrance Ratingak 910 = American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) Option Options E10 and Z10 cannot be used together. If you select option U10, you must separately order the remote keypad (VW3G22101) and cable (VW3A1104R30) to commission the softstarter. Refer to the ATS22 User Manual, BBV51330, for serial communication programming and control capabilities. This option is not selectable with power circuit option B05. Select only one option. To omit, do not include a selection in the catalog number. This option is available only for enclosure size D. This option is not selectable with power circuit option B05 This option is not selectable wit hpower circuit option B05. This option is valid only with the following control options: C06, D06, or E06. This option is not selectable with power circuit option B05. The contacts are available only when power circuit option Y05 is selected. The contacts are not available when power circuit option R05 is selected. This option is valid only with the following control options: C06, D06, or E06. Options E10 and Z10 cannot be ordered together. Start/Stop push buttons AC DRIVES • • • Table 29: $ Price Consists of red “RUN (ON)” (push-to-test), green “OFF” (push-to-test) and yellow “FAULT” (push-to-reset) pilot lights. Provides push-to-test type red “RUN (ON)” standard green 540.00 “OFF”, and push-to-reset type yellow “FAULT” for status annunciation. Meter Display Options (pick one) Mod BO8 Elapsed time meter $ Price Provides a seven-digit analog, non-resettable elapsed run time meter. Not available on Type 3R Enclosures 348.00 Miscellaneous Options (multiple compatible options may be selected) Mod A10 Floor mounting kit $ Price Only available for size D enclosures. 105.00 Rules:Available for power options S05, N05, R05, Y05. Mod B10 150 VA additional control power capacity $ Price Provides 150 VA additional control VA capacity for customer 150.00 use. 26-19 26 www.schneider-electric.us AC Drives Support, Training, and Documentation www.schneider-electric.us Information and Selection For information and selection, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or visit our website: www.schneider-electric.ussp Technical Support Drive Product Support Group For support and assistance, contact the Drive Product Support Group. The Drive Product Support Group is staffed from 8:00 am until 6:00 pm Eastern time to assist with product selection, start–up, and diagnosis of product or application problems. EMERGENCY Technical phone support is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Toll Free: E–mail: Fax: 888–778–2733 drive.products.support@schneider–electric.com 919–217–6508 26 Services (On–Site) Square D Services is your single source of service expertise for all major brands of electrical equipment. With our national network of service locations and qualified experts, Square D Services is capable of providing customer–based solutions anywhere in the United States. Services responds to your requests, seven day a week, 24 hours a day. Toll Free: (888–778–2733) AC DRIVES Customer Training Schneider Electric offers a variety of instructor-led, skill enhancing and technical product training programs for customers. For a complete list of drives/soft start training with dates, locations, and pricing, please call: Phone: Fax: 978-975-9306 978-975-2821 Packaged Product Documentation Standard Documentation Each adjustable frequency drive or soft start shipped includes one set of instruction bulletins. Each set of instruction bulletins includes installation, start–up, troubleshooting and wiring diagram information. Separate Approval and/or Record Drawings are not included. Approval and Record Drawings All factory orders for enclosed drives and soft starts come with factory supplied user drawings and are identified by a factory order number. The factory supplied drawing set typically includes: • Enclosure outline drawing • Power elementary drawing • Control elementary drawing • Interconnection drawing These drawings are also available in DWG, DXF, IGS, Microcad and PDF formats upon customer request. Product Literature To view or download product literature, visit the Schneider Electric web site: www.schneider-electric.us 26-20 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 27 Automation Products Programmable Logic Controllers Modicon M340 (p. 27-2) Modicon™ TSX Micro PLC 27-2 Modicon M340™ PAC 27-2 Modicon Premium™ PLC 27-2 Modicon Quantum™ PLC 27-2 Unity™ Pro Application Software 27-2 Unity Application Generator 27-2 Concept™ and PL7™ Application Software 27-2 ProWORX™ 32 Application Software 27-2 Magelis™ Small Panels Products (STO/STU, XBT N/R, XBT RT) 27-3 Magelis Advanced Panels Products (XBTGT, XBT GK, XBT GH, XBT GTW) 27-3 Magelis Smart+ iPC 27-4 Magelis Smart iPC 27-4 Magelis Compact iPC 27-4 “BOX + Display” Solutions 27-4 Vijeo™ Designer™ 27-4 HMI Modicon Premium (p. 27-2) SCADA Modicon Quantum (p. 27-2) Vijeo™ Citect™ 27-4 Vijeo™ Historian™ 27-4 27-5 Modicon TM5 Expansion Module 27-5 Modicon STB 27-5 Advantys Telefast™ ABE7 Sub-bases, IP20 27-5 Advantys Telefast ABE9 Passive Splitter Boxes, IP67 27-5 Modicon TM7 I/O Blocks, IP67 27-5 Modicon Momentum™ Distributed I/O and PLC 27-5 Networking Products and Systems ConneXium™ Ethernet Products Twido Nano (p. 27-10) 27-6 ConneXview™Industrial Ethernet Diagnostic Software 27-6 Transparent Ready™ Solutions 27-6 CANopen™ Products 27-6 Ethernet TCP/IP Products 27-7 Actuator Sensor Interface (AS-i) Bus Products 27-7 OEM Solutions Modicon M168 Programmable Logic Controller 27-8 Modicon M238 Logic Controller 27-8 Modicon M258 Logic Controller 27-8 Modicon LMC058 Motion Controller 27-9 Altivar™ IMC Integrated Controller Card 27-9 Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller 27-9 SoMachine™ Software Suite 27-10 Twido™ Nano™ 27-10 Modicon Zelio™ Logic Controller 27-10 For more detailed information, please refer to the catalogs referenced with each product, or you can also visit our website at www.schneider-electric.com. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 27-1 27 Magelis XBTGT (p.27-3) Advantys™ OTB AUTOMATION PRODUCTS Distributed I/O Programmable Logic Controllers www.schneider-electric.us Modicon™ PLC Products Modicon™ TSX Micro™ PLC Compact and cost-efficient, this midrange PLC boasts the power and flexibility OEMs find most desirable. Optional integrated safety relays, half-size I/O and web-enabled modules provide seamless connection to supervisory maintenance systems plus minimize real estate. PCMCIA memory cards preserve your investment when expanding. Communication options include Ethernet and ASi for global access using Open standards. More details are available at www.schneider-electric.com. Modicon M340™ PAC Our latest midrange PAC is the most integrated ever! Highly requested by industrial OEMs and end users, the allpower-inside concept boasts highperformance processing and small size to create a system that provides flexibility beyond any before. With up to 3 built-in CPU communication ports, large memory options, 64 channel high-density modules, and embedded web-servers, the Modicon M340 is a powerful solution for industrial OEMs and end users demanding more productivity in their PACs. The Modicon M340 PAC supports advanced communications such as enhanced EtherNet/IP which support both EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP and daisy chain loop communications on the same 4-port, rack mounted switch module. It will also support DNP3.0 in serial or Ethernet in a rack-mounted RTU module.The Modicon M340 PAC is programmed with Unity Pro software, which allows users to dramatically reduce setup time and effort with features like drag 'n drop CANopen bus setup and standard IEC 61131-3 language selection. Designers gain fast, easy and efficient startups. More details are found on our website or in the latest Modicon M340 catalogs and brochures.More details are available at www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog DIA6ED2081007EN-US. 27 Modicon Premium™ PLC AUTOMATION PRODUCTS Ideally suited for discrete manufacturing, complex OEM applications as well as municipality and infrastructure applications, this cost-effective PLC line features integrated functions such as weighing, interpolated motion control, and process loops. Using the built-in Ethernet port, usercustomized web page capabilities, and a range of popular Openstandard fieldbus connections the Modicon Premium enables seamless communication with enterprise systems providing low-cost remote maintenance diagnostics. More details are available at www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog MKTED208054EN-US. Modicon Quantum™ PLC The Modicon Quantum PLC is our high-end, full function PLC designed for high I/O count industrial applications that require high performance such as Pharmaceutical, Petrochemical, Food & Beverage, Automotive, and others. Quantum also offers true bumpless hot standby. Quantum processors can be programmed with Unity Pro. It will also support legacy 984 ladder logic programs in the LL984 Unity Pro editor by simply importing the legacy application program. Concept™ application software and ProWORX™ 32 application software are also supported on the Quantum platform.The Unity Quantum's onboard memory can exceed 3 Mbytes. The Unity Quantums can have more than 7 Mbytes of extended memory on a PCMCIA card for data and application storage combined. They can have over 8 Mbytes of just data storage. The Quantum PLC also offers Safety PLC versions certified for use in up to SIL3 applications. This includes both standard and hot standby capability as well as redundant I/O. It programs with Unity Pro XLS. The SIL3 offer stresses both high reliability as well as high availability. More details are available at www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog MKTED208011EN-US. 27-2 Information about the SIL3 Quantum is available in brochure 8000BR0808R03/10. Unity™ Pro Application Software Unity Pro is a new generation software platform for application development. Unity Pro is compatible with all Industrial End User midrange and highend controllers including Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum PLCs. Unity provides a collaborative automation environment that enables individuals and teams to work together more effectively, reducing the cost of developing and managing automation solutions. Unity Pro XLS software is used to program the SIL3 Quantum as well as all Unity-based, standard Quantums, Unity-based Premiums and M340s. Since one software package can program all the platforms, it greatly simplifies development and support issues. It integrates commercial IT technologies like Ethernet, VBA, XML and hyperlinks within the traditional control framework to enable customers to reduce the cost of automating both discrete and batch control applications. More details are available at www.schneider-electric.com, or in brochure 8000BR0935R02/10. Unity Application Generator Unity Application Generator is an advanced design and generation software tool that integrates multiple PLCs and HMI/SCADA systems to provide an automation solution rivaling a Distributed Control System (DCS). UAG supports structured project design by providing a software tool to bridge from the process engineer to the control/automation designer (from the P&ID to the automation system). UAG will capture and re-use the Customer's best practices within application-specific libraries that reduce the dependency on experts and enable standardization and increases software robustness. Single database entry avoids duplicate effort and resulting errors. Automatic Application Generation including the automatic configuration of networks in multi device systems increases efficiency, improves software quality, speeds commissioning while simultaneously reducing project risk. Integrated change tracking and automatic documentation generation reduces engineering effort and enables system validation. UAG integrates Unity PLCs (M340/Premium/Quantum), Vijeo Citect, Connectors for leading HMI/SCADA systems, Modbus TCP/IP communication and OFS/OPC. Additional information can be found at www.schneider-electric.com. Concept™ and PL7™ Application Software Concept and PL7 comply with the IEC 61131 standard for programming software. Concept and PL7 can be programmed in four IEC languages including two textbased editors (Structured Text and Instruction List), and two graphic-based editors (Sequential Function Chart and Ladder Diagram). In addition, Concept can be programmed using the IEC compliant graphic editor for Derived Function Blocks. The Concept and PL7 software both promote productivity by using structured programming, which increases reusability while reducing maintenance costs. Concept can be used to program the Quantum, and Momentum PLCs while PL7 can be used to program the Micro and Premium. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. ProWORX™ 32 Application Software ProWORX 32 is the simple programming solution to program your Modicon PLCs using 984 ladder logic programming. Compatible with 584, 984, Modicon Micro, Momentum, Compact, and Quantum. Schneider Electric Automation Services maintains the tools necessary to upgrade your ProWORX 32 application to a Unity Pro application with ladder logic that is designed to mirror the 984LL application. More information can be found at www.schneider-electric.com. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved HMI Products www.schneider-electric.us Magelis™ Small Panels HMI Products Magelis Advanced Panels HMI Products The Magelis STO/STU, XBT N, XBT R, and XBT RT Small Panels have been specifically designed to satisfy the requirement for panels that are compact and easy to use. These terminals are easy to configure and work seamlessly with other Schneider Electric equipment to provide a complete automation solution, dedicated to simple or compact machines. The Magelis XBT GT, GK, GH and GTW graphic terminals offer numerous connectivity options from Ethernet to USB. With their exceptional image quality and choice of touch screen and/or keypad interface, they are flexible enough for a large range of applications. When combined with Vijeo Designer configuration software, application designs are unlimited. Magelis STO/STU Magelis XBT GT The new Magelis STO and STU panels enhance the Magelis small panels range by offering more flexibility, more communication capability, and a quick and easy revolutionary mounting system. Powered by Vijeo Designer software, these panels bring a cost-effective solution to all machine builders. The new Magelis STO & STU terminals adapt to your needs by integrating the latest technological innovations to enhance machine productivity. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Available in six sizes (3.8, 5.7, 7.4, 10.4, 12.1 and 15 inches) and 4 function levels, the Magelis XBT GT graphical touch screen terminals are designed to fit all your HMI application needs. Some offer: multimedia capability with a large processing capacity; openness with unequalled connectivity via numerous communication ports and multilink communication for simultaneous equipment control; ease-of-use with simple installation and simple configuration with Vijeo Designer software. The entire product range is RoHS compliant. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Magelis XBT RT The Magelis XBT RT semi-graphic touch screens accommodate up to ten lines of 33 characters of text. Rated for NEMA 4X, Class I Div II and UL508, the sturdy Magelis XBT RT displays semi-graphic objects, bar graphs, curves, buttons, and bitmaps and has ports to handle either point-to-point or multipoint communications. With the ability to choose between touch screen and keypad combination or keypad only operation, the XBT RT, is adaptable. Like the other Magelis small panels, the XBT RT displays provide low-cost connectivity to all Schneider Electric PLCs using Modbus and Uni-Telway protocols and several major third party protocols and supports multiple languages, including Japanese, Cyrillic, Greek and Chinese. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Magelis XBT GK With three models to choose from and two sizes screen sizes, 5.7 and 10.4 inches, the Magelis XBT GK offers a lot of flexibility. The XBT GK uses the same technology of the popular XBT GT but adds a keypad and industrial mouse pointer for extra control and data input that can be configured to operate simultaneously with or without the touchscreen. In a dusty or dirty environment, the keypad enables the use of the terminal, even while wearing gloves. There is an extra added safety feature where two keys can be simultaneously pressed to ensure command order security and the keys can be locked during delicate phases of an operation. Vijeo Designer, the single software package for the entire Magelis Advanced Panel range, ties the solution together. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Magelis XBT GH Powered by Vijeo Designer software and based on the same technology as XBT GT, the XBT GH hand-held panel combines intuitive operation, quality, durability, mobility and safety with rugged corded mobile design and integrated safety features. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Magelis XBT GTW Available in two color touch screens sizes, 8.4 and 15 inches, the Magelis XBT GTW terminals offer a Windows environment open to the Web (local and remote diagnostic and maintenance functions) and multimedia applications (streaming video on IP, Webcam management, sound and an integrated video output). With this open platform, the XBT GTW allows you to enhance your HMI applications with Vijeo Designer, while providing total access to Microsoft Office software (Excel, Word, PowerPoint, etc.) and data editing with Office Viewer or Acrobat Reader, two pre-installed applications. The front panel USB port provides connectivity for peripherals. Numerous communication interfaces such as dual-Ethernet, multiple USB ports and slots provided for PCMCIA (15’’) and Compact Flash slots are available. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 27-3 AUTOMATION PRODUCTS The Magelis XBT N and R matrix screen text display units accommodate up to four lines of large font (20 mm high) text for easy viewing. Rated for IEC 60529, NEMA 4X outdoor use, Class I Div II and UL508, the sturdy Magelis XBT N and R displays feature an ergonomically designed keyboard with up to 20 keys and ports to handle either point-to-point or multipoint communications. A truly global solution, the XBT N and R displays provide low-cost connectivity to all Schneider Electric PLCs using Modbus™ and Uni-Telway™ protocols, support Latin, Cyrillic, Katakana, Greek and Chinese fonts, and six languages. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. 27 Magelis XBT N/R HMI Products SCADA Products www.schneider-electric.us Magelis™ HMI Products Magelis Industrial PCs The Magelis Industrial PC (iPC) range offers “All-In-One” or “BOX + Display” industrial PC for autonomous or distributed applications. The Magelis iPC provides the openness and ergonomics of a Windows environment in a rugged PC that is ready for tough industrial environments. With the Magelis iPC range, you will be sure to find the PC that corresponds exactly to your specifications. “All-In-One” Solutions: • Magelis Smart+ iPC The new Magelis Smart+ iPC is the first industrial PC with Windows XP Pro operating system that requires no maintenance and contains no rotating parts (no hard disk or fan). The Smart+ iPC also offers all of the openness associated with Windows XP Pro. The IP65 touch screen shares the same 15" dimensions as the rest of the Magelis range. With its Intel® Celeron® M 1 GHz processor, 1 GB of RAM, and two Ethernet ports, Magelis Smart+ iPC offers great performance, and features a solid state drive (SSD) with Windows XP Pro operating system. The industrially rugged Smart+ iPC has been certified to the most demanding standards, including UL 508 for automation equipment, UL and ATEX for hazardous locations, and marine.Magelis Smart+ iPC supports Vijeo™ Designer™ HMI applications (demonstration version can be expanded to unlimited version) and is the first maintenance-free Magelis iPC to fully support the Vijeo Citect SCADA supervisor. • Magelis Smart iPC 27 AUTOMATION PRODUCTS An extension of dedicated terminals and the industrial PC, Magelis Smart is open to the Web. It meets the demands of predefined operator dialog, display and remote diagnostics and is available in 8.4, 12, or 15 inches. Practical and reliable, the Smart has simplified connections, including: 2 Ethernet ports, one with gigabit support, 4 or 5 USB ports, 2 serial ports and a PCMCIA slot. Its also more resistant to noise and vibration with data storage on static disk (compact Flash) and no fan. The WEB Edition is ready to use as a web client or connected to the FactoryCast Web servers for remote diagnostics via the integrated Web browser. The HMI Edition (with Vijeo Designer runtime) transforms the iPC into an operator terminal. • Magelis Compact iPC Available in 8.4, 12, or 15”, the Magelis Compact iPC provides data storage adapted to industrial needs, Industrial HDD disk or 8 or 16 GB Flash disk (15”) only. This panel PC has several extension options, including: 1 PCI slot, dualEthernet ports, one with gigabit support, 4 or 5 USB ports, 2 serial ports and a PCMCIA slot. Vijeo Designer HMI software transforms the iPC into an operator terminal with the advantages of Windows® openness (HMI Edition). More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. “BOX + Display” Solutions: From the simple preconfigured Magelis Smart BOX or the Compact PC BOX to the Flex PC BOX with its advanced features, these BOX + Display solutions have in common a high level of design guaranteeing the best reliability possible. • Magelis Smart BOX The Magelis Smart BOX is preconfigured with MS Windows® and offers the same features as the “All-In-One” version. • Magelis Compact PC BOX The Magelis Compact PC BOX offers 1 PCI slot and the same features as the Compact IPC • Magelis Flex PC BOX The Magelis Flex PC BOX features: — — — 2 or 4 PCI slots Industrial HDD 24/7 and/or 8 or 16 GB disk Intel® Celeron® M 440 with 1.86 GHz or Pentium Core Duo with 2 GHz 100-240 Vac or 24 Vdc power supply PC BOX COMPONENTS + + To complete the configuration: • • To convert the Flex PC BOX into an “All-In-One” PC, add a 15” or 19" Front Panel in touch version or 12 or 15" Front Panel in touch/keyboard version To connect a remote screen to the PC BOX (Smart, Compact, or Flex), add a 15 or 19" iDisplay in touch version or 15" iDisplay in touch /keyboard version. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Vijeo™ Designer Vijeo Designer configuration software can be used to create HMI applications designed for controlling automation systems for the Magelis HMISTO/STU/GTW/P/XBTGT/XBTGK/XBTGTW/iPC. It’s the ideal design tool for the simplest control application right up to the most complex HMI installations. It offers advanced script functions, recipe management, data management, remote access via PC web browser, e-mail and multi-protocol connectivity. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. SCADA Products Vijeo Citect The flexibility of Vijeo Citect supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) software enables users to achieve the solution that best suits their supervision requirements for installations. Vijeo Citect offers all the functions of a modern supervisor. Its distributed clientserver architecture is applicable to a multitude of applications in the most varied domains: • • Energy and infrastructures: airports, roads and tunnels, water wastewater, oil and gas, etc. Industries: food and beverage, mining, metals, minerals, system integrator, etc. This development tool enables the development of any supervision application, from small stand-alone systems to large distributed redundant systems. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Vijeo Historian Vijeo Historian, a data logging and reporting software, collects, compares, and records the entire flow of data on a common platform. By establishing the communication between the supervisory systems (SCADA) and database systems, such as Oracle and SQL, Vijeo Historian enables collection and management of the production data and its availability for a vast range of client processing applications. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. 27-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Distributed I/O Products www.schneider-electric.us Modicon™ TM5 Expansion Module The Modicon TM5 digital I/O module offer consists of input, mixed I/O and output electronic modules (sensor and preactuator 24 V c power supply).They complement the embedded I/O in the various M258 controllers and LMC058 motion controllers. They are used to adapt to the application requirements as closely as possible to reduce the installation and wiring costs, and they can be used with the CANopen communications head and with multiple controllers. These modules offer the following advantages: a removable terminal, spring terminals which can be used for quick, toolfree connection of the sensors and preactuators (and can help eliminate the need for periodic retightening), and hot swapping. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog MKTED211041EN. Modicon STB The Modicon STB is a highly modular distributed I/O platform, integrated wiring solution, and power management system that delivers effective and targeted control. With an open network adaptable to most major field buses, a flexible “island” I/O structure, and simple configuration via the STBSUP1000 software, Modicon STB is the right choice. The Modicon STB distributed I/O can also be configured directly from Unity™ Pro application software. More information is available in catalog MKTED208053EN-US. Advantys Telefast™ ABE7 Sub-bases, IP20 The Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre-wired system enables connection and adaptation of control signals of industrial PLC cards that are fitted with HE10 connectors. It rationalizes cabling by replacing PLC terminals and traditional terminal blocks—thus improving simplicity and economy. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Advantys Telefast ABE9 Passive splitter boxes, IP67 Advantys Telefast ABE9 splitter boxes eliminate long and difficult cable runs by avoiding the use of intermediate junction boxes. Due to their modularity and size, they are perfect for the requirements of your varying applications. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com. Modicon TM7 I/O Blocks, IP67 Compact and flexible, the TM7 IP67 I/O Blocks allow connection of sensors and actuators at the heart of processes or machines in severe environments. The wide range of modules provides solutions to match your exact needs. It includes connectivity to CANopen. More information is available at www.schneiderelectric.com, or in catalog MKTED211041EN. Modicon Momentum™ Distributed I/O and PLC The small footprint and open architecture of the Momentum PLC product line make it extremely versatile for a variety of automation applications. The Momentum PLC is ideal for PC-based control, distributed control, distributed I/O, and traditional, standalone PLC control. Momentum PLC options and accessories include: I/O bases, processor adapters, option adapters and communication adapters that are interchangeable and snap together to deliver optimal flexibility throughout the control system lifecycle. Using Ethernet as its communications backbone, the Modicon Momentum M1E Processor delivers all the performance benefits of realtime control. The open architecture of the M1E processor makes it a universal controller for distributed I/O, compatible with many of the major fieldbus and control network environments. An integral Ethernet port in the M1E allows users to perform a wide range of functions over Ethernet, including data acquisition, peer-to-peer communications, and I/O scanning. Five embedded web pages enable the use of a standard web browser to read status and diagnostic information from the processor. The most recent addition to the Momentum product offer is the Momentum M1E ConneXium switch. This model combines the power and functionality of the M1E processor with the communication versatility of four Modbus Ethernet TCP/IP ports. The award winning M1E not only seamlessly connects I/O and other control devices via open standards; it delivers the performance of a full function, real-time controller for stand-alone and distributed system configurations in one money-saving unit. Additional information can be found at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED205061EN. 27-5 AUTOMATION PRODUCTS The open and modular new Advantys OTB distributed I/O system offers an ideal solution for IP20 distributed input/output requirements. Users can create I/O islands managed by a master controller, via a fieldbus or communication network. It includes three communication bases for the various types of fieldbus: CANopen™, Ethernet TCP/IP, or Modbus™ RS 485 serial. Discrete or analog I/O are available. More information is available in catalog DIA3ED2040801EN-US. 27 Advantys™ OTB Network Products and Systems www.schneider-electric.us ConneXium™ Products Network Products ConneXium™ Ethernet Products CANopen Products The ConneXium line of networking products offers a complete range of Ethernet switches (managed and unmanaged), hubs, transceivers, gateways, cabling, and diagnostic monitoring software for demanding industrial environments. With fiber and redundant capabilities, along with advanced filtering and security features, ConneXium products improve the performance and security of the network. More details can be found at www.schneider-electric.com. CANopen is an open network that is supported by over 400 companies world wide and promoted by CAN in Automation. CANopen is standardized in the EN50325-4 and in ISO15745-2 for its device description. The main reason for using a network is the performance and the flexibility to adapt the network exactly to the requirements of the application. CANopen provides a unique feature for the adaptation of the data transmission. Based on the producer/consumer model, CANopen allows for a data transmission broadcast, peer-to-peer, change-of-state and cyclic communication. This means it transmits data only when required or on a specified time base. Process data objects can be individually configured. Parameters can be changed at runtime. CANopen combines ease of installation with inexpensive devices. CANopen provides an integrated equipotential bounding in the cable. Therefore, an additional cable or stranded copper ribbon to achieve the same potential on all network devices is not necessary. Installation costs are heavily reduced. More information on CANopen and CANopen Products is available in catalog MKTED208054EN-US. ConneXview™ Industrial Ethernet Diagnostic Software ConneXview Industrial Ethernet diagnostic software combines the power of IT-based network management programs with Schneider Electric's Transparent Ready Ethernet expertise to provide a tool specifically designed for the automation environment. ConneXview offers automatic device discovery plus Ethernet (SNMP) and controlnetwork device (Modbus/TCP) mapping. In addition, the software has an easy-to-use graphical interface including convenient task panels for device status, settings and alarms, and topological visual graphics. Other benefits include: • • • Increased overall productivity with easy-to-use diagnostics Expanded functionality offered with the Device Type Editor, including adding third-party devices to the library and adding unique device names for increased recognition An intuitive and ergonomic design that minimizes end-user training and decreases maintenance costs Transparent Ready™ Products 27 Transparent Ready™ Solutions AUTOMATION PRODUCTS Transparent Ready products cover solutions in Industrial automation to electrical Distribution, and are based on universal Ethernet TCP/IP and Web technologies. They provide seamless communication between plant floor devices, like PLCs, drives, and MCCs, with corporate business systems. Use of the open Modbus TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP protocols that are the leading industrial Ethernet protocols, broadens the scope of dedicated machine diagnostics to remote management. Choosing Transparent Ready means opting for flexible, open automation architectures. More details can be found at www.schneider-electric.com. 27-6 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Network Products and Systems www.schneider-electric.us The recognition of Ethernet TCP/IP, both in organizations and on the internet, has made it the communication standard of today. Its wide use is leading to a reduction in connection costs, increased performance and the addition of new functions, which all combine to ensure its durability. Ethernet TCP/IP meets the connection requirements of every application: • Twisted pair copper cables for simplicity and low costs • Optical fiber for immunity to interference and for long distances • Communication redundancy, inherent in the IP (internet protocol) • Remote point-to-point access via the telephone network or the Internet for the cost of a local call AS-Interface (AS-i) is a versatile, low-cost, easy to-install cabling solution dedicated to distributed machines and installations as a replacement for traditional parallel wiring. AS-i technology is compatible with virtually any fieldbus or device network. AS-i is used as a quick and upgradeable industrial network—a single cable with a quick, openended wire system connects all the components in the automation system. It contributes significantly to improve the reliability and availability by reducing cabling errors and offering high-level electromagnetic interference immunity (EMC). AS-i is an open network standardized in IEC 62026-2 and promoted by AS-International Association. AS-International has over 260 members worldwide. More information on AS-International and AS-i Products is available in catalog MKTED208054EN-US. 27 Ethernet TCP/IP, a truly open technology, supports all type of communication: Web pages File transfer Industrial messaging With its high speed, the network no longer limits the performance of the application. The architecture can evolve without any difficulty. The products or devices remain compatible, ensuring the long-term durability of the system. More information on Ethernet and Ethernet Products is available in catalog MKTED208054EN-US. Actuator Sensor Interface (AS-i) Bus Products AUTOMATION PRODUCTS Ethernet TCP/IP Products © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 27-7 OEM Solutions www.schneider-electric.us Modicon™ M168 Programmable Logic Controller Modicon M238 Logic Controller Modicon M168 programmable logic controllers have been developed for the buildings market – offering HVAC and pump solutions for Building Management System communication networks (BACNet). Four different Modicon M168 logic controllers are available, all of which can be programmed with SoHVAC software, providing customized applications designed to control: The Modicon M238 logic controller is a compact, highperformance and fully expandable PLC. It forms a part of Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure™, which brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimized control solution. Modicon M238 compact logic controllers offer an “all-in-one” solution in a compact unit (157 x 118 x 86 mm excluding expansion modules). Four models are available, with different embedded communications and supply voltages. The number of I/O can be expanded on all four models by adding up to 7 expansion modules (1) of the following type on the righthand side of the base unit: • • • • • • • • • • • • Water chiller Heat pumps Compact air/air roof-top unit Air handling system, twin-flow enclosure Precision air conditioners Refrigerated display windows Compressor racks Pumping stations Booster stations Circulators Condensate/boiler feed pumps Cooling tower pumps More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog DIA6ED2110101EN-US. • • • • Digital TM2 DDI/DDO/DMM/DRA Analog TM2 AMI/ALM/ARI/AMO/AVO/AMM Up to 3 High-speed counter TM200 HSC206DT/DF Up to 2 AS-Interface master module TWD NOI 10M3. Modems or communication gateways can be connected to the serial links in order to expand the connectivity capability to include Ethernet Modbus/TCP, Profibus DP, and DeviceNet. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED211041EN-US. Modicon M258 Logic Controller 27 The Modicon M258 logic controller is a compact, highperformance and fully expandable PLC. It forms a part of Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure, which brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimized control solution. This PLC is designed for machine manufacturers (OEMs) focusing on applications such as packaging, conveying and storage, textiles and woodworking, etc. It offers high-performance solutions for speed control, counting, axis control and communication functions. The Modicon M258 logic controller's dual-core processor provides extremely high performance. Core 1 is dedicated exclusively to managing program tasks and offers the maximum resources for real-time execution of the application code. Core 2 is dedicated to executing communication tasks, which have no impact on the application performance. AUTOMATION PRODUCTS More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED211041EN-US. 27-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved OEM Solutions www.schneider-electric.us Modicon™ LMC058 Motion Controller The Modicon LMC058 motion controller is the optimum solution for axis control and positioning, including automation functions. It forms a part of Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure™, which brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimized control solution The Modicon LMC058 motion controller meets the needs of a wide range of applications in all business sectors. This motion controller is designed for machine manufacturers (OEMs) who require synchronized axes, focusing on applications such as packaging, conveying and storage machines, metal and wood working machines, etc. and offers highperformance solutions for velocity control, counting, axis control and communication functions. To this end, the LMC058 master motion controller includes as standard a CANopen™ master and a CANmotion master dedicated to control of up to 8 synchronized axes, with a performance of 2 ms for 4 axes. With the Modicon LMC058 motion controllers, Lexium 32 and Lexium SD3 drives, and BSH and BDH servo motors, Schneider Electric offers a complete, high performance and cost-effective solution. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED211041EN-US. Altivar™ IMC Integrated Controller Card for Altivar 61 and Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drives Magelis™ XBT GC HMI Controller The Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller offer forms a part of Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure, which brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimized control solution. The Magelis HMI Controller offer brings together HMI and control functions within in a single product. This reduces the amount of equipment required and the associated costs throughout the life cycle of the machine. The XBT GC range is comprised of 6 touch screen terminals, with the following, depending on the model: • • • 3.8” monochrome screen, 12 integrated inputs/6 integrated outputs (sink or source) 5.7” monochrome or color screen, 16 integrated inputs/16 integrated outputs (sink or source) A wide choice of communication interfaces: USB, serial link, CANopen and Ethernet More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED211041EN-US. AUTOMATION PRODUCTS The Altivar IMC integrated controller card forms a part of Flexible Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure, which brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimized control solution. The Altivar IMC integrated controller card VW3 A3521S0 is a compact optimized solution developed for Altivar 61 and 71 variable speed drives. When equipped with the ATV IMC card, Altivar 61 and 71 drives become controllers capable of meeting the needs of machine manufacturers (OEMs) in applications such as textiles, hoisting, pumping or woodworking, etc. The Altivar IMC integrated controller card VW3 A3521S0 is configured and programmed using SoMachine software (see page 27-10). The expansion capability of the Altivar IMC card is based on Schneider Electric's “Flexible Machine Control” concept. The Altivar IMC card boosts the expansion capability of machines and allows us to meet the OEM market's requirements in terms of performance, simplicity of use and openness. 27 More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED211041EN-US. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 27-9 OEM Solutions www.schneider-electric.us SoMachine™ Software Suite Modicon™ Zelio™ Logic Controller SoMachine is the OEM solution software for developing, configuring and commissioning the entire machine in a single software environment, including logic, motion control, HMI and related network automation functions. SoMachine allows you to program and commission all the elements in Schneider Electric’s Flexible and Scalable Control platform, the comprehensive solution-oriented offer for OEMs, which helps you achieve the most optimized control solution for each machine’s requirements. Flexible and Scalable Control platforms include: To meet the demand for applications that require more flexibility than a simple relay, timer or counter, but are too small or simple for the smallest Nano PLC, the new generation of Zelio Logic smart relays are now available. Designed to accept and control outputs just like a relay, Zelio Logic features dual language capability, using either Function Block Diagram (FBD) or Ladder Logic Programming (LL), and can easily be programmed by using either the front panel or by utilizing ZelioSoft software. This new generation of Zelio Logic smart relays provides customers with considerable gains from the design stage to the monitoring of their applications, due to its simplicity and flexibility. Controllers: • • • • • HMI controllers: XBT GC, XBT GT/GK CANopen Logic controllers: Modicon M238, Modicon M258 Motion Controller Modicon LMC 058 Integrated Controller Card Altivar IMC TM2, TM5 and TM7 offers HMI: • More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog DIA3ED2051002EN-US. HMI Magelis graphic panels: XBT GT, XBT GK SoMachine is a professional, efficient, and open software solution integrating Vijeo™ Designer. It integrates also the configuring and commissioning tool for motion control devices. It features all six IEC 61131-3 languages, integrated field bus configurators, expert diagnostics and debugging, as well as outstanding capabilities for maintenance and visualization. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED211041EN-US. Twido™ Nano™ 27 AUTOMATION PRODUCTS The Twido Nano PLC is a feature-rich ultra-compact controller designed especially for small control systems. Flexible, affordable, and adaptable, Twido makes it easy to build just the right control solution for your customer’s application. Offering software with graphical development, the Twido Nano PLC makes it easy to create, configure, and manage applications. Communication options include CANopen, Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus, and ASi. More information is available in catalog DIA3ED2090202EN. 27-10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 28 Universal Enclosures Product Summary Spacial™ Steel Enclosures 28-2 Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures 28-2 ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System 28-3 Our Software Suite 28-3 NEMA and UL Enclosure Ratings 28-3 Spacial Steel Enclosures Floor-Standing and Wall-Mounting Options 28-4 Thalassa Polyester Enclosures Floor-Standing and Wall-Mounting Options Spacial Steel Enclosures (p. 28-4) 28-7 ClimaSys Thermal Management System Ventilation Systems with Filters 28-8 Cooling Units 28-8 Thermal Control 28-8 UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES Thalassa Polyester Enclosures (p. 28-7) 28 ClimaSys Thermal Management System (p. 28-8) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 28-1 Universal Enclosures Product Summary Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Spacial™ Metal enclosures and boxes From our small boxes to large modular floor-standing enclosures, with the Spacial range you can find the optimal fit for your applications. Our extensive range of easy-to-use accessories helps you save time during your projects. Select between steel or stainless steel to better suit the installation environment. In our stainless-steel offer you can find the optimal solution where cleanliness or protection in highly corrosive environments are required. Steel: Indoor non-clean industrial environment The environment in industrial plants can subject electric and electronic components to dust, splashing oil, and impacts. Such environments require a range of enclosures that are suited to harsh conditions yet are easy to install. • • Universal range, for industry. EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) range, against electromagnetic disturbances (treated with Aluzinc). 304L - 316L stainless steel: Demanding industrial environment Food and beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical, and infrastructure industries have particularly demanding hygiene and corrosion resistance requirements. Our Spacial range is available in two grades of stainless steel: • • • 304L stainless steel, for resistance to corrosion and ease of cleaning (often used in food production environments). 316L stainless steel, also known as "marine stainless steel," for very high resistance to corrosion (used in saline or chlorinated environments). Range of ATEX enclosures, for potentially explosive atmospheres. New product family names: Spacial S44 - S57 - S24: Steel industrial boxes Spacial SDB: Steel junction boxes IP55 Spacial S3DC: Steel wall-mounting enclosures Spacial SM: Compact metal enclosures Spacial SF: Modular metal enclosures Spacial S3X: Stainless-steel wall-mounting enclosures Spacial SMX: Stainless-steel monobloc floor-standing enclosures Spacial SFX: Stainless-steel modular enclosures Thalassa™ Insulated enclosures and boxes Without the right protection, harsh environments can expose your installation to chemicals or other substances. Developed to help protect your equipment in outdoor applications or harsh conditions, our Thalassa offer ranges from boxes to floor-standing enclosures made from fiberglass reinforced polyester. Our Thalassa industrial boxes in ABS or polycarbonate are strong, easy to install, and designed to be used in highly demanding environments. Insulating polyester and plastic materials (ABS, polycarbonate): Outdoor infrastructures and severe industrial environments 28 Outdoor infrastructures and electrical installations are exposed to direct sunlight, rain, saline mist, extreme temperatures, oil splashes, chemical and corrosive agents, and are in contact with the public. UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES • • Universal range, for industry. Range of ATEX enclosures, for potentially explosive atmospheres. New product family names: Thalassa TBS: Insulating industrial boxes Thalassa TBP: Insulating industrial boxes Thalassa PLS: Insulating modular boxes IP65 Thalassa PLM: Polyester wall-mounting enclosures Thalassa PLA: Polyester floor-standing enclosures 28-2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Universal Enclosures Product Summary Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us ClimaSys™ Thermal management Preserving and keeping the right temperature inside your enclosure is vital for maximizing the average service life of your installed devices. With our ClimaSys offer you can find the right solution, be it ventilation, cooling or heating, including control units for temperature, humidity and much more. New product family names: ClimaSys CV: Ventilation systems ClimaSys CU: Cooling unit ClimaSys CR: Insulated resistance heaters ClimaSys CC: Thermal control Our software suite Spacial.pro Spacial.pro allows you to make switchboard proposals based on the standard Spacial™ offer. A full project with several sets of switchboards is quoted in minutes, with automatic creation of the bill of material and 2D drawings for front and side views. ProClima Calculate the right choice for your thermal management requirements, according to the environment and the electrical/electronic devices installed inside the enclosure. Spacial.ref and Thalassa.ref These digital rules assist you in selecting the appropriate components for your application from our extensive product range. The tool automates product and accessory selection to help save you time and money. NEMA and UL Enclosure and Component Ratings Type of protectionc Enclosures Steel wall-mounting enclosures 1 2 3 3R 3S 4 4X S3DC k k ka ka ka ka CRN k ka ka ka ka Stainless-steel wall-mounting enclosures S3X k ka ka ka ka Steel floor-standing enclosures SM k ka ka ka ka Steel modular enclosures SF k Stainless-steel floor-standing enclosures SMX k Stainless-steel modular enclosures SFX k Thermoplastic boxes ka ka ka ka ka 5 6 6P 12K 13 kb kb ka k ka k kb ka ka ka ka 12 kb ka k k k k k k k k k ka TBS - TBP k k k k Polyester modular boxes PLS k k k k k k k k Polyester wall-mounting enclosures PLM k k k k k k k k k Polyester floor-standing enclosures a 1 door b 2 doors PLA k k ka ka ka ka k k 1 2 3 3R ka k Type of protectionc Components Ventilation system k 3S 4 4X CV 6 6P 12 12K k k k k 13 28 Thermal regulation system CC c In some ranges the classification depends on the model and version. The detailed protection types are indicated in the UL certifications. 5 UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES Table 28.1: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 28-3 Universal Enclosures Spacial™ Steel Enclosures Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 Table 28.2: NSYSM Welded Height: mm (in) www.schneider-electric.us Spacial Steel Floor-Standing Enclosures Width: mm (in) Depth: mm (in) # Doors NSYSF Modular Accessories, Floor-Standing Enclosures Without mounting plate Without mounting plate 2 Side panels — NSYSF12640 NSY2SP124 Plinth height 100 mm (3.9 in) Cable-gland plate, 1 entry Front/back Sides NSYMP126 NSYEC641 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS4100 Mounting plate 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF12660 NSY2SP126 NSYMP126 NSYEC661 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS6100 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM12830 — — NSYMP128 — NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS3100 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 — NSYSF12840 NSY2SP124 NSYMP128 NSYEC841 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS4100 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF12860 NSY2SP126 NSYMP128 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 1200 (47.2) 1000 (39.4) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYSM1210302D — — NSYMP1210 — NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS3100 1200 (47.2) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1212402D — — NSYMP1212 — NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS4100 1400 (55.1) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM14630 — — NSYMP146 — NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS3100 1400 (55.1) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM14640 NSYSF14640 NSY2SP144 NSYMP146 NSYEC641 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS4100 1400 (55.1) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM14830 — — NSYMP148 — NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS3100 1400 (55.1) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM14840 NSYSF14840 NSY2SP144 NSYMP148 NSYEC841 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS4100 1400 (55.1) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1410402D — — NSYMP1410 — NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS4100 1400 (55.1) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1412402D — — NSYMP1412 — NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS4100 1600 (63.0) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM16630 — — NSYMP166 — NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS3100 1600 (63.0) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM16640 — — NSYMP166 — NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS4100 1600 (63.0) 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF16660 NSY2SP166 NSYMP166 NSYEC661 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS6100 1600 (63.0) 600 (23.6) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF16680 NSY2SP168 NSYMP166 NSYEC681 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS8100 1600 (63.0) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM16830 — — NSYMP168 — NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS3100 1600 (63.0) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM16840 — — NSYMP168 — NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS4100 1600 (63.0) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF16860 NSY2SP166 NSYMP168 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 1600 (63.0) 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF16880 NSY2SP168 NSYMP168 NSYEC881 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS8100 1600 (63.0) 1000 (39.4) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYSM1610302D — — NSYMP1610 — NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS3100 1600 (63.0) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1610402D — — NSYMP1610 — NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS4100 1600 (63.0) 1200 (47.2) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYSM1612302D — — NSYMP1612 — NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS3100 1600 (63.0) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1612402D — — NSYMP1612 — NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 400 (15.7) 400 (15.7) 1 — NSYSF18440 NSY2SP184 — NSYEC441 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7) 1 — NSYSF18450 NSY2SP185 — NSYEC451 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS5100 1800 (70.9) 400 (15.7) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF18460 NSY2SP186 — NSYEC461 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS6100 1800 (70.9) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM18630 — — NSYMP186 — NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS3100 1800 (70.9) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM18640 NSYSF18640 NSY2SP184 NSYMP186 NSYEC641 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 1 NSYSM18650 NSYSF18650 NSY2SP185 NSYMP186 NSYEC651 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS5100 1800 (70.9) 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF18660 NSY2SP186 NSYMP186 NSYEC661 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS6100 1800 (70.9) 600 (23.6) 800 (31.5) 1 — — NSY2SP188 NSYMP186 NSYEC681 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS8100 1800 (70.9) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM18830 — — NSYMP188 — NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS3100 1800 (70.9) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM18840 NSYSF18840 NSY2SP184 NSYMP188 NSYEC841 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 800 (31.5) 500 (19.7) 1 NSYSM18850 NSYSF18850 NSY2SP185 NSYMP188 NSYEC851 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS5100 1800 (70.9) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1 NSYSM18860 NSYSF18860 NSY2SP186 NSYMP188 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 1800 (70.9) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSF188602D NSY2SP186 NSYMP188 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 1800 (70.9) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM181040 NSYSF181040 NSY2SP184 NSYMP1810 NSYEC1041 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 2 NSY2SP184 NSYMP1810 NSYEC1041 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS4100 NSYSM1810402D NSYSF1810402D 28 1800 (70.9) 1000 (39.4) 500 (19.7) 1 — NSYSF181050 NSY2SP185 NSYMP1810 NSYEC1051 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS5100 1800 (70.9) 1000 (39.4) 500 (19.7) 2 NSYSM1810502D — — NSYMP1810 — NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS5100 NSYSPS6100 UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES 1800 (70.9) 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF181060 NSY2SP186 NSYMP1810 NSYEC1061 NSYSPF10100 1800 (70.9) 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSF1810602D NSY2SP186 NSYMP1810 NSYEC1061 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS6100 1800 (70.9) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1812402D NSYSF1812402D NSY2SP184 NSYMP1812 NSYEC1241 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 1200 (47.2) 500 (19.7) 2 NSYSM1812502D NSYSF1812502D NSY2SP185 NSYMP1812 NSYEC1251 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS5100 1800 (70.9) 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSF1812602D NSY2SP186 NSYMP1812 NSYEC1261 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS6100 1800 (70.9) 1600 (63.0) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM1816402D — — NSYMP1816 — NSYSPF16100 NSYSPS4100 1800 (70.9) 1600 (63.0) 500 (19.7) 2 NSYSM1816502D — — NSYMP1816 — NSYSPF16100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 300 (11.8) 500 (19.7) 1 — NSYSF20350 NSY2SP205 — NSYEC351 NSYSPF3100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 300 (11.8) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF20360 NSY2SP206 — NSYEC361 NSYSPF3100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 400 (15.7) 400 (15.7) 1 — NSYSF20440 NSY2SP204 — NSYEC441 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS4100 2000 (78.7) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7) 1 — NSYSF20450 NSY2SP205 — NSYEC451 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS5100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 400 (15.7) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF20460 NSY2SP206 — NSYEC461 NSYSPF4100 2000 (78.7) 400 (15.7) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF20480 NSY2SP208 — NSYEC481 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS8100 2000 (78.7) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM20630 — — NSYMP206 — NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS3100 2000 (78.7) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM20640 NSYSF20640 NSY2SP204 NSYMP206 NSYEC641 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS4100 28-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Universal Enclosures Spacial™ Steel Enclosures Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Spacial Steel Floor-Standing Enclosures (continued) NSYSM Welded Height: mm (in) Width: mm (in) Depth: mm (in) # Doors NSYSF Modular Accessories, Floor-Standing Enclosures Without mounting plate Without mounting plate 2 Side panels Mounting plate Plinth height 100 mm (3.9 in) Cable-gland plate, 1 entry Front/back Sides 2000 (78.7) 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 1 NSYSM20650 NSYSF20650 NSY2SP205 NSYMP206 NSYEC651 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF20660 NSY2SP206 NSYMP206 NSYEC661 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 600 (23.6) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF20680 NSY2SP208 NSYMP206 NSYEC681 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS8100 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYSM20830 — — NSYMP208 — NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS3100 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSM20840 NSYSF20840 NSY2SP204 NSYMP208 NSYEC841 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS4100 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 500 (19.7) 1 NSYSM20850 NSYSF20850 NSY2SP205 NSYMP208 NSYEC851 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1 NSYSM20860 NSYSF20860 NSY2SP206 NSYMP208 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSF208602D NSY2SP206 NSYMP208 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 NSYSPS8100 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF20880 NSY2SP208 NSYMP208 NSYEC881 NSYSPF8100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 1 — NSYSF201040 NSY2SP204 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1041 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS4100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 2 NSY2SP204 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1041 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS4100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 500 (19.7) 1 NSY2SP205 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1051 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 500 (19.7) 2 NSY2SP205 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1051 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF201060 NSY2SP206 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1061 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSF2010602D NSY2SP206 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1061 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF201080 NSY2SP208 NSYMP2010 NSYEC1081 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS8100 2000 (78.7) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM2012402D NSYSF2012402D NSY2SP204 NSYMP2012 NSYEC1241 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS4100 2000 (78.7) 1200 (47.2) 500 (19.7) 2 NSYSM2012502D NSYSF2012502D NSY2SP205 NSYMP2012 NSYEC1251 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 2 NSYSM2012602D NSYSF2012602D NSY2SP206 NSYMP2012 NSYEC1261 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS6100 2000 (78.7) 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 2 — NSYSF2012802D NSY2SP208 NSYMP2012 NSYEC1281 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS8100 2000 (78.7) 1600 (63.0) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSM2016402D NSYSF206402D NSY2SP204 NSYMP2016 NSYEC1641 NSYSPF16100 NSYSPS4100 2000 (78.7) 1600 (63.0) 500 (19.7) 2 NSYSM2016502D NSYSF2016502D NSY2SP205 NSYMP2016 NSYEC1651 NSYSPF16100 NSYSPS5100 2000 (78.7) 1600 (63.0) 600 (23.6) 2 NSYSM2016602D NSYSF2016602D NSY2SP206 NSYMP2016 NSYEC1661 NSYSPF16100 NSYSPS6100 2200 (86.6) 400 (15.7) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF22460 NSY2SP226 — NSYEC461 NSYSPF4100 NSYSPS6100 2200 (86.6) 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF22660 NSY2SP226 NSYMP226 NSYEC661 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS6100 2200 (86.6) 600 (23.6) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF22680 NSY2SP228 NSYMP226 NSYEC681 NSYSPF6100 NSYSPS8100 2200 (86.6) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF22860 NSY2SP226 NSYMP228 NSYEC861 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS6100 2200 (86.6) 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 1 — NSYSF22880 NSY2SP228 NSYMP228 NSYEC881 NSYSPF8100 NSYSPS8100 2200 (86.6) 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSF221060 NSY2SP226 NSYMP2210 NSYEC1061 NSYSPF10100 NSYSPS6100 2200 (86.6) 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSF2212602D NSY2SP226 NSYMP2212 NSYEC1261 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS6100 2200 (86.6) 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 2 — NSYSF2212802D NSY2SP228 NSYMP2212 NSYEC1281 NSYSPF12100 NSYSPS8100 Table 28.3: NSYSM2010402D NSYSF2010402D — NSYSF201050 NSYSM2010502D NSYSF2010502D Spacial Stainless Steel Floor-Standing Enclosures NSYSMX Height: mm (in) 1400 (55.1) Width: mm (in) 1000 (39.4) Depth: mm (in) 300 (11.8) # Doors 2 NSYSFX Modular Accessories, Stainless Steel Plinth height 100 mm (3.9 in) Without mounting plate Without mounting plate 2 Side panels NSYSMX141030 — — Mounting plate Front/back Sides NSYMP1410 NSYSPXF10100H NSYSPXS3100H 1600 (63.0) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSMX16840 — — NSYMP168 NSYSPXF8100H NSYSPXS4100H 1800 (70.9) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSMX18640 NSYSFX18640 NSY2SPX184 NSYMP186 NSYSPXF6100H NSYSPXS4100H 1800 (70.9) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYSMX18840 NSYSFX18840 NSY2SPX184 NSYMP188 NSYSPXF8100H NSYSPXS4100H 1800 (70.9) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSMX181240 NSYSFX181240 NSY2SPX184 NSYMP1812 NSYSPXF12100H NSYSPXS4100H 1800 (70.9) 1600 (63.0) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSMX181640 — — NSYMP1813 NSYSPXF16100H NSYSPXS4100H 2000 (78.7) 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 1 — NSYSFX20650 NSY2SPX205 NSYMP206 — — 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 — NSYSFX20840 NSY2SPX204 NSYMP208 — — 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 500 (19.7) 1 NSYSMX20850 — — NSYMP208 NSYSPXF8100H NSYSPXS5100H 2000 (78.7) 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1 — NSYSFX20860 NSY2SPX206 NSYMP208 — — 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYSMX201040 — — NSYMP2010 NSYSPXF10100H NSYSPXS4100H 2000 (78.7) 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSFX201060 NSY2SPX206 NSYMP2010 — 2000 (78.7) 1200 (47.2) 500 (19.7) 2 NSYSMX201250 — — NSYMP2012 NSYSPXF12100H 2000 (78.7) 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 2 — NSYSFX201260 NSY2SPX206 NSYMP2012 — — 2000 (78.7) 1600 (63.0) 600 (23.6) 2 NSYSMX201660 — — NSYMP2016 NSYSPXF16100H NSYSPXS6100H 28 NSYSPXS5100H UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES Table 28.2: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 28-5 Universal Enclosures Spacial™ Steel Enclosures Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 Table 28.4: www.schneider-electric.us Spacial Steel Wall-Mounting Enclosures Spacial Steel Wall-Mounting Enclosures Height: mm (in) CRN/CRNG S3DC S3X Stainless Steel Mounting Plate Depth: mm (in) # Doorsa Mounting Plate CRN/CRNG S3DC S3X Stainless steel 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN22150b — — 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN23150b — — NSYMM32 250 (9.8) 200 (7.9) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN252150 — — NSYMM2520 300 (11.8) 200 (7.9) 150 (5.9) 1 — NSYS3DC3215 NSYS3X3215 NSYMM32 300 (11.8) 250 (9.8) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN325150 — NSYS3X302515 NSYMM3025 300 (11.8) 250 (9.8) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN325200 — — NSYMM3025 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN33150 NSYS3DC3315 NSYS3X3315 NSYMM33 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN33200 NSYS3DC3320 — NSYMM33 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN34200 — — NSYMM43 300 (11.8) 450 (17.7) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN345150b — — NSYMM3045 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN43150 NSYS3DC4315 NSYS3X4315 NSYMM43 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN43200 NSYS3DC4320 NSYS3X4320 NSYMM43 400 (15.7) 400 (15.7) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN44200 NSYS3DC4420 NSYS3X4420 NSYMM44 400 (15.7) 600 (23.6) 200 (7.9) — — NSYS3X4620 NSYMM46 400 (15.7) 600 (23.6) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN46250 — — NSYMM64 400 (15.7) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN46300 — — NSYMM64 500 (19.7) 400 (15.7) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN54150 — — NSYMM54 500 (19.7) 400 (15.7) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN54200 NSYS3DC5420 NSYS3X5420 NSYMM54 500 (19.7) 400 (15.7) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN54250 NSYS3DC5425 — NSYMM54 500 (19.7) 500 (19.7) 200 (7.9) 1 — NSYS3DC5520 — NSYMM55 500 (19.7) 500 (19.7) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN55250 NSYS3DC5525 — NSYMM55 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN64150 — — NSYMM64 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN64200 NSYS3DC6420 NSYS3X6420 NSYMM64 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN64250 NSYS3DC6425 — NSYMM64 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 150 (5.9) 1 NSYCRN65150 — — NSYMM65 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN65200 — — NSYMM65 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN65250 — — NSYMM65 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN66200 NSYS3DC6620 — NSYMM66 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN66250 NSYS3DC6625 NSYS3X6625 NSYMM66 NSYMM22 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN66300 NSYS3DC6630 — NSYMM66 600 (23.6) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN68300 — — NSYMM86 700 (27.6) 500 (19.7) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN75200 — — NSYMM75 700 (27.6) 500 (19.7) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN75250 NSYS3DC7525 NSYS3X7525 NSYMM75 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN86200 NSYS3DC8620 — NSYMM86 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN86250 NSYS3DC8625 NSYS3X8625 NSYMM86 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN86300 NSYS3DC8630 — NSYMM86 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYCRNG86400 NSYS3DC8640 — NSYMM86 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 200 (7.9) 1 NSYCRN88200 — — NSYMM88 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 250 (9.8) 1 — NSYS3DC8825 — NSYMM88 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN88300 NSYS3DC8830 NSYS3X8830 NSYMM86 800 (31.5) 1000 (39.4) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG810300D — — NSYMM108 800 (31.5) 1200 (47.2) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG812300D — — NSYMM128 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN106250 NSYS3DC10625 — NSYMM106 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN106300 — — NSYMM106 1000 (39.4) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYCRNG106400 — — NSYMM106 1000 (39.4) 800 (31.5) 250 (9.8) 1 NSYCRN108250 NSYS3DC10825 — NSYMM108 1000 (39.4) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRN108300 NSYS3DC10830 NSYS3X10830 NSYMM108 28 UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES 1000 (39.4) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYCRNG108400 NSYS3DC10840 — NSYMM108 1000 (39.4) 1000 (39.4) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG1010300D NSYS3DC101030 NSYS3X101030 NSYMM1010 1000 (39.4) 1200 (47.2) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG1012300D — — NSYMM1210 1000 (39.4) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYCRNG1012400D — — NSYMM1210 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRNG126300 — — NSYMM126 1200 (47.2) 600 (23.6) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYCRNG126400 — — NSYMM126 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 300 (11.8) 1 NSYCRNG128300 NSYS3DC12830 NSYS3X12830 NSYMM128 1200 (47.2) 800 (31.5) 400 (15.7) 1 NSYCRNG128400 NSYS3DC12840 — NSYMM128 1200 (47.2) 1000 (39.4) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG1210300D NSYS3DC121030 NSYS3X121030 NSYMM1210 1200 (47.2) 1000 (39.4) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYCRNG1210400D — — NSYMM1210 1200 (47.2) 1200 (47.2) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG1212300D — — NSYMM1212 1200 (47.2) 1200 (47.2) 400 (15.7) 2 NSYCRNG1212400D — — NSYMM1212 1400 (55.1) 1000 (39.4) 300 (11.8) 2 NSYCRNG1410300D — — NSYMM1410 a b 28-6 Width: mm (in) IP66 with one door, IP55 with two doors. Two cable gland plates, one on top and one on bottom. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Universal Enclosures Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Table 28.5: Height: mm (in) Width: mm (in) Depth: mm (in) 310 (12.2) 215 (8.5) 160 (6.3) 308 (12.1) 255 (10 0) 160 (6.3) ABS/PC Wall-Mounting Enclosures IP66 Polyester Wall-Mounting Enclosures IP66 Plain door Transparent door Plain door Transparent door Plain door 3-point closure Transparent door 3-point closure — — — — — — NSYPLM32 NSYPLM32T — — NSYPLM3025 NSYPLM3025T NSYMM32 330 (13.0) 200 (7.9) — — NSYPLM43 NSYPLM43T NSYPLM43V NSYPLM43TV NSYPLMEX43 NSYMM43 430 (16.9) 200 (7.9) — — NSYPLM54 NSYPLM54T NSYPLM54V NSYPLM54TV NSYPLMEX54 NSYMM54 647 (25.5) 436 (17.2) 250 (9.8) — — NSYPLM64 NSYPLM64T NSYPLM64V NSYPLM64TV NSYPLMEX64 NSYMM64 747 (29.4) 536 (21.1) 300 (11.8) — — NSYPLM75 NSYPLM75T NSYPLM75V NSYPLM75TV NSYPLMEX75 NSYMM75 847 (33.3) 636 (25.0) 300 (11.8) — — NSYPLM86 NSYPLM86T NSYPLM86V NSYPLM86TV 1056 (41.6) 852 (33.5) 350 (13.8) — — NSYPLM108 NSYPLM108T — — NSYPLMEX86 NSYMM86 NSYPLMEX108 NSYMM108 Thalassa Polyester Floor-Standing Enclosures Height: mm (in) Width: mm (in) Depth: mm (in) # Doors 500 (19.7) 500 (19.7) 320 (12.6) 500 (19.7) 500 (19.7) 420 (16.5) 1 500 (19.7) 750 (29.5) 320 (12.6) 1 500 (19.7) 750 (29.5) 420 (16.5) 1 500 (19.7) 1000 (39.4) 320 (12.6) 500 (19.7) 1000 (39.4) 420 (16.5) 500 (19.7) 1250 (49.2) 500 (19.7) Enclosures with Open Bottom, IP54 Plain door Transparent door Plain door NSYPLA553 NSYPLA553T NSYPLAZ553 NSYPLA554 NSYPLA554T NSYPLAZ554 NSYPLA573 NSYPLA573T NSYPLAZ573 NSYPLA574 NSYPLA574T NSYPLAZ574 2 NSYPLA5103 NSYPLA5103T NSYPLAZ5103 2 NSYPLA5104 NSYPLA5104T NSYPLAZ5104 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA5123 NSYPLA5123T NSYPLAZ5123 1250 (49.2) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA5124 NSYPLA5124T NSYPLAZ5124 750 (29.5) 500 (19.7) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA753 NSYPLA753T NSYPLAZ753 750 (29.5) 500 (19.7) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA754 NSYPLA754T NSYPLAZ754 1 750 (29.5) 750 (29.5) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA773 NSYPLA773T NSYPLAZ773 750 (29.5) 750 (29.5) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA774 NSYPLA774T NSYPLAZ774 750 (29.5) 1000 (39.4) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA7103 NSYPLA7103T NSYPLAZ7103 750 (29.5) 1000 (39.4) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA7104 NSYPLA7104T NSYPLAZ7104 750 (29.5) 1250 (49.2) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA7123 NSYPLA7123T NSYPLAZ7123 750 (29.5) 1250 (49.2) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA7124 NSYPLA7124T NSYPLAZ7124 1000 (39.4) 500 (19.7) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA1053 NSYPLA1053T NSYPLAZ1053 1000 (39.4) 500 (19.7) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA1054 NSYPLA1054T NSYPLAZ1054 1000 (39.4) 750 (29.5) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA1073 NSYPLA1073T NSYPLAZ1073 1000 (39.4) 750 (29.5) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA1074 NSYPLA1074T NSYPLAZ1074 1000 (39.4) 1000 (39.4) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA10103 NSYPLA10103T NSYPLAZ10103 1000 (39.4) 1000 (39.4) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA10104 NSYPLA10104T NSYPLAZ10104 1000 (39.4) 1250 (49.2) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA10123 NSYPLA10123T NSYPLAZ10123 1000 (39.4) 1250 (49.2) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA10124 NSYPLA10124T NSYPLAZ10124 1250 (49.2) 500 (19.7) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA1253 NSYPLA1253T NSYPLAZ1253 1250 (49.2) 500 (19.7) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA1254 NSYPLA1254T NSYPLAZ1254 1250 (49.2) 750 (29.5) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA1273 NSYPLA1273T NSYPLAZ1273 1250 (49.2) 750 (29.5) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA1274 NSYPLA1274T NSYPLAZ1274 1250 (49.2) 1000 (39.4) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA12103 NSYPLA12103T NSYPLAZ12103 1250 (49.2) 1000 (39.4) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA12104 NSYPLA12104T NSYPLAZ12104 1250 (49.2) 1250 (49.2) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA12123 NSYPLA12123T NSYPLAZ12123 1250 (49.2) 1250 (49.2) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA12124 NSYPLA12124T NSYPLAZ12124 1500 (59.1) 500 (19.7) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA1553 NSYPLA1553T NSYPLAZ1553 1500 (59.1) 500 (19.7) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA1554 NSYPLA1554T NSYPLAZ1554 1500 (59.1) 750 (29.5) 320 (12.6) 1 NSYPLA1573 NSYPLA1573T NSYPLAZ1573 1500 (59.1) 750 (29.5) 420 (16.5) 1 NSYPLA1574 NSYPLA1574T NSYPLAZ1574 1500 (59.1) 1000 (39.4) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA15103 NSYPLA15103T NSYPLAZ15103 1500 (59.1) 1000 (39.4) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA15104 NSYPLA15104T NSYPLAZ15104 1500 (59.1) 1250 (49.2) 320 (12.6) 2 NSYPLA15123 NSYPLA15123T NSYPLAZ15123 1500 (59.1) 1250 (49.2) 420 (16.5) 2 NSYPLA15124 NSYPLA15124T NSYPLAZ15124 28 Enclosure with Open Bottom IP54—Plain Door — NSYPLMEX3025 NSYMM3025 530 (20 9) Sealed Enclosure, IP65 Sealed Enclosure IP65— Transparent Door Mounting Plate 430 (16.9) Table 28.6: Sealed Enclosure IP65— Plain Door Polyester WallMounting ATEX Enclosures UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES ABS/PC Wall-Mounting Enclosure IP66—Plain Door Thalassa Polyester Wall-Mounting Enclosures © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 28-7 Universal Enclosures ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901 www.schneider-electric.us Ventilation systems with filters Specially recommended for installations in which the ambient temperature is lower than the desired temperature inside the enclosure, a high protection rating is required: IP54 or IP55, and the surrounding environment is relatively clean, allowing air to enter the enclosure. • • • 38 to 850 m3/h. 5 input voltages: AC: 400/440 V, 230 V, 115 V (50/60 Hz), DC: 48 V and 24 V. Broad range of accessories (filters, IP55 and EMC covers, anti-vandalism kit). Cooling units Cooling units control the temperature inside the enclosure to help ensure the correct operation of the components, regardless of the outside temperature, by separating the internal and external air circuits and reducing the humidity of the enclosure. • • • • Cooling power from 1100 W to 2700 W. According to the input voltage: 230 V (50/60 Hz); 3 X 400/440 V (50/60 Hz); 115 V (50/60 Hz). RAL 7035 gray and stainless steel. A minimum height of 1800 mm (70.9 in) and door width of 800 mm (31.5 in) or side panel width of 600 mm (23.6 in) is required to install a SLIM cooling unit in a Spacial enclosure. Thermal control Thermostats control the temperature inside the enclosure and send a signal when maximum or minimum temperature values have been reached. • • • Temperature control: adjustable thermostats; single or double. Relative humidity control: adjustable humidistat. Temperature and relative humidity control: adjustable hygrotherm. 28 UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES 28-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Table of Contents Section 29 EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Solutions EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations—Overview 29-2 Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications) 29-3 Outdoor Charging Stations 29-4 RFID Accessories 29-4 Dimensions 29-5 ADVANCED PRODUCTS Advanced Products Energy Efficiency Solutions Overview Indoor Wall-Mount (p. 29-2) Outdoor Wall-Mount (p. 29-2) Outdoor Pedestal (Dual Unit) (p. 29-2) 29-6 In-Home Display (IHD) 29-6 Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT) 29-6 Smart Plug 29-7 Load Control Relays 29-7 Large Load Control 29-7 Ethernet Gateway 29-8 Accessories 29-8 Residential Solar Power Solutions Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters Specifications Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions 29-9 29-10 Thermostats (p. 29-6) Load Control (p. 29-7) Ethernet Gateway (p. 29-8) Load Control Relays (p. 29-7) In-Home Display (p. 29-6) Residential Solar Power Solutions Conext™ Grid Tie Inverter (p. 29-9) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 29-1 29 Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions Electric Vehicle Charging EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Solutions Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us 29 EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations ADVANCED PRODUCTS Our Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) provides power to recharge the on-board vehicle batteries in Electric Vehicles (EV) and Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEV). The EVSE units are Level 2 type which can charge the vehicle batteries in as little as 3-6 hours, depending on the vehicle type and level of battery charge. The EVSE will typically be fed from a 208 V or 240 V source, two-pole 40 A circuit breaker or disconnect and will be able to provide 30 A of current to the vehicle's on-board charger. All units meet or exceed SAE J1772a and UL standards for electric vehicle supply equipment. Schneider Electric EVSE features include: • • • • • • • Integral Ground Fault Protection at 5 mA User friendly interface to indicate power on/off, charging, system detected faults etc. Heavy duty cord and connector which meet SAE J1772 standards Automatic reset and restart after ground fault or main power loss Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) authentication available for outdoor unitsb Available in indoor/outdoor, wall and pedestal mount, single and dual charger models Optional advanced metering functionality available to collect and monitor energy and demand profile datac EV2430WS EV230WSR EV230PSRR EV230PDRR EV 2 _ 30 _ P D R _ R _ _ _ Coming in 2012: • Charging Station with advanced communications and networking • DC fast charging station which can charge 80% of EV in less than 30 minutes Please stay tuned at www.schneider-electric.us/ go/evlink Output Voltage System: 2 = 208/240 24 = 240 only 4 = 480 6 = 600 b c Enclosure Type: R = 3R Output: D = DC Advanced Features Codes 16, 30, 80, 100, 125, 150 . . . Mounting Type: W = Wall P = Pedestal Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station a 29-2 Maximum Output Current: Charging Units: S = Single D = Dual Features: R = Non-networked RFID A = Advanced Features SAE J1772—standard for Electric Vehicles that defines common connectors and interfaces at various power levels for PHEV and EV established by Society of Automotive Engineers for North America. RFID—localized RFID in which the programming for the addition or removal of subscribers is done at the EVSE location. Energy monitoring and metering options are available and can be added to provide networking and communication through an optional power meter enclosure. Please consult your local Schneider Electric sales representative for selection information or call 1-888-778-2733. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electric Vehicle Charging EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Enclosure: • Non-metallic • Indoor wall-mount (stud, drywall, or masonry wall) Interface: • Segmented charge and delay Cable Holder: • Supports and helps organize the cable • Mounted independently from the enclosure charge progress indicator • Stop Button and indicator • Power status and system detected fault indicator • Delay button and indicator Connector and Cord: • Complies with SAE J1772 • Cable length: 18 ft. (5.5 m) Protection: • Integral Ground Fault Protection at 5 mA • Ground fault function tested before each charge cycle begins • Auto restart after ground fault or main power loss Table 29.1: Indoor Charging Station—Wall-mounted Output Voltage System Output Current Mounting Enclosure Type Number of Charging Units Catalog Number $ Price 240 Vac only 30 A Wall 1 1 EV2430WS 1200.00 120/240 Vac Only N L1 L2 120 V Overcurrent Protection Device 120 V 240 V Electric Vehicle Charging Station Solid Neutral Ground © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Equipment Ground DE10 Discount Schedule 29-3 29 ADVANCED PRODUCTS Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications) Electric Vehicle Charging EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us 29 Outdoor Charging Stations ADVANCED PRODUCTS Protection: • Integral Ground Fault Protection at 5 mA • Ground fault function tested before each charge cycle begins • Auto restart after ground fault or main power loss Authentication: • Localized RFID solution (optional) Interface: • Power status • Charge indicator • System detected fault indicator Enclosure: • Metallic enclosure • Wall-mount Cable and Connector Holders: • Supports and helps organize the cable • Connector storage • Integral with the enclosure Cables and Connectors: • Complies with SAE J1772 • Cable length: 18 ft. (5.5 m) Cable Holder: • Supports and helps organize the cable • Connector storage • Mounted independently Enclosure: • Metallic enclosure • Pedestal-mount from the enclosure Indoor / Outdoor Wall-mount Mounting: • Metallic pedestal Outdoor Single Unit Pedestal-mount Table 29.2: Outdoor Charging Stations Output Voltage System Application Output Current Mounting Enclosure Type Number of Charging Units Catalog Number $ Price 208–240 Vac Indoor/Outdoor 30 A Wall 3R Single EV230WSR 1800.00 208–240 Vac Outdoor 30 A Pedestal 3R Single EV230PSR 2400.00 208–240 Vac Outdoor 30 A Pedestal 3R Duala EV230PDR 4000.00 Mounting Enclosure Type Number of Charging Units Catalog Number $ Price a Output current per charge unit Table 29.3: Outdoor Charging Stations with RFID Access Output Voltage System Application Output Current 208–240 Vac Indoor/Outdoor 30 A Wall 3R Single EV230WSRR 2400.00 208–240 Vac Outdoor 30 A Pedestal 3R Single EV230PSRR 3000.00 208–240 Vac Outdoor 30 A Pedestal 3R Dualb EV230PDRR 4600.00 Catalog Number $ Price EVRFIDHP 240.00 EVRFIDKF10 110.00 b Output current per charge unit Table 29.4: RFID Accessoriesc Description RFID Handheld Programmer RFID Authentication Cards (Quantity of 10) c Required for charging stations with RFID Access EVRFIDHP 29-4 Outdoor Dual Unit Pedestal-mount EVRFIDKF10 DE10 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Electric Vehicle Charging EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us 13.1 (333) ADVANCED PRODUCTS Dimensions in. Dimensions: (mm) 9.8 (250) 7.1 (181) 12.7 (323) 18.1 (460) 20.5 (521) Indoor Wall-mount 29 6.7 (170) 4.4 (111) 9.53 (242) Indoor/Outdoor Wall-mount in. Dimensions: (mm) 13.0 (330) 13.0 (330) 6.7 (170) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 2x 1.8 (46) 5.9 (150) 49.6 (1260) 6.6 (166.5) 6.6 (166.5) 2x 4.3 (108) 4.1 (103) 2x 3.9 (98) 2x .70 (17.5) 49.6 (1260) 3.0 (76.2) (bottom view) 4x R .30 (7.5) Pedestal Base © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) Single Unit Dual Unit 5.2 (133) Pedestal Mounted Charging Stations 29-5 Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions www.schneider-electric.us 29 Energy Efficiency Solutions Overview ADVANCED PRODUCTS Our Wiser Energy Efficiency products can give you information about your home's energy consumption and provide ways to conveniently automate energy use. Information displays can be conveniently located and easily integrated with Smart Grid energy programs. In addition, these devices provide useful information displays such as time and temperature. HVAC thermostats, an in-home display, and load controls are designed to integrate into a seamless energy control system, allowing you to easily Make the Most of Your EnergySM. Schneider Electric Energy Efficiency Products: • • • • • • • Use industry standard radio interfaces. Products are certified to the ZigBee® Smart Energy protocol Provide easy to use, conveniently located controls Signal energy with vivid color display screens Are designed to be integrated into Smart Grid energy efficiency programs Are certified to UL916, and UL489 (as applicable) Incorporate convenience features, such as remote thermostat control, time-of-day display, remote load control, and load scheduling Load controls are available in outdoor configurations Color Based Energy Signaling Wiser In-Home Display (IHD) • • • • • • • EER20100 Internal rechargable battery for power outages and convenience Integrates with remote measurement devices, and graphically displays energy use and signals based on demand Schedules Wiser components, such as load controls, load relays, and smart plugs Controls Wiser thermostats from remote locations Automatically sets time from the network Displays time Displays outdoor temperature (optional components required) Table 29.5: Wiser In-Home Display (IHD) Model EER20100 Industry Specifications Power $ Price • UL Standard 916 • Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205 • ZigBee® Smart Energy 100–240 Vac 50–60 Hz 550.00 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT) • • • EER56000 EER56100 • • • • Offers four programmable temperature changes per day for up to seven days Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile Integrates with remote measurement devices, and graphically displays energy use and signals based on demand Schedules Wiser components, such as load controls, load relays, and smart plugs Automatically sets time from the network Displays outdoor temperature (optional components required) No batteries required, operates in four wire installations Table 29.6: Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT) Model EER56000 EER56100 29-6 DE10 Industry Specifications Power $ Price • • • • • • 100–240 Vac 50–60 Hz 550.00 UL Standard 916 Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983 ZigBee® Smart Energy Single stage conventional heat/cool Two stage conventional (two stage heat / two stage cool) 100–240 Vac Heat pump and geothermal heat pump (two stage heat / 50–60 Hz single stage cool) • Two-speed heat pump and two-speed geothermal heat pump (three stage heat / two stage cool) • Dual fuel heat pump and geothermal dual fuel heat pump • Humidifier and dehumidifier control 720.00 UL Standard 916 Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983 ZigBee® Smart Energy Single stage conventional heat/cool Heat pump (two stage heat / single stage cool) Dual fuel heat pump (two stage heat / single stage cool) • • • • • • Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions www.schneider-electric.us • • • • Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile Plugs into 120 V electrical outlets Measures power used by electrical outlet loads Provides scheduling and remote control when used with the EER20100 Wiser In-Home Display or the EER56000/EER56100 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats Table 29.7: Model Wiser Smart Plug Industry Specifications EER40200 EER40200 Power $ Price • UL Standard 508 and UL 244A Vac • Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 14-05 100–240 50–60 Hz • ZigBee® Smart Energy 340.00 ADVANCED PRODUCTS Wiser Smart Plug • • • • • Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile Low voltage 120 and 240 V relays Measures power used by electrical outlet loads Provides scheduling and remote control when used with the EER20100 Wiser In-Home Display or the EER56000/EER56100 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats EER42300 provides isolated contact outputs Table 29.8: Model EER42200 EER42300 Wiser Load Control Relays Industry Specifications Power $ Price EER42200 • • • • UL Standard 916 Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983 ZigBee® Smart Energy Supply voltage: 100–250 Vac, 50/60 Hz 30 A, 240 Vac 30 A, 28 Vdc 2 hp, 240 Vac 1 hp, 120 Vac 405.00 EER42300 • • • • UL Standard 916 Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983 5 A, 240 Vac 5 A, 28 Vdc ZigBee® Smart Energy 240 VA, 240 Vac Supply voltage: 100–250 Vac, 50/60 Hz 375.00 Wiser Large Load Control • • • • • EER260LLCR Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile Used with Square D™ QOPL-ILC circuit breaker devices, ordered separately Measures branch circuit loading (current transformer required, ordered separately) Provides remote control when used with the EER20100 In-Home Display or the EER56000/EER56100 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats Provides remote disconnect switch functions Table 29.9: Model Industry Specifications Load Contacts $ Price • UL489 • ZigBee® Smart Energy • 120 / 240 Vac, 1P/2P, 50/60 Hz QOPL-ILC circuit breaker (see Table 29.10) 405.00 EER260LLCCT1 • 1P 60 A current transformer — 50.00 EER260LLCCT2 • 2P 60 A current transformer — 100.00 EER260LLCR EER260LLCCT1 EER260LLCCT2 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Wiser Large Load Control Table 29.10: QOPL-ILC Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Rating (A) No. of Poles QO115PLILC 15 1 10 QO120PLILC 20 1 10 QO230PLILC 30 2 10 QO240PLILC 40 2 10 QO250PLILC 50 2 10 QO260PLILC 60 2 10 DE10 Discount Schedule AIC Rating (kA) 29-7 29 Wiser Load Control Relays Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions www.schneider-electric.us 29 Wiser Ethernet Gateway • ADVANCED PRODUCTS • Allows for software monitoring, programming, and control of Wiser Energy Efficiency products via the internet Used with the Wiser Head End Server system Table 29.11: Wiser Ethernet Gateway Model EER21100 EER21200 Industry Specifications $ Price EER21100 • • • • ZigBee® Router type device UL power adapter ZigBee® Smart Energy Supply voltage: 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 395.00 EER21200 • • • • ZigBee® Coordinator type device UL power adapter ZigBee® Smart Energy Supply voltage: 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 395.00 Wiser Accessories • • EER57000 • Trim ring can be used to conceal mounting imperfections, such as holes and paint lines from previous installations External temperature sensor provides temperature measurements when used with Wiser thermostats Auxiliary power supply permits Wiser thermostats to be used in specialized four wire installations Table 29.12: Model EER57100 Wiser Accessories Name Industry Specifications EER57000 Trim Ring — $ Price 50.00 EER57100 Auxiliary Power Supply • UL Standard 916 • Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983 75.00 EER57200 External Temperature Sensor — 90.00 EER57200 29-8 DE10 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Solar Inverters Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters www.schneider-electric.us • An NEC compliant, integrated Square D™ DC/AC disconnect eliminates the need for external DC (PV) disconnects and in some jurisdictions, AC disconnects Large heatsink offers excellent heat dispersion without the need for a cooling fan Liquid Crystal display provides instantaneous information—power level, daily and lifetime energy production, PV array voltage and current, utility voltage and frequency, time online “selling”, system troubleshooting messages, and installer-customized screens User-enabled Fast Sweep™ Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) increases energy harvest in shaded installations LCD vibration sensor allows the tap of a finger to turn backlight on and easily cycle through display screens FCC Class B compliance • • • • • Installation Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverter • • • • • Flexible Module selection due to wide PV input MPPT tracking voltage range Lightweight and versatile mounting bracket Easy access DC (PV) and AC (Utility) terminal blocks simplify wiring Rugged NEMA 3R inverter enclosure allows reliable indoor and outdoor installations Simple communications set-up for daisy-chained single phase and three-phase installation Servicability • Sealed inverter enclosure can be quickly separated from the wiring box allowing DC/AC connections to remain intact during a service event Ten-year standard warranty • Table 29.13: Conext™ Inverters Product Description Part Number $ Price Conext TX 2800 NA 2.8 kW inverter 208/240 V RNW-878-2801 2040.00 Conext TX 3300 NA 3.3 kW inverter 208/240 V RNW-878-3301 2410.00 Conext TX 3800 NA 3.8 kW inverter 208/240 V RNW-878-3801 2575.00 Conext TX 5000 NA 5.0 kW inverter 208/240 V RNW-878-5001 3250.00 Table 29.14: System Voltage Residential Grid-Tie Solar Package Kilowatts Amps DC Disconnect Inverter AC Disconnect Suggested Load Centera QO130M200 250 Vdc 2.8 30 HU361RB 878-2801 D221NRB 250 Vdc 3.3 60 HU362RB 878-3301 D222NRB QO140M225 250 Vdc 3.3 100 HU363RB 878-3301 D223NRB QONQ42MS400 600 Vdc 3.8 30 HU361RB 878-3801 D221NRB QO130M200 600 Vdc 5.0 60 HU362RB 878-5001 D222NRB QO140M225 600 Vdc 5.0 100 HU363RB 878-5001 D223NRB QONQ42MS400 a Consult Digest Section 1 for other load center options, covers, accessories, and circuit breakers. NOTE: See Digest Section 3 for additional PV switch offerings including the new UL98B 1000 Vdc PV disconnect. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved REN1 Discount Schedule 29-9 29 Features ADVANCED PRODUCTS Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters The Conext™ Grid Tie Solar Inverter (Conext Series) converts photovoltaic (PV) electricity produced by solar modules into utility grade power that can be used by the home or sold to a local electrical utility. Offering high performance, clean aesthetics, innovative features, and easy installation, the Conext Series provides great value in a compact high-frequency design. The Conext Series may be installed as a single inverter for a single PV array or in a multiple inverter configuration for large PV systems or three-phase applications. Solar Inverters Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters www.schneider-electric.us 29 Table 29.15: Specifications Electrical Specifications (Output) Product Model ADVANCED PRODUCTS Nominal output power AC output voltage (nominal) Conext TX 2800 NA Conext TX 3300 NA Conext TX 3800 NA Conext TX 5000 NA 2800 W / 2650 W 3300 W / 3100 W 3800 W / 3500 W 5000 W / 4500 W 240/208 Vac 240/208 Vac 240/208 Vac 240/208 Vac AC output voltage range Auto detect 240 to 208 Vac AC frequency (nominal) 60 Hz AC frequency range Max. continuous output current Max. output over-current protection 59.3 to 60.5 Hz 11.8/13.0 A rms 14.0/15.2 A rms 16.0/16.8 A rms 21/22 A rms 15 A rms 20 A rms 25 A rms 30 A rms Max. utility back-feed current 0A Total harmonic distortion (THD) THD < 3% Power factor >0.99 (at rated power), >0.95 (full power range) Utility monitoring, islanding protection UL 1741-2010. Ed.2 / IEEE1547 Output characteristics Current Source Output current waveform True Sine Wave Electrical Specifications (Input) Max. Array open-circuit voltage MPPT voltage range (CEC & CSA) Max. input current 600 Vdc 195-550 Vdc 195-550 Vdc 195-550 Vdc 240-550 Vdc 15.5 Adc / 14.9 Adc 18 Adc / 17.5 Adc 20.8 Adc / 19.5 Adc 22 Adc / 20 Adc Max. array short-circuit current 24 Adc Reverse-polarity protection Short-circuit diode Ground-fault protection GF detection, IDIF > 1A Max. Peak efficiency 95.2% / 95.2% 95.6% / 95.3% 96.3% / 96% 96.7% / 96.4% CEC Efficiency 94.5% / 94.5% 95% / 94.5% 95.5% / 95.5% 96.0% / 95.5% Night-time power consumption 1W General Specifications Mounting Wall mount (mounting bracket included) Input and output terminal AC and DC terminals accept wires sizes #14 to #6 AWG PV / Utility disconnect Eliminates need for external PV (DC) disconnect. Complies with NEC requirements. Cooling Convection cooled, fan not required Display Backlit, two-line, 16-character liquid crystal display provides instantaneous power, daily and lifetime energy production, PV array voltage and current, utility voltage and frequency, time online “selling”, faults messages, and installer-customizable screens Communications Integrated RS232 and Xanbus™ RJ45 communication ports Wiring box PV, utility, ground, and communications connections. The inverter can be separated from the wiring box. Warranty Part number (negative ground) Ten-year standard 878-2801 878-3301 878-3801 878-5001 Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature Range -13°F to 149°F (-25°C to 65°C) Enclosure Type Inverter Weight NEMA 3R (Outdoor Rated) 31.8 kg (70.1 lbs) 32.2 kg (71 lbs) 36.5 kg (80.5 lbs) 38.9 kg (85.8 lbs) Inverter dimensions (H x W x D) 89.3 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm 35.2 x 15.9 x 7.3 in. 89.3 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm 35.2 x 15.9 x 7.3 in. 98.8 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm 38.9 x16 x 7.3 in. 98.8 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm 38.9 x 16 x 7.3 in. Shipping dimensions (H x W x D) 107.0 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm 42.1 x 22.7 x 10.2 in. 107.0 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm 42.1 x 22.7 x 10.2 in. 116.5 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm 45.8 x 22.7 x 10.2 in. 116.5 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm 45.8 x 22.7 x 10.2 in. Regulatory Approvals CSA Certified to UL 1741-2010 Ed.2 (Include IEEE 1547)—inverters, converters, controllers and interconnection system equipment for use with distributed energy resources; and CSA C22.2 No 107.1 FCC Class B general use power supplies. 29-10 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index Numerics 1000 Vdc photovoltaic heavy duty disconnect switches 3-22 9-8 14-inch-wide NQ panelboards 16 mm push buttons 19-12– 19-22 9-13 20-inch-wide NF panelboards 9-6– 9-7, 9-9 20-inch-wide NQ panelboards 22 mm push buttons 19-8, 19-23– 19-55, 19-57– 19-65 16-20– 16-21 2-Pole single phase full voltage starters 19-9, 19-67– 19-69, 19-73– 19-79, 30 mm push buttons 19-83– 19-93 4-Pole, 2-phase full voltage starters 16-20– 16-21 800 A–5000 A pricing instructions 12-6 I-Line II 5-18 8M, 36M, 60M enclosures 9012G pressure switches 22-15 differential 22-15 dual stage 22-13 industrial 22-14 machine tool 22-21 9013F commercial pressure switches 22-22 9013G commercial pressure switches 9016GAW vacuum switches 22-19 22-19 9016GVG vacuum switches 22-23 9036D float switches 9036FG float switches 22-24 22-23 9036G float switches 22-24 9037E float switches 22-25 9037H closed tank float switches 9038A mechanical alternators 22-26 22-26 9038C mechanical alternators 22-27 9038D mechanical alternators A AB1 24-11 markers 24-9 other blocks 24-10 AB1AA insulation displacement blocks 24-7 AB1DD, AB1ET three tier AB1ET two tier blocks 24-6 24-7 AB1ETN two tier blocks 24-8 AB1FU and AB1SF/SV fuseholders AB1RR 24-2– 24-3 spring clip blocks 24-4 spring clip terminals 24-6 AB1TP grounding blocks 24-4 AB1VV and AB1TP miniature blocks AB1VV box lug blocks 24-5 23-42 ABR electromechanical interface modules 23-41 ABS solid state interface modules AC drives 26-2 Altivar 12 26-3, 26-5– 26-6 Altivar 212 26-7 Altivar 31 26-2, 26-7– 26-9 Altivar 312 26-2 Altivar 32 26-3, 26-10– 26-11, 26-14– 26-15 Altivar 61 26-3, 26-12– 26-15 Altivar 71 26-20 documentation 26-16 S-Flex (Altivar 212) 26-20 support 26-20 training accessories 7-13 C60 UL489 mounting base © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Words in 18-9 cabling, TeSys D 5-4 C-Bus 16-109 contactors 18-8– 18-11, 18-14 contactors, TeSys D 18-8, 18-11– 18-13, 18-15 contactors, TeSys F 8-16 disconnect switches, flange mounted and cable operated 3-15, 3-18 double throw safety switches 4-15 energy meter 22-28 float switches high density meter system 4-14 9-23 I-Line merchandised panelboards 24-10 insulation displacement style terminal blocks 8-10 Lk4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible 22-18 machine tool pressure switches 18-34 manual starters and protectors, GV 16-114 mechanical interlocks 2-15 meter centers 2-3 meter sockets 8-6 Mini-Vario and Vario motor disconnect switches 9-14 NF merchandised panelboards 9-9 NQ merchandised panelboards operating mechanisms, disconnect switches 8-24 and circuit breakers 7-39 PowerPact circuit breakers 20-9 proximity sensors 1-12 QO and Homeline load centers 7-12 QO and QOB miniature circuit breakers 1-12 QO load centers 1-4 QO miniture circuit breaker 7-15 QOU 3-3 safety switches 4-10 series 800 4-11 series 4000 16-113 solid neutral 16-109 starters 18-39 TeSys AK5 panel busbar system 18-38 TeSys contactors 18-8– 18-11, 18-14 TeSys D 18-8, 18-11– 18-13, 18-15 TeSys F 18-36 TeSys GV 18-27 TeSys K 18-28– 18-31 TeSys U 14-10, 14-17 transformers 16-112 transient suppression module 13-6 trench duct 19-89– 19-90 Type K and SK 19-20 XB6 accessories and modification kits, manual starters and switches 16-9, 16-11 AccuSine AHF 4-34– 4-36 dynamic VAR compensation 27-7 actuator sensor interface (AS-i) bus products 12-7 adapter, I-Line to I-Line II Advantys OTB 27-5 Advantys TeleFast 2 24-22 prewired connection system 27-5 Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub-bases Advantys Telefast ABE9 passive splitter boxes 27-5 11-20 ADVC controller alternating relays 23-21 TeSys SKE IEC style Altistart 22 26-18 26-19 Altistart 22 (enclosed) 26-17 Altistart 48 Altistart drive 18-32 Altistart U01 soft starters 18-51 dimensions 26-2 Altivar 12 Altivar 32 26-2 26-3, 26-5– 26-6 Altivar 212 26-7 Altivar 31 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -1 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Altivar 312 26-2, 26-7– 26-9 auxiliary contacts manual and magnetic contactors and starters Altivar 61 26-3, 26-10– 26-11, 26-15 TeSys D and F 26-3, 26-12– 26-15 Altivar 71 auxiliary input unit 27-9 Altivar IMC integrated controller card auxillary gutter, QO load centers analysis and consulting 4-20 3-9 Appleton Powertite receptacle safety switches application 24-19 fuseholders backup power solutions application data biometric switches, XB5S 3-20 double throw safety switches blank doors Model 6 MCC 21-4 limit switches 24-18 power distribution blocks bodies, limit switches 24-21 AR1 and AT1 cable ends bolt-on remotely operated circuit breakers 11-16 arc extinguishing system, Arc Terminator box lug blocks AB1VV arc flash analysis 4-20 brackets, transformers 4-26 arc flash protection and mitigation system branch circuit breakers 11-16 Arc Terminator, arc extinguishing system NQ factory assembled panelboards Qwik-Gard architectures for safety related solutions 25-3 branch circuit power meter, 5-18 area lighting panels branch devices, meter centers 25-3, 25-5 AS-i safety at work branch feeder units, Model 6 MCC assemblies, terminal blocks 24-15 branch switches, 28-2 ATEX enclosures QMB fusible 18-32 ATSU01 Altistart drive branch units, meter centers automatic circuit recloser 11-20 buck and boost, transformers 4-21 automation power system bus couplers, C-Bus automation products busbar 27-7 Actuator Sensor interface (AS-i) bus products configuration code Advantys busbar accessories,TeSys contactors 27-5 OTB busbar configurations Telefast ABE7 sub-bases 27-5 27-5 Telefast ABE9 passive splitter boxes busway 27-9 Altivar IMC integrated controller card busway 27-6 CANopen network products elbows 27-6 ConneXium ethernet products hangers 27-7 ethernet TCP/IP products I-Line Magelis advanced panels I-Line II 27-3 XBT GH Surgelogic SPD units XBT GK 27-3 tee terminating 27-3 XBT GT accessories 27-3 XBT GTW transition section meter centers Magelis HMI products I-Line 27-4 Compact iPC busway 27-4 Compact PC BOX "footage and fittings" pricing method 27-4 Flex PC BOX 800 A–5000 A busway 27-4 Smart BOX 800 A–5000 A pricing instructions Smart iPC 27-4 accessories 27-4 Smart+ iPC additions Magelis small panels busbar configuration code 27-3 STO/STU busbar configurations XBT N/R 27-3 bussed transformer connection 27-3 XBT RT circuit breaker cubicle 27-9 Magelis XBT GC HMI controller connection to competitive busway Modicon construction options 27-9 LMC058 motion controller electrical data M168 PLC 27-8 expansion fittings feeder 27-8 M238 PLC finger protection to IP2X 27-8 M258 PLC fused M340 PAC 27-2 hangers 27-5 Momentum distributed I/O and PLC high short circuit bracing 27-2 Premium PLC I-Line Quantum PLC 27-2 I-Line II 27-5 STB I-Line II, PowerPact plug-in units 27-5 TM5 expansion module H-frame TM7 I/O blocks 27-5 J-frame 27-2 TSX Micro PLC M-frame 27-10 Zelio Logic controller P-frame Transparent Ready solutions 27-6 R-frame 27-10 Twido Nano controller i -2 Words in Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 16-110 18-8 5-12 1-10 B 1-9 19-65– 19-66 17-6 21-17 5-24 24-5 14-11 ALPHABETICAL LISTING 9-11 9-11 4-16 2-11, 2-13 17-6 9-35 2-8 14-8 5-13 12-3 18-38– 18-39 12-2 12-6 12-6 12-13– 12-14 12-5– 12-6, 12-11 6-5 12-6 12-18 2-15 12-4 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-8 12-8 12-3 12-2 12-7 12-7 12-7 12-17 12-8 12-7 12-6 12-7 12-7 12-17 12-6 12-4 12-5 12-11– 12-12 12-11– 12-12 12-12 12-13 12-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index I-Line II, surge protective device plug-in units indoor drip resistant indoor tap boxes non-segregated bus outdoor construction plug-in units Powerbus Power-Zone riser service heads space heaters SPD plug-in units standard components standard straight lengths supports thermostat transformer taps unfused reducer 12-10 12-6 12-7 12-15 12-6 12-9– 12-10 12-2 12-15 12-6 12-7 12-17 12-10 12-4 12-6 12-17 12-17 12-7 12-7 C C60N Multi 9 miniature circuit breakers 7-16– 7-17 cable ends 24-21 AR1 and AT1 24-20 DZ5 and AZ5 cable pull switches 25-8 XY2 cables, Powerlink 5-24 cabling accessories 18-9 TeSys D calculation of trip current rating 16-119 thermal unit selection 10-4 cam-lock tap box CANopen network products 27-6 caps 19-21 16 mm push buttons 19-39– 19-41, 19-60– 19-62, 19-64 22 mm push buttons 19-69, 19-74, 19-79, 19-83 30 mm push buttons 19-11 compact pilot lights 5-30 Cassia energy management system catalog numbering system 17-2 combination starters C-Bus 5-7 Decorator wall plates 5-25 device power supply 5-25 device router 5-15 dimmers 5-5– 5-6 DLT keypads 5-18 enclosures 5-13 input sensors 5-9, 5-10 multi room audio 5-6 Neo Decorator keypads 5-4 Neo keypads 5-13 relays 5-6 Saturn Decorator keypads 5-5 Saturn keypads 5-12 sensors 5-19 software 5-11 thermostats 5-7 touch screens 5-21 ceiling mount occupancy sensors changeover relay 5-13 circuit breaker enclosures 7-58 accessories 7-58 dimensions 7-57 enclosed walking beam mechanical interlock 7-58 insulated groundable neutral assembly 7-58 service ground kits circuit breakers 5-24 bolt-on remotely operated 7-35 DC © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Words in 7-54– 7-55 dimensions and shipping weights 8-19– 8-20 door-mounted operating mechanisms 5-24 emergency lighting 7-57 enclosed 7-56 enclosures 9-24– 9-25 F-frame 8-23 flange mounted and variable depth operating mechanisms 8-21– 8-22 flexible cable mechanisms 9-26 H-frame thermal-magnetic 9-24– 9-25, 9-27– 9-30 I-Line panelboards 9-26 J-frame thermal-magnetic 9-27 K-frame thermal-magnetic 9-28 LA mission critical 9-29 L-frame 11-6 Masterpact 7-40 motor operators 7-31 motor protector 9-16 NF factory assembled panelboards 9-15 NF merchandised panelboards 9-11 NQ factory assembled panelboards 9-24 PowerPact D-frame mission critical 7-23 PowerPact J-frame 7-25 PowerPact L-frame 7-26, 9-29 PowerPact M-frame 9-30 PowerPact P-frame 7-24, 9-25 PowerPact Q-frame 7-28, 9-30 PowerPact R-frame 1-25 QO enclosures 1-2 QO plug-on 9-10 QOB bolt-on 7-11 QO-EPD 7-11 QO-HM, high magnetic trip 7-11 QO-K, key operated 29-7 QOPL-ILC for intelligent load centers QO-SWN 7-11 7-10 QOT tandem 9-10– 9-11 Qwik-Gard 7-10 replacement tandem 9-38 shunt trip 7-17 telecommunications applications 2-6 Tenant 11-19 Type EOX vacuum substation 11-19 Type FVR vacuum substation 11-19 Type VOX vacuum substation 7-35– 7-36 UL Listed 500 Vdc 9-38 without overload trip circuit meter 4-16 4-11 circuit monitor, PowerLogic circuit protectors 24-17 thermal-magnetic ClimaSys 28-3, 28-8 cooling units 28-3, 28-8 thermostats 28-3, 28-8 ventilation systems clock/timer 15-5 22-24– 22-25 closed tank float switches 22-26 9038C mechanical alternators with bushing 22-27 9038D mechanical alternators 16-71 coil replacement, definite purpose contactors coil suppressor, TeSys D 18-9 coil voltage codes 18-2, 18-6 TeSys D 18-3 TeSys F 9-18– 9-19 column width panelboards combination lighting contactors 16-61 combination service entrance devices 1-22 accessories 1-20, 1-24 all-in-ones, rainproof circuit breakers 1-22 Homeline 1-23 dimensions 1-22 hubs 1-19 meter mains, rainproof Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -3 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING solar ready CSED 1-24 1-12 surge protection devices combination starters 17-2 catalog numbering system 17-5 Compac 6 fusible switch disconnects 17-3 Model 6 MCC 16-31 NEMA style 16-41 accessories 16-40 application data 16-41 control transformers dimensions 16-42 fusible 16-31 disconnect switch type disconnect switch type with class R fuse clips 16-33 16-41 interlocks 16-35– 16-36 MCP circuit breaker non-fusible 16-32 disconnect switch type 16-38– 16-39 thermal magnetic circuit breaker NEMA style oversized enclosure MCP circuit breaker 16-37 22-21– 22-22 commercial pressure switches 18-38 communications, TeSys contactors Compac 6 17-5 combination starters 17-5 motor circuit protector Disconnects 17-5 Model 6 MCC 21-22 compact general duty limit switches compact height switches MiniBreak 11-7 19-10– 19-11 compact pilot lights complete devices 19-23 XB4 19-42 XB5 complete switches, limit switches 21-14 components 13-6 trench duct 27-2 Concept application software Conext series grid tie solar inverters 29-9– 29-10 21-17 connection components, limit switches 18-38 connection modules, TeSys contactors ConneXium ethernet products 27-6 27-6 ConneXview industrial ethernet diagnostic software construction options 12-17 busway consulting, analysis 4-20 21-17 contact assemblies, limit switches contact blocks 18-8 TeSys D and F 19-118 XAC pendant station contact units for melting alloy type overload relays 16-108 replacement parts kits contactors 16-109 accessories 16-112 control circuit fuse holder 16-109 cover-mounted control units 16-70 definite purpose 16-112 power pole adders 16-107 replacement parts kits 18-2 TeSys D 18-8– 18-11, 18-14 accessories 18-4 non-reversing 18-17– 18-19 repair parts reversing 18-6 18-3 TeSys F 18-8, 18-11– 18-13, 18-15 accessories 18-5 non-reversing repair parts 18-18, 18-20 18-7 reversing i -4 Words in TeSys K 18-24– 18-27 18-24 non-reversing mini-contactors reversing mini-contactors 18-25 contactors and starters NEMA, magnetic AC catalog numbering system 16-13 control and measurement relays 23-32 Zelio RM17JC current measurement relay 23-33 Zelio RM17T phase measurement relay 23-34 Zelio RM17UAS voltage measurement relay 23-34 Zelio RM17UB voltage measurement relay 23-34 Zelio RM17UBE voltage measurement relay 23-36 Zelio RM35AT temperature control relay 23-35 Zelio RM35BA10 pump control relay 23-36 Zelio RM35HZ frequency control relay 23-32 Zelio RM35JA current measurement relay 23-35 Zelio RM35L level control relay 23-36 Zelio RM35S speed control relay 23-34 Zelio RM35UA1 voltage measurement relay 23-34 Zelio RM35UB voltage measurement relay 23-31 Zelio Type REG control circuit fuse holder 16-112 contactors 16-112 starters control relays 23-22– 23-24 NEMA style Type X 23-23 NEMA style, utility auxiliary control stations 19-70– 19-72, 19-80– 19-82, 19-100– 19-104 enclosures 18-28– 18-30 control unit, TeSys U 14-4 copper wound transformers corrosion resistant 19-78, 19-84 multifunction operators 19-77 non-illuminated operators 19-83 pilot lights 3-12 cover viewing window for safety switches cover-mounted control units 16-109 contactors 16-109 starters crosses 13-6 trench duct 3-9 Crouse-Hinds Arktite receptacle safety switches 3-9 Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Hubbellock receptacle CT, split-core 4-15 current measurement relays 23-32 Zelio RM17JC 23-32 Zelio RM35JA current ratings 21-5 limit switches 11-11 current-limiting fuses DIN-style custom terminal blocks assemblies 24-15 D DALI gateway DC circuit breakers DC telecommunication applications circuit breakers decorator face plates Decorator, Saturn keypads decorator style cover plates, Neo definite purpose contactors reversing hoist device power supply Powerlink device routers, Powerlink Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 5-15 7-35 7-17 5-6 5-6 5-7 16-70 16-81 5-25 5-25 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index differential pressure switches 22-15 dimensions 18-51 Altistart U01 soft starters definite purpose 16-72, 16-74 contactors disconnect switches, flange mounted 8-17– 8-18 and cable operated 8-11– 8-14 disconnect switches, IEC style 3-8, 3-17, 3-19, 3-21 double throw safety switches 16-80 duplex motor controllers 16-96, 16-99 enclosures 29-5 EV charging stations, EVlink 8-23 flange mounted and variable depth operating mechanisms 16-66– 16-69 lighting contactors 2-16 meter centers 2-4 meter sockets pressure switches 22-17 9012G 22-12 XML international XMLG electronic 22-5 22-7 XMLK electronic 1-17 QO and Homeline dimensions 3-3, 3-13 safety switches 18-40– 18-41, 18-44– 18-46, 18-48 TeSys D 18-42, 18-47 TeSys F 18-52– 18-56 TeSys GV manual starters and protectors 18-49 TeSys K 18-50– 18-51 TeSys U Well-Guard 16-77 pump panels dimensions and shipping weights 7-54 miniature and molded case circuit breakers 7-55 molded case circuit breakers 3-22 dimensions, disconnect switches 5-14 dimmer unit, four channel disconnect switches 8-16 accessories, flange mounted and cable operated 8-10 accessories, LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible 8-17– 8-18 dimensions, flange mounted and cable operated 8-15 flange mounted and cable operated 8-8– 8-9 LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible 8-2 selection 14-18 disconnects, transformers 27-5 distributed I/O products 5-5– 5-6 DLT keypads documentation, AC drives 26-20 8-25 door closing mechanisms 8-27 single and multi-door enclosures 8-26, 8-28 types M5, M6, M1, and M8 3-15– 3-16 double throw safety switches drawout cradle and accessories 7-45 18-32 drive, Altistart ATSU01 14-20 dry type transformers dual stage pressure switches 22-15 duplex 16-78– 16-79 motor controllers 11-15 DVCAS switchgear DZ5 and AZ5 cable ends 24-20 E EBA (external brick assembly) SPDs replacement modules EE medium voltage, dry type transformers EE NL transformers elbows trench duct elbows, Busway © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 6-3 6-4 14-20 14-6 13-6 12-6 Words in 29-2 electric vehicle charging stations electrical components 19-86 Type K, SK and KX 19-34 XB4 19-55 XB5 19-15 XB6 electrical data 12-8 I-Line II busway electrical interlock kits 3-3, 3-10 safety switches electrical ratings 22-16 pressure switches, 9012 and 9016 19-116 electronic alarms, XVS electronic pressure switches 22-8– 22-9 XMLF electronic timers 18-10 TeSys D 7-46– 7-47 electronic trip units, Micrologic 6-2 EMA (external modular assembly) SPDs 6-4 replacement modules emergency lighting circuit breakers 5-24 emergency stop operation 25-8 cable pull switches emergency stop operators 19-28 XB4 19-48 XB5 enclosed drives 26-5, 26-19 Altistart 22 26-5 Altivar 212 26-16 S-Flex (Altivar 212) enclosed soft starts 26-19 Altistart 22 18-21– 18-23 enclosed starters, TeSys D enclosure 5-18 8M, 12M, 24M, 36MS, 36M, 60M enclosures 28-2 304L stainless steel 28-2 316L stainless steel 28-2 ATEX 7-56 circuit breaker 19-70– 19-72, 19-80– 19-82, 19-100– 19-104 control stations 16-96, 16-99 dimensions 28-4– 28-5, 28-7 floor-standing 16-94 flush mounting selection table 28-2 for explosive atmospheres 28-2 insulated 28-7 IP54 28-7 IP65 28-7 IP66 28-2 metal 16-94 NEMA 1 selection table 16-95 NEMA 12/3R outdoor applications 28-3 NEMA ratings 16-94 NEMA type 1 and flush mounting 16-93 NEMA type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 16-95 NEMA types 1, 4, and oversize 28-7 open bottom 28-7 polyester 28-2, 28-4– 28-6 Spacial 28-2, 28-5 stainless steel 28-4– 28-6 steel 28-2, 28-7 Thalassa 28-3, 28-8 thermal management systems 14-10, 14-18 transformers 28-3 UL ratings 28-6– 28-7 wall-mounting 19-118 XAC 24-12 end clamps 4-15 Enercept Meter Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -5 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING energy efficient 1201–15,000 Volts energy efficient transformers energy meters energy profiler online service engineering service, PowerLogic equipment grounding kits for safety switches ethernet gateway, Wiser ethernet TCP/IP products Ethernet-Modbus/TCP networks EV charging stations, EVlink dimensions indoor charging outdoor charging outdoor charging with RFID access RFID accessories EVlink electric vehicle charging solutions export model transformers external brick assembly (EBA) SPDs external modular assembly (EMA) SPDs external modular L-L enhanced SPDs external reset mechanisms externally mounted surge protective devices (SPD) extra capacity single phase starters full voltage starters EZ Meter-Pak meter center dimensions meter centers meter centers and accessories EZM main devices, meter centers 14-20 14-4 4-15 4-18 4-20– 4-21 3-11 29-8 27-7 4-19 29-5 29-3 29-4 29-4 29-4 29-1– 29-5 14-8 6-3 6-2 6-3 16-92 6-2 16-22 2-16 2-8 2-15 2-14 F face plates 5-6 decorator 4-22 factory assembled enclosures, PowerLogic factory assembled panelboards 9-31– 9-34 I-Line 9-38 modifications 9-16– 9-17 NF 9-11– 9-12 NQ 9-12 feed-through lugs sub-feed lugs 9-12 9-19 NQ/NF single row (column width) 9-36– 9-37 QMB fusible factory modifications 21-36 limit switches 22-18 machine tool pressure switches factory modifications (forms) 16-100 full voltage contactors & starters full voltage contactors & starters 16-102 and solid state overload relays factory-installed accessories 7-39 PowerPact circuit breakers 7-12 QO and QOB miniature circuit breakers 17-2 features, merchandised units feed-through lugs 9-12 NQ factory assembled panelboards 9-24– 9-25 F-frame circuit breakers Fingersafe 19-85 contact blocks covers 7-15, 14-8, 14-17, 19-93, 24-13 fittings 13-6 trench duct i -6 Words in float switches 22-1 22-28 accessories 22-28 renewal parts floor-standing enclosures 28-4– 28-5, 28-7 19-124– 19-125 foot switches 5-14 four channel dimmer unit fractional horsepower 16-4 manual starters frequency control relays 23-36 Zelio RM35HZ full voltage contactors NEMA style 16-14 general information NEMA style 16-14 3-pole polyphase 16-18 solid state overload relay protection, Motor Logic full voltage contactors & starters and solid state overload relays 16-102 factory modifications (forms) full voltage contactors and starters 16-100 factory modifications (forms) NEMA style 16-23 application data for selection 16-24– 16-27 dimensions full voltage reversing contactors and starters 16-44 NEMA style 16-48– 16-49 dimensions 16-46 solid state overload relay protection, Motor Logic full voltage reversing vacuum contactors 16-50 NEMA style approximate dimensions 16-18– 16-19 full voltage starters 16-20– 16-21 2-Pole single phase 16-20– 16-21 4-Pole, 2-Phase 16-22 extra capacity single phase starters 16-18– 16-19 NEMA style 16-22 2-pole single phase Types SB–SD with auxiliary load terminals 16-22 full voltage vacuum contactors general information 16-28– 16-29 full voltage vacuum starters 16-30 16-115 fuse block, replacement parts kits 3-10 fuse kits safety switches, class R fuse puller kits, safety switches 3-3 fuse selection tables 11-14 boric acid fuses, HVL 11-14 DIN/E HVL fused HVL/cc 11-17 load interrupter switch fuseholders 24-8 AB1FU and AB1SF/SV 24-19 application information 18-36 LS1 24-19 panel mounting 24-19 Type FB Fuselogic 11-8, 11-11 3-15 fusible and non-fusible safety switches G G3 systems, Powerlink gateway, DALI Gen 3 products, lighting control systems general duty safety switches general information full voltage vacuum contactors Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 5-24 5-15 5-23 3-2 16-28– 16-29 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us 13-2 14-2 23-2– 23-15 16-116 7-11 7-18 7-32 7-51 7-51 7-53 7-51 7-51 7-52 24-6 H hangers busway Power-Zone busway HCR-U heavy duty limit switches heavy duty safety switches H-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers H-frame, PowerPact circuit breaker accessories circuit breakers molded case switches termination options switches HID QO circuit breaker high ampere QOU circuit breakers high density meter enclosures high magnetic withstand MC circuit breakers HMI products HMI—human machine interface holders, legend Homeline HOM-AFI circuit breaker HOM-EPD circuit breaker HOM-GFI circuit breaker HOM-HM circuit breaker HOMT, quad tandem circuit breaker surge protective devices (SPD) Homeline load centers convertable field-installable kits indoor, main circuit breaker indoor, main lugs manufactured housing load centers plug-on circuit breakers rainproof main circuit breakers rainproof, main lugs horizontal ganged meter sockets horsepower and voltage thermal unit selection HP ratings of motors, MCP selection Hubbellock receptacle safety switches HVL medium voltage metal-enclosed HVL metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear HVL switches, Power-Dry, Power-Cast transformer connections HVL switchgear quick ship program © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 12-6, 12-17 12-17 11-18 21-32 3-4 9-26 7-40 7-23 7-34 7-23 7-34 7-11 7-14 4-11 7-37 27-3– 27-4 16-85 19-37, 19-58 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 1-14 6-8 1-16 1-15 1-15 1-10 1-14 1-16 1-16 2-3 16-120 7-29 3-9 11-11 11-11 11-12 11-11 Words in HVL/cc medium voltage metal-enclosed metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear switchgear switchgear quick ship program hybrid VAR compensator (HVC) 11-8, 11-10 11-8 11-9 11-9 4-36 I IEC 24-10 IEC style 23-30 Square D JCK timing relay 24-2– 24-9, 24-11– 24-12 terminal blocks 23-16– 23-18 TeSys Type D relay 23-19– 23-20 TeSys Type K relay 23-21 TeSys Type SK relay 23-21 TeSys Type SKE alternating relay 23-26 Zelio RE11 timer 23-26 Zelio RE48 timer 23-27– 23-28 Zelio RE7 timer 23-29 Zelio RE8 timer 23-29 Zelio RE9 timer 23-26 Zelio REXL timer IEC style disconnect switches 8-10 accessories, LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible 8-11– 8-14 dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 fusible 8-8– 8-9 LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible 24-10 IEC terminal blocks I-Line 12-4, 12-13– 12-14 busway 12-9 plug-in units 12-13 PowerPact P-frame plug-in unit 12-14 PowerPact R-frame plug-in unit 12-4 standard components I-Line 11-18 molded case circuit breakers 6-5 Surgelogic SPD units I-Line distribution 11-17 11-4 I-Line distribution bus 11-5 I-Line distribution section I-Line II 12-5 800 A–5000 A busway 12-6 800 A–5000 A pricing instructions 12-5, 12-6, 12-11 busway 12-8 electrical data 12-10 surge protective device plug-in units I-Line panelboards 9-23 accessories 9-24– 9-25, 9-27– 9-30 circuit breakers 9-31– 9-34 factory assembled 9-21– 9-22 merchandised 9-20 pricing procedure 9-3– 9-4 series ratings 9-40 terminal data 12-7 I-Line to I-Line II adapter illuminated beacons 19-107– 19-115 indicating banks 19-53 illuminated operators 19-16 16 mm push buttons 19-32– 19-33, 19-53– 19-54 22 mm push buttons 19-70– 19-72, 19-79– 19-82 30 mm push buttons 1-17 indoor dimensions indoor EV charging stations, EVlink 29-3 2-8, 2-10, 2-12 indoor meter centers 1-6 indoor, 1Ø main circuit breaker, QO load centers indoor, main lug, QO load centers 1-5 1-15 indoor, main lugs, Homeline load centers 14-14– 14-17 industrial control transformers Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -7 ALPHABETICAL LISTING general purpose (NEMA Type 1) wireway general purpose dry type transformers general purpose relays general thermal unit selection GFI, QO circuit breakers GFP ground fault protectors, Multi 9 GJL circuit breakers, single motor circuit protection ground-fault protection GC-200 ground-fault relay system module enclosure selection sensors ground-fault relay system GC-200 Vigirex grounding blocks AB1TP Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING industrial energy efficiency 4-21 industrial format limit switches 21-24– 21-25 21-32 industrial limit switches 22-13 industrial pressure switches Industrial Relays 23-16– 23-24 21-6 industrial snap switches 5-13 input units, C-Bus inserts 19-38, 19-59 legend 18-23 Insta-Kits accessories for enclosed combination starter 7-7 insulated case circuit breakers selection information insulation displacement blocks, AB1AA 24-10 integral horsepower 16-8– 16-9 manual starters 10-6 integrated equipment sample lineups integrated power and control solutions 10-2 IPaCS equipment 10-3 Integrated Power Center 10-2– 10-3 IPC 10-3 layout 10-3 lead time 10-3 pricing 10-3 shipping 10-4 Submetering Integrated Power Center 2 10-2, 10-4– 10-5 IPC2 10-4 layout 10-4 lead time 10-4 pricing 10-4 shipping interface modules 23-42 ABR electromechanical 23-41 solid state 18-10 TeSys D 23-38 Zelio RM analog interface relays 23-2 Zelio RSL 23-3 Zelio RSB 3-10 internal barrier kits for safety switches international pressure switches, XML 22-10– 22-11 4-6 ION EEM enterprise energy management software 4-4 ION enterprise operations software, PowerLogic ION enterprise software ordering information 4-4 4-7– 4-8 ION power and energy meter, PowerLogic 28-7 IP54 enclosures 28-7 IP65 enclosures IP66 enclosures 28-7 IPaCS equipment 10-2 integrated power and control solutions 10-2– 10-3 IPC integrated power center IPC2 10-2, 10-4– 10-5 Integrated Power Center 2 10-2 transformer combo Iso-Gard line isolation monitor (LIM) 15-4 isolated alarm contacts 16-113 melting alloy overload relays isolated power panels medical products 15-2– 15-3 J J-frame, PowerPact automatic molded case switches circuit breaker accessories circuit breakers molded case switches switches i -8 7-34 7-40 7-23 7-34 7-34 Words in termination options thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 7-23 9-26 K K2 custom and K30–K150 power switching key interlock systems for safety switches keypads C-Bus Decorator, Saturn DLT Neo style Saturn K-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 19-126– 19-128 3-12 5-4– 5-8 5-6 5-5– 5-6 5-4 5-5 9-27 L LA mission critical circuit breakers 9-28 7-32 LAL circuit breakers, single motor circuit protection 29-7 large load controls, Wiser latching relays 23-22– 23-23 NEMA style Type X legend plates 19-20, 19-22 16 mm push buttons 19-89– 19-90, 19-98 30 mm push buttons 19-11 compact pilot lights 19-120 pendant stations legends 19-37, 19-58 holders 19-38, 19-59 inserts level control relays 23-35 Zelio RM35L lever arms 21-9, 21-34 limit switches 9-29 L-frame circuit breakers L-frame, PowerPact 7-25 circuit breaker 7-40 circuit breaker accessories 7-34 switches 15-2 life safety, medical products light curtain, 2-box 25-6 XUSLB 25-6 XUSLD light curtains 25-6 5-12 light level sensor 16-59– 16-60 lighting contactors 16-61 combination 16-66– 16-69 dimensions 9-38 mechanically held ASCO Type 920 16-63– 16-65 modifications 16-59 multipole lighting 9-38 Square D brand PB limit switches 21-4 application data 21-17 bodies 21-22 compact general duty 21-14 complete switches 21-17 connection components 21-17 contact assemblies 21-36 factory modifications 21-16 heads for miniature and compact bodies 21-26, 21-32– 21-33 heavy duty 21-32 industrial 21-24– 21-25 industrial format 21-6 industrial snap 21-9, 21-34 lever arms 21-16 levers for miniature and compact bodies 21-37– 21-40 mill and foundry 21-8– 21-11 miniature Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index modular 21-10– 21-13 21-37– 21-38 oiltight 21-8 selection 21-37– 21-40 severe duty 21-8 specifications 21-20– 21-21 standard, classic 21-6 without enclosures 21-12– 21-13 XCK XCKJ 21-27 bodies and options operating heads 21-28 21-29 operating heads, replacement parts, and levers 21-26 precision switches with direct acting contacts XCKL 21-22 complete switches 21-20– 21-21 XCKL, XCKM 21-10– 21-11 XCMD 15-4 line isolation monitor 15-4 Iso-Gard load break switch/sectionalizer 11-20 1-11 load centers value pack, QO and Homeline load centers 29-7 load control relays, Wiser load interrupter switch 11-17 fused, HVL/cc 11-11 load interrupter switchgear 7-32 locked-rotor indicating codes lock-on provisions for safety switches 3-12 4-31 low voltage standard automatic capacitor bank low voltage switchgear 11-6 Power-Zone low voltage transient free reactive compensation 4-32 capacitor banks 18-36 LS1 fuseholders 16-85 LTMCU compact display LTME expansion module 16-85 16-85 LTMR controller 10-4 lug-lug tap box lugs 3-3, 3-12– 3-13 safety switches 14-11 transformers M machine safety products 25-2 22-14, 22-18 machine tool pressure switches Magelis 27-4 Compact iPC 27-4 Compact PC BOX 16-85 Display 27-4 Flex PC BOX 27-4 Smart BOX 27-4 Smart iPC 27-4 Smart+ iPC 27-3 STO/STU small panels 27-9 XBT GC HMI controller 27-3 XBT GH advanced panels 27-3 XBT GK advanced panels 27-3 XBT GT advanced panels 27-3 XBT GTW advanced panels 27-3 XBT N/R small panels 27-3 XBT RT small panels Mag-Gard circuit breakers 7-31 16-35 Mag-Gard combo starter 16-105 magnetic coils main circuit breaker kits, QO load centers 1-5 2-12 main devices, meter centers 7-32 MAL circuit breakers, single motor circuit protection © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Words in manual and magnetic contactors and starters auxiliary contacts 16-110 manual starters 16-4 16-9 accessories and modification kits 16-4 fractional horsepower 16-4 melting alloy type thermal overload relay general purpose enclosure (flush mount) 16-6 dimensions general purpose enclosure (surface mount) 16-6 dimensions integral horsepower 16-8– 16-9 16-10 dimensions open type 16-6 dimensions 16-9 reversing and two speed watertight die cast zinc enclosure 16-6 dimensions manual starters and switches 16-11 accessories and modifications manual switches general purpose enclosure (flush mount) 16-6 dimensions general purpose enclosure (surface mount) 16-6 dimensions 16-5 non-reversing 16-6 open type dimensions 16-5 reversing 16-5 two speed watertight die cast zinc enclosure 16-6 dimensions 1-10 manufactured housing load centers 24-11 markers, AB1 terminal blocks master relays 23-22 NEMA style Type X Masterclad 11-16 medium voltage Metalclad switchgear Metalclad Arc Terminator 11-16 Metalclad Arc Resistant MasterPact 7-49 NT circuit breaker MasterPact circuit breaker, switchboard/switchgear 11-6 7-49– 7-50 NT circuit breaker ratings 7-50 NT/NW circuit breakers 11-6 NW and NT circuit breakers 7-50 NW circuit breaker ratings 7-49– 7-50, 11-3, 11-6 NT circuit breaker 7-47, 7-50, 11-3, 11-6 NW circuit breaker 7-50 universal power circuit breakers MCP selection 7-32 GJ-, LA-, and MA-frame 7-29 HP ratings of motors mechanical alternators 22-26– 22-27 16-114 mechanical interlock accessories 15-1 medical products 15-2– 15-3 isolated power panels 15-2 life safety medium voltage capacitors 4-33 medium voltage metal-enclosed 11-15 DVCAS 11-11 HVL 11-8, 11-10 HVL/cc medium voltage motor controllers 11-19 Motorpact medium voltage transformers 14-20 16-108 melting alloy overload relay jumper strap kits melting alloy overload relays 16-113 isolated alarm contacts merchandise configurations transformer combo 10-6 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -9 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING merchandised panelboards 9-21– 9-22 I-Line 9-13 NF 9-6– 9-9 NQ 9-18 NQ/NF single row (column width) merchandised service selection 11-5 17-2 merchandised units Model 6 MCC 11-16 Metalclad switchgear meter centers 2-15 accessories 2-16 branch device dimensions 2-11, 2-13 branch devices 2-11, 2-13– 2-14 branch devices, NEMA 3R construction 2-8 branch units 2-15 busway transition section 2-16 dimensions 2-8 EZ Meter-Pak 2-14 EZM main Busway tap 2-14 EZM main devices 2-8, 2-10, 2-12 indoor 2-14 indoor Busway mains 2-12 main devices 2-5 MP Meter-Pak 2-8, 2-10 NEMA 3R construction 2-8, 2-10, 2-12 rainproof 2-5 ring and ringless devices 2-9 selection information 2-6 tenant circuit breaker accessories 2-6 tenant circuit breakers 4-9 meter comparison chart 11-5 meter door selection meter mains, test block bypass, EUSERC 2-3 meter sockets 2-3 accessories 2-4 dimensions 2-3 horizontal ganged 2-2 ring and ringless type, individual meter sockets 2-3 test block bypass sockets 4-7 metering M-frame, PowerPact 7-26 circuit breaker Micrologic electronic trip units 7-48– 7-49 accessories 7-48 adjustable rating plugs 7-46– 7-47 electronic trip units 7-47 long-time pickup settings 7-48 neutral current transformers 7-46– 7-47 options 7-48 rating plugs 7-47 special options 11-6 trip units 21-37– 21-40 mill and foundry limit switches 14-12 Mini Power-Zone transformers miniature blocks 24-4 AB1VV and AB1TP miniature circuit breakers 7-17 C60N 7-54 dimensions and shipping weights 7-17 Multi 9 7-10 QO 7-12, 7-14 QO and QOU 7-14 QOU 7-14 QOU low ampere 7-14 QOU-HM 7-2 selection information 21-8– 21-9 miniature limit switches MiniBreak 11-7 compact height switches MiniBreak compact height 11-7 switch enclosure i -10 Words in Model 6 MCC blank doors branch feeder units catalog numbering system combination starters fusible switch disconnects motor circuit protector disconnects Compac 6 merchandised units motor control centers Modicon LMC058 motion controller M168 PLC M238 PLC M258 PLC M340 PAC Momentum distributed I/O and PLC Premium PLC Quantum PLC STB TM5 expansion module TM7 I/O blocks TSX Micro PLC Zelio Logic controller modifications lighting contactors modifications for factory assembled panelboards modular panelboard system MPS molded case switches PowerPact H-frame PowerPact J-frame PowerPact L-frame Mono-Flat Front, riser panels motor control centers Model 6 structure features unit features Model 6 MCC Surgelogic SPD units motor controller Altistart 22 (Enclosed) motor controllers duplex motor disconnect switches MD motor disconnect switches Mini-Vario and Vario accessories Mini-Vario and Vario assembled and enclosed switches Mini-Vario and Vario switches Motor Logic and Motor Logic Plus solid state overload relay accessories motor operators, circuit breaker motor protection selection tables motor protective devices motor protector circuit breakers motor starters PowerSuite software TeSys U TeSys U-Line power bases Motorpact medium voltage motor controllers mounting bases Multi 9 QO mounting track MP Meter-Pak meter centers meter centers dimensions meter centers knockouts Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 17-6 17-6 17-6 17-3 17-4 17-3 17-5 17-2 17-2 27-9 27-8 27-8 27-8 27-2 27-5 27-2 27-2 27-5 27-5 27-5 27-2 27-10 16-63– 16-65 9-38 10-3 10-2– 10-3 9-27 9-27 9-27 1-11 17-1 17-2 17-2 17-2 6-5 26-19 16-78– 16-79 8-7 8-6 8-3– 8-4 8-5 16-111 7-40 7-33 7-29 7-31 18-31 18-28– 18-32 16-12 11-19 7-13 7-13 24-12 2-5 2-7 2-7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us N NEMA 3R construction, meter centers NEMA 7 and 9 safety switches NEMA enclosure ratings NEMA Premium NEMA style combination starters full voltage reversing contactors full voltage starters full voltage vacuum contactors Square D Type X relays terminal blocks NEMA Type 1 and flush mounting enclosures NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 enclosures NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12 safety switches NEMA Types 1, 4, and oversize enclosures Neo Decorator style cover plates Neo style decorator keypads network accessories, Powerlink network bridge, C-Bus network components, Web-enabled network products and systems neutral assemblies for safety switches NF panelboards 20-inch-wide factory assembled circuit breakers merchandised accessories circuit breakers pricing procedure series ratings terminal data Night-Master combination lighting contactors NLP series transformers non-automatic miniature switches non-automatic miniature switches, QO, plug-on non-linear loads non-reversing manual switches non-segregated bus busway NQ panelboards 14-inch-wide 20-inch-wide accessories factory assembled branch circuit breakers © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 2-8, 2-10 3-7 28-3 14-3, 14-7 16-31 16-44 16-18 16-28 23-22– 23-24 24-13, 24-15 16-94 16-93 3-14 16-95 5-7 5-6 5-25 5-15 4-19 27-6– 27-7 3-11 9-13 9-16– 9-17 9-16 9-13 9-14 9-15 9-5 9-3 9-39 16-62 14-6 7-11 1-3 14-6 16-5 12-15 9-8 9-6– 9-7, 9-9 9-9 9-11– 9-12 9-11 Words in feed-through lugs merchandised pricing procedure QOB bolt-on circuit breakers series ratings sub-feed lugs terminal data NQ/NF panelboards factory assembled single row (column width) merchandised single row (column width) NQOB application data NQOD distribution bus nurses’ station indicator 9-12 9-6– 9-9 9-5 9-10 9-2 9-12 9-39 9-19 9-18 9-18– 9-19 11-4 15-5 O occupancy sensors 5-20– 5-22 5-21 auxiliary relay 5-21 ceiling mount 5-22 fixture mount 5-21 power pack 5-12 occupancy sensors, C-Bus OEM solutions 27-8, 27-10 27-9 OEM systems oiltight 21-37– 21-38 limit switches oiltight (NEMA Type 12) 13-3 wireway open drives 26-2 Altivar 12 26-3, 26-6 Altivar 212 26-2, 26-7– 26-8 Altivar 312 26-2 Altivar 32 26-3, 26-10– 26-11 Altivar 61 26-3, 26-12– 26-13 Altivar 71 22-23– 22-24 open tank float switches 22-26 9038A mechanical alternators operating mechanisms 8-24 accessories, disconnect switches and circuit breakers 8-19– 8-20 door mounted for circuit breakers 8-23 flange mounted and variable depth for circuit breakers 8-21– 8-22 flexible cable for circuit breakers 8-2 selection operators 19-120 accessories, XAC standard duty common 19-9 Type K, SK 19-8 XB4 - XB5 19-48 emergency stop 19-75 heavy duty specialty 19-30 XB4 Specialty 19-50 XB5 specialty options 26-18 Altistart 22 26-17 Altistart 48 26-14 Altivar 61 26-6 Altivar 212 26-11, 26-15 Altivar 61 26-14– 26-15 Altivar 71 26-8 Ativar 312 surge protective devices (SPDs) 6-3 EBA (external brick assembly) 6-2 EMA (external modular assembly) 6-3 external modular L-L enhanced 20-2 Osisense photoelectric sensors 20-5– 20-6 Osisense proximity sensors Osisense RFID, radio frequency identification 20-7 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -11 ALPHABETICAL LISTING MPS, modular panelboard system 10-2– 10-3 Multi 9 7-20 C60 accessories 7-19 C60N supplementary protectors 7-18 GFP ground fault protectors 7-17 miniature circuit breakers 7-13 mounting bases 7-13 mounting bases, UL489 C60, 240 Vac max. 7-18 NC100 miniature circuit breakers ground fault protectors 4-14 multi circuit energy meter 16-59 multipole lighting contactor MV controllers 11-19 Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us other blocks, AB1 other products ABR electromechanical interface modules ABS solid state interface modules Phaseo ABL1 Phaseo ABL7 Phaseo ABL8 Zelio SR3 modular smart relays Zelio Logic 2 smart relays outdoor outdoor EV charging stations, EVlink overload relays accessories, TeSys D enclosed combination starters jumper strap kits, melting alloy TeSys D TeSys F 24-9 23-42 23-41 23-37 23-37 23-37 23-40 23-39 1-9, 1-20 29-4 18-16 18-23 16-108 18-4 18-5 P ALPHABETICAL LISTING panel mounting fuseholders 24-19 panelboards 9-21– 9-22 I-Line merchandised 9-23 accessories NF 9-13 20-inch-wide 9-13 merchandised NQ 9-8 14-inch-wide 20-inch-wide 9-6– 9-7, 9-9 9-11– 9-12 factory assembled 9-12 factory assembled feed-through lugs factory assembled sub-feed lugs 9-12 9-6– 9-9 merchandised NQ/NF 9-19 factory assembled single row (column width) 9-18 merchandised single row (column width) NQOB application data 9-18– 9-19 11-17 panelboards, I-Line distribution 5-16 PC Interface (PCI), C-Bus pendant stations 19-117– 19-123 perimeter guard 25-6 XUSLP P-frame, PowerPact 7-27 circuit breaker 7-40 circuit breaker accessories 7-34 automatic molded case switches 7-27 termination options phase measurement relays 23-33 Zelio RM17T Phaseo 23-37 ABL1 DC power supply 23-37 ABL7 DC power supply 23-37 ABL8 DC power supply 20-2 photoelectric sensors 20-2 Osisense 20-2 XUB tubular 20-4 XUM miniature, XUK and XUX compact photovoltaic heavy duty disconnect switch, 1000 Vdc 3-22 29-9 photovoltaic inverters 19-10– 19-11 pilot lights 19-10 compact 19-83 corrosion resistant 19-74 Type K heavy duty 19-31 XB4 19-51 XB5 PL7 application software 27-2 19-63 plastic push buttons, XB5R i -12 Words in plug-in relays Square D 8501KA, alternating Square D JCK timing Square D Type K Square D Type R, minature Square D Type R, miniature Zelio RPM Zelio RUM Zelio RXM plug-in units accessories busway factory assembled units field installed kit locking devices non-locking devices polyester enclosures power base, TeSys U power distribution blocks application data power meters energy meters power meters, PowerLogic power pole adders contactors starters power relays Square D Type C power supplies Phaseo ABL1 Phaseo ABL7 Phaseo ABL8 power switching K2 custom and K30–K150 power system automation Powerbus busbar configurations busway, 100 Ampere—600 Volt maximum busway, 225 Ampere—240 Volt maximum configuration code, busbar plug-in units, accessories plug-in units, factory assembled units plug-in units, field installed kit plug-in units, locking devices plug-in units, non-locking devices Powerlink breakers cables control bus controller misc. hardware power supply remote source controller Powerlink energy management PowerLogic circuit monitor circuit monitors E5600 socket meter Enercept Meter engineering services Ethernet Gateways factory assembled enclosures high density meter enclosures industrial energy efficiency ION Enterprise software ION power and energy meters Multi circuit energy meter power meter powerview software Remote Energy Management scada software system integration Tenant metering software total energy control Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 23-11 23-30 23-10 23-12 23-13 23-6– 23-7 23-8– 23-9 23-4– 23-5 12-3 12-3, 12-9 12-3 12-3 12-3 12-3 28-7 18-28– 18-29 24-18 4-7– 4-8 4-10 16-112 16-112 23-15 23-37 23-37 23-37 19-126– 19-128 4-21 12-2 12-2 12-2 12-3 12-3 12-3 12-3 12-3 12-3 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-27 4-2 4-11 11-1 4-13 4-15 4-20– 4-21 4-19 4-22 4-11 4-21 4-4 4-6– 4-7 4-14 4-10 4-5 4-4 4-5 4-21 4-13 4-21 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index PowerPact molded case switches H-frame 9-27 J-frame 9-27 L-frame 9-27 PowerPact circuit breakers 7-39– 7-40 accessories 7-21 common catalog numbering system 7-43 compression lugs 9-24 D-frame mission critical 7-22– 7-23 H-frame 7-23 circuit breaker frame 7-29 motor circuit protectors motor circuit protectors (MCP) 7-30 7-22 termination options 7-22 thermal-magnetic circuit breakers installation accessories 7-41 7-41 interlocking locks 7-22– 7-23 J-frame 7-23 circuit breaker frame 7-29 motor circuit protectors 7-30 motor circuit protectors (MCP) termination options 7-22 7-22 thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 7-25 L-frame 7-41 locks 7-42 mechanical lugs 7-26, 9-29 M-frame 11-17 molded case circuit breakers 7-27, 9-30 P-frame 7-44 phase barriers 7-45 plug-in and drawout mountings 7-43 power distribution connectors (PDC) 7-24, 9-25 Q-frame 7-24 Q-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breaker 7-41 rear connections 7-28, 9-30 R-frame 7-44 terminal nuts, terminal pads, terminal shields 7-38, 7-45 termination options PowerPact H-frame plug-in units 12-12 busway PowerPact J-frame plug-in units 12-11– 12-12 busway 7-34 PowerPact L-frame PowerPact M-frame plug-in units busway 12-12 Powerpact P circuit breakers 11-18 PowerPact P-frame plug-in unit 12-13 busway 12-13 I-Line busway 11-18 Powerpact R circuit breakers PowerPact R-frame plug-in unit 12-14 busway 12-14 I-Line busway 7-34 PowerPact switches Power-Style 11-3 commercial multi-metering switchboards QED-2 11-2 switchboard QED-6 11-3 commercial multi-metering 11-3 switchboard 11-19 Powersub Type FVR vacuum substation circuit breakers 18-31 PowerSuite software for motor starters Power-Zone 11-6 low voltage switchgear Model III 11-18 distribution section 11-17 package unit substations 11-17 unit substations © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Words in Power-Zone busway hangers 12-17 12-15 non-segregated bus 12-17 space heaters 12-17 supports 12-18 terminating accessories 12-17 thermostat Premium 30 14-3 pressure sensors 22-4 XMLG electronic 22-6 XMLK electronic 22-1 pressure switches 22-21– 22-22 commercial 22-15 differential pressure dimensions 22-17 9012G XML international 22-12 22-9 XMLF 22-5 XMLG electronic XMLK electronic 22-7 22-15 dual stage 22-13 industrial 22-14, 22-18 machine tool 22-22 Pumptrol 22-28 renewal parts 22-10– 22-11 XML international 22-8– 22-9 XMLF electronic 22-4 XMLG electronic 22-6 XMLK electronic 22-4 pressure transmitters, XMLG electronic Preventa machine safety products 25-2 25-4 Preventa safety controllers 25-4 Preventa safety relays prewired connection system 24-22 Advantys TeleFast 2 pricing 10-3 Integrated Power Center pricing procedure 9-20 I-Line panelboards 9-5 NF panelboards 9-5 NQ panelboards 9-20 QMB panelboards ProClima software 28-3 5-15 professional dimmer, C-Bus 27-2 programmable logic controllers 27-2 ProWORX application software proximity sensors 20-5 20-9 accessories 20-8 XS basic series 20-5 XS plastic rectangular 20-6 XS plastic tubular pump control relays 23-35 Zelio RM35BA10 pump panels 16-75– 16-76 Well-Guard Pumptrol 22-20 compressor pressure switches 22-22 pressure switches 22-21 water pump pressure switches 19-12– 19-22 push buttons 16 mm 19-8, 19-23– 19-55, 19-57– 19-64 push buttons 22 mm push buttons 30 mm 19-9, 19-67– 19-69, 19-73– 19-79, 19-83– 19-99 29-9 PV inverters Q QED-2 11-2 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -13 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING QED-6 rear-connected switchboards 11-3 QED-6 switchboards 11-3 QED-S Power-Style 11-2 switchboards Q-frame 1-25 circuit breaker enclosures 1-17 QO and Homeline dimensions Q-frame, PowerPact 7-24 circuit breaker QMB 6-5 Surgelogic SPD units QMB branch switches 9-40 terminal data QMB fusible branch switches 9-35 QMB panelboards 9-36– 9-37 factory assembled, fusible 9-20 pricing procedure QO 1-3 plug-on non-automatic miniature switches 6-8 surge protective devices (SPD) QO and Homeline load center panelboards-style covers riser 1-11 panels QO and Homeline load centers 1-12 accessories indoor load centers 1-17 dimensions 1-17 knockouts rainproof dimensions 1-18 1-18 rainproof knockouts 1-18 rainproof, bolt-on hubs load centers value pack 1-11 1-11 riser panels 1-12 surge protection devices 1-12 voltage testers 1-4 QO and QOB miniture circuit breaker accessories QO load centers 1-12 accessories 1-10 auxillary gutter 1-9 back up power solutions 1-6 convertable main lugs kits 1-6 indoor, 1Ø main circuit breaker 1-5 indoor, main lugs 1-5 main circuit breaker kits 1-8 main lugs, main circuit breaker 1-7 rainproof, main lugs, main circuit breaker 1-7 rainproof, metallic enclosure 1-7 rainproof, non-metallic enclosure 1-10 service upgrade panels 1-10 special applications 1-10 tap kit QO miniature circuit breakers miniature circuit breakers 7-10, 7-12, 7-14 7-12 accessories arc fault 7-11 7-11 arc-fault circuit breaker 7-11 EPD factory-installed accessories 7-12 7-11 GFI 7-11 HID HM, high magnetic trip 7-11 7-11 K, key operated 7-13 mounting bases non-automatic switches 7-11 7-10 plug-on 7-13 solid neutral assemblies SWN 7-11 7-10 wire sizes 7-13 QO OEM mounting bases, UL Listed and CSA approved i -14 Words in QO plug-on arc-fault circuit breaker circuit breakers EPD, overload, short circuit class B ground fault protection circuit breaker GFI, Qwik-Gard class A ground fault protection circuit breaker HID, high intensity discharge lighting circuit breaker HM, high magnetic trip circuit breaker K, key operated circuit breaker SWN, switch neutral common trip circuit breaker QOB bolt-on circuit breakers for NQ panelboards QOU miniature circuit breakers accessories plug-on miniature circuit breakers non-automatic switches solid neutral assemblies wire sizes QOU-HM miniature circuit breakers quick-connect terminals, QOUQ Qwik-Gard branch circuit breakers ground fault circuit interrupter Qwik-Open QYU supplementary protectors UL1077 recognized supplementary protectors 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 9-10 9-10 7-12, 7-14 7-15 7-10 7-14 7-14 7-13 7-10 7-14 7-15 9-11 9-10 1-2 7-14 7-14 R radio frequency identification 20-7 Osisense RFID 2-8, 2-10, 2-12 rainproof meter centers raintight (NEMA Type 3R) 13-3 wireway raintight trough (NEMA Type 3R) 13-3 wireway 3-6 ratings, safety switches ReactiVar low voltage fixed capacitors 4-28, 4-29 3-9 receptacle, Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Hubbellock 3-9 receptacle switches, safety switches 29-7 receptacle Wiser smart plug relay panels 5-28 relay sockets 23-14 snapmount 23-14 Square D Type N relays 5-14 10 Amp 5-14 20 Amp 5-14 8-Channel Low Voltage 5-13 changeover 4-24 Sepam series digital protective remote alarm indicator 15-4 5-11 remote controls, C-Bus 5-25 remote modem support, Powerlink remote monitor option, surge protective devices (SPD) 6-2 5-24 remote source controller, Powerlink renewal parts 22-28 pressure, vacuum, and float switches replacement modules, surge protective devices (SPD) 6-4 6-4 EBA (external brick assembly) SPDs 6-4 EMA (external modular assembly) SPDs 6-4 L-L enhanced (L-L) SPDs 6-4 L-L enhanced MA (L-N, L-G) SPDs Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index replacement parts 19-40, 19-61 22 mm push buttons 19-103– 19-104 30 mm enclosures 19-76, 19-93 30 mm push buttons 19-10 lamps 19-117, 19-120 pendant stations replacement parts kits 16-108 contact units for melting alloy type overload relays 16-107 contactors 16-115 fuse block 16-107 relays 16-108 starter accessories 16-107 starters 7-10 replacement tandem circuit breakers 29-1 residential solar power solutions residential surge protective devices (SPD) 6-8 6-8 for QO, NQ, and Homeline loadcenters 6-8 whole house reversing and two speed 16-9 manual starters reversing combination starters NEMA style 16-55 coil voltage codes dimensions 16-57– 16-58 16-51 fusible disconnect switch type 16-53– 16-54 Mag-Gard circuit breaker MCP circuit breaker 16-53 16-52 non-fusible and fusible disconnect switch type 16-55– 16-56 thermal magnetic circuit breaker 16-5 reversing manual switches R-frame, PowerPact 7-34 automatic molded case switches 7-28 electronic trip circuit breaker ring and ringless devices meter centers 2-5 2-2 ringless meter sockets 1-11 riser panels, QO load centers rotary handles 7-40 rotating lights 19-107 XVR S safety at work AS-i safety controllers XPSMC safety interlock switches XCS safety interlock switches, non-contact XCSDM safety limit switches XCS XCSM XCSP/XCSD safety PLCs XPSMF safety relays XPS safety switches accessories Appleton Powertite receptacle class H, R, J, L fuse provisions class R fuse kits cover viewing window Crouse-Hinds Arktite receptacle dimension dimensions double throw © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 25-3, 25-5 25-3– 25-4 25-7 25-7 25-8 25-8 25-8 25-8 25-3, 25-5 25-3– 25-4 25-8 3-3 3-9 3-5 3-10 3-12 3-9 3-3 3-13 3-15– 3-16 Words in electrical interlock kits 3-3, 3-10 3-11 equipment grounding kits 3-3 fuse puller kits 3-15 fusible and non-fusible 3-2 general duty 3-4 heavy duty 3-7 316 grade stainless steel, NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12 applications 3-7 3-7 fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosures, NEMA 4X 3-9 Hubbellock receptacle 3-10 internal barrier kits 3-12 key interlock systems 3-7 Krydon enclosures, NEMA 4X 3-12 lock-on provisions 3-3, 3-13 lug data 3-12 lug kits 3-7 NEMA 7 and 9 3-14 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12 3-11 neutral assemblies 3-6 ratings 3-9 receptacle switches 3-6 single throw non-fusible sample lineups, integrated equipment 10-6 5-5 Saturn keypads 11-4 SB/SF switchboards SCADA products 27-4 7-29 SCCR short circuit current rating sealed 14-12 Mini Power-Zone transformers 14-8 transformers selection 21-8 limit switches selection information 7-7 insulated case circuit breakers 2-9 meter centers 7-2 miniature circuit breakers 7-4, 7-8 molded-case circuit breakers selection tables 7-33 motor protection 4-25 Sepam series selector switches 19-14, 19-17– 19-19 16 mm push buttons 22 mm push buttons 19-24, 19-29, 19-33, 19-43, 19-49, 19-54 19-70– 19-73, 19-80– 19-82, 19-95 30 mm push buttons pendant stations 19-119 sensor plugs 7-48 sensors 7-51 ground-fault protection 20-2 photoelectric 20-5 proximity 20-11 ultrasonic 7-52 Vigirex ground-fault relays Sepam series 4-24 digital protective relay 4-25 selection table separate enclosures 16-93 series ratings 9-3– 9-4 I-Line panelboards 9-3 NF panelboards 9-2 NQ panelboards Servicepak power outlet panels 1-26 construction sites recreational vehicle parks 1-26 severe duty limit switches 21-37– 21-40 S-Flex Altivar 212 26-5, 26-16 shipping 10-3 Integrated Power Center 10-4 Integrated Power Center 2 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -15 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING short circuit current rating, SCCR shunt trip circuit breakers sine wave tracking module (SWT) for SPD single and multi-door enclosures door closing mechanisms single row (column width) panelboards single throw non-fusible safety switches sirens, XVS slow trip, thermal unit selection smart relays Zelio Logic 2 SMS ordering information Socket meter, E5600, PowerLogic soft starters, TeSys U soft starts Altistart 22 Altistart 22 (Enclosed) Altistart 48 software Concept ConneXview PL7 ProClima ProWORX SoMachine Spacial.pro Spacial.ref Thalassa.ref Unity Application Generator Unity Pro Vijeo Citect Vijeo Designer Vijeo Historian C-Bus solar inverters solar ready CSED solid neutral accessories solid state relays ZelioType SSR solutions Conext residential solar power inverters electric vehicle charging energy efficiency EVlink EV charging utilities Wiser energy efficiency SoMachine software suite sound levels space heaters busway Power-Zone busway Spacial enclosures accessories Spacial.pro software Spacial.ref software SPD OEM/assembler kits replacement modules special applications QO load center specifications Conext grid tie solar inverters limit switches speed control relays Zelio RM35S Speed-D SB/SF switchboards i -16 7-29 9-38 6-2– 6-3 8-27 9-18– 9-19 3-6 19-116 16-116 23-39– 23-40 4-13 18-32 26-4, 26-18 26-19 26-4, 26-17 27-2 27-6 27-2 28-3 27-2 27-10 28-3 28-3 28-3 27-2 27-2 27-4 27-4 27-4 5-19 29-9– 29-10 1-24 16-113 23-25 29-1 29-1 29-6 29-1 4-17 29-1 27-10 14-3 12-17 12-17 28-2, 28-4– 28-6 28-4– 28-6 28-3 28-3 11-17 6-6 6-4 1-10 29-10 21-8 23-36 Speed-D switchboards 11-4– 11-5 splitter boxes, TeSys contactors 18-38 SPQ 10-4 cam-lock tap box 10-4 lug-lug tap box 24-2– 24-3 spring clip blocks, AB1RR spring clip terminals, AB1RR 24-4 spring-charging motors 7-40 P-frame circuit breakers Square D 23-11 8501KA alternating plug-in relay 23-30 JCK timing relay 23-15 Type C power relay 23-10 Type K plug-in relay 23-14 Type N sockets 23-12 Type R minature plug-in relay 23-13 Type R miniature plug-in relay 23-22– 23-24 Type X relays stainless steel enclosures 28-5 28-2 304L 28-2 316L 10-4 standby power connection solutions starter accessories 16-108 replacement parts kits starters 16-109 accessories 18-34 accessories, GV 16-112 control circuit fuse holder 16-109 cover-mounted control units 18-33 GV manual starters and protectors 16-112 power pole adders 16-107 replacement parts kits 16-108 universal baseplate 28-4– 28-6 steel enclosures 5-26 sub-feed circuit breaker 5-26 cabinet data sub-feed lugs 9-12 NQ factory assembled panelboards 4-13 submetering 10-4 submetering integrated power center substation circuit breakers 11-19 22-23– 22-24 sump application float switches 7-14 supplementary protectors QYU support, AC drives 26-20 supports 12-17 busway 12-17 Power-Zone busway surge protection device plug-in units 12-10 busway 1-12, 11-17 surge protection devices surge protective devices (SPD) 6-3 EBA (external brick assembly) 6-2 EMA (external modular assembly) 6-3 external modular, L-L enhanced 6-2 externally mounted 6-2, 6-7 flush mount kits 6-5 internally mounted, new construction and retrofit 6-2 remote monitor option 6-4 replacement modules 6-8 residential whole house 6-7 SDSA1175 nipple-mounted 6-6 SDSA3650 nipple-mounted 6-2 sine wave tracking module (SWT) for SPD 6-7 Surgelogic HWA SPDs 6-8 XR nipple-mounted Surgelogic surge protective devices (SPD) 6-6, 9-12, 9-17, 9-34 11-7 switch enclosure, MiniBreak compact height 11-4 Words in Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index switchboards 11-1 11-2 Power-Style 11-2 QED-2 11-2 Power-Style switches 7-34 19-124– 19-125 foot 21-6 industrial snap 7-34 PowerPact H-frame 7-34 PowerPact J-frame 11-1 switchgear 11-6 low voltage metal-enclosed drawout medium voltage metal-enclosed 11-15 DVCAS 11-12– 11-14 HVL HVL/cc 11-9 11-7 MiniBreak 11-15 wind farm applications 6-2 SWT (sine wave tracking) module for external SPDs 4-21 system integration, PowerLogic system units and enclosures 5-17 T tables 1–148, thermal unit selection 16-121– 16-138 tap box 10-4 cam-lock 10-4 lug-lug tap kit, QO load centers 1-10 4-23 technical support 12-6 tee, busway tees 13-6 trench duct temperature control relays 23-36 Zelio RM35AT temperature controllers 23-31 Zelio Type REG tenant circuit breakers 2-6 meter center accessories 2-6 meter centers tenant metering software (TMS) 4-13 terminal block kits 14-11 transformers 16-113 terminal block, tie point terminal blocks 24-15 assemblies 24-2– 24-9, 24-11– 24-12 IEC style 24-13, 24-15 NEMA style terminal data 9-40 I-Line panelboards 9-39 NF panelboards 9-39 NQ panelboards 9-40 QMB branch switches termination options 7-23 H- and J-frame 7-27 P-frame test block bypass sockets, meter sockets 2-3 TeSys relays 23-16– 23-18 Type D relay 23-19– 23-20 Type K relay 23-21 Type SK relay 23-21 Type SKE alternating relay Tesys 7-29 D-line and F-line TeSys AK5 18-39 panel busbar system © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Words in TeSys D 18-8– 18-11, 18-14 accessories 18-8 auxiliary contacts 18-9 cabling accessories 18-9 coil suppressors 18-2, 18-4 contactors, non-reversing 18-2, 18-6, 18-14 contactors, reversing 18-10 control modules 18-40– 18-41, 18-44– 18-46, 18-48 dimensions 18-10 electronic timers 18-10 interface modules TeSys F 18-8, 18-11– 18-12, 18-15 accessories 18-8 auxiliary contacts 18-3, 18-5 contactors, non-reversing 18-3, 18-7 contactors, reversing 18-42, 18-47 dimensions 18-16 overload relay accessories TeSys GV manual starters and protectors 18-34– 18-37 accessories 18-52– 18-56 dimensions TeSys K 18-27 contactors and accessories 18-49 dimensions 18-24 non-reversing mini-contactors 18-25 reversing mini-contactors TeSys T 16-84 motor management system 16-86 configuration with PowerSuite 16-85 LTMCU compact display 16-85 LTME expansion module LTMR controller 16-85 16-85 Magelis display 16-86 TeSys T and SMS, PowerLogic motor management systems 16-85 HMI—human machine interface TeSys U dimensions 18-50– 18-51 18-28– 18-31 motor starters 18-32 soft starters Thalassa enclosures 28-2, 28-7 28-7 accessories 28-3 Thalassa.ref software thermal overload relays NEMA style 16-89 bimetallic 16-90– 16-92 dimensions melting alloy 16-82 16-83 solid state overload relay 16-116 thermal unit selection 16-119 calculation of rip current rating 16-116 general 16-120 horsepower and voltage 16-116 slow trip 16-121– 16-138 tables 1–148 16-120 thermal units, mounting thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 7-22, 9-26 H-frame 7-22, 9-26 J-frame 9-27 K-frame thermal-magnetic circuit protectors 24-17 thermostats 12-17 busway 12-17 Power-Zone busway 29-6 Wiser programmable communicating 24-7 three tier AB1DD, AB1ET tie point terminal block 16-113 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric i -17 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ALPHABETICAL LISTING timers Zelio JCK Zelio RE11 Zelio RE48 Zelio RE7 Zelio RE8 Zelio RE9 Zelio REXL timing relays NEMA style Type X touch screens, C-Bus tower lights and beacons training, AC drives transformer combo IPC2 merchandise configurations transformer enclosures transformers 1201–15,000 volts single-phase indoor three-phase indoor accessories brackets buck and boost copper wound core and coil disconnects drive isolation dry type EE medium voltage, dry type EE NL enclosures energy efficient, single-phase export model general purpose dry type high harmonic loads DIT industrial control lug Mini Power-Zone motor starting auto NEMA Premium NLP series non-ventilated open core and coil Power-Cast sealed sealed, Mini Power-Zone stainless steel enclosed terminal block kits Uni-Cast Watchdog transient suppression module accessories Transparent Ready Transparent Ready solutions trench duct accessories components crosses elbows fittings tees wire management trip unit suitable for reverse connections trip units Micrologic Twido Nano controller two tier blocks AB1ET AB1ETN i -18 23-30 23-26 23-26 23-27– 23-28 23-29 23-29 23-26 23-22– 23-23 5-7– 5-8 19-107– 19-116 26-20 10-2 10-6 14-9 14-1 14-20 14-20 14-10, 14-17 14-11 14-8 14-4 14-3 14-18 14-3 14-20 14-20 14-6 14-10, 14-18 14-5 14-8 14-2 14-3, 14-7 14-3 14-14– 14-17 14-11 14-12 14-3 14-3 14-6 14-9 14-9 11-12 14-8 14-12 14-9 14-11 11-12 14-4– 14-5 16-112 11-1 27-6 13-6 13-6 13-6 13-6 13-6 13-6 13-5 7-22 11-6 27-10 24-6 24-7 Words in two-speed manual switches Type 1 surge protective devices (SPD) Type EOX vacuum substation circuit breakers Type FB fuseholders Type FVR vacuum substation circuit breakers Type K heavy duty pilot lights Type K, SK accessories common operators, contact blocks Type K, SK and KX electrical components Type KX square multifunction operators 19-98– 19-99 Type VOX vacuum substation circuit breakers Type W non-reversing vacuum starters 16-5 6-2 11-19 24-19 11-19 19-74 19-89– 19-90 19-9 19-86 19-94– 19-96, 11-19 16-30 U UL enclosure ratings UL Listed 500 Vdc circuit breakers ultrasonic sensors XUV and XXV Uni-Cast transformer connections transformers unit substation distribution section transformer section Unity application generator software Unity pro application software universal baseplate starters universal power circuit breakers, Masterpact university, power management utilities, solutions utility relays NEMA style Type X 28-3 7-35– 7-36 20-11 20-10 11-12 11-12 11-18 11-18 27-2 27-2 16-108 7-50 4-23 4-17 23-23 V vacancy sensors residential wall switch vacuum circuit breaker vacuum substation circuit breakers Type EOX Type FVR Type VOX vacuum switches renewal parts value packs vamp 221 VAR compensator (HVC) hybrid Vario assembled and enclosed switches Vario manual motor control switches Vigirex ground-fault relay system Vijeo Citect software Vijeo Designer configuration software Vijeo Historian software voltage measurement relays Zelio RM17UAS Zelio RM17UB Zelio RM17UBE Zelio RM35UA1 Zelio RM35UB Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 5-20 11-16 11-19 11-19 11-19 11-19 22-1, 22-19 22-28 1-11 4-26 4-36 8-3– 8-4 8-5 7-52 27-4 27-4 27-4 23-34 23-34 23-34 23-34 23-34 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index W wall duct 13-4– 13-5 accessories 13-4 Class 5250 13-4 components 13-4– 13-5 wire management 28-6– 28-7 wall-mounting enclosures web-enabled 11-1 ethernet communication devices 4-19 web-enabled network components 4-19 WebPageGenerator Well-Guard pump panels 16-75– 16-76 11-15 wind farm applications wire management 13-5 trench duct 13-4– 13-5 wall duct 13-2 wireway wireless, batteryless push buttons, XB4R 19-63 wireway 13-2 general purpose (NEMA Type 1) 13-3 oiltight (NEMA Type 12) 13-3 raintight (NEMA Type 3R) 13-3 raintight trough (NEMA Type 3R) 18-38 wiring, TeSys contactors Wiser energy efficiency solutions 29-1, 29-6– 29-8 Wiser energy efficiency solutions 29-8 accessories 29-8 ethernet gateway 29-6 in-home display IHD 29-7 large load control 29-7 load control relays 29-6 programmable communicating thermostats (PCT) 29-7 smart plug X XAL 22 mm control stations XB4 accessories common operators, complete with contact blocks complete devices electrical components illuminated operators pilot lights selector switches specialty operators XB4R wireless, batteryless push buttons XB5 accessories common operators, complete with contact blocks complete devices components electrical components pilot lights selector switches specialty operators XB5 20 mm components XB5R plastic push buttons XB5S biometric switches © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 19-100 19-39 19-8 19-23 19-34 19-32 19-31 19-29 19-30 19-63 19-60 19-8 19-42 19-63– 19-64 19-55 19-51 19-49 Words in XB6 19-20 accessories 19-12 characteristics and complete devices 19-15 electrical components 19-16 illuminated operators 19-19 keyed selector switches non-illuminated 19-17 operators selector switches 19-18 21-12– 21-13 XCK limit switches 21-24– 21-25 XCKJ industrial format EN 50041 XCKJ precision switches with direct acting contacts 21-26 limit switches XCKL 21-20– 21-21 exploded view 21-23 XCKL components XCKM limit switches 21-20– 21-21 21-19 XCKS 21-10– 21-11 XCMD limit switches XCS safety interlock switches 25-7 25-8 XCS safety limit switches 25-7 XCSDM non-contact safety interlock switches XCSM safety limit switches 25-8 XCSP/XCSD 25-8 safety limit switches 22-10– 22-12 XML international pressure switches XMLF electronic pressure switches 22-8– 22-9 22-4 XMLG electronic pressure transmitters and switches 22-6 XMLK electronic pressure transmitters XPS safety relays 25-3– 25-4 25-3– 25-4 XPSMC safety controllers 25-3, 25-5 XPSMF safety PLCs XS basic series proximity sensors 20-8 20-5 XS plastic rectangular proximity sensors 20-6 XS plastic tubular proximity sensors XUB tubular photoelectric sensors 20-2 XUM miniature, XUK and XUX compact 20-4 photoelectric sensors 25-6 XUSLB 2-box light curtain 25-6 XUSLD 2-box light curtain XUSLP perimeter guard 25-6 20-10 XUV and XXV ultrasonic sensors 19-110– 19-112 XVB 70 mm tower lights XVC tower lights 19-108– 19-109 19-113 XVE tower light components XVP 50 mm illuminated indicating banks 19-115 accessories XVP tower light components 19-114 19-107 XVR rotating lights XVS 19-116 electronic alarms 19-116 sirens XY2 cable pull switches 25-8 19-50 19-66 19-63 19-65 Z ZCKD01 ZCKD02 ZCKD31 ZCKD39 ZCKD41 ZCKD49 Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric 21-19 21-19 21-19 21-19 21-19 21-19 i -19 ALPHABETICAL LISTING Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alphabetical Listing www.schneider-electric.us ZCKD59 ZCKS Zelio Logic 2 smart relays RE48 timer RE7 timer RE8 timer RE9 timer REG temperataure controller REXL timer RM analog interface module RM17JC current measurement relay RM17T phase measurement relay RM17UAS voltage measurement relay RM17UB voltage measurement relay 21-19 21-19 23-39– 23-40 23-26 23-27– 23-28 23-29 23-29 23-31 23-26 23-38 23-32 23-33 23-34 23-34 RM17UBE voltage measurement relay RM35AT temperature control relay RM35BA10 pump control relay RM35HZ frequency control relay RM35JA current measurement relay RM35L level control relay RM35S speed control relay RM35UA1 voltage measurement relay RM35UB voltage measurement relay RPM plug-in relay RSB interface relay RSE11 timer RSL slim interface relay RUM plug-in relay RXM miniature plug-in relay SSR solid state relay 23-34 23-36 23-35 23-36 23-32 23-35 23-36 23-34 23-34 23-6– 23-7 23-3 23-26 23-2 23-8– 23-9 23-4– 23-5 23-25 ALPHABETICAL LISTING i -20 Words in Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index A100 thru A400L ............................................................... 1-22, 2-3 A5J ............................................................................................. 2-3 AA........................................................................................... 21-40 AAP ................................................................................... 1-22, 2-3 AB........................................................................................... 21-40 AB1AA135U2BL thru AB1AATP235U4 .................................. 24-10 AB1AB10M32 thru AB1AB8P35............................................. 24-12 AB1AC2.................................................................................... 24-4 AB1AC24 thru AB1ACN16BL................................................... 24-5 AB1B510 thru AB1B890 ......................................................... 24-11 AB1BB18535 thru AB1BC9535 ................................................ 24-9 AB1BV5 thru AB1BV8 ............................................................ 24-11 AB1CT1 thru AB1CT2 .............................................................. 24-9 AB1CT215 ................................................................................ 24-4 AB1D11435U ........................................................................... 24-9 AB1DDP235T thru AB1ET3235UTLP ...................................... 24-7 AB1ET435U thru AB1ET435UTP............................................. 24-6 AB1ETN335U thru AB1ETNTP435U ....................................... 24-7 AB1FC335U thru AB1FF235U ................................................. 24-9 AB1FU10135U thru AB1FUSE435U6XM................................. 24-8 AB1FV135U ............................................................................. 24-9 AB1G() ................................................................................... 23-20 AB1GA thru AB1GZ ............................................................... 24-11 AB1PC15................................................................................ 24-12 AB1PS4 ...........................................................................24-8, 24-9 AB1R().................................................................................... 23-20 AB1R0 thru AB1R13 .............................................................. 24-11 AB1RRN1035U2BL thru AB1RRNAC642GR........................... 24-3 AB1RRNSF435UGR thru AB1RRNTPAC642 .......................... 24-4 AB1RT thru AB1SA3 .............................................................. 24-11 AB1SC435U thru AB1SC435U2PT .......................................... 24-9 AB1SF435U ............................................................................. 24-8 AB1SF520 thru AB1SF520M ..........................................24-4, 24-8 AB1SR6.................................................................................. 24-11 AB1SV1 thru AB1SV2 .....................................................24-4, 24-8 AB1TC01 thru AB1TC3 ............................................................ 24-9 AB1TE ...................................................................................... 24-6 AB1TEN3 thru AB1TEN4 ......................................................... 24-7 AB1TF ...................................................................................... 24-8 AB1TP1035U thru AB1TP635U ......................................24-4, 24-6 AB1VV215 thru AB1VVN7035UBL .................................24-4, 24-5 ABL1REM12050 thru ABL1RPM24100.................................. 23-37 ABL7RM24025 thru ABL7RP4803 ......................................... 23-37 ABL8MEM05040 thru ABL8WPS24400 ................................. 23-37 ABR1E101M thru ABR2SB312B ............................................ 23-42 ABS2EA02EF thru ABS2SC02EB.......................................... 23-41 ACF13EC thru ACF88WF ........................................................ 12-5 ACP ................................................................................... 1-22, 2-3 ACP1034CD thru ACP6034BC .................................................. 3-9 ACP2EC thru ACP4WF ............................................................ 12-4 ACPA thru ACPLA...................................................................... 2-3 AF2308G10ST thru AF2540GLFM22....................................... 12-5 AH thru AK ............................................................................. 21-40 AK5JB1410 thru AK5PE27..................................................... 18-39 AL0306F ................................................................................... 8-16 AL100FA .................................................................................. 9-23 AL100FD .................................................................................. 9-15 AL10F....................................................................................... 8-16 AL1200P24K thru AL1200R53K......................................7-42, 9-23 AL150HD .................................................................................. 7-42 AL1650 thru AL16501 ............................................................ 21-40 AL175JD................................................................................... 7-42 AL1802 ................................................................................... 21-40 AL20DTF .................................................................................. 3-12 AL2500RK ................................................................................ 7-42 AL250JD................................................................................... 7-42 AL2820 ................................................................................... 21-40 AL30FD .................................................................................... 9-15 AL400L61K3 thru AL400L61K4................................................ 7-42 AL400LA................................................................................... 9-23 AL600LF52K3 thru AL800P7K4 ............................................... 7-42 AL800SN .................................................................................. 7-58 AL900MA.................................................................................. 9-23 AM .......................................................................................... 21-40 AM1DE200 ..................................................................23-20, 24-12 AM1DL201 ............................................................................. 18-39 AM1DP200 ..................................................................23-20, 24-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing AM1ED200............................................................................. 24-12 AO .......................................................................................... 21-40 AP2308G10ST thru AP2540G10ST......................................... 12-5 AP30210 thru AP506LT()......................................................... 12-4 APJ3485 thru APJ10487............................................................ 3-9 APP2D1 thru APP2R4H4....................................................... 18-38 AR .......................................................................................... 21-40 AR1MA01 thru AR1MC019 .................................................... 24-21 AR1SB2 thru AR1SB3 ........................................................... 24-11 AR1SC01 thru AR1SC03 ....................................................... 24-21 ARP00026................................................................ 1-22, 2-3, 2-15 ARP00118 thru ARP00427 ........................................................ 2-3 ASILUFC51 ............................................................................ 18-31 AT1HB2.................................................................................. 24-21 AT1PA1 thru AT1PA7 ............................................................ 24-21 ATS22C11S6S6U thru ATS22D88S6S6U ............................. 26-18 ATS48C11Y thru ATS48M12Y............................................... 26-17 ATSU01N206LT thru ATSU01N232LT .................................. 18-32 ATV212H075M3X thru ATV212WU75N4 ................................ 26-6 ATV312H018M2 thru ATV31CU75N4...................................... 26-7 ATV61H075M3 thru ATV61HU75Y............................. 26-10, 26-11 ATV71H037M3 thru ATV71HU75Y............................. 26-12, 26-13 ATVPOT25K ........................................................ 26-6, 26-8, 26-14 AZ5DE005 thru AZ5DE025.................................................... 24-20 B075 thru B400 ...................................................... 1-18, 3-10, 3-18 BCAP ..................................................................... 1-22, 3-10, 3-18 BCH thru BCHB ....................................................................... 7-15 BCPMA042D thru BCPMSCCT2 ............................................. 4-16 BH20512 thru BH2096 ................................................ 21-27, 21-40 BMK2Q400............................................................................... 1-22 C125RB thru C4L200S ............................................................ 1-19 CA2KN22 thru CA2KN407 ..................................................... 23-19 CA2SK11 thru CA2SKE20 ..................................................... 23-21 CA3KN22 thru CA3KN407 ..................................................... 23-19 CA3SK11 thru CA3SK20 ....................................................... 23-21 CA4KN22 thru CA4KN407 ..................................................... 23-19 CAB4 thru CAB30 .................................................................... 4-11 CAD32 thru CAD506.............................................................. 23-16 CF2308G10ST thru CF2550GLFM21 ...................................... 12-5 CL0306F ................................................................ 3-12, 3-14, 8-16 CL10F thru CL60F ................................................. 3-12, 3-14, 8-16 CM200S ................................................................................... 1-19 CM4000T ................................................................................. 4-11 CM4250.................................................................................... 4-11 CMB363 thru CMB381 ................................................ 14-10, 14-11 CMDLC thru CMDVF ............................................................... 4-11 CMELK4................................................................................... 1-22 CP2308G10ST thru CP2550G10ST ........................................ 12-5 CP30210 thru CP506LT() ........................................................ 12-4 CT1000SC thru CTFCL500058................................................ 4-35 CU100FD ................................................................................. 9-15 CU1200P24K thru CU1200R53K............................................. 7-42 CU12L400CB thru CU12L400FN............................................. 1-21 CU150HD thru CU800M23K4 .................................................. 7-42 CU816D400CB thru CU816D400CN ....................................... 1-21 CUM400CB .............................................................................. 1-21 CVM42 thru CVMT................................................................... 4-11 CYA060HD thru CYA800P7..................................................... 7-43 D211N thru D326NTR......................................................... 3-2, 3-3 DA1TT090 thru DA1TT170 .................................................... 16-86 DASKGS100 thru DASKP600................................................ 14-11 DE9RA1012 ........................................................................... 21-23 DFCC1 thru DFCC3V............................................................... 24-8 DJA32150W thru DJA32600W................................................. 9-24 DJL32150W thru DJL32600W ................................................. 7-38 DL1BDB1 thru DL1BLM .......................................... 19-112, 19-115 DL1CB006 thru DL1CF220 ............................ 19-40, 19-61, 19-120 DL1CJ0241 thru DL1CJ0246 ............................................... 19-120 DL1CJUS0063 thru DL1CJUS1205 ..................................... 19-120 DL1EDGS ............................................................................ 19-113 DR2SC0039 thru DR2SC4700............................................... 18-20 DR5TE4S thru DR5TF4V....................................................... 18-18 DRK30 thru DRK600.................................................................. 3-2 DS200EK2D thru DT600NKD ................................ 3-16, 3-18, 3-20 DTU222 thru DTU663AWK ............................................. 3-16, 3-21 DU221RB thru DU324RB.................................................... 3-2, 3-3 DU321 thru DU326.............................................................. 3-2, 3-3 i-21 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING DX1AP25 thru DX1AP26........................................................ 18-16 DZ2FF1 thru DZ2FX6............................................................. 18-12 DZ5CA002 thru DZ5CE063.................................................... 24-20 DZ5MB201 ............................................................................. 24-12 E5600020SQD thru E5600450SQD......................................... 4-13 ECB14015G3 thru ECB34020G3............................................. 5-24 ECC21...................................................................................... 4-11 ECT075050SC thru ECT300800SC......................................... 4-14 EDB14015 thru EDB34125 ...................................................... 9-15 EDB14015EPD thru EDB14050EPD........................................ 9-15 EDPA thru EDPAF ................................................................... 9-14 EE1000T151HCT thru EE1000T79H ....................................... 14-4 EE100S3534H thru EE750T79H..................................... 14-4, 14-6 EE15S3534H thru EE75T6H........................................... 14-4, 14-6 EER20100 thru EER57200 ............................................. 29-6, 29-8 EGB14015 thru EGB34125 ...................................................... 9-15 EGB14015EPD thru EGB14050EPD ....................................... 9-15 EGB2HT thru EGB3HT ............................................................ 9-15 EIK031 thru EIK032........................................................... 3-3, 3-10 EIK1 thru EIK2................................................................... 3-3, 3-10 EIK40601 thru EIK40602.......................................................... 3-10 EJB14015 thru EJB34125 ........................................................ 9-15 EJB14015EPD thru EJB14050EPD ......................................... 9-15 EK400DTU2 ............................................................................. 3-18 ELM150HD thru ELM250JD..................................................... 7-53 EMB1010 thru EMB3164.......................................................... 4-15 EMBK3 thru EMCB................................................................... 4-15 EMCT010 thru EMCT164......................................................... 4-15 EME1010 thru EME3164.......................................................... 4-15 EMFP1 thru EMFP3 ................................................................. 4-15 EMT1225CB thru EMT3225CB .................................................. 2-3 EP112T3HFISCUNP thru EP75T3HNISCUNP ........................ 14-7 EV230PDR thru EV230WSRR ................................................. 29-4 EV2430WS............................................................................... 29-3 EVRFIDHP thru EVRFIDKF10 ................................................. 29-4 EZM11000CB thru EZM11200TBU.......................................... 2-10 EZM112225 thru EZM115225CU............................................. 2-11 EZM11600GCBC thru EZM11600TB ....................................... 2-10 EZM116125 thru EZM116125CUX .......................................... 2-11 EZM12000CB thru EZM1225TB .............................................. 2-10 EZM125QOA..................................................................... 2-6, 2-15 EZM1400CB thru EZM1600FSU.............................................. 2-10 EZM1600FTLK3 ....................................................................... 2-15 EZM1600TB thru EZM1800TBU .............................................. 2-10 EZM1CORNER thru EZM1TRANR .......................................... 2-15 EZM31000CB thru EZM31200TBU.......................................... 2-12 EZM31000CBNBBTL thru EZM31200JBNFBTR ..................... 2-14 EZM312225 thru EZM315225CU............................................. 2-13 EZM31600GCBC thru EZM31600TB ....................................... 2-12 EZM316125 thru EZM316125CUX .......................................... 2-13 EZM32000CB thru EZM3400CB .............................................. 2-12 EZM3400CBNBBTL thru EZM3800FSNFBTR......................... 2-14 EZM3400CBU thru EZM3800TBU ........................................... 2-12 EZM3BUSLB thru EZM600FTLK3 ........................................... 2-15 EZM72MC ..................................................................... 2-15, 26-16 EZMH112225 thru EZMH116125CUX ..................................... 2-11 EZMH312225 thru EZMH316125CUX ..................................... 2-13 EZMK111400 thru EZMK112400 ............................................. 2-11 EZMK311400 thru EZMK332400 ............................................. 2-14 EZML111225 thru EZML114225D ........................................... 2-11 EZML311400 thru EZML334225D .................................. 2-13, 2-14 EZMPCP .................................................................................. 2-15 EZMR112225 thru EZMR116125CUX ..................................... 2-11 EZMR312225 thru EZMR334225CU........................................ 2-13 EZMSK2 ................................................................................... 2-15 EZMT111225 thru EZMT113225.............................................. 2-11 EZMT311225 thru EZMT333225.............................................. 2-13 FA100A thru FA100S ...................................................... 7-56, 7-58 FA14035() thru FA24100() ....................................................... 9-24 FA26015() thru FA26100() ....................................................... 9-25 FA32015 thru FA34100 ............................................................ 9-24 FA36015 thru FA36100 ............................................................ 9-25 FH16015() thru FH26100()....................................................... 9-25 FH36015 thru FH36100............................................................ 9-25 FI1IMA12C() thru FI1IMA24C() .................................................. 6-5 FI26100().................................................................................. 9-25 FI2IMA12C() thru FI2IMA24C() .................................................. 6-5 i-22 FI36020 thru FI36100 .............................................................. 9-25 FI3IMA12C() thru FI9IMA18C().................................................. 6-5 FJA14015() thru FJA14070() ................................................... 9-24 FK400 ...................................................................................... 1-22 FPK03 thru FPK0610........................................................ 3-3, 3-10 FY14015() thru FY14030()....................................................... 9-24 G1414 thru G19103 ................................................................. 13-6 GB2CB05 thru GB2CD20 ...................................................... 24-17 GC200C thru GC2DSP ............................................................ 7-51 GFI2PA ............................................................................. 1-4, 7-12 GFM150HD thru GFM25CT..................................................... 7-53 GK2AF01 ............................................................................... 18-37 GS1AD10................................................................................... 8-9 GS1AU203 thru GS1AU803 ...................................................... 8-9 GS1AW306 thru GS1AW903................................................... 8-10 GS1DDU3 thru GS1DU3 .................................................. 8-9, 8-10 GS2AE2 thru GS2AE81...................................................... 8-8, 8-9 GS2AH110 thru GS2AH120F .................................................... 8-9 GS2AH130 thru GS2AP73.................................................. 8-8, 8-9 GS2GU3N thru GS2TU3................................................... 8-9, 8-10 GT1218 thru GT930................................................................. 7-51 GTK03 thru GTK0610C .................................................... 3-3, 3-11 GV1F03 thru GV1L3 .............................................................. 18-37 GV2AF01 thru GV2APN04 .................................................... 18-37 GV2E01 ................................................................................. 18-37 GV2G05 ................................................................................. 18-37 GV2G245 thru GV2G554............................................ 18-31, 18-37 GV2GH7 ................................................................................ 18-37 GV2K011 thru GV2K04.......................................................... 18-37 GV2MC01 thru GV2MC02 ..................................................... 18-37 GV2ME01 thru GV2ME32...................................................... 18-33 GV2MP01 thru GV2MP04...................................................... 18-37 GV2P01 thru GV2P32............................................................ 18-33 GV2SN13 thru GV2SN37 ...................................................... 18-37 GV2V01 ................................................................................. 18-37 GV2V03 ................................................................................. 18-34 GV3APN01 thru GV3APN04.................................................. 18-34 GV3G264 thru GV3G66......................................................... 18-34 GV3P13 thru GV3P65............................................................ 18-33 GV7AB11 ............................................................................... 18-35 GV7AC01 thru GV7AC07 ...................................................... 18-35 GV7AD111 thru GV7AD112 .................................................. 18-35 GV7AE11 ............................................................................... 18-35 GV7AP01 thru GV7AP05....................................................... 18-35 GV7AS055 thru GV7AU525................................................... 18-35 GV7RE20 thru GV7RE150 .................................................... 18-33 GV7RS20 thru GV7RS150 .................................................... 18-33 GV7V01 ................................................................................. 18-35 GVA()025 thru GVA()505....................................................... 18-34 GVAD0101 thru GVAD1010 .................................................. 18-34 GVAE1 thru GVAN20............................................................. 18-34 GVAPB54............................................................................... 18-35 GVAPH02 .............................................................................. 18-37 GVAPH03 .............................................................................. 18-34 GVAPK11............................................................................... 18-37 GVAPK12............................................................................... 18-34 GVAPR54 thru GVAPR65...................................................... 18-35 H()A26015 thru H()A36150 ...................................................... 9-26 H()A36060U31X thru H()A36150U54X .................................... 9-26 H()L26015(C) thru H()L36150(C)............................................. 7-22 H()L36030M38X thru H()L36100M38X .................................... 7-32 H()L36060(C)U31X thru H()L36150(C)U54X........................... 7-23 H050 thru H100CP.......................................................... 3-10, 3-18 H100XFA .......................................................................... 3-7, 3-14 H100XFA1212 ........................................................................... 3-7 H1200SNE4 ............................................................................. 3-11 H125 thru H125CP.......................................................... 3-10, 3-18 H12LKE2.................................................................................. 3-12 H150 thru H200CP.......................................................... 3-10, 3-18 H2212AWK thru H2212AWK ............................................ 3-4, 3-14 H221A thru H224NRB.............................................. 3-4, 3-13, 3-14 H225 thru H225R ....................................................................... 3-4 H225XJG .......................................................................... 3-7, 3-14 H225XJGAA............................................................................... 3-7 H226 thru H228R ....................................................................... 3-4 H250 ............................................................................... 3-10, 3-18 H265 thru H268................................................................. 3-5, 3-13 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index H265AWK thru H268AWK.......................................................... 3-5 H265DS thru H266DS ................................................................ 3-5 H265R thru H268R ............................................................ 3-5, 3-13 H300................................................................................3-10, 3-18 H321A thru H324NRB ..............................................3-4, 3-13, 3-14 H325 thru H328R ....................................................................... 3-4 H350................................................................................3-10, 3-18 H361 thru H368 .......................................................................... 3-5 H3612 thru H3612RB ................................................................. 3-5 H361A thru H364A ............................................................ 3-5, 3-14 H361AWA thru H363AWC ................................................ 3-9, 3-14 H361AWK thru H368AWK................................................. 3-5, 3-14 H361DF thru H364DF ....................................................... 3-7, 3-14 H361DS thru H366DS ....................................................... 3-5, 3-14 H361DSWA thru H363DSWC ........................................... 3-9, 3-14 H361DX thru H363DX ....................................................... 3-7, 3-14 H361N thru H368N ..................................................................... 3-5 H361NRB thru H364NRB ........................................................... 3-5 H361RB thru H364RB ................................................................ 3-5 H361SS thru H366SS ....................................................... 3-7, 3-14 H361WA thru H363WC .....................................................3-9, 3-13 H364NA...................................................................................... 3-5 H364NAWK thru H368NAWK .................................................... 3-5 H364NDS thru H366NDS ........................................................... 3-5 H365NR thru H368NR................................................................ 3-5 H365R thru H368R ..................................................................... 3-5 H400................................................................................3-10, 3-18 H461 thru H466 ................................................................. 3-5, 3-13 H461AWK thru H664AWK................................................. 3-5, 3-14 H461DS thru H664DS ....................................................... 3-5, 3-14 H600SN thru H600SNC ........................................................... 3-11 H60XFA............................................................................. 3-7, 3-14 H60XFA1212 .............................................................................. 3-7 H800SNE4 ............................................................................... 3-11 H82254 thru H82455 ..............................................3-16, 3-17, 3-21 H8LKE2 .................................................................................... 3-12 HC2609DEXF thru HC2609EXS .............................................. 9-23 HC2652B thru HC2692B .......................................................... 9-21 HC2652WP thru HC2886WP ................................................... 9-21 HC2SN ..................................................................................... 9-23 HC3209EXF thru HC3209EXS................................................. 9-23 HC3248B thru HC3291B .......................................................... 9-21 HC3248WP thru HC3291WP ................................................... 9-21 HC4212DEXF thru HC4412DEXS ........................................... 9-23 HC4250DB thru HC4486DB ..................................................... 9-22 HC4250WP thru HC4486WP ................................................... 9-23 HC4SNHCW4SN thru HC8SNHCW8SN.................................. 9-23 HCM14482N thru HCM36918MP ............................................. 9-21 HCM400VCA thru HCN600VCA .............................................. 9-23 HCM41914M thru HCN92T()D ................................................. 9-21 HCP145012N thru HCP50868 ................................................. 9-22 HCP54868SU ........................................................................... 9-21 HCPSU8SN thru HCPSU8SNCT ............................................. 9-23 HCR12SNCT ............................................................................ 9-23 HCR548612U ........................................................................... 9-22 HCR86T() thru HCW86T()D ............................................9-22, 9-23 HCWM12SN ............................................................................. 9-23 HD100S.................................................................................... 7-56 HDA261501 thru HDA361506 .................................................. 9-27 HDMCT050S1 thru HDMCT400S1 .......................................... 4-14 HDMCVRPLT ........................................................................... 4-14 HDMPMHKIT27........................................................................ 4-14 HEPD80 thru HEPD80RK .......................................................... 6-8 HF13E thru HF88SH ................................................................ 12-5 HFV .......................................................................................... 12-5 HGL36030M38X thru HGL36150M38X.................................... 7-31 HGL36100 .................................................................................. 9-5 HJL36030M71 thru HJL36150M74 .......................................... 7-29 HJLPR ...................................................................................... 7-48 HL1IMA12C() thru HL4IMA24C() ............................................... 6-5 HLA26000S15 thru HLA36000S15 .......................................... 9-27 HLL26000S15 thru HLL36000S15 ........................................... 7-34 HLL36030M38X thru HLL36150M38X ..................................... 7-31 HLL36030M71 thru HLL36150M74 .......................................... 7-29 HLN1BL thru HLN4EBL............................................................ 9-23 HLO1 ..........................................................................1-4, 7-12, 9-8 HLW1BL thru HLW4EBL .......................................................... 9-23 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing HM112T208HNCUEP thru HM75T259HNCUEP ..................... 14-7 HM112T208NCU thru HM75T259NCU.................................... 14-6 HNM1BL thru HNM4BL............................................................ 9-23 HOM115 thru HOM290 ................................................... 1-14, 1-22 HOM115CAFI thru HOM120CAFI............................................ 1-14 HOM115EPD thru HOM250EPD ............................................. 1-14 HOM115GFI thru HOM250GFI ................................................ 1-14 HOM115HM thru HOM120HM ................................................. 1-14 HOM1224L125RB thru HOM24M125RB ................................. 1-16 HOM1224L125TC thru HOM24M125C.................................... 1-15 HOM1HT .................................................................................. 1-14 HOM1PA .................................................................................. 1-14 HOM1RK.................................................................................. 1-13 HOM2100 thru HOM2125 ............................................... 1-14, 1-22 HOM2150BB thru HOM2200BB...................................... 1-14, 1-22 HOM2175SB ..................................................................... 1-12, 6-8 HOM24L125TC thru HOM24M125C........................................ 1-15 HOM24L70RB thru HOM24M125RB ....................................... 1-16 HOM2HBD ............................................................................... 1-14 HOM2PAHA thru HOM2PAVHA .............................................. 1-14 HOM3040L200RB thru HOM48L125GRB ............................... 1-16 HOM3040L200TC thru HOM48L125GC .................................. 1-15 HOM4RK2HA thru HOM4RK2LA............................................. 1-13 HOM5RK.................................................................................. 1-13 HOM612L100RB...................................................................... 1-16 HOM816L125C thru HOM816M100TC.................................... 1-15 HOM816L125RB thru HOM816U200FTRB ............................. 1-16 HOMCGK2 thru HOMCRBGK1................................................ 1-13 HOME250SPA ......................................................................... 1-25 HOMFP ........................................................................... 1-13, 1-22 HOML2125 thru HOML2225 .................................................... 1-14 HOMQPA ................................................................................. 1-14 HOMRBGK2............................................................................. 1-13 HOMT1515 thru HOMT3020.................................................... 1-14 HOMT1515215 thru HOMT2020250........................................ 1-14 HOMVP1 thru HOMVP9........................................................... 1-11 HOMVP12 thru HOMVP16....................................................... 1-11 HOMVPL1 thru HOMVPL2....................................................... 1-11 HOMVPRB1 ............................................................................. 1-11 HP2F thru HP5SH.................................................................... 12-4 HPAFD thru HPAFD........................................................ 5-24, 9-15 HQO206AB thru HQO206BC................................................... 9-24 HQO306 ................................................................................... 9-24 HRA36000S15 ......................................................................... 9-27 HRK1020.................................................................. 3-2, 9-35, 12-9 HRK30...................................................................................... 9-35 HRK4060.................................................................................. 3-10 HRL36000S15.......................................................................... 7-34 HRL36030M38X thru HRL36150M38X.................................... 7-31 HU265 thru HU466............................................................ 3-6, 3-14 HU661AWK thru HU664DS .............................................. 3-6, 3-14 HVDSA3 thru HVDSA15 ........................................................ 11-13 HVL305BG thru HVL317BW .................................................. 11-11 HVL405BGL thru HVL415DEWR2H ...................................... 11-12 HVL505BGL thru HVL515DEWR2H ...................................... 11-12 HVLC thru HVLC2.................................................................. 11-13 HVLCCA14305D thru HVLCCA14315N................................... 11-9 HVLCCA14405DGL thru HVLCCA14515DGR ...................... 11-10 HVLCCA14A ................................................................. 11-9, 11-10 HVLCCA20305D thru HVLCCA20315N................................... 11-9 HVLCCA20405DGL thru HVLCCA20515DGR ...................... 11-10 HVLCCA20A ............................................................................ 11-9 HVLCCB14305D thru HVLCCB14315N................................... 11-9 HVLCCB14405DGL thru HVLCCB14515DGR ...................... 11-10 HVLCCB14A ............................................................................ 11-9 HVLCCB20305D thru HVLCCB20315N................................... 11-9 HVLCCB20405DGL thru HVLCCB20515DGR ...................... 11-10 HVLCCB20A ............................................................................ 11-9 HVLCCDSA10 thru HVLCCDSA18.......................................... 11-9 HVLCCDSA3 thru HVLCCDSA9................................... 11-9, 11-10 HVLCCMBA14A14 thru HVLCCMBB20B20 ............................ 11-9 HVLX3.................................................................................... 11-13 HVMB..................................................................................... 11-13 HVMB305200 thru HVMB305200U.......................................... 11-7 HVMH1 thru HVMX1 ................................................................ 11-7 IE60BASEENG thru IE60DLUNLTDUPG .................................. 4-4 IK250AWK....................................................................... 7-56, 7-58 i-23 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING IK250DS .......................................................................... 7-56, 7-58 IOC44 ....................................................................................... 4-11 IONE60REPCD thru IONESQL2005CPU .................................. 4-4 IOX thru IOX2411..................................................................... 4-11 J()A26150 thru J()A36250 ........................................................ 9-26 J()A36250U31X thru J()A36250U54X ...................................... 9-26 J()L26150(C) thru J()L36250(C)............................................... 7-22 J()L36250(C)U31X thru J()L36250(C)U54X............................. 7-23 J225X thru J250S............................................................ 7-56, 7-58 JD250S..................................................................................... 7-56 JGL36250M38X ....................................................................... 7-31 JGL37100D81 thru JGL37250D82........................................... 7-35 JJL36250M38X ........................................................................ 7-31 JJL36250M75........................................................................... 7-29 JLA26000S17 thru JLA36000S25 ............................................ 9-27 JLL26000S17 thru JLL36000S25............................................. 7-34 JLL36250M38X ........................................................................ 7-31 JLL36250M75........................................................................... 7-29 JRA36000S17 thru JRA36000S25........................................... 9-27 JRL36000S17 thru JRL36000S25............................................ 7-34 JRL36250M38X........................................................................ 7-31 KA250RWB thru KA250SWB .......................................... 7-56, 7-58 KAC1BZ thru KDF3PZ ........................................................ 8-3, 8-5 KFP .......................................................................................... 1-13 KI26200() thru KI26250().......................................................... 9-27 KI36110 thru KI36250 .............................................................. 9-27 KZ13 thru KZ103 ................................................................. 8-3, 8-6 L()A36250U31X thru L()A36600U54X...................................... 9-29 L()L36250(C)U31X thru L()L36400(C)U54X ............................ 7-25 L()L36400M38X thru L()L36600M38X...................................... 7-32 L()L36600U31X thru L()L36600U54X ...................................... 7-25 L()L46250(C)U31X thru L()L46400(C)U54X ............................ 7-25 L()L46600U31X thru L()L46600U54X ...................................... 7-25 L100WDR2M4 thru L100WS2M3........................................... 21-39 L111N thru L221N ............................................................... 3-2, 3-3 L300WDR2M4 thru L525WDR2M59 ...................................... 21-39 LA1DX02 thru LA1DZ40................................................ 18-8, 23-16 LA1KN02 thru LA1KN40 ............................................. 18-27, 23-20 LA1KN023 thru LA1KN407 ......................................... 18-27, 23-20 LA1SK02 thru LA1SK20......................................................... 23-21 LA26125() thru LA26400()........................................................ 9-28 LA2KT2E thru LA2KT2U ........................................................ 18-27 LA34200MC thru LA34400MC ................................................. 9-28 LA36125 thru LA36400 ............................................................ 9-28 LA400AWK thru LA400S................................................. 7-56, 7-58 LA4DA2E thru LA4DE3U ......................................................... 18-9 LA4DFB thru LA4DLE ............................................................ 18-10 LA4DMK thru LA4DT4U .............................................. 18-10, 23-18 LA4DWB................................................................................. 18-10 LA4KA1U thru LA4KE1UG.......................................... 18-27, 23-20 LA4SKEIE thru LA4SKEIU ..................................................... 23-21 LA5D115450 thru LA5D150803 ............................................. 18-11 LA5F115450 thru LA5FH441 ................................................. 18-13 LA6DK10 ................................................................................ 23-17 LA6DK20 .................................................................................. 18-8 LA7D03 thru LA7F902............................................................ 18-16 LA7K0064............................................................................... 18-27 LA8D324 ................................................................................ 18-36 LA9CA06DT thru LA9CA16WT .............................................. 18-23 LA9D09966 thru LA9D09981 ...................................... 18-11, 18-12 LA9D11502 thru LA9D80978 ...................................... 18-11, 18-14 LA9D90 ....................................................................... 18-27, 23-20 LA9D901 ................................................................................ 23-18 LA9D92 thru LA9D93 ............................................................. 18-11 LA9E01 thru LA9E02.............................................................. 18-27 LA9F103................................................................................. 18-12 LA9F15076 thru LA9F15082 ......................................... 18-7, 18-15 LA9F701 thru LA9F709 ............................................... 18-12, 18-16 LA9FF601 thru LA9FF602...................................................... 18-11 LA9FF970 thru LA9FF982............................................. 18-7, 18-15 LA9FG601 thru LA9FG602 .................................................... 18-11 LA9FG970 thru LA9FH4G............................................. 18-7, 18-15 LA9FH601 thru LA9FH602..................................................... 18-11 LA9FH976 thru LA9FK4J .............................................. 18-7, 18-15 LA9FK601 thru LA9FK602 ..................................................... 18-11 LA9FK976 thru LA9FK976 ............................................ 18-7, 18-15 LA9FL601 thru LA9FL602 ...................................................... 18-11 i-24 LA9FL970 thru LA9FL982............................................. 18-7, 18-15 LA9K0969 thru LA9K0970 ..................................................... 18-27 LA9RM201 ............................................................................. 23-35 LA9TFD15 thru LA9TFD80 .................................................... 18-23 LAD21 thru LAD22................................................................. 23-18 LAD31 thru LAD32................................................................. 18-38 LAD311 thru LAD351............................................................. 18-38 LAD3B.................................................................................... 18-38 LAD4BB thru LAD4BBVU ............................................. 18-9, 23-18 LAD4CM ................................................................................ 18-14 LAD4D3U thru LAD4VU................................................ 18-9, 23-17 LAD6K10....................................................................... 18-8, 23-17 LAD703 thru LAD7C2 ............................................................ 18-16 LAD7X3.................................................................................. 18-11 LAD8N02 ............................................................................... 23-16 LAD8N11 thru LAD8N20............................................... 18-8, 23-16 LAD90 .................................................................................... 18-11 LAD92560 thru LAD96560..................................................... 18-11 LAD96570 .............................................................................. 18-34 LAD9ET1 ............................................................................... 23-18 LAD9P3 thru LAD9P33 .......................................................... 18-11 LAD9R3 ................................................................................. 18-14 LADC22 thru LADN403........................................ 18-7, 18-8, 23-16 LADR0 thru LADT43 ..................................................... 18-8, 23-17 LAL34200MC thru LAL34400MC ............................................. 7-37 LAL36000S40X thru LAL36000S60X ...................................... 9-27 LAL3640022M thru LAL3640036M ................................. 7-31, 7-32 LC1D09 thru LC1D80008 ........................................................ 18-4 LC1D50 thru LC1D95 ............................................................ 18-46 LC1DT20 thru LC1DT80A........................................................ 18-4 LC1F115 thru LC1F800 .................................................. 18-5, 18-7 LC1K0601 thru LC1K1210..................................................... 18-24 LC1K09004 thru LC1K12004................................................. 18-24 LC26300() thru LC26600()....................................................... 9-28 LC2D09 thru LC2DT40 ............................................................ 18-6 LC2K0610 thru LC2K1210.......................................... 18-25, 18-26 LC36300 thru LC36600............................................................ 9-28 LCSADVANCED thru LCSB .................................................... 5-24 LDB101 thru LDB8TF .............................................................. 13-2 LDRB410M thru LDRB8WH..................................................... 13-3 LE1D093A62 thru LE2D803A72 ................................. 18-21, 18-22 LGA36000S40X thru LGA36000S60X..................................... 9-27 LGL36000S40X thru LGL36000S60X...................................... 7-34 LGL36400M37X thru LGL36600M38X .................................... 7-31 LGL46000S40X thru LGL46000S60X...................................... 7-34 LH26125() thru LH26400()....................................................... 9-28 LH34200MC thru LH34400MC ................................................ 9-28 LH36125 thru LH36400............................................................ 9-28 LHL34200MC thru LHL34400MC ............................................ 7-37 LHL3625025DC thru LHL3640030DC ..................................... 7-35 LI26300() thru LI26600() .......................................................... 9-28 LI36300 thru LI36600............................................................... 9-28 LJB12606 thru LJB8X ..................................................... 13-2, 13-3 LJL36400M37X thru LJL36600M38X ...................................... 7-31 LK100AN thru LK225AN .......................................................... 1-13 LK4AD10N thru LK4AP83N ....................................................... 8-8 LK4DU3CN thru LK4WU3N .............................................. 8-8, 8-10 LK70AN.................................................................................... 1-13 LKN4AEAH12C.......................................................................... 8-9 LLL36000S40X thru LLL46000S60X ....................................... 7-34 LP1K0601 thru LP5K12004 ........................................ 18-24, 18-26 LP5K1210 .............................................................................. 18-25 LR2D3522 thru LR2D3563 ...................................................... 18-4 LR2K0301 thru LR2K0321..................................................... 18-24 LR3D01 thru LR3D365 ............................................................ 18-4 LR9D5367 thru LR9F7581....................................................... 18-5 LRA36000S40X thru LRA36000S60X ..................................... 9-27 LRD01 thru LRD4369 .............................................................. 18-4 LRL36000S40X thru LRL36000S60X ...................................... 7-34 LRL36400M37X thru LRL36600M38X..................................... 7-34 LRL46000S40X thru LRL46000S60X ...................................... 7-34 LS1D30 thru LS1D323........................................................... 18-36 LSDL ............................................................................... 1-12, 1-13 LT6CT1001 thru LT6CT8001................................................. 16-86 LTM9CE180T......................................................................... 16-87 LTM9KCU .............................................................................. 16-85 LTMCC004............................................................................. 16-87 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index LTMCU ................................................................................... 16-85 LTMEV40BD thru LTMEV40FM ............................................. 16-85 LTMR08CBD thru LTMR27PFM ............................................ 16-85 LU9GC3 ................................................................................. 26-17 LU9R03 thru LU9R10 ............................................................. 16-87 LUA1C11 thru LUA1C20 .............................................16-12, 18-28 LUA4F11 thru LUA4F12 ......................................................... 18-31 LUALF1 .................................................................................. 18-30 LUB12 thru LUB32 ................................................................. 18-32 LUB32NR ............................................................................... 16-12 LUC05BL thru LUC32BL ........................................................ 18-32 LUCA05 thru LUCD1X .....................................16-12, 18-28, 18-30 LUCD32 thru LUCDX6 ........................................................... 16-12 LUCM05BL thru LUCM1XBL.................................................. 18-30 LUFN02 thru LUFN20 .................................................16-12, 18-28 LUFP1 thru LUFP9 ................................................................. 26-17 LUFV2 thru LUFW10 .............................................................. 18-30 LULC07 thru LULC15 ............................................................. 18-31 LV429226 ................................................................................. 7-44 LX1D2B5 thru LX1D2Z7......................................................... 18-17 LX1D6B5 thru LX1D8W7 ....................................................... 18-18 LX1FF thru LX1FX ................................................................. 18-18 LX4D2BD thru LX4D8UD ....................................................... 18-19 LX4F8 thru LX4FX.................................................................. 18-20 LX600AWK............................................................................... 7-56 LX9FF thru LX9FL .................................................................. 18-18 LXD1B7 thru LXD1Z7............................................................. 18-17 LXD3B7 thru LXD3YC7 .......................................................... 18-18 M800AWK thru M800S....................................................7-56, 7-58 M9PAF ..................................................................................... 7-20 MA1200S.................................................................................. 7-56 MA1IBA12 thru MA9IMA18 ........................................................ 6-4 MC3604X ................................................................................... 8-7 MCC2IMA12 thru MCC8IMA24 .................................................. 6-5 MCM8364 ................................................................................. 4-16 MD3304X ................................................................................... 8-7 MDS30P ..................................................................................... 8-7 MDSAN11 thru MDSAN20 ..................................................8-7, 8-8 METSECT802000 .................................................................... 4-14 METSEDM6200 thru METSEPM1200 ..................................... 4-10 METSQEM480516 thru METSQEM488016 ............................. 4-14 MG10285 thru MG10287.......................................................... 7-20 MG17402 thru MG24562.......................................................... 7-19 MG26925 thru MG27150.......................................................... 7-20 MGA26300() thru MGA26800() ................................................ 9-29 MGA36300 thru MGA36800 ..................................................... 9-29 MGL26300 thru MGL36800...................................................... 7-26 MGN26380 thru MGN26381 .................................................... 7-20 MGN61300 thru MGN61431 .................................................... 7-17 MGN61500 thru MGN61537 .................................................... 7-18 MH26 thru MH86WP ..................................................9-6, 9-7, 9-13 MHL36100040DC thru MHL3690039DCH ............................... 7-35 MHT2DH20 .............................................................................. 9-14 MICROTUSEAL ....................................................................... 7-48 MJA26300() thru MJA26800() .................................................. 9-29 MJA36300 thru MJA36800 ....................................................... 9-29 MJL26300 thru MJL36800........................................................ 7-26 MM125MB .................................................................................. 2-6 MM200MB ......................................................................... 2-6, 2-15 MMBLC .................................................................................... 2-15 MMHB ......................................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15 MMLK250 thru MMLK600 ................................................. 2-6, 2-15 MMLRK ...........................................................................1-22, 2-15 MMSAMK ................................................................................. 2-15 MMSK2 thru MMSK4.................................................................. 2-6 MP12X11PEDEXT thru MP43X8PED ........................................ 2-6 MP22125 thru MP86200 ............................................................ 2-5 MPH22125 thru MPR86200 ....................................................... 2-5 MPRPAF .................................................................................. 7-41 MPSF12 thru MPSF26 ............................................................... 2-6 MPX81542................................................................................ 9-18 MPZ10S40F thru MPZB7S40FSS...............................14-12, 14-13 MTX836 thru MTX866 .............................................................. 9-18 N100MFI................................................................................... 9-13 N150MH ............................................................................ 9-5, 9-13 N250MJN250MKC ................................................................... 9-13 N400M ...................................................................................... 9-13 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing NC26() thru NC86V()HR ............................................ 9-6, 9-7, 9-13 NC59TS thru NC85TS ............................................................. 9-18 NCTWIRING ............................................................................ 7-48 NF1000G3 thru NF1000G3N2 ................................................. 5-24 NF102OE thru NF102S............................................................ 9-14 NF120PSG3 thru NF120PSG3L .............................................. 5-24 NF125FTL thru NF125SFL ...................................................... 9-14 NF12RDE................................................................................. 9-14 NF12SBLG3 thru NF12SBRG3................................................ 5-24 NF18RDE................................................................................. 9-14 NF18SBLG3 thru NF18SBRG3................................................ 5-24 NF2000G3................................................................................ 5-24 NF204OE thru NF204S............................................................ 9-14 NF21SBLG3 thru NF21SBRG3................................................ 5-24 NF240PSG3 thru NF240PSG3L .............................................. 5-24 NF250FTL thru NF250SFL ...................................................... 9-14 NF277PSG3 thru NF277PSG3L .............................................. 5-24 NF2HG3 ................................................................................... 5-24 NF3000G3 thru NF3000G3C ................................................... 5-24 NF400FTL thru NF400SFL ...................................................... 9-14 NF418L1 thru NF484L6C......................................................... 9-13 NF500G3.................................................................................. 5-24 NF600SFBH thru NF600SFBJ ................................................. 9-14 NF6RDE................................................................................... 9-14 NF8430L1C thru NF8442M2JDC............................................. 9-18 NFADAPTERG3....................................................................... 5-24 NFALV1 thru NFALV6.............................................................. 9-14 NFASBKG3 .............................................................................. 5-24 NFCUM1 thru NFCUM6 ........................................................... 9-14 NFCUV1 thru NFCUV6 ............................................................ 9-14 NFDP1120G3C thru NFDR277G3C ........................................ 5-25 NFFP15.................................................................................... 9-14 NFFPCG3 ................................................................................ 5-24 NFN1CU thru NFN6CU............................................................ 9-14 NFNL1 thru NFNL4 .................................................................. 9-14 NFSELG3................................................................................. 5-24 NFSN06 thru NFSN50 ............................................................. 5-24 NJPAF...................................................................................... 7-41 NQ102OE thru NQ102S............................................................. 9-9 NQ12RDE .................................................................................. 9-9 NQ18L1 thru NQ18L1C....................................................... 9-6, 9-7 NQ18L1C14 ............................................................................... 9-8 NQ18RDE .................................................................................. 9-9 NQ204OE thru NQ204S............................................................. 9-9 NQ24RDE .................................................................................. 9-9 NQ30L1 thru NQ484L6C..................................................... 9-6, 9-7 NQ30L1C14 thru NQ442L2C14 ................................................. 9-8 NQ6RDE .................................................................................... 9-9 NQ72L2 thru NQ84L6C....................................................... 9-6, 9-7 NQB532 thru NQB550 ............................................................... 9-8 NQC20FWG thru NQC30FWG ................................................ 1-11 NQC32 thru NQC44 ................................................................... 9-8 NQC550 ..................................................................................... 9-8 NQFP15 .............................................................................. 9-8, 9-9 NQFTL2H thru NQFTL4L........................................................... 9-9 NQMB2HJ thru NQMB4LA.................................................. 9-7, 9-8 NQN1CU thru NQNL4................................................................ 9-9 NQSFB2Q thru NQSFB4Q......................................................... 9-9 NQSFL1 thru NQSFL4 ............................................................... 9-9 NSY2SP124 thru NSY2SP188................................................. 28-4 NSY2SP204 thru NSY2SP228........................................ 28-4, 28-5 NSYCRN106250 thru NSYCRNG86400.................................. 28-6 NSYEC1041 thru NSYEC1661 ....................................... 28-4, 28-5 NSYEC351 thru NSYEC881 ........................................... 28-4, 28-5 NSYMM1010 thru NSYMM3045 ..................................... 28-6, 28-7 NSYMM106 thru NSYMM128 ......................................... 28-6, 28-7 NSYMM22 thru NSYMM88 ............................................. 28-6, 28-7 NSYMP1210 thru NSYMP2212 ...................................... 28-4, 28-5 NSYMP126 thru NSYMP228 .......................................... 28-4, 28-5 NSYPLA10103 thru NSYPLM86V............................................ 28-7 NSYPLMEX108 thru NSYPLMEX86........................................ 28-7 NSYS3DC101030 thru NSYS3X8830...................................... 28-6 NSYSF12640 thru NSYSF188602D ........................................ 28-4 NSYSF201040 thru NSYSF2016602D .................................... 28-5 NSYSF20350 thru NSYSF20640 ............................................. 28-4 NSYSF206402D thru NSYSF22880 ........................................ 28-5 NSYSM1210302D thru NSYSM18860..................................... 28-4 i-25 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING NSYSM2010402D thru NSYSM2016502D .............................. 28-5 NSYSM20630 thru NSYSM20860................................... 28-4, 28-5 NSYSPF10100 thru NSYSPS8100 ................................. 28-4, 28-5 NT08N1 .................................................................................... 11-6 NTMPRRT................................................................................ 7-50 NTX836 thru NTX866............................................................... 9-18 NW08H1 thru NW60L1............................................................. 11-6 NW08HDC thru NW40NDC...................................................... 7-36 NWMPRRT thru NWNTMPRRT............................................... 7-50 OCK400.................................................................................... 1-22 OHBL thru OHBS ..................................................................... 1-22 OPTICALPROBEUSB .............................................................. 4-13 P()A36025(C)U31A thru P()A36120U74AE1 ........................... 9-30 P()L36025(C)U31A thru P()L36120(C)U74AE1 ....................... 7-27 P1200AWK thru P1200S................................................. 7-56, 7-58 PAF361200DC thru PAF362000DC......................................... 7-35 PAK1004CGFI thru PAK76CGFI.............................................. 1-26 PB100EC thru PB225WF ......................................................... 12-2 PBCF3A100CR thru PBCF5A225TB ....................................... 12-2 PBCP3A100ST048 thru PBCP5A225ST120............................ 12-2 PBFO100FA thru PBP54100QO .............................................. 12-3 PBLA36300G thru PBLXI36600GN........................................ 12-10 PBPFA3A100 thru PBPFA5A100A100 .................................... 12-3 PBPIOCVR............................................................................... 12-2 PBPQO3A100 thru PBPQO5A100........................................... 12-3 PBPQOR3A100 thru PBPQOR5A100M420B .......................... 12-3 PBPTB3A100 thru PBPTB5A100............................................. 12-3 PBQ3640G thru PBQ4660G .................................................... 12-9 PBRFLKIT ................................................................................ 12-3 PBTB306G thru PBTB506G..................................................... 12-4 PCF362500DC ......................................................................... 7-35 PCS039D6CE30 thru PCS039D6N12...................................... 4-35 PCS050D5CE30 thru PCS050D5N12...................................... 4-34 PCS078D6CE30 thru PCS078D6N12...................................... 4-35 PCS100D5CE30 thru PCS100D5N12...................................... 4-34 PCS101 .................................................................................... 5-24 PCS235D6CE30 thru PCS235D6N12...................................... 4-35 PCS300D5CE30 thru PCS300D5N12...................................... 4-34 PDC12DG4L3 thru PDC6P204 ................................................ 7-43 PFA32015G thru PFA36100G.................................................. 12-9 PFCD1002 thru PFCD2100...................................................... 4-29 PFCD4006 thru PFCD6175...................................................... 4-30 PFH360100GN thru PFH36100G............................................. 12-9 PFI34020G thru PFI34100GN................................................ 12-10 PHD36015G thru PHD36060GN............................................ 12-11 PHD36060GNU31X thru PHD36060GU44X.......................... 12-12 PHD36070G thru PHD36100GN............................................ 12-11 PHD36100GNU31X thru PHD36100GU44X.......................... 12-12 PHD36125G thru PHD36150GN............................................ 12-11 PHD36150GNU31X thru PHD36150GU44X.......................... 12-12 PHG36015G thru PHG36060GN ........................................... 12-11 PHG36060GNU31X thru PHG36060GU44X ......................... 12-12 PHG36070G thru PHG36100GN ........................................... 12-11 PHG36100GNU31X thru PHG36100GU44X ......................... 12-12 PHG36125G thru PHG36150GN ........................................... 12-11 PHG36150GNU31X thru PHG36150GU44X ......................... 12-12 PHJ36015G thru PHJ36060GN ............................................. 12-11 PHJ36060GNU31X thru PHJ36060GU44X ........................... 12-12 PHJ36070G thru PHJ36100GN ............................................. 12-11 PHJ36100GNU31X thru PHJ36100GU44X ........................... 12-12 PHJ36125G thru PHJ36150GN ............................................. 12-11 PHJ36150GNU31X thru PHJ36150GU44X ........................... 12-12 PHL36015G thru PHL36060GN ............................................. 12-11 PHL36060GNU31X thru PHL36060GU44X ........................... 12-12 PHL36070G thru PHL36100GN ............................................. 12-11 PHL36100GNU31X thru PHL36100GU44X ........................... 12-12 PHL36125G thru PHL36150GN ............................................. 12-11 PHL36150GNU31X thru PHL36150GU44X ........................... 12-12 PIU2IMA16 thru PIU8IMA24 ........................................... 6-5, 12-10 PJA26000S10() thru PJA36000S80......................................... 9-29 PJD36175G thru PJD36250GN ............................................. 12-11 PJD36250GNU31X thru PJD36250GNU31X......................... 12-12 PJG36175G thru PJG36250GN ............................................. 12-11 PJG36250GNU31X thru PJG36250GU44X ........................... 12-12 PJJ36175G thru PJJ36250GN ............................................... 12-11 PJJ36250GNU31X thru PJJ36250GU44X ............................. 12-12 PJL26000S10 thru PJL36000S80 ............................................ 7-34 i-26 PJL36060M68 thru PJL36120M70 .......................................... 7-31 PJL36175G thru PJL36250GN .............................................. 12-11 PJL36250GNU31X thru PJL36250GU44X ............................ 12-12 PK15GTA6................................................................................. 1-5 PK15GTAL thru PK23GTAL ...................................... 1-7, 1-13, 9-8 PK27GTACU thru PK27GTACU ....................................... 9-8, 9-14 PK2MB..................................................................................... 1-12 PK2SCPV ................................................................................ 1-22 PK3GTA1..................................................................... 1-5, 1-7, 3-3 PK3MB..................................................................................... 1-12 PK49SP ................................................................... 1-22, 3-11, 9-9 PK4DTIM4HA thru PK4DTIM4LAL ................................... 1-9, 1-12 PK4FL ...................................................................................... 1-13 PK4GTA thru PK27GTA ................................................... 1-6, 1-11 PK4MB2HA thru PK4MB2LA ................................................... 1-12 PK5RK ..................................................................................... 1-12 PK6FL thru PK8FL................................................................... 1-13 PKGTAB .................................................................. 1-13, 5-18, 9-8 PKHB ....................................................................................... 1-25 PKI34125G thru PKI34250GN ............................................... 12-10 PKL26000S10 thru PKL36000S80 .......................................... 7-34 PKOGTA2 ................................................................ 3-3, 3-11, 7-58 PKOGTA3 .................................................................................. 3-3 PKOGTA4 ................................................................................ 7-58 PKOGTA7 thru PKOGTC3....................................................... 3-11 PKOGTJ250............................................................................. 7-58 PLL24000S10 thru PLL34000S80 ........................................... 7-34 PLL34080M68 thru PLL34120M70 .......................................... 7-31 PM210...................................................................................... 4-14 PM710 thru PM8RDA .............................................................. 4-10 PQ3203G thru PQ4620G......................................................... 12-9 PS080 ...................................................................................... 4-11 PS24 ........................................................................................ 4-15 PS3220G thru PS4620G.......................................................... 12-9 PSDS .............................................................................. 1-12, 1-13 PTB302G thru PTB516G().............................................. 12-4, 12-5 PTMG36300G() thru PTMG36800GN() ................................. 12-12 PTMJ36300G() thru PTMJ36800GN() ................................... 12-12 PTPG36040G()U31A thru PTPG36120GN()U44A ................ 12-13 PTPJ36040G()U31A thru PTPJ36120GN()U44A .................. 12-13 PTQ36100G() thru PTQ4680G().............................................. 12-9 PTRG36080G()U31A thru PTRG36160GN()U44A ................ 12-14 PTRJ36080G()U31A thru PTRJ36160GN()U44A.................. 12-14 PTRL36080G()U31A thru PTRL36160GN()U44A ................. 12-14 PTT23WG thru PTT44WG ....................................................... 12-4 Q1100AN thru Q1150AN .................................................. 9-9, 9-14 Q22200NRB thru Q23225NS................................. 1-25, 7-56, 7-58 Q2FP........................................................................................ 1-13 QBA22070() thru QBA32225()................................................. 9-25 QBL22000S22 thru QBL32000S22.......................................... 7-34 QBL22070 thru QBL22250 ............................................. 1-25, 7-24 QBL32070 thru QBL32250 ............................................. 1-25, 7-24 QBMIK ..................................................................................... 7-41 QBP22070TM thru QBP32070TM .................................... 2-6, 2-15 QBP32080TM thru QBP32225TM ........................................... 2-15 QBPA thru QBPAF................................................................... 7-41 QC12L200C thru QC12L200S ................................................. 1-19 QC2442M150SH thru QC3040M200SH .................................. 1-20 QC816F100CH thru QC816F150SL ........................................ 1-19 QC816F150SLS thru QC816F150SS ...................................... 1-24 QC816F200CH thru QC816F200SL ........................................ 1-19 QC816F200SLS thru QC816F200SS ...................................... 1-24 QCGK3 .................................................................................... 1-22 QDA22070() thru QDA32225() ................................................ 9-25 QDL22070 thru QDL22250 .................................... 1-22, 1-25, 7-24 QDL32070 thru QDL32250 ...................................... 1-8, 1-25, 7-24 QDP22070TM thru QDP22225TM.................................... 2-6, 2-15 QDP32070TM thru QDP32225TM........................................... 2-15 QGA22070() thru QGA32225() ................................................ 9-25 QGL22070 thru QGL22250............................................. 1-25, 7-24 QGL32070 thru QGL32250...................................... 1-8, 1-25, 7-24 QGP22070TM thru QGP22225TM ................................... 2-6, 2-15 QGP32070TM thru QGP32225TM .......................................... 2-15 QH115 thru QH330 ........................................................... 1-2, 7-10 QHB115 thru QHB330 ............................................................. 9-10 QJA22070() thru QJA32225() .................................................. 9-25 QJL22070 thru QJL22250............................................... 1-25, 7-24 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index QJL32070 thru QJL32250 ........................................1-8, 1-25, 7-24 QJP22070TM thru QJP22225TM ...................................... 2-6, 2-15 QJP32070TM thru QJP32225TM ............................................. 2-15 QMB100R................................................................................. 9-35 QMB1IMA12 thru QMB1IMA24 .................................................. 6-5 QMB200EK1 thru QMB264W................................................... 9-35 QMB2IMA12 thru QMB2IMA24 .................................................. 6-5 QMB300EK1 thru QMB300EK2 ............................................... 9-35 QMB30R................................................................................... 12-9 QMB321HW thru QMB367W ................................................... 9-35 QMB36R..........................................................................9-35, 12-9 QMB3IMA12 thru QMB3IMA24 .................................................. 6-5 QMB4060R......................................................................9-35, 12-9 QMB4IMA12 thru QMB4IMA24 .................................................. 6-5 QMB60R..........................................................................9-35, 12-9 QMB60RQMB36R .................................................................... 9-35 QMB610EK1 thru QMB610EK2 ............................................... 9-35 QMB8IMA12 thru QMB8IMA24 .................................................. 6-5 QMJ361T thru QMJ366 ......................................................... 13028 QO110 thru QO170 ..................................................1-2, 1-22, 7-10 QO110K thru QO130K ...................................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO11220M100C ...................................................................... 1-10 QO11224L125G ......................................................................... 1-5 QO11224L125GC .................................................................... 1-10 QO11224L125GRB .................................................................... 1-7 QO11224L125WG.................................................................... 1-11 QO112L125G ............................................................................. 1-5 QO112L125GC ........................................................................ 1-10 QO112L125GRB ........................................................................ 1-7 QO112L200G ............................................................................. 1-5 QO112L200GRB ........................................................................ 1-7 QO112M100 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO112M100C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO112M100RB .......................................................................... 1-7 QO11428MX150FTRB thru QO11428UX200FTRB ................... 1-9 QO115CAFI thru QO120CAFI........................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO115EPD thru QO130EPD ............................................ 1-3, 7-11 QO115GFI thru QO130GFI ............................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO115HID thru QO150HID............................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO115HM thru QO120HM ................................................ 1-3, 7-11 QO115PLILC ............................................................................ 29-7 QO115VH thru QO130VH ........................................1-2, 1-22, 7-10 QO115VHCAFI thru QO120VHCAFI................................. 1-3, 7-11 QO115VHGFI thru QO130VHGFI ..................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO11624L125G ......................................................................... 1-5 QO11624L125GRB .................................................................... 1-7 QO116L125G ............................................................................. 1-5 QO116M100 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO116M100C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO116M100RB .......................................................................... 1-7 QO12024L125G ......................................................................... 1-5 QO12030L125WG.................................................................... 1-11 QO12030L150G ......................................................................... 1-5 QO12030M150 ........................................................................... 1-6 QO12030M150C ...................................................................... 1-10 QO12030M150RB...................................................................... 1-7 QO12040M200 ........................................................................... 1-6 QO12040M200C ...................................................................... 1-10 QO12040M200RB...................................................................... 1-7 QO120L125G ............................................................................. 1-5 QO120L125GC ........................................................................ 1-10 QO120M100 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO120M100C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO120M100RB .......................................................................... 1-7 QO120PLILC ............................................................................ 29-7 QO12436L200TFT ..................................................................... 1-5 QO12436M200TFT .................................................................... 1-6 QO124L125G ............................................................................. 1-5 QO124L125GRB ........................................................................ 1-7 QO124L150G ............................................................................. 1-5 QO124M100 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO124M125 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO124M125RB .......................................................................... 1-7 QO124M150 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO124M200 ............................................................................... 1-6 QO124M200WG125................................................................. 1-11 QO13040L200G ......................................................................... 1-5 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing QO13040L200GC .................................................................... 1-10 QO13040L200GRB.................................................................... 1-7 QO13040L200WG ................................................................... 1-11 QO13040M200........................................................................... 1-6 QO13040M200C ...................................................................... 1-10 QO13040M200GRB................................................................... 1-7 QO130L150G............................................................................. 1-5 QO130L150GRB........................................................................ 1-7 QO130L150TC......................................................................... 1-10 QO130L200G............................................................................. 1-5 QO130L200GRB........................................................................ 1-7 QO130M150............................................................................... 1-6 QO130M150C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO130M150RB.......................................................................... 1-7 QO130M200............................................................................... 1-6 QO130M200C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO130M200RB.......................................................................... 1-7 QO132L125G............................................................................. 1-5 QO132M100............................................................................... 1-6 QO132M125............................................................................... 1-6 QO132M125C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO132M150............................................................................... 1-6 QO13842MX150 thru QO13842UX225 ..................................... 1-9 QO14060L200G......................................................................... 1-5 QO14060L200GRB.................................................................... 1-7 QO14060M200........................................................................... 1-6 QO14060M200RB...................................................................... 1-7 QO140L200G............................................................................. 1-5 QO140L200GRB........................................................................ 1-7 QO140M200............................................................................... 1-6 QO140M200C .......................................................................... 1-10 QO140M200RB.......................................................................... 1-7 QO140M225............................................................................... 1-6 QO14252L200G......................................................................... 1-5 QO14252L200GRB.................................................................... 1-7 QO14252M200........................................................................... 1-6 QO14252M200RB...................................................................... 1-7 QO142L225G............................................................................. 1-5 QO142L225GRB........................................................................ 1-7 QO142M200............................................................................... 1-6 QO142M200RB.......................................................................... 1-7 QO142M225............................................................................... 1-6 QO142M225RB.......................................................................... 1-7 QO148L125GRB........................................................................ 1-7 QO1515 thru QO1520....................................................... 1-2, 7-10 QO1612M125FTRB ................................................................... 1-7 QO1816M150FTRB thru QO1816M200FTRB ........................... 1-7 QO1DM10020TRBR thru QO1DM10050TRBR ......................... 1-9 QO1HPL............................................................................ 1-4, 7-12 QO1HT thru QO1PL................................................... 1-4, 7-12, 9-8 QO1PAF..................................................................... 1-4, 7-12, 9-9 QO1SE..................................................................................... 1-12 QO200 thru QO290........................................................... 1-2, 7-11 QO2000 thru QO2200.............................................. 1-2, 1-22, 7-10 QO2000NRB thru QO200TRNM....................................... 1-25, 3-2 QO2100BNRB.......................................................................... 1-25 QO2100VH thru QO2200VH.................................... 1-2, 1-22, 7-10 QO210SWN thru QO250SWN .......................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO2125BNRB.......................................................................... 1-25 QO2125SL ........................................................................ 1-4, 7-12 QO215EPD thru QO260EPD ............................................ 1-3, 7-11 QO215GFI thru QO260GFI............................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO215H thru QO290H...................................................... 1-2, 7-10 QO215HID thru QO250HID .............................................. 1-3, 7-11 QO215VH thru QO290VH................................................. 1-2, 7-10 QO2175SB........................................................................ 1-12, 6-8 QO2225SL ........................................................................ 1-4, 7-12 QO230PLILC............................................................................ 29-7 QO240PLILC............................................................................ 29-7 QO24L50TTS........................................................................... 1-10 QO24L60NRNM......................................................................... 1-7 QO24L70RB............................................................................... 1-7 QO24L70TS ............................................................................. 1-10 QO250PLILC............................................................................ 29-7 QO260NATR thru QO260NATS ....................................... 1-25, 3-2 QO260PLILC............................................................................ 29-7 QO2DTI thru QO2DTIM ............................................. 1-4, 1-9, 7-12 i-27 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING QO2L30S ................................................................................... 1-5 QO2L30TTS ............................................................................. 1-10 QO2L40RB................................................................................. 1-7 QO2PAF.....................................................................1-4, 7-12, 9-9 QO2TR ..................................................................................... 1-25 QO300............................................................................... 1-2, 7-11 QO3000 thru QO3100 ....................................................... 1-2, 7-10 QO3100BNRB.......................................................................... 1-25 QO3100VH........................................................................ 1-2, 7-10 QO310SWN thru QO350SWN .......................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO3125SL ........................................................................ 1-4, 7-12 QO312L125G thru QO312L125GRB ......................................... 1-8 QO315EPD thru QO350EPD ...................................1-3, 7-11, 9-10 QO315EPE thru QO350EPE....................................1-3, 7-11, 9-10 QO315GFI thru QO350GFI ......................................1-3, 7-11, 9-10 QO315HID thru QO330HID............................................... 1-3, 7-11 QO315VH thru QO390VH ................................................. 1-2, 7-10 QO318L200G thru QO318L200GRB ......................................... 1-8 QO320L125G thru QO320L125GRB ......................................... 1-8 QO324L125G ............................................................................. 1-8 QO327M100 thru QO327M100RB ............................................. 1-8 QO330L200G thru QO330MQ200RB ........................................ 1-8 QO342L225G thru QO342MQ225RB ........................................ 1-8 QO3HT .......................................................................7-12, 9-8, 9-9 QO403L60NRB .......................................................................... 1-8 QO48M30DSGP thru QO48M60DSGP...................................... 1-9 QO60SL ............................................................................ 1-4, 7-12 QO612L100RB thru QO816L100RBCU..................................... 1-7 QO70AN............................................................................ 9-9, 9-14 QOB110 thru QOB3100 ........................................................... 9-10 QOB110K thru QOB130K ........................................................ 9-10 QOB115CAFI thru QOB120CAFI............................................. 9-10 QOB115EPD thru QOB260EPD .............................................. 9-10 QOB115GFI thru QOB260GFI ................................................. 9-10 QOB115HID thru QOB330HID................................................. 9-10 QOB115HM thru QOB120HM .................................................. 9-10 QOB115VH thru QOB3150VH ................................................. 9-10 QOB115VHCAFI thru QOB120VHCAFI................................... 9-10 QOB115VHGFI thru QOB130VHGFI ....................................... 9-10 QOB210SWN thru QOB350SWN ............................................ 9-10 QOB2125SL ............................................................................... 9-9 QOB215H thru QOB2100H ...................................................... 9-10 QOB3125SL ............................................................................... 9-9 QOC12UF thru QOC12US ......................................................... 1-6 QOC16UF thru QOC16US .................................................. 1-5, 1-8 QOC20U100F thru QOC20U100S ............................................. 1-6 QOC20UFWG thru QOC30UFWG........................................... 1-11 QOC24UF thru QOC32UF ...........................................1-5, 1-6, 1-8 QOC342MQF thru QOC342MQS............................................... 1-8 QOC38MXUF ............................................................................. 1-9 QOC40UF thru QOC42US .................................................. 1-5, 1-6 QOCGK2 thru QOCRBGK1 .............................................. 1-9, 1-12 QOE250GFINM........................................................................ 1-25 QOFP .....................................................................1-13, 1-22, 2-15 QOGFI1PAF thru QOGFI2PAF ..................................1-4, 7-12, 9-9 QOGL20 ................................................................................... 1-10 QOH2100 thru QOH2125...........................................1-2, 2-6, 7-10 QOH240 thru QOH290...............................................1-2, 2-6, 7-10 QOHPL.............................................................................. 1-4, 7-12 QOL125 thru QOL225 ....................................................... 1-6, 1-16 QOL3125 thru QOL3225 ............................................................ 1-8 QOM100VH thru QOM125VH ..................................1-5, 1-16, 1-22 QOM1FP .................................................................................. 1-13 QOM1PA .................................................................................. 1-13 QOM2100MM thru QOM2200MVH ............................................ 2-6 QOM2100VH thru QOM2225VH ..............................1-5, 1-16, 1-22 QOM2FP .................................................................................. 1-13 QOM2PA .................................................................................. 1-13 QOM50VH thru QOM90VH ......................................1-5, 1-16, 1-22 QOMB1 thru QOMB3 ............................................................... 7-13 QON11224L125I thru QON816L100........................................ 7-13 QONQ30LS400 thru QONQ42LS400 ........................................ 1-5 QONQ42MS300 thru QONQ42MS400 ...................................... 1-6 QORBGK2......................................................................... 1-9, 1-12 QOSAMK........................................................................... 1-12, 6-7 QOT1515 thru QOT2020................................................... 1-2, 7-10 QOTHPA thru QOTHT ...................................................... 1-4, 7-12 i-28 QOU110 thru QOU3100 .......................................................... 7-14 QOU115HM thru QOU120HM ................................................. 7-14 QOU115VH thru QOU330VH .................................................. 7-14 QOU14100BAFB thru QOU14100JBAF .................................. 7-15 QOU16150BAFB thru QOU16150JBAF .................................. 7-15 QOU1CMSB thru QOU1PL...................................................... 7-15 QOU200 thru QOU30001 ........................................................ 7-14 QOU215H thru QOU230H ....................................................... 7-14 QOU2DTILA thru QOU2PAFLA............................................... 7-15 QOUCP2 thru QOUCP6B ........................................................ 7-15 QOUEC thru QOUECB ............................................................ 7-15 QOUFR thru QOUFRB ............................................................ 7-15 QOUHFSC1 thru QOUHFSC1B .............................................. 7-15 QOULFSC1 thru QOULFSC1B................................................ 7-15 QOUMF1 thru QOUMFS1B ..................................................... 7-15 QOURT thru QOURTB ............................................................ 7-15 QOVP1 thru QOVP10 .............................................................. 1-11 QU12L400CL thru QU12L400SL ............................................. 1-21 QU816D400CK thru QU816D400SL ....................................... 1-21 QUM400CK thru QUM400CL .................................................. 1-21 QYU110 thru QYU130 ............................................................. 7-14 R()A36100CU31A thru R()A36120CU74AE1 .......................... 9-30 R()F36060(C)U31A thru R()F36300(C)U74AE1 ...................... 7-28 R400L ...................................................................................... 1-22 R417A thru R826A................................................................... 7-51 RC12L200S ............................................................................. 1-19 RC1624M100S thru RC1624M125S........................................ 1-20 RC200S ................................................................................... 1-19 RC2040M125CH thru RC2040M200SH .................................. 1-20 RC2M200S thru RC2M200SL.................................................. 1-19 RC3040M150SL thru RC3040M200SL.................................... 1-20 RC816D200CH thru RC816F150SL ........................................ 1-19 RC816F150SLS thru RC816F150SS ...................................... 1-24 RC816F200C thru RC816F200SH .......................................... 1-19 RC816F200SHS ...................................................................... 1-24 RC816F200SL ......................................................................... 1-19 RC816F200SLS thru RC816F200SS ...................................... 1-24 RC8L125S ............................................................................... 1-19 RCGK2..................................................................................... 1-22 RCM200SL .............................................................................. 1-19 RCP0624 thru RCP3024.......................................................... 13-5 RDB41 thru RDB126................................................................ 13-3 RE11LAMW thru RE11RMXMU ............................................ 23-26 RE48ACV12MW thru RE48ATM12MW ................................. 23-26 RE7CL11BU thru RE7TP13BU................................... 23-27, 23-28 RE8CL11BUTQ thru RE9TA51MW ....................................... 23-29 REC06 thru REC30.................................................................. 13-6 REG24PSOC thru REG96PUNL1RHU.................................. 23-31 REHU393IP thru REHU494IP.................................................. 3-22 REXL2TMB7 thru REXL4TMP7............................................. 23-26 RFK03 thru RFK10 ............................................ 3-18, 8-16, 16-115 RFK03H thru RFK06H ...................................................... 3-2, 3-10 RG50........................................................................................ 13-6 RHV062100009 thru RHV302100033...................................... 13-6 RKF26000S12 thru RKF36000S30.......................................... 7-34 RL00202 thru RL02512............................................................ 26-9 RL3TB thru RL3TB4 ................................................................ 7-44 RLF26000S12 thru RLF36000S30 .......................................... 7-34 RLTB thru RLTB4 .................................................................... 7-44 RM17TA00 thru RM17TU00 .................................................. 23-33 RM17UAS14 thru RM17UBE16............................................. 23-34 RM35ATL0MW thru RM35ATW5MW .................................... 23-36 RM35JA32MW....................................................................... 23-32 RM35LM33MW thru RM35LV14MW ..................................... 23-35 RM35S0MW........................................................................... 23-36 RM35TF30 ............................................................................. 23-33 RM35TM50MW thru RM35TM250MW .................................. 23-33 RM35UA11MW thru RM35UB3N30....................................... 23-34 RM79696006 thru RM79696044............................................ 23-35 RMC1000G3120 thru RMC500G3277 ..................................... 5-25 RMCA61BD thru RMTK90BD ................................................ 23-38 RNW8782801 thru RNW8785001............................................ 29-9 RPF2AB7 thru RPF2BP7......................................................... 23-9 RPM11B7 thru RPM43P7 ........................................................ 23-6 RPZ1DA thru RPZ4FA............................................................. 23-7 RPZF1 thru RPZF4 ......................................................... 23-6, 23-7 RPZR235 ................................................................................. 23-7 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index RRC06 thru RRC30.................................................................. 13-6 RRV182100012LR thru RRV182100012RR ............................ 13-6 RSB06 thru RSB18 .................................................................. 13-6 RSB1A120B7 thru RSB1A160U7............................................. 23-3 RSB24 ...................................................................................... 13-6 RSB2A080B7 thru RSB2A080U7............................................. 23-3 RSB30 ...................................................................................... 13-6 RSC16G3120 thru RSC16G3277 ............................................ 5-24 RSG4........................................................................................ 2-15 RSL1AB4BD thru RSL1AB4ND ............................................... 23-2 RSL1PRBU thru RSL1PRPU ................................................... 23-2 RSL1PVBU thru RSL1PVPU.................................................... 23-2 RSLZ2 thru RSLZ5 ................................................................... 23-2 RSLZRA1 thru RSLZRA4 ......................................................... 23-2 RSLZVA1 thru RSLZVA4 ......................................................... 23-2 RSV062100120 thru RSV302100120 ...................................... 13-5 RSV122ET thru RSV182ST ..................................................... 13-6 RSZE1S35M thru RSZE1S48M ............................................... 23-3 RSZL300 thru RSZR215 .......................................................... 23-3 RTV062100011 thru RTV302100035 ....................................... 13-6 RU3040D400CK thru RU3040D400FL .................................... 1-21 RUC60...................................................................................... 13-6 RUMC2..................................................................................... 23-9 RUMC2AB1B7 thru RUMF3AB3P7.......................................... 23-8 RUW101MW thru RUW242P7 ........................................23-7, 23-9 RUZ420 thru RUZSF3M ........................................................... 23-9 RVE06 thru RVE30 .................................................................. 13-6 RWT06ACP thru RWT18XES .........................................13-4, 13-5 RWTBG100 thru RWTRC ........................................................ 13-5 RXM021BN thru RXM4GB3P7........................................23-4, 23-7 RXV062100012 thru RXV302100036 ...................................... 13-6 RXZ400 thru RXZS2 .......................................................23-5, 23-7 RZ1011 thru RZ535.................................................................. 7-51 RZD60 ...................................................................................... 13-6 RZM021BN thru RZM041FU7 .................................................. 23-3 S131A thru S174A.................................................................... 7-47 S29272 thru S29287 ................................................................ 7-45 S29305 thru S32478 .......................................................7-39, 7-41 S32514 thru S32534 ................................................................ 7-45 S32558 thru S33038 .......................................................7-40, 7-41 S33091 thru S33095 ................................................................ 7-48 S33098 thru S33099 ................................................................ 7-45 S33100 thru S33101 ................................................................ 7-48 S33166 thru S33171 ................................................................ 7-45 S33575 thru S33595 ................................................................ 7-48 S33646 ..................................................................................... 7-44 S33658 thru S33718 .......................................................7-39, 7-41 S33763 thru S33859 ................................................................ 7-45 S33801 ..................................................................................... 7-39 S33857 ..................................................................................... 7-41 S33875 ..................................................................................... 7-40 S33890 ..................................................................................... 7-41 S33928 ..................................................................................... 7-44 S33929 thru S33997 ................................................................ 7-41 S33930 thru S33931 ................................................................ 9-23 S33932 thru S33935 ................................................................ 7-41 S33937 thru S33984 ................................................................ 7-48 S33998 ..................................................................................... 7-44 S34036 ..................................................................................... 7-48 S36965 thru S36967 ................................................................ 7-44 S37420 ..................................................................................... 7-40 S37422 ..................................................................................... 7-41 S37423 thru S37424 ................................................................ 7-42 S37425 thru S37430 ................................................................ 7-44 S37432 thru S37440 ................................................................ 7-41 S37442 thru S37443 ................................................................ 7-45 S37444 thru S37450 ................................................................ 7-44 S41940 thru S432575 ............................................7-40, 7-41, 7-48 S432639 thru S432652 ............................................................ 7-40 S434201 thru S434508 ............................................................ 7-49 S44936 thru S46998 ................................................................ 7-41 S47052 thru S47067 ................................................................ 7-48 S47100 thru S47105 ................................................................ 7-50 S47390 thru S47398 ................................................................ 7-40 S48182 thru S48981 ................................................................ 7-48 S48899 thru S48933 ................................................................ 7-45 S6200A0A0B0A0B0R thru S6200T1A0B0A0B0R ..................... 4-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing S64201 thru S64273 ................................................................ 7-49 S7300A0B0B0A0A0A thru S7350A0B0B0E0A0A ..................... 4-8 S7550A0C0B6A0A0A thru S8650C1C0E6A0B0A..................... 4-7 SA7PL thru SA26PSR.............................................................. 11-5 SAIF200 ................................................................................... 4-11 SAM ......................................................................................... 4-11 SASFBH100L thru SASFBJ225R ............................................ 11-5 SB124IR thru SB348WS .......................................................... 11-4 SBA15D13MS thru SBA30D15MS........................................... 11-5 SBAD800 thru SBSAD800R .................................................... 11-5 SC12L200F thru SC12L200S .................................................. 1-19 SC1624M100F thru SC1624M125S ........................................ 1-20 SC200F .................................................................................... 1-22 SC2040M125F thru SC40M200S ............................................ 1-20 SC816D150C thru SC816F200S ............................................. 1-19 SC8L125F thru SC8L125S ...................................................... 1-19 SCBRLLOCK ........................................................................... 1-22 SD12781 .................................................................................... 3-9 SDAG26 ................................................................................... 1-10 SDGT30020 thru SDGT300C300C.......................................... 1-10 SDSA1175 ............................................................. 1-12, 6-7, 16-64 SDSA1175T ............................................................................... 6-7 SDSA2V ..................................................................................... 6-8 SDSA3650 ............................................................. 1-12, 6-6, 16-64 SDSA3650D............................................................................... 6-6 SDSA4P ..................................................................................... 6-8 SDSB1175C thru SDSB1175RB................................................ 6-8 SERP16HS thru SERPWSMB ................................................. 5-29 SF124FR thru SF348WS ......................................................... 11-4 SFCF12.................................................................................... 7-45 SFD212CG2Y thru SFD212SG4Y ......................................... 26-16 SK9795 thru SK9948BW.......................................................... 7-13 SKR16H2 thru SKR16H13 ..................................................... 19-78 SL100 thru SL800 .................................................................... 9-23 SLC12MSG thru SLC36SC...................................................... 5-18 SLC4CSF8 ...................................................................... 5-18, 5-25 SLC5000CT2FSS thru SLC5000CTL2SS.................................. 5-8 SLC5000SDHG104 thru SLC5000SDSPU4 ............................ 5-19 SLC5030URC .......................................................................... 5-11 SLC5031PE thru SLC5031PEWP............................................ 5-12 SLC5031RDTSL ...................................................................... 5-11 SLC5050CT2F thru SLC5050CTL2 ........................................... 5-8 SLC5050IS() thru SLC5054NRP() ...................................... 5-4, 5-7 SLC5055DLBK thru SLC5055DLWE ......................................... 5-6 SLC5058NLCM thru SLC5058NRP()......................................... 5-4 SLC5070THBBK thru SLC5070THPWE .................................. 5-11 SLC5080CTCF thru SLC5080CTL2........................................... 5-8 SLC5080LC8 thru SLC5084NLM() ..................................... 5-5, 5-7 SLC5084TX.............................................................................. 5-11 SLC5085DLBK thru SLC5085DLWE ......................................... 5-6 SLC5086F30 thru SLC5086NLFSS ........................................... 5-5 SLC5088TX.............................................................................. 5-11 SLC5100BCS thru SLC5100TUS ............................................ 5-17 SLC5101TD20 thru SLC5500DMX ................................. 5-13, 5-15 SLC5500HPS thru SLC5500TPS............................................. 5-17 SLC5502DAL thru SLC5512TRVFP ............................... 5-13, 5-15 SLC560011 thru SLC5608842E............................................... 5-10 SLC5750WPL thru SLC5753PEIRL......................................... 5-12 SLC5850BP() thru SLC5880BPPG() ......................................... 5-6 SLC60MFG thru SLC60MSG................................................... 5-18 SLC8M ..................................................................................... 5-18 SLCBB5000CTCL2 thru SLCBS5000CTCL2............................. 5-8 SLCE5504TGI.......................................................................... 5-13 SLCLE5504AUX ...................................................................... 5-13 SLCLE5504HAMP thru SLCLE5504TAMP.............................. 5-15 SLCU5100TB ........................................................................... 5-15 SLCZ00004DT thru SLCZ082000TP ....................................... 5-18 SLSBCB thru SLSBCW............................................................ 5-20 SLSCDS2000 thru SLSCUS800 .............................................. 5-21 SLSDWD1277UB thru SLSDWS1277UW ............................... 5-20 SLSEDC120 thru SLSERC1277 .............................................. 5-22 SLSFPS1347 thru SLSFPS1480 ............................................. 5-22 SLSPCW001 ............................................................................ 5-22 SLSPIP210 thru SLSPIPBRACKET......................................... 5-22 SLSPP1277 thru SLSPSP102 ................................................. 5-21 SLSPWD1277UB thru SLSPWD1277UW................................ 5-20 SLSPWS120VI thru SLSPWS1277UW.................................... 5-20 i-29 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING SLSSP24.................................................................................. 5-21 SLSSP24347............................................................................ 5-21 SLSUWD1277UB thru SLSUWS1277UW................................ 5-20 SLSWDS1500 .......................................................................... 5-21 SLSWP2DBB thru SLSWP2DTW ............................................ 5-20 SLSWPS1500 .......................................................................... 5-21 SLSWUS1500 .......................................................................... 5-21 SM900A100000 thru SM956A890000.................................... 20-12 SMD thru SMDOPN ........................................................ 4-15, 4-16 SN03 thru SN03C..................................................................... 3-11 SN0310 thru SN0310C............................................................. 3-18 SN0610 thru SN0610C............................................................. 3-11 SN1000MA ............................................................................... 7-58 SN100FA.................................................................................. 7-58 SN1200 .................................................................................... 7-58 SN12125 thru SN12200 ........................................................... 7-13 SN20 thru SN42 ....................................................................... 7-13 SN20A thru SN20C .................................................................. 3-11 SN225KA.................................................................................. 7-58 SN400LA .................................................................................. 7-58 SNC400LX thru SNC800LX ..................................................... 7-58 SO1020M100S thru SO2040M200S ........................................ 1-20 SPL28G thru SPL29G .......................................................... 16-109 SR2A101BD thru SR2B202BD .............................................. 23-39 SR2CBL01 thru SR2CBL06 ................................................... 23-40 SR2COM01 ............................................................................ 23-40 SR2D101BD thru SR2D101FU .............................................. 23-39 SR2E121BD thru SR2E201FU............................................... 23-39 SR2MEM01 thru SR2MOD02 ................................................ 23-40 SR2SFT01 thru SR2SFT02.................................................... 23-40 SR2USB01 ............................................................................. 23-40 SR3B101B thru SR3B26BD ................................................... 23-40 SR3MBU01BD ....................................................................... 23-40 SR3XT101B thru SR3XT61JD ............................................... 23-40 SRCTV12 ................................................................................. 7-45 SS03 thru SS20........................................................................ 3-10 SS0306SK....................................................................... 3-10, 8-16 SS10SK........................................................................... 3-10, 8-16 SS212AB thru SS212AC.......................................................... 11-5 SS2PL ...................................................................................... 11-5 SS312....................................................................................... 11-5 SSRAH1 thru SSRAT1........................................................... 23-25 SSRDCDS10A1 thru SSRPP8S90A3 .................................... 23-25 STRM ....................................................................................... 4-11 STRV00121 thru STRV00211 .................................................. 7-49 STRV00910 thru STRV00911 .................................................. 7-48 STS3000 .................................................................................. 4-11 SU2040M200C......................................................................... 1-20 SU2X6TRIM ............................................................................. 1-22 SU3040D300CB thru SU3040D400FN .................................... 1-21 SU3040M200R thru SU3040M225R ........................................ 1-20 SU816D150C thru SU816D200C............................................. 1-19 SVW3A8114............................................................................. 7-48 T2A thru T9A ............................................................................ 7-51 T327N thru T327NR ............................................................ 3-2, 3-3 TCSEAV0100 ........................................................................... 4-19 TCSMCNAM3M002P .........................................16-86, 26-6, 26-14 TIKFD ....................................................................................... 9-15 TMSCE..................................................................................... 4-13 TRV00128 thru TRV00917.............................................. 7-48, 7-49 TSXCANCA50 thru TSXCANCA300 ...................................... 16-87 TSXCANKCDF90T thru TSXCANKCDF180T ........................ 16-87 TSXCUSB485 ........................................................................ 16-86 TSXETG100 ........................................................................... 26-17 TSXPBSCA100 thru TSXPBSCA400..................................... 16-87 TVS120XR50S thru TVS120XR80S .......................................... 6-8 TVS12FMK thru TVS20FMK ............................................... 6-2, 6-3 TVS1EBA12A() thru TVS1EBA24S() ......................................... 6-3 TVS1EMA12A() thru TVS1EMA48S() ........................................ 6-2 TVS1HWA10X thru TVS1HWA80X............................................ 6-7 TVS1IMA12O() thru TVS1IMA24O() .......................................... 6-6 TVS2EBA12A() thru TVS2EBA24S() ......................................... 6-3 TVS2EMA12A() thru TVS2EMA48S() ....................................... 6-2, TVS2HWA10X thru TVS2HWA80X............................................ 6-7 TVS2IMA12O() thru TVS2IMA24O() .......................................... 6-6 TVS2MEMA12A() thru TVS2MEMA36S() .................................. 6-3 TVS3EBA12A() thru TVS3EBA24S() ......................................... 6-3 i-30 TVS3EMA12A() thru TVS3EMA48A()........................................ 6-2 TVS3HWA10X thru TVS3HWA80X ........................................... 6-7 TVS3IMA12O() thru TVS3IMA24O().......................................... 6-6 TVS4EBA12A() thru TVS4EBA24S()......................................... 6-3 TVS4EMA12A() thru TVS4EMA48S()........................................ 6-2 TVS4HEMA12A() thru TVS4HEMA48S() .................................. 6-2 TVS4HIMA12O() thru TVS4HIMA24O() .................................... 6-6 TVS4HWA10X thru TVS4HWA80X ........................................... 6-7 TVS4IMA12O() thru TVS4IMA24O().......................................... 6-6 TVS4MEMA12A() thru TVS4MEMA36S().................................. 6-3 TVS5EMA12A() thru TVS5EMA48S()........................................ 6-2 TVS5HWA10X thru TVS5HWA80X ........................................... 6-7 TVS5IMA12O() thru TVS5IMA24O().......................................... 6-6 TVS6EMA12A() thru TVS6EMA48S()........................................ 6-2 TVS6HWA10X thru TVS6HWA80X ........................................... 6-7 TVS6IMA12O() thru TVS6IMA24O().......................................... 6-6 TVS8EBA12A() thru TVS8EBA24S()......................................... 6-3 TVS8EMA12A() thru TVS8EMA48S()........................................ 6-2 TVS8HEMA12A() thru TVS8HEMA32S() .................................. 6-2 TVS8HIMA12O() thru TVS8HIMA12O() .................................... 6-6 TVS8HWA10X thru TVS8HWA80X ........................................... 6-7 TVS8IMA12O() thru TVS8IMA24O().......................................... 6-6 TVS9EMA12A() thru TVS9EMA32S()........................................ 6-2 TVS9HWA10X thru TVS9HWA80X ........................................... 6-7 TVS9IMA12O() thru TVS9IMA18O().......................................... 6-6 TVSHWAFMK ............................................................................ 6-7 TVSXRFMK ............................................................................... 6-7 U92197CCCPL .......................................................................... 2-2 UAK7T ....................................................................................... 2-2 UATRS101B thru UATRS213B.................................................. 2-2 UBHMRS212B ........................................................................... 2-2 UFTL .......................................................................................... 9-9 UGHTRS101L thru UGHTRS111C ............................................ 2-2 UHTRS101B thru UHTRS223A ................................................. 2-2 UK7T.......................................................................................... 2-2 URS101BCPL thru URS212ADQ .............................................. 2-2 URTRS101B thru URTRS213B ................................................. 2-2 US11220018 thru US36020018............................................... 7-13 USMBLK thru USMBTC........................................................... 7-13 UT2R1121B thru UT6R2392TU ................................................. 2-3 UTH4203T thru UTH7300T........................................................ 2-2 UTRS101B thru UTRS213B ...................................................... 2-2 UTZRS101A............................................................................... 2-2 V0 thru V6 .................................................................................. 8-5 VBD0 thru VBD2 ........................................................................ 8-4 VBDN12 thru VBDN20............................................................... 8-3 VBF0 thru VBF6......................................................................... 8-4 VCCD0 thru VCCDN20.............................................................. 8-4 VCCDN12 thru VCCDN20 ......................................................... 8-3 VCCF0 thru VCCF6 ................................................................... 8-4 VCD0 thru VCD2........................................................................ 8-4 VCDN12 thru VCDN20 .............................................................. 8-3 VCEL02114S1 thru VCEL07512H1 ....................................... 14-11 VCELSK1 thru VCELSK4 ...................................................... 14-11 VCF0 thru VCF6 ........................................................................ 8-4 VCFN12GE thru VCFN20GE..................................................... 8-3 VM18CD0000 thru VM1VI3000Q........................................... 20-11 VN12 thru VN20......................................................................... 8-3 VVD0 thru VVD4 ........................................................................ 8-4 VVE0 thru VVE4 ........................................................................ 8-4 VW3A1101 thru VW3A1103 ......................................... 26-6, 26-14 VW3A1104R10 thru VW3A1104R100 ................. 7-51, 16-87, 26-6 VW3A1105.................................................................... 26-6, 26-14 VW3A2104............................................................................. 26-16 VW3A21212............................................................................. 26-6 VW3A3101............................................................................. 26-14 VW3A31101 thru VW3A31209 ................................................ 26-8 VW3A31401 thru VW3A31409 ................................................ 26-9 VW3A31811 thru VW3A31852 ....................................... 26-6, 26-8 VW3A3201 thru VW3A3521S0 .............................................. 26-14 VW3A66711 thru VW3A66715 ................................................ 26-8 VW3A8104......................................................... 18-31, 26-8, 26-14 VW3A8105............................................................................. 26-17 VW3A8106......................................................... 16-86, 26-6, 26-16 VW3A8111............................................................................. 18-31 VW3A8114........................................................... 26-6, 26-8, 26-14 VW3A8120.................................................................... 26-8, 26-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index VW3A8121 ......................................................................26-6, 26-8 VW3A8306R........................................................................... 16-87 VW3A8306R03 thru VW3A8306R30...........................16-87, 26-17 VW3A8306RC ........................................................................ 26-17 VW3A8306TF03 thru VW3A8306TF10 .......................16-87, 26-17 VW3A9201 thru VW3A9217 ................................................... 26-15 VW3A9201PF thru VW3A9292PF.......................................... 26-15 VW3A9404 thru VW3A9407 ..................................................... 26-9 VW3A9501 thru VW3A9515 ................................................... 26-15 VW3A9804 thru VW3A9805 ..................................................... 26-8 VW3CANA71 thru VW3CANKCDF180T ................................ 26-14 VW3G4104 ............................................................................. 18-32 VW3G48101 ........................................................................... 26-17 VZ0 thru VZ9 .............................................................................. 8-6 VZ01 thru VZ02 .......................................................................... 8-6 VZ10 thru VZ18 .......................................................................... 8-6 VZ20 thru VZ31 .......................................................................... 8-6 VZN05 thru VZN30 ..................................................................... 8-3 W808780210111 thru W808780220111 ................................ 26-17 WHC5918 ................................................................................... 5-8 WMB361362 thru WMB363364...................................14-10, 14-11 WS363 thru WS384.....................................................14-10, 14-11 XACA009.............................................................................. 19-120 XACA02H7 thru XACA12H7 ................................................ 19-118 XACA201 thru XACA207...................................................... 19-118 XACA9411 thru XACA9419.................................................. 19-119 XACA971 thru XACA983...................................................... 19-120 XACB961.............................................................................. 19-120 XACD21A0101 thru XACD21A1241 .................................... 19-118 XACS101 thru XACS105...................................................... 19-119 XALD01H7 thru XALD05H7 ................................................. 19-101 XALD101H29H7 thru XALD341H29H7 ................................ 19-100 XALK01H7............................................................................ 19-101 XALK174H7 thru XALK194H7.............................................. 19-100 XALZ09 ................................................................................ 19-101 XAPA1100 thru XAPA4100 .................................................. 19-101 XAPE302 thru XAPE905 ...................................................... 19-102 XAPG19100 thru XAPG59505 ............................................. 19-102 XAPZ100 thru XAPZ316 ...................................................... 19-101 XB4BA21 thru XB4BA65 ........................................................ 19-23 XB4BA3311 thru XB4BA4322 ................................................ 19-23 XB4BA711237 thru XB4BA731327 ........................................ 19-23 XB4BA821 thru XB4BA962 .................................................... 19-30 XB4BC21................................................................................ 19-23 XB4BD21 thru XB4BD53........................................................ 19-24 XB4BG03 thru XB4BG61 ....................................................... 19-24 XB4BJ21 thru XB4BJ53 ......................................................... 19-24 XB4BL42 thru XB4BP61 ........................................................ 19-23 XB4BL73415 .......................................................................... 19-23 XB4BS142 thru XB4BS542 .................................................... 19-24 XB4BS84441.......................................................................... 19-24 XB4BS8445 thru XB4BS9445 ................................................ 19-24 XB4BT42 .......................................................................19-8, 19-24 XB4BT845 .............................................................................. 19-24 XB4BV31 thru XB4BV65 ........................................................ 19-25 XB4BVB1 thru XB4BVB6 ....................................................... 19-25 XB4BVG1 thru XB4BVG6 ...................................................... 19-25 XB4BW11B5 thru XB4BW36G5 ............................................. 19-25 XB4BW73731B5 thru XB4BW73731M5................................. 19-23 XB5AA21 thru XB5AA65 ........................................................ 19-42 XB5AA3311 thru XB5AA4322 ................................................ 19-42 XB5AA711237 thru XB5AA731327 ........................................ 19-42 XB5AA831 thru XB5AA862 .................................................... 19-50 XB5AA84101 thru XB5AA86202 ............................................ 19-50 XB5AC21................................................................................ 19-42 XB5AD21 thru XB5AD53........................................................ 19-43 XB5AG03 thru XB5AG61 ....................................................... 19-43 XB5AJ21 thru XB5AJ53 ......................................................... 19-43 XB5AL42 .......................................................................19-8, 19-42 XB5AL45 ................................................................................ 19-42 XB5AL73415 .......................................................................... 19-42 XB5AL84101 thru XB5AL84201 ............................................. 19-50 XB5AP21 thru XB5AP61 ........................................................ 19-42 XB5AS142 thru XB5AS542 .................................................... 19-43 XB5AS8444 thru XB5AS9445 ................................................ 19-43 XB5AT42 .......................................................................19-8, 19-43 XB5AT845 .............................................................................. 19-43 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing XB5AV31 thru XB5AV65........................................................ 19-44 XB5AVB1 thru XB5AVB6 ....................................................... 19-44 XB5AVG1 thru XB5AVG6 ...................................................... 19-44 XB5AW11B5 thru XB5AW36G5............................................. 19-44 XB5AW73731B5 thru XB5AW73731M5 ................................ 19-42 XB5DSB thru XB5KSM .......................................................... 19-50 XB6AA11B thru XB6AA65B ................................................... 19-13 XB6AD221B thru XB6AD235B............................................... 19-14 XB6AE1B1B thru XB6AF6G5B .............................................. 19-12 XB6AGB5B thru XB6AGH5B ................................................. 19-14 XB6AS8342B thru XB6AS9345B ........................................... 19-13 XB6AV1BB thru XB6AV6GB.................................................. 19-13 XB6AW1B1B thru XB6AW6G5B............................................ 19-12 XB6CA11B thru XB6CA65B................................................... 19-13 XB6CD221B thru XB6CD235B .............................................. 19-14 XB6CE1B1B thru XB6CF6G5B.............................................. 19-12 XB6CGB5B thru XB6CGH5B................................................. 19-14 XB6CV1BB thru XB6CV6GB ................................................. 19-13 XB6CW1B1B thru XB6CW6G5B ........................................... 19-12 XB6DA11B thru XB6DA65B................................................... 19-13 XB6DD221B thru XB6DD235B .............................................. 19-14 XB6DE1B1B thru XB6DF6G5B.............................................. 19-12 XB6DGB5B thru XB6DGH5B................................................. 19-14 XB6DV1BB thru XB6DV6GB ................................................. 19-13 XB6DW1B1B thru XB6DW6G5B ........................................... 19-12 XBFX13....................................................................... 19-40, 19-61 XBTN410................................................................................ 16-85 XBTZ938 ................................................................................ 16-87 XBY2U ........................................................................ 19-39, 19-60 XCDR2110N12 thru XCDR2527N12 ..................................... 21-15 XCKD2106N12 thru XCKD25H0N12 ..................................... 21-14 XCKJ10511H7 thru XCKJ20541H7 ....................................... 21-26 XCKL10011H7 thru XCKL50041H7 ....................................... 21-22 XCKL102H7 thru XCKL510H7 ............................................... 21-22 XCKN2102P20 thru XCKN2949P20 ...................................... 21-18 XCKP2106N12 thru XCKP25H0N12...................................... 21-14 XCKS101 thru XCKS559 ....................................................... 21-19 XCKT2102N12 thru XCKT2118N12....................................... 21-15 XCMD2102L1 thru XCMD25F2L1.......................................... 21-14 XCMN2110L1......................................................................... 21-14 XCNR2102P20 thru XCNR2927P20...................................... 21-18 XCPR2110N12 thru XCPR2527N12...................................... 21-15 XD4PA12 thru XD4PA24 ....................................................... 19-30 XD5PA12 thru XD5PA24 ....................................................... 19-50 XE2NP2151 thru XE2SP2158................................................ 21-29 XENG1191 thru XENG3791................................................. 19-119 XENP2151 ............................................................................. 21-23 XENT1192............................................................................ 19-119 XESP2021 thru XESP2031.................................................... 21-29 XESP2151 thru XESP2158.................................................... 21-23 XMLA001S2S13 thru XMLDM02V1S13................................. 22-11 XMLF010D2026 thru XMLFM01D2026.................................... 22-8 XMLG001D23 thru XMLGM01D73 .......................................... 22-4 XMLGZ001............................................................................... 22-9 XMLK006B2C21 thru XMLK300P2P73.................................... 22-6 XMLZL001 thru XMLZL011........................................... 22-9, 22-11 XS108B3NAL2 thru XS130B3PBM12...................................... 20-8 XS506B1NAL2 thru XS530B1PBM12...................................... 20-7 XS608B1NAL2 thru XS608B1PBM12...................................... 20-6 XS612B1MAL2 thru XS612B1MBU20 ..................................... 20-9 XS612B1NAL2 thru XS612B1PBM12...................................... 20-6 XS618B1MAL01B thru XS618B1MBL01G............................... 20-9 XS618B1MAL2 thru XS618B1MBL2........................................ 20-9 XS618B1NAL01B thru XS630B1PBM12 ................................. 20-6 XS7C40DA210H7 thru XS8C40PC449H7 ............................... 20-5 XSZB108 thru XSZB165 ................................................. 20-6, 20-9 XSZCD101Y thru XSZCD103Y................................................ 22-9 XT112S1NAL2 thru XT130B1PCM12 ...................................... 20-9 XU2M18MA230 thru XU9M18MB230K.................................... 20-2 XUB1APANL2 thru XUB9BPBNM12........................................ 20-2 XUK1APANL2 thru XUM9APCNM8......................................... 20-4 XUVA0505PANM8 thru XUVA1515PANM8............................. 20-3 XUVR0303PANL2 thru XUVR1218PBNM8 ............................. 20-3 XUVU06M3KCNL2 thru XUVU06M3KCNM8......................... 20-10 XUX0AKSAM12T thru XUX0ARCTT16T ................................. 20-4 XUX1APANM12 thru XUX1ARCNT16 ..................................... 20-4 XUX2APANM12R thru XUX2ARCNT16R................................ 20-4 i-31 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING XUX5APANM12 thru XUX9APBNT16...................................... 20-4 XUX9ARCNT16........................................................................ 20-4 XUZA118 thru XUZA218 ............................................... 20-2, 20-10 XUZC24 thru XUZC80................................................... 20-2, 20-10 XVBC00 thru XVBC040........................................................ 19-112 XVBC12 thru XVBC23............................................. 19-112, 19-113 XVBC33 thru XVBC38.......................................................... 19-111 XVBC4B3 thru XVBC4B8..................................................... 19-111 XVBC4M3 thru XVBC4M8.................................................... 19-111 XVBC8B3 thru XVBC8B8..................................................... 19-111 XVBC8G3 thru XVBC8G8 .................................................... 19-111 XVBC9B thru XVBC9M ........................................................ 19-111 XVBL33 thru XVBL38........................................................... 19-110 XVBL4B3 thru XVBL4B8 ...................................................... 19-110 XVBL4M3 thru XVBL4M8..................................................... 19-110 XVBL8B3 thru XVBL8B8 ...................................................... 19-110 XVBL8G3 thru XVBL8G8 ..................................................... 19-110 XVBZ02 thru XVBZ04A ........................................... 19-112, 19-113 XVC1B1K thru XVC1B5K..................................................... 19-108 XVC1B1SK thru XVC1B5SK ................................................ 19-108 XVC1M1K thru XVC1M5K.................................................... 19-108 XVC1M1SK thru XVC1M5SK............................................... 19-108 XVC4B1 thru XVC4B5.......................................................... 19-108 XVC4B15S thru XVC4B55S................................................. 19-108 XVC4B1K thru XVC4B5K..................................................... 19-108 XVC4M1 thru XVC4M5 ........................................................ 19-108 XVC4M15S thru XVC4M55S................................................ 19-108 XVC6B1 thru XVC6B5.......................................................... 19-109 XVC6B15S thru XVC6B55S................................................. 19-109 XVC6B15SK thru XVC6B55SK ............................................ 19-109 XVC6B1K thru XVC6B5K..................................................... 19-109 XVC6M1 thru XVC6M5 ........................................................ 19-109 XVC6M15S thru XVC6M55S................................................ 19-109 XVC6M15SK thru XVC6M55SK........................................... 19-109 XVC6M1K thru XVC6M5K.................................................... 19-109 XVCZ01................................................................................ 19-108 XVCZ02................................................................................ 19-109 XVCZ11................................................................................ 19-108 XVCZ12................................................................................ 19-109 XVCZ13 thru XVCZ23 ............................................. 19-107, 19-108 XVDC02 ............................................................................... 19-113 XVEC21 thru XVEC37.......................................................... 19-113 XVEC21P ............................................................................. 19-113 XVEC2B3 thru XVEC2G7 .................................................... 19-113 XVEC5B3 thru XVEC6G7 .................................................... 19-113 XVEC9B thru XVEC9M ........................................................ 19-113 XVEZ13 ................................................................................ 19-113 XVLA123 thru XVLA335......................................................... 19-10 XVLX08 thru XVLX12............................................................. 19-10 XVLZ911 thru XVLZ912 ......................................................... 19-10 XVPC02 thru XVPC04W ...................................................... 19-115 XVPC09B thru XVPC09MW................................................. 19-114 XVPC12 thru XVPC12W ...................................................... 19-115 XVPC21 thru XVPC6G8W ................................................... 19-114 XVPCX13 ............................................................................. 19-115 XVR08B03 thru XVR13J05 .................................................. 19-107 XVRZ081 thru XVRZ082 ...................................................... 19-107 XVRZR1 thru XVRZR3......................................................... 19-107 XVS14BMW ......................................................................... 19-116 XVS72BMBN thru XVS72BMWP ......................................... 19-116 XX2V3A1NFM12 thru XX9V3A1H3M12................................. 20-12 XXV18B1NAL2 thru XXV18B1PBM12 ................................... 20-10 XXZPB100.............................................................................. 20-10 XXZPM100M12 ...................................................................... 20-10 XZCC12FCM40B thru XZCC43FCP40B.................................. 22-9 XZCP0566L2 thru XZCP0666L2 .............................................. 20-6 XZCP0941L2 thru XZCP1041L2 ................................... 20-2, 20-10 XZCP1141L10............................................................... 21-27, 22-9 XZCP1141L2........................................................20-2, 21-27, 22-9 XZCP1141L5................................................................. 21-27, 22-9 XZCP1241L10.......................................................................... 22-9 XZCP1241L2 thru XZCP1241L5 ............................20-2, 20-6, 22-9 XZCP1764L2 thru XZCP1764L10 ............................................ 22-9 XZCP1865L2 thru XZCP1965L2 ..........................20-2, 20-6, 20-10 XZCR1511041C1 thru XZCR1512041C2 ................................ 22-9 YA060HD thru YA2500R7........................................................ 7-43 YA400L31K3 thru YA600L52K4............................................... 7-43 i-32 ZA2BB2 thru ZA2BG5.......................................................... 19-119 ZA2BC44 ............................................................................. 19-119 ZA2BS14 thru ZA2BS74 ...................................................... 19-119 ZA2BS834 thru ZA2BS944 .................................................. 19-119 ZALVB1 thru ZALVM6 ......................................................... 19-101 ZB2BE101 thru ZB2BE102 .................................................. 19-119 ZB2BP012 thru ZB2BP016 ......................................... 19-41, 19-62 ZB2BV006............................................................................ 19-119 ZB2BY2002 thru ZB2BY4101 .............................................. 19-120 ZB2SZ3................................................................................ 19-120 ZB4BA0 thru ZB4BA9 ............................................................ 19-26 ZB4BA131 thru ZB4BA435 .................................................... 19-26 ZB4BA16 thru ZB4BA68 ............................................. 19-26, 19-32 ZB4BA71115 thru ZB4BA73135 ............................................ 19-27 ZB4BA7120 thru ZB4BA7341 ................................................ 19-27 ZB4BA79................................................................................ 19-27 ZB4BA791.............................................................................. 19-27 ZB4BC2 thru ZB4BC6............................................................ 19-28 ZB4BC24 thru ZB4BC64........................................................ 19-28 ZB4BD2 thru ZB4BD8............................................................ 19-29 ZB4BD28 thru ZB4BD48........................................................ 19-30 ZB4BD912 thru ZB4BD922.................................................... 19-30 ZB4BG0 ................................................................................. 19-29 ZB4BG01 thru ZB4BG09 ....................................................... 19-29 ZB4BG1 thru ZB4BG9 ........................................................... 19-29 ZB4BH01 thru ZB4BH06........................................................ 19-27 ZB4BH013 thru ZB4BH063.................................................... 19-32 ZB4BH1 thru ZB4BH6............................................................ 19-27 ZB4BH13 thru ZB4BH63........................................................ 19-32 ZB4BJ2 thru ZB4BJ8 ............................................................. 19-29 ZB4BK123 thru ZB4BK183 .................................................... 19-33 ZB4BL1 thru ZB4BL6............................................................. 19-26 ZB4BL232 thru ZB4BL435..................................................... 19-26 ZB4BL7340 thru ZB4BL7341................................................. 19-27 ZB4BP1 thru ZB4BP6 ............................................................ 19-26 ZB4BP18 thru ZB4BP68 ........................................................ 19-26 ZB4BP1S thru ZB4BP6S ....................................................... 19-26 ZB4BR2 thru ZB4BR6............................................................ 19-28 ZB4BS12 thru ZB4BS74 ........................................................ 19-28 ZB4BS5430 thru ZB4BS5550 ................................................ 19-28 ZB4BS834 thru ZB4BS964 .................................................... 19-28 ZB4BV01 thru ZB4BV07 ........................................................ 19-31 ZB4BV013 thru ZB4BV063 .................................................... 19-31 ZB4BV013S thru ZB4BV063S ............................................... 19-31 ZB4BV01S thru ZB4BV07S ................................................... 19-31 ZB4BV18B1 thru ZB4BV18G6............................................... 19-31 ZB4BV3 thru ZB4BV9 ............................................................ 19-31 ZB4BV6120............................................................................ 19-31 ZB4BV624.............................................................................. 19-31 ZB4BVB1 thru ZB4BVB6 ....................................................... 19-31 ZB4BVBG1 thru ZB4BVBG6.................................................. 19-31 ZB4BVG1 thru ZB4BVG6 ...................................................... 19-31 ZB4BVJ1 thru ZB4BVJ6 ........................................................ 19-31 ZB4BW031 thru ZB4BW085 .................................................. 19-34 ZB4BW0B11 thru ZB4BW0B65 ............................................. 19-34 ZB4BW0G11 thru ZB4BW0G65 ............................................ 19-34 ZB4BW11 thru ZB4BW37 ...................................................... 19-32 ZB4BW113 thru ZB4BW663 .................................................. 19-32 ZB4BW73741......................................................................... 19-33 ZB4BW7A1715 thru ZB4BW7A3741 ..................................... 19-33 ZB4BW7A9 ............................................................................ 19-33 ZB4BW7L3740....................................................................... 19-33 ZB4BX2 thru ZB4BX4 ............................................................ 19-28 ZB4BZ009................................................................... 19-35, 19-36 ZB4BZ011.............................................................................. 19-40 ZB4BZ101 thru ZB4BZ105 .................................................... 19-34 ZB4BZ1015 thru ZB4BZ1055 ................................................ 19-36 ZB4BZ106 thru ZB4BZ107 ......................................... 19-35, 19-56 ZB4BZ141.............................................................................. 19-34 ZB4BZ1905 thru ZB4BZ2105 ..................................... 19-40, 19-61 ZB4BZ62 thru ZB4BZ64 ............................................. 19-40, 19-61 ZB4BZ905................................................................... 19-40, 19-61 ZB5AA0 thru ZB5AA9 ............................................................ 19-45 ZB5AA131 thru ZB5AA435 .................................................... 19-46 ZB5AA14 thru ZB5AA68 ............................................. 19-45, 19-53 ZB5AA71115 thru ZB5AA73135 ............................................ 19-47 ZB5AA7120 thru ZB5AA7341 ................................................ 19-47 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index ZB5AA79 ................................................................................ 19-47 ZB5AA791 .............................................................................. 19-47 ZB5AC2 thru ZB5AC64 .......................................................... 19-46 ZB5AD2 thru ZB5AD48 ...............................................19-49, 19-50 ZB5AD912 thru ZB5AD922 .................................................... 19-50 ZB5AG0 thru ZB5AG09.......................................................... 19-49 ZB5AG1 thru ZB5AG9............................................................ 19-49 ZB5AH01 thru ZB5AH06 ........................................................ 19-47 ZB5AH013 thru ZB5AH63 ...................................................... 19-53 ZB5AH1 thru ZB5AH6 ............................................................ 19-47 ZB5AJ2 thru ZB5AJ8.............................................................. 19-49 ZB5AK123 thru ZB5AK183 .................................................... 19-54 ZB5AL1 thru ZB5AL6 ............................................................. 19-45 ZB5AL232 thru ZB5AL435 ..................................................... 19-46 ZB5AL7340 thru ZB5AL7341 ................................................. 19-47 ZB5AP1 thru ZB5AP68 .......................................................... 19-45 ZB5AP1S thru ZB5AP6S........................................................ 19-45 ZB5AR2 thru ZB5AR6 ............................................................ 19-46 ZB5AS12 thru ZB5AS74 ........................................................ 19-48 ZB5AS834 thru ZB5AS964 .................................................... 19-48 ZB5AT8643M ......................................................................... 19-54 ZB5AV01 thru ZB5AV063 ...................................................... 19-51 ZB5AV01S thru ZB5AV063S.................................................. 19-51 ZB5AV18B1 thru ZB5AV18G6 ............................................... 19-52 ZB5AV3 thru ZB5AV9 ............................................................ 19-52 ZB5AV6120 ............................................................................ 19-52 ZB5AV624 .............................................................................. 19-52 ZB5AVB1 thru ZB5AVB6........................................................ 19-52 ZB5AVBG1 thru ZB5AVBG6 .................................................. 19-52 ZB5AVG1 thru ZB5AVG6 ....................................................... 19-52 ZB5AVJ1 thru ZB5AVJ6 ......................................................... 19-52 ZB5AW031 thru ZB5AW085 .................................................. 19-55 ZB5AW0B11 thru ZB5AW0B65.............................................. 19-55 ZB5AW0G11 thru ZB5AW0G65 ............................................. 19-55 ZB5AW11 thru ZB5AW37 ...................................................... 19-53 ZB5AW113 thru ZB5AW563 .................................................. 19-53 ZB5AW713 thru ZB5AW763 .................................................. 19-54 ZB5AW7A1715 thru ZB5AW7A3741...................................... 19-54 ZB5AW7A9 thru ZB5AW7L3740 ............................................ 19-54 ZB5AX2 thru ZB5AX4 ............................................................ 19-48 ZB5AZ009 ...................................................................19-56, 19-57 ZB5AZ101 thru ZB5AZ141 ..................................................... 19-55 ZB5AZ1015 thru ZB5AZ1055 ................................................. 19-57 ZB5AZ31 ................................................................................ 19-61 ZB5AZ901 thru ZB5AZ905 ........................................ 19-61, 19-101 ZB5CA1 thru ZB5CA6 ............................................................ 19-45 ZB5CA16 thru ZB5CA66 ........................................................ 19-45 ZB5CA331 thru ZB5CA432 .................................................... 19-46 ZB5CH01 thru ZB5CH06........................................................ 19-47 ZB5CL1 thru ZB5CL6 ............................................................. 19-45 ZB5CV013 thru ZB5CV063 .................................................... 19-51 ZB5CW113 thru ZB5CW363 .................................................. 19-53 ZB5SZ3 ..........................................................19-40, 19-61, 19-101 ZB5SZ5 .................................................................................. 19-61 ZB6AA1 thru ZB6AA9 ............................................................ 19-17 ZB6AD22 thru ZB6AD28 .............................................19-17, 19-18 ZB6AE1 thru ZB6AE9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6AF1 thru ZB6AF9 ............................................................. 19-16 ZB6AGA thru ZB6AGT ........................................................... 19-19 ZB6AS834 thru ZB6AS934 .................................................... 19-17 ZB6AV1 thru ZB6AV9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6AW1 thru ZB6AW9 .......................................................... 19-16 ZB6CA1 thru ZB6CA9 ............................................................ 19-17 ZB6CD22 thru ZB6CD28.............................................19-17, 19-18 ZB6CE1 thru ZB6CF9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6CGA thru ZB6CGT........................................................... 19-19 ZB6CV1 thru ZB6CV9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6CW1 thru ZB6CW9 .......................................................... 19-16 ZB6DA1 thru ZB6DA9 ............................................................ 19-17 ZB6DD22 thru ZB6DD28.............................................19-17, 19-18 ZB6DE1 thru ZB6DE9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6DF1 thru ZB6DF9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6DGA thru ZB6DGT........................................................... 19-19 ZB6DV1 thru ZB6DV9 ............................................................ 19-16 ZB6DW1 thru ZB6DW9 .......................................................... 19-16 ZB6E1B thru ZB6E2E ............................................................ 19-15 ZB6EB1B thru ZB6EM0B ....................................................... 19-15 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing ZB6Y001 thru ZB6Y019 ......................................................... 19-22 ZB6Y2178 thru ZB6Y2387 .......................................... 19-20, 19-22 ZB6Y7001 thru ZB6Y7330 ............................... 19-13, 19-17, 19-22 ZB6Y905 ................................................................................ 19-22 ZB6YA001 thru ZB6YA006 .................................................... 19-22 ZB6YA100 thru ZB6YA626 .................................................... 19-21 ZB6YB028 thru ZB6YJ012..................................................... 19-22 ZB6YC100 thru ZB6YC626.................................................... 19-21 ZB6YD100 thru ZB6YD626.................................................... 19-21 ZB6YD20 thru ZB6YD22............................................. 19-20, 19-22 ZB6Z1B thru ZB6Z5B............................................................. 19-15 ZB6ZB11B thru ZB6ZH05B.................................................... 19-15 ZBA1 thru ZBA9 .......................................................... 19-39, 19-60 ZBA131 thru ZBA639 .................................................. 19-39, 19-60 ZBA708 thru ZBA710 .................................................. 19-41, 19-62 ZBA71 thru ZBA79 ...................................................... 19-40, 19-61 ZBA7131 thru ZBA7432 .............................................. 19-40, 19-61 ZBCV0113 thru ZBCV0163.................................................... 19-62 ZBCW9113 thru ZBCW9363.................................................. 19-62 ZBCY1101.............................................................................. 19-60 ZBDD2 ........................................................................ 19-41, 19-62 ZBE101 thru ZBE205 .................................................. 19-35, 19-56 ZBE1015 thru ZBE1026P............................................ 19-35, 19-56 ZBG2201 thru ZBG4401 ............................................. 19-30, 19-50 ZBG3131A thru ZBG520EP ........................................ 19-41, 19-62 ZBL1 thru ZBL9........................................................... 19-39, 19-60 ZBP0 thru ZBV017 ...................................................... 19-41, 19-62 ZBV6 ........................................................................... 19-35, 19-56 ZBVB1 thru ZBVB6 ..................................................... 19-35, 19-56 ZBVB15 thru ZBVB65 ................................................. 19-36, 19-57 ZBVBG1 thru ZBVBG6................................................ 19-35, 19-56 ZBVG1 thru ZBVG6 .................................................... 19-35, 19-56 ZBVG15 thru ZBVG65 ................................................ 19-36, 19-57 ZBVJ1 thru ZBVJ6 ...................................................... 19-35, 19-56 ZBVJ15 thru ZBVJ65 .................................................. 19-36, 19-57 ZBVM1 thru ZBVM6 .................................................... 19-35, 19-56 ZBVM15 thru ZBVM65 ................................................ 19-36, 19-57 ZBW911 thru ZBW937 ................................................ 19-41, 19-62 ZBY01001 thru ZBY05005 .......................................... 19-38, 19-59 ZBY1101 thru ZBY1912 .............................................. 19-39, 19-60 ZBY2002 thru ZBY2931 .............................................. 19-37, 19-58 ZBY2H101 thru ZBY6H102......................................... 19-37, 19-58 ZBY4001 thru ZBY4101 .............................................. 19-37, 19-58 ZBY5101 thru ZBY6102 .............................................. 19-38, 19-59 ZBY8101 thru ZBY9101 .............................................. 19-28, 19-48 ZBY9101T thru ZBY9330T.......................................... 19-40, 19-61 ZBY9330 ............................................................ 19-8, 19-28, 19-48 ZBZ1600 thru ZBZ3605 .............................................. 19-40, 19-61 ZBZ28 ......................................................................... 19-41, 19-62 ZBZ32 thru ZBZ35 ...................................................... 19-37, 19-58 ZBZ41 ......................................................................... 19-40, 19-61 ZBZ48 thru ZBZ58 ...................................................... 19-41, 19-62 ZBZ8 ........................................................................... 19-40, 19-61 ZCD21 thru ZCD39 ................................................................ 21-17 ZCDEF12 thru ZCDEP20....................................................... 21-17 ZCE01 thru ZCEH2 ................................................................ 21-16 ZCKD01 thru ZCKD02 ........................................................... 21-19 ZCKD02 thru ZCKD109 ......................................................... 21-23 ZCKD31 thru ZCKD59 ........................................................... 21-19 ZCKE05 thru ZCKE67............................................................ 21-28 ZCKE055 thru ZCKE676........................................................ 21-29 ZCKG00 ................................................................................. 21-23 ZCKJ019H7 thru ZCKJ04H7.................................................. 21-29 ZCKJ11H7 thru ZCKJ28H7.................................................... 21-27 ZCKJ1H7 thru ZCKJ5H7........................................................ 21-27 ZCKJ215H7 thru ZCKJ4104H7.............................................. 21-27 ZCKL1H7 thru ZCKL18H7 ..................................................... 21-23 ZCKS7 thru ZCKS9................................................................ 21-19 ZCKY11 thru ZCKY91............................................................ 21-23 ZCMC21L1 thru ZCMC39L5 .................................................. 21-17 ZCMD21 thru ZCMD41 .......................................................... 21-17 ZCP21 thru ZCP39................................................................. 21-17 ZCPED44 thru ZCPEP20....................................................... 21-17 ZCT21P16 thru ZCT25P16 .................................................... 21-17 ZCY15 thru ZCY91................................................................. 21-16 ZENL1111 thru ZENL1121................................................... 19-101 1.5S1F thru 1.5S8F.................................................................. 14-8 i-33 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING 1.5S1FSS ................................................................................. 14-9 1003880A ................................................................................... 2-2 100S3HNV ............................................................................... 14-9 100SNA ............................................................................. 3-7, 7-58 100SV1A thru 100SV82A......................................................... 14-8 1010004 thru 10100010 ......................................................... 21-40 10S1F thru 10S8F .................................................................... 14-8 10S1FSS .................................................................................. 14-9 10S40FSS ................................................................................ 14-9 112T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9 14210 thru 14211 ..................................................................... 7-20 150SV1A thru 150SV82A......................................................... 14-8 150T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9 155DE175 thru 155DE200 .......................................... 11-10, 11-14 15S1FSS thru 15S40FSS ........................................................ 14-9 15SM5010 thru 15SM5400 .................................................... 11-14 15T2F thru 15T75F .................................................................. 14-8 15T2FSS .................................................................................. 14-9 17400 ....................................................................................... 7-20 175DE010 thru 175DE150 .......................................... 11-10, 11-14 1S1F thru 1S8F ........................................................................ 14-8 1S1FSS .................................................................................... 14-9 225SNA ...................................................................................... 3-7 225T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9 2358C22G2 thru 2358C22G8 ................................................ 21-33 2358C6G2 thru 2358C6G8 .................................................... 21-33 250SV1B thru 250SV82B......................................................... 14-8 2510FF1 thru 2510FGJ6P........................................................ 16-4 2510FK1 thru 2510FN6.......................................................... 16-11 2510FO1 thru 2510FW2P ........................................................ 16-4 2510KF1 thru 2510KW6C ........................................................ 16-5 2510MBA1 thru 2510MCW5 .................................................... 16-8 2510PB1................................................................................. 16-11 2510TBG1 thru 2510TCO5 ...................................................... 16-8 2511KF11 thru 2511KO2T ....................................................... 16-5 2511MBG1 thru 2511MCO1..................................................... 16-9 2511TBG1 thru 2511TCO1 ...................................................... 16-9 2512FF11 thru 2512FS202P.................................................... 16-4 2512KF11 thru 2512KO2T ....................................................... 16-5 2512MBG1 thru 2512MCO1..................................................... 16-9 2512TBG1 thru 2512TCO1 ...................................................... 16-9 2540902240 ........................................................................... 19-76 2550101002 ........................................................................... 19-86 2550101003 ........................................................................... 19-93 2550101013 ........................................................................... 19-86 2550101020 .....................................................19-11, 19-86, 19-93 2550101024 ........................................................................... 19-11 2550101025 thru 2550101037 ............................................... 19-86 2550101040 ........................................................................... 19-11 2550105003 thru 2550105005 .................................... 19-10, 19-93 2550105007 thru 2550105014 ............................................... 19-93 25S1FSS thru 25S40FSS ........................................................ 14-9 2600511000 thru 2600511500 ............................................... 16-89 27105 thru 27118 ..................................................................... 7-20 29007 .......................................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15 29008W ....................................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15 2920910001 .............................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15 29287 ....................................................................................... 7-45 2934D14G1 thru 2934D34G1 ................................................ 21-38 29375 ....................................................................................... 2-15 2941101100 ........................................................................... 19-93 2S1F thru 2S8F ........................................................................ 14-8 2S1FSS .................................................................................... 14-9 2W485C ................................................................................... 4-15 3000PLUC100 thru 3000PMUSITE.......................................... 4-23 300T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9 3020B012 thru 3020E244 ........................................................ 4-15 3090PS24................................................................................. 4-19 3090SCCT022 thru 3090SCCT164.......................................... 4-15 30T2F thru 30T75F .................................................................. 14-8 30T2FSS thru 30T3HNV .......................................................... 14-9 3003302753 thru 3003302754 ............................................... 14-17 3010215901 ........................................................................... 16-64 3103248801 thru 3103281501 ............................................... 21-35 3105204101 thru 3105205901 ............................................... 19-93 3105206750 thru 3105211101 ............................................... 19-76 3105217001 thru 3105406401 ............................................... 19-93 i-34 3108538150 ........................................................................... 16-11 3110112001 ......................................................................... 19-104 3110251450 thru 3110251451............................................. 16-108 3110451250 thru 3112350156............................................. 16-107 3116118474 thru 3116155368............................................... 16-75 32510 ....................................................................................... 2-15 32521 ....................................................................................... 7-45 32556 ....................................................................................... 7-41 32570 ....................................................................................... 7-41 32595 ....................................................................................... 7-44 37S3HNV ................................................................................. 14-9 3S1F thru 3S8F........................................................................ 14-8 3S1FSS thru 3S40FSS ............................................................ 14-9 3T2F thru 3T5F ........................................................................ 14-8 3T2FSS.................................................................................... 14-9 400SN ...................................................................................... 7-58 405WBAF010 thru 405WBAF400 .......................................... 11-14 415WBAF010 thru 415WBAF400 .......................................... 11-14 4458D20X3 thru 4487D63XI.................................................. 19-93 45T3HNV ................................................................................. 14-9 490NAD01103 thru 490NTW00080U .................................... 16-87 4X1.5S1FSS thru 4X9T2FSS .................................................. 14-9 500SV1B thru 500SV82B ........................................................ 14-8 50437 thru 50486.......................................................... 7-52, 16-86 50S3HNV ................................................................................. 14-9 50SV1A thru 50SV82A ............................................................ 14-8 515608 thru 515614................................................................. 12-9 55DE010 thru 55DE450.............................................. 11-10, 11-14 56053 thru 56463..................................................................... 7-52 56370TD thru 56493TD ........................................................... 7-52 5GS010 thru 5GS200 .............................................................. 11-7 5J ............................................................................. 1-22, 2-6, 2-15 5S1F thru 5S8F........................................................................ 14-8 5S1FSS thru 5S40FSS ............................................................ 14-9 5SM5010 thru 5SM5400 ........................................................ 11-14 60100 thru 60299..................................................................... 7-16 60406 thru 60421..................................................................... 7-17 60488 ....................................................................................... 7-20 60949 thru 60999..................................................................... 7-18 6382G3MODEM thru 6382RS485G3KIT................................. 5-25 6508804101 ........................................................................... 19-93 6508805201 thru 6508805206............................................... 19-86 6508805207 thru 6508805209............................................... 19-11 6508805210 thru 6508805216............................................... 19-86 6509701801 thru 6515802701............................................... 19-93 6512232801 ........................................................................... 19-76 6516002379 thru 6516002382............................................. 19-120 685823 thru 685831................................................................. 7-48 6T2F thru 6T5F ........................................................................ 14-8 6T2FSS.................................................................................... 14-9 7400ENT9 thru 7400ENT11 .................................................. 14-11 7400SS3R18D22D thru 7400SS3R31D35F ............................ 14-9 750SV1F thru 750SV82F......................................................... 14-8 75S3HNV thru 75T3HNV ......................................................... 14-9 7A1 thru 7S .............................................................................. 21-9 7S1F thru 7S8F........................................................................ 14-8 7S1FSS thru 7S40FSS ............................................................ 14-9 8011010401 thru 8011010501................................................... 9-9 82254 thru 82455R ......................................................... 3-16, 3-21 8501CDO15 thru 8501CO8 ................................................... 23-15 8501KA112 ............................................................................ 23-14 8501KF12 thru 8501KFD13 ................................................... 23-10 8501KL................................................................................... 23-14 8501KL12 thru 8501KLD12 ................................................... 23-10 8501KP12 ................................................................... 23-10, 23-14 8501KP12P14........................................................................ 23-10 8501KP13 ................................................................... 23-10, 23-14 8501KP13P14........................................................................ 23-10 8501KPD12............................................................................ 23-10 8501KPD12KA81KA82 .......................................................... 23-14 8501KPD12P14 ..................................................................... 23-10 8501KPD13................................................................. 23-10, 23-14 8501KPD13P14 ..................................................................... 23-10 8501KU .................................................................................. 23-14 8501KU12 thru 8501KUD13P14............................................ 23-10 8501NH7 thru 8501NH82 ...................................................... 23-14 8501NR34 thru 8501NR82 .................................................... 23-14 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index 8501NR34B thru 8501NR82B ................................................ 23-14 8501RS14 thru 8501RS4P14 ......................................23-12, 23-14 8501RSD14 thru 8501RSD4P14.................................23-12, 23-14 8501XA1 thru 8501XDL ......................................................... 23-24 8501XDO00 thru 8501XDO80XDL......................................... 23-23 8501XJ1 thru 8501XM8.......................................................... 23-24 8501XMO20 thru 8501XMO60 ............................................... 23-22 8501XO00 thru 8501XO80XL ................................................ 23-22 8501XS1 thru 8501XTE2 ....................................................... 23-24 8501XUDO0012 thru 8501XUDO80 ...................................... 23-23 8502S()A1 .............................................................................. 16-17 8502S()A2 .............................................................................. 16-15 8502S()A3 thru 8502S()A5 ..................................................... 16-17 8502S()G1 .............................................................................. 16-16 8502S()G2 .............................................................................. 16-14 8502S()G3 thru 8502S()G5 .................................................... 16-16 8502S()O1 .............................................................................. 16-16 8502S()O2 .............................................................................. 16-14 8502S()O3 thru 8502S()O5 .................................................... 16-16 8502S()R1 .............................................................................. 16-17 8502S()R2 .............................................................................. 16-15 8502S()R3 thru 8502S()R5 .................................................... 16-17 8502S()T1 .............................................................................. 16-17 8502S()T2 .............................................................................. 16-15 8502S()T3 thru 8502S()T5 ..................................................... 16-17 8502S()T41 ............................................................................ 16-17 8502S()T42 ............................................................................ 16-15 8502S()T45 ............................................................................ 16-17 8502S()W11 ........................................................................... 16-16 8502S()W12 ........................................................................... 16-14 8502S()W13 thru 8502S()W15 ............................................... 16-16 8502S()W21 ........................................................................... 16-17 8502S()W22 ........................................................................... 16-15 8502S()W23 ........................................................................... 16-17 8502VFO3 thru 8502VHO3 .................................................... 16-29 8502WFO3 thru 8502WHO3 .................................................. 16-28 8536SAG11 thru 8536SJW2 .......................................16-18, 16-22 8536WFO3 thru 8536WHO3 .................................................. 16-30 8538SBA11 thru 8538SFW35 .....................................16-31, 16-33 8538SBA11S8 thru 8538SBW33S8 ....................................... 16-34 8538SCA11S8 thru 8538SCA44S8........................................ 16-34 8538SCA12S1 thru 8538SCA24S1........................................ 16-34 8538SCG11S8 thru 8538SCG34S8 ....................................... 16-34 8538SCW11S8 thru 8538SCW34S8...................................... 16-34 8538SDA11S8 thru 8538SDA46S8........................................ 16-34 8538SDG11S8 thru 8538SDG36S8 ....................................... 16-34 8538SDW11S8 thru 8538SDW36S8...................................... 16-34 8539SBA1 thru 8539SHA56........................................16-35, 16-39 8539SBA43S8 thru 8539SDW44S8 ....................................... 16-37 8539SBA71V03 thru 8539SDW74V03 ................................... 16-39 8539SCA18 thru 8539SDW18 ............................................... 16-39 8539SCA8 thru 8539SDW8 ................................................... 16-39 8539SEA41 thru 8539SJW41 ................................................ 16-36 8539SEA51 thru 8539SJA51 ................................................. 16-36 8702SAG1 thru 8702SJW1 .........................................16-44, 16-45 8702WFO3 thru 8702WHO3V................................................ 16-50 8736SAG13 thru 8736SJW1 .......................................16-46, 16-47 8738SBA11 thru 8738SGW35 ....................................16-51, 16-52 8739SBA1 thru 8739SHW5.........................................16-55, 16-56 8739SBA11 thru 8739SHA15......................................16-55, 16-56 8739SBA43 thru 8739SHW46.....................................16-53, 16-54 8739SBA53 thru 8739SHA56......................................16-53, 16-54 8903L1L thru 8903LXWW80 .................................................. 16-59 8903SJA1 thru 8903SZW2..................................................... 16-60 8903SMA10 thru 8903SZW19 ............................................... 16-60 8903SMA60 thru 8903SZW91 ....................................16-61, 16-62 8903SMW21 thru 8903SQW22 .............................................. 16-60 8903SMW31 thru 8903SQW32 .............................................. 16-60 8910DP11 thru 8910DP42 ..................................................... 16-70 8910DPA12 thru 8910DPA93 .....................................16-70, 16-71 8911DPB1 .............................................................................. 16-74 8911DPSG12 thru 8911DPSO53 ........................................... 16-74 8911DSS1 .............................................................................. 16-74 8940SSC2007 thru 8940SSG2100 ........................................ 16-75 8940WC1S2V03 thru 8940WF3S2V06 .................................. 16-76 8940XC1S2V03 thru 8940XF4S2V06 .................................... 16-76 8940XSE2030V03 thru 8940XSF4100V06 ............................ 16-75 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing 8940XSG2075 thru 8940XSJ4600......................................... 16-75 8941CBA06 thru 8941CFW47 ............................................... 16-78 8941DBA08 thru 8941DEW40 ............................................... 16-79 8941NBA10 thru 8941NFW50 ............................................... 16-78 8941UBA10 thru 8941UEW40 ............................................... 16-79 8965DPR13 thru 8965DPR44................................................ 16-81 8998CP03 thru 8998CP24 ....................................................... 17-6 8998HBA001AFSMA thru 8998HBA010XFTSS ...................... 17-5 8998HBF015 thru 8998HBF250............................................... 17-6 8998HFA001AFSMA thru 8998HFA010XFTSS....................... 17-5 8998HFF030 thru 8998HFF100 ............................................... 17-6 8998SBA001AFSMA thru 8998SBC100XFTSS ...................... 17-3 8998SBA003AFSMA................................................................ 17-3 8998SBF015 thru 8998SBF250 ............................................... 17-6 8998SFA001AFSMA thru 8998SFC100XFTSS....................... 17-4 8998SFF030 thru 8998SFF200 ............................................... 17-6 9001A20 thru 9001A31 .......................................................... 19-92 9001A6 thru 9001A9 .............................................................. 19-92 9001B101 thru 9001B189R.................................................. 19-103 9001B11........................................................... 19-70, 19-80, 19-92 9001B110 thru 9001B189R.................................................. 19-103 9001B19 thru 9001B25 .......................................................... 19-92 9001B251 thru 9001B350 ....................................... 19-103, 19-117 9001BFB107 thru 9001BFB226 ........................................... 19-104 9001BG101 thru 9001BG316............................................... 19-103 9001BGB107 thru 9001BGC315.......................................... 19-104 9001BOC107 thru 9001BOC368 ............................ 19-104, 19-117 9001BR101 thru 9001BR218 ............................................... 19-103 9001BW100BU thru 9001BW102Y ...................................... 19-117 9001BW146 thru 9001BW260 ............................................. 19-103 9001BW90BU thru 9001BW98Y .......................................... 19-117 9001BWD219 thru 9001BWD220 ........................................ 19-103 9001BWRB thru 9001BWSR ............................................... 19-117 9001C20 thru 9001C31.......................................................... 19-92 9001C6 thru 9001C9.............................................................. 19-92 9001FB24 thru 9001FB120.................................................... 19-10 9001G19 thru 9001G31 ......................................................... 19-92 9001G6 thru 9001G9 ............................................................. 19-92 9001JN100 thru 9001JN799 .................................................. 19-11 9001JP1 thru 9001JP38Y29 .................................................. 19-11 9001JT1 thru 9001JT38Y29................................................... 19-11 9001K1................................................................................... 19-93 9001K107 thru 9001K110 ...................................................... 19-91 9001K111............................................................................... 19-93 9001K11J1 thru 9001K12J1R ................................................ 19-70 9001K13B thru 9001K13M..................................................... 19-92 9001K15................................................................................. 19-76 9001K162............................................................................... 19-91 9001K16B thru 9001K17Y ..................................................... 19-92 9001K1L thru 9001K1LRH13 ................................................. 19-69 9001K20 thru 9001K23 .......................................................... 19-72 9001K25 thru 9001K28 ........................................................ 19-105 9001K25J1 thru 9001K25J1R ................................................ 19-70 9001K2L thru 9001K2LRH13 ................................................. 19-69 9001K3................................................................................... 19-93 9001K30 thru 9001K34H2...................................................... 19-75 9001K34J1 thru 9001K34J1R ................................................ 19-70 9001K35 thru 9001K37H2...................................................... 19-75 9001K3L thru 9001K3LRH13 ................................................. 19-69 9001K4................................................................................... 19-91 9001K40...................................................................... 19-76, 19-93 9001K401J thru 9001K702J1R .............................................. 19-71 9001K41 thru 9001K49 ............................................... 19-91, 19-93 9001K42J thru 9001K79J1R .................................................. 19-71 9001K5................................................................................... 19-91 9001K50................................................................................. 19-76 9001K51 thru 9001K58 ............................................... 19-91, 19-93 9001K56M.............................................................................. 19-91 9001K57................................................................................. 19-76 9001K6................................................................................... 19-91 9001K60 thru 9001K68 .......................................................... 19-91 9001K685............................................................................... 19-91 9001K69................................................................................. 19-93 9001K7................................................................................... 19-91 9001K70 thru 9001K73H7...................................................... 19-75 9001K8................................................................................... 19-76 9001K85................................................................................. 19-76 i-35 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING 9001K92B thru 9001K95RM .................................................. 19-92 9001K96 thru 9001K97 .......................................................... 19-91 9001KA1 thru 9001KA6............................................... 19-85, 19-97 9001KA12 thru 9001KA35...................................................... 19-85 9001KA1G thru 9001KA6G .................................................... 19-85 9001KA41 thru 9001KA55...................................................... 19-87 9001KM1 thru 9001KM8 ........................................................ 19-86 9001KMF1.............................................................................. 19-86 9001KN100BP thru 9001KN999 ................................. 19-89, 19-90 9001KN244 ............................................................................ 16-65 9001KN260 ............................................................................ 16-65 9001KP thru 9001KPR31 ....................................................... 19-74 9001KQ11 thru 9001KQ15B .................................................. 19-75 9001KR1 ................................................................................ 19-67 9001KR11 thru 9001KR12UH1H1 ......................................... 19-76 9001KR131 thru 9001KR153 ................................................. 19-75 9001KR16 thru 9001KR16H13............................................... 19-68 9001KR1B thru 9001KR1UH6................................................ 19-67 9001KR2 ..................................................................... 19-67, 19-88 9001KR20 .............................................................................. 19-88 9001KR24 .............................................................................. 19-67 9001KR24B thru 9001KR25RM ............................................. 19-67 9001KR2B thru 9001KR2UH6................................................ 19-67 9001KR3 ..................................................................... 19-67, 19-88 9001KR3B thru 9001KR5RH6................................................ 19-67 9001KR6 ..................................................................... 19-76, 19-88 9001KR67 ................................................................... 19-76, 19-88 9001KR67GR thru 9001KR6UH7........................................... 19-76 9001KR7 ..................................................................... 19-76, 19-88 9001KR7GR thru 9001KR7UH7............................................. 19-76 9001KR8 thru 9001KR9RM95................................................ 19-68 9001KRD1UH1 thru 9001KRD3UH2...................................... 19-76 9001KS11 thru 9001KS34K1 ................................................. 19-70 9001KS4 thru 9001KS7.......................................................... 19-88 9001KS401 thru 9001KS702K ............................................... 19-71 9001KS42 thru 9001KS79K ................................................... 19-71 9001KS88 thru 9001KS88J1R ............................................... 19-72 9001KT thru 9001KTRR31..................................................... 19-74 9001KU1 thru 9001KU47 ....................................................... 19-91 9001KXAA1 thru 9001KXAWM1 ............................................ 19-99 9001KXBB06 thru 9001KXBD83............................................ 19-95 9001KXN100 thru 9001KXN799 ............................................ 19-98 9001KXPA1A thru 9001KXPC34WAGR ................................ 19-95 9001KXRA133 thru 9001KXRB34RH1 ....................... 19-94, 19-96 9001KXRB35A thru 9001KXRB38W...................................... 19-96 9001KXRC111 thru 9001KXRG137 ............................ 19-94, 19-96 9001KXRG35GWG thru 9001KXRH38RWG ......................... 19-96 9001KXRJ119 ........................................................................ 19-94 9001KXRJ35GWG thru 9001KXRJ38RWG ........................... 19-96 9001KXRL121 thru 9001KXRL34GRGRH37 ......................... 19-94 9001KXRL35GGRR thru 9001KXRM38RWWG .................... 19-96 9001KXSA125 thru 9001KXSHHB.............................. 19-95, 19-97 9001KXSJE35G thru 9001KXSJE38W .................................. 19-97 9001KXSRE1 thru 9001KXSRE3........................................... 19-97 9001KXSVC5 thru 9001KXSVC10......................................... 19-97 9001KY1 thru 9001KY6........................................................ 19-105 9001KYAF1 thru 9001KYAF6 .............................................. 19-105 9001KYG1 thru 9001KYG12 ................................... 19-105, 19-106 9001KYK11 thru 9001KYK33............................................... 19-106 9001KYK110 thru 9001KYK326........................................... 19-106 9001KYSK101 thru 9001KYSK210 ...................................... 19-106 9001KYSS1 thru 9001KYSS6 .............................................. 19-105 9001KYSS101 thru 9001KYSS111 ...................................... 19-106 9001KYSS201 thru 9001KYSS210 ...................................... 19-106 9001L20 thru 9001L9 .......................................19-70, 19-80, 19-92 9001OA12 thru 9001OY24..................................................... 19-10 9001R19 thru 9001R94 ....................................19-70, 19-80, 19-92 9001S11 thru 9001S25 .......................................................... 19-92 9001SK11J1 thru 9001SK12J1R ........................................... 19-80 9001SK1L.................................................................... 19-79, 19-88 9001SK1L1............................................................................. 19-79 9001SK1L1GH13 thru 9001SK1LRH13 ................................. 19-79 9001SK20 thru 9001SK23...................................................... 19-82 9001SK25J1 thru 9001SK25J1R ........................................... 19-80 9001SK2L.................................................................... 19-79, 19-88 9001SK2L1G20H13 thru 9001SK2LRH13 ............................. 19-79 9001SK34J1 thru 9001SK34J1R ........................................... 19-80 i-36 9001SK40 thru 9001SK49 ..................................................... 19-93 9001SK401J thru 9001SK79J1R ........................................... 19-81 9001SK52 ............................................................................ 19-122 9001SK88J thru 9001SK88J1R ............................................. 19-82 9001SKN100 thru 9001SKN599 .......................................... 19-122 9001SKP..................................................................... 19-83, 19-88 9001SKP1 thru 9001SKPR31................................................ 19-83 9001SKR1.............................................................................. 19-77 9001SKR11 thru 9001SKR12UH1H1 .................................... 19-84 9001SKR16............................................................................ 19-78 9001SKR1B thru 9001SKR5RH6 .......................................... 19-77 9001SKR8 thru 9001SKR9RH13........................................... 19-78 9001SKRU1 thru 9001SKRU11........................................... 19-122 9001SKS11 thru 9001SKS25 ................................................ 19-80 9001SKS4 thru 9001SKS7 .................................................... 19-88 9001SKS401 thru 9001SKS702 ............................................ 19-81 9001SKS42 thru 9001SKS79 ................................................ 19-81 9001SKS88............................................................................ 19-82 9001SKT thru 9001SKTRR31................................................ 19-83 9001SKY1 thru 9001SKY6 .................................................. 19-105 9001SKY105 thru 9001SKY315A ........................................ 19-106 9001SKYP2 thru 9001SKYP100.......................................... 19-122 9001SSKS46BH2 .................................................................. 19-81 9001T5BE thru 9001T8YW.................................................... 19-92 9001U19 ................................................................................ 19-92 9001W20 thru 9001W24 ........................................................ 19-92 9001W29................................................................................ 19-11 9001W31................................................................................ 19-92 9001W6 thru 9001W9 ............................................................ 19-92 9001Y2 thru 9001Y9 .............................................................. 19-92 9001Y21 thru 9001Y24 .......................................................... 19-92 9002AC1 thru 9002AC8....................................................... 19-124 9002AW1 thru 9002AW9 ..................................................... 19-124 9002AW10 thru 9002AW22 ................................................. 19-124 9002AW117 thru 9002AW134 ............................................. 19-124 9006PA08 thru 9006PA30 ................................... 20-6, 20-9, 20-10 9007AA0 thru 9007AA17 ....................................................... 21-34 9007AA1M thru 9007AA18M ................................................. 21-35 9007AB21 thru 9007AB23 ....................................................... 21-6 9007AB24 thru 9007AB41 ....................................................... 21-6 9007AC1 thru 9007AO6........................................................... 21-6 9007AP201 thru 9007AP325 ................................................... 21-6 9007B1 thru 9007B9 .............................................................. 21-38 9007B12 thru 9007B27 .......................................................... 21-38 9007BA0 thru 9007BA18 ....................................................... 21-34 9007BA1M thru 9007BA18M ................................................. 21-35 9007C1 thru 9007C3.............................................................. 21-38 9007C52A2 thru 9007C68T5 ...................................... 21-32, 21-33 9007CA0 thru 9007CA9M........................................... 21-34, 21-35 9007CA11 thru 9007CA18M....................................... 21-34, 21-35 9007CB31 thru 9007CB41....................................................... 21-6 9007CC1.................................................................................. 21-6 9007CO3 thru 9007CO7 .......................................................... 21-6 9007CO52 thru 9007CO68 .................................................... 21-33 9007CP221 thru 9007CP325................................................... 21-6 9007CR53A2 thru 9007CT62 ..................................... 21-32, 21-33 9007D .................................................................................... 21-33 9007D1 thru 9007D4.............................................................. 21-38 9007DA0 thru 9007DA9M........................................... 21-34, 21-35 9007DA11 thru 9007DA18M....................................... 21-34, 21-35 9007E..................................................................................... 21-33 9007E4 thru 9007E6 .............................................................. 21-38 9007EA0 thru 9007EA9M ........................................... 21-34, 21-35 9007EA11 thru 9007EA18M ....................................... 21-34, 21-35 9007ED .................................................................................. 21-33 9007F4 thru 9007F6 .............................................................. 21-38 9007FA1 thru 9007FA6.......................................................... 21-34 9007G10 ................................................................................ 21-38 9007HA0 thru 9007HA9......................................................... 21-35 9007HA20 thru 9007HA26..................................................... 21-35 9007J ..................................................................................... 21-33 9007J1 thru 9007J2 ............................................................... 21-38 9007JKC ................................................................................ 21-33 9007K..................................................................................... 21-33 9007K1 thru 9007K2 .............................................................. 21-38 9007KA1 thru 9007KA9 ......................................................... 21-34 9007KA11 thru 9007KA21 ..................................................... 21-34 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Product Locator Index 9007KB11 thru 9007KB15...................................................... 21-34 9007KC .................................................................................. 21-33 9007L ..................................................................................... 21-33 9007LA1 thru 9007LA9 .......................................................... 21-34 9007LA10 thru 9007LA19 ...................................................... 21-34 9007MA0 thru 9007MA9M ..........................................21-34, 21-35 9007MA11 thru 9007MA18M ......................................21-34, 21-35 9007ML01S0100 thru 9007ML13S0100 .................................. 21-8 9007MS01G0100 thru 9007MS09S0100 ................................. 21-8 9007MS10G0100 thru 9007MS13S0100 ................................. 21-9 9007N1 thru 9007N2 .............................................................. 21-38 9007R ..................................................................................... 21-33 9007R16 thru 9007R22 .......................................................... 21-38 9007RA9 thru 9007RA11 ....................................................... 21-34 9007S9 ................................................................................... 21-36 9007TBT1............................................................................... 21-35 9007TCT10 thru 9007TCT13 ................................................. 21-35 9007TSA1 thru 9007TSD3 ..................................................... 21-37 9007TUA1 thru 9007TUD12................................................... 21-37 9007WJ thru 9007WKC.......................................................... 21-33 9007X1 thru 9007Z2............................................................... 21-38 9012GAR1 thru 9012GFW4 ................................................... 22-14 9012GGW1 thru 9012GMW4 ................................................. 22-15 9012GNG1 thru 9012GTO4 ................................................... 22-13 9013FHG12 thru 9013FHG9 .................................................. 22-20 9013FRG12 thru 9013FRG99 ................................................ 22-21 9013FSG10 thru 9013FSW9 .................................................. 22-21 9013FYG10 thru 9013FYW9 .................................................. 22-21 9013GHB2 thru 9013GSW3 ................................................... 22-22 9016GAR1 thru 9016GAW22 ................................................. 22-19 9036DG2 thru 9036DW31R ................................................... 22-23 9036FG30 .............................................................................. 22-24 9036GG2 thru 9036GW1R ..................................................... 22-23 9037EG8 thru 9037EW13 ...................................................... 22-24 9037HG30 thru 9037HG39 .................................................... 22-25 9037HR30 thru 9037HR39 ..................................................... 22-25 9037HW30 thru 9037HW39 ................................................... 22-25 9038AG1 thru 9038AW1 ........................................................ 22-26 9038CG31 thru 9038CG36 .................................................... 22-26 9038CR31 thru 9038CR36 ..................................................... 22-26 9038CW31 thru 9038CW36 ................................................... 22-26 9038DG7 thru 9038DG10 ...................................................... 22-27 9038DW7 thru 9038DW8 ....................................................... 22-27 9049A12 thru 9049A20 ....................................22-22, 22-23, 22-28 9049A26S....................................................................22-13, 22-18 9049A52 thru 9049A58 ...............................................22-22, 22-28 9049A6 ................................................................................... 22-28 9049A60 thru 9049A61 .......................................................... 22-24 9049A6A thru 9049AF1 .......................................................... 22-28 9049EF1 thru 9049ER7....................................22-24, 22-27, 22-28 9049HF3 thru 9049HF4...............................................22-27, 22-28 9049T1 thru 9049T1S ............................................................ 22-28 9049UMS1 ............................................................................. 22-28 9050JCK11 thru 9050JCK70.................................................. 23-30 9050JCK1F() thru 9050JCK5F() ............................................ 23-30 9050JCK21PT thru 9050JCK49PT ........................................ 23-30 9065CO1 thru 9065CO1R ...................................................... 16-82 9065DA2 thru 9065JA2 .......................................................... 16-89 9065FO1L thru 9065FO1R..................................................... 16-82 9065GO11L thru 9065GO11R ............................................... 16-82 9065SDO4 thru 9065SDO17.................................................. 16-82 9065SDO5B1 thru 9065SDO9B2 ........................................... 16-89 9065SEO5 thru 9065SEO15 .................................................. 16-82 9065SEO6B thru 9065SEO9B2 ............................................. 16-89 9065SEO8 .............................................................................. 16-82 9065SF020 thru 9065SFC20 ................................................. 16-83 9065SHA01Y59 thru 9065SJA01Y59 .................................... 16-89 9065SM2 .....................................................................16-82, 16-89 9065SR210 thru 9065SR520 ................................................. 16-83 9065SS010 thru 9065SSC20 ................................................. 16-83 9065ST220 thru 9065ST720 .................................................. 16-83 9065TJF100 thru 9065TJF63 ................................................. 16-89 9065TO1 thru 9065UO1 ......................................................... 16-82 9066RA1 thru 9066W1 ........................................................... 16-92 9070FB1A thru 9070FB3B ..................................................... 14-17 9070FP1 thru 9070LG1 .......................................................... 14-17 9070MN100G0D1 thru 9070MN500G0D1G13 ...................... 14-18 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Alpha-Numeric Listing 9070SDG4 thru 9070SF41B .................................................. 14-17 9070SK1000A2D1 thru 9070SK750G3D1 ............................. 14-18 9070SK1000A2D1G13 thru 9070SK750G3D1G13 ............... 14-18 9070T1000D1 thru 9070TF75D50 .............................. 14-14, 14-15 9070T50 thru 9070T750......................................................... 16-64 9070UE7 ................................................................................ 14-17 9080FB1211 thru 9080FB3631R ........................................... 24-19 9080FBDIN3 .......................................................................... 24-19 9080GA6 ..................................................................... 24-14, 24-15 9080GA6188BC ..................................................................... 24-15 9080GC6..................................................................... 24-13, 24-15 9080GC6B ............................................................................. 24-13 9080GCB01 thru 9080GCB70 ............................................... 24-17 9080GCB0115 thru 9080GCB20150 ..................................... 24-15 9080GD6 thru 9080GD6B........................................... 24-13, 24-15 9080GE6 ..................................................................... 24-13, 24-15 9080GF6 ..................................................................... 24-14, 24-15 9080GF694BC ....................................................................... 24-15 9080GF6B.............................................................................. 24-14 9080GG6..................................................................... 24-14, 24-15 9080GH10 thru 9080GH91 .................................................... 24-16 9080GH103 thru 9080GH710 ................................................ 24-16 9080GK6 thru 9080GKY6 ...................................................... 24-13 9080GLP3 thru 9080GLP6..................................................... 24-14 9080GM6 thru 9080GMY6B................................................... 24-13 9080GP6 thru 9080GP6B ...................................................... 24-14 9080GR6 thru 9080GRY6...................................................... 24-13 9080GS6 thru 9080GT6B ...................................................... 24-14 9080LB21 thru 9080LB53 ...................................................... 24-18 9080LBA161101 thru 9080LBA365212 ................................. 24-18 9080LBC162101 thru 9080LBC365212 ................................. 24-18 9080MH203 thru 9080MH439................................................ 24-12 9080MH82 thru 9080MHA10 ...................................... 24-12, 24-16 92251 thru 92451 ..................................................................... 3-16 9421LC43 thru 9421LW7 ......................................................... 8-19 9421V1A30 thru 9421V2W30 .................................................... 8-4 9422A1 thru 9422A10 .............................................................. 8-15 9422AM2.................................................................................. 8-24 9422AP1 thru 9422AP2 ........................................................... 8-15 9422ATCF301 thru 9422BTEN10 ............................................ 8-15 9422C1..................................................................................... 8-24 9422CFT10 thru 9422CFT51 ................................................... 8-16 9422CMP10 thru 9422CSF70.................................................. 8-21 9422CSFD1 thru 9422CSFJD50.............................................. 8-22 9422CSJ10 thru 9422CSJ504 ................................................. 8-21 9422CSJD10 thru 9422CSJD51 .............................................. 8-22 9422D2 thru 9422R2................................................................ 8-24 9422RM1 thru 9422RS1 .......................................................... 8-22 9422TC30 thru 9422TC33 ................................................... 16-115 9422TCF30 thru 9422TCN30C ................................................ 8-15 9422TD63 ............................................................................ 16-115 9422TDF60 thru 9422TEN10C ................................................ 8-15 9422TF1 thru 9422TG2............................................................ 8-15 9423M10 thru 9423M9L ........................................................... 8-25 9788EZCIRIGB thru 9788SER3200......................................... 4-11 9991DPG1 thru 9991DPSG2 ...................................... 16-71, 16-94 9991EN1 thru 9991KE3 ......................................................... 16-11 9991LG1 thru 9991LXG1 ....................................................... 16-94 9991MA1 thru 9991MW11 .......................................... 16-93, 16-94 9991SCA11 thru 9991SGG8............................ 16-64, 16-93, 16-95 9991UE1 thru 9991UE7 .............................................. 16-94, 23-15 9998DA1 thru 9998DA3 .............................................. 16-71, 16-81 9998DRC5 thru 9998DRC9 ................................................. 16-107 9998HR2 thru 9998HWA1 ..................................................... 16-11 9998IL1 .................................................................................. 16-11 9998ML1 thru 9998ML2 .............................................. 16-9, 16-107 9998PB2 thru 9998PB15 ..................................................... 16-107 9998PBV02 thru 9998PBV39............................................... 16-106 9998PC177 thru 9998PC338 ................................................. 22-28 9998RA10 thru 9998RA5B................................................... 16-107 9998SG120 thru 9998SG480............................................... 16-105 9998SJ1 ............................................................................... 16-107 9998SL2 thru 9998SL33 ...................................................... 16-107 9998SO1 thru 9998SO32.......................................... 16-74, 16-108 9998UB01 thru 9998UB14 ................................................... 16-108 9998WF thru 9998WH ..................................... 16-28, 16-30, 16-50 9999AC04 ............................................................................ 16-111 i-37 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING www.schneider-electric.us Product Locator Index Alpha-Numeric Index www.schneider-electric.us 9999BLX................................................................................. 16-65 9999D01 thru 9999D20 ............................................. 16-71, 16-110 9999DA01 ............................................................................ 16-111 9999DD01 thru 9999DD20.............................16-71, 16-81, 16-110 9999DMB1 thru 9999DPC1.................................................... 16-71 9999LB0 thru 9999LL0......................................................... 16-111 9999LLX ................................................................................. 16-64 9999LUW5 thru 9999LUW6 ........................................ 16-28, 16-30 9999LXPB thru 9999LXS ....................................................... 16-65 9999MP1 thru 9999MP3 ........................................................ 16-11 9999MRB12 thru 9999MRB34 ............................................... 16-75 9999PL10 thru 9999PL13G.................................................... 16-11 9999R10 thru 9999R13 ........................................................ 16-110 9999R26 thru 9999R27 ......................................8-22, 16-41, 16-64 9999R35 thru 9999R36 ......................................8-16, 16-41, 16-64 9999R39 thru 9999R48 ............................................. 16-41, 16-115 9999R6 thru 9999R9 ................................................. 16-41, 16-115 9999RB34 ............................................................................ 16-111 9999RLX ................................................................................ 16-65 9999RR04 ............................................................................ 16-111 9999S1 thru 9999S5 ............................................................ 16-115 9999SA2 thru 9999SA10........................................... 16-65, 16-109 9999SB10 thru 9999SB25 ........................................ 16-60, 16-112 9999SB6 thru 9999SB9 ............................................ 16-60, 16-112 9999SBT1 ............................................................................ 16-112 9999SC2 thru 9999SC9............................................ 16-65, 16-109 9999SC22 ................................................................. 16-65, 16-109 9999SF3 thru 9999SF4........................................................ 16-112 9999SFR3 thru 9999SFR4 ....................................... 16-64, 16-112 9999SG1 thru 9999SG3 ...................................................... 16-109 9999SJ2 thru 9999SJ4 ........................................................ 16-115 9999SM1 thru 9999SM13 .................................................... 16-114 9999SN1 thru 9999SN4............................................ 16-64, 16-113 9999SO11 thru 9999SO12 .................................................. 16-114 9999SO4 thru 9999SO5 ........................................... 16-74, 16-113 9999SP2R thru 9999SP29R ..................................... 16-65, 16-109 9999SR1 thru 9999SR5.............................................. 8-16, 16-115 9999ST1 thru 9999ST2........................................................ 16-112 9999SX6 thru 9999SX17 .......................................... 16-64, 16-110 9999T7................................................................................. 16-113 9999TC10 thru 9999TC21 ..................................... 3-7, 8-16, 16-41 9999WCX11 thru 9999WX11........................... 16-28, 16-30, 16-50 9T2F thru 9T75F ...................................................................... 14-8 9T2FSS.................................................................................... 14-9 ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING i-38 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Conductor Ampacity Based on the 2011 National Electrical Code® Correction Factors Ampacity based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) (Formerly Table 310.16) – Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Up to and Including 2000 Volts, 60° Through 90°C (140° Through 194°F), Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)* Based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(2)(a)[Formerly Table 310(16)] – Ambient Temperature Correction Factors Based on 30°C (86°F) For conduit fill see 2011 NEC Annex C. For Information on Temperature Ratings of Terminations to Equipment See NEC 110 .14(C). Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. [See Table 310.104(A).] 60°C (140°F) 75°C (167°F) AWG or Types TW, kcmil UF 90°C (194°F) 60°C (140°F) Types Types TBS, SA, SIS, RHW, FEP, FEPB, MI, THHW, RHH, RHW-2, THW, THHN, THWN, THHW, THW-2, XHHW, THWN-2, USEUSE, ZW 2, XHH, XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2 Copper 18 — — Types TW, UF 75°C (167°F) Size 90°C (194°F) Types Types TBS, SA, SIS, RH, RHW, THHN, THHW, THHW, THW-2, THW, THWN-2, RHH, THWN, RHW-2, USE-2, XHHW, XHH, XHHW, USE XHHW-2, ZW-2 AWG or kcmil Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum 14 — — — — 16 — — 18 — — — — 14** 15 20 25 — — — — 12** 20 25 30 15 20 25 12** 10** 30 35 40 25 30 35 10** 8 40 50 55 35 40 45 8 6 55 65 75 40 50 55 6 4 70 85 95 55 65 75 4 3 85 100 115 65 75 85 3 2 95 115 130 75 90 100 2 1 Ambient Temperature (°C) Temperature Rating of Conductor 60°C 75°C 90°C Ambient Temperature (°F) 10 or less 1.29 1.20 1.15 50 or less 11–15 1.22 1.15 1.12 51–59 16–20 1.15 1.11 1.08 60–68 21–25 1.08 1.05 1.04 69–77 26–30 1.00 1.00 1.00 78–86 31–35 0.91 0.94 0.96 87–95 36–40 0.82 0.88 0.91 96–104 41–45 0.71 0.82 0.87 105–113 46–50 0.58 0.75 0.82 114–122 51–55 0.41 0.67 0.76 123–131 56–60 — 0.58 0.71 132–140 61–65 — 0.47 0.65 141–149 66–70 — 0.33 0.58 150–158 71–75 — — 0.50 159–167 76–80 — — 0.41 168–176 81–85 — — 0.29 177–185 Adjustment Factors – See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(3)(a) Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway or cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities shall be reduced as shown in the following table: Number of Conductors*** Percent of Values in Table 310.15(B)(16) through Table 310.15(B)(19) as Adjusted for Ambient Temperature if Necessary 1 110 130 145 85 100 115 1/0 125 150 170 100 120 135 1/0 4 through 6 80 2/0 145 175 195 115 135 150 2/0 7 through 9 70 3/0 165 200 225 130 155 175 3/0 10 through 20 50 4/0 195 230 260 150 180 205 4/0 21 through 30 45 250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250 31 through 40 40 300 240 285 320 195 230 260 300 41 and Above 35 350 260 310 350 210 250 280 350 400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400 500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500 600 350 420 475 285 340 385 600 700 385 460 520 315 375 425 700 750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750 800 410 490 555 330 395 445 800 900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900 1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000 1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250 NEC 240.4 Protection of Conductors 1500 525 625 705 435 520 585 1500 1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750 2000 555 655 750 470 560 630 2000 Conductors, other than flexible cords, flexible cables, and fixture wires, shall be protected against overcurrent in accordance with their ampacities specified in 310.15, unless otherwise permitted or required in 240.4(A) through (G). * Refer to 310.15(B)(2)(a) for the ampacity correction factors where the ambient temperature is other than 30°C (86°F). ** See Section 240.4 (D) for conductor overcurrent protection limitations. Ratings for 120/240 volts, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling Services— See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(7) These are permitted ratings for Dwelling Unit service and feeder conductors which carry the total load of the dwelling. Rating (amps) 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 Copper 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 Aluminum 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 300 350 400 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil 250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 600 kcmil NEC 210.19 Conductors — Minimum Ampacity and Size (A) Branch Circuit Not More Than 600 Volts. (1) General. Branch-circuit conductors shall have an ampacity not less than the maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit supplies continuous loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the minimum branchcircuit conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or correction factors, shall have an allowable ampacity not less than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved *** Number of conductors is the total number of conductor in the raceway or cable adjusted in accordance with 310.15 (B)(5) and (6). NEC 210.20(A) Continuous and Noncontinuous Loads Where a branch-circuit supplies continuous loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load. NEC 240.4 (D) Small Conductors Unless specifically permitted in 240.4(E) or (G), the overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by (D)(1) through (D)(7) after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied. NEC 430.22(A) Direct-Current Motor-Rectifier Supplied. For dc motors operating from a rectified power supply, the conductor ampacity on the input of the rectifier shall not be less than 125 percent of the rated input current to the rectifier. For dc motors operating from a rectified single-phase power supply, the conductors between the field wiring output terminals of the rectifier and the motor shall have an ampacity of not less than the following percentages of the motor fullload current rating: (1) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, half-wave type is used, 190 percent. (2) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, full-wave type is used, 150 percent. 2012 Digest 176 Have questions? Need technical support or on-site service? Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the information you need. 1-888-778-2733 $12 2012 Digest 176 Global Specialist in Energy Management Power Management Process & Machines Management Customer Care Center The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical support questions. IT/Server Room Management Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers anywhere in the United States. Building Management Schneider Electric Services www.schneider-electric.us Schneider Electric USA, Inc. 1415 S. Roselle Road Palatine, IL 60067 Tel: 847-397-2600 Fax: 847-925-7500 www.schneider-electric.us Document Number 0100PL1201 This document has been printed on recycled paper © 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_A Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance. Any brand. Any industry. Any time. Security Management
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2014:06:05 15:30:57-05:00 Modify Date : 2014:06:05 16:09:20-05:00 Has XFA : No Tagged PDF : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03 Metadata Date : 2014:06:05 16:09:20-05:00 Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:563d6fcf-c2d1-4e67-af4b-a83d75e08ded Instance ID : uuid:97064b4e-46e5-427f-9e31-2b00e7b59598 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 980EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools